[Title 40 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 1999 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office]


          40



          Protection of Environment



[[Page i]]

          PARTS 72 TO 80

                         Revised as of July 1, 1999

          CONTAINING
          A CODIFICATION OF DOCUMENTS
          OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY
          AND FUTURE EFFECT

          AS OF JULY 1, 1999
          With Ancillaries
          Published by
          the Office of the Federal Register
          National Archives and Records
          Administration

          as a Special Edition of
          the Federal Register



[[Page ii]]






                     U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
                            WASHINGTON : 1999



               For sale by U.S. Government Printing Office
 Superintendent of Documents, Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-9328



[[Page iii]]




                            Table of Contents



                                                                    Page
  Explanation.................................................       v

  Title 40:

          Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency..........       3

  Finding Aids:

      Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference........     815

      Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................     821

      Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR......     839

      List of CFR Sections Affected...........................     849



[[Page iv]]





                     ----------------------------

                     Cite this Code:  CFR
                     To cite the regulations in 
                       this volume use title, 
                       part and section number. 
                       Thus,  40 CFR 72.1 refers 
                       to title 40, part 72, 
                       section 1.

                     ----------------------------

[[Page v]]



                               EXPLANATION

    The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and 
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive 
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided 
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal 
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the 
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into 
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
    Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year 
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1

    The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each 
volume.

LEGAL STATUS

    The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially 
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie 
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual 
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used 
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
    To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its 
revision date (in this case, July 1, 1999), consult the ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative 
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of 
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal 
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

    Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal 
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source 
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page 
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication 
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be 
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In 
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the 
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In 
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register 
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be 
inserted following the text.

OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires 
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information 
collection request.

[[Page vi]]

Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as 
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are 
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting 
requirements.

OBSOLETE PROVISIONS

    Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on 
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text 
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the 
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before 
January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-
1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven separate volumes. For 
the period beginning January 1, 1986, a ``List of CFR Sections 
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was 
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the 
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring 
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be 
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal 
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as 
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)). 
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force 
of law.
    What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the 
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when 
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which 
approval is based are:
    (a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of 
material published in the Federal Register.
    (b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent 
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative 
process.
    (c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for 
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
    Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are 
listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
    What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If 
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in 
the Finding Aids of this volume as an approved incorporation by 
reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation 
containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find 
the material is not available, please notify the Director of the Federal 
Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington DC 
20408, or call (202) 523-4534.

CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

    A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a 
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index 
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory 
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I). A list of CFR titles, chapters, 
and parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are 
also included in this volume.
    An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within 
that volume.
    The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. 
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in 
the daily Federal Register.
    A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to 
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

[[Page vii]]


REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

    There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing 
in the Code of Federal Regulations.

INQUIRIES

    For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this 
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at 
the top of odd-numbered pages.
    For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-523-5227 
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National 
Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408.

SALES

    The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and 
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call 202-512-1800, 
M-F, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2233, 24 hours 
a day. For payment by check, write to the Superintendent of Documents, 
Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO 
Customer Service call 202-512-1803.

ELECTRONIC SERVICES

    The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, The United States 
Government Manual, the Federal Register, Public Laws, Weekly Compilation 
of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act Compilation are available 
in electronic format at www.access.gpo.gov/nara (``GPO Access''). For 
more information, contact Electronic Information Dissemination Services, 
U.S. Government Printing Office. Phone 202-512-1530, or 888-293-6498 
(toll-free). E-mail, [email protected].
    The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the 
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web 
site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related 
information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.nara.gov/fedreg. The NARA 
site also contains links to GPO Access.

                              Raymond A. Mosley,
                                    Director,
                          Office of the Federal Register.

July 1, 1999.



[[Page ix]]



                               THIS TITLE

    Title 40--Protection of Environment is composed of twenty-four 
volumes. The parts in these volumes are arranged in the following order: 
parts 1-49, parts 50-51, part 52 (52.01-52.1018), part 52 (52.1019-End), 
parts 53-59, part 60, parts 61-62, part 63 (63.1-63.1199), part 63 
(63.1200-End), parts 64-71, parts 72-80, parts 81-85, part 86, parts 87-
135, parts 136-149, parts 150-189, parts 190-259, parts 260-265, parts 
266-299, parts 300-399, parts 400-424, parts 425-699, parts 700-789, and 
part 790 to End. The contents of these volumes represent all current 
regulations codified under this title of the CFR as of July 1, 1999.

    Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency appears in all twenty-
four volumes. A Pesticide Tolerance Commodity/Chemical Index appears in 
parts 150-189. A Toxic Substances Chemical--CAS Number Index appears in 
parts 700-789 and part 790 to End. Redesignation Tables appear in the 
volumes containing parts 50-51, parts 150-189, and parts 700-789. 
Regulations issued by the Council on Environmental Quality appear in the 
volume containing part 790 to End. The OMB control numbers for title 40 
appear in Sec. 9.1 of this chapter.

    For this volume, Lisa N. Morris was Chief Editor. The Code of 
Federal Regulations publication program is under the direction of 
Frances D. McDonald, assisted by Alomha S. Morris.

[[Page x]]





[[Page 1]]



                   TITLE 40--PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT




                    (This book contains parts 72-80)

  --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Part

Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency (Continued)......          72

[[Page 3]]



         CHAPTER I--ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

                 SUBCHAPTER C--AIR PROGRAMS (Continued)


  Editorial Note: Subchapter C--Air Programs is contained in volumes 40 
CFR parts 50-51, part 52(52.01-52.1018), part 52(52.1019-End), parts 53-
59, part 60, parts 61-62, part 63(63.1-63.1199), part 63(63.1200-End), 
parts 64-71, parts 72-80, parts 81-85, part 86, and parts 87-135.
Part                                                                Page
72              Permits regulation..........................           5
73              Sulphur dioxide allowance system............          92
74              Sulfur dioxide opt-ins......................         179
75              Continuous emission monitoring..............         206
76              Acid rain nitrogen oxides emission reduction 
                    program.................................         432
77              Excess emissions............................         457
78              Appeal procedures for Acid Rain Program.....         463
79              Registration of fuels and fuel additives....         473
80              Regulation of fuels and fuel additives......         568

[[Page 5]]



                 SUBCHAPTER C--AIR PROGRAMS--(Continued)





PART 72--PERMITS REGULATION--Table of Contents




             Subpart A--Acid Rain Program General Provisions

Sec.
72.1  Purpose and scope.
72.2  Definitions.
72.3  Measurements, abbreviations, and acronyms.
72.4  Federal authority.
72.5  State authority.
72.6  Applicability.
72.7  New units exemption.
72.8  Retired units exemption.
72.9  Standard requirements.
72.10  Availability of information.
72.11  Computation of time.
72.12  Administrative appeals.
72.13  Incorporation by reference.
72.14  Industrial utility-units exemption.

                  Subpart B--Designated Representative

72.20  Authorization and responsibilities of the designated 
          representative.
72.21  Submissions.
72.22  Alternate designated representative.
72.23  Changing the designated representative, alternate designated 
          representative; changes in the owners and operators.
72.24  Certificate of representation.
72.25  Objections.

                Subpart C--Acid Rain Permit Applications

72.30  Requirement to apply.
72.31  Information requirements for Acid Rain permit applications.
72.32  Permit application shield and binding effect of permit 
          application.
72.33  Identification of dispatch system.

       Subpart D--Acid Rain Compliance Plan and Compliance Options

72.40  General.
72.41  Phase I substitution plans.
72.42  Phase I extension plans.
72.43  Phase I reduced utilization plans.
72.44  Phase II repowering extensions.

                  Subpart E--Acid Rain Permit Contents

72.50  General.
72.51  Permit shield.

         Subpart F--Federal Acid Rain Permit Issuance Procedures

72.60  General.
72.61  Completeness.
72.62  Draft permit.
72.63  Administrative record.
72.64  Statement of basis.
72.65  Public notice of opportunities for public comment.
72.66  Public comments.
72.67  Opportunity for public hearing.
72.68  Response to comments.
72.69  Issuance and effective date of acid rain permits.

              Subpart G--Acid Rain Phase II Implementation

72.70  Relationship to title V operating permit program.
72.71  Acceptance of State Acid Rain programs--general.
72.72  Criteria for State operating permit program.
72.73  State issuance of Phase II permits.
72.74  Federal issuance of Phase II permits.

                       Subpart H--Permit Revisions

72.80  General.
72.81  Permit modifications.
72.82  Fast-track modifications.
72.83  Administrative permit amendment.
72.84  Automatic permit amendment.
72.85  Permit reopenings.

                   Subpart I--Compliance Certification

72.90  Annual compliance certification report.
72.91  Phase I unit adjusted utilization.
72.92  Phase I unit allowance surrender.
72.93  Units with Phase I extension plans.
72.94  Units with repowering extension plans.
72.95  Allowance deduction formula.
72.96  Administrator's action on compliance certifications.

Appendix A to Part 72--Methodology for Annualization of Emissions Limits
Appendix B to Part 72--Methodology for Conversion of Emissions Limits
Appendix C to Part 72--Actual 1985 Yearly SO2 Emissions 
          Calculation
Appendix D to Part 72--Calculation of Potential Electric Output Capacity

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7601 and 7651 et seq.

    Source: 58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, unless otherwise noted.

[[Page 6]]



             Subpart A--Acid Rain Program General Provisions



Sec. 72.1  Purpose and scope.

    (a) Purpose. The purpose of this part is to establish certain 
general provisions and the operating permit program requirements for 
affected sources and affected units under the Acid Rain Program, 
pursuant to title IV of the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq., as 
amended by Public Law 101-549 (November 15, 1990).
    (b) Scope. The regulations under this part set forth certain 
generally applicable provisions under the Acid Rain Program. The 
regulations also set forth requirements for obtaining three types of 
Acid Rain permits, during Phases I and II, for which an affected source 
may apply: Acid Rain permits issued by the United States Environmental 
Protection Agency during Phase I; the Acid Rain portion of an operating 
permit issued by a State permitting authority during Phase II; and the 
Acid Rain portion of an operating permit issued by EPA when it is the 
permitting authority during Phase II. The requirements under this part 
supplement, and in some cases modify, the requirements under parts 70 
and 71 of this chapter and other regulations implementing title V for 
approving and implementing State operating permit programs and for 
Federal issuance of operating permits under title V, as such 
requirements apply to affected sources under the Acid Rain Program.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55475, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.2  Definitions.

    The terms used in this part, in parts 73, 74, 75, 76, 77 and 78 of 
this chapter shall have the meanings set forth in the Act, including 
sections 302 and 402 of the Act, and in this section as follows:
    Account number means the identification number given by the 
Administrator to each Allowance Tracking System account pursuant to 
Sec. 73.31(d) of this chapter.
    Acid Rain compliance option means one of the methods of compliance 
used by an affected unit under the Acid Rain Program as described in a 
compliance plan submitted and approved in accordance with subpart D of 
this part, part 74 of this chapter or part 76 of this chapter.
    Acid Rain emissions limitation means:
    (1) For purposes of sulfur dioxide emissions:
    (i) The tonnage equivalent of the allowances authorized to be 
allocated to an affected unit for use in a calendar year under section 
404(a)(1), (a)(3), and (h) of the Act, or the basic Phase II allowance 
allocations authorized to be allocated to an affected unit for use in a 
calendar year, or the allowances authorized to be allocated to an opt-in 
source under section 410 of the Act for use in a calendar year;
    (ii) As adjusted:
    (A) By allowances allocated by the Administrator pursuant to section 
403, section 405 (a)(2), (a)(3), (b)(2), (c)(4), (d)(3), and (h)(2), and 
section 406 of the Act;
    (B) By allowances allocated by the Administrator pursuant to subpart 
D of this part; and thereafter
    (C) By allowance transfers to or from the compliance subaccount for 
that unit that were recorded or properly submitted for recordation by 
the allowance transfer deadline as provided in Sec. 73.35 of this 
chapter, after deductions and other adjustments are made pursuant to 
Sec. 73.34(c) of this chapter; and
    (2) For purposes of nitrogen oxides emissions, the applicable 
limitation under part 76 of this chapter.
    Acid Rain emissions reduction requirement means a requirement under 
the Acid Rain Program to reduce the emissions of sulfur dioxide or 
nitrogen oxides from a unit to a specified level or by a specified 
percentage.
    Acid Rain permit or permit means the legally binding written 
document or portion of such document, including any permit revisions, 
that is issued by a permitting authority under this part and specifies 
the Acid Rain Program requirements applicable to an affected source and 
to the owners and operators and the designated representative of the 
affected source or the affected unit.
    Acid Rain Program means the national sulfur dioxide and nitrogen 
oxides air pollution control and emissions reduction program established 
in accordance with title IV of the Act, this

[[Page 7]]

part, and parts 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, and 78 of this chapter.
    Act means the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq. as amended by 
Public Law No. 101-549 (November 15, 1990).
    Actual SO2 emissions rate means the annual average sulfur 
dioxide emissions rate for the unit (expressed in lb/mmBtu), for the 
specified calendar year; provided that, if the unit is listed in the 
NADB, the ``1985 actual SO2 emissions rate'' for the unit 
shall be the rate specified by the Administrator in the NADB under the 
data field ``SO2RTE.''
    Add-on control means a pollution reduction control technology that 
operates independent of the combustion process.
    Additional advance auction means the auction of advance allowances 
that were offered the previous year for sale in an advance sale.
    Administrator means the Administrator of the United States 
Environmental Protection Agency or the Administrator's duly authorized 
representative.
    Advance allowance means an allowance that may be used for purposes 
of compliance with a unit's Acid Rain sulfur dioxide emissions 
limitation requirements beginning no earlier than seven years following 
the year in which the allowance is first offered for sale.
    Advance auction means an auction of advance allowances.
    Advance sale means a sale of advance allowances.
    Affected source means a source that includes one or more affected 
units.
    Affected States means any affected States as defined in part 71 of 
this chapter.
    Affected unit means a unit that is subject to any Acid Rain 
emissions reduction requirement or Acid Rain emissions limitation under 
Sec. 72.6 or part 74 of this chapter.
    Affiliate shall have the meaning set forth in section 2(a)(11) of 
the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, 15 U.S.C. 79b(a)(11), as 
of November 15, 1990.
    Allocate or allocation means the initial crediting of an allowance 
by the Administrator to an Allowance Tracking System unit account or 
general account.
    Allowable SO2 emissions rate means the most stringent 
federally enforceable emissions limitation for sulfur dioxide (in lb/
mmBtu) applicable to the unit or combustion source for the specified 
calendar year, or for such subsequent year as determined by the 
Administrator where such a limitation does not exist for the specified 
year; provided that, if a Phase I or Phase II unit is listed in the 
NADB, the ``1985 allowable SO2 emissions rate'' for the Phase 
I or Phase II unit shall be the rate specified by the Administrator in 
the NADB under the data field ``1985 annualized boiler SO2 
emission limit.''
    Allowance means an authorization by the Administrator under the Acid 
Rain Program to emit up to one ton of sulfur dioxide during or after a 
specified calendar year.
    Allowance deduction, or deduct when referring to allowances, means 
the permanent withdrawal of allowances by the Administrator from an 
Allowance Tracking System compliance subaccount, or future year 
subaccount, to account for the number of tons of SO2 
emissions from an affected unit for the calendar year, for tonnage 
emissions estimates calculated for periods of missing data as provided 
in part 75 of this chapter, or for any other allowance surrender 
obligations of the Acid Rain Program.
    Allowances held or hold allowances means the allowances recorded by 
the Administrator, or submitted to the Administrator for recordation in 
accordance with Sec. 73.50 of this chapter, in an Allowance Tracking 
System account.
    Allowance reserve means any bank of allowances established by the 
Administrator in the Allowance Tracking System pursuant to sections 
404(a)(2) (Phase I extension reserve), 404(g) (energy conservation and 
renewable energy reserve), or 416(b) (special allowance reserve) of the 
Act, and implemented in accordance with part 73, subpart B of this 
chapter.
    Allowance Tracking System or ATS means the Acid Rain Program system 
by which the Administrator allocates, records, deducts, and tracks 
allowances.
    Allowance Tracking System account means an account in the Allowance 
Tracking System established by the

[[Page 8]]

Administrator for purposes of allocating, holding, transferring, and 
using allowances.
    Allowance transfer deadline means midnight of March 1 (or February 
29 in any leap year) or, if such day is not a business day, midnight of 
the first business day thereafter and is the deadline by which 
allowances may be submitted for recordation in an affected unit's 
compliance subaccount for the purposes of meeting the unit's Acid Rain 
emissions limitation requirements for sulfur dioxide for the previous 
calendar year.
    Alternative monitoring system means a system or a component of a 
system designed to provide direct or indirect data of mass emissions per 
time period, pollutant concentrations, or volumetric flow, that is 
demonstrated to the Administrator as having the same precision, 
reliability, accessibility, and timeliness as the data provided by a 
certified CEMS or certified CEMS component in accordance with part 75 of 
this chapter.
    As-fired means the taking of a fuel sample just prior to its 
introduction into the unit for combustion.
    Auction subaccount means a subaccount in the Special Allowance 
Reserve, as specified in section 416(b) of the Act, which contains 
allowances to be sold at auction in the amount of 150,000 per year from 
calendar year 1995 through 1999, inclusive, and 200,000 per year for 
each year begnning in calendar year 2000, subject to the adjustments 
noted in the regulations in part 73, subpart E of this chapter.
    Authorized account representative means a responsible natural person 
who is authorized, in accordance with part 73 of this chapter, to 
transfer and otherwise dispose of allowances held in an Allowance 
Tracking System general account; or, in the case of a unit account, the 
designated representative of the owners and operators of the affected 
unit.
    Automated data acquisition and handling system means that component 
of the CEMS, COMS, or other emissions monitoring system approved by the 
Administrator for use in the Acid Rain Program, designed to interpret 
and convert individual output signals from pollutant concentration 
monitors, flow monitors, diluent gas monitors, opacity monitors, and 
other component parts of the monitoring system to produce a continuous 
record of the measured parameters in the measurement units required by 
part 75 of this chapter.
    Award means the conditional set-aside by the Administrator, based on 
the submission of an early ranking application pursuant to subpart D of 
this part, of an allowance from the Phase I extension reserve, for 
possible future allocation to a Phase I extension applicant's Allowance 
Tracking System unit account.
    Backup fuel means a fuel for a unit where: (1) For purposes of the 
requirements of the monitoring exception of appendix E of part 75 of 
this chapter, the fuel provides less than 10.0 percent of the heat input 
to a unit during the three calendar years prior to certification testing 
for the primary fuel and the fuel provides less than 15.0 percent of the 
heat input to a unit in each of those three calendar years; or the 
Administrator approves the fuel as a backup fuel; and (2) For all other 
purposes under the Acid Rain Program, a fuel that is not the primary 
fuel (expressed in mmBtu) consumed by an affected unit for the 
applicable calendar year.
    Baseline means the annual average quantity of fossil fuel consumed 
by a unit, measured in millions of British Thermal Units (expressed in 
mmBtu) for calendar years 1985 through 1987; provided that in the event 
that a unit is listed in the NADB, the baseline will be calculated for 
each unit-generator pair that includes the unit, and the unit's baseline 
will be the sum of such unit-generator baselines. The unit-generator 
baseline will be as provided in the NADB under the data field 
``BASE8587'', as adjusted by the outage hours listed in the NADB under 
the data field ``OUTAGEHR'' in accordance with the following equation:


Baseline = BASE8587  x  {26280 / (26280 - OUTAGEHR)}  x  {36 / (36 - 
months not on line)}  x  106

    ``Months not on line'' is the number of months during January 1985 
through

[[Page 9]]

December 1987 prior to the commencement of firing for units that 
commenced firing in that period, i.e., the number of months, in that 
period, prior to the on-line month listed under the data field 
``BLRMNONL'' and the on-line year listed in the data field ``BLRYRONL'' 
in the NADB.
    Basic Phase II allowance allocations means:
    (1) For calendar years 2000 through 2009 inclusive, allocations of 
allowances made by the Administrator pursuant to section 403 and section 
405 (b)(1), (3), and (4); (c)(1), (2), (3), and (5); (d)(1), (2), (4), 
and (5); (e); (f); (g)(1), (2), (3), (4), and (5); (h)(1); (i); and (j).
    (2) For each calendar year beginning in 2010, allocations of 
allowances made by the Administrator pursuant to section 403 and section 
405 (b)(1), (3), and (4); (c)(1), (2), (3), and (5); (d)(1), (2), (4), 
and (5); (e); (f); (g)(1), (2), (3), (4), and (5); (h)(1) and (3); (i); 
and (j).
    Bias means systematic error, resulting in measurements that will be 
either consistently low or high relative to the reference value.
    Boiler means an enclosed fossil or other fuel-fired combustion 
device used to produce heat and to transfer heat to recirculating water, 
steam, or any other medium.
    Bypass operating quarter means a calendar quarter during which 
emissions pass through a stack, duct or flue that bypasses add-on 
emission controls.
    By-pass stack means any duct, stack, or conduit through which 
emissions from an affected unit may or do pass to the atmosphere, which 
either augments or substitutes for the principal stack exhaust system or 
ductwork during any portion of the unit's operation.
    Calibration error means the difference between:
    (1) The response of gaseous monitor to a calibration gas and the 
known concentration of the calibration gas;
    (2) The response of a flow monitor to a reference signal and the 
known value of the reference signal; or
    (3) The response of a continuous opacity monitoring system to an 
attenuation filter and the known value of the filter after a stated 
period of operation during which no unscheduled maintenance, repair, or 
adjustment took place.
    Calibration gas means:
    (1) A standard reference material;
    (2) A standard reference material-equivalent compressed gas primary 
reference material;
    (3) A NIST traceable reference material;
    (4) NIST/EPA-approved certified reference materials;
    (5) A gas manufacturer's intermediate standard;
    (6) An EPA protocol gas;
    (7) Zero air material; or
    (8) A research gas mixture.
    Capacity factor means either: (1) the ratio of a unit's actual 
annual electric output (expressed in MWe-hr) to the unit's nameplate 
capacity times 8760 hours, or (2) the ratio of a unit's annual heat 
input (in million British thermal units or equivalent units of measure) 
to the unit's maximum design heat input (in million British thermal 
units per hour or equivalent units of measure) times 8,760 hours.
    CEMS precision or precision as applied to the monitoring 
requirements of part 75 of this chapter, means the closeness of a 
measurement to the actual measured value expressed as the uncertainty 
associated with repeated measurements of the same sample or of different 
samples from the same process (e.g., the random error associated with 
simultaneous measurements of a process made by more than one 
instrument). A measurement technique is determined to have increasing 
``precision'' as the variation among the repeated measurements 
decreases.
    Centroidal area means a representational concentric area that is 
geometrically similar to the stack or duct cross section, and is not 
greater than 1 percent of the stack or duct cross-sectional area.
    Certificate of representation means the completed and signed 
submission required by Sec. 72.20, for certifying the appointment of a 
designated representative for an affected source or a group of 
identified affected sources authorized to represent the owners and 
operators of such source(s) and of the affected units at such source(s) 
with regard to matters under the Acid Rain Program.
    Certifying official, for purposes of part 73 of this chapter, means:

[[Page 10]]

    (1) For a corporation, a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-
president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, 
or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-making 
functions for the corporation;
    (2) For partnership or sole proprietorship, a general partner or the 
proprietor, respectively; and
    (3) For a local government entity or State, Federal, or other public 
agency, either a principal executive officer or ranking elected 
official.
    Coal means all solid fuels classified as anthracite, bituminous, 
subbituminous, or lignite by the American Society for Testing and 
Materials Designation ASTM D388-92 ``Standard Classification of Coals by 
Rank'' (as incorporated by reference in Sec. 72.13).
    Coal-derived fuel means any fuel, whether in a solid, liquid, or 
gaseous state, produced by the mechanical, thermal, or chemical 
processing of coal (e.g., pulverized coal, coal refuse, liquified or 
gasified coal, washed coal, chemically cleaned coal, coal-oil mixtures, 
and coke).
    Coal-fired means the combustion of fuel consisting of coal or any 
coal-derived fuel (except a coal-derived gaseous fuel that meets the 
definition of ``very low sulfur fuel'' in this section), alone or in 
combination with any other fuel, where:
    (1) For purposes of the requirements of part 75 of this chapter, a 
unit is ``coal-fired'' independent of the percentage of coal or coal-
derived fuel consumed in any calendar year (expressed in mmBtu); and
    (2) For all other purposes under the Acid Rain Program, except for 
purposes of applying part 76 of this chapter, a unit is ``coal-fired'' 
if it uses coal or coal-derived fuel as its primary fuel (expressed in 
mmBtu); provided that, if the unit is listed in the NADB, the primary 
fuel is the fuel listed in the NADB under the data field ``PRIMEFUEL''.
    Cogeneration unit means a unit that has equipment used to produce 
electric energy and forms of useful thermal energy (such as heat or 
steam) for industrial, commercial, heating or cooling purposes, through 
the sequential use of energy.
    Combustion source means a stationary fossil fuel fired boiler, 
turbine, or internal combustion engine that has submitted or intends to 
submit an opt-in permit application under Sec. 74.14 of this chapter to 
enter the Opt-in Program.
    Commence commercial operation means to have begun to generate 
electricity for sale, including the sale of test generation.
    Commence construction means that an owner or operator has either 
undertaken a continuous program of construction or has entered into a 
contractual obligation to undertake and complete, within a reasonable 
time, a continuous program of construction.
    Commence operation means to have begun any mechanical, chemical, or 
electronic process, including start-up of an emissions control 
technology or emissions monitor or of a unit's combustion chamber.
    Common stack means the exhaust of emissions from two or more units 
through a single flue.
    Compensating unit means an affected unit that is not otherwise 
subject to Acid Rain emissions limitation or Acid Rain emissions 
reduction requirements during Phase I and that is designated as a Phase 
I unit in a reduced utilization plan under Sec. 72.43; provided that an 
opt-in source shall not be a compensating unit.
    Compliance certification means a submission to the Administrator or 
permitting authority, as appropriate, that is required by this part, by 
part 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, or 78 of this chapter, to report an affected 
source or an affected unit's compliance or non-compliance with a 
provision of the Acid Rain Program and that is signed and verified by 
the designated representative in accordance with subparts B and I of 
this part and the Acid Rain Program regulations generally.
    Compliance plan, for the purposes of the Acid Rain Program, means 
the document submitted for an affected source in accordance with subpart 
C of this part or subpart E of part 74 of this chapter, or part 76 of 
this chapter, specifying the method(s) (including one or more Acid Rain 
compliance options as provided under subpart D of this part or subpart E 
of part 74 of this chapter, or part 76 of this chapter by

[[Page 11]]

which each affected unit at the source will meet the applicable Acid 
Rain emissions limitation and Acid Rain emissions reduction 
requirements.
    Compliance subaccount means the subaccount in an affected unit's 
Allowance Tracking System account, established pursuant to Sec. 73.31 
(a) or (b) of this chapter, in which are held, from the date that 
allowances for the current calendar year are recorded under 
Sec. 73.34(a) until December 31, allowances available for use in the 
current calendar year and, after December 31 until the date that 
deductions are made under Sec. 73.35(b), allowances available for use by 
the unit in the preceding calendar year, for the purpose of meeting the 
Acid Rain emissions limitation for sulfur dioxide.
    Compliance use date means the first calendar year for which an 
allowance may be used for purposes of meeting a unit's Acid Rain 
emissions limitation for sulfur dioxide.
    Conditionally valid data means data from a continuous monitoring 
system that are not quality assured, but which may become quality 
assured if certain conditions are met. Examples of data that may qualify 
as conditionally valid are: data recorded by an uncertified monitoring 
system prior to its initial certification; or data recorded by a 
certified monitoring system following a significant change to the system 
that may affect its ability to accurately measure and record emissions. 
A monitoring system must pass a probationary calibration error test, in 
accordance with section 2.1.1 of appendix B to part 75 of this chapter, 
to initiate the conditionally valid data status. In order for 
conditionally valid emission data to become quality assured, one or more 
quality assurance tests or diagnostic tests must be passed within a 
specified time period in accordance with Sec. 75.20(b)(3).
    Conservation Verification Protocol means a methodology developed by 
the Administrator for calculating the kilowatt hour savings from energy 
conservation measures and improved unit efficiency measures for the 
purposes of title IV of the Act.
    Construction means fabrication, erection, or installation of a unit 
or any portion of a unit.
    Consumer Price Index or CPI means, for purposes of the Acid Rain 
Program, the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics 
unadjusted Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the U.S. 
city average, for All Items on the latest reference base, or if such 
index is no longer published, such other index as the Administrator in 
his or her discretion determines meets the requirements of the Clean Air 
Act Amendments of 1990.
    (1) CPI (1990) means the CPI for all urban consumers for the month 
of August 1989. The ``CPI (1990)'' is 124.6 (with 1982-1984=100). 
Beginning in the month for which a new reference base is established, 
``CPI (1990)'' will be the CPI value for August 1989 on the new 
reference base.
    (2) CPI (year) means the CPI for all urban consumers for the month 
of August of the previous year.
    Continuous emission monitoring system or CEMS means the equipment 
required by part 75 of this chapter used to sample, analyze, measure, 
and provide, by readings taken at least once every 15 minutes, a 
permanent record of emissions, expressed in pounds per hour (lb/hr) for 
sulfur dioxide and in pounds per million British thermal units (lb/
mmBtu) for nitrogen oxides. The following systems are component parts 
included in a continuous emission monitoring system:
    (1) Sulfur dioxide pollutant concentration monitor;
    (2) Flow monitor;
    (3) Nitrogen oxides pollutant concentration monitors;
    (4) Diluent gas monitor (oxygen or carbon dioxide);
    (5) A continuous moisture monitor when such monitoring is required 
by part 75 of this chapter; and
    (6) A data acquisition and handling system.
    Continuous opacity monitoring system or COMS means the equipment 
required by part 75 of this chapter to sample, measure, analyze, and 
provide, with readings taken at least once every 6 minutes, a permanent 
record of opacity or transmittance. The following systems are component 
parts included in a continuous opacity monitoring system:
    (1) Opacity monitor; and

[[Page 12]]

    (2) A data acquisition and handling system.
    Control unit means a unit employing a qualifying Phase I technology 
in accordance with a Phase I extension plan under Sec. 72.42.
    Current year subaccount means the subaccount in an Allowance 
Tracking System general account, established pursuant to Sec. 73.31(c) 
of this chapter, in which are held allowances that may be transferred to 
a unit's compliance subaccount for use for the purpose of meeting the 
Acid Rain sulfur dioxide emissions limitation.
    Customer means a purchaser of electricity not for the purposes of 
retransmission or resale. For generating rural electrical cooperatives, 
the customers of the distribution cooperatives served by the generating 
cooperative will be considered customers of the generating cooperative.
    Decisional body means any EPA employee who is or may reasonably be 
expected to act in a decision-making role in a proceeding under part 78 
of this chapter, including the Administrator, a member of the 
Environmental Appeals Board, and a Presiding Officer, and any staff of 
any such person who are participating in the decisional process.
    Demand-side measure means a measure:
    (1) To improve the efficiency of consumption of electricity from a 
utility by customers of the utility; or
    (2) To reduce the amount of consumption of electricity from a 
utility by customers of the utility without increasing the use by the 
customer of fuel other than: Biomass (i.e., combustible energy-producing 
materials from biological sources, which include wood, plant residues, 
biological wastes, landfill gas, energy crops, and eligible components 
of municipal solid waste), solar, geothermal, or wind resources; or 
industrial waste gases where the party making the submission involved 
certifies that there is no net increase in sulfur dioxide emissions from 
the use of such gases. ``Demand-side measure'' includes the measures 
listed in part 73, appendix A, section 1 of this chapter.
    Designated representative means a responsible natural person 
authorized by the owners and operators of an affected source and of all 
affected units at the source or by the owners and operators of a 
combustion source or process source, as evidenced by a certificate of 
representation submitted in accordance with subpart B of this part, to 
represent and legally bind each owner and operator, as a matter of 
Federal law, in matters pertaining to the Acid Rain Program. Whenever 
the term ``responsible official'' is used in part 70 of this chapter, in 
any other regulations implementing title V of the Act, or in a State 
operating permit program, it shall be deemed to refer to the 
``designated representative'' with regard to all matters under the Acid 
Rain Program.
    Desulfurization refers to various procedures whereby sulfur is 
removed from petroleum during or apart from the refining process. 
``Desulfurization'' does not include such processes as dilution or 
blending of low sulfur content diesel fuel with high sulfur content 
diesel fuel from a diesel refinery not eligible under 40 CFR part 73, 
subpart G.
    Diesel-fired unit means, for the purposes of part 75 of this 
chapter, an oil-fired unit that combusts diesel fuel as its fuel oil, 
where the supplementary fuel, if any, shall be limited to natural gas or 
gaseous fuels containing no more sulfur than natural gas.
    Diesel fuel means a low sulfur fuel oil of grades 1-D or 2-D, as 
defined by the American Society for Testing and Materials standard ASTM 
D975-91, ``Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils,'' grades 1-GT or 
2-GT, as defined by ASTM D2880-90a, ``Standard Specification for Gas 
Turbine Fuel Oils,'' or grades 1 or 2, as defined by ASTM D396-90a, 
``Standard Specification for Fuel Oils'' (incorporated by reference in 
Sec. 72.13).
    Diesel reciprocating engine unit means an internal combustion engine 
that combusts only diesel fuel and that thereby generates electricity 
through the operation of pistons, rather than by heating steam or water.
    Diluent gas means a major gaseous constituent in a gaseous pollutant 
mixture, which in the case of emissions from fossil fuel-fired units are 
carbon dioxide and oxygen.
    Diluent gas monitor means that component of the continuous emission

[[Page 13]]

monitoring system that measures the diluent gas concentration in a 
unit's flue gas.
    Direct public utility ownership means direct ownership of equipment 
and facilities by one or more corporations, the principal business of 
which is sale of electricity to the public at retail. Percentage 
ownership of such equipment and facilities shall be measured on the 
basis of book value.
    Direct Sale Subaccount means a subaccount in the Special Allowance 
Reserve, as specified in section 416(b) of the Act, which contains Phase 
II allowances to be sold in the amount of 25,000 per year, from calendar 
year 1993 to 1999, inclusive, and of 50,000 per year for each year 
beginning in calendar year 2000, subject to the adjustments noted in the 
regulations at part 73, subpart E of this chapter.
    Dispatch means the assignment within a dispatch system of generating 
levels to specific units and generators to effect the reliable and 
economical supply of electricity, as customer demand rises or falls, and 
includes:
    (1) The operation of high-voltage lines, substations, and related 
equipment; and
    (2) The scheduling of generation for the purpose of supplying 
electricity to other utilities over interconnecting transmission lines.
    Draft Acid Rain permit or draft permit means the version of the Acid 
Rain permit, or the Acid Rain portion of an operating permit, that a 
permitting authority offers for public comment.
    Dual-fuel reciprocating engine unit means an internal combustion 
engine that combusts any combination of natural gas and diesel fuel and 
that thereby generates electricity through the operation of pistons, 
rather than by heating steam or water.
    Eligible Indian tribe means any eligible Indian tribe as defined in 
part 71 of this chapter.
    Emergency fuel means either:
    (1) For purposes of the requirements for a fuel flowmeter used in an 
excepted monitoring system under appendix D or E of part 75 of this 
chapter, the fuel identified by the designated representative in the 
unit's monitoring plan as the fuel which is combusted only during 
emergencies where the primary fuel is not available; or
    (2) For purposes of the requirement for stack testing for an 
excepted monitoring system under appendix E of part 75 of this chapter, 
the fuel identified in the State, local, or Federal permit for a plant 
and is identified by the designated representative in the unit's 
monitoring plan as the fuel which is combusted only during emergencies 
where the primary fuel is not available, as established in a petition 
under Sec. 75.66 of this chapter.
    Emissions means air pollutants exhausted from a unit or source into 
the atmosphere, as measured, recorded, and reported to the Administrator 
by the designated representative and as determined by the Administrator, 
in accordance with the emissions monitoring requirements of part 75 of 
this chapter.
    Environmental Appeals Board means the three-member board established 
pursuant to Sec. 1.25(e) of this chapter and authorized to hear appeals 
pursuant to part 78 of this chapter.
    EPA means the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
    EPA protocol gas means a calibration gas mixture prepared and 
analyzed according to section 2 of the ``EPA Traceability Protocol for 
Assay and Certification of Gaseous Calibration Standards,'' September 
1997, EPA-600/R-97/121 or such revised procedure as approved by the 
Administrator.
    EPA trial staff means an employee of EPA, whether temporary or 
permanent, who has been designated by the Administrator to investigate, 
litigate, and present evidence, arguments, and positions of EPA in any 
evidentiary hearing under part 78 of this chapter. Any EPA or permitting 
authority employee, consultant, or contractor who is called as a witness 
in the evidentiary hearing by EPA trial staff shall be deemed to be 
``EPA trial staff''.
    Equivalent diameter means a value, calculated using the equation in 
paragraph 2.1 of Method 1 in part 60, appendix A of this chapter, and 
used to determine the upstream and downstream distances for locating 
CEMS or CEMS components in flues or stacks with rectangular cross 
sections.

[[Page 14]]

    Ex parte communication means any communication, written or oral, 
relating to the merits of an adjudicatory proceeding under part 78 of 
this chapter, that was not originally included or stated in the 
administrative record, in a pleading, or in an evidentiary hearing or 
oral argument under part 78 of this chapter, between the decisional body 
and any interested person outside EPA or any EPA trial staff. Ex parte 
communication shall not include:
    (1) Communication between EPA employees other than between EPA trial 
staff and a member of the decisional body; or
    (2) Communication between the decisional body and interested persons 
outside the Agency, or EPA trial staff, where all parties to the 
proceeding have received prior written notice of the proposed 
communication and are given an opportunity to be present and to 
participate therein.
    Excepted monitoring system means a monitoring system that follows 
the procedures and requirements of Sec. 75.19 of this chapter or of 
appendix D or E to part 75 for approved exceptions to the use of 
continuous emission monitoring systems.
    Excess emissions means:
    (1) Any tonnage of sulfur dioxide emitted by an affected unit during 
a calendar year that exceeds the Acid Rain emissions limitation for 
sulfur dioxide for the unit; and
    (2) Any tonnage of nitrogen oxide emitted by an affected unit during 
a calendar year that exceeds the annual tonnage equivalent of the Acid 
Rain emissions limitation for nitrogen oxides applicable to the affected 
unit taking into account the unit's heat input for the year.
    Existing unit means a unit (including a unit subject to section 111 
of the Act) that commenced commercial operation before November 15, 1990 
and that on or after November 15, 1990 served a generator with nameplate 
capacity of greater than 25 MWe. ``Existing unit'' does not include 
simple combustion turbines or any unit that on or after November 15, 
1990 served only generators with a nameplate capacity of 25 MWe or less. 
Any ``existing unit'' that is modified, reconstructed, or repowered 
after November 15, 1990 shall continue to be an ``existing unit.''
    Facility means any institutional, commercial, or industrial 
structure, installation, plant, source, or building.
    File means to send or transmit a document, information, or 
correspondence to the official custody of the person specified to take 
possession in accordance with the applicable regulation. Compliance with 
any ``filing'' deadline shall be determined by the date that person 
receives the document, information, or correspondence.
    Flow meter accuracy means the closeness of the measurement made by a 
flow meter to the reference value of the fuel flow being measured, 
expressed as the difference between the measurement and the reference 
value.
    Flow monitor means a component of the continuous emission monitoring 
system that measures the volumetric flow of exhaust gas.
    Flue means a conduit or duct through which gases or other matter are 
exhausted to the atmosphere.
    Flue gas desulfurization system means a type of add-on emission 
control used to remove sulfur dioxide from flue gas, commonly referred 
to as a ``scrubber.''
    Forced outage means the removal of a unit from service due to an 
unplanned component failure or other unplanned condition that requires 
such removal immediately or within 7 days from the onset of the 
unplanned component failure or condition. For purposes of Secs. 72.43, 
72.91, and 72.92, ``forced outage'' also includes a partial reduction in 
the heat input or electrical output due to an unplanned component 
failure or other unplanned condition that requires such reduction 
immediately or within 7 days from the onset of the unplanned component 
failure or condition.
    Fossil fuel means natural gas, petroleum, coal, or any form of 
solid, liquid, or gaseous fuel derived from such material.
    Fossil fuel-fired means the combustion of fossil fuel or any 
derivative of fossil fuel, alone or in combination with any other fuel, 
independent of the percentage of fossil fuel consumed in any calendar 
year (expressed in mmBtu).
    Fuel flowmeter QA operating quarter means a unit operating quarter 
in

[[Page 15]]

which the unit combusts the fuel measured by the fuel flowmeter for at 
least 168 unit operating hours (as defined in this section) or more.
    Fuel oil means any petroleum-based fuel (including diesel fuel or 
petroleum derivatives such as oil tar) as defined by the American 
Society for Testing and Materials in ASTM D396-90a, ``Standard 
Specification for Fuel Oils'' (incorporated by reference in Sec. 72.13), 
and any recycled or blended petroleum products or petroleum by-products 
used as a fuel whether in a liquid, solid or gaseous state; provided 
that for purposes of the monitoring requirements of part 75 of this 
chapter, ``fuel oil'' shall be limited to the petroleum-based fuels for 
which applicable ASTM methods are specified in Appendices D, E, or F of 
part 75 of this chapter.
    Fuel supply agreement means a legally binding agreement between a 
new IPP or a firm associated with a new IPP and a fuel supplier that 
establishes the terms and conditions under which the fuel supplier 
commits to provide fuel to be delivered to the new IPP.
    Future year subaccount means a subaccount in an Allowance Tracking 
System account, established by the Administrator pursuant to Sec. 73.31 
of this chapter, in which allowances are held for one of the 30 years 
following the later of 1995 or a current calendar year following 1995.
    Gas-fired means:
    (1) For all purposes under the Acid Rain Program, except for part 75 
of this chapter, the combustion of:
    (i) Natural gas or other gaseous fuel (including coal-derived 
gaseous fuel), for at least 90.0 percent of the unit's average annual 
heat input during the previous three calendar years and for at least 
85.0 percent of the annual heat input in each of those calendar years; 
and
    (ii) Any fuel, except coal or solid or liquid coal-derived fuel, for 
the remaining heat input, if any.
    (2) For purposes of part 75 of this chapter, the combustion of:
    (i) Natural gas or other gaseous fuel (including coal-derived 
gaseous fuel) for at least 90.0 percent of the unit's average annual 
heat input during the previous three calendar years and for at least 
85.0 percent of the annual heat input in each of those calendar years; 
and
    (ii) Fuel oil, for the remaining heat input, if any.
    (3) For purposes of part 75 of this chapter, a unit may initially 
qualify as gas-fired if the designated representative demonstrates to 
the satisfaction of the Administrator that the requirements of paragraph 
(2) of this definition are met, or will in the future be met, through 
one of the following submissions:
    (i) For a unit for which a monitoring plan has not been submitted 
under Sec. 75.62 of this chapter, the designated representative submits 
either:
    (A) Fuel usage data for the unit for the three calendar years 
immediately preceding the date of initial submission of the monitoring 
plan for the unit under Sec. 75.62; or
    (B) If a unit does not have fuel usage data for one or more of the 
three calendar years immediately preceding the date of initial 
submission of the monitoring plan for the unit under Sec. 75.62, the 
unit's designated fuel usage; all available fuel usage data (including 
the percentage of the unit's heat input derived from the combustion of 
gaseous fuels), beginning with the date on which the unit commenced 
commercial operation; and the unit's projected fuel usage.
    (ii) For a unit for which a monitoring plan has already been 
submitted under Sec. 75.62, that has not qualified as gas-fired under 
paragraph (3)(i) of this definition, and whose fuel usage changes, the 
designated representative submits either:
    (A) Three calendar years of data following the change in the unit's 
fuel usage, showing that no less than 90.0 percent of the unit's average 
annual heat input during the previous three calendar years, and no less 
than 85.0 percent of the unit's annual heat input during any one of the 
previous three calendar years, is from the combustion of gaseous fuels 
and the remaining heat input is from the combustion of fuel oil; or
    (B) A minimum of 720 hours of unit operating data following the 
change in the unit's fuel usage, showing that no less than 90.0 percent 
of the unit's heat

[[Page 16]]

input is from the combustion of gaseous fuels and the remaining heat 
input is from the combustion of fuel oil, and a statement that this 
changed pattern of fuel usage is considered permanent and is projected 
to continue for the foreseeable future.
    (iii) If a unit qualifies as gas-fired under paragraph (3)(i) or 
(ii) of this definition, the unit is classified as gas-fired as of the 
date of the submission under such paragraph.
    (4) For purposes of part 75 of this chapter, a unit that initially 
qualifies as gas-fired under paragraph (3)(i) or (ii) of this definition 
must meet the criteria in paragraph (2) of this definition each year in 
order to continue to qualify as gas-fired. If such a unit combusts only 
gaseous fuel and fuel oil but fails to meet such criteria for a given 
year, the unit no longer qualifies as gas-fired starting January 1 of 
the year after the first year for which the criteria are not met. If 
such a unit combusts fuel other than gaseous fuel or fuel oil and fails 
to meet such criteria in a given year, the unit no longer qualifies as 
gas-fired starting the day after the first day for which the criteria 
are not met. If a unit failing to meet the criteria in paragraph (2) of 
this definition initially qualified as a gas-fired unit under paragraph 
(3) of this definition, the unit may qualify as a gas-fired unit for a 
subsequent year only if the designated representative submits the data 
specified in paragraph (3)(ii)(A) of this definition.
    Gas manufacturer's intermediate standard (GMIS) means a compressed 
gas calibration standard that has been assayed and certified by direct 
comparison to a standard reference material (SRM), an SRM-equivalent 
PRM, a NIST/EPA-approved certified reference material (CRM), or a NIST 
traceable reference material (NTRM), in accordance with section 2.1.2.1 
of the ``EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and Certification of 
Gaseous Calibration Standards,'' September 1997, EPA-600/R-97/121.
    Gaseous fuel means a material that is in the gaseous state at 
standard atmospheric temperature and pressure conditions and that is 
combusted to produce heat.
    General account means an Allowance Tracking System account that is 
not a unit account.
    Generator means a device that produces electricity and was or would 
have been required to be reported as a generating unit pursuant to the 
United States Department of Energy Form 860 (1990 edition).
    Generator Output capacity means the full-load continuous rating of a 
generator under specific conditions as designed by the manufacturer.
    Hearing clerk means an EPA employee designated by the Administrator 
to establish a repository for all books, records, documents, and other 
materials relating to proceedings under part 78 of this chapter.
    Heat input means the product (expressed in mmBtu/time) of the gross 
calorific value of the fuel (expressed in Btu/lb) and the fuel feed rate 
into the combustion device (expressed in mass of fuel/time) and does not 
include the heat derived from preheated combustion air, recirculated 
flue gases, or exhaust from other sources.
    Hour before and after means, for purposes of the missing data 
substitution procedures of part 75 of this chapter, the quality-assured 
hourly SO2 or CO2 concentration, hourly flow rate, 
or hourly NOX emission rate recorded by a certified monitor 
during the unit operating hour immediately before and the unit operating 
hour immediately after a missing data period.
    Hybrid generation facility means a plant that generates electrical 
energy derived from a combination of qualified renewable energy (wind, 
solar, biomass, or geothermal) and one or more other energy resources.
    Independent auditor means a professional engineer who is not an 
employee or agent of the source being audited.
    Independent Power Production Facility (IPP) means a source that:
    (1) Is nonrecourse project financed, as defined by the Secretary of 
Energy at 10 CFR part 715;
    (2) Is used for the generation of electricity, eighty percent or 
more of which is sold at wholesale; and
    (3) Is a new unit required to hold allowances under Title IV of the 
Clean

[[Page 17]]

Air Act; but only if direct public utility ownership of the equipment 
comprising the facility does not exceed 50 percent.
    Interested person means any person who submitted written comments or 
testified at a public hearing on the draft permit or other matter 
subject to notice and comment under the Acid Rain Program or any person 
who submitted his or her name to the Administrator or the permitting 
authority, as appropriate, to be placed on a list of persons interested 
in such matter. The Administrator or the permitting authority may update 
the list of interested persons from time to time by requesting 
additional written indication of continued interest from the persons 
listed and may delete from the list the name of any person failing to 
respond as requested.
    Investor-owned utility means a utility that is organized as a tax-
paying for-profit business.
    Kilowatthour saved or savings means the net savings in electricity 
use (expressed in Kwh) that result directly from a utility's energy 
conservation measures or programs.
    Least-cost plan or least-cost planning process means an energy 
conservation and electric power planning methodology meeting the 
requirements of Sec. 73.82(a)(4) of this chapter.
    Life-of-the-unit, firm power contractual arrangement means a unit 
participation power sales agreement under which a utility or industrial 
customer reserves, or is entitled to receive, a specified amount or 
percentage of nameplate capacity and associated energy generated by any 
specified generating unit and pays its proportional amount of such 
unit's total costs, pursuant to a contract:
    (1) For the life of the unit;
    (2) For a cumulative term of no less than 30 years, including 
contracts that permit an election for early termination; or
    (3) For a period equal to or greater than 25 years or 70 percent of 
the economic useful life of the unit determined as of the time the unit 
was built, with option rights to purchase or release some portion of the 
nameplate capacity and associated energy generated by the unit at the 
end of the period.
    Low mass emissions unit means an affected unit that is a gas-fired 
or oil-fired unit, burns only natural gas or fuel oil and qualifies 
under Sec. 75.19 of this chapter.
    Mail or serve by mail means to submit or serve by means other than 
personal service.
    Maximum potential hourly heat input means an hourly heat input used 
for reporting purposes when a unit lacks certified monitors to report 
heat input. If the unit intends to use appendix D of part 75 of this 
chapter to report heat input, this value should be calculated, in 
accordance with part 75 of this chapter, using the maximum fuel flow 
rate and the maximum gross calorific value. If the unit intends to use a 
flow monitor and a diluent gas monitor, this value should be reported, 
in accordance with part 75 of this chapter, using the maximum potential 
flow rate and either the maximum carbon dioxide concentration (in 
percent CO2) or the minimum oxygen concentration (in percent 
O2).
    Maximum potential NOX emission rate means the emission 
rate of nitrogen oxides (in lb/mmBtu) calculated in accordance with 
section 3 of appendix F of part 75 of this chapter, using the maximum 
potential nitrogen oxides concentration as defined in section 2 of 
appendix A of part 75 of this chapter, and either the maximum oxygen 
concentration (in percent O2) or the minimum carbon dioxide 
concentration (in percent CO2) under all operating conditions 
of the unit except for unit start-up, shutdown, and upsets.
    Maximum rated hourly heat input means a unit-specific maximum hourly 
heat input (mmBtu) which is the higher of the manufacturer's maximum 
rated hourly heat input or the highest observed hourly heat input.
    Missing data period means the total number of consecutive hours 
during which any component part of a certified CEMS or approved 
alternative monitoring system is not providing quality-assured data, 
regardless of the reason.
    Monitor accuracy means the closeness of the measurement made by a 
CEMS or by one of its component parts to the

[[Page 18]]

reference value of the emissions or volumetric flow being measured, 
expressed as the difference between the measurement and the reference 
value.
    Monitor operating hour means any unit operating hour or portion 
thereof over which a CEMS, or other monitoring system approved by the 
Administrator under part 75 of this chapter is operating, regardless of 
the number of measurements (i.e., data points) collected during the hour 
or portion of an hour.
    Most stringent federally enforceable emissions limitation means the 
most stringent emissions limitation for a given pollutant applicable to 
the unit, which has been approved by the Administrator under the Act, 
whether in a State implementation plan approved pursuant to title I of 
the Act, a new source performance standard, or otherwise. To determine 
the most stringent emissions limitation for sulfur dioxide, each 
limitation shall be converted to lbs/mmBtu, using the appropriate 
conversion factors in appendix B of this part; provided that for 
determining the most stringent emissions limitation for sulfur dioxide 
for 1985, each limitation shall also be annualized, using the 
appropriate annualization factors in appendix A of this part.
    Multi-header generator means a generator served by ductwork from 
more than one unit.
    Multi-header unit means a unit with ductwork serving more than one 
generator.
    Nameplate capacity means the maximum electrical generating output 
(expressed in MWe) that a generator can sustain over a specified period 
of time when not restricted by seasonal or other deratings, as listed in 
the NADB under the data field ``NAMECAP'' if the generator is listed in 
the NADB or as measured in accordance with the United States Department 
of Energy standards if the generator is not listed in the NADB.
    National Allowance Data Base or NADB means the data base established 
by the Administrator under section 402(4)(C) of the Act.
    Natural gas means a naturally occurring fluid mixture of 
hydrocarbons (e.g., methane, ethane, or propane) produced in geological 
formations beneath the Earth's surface that maintains a gaseous state at 
standard atmospheric temperature and pressure under ordinary conditions. 
Natural gas contains 1.0 grain or less of hydrogen sulfide per 100 
standard cubic feet and the hydrogen sulfide constitutes more than 50% 
(by weight) of the total sulfur in the gas fuel. Additionally, natural 
gas must meet either be composed of at least 70% methane by volume or 
have a gross calorific value between 950 and 1100 Btu per standard cubic 
foot. Natural gas does not include the following gaseous fuels: landfill 
gas, digester gas, refinery gas, sour gas, blast furnace gas, coal-
derived gas, producer gas, coke oven gas, or any gaseous fuel produced 
in a process which might result in highly variable sulfur content or 
heating value.
    NERC region means the North American Electric Reliability Council 
region or, if any, subregion.
    Net income neutrality means, in the case of energy conservation 
measures undertaken by an investor-owned utility whose rates are 
regulated by a State utility regulatory authority, rates and charges 
established by the State utility regulatory authority that ensure that 
the net income earned by the utility on its State-jurisdictional equity 
investment will be no lower as a consequence of its expenditures on 
cost-effective qualified energy conservation measures and any associated 
lost sales than it would have been had the utility not made such 
expenditures, or that the State utility regulatory authority has 
implemented a ratemaking approach designed to meet this objective.
    New independent power production facility or new IPP means a unit 
that:
    (1) Commences commercial operation on or after November 15, 1990;
    (2) Is nonrecourse project-financed, as defined in 10 CFR part 715;
    (3) Sells 80% of electricity generated at wholesale; and
    (4) Does not sell electricity to any affiliate or, if it does, 
demonstrates it cannot obtain the required allowances from such an 
affiliate.
    New unit means a unit that commences commercial operation on or 
after November 15, 1990, including any such unit that serves a generator 
with

[[Page 19]]

a nameplate capacity of 25 MWe or less or that is a simple combustion 
turbine.
    Ninetieth (90th) percentile means a value that would divide an 
ordered set of increasing values so that at least 90 percent are less 
than or equal to the value and at least 10 percent are greater than or 
equal to the value.
    Ninety-fifth (95th) percentile means a value that would divide an 
ordered set of increasing values so that at least 95 percent of the set 
are less than or equal to the value and at least 5 percent are greater 
than or equal to the value.
    NIST/EPA-approved certified reference material or NIST/EPA-approved 
CRM means a calibration gas mixture that has been approved by EPA and 
the National Institutes of Standards and Technologies (NIST) as having 
specific known chemical or physical property values certified by a 
technically valid procedure as evidenced by a certificate or other 
documentation issued by a certifying standard-setting body.
    NIST traceable reference material (NTRM) means a calibration gas 
mixture tested by and certified by the National Institutes of Standards 
and Technologies (NIST) to have a certain specified concentration of 
gases. NTRMs may have different concentrations from those of standard 
reference materials.
    Offset plan means a plan pursuant to part 77 of this chapter for 
offsetting excess emissions of sulfur dioxide that have occurred at an 
affected unit in any calendar year.
    Oil-fired means:
    (1) For all purposes under the Acid Rain Program, except part 75 of 
this chapter, the combustion of:
    (i) Fuel oil for more than 10.0 percent of the average annual heat 
input during the previous three calendar years or for more than 15.0 
percent of the annual heat input during any one of those calendar years; 
and
    (ii) Any solid, liquid or gaseous fuel (including coal-derived 
gaseous fuel), other than coal or any other coal-derived solid or liquid 
fuel, for the remaining heat input, if any.
    (2) For purposes of part 75 of this chapter, combustion of only fuel 
oil and gaseous fuels, provided that the unit involved does not meet the 
definition of gas-fired.
    Opacity means the degree to which emissions reduce the transmission 
of light and obscure the view of an object in the background.
    Operating when referring to a combustion or process source seeking 
entry into the Opt-in Program, means that the source had documented 
consumption of fuel input for more than 876 hours in the 6 months 
immediately preceding the submission of a combustion source's opt-in 
application under Sec. 74.16(a) of this chapter.
    Operating permit means a permit issued under part 70 of this chapter 
and any other regulations implementing title V of the Act.
    Opt in or opt into means to elect to become an affected unit under 
the Acid Rain Program through the issuance of the final effective opt-in 
permit under Sec. 74.14 of this chapter.
    Opt-in permit means the legally binding written document that is 
contained within the Acid Rain permit and sets forth the requirements 
under part 74 of this chapter for a combustion source or a process 
source that opts into the Acid Rain Program.
    Opt-in source means a combustion source or process source that has 
elected to become an affected unit under the Acid Rain Program and whose 
opt-in permit has been issued and is in effect.
    Out-of-control period means any period:
    (1) Beginning with the hour corresponding to the completion of a 
daily calibration error, linearity check, or quality assurance audit 
that indicates that the instrument is not measuring and recording within 
the applicable performance specifications; and
    (2) Ending with the hour corresponding to the completion of an 
additional calibration error, linearity check, or quality assurance 
audit following corrective action that demonstrates that the instrument 
is measuring and recording within the applicable performance 
specifications.
    Oversubscription payment deadline means 30 calendar days prior to 
the allowance transfer deadline.
    Owner means any of the following persons:
    (1) Any holder of any portion of the legal or equitable title in an 
affected

[[Page 20]]

unit or in a combustion source or process source; or
    (2) Any holder of a leasehold interest in an affected unit or in a 
combustion source or process source; or
    (3) Any purchaser of power from an affected unit or from a 
combustion source or process source under a life-of-the-unit, firm power 
contractual arrangement as the term is defined herein and used in 
section 408(i) of the Act. However, unless expressly provided for in a 
leasehold agreement, owner shall not include a passive lessor, or a 
person who has an equitable interest through such lessor, whose rental 
payments are not based, either directly or indirectly, upon the revenues 
or income from the affected unit; or
    (4) With respect to any Allowance Tracking System general account, 
any person identified in the submission required by Sec. 73.31(c) of 
this chapter that is subject to the binding agreement for the authorized 
account representative to represent that person's ownership interest 
with respect to allowances.
    Owner or operator means any person who is an owner or who operates, 
controls, or supervises an affected unit, affected source, combustion 
source, or process source and shall include, but not be limited to, any 
holding company, utility system, or plant manager of an affected unit, 
affected source, combustion source, or process source.
    Ozone nonattainment area means an area designated as a nonattainment 
area for ozone under subpart C of part 81 of this chapter.
    Ozone season means the period of time beginning May 1 of a year and 
ending on September 30 of the same year, inclusive.
    Ozone transport region means the ozone transport region designated 
under Section 184 of the Act.
    Peaking unit means:
    (1) A unit that has:
    (i) An average capacity factor of no more than 10.0 percent during 
the previous three calendar years and
    (ii) A capacity factor of no more than 20.0 percent in each of those 
calendar years.
    (2) For purposes of part 75 of this chapter, a unit may initially 
qualify as a peaking unit if the designated representative demonstrates 
to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the requirements of 
paragraph (1) of this definition are met, or will in the future be met, 
through one of the following submissions:
    (i) For a unit for which a monitoring plan has not been submitted 
under Sec. 75.62, the designated representative submits either:
    (A) Capacity factor data for the unit for the three calendar years 
immediately preceding the date of initial submission of the monitoring 
plan for the unit under Sec. 75.62; or
    (B) If a unit does not have capacity factor data for one or more of 
the three calendar years immediately preceding the date of initial 
submission of the monitoring plan for the unit under Sec. 75.62, all 
available capacity factor data, beginning with the date on which the 
unit commenced commercial operation; and projected capacity factor data.
    (ii) For a unit for which a monitoring plan has already been 
submitted under Sec. 75.62, that has not qualified as a peaking unit 
under paragraph (2)(i) of this definition, and where capacity factor 
changes, the designated representative submits either:
    (A) Three calendar years of data following the change in the unit's 
capacity factor showing an average capacity factor of no more than 10.0 
percent during the three previous calendar years and a capacity factor 
of no more than 20.0 percent in each of those calendar years; or
    (B) One calendar year of data following the change in the unit's 
capacity factor showing a capacity factor of no more than 10.0 percent 
and a statement that this changed pattern of operation resulting in a 
capacity factor less than 10.0 percent is considered permanent and is 
projected to continue for the foreseeable future.
    (3) For purposes of part 75 of this chapter, a unit that initially 
qualifies as a peaking unit must meet the criteria in paragraph (1) of 
this definition each year in order to continue to qualify as a peaking 
unit. If such a unit fails to meet such criteria for a given year, the 
unit no longer qualifies as a peaking unit starting January 1 of the 
year after the year for which the criteria are not met. If a unit 
failing to

[[Page 21]]

meet the criteria in paragraph (1) of this definition initially 
qualified as a peaking unit under paragraph (2) of this definition, the 
unit may qualify as a peaking unit for a subsequent year only if the 
designated representative submits the data specified in paragraph 
(2)(ii)(A) of this definition.
    Permit revision means a permit modification, fast track 
modification, administrative permit amendment, or automatic permit 
amendment, as provided in subpart H of this part.
    Permitting authority means either:
    (1) When the Administrator is responsible for administering Acid 
Rain permits under subpart G of this part, the Administrator or a 
delegatee agency authorized by the Administrator; or
    (2) The State air pollution control agency, local agency, other 
State agency, or other agency authorized by the Administrator to 
administer Acid Rain permits under subpart G of this part and part 70 of 
this chapter.
    Person includes an individual, corporation, partnership, 
association, State, municipality, political subdivision of a State, any 
agency, department, or instrumentality of the United States, and any 
officer, agent, or employee thereof.
    Phase I means the Acid Rain Program period beginning January 1, 1995 
and ending December 31, 1999.
    Phase I unit means any affected unit, except an affected unit under 
part 74 of this chapter, that is subject to an Acid Rain emissions 
reduction requirement or Acid Rain emissions limitation beginning in 
Phase I; or any unit exempt under Sec. 72.8 that, but for such 
exemption, would be subject to an Acid Rain emissions reduction 
requirement or Acid Rain emissions limitation beginning in Phase I.
    Phase II means the Acid Rain Program period beginning January 1, 
2000, and continuing into the future thereafter.
    Phase II unit means any affected unit, except an affected unit under 
part 74 of this chapter, that is subject to an Acid Rain emissions 
reduction requirement or Acid Rain emissions limitation during Phase II 
only.
    Pipeline natural gas means natural gas, as defined in this section, 
that is provided by a supplier through a pipeline and that contains 0.3 
grains or less of hydrogen sulfide per 100 standard cubic feet and the 
hydrogen sulfide in content of the gas constitutes at least 50% (by 
weight) of the total sulfur in the fuel.
    Pollutant concentration monitor means that component of the 
continuous emission monitoring system that measures the concentration of 
a pollutant in a unit's flue gas.
    Potential electrical output capacity means the MWe capacity rating 
for the units which shall be equal to 33 percent of the maximum design 
heat input capacity of the steam generating unit, as calculated 
according to appendix D of part 72.
    Power distribution system means the portion of an electricity grid 
owned or operated by a utility that is dedicated to delivering electric 
energy to customers.
    Power purchase commitment means a commitment or obligation of a 
utility to purchase electric power from a facility pursuant to:
    (1) A power sales agreement;
    (2) A state regulatory authority order requiring a utility to:
    (i) Enter into a power sales agreement with the facility;
    (ii) Purchase from the facility; or
    (iii) Enter into arbitration concerning the facility for the purpose 
of establishing terms and conditions of the utility's purchase of power;
    (3) A letter of intent or similar instrument committing to purchase 
power (actual electrical output or generator output capacity) from the 
source at a previously offered or lower price and a power sales 
agreement applicable to the source is executed within the time frame 
established by the terms of the letter of intent but no later than 
November 15, 1993 or, where the letter of intent does not specify a time 
frame, a power sale agreement applicable to the source is executed on or 
before November 15, 1993; or
    (4) A utility competitive bid solicitation that has resulted in the 
selection of the qualifying facility or independent power production 
facility as the winning bidder.
    Power sales agreement is a legally binding agreement between a QF, 
IPP, new IPP, or firm associated with such

[[Page 22]]

facility and a regulated electric utility that establishes the terms and 
conditions for the sale of power from the facility to the utility.
    Presiding Officer means an Administrative Law Judge appointed under 
5 U.S.C. 3105 and designated to preside at a hearing in an appeal under 
part 78 of this chapter or an EPA lawyer designated to preside at any 
such hearing under Sec. 78.6(b)(3)(ii) of this chapter.
    Primary fuel or primary fuel supply means the main fuel type 
(expressed in mmBtu) consumed by an affected unit for the applicable 
calendar year.
    Probationary calibration error test means an on-line calibration 
error test performed in accordance with section 2.1.1 of appendix B to 
part 75 of this chapter that is used to initiate a conditionally valid 
data period.
    Proposed Acid Rain permit or proposed permit means, in the case of a 
State operating permit program, the version of an Acid Rain permit that 
the permitting authority submits to the Administrator after the public 
comment period, but prior to completion of the EPA permit review period, 
as provided for in part 70 of this chapter.
    Protocol 1 gas means a calibration gas mixture prepared and analyzed 
according to the ``Procedure for NBS-Traceable Certification of 
Compressed Gas Working Standards Used for Calibration and Audit of 
Continuous Emission Monitors (``Revised Traceability Protocol No. 
1''),'' Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement 
Systems, Volume III, Stationary Source Specific Methods, Section 3.04, 
EPA-600/4-77-027b, June 1987 (set forth in appendix H of part 75 of this 
chapter) or such revised procedure as approved by the Administrator.
    QA operating quarter means a calendar quarter in which there are at 
least 168 unit operating hours (as defined in this section) or, for a 
common stack or bypass stack, a calendar quarter in which there are at 
least 168 stack operating hours (as defined in this section).
    Qualifying facility (QF) means a ``qualifying small power production 
facility'' within the meaning of section 3(17)(C) of the Federal Power 
Act or a ``qualifying cogeneration facility'' within the meaning of 
section 3(18)(B) of the Federal Power Act.
    Qualifying Phase I technology means a technological system of 
continuous emission reduction that is demonstrated to achieve a ninety 
(90) percent (or greater) reduction in emissions of sulfur dioxide from 
the emissions that would have resulted from the use of fossil fuels that 
were not subject to treatment prior to combustion, as provided in 
Sec. 72.42.
    Qualifying power purchase commitment means a power purchase 
commitment in effect as of November 15, 1990 without regard to changes 
to that commitment so long as:
    (1) The identity of the electric output purchaser; or
    (2) The identity of the steam purchaser and the location of the 
facility, remain unchanged as of the date the facility commences 
commercial operation; and
    (3) The terms and conditions of the power purchase commitment are 
not changed in such a way as to allow the costs of compliance with the 
Acid Rain Program to be shifted to the purchaser.
    Qualifying repowering technology means:
    (1) Replacement of an existing coal-fired boiler with one of the 
following clean coal technologies: Atmospheric or pressurized fluidized 
bed combustion, integrated gasification combined cycle, 
magnetohydrodynamics, direct and indirect coal-fired turbines, 
integrated gasification fuel cells, or as determined by the 
Administrator, in consultation with the Secretary of Energy, a 
derivative of one or more of these technologies, and any other 
technology capable of controlling multiple combustion emissions 
simultaneously with improved boiler or generation efficiency and with 
significantly greater waste reduction relative to the performance of 
technology in widespread commercial use as of the date of enactment of 
the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990; or
    (2) Any oil- or gas-fired unit that has been awarded clean coal 
technology demonstration funding as of January 1, 1991, by the 
Department of Energy.
    Quality-assured monitor operating hour means any unit operating hour 
or portion thereof over which a certified

[[Page 23]]

CEMS, or other monitoring system approved by the Administrator under 
part 75 of this chapter, is operating:
    (1) Within the performance specifications set forth in part 75, 
appendix A of this chapter and the quality assurance/quality control 
procedures set forth in part 75, appendix B of this chapter, without 
unscheduled maintenance, repair, or adjustment; and
    (2) In accordance with Sec. 75.10(d), (e), and (f) of this chapter.
    Receive or receipt of means the date the Administrator or a 
permitting authority comes into possession of information or 
correspondence (whether sent in writing or by authorized electronic 
transmission), as indicated in an official correspondence log, or by a 
notation made on the information or correspondence, by the Administrator 
or the permitting authority in the regular course of business.
    Recordation, record, or recorded means, with regard to allowances, 
the transfer of allowances by the Administrator from one Allowance 
Tracking System account or subaccount to another.
    Reduced utilization means a reduction, during any calendar year in 
Phase I, in the heat input (expressed in mmBtu for the calendar year) at 
a Phase I unit below the unit's baseline, where such reduction subjects 
the unit to the requirement to submit a reduced utilization plan under 
Sec. 72.43; or, in the case of an opt-in source, means a reduction in 
the average utilization, as specified in Sec. 74.44 of this chapter, of 
an opt-in source below the opt-in source's baseline.
    Reference method means any direct test method of sampling and 
analyzing for an air pollutant as specified in part 60, appendix A of 
this chapter.
    Reference value or reference signal means the known concentration of 
a calibration gas, the known value of an electronic calibration signal, 
or the known value of any other measurement standard approved by the 
Administrator, assumed to be the true value for the pollutant or diluent 
concentration or volumetric flow being measured.
    Relative accuracy means a statistic designed to provide a measure of 
the systematic and random errors associated with data from continuous 
emission monitoring systems, and is expressed as the absolute mean 
difference between the pollutant concentration or volumetric flow 
measured by the pollutant concentration or flow monitor and the value 
determined by the applicable reference method(s) plus the 2.5 percent 
error confidence coefficient of a series of tests divided by the mean of 
the reference method tests in accordance with part 75 of this chapter.
    Replacement unit means an affected unit replacing the thermal energy 
provided by an opt-in source, where both the affected unit and the opt-
in source are governed by a thermal energy plan.
    Research gas material (RGM) means a calibration gas mixture 
developed by agreement of a requestor and the National Institutes for 
Standards and Technologies (NIST) that NIST analyzes and certifies as 
``NIST traceable.'' RGMs may have concentrations different from those of 
standard reference materials.
    Research gas mixture (RGM) means a calibration gas mixture developed 
by agreement of a requestor and NIST that NIST analyzes and certifies as 
``NIST traceable.'' RGMs may have concentrations different from those of 
standard reference materials.
    Schedule of compliance means an enforceable sequence of actions, 
measures, or operations designed to achieve or maintain compliance, or 
correct non-compliance, with an applicable requirement of the Acid Rain 
Program, including any applicable Acid Rain permit requirement.
    Secretary of Energy means the Secretary of the United States 
Department of Energy or the Secretary's duly authorized representative.
    Serial number means, when referring to allowances, the unique 
identification number assigned to each allowance by the Administrator, 
pursuant to Sec. 73.34(d) of this chapter.
    Simple combustion turbine means a unit that is a rotary engine 
driven by a gas under pressure that is created by the combustion of any 
fuel. This term includes combined cycle units without auxiliary firing. 
This term excludes combined cycle units with auxiliary firing, unless 
the unit did not use the auxiliary firing from 1985 through 1987 and 
does not use auxiliary firing at any time after November 15, 1990.

[[Page 24]]

    Site lease, as used in part 73, subpart E of this chapter, means a 
legally-binding agreement signed between a new IPP or a firm associated 
with a new IPP and a site owner that establishes the terms and 
conditions under which the new IPP or the firm associated with the new 
IPP has the binding right to utilize a specific site for the purposes of 
operating or constructing the new IPP.
    Small diesel refinery means a domestic motor diesel fuel refinery or 
portion of a refinery that, as an annual average of calendar years 1988 
through 1990 and as reported to the Department of Energy on Form 810, 
had bona fide crude oil throughput less than 18,250,000 barrels per 
year, and the refinery or portion of a refinery is owned or controlled 
by a refiner with a total combined bona fide crude oil throughput of 
less than 50,187,500 barrels per year.
    Solid waste incinerator means a source as defined in section 
129(g)(1) of the Act.
    Source means any governmental, institutional, commercial, or 
industrial structure, installation, plant, building, or facility that 
emits or has the potential to emit any regulated air pollutant under the 
Act. For purposes of section 502(c) of the Act, a ``source'', including 
a ``source'' with multiple units, shall be considered a single 
``facility.''
    Span means the highest pollutant or diluent concentration or flow 
rate that a monitor component is required to be capable of measuring 
under part 75 of this chapter.
    Spot allowance means an allowance that may be used for purposes of 
compliance with a unit's Acid Rain sulfur dioxide emissions limitation 
requirements beginning in the year in which the allowance is offered for 
sale.
    Spot auction means an auction of a spot allowance.
    Spot sale means a sale of a spot allowance.
    Stack means a structure that includes one or more flues and the 
housing for the flues.
    Stack operating hour means any hour (or fraction of an hour) during 
which flue gases flow through a common stack or bypass stack.
    Standard conditions means 68  deg.F at 1 atm (29.92 in. of mercury).
    Standard reference material-equivalent compressed gas primary 
reference material (SRM-equivalent PRM) means those gas mixtures listed 
in a declaration of equivalence in accordance with section 2.1.2 of the 
``EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and Certification of Gaseous 
Calibration Standards,'' September 1997, EPA-600/R-97/121.
    State means one of the 48 contiguous States and the District of 
Columbia, any non-federal authorities in or including such States or the 
District of Columbia (including local agencies, interstate associations, 
and State-wide agencies), and any eligible Indian tribe in an area in 
such State or the District of Columbia. The term ``State'' shall have 
its conventional meaning where such meaning is clear from the context.
    State operating permit program means an operating permit program 
that the Administrator has approved under part 70 of this chapter.
    Stationary gas turbine means a turbine that is not self-propelled 
and that combusts natural gas, other gaseous fuel with a total sulfur 
content no greater than the total sulfur content of natural gas, or fuel 
oil in order to heat inlet combustion air and thereby turn a turbine in 
addition to or instead of producing steam or heating water.
    Steam sales agreement is a legally binding agreement between a QF, 
IPP, new IPP, or firm associated with such facility and an industrial or 
commercial establishment requiring steam that establishes the terms and 
conditions under which the facility will supply steam to the 
establishment.
    Submit or serve means to send or transmit a document, information, 
or correspondence to the person specified in accordance with the 
applicable regulation:
    (1) In person;
    (2) By United States Postal Service; or
    (3) By other equivalent means of dispatch, or transmission, and 
delivery. Compliance with any ``submission'', ``service'', or 
``mailing'' deadline shall be determined by the date of dispatch, 
transmission, or mailing and not the date of receipt.

[[Page 25]]

    Substitute data means emissions or volumetric flow data provided to 
assure 100 percent recording and reporting of emissions when all or part 
of the continuous emission monitoring system is not functional or is 
operating outside applicable performance specifications.
    Substitution unit means an affected unit, other than a unit under 
section 410 of the Act, that is designated as a Phase I unit in a 
substitution plan under Sec. 72.41.
    Sulfur-free generation means the generation of electricity by a 
process that does not have any emissions of sulfur dioxide, including 
hydroelectric, nuclear, solar, or wind generation. A ``sulfur-free 
generator'' is a generator that is located in one of the 48 contiguous 
States or the District of Columbia and produces ``sulfur-free 
generation.''
    Supply-side measure means a measure to improve the efficiency of the 
generation, transmission, or distribution of electricity, implemented by 
a utility in connection with its operations or facilities to provide 
electricity to its customers, and includes the measures set forth in 
part 73, appendix A, section 2 of this chapter.
    Thermal energy means the thermal output produced by a combustion 
source used directly as part of a manufacturing process but not used to 
produce electricity.
    Ton or tonnage means any ``short ton'' (i.e., 2,000 pounds). For the 
purpose of determining compliance with the Acid Rain emissions 
limitations and reduction requirements, total tons for a year shall be 
calculated as the sum of all recorded hourly emissions (or the tonnage 
equivalent of the recorded hourly emissions rates) in accordance with 
part 75 of this chapter, with any remaining fraction of a ton equal to 
or greater than 0.50 ton deemed to equal one ton and any fraction of a 
ton less than 0.50 ton deemed not to equal any ton.
    Total planned net output capacity means the planned generator output 
capacity, excluding that portion of the electrical power which is 
designed to be used at the power production facility, as specified under 
one or more qualifying power purchase commitments or contemporaneous 
documents as of November 15, 1990; ``Total installed net output 
capacity'' shall be the generator output capacity, excluding that 
portion of the electrical power actually used at the power production 
facility, as installed.
    Transfer unit means a Phase I unit that transfers all or part of its 
Phase I emission reduction obligations to a control unit designated 
pursuant to a Phase I extension plan under Sec. 72.42.
    Underutilization means a reduction, during any calendar year in 
Phase I, of the heat input (expressed in mmBtu for the calendar year) at 
a Phase I unit below the unit's baseline.
    Unit means a fossil fuel-fired combustion device.
    Unit account means an Allowance Tracking System account, established 
by the Administrator for an affected unit pursuant to Sec. 73.31 (a) or 
(b) of this chapter.
    Unit load means the total (i.e., gross) output of a unit or source 
in any calendar year (or other specified time period) produced by 
combusting a given heat input of fuel, expressed in terms of:
    (1) The total electrical generation (MWe) for use within the plant 
and for sale; or
    (2) In the case of a unit or source that uses part of its heat input 
for purposes other than electrical generation, the total steam pressure 
(psia) produced by the unit or source.
    Unit operating day means a calendar day in which a unit combusts any 
fuel.
    Unit operating hour means any hour (or fraction of an hour) during 
which a unit combusts any fuel.
    Unit operating quarter means a calendar quarter in which a unit 
combusts any fuel.
    Utility means any person that sells electricity.
    Utility competitive bid solicitation is a public request from a 
regulated utility for offers to the utility for meeting future 
generating needs. A qualifying facility, independent power production 
facility, or new IPP may be regarded as having been ``selected'' in such 
solicitation if the utility has named the facility as a project with 
which the utility intends to negotiate a power sales agreement.

[[Page 26]]

    Utility regulatory authority means an authority, board, commission, 
or other entity (limited to the local-, State-, or federal-level, 
whenever so specified) responsible for overseeing the business 
operations of utilities located within its jurisdiction, including, but 
not limited to, utility rates and charges to customers.
    Utility system means all interconnected units and generators 
operated by the same utility operating company.
    Utility unit means a unit owned or operated by a utility:
    (1) That serves a generator in any State that produces electricity 
for sale, or
    (2) That during 1985, served a generator in any State that produced 
electricity for sale.
    (3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition, a 
unit that was in operation during 1985, but did not serve a generator 
that produced electricity for sale during 1985, and did not commence 
commercial operation on or after November 15, 1990 is not a utility unit 
for purposes of the Acid Rain Program.
    (4) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition, a 
unit that cogenerates steam and electricity is not a utility unit for 
purposes of the Acid Rain Program, unless the unit is constructed for 
the purpose of supplying, or commences construction after November 15, 
1990 and supplies, more than one-third of its potential electrical 
output capacity and more than 25 MWe output to any power distribution 
system for sale.
    Utilization means the heat input (expressed in mmBtu/time) for a 
unit.
    Very low sulfur fuel means either:
    (1) A fuel with a total sulfur content no greater than 0.05 percent 
sulfur by weight;
    (2) Natural gas or pipeline natural gas, as defined in this section; 
or
    (3) Any gaseous fuel with a total sulfur content no greater than 20 
grains of sulfur per 100 standard cubic feet.
    Volumetric flow means the rate of movement of a specified volume of 
gas past a cross-sectional area (e.g., cubic feet per hour).
    Zero air material means either:
    (1) A calibration gas certified by the gas vendor not to contain 
concentrations of SO2, NOX, or total hydrocarbons 
above 0.1 parts per million (ppm), a concentration of CO above 1 ppm, or 
a concentration of CO2 above 400 ppm;
    (2) Ambient air conditioned and purified by a CEMS for which the 
CEMS manufacturer or vendor certifies that the particular CEMS model 
produces conditioned gas that does not contain concentrations of 
SO2, NOX, or total hydrocarbons above 0.1 ppm, a 
concentration of CO above 1 ppm, or a concentration of CO2 
above 400 ppm;
    (3) For dilution-type CEMS, conditioned and purified ambient air 
provided by a conditioning system concurrently supplying dilution air to 
the CEMS; or
    (4) A multicomponent mixture certified by the supplier of the 
mixture that the concentration of the component being zeroed is less 
than or equal to the applicable concentration specified in paragraph (1) 
of this definition, and that the mixture's other components do not 
interfere with the CEM readings.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 15647, Mar. 23, 1993; 58 
FR 33770, June 21, 1993; 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993; 60 FR 17111, Apr. 
4, 1995; 60 FR 18468, Apr. 11, 1995; 60 FR 26514, May 17, 1995; 62 FR 
55475, Oct. 24, 1997; 63 FR 57498, Oct. 27, 1998; 63 FR 68404, Dec. 11, 
1998; 64 FR 25842, May 13, 1999; 64 FR 28586, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 72.3  Measurements, abbreviations, and acronyms.

    Measurements, abbreviations, and acronyms used in this part are 
defined as follows:

acfh--actual cubic feet per hour.
atm--atmosphere.
bbl--barrel.
Btu--British thermal unit.
  deg.C--degree Celsius (centigrade).
CEMS--continuous emission monitoring system.
cfm--cubic feet per minute.
cm--centimeter.
dcf--dry cubic feet.
DOE--Department of Energy.
dscf--dry cubic feet at standard conditions.
dscfh--dry cubic feet per hour at standard conditions.
EIA--Energy Information Administration.
eq--equivalent.
  deg.F--degree Fahrenheit.

[[Page 27]]

fps--feet per second.
gal--gallon.
hr--hour.
in--inch.
 deg.K--degree Kelvin.
kacfm--thousands of cubic feet per minute at actual conditions.
kscfh--thousands of cubic feet per hour at standard conditions.
Kwh--kilowatt hour.
lb--pounds.
m--meter.
mmBtu--million Btu.
min--minute.
mol. wt.--molecular weight.
MWe--megawatt electrical.
MWge--gross megawatt electrical.
NIST--National Institute of Standards and Technology.
ppm--parts per million.
psi--pounds per square inch.
 deg.R--degree Rankine.
RATA--relative accuracy test audit.
scf--cubic feet at standard conditions.
scfh--cubic feet per hour at standard conditions.
sec--second.
std--at standard conditions.
CO2--carbon dioxide.
NOx--nitrogen oxides.
O2--oxygen.
THC--total hydrocarbon content.
SO2--sulfur dioxide.


[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 64 FR 28588, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 72.4  Federal authority.

    (a) The Administrator reserves all authority under sections 
112(r)(9), 113, 114, 120, 301, 303, 304, 306, and 307(a) of the Act, 
including, but not limited to, the authority to:
    (1) Secure information needed for the purpose of developing, 
revising, or implementing, or of determining whether any person is in 
violation of, any standard, method, requirement, or prohibition of the 
Act, this part, parts 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, and 78 of this chapter;
    (2) Make inspections, conduct tests, examine records, and require an 
owner or operator of an affected unit to submit information reasonably 
required for the purpose of developing, revising, or implementing, or of 
determining whether any person is in violation of, any standard, method, 
requirement, or prohibition of the Act, this part, parts 73, 74, 75, 76, 
77, and 78 of this chapter.
    (3) Issue orders, call witnesses, and compel the production of 
documents.
    (b) The Administrator reserves the right under title IV of the Act 
to take any action necessary to protect the orderly and competitive 
functioning of the allowance system, including actions to prevent fraud 
and misrepresentation.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17113, Apr. 4, 1995]



Sec. 72.5  State authority.

    Consistent with section 116 of the Act, the provisions of the Acid 
Rain Program shall not be construed in any manner to preclude any State 
from adopting and enforcing any other air quality requirement (including 
any continuous emissions monitoring) that is not less stringent than, 
and does not alter, any requirement applicable to an affected unit or 
affected source under the Acid Rain Program; provided that such State 
requirement, if articulated in an operating permit, is in a portion of 
the operating permit separate from the portion containing the Acid Rain 
Program requirements.



Sec. 72.6  Applicability.

    (a) Each of the following units shall be an affected unit, and any 
source that includes such a unit shall be an affected source, subject to 
the requirements of the Acid Rain Program:
    (1) A unit listed in table 1 of Sec. 73.10(a) of this chapter.
    (2) A unit that is listed in table 2 or 3 of Sec. 73.10 of this 
chapter and any other existing utility unit, except a unit under 
paragraph (b) of this section.
    (3) A utility unit, except a unit under paragraph (b) of this 
section, that:
    (i) Is a new unit; or
    (ii) Did not serve a generator with a nameplate capacity greater 
than 25 MWe on November 15, 1990 but serves such a generator after 
November 15, 1990.
    (iii) Was a simple combustion turbine on November 15, 1990 but adds 
or uses auxiliary firing after November 15, 1990;
    (iv) Was an exempt cogeneration facility under paragraph (b)(4) of 
this section but during any three calendar year period after November 
15, 1990 sold, to a utility power distribution system, an annual average 
of more

[[Page 28]]

than one-third of its potential electrical output capacity and more than 
219,000 MWe-hrs electric output, on a gross basis;
    (v) Was an exempt qualifying facility under paragraph (b)(5) of this 
section but, at any time after the later of November 15, 1990 or the 
date the facility commences commercial operation, fails to meet the 
definition of qualifying facility;
    (vi) Was an exempt IPP under paragraph (b)(6) of this section but, 
at any time after the later of November 15, 1990 or the date the 
facility commences commercial operation, fails to meet the definition of 
independent power production facility; or
    (vii) Was an exempt solid waste incinerator under paragraph (b)(7) 
of this section but during any three calendar year period after November 
15, 1990 consumes 20 percent or more (on a Btu basis) fossil fuel.
    (b) The following types of units are not affected units subject to 
the requirements of the Acid Rain Program:
    (1) A simple combustion turbine that commenced commercial operation 
before November 15, 1990.
    (2) Any unit that commenced commercial operation before November 15, 
1990 and that did not, as of November 15, 1990, and does not currently, 
serve a generator with a nameplate capacity of greater than 25 MWe.
    (3) Any unit that, during 1985, did not serve a generator that 
produced electricity for sale and that did not, as of November 15, 1990, 
and does not currently, serve a generator that produces electricity for 
sale.
    (4) A cogeneration facility which:
    (i) For a unit that commenced construction on or prior to November 
15, 1990, was constructed for the purpose of supplying equal to or less 
than one-third its potential electrical output capacity or equal to or 
less than 219,000 MWe-hrs actual electric output on an annual basis to 
any utility power distribution system for sale (on a gross basis). If 
the purpose of construction is not known, the Administrator will presume 
that actual operation from 1985 through 1987 is consistent with such 
purpose. However, if in any three calendar year period after November 
15, 1990, such unit sells to a utility power distribution system an 
annual average of more than one-third of its potential electrical output 
capacity and more than 219,000 MWe-hrs actual electric output (on a 
gross basis), that unit shall be an affected unit, subject to the 
requirements of the Acid Rain Program; or
    (ii) For units which commenced construction after November 15, 1990, 
supplies equal to or less than one-third its potential electrical output 
capacity or equal to or less than 219,000 MWe-hrs actual electric output 
on an annual basis to any utility power distribution system for sale (on 
a gross basis). However, if in any three calendar year period after 
November 15, 1990, such unit sells to a utility power distribution 
system an annual average of more than one-third of its potential 
electrical output capacity and more than 219,000 MWe-hrs actual electric 
output (on a gross basis), that unit shall be an affected unit, subject 
to the requirements of the Acid Rain Program.
    (5) A qualifying facility that:
    (i) Has, as of November 15, 1990, one or more qualifying power 
purchase commitments to sell at least 15 percent of its total planned 
net output capacity; and
    (ii) Consists of one or more units designated by the owner or 
operator with total installed net output capacity not exceeding 130 
percent of the total planned net output capacity. If the emissions rates 
of the units are not the same, the Administrator may exercise discretion 
to designate which units are exempt.
    (6) An independent power production facility that:
    (i) Has, as of November 15, 1990, one or more qualifying power 
purchase commitments to sell at least 15 percent of its total planned 
net output capacity; and
    (ii) Consists of one or more units designated by the owner or 
operator with total installed net output capacity not exceeding 130 
percent of its total planned net output capacity. If the emissions rates 
of the units are not the same, the Administrator may exercise discretion 
to designate which units are exempt.
    (7) A solid waste incinerator, if more than 80 percent (on a Btu 
basis) of the

[[Page 29]]

annual fuel consumed at such incinerator is other than fossil fuels. For 
solid waste incinerators which began operation before January 1, 1985, 
the average annual fuel consumption of non-fossil fuels for calendar 
years 1985 through 1987 must be greater than 80 percent for such an 
incinerator to be exempt. For solid waste incinerators which began 
operation after January 1, 1985, the average annual fuel consumption of 
non-fossil fuels for the first three years of operation must be greater 
than 80 percent for such an incinerator to be exempt. If, during any 
three calendar year period after November 15, 1990, such incinerator 
consumes 20 percent or more (on a Btu basis) fossil fuel, such 
incinerator will be an affected source under the Acid Rain Program.
    (8) A non-utility unit.
    (9) A unit for which an exemption under Sec. 72.7, Sec. 72.8, or 
Sec. 72.14 is in effect. Although such a unit is not an affected unit, 
the unit shall be subject to the requirements of Sec. 72.7, Sec. 72.8, 
or Sec. 72.14, as applicable to the exemption.
    (c) A certifying official of an owner or operator of any unit may 
petition the Administrator for a determination of applicability under 
this section.
    (1) Petition Content. The petition shall be in writing and include 
identification of the unit and relevant facts about the unit. In the 
petition, the certifying official shall certify, by his or her 
signature, the statement set forth at Sec. 72.21(b)(2). Within 10 
business days of receipt of any written determination by the 
Administrator covering the unit, the certifying official shall provide 
each owner or operator of the unit, facility, or source with a copy of 
the petition and a copy of the Administrator's response.
    (2) Timing. The petition may be submitted to the Administrator at 
any time but, if possible, should be submitted prior to the issuance 
(including renewal) of a Phase II Acid Rain permit for the unit.
    (3) Submission. All submittals under this section shall be made by 
the certifying official to the Director, Acid Rain Division, (6204J), 
401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC, 20460.
    (4) Response. The Administrator will issue a written response based 
upon the factual submittal meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) 
of this section.
    (5) Administrative appeals. The Administrator's determination of 
applicability is a decision appealable under 40 CFR part 78 of this 
chapter.
    (6) Effect of determination. The Administrator's determination of 
applicability shall be binding upon the permitting authority, unless the 
petition is found to have contained significant errors or omissions.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 15648, Mar. 23, 1993; 62 
FR 55475, Oct. 24, 1997; 64 FR 28588, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 72.7  New units exemption.

    (a) Applicability. This section applies to any new utility unit that 
has not previously lost an exemption under paragraph (f)(4) of this 
section and that, in each year starting with the first year for which 
the unit is to be exempt under this section:
    (1) Serves during the entire year (except for any period before the 
unit commenced commercial operation) one or more generators with total 
nameplate capacity of 25 MWe or less;
    (2) Burns fuel that does not include any coal or coal-derived fuel 
(except coal-derived gaseous fuel with a total sulfur content no greater 
than natural gas); and
    (3) Burns gaseous fuel with an annual average sulfur content of 0.05 
percent or less by weight (as determined under paragraph (d) of this 
section) and nongaseous fuel with an annual average sulfur content of 
0.05 percent or less by weight (as determined under paragraph (d) of 
this section).
    (b)(1) Any new utility unit that meets the requirements of paragraph 
(a) of this section and that is not allocated any allowances under 
subpart B of part 73 of this chapter shall be exempt from the Acid Rain 
Program, except for the provisions of this section, Secs. 72.2 through 
72.6, and Secs. 72.10 through 72.13.
    (2) The exemption under paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be 
effective on January 1 of the first full calendar year for which the 
unit meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. By 
December 31 of the first year for which the unit is to be exempt

[[Page 30]]

under this section, a statement signed by the designated representative 
(authorized in accordance with subpart B of this part) or, if no 
designated representative has been authorized, a certifying official of 
each owner of the unit shall be submitted to permitting authority 
otherwise responsible for administering a Phase II Acid Rain permit for 
the unit. If the Administrator is not the permitting authority, a copy 
of the statement shall be submitted to the Administrator. The statement, 
which shall be in a format prescribed by the Administrator, shall 
identify the unit, state the nameplate capacity of each generator served 
by the unit and the fuels currently burned or expected to be burned by 
the unit and their sulfur content by weight, and state that the owners 
and operators of the unit will comply with paragraph (f) of this 
section.
    (3) After receipt of the statement under paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section, the permitting authority shall amend under Sec. 72.83 the 
operating permit covering the source at which the unit is located, if 
the source has such a permit, to add the provisions and requirements of 
the exemption under paragraphs (a), (b)(1), (d), and (f) of this 
section.
    (c)(1) Any new utility unit that meets the requirements of paragraph 
(a) of this section and that is allocated one or more allowances under 
subpart B of part 73 of this chapter shall be exempt from the Acid Rain 
Program, except for the provisions of this section, Secs. 72.2 through 
72.6, and Secs. 72.10 through 72.13, if each of the following 
requirements are met:
    (i) The designated representative (authorized in accordance with 
subpart B of this part) or, if no designated representative has been 
authorized, a certifying official of each owner of the unit submits to 
the permitting authority otherwise responsible for administering a Phase 
II Acid Rain permit for the unit a statement (in a format prescribed by 
the Administrator) that:
    (A) Identifies the unit and states the nameplate capacity of each 
generator served by the unit and the fuels currently burned or expected 
to be burned by the unit and their sulfur content by weight;
    (B) States that the owners and operators of the unit will comply 
with paragraph (f) of this section;
    (C) Surrenders allowances equal in number to, and with the same or 
earlier compliance use date as, all of those allocated to the unit under 
subpart B of part 73 of this chapter for the first year that the unit is 
to be exempt under this section and for each subsequent year; and
    (D) Surrenders any proceeds for allowances under paragraph 
(c)(1)(i)(C) or this section withheld from the unit under Sec. 73.10 of 
this chapter. If the Administrator is not the permitting authority, a 
copy of the statement shall be submitted to the Administrator.
    (ii) The Administrator deducts from the unit's Allowance Tracking 
System account allowances under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section 
and receives proceeds under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(D) of this section. 
Within 5 business days of receiving a statement in accordance with 
paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, the Administrator shall either 
deduct the allowances under paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section or 
notify the owners and operators that there are insufficient allowances 
to make such deductions. Upon completion of such deductions and receipt 
of such proceeds, the Administrator will close the unit's Allowance 
Tracking System account and notify the designated representative (or 
certifying official) and, if the Administrator is not the permitting 
authority otherwise responsible for administering a Phase II Acid Rain 
permit for the unit, the permitting authority.
    (2) The exemption under paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall be 
effective on January 1 of the first full calendar year for which the 
requirements of paragraphs (a) and (c)(1) of this section are met. After 
notification by the Administrator under the third sentence of paragraph 
(c)(1)(ii) of this section, the permitting authority shall amend under 
Sec. 72.83 the operating permit covering the source at which the unit is 
located, if the source has such a permit, to add the provisions and 
requirements of the exemption under paragraphs (a), (c)(1), (d), and (f) 
of this section.

[[Page 31]]

    (d) Compliance with the requirement that fuel burned during the year 
have an annual average sulfur content of 0.05 percent by weight or less 
shall be determined as follows using a method of determining sulfur 
content that provides information with reasonable precision, 
reliability, accessibility, and timeliness:
    (1) For gaseous fuel burned during the year, if natural gas is the 
only gaseous fuel burned, the requirement is assumed to be met;
    (2) For gaseous fuel burned during the year where other gas in 
addition to or besides natural gas is burned, the requirement is met if 
the annual average sulfur content is equal to or less than 0.05 percent 
by weight. The annual average sulfur content, as a percentage by weight, 
for the gaseous fuel burned shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR24OC97.001

where:

%Sannual = annual average sulfur content of the fuel burned 
during the year by the unit, as a percentage by weight;
%Sn = sulfur content of the nth sample of the fuel delivered 
during the year to the unit, as a percentage by weight;
Vn = volume of the fuel in a delivery during the year to the 
unit of which the nth sample is taken, in standard cubic feet; or, for 
fuel delivered during the year to the unit continuously by pipeline, 
volume of the fuel delivered starting from when the nth sample of such 
fuel is taken until the next sample of such fuel is taken, in standard 
cubic feet;
dn = density of the nth sample of the fuel delivered during 
the year to the unit, in lb per standard cubic foot; and
n = each sample taken of the fuel delivered during the year to the unit, 
taken at least once for each delivery; or, for fuel that is delivered 
during the year to the unit continuously by pipeline, at least once each 
quarter during which the fuel is delivered.

    (3) For nongaseous fuel burned during the year, the requirement is 
met if the annual average sulfur content is equal to or less than 0.05 
percent by weight. The annual average sulfur content, as a percentage by 
weight, shall be calculated using the equation in paragraph (d)(2) of 
this section. In lieu of the factor, volume times density (Vn 
dn), in the equation, the factor, mass (Mn), may 
be used, where Mn is: mass of the nongaseous fuel in a 
delivery during the year to the unit of which the nth sample is taken, 
in lb; or, for fuel delivered during the year to the unit continuously 
by pipeline, mass of the nongaseous fuel delivered starting from when 
the nth sample of such fuel is taken until the next sample of such fuel 
is taken, in lb.
    (e)(1) A utility unit that was issued a written exemption under this 
section and that meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section 
shall be exempt from the Acid Rain Program, except for the provisions of 
this section, Secs. 72.2 through 72.6, and Secs. 72.10 through 72.13 and 
shall be subject to the requirements of paragraphs (a), (d), (e)(2), and 
(f) of this section in lieu of the requirements set forth in the written 
exemption. The permitting authority shall amend under Sec. 72.83 the 
operating permit covering the source at which the unit is located, if 
the source has such a permit, to add the provisions and requirements of 
the exemption under this paragraph (e)(1) and paragraphs (a), (d), 
(e)(2), and (f) of this section.
    (2) If a utility unit under paragraph (e)(1) of this section is 
allocated one or more allowances under subpart B of part 73 of this 
chapter, the designated representative (authorized in accordance with 
subpart B of this part) or, if no designated representative has been 
authorized, a certifying official of each owner of the unit shall submit 
to the permitting authority that issued the written exemption a 
statement (in a format prescribed by the Administrator) meeting the 
requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) and (D) of this section. The 
statement shall be submitted by June 31, 1998 and, if the Administrator 
is not the permitting authority, a copy shall be submitted to the 
Administrator.
    (f) Special Provisions. (1) The owners and operators and, to the 
extent applicable, the designated representative of a unit exempt under 
this section shall:
    (i) Comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section 
for all periods for which the unit is exempt under this section; and

[[Page 32]]

    (ii) Comply with the requirements of the Acid Rain Program 
concerning all periods for which the exemption is not in effect, even if 
such requirements arise, or must be complied with, after the exemption 
takes effect.
    (2) For any period for which a unit is exempt under this section, 
the unit is not an affected unit under the Acid Rain Program and parts 
70 and 71 of this chapter and is not eligible to be an opt-in source 
under part 74 of this chapter. As an unaffected unit, the unit shall 
continue to be subject to any other applicable requirements under parts 
70 and 71 of this chapter.
    (3) For a period of 5 years from the date the records are created, 
the owners and operators of a unit exempt under this section shall 
retain at the source that includes the unit records demonstrating that 
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are met. The 5-year 
period for keeping records may be extended for cause, at any time prior 
to the end of the period, in writing by the Administrator or the 
permitting authority.
    (i) Such records shall include, for each delivery of fuel to the 
unit or for fuel delivered to the unit continuously by pipeline, the 
type of fuel, the sulfur content, and the sulfur content of each sample 
taken.
    (ii) The owners and operators bear the burden of proof that the 
requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are met.
    (4) Loss of exemption. (i) On the earliest of the following dates, a 
unit exempt under paragraphs (b), (c), or (e) of this section shall lose 
its exemption and become an affected unit under the Acid Rain Program 
and parts 70 and 71 of this chapter:
    (A) The date on which the unit first serves one or more generators 
with total nameplate capacity in excess of 25 MWe;
    (B) The date on which the unit burns any coal or coal-derived fuel 
except for coal-derived gaseous fuel with a total sulfur content no 
greater than natural gas; or
    (C) January 1 of the year following the year in which the annual 
average sulfur content for gaseous fuel burned at the unit exceeds 0.05 
percent by weight (as determined under paragraph (d) of this section) or 
for nongaseous fuel burned at the unit exceeds 0.05 percent by weight 
(as determined under paragraph (d) of this section).
    (ii) Notwithstanding Sec. 72.30(b) and (c), the designated 
representative for a unit that loses its exemption under this section 
shall submit a complete Acid Rain permit application on the later of 
January 1, 1998 or 60 days after the first date on which the unit is no 
longer exempt.
    (iii) For the purpose of applying monitoring requirements under part 
75 of this chapter, a unit that loses its exemption under this section 
shall be treated as a new unit that commenced commercial operation on 
the first date on which the unit is no longer exempt.

[62 FR 55476, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.8  Retired units exemption.

    (a) This section applies to any affected unit (except for an opt-in 
source) that is permanently retired.
    (b)(1) Any affected unit (except for an opt-in source) that is 
permanently retired shall be exempt from the Acid Rain Program, except 
for the provisions of this section, Secs. 72.2 through 72.6, Secs. 72.10 
through 72.13, and subpart B of part 73 of this chapter.
    (2) The exemption under paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall 
become effective on January 1 of the first full calendar year during 
which the unit is permanently retired. By December 31 of the first year 
that the unit is to be exempt under this section, the designated 
representative (authorized in accordance with subpart B of this part), 
or, if no designated representative has been authorized, a certifying 
official of each owner of the unit shall submit a statement to the 
permitting authority otherwise responsible for administering a Phase II 
Acid Rain permit for the unit. If the Administrator is not the 
permitting authority, a copy of the statement shall be submitted to the 
Administrator. The statement shall state (in a format prescribed by the 
Administrator) that the unit is permanently retired and will comply with 
the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section.
    (3) After receipt of the notice under paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section, the permitting authority shall amend

[[Page 33]]

under Sec. 72.83 the operating permit covering the source at which the 
unit is located, if the source has such a permit, to add the provisions 
and requirements of the exemption under paragraphs (b)(1) and (d) of 
this section.
    (c) A unit that was issued a written exemption under this section 
and that is permanently retired shall be exempt from the Acid Rain 
Program, except for the provisions of this section, Secs. 72.2 through 
72.6, Secs. 72.10 through 72.13, and subpart B of part 73 of this 
chapter, and shall be subject to the requirements of paragraph (d) of 
this section in lieu of the requirements set forth in the written 
exemption. The permitting authority shall amend under Sec. 72.83 the 
operating permit covering the source at which the unit is located, if 
the source has such a permit, to add the provisions and requirements of 
the exemption under this paragraph (c) and paragraph (d) of this 
section.
    (d) Special Provisions. (1) A unit exempt under this section shall 
not emit any sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides starting on the date 
that the exemption takes effect. The owners and operators of the unit 
will be allocated allowances in accordance with subpart B of part 73 of 
this chapter. If the unit is a Phase I unit, for each calendar year in 
Phase I, the designated representative of the unit shall submit a Phase 
I permit application in accordance with subparts C and D of this part 72 
and an annual certification report in accordance with Secs. 72.90 
through 72.92 and is subject to Secs. 72.95 and 72.96.
    (2) A unit exempt under this section shall not resume operation 
unless the designated representative of the source that includes the 
unit submits a complete Acid Rain permit application under Sec. 72.31 
for the unit not less than 24 months prior to the later of January 1, 
2000 or the date on which the unit is first to resume operation.
    (3) The owners and operators and, to the extent applicable, the 
designated representative of a unit exempt under this section shall 
comply with the requirements of the Acid Rain Program concerning all 
periods for which the exemption is not in effect, even if such 
requirements arise, or must be complied with, after the exemption takes 
effect.
    (4) For any period for which a unit is exempt under this section, 
the unit is not an affected unit under the Acid Rain Program and parts 
70 and 71 of this chapter and is not eligible to be an opt-in source 
under part 74 of this chapter. As an unaffected unit, the unit shall 
continue to be subject to any other applicable requirements under parts 
70 and 71 of this chapter.
    (5) For a period of 5 years from the date the records are created, 
the owners and operators of a unit exempt under this section shall 
retain at the source that includes the unit records demonstrating that 
the unit is permanently retired. The 5-year period for keeping records 
may be extended for cause, at any time prior to the end of the period, 
in writing by the Administrator or the permitting authority. The owners 
and operators bear the burden of proof that the unit is permanently 
retired.
    (6) Loss of exemption. (i) On the earlier of the following dates, a 
unit exempt under paragraph (b) or (c) of this section shall lose its 
exemption and become an affected unit under the Acid Rain Program and 
parts 70 and 71 of this chapter:
    (A) The date on which the designated representative submits an Acid 
Rain permit application under paragraph (d)(2) of this section; or
    (B) The date on which the designated representative is required 
under paragraph (d)(2) of this section to submit an Acid Rain permit 
application.
    (ii) For the purpose of applying monitoring requirements under part 
75 of this chapter, a unit that loses its exemption under this section 
shall be treated as a new unit that commenced commercial operation on 
the first date on which the unit resumes operation.

[62 FR 55477, Oct. 24, 1997; 62 FR 66279, Dec. 18, 1997]



Sec. 72.9  Standard requirements.

    (a) Permit Requirements. (1) The designated representative of each 
affected source and each affected unit at the source shall:
    (i) Submit a complete Acid Rain permit application (including a 
compliance plan) under this part in accordance with the deadlines 
specified in Sec. 72.30;

[[Page 34]]

    (ii) Submit in a timely manner a complete reduced utilization plan 
if required under Sec. 72.43; and
    (iii) Submit in a timely manner any supplemental information that 
the permitting authority determines is necessary in order to review an 
Acid Rain permit application and issue or deny an Acid Rain permit.
    (2) The owners and operators of each affected source and each 
affected unit at the source shall:
    (i) Operate the unit in compliance with a complete Acid Rain permit 
application or a superseding Acid Rain permit issued by the permitting 
authority; and
    (ii) Have an Acid Rain Permit.
    (b) Monitoring Requirements. (1) The owners and operators and, to 
the extent applicable, designated representative of each affected source 
and each affected unit at the source shall comply with the monitoring 
requirements as provided in part 75 of this chapter.
    (2) The emissions measurements recorded and reported in accordance 
with part 75 of this chapter shall be used to determine compliance by 
the unit with the Acid Rain emissions limitations and emissions 
reduction requirements for sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides under the 
Acid Rain Program.
    (3) The requirements of part 75 of this chapter shall not affect the 
responsibility of the owners and operators to monitor emissions of other 
pollutants or other emissions characteristics at the unit under other 
applicable requirements of the Act and other provisions of the operating 
permit for the source.
    (c) Sulfur Dioxide Requirements. (1) The owners and operators of 
each source and each affected unit at the source shall:
    (i) Hold allowances, as of the allowance transfer deadline, in the 
unit's compliance subaccount (after deductions under Sec. 73.34(c) of 
this chapter) not less than the total annual emissions of sulfur dioxide 
for the previous calendar year from the unit; and
    (ii) Comply with the applicable Acid Rain emissions limitation for 
sulfur dioxide.
    (2) Each ton of sulfur dioxide emitted in excess of the Acid Rain 
emissions limitations for sulfur dioxide shall constitute a separate 
violation of the Act.
    (3) An affected unit shall be subject to the requirements under 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section as follows:
    (i) Starting January 1, 1995, an affected unit under 
Sec. 72.6(a)(1);
    (ii) Starting on or after January 1, 1995 in accordance with 
Secs. 72.41 and 72.43, an affected unit under Sec. 72.6(a) (2) or (3) 
that is a substitution or compensating unit;
    (iii) Starting January 1, 2000, an affected unit under 
Sec. 72.6(a)(2) that is not a substitution or compensating unit; or
    (iv) Starting on the later of January 1, 2000 or the deadline for 
monitor certification under part 75 of this chapter, an affected unit 
under Sec. 72.6(a)(3) that is not a substitution or compensating unit.
    (4) Allowances shall be held in, deducted from, or transferred among 
Allowance Tracking System accounts in accordance with the Acid Rain 
Program.
    (5) An allowance shall not be deducted, in order to comply with the 
requirements under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, prior to the 
calendar year for which the allowance was allocated.
    (6) An allowance allocated by the Administrator under the Acid Rain 
Program is a limited authorization to emit sulfur dioxide in accordance 
with the Acid Rain Program. No provision of the Acid Rain Program, the 
Acid Rain permit application, the Acid Rain permit, or an exemption 
under Secs. 72.7, 72.8, or 72.14 and no provision of law shall be 
construed to limit the authority of the United States to terminate or 
limit such authorization.
    (7) An allowance allocated by the Administrator under the Acid Rain 
Program does not constitute a property right.
    (d) Nitrogen Oxides Requirements. The owners and operators of the 
source and each affected unit at the source shall comply with the 
applicable Acid Rain emissions limitation for nitrogen oxides.
    (e) Excess Emissions Requirements. (1) The designated representative 
of an affected unit that has excess emissions in any calendar year shall 
submit a proposed offset plan, as required under part 77 of this 
chapter.

[[Page 35]]

    (2) The owners and operators of an affected unit that has excess 
emissions in any calendar year shall:
    (i) Pay without demand the penalty required, and pay upon demand the 
interest on that penalty, as required by part 77 of this chapter; and
    (ii) Comply with the terms of an approved offset plan, as required 
by part 77 of this chapter.
    (f) Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements. (1) Unless otherwise 
provided, the owners and operators of the source and each affected unit 
at the source shall keep on site at the source each of the following 
documents for a period of 5 years from the date the document is created. 
This period may be extended for cause, at any time prior to the end of 5 
years, in writing by the Administrator or permitting authority.
    (i) The certificate of representation for the designated 
representative for the source and each affected unit at the source and 
all documents that demonstrate the truth of the statements in the 
certificate of representation, in accordance with Sec. 72.24; provided 
that the certificate and documents shall be retained on site at the 
source beyond such 5-year period until such documents are superseded 
because of the submission of a new certificate of representation 
changing the designated representative.
    (ii) All emissions monitoring information, in accordance with part 
75 of this chapter; provided that to the extent that part 75 provides 
for a 3-year period for recordkeeping, the 3-year period shall apply.
    (iii) Copies of all reports, compliance certifications, and other 
submissions and all records made or required under the Acid Rain 
Program.
    (iv) Copies of all documents used to complete an Acid Rain permit 
application and any other submission under the Acid Rain Program or to 
demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the Acid Rain Program.
    (2) The designated representative of an affected source and each 
affected unit at the source shall submit the reports and compliance 
certifications required under the Acid Rain Program, including those 
under subpart I of this part and part 75 of this chapter.
    (g) Liability. (1) Any person who knowingly violates any requirement 
or prohibition of the Acid Rain Program, a complete Acid Rain permit 
application, an Acid Rain permit, or an exemption under Sec. 72.7, 
Sec. 72.8, or Sec. 72.14, including any requirement for the payment of 
any penalty owed to the United States, shall be subject to enforcement 
pursuant to section 113(c) of the Act.
    (2) Any person who knowingly makes a false, material statement in 
any record, submission, or report under the Acid Rain Program shall be 
subject to criminal enforcement pursuant to section 113(c) of the Act 
and 18 U.S.C. 1001.
    (3) No permit revision shall excuse any violation of the 
requirements of the Acid Rain Program that occurs prior to the date that 
the revision takes effect.
    (4) Each affected source and each affected unit shall meet the 
requirements of the Acid Rain Program.
    (5) Any provision of the Acid Rain Program that applies to an 
affected source (including a provision applicable to the designated 
representative of an affected source) shall also apply to the owners and 
operators of such source and of the affected units at the source.
    (6) Any provision of the Acid Rain Program that applies to an 
affected unit (including a provision applicable to the designated 
representative of an affected unit) shall also apply to the owners and 
operators of such unit. Except as provided under Sec. 72.41 
(substitution plans), Sec. 72.42 (Phase I extension plans), Sec. 72.43 
(reduced utilization plans), Sec. 72.44 (Phase II repowering extension 
plans), Sec. 74.47 of this chapter (thermal energy plans), and 
Sec. 76.11 of this chapter (NOX averaging plans), and except 
with regard to the requirements applicable to units with a common stack 
under part 75 of this chapter (including Secs. 75.16, 75.17 and 75.18 of 
this chapter), the owners and operators and the designated 
representative of one affected unit shall not be liable for any 
violation by any other affected unit of which they are not owners or 
operators or the designated representative and that is located at a 
source of which they are not owners or operators or the designated 
representative.

[[Page 36]]

    (7) Each violation of a provision of this part, parts 73, 74, 75, 
76, 77, and 78 of this chapter, by an affected source or affected unit, 
or by an owner or operator or designated representative of such source 
or unit, shall be a separate violation of the Act.
    (h) Effect on Other Authorities. No provision of the Acid Rain 
Program, an Acid Rain permit application, an Acid Rain permit, or an 
exemption under Sec. 72.7, Sec. 72.8, or Sec. 72.14 shall be construed 
as:
    (1) Except as expressly provided in title IV of the Act, exempting 
or excluding the owners and operators and, to the extent applicable, the 
designated representative of an affected source or affected unit from 
compliance with any other provision of the Act, including the provisions 
of title I of the Act relating to applicable National Ambient Air 
Quality Standards or State Implementation Plans.
    (2) Limiting the number of allowances a unit can hold; provided, 
that the number of allowances held by the unit shall not affect the 
source's obligation to comply with any other provisions of the Act.
    (3) Requiring a change of any kind in any State law regulating 
electric utility rates and charges, affecting any State law regarding 
such State regulation, or limiting such State regulation, including any 
prudence review requirements under such State law.
    (4) Modifying the Federal Power Act or affecting the authority of 
the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission under the Federal Power Act.
    (5) Interfering with or impairing any program for competitive 
bidding for power supply in a State in which such program is 
established.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17113, Apr. 4, 1995; 62 
FR 55478, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.10  Availability of information.

    The availability to the public of information provided to, or 
otherwise obtained by, the Administrator under the Acid Rain Program 
shall be governed by part 2 of this chapter.



Sec. 72.11  Computation of time.

    (a) Unless otherwise stated, any time period scheduled, under the 
Acid Rain Program, to begin on the occurrence of an act or event shall 
begin on the day the act or event occurs.
    (b) Unless otherwise stated, any time period scheduled, under the 
Acid Rain Program, to begin before the occurrence of an act or event 
shall be computed so that the period ends on the day before the act or 
event occurs.
    (c) Unless otherwise stated, if the final day of any time period, 
under the Acid Rain Program, falls on a weekend or a Federal holiday, 
the time period shall be extended to the next business day.
    (d) Whenever a party or interested person has the right, or is 
required, to act under the Acid Rain Program within a prescribed time 
period after service of notice or other document upon him or her by 
mail, 3 days shall be added to the prescribed time.



Sec. 72.12  Administrative appeals.

    The procedures for appeals of decisions of the Administrator under 
this part are contained in part 78 of this chapter.



Sec. 72.13  Incorporation by reference.

    The materials listed in this section are incorporated by reference 
in the corresponding sections noted. These incorporations by reference 
were approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 
5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These materials are incorporated as 
they existed on the date of approval, and a notice of any change in 
these materials will be published in the Federal Register. The materials 
are available for purchase at the corresponding address noted below and 
are available for inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 
North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC, at the Public 
Information Reference Unit of the U.S. EPA, 401 M Street SW, Washington, 
DC and at the Library (MD-35), U.S. EPA, Research Triangle Park, North 
Carolina.
    (a) The following materials are available for purchase from the 
following addresses: American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM), 
1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103; and the University 
Microfilms

[[Page 37]]

International 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106.
    (1) ASTM D388-92, Standard Classification of Coals by Rank for 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter.
    (2) ASTM D396-90a, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, for 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter.
    (3) ASTM D975-91, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, for 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter.
    (4) ASTM D2880-90a, Standard Specification for Gas Turbine Fuel 
Oils, for Sec. 72.2 of this part.
    (b) [Reserved]

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26526, May 17, 1995; 62 
FR 55478, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.14  Industrial utility-units exemption.

    (a) Applicability. This section applies to any non-cogeneration, 
utility unit that has not previously lost an exemption under paragraph 
(d)(4) of this section and that meets the following criteria:
    (1) Starting on the date of the signing of the interconnection 
agreement under paragraph (a)(2) of this section and thereafter, there 
has been no owner or operator of the unit, division or subsidiary or 
affiliate or parent company of an owner or operator of the unit, or 
combination thereof whose principal business is the sale, transmission, 
or distribution of electricity or that is a public utility under the 
jurisdiction of a State or local utility regulatory authority;
    (2) On or before March 23, 1993, the owners or operators of the unit 
entered into an interconnection agreement and any related power purchase 
agreement with a person whose principal business is the sale, 
transmission, or distribution of electricity or that is a public utility 
under the jurisdiction of a State or local utility regulatory authority, 
requiring the generator or generators served by the unit to produce 
electricity for sale only for incidental electricity sales to such 
person;
    (3) The unit served or serves one or more generators that, in 1985 
or any year thereafter, actually produced electricity for sale only for 
incidental electricity sales required under the interconnection 
agreement and any related power purchase agreement under paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section or a successor agreement under paragraph 
(d)(4)(ii) of this section; and
    (4) Incidental electricity sales, under this section, are total 
annual sales of electricity produced by a generator that do not exceed 
10 percent of the nameplate capacity of that generator times 8,760 hours 
per year and do not exceed 10 percent of the actual annual electric 
output of that generator.
    (b) Petition for exemption. The designated representative 
(authorized in accordance with subpart B of this part) of a unit under 
paragraph (a) of this section may submit to the permitting authority 
otherwise responsible for administering a Phase II Acid Rain permit for 
the unit a complete petition for an exemption for the unit from the 
requirements of the Acid Rain Program, except for the provisions of this 
section, Secs. 72.2 through 72.6, and Secs. 72.10 through 72.13. If the 
Administrator is not the permitting authority, a copy of the petition 
shall be submitted to the Administrator. A complete petition shall 
include the following elements in a format prescribed by the 
Administrator:
    (1) Identification of the unit;
    (2) A statement that the unit is not a cogeneration unit;
    (3) A list of the current owners and operators of the unit and any 
other owners and operators of the unit, starting on the date of the 
signing of the interconnection agreement under paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section, and a statement that, starting on that date, there has been no 
owner or operator of the unit, division or subsidiary or affiliate or 
parent company of an owner or operator of the unit, or combination 
thereof whose principal business is the sale, transmission, or 
distribution of electricity or that is a public utility under the 
jurisdiction of a State or local utility regulatory authority;
    (4) A summary of the terms of the interconnection agreement and any 
related power purchase agreement under paragraph (a)(2) of this section 
and any successor agreement under paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section, 
including the date on which the agreement was signed, the amount of 
electricity that may be required to be produced for sale

[[Page 38]]

by each generator served by the unit, and the provisions for expiration 
or termination of the agreement;
    (5) A copy of the interconnection agreement and any related power 
purchase agreement under paragraph (a)(2) of this section and any 
successor agreement under paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section;
    (6) The nameplate capacity of each generator served by the unit;
    (7) For each year starting in 1985, the actual annual electrical 
output of each generator served by the unit, the total amount of 
electricity produced for sales to any customer by each generator, and 
the total amount of electricity produced and sold as required by the 
interconnection agreement and any related power purchase agreement under 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section or any successor agreement under 
paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section;
    (8) A statement that each generator served by the unit actually 
produced electricity for sale only for incidental electricity sales (in 
accordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section) required under the 
interconnection agreement and any related power purchase agreement under 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section or any successor agreement under 
paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section; and
    (9) The special provisions of paragraph (d) of this section.
    (c) Permitting Authority's Action. (1) (i) For any unit meeting the 
requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the permitting 
authority shall issue an exemption from the requirements of the Acid 
Rain Program, except for the provisions of this section, Secs. 72.2 
through 72.6 and Secs. 72.10 through 72.13.
    (ii) If a petition for exemption is submitted for a unit but the 
designated representative fails to demonstrate that the requirements of 
paragraph (a) of this section are met, the permitting authority shall 
deny an exemption under this section.
    (2) In issuing or denying an exemption under paragraph (c)(1) of 
this section, the permitting authority shall treat the petition for 
exemption as a permit application and apply the procedures used for 
issuing or denying draft, proposed (if the Administrator is not the 
permitting authority otherwise responsible for administering a Phase II 
Acid Rain permit for the unit), and final Acid Rain permits.
    (3) An exemption issued under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section 
shall become effective on January 1 of the first full year the unit 
meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
    (4) An exemption issued under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section 
shall be effective until the date on which the unit loses the exemption 
under paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
    (5) After issuance of the exemption under paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) 
of this section, the permitting authority shall amend under Sec. 72.83 
the operating permit covering the source at which the unit is located, 
if the source has such a permit, to add the provisions and requirements 
of the exemption under paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (d) of this section.
    (d) Special Provisions. (1) The owners and operators and, to the 
extent applicable, the designated representative of a unit exempt under 
this section shall comply with the requirements of the Acid Rain Program 
concerning all periods for which the exemption is not in effect, even if 
such requirements arise, or must be complied with, after the exemption 
takes effect.
    (2) For any period for which a unit is exempt under this section, 
the unit is not an affected unit under the Acid Rain Program and parts 
70 and 71 of this chapter and is not eligible to be an opt-in source 
under part 74 of this chapter. As an unaffected unit, the unit shall 
continue to be subject to any other applicable requirements under parts 
70 and 71 of this chapter.
    (3) For a period of 5 years from the date the records are created, 
the owners and operators of a unit exempt under this section shall 
retain at the source that includes the unit records demonstrating that 
the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are met. The owners 
and operators bear the burden of proof that the requirements of this 
section are met. The 5-year period for keeping records may be extended 
for cause, at any time prior to the end of the period, in writing by the 
Administrator or the permitting

[[Page 39]]

authority. Such records shall include the following information:
    (i) A copy of the interconnection agreement and any related power 
purchase agreement under paragraph (a)(2) of this section and any 
successor agreement under paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section;
    (ii) The nameplate capacity of each generator served by the unit; 
and
    (iii) For each year starting in 1985, the actual annual electrical 
output of each generator served by the unit, the total amount of 
electricity produced for sales to any customer by each generator, and 
the total amount of electricity produced and sold as required by the 
interconnection agreement and any related power purchase agreement under 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section or any successor agreement under 
paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section.
    (4) Loss of exemption. (i) On the earliest of the following dates, a 
unit exempt under this section shall lose its exemption and become an 
affected unit under the Acid Rain Program and parts 70 and 71 of this 
chapter:
    (A) The first date on which there is an owner or operator of the 
unit, division or subsidiary or affiliate or parent company of an owner 
or operator of the unit, or combination thereof, whose principal 
business is the sale, transmission, or distribution of electricity or 
that is a public utility under the jurisdiction of a State or local 
utility regulatory authority.
    (B) If any generator served by the unit actually produces any 
electricity for sale other than for sale to the person specified as the 
purchaser in the interconnection agreement or any related power purchase 
agreement under paragraph (a)(2) of this section or a successor 
agreement under paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section, then the day after 
the date on which such electricity is sold.
    (C) If any generator served by the unit actually produces any 
electricity for sale to the person specified as the purchaser in the 
interconnection agreement or any related power purchase agreement under 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section or a successor agreement under 
paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section where such sale is not required 
under that interconnection agreement or related power purchase agreement 
or successor agreement or where such sale will result in total sales for 
a calendar year exceeding 10 percent of the nameplate capacity of that 
generator times 8,769 hours per year, then the day after the date on 
which such sale is made.
    (D) If any generator served by the unit actually produces any 
electricity for sale to the person specified as the purchaser in the 
interconnection agreement or related power purchase agreement under 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section or a successor agreement under 
paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this section where such sale results in total 
sales for a calendar year exceeding 10 percent of the actual electric 
output of the generator for that year, then January 1 of the year after 
such year.
    (E) If the interconnection agreement or related power purchase 
agreement under paragraph (a)(2) of this section expires or is 
terminated, no successor agreement under paragraph (d)(4)(ii) of this 
section is in effect, and any generator served by the unit actually 
produces any electricity for sale, then the day after the date on which 
such electricity is sold.
    (ii) A ``successor agreement'' is an agreement that:
    (A) Modifies, replaces or supersedes the interconnection agreement 
or related power purchase agreement under paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section;
    (B) Is between the owners and operators of the unit and a person 
that is contractually obligated to sell electricity to the owners and 
operators of the unit and either whose principal business is the sale, 
transmission, or distribution of electricity or that is a public utility 
under the jurisdiction of a State or local utility regulatory authority; 
and
    (C) Requires the generator served by the unit to produce electricity 
for sale to the person under paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(B) of this section and 
only for incidental electricity sales, such that the total amount of 
electricity that such generator is required to produce for sale under 
the interconnection agreement or related power purchase agreement (to 
the extent they are still in effect) and the successor agreement shall 
not exceed the total amount of

[[Page 40]]

electricity that such generator was required to produce for sale under 
the interconnection agreement or related power purchase agreement under 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (iii) Notwithstanding Sec. 72.30(b) and (c), the designated 
representative for a unit that loses its exemption under this section 
shall submit a complete Acid Rain permit application on the later of 
January 1, 1998 or 60 days after the first date on which the unit is no 
longer exempt.
    (iv) For the purpose of applying monitoring requirements under part 
75 of this chapter, a unit that loses its exemption under this section 
shall be treated as a new unit that commenced commercial operation on 
the first date on which the unit is no longer exempt.

[62 FR 55478, Oct. 24, 1997]



                  Subpart B--Designated Representative



Sec. 72.20  Authorization and responsibilities of the designated representative.

    (a) Except as provided under Sec. 72.22, each affected source, 
including all affected units at the source, shall have one and only one 
designated representative, with regard to all matters under the Acid 
Rain Program concerning the source or any affected unit at the source.
    (b) Upon receipt by the Administrator of a complete certificate of 
representation, the designated representative of the source shall 
represent and, by his or her actions, inactions, or submissions, legally 
bind each owner and operator of the affected source represented and each 
affected unit at the source in all matters pertaining to the Acid Rain 
Program, not withstanding any agreement between the designated 
representative and such owners and operators. The owners and operators 
shall be bound by any order issued to the designated representative by 
the Administrator, the permitting authority, or a court.
    (c) The designated representative shall be selected and act in 
accordance with the certifications set forth in Sec. 72.24(a) (4), (5), 
(7), and (9).
    (d) No Acid Rain permit shall be issued to an affected source, nor 
shall any allowance transfer be recorded for an Allowance Tracking 
System account of an affected unit at a source, until the Administrator 
has received a complete certificate of representation for the designated 
representative of the source and the affected units at the source.



Sec. 72.21  Submissions.

    (a) Each submission under the Acid Rain Program shall be submitted, 
signed, and certified by the designated representative for all sources 
on behalf of which the submission is made.
    (b) In each submission under the Acid Rain Program, the designated 
representative shall certify, by his or her signature:
    (1) The following statement, which shall be included verbatim in 
such submission: ``I am authorized to make this submission on behalf of 
the owners and operators of the affected source or affected units for 
which the submission is made.''
    (2) The following statement, which shall be included verbatim in 
such submission: ``I certify under penalty of law that I have personally 
examined, and am familiar with, the statements and information submitted 
in this document and all its attachments. Based on my inquiry of those 
individuals with primary responsibility for obtaining the information, I 
certify that the statements and information are to the best of my 
knowledge and belief true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there 
are significant penalties for submitting false statements and 
information or omitting required statements and information, including 
the possibility of fine or imprisonment.''
    (c) The Administrator and the permitting authority shall accept or 
act on a submission made on behalf of owners or operators of an affected 
source and an affected unit only if the submission has been made, 
signed, and certified in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section.
    (d)(1) The designated representative of a source shall serve notice 
on each owner and operator of the source and of an affected unit at the 
source:
    (i) By the date of submission, of any Acid Rain Program submissions 
by the designated representative and

[[Page 41]]

    (ii) Within 10 business days of receipt of a determination, of any 
written determination by the Administrator or the permitting authority,
    (iii) Provided that the submission or determination covers the 
source or the unit.
    (2) The designated representative of a source shall provide each 
owner and operator of an affected unit at the source a copy of any 
submission or determination under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, 
unless the owner or operator expressly waives the right to receive such 
a copy.
    (e) The provisions of this section shall apply to a submission made 
under parts 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, and 78 of this chapter only if it is 
made or signed or required to be made or signed, in accordance with 
parts 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, and 78 of this chapter, by:
    (1) The designated representative; or
    (2) The authorized account representative or alternate authorized 
account representative of a unit account.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17113, Apr. 4, 1995]



Sec. 72.22  Alternate designated representative.

    (a) The certificate of representation may designate one and only one 
alternate designated representative, who may act on behalf of the 
designated representative. The agreement by which the alternate 
designated representative is selected shall include a procedure for the 
owners and operators of the source and affected units at the source to 
authorize the alternate designated representative to act in lieu of the 
designated representative.
    (b) Upon receipt by the Administrator of a complete certificate of 
representation that meets the requirements of Sec. 72.24 (including 
those applicable to the alternate designated representative), any 
action, representation, or failure to act by the alternate designated 
representative shall be deemed to be an action, representation, or 
failure to act by the designated representative.
    (c) In the event of a conflict, any action taken by the designated 
representative shall take precedence over any action taken by the 
alternate designated representative if, in the Administrator's 
judgement, the actions are concurrent and conflicting.
    (d) Except in this section, Sec. 72.23, and Sec. 72.24, whenever the 
term ``designated representative'' is used under the Acid Rain Program, 
the term shall be construed to include the alternate designated 
representative.
    (e)(1) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the 
certification of representation may designate two alternate designated 
representatives for a unit if:
    (i) The unit and at least one other unit, which are located in two 
or more of the contiguous 48 States or the District of Columbia, each 
have a utility system that is a subsidiary of the same company; and
    (ii) The designated representative for the units under paragraph 
(e)(1)(i) of this section submits a NOX averaging plan under 
Sec. 76.11 of this chapter that covers such units and is approved by the 
permitting authority, provided that the approved plan remains in effect.
    (2) Except in this paragraph (e), whenever the term ``alternate 
designated representative'' is used under the Acid Rain Program, the 
term shall be construed to include either of the alternate designated 
representatives authorized under this paragraph (e). Except in this 
section, Sec. 72.23, and Sec. 72.24, whenever the term ``designated 
representative'' is used under the Acid Rain Program, the term shall be 
construed to include either of the alternate designated representatives 
authorized under this paragraph (e).

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55480, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.23  Changing the designated representative, alternate designated representative; changes in the owners and operators.

    (a) Changing the designated representative. The designated 
representative may be changed at any time upon receipt by the 
Administrator of a superseding complete certificate of representation. 
Notwithstanding any such change, all submissions, actions, and inactions 
by the previous designated representative prior to the time and date 
when the Administrator receives

[[Page 42]]

the superseding certificate of representation shall be binding on the 
new designated representative and on the owners and operators of the 
source represented and the affected units at the source.
    (b) Changing the alternate designated representative. The alternate 
designated representative may be changed at any time upon receipt by the 
Administrator of a superseding complete certificate of representation. 
Notwithstanding any such change, all submissions, actions, and inactions 
by the previous alternate designated representative prior to the time 
and date when the Administrator receives the superseding certificate of 
representation shall be binding on the new alternate designated 
representative and on the owners and operators of the source represented 
and the affected units at the source.
    (c) Changes in the owners and operators. (1) In the event a new 
owner or operator of an affected source or an affected unit is not 
included in the list of owners and operators submitted in the 
certificate of representation, such new owner or operator shall be 
deemed to be subject to and bound by the certificate of representation, 
the submissions, actions, and inactions of the designated representative 
and any alternative designated representative of the source or unit, and 
the decisions, actions, and inactions of the Administrator and 
permitting authority, as if the new owner or operator were included in 
such list.
    (2) Within 30 days following any change in the owners and operators 
of an affected unit, including the addition of a new owner or operator, 
the designated representative or any alternative designated 
representative shall submit a revision to the certificate of 
representation amending the list of owners and operators to include the 
change.



Sec. 72.24  Certificate of representation.

    (a) A complete certificate of representation for a designated 
representative or an alternate designated representative shall include 
the following elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (1) Identification of the affected source and each affected unit at 
the source for which the certificate of representation is submitted.
    (2) The name, address, and telephone and facsimile numbers of the 
designated representative and any alternate designated representative.
    (3) A list of the owners and operators of the affected source and of 
each affected unit at the source.
    (4) The following statement: ``I certify that I was selected as the 
`designated representative' or `alternate designated representative,' as 
applicable, by an agreement binding on the owners and operators of the 
affected source and each affected unit at the source.''
    (5) The following statement: ``I certify that I have given notice of 
the agreement, selecting me as the `designated representative' for the 
affected source and each affected unit at the source identified in this 
certificate of representation, in a newspaper of general circulation in 
the area where the source is located or in a State publication designed 
to give general public notice.''
    (6) The following statement: ``I certify that I have all necessary 
authority to carry out my duties and responsibilities under the Acid 
Rain Program on behalf of the owners and operators of the affected 
source and of each affected unit at the source and that each such owner 
and operator shall be fully bound by my actions, inactions, or 
submissions.''
    (7) The following statement: ``I certify that I shall abide by any 
fiduciary responsibilities imposed by the agreement by which I was 
selected as `designated representative' or `alternate designated 
representative', as applicable.''
    (8) The following statement: ``I certify that the owners and 
operators of the affected source and of each affected unit at the source 
shall be bound by any order issued to me by the Administrator, the 
permitting authority, or a court regarding the source or unit.''
    (9) The following statement: ``Where there are multiple holders of a 
legal or equitable title to, or a leasehold interest in, an affected 
unit, or where a utility or industrial customer purchases

[[Page 43]]

power from an affected unit under life-of-the-unit, firm power 
contractual arrangements, I certify that:
    (i) ``I have given a written notice of my selection as the 
`designated representative' or `alternate designated representative', as 
applicable, and of the agreement by which I was selected to each owner 
and operator of the affected source and of each affected unit at the 
source; and
    (ii) ``Allowances and proceeds of transactions involving allowances 
will be deemed to be held or distributed in proportion to each holder's 
legal, equitable, leasehold, or contractual reservation or entitlement 
or, if such multiple holders have expressly provided for a different 
distribution of allowances by contract, that allowances and the proceeds 
of transactions involving allowances will be deemed to be held or 
distributed in accordance with the contract.''
    (10) If an alternate designated representative is authorized in the 
certificate of representation, the following statement: ``The agreement 
by which I was selected as the alternate designated representative 
includes a procedure for the owners and operators of the source and 
affected units at the source to authorize the alternate designated 
representative to act in lieu of the designated representative.''
    (11) The signature of the designated representative and any 
alternate designated representative who is authorized in the certificate 
of representation and the date signed.
    (b) Unless otherwise required by the Administrator or the permitting 
authority, documents of agreement or notice referred to in the 
certificate of representation shall not be submitted to the 
Administrator or the permitting authority. Neither the Administrator nor 
the permitting authority shall be under any obligation to review or 
evaluate the sufficiency of such documents, if submitted.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55480, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.25  Objections.

    (a) Once a complete certificate of representation has been submitted 
in accordance with Sec. 72.24, the Administrator will rely on the 
certificate of representation unless and until a superseding complete 
certificate is received by the Administrator.
    (b) Except as provided in Sec. 72.23, no objection or other 
communication submitted to the Administrator or the permitting authority 
concerning the authorization, or any submission, action or inaction, of 
the designated representative shall affect any submission, action, or 
inaction of the designated representative, or the finality of any 
decision by the Administrator or permitting authority, under the Acid 
Rain Program. In the event of such communication, the Administrator and 
the permitting authority are not required to stay any allowance 
transfer, any submission, or the effect of any action or inaction under 
the Acid Rain Program.
    (c) Neither the Administrator nor any permitting authority will 
adjudicate any private legal dispute concerning the authorization or any 
submission, action, or inaction of any designated representative, 
including private legal disputes concerning the proceeds of allowance 
transfers.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55480, Oct. 24, 1997]



                Subpart C--Acid Rain Permit Applications



Sec. 72.30  Requirement to apply.

    (a) Duty to apply. The designated representative of any source with 
an affected unit shall submit a complete Acid Rain permit application by 
the applicable deadline in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and 
the owners and operators of such source and any affected unit at the 
source shall not operate the source or unit without a permit that states 
its Acid Rain program requirements.
    (b) Deadlines. (1) Phase 1. (i) The designated representative shall 
submit a complete Acid Rain permit application governing an affected 
unit during Phase I to the Administrator on or before February 15, 1993 
for:
    (A) Any source with such a unit under Sec. 72.6(a)(1); and
    (B) Any source with such a unit under Sec. 72.6(a) (2) or (3) that 
is designated a substitution or compensating

[[Page 44]]

unit in a substitution plan or reduced utilization plan submitted to the 
Administrator for approval or conditional approval.
    (ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, if a unit 
at a source not previously permitted is designated a substitution or 
compensating unit in a submission requesting revision of an existing 
Acid Rain permit, the designated representative of the unit shall submit 
a complete Acid Rain permit application on the date that the submission 
requesting the revision is made.
    (2) Phase II. (i) For any source with an existing unit under 
Sec. 72.6(a)(2), the designated representative shall submit a complete 
Acid Rain permit application governing such unit during Phase II to the 
permitting authority on or before January 1, 1996.
    (ii) For any source with a new unit under Sec. 72.6(a)(3)(i), the 
designated representative shall submit a complete Acid Rain permit 
application governing such unit to the permitting authority at least 24 
months before the later of January 1, 2000 or the date on which the unit 
commences operation.
    (iii) For any source with a unit under Sec. 72.6(a)(3)(ii), the 
designated representative shall submit a complete Acid Rain permit 
application governing such unit to the permitting authority at least 24 
months before the later of January 1, 2000 or the date on which the unit 
begins to serve a generator with a nameplate capacity greater than 25 
MWe.
    (iv) For any source with a unit under Sec. 72.6(a)(3)(iii), the 
designated representative shall submit a complete Acid Rain permit 
application governing such unit to the permitting authority at least 24 
months before the later of January 1, 2000 or the date on which the 
auxiliary firing commences operation.
    (v) For any source with a unit under Sec. 72.6(a)(3)(iv), the 
designated representative shall submit a complete Acid Rain permit 
application governing such unit to the permitting authority before the 
later of January 1, 1998 or March 1 of the year following the three 
calendar year period in which the unit sold to a utility power 
distribution system an annual average of more than one-third of its 
potential electrical output capacity and more than 219,000 MWe-hrs 
actual electric output (on a gross basis).
    (vi) For any source with a unit under Sec. 72.6(a)(3)(v), the 
designated representative shall submit a complete Acid Rain permit 
application governing such unit to the permitting authority before the 
later of January 1, 1998 or March 1 of the year following the calendar 
year in which the facility fails to meet the definition of qualifying 
facility.
    (vii) For any source with a unit under Sec. 72.6(a)(3)(vi), the 
designated representative shall submit a complete Acid Rain permit 
application governing such unit to the permitting authority before the 
later of January 1, 1998 or March 1 of the year following the calendar 
year in which the facility fails to meet the definition of an 
independent power production facility.
    (viii) For any source with a unit under Sec. 72.6(a)(3)(vii), the 
designated representative shall submit a complete Acid Rain permit 
application governing such unit to the permitting authority before the 
later of January 1, 1998 or March 1 of the year following the three 
calendar year period in which the incinerator consumed 20 percent or 
more fossil fuel (on a Btu basis).
    (c) Duty to reapply. The designated representative shall submit a 
complete Acid Rain permit application for each source with an affected 
unit at least 6 months prior to the expiration of an existing Acid Rain 
permit governing the unit during Phase II or an opt-in permit governing 
an opt-in source or such longer time as may be approved under part 70 of 
this chapter that ensures that the term of the existing permit will not 
expire before the effective date of the permit for which the application 
is submitted.
    (d) The original and three copies of all permit applications for 
Phase I and where the Administrator is the permitting authority, for 
Phase II, shall be submitted to the EPA Regional Office for the Region 
where the affected source is located. The original and three copies of 
all permit applications for Phase II, where the Administrator is not the 
permitting authority, shall be submitted to the State permitting

[[Page 45]]

authority for the State where the affected source is located.
    (e) Where two or more affected units are located at a source, the 
permitting authority may, in its sole discretion, allow the designated 
representative of the source to submit, under paragraph (a) or (c) of 
this section, two or more Acid Rain permit applications covering the 
units at the source, provided that each affected unit is covered by one 
and only one such application.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 15649, Mar. 23, 1993; 60 
FR 17113, Apr. 4, 1995; 62 FR 55480, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.31  Information requirements for Acid Rain permit applications.

    A complete Acid Rain permit application shall include the following 
elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (a) Identification of the affected source for which the permit 
application is submitted;
    (b) Identification of each Phase I unit at the source for which the 
permit application is submitted for Phase I or each affected unit 
(except for an opt-in source) at the source for which the permit 
application is submitted for Phase II;
    (c) A complete compliance plan for each unit, in accordance with 
subpart D of this part;
    (d) The standard requirements under Sec. 72.9; and
    (e) If the Acid Rain permit application is for Phase II and the unit 
is a new unit, the date that the unit has commenced or will commence 
operation and the deadline for monitor certification.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55480, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.32  Permit application shield and binding effect of permit application.

    (a) Once a designated representative submits a timely and complete 
Acid Rain permit application, the owners and operators of the affected 
source and the affected units covered by the permit application shall be 
deemed in compliance with the requirement to have an Acid Rain permit 
under Sec. 72.9(a)(2) and Sec. 72.30(a); provided that any delay in 
issuing an Acid Rain permit is not caused by the failure of the 
designated representative to submit in a complete and timely fashion 
supplemental information, as required by the permitting authority, 
necessary to issue a permit.
    (b) Prior to the date on which an Acid Rain permit is issued or 
denied, an affected unit governed by and operated in accordance with the 
terms and requirements of a timely and complete Acid Rain permit 
application shall be deemed to be operating in compliance with the Acid 
Rain Program.
    (c) A complete Acid Rain permit application shall be binding on the 
owners and operators and the designated representative of the affected 
source and the affected units covered by the permit application and 
shall be enforceable as an Acid Rain permit from the date of submission 
of the permit application until the issuance or denial of an Acid Rain 
permit covering the units.
    (d) If agency action concerning a permit is appealed under part 78 
of this chapter, issuance or denial of the permit shall occur when the 
Administrator takes final agency action subject to judicial review.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55480, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.33  Identification of dispatch system.

    (a) Every Phase I unit shall be treated as part of a dispatch system 
for purposes of Secs. 72.91 and 72.92 in accordance with this section.
    (b)(1) The designated representatives of all affected units in a 
group of all units and generators that are interconnected and centrally 
dispatched and that are included in the same utility system, holding 
company, or power pool, may jointly submit to the Administrator a 
complete identification of dispatch system.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each unit 
or generator may be included in only one dispatch system.
    (3) Any identification of dispatch system must be submitted by 
January 30 of the first year for which the identification is to be in 
effect. A designated representative may request, and the Administrator 
may grant at his or her discretion, an exemption allowing the

[[Page 46]]

submission of an identification of dispatch system after the otherwise 
applicable deadline for such submission.
    (c) A complete identification of dispatch system shall include the 
following elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (1) The name of the dispatch system.
    (2) The list of all units and generators (including sulfur-free 
generators) in the dispatch system.
    (3) The first calendar year for which the identification is to be in 
effect.
    (4) The following statement: ``I certify that, except as otherwise 
required under a petition as approved under 40 CFR 72.33(f), the units 
and generators listed herein are and will continue to be interconnected 
and centrally dispatched, and will be treated as a dispatch system under 
40 CFR 72.91 and 72.92, during the period that this identification of 
dispatch system is in effect. During such period, all information 
concerning these units and generators and contained in any submissions 
under 40 CFR 72.91 and 72.92 by me and the other designated 
representatives of these units shall be consistent and shall conform 
with the data in the dispatch system data reports under 40 CFR 72.92(b). 
I am aware of, and will comply with, the requirements imposed under 40 
CFR 72.33(e)(2).''
    (5) The signatures of the designated representative for each 
affected unit in the dispatch system.
    (d) In order to change a unit's current dispatch system, complete 
identifications of dispatch system shall be submitted for the unit's 
current dispatch system and the unit's new dispatch system, reflecting 
the change.
    (e)(1) Any unit or generator not listed in a complete identification 
of dispatch system that is in effect shall treat its utility system as 
its dispatch system and, if such unit or generator is listed in the 
NADB, shall treat the utility system reported under the data field 
``UTILNAME'' of the NADB as its utility system.
    (2) During the period that the identification of dispatch system is 
in effect all information that concerns the units and generators in a 
given dispatch system and that is contained in any submissions under 
Secs. 72.91 and 72.92 by designated representative of these units shall 
be consistent and shall conform with the data in the dispatch system 
data reports under Sec. 72.92(b). If this requirement is not met, the 
Administrator may reject all such submissions and require the designated 
representatives to make the submissions under Secs. 72.91 and 72.92 
(including the dispatch system data report) treating the utility system 
of each unit or generator as its respective dispatch system and treating 
the identification of dispatch system as no longer in effect.
    (f)(1) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(1) of this section or any 
submission of an identification of dispatch system under paragraphs (b) 
or (d) of this section, the designated representative of a Phase I unit 
with two or more owners may petition the Administrator to treat, as the 
dispatch system for an owner's portion of the unit, the dispatch system 
of another unit.
    (i) The owner's portion of the unit shall be based on one of the 
following apportionment methods:
    (A) Owner's share of the unit's capacity in 1985-1987. Under this 
method, the baseline of the owner's portion of the unit shall equal the 
baseline of the unit multiplied by the average of the owner's percentage 
ownership of the capacity of the unit for each year during 1985-1987. 
The actual utilization of the owner's portion of the unit for a year in 
Phase I shall equal the actual utilization of the unit for the year that 
is attributed to the owner.
    (B) Owner's share of the unit's baseline. Under this method, the 
baseline of the owner's portion of the unit shall equal the average of 
the unit's annual utilization in 1985-1987 that is attributed to the 
owner. The actual utilization of the owner's portion of the unit for a 
year in Phase I shall equal the actual utilization of the unit for the 
year that is attributed to the owner.
    (ii) The annual or actual utilization of a unit shall be attributed, 
under paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section, to an owner of the unit using 
accounting procedures consistent with those used to determine the 
owner's share of the fuel costs in the operation of the unit during the 
period for which the annual or actual utilization is being attributed.
    (iii) Upon submission of the petition, the designated representative 
may not

[[Page 47]]

change the election of the apportionment method or the baseline of the 
owner's portion of the unit.

The same apportionment method must be used for all portions of the unit 
for all years in Phase I for which any petition under paragraph (f)(1) 
of this section is approved and in effect.
    (2) The petition under paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be 
submitted by January 30 of the first year for which the dispatch system 
proposed in the petition will take effect, if approved. A complete 
petition shall include the following elements in a format prescribed by 
the Administrator:
    (i) The election of the apportionment method under paragraph 
(f)(1)(i) of this section.
    (ii) The baseline of the owner's portion of the unit and the 
baseline of any other owner's portion of the unit for which a petition 
under paragraph (f)(1) of this section has been approved or has been 
submitted (and not disapproved) and a demonstration that the sum of such 
baselines and the baseline of any remaining portion of the unit equals 
100 percent of the baseline of the unit. The designated representative 
shall also submit, upon request, either:
    (A) Where the unit is to be apportioned under paragraph (f)(1)(i)(A) 
of this section, documentation of the average of the owner's percentage 
ownership of the capacity of the unit for each year during 1985-1987; or
    (B) Where the unit is to be apportioned under paragraph (f)(1)(i)(B) 
of this section, documentation showing the attribution of the unit's 
utilization in 1985, 1986, and 1987 among the portions of the unit and 
the calculation of the annual average utilization for 1985-1987 for the 
portions of the unit.
    (iii) The name of the proposed dispatch system and a list of all 
units (including portions of units) and generators in that proposed 
dispatch system and, upon request, documentation demonstrating that the 
owner's portion of the unit, along with the other units in the proposed 
dispatch system, are a group of all units and generators that are 
interconnected and centrally dispatched by a single utility company, the 
service company of a single holding company, or a single power pool.
    (iv) The following statement, signed by the designated 
representatives of all units in the proposed dispatch system: ``I 
certify that the units and generators in the dispatch system proposed in 
this petition are and will continue to be interconnected and centrally 
dispatched, and will be treated as a dispatch system under 40 CFR 72.91 
and 72.92, during the period that this petition, as approved, is in 
effect.''
    (v) The following statement, signed by the designated 
representatives of all units in all dispatch systems that will include 
any portion of the unit if the petition is approved: ``During the period 
that this petition, if approved, is in effect, all information that 
concerns the units and generators in any dispatch system including any 
portion of the unit apportioned under the petition and that is contained 
in any submissions under 40 CFR 72.91 and 72.92 by me and the other 
designated representatives of these units shall be consistent and shall 
conform to the data in the dispatch system data reports under 40 CFR 
72.92(b). I am aware of, and will comply with, the requirements imposed 
under 40 CFR 72.33(f) (4) and (5).''
    (3)(i) The Administrator will approve in whole, in part, or with 
changes or conditions, or deny the petition under paragraph (f)(1) of 
this section within 90 days of receipt of the petition. The 
Administrator will treat the petition, as changed or conditioned upon 
approval, as amending any identification of dispatch system that is 
submitted prior to the approval and includes any portion of the unit for 
which the petition is approved. Where any portion of a unit is not 
covered by an approved petition, that remaining portion of the unit 
shall continue to be part of the unit's dispatch system.
    (ii) In approving the petition, the Administrator will determine, on 
a case-by-case basis, the proper calculation and treatment, for purposes 
of the reports required under Secs. 72.91 and 72.92, of plan reductions 
and compensating generation provided to other units.
    (4) The designated representative for the unit for which a petition 
is approved under paragraph (f)(3) of this section and the designated 
representatives of all other units included in all

[[Page 48]]

dispatch systems that include any portion of the unit shall submit all 
annual compliance certification reports, dispatch system data reports, 
and other reports required under Secs. 72.91 and 72.92 treating, as a 
separate Phase I unit, each portion of the unit for which a petition is 
approved under paragraph (f)(3) of this section and the remaining 
portion of the unit. The reports shall include all required calculations 
and demonstrations, treating each such portion of the unit as a separate 
Phase I unit. Upon request, the designated representatives shall 
demonstrate that the data in all the reports under Secs. 72.91 and 72.92 
has been properly attributed or apportioned among the portions of the 
unit and the dispatch systems and that there is no undercounting or 
double-counting with regard to such data.
    (i) The baseline of each portion of the unit for which a petition is 
approved shall be determined under paragraphs (f)(1) (i) and (ii) of 
this section. The baseline of the remaining portion of such unit shall 
equal the baseline of the unit less the sum of the baselines of any 
portions of the unit for which a petition is approved.
    (ii) The actual utilization of each portion of the unit for which a 
petition is approved shall be determined under paragraphs (f)(l) (i) and 
(ii) of this section. The actual utilization of the remaining portion of 
such unit shall equal the actual utilization of the unit less the sum of 
the actual utilizations of any portions of the unit for which a petition 
is approved. Upon request, the designated representative of the unit 
shall demonstrate in the annual compliance certification report that the 
requirements concerning calculation of actual utilization under 
paragraph (f)(1)(ii) and any requirements established under paragraph 
(f)(3) of this section are met.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(5) of this section, the 
designated representative shall surrender for deduction the number of 
allowances calculated using the formula in Sec. 72.92(c) and treating, 
as a separate Phase I unit, each portion of unit for which a petition is 
approved under paragraph (f)(3) of this section and the remaining 
portion of the unit.
    (5) In the event that the designated representatives fail to make 
all the proper attributions, apportionments, calculations, and 
demonstrations under paragraph (f)(4) of this section and Secs. 72.91 
and 72.92, the Administrator may require that:
    (i) All portions of the unit be treated as part of the dispatch 
system of the unit in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this paragraph 
and any identification of dispatch system submitted under paragraph (b) 
or (d) of this section;
    (ii) The designated representatives make all submissions under 
Secs. 72.91 and 72.92 (including the dispatch system data report), 
treating the entire unit as a single Phase I unit, in accordance with 
paragraph (e)(1) of this paragraph and any identification of dispatch 
system submitted under paragraph (b) or (d) of this section; and
    (iii) The designated representative surrender for deduction the 
number of allowances calculated, consistent with the reports under 
paragraph (f)(5)(ii) of this section and Secs. 72.91 and 72.92, using 
the formula in Sec. 72.92(c) and treating the entire unit as a single 
Phase I unit.
    (6) The designated representative may submit a notification to 
terminate an approved petition by January 30 of the first year for which 
the termination is to take effect. The notification must be signed and 
certified by the designated representatives of all units included in all 
dispatch systems that include any portion of the unit apportioned under 
the petition. Upon receipt of the notification meeting the requirements 
of the prior two sentences by the Administrator, the approved petition 
is no longer in effect for that year and the remaining years in Phase I 
and the designated representatives shall make all submissions under 
Secs. 72.91 and 72.92 treating the petition as no longer in effect for 
all such years.
    (7) Except as expressly provided in paragraphs (f)(1) through (6) of 
this section or the Administrator's approval of the petition, all 
provisions of the Acid Rain Program applicable to an affected source or 
an affected unit shall apply to the entire unit regardless of whether a 
petition has been submitted or approved, or reports have been submitted,

[[Page 49]]

under such paragraphs. Approval of a petition under such paragraphs 
shall not constitute a determination of the percentage ownership in a 
unit under any other provision of the Acid Rain Program and shall not 
change the liability of the owners and operators of an affected unit 
that has excess emissions under Sec. 72.9(e).

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 18468, Apr. 11, 1995; 62 
FR 55481, Oct. 24, 1997]



       Subpart D--Acid Rain Compliance Plan and Compliance Options



Sec. 72.40  General.

    (a) For each affected unit included in an Acid Rain permit 
application, a complete compliance plan shall:
    (1) For sulfur dioxide emissions, certify that, as of the allowance 
transfer deadline, the designated representative will hold allowances in 
the unit's compliance subaccount (after deductions under Sec. 73.34(c) 
of this chapter), or in the compliance subaccount of another affected 
unit at the same source to the extent provided in Sec. 73.35(b)(3), not 
less than the total annual emissions of sulfur dioxide from the unit. 
The compliance plan may also specify, in accordance with this subpart, 
one or more of the Acid Rain compliance options.
    (2) For nitrogen oxides emissions, certify that the unit will comply 
with the applicable emission limitation under Sec. 76.5, Sec. 76.6, or 
Sec. 76.7 of this chapter or shall specify one or more Acid Rain 
compliance options, in accordance with part 76 of this chapter.
    (b) Multi-unit compliance options. (1) A plan for a compliance 
option, under Sec. 72.41, 72.42, 72.43, or 72.44 of this part, under 
Sec. 74.47 of this chapter, or a NOX averaging plan under 
Sec. 76.11 of this chapter, that includes units at more than one 
affected source shall be complete only if:
    (i) Such plan is signed and certified by the designated 
representative for each source with an affected unit governed by such 
plan; and
    (ii) A complete permit application is submitted covering each unit 
governed by such plan.
    (2) A permitting authority's approval of a plan under paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section that includes units in more than one State shall 
be final only after every permitting authority with jurisdiction over 
any such unit has approved the plan with the same modifications or 
conditions, if any.
    (c) Conditional Approval. In the compliance plan, the designated 
representative of an affected unit may propose, in accordance with this 
subpart, any Acid Rain compliance option for conditional approval, 
except a Phase I extension plan; provided that an Acid Rain compliance 
option under section 407 of the Act may be conditionally proposed only 
to the extent provided in part 76 of this chapter.
    (1) To activate a conditionally-approved Acid Rain compliance 
option, the designated representative shall notify the permitting 
authority in writing that the conditionally-approved compliance option 
will actually be pursued beginning January 1 of a specified year. If the 
conditionally approved compliance option includes a plan described in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the designated representative of each 
source governed by the plan shall sign and certify the notification. 
Such notification shall be subject to the limitations on activation 
under subpart D of this part and part 76 of this chapter.
    (2) The notification under paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall 
specify the first calendar year and the last calendar year for which the 
conditionally approved Acid Rain compliance option is to be activated. A 
conditionally approved compliance option shall be activated, if at all, 
before the date of any enforceable milestone applicable to the 
compliance option. The date of activation of the compliance option shall 
not be a defense against failure to meet the requirements applicable to 
that compliance option during each calendar year for which the 
compliance option is activated.
    (3) Upon submission of a notification meeting the requirements of 
paragraphs (c) (1) and (2) of this section, the conditionally-approved 
Acid Rain compliance option becomes binding on the

[[Page 50]]

owners and operators and the designated representative of any unit 
governed by the conditionally-approved compliance option.
    (4) A notification meeting the requirements of paragraphs (c) (1) 
and (2) of this section will revise the unit's permit in accordance with 
Sec. 72.83 (administrative permit amendment).
    (d) Termination of compliance option. (1) The designated 
representative for a unit may terminate an Acid Rain compliance option 
by notifying the permitting authority in writing that an approved 
compliance option will be terminated beginning January 1 of a specified 
year. If the compliance option includes a plan described in paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section, the designated representative for each source 
governed by the plan shall sign and certify the notification. Such 
notification shall be subject to the limitations on termination under 
subpart D of this part and part 76 of this chapter.
    (2) The notification under paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall 
specify the calendar year for which the termination will take effect.
    (3) Upon submission of a notification meeting the requirements of 
paragraphs (d) (1) and (2) of this section, the termination becomes 
binding on the owners and operators and the designated representative of 
any unit governed by the Acid Rain compliance option to be terminated.
    (4) A notification meeting the requirements of paragraphs (d) (1) 
and (2) of this section will revise the unit's permit in accordance with 
Sec. 72.83 (administrative permit amendment).

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17113, Apr. 4, 1995; 62 
FR 55481, Oct. 24, 1997; 64 FR 25842, May 13, 1999]



Sec. 72.41  Phase I substitution plans.

    (a) Applicability. This section shall apply during Phase I to the 
designated representative of:
    (1) Any unit listed in table 1 of Sec. 73.10(a) of this chapter; and
    (2) Any other existing utility unit that is an affected unit under 
this part, provided that this section shall not apply to a unit under 
section 410 of the Act.
    (b)(1) The designated representative may include, in the Acid Rain 
permit application for a unit under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a 
substitution plan under which one or more units under paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section are designated as substitution units, provided that:
    (i) Each unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this section is under the 
control of the owner or operator of each unit under paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section that designates the unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section as a substitution unit; and
    (ii) In accordance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section, the 
emissions reductions achieved under the plan shall be the same or 
greater than would have been achieved by all units governed by the plan 
without such plan.
    (2) The designated representative of each source with a unit 
designated as a substitution unit in any plan submitted under paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section shall incorporate in the permit application each 
such plan.
    (3) The designated representative may submit a substitution plan not 
later than 6 months (or 90 days if submitted in accordance with 
Sec. 72.82), or a notification to activate a conditionally approved plan 
in accordance with Sec. 72.40(c) not later than 60 days, before the 
allowance transfer deadline applicable to the first year for which the 
plan is to take effect.
    (c) Contents of a substitution plan. A complete substitution plan 
shall include the following elements in a format prescribed by the 
Administrator:
    (1) Identification of each unit under paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section and each substitution unit to be governed by the substitution 
plan. A unit shall not be a substitution unit in more than one 
substitution plan.
    (2) Except where the designated representative requests conditional 
approval of the plan, the first calendar year and, if known, the last 
calendar year in which the substitution plan is to be in effect. Unless 
the designated representative specifies an earlier calendar year, the 
last calendar year will be deemed to be 1999.
    (3) Demonstration that the total emissions reductions achieved under 
the substitution plan will be equal to

[[Page 51]]

or greater than the total emissions reductions that would have been 
achieved without the plan, as follows:
    (i) For each substitution unit:
    (A) The unit's baseline.
    (B) Each of the following: the unit's 1985 actual SO2 
emissions rate; the unit's 1985 allowable SO2 emissions rate; 
the unit's 1989 actual SO2 emissions rate; the unit's 1990 
actual SO2 emissions rate; and, as of November 15, 1990, the 
most stringent unit-specific federally enforceable or State enforceable 
SO2 emissions limitation covering the unit for 1995-1999. For 
purposes of determining the most stringent emissions limitation, 
applicable emissions limitations shall be converted to lbs/mmBtu in 
accordance with appendix B of this part. Where the most stringent 
emissions limitation is not the same for every year in 1995-1999, the 
most stringent emissions limitation shall be stated separately for each 
year.
    (C) The lesser of: the unit's 1985 actual SO2 emissions 
rate; the unit's 1985 allowable SO2 emissions rate; the 
greater of the unit's 1989 or 1990 actual SO2 emissions rate; 
or, as of November 15, 1990, the most stringent unit-specific federally 
enforceable or State enforceable SO2 emissions limitation 
covering the unit for 1995-99. Where the most stringent emissions 
limitation is not the same for every year during 1995-1999, the lesser 
of the emissions rates shall be determined separately for each year 
using the most stringent emissions limitation for that year.
    (D) The product of the baseline in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this 
section and the emissions rate in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C) of this 
section, divided by 2000 lbs/ton. Where the most stringent emissions 
limitation is not the same for every year during 1995-1999, the product 
in the prior sentence shall be calculated separately for each year using 
the emissions rate determined for that year in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(C) of 
this section.
    (ii)(A) The sum of the amounts in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(D) of this 
section for all substitution units to be governed by the plan. Except as 
provided in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, this sum is the 
total number of allowances available each year under the substitution 
plan.
    (B) Where the most stringent unit-specific federally enforceable or 
State enforceable SO2 emissions limitation is not the same 
for every year during 1995-1999, the sum in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) of 
this section shall be calculated separately for each year using the 
amounts calculated for that year in paragraph (c)(3)(i)(D) of this 
section. Each separate sum is the total number of allowances available 
for the respective year under the substitution plan.
    (iii) Where, as of November 15, 1990, a non-unit-specific federally 
enforceable or State enforceable SO2 emissions limitation 
covers the unit for any year during 1995-1999, the designated 
representative shall state each such limitation and propose a method for 
applying the unit-specific and non-unit-specific emissions limitations 
under paragraph (d) of this section.
    (4) Distribution of substitution allowances. (i) A statement that 
the allowances in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section are not to be 
distributed to any units under paragraph (a)(1) of this section that are 
to be governed by the plan; or
    (ii) A list showing any annual distribution of the allowances in 
paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section from a substitution unit to a unit 
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section that, under the plan, designates 
the substitution unit.
    (5) A demonstration that the substitution plan meets the requirement 
that each unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this section is under the 
control of the owner or operator of each unit under paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section that designates the unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section as a substitution unit. The demonstration shall be one of the 
following:
    (i) If the unit under paragraph (a)(1) of this section has one or 
more owners or operators that have an aggregate percentage ownership 
interest of 50 percent or more in the capacity of the unit under 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section or the units have a common operator, a 
statement identifying such owners or operators and their aggregate 
percentage ownership interest in the capacity of the unit under 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section or identifying the units' common 
operator. The

[[Page 52]]

designated representative shall submit supporting documentation upon 
request by the Administrator.
    (ii) If the unit under paragraph (a)(1) of this section has one or 
more owners or operators that have an aggregate percentage ownership 
interest of at least 10 percent and less than 50 percent in the capacity 
of the unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this section and the units do not 
have a common operator, a statement identifying such owners or operators 
and their aggregate percentage ownership interest in the capacity of the 
unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this seciton and stating that each such 
owner or operator has the contractual right to direct the dispatch of 
the electricity that, because of its ownership interest, it has the 
right to receive from the unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this section. 
The fact that the electricity that such owner or operator has the right 
to receive is centrally dispatched through a power pool will not be the 
basis for determining that the owner or operator does not have the 
contractual right to direct the dispatch of such electricity. The 
designated representative shall submit supporting documentation upon 
request by the Administrator.
    (iii) A copy of an agreement that is binding on the owners and 
operators of the unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this section and the 
owners and operators of the unit under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, 
provides each of the following elements, and is supported by 
documentation meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(6) of this 
section:
    (A) The owners and operators of the unit under paragraph (a)(2) of 
this section must not allow the unit to emit sulfur dioxide in excess of 
a maximum annual average SO2 emissions rate (in lbs/mmBtu), 
specified in the agreement, for each year during the period that the 
substitution plan is in effect.
    (B) The maximum annual average SO2 emissions rate for the 
unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall not exceed 70 percent 
of the lesser of: the unit's 1985 actual SO2 emissions rate; 
the unit's 1985 allowable SO2 emissions rate; the greater of 
the unit's 1989 or 1990 actual SO2 emissions rate; the most 
stringent federally enforceable or State enforceable SO2 
emissions limitation, as of November 15, 1990, applicable to the unit in 
Phase I; or the lesser of the average actual SO2 emissions 
rate or the most stringent federally enforceable or State enforceable 
SO2 emissions limitation for the unit for four consecutive 
quarters that immediately precede the 30-day period ending on the date 
the substitution plan is submitted to the Administrator. If the unit is 
covered by a non-unit-specific federally enforceable or State 
enforceable SO2 emissions limitation in the four consecutive 
quarters or, as of November 15, 1990, in Phase I, the Administrator will 
determine, on a case-by-case basis, how to apply the non-unit-specific 
emissions limitation for purposes of determining whether the maximum 
annual average SO2 emissions rate meets the requirement of 
the prior sentence. If a non-unit-specific federally enforceable 
SO2 emissions limitation is not different from a non-unit-
specific federally enforceable SO2 emissions limitation that 
was effective and applicable to the unit in 1985, the Administrator will 
apply the non-unit-specific SO2 emissions limitation by using 
the 1985 allowable SO2 emissions rate.
    (C) For each year that the actual SO2 emissions rate of 
the unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this section exceeds the maximum 
annual average SO2 emissions rate, the designated 
representative of the unit under paragraph (a)(1) of this section must 
surrender allowances for deduction from the Allowance Tracking System 
account of the unit under paragraph (a)(1) of this section. The 
designated representative shall surrender allowances authorizing 
emissions equal to the baseline of the unit under paragraph (a)(2) of 
this section multiplied by the difference between the actual 
SO2 emissions rate of the unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section and the maximum annual average SO2 emissions rate and 
divided by 2000 lbs/ton. The surrender shall be made by the allowance 
transfer deadline of the year of the exceedance, and the surrendered 
allowances shall have the same or an earlier compliance use date as the 
allowances allocated to the unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this section

[[Page 53]]

for that year. The designated representative may identify the serial 
numbers of the allowances to be deducted. In the absence of such 
identification, allowances will be deducted on a first-in, first-out 
basis under Sec. 73.35(c)(2) of this chapter.
    (D) The unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this section and the unit 
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall designate a common 
designated representative during the period that the substitution plan 
is in effect. Having a common alternate designated representative shall 
not satisfy the requirement in the prior sentence.
    (E) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section, the 
actual SO2 emissions rate for any year and the average actual 
SO2 emissions rate for any period shall be determined in 
accordance with part 75 of this chapter.
    (6) A demonstration under paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of this section 
shall include the following supporting documentation:
    (i) The calculation of the average actual SO2 emissions 
rate and the most stringent federally enforceable or State enforceable 
SO2 emissions limitation for the unit for the four 
consecutive quarters that immediately preceded the 30-day period ending 
on the date the substitution plan is submitted to the Administrator. To 
the extent that the four consecutive quarters include a quarter prior to 
January 1, 1995, the SO2 emissions rate for the quarter shall 
be determined applying the methodology for calculating SO2 
emissions set forth in appendix C of this part. This methodology shall 
be applied using data submitted for the quarter to the Secretary of 
Energy on United States Department of Energy Form 767 or, if such data 
has not been submitted for the quarter, using the data prepared for such 
submission for the quarter.
    (ii) A description of the actions that will be taken in order for 
the unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this section to comply with the 
maximum annual average SO2 emissions rate under paragraph 
(c)(5)(iii) of this section.
    (iii) A description of any contract for implementing the actions 
described in paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this section that was executed 
before the date on which the agreement under paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of 
this section is executed. The designated representative shall state the 
execution date of each such contract and state whether the contract is 
expressly contingent on the agreement under paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of 
this section.
    (iv) A showing that the actions described under paragraph (c)(6)(ii) 
of this section will not be implemented during Phase I unless the unit 
is approved as a substitution unit.
    (7) The special provisions in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (d) Administrator's action. (1) If the Administrator approves a 
substitution plan, he or she will allocate allowances to the Allowance 
Tracking System accounts of the units under paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section and substitution units, as provided in the approved plan, upon 
issuance of an Acid Rain permit containing the plan, except that if the 
substitution plan is conditionally approved, the allowances will be 
allocated upon revision of the permit to activate the plan.
    (2) In no event shall allowances be allocated to a substitution 
unit, under an approved substitution plan, for any year in excess of the 
sum calculated and applicable to that year under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of 
this section, as adjusted by the Administrator in approving the plan.
    (3) Where, as of November 15, 1990, a non-unit-specific federally 
enforceable or State enforceable SO2 emissions limitation 
covers the unit for any year during 1995-1999, the Administrator will 
specify on a case-by-case basis a method for using unit-specific and 
non-unit-specific emissions limitations in allocating allowances to the 
substitution unit. The specified method will not treat a non-unit-
specific emissions limitation as a unit-specific emissions limitation 
and will not result in substitution units retaining allowances allocated 
under paragraph (d)(1) of this section for emissions reductions 
necessary to meet a non-unit- specific emissions limitation. Such method 
may require an end-of-year review and the adjustment of the allowances 
allocated to the substitution unit and may require the designated 
representative of the substitution unit to surrender allowances by

[[Page 54]]

the allowance transfer deadline of the year that is subject to the 
review. Any surrendered allowances shall have the same or an earlier 
compliance use date as the allowances originally allocated for the year, 
and the designated representative may identify the serial numbers of the 
allowances to be deducted. In the absence of such identification, such 
allowances will be deducted on a first-in, first-out basis under 
Sec. 73.35(c)(2) of this chapter.
    (e) Special provisions--(1) Emissions Limitations. (i) Each 
substitution unit governed by an approved substitution plan shall become 
a Phase I unit from January 1 of the year for which the plan takes 
effect until January 1 of the year for which the plan is no longer in 
effect or is terminated. The designated representative of a substitution 
unit shall surrender allowances, and the Administrator will deduct 
allowances, in accordance with paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
    (ii) Each unit under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and each 
substitution unit, governed by an approved substitution plan shall be 
subject to the Acid Rain emissions limitations for nitrogen oxides in 
accordance with part 76 of this chapter.
    (iii) Where an approved substitution plan includes a demonstration 
under paragraphs (c)(5)(iii) and (c)(6) of this section.
    (A) The owners and operators of the substitution unit covered by the 
demonstration shall implement the actions described under paragraph 
(c)(6)(ii) of this section, as adjusted by the Administrator in 
approving the plan or in revising the permit. The designated 
representative may submit proposed permit revisions changing the 
description of the actions to be taken in order for the substitution 
unit to achieve the maximum annual average SO2 emissions rate 
under the approved plan and shall include in any such submission a 
showing that the actions in the changed description will not be 
implemented during Phase I unless the unit remains a substitution unit. 
The permit revision will be treated as an administrative amendment, 
except where the Administrator determines that the change in the 
description alters the fundamental nature of the actions to be taken and 
that public notice and comment will contribute to the decision-making 
process, in which case the permit revision will be treated as a permit 
modification or, at the option of the designated representative, a fast-
track modification.
    (B) The designated representative of the unit under paragraph (a)(1) 
of this section shall surrender allowances, and theAdministrator will 
deduct allowances, in accordance with paragraph (c)(5)(iii)(C) of this 
section. The surrender and deduction of allowances as required under the 
prior sentence shall be the only remedy under the Act for a failure to 
meet the maximum annual average SO2 emissions rate, provided 
that, if such deduction of allowance results in excess emissions, the 
remedies for excess emissions shall be fully applicable.
    (2) Liability. The owners and operators of a unit governed by an 
approved substitution plan shall be liable for any violation of the plan 
or this section at that unit or any other unit that is the first unit's 
substitution unit or for which the first unit is a substitution unit 
under the plan, including liability for fulfilling the obligations 
specified in part 77 of this chapter and section 411 of the Act.
    (3) Termination. (i) A substitution plan shall be in effect only in 
Phase I for the calendar years specified in the plan or until the 
calendar year for which a termination of the plan takes effect, provided 
that no substitution plan shall be terminated, and no unit shall be de-
designated as a substitution unit, before the end of Phase I if the 
substitution unit serves as a control unit under a Phase I extension 
plan.
    (ii) To terminate a substitution plan for a given calendar year 
prior to the last year for which the plan was approved:
    (A) A notification to terminate in accordance with Sec. 72.40(d) 
shall be submitted no later than 60 days before the allowance transfer 
deadline applicable to the given year; and
    (B) In the notification to terminate, the designated representative 
of each unit governed by the plan shall state that he or she surrenders 
for deduction from the unit's Allowance Tracking System account 
allowances equal in

[[Page 55]]

number to, and with the same or an earlier compliance use date as, those 
allocated under paragraph (d)(1) of this section for all calendar years 
for which the plan is to be terminated. The designated representative 
may identify the serial numbers of the allowances to be deducted. In the 
absence of such identification, allowances will be deducted on a first-
in, first-out basis under Sec. 73.35(c)(2) of this chapter.
    (iii) If the requirements of paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section 
are met and upon revision of the permit to terminate the substitution 
plan, the Administrator will deduct the allowances specified in 
paragraph (e)(3)(ii)(B) of this section. No substitution plan shall be 
terminated, and no unit shall be de-designated as a Phase I unit, unless 
such deduction is made.
    (iv)(A) If there is a change in the ownership interest of the owners 
or operators of any unit under a substitution plan approved as meeting 
the requirements of paragraph (c)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section or a 
change in such owners' or operators' right to direct dispatch of 
electricity from a substitution unit under such a plan and the 
demonstration under paragraph (c)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section cannot 
be made, then the designated representatives of the units governed by 
this plan shall submit a notification to terminate the plan so that the 
plan will terminate as of January 1 of the calendar year during which 
the change is made.
    (B) Where a substitution plan is approved as meeting the 
requirements of paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of this section, if there is a 
change in the agreement under paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of this section and 
a demonstration that the agreement, as changed, meets the requirements 
of paragraph (c)(5)(iii) cannot be made, then the designated 
representative of the units governed by the plan shall submit a 
notification to terminate the plan so that the plan will terminate as of 
January 1 of the calendar year during which the change is made. Where a 
substitution plan is approved as meeting the requirements of paragraph 
(c)(5)(iii) of this section, if the requirements of the first sentence 
of paragraph (e)(1)(iii)(A) of this section are not met during a 
calendar year, then the designated representative of the units governed 
by the plan shall submit a notification to terminate the plan so that 
the plan will terminate as of January 1 of such calendar year.
    (C) If the plan is not terminated in accordance with paragraphs 
(e)(3)(iv)(A) or (B) of this section, the Administrator, on his or her 
own motion, will terminate the plan and deduct the allowances required 
to be surrendered under paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (D) Where a substitution unit and the Phase I unit designating the 
substitution unit in an approved substitution plan have a common owner, 
operator, or designated representative during a year, the plan shall not 
be terminated under paragraphs (e)(3)(iv)(A), (B), or (C) of this 
section with regard to the substitution unit if the year is as specified 
in paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(D)(1) or (2) of this section and the unit 
received from the Administrator for the year, under the Partial 
Settlement in Environmental Defense Fund v. Carol M. Browner, No. 93-
1203 (D.C. Cir. 1993) (signed May 4, 1993), a total number of allowances 
equal to the unit's baseline multiplied by the lesser of the unit's 1985 
actual SO2 emissions rate or 1985 allowable SO2 
emissions rate.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(D)(2) of this 
section, paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(D) of this section shall apply to the 
first year in Phase I for which the unit is and remains an active 
substitution unit.
    (2) If the unit has a Group 1 boiler under part 76 of this chapter 
and is and remains an active substitution unit during 1995, paragraph 
(e)(3)(iv)(D) of this section shall apply to 1995 and to the second year 
in Phase I for which the unit is and remains an active substitution 
unit.
    (3) If there is a change in the owners, operators, or designated 
representative of the substitution unit or the Phase I unit during a 
year under paragraph (e)(3)(iv)(D)(1) or (2) of this section and, with 
the change, the units do not have a common owner, operator, or 
designated representative, then the designated representatives for such 
units shall submit a notification to terminate the plan so that the plan 
will terminate as of January 1 of the calendar

[[Page 56]]

year during which the change is made. If the plan is not terminated in 
accordance with the prior sentence, the Administrator, on his or her own 
motion, will terminate the plan and deduct the allowances required to be 
surrendered under paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993; 59 
FR 60230, 60238, Nov. 22, 1994; 62 FR 55481, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.42  Phase I extension plans.

    (a) Applicability. (1) This section shall apply to any designated 
representative seeking a 2-year extension of the deadline for meeting 
Phase I sulfur dioxide emissions reduction requirements at any of the 
following types of units by applying for allowances from the Phase I 
extension reserve:
    (i) A unit listed in table 1 of Sec. 73.10(a) of this chapter;
    (ii) A unit designated as a substitution unit in accordance with 
Sec. 72.41; or
    (iii) A unit designated as a compensating unit in accordance with 
Sec. 72.43, except a compensating unit that is a new unit.
    (2) A unit for which a Phase I extension is sought shall be either:
    (i) A control unit, which shall be a unit under paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section and at which qualifying Phase I technology shall commence 
operation on or after November 15, 1990 but not later than December 31, 
1996; or
    (ii) A transfer unit, which shall be a unit under paragraph 
(a)(1)(i) of this section and whose Phase I emissions reduction 
obligation shall be transferred in whole or in part to one or more 
control units.
    (3) A Phase I extension does not exempt the owner or operator for 
any unit governed by the Phase I extension plan from the requirement to 
comply with such unit's Acid Rain emissions limitations for sulfur 
dioxide.
    (b) To apply for a Phase I extension:
    (1) The designated representative for each source with a control 
unit may submit an early ranking application for a Phase I extension 
plan in person, beginning on the 40th day after publication of this 
subpart in the Federal Register, between the hours of 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. 
Eastern Standard Time at Acid Rain Division, Attn: Early Ranking, U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, 501 3rd Street NW., 4th floor, 
Washington, DC; or send the application by regular mail, certified mail, 
or overnight delivery service to Acid Rain Division, Attn: Early 
Ranking, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 6204 J, 401 M Street, 
SW., Washington, DC 20460.
    (2) By February 15, 1993:
    (i) The designated representative for each source with a control 
unit shall submit a Phase I extension plan as a part of the Acid Rain 
permit application for the source, and
    (ii) The designated representative for each source with a unit 
designated as a transfer unit in any plan submitted under paragraph 
(b)(2)(i) of this section shall incorporate in the Acid Rain permit 
application each such plan.
    (c) Contents of early ranking application. A complete early ranking 
application shall include the following elements in a format prescribed 
by the Administrator:
    (1) Identification of each control unit. All control units in an 
application must be located at the same source. If the control unit is 
not a unit under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, a substitution 
plan or a reduced utilization plan governing the unit shall be submitted 
by the deadline for submitting a Phase I permit application.
    (2) Identification of each transfer unit. A unit shall not be a 
transfer unit in more than one early ranking application.
    (3) For each control and transfer unit, the total tonnage of sulfur 
dioxide emitted in 1988 plus the total tonnage of sulfur dioxide emitted 
in 1989, divided by 2. The 1988 and 1989 tonnage figures shall be 
consistent with the data filed on EIA form 767 for those years and the 
conversion methodology specified in appendix B of this part.
    (4) For each control and transfer unit:
    (i) The projected annual utilization (in mmBtu) for 1995 multiplied 
by the projected uncontrolled emissions rate (i.e., the emissions rate 
in the absence of title IV of the Act) for 1995 (in lbs/mmBtu), divided 
by 2000 lbs/ton.

[[Page 57]]

    (ii) The projected annual utilization (in mmBtu) for 1996 multiplied 
by the projected uncontrolled emissions rate (i.e., the emissions rate 
in the absence of title IV of the Act) for 1996 (in lbs/mmBtu), divided 
by 2000 lbs/ton.
    (5) For each control and transfer unit, the number of Phase I 
extension reserve allowances requested for 1995 and for 1996, not to 
exceed the difference between:
    (i) The lesser of the value for the unit under paragraph (c)(3) of 
this section and the value for the unit for that year under paragraph 
(c)(4) of this section, and
    (ii) Each unit's baseline multiplied by 2.5 lb/mmBtu, divided by 
2000 lbs/ton.
    (6) Documentation that the annual emissions reduction obligations 
transferred from all transfer units to all control units do not exceed 
those authorized under this section, as follows:
    (i) For each control unit, the difference, calculated separately for 
1995 and 1996, between:
    (A) The control unit's allowance allocation in table 1 of 
Sec. 73.10(2) of this chapter, the allocation under Sec. 72.41 if the 
control unit is a substitution unit, or the allocation under Sec. 72.43 
if the control unit is a compensating unit; and
    (B) The projected emissions resulting from 90% control after 
installing the qualifying Phase I technology, i.e., 10% of the projected 
uncontrolled emissions for the control unit for the year in accordance 
with paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
    (ii) The sum, by year, of the results under paragraph (c)(6)(i) of 
this section for all control units.
    (iii) The sum, by year, of Phase I extension reserve allowances 
requested for all transfer units.
    (iv) A showing that, for each year, the sum under paragraph 
(c)(6)(ii) of this section is greater than or equal to the sum under 
paragraph (c)(6)(iii) of this section.
    (7) For each control and transfer unit, the projected controlled 
emissions for 1997, for 1998, and for 1999 calculated as follows:
    Projected annual utilization (in mmBtu) multiplied by the projected 
controlled emission rate (in lbs/mmBtu), divided by 2000 lbs/ton.\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ In the case of a transfer unit that shares a common stack with a 
unit not listed in table 1 of Sec. 73.10(a) of this chapter and whose 
emissions of sulfur dioxide are not monitored separately or apportioned 
in accordance with part 75 of this chapter, the projected figures for 
the transfer unit under paragraph (c)(7) of this section must be for the 
units combined.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (8) For each control unit, the number of Phase I extension reserve 
allowances requested for 1997, for 1998, and for 1999, calculated as 
follows:
    The unit's baseline multiplied by 1.2 lbs/mmBtu and divided by 2000 
lbs/ton, minus the projected controlled emissions (in tons/yr) under 
paragraph (c)(7) of this section for the given year.
    (9) The total of Phase I extension reserve allowances requested for 
all units in the plan for 1995 through 1999.
    (10) With regard to each executed contract for the design 
engineering and construction of qualifying Phase I technology at each 
control unit governed by the early ranking application, either a copy of 
the contract or a certification that the contract is on site at the 
source and will be submitted to the Administrator upon written request. 
The contract or contracts may be contingent on the Administrator 
approving the Phase I extension plan.
    (11) For each contract for which a certification is submitted under 
paragraph (c)(10) of this section, a binding letter agreement, signed 
and dated by each party and specifying:
    (i) The type of qualifying Phase I technology to which the contract 
applies;
    (ii) The parties to the contract;
    (iii) The date each party executed the contracts;
    (iv) The unit to which the contract applies;
    (v) A brief list identifying each provision of the contract;
    (vi) Any dates to which the parties agree, including construction 
completion date; and
    (vii) The total dollar amount of the contract.
    (12) A vendor certification of the sulfur dioxide removal efficiency 
guaranteed to be achievable by the qualifying Phase I technology for the 
type and

[[Page 58]]

range of fossil fuels (before any treatment prior to combustion) that 
will be used at the control unit; provided that a vendor certification 
shall not be a defense against a control unit's failure to achieve 90% 
control of sulfur dioxide.
    (13) The date (not later than December 31, 1996) on which the owners 
and operators plan to commence operation of the qualifying Phase I 
technology.
    (14) The special provisions of paragraph (f) of this section.
    (d) Contents of Phase I extension plan. A complete Phase I extension 
plan shall include the following elements in a format prescribed by the 
Administrator:
    (1) Identification of each unit in the plan.
    (2)(i) A statement that the elements in the Phase I extension plan 
are identical to those in the previously submitted early ranking 
application for the plan and that such early ranking application is 
incorporated by reference; or
    (ii) All elements that are different from those in the previously 
submitted early ranking application for the plan and a statement that 
the early ranking application is incorporated by reference as modified 
by the newly submitted elements; provided that the Phase I extension 
plan shall not add any new control units or increase the total Phase I 
extension allowances requested; or
    (iii) All elements required for an early ranking application and a 
statement that no early ranking application for the plan was submitted.
    (e) Administrator's action. (1) Early ranking applications. (i) The 
Administrator may approve in whole or in part or with changes or 
conditions, as appropriate, or disapprove an early ranking application.
    (ii) The Administrator will act on each early ranking application in 
the order of receipt.
    (iii) The Administrator will determine the order of receipt by the 
following procedures:
    (A) Hand-delivered submissions and mailed submissions will be deemed 
to have been received on the date they are received by the 
Administrator; provided that all submissions received by the 
Administrator prior to the 40th day after publication of this subpart in 
the Federal Register will be deemed received on the 40th day.
    (B) All submissions received by the Administrator on the same day 
will be deemed to have been received simultaneously.
    (C) The order of receipt of all submissions received simultaneously 
will be determined by a public lottery if allocation of Phase I 
extension reserve allowances to each of the simultaneous submissions 
would result in oversubscription of the Phase I extension reserve.
    (iv) Based on the allowances requested under paragraph (c)(9) of 
this section, as adjusted by the Administrator in approving the early 
ranking application, the Administrator will award Phase I extension 
reserve allowances for each complete early ranking application to the 
extent that allowances that have not been awarded remain in the Phase I 
extension reserve at the time the Administrator acts on the application. 
The allowances will be awarded in accordance with the procedures set 
forth the allocation of reserve allowances in paragraph (e)(3) of this 
section.
    (v) The Administrator's action on an early ranking application shall 
be conditional on the Administrator's action on a timely and complete 
Acid Rain permit application that includes a complete Phase I extension 
plan and, where the plan includes a unit under paragraph (a)(1) (ii) and 
(iii) of this section, a complete substitution plan or reduced 
utilization plan, as appropriate.
    (vi) Not later than 15 days after receipt of each early ranking 
application, the Administrator will notify, in writing, the designated 
representative of each application of the date that the early ranking 
application was received and one of the following:
    (A) The award of allowances if the application was complete and the 
Phase I extension reserve as not oversubscribed;
    (B) A determination that the application was incomplete and is 
disapproved; or

[[Page 59]]

    (C) If the Phase I extension reserve was oversubscribed, a list of 
the applications received on that date, the number of Phase I extension 
allowances requested in each application, and the date, time, and 
location of a lottery to determine the order of receipt for all 
applications received on that date.
    (vii) The date of a lottery for all applications received on a given 
day will not be earlier than 15 days after the Administrator notifies 
each designated representative whose applications were received on that 
date.
    (viii) Any early ranking application may be withdrawn from the 
lottery if a letter signed by the designated representative of each unit 
governed by the application and requesting withdrawal is received by the 
Administrator before the lottery takes place.
    (2) Phase I extension plans. (i) The Administrator will act on each 
Phase I extension plan in the order that the early ranking application 
for that plan was received or, if no early ranking application was 
received, in the order that the Phase I extension plan was received, as 
determined under paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (ii) Based on the allowances requested under paragraph (c)(9) of 
this section, as adjusted under paragraph (d) of this section and by the 
Administrator in approving the Phase I extension plan, the Administrator 
will allocate Phase I extension reserve allowances to the Allowance 
Tracking System account of each control and transfer unit upon issuance 
of an Acid Rain permit containing the approved Phase I extension plan. 
The allowances will be allocated using the procedures set forth in 
paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
    (iii) The Administrator will not approve a Phase I extension plan, 
even if it meets the requirements of this section, unless unallocated 
allowances remain in the Phase I extension reserve at the time the 
Administrator acts on the plan.
    (3) Allowance allocations. In addition to any allowances allocated 
in accordance with table 1 of Sec. 73.10(a) of this chapter and other 
approved compliance options, the Administrator will allocate Phase I 
extension reserve allowances to each eligible unit in a Phase I 
extension plan in the following order.
    (i) For 1995, to each control unit in the order in which it is 
listed in the plan and then to each transfer unit in the order in which 
it is listed.
    (ii) For 1996, to each control unit in the order in which it is 
listed in the plan and then to each transfer unit in the order in which 
it is listed.
    (iii) For 1997, to each control unit in the order in which it is 
listed in the plan, then likewise for 1998, and then likewise for 1999.
    (iv) The Administrator will allocate any Phase I extension reserve 
allowances returned to the Administrator to the next Phase I extension 
plan, in the rank order established under paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this 
section, that continues to meet the requirements of this section and 
this part.
    (f) Special provisions--(1) Emissions Limitations--(i) Sulfur 
Dioxide.(A) If a control or transfer unit governed by an approved Phase 
I extension plan emits in 1997, 1998, or 1999 sulfur dioxide in excess 
of the projected controlled emissions for the unit specified for the 
year under paragraph (c)(7) of this section as adjusted under paragraph 
(d) of this section and by the Administrator in approving the Phase I 
extension plan, the Administrator will deduct allowances equal to such 
exceedence from the unit's annual allowance allocation in the following 
calendar year.\2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ In the case of a transfer unit that shares a common stack with a 
unit not listed in table 1 of Sec. 73.10(a) of this chapter where the 
units are not monitored separately or apportioned in accordance with 
part 75 of this chapter, the combined emissions of both units will be 
deemed to be the transfer unit's emissions for purposes of applying 
paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (B) Failure to demonstrate at least a 90% reduction of sulfur 
dioxide in 1997, 1998, or 1999 in accordance with part 75 of this 
chapter at a control unit governed by an approved Phase I extension plan 
shall be a violation of this section. In the event of any such 
violation, in addition to any other liability under the Act, the 
Administrator will deduct allowances from the control unit's compliance 
subaccount for the year of the violation. The deduction will be 
calculated as follows:

Allowances deducted = (1 - (percent reduction achieved90%))  x  Phase I

[[Page 60]]

    extension reserve allowances received

where:

``Percent reduction achieved'' is the percent reduction determined in 
accordance with part 75 of this chapter.
``Phase I extension reserve allowances received'' is the number of Phase 
I extension reserve allowances allocated for the year under paragraph 
(e)(2)(ii) of this section.

    (ii) Nitrogen Oxides.
    (A) Beginning on January 1, 1997, each control and transfer unit 
shall be subject to the Acid Rain emissions limitations for nitrogen 
oxides.
    (B) Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, a 
transfer unit shall be subject to the Acid Rain emissions limitations 
for nitrogen oxides, under section 407 of the Act and regulations 
implementing section 407 of the Act, beginning on January 1 of any year 
for which a transfer unit is allocated fewer Phase I extension reserve 
allowances than the maximum amount that the designated representative 
could have requested in accordance with paragraph (c)(5) of this section 
(as adjusted under paragraph (d) of this section and by the 
Administrator in approving the Phase I extension plan) unless the 
transfer unit is the last unit allocated Phase I extension reserve 
allowances under the plan.
    (2) Monitoring requirements. Each control unit shall comply with the 
special monitoring requirements for Phase I extension plans in 
accordance with part 75 of this chapter.
    (3) Reporting requirements. Each control and transfer unit shall 
comply with the special reporting requirements for Phase I extension 
plans in accordance with Sec. 72.93.
    (4) Liability. The owners and operators of a control or transfer 
unit governed by an approved Phase I extension plan shall be liable for 
any violation of the plan or this section at that or any other unit 
governed by the plan, including liability for fulfilling the obligations 
specified in part 77 of this chapter and section 411 of the Act.
    (5) Termination. A Phase I extension plan shall be in effect only in 
Phase I, and no Phase I extension plan shall be terminated before the 
end of Phase I. The designated representative may, however, withdraw a 
Phase I extension plan at any time prior to issuance of the Phase I Acid 
Rain permit that includes the Phase I extension plan, as adjusted.



Sec. 72.43  Phase I reduced utilization plans.

    (a) Applicability. This section shall apply to the designated 
representative of:
    (1) Any Phase I unit, including:
    (i) Any unit listed in table 1 of Sec. 73.10(a) of this chapter; and
    (ii) Any other unit that becomes a Phase I unit (including any unit 
designated as a compensating unit under this section or a substitution 
unit under Sec. 72.41).
    (2) Any affected unit that:
    (i) Is not otherwise subject to any Acid Rain emissions limitation 
or emissions reduction requirements during Phase I; and
    (ii) Meets the requirement, as set forth in paragraphs (c)(4)(ii) 
and (d) of this section, that for each year for which the unit is to be 
covered by the reduced utilization plan, the unit's baseline divided by 
2,000 lbs/ton and multiplied by the lesser of the unit's 1985 actual 
SO2 emissions rate or 1985 allowable SO2 emissions 
rate does not exceed the sum of
    (A) The lesser of 10 percent of the amount under paragraph 
(a)(2)(ii) of this section or 200 tons, plus
    (B) The unit's baseline divided by 2,000 lbs/ton and multiplied by 
the lesser of: The greater of the unit's 1989 or 1990 actual 
SO2 emissions rate; or, as of November 15, 1990, the most 
stringent federally enforceable or State enforceable SO2 
emissions limitation covering the unit for 1995-1999.
    (b)(1) The designated representative of any unit under paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section shall include in the Acid Rain permit application 
for the unit a reduced utilization plan, meeting the requirements of 
this section, when the owners and operators of the unit plan to:
    (i) Reduce utilization of the unit below the unit's baseline to 
achieve compliance, in whole or in part, with the unit's Phase I Acid 
Rain emissions limitations for sulfur dioxide; and

[[Page 61]]

    (ii) Accomplish such reduced utilization through one or more of the 
following:
    (A) Shifting generation of the unit to a unit under paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section or to a sulfur-free generator; or
    (B) Using one or more energy conservation measures or improved unit 
efficiency measures.
    (2)(i) Energy conservation measures shall be either demand-side 
measures implemented after December 31, 1987 in the residence or 
facility of a customer to whom the unit's utility system sells 
electricity or supply-side measures implemented after December 31, 1987 
in facilities of the unit's utility system.
    (ii) The utility system shall pay in whole or in part for the energy 
conservation measures either directly or, in the case of demand-side 
measures, through payment to another person who purchases the measure.
    (iii) Energy conservation measures shall not include:
    (A) Conservation programs that are exclusively informational or 
educational in nature;
    (B) Load management measures that lead to reduction of electric 
energy demands during a utility's peak generating period, unless 
kilowatt hour savings can be verified under Sec. 72.91(b); or
    (C) Utilization of industrial waste gases, unless the designated 
representative certifies that there is no net increase in sulfur dioxide 
emissions from such utilization.
    (iv) For calendar years when the unit's utility system is a 
subsidiary of a holding company and the unit's dispatch system is or 
includes all units that are interconnected and centrally dispatched and 
included in that holding company, then:
    (A) Energy conservation measures shall be either demand-side 
measures implemented in the residence or facility of a customer to whom 
any utility system in the holding company sells electricity or supply-
side measures implemented in facilities of any utility system in the 
holding company. Such utility system shall pay in whole or in part for 
the measures either directly or, in the case of demand-side measures, 
through payment to another person who purchases the measures.
    (B) The limitations in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section shall 
apply.
    (3)(i) Improved unit efficiency measures shall be implemented in the 
unit after December 31, 1987. Such measures include supply-side measures 
listed in appendix A, section 2.1 of part 73 of this chapter.
    (ii) The utility system shall pay in whole or in part for the 
improved unit efficiency measures.
    (4) The requirement to submit a reduced utilization plan shall apply 
in the event that the owners and operators of a Phase I unit decide, at 
any time during any Phase I calendar year, to rely on the method of 
compliance in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. In that case, the 
designated representative shall submit a reduced utilization plan not 
later than 6 months (or 90 days if sumitted in accordance with 
Sec. 72.82 or Sec. 72.83), or a notification to activate a conditionally 
approved plan in accordance with Sec. 72.40(c) not later than 60 days, 
before the allowance transfer deadline applicable to the first year for 
which the plan is to take effect.
    (5) The designated representative of each source with a unit 
designated as a compensating unit in any plan submitted under paragraphs 
(b) (1) or (4) of this section shall incorporate by reference in the 
permit application each such plan.
    (c) Contents of reduced utilization plan. A complete reduced 
utilization plan shall include the following elements in a format 
prescribed by the Administrator:
    (1) Identification of each Phase I unit for which the owners and 
operators plan reduced utilization.
    (2) Except where the designated representative requests conditional 
approval of the plan, the first calendar year and, if known, the last 
calendar year in which the reduced utilization plan is to be in effect. 
Unless the designated representative specifies an earlier calendar year, 
the last calendar year shall be deemed to be 1999.
    (3) A statement whether the plan designates a compensating unit or 
relies on sulfur-free generation, any energy conservation measure, or 
any improved unit efficiency measure to account for any amount of 
reduced utilization.

[[Page 62]]

    (4) If the plan designates a compensating unit, or relies on sulfur-
free generation, to account for any amount of reduced utilization:
    (i) Identification of each compensating unit or sulfur-free 
generator.
    (ii) For each compensating unit. (A) Each of the following: The 
unit's 1985 actual SO2 emissions rate; the unit's 1985 
allowable emissions rate; the unit's 1989 actual SO2 
emissions rate; the unit's 1990 actual SO2 emissions rate; 
and, as of November 15, 1990, the most stringent unit-specific federally 
enforceable or State enforceable SO2 emissions limitation 
covering the unit for 1995-1999. For purposes of determining the most 
stringent emissions limitation, applicable emissions limitations shall 
be converted to lbs/mmBtu in accordance with appendix B of this part. 
Where the most stringent emissions limitation is not the same for every 
year in 1995-1999, the most stringent emissions limitation shall be 
stated separately for each year.
    (B) The unit's baseline divided by 2,000 lbs/ton and multiplied by 
the lesser of the unit's 1985 actual SO2 emissions rate or 
1985 allowable SO2 emissions rate.
    (C) The unit's baseline divided by 2000 lbs/ton and multiplied by 
the lesser of: The greater of the unit's 1989 or 1990 actual 
SO2 emissions rate; or, as of November 15, 1990, the most 
stringent unit-specific federally enforceable or State enforceable 
SO2 emissions limitation covering the unit for 1995-1999. 
Where the most stringent emissions limitation is not the same for every 
year in 1995-1999, the calculation in the prior sentence shall be made 
separately for each year.
    (D) The difference between the amount under paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(B) 
of this section and the amount under paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(C) of this 
section. If the difference calculated in the prior sentence for any year 
exceeds the lesser of 10 percent of the amount under paragraph 
(c)(4)(ii)(B) of this section or 200 tons, the unit shall not be 
designated as a compensating unit for the year. Where the most stringent 
unit-specific federally enforceable or State enforceable SO2 
emissions limitation is not the same for every year in 1995-1999, the 
difference shall be calculated separately for each year.
    (E) The allowance allocation calculated as the amount under 
paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(B) of this section. If the compensating unit is a 
new unit, it shall be deemed to have a baseline of zero and shall be 
allocated no allowances.
    (F) Where, as of November 15, 1990, a non-unit-specific federally 
enforceable or State enforceable SO2 emissions limitation 
covers the unit for any year in 1995-1999, the designated representative 
shall state each such limitation and propose a method for applying unit-
specific and non-unit-specific emissions limitations under paragraph (d) 
of this section.
    (iii) For each sulfur-free generator, identification of any other 
Phase I units that designate the same sulfur-free generator in another 
plan submitted under paragraph (b) (1) or (4) of this section.
    (iv) For each compensating unit or sulfur-free generator not in the 
dispatch system of the unit reducing utilization under the plan, the 
system directives or power purchase agreements or other contractual 
agreements governing the acquisition, by the dispatch system, of the 
electrical energy that is generated by the compensating unit or sulfur-
free generator and on which the plan relies to accomplish reduced 
utilization. Such contractual agreements shall identify the specific 
compensating unit or sulfur-free generator from which the dispatch 
system acquires such electrical energy.
    (5) The special provisions in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (d) Administrator's action. (1) If the Administrator approves the 
reduced utilization plan, he or she will allocate allowances, as 
provided in the approved plan, to the Allowance Tracking System account 
for any designated compensating unit upon issuance of an Acid Rain 
permit containing the plan, except that, if the plan is conditionally 
approved, the allowances will be allocated upon revision of the permit 
to activate the plan.
    (2) Where, as of November 15, 1990, a non-unit-specific federally 
enforceable or State enforceable emissions limitation covers the unit 
for any year during 1995-1999, the Administrator will

[[Page 63]]

specify on a case-by-case basis a method for using unit-specific and 
non-unit specific emissions limitations in approving or disapproving the 
compensating unit. The specified method will not treat a non-unit-
specific emissions limitation as a unit-specific emissions limitation 
and will not result in compensating units retaining allowances allocated 
under paragraph (d)(1) of this section for emissions reductions 
necessary to meet a non-unit-specific emissions limitation. Such method 
may require an end-of-year review and the disapproval and de-
designation, and adjustment of the allowances allocated to, the 
compensating unit and may require the designated representative of the 
compensating unit to surrender allowances by the allowance transfer 
deadline of the year that is subject to the review. Any surrendered 
allowances shall have the same or an earlier compliance use date as the 
allowances originally allocated for the year, and the designated 
representative may identify the serial numbers of the allowances to be 
deducted. In the absence of such identification, such allowances will be 
deducted on a first-in, first-out basis under Sec. 73.35(c)(2) of this 
chapter.
    (e) Failure to submit a plan. The designated representative of a 
Phase I unit will be deemed not to violate, during a Phase I calendar 
year, the requirement to submit a reduced utilization plan under 
paragraph (b)(1) or (4) of this section if the designated representative 
complies with the allowance surrender and other requirements of 
Secs. 72.33, 72.91, and 72.92 of this chapter.
    (f) Special provisions--(1) Emissions limitations. (i) Any 
compensating unit designated under an approved reduced utilization plan 
shall become a Phase I unit from January 1 of the calendar year in which 
the plan takes effect until January 1 of the year for which the plan is 
no longer in effect or is terminated, except that such unit shall not 
become subject to the Acid Rain emissions limitations for nitrogen 
oxides in Phase I under part 76 of this chapter.
    (ii) The designated representative of any Phase I unit (including a 
unit governed by a reduced utilization plan relying on energy 
conservation, improved unit efficiency, sulfur-free generation, or a 
compensating unit) shall surrender allowances, and the Administrator 
will deduct or return allowances, in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of 
this section and subpart I of this part.
    (2) Reporting requirements. The designated representative of any 
Phase I unit (including a unit governed by a reduced utilization plan 
relying on energy conservation, improved unit efficiency, sulfur-free 
generation, or a compensating unit) shall comply with the special 
reporting requirements under Secs. 72.91 and 72.92.
    (3) Liability. The owners and operators of a unit governed by an 
approved reduced utilization plan shall be liable for any violation of 
the plan or this section at that or any other unit governed by the plan, 
including liability for fulfilling the obligations specified in part 77 
of this chapter and section 411 of the Act.
    (4) Termination. (i) A reduced utilization plan shall be in effect 
only in Phase I for the calendar years specified in the plan or until 
the calendar year for which a termination of the plan takes effect; 
provided that no reduced utilization plan that designates a compensating 
unit that serves as a control unit under a Phase I extension plan shall 
be terminated, and no such unit shall be de-designated as a compensating 
unit, before the end of Phase I.
    (ii) To terminate a reduced utilization plan for a given calendar 
year prior to its last year for which the plan was approved:
    (A) A notification to terminate in accordance with Sec. 72.40(d) 
shall be submitted no later than 60 days before the allowance transfer 
deadline applicable to the given year; and
    (B) In the notification to terminate, the designated representative 
of any compensating unit governed by the plan shall state that he or she 
surrenders for deduction from the unit's Allowance Tracking System 
account allowances equal in number to, and with the same or an earlier 
compliance use date as, those allocated under paragraph (d) of this 
section to each compensating unit for the calendar years for which the 
plan is to be terminated. The designated representative may

[[Page 64]]

identify the serial numbers of the allowances to be deducted. In the 
absence of such identification, allowances will be deducted on a first-
in, first-out basis under Sec. 73.35(c)(2) of this chapter.
    (iii) If the requirements of paragraph (f)(3)(ii) are met and upon 
revision of the permit to terminate the reduced utilization plan, the 
Administrator will deduct the allowances specified in paragraph 
(f)(3)(ii)(B) of this section. No reduced utilization plan shall be 
terminated, and no unit shall be de-designated as a Phase I unit, unless 
such deduction is made.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 59 FR 60230, Nov. 22, 1994; 60 
FR 18470, Apr. 11, 1995; 62 FR 55481, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.44  Phase II repowering extensions.

    (a) Applicability. (1) This section shall apply to the designated 
representative of:
    (i) Any existing affected unit that is a coal-fired unit and has a 
1985 actual SO2 emissions rate equal to or greater than 1.2 
lbs/mmBtu.
    (ii) Any new unit that will be a replacement unit, as provided in 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section, for a unit meeting the requirements of 
paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section.
    (iii) Any oil and/or gas-fired unit that has been awarded clean coal 
technology demonstration funding as of January 1, 1991 by the Secretary 
of Energy.
    (2) A repowering extension does not exempt the owner or operator for 
any unit governed by the repowering plan from the requirement to comply 
with such unit's Acid Rain emissions limitations for sulfur dioxide.
    (b) The designated representative of any unit meeting the 
requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section may include in the 
unit's Phase II Acid Rain permit application a repowering extension plan 
that includes a demonstration that:
    (1) The unit will be repowered with a qualifying repowering 
technology in order to comply with the Phase II emissions limitations 
for sulfur dioxide; or
    (2) The unit will be replaced by a new utility unit that has the 
same designated representative and that is located at a different site 
using a qualified repowering technology and the existing unit will be 
permanently retired from service on or before the date on which the new 
utility unit commences commercial operation.
    (c) In order to apply for a repowering extension, the designated 
representative of a unit under paragraph (a) of this section shall:
    (1) Submit to the permitting authority, by January 1, 1996, a 
complete repowering extension plan;
    (2) Submit to the Administrator, before June 1, 1997, a complete 
petition for approval of repowering technology; and
    (3) If the repowering extension plan is submitted for conditional 
approval, submit by December 31, 1997, a notification to activate the 
plan in accordance with Sec. 72.40(c).
    (d) Contents and Review of Petition for Approval of Repowering 
Technology. (1) A complete petition for approval of repowering 
technology shall include the following elements, in a format prescribed 
by the Administrator, concerning the technology to be used in a plan 
under paragraph (b) of this section and may follow the repowering 
technology demonstration protocol issued by the Administrator:
    (i) Identification and description of the technology.
    (ii) Vendor certification of the guaranteed performance 
characteristics of the technology, including:
    (A) Percent removal and emission rate of each pollutant being 
controlled;
    (B) Overall generation efficiency; and
    (C) Information on the state, chemical constituents, and quantities 
of solid waste generated (including information on land-use requirements 
for disposal) and on the availability of a market to which any by-
products may be sold.
    (iii) If the repowering technology is not listed in the definition 
of a qualified repowering technology in Sec. 72.2, a vendor 
certification of the guaranteed performance characteristics that 
demonstrate that the technology meets the criteria specified for non-
listed technologies in Sec. 72.2; provided that the existence of such 
guarantee shall not be a defense against the failure to meet the 
criteria for non-listed technologies.

[[Page 65]]

    (2) The Administrator may request any supplemental information that 
is deemed necessary to review the petition for approval of repowering 
technology.
    (3) The Administrator shall review the petition for approval of 
repowering technology and, in consultation with the Secretary of Energy, 
shall make a conditional determination of whether the technology 
described in the petition is a qualifying repowering technology.
    (4) Based on the petition for approval of repowering technology and 
the information provided under paragraph (d)(2) of this section and 
Sec. 72.94(a), the Administrator will make a final determination of 
whether the technology described in the petition is a qualifying 
repowering technology.
    (e) Contents of repowering extension plan. A complete repowering 
extension plan shall include the following elements in a format 
prescribed by the Administrator:
    (1) Identification of the existing unit governed by the plan.
    (2) The unit's federally-approved State Implementation Plan sulfur 
dioxide emissions limitation.
    (3) The unit's 1995 actual SO2 emissions rate.
    (4) A schedule for construction, installation, and commencement of 
operation of the repowering technology approved or submitted for 
approval under paragraph (d) of this section, with dates for the 
following milestones:
    (i) Completion of design engineering;
    (ii) For a plan under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, removal of 
the existing unit from operation to install the qualified repowering 
technology;
    (iii) Commencement of construction;
    (iv) Completion of construction;
    (v) Start-up testing;
    (vi) For a plan under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, shutdown of 
the existing unit; and
    (vii) Commencement of commercial operation of the repowering 
technology.
    (5) For a plan under paragraph (b)(2) of this section:
    (i) Identification of the new unit. A new unit shall not be included 
in more than one repowering extension plan.
    (ii) Certification that the new unit will replace the existing unit.
    (iii) Certification that the new unit has the same designated 
representative as the existing unit.
    (iv) Certification that the existing unit will be permanently 
retired from service on or before the date the new unit commences 
commercial operation.
    (6) The special provisions of paragraph (h) of this section.
    (f) Permitting authority's action on repowering extension plan. (1) 
The permitting authority shall not approve a repowering extension plan 
until the Administrator makes a conditional determination that the 
technology is a qualified repowering technology, unless the permitting 
authority conditionally approves such plan subject to the conditional 
determination of the Administrator.
    (2) Permit issuance. (i) Upon a conditional determination by the 
Administrator that the technology to be used in the repowering extension 
plan is a qualified repowering technology and a determination by the 
permitting authority that such plan meets the requirements of this 
section, the permitting authority shall issue the Acid Rain portion of 
the operating permit including:
    (A) The approved repowering extension plan; and
    (B) A schedule of compliance with enforceable milestones for 
construction, installation, and commencement of operation of the 
repowering technology and other requirements necessary to ensure that 
Phase II emission reduction requirements under this section will be met.
    (ii) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (g) of this section, 
the repowering extension shall be in effect starting January 1, 2000 and 
ending on the day before the date (specified in the Acid Rain permit) on 
which the existing unit will be removed from operation to install the 
qualifying repowering technology or will be permanently removed from 
service for replacement by a new unit with such technology; provided 
that the repowering extension shall end no later than December 31, 2003.

[[Page 66]]

    (iii) The portion of the operating permit specifying the repowering 
extension and other requirements under paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this 
section shall be subject to the Administrator's final determination, 
under paragraph (d)(4) of this section, that the technology to be used 
in the repowering extension plan is a qualifying repowering technology.
    (3) Allowance allocation. The Administrator will allocate allowances 
after issuance of an operating permit containing the repowering 
extension plan (or, if the plan is conditionally approved, after the 
revision of the Acid Rain permit under Sec. 72.40(c)) and of the 
Administrator's final determination, under paragraph (d)(4) of this 
section, that the technology to be used in such plan is a qualifying 
repowering technology. Allowances will be allocated (including a pro 
rata allocation for any fraction of a year), as follows:
    (i) To the existing unit under the approved plan, in accordance with 
Sec. 73.21 of this chapter during the repowering extension under 
paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section; and
    (ii) To the existing unit under the approved plan under paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section or, in lieu of any further allocations to the 
existing unit, to the new unit under the approved plan under paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section, in accordance with Sec. 73.21 of this chapter, 
after the repowering extension under paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this 
section ends.
    (g) Failed repowering projects. (1)(i) If, at any time before the 
end of the repowering extension under paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this 
section, the designated representative of a unit governed by an approved 
repowering extension plan notifies the Administrator in writing that the 
owners and operators have decided to terminate efforts to properly 
design, construct, and test the repowering technology specified in the 
plan before completion of construction or start-up testing and 
demonstrates, in a requested permit modification, to the Administrator's 
satisfaction that such efforts were in good faith, the unit shall not be 
deemed in violation of the Act because of such a termination. If the 
Administrator is not the permitting authority, a copy of the requested 
permit modification shall be sumitted to the Administrator. Where the 
preceding requirements of this paragraph are met, the permitting 
authority shall revise the operating permit in accordance with this 
paragraph and paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section and Sec. 72.81 
(permit modification).
    (ii) Regardless of whether notification under paragraph (g)(1)(i) of 
this section is given, the repowering extension will end beginning on 
the earlier of the date of such notification or the date by which the 
designated representative was required to give such notification under 
Sec. 72.94(d). The Administrator will deduct allowances (including a pro 
rata deduction for any fraction of a year) from the Allowance Tracking 
System account of the existing unit to the extent necessary to ensure 
that, beginning the day after the extension ends, allowances are 
allocated in accordance with Sec. 73.21(c)(1) of this chapter.
    (2) If the designated representative of a unit governed by an 
approved repowering extension plan demonstrates to the satisfaction of 
the Administrator, in a requested permit modification, that the 
repowering technology specified in the plan was properly constructed and 
tested on such unit but was unable to achieve the emissions reduction 
limitations specified in the plan and that it is economically or 
technologically infeasible to modify the technology to achieve such 
limits, the unit shall not be deemed in violation of the Act because of 
such failure to achieve the emissions reduction limitations. If the 
Administrator is not the permitting authority, a copy of the requested 
permit modification shall be sumitted to the Administrator. In order to 
be properly constructed and tested, the repowering technology shall be 
constructed at least to the extent necessary for direct testing of the 
multiple combustion emissions (including sulfur dioxide and nitrogen 
oxides) from such unit while operating the technology at nameplate 
capacity. Where the preceding requirements of this paragraph are met:

[[Page 67]]

    (i) The permitting authority shall revise the Acid Rain portion of 
the operating permit in accordance with paragraphs (g)(2) (ii) and (iii) 
and Sec. 72.81 (permit modification).
    (ii) The existing unit may be retrofitted or repowered with another 
clean coal or other available control technology.
    (iii) The repowering extension will continue in effect until the 
earlier of the date the existing unit commences commercial operation 
with such control technology or December 31, 2003. The Administrator 
will allocate or deduct allowances as necessary to ensure that 
allowances are allocated in accordance with paragraph (f)(3) of this 
section applying the repowering extension under this paragraph.
    (h) Special provisions. (1) Emissions Limitations. (i) Sulfur 
Dioxide. Allowances allocated during the repowering extension under 
paragraphs (f)(3) and (g)(2)(iii) of this section to a unit governed by 
an approved repowering extension plan shall not be transferred to any 
Allowance Tracking System account other than the unit accounts of other 
units at the same source as that unit.
    (ii) Nitrogen oxides. Any existing unit governed by an approved 
repowering extension plan shall be subject to the Acid Rain emissions 
limitations for nitrogen oxides in accordance with part 76 of this 
chapter beginning on the date that the unit is removed from operation to 
install the repowering technology or is permanently removed from 
service.
    (iii) No existing unit governed by an approved repowering extension 
plan shall be eligible for a waiver under section 111(j) of the Act.
    (iv) No new unit governed by an approved repowering extension plan 
shall receive an exemption from the requirements imposed under section 
111 of the Act.
    (2) Reporting requirements. Each unit governed by an approved 
repowering extension plan shall comply with the special reporting 
requirements of Sec. 72.94.
    (3) Liability. (i) The owners and operators of a unit governed by an 
approved repowering plan shall be liable for any violation of the plan 
or this section at that or any other unit governed by the plan, 
including liability for fulfilling the obligations specified in part 77 
of this chapter and section 411 of the Act.
    (ii) The units governed by the plan under paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section shall continue to have a common designated representative until 
the existing unit is permanently retired under the plan.
    (4) Terminations. Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this 
section, a repowering extension plan shall not be terminated after 
December 31, 1999.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 15649, Mar. 23, 1993; 62 
FR 55481, Oct. 24, 1997]



                  Subpart E--Acid Rain Permit Contents



Sec. 72.50  General.

    (a) Each Acid Rain permit (including any draft or proposed Acid Rain 
permit) will contain the following elements in a format prescribed by 
the Administrator:
    (1) All elements required for a complete Acid Rain permit 
application under Sec. 72.31 of this part, as approved or adjusted by 
the permitting authority;
    (2) The applicable Acid Rain emissions limitation for sulfur 
dioxide; and
    (3) The applicable Acid Rain emissions limitation for nitrogen 
oxides.
    (b) Each Acid Rain permit is deemed to incorporate the definitions 
of terms under Sec. 72.2 of this part.



Sec. 72.51  Permit shield.

    Each affected unit operated in accordance with the Acid Rain permit 
that governs the unit and that was issued in compliance with title IV of 
the Act, as provided in this part and parts 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, and 78 
of this chapter shall be deemed to be operating in compliance with the 
Acid Rain Program, except as provided in Sec. 72.9(g)(6).

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55481, Oct. 24, 1997]

[[Page 68]]



         Subpart F--Federal Acid Rain Permit Issuance Procedures



Sec. 72.60  General.

    (a) Scope. This subpart and parts 74, 76, and 78 of this chapter 
contain the procedures for federal issuance of Acid Rain permits for 
Phase I of the Acid Rain Program and Phase II for sources for which the 
Administrator is the permitting authority under Sec. 72.74.
    (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of part 71 of this chapter, the 
provisions of subparts C, D, E, F, and H of this part and of parts 74, 
76, and 78 of this chapter shall govern the following requirements for 
Acid Rain permit applications and permits: submission, content, and 
effect of permit applications; content and requirements of compliance 
plans and compliance options; content of permits and permit shield; 
procedures for determining completeness of permit applications; issuance 
of draft permits; administrative record; public notice and comment and 
public hearings on draft permits; response to comments on draft permits; 
issuance and effectiveness of permits; permit revisions; and 
administrative appeal procedures. The provisions of part 71 of this 
chapter concerning Indian tribes, delegation of a part 71 program, 
affected State review of draft permits, and public petitions to reopen a 
permit for cause shall apply to Acid Rain permit applications and 
permits.
    (2) The procedures in this subpart do not apply to the issuance of 
Acid Rain permits by State permitting authorities with operating permit 
programs approved under part 70 of this chapter, except as expressly 
provided in subpart G of this part.
    (b) Permit Decision Deadlines. Except as provided in 
Sec. 72.74(c)(1)(i), the Administrator will issue or deny an Acid Rain 
permit under Sec. 72.69(a) within 6 months of receipt of a complete Acid 
Rain permit application submitted for a unit, in accordance with 
Sec. 72.21, at the U.S. EPA Regional Office for the Region in which the 
source is located.
    (c) Use of Direct Final Procedures. The Administrator may, in his or 
her discretion, issue, as single document, a draft Acid Rain permit in 
accordance with Sec. 72.62 and an Acid Rain permit in final form and may 
provide public notice of the opportunity for public comment on the draft 
Acid Rain permit in accordance with Sec. 72.65. The Administrator may 
provide that, if no significant, adverse comment on the draft Acid Rain 
permit is timely submitted, the Acid Rain permit will be deemed to be 
issued on a specified date without further notice and, if such 
significant, adverse comment is timely submitted, an Acid Rain permit or 
denial of an Acid Rain permit will be issued in accordance with 
Sec. 72.69. Any notice provided under this paragraph (c) will include a 
description of the procedure in the prior sentence.

[62 FR 55481, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.61  Completeness.

    (a) Determination of Completeness. The Administrator will determine 
whether the Acid Rain permit application is complete within 60 days of 
receipt by the U.S. EPA Regional Office for the Region in which the 
source is located. The permit application shall be deemed to be complete 
if the Administrator fails to notify the designated representative to 
the contrary within 60 days of receipt.
    (b) Supplemental Information. (1) Regardless of whether the Acid 
Rain permit application is complete under paragraph (a) of this section, 
the Administrator may require submission of any additional information 
that the Administrator determines to be necessary in order to review the 
Acid Rain permit application and issue an Acid Rain permit.
    (2)(i) Within a reasonable period determined by the Administrator, 
the designated representative shall submit the information required 
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (ii) If the designated representative fails to submit the 
supplemental information within the required time period, the 
Administrator may disapprove that portion of the Acid Rain permit 
application for the review of which the information was necessary and 
may deny the source an Acid Rain permit.
    (3) Any designated representative who fails to submit any relevant 
information or who has submitted incorrect information in a permit 
application shall, upon becoming aware of such

[[Page 69]]

failure or incorrect submittal, promptly submit such supplementary 
information or corrected information to the Administrator.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55481, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.62  Draft permit.

    (a) After the Administrator receives a complete Acid Rain permit 
application and any supplemental information, the Administrator will 
issue a draft permit that incorporates in whole, in part, or with 
changes or conditions as appropriate, the permit application or deny the 
source a draft permit.
    (b) The draft permit will be based on the information submitted by 
the designated representative of the affected source and other relevant 
information.
    (c) The Administrator will serve a copy of the draft permit and the 
statement of basis on the designated representative of the affected 
source.
    (d) The Administrator will provide a 30-day period for public 
comment, and opportunity to request a public hearing, on the draft 
permit or denial of a draft permit, in accordance with the public notice 
required under Sec. 72.65(a)(1)(i) of this part.



Sec. 72.63  Administrative record.

    (a) Contents of the Administrative Record. The Administrator will 
prepare an administrative record for an Acid Rain permit or denial of an 
Acid Rain permit. The administrative record will contain:
    (1) The permit application and any supporting or supplemental data 
submitted by the designated representative;
    (2) The draft permit;
    (3) The statement of basis;
    (4) Copies of any documents cited in the statement of basis and any 
other documents relied on by the Administrator in issuing or denying the 
draft permit (including any records of discussions or conferences with 
owners, operators, or the designated representative of affected units at 
the source or interested persons regarding the draft permit), or, for 
any such documents that are readily available, a statement of their 
location;
    (5) Copies of all written public comments submitted on the draft 
permit or denial of a draft permit;
    (6) The record of any public hearing on the draft permit or denial 
of a draft permit;
    (7) The Acid Rain permit; and
    (8) Any response to public comments submitted on the draft permit or 
denial of a draft permit and copies of any documents cited in the 
response and any other documents relied on by the Administrator to issue 
or deny the Acid Rain permit, or, for any such documents that are 
readily available, a statement of their location.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 72.64  Statement of basis.

    (a) The statement of basis will briefly set forth significant 
factual, legal, and policy considerations on which the Administrator 
relied in issuing or denying the draft permit.
    (b) The statement of basis will include:
    (1) The reasons, and supporting authority, for approval or 
disapproval of any compliance options requested in the permit 
application, including references to applicable statutory or regulatory 
provisions and to the administrative record; and
    (2) The name, address, and telephone, and facsimile numbers of the 
EPA office processing the issuance or denial of the draft permit.



Sec. 72.65  Public notice of opportunities for public comment.

    (a)(1) The Administrator will give public notice of the following:
    (i) The draft permit or denial of a draft permit and the opportunity 
for public review and comment and to request a public hearing; and
    (ii) Date, time, location, and procedures for any scheduled hearing 
on the draft permit or denial of a draft permit.
    (2) Any public notice given under this section may be for the 
issuance or denial of one or more draft permits.
    (b) Methods. The Administrator will give the public notice required 
by this section by:

[[Page 70]]

    (1) Serving written notice on the following persons (except where 
such person has waived his or her right to receive such notice):
    (i) The designated representative;
    (ii) The air pollution control agencies of affected States; and
    (iii) Any interested person.
    (2) Giving notice by publication in the Federal Register and in a 
newspaper of general circulation in the area where the source covered by 
the Acid Rain permit application is located or in a State publication 
designed to give general public notice. Notwithstanding the prior 
sentence, if a draft permit requires the affected units at a source to 
comply with Sec. 72.9(c)(1) and to meet any applicable emission 
limitation for NOX under Secs. 76.5, 76.6, 76.7, 76.8, or 
76.11 of this chapter and does not include for any unit a compliance 
option under Sec. 72.44, part 74 of this chapter, or Sec. 76.10 of this 
chapter, the Administrator may, in his or her discretion, provide notice 
of the draft permit by Federal Register publication and may omit notice 
by newspaper or State publication.
    (c) Contents. All public notices issued under this section will 
contain the following information:
    (1) Identification of the EPA office processing the issuance or 
denial of the draft permit for which the notice is being given.
    (2) Identification of the designated representative for the affected 
source.
    (3) Identification of each unit covered by the Acid Rain permit 
application and the draft permit.
    (4) Any compliance options proposed for approval in the draft permit 
or for disapproval and the total allowances (including any under the 
compliance options) allocated to each unit if the Acid Rain permit 
application is approved.
    (5) The address and office hours of a public location where the 
administrative record is available for public inspection and a statement 
that all information submitted by the designated representative and not 
protected as confidential under section 114(c) of the Act is available 
for public inspection as part of the administrative record.
    (6) For public notice under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, a 
brief description of the public comment procedures, including:
    (i) A 30-day period for public comment beginning the date of 
publication of the notice or, in the case of an extension or reopening 
of the public comment period, such period as the Administrator deems 
appropriate;
    (ii) The address where public comments should be sent;
    (iii) Required formats and contents for public comment;
    (iv) An opportunity to request a public hearing to occur not earlier 
than 15 days after public notice is given and the location, date, time, 
and procedures of any scheduled public hearing; and
    (v) Any other means by which the public may participate.
    (d) Extensions and Reopenings of the Public Comment Period. On the 
Administrator's own motion or on the request of any person, the 
Administrator may, at his or her discretion, extend or reopen the public 
comment period where he or she finds that doing so will contribute to 
the decision-making process by clarifying one or more significant issues 
affecting the draft permit or denial of a draft permit. Notice of any 
such extension or reopening shall be given under paragraph (a)(1)(i) of 
this section.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55482, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.66  Public comments.

    (a) General. During the public comment period, any person may submit 
written comments on the draft permit or the denial of a draft permit.
    (b) Form. (1) Comments shall be submitted in duplicate.
    (2) The submission shall clearly indicate the draft permit issuance 
or denial to which the comments apply.
    (3) The submission shall clearly indicate the name of the person 
commenting, his or her interest in the matter, and his or her 
affiliation, if any, to owners and operators of any unit covered by the 
Acid Rain permit application.
    (c) Contents. Timely comments on any aspect of the draft permit or 
denial or a draft permit will be considered unless they concern:

[[Page 71]]

    (1) Any standard requirement under Sec. 72.9;
    (2) Issues that are not relevant, such as:
    (i) The environmental effects of acid rain, acid deposition, sulfur 
dioxide, or nitrogen oxides generally; and
    (ii) Permit issuance procedures, or actions on other permit 
applications, that are not relevant to the draft permit issuance or 
denial in question.
    (d) Persons who do not wish to raise issues concerning the issuance 
or denial of the draft permit, but who wish to be notified of any 
subsequent actions concerning such matter may so indicate in writing 
during the public comment period or at any other time. The Administrator 
will place their names on a list of interested persons.



Sec. 72.67  Opportunity for public hearing.

    (a) During the public comment period, any person may request a 
public hearing. A request for a public hearing shall be made in writing 
and shall state the issues proposed to be raised in the hearing.
    (b) On the Administrator's own motion or on the request of any 
person, the Administrator may, at his or her discretion, hold a pubic 
hearing whenever the Administrator finds that such a hearing will 
contribute to the decision-making process by clarifying one or more 
significant issues affecting the draft permit or denial of a draft 
permit. Public hearings will not be held on issues under Sec. 72.66(c) 
(1) and (2).
    (c) During a public hearing under this section, any person may 
submit oral or written comments concerning the draft permit or denial of 
a draft permit. The Administrator may set reasonable limits on the time 
allowed for oral statements and will require the submission of a written 
summary of each oral statement.
    (d) The Administrator will assure that a record is made of the 
hearing.



Sec. 72.68  Response to comments.

    (a) The Administrator will consider comments on the draft permit or 
denial of a draft permit that are received during the public comment 
period and any public hearing. The Administrator is not required to 
consider comments otherwise received.
    (b) In issuing or denying an Acid Rain permit, the Administrator 
will:
    (1) Identify any permit provision or portion of the statement of 
basis that has been changed and the reasons for the change; and
    (2) Briefly describe and respond to relevant comments under 
paragraph (a) of this section.



Sec. 72.69  Issuance and effective date of acid rain permits.

    (a) After the close of the public comment period, the Administrator 
will issue or deny an Acid Rain permit. The Administrator will serve a 
copy of any Acid Rain permit and the response to comments on the 
designated representative for the source covered by the issuance or 
denial and serve written notice of the issuance or denial on the air 
pollution control agencies of affected States and any interested person. 
The Administrator will also give notice in the Federal Register.
    (b)(1) The term of every Acid Rain permit shall be 5 years 
commencing on its effective date.
    (2) Every Acid Rain permit for Phase I shall take effect on January 
1, 1995.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55482, Oct. 24, 1997]



              Subpart G--Acid Rain Phase II Implementation



Sec. 72.70  Relationship to title V operating permit program.

    (a) Scope. This subpart sets forth criteria for approval of State 
operating permit programs and acceptance of State Acid Rain programs, 
the procedure for including State Acid Rain programs in a title V 
operating permit program, and the requirements with which State 
permitting authorities with accepted programs shall comply, and with 
which the Administrator will comply in the absence of an accepted State 
program, to issue Phase II Acid Rain permits.
    (b) Relationship to operating permit program. Each State permitting 
authority with an affected source shall act in accordance with this part 
and parts 70, 74, 76, and 78 of this chapter for the purpose of 
incorporating Acid Rain

[[Page 72]]

Program requirements into each affected source's operating permit or for 
issuing exemptions under Sec. 72.14. To the extent that this part or 
part 74, 76, or 78 of this chapter is inconsistent with the requirements 
of part 70 of this chapter, this part and parts 74, 76, and 78 of this 
chapter shall take precedence and shall govern the issuance, denial, 
revision, reopening, renewal, and appeal of the Acid Rain portion of an 
operating permit.

[62 FR 55482, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.71  Acceptance of State Acid Rain programs--general.

    (a) Each State shall submit, to the Administrator for review and 
acceptance, a State Acid Rain program meeting the requirements of 
Secs. 72.72 and 72.73.
    (b) The Administrator will review each State Acid Rain program or 
portion of a State Acid Rain program and accept, by notice in the 
Federal Register, all or a portion of such program to the extent that it 
meets the requirements of Secs. 72.72 and 72.73. At his or her 
discretion, the Administrator may accept, with conditions and by notice 
in the Federal Register, all or a portion of such program despite the 
failure to meet requirements of Secs. 72.72 and 72.73. On the later of 
the date of publication of such notice in the Federal Register or the 
date on which the State operating permit program is approved under part 
70 of this chapter, the State Acid Rain program accepted by the 
Administrator will become a portion of the approved State operating 
permit program. Before accepting or rejecting all or a portion of a 
State Acid Rain Program, the Administrator will provide notice and 
opportunity for public comment on such acceptance or rejection.
    (c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the 
Administrator will issue all Acid Rain permits for Phase I. The 
Administrator reserves the right to delegate the remaining 
administration and enforcement of Acid Rain permits for Phase I to 
approved State operating permit programs.
    (2) The State permitting authority will issue an opt-in permit for a 
combustion or process source subject to its jurisdiction if, on the date 
on which the combustion or process source submits an opt-in permit 
application, the State permitting authority has opt-in regulations 
accepted under paragraph (b) of this section and an approved operating 
permits program under part 70 of this chapter.

[62 FR 55482, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.72  Criteria for State operating permit program.

    A State operating permit program (including a State Acid Rain 
program) shall meet the following criteria. Any aspect of a State 
operating permits program or any implementation of a State operating 
permit program that fails to meet these criteria shall be grounds for 
nonacceptance or withdrawal of all or part of the Acid Rain portion of 
an approved State operating permit program by the Administrator or for 
disapproval or withdrawal of approval of the State operating permit 
program by the Administrator.
    (a) Non-Interference with Acid Rain Program. The State operating 
permit program shall not include or implement any measures that would 
interfere with the Acid Rain Program. In particular, the State program 
shall not restrict or interfere with allowance trading and shall not 
interfere with the Administrator's decision on an offset plan. Aspects 
and implementation of the State program that would constitute 
interference with the Acid Rain Program, and are thus prohibited, 
include but are not limited to:
    (1) Prohibitions, inconsistent with the Acid Rain Program, on the 
acquisition or transfer of allowances by an affected unit under the 
jurisdiction of the State permitting authority;
    (2) Restrictions, inconsistent with the Acid Rain Program, on an 
affected unit's ability to sell or otherwise obligate its allowances;
    (3) Requirements that an affected unit maintain a balance of 
allowances in excess of the level determined to be prudent by any 
utility regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the owners of the 
affected unit;
    (4) Failing to notify the Administrator of any State administrative 
or judicial appeals of, or decisions covering, Acid Rain permit 
provisions that

[[Page 73]]

might affect Acid Rain Program requirements;
    (5) Issuing an order, inconsistent with the Acid Rain Program, 
interpreting Acid Rain Program requirements as not applicable to an 
affected source or an affected unit in whole or in part or otherwise 
adjusting the requirements;
    (6) Withholding approval of any compliance option that meets the 
requirements of the Acid Rain Program; or
    (7) Any other aspect of implementation that the Administrator 
determines would hinder the operation of the Acid Rain Program.
    (b) The State operating permit program shall require the following 
provisions, which are adopted to the extent that this paragraph (b) is 
incorporated by reference or is otherwise included in the State 
operating permit program.
    (1) Acid Rain Permit Issuance. Issuance or denial of Acid Rain 
permits shall follow the procedures under this part, part 70 of this 
chapter, and, for combustion or process sources, part 74, including:
    (i) Permit application--(A) Requirement to comply. (1) The owners 
and operators and the designated representative for each affected 
source, except for combustion or process sources, under jurisdiction of 
the State permitting authority shall be required to comply with subparts 
B, C, and D of this part.
    (2) The owners and operators and the designated representative for 
each combustion or process source under jurisdiction of the State 
permitting authority shall be required to comply with subpart B of this 
part and subparts B, C, D, and E of part 74 of this chapter.
    (B) Effect of an Acid Rain permit application. A complete Acid Rain 
permit application, except for a permit application for a combustion or 
process source, shall be binding on the owners and operators and the 
designated representative of the affected source, all affected units at 
the source, and any other unit governed by the permit application and 
shall be enforceable as an Acid Rain permit, from the date of submission 
of the permit application until the issuance or denial of the Acid Rain 
permit under paragraph (b)(1)(vii) of this section.
    (ii) Draft Permit. (A) The State permitting authority shall prepare 
the draft Acid Rain permit in accordance with subpart E of this part and 
part 76 of this chapter or, for a combustion or process source, with 
subpart B of part 74 of this chapter, or deny a draft Acid Rain permit.
    (B) Prior to issuance of a draft permit for a combustion or process 
source, the State permitting authority shall provide the designated 
representative of a combustion or process source an opportunity to 
confirm its intention to opt-in, in accordance with Sec. 74.14 of this 
chapter.
    (iii) Public Notice and Comment Period. Public notice of the 
issuance or denial of the draft Acid Rain permit and the opportunity to 
comment and request a public hearing shall be given by publication in a 
newspaper of general circulation in the area where the source is located 
or in a State publication designed to give general public notice. 
Notwithstanding the prior sentence, if a draft permit requires the 
affected units at a source to comply with Sec. 72.9(c)(1) and to meet 
any applicable emission limitation for NOX under Secs. 76.5, 
76.6, 76.7, 76.8, or 76.11 of this chapter and does not include for any 
unit a compliance option under Sec. 72.44, part 74 of this chapter, or 
Sec. 76.10 of this chapter, the State permitting authority may, in its 
discretion, provide notice by serving notice on persons entitled to 
receive a written notice and may omit notice by newspaper or State 
publication.
    (iv) Proposed permit. The State permitting authority shall 
incorporate all changes necessary and issue a proposed Acid Rain permit 
in accordance with subpart E of this part and part 76 of this chapter 
or, for a combustion or process source, with subpart B of part 74 of 
this chapter, or deny a proposed Acid Rain permit.
    (v) Direct proposed procedures. The State permitting authority may, 
in its discretion, issue, as a single document, a draft Acid Rain permit 
in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section and a proposed 
Acid Rain permit and may provide public notice of the opportunity for 
public comment on the draft Acid Rain permit in accordance with 
paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section. The

[[Page 74]]

State permitting authority may provide that, if no significant, adverse 
comment on the draft Acid Rain permit is timely submitted, the proposed 
Acid Rain permit will be deemed to be issued on a specified date without 
further notice and, if such significant, adverse comment is timely 
submitted, a proposed Acid Rain permit or denial of a proposed Acid Rain 
permit will be issued in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this 
section. Any notice provided under this paragraph (b)(1)(v) shall 
include a description of the procedure in the prior sentence.
    (vi) Acid Rain Permit Issuance. Following the Administrator's review 
of the proposed Acid Rain permit, the State permitting authority shall 
or, under part 70 of this chapter, the Administrator will, incorporate 
any required changes and issue or deny the Acid Rain permit in 
accordance with subpart E of this part and part 76 of this chapter or, 
for a combustion or process source, with subpart B of part 74 of this 
chapter.
    (vii) New Owners. An Acid Rain permit shall be binding on any new 
owner or operator or designated representative of any source or unit 
governed by the permit.
    (viii) Each Acid Rain permit (including a draft or proposed permit) 
shall contain all applicable Acid Rain requirements, shall be a complete 
and segregable portion of the operating permit, and shall not 
incorporate information contained in any other documents, other than 
documents that are readily available.
    (ix) No Acid Rain permit (including a draft or proposed permit) 
shall be issued unless the Administrator has received a certificate of 
representation for the designated representative of the source in 
accordance with subpart B of this part.
    (x) Except as provided in Sec. 72.73(b) and, with regard to 
combustion or process sources, in Sec. 74.14(c)(6) of this chapter, the 
State permitting authority shall issue or deny an Acid Rain permit 
within 18 months of receiving a complete Acid Rain permit application 
submitted in accordance with Sec. 72.21 or such lesser time approved 
under part 70 of this chapter.
    (2) Permit Revisions. In acting on any Acid Rain permit revision, 
the State permitting authority shall follow the provisions and 
procedures set forth at subpart H of this part.
    (3) Permit Renewal. The renewal of an Acid Rain permit for an 
affected source shall be subject to all the requirements of this subpart 
pertaining to the issuance of permits.
    (4) Acid Rain Program Forms. In developing the Acid Rain portion of 
the operating permit, the permitting authority shall use the applicable 
forms or other formats prescribed by the Administrator under the Acid 
Rain Program; provided that the Administrator may waive this requirement 
in whole or in part.
    (5) Acid Rain Appeal Procedures. (i) Appeals of the Acid Rain 
portion of an operating permit issued by the State permitting authority 
that do not challenge or involve decisions or actions of the 
Administrator under this part or part 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, or 78 of this 
chapter shall be conducted according to procedures established by the 
State in accordance with part 70 of this chapter. Appeals of the Acid 
Rain portion of such a permit that challenge or involve such decisions 
or actions of the Administrator shall follow the procedures under part 
78 of this chapter and section 307 of the Act. Such decisions or actions 
include, but are not limited to, allowance allocations, determinations 
concerning alternative monitoring systems, and determinations of whether 
a technology is a qualifying repowering technology.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (iii) The State permitting authority shall serve written notice on 
the Administrator of any State administrative or judicial appeal 
concerning as Acid Rain provision of any operating permit or denial of 
an Acid Rain portion of any operating permit within 30 days of the 
filing of the appeal.
    (iv) Any State administrative permit appeals procedures shall ensure 
that the Administrator may intervene as a matter of right in any permit 
appeal involving an Acid Rain permit provision or denial of an Acid Rain 
permit.
    (v) The State permitting authority shall serve written notice on the 
Administrator of any determination or

[[Page 75]]

order in a State administrative or judicial proceeding that interprets, 
modifies, voids, or otherwise relates to any portion of an Acid Rain 
permit.
    (vi) A failure of the State permitting authority to issue an Acid 
Rain permit in accordance with Sec. 72.73(b)(1) or, with regard to 
combustion or process sources, Sec. 74.14(b)(6) of this chapter shall be 
ground for filing an appeal.
    (6) Industrial Utility-Units Exemption. The State permitting 
authority shall act in accordance with Sec. 72.14 on any petition for 
exemption from requirements of the Acid Rain Program.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17113, Apr. 4, 1995; 62 
FR 55482, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.73  State issuance of Phase II permits.

    (a) State Permit Issuance. (1) A State that is authorized to 
administer and enforce an operating permit program under part 70 of this 
chapter and that has a State Acid Rain program accepted by the 
Administrator under Sec. 72.71 shall be responsible for administering 
and enforcing Acid Rain permits effective in Phase II for all affected 
sources:
    (i) That are located in the geographic area covered by the operating 
permits program; and
    (ii) To the extent that the accepted State Acid Rain program is 
applicable.
    (2) In administering and enforcing Acid Rain permits, the State 
permitting authority shall comply with the procedures for issuance, 
revision, renewal, and appeal of Acid Rain permits under this subpart.
    (b) Permit Issuance Deadline. (1) A State, to the extent that it is 
responsible under paragraph (a) of this section as of December 31, 1997 
(or such later date as the Administrator may establish) for 
administering and enforcing Acid Rain permits, shall:
    (i) On or before December 31, 1997, issue an Acid Rain permit for 
Phase II covering the affected units (other than opt-in sources) at each 
source in the geographic area for which the program is approved; 
provided that the designated representative of the source submitted a 
timely and complete Acid Rain permit application in accordance with 
Sec. 72.21.
    (ii) On or before January 1, 1999, for each unit subject to an Acid 
Rain NOX emissions limitation, amend the Acid Rain permit 
under Sec. 72.83 and add any NOX early election plan that was 
approved by the Administrator under Sec. 76.8 of this chapter and has 
not been terminated and reopen the Acid Rain permit and add any other 
Acid Rain Program nitrogen oxides requirements; provided that the 
designated representative of the affected source submitted a timely and 
complete Acid Rain permit application for nitrogen oxides in accordance 
with Sec. 72.21.
    (2) Each Acid Rain permit issued in accordance with this section 
shall have a term of 5 years commencing on its effective date; provided 
that, at the discretion of the permitting authority, the first Acid Rain 
permit for Phase II issued to a source may have a term of less than 5 
years where necessary to coordinate the term of such permit with the 
term of an operating permit to be issued to the source under a State 
operating permit program. Each Acid Rain permit issued in accordance 
with paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall take effect by the later of 
January 1, 2000, or, where the permit governs a unit under 
Sec. 72.6(a)(3) of this part, the deadline for monitor certification 
under part 75 of this chapter.

[62 FR 55483, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.74  Federal issuance of Phase II permits.

    (a)(1) The Administrator will be responsible for administering and 
enforcing Acid Rain permits for Phase II for any affected sources to the 
extent that a State permitting authority is not responsible, as of 
January 1, 1997 or such later date as the Administrator may establish, 
for administering and enforcing Acid Rain permits for such sources under 
Sec. 72.73(a).
    (2) After and to the extent the State permitting authority becomes 
responsible for administering and enforcing Acid Rain permits under 
Sec. 72.73(a), the Administrator will suspend federal administration of 
Acid Rain permits for Phase II for sources and units to the extent that 
they are subject to the accepted State Acid Rain program, except as 
provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.

[[Page 76]]

    (b)(1) The Administrator will administer and enforce Acid Rain 
permits effective in Phase II for sources and units during any period 
that the Administrator is administering and enforcing an operating 
permit program under part 71 of this chapter for the geographic area in 
which the sources and units are located.
    (2) The Administrator will administer and enforce Acid Rain permits 
effective in Phase II for sources and units otherwise subject to a State 
Acid Rain program under Sec. 72.73(a) if:
    (i) The Administrator determines that the State permitting authority 
is not adequately administering or enforcing all or a portion of the 
State Acid Rain program, notifies the State permitting authority of such 
determination and the reasons therefore, and publishes such notice in 
the Federal Register;
    (ii) The State permitting authority fails either to correct the 
deficiencies within a reasonable period (established by the 
Administrator in the notice under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section) 
after issuance of the notice or to take significant action to assure 
adequate administration and enforcement of the program within a 
reasonable period (established by the Administrator in the notice) after 
issuance of the notice; and
    (iii) The Administrator publishes in the Federal Register a notice 
that he or she will administer and enforce Acid Rain permits effective 
in Phase II for sources and units subject to the State Acid Rain program 
or a portion of the program. The effective date of such notice shall be 
a reasonable period (established by the Administrator in the notice) 
after the issuance of the notice.
    (3) When the Administrator administers and enforces Acid Rain 
permits under paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, the 
Administrator will administer and enforce each Acid Rain permit issued 
under the State Acid Rain program or portion of the program until, and 
except to the extent that, the permit is replaced by a permit issued 
under this section. After the later of the date for publication of a 
notice in the Federal Register that the State operating permit program 
is currently approved by the Administrator or that the State Acid Rain 
program or portion of the program is currently accepted by the 
Administrator, the Administrator will suspend federal administration of 
Acid Rain permits effective in Phase II for sources and units to the 
extent that they are subject to the State Acid Rain program or portion 
of the program, except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
    (4) After the State permitting authority becomes responsible for 
administering and enforcing Acid Rain permits effective in Phase II 
under Sec. 72.73(a), the Administrator will continue to administer and 
enforce each Acid Rain permit issued under paragraph (a)(1), (b)(1), or 
(b)(2) of this section until, and except to the extent that, the permit 
is replaced by a permit issued under the State Acid Rain program. The 
State permitting authority may replace an Acid Rain permit issued under 
paragraph (a)(1), (b)(1), or (b)(2) of this section by issuing a permit 
under the State Acid Rain program by the expiration of the permit under 
paragraph (a)(1), (b)(1), or (b)(2) of this section. The Administrator 
may retain jurisdiction over the Acid Rain permits issued under 
paragraph (a)(1), (b)(1), or (b)(2) of this section for which the 
administrative or judicial review process is not complete and will 
address such retention of jurisdiction in a notice in the Federal 
Register.
    (c) Permit Issuance Deadline. (1)(i) On or before January 1, 1998, 
the Administrator will issue an Acid Rain permit for Phase II setting 
forth the Acid Rain Program sulfur dioxide requirements for each 
affected unit (other than opt-in sources) at a source not under the 
jurisdiction of a State permitting authority that is responsible, as of 
January 1, 1997 (or such later date as the Administrator may establish), 
under Sec. 72.73(a) of this section for administering and enforcing Acid 
Rain permits with such requirements; provided that the designated 
representative for the source submitted a timely and complete Acid Rain 
permit application in accordance with Sec. 72.21. The failure by the 
Administrator to issue a permit in accordance with this paragraph shall 
be grounds for the filing of an appeal under part 78 of this chapter.

[[Page 77]]

    (ii) Each Acid Rain permit issued in accordance with this section 
shall have a term of 5 years commencing on its effective date. Each Acid 
Rain permit issued in accordance with paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this 
section shall take effect by the later of January 1, 2000 or, where a 
permit governs a unit under Sec. 72.6(a)(3), the deadline for monitor 
certification under part 75 of this chapter.
    (2) Nitrogen Oxides. Not later than 6 months following submission by 
the designated representative of an Acid Rain permit application for 
nitrogen oxides, the Administrator will amend under Sec. 72.83 the Acid 
Rain permit and add any NOX early election plan that was 
approved under Sec. 76.8 of this chapter and has not been terminated and 
reopen the Acid Rain permit for Phase II and add any other Acid Rain 
Program nitrogen oxides requirements for each affected source not under 
the jurisdiction of a State permitting authority that is responsible, as 
of January 1, 1997 (or such later date as the Administrator may 
establish), under Sec. 72.73(a) for issuing Acid Rain permits with such 
requirements; provided that the designated representative for the source 
submitted a timely and complete Acid Rain permit application for 
nitrogen oxides in accordance with Sec. 72.21.
    (d) Permit Issuance. (1) The Administrator may utilize any or all of 
the provisions of subparts E and F of this part to administer Acid Rain 
permits as authorized under this section or may adopt by rulemaking 
portions of a State Acid Rain program in substitution of or in addition 
to provisions of subparts E and F of this part to administer such 
permits. The provisions of Acid Rain permits for Phase I or Phase II 
issued by the Administrator shall not be applicable requirements under 
part 70 of this chapter.
    (2) The Administrator may delegate all or part of his or her 
responsibility, under this section, for administering and enforcing 
Phase II Acid Rain permits or opt-in permits to a State. Such delegation 
will be made consistent with the requirements of this part and the 
provisions governing delegation of a part 71 program under part 71 of 
this chapter.

[62 FR 55483, Oct. 24, 1997]



                       Subpart H--Permit Revisions



Sec. 72.80  General.

    (a) This subpart shall govern revisions to any Acid Rain permit 
issued by the Administrator and to the Acid Rain portion of any 
operating permit issued by a State permitting authority.
    (b) Notwithstanding the operating permit revision procedures 
specified in parts 70 and 71 of this chapter, the provisions of this 
subpart shall govern revision of any Acid Rain Program permit provision.
    (c) A permit revision may be submitted for approval at any time. No 
permit revision shall affect the term of the Acid Rain permit to be 
revised. No permit revision shall excuse any violation of an Acid Rain 
Program requirement that occurred prior to the effective date of the 
revision.
    (d) The terms of the Acid Rain permit shall apply while the permit 
revision is pending, except as provided in Sec. 72.83 for administrative 
permit amendments.
    (e) The standard requirements of Sec. 72.9 shall not be modified or 
voided by a permit revision.
    (f) Any permit revision involving incorporation of a compliance 
option that was not submitted for approval and comment during the permit 
issuance process or involving a change in a compliance option that was 
previously submitted, shall meet the requirements for applying for such 
compliance option under subpart D of this part and parts 74 and 76 of 
this chapter.
    (g) Any designated representative who fails to submit any relevant 
information or who has submitted incorrect information in a permit 
revision shall, upon becoming aware of such failure or incorrect 
submittal, promptly submit such supplementary information or corrected 
information to the permitting authority.
    (h) For permit revisions not described in Secs. 72.81 and 72.82 of 
this part, the permitting authority may, in its

[[Page 78]]

discretion, determine which of these sections is applicable.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55484, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.81  Permit modifications.

    (a) Permit revisions that shall follow the permit modification 
procedures are:
    (1) Relaxation of an excess emission offset requirement after 
approval of the offset plan by the Administrator;
    (2) Incorporation of a final nitrogen oxides alternative emission 
limitation following a demonstration period;
    (3) Determinations concerning failed repowering projects under 
Sec. 72.44(g)(1)(i) and (2) of this part.
    (b) The following permit revisions shall follow, at the option of 
the designated representative submitting the permit revision, either the 
permit modification procedures or the fast-track modification procedures 
under Sec. 72.82 of this part:
    (1) Consistent with paragraph (a) of this section, incorporation of 
a compliance option that the designated representative did not submit 
for approval and comment during the permit issuance process; except that 
incorporation of a reduced utilization plan that was not submitted 
during the permit issuance process, that does not designate a 
compensating unit, and that meets the requirements of Sec. 72.43 of this 
part, may use the administrative permit amendment procedures under 
Sec. 72.83 of this part;
    (2) Changes in a substitution plan or reduced utilization plan that 
result in the addition of a new substitution unit or a new compensating 
unit under the plan;
    (3) Addition of a nitrogen oxides averaging plan to a permit;
    (4) Changes in a Phase I extension plan, repowering plan, nitrogen 
oxides averaging plan, or nitrogen oxides compliance deadline extension; 
and
    (5) Changes in a thermal energy plan that result in any addition or 
subtraction of a replacement unit or any change affecting the number of 
allowances transferred for the replacement of thermal energy.
    (c)(1) Permit modifications shall follow the permit issuance 
requirements of:
    (i) Subparts E, F, and G of this part, where the Administrator is 
the permitting authority; or
    (ii) Subpart G of this part, where the State is the permitting 
authority.
    (2) For purposes of applying paragraph (c)(1) of this section, a 
requested permit modification shall be treated as a permit application, 
to the extent consistent with Sec. 72.80 (c) and (d).

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17114, Apr. 4, 1995; 62 
FR 55485, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.82  Fast-track modifications.

    The following procedures shall apply to all fast-track 
modifications.
    (a) If the Administrator is the permitting authority, the designated 
representative shall serve a copy of the fast-track modification on the 
Administrator and any person entitled to a written notice under 
Sec. 72.65(b)(1)(ii) and (iii). If a State is the permitting authority, 
the designated representative shall serve such a copy on the 
Administrator, the permitting authority, and any person entitled to 
receive a written notice of a draft permit under the approved State 
operating permit program. Within 5 business days of serving such copies, 
the designated representative shall also give public notice by 
publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the area where the 
sources are located or in a State publication designed to give general 
public notice.
    (b) The public shall have a period of 30 days, commencing on the 
date of publication of the notice, to comment on the fast-track 
modification. Comments shall be submitted in writing to the permitting 
authority and to the designated representative.
    (c) The designated representative shall submit the fast-track 
modification to the permitting authority on or before commencement of 
the public comment period.
    (d) Within 30 days of the close of the public comment period if the 
Administrator is the permitting authority or within 90 days of the close 
of the public comment period if a State is the permitting authority, the 
permitting authority shall consider the fast-track modification and the 
comments received and approve, in whole or in part

[[Page 79]]

or with changes or conditions as appropriate, or disapprove the 
modification. A fast-track modification shall be subject to the same 
provisions for review by the Administrator and affected States as are 
applicable to a permit modification under Sec. 72.81.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55485, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.83  Administrative permit   amendment.

    (a) Acid Rain permit revisions that shall follow the administrative 
permit amendment procedures are:
    (1) Activation of a compliance option conditionally approved by the 
permitting authority; provided that all requirements for activation 
under subpart D of this part are met;
    (2) Changes in the designated representative or alternative 
designated representative; provided that a new certificate of 
representation is submitted;
    (3) Correction of typographical errors;
    (4) Changes in names, addresses, or telephone or facsimile numbers;
    (5) Changes in the owners or operators; provided that a new 
certificate of representation is submitted within 30 days;
    (6)(i) Termination of a compliance option in the permit; provided 
that all requirements for termination under subpart D of this part are 
met and this procedure shall not be used to terminate a repowering plan 
after December 31, 1999 or a Phase I extension plan;
    (ii) For opt-in sources, termination of a compliance option in the 
permit; provided that all requirements for termination under Sec. 74.47 
of this chapter are met.
    (7) Changes in a substitution or reduced utilization plan that do 
not result in the addition of a new substitution unit or a new 
compensating unit under the plan;
    (8) Changes in the date, specified in a unit's Acid Rain permit, of 
commencement of operation of qualifying Phase I technology, provided 
that they are in accordance with Sec. 72.42 of this part;
    (9) Changes in the date, specified in a new unit's Acid Rain permit, 
of commencement of operation or the deadline for monitor certification, 
provided that they are in accordance with Sec. 72.9 of this part;
    (10) The addition of or change in a nitrogen oxides alternative 
emissions limitation demonstration period, provided that the 
requirements of part 76 of this chapter are met; and
    (11) Changes in a thermal energy plan that do not result in the 
addition or subtraction of a replacement unit or any change affecting 
the number of allowances transferred for the replacement of thermal 
energy.
    (12) The addition of a NOX early election plan that was 
approved by the Administrator under Sec. 76.8 of this chapter;
    (13) The addition of an exemption for which the requirements have 
been met under Sec. 72.7 or Sec. 72.8 or which was approved by the 
permitting authority under Sec. 72.14; and
    (14) Incorporation of changes that the Administrator has determined 
to be similar to those in paragraphs (a)(1) through (13) of this 
section.
    (b)(1) The permitting authority will take final action on an 
administrative permit amendment within 60 days, or, for the addition of 
an alternative emissions limitation demonstration period, within 90 
days, of receipt of the requested amendment and may take such action 
without providing prior public notice. The source may implement any 
changes in the administrative permit amendment immediately upon 
submission of the requested amendment, provided that the requirements of 
paragraph (a) of this section are met.
    (2) The permitting authority may, on its own motion, make an 
administrative permit amendment under paragraph (a)(3), (a)(4), (a)(12), 
or (a)(13) of this section at least 30 days after providing notice to 
the designated representative of the amendment and without providing any 
other prior public notice.
    (c) The permitting authority will designate the permit revision 
under paragraph (b) of this section as having been made as an 
administrative permit amendment. Where a State is the permitting 
authority, the permitting authority shall submit the revised portion of 
the permit to the Administrator.
    (d) An administrative amendment shall not be subject to the 
provisions

[[Page 80]]

for review by the Administrator and affected States applicable to a 
permit modification under Sec. 72.81.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17114, Apr. 4, 1995; 62 
FR 55485, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.84  Automatic permit amendment.

    The following permit revisions shall be deemed to amend 
automatically, and become a part of the affected unit's Acid Rain permit 
by operation of law without any further review:
    (a) Upon recordation by the Administrator under part 73 of this 
chapter, all allowance allocations to, transfers to, and deductions from 
an affected unit's Allowance Tracking System account; and
    (b) Incorporation of an offset plan that has been approved by the 
Administrator under part 77 of this chapter.



Sec. 72.85  Permit reopenings.

    (a) The permitting authority shall reopen an Acid Rain permit for 
cause whenever:
    (1) Any additional requirement under the Acid Rain Program becomes 
applicable to any affected unit governed by the permit;
    (2) The permitting authority determines that the permit contains a 
material mistake or that an inaccurate statement was made in 
establishing the emissions standards or other terms or conditions of the 
permit, unless the mistake or statement is corrected in accordance with 
Sec. 72.83; or
    (3) The permitting authority determines that the permit must be 
revised or revoked to assure compliance with Acid Rain Program 
requirements.
    (b) In reopening an Acid Rain permit for cause, the permitting 
authority shall issue a draft permit changing the provisions, or adding 
the requirements, for which the reopening was necessary. The draft 
permit shall be subject to the requirements of subparts E, F, and G of 
this part.
    (c) As provided in Secs. 72.73(b)(1) and 72.74(c)(2), the permitting 
authority shall reopen an Acid Rain permit to incorporate nitrogen 
oxides requirements, consistent with part 76 of this chapter.
    (d) Any reopening of an Acid Rain permit shall not affect the term 
of the permit.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55485, Oct. 24, 1997]



                   Subpart I--Compliance Certification



Sec. 72.90  Annual compliance certification report.

    (a) Applicability and deadline. For each calendar year in which a 
unit is subject to the Acid Rain emissions limitations, the designated 
representative of the source at which the unit is located shall submit 
to the Administrator, within 60 days after the end of the calendar year, 
an annual compliance certification report for the unit.
    (b) Contents of report. The designated representative shall include 
in the annual compliance certification report under paragraph (a) of 
this section the following elements, in a format prescribed by the 
Administrator, concerning the unit and the calendar year covered by the 
report:
    (1) Identification of the unit;
    (2) For all Phase I units, the information in accordance with 
Secs. 72.91(a) and 72.92(a) of this part;
    (3) If the unit is governed by an approved Phase I extension plan, 
then the information in accordance with Sec. 72.93 of this part;
    (4) At the designated representative's option, the total number of 
allowances to be deducted for the year, using the formula in Sec. 72.95 
of this part, and the serial numbers of the allowances that are to be 
deducted;
    (5) At the designated representative's option, for units that share 
a common stack and whose emissions of sulfur dioxide are not monitored 
separately or apportioned in accordance with part 75 of this chapter, 
the percentage of the total number of allowances under paragraph (b)(4) 
of this section for all such units that is to be deducted from each 
unit's compliance subaccount; and
    (6) The compliance certification under paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (c) Annual compliance certification. In the annual compliance 
certification report under paragraph (a) of this section, the designated 
representative

[[Page 81]]

shall certify, based on reasonable inquiry of those persons with primary 
responsibility for operating the source and the affected units at the 
source in compliance with the Acid Rain Program, whether each affected 
unit for which the compliance certification is submitted was operated 
during the calendar year covered by the report in compliance with the 
requirements of the Acid Rain Program applicable to the unit, including:
    (1) Whether the unit was operated in compliance with the applicable 
Acid Rain emissions limitations, including whether the unit held 
allowances, as of the allowance transfer deadline, in its compliance 
subaccount (after accounting for any allowance deductions under 
Sec. 73.34(c) of this chapter) not less than the unit's total sulfur 
dioxide emissions during the calendar year covered by the annual report;
    (2) Whether the monitoring plan that governs the unit has been 
maintained to reflect the actual operation and monitoring of the unit 
and contains all information necessary to attribute monitored emissions 
to the unit;
    (3) Whether all the emissions from the unit, or a group of units 
(including the unit) using a common stack, were monitored or accounted 
for through the missing data procedures and reported in the quarterly 
monitoring reports, including whether conditionally valid data, as 
defined in Sec. 72.2, were reported in the quarterly report. If 
conditionally valid data were reported, the owner or operator shall 
indicate whether the status of all conditionally valid data has been 
resolved and all necessary quarterly report resubmissions have been 
made.
    (4) Whether the facts that form the basis for certification of each 
monitor at the unit or a group of units (including the unit) using a 
common stack or for using an Acid Rain Program excepted monitoring 
method or approved alternative monitoring method, if any, has changed; 
and
    (5) If a change is required to be reported under paragraph (c)(4) of 
this section, specify the nature of the change, the reason for the 
change, when the change occurred, and how the unit's compliance status 
was determined subsequent to the change, including what method was used 
to determine emissions when a change mandated the need for monitor 
recertification.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 64 FR 28588, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 72.91  Phase I unit adjusted utilization.

    (a) Annual compliance certification report. The designated 
representative for each Phase I unit shall include in the annual 
compliance certification report the unit's adjusted utilization for the 
calendar year in Phase I covered by the report, calculated as follows:

Adjusted utilization = baseline - actual utilization - plan reductions + 
    compensating generation provided to other units


where:

    (1) ``Baseline'' is as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this part.
    (2) ``Actual utilization'' is the actual annual heat input (in 
mmBtu) of the unit for the calendar year determined in accordance with 
part 75 of this chapter.
    (3) ``Plan reductions'' are the reductions in actual utilization, 
for the calendar year, below the baseline that are accounted for by an 
approved reduced utilization plan. The designated representative for the 
unit shall calculate the ``plan reductions'' (in mmBtu) using the 
following formula and converting all values in Kwh to mmBtu using the 
actual annual average heat rate (Btu/Kwh) of the unit (determined in 
accordance with part 75 of this chapter) before the employment of any 
improved unit efficiency measures under an approved plan:

Plan reductions = reduction from energy conservation + reduction from 
    improved unit efficiency improvements + shifts to designated sulfur-
    free generators + shifts to designated compensating units


where:

    (i) ``Reduction from energy conservation'' is a good faith estimate 
of the expected kilowatt hour savings during the calendar year from all 
conservation measures under the reduced utilization plan and the 
corresponding reduction

[[Page 82]]

in heat input (in mmBtu) resulting from those savings. The verified 
amount of such reduction shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph 
(b) of this section.
    (ii) ``Reduction from improved unit efficiency'' is a good faith 
estimate of the expected improvement in heat rate during the calendar 
year and the corresponding reduction in heat input (in mmBtu) at the 
Phase I unit as a result of all improved unit efficiency measures under 
the reduced utilization plan. The verified amount of such reduction 
shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
    (iii) ``Shifts to designated sulfur-free generators'' is the 
reduction in utilization (in mmBtu), for the calendar year, that is 
accounted for by all sulfur-free generators designated under the reduced 
utilization plan in effect for the calendar year. This term equals the 
sum, for all such generators, of the ``shift to sulfur-free generator.'' 
``Shift to sulfur-free generator'' shall equal the amount, to the extent 
documented under paragraph (a)(6) of this section, calculated for each 
generator using the following formula:

Shift to sulfur-free generator = actual sulfur-free utilization - 
    [(average 1985-87 sulfur-free annual utilization) (1 + percentage 
    change in dispatch system sales)]


where:

    (A) ``Actual sulfur-free utilization'' is the actual annual 
generation (in Kwh) of the designated sulfur-free generator for the 
calendar year converted to mmBtus.
    (B) ``Average 1985-87 sulfur-free utilization'' is the sum of annual 
generation (in Kwh) for 1985, 1986, and 1987 for the designated sulfur-
free generator, divided by three and converted to mmBtus.
    (C) ``Percentage change in dispatch system sales'' is calculated as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.000

where:

S = dispatch system sales (in Kwh)
c = calendar year
y = 1985, 1986, or 1987

    If the result of the formula for percentage change in dispatch 
system sales is less than or equal to zero, then percentage change in 
dispatch system sales shall be treated as zero only for purposes of 
paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section.

    (D) If the result of the formula for ``shift to sulfur-free 
generator'' is less than or equal to zero, then ``shift to sulfur-free 
generator'' is zero.
    (iv) ``Shifts to designated compensating units'' is the reduction in 
utilization (in mmBtu) for the calendar year that is accounted for by 
increased generation at compensating units designated under the reduced 
utilization plan in effect for the calendar year. This term equals the 
heat rate, under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, of the unit reducing 
utilization multiplied by the sum, for all such compensating units, of 
the ``shift to compensating unit'' for each compensating unit. ``Shift 
to compensating unit'' shall equal the amount of compensating generation 
(in Kwh), to the extent documented under paragraph (a)(6) of this 
section, that the designated representatives of the unit reducing 
utilization and the compensating unit have certified (in their 
respective annual compliance certification reports) as the amount that 
will be converted to mmBtus and used, in accordance with paragraph 
(a)(4) of this section, in calculating the adjusted utilization for the 
compensating unit.
    (4) ``Compensating generation provided to other units'' is the total 
amount of utilization (in mmBtu) necessary to provide the generation (if 
any) that was shifted to the unit as a designated compensating unit 
under any other reduced utilization plans that were in effect for the 
unit and for the calendar year. This term equals the heat rate, under 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section, of such unit multiplied by the

[[Page 83]]

sum of each ``shift to compensating unit'' that is attributed to the 
unit in the annual compliance certification reports submitted by the 
Phase I units under such other plans and that is certified under 
paragraph (a)(3)(iv) of this section.
    (5) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a)(3) (i), (ii), and (iii) of this 
section, where two or more Phase I units include in ``plan reductions'', 
in their annual compliance certification reports for the calendar year, 
expected kilowatt hour savings or reduction in heat rate from the same 
specific conservation or improved unit efficiency measures or increased 
utilization of the same sulfur-free generator:
    (i) The designated representatives of all such units shall submit 
with their annual reports a certification signed by all such designated 
representatives. The certification shall apportion the total kilowatt 
hour savings, reduction in heat rate, or increased utilization among 
such units.
    (ii) Each designated representative shall include in the annual 
report only the respective unit's share of the total kilowatt hour 
savings, reduction in heat rate, or increased utilization, in accordance 
with the certification under paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section.
    (6)(i) Where a unit includes in ``plan reductions'' under paragraph 
(a)(3) of this section the increase in utilization of any sulfur-free 
generator, the designated representative of the unit shall submit, with 
the annual compliance certification report, documentation demonstrating 
that an amount of electrical energy at least equal to the ``shift to 
sulfur-free generator'' attributed to the sulfur-free generator in the 
annual report was actually acquired by the unit's dispatch system from 
the sulfur-free generator.
    (ii) Where a unit includes in ``plan reductions'' under paragraph 
(a)(3) of this section utilization of any compensating unit, the 
designated representative of the unit shall submit with the annual 
compliance certification report, documentation demonstrating that an 
amount of electrical energy at least equal to the ``shift to 
compensating unit'' attributed to the compensating unit in the annual 
report was actually acquired by the unit's dispatch system from the 
compensating unit.
    (7) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a)(3) (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv), 
(a)(4), and (a)(5) of this section, ``plan reductions'' minus 
``compensating generation provided to other units'' shall not exceed 
``baseline'' minus ``actual utilization.''
    (b) Confirmation report. (1) If a unit's annual compliance 
certification report estimates any expected kilowatt hour savings or 
improvement in heat rate from energy conservation or improved unit 
efficiency measures under a reduced utilization plan, the designated 
representative shall submit, by July 1 of the year in which the annual 
report was submitted, a confirmation report. The Administrator may 
grant, for good cause shown, an extension of the time to file the 
confirmation report. The confirmation report shall include the following 
elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (i) The verified kilowatt hour savings from each such energy 
conservation measure and the verified corresponding reduction in the 
unit's heat input resulting from each measure during the calendar year 
covered by the annual report. For purposes of this paragraph (b), all 
values in Kwh shall be converted to mmBtu using the actual annual heat 
rate (Btu/Kwh) of the unit (determined in accordance with part 75 of 
this chapter) before the employment of any improved unit efficiency 
measures under an approved reduced utilization plan.
    (ii) The verified reduction in the heat rate achieved by each 
improved unit efficiency measure and the verified corresponding 
reduction in the unit's heat input resulting from such measure.
    (iii) For each figure under paragraphs (b)(1) (i) and (ii) of this 
section:
    (A) Documentation (which may follow the EPA Conservation 
Verification Protocol) verifying specified figures to the satisfaction 
of the Administrator; or
    (B) Certification, by a State utility regulatory authority that has 
ratemaking jurisdiction over the utility system that paid for the 
measures in accordance with Sec. 72.43(b)(2) of this part and over rates 
reflecting any of the amount paid for such measures, or that meets the 
criteria in Sec. 73.82(c)(1) (i) and

[[Page 84]]

(ii) of this chapter, that such authority verified specified figures 
related to demand-side measures; and
    (C) Certification, by a utility regulatory authority that has 
ratemaking jurisdiction over the utility system that paid for the 
measures in accordance with Sec. 72.43(b)(2) of this part and over rates 
reflecting any of the amount paid for such measures, that such authority 
verified specified figures related to supply-side measures, except 
measures relating to generation efficiency.
    (iv) The sum of the verified reductions in a unit's heat input from 
all measures implemented at the unit to reduce the unit's heat rate 
(whether the measures are treated as supply-side measures or improved 
unit efficiency measures) shall not exceed the generation (in kwh) 
attributed to the unit for the calendar year times the difference 
between the unit's heat rate for 1987 and the unit's heat rate for the 
calendar year.
    (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, where two 
or more Phase I units include in the confirmation report the verified 
kilowatt hour savings or reduction in heat rate from the same specific 
conservation or improved unit efficiency measures:
    (i) The designated representatives of all such units shall submit 
with their confirmation reports a certification signed by all such 
designated representatives. The certification shall apportion the total 
kilowatt hour savings or reduction in heat rate among such units.
    (ii) Each designated representative shall include in the 
confirmation report only the respective unit's share of the total 
savings or reduction in heat rate in accordance with the certification 
under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.
    (3) If the total, included in the confirmation report, of the 
amounts of verified reduction in the unit's heat input from energy 
conservation and improved unit efficiency measures equals the total 
estimated in the unit's annual compliance certification report from such 
measures for the calendar year, then the designated representatives 
shall include in the confirmation report a statement indicating that is 
true.
    (4) If the total, included in the confirmation report, of the 
amounts of verified reduction in the unit's heat input from energy 
conservation and improved unit efficiency measures is greater than the 
total estimated in the unit's annual compliance certification report 
from such measures for the calendar year, then the designated 
representative shall include in the confirmation report the number of 
allowances to be credited to the unit's compliance subaccount calculated 
using the following formula:

Allowances credited = (verified heat input reduction-estimated heat 
    input reduction)  x  emissions rate  2000 lbs/ton


where:

    (i) ``Verified heat input reduction'' is the total of the amounts of 
verified reduction in the unit's heat input (in mmBtu) from energy 
conservation and improved unit efficiency measures included in the 
confirmation report.
    (ii) ``Estimated heat input reduction'' is the total of the amounts 
of reduction in the unit's heat input (in mmBtu) accounted for by energy 
conservation and improved efficiency measures as estimated in the unit's 
annual compliance certification report for the calendar year.
    (iii) ``Emissions rate'' is the ``emissions rate'' under 
Sec. 72.92(c)(2)(v) of this part.
    (iv) The allowances credited shall not exceed the total number of 
allowances deducted from the unit's compliance subaccount for the 
calendar year in accordance with Secs. 72.92(a) and (c) and 73.35(b) of 
this chapter.
    (5) If the total, included in the confirmation report, of the amount 
of verified reduction in the unit's heat input for energy conservation 
and improved unit efficiency measures is less than the total estimated 
in the unit's annual compliance certification report for such measures 
for the calendar year, then the designated representative shall include 
in the confirmation report the number of allowances to be deducted from 
the unit's compliance subaccount calculated in accordance with this 
paragraph (b)(5).

[[Page 85]]

    (i) If any allowances were deducted from the unit's compliance 
subaccount for the calendar year in accordance with Secs. 72.92(a) and 
(c) and 73.35(b) of this chapter, then the number of allowances to be 
deducted under paragraph (b)(5) of this section equals the absolute 
value of the result of the formula for allowances credited under 
paragraph (b)(4) of this section (excluding paragraph (b)(4)(iv) of this 
section).
    (ii) If no allowances were deducted from the unit's compliance 
subaccount for the calendar year in accordance with Secs. 72.92(a) and 
(c) and 73.35(b) of this chapter:
    (A) The designated representative shall recalculate the unit's 
adjusted utilization in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, 
replacing the amounts for reduction from energy conservation and 
reduction from improved unit efficiency by the amount for verified heat 
input reduction. ``Verified heat input reduction'' is the total of the 
amounts of verified reduction in the unit's heat input (in mmBtu) from 
energy conservation and improved unit efficiency measures included in 
the confirmation report.
    (B) After recalculating the adjusted utilization under paragraph 
(b)(5)(ii)(A) of this section for all Phase I units that are in the 
unit's dispatch system and to which paragraph (b)(5) of this section is 
applicable, the designated representative shall calculate the number of 
allowances to be surrendered in accordance with Sec. 72.92(c)(2) using 
the recalculated adjusted utilizations of such Phase I units.
    (C) The allowances to be deducted under paragraph (b)(5) of this 
section shall equal the amount under paragraph (b)(5)(ii)(B) of this 
section, provided that if the amount calculated under this paragraph 
(b)(5)(ii)(C) is equal to or less than zero, then the amount of 
allowances to be deducted is zero.
    (6) The Administrator will determine the amount of allowances that 
would have been included in the unit's compliance subaccount and the 
amount of excess emissions of sulfur dioxide that would have resulted if 
the deductions made under Sec. 73.35(b) of this chapter had been based 
on the verified, rather than the estimated, reduction in the unit's heat 
input from energy conservation and improved unit efficiency measures.
    (7) The Administrator will determine whether the amount of excess 
emissions of sulfur dioxide under paragraph (b)(6) of this section 
differs from the amount of excess emissions determined under 
Sec. 73.35(b) of this chapter based on the annual compliance 
certification report. If the amounts differ, the Administrator will 
determine: The number of allowances that should be deducted to offset 
any increase in excess emissions or returned to account for any decrease 
in excess emissions; and the amount of excess emissions penalty 
(excluding interest) that should be paid or returned to account for the 
change in excess emissions. The Administrator will deduct immediately 
from the unit's compliance subaccount the amount of allowances that he 
or she determines is necessary to offset any increase in excess 
emissions or will return immediately to the unit's compliance subaccount 
the amount of allowances that he or she determines is necessary to 
account for any decrease in excess emissions. The designated 
representative may identify the serial numbers of the allowances to be 
deducted or returned. In the absence of such identification, the 
deduction will be on a first-in, first-out basis under Sec. 73.35(b)(2) 
of this chapter and the return will be at the Administrator's 
discretion.
    (8) If the designated representative of a unit fails to submit on a 
timely basis a confirmation report (in accordance with paragraph (b) of 
this section) with regard to the estimate of expected kilowatt hour 
savings or improvement in heat rate from any energy conservation or 
improved unit efficiency measure under the reduced utilization plan, 
then the Administrator will reject such estimate and correct it to equal 
zero in the unit's annual compliance certification report that includes 
that estimate. The Administrator will deduct immediately, on a first-in, 
first-out basis under Sec. 73.35(c)(2) of this chapter, the amount of 
allowances that he or she determines is necessary to offset

[[Page 86]]

any increase in excess emissions of sulfur dioxide that results from the 
correction and require the owners and operators to pay an excess 
emission penalty in accordance with part 77 of this chapter.

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993; 59 
FR 60231, Nov. 22, 1994; 60 FR 18470, Apr. 11, 1995; 62 FR 55485, Oct. 
24, 1997]



Sec. 72.92  Phase I unit allowance surrender.

    (a) Annual compliance certification report. If a Phase I unit's 
adjusted utilization for the calendar year in Phase I under 
Sec. 72.91(a) is greater than zero, then the designated representative 
shall include in the annual compliance certification report the number 
of allowances that shall be surrendered for adjusted utilization using 
the formula in paragraph (c) of this section and the calculations that 
were performed to obtain that number.
    (b) Other submissions.(1)  [Reserved]
    (2)(i) If any Phase I unit in a dispatch system is governed during 
the calendar year by an approved reduced utilization plan relying on 
sulfur-free generation, then the designated representatives of all 
affected units in such dispatch system shall jointly submit, within 60 
days of the end of the calendar year, a dispatch system data report that 
includes the following elements in a format prescribed by the 
Administrator:
    (A) The name of the dispatch system as reported under Sec. 72.33;
    (B) The calculation of ``percentage change in dispatch system 
sales'' under Sec. 72.91(a)(3)(iii)(C);
    (C) A certification that each designated representative will use 
this figure, as appropriate, in its annual compliance certification 
report and will submit upon request the data supporting the calculation; 
and
    (D) The signatures of all the designated representatives.
    (ii) If any Phase I unit in a dispatch system has adjusted 
utilization greater than zero for the calendar year, then the designated 
representatives of all Phase I units in such dispatch system shall 
jointly submit, within 60 days of the end of the calendar year, a 
dispatch system data report that includes the following elements in a 
format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (A) The name of the dispatch system as reported under Sec. 72.33;
    (B) The calculation of ``percentage change in dispatch system 
sales'' under Sec. 72.91(a)(3)(iii)(C);
    (C) The calculation of ``dispatch system adjusted utilization'' 
under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section;
    (D) The calculation of ``dispatch system aggregate baseline'' under 
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section;
    (E) The calculation of ``fraction of generation within dispatch 
system'' under paragraph (c)(2)(v)(A) of this section;
    (F) The calculation of ``dispatch system emissions rate'' under 
paragraph (c)(2)(v)(B) of this section;
    (G) The calculation of ``fraction of generation from non-utility 
generators'' under paragraph (c)(2)(v)(C) of this section;
    (H) The calculation of ``non-utility generator average emissions 
rate `` under paragraph (c)(2)(v)(F) of this section;
    (I) A certification that each designated representative will use 
these figures, as appropriate, in its annual compliance certification 
report and will submit upon request the data supporting these 
calculations; and
    (J) The signatures of all the designated representatives.
    (c) Allowance surrender formula. (1) As provided under the allowance 
surrender formula in paragraph (c)(2) of this section:
    (i) Allowances are not surrendered for deduction for the portion of 
adjusted utilization accounted for by:
    (A) Shifts in generation from the unit to other Phase I units;
    (B) A dispatch-system-wide sales decline;
    (C) Plan reductions under a reduced utilization plan as calculated 
under Sec. 72.91; and
    (D) Foreign generation.
    (ii) Allowances are surrendered for deduction for the portion of 
adjusted utilization that is not accounted for under paragraph (c)(1)(i) 
of this section.

[[Page 87]]

    (2) The designated representative shall surrender for deduction the 
number of allowances calculated using the following formula:

Allowances surrendered = [dispatch system adjusted utilization + 
    (dispatch system aggregate baseline  x  percentage change in 
    dispatch system sales)]  x  unit's share  x  emissions rate  2000 
    lbs/ton.

    If the result of the formula for ``allowances surrendered'' is less 
than or equal to zero, then no allowances are surrendered.
    (i) Calculating dispatch system adjusted utilization. ``Dispatch 
system adjusted utilization'' (in mmBtu) is the sum of the adjusted 
utilization under Sec. 72.91(a) for all Phase I units in the dispatch 
system. If ``dispatch system adjusted utilization'' is less than or 
equal to zero, then no allowances are surrendered by any unit in that 
dispatch system.
    (ii) Calculating dispatch system aggregate baseline. ``Dispatch 
system aggregate baseline'' is the sum of the baselines (as defined in 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) for all Phase I units in the dispatch system.
    (iii) Calculating percentage change in dispatch system sales. 
``Percentage change in dispatch system sales'' is the ``percentage 
change in dispatch system sales'' under Sec. 72.91 (a)(3)(iii)(C); 
provided that if result of the formula in Sec. 72.91(a)(3)(iii)(C) is 
greater than or equal to zero, the value shall be treated as zero only 
for purposes of paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (iv) Calculating unit's share. ``Unit's share'' is the unit's 
adjusted utilization divided by the sum of the adjusted utilization for 
all Phase I units within the dispatch system that have adjusted 
utilization of greater than zero and is calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.001


where:

    (A) Uunit = the unit's adjusted utilization for the 
calendar year;
    (B) Ui = the adjusted utilization of a Phase I unit in 
the dispatch system for the calendar year; and
    (C) m = all Phase I units in the dispatch system having an adjusted 
utilization greater than 0 for the calendar year.
    (v) Calculating emissions rate. ``Emissions rate'' (in lbs/mmBtu) is 
the weighted average emissions rate for sulfur dioxide of all units and 
generators, within and outside the dispatch system, that contributed to 
the dispatch system's electrical output for the year, calculated as 
follows:

Emissions rate = [fraction of generation within dispatch system  x  
    dispatch system emissions rate] + [fraction of generation from non-
    utility generators  x  non-utility generator average emissions rate] 
    + [fraction of generation outside dispatch system  x  fraction of 
    non-Phase 1 and non-foreign generation in NERC region  x  NERC 
    region emissions rate]


where:

    (A) ``Fraction of generation within dispatch system'' is the 
fraction of the dispatch system's total sales accounted for by 
generation from units and generators within the dispatch system, other 
than generation from non-utility generators. This term equals the total 
generation (in Kwh) by all units and generators within the dispatch 
system for the calendar year minus the total non-utility generation from 
non-utility generators within the dispatch system for the calendar year 
and divided by the total sales (in Kwh) by the dispatch system for the 
calendar year.
    (B) Dispatch system emissions rate'' is the weighted average rate 
(in lbs/mmBtu) for the dispatch system calculated as follows:
    Dispatch system emissions rate =
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR11AP95.000
    
where:

gi = the difference between a Phase II unit's actual 
utilization for the calendar year and that Phase II unit's baseline. If 
that difference is less than or equal to zero, then the difference shall 
be treated as zero only for purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this 
section and that unit will be excluded from

[[Page 88]]

the calculation of dispatch system emissions rate. Notwithstanding the 
prior sentence, if the actual utilization of each Phase II unit for the 
year is equal to or less than the baseline, then gi shall 
equal a Phase II unit's actual utilization for the year. Notwithstanding 
any provision in this paragraph (c)(2)(v)(B) to the contrary, if the 
actual utilization of each Phase II unit in the dispatch system is zero 
or there are no Phase II units in the dispatch system, then the dispatch 
system emissions rate shall equal the fraction of non-Phase I and non-
foreign generation in the NERC region multiplied by the NERC region 
emissions rate.
ri = a Phase II unit's emissions rate (in lbs/mmBtu), 
determined in accordance with part 75 of this chapter, for the calendar 
year.
k = number of Phase II units in the dispatch system.

    (C) ``Fraction of generation from non-utility generators'' is the 
fraction of the dispatch system's total sales accounted for by 
generation acquired from non-utility generators within or outside the 
dispatch system. This term equals the total non-utility generation from 
non-utility generators (within or outside the dispatch system) for the 
calendar year divided by the total sales (in Kwh) by the dispatch system 
for the calendar year.
    (D) ``Non-utility generator'' is a power production facility (within 
or outside the dispatch system) that is not an affected unit or a 
sulfur-free generator and that has a ``non-utility generator emissions 
rate'' for the calendar year under paragraph (c)(2)(v)(F) of this 
section.
    (E) ``Non-utility generation'' is the generation (in Kwh) that the 
dispatch system acquired from a non-utility generator during the 
calendar year as required by Federal or State law or an order of a 
utility regulatory authority or under a contract awarded as the result 
of a power purchase solicitation required by Federal or State law or an 
order of a utility regulatory authority.
    (F) ``Non-utility generator average emissions rate'' is the weighted 
average rate (in lbs/mmBtu) for the non-utility generators calculated as 
follows:
    Non-utility generator average emissions rate =
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR11AP95.001
    
where:

Ni = non-utility generation from a non-utility generator;
Ri = non-utility generator emissions rate for the calendar 
year for a non-utility generator, which shall equal the most stringent 
federally enforceable or State enforceable SO2 emissions 
limitation applicable for the calendar year to such power production 
facility, as determined in accordance with paragraphs (c)(2)(v)(F) (1), 
(2), and (3) of this section; and
n = number of non-utility generators from which the dispatch system 
acquired non-utility generation. If n equals zero, then the non-utility 
generator average emissions rate shall be treated as zero only for 
purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this section.

    (1) For purposes of determining the most stringent emissions 
limitation, applicable emissions limitations shall be converted to lbs/
mmBtu in accordance with appendix B of this part. If an applicable 
emissions limitation cannot be converted to a unit-specific limitation 
in lbs/mmBtu under appendix B of this part, then the limitation shall 
not be used in determining the most stringent emissions limitation. 
Where the power production facility is subject to different emissions 
limitations depending on the type of fuel it uses during the calendar 
year, the most stringent emissions limitation shall be determined 
separately with regard to each type of fuel and the resulting limitation 
with the highest amount of lbs/mmBtu shall be treated as the facility's 
most stringent federally enforceable or State enforceable emissions 
limitation.
    (2) If there is no applicable emissions limitation that can be used 
in determining the most stringent emissions limitation under paragraph 
(c)(2)(v)(F)(1) of this section, then the power production facility has 
no non-utility generator emissions rate for purposes of paragraphs 
(c)(2)(v) (D) and (F) of this section and the generation from the 
facility shall be treated, for purposes of this paragraph (c)(2)(v) as 
generation from units and generators within the dispatch system if the 
facility is within the dispatch system or as

[[Page 89]]

generation from units and generators outside the dispatch system if the 
facility is outside the dispatch system.
    (3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(2)(v)(F) (1) and (2) of this 
section, if the power production facility is authorized under Federal or 
State law to use only natural gas as fuel, then the most stringent 
emissions limitation for the facility for the calendar year shall be 
deemed to be 0.0006 lbs/mmBtu.
    (G) ``Fraction of generation outside dispatch system'' = 1-fraction 
of generation within dispatch system-fraction of generation from non-
utility generators.
    (H) ``Fraction of non-Phase I and non-foreign generation in NERC 
region'' is the portion of the NERC region's total sales generated by 
units and generators other than Phase I units or foreign sources in the 
unit's NERC region in 1985, as set forth in table 1 of this section.
    (I) ``NERC region emissions rate'' is the weighted average emission 
rate (in lbs/mmBtu) for the unit's NERC region in 1985, as set forth in 
table 1 of this section.

       Table 1--NERC Region Generation and Emissions Rate in 1985
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Fraction
                                                     of non-      NERC
                                                     phase I    weighted
                                                    and non-    average
                   NERC region                       foreign   emissions
                                                   generation  rate (lbs/
                                                     in NERC     mmBtu)
                                                     region
------------------------------------------------------------------------
WSCC.............................................       0.847      0.466
SPP..............................................       0.948      0.647
SERC.............................................       0.749      1.315
NPCC.............................................       0.423      1.058
MAPP.............................................       0.725      1.171
MAIN.............................................       0.682      1.495
MAAC.............................................       0.750      1.599
ERCOT............................................       1.000      0.491
ECAR.............................................       0.549      1.564
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993; 60 
FR 18470, Apr. 11, 1995]



Sec. 72.93  Units with Phase I extension plans.

    Annual compliance certification report. The designated 
representative for a control unit governed by a Phase I extension plan 
shall include in the unit's annual compliance certification report for 
calendar year 1997, the start-up test results upon which the vendor is 
released from liability under the vendor certification of guaranteed 
sulfur dioxide removal efficiency under Sec. 72.42(c)(12).



Sec. 72.94  Units with repowering extension plans.

    (a) Design and engineering and contract requirements. No later than 
January 1, 2000, the designated representative of a unit governed by an 
approved repowering plan shall submit to the Administrator and the 
permitting authority:
    (1) Satisfactory documentation of a preliminary design and 
engineering effort.
    (2) A binding letter agreement for the executed and binding contract 
(or for each in a series of executed and binding contracts) for the 
majority of the equipment to repower the unit using the technology 
conditionally approved by the Administrator under Sec. 72.44(d)(3).
    (3) The letter agreement under paragraph (a)(2) of this section 
shall be signed and dated by each party and specify:
    (i) The parties to the contract;
    (ii) The date each party executed the contract;
    (iii) The unit to which the contract applies;
    (iv) A brief list identifying each provision of the contract;
    (v) Any dates to which the parties agree, including construction 
completion date;
    (vi) The total dollar amount of the contract; and
    (vii) A statement that a copy of the contract is on site at the 
source and will be submitted upon written request of the Administrator 
or the permitting authority.
    (b) Removal from operation to repower. The designated representative 
of a unit governed by an approved repowering plan shall notify the 
Administrator in writing at least 60 days in advance of the date on 
which the existing unit is to be removed from operation so that the 
qualified repowering technology can be installed, or is to be replaced 
by another unit with the qualified repowering technology, in accordance 
with the plan.

[[Page 90]]

    (c) Commencement of operation. Not later than 60 days after the unit 
repowered under an approved repowering plan commences operation at full 
load, the designated representative of the unit shall submit a report 
comparing the actual hourly emissions and percent removal of each 
pollutant controlled at the unit to the actual hourly emissions and 
percent removal at the existing unit under the plan prior to repowering, 
determined in accordance with part 75 of this chapter.
    (d) Decision to terminate. If at any time before the end of the 
repowering extension the owners and operators decide to terminate good 
faith efforts to design, construct, and test the qualified repowering 
technology on the unit to be repowered under an approved repowering 
plan, then the designated representative shall submit a notice to the 
Administrator by the earlier of the end of the repowering extension or a 
date within 30 days of such decision, stating the date on which the 
decision was made.



Sec. 72.95  Allowance deduction formula.

    The following formula shall be used to determine the total number of 
allowances to be deducted for the calendar year from the allowances held 
in an affected unit's compliance subaccount as of the allowance transfer 
deadline applicable to that year:

Total allowances deducted = Tons emitted + Allowances surrendered for 
    underutilization + Allowances deducted for Phase I extensions + 
    Allowances deducted for substitution or compensating units


where:

    (a) ``Tons emitted'' is the total tons of sulfur dioxide emitted by 
the unit during the calendar year, as reported in accordance with part 
75 of this chapter.
    (b) ``Allowances surrendered for underutilization'' is the total 
number of allowances calculated in accordance with Sec. 72.92 (a) and 
(c).
    (c) ``Allowances deducted for Phase I extensions'' is the total 
number of allowances calculated in accordance with Sec. 72.42(f)(1)(i).
    (d) ``Allowances deducted for substitution or compensating units'' 
is the total number of allowances calculated in accordance with the 
surrender requirements specified under Sec. 72.41(d)(3) or 
(e)(1)(iii)(B) or Sec. 72.43(d)(2).

[58 FR 3650, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55485, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 72.96  Administrator's action on compliance certifications.

    (a) The Administrator may review, and conduct independent audits 
concerning, any compliance certification and any other submission under 
the Acid Rain Program and make appropriate adjustments of the 
information in the compliance certifications and other submissions.
    (b) The Administrator may deduct allowances from or return 
allowances to a unit's Allowance Tracking System account in accordance 
with part 73 of this chapter based on the information in the compliance 
certifications and other submissions, as adjusted.

Appendix A to Part 72--Methodology for Annualization of Emissions Limits

    For the purposes of the Acid Rain Program, 1985 emissions limits 
must be expressed in pounds of SO2 per million British 
Thermal Unit of heat input (lb/mmBtu) and expressed on an annual basis.
    Annualization factors are used to develop annual equivalent 
SO2 limits as required by section 402(18) of the CAA. Many 
emission limits are enforced on a shorter term basis (or averaging 
period) than annually. Because of the variability of sulfur in coal and, 
in some cases, scrubber performance, meeting a particular limit with an 
averaging period of less than a year and at a specified statutory 
emissions level would require a lower annual average SO2 
emission rate (or annual equivalent SO2 limit) than would the 
shorter term statutory limit. EPA has selected a compliance level of one 
exceedance per 10 years. For example, an SO2 emission limit 
of 1.2 lbs/MMBtu, enforced for a scrubbed unit over a 7-day averaging 
period, would result in an annualized SO2 emission limit of 
1.16 lbs/MMBtu. In general, the shorter the averaging period, the lower 
the annual equivalent would be. Thus, the annualization of limits is 
established by multiplying each federally enforceable limit by an 
annualization factor that is determined by the averaging period and 
whether or not it's a scrubbed unit.

[[Page 91]]



   Table A-1--SO2Emission Averaging Periods and Annualization Factors
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Annualization factor
                                                   ---------------------
                    Definition                       Scrubbed Unscrubbed
                                                   ---------------------
                                                       Unit       Unit
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oil/gas unit......................................       1.00       1.00
=1 day............................................       0.93       0.89
1 week............................................       0.97       0.92
30 days...........................................       1.00       0.96
90 days...........................................       1.00       1.00
1 year............................................       1.00       1.00
Not specified.....................................       0.93       0.89
At all times......................................       0.93       0.89
Coal unit: No Federal limit or limit unknown......       1.00       1.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Appendix B to Part 72--Methodology for Conversion of Emissions Limits

    For the purposes of the Acid Rain Program, all emissions limits must 
be expressed in pounds of SO2 per million British Thermal 
Unit of heat input (lb/mmBtu).
    The factor for converting pounds of sulfur to pounds of 
SO2 is based on the molecular weights of sulfur (32) and 
SO2 (64). Limits expressed as percentage of sulfur or parts 
per million (ppm) depend on the energy content of the fuel and thus may 
vary, depending on several factors such as fuel heat content and 
atmospheric conditions. Generic conversions for these limits are based 
on the assumed average energy contents listed in table A-2. In addition, 
limits in ppm vary with boiler operation (e.g., load and excess air); 
generic conversions for these limits assume, conservatively, very low 
excess air. The remaining factors are based on site-specific heat rates 
and capacities to develop conversions for Btu per hour. Standard 
conversion factors for residual oil are 42 gal/bbl and 7.88 lbs/gal.

                                          Table B-1--Conversion Factors
                      [Emission limits converted to lbs SO2/MMBtu by multiplying as below]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 Plant fuel type
                                                               -------------------------------------------------
                       Unit measurement                          Bituminous  Subbituminous  Lignite
                                                                    coal          coal        coal       Oil
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lbs sulfur/ MMBtu.............................................          2.0           2.0       2.0          2.0
% sulfur in fuel..............................................         1.66          2.22      2.86         1.07
Ppm SO2.......................................................      0.00287       0.00384   .......      0.00167
Ppm sulfur in fuel............................................  ...........  .............  .......      0.00334
Tons SO2/hour.................................................    2,000,000/(HEATRATE*SUMNDCAP*capacity factor)
                                                                                       \1\
Lbs SO2/hour..................................................    1,000/(HEATRATE*SUMNDCAP*capacity factor) \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ In these cases, if the limit was specified as the ``site'' limit, the summer net dependable capability for
  the entire plant is used; otherwise, the summer net dependable capability for the unit is used. For units
  listed in the NADB, ``HEATRATE'' shall be that listed in the NADB under that field and ``SUMNDCAP'' shall be
  that listed in the NADB under that field. For units not listed in the NADB, ``HEATRATE'' is the generator net
  full load heat rate reported on Form EIA-860 and ``SUMNDCAP'' is the summer net dependable capability of the
  generator (in MWe) as reported on Form EIA-860.


               Table B-2--Assumed Average Energy Contents
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Fuel type                       Average heat content
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bituminous Coal........................  24 MMBtu/ton.
Subbituminous Coal.....................  18 MMBtu/ton.
Lignite Coal...........................  14 MMBtu/ton.
Residual Oil...........................  6.2 MMBtu/bbl.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Appendix C to Part 72--Actual 1985 Yearly SO2 Emissions 
                               Calculation

    The equation used to calculate the yearly SO2 emissions 
(SO2) is as follows:

SO2 = (coal SO2 emissions) + (oil SO2 emissions) 
          (in tons)

    If gas is the only fuel, gas emissions are defaulted to 0.
    Each fuel type SO2 emissions is calculated on a yearly 
basis, using the equation:

fuel SO2 emissions (in tons) = (yrly wtd. av. fuel sulfur %) 
          x  (AP-42 fact.)  x  (1-scrb. effic. %/100)  x  (units conver. 
          fact.)  x  (yearly fuel burned)

    For coal, the yearly fuel burned is in tons/yr and the AP-42 factor 
(which accounts for the ash retention of sulfur in coal), in lbs 
SO2 ton coal, is by coal type:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Coal type                           AP-42 factor
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bituminous, anthracite...................  39 lbs/ton
Subbituminous............................  35
Lignite..................................  30
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For oil, the yearly fuel burned is in gal/yr. If it is in bbl/yr, 
convert using 42 gal/bbl oil. The AP-42 factor (which accounts for the 
oil density), in lbs SO2/thousand gal oil, is by oil type:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Oil type                           AP-42 factor
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Distillate (light)...................  142 lbs/1,000 gal
Residual (heavy).....................  157
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 92]]

    For all fuel, the units conversion factor is 1 ton/2000 lbs.

Appendix D to Part 72--Calculation of Potential Electric Output Capacity

    The potential electrical output capacity is calculated from the 
maximum design heat input from the boiler by the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC10NO91.003

For example:

    (1) Assume a boiler with a maximum design heat input capacity of 340 
million Btu/hr.
    (2) One-third of the maximum design heat input capacity is 113.3 
mmBtu/hr. The one-third factor relates to the thermodynamic efficiency 
of the boiler.
    (3) To express this in MWe, the standards conversion of 3413 Btu to 
1 kw-hr is used: 113.3 x 10\6\ Btu/hr x 1 kw-hr / 3413 Btu x 1 MWe / 
1000 kw=33.2 MWe

[58 FR 15649, Mar. 23, 1993]



PART 73--SULFUR DIOXIDE ALLOWANCE SYSTEM--Table of Contents




                    Subpart A--Background and Summary

Sec.
73.1  Purpose and scope.
73.2  Applicability.
73.3  General.

                    Subpart B--Allowance Allocations

73.10  Initial allocations for phase I and phase II.
73.11  [Reserved]
73.12  Rounding procedures.
73.13  Procedures for submittals.
73.14-73.17  [Reserved]
73.18  Submittal procedures for units commencing commercial operation 
          during the period from January 1, 1993, through December 31, 
          1995.
73.19  Certain units with declining SO2 rates.
73.20  Phase II early reduction credits.
73.21  Phase II repowering allowances.
73.22-73.24  [Reserved]
73.25  Phase I extension reserve.
73.26  Conservation and renewable energy reserve.
73.27  Special allowance reserve.

                  Subpart C--Allowance Tracking System

73.30  Allowance tracking system accounts.
73.31  Establishment of accounts.
73.32  Allowance account contents.
73.33  Authorized account representative.
73.34  Recordation in accounts.
73.35  Compliance.
73.36  Banking.
73.37  Account error and dispute resolution.
73.38  Closing of accounts.

                     Subpart D--Allowance Transfers

73.50  Scope and submission of transfers.
73.51  Prohibition.
73.52  EPA recordation.
73.53  Notification.

   Subpart E--Auctions, Direct Sales, and Independent Power Producers 
                            Written Guarantee

73.70  Auctions.
73.71  Bidding.
73.72  Direct sales.
73.73  Delegation of auctions and sales and termination of auctions and 
          sales.

       Subpart F--Energy Conservation and Renewable Energy Reserve

73.80  Operation of allowance reserve program for conservation and 
          renewable energy.
73.81  Qualified conservation measures and renewable energy generation.
73.82  Application for allowances from reserve program.
73.83  Secretary of Energy's action on net income neutrality 
          applications.
73.84  Administrator's action on applications.
73.85  Administrator review of the reserve program.
73.86  State regulatory autonomy.

Appendix A to Subpart F--List of Qualified Energy Conservation Measures, 
          Qualified Renewable Generation, and Measures Applicable for 
          Reduced Utilization

                   Subpart G--Small Diesel Refineries

73.90  Allowance allocations for small diesel refineries.


[[Page 93]]


    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7601 and 7651 et seq.



                    Subpart A--Background and Summary

    Source: 58 FR 3687, Jan. 11, 1993, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 73.1  Purpose and scope.

    The purpose of this part is to establish the requirements and 
procedures for the following:
    (a) The allocation of sulfur dioxide emissions allowances;
    (b) The tracking, holding, and transfer of allowances;
    (c) The deduction of allowances for purposes of compliance and for 
purposes of offsetting excess emissions pursuant to parts 72 and 77 of 
this chapter;
    (d) The sale of allowances through EPA-sponsored auctions and a 
direct sale, including the independent power producers written guarantee 
program; and
    (e) The application for, and distribution of, allowances from the 
Conservation and Renewable Energy Reserve.
    (f) The application for, and distribution of, allowances for 
desulfurization of fuel by small diesel refineries.

[58 FR 3687, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 15650, Mar. 23, 1993]



Sec. 73.2  Applicability.

    The following parties shall be subject to the provisions of this 
part:
    (a) Owners, operators, and designated representatives of affected 
sources and affected units pursuant to Sec. 72.6 of this chapter;
    (b) Any new independent power producer as defined in section 416 of 
the Act and Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, except as provided in section 
405(g)(6) of the Act;
    (c) Any owner of an affected unit who may apply to receive 
allowances under the Energy Conservation and Renewable Energy Reserve 
Program established in accordance with section 404(f) of the Act;
    (d) Any small diesel refinery as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this 
chapter, and
    (e) Any other person, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, who 
chooses to purchase, hold, or transfer allowances as provided in section 
403(b) of the Act.



Sec. 73.3  General.

    Part 72 of this chapter, including Secs. 72.2 (definitions), 72.3 
(measurements, abbreviations, and acronyms), 72.4 (Federal authority), 
72.5 (State authority), 72.6 (applicability), 72.7 (new units 
exemption), 72.8 (retired unit exemption), 72.9 (standard requirements), 
72.10 (availability of information), and 72.11 (computation of time) of 
part 72, subpart A of this chapter, shall apply to this part. The 
procedures for appeals of decisions of the Administrator under this part 
are contained in part 78 of this chapter. Sections 73.3 (Definitions) 
and 73.4 (Deadlines), which were previously published with subpart E of 
this part--``Auctions, Direct Sales, andIndependent Power Producers 
Written Guarantee'', are codified at Secs. 72.2 and 72.12 of this 
chapter, respectively.



                    Subpart B--Allowance Allocations

    Source: 58 FR 3687, Jan. 11, 1993, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 73.10  Initial allocations for phase I and phase II.

    (a) Phase I allowances. The Administrator will allocate allowances 
to the unit account for each unit listed in table 1 of this section in 
the amount listed in column A to be held in each future year subaccount 
for the years 1995 through 1999.

                                     Table 1--Phase I Allowance Allocations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       Column B
                                                                                     Column A final  auction and
            State name                         Plant name                Boiler          phase 1        sales
                                                                                       allocation      reserve
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alabama...........................  Colbert........................  1                        13213          357
                                                                     2                        14907          403
                                                                     3                        14995          405
                                                                     4                        15005          405
                                                                     5                        36202          978
                                    E.C. Gaston....................  1                        17624          476

[[Page 94]]

 
                                                                     2                        18052          488
                                                                     3                        17828          482
                                                                     4                        18773          507
                                                                     5                        58265         1575
Florida...........................  Big Bend.......................  BB01                     27662          748
                                                                     BB02                     26387          713
                                                                     BB03                     26036          704
                                    Crist..........................  6                        18695          505
                                                                     7                        30846          834
Georgia...........................  Bowen..........................  1BLR                     54838         1482
                                                                     2BLR                     53329         1441
                                                                     3BLR                     69862         1888
                                                                     4BLR                     69852         1888
                                    Hammond........................  1                         8549          231
                                                                     2                         8977          243
                                                                     3                         8676          234
                                                                     4                        36650          990
                                    Jack McDonough.................  MB1                      19386          524
                                                                     MB2                      20058          542
                                    Wansley........................  1                        68908         1862
                                                                     2                        63708         1722
                                    Yates..........................  Y1BR                      7020          190
                                                                     Y2BR                      6855          185
                                                                     Y3BR                      6767          183
                                                                     Y4BR                      8676          234
                                                                     Y5BR                      9162          248
                                                                     Y6BR                     24108          652
                                                                     Y7BR                     20915          565
Illinois..........................  Baldwin........................  1                        46052         1245
                                                                     2                        48695         1316
                                                                     3                        46644         1261
                                    Coffeen........................  01                       12925          349
                                                                     02                       39102         1057
                                    Grand Tower....................  09                        6479          175
                                    Hennepin.......................  2                        20182          545
                                    Joppa Steam....................  1                        12259          331
                                                                     2                        10487          283
                                                                     3                        11947          323
                                                                     4                        11061          299
                                                                     5                        11119          301
                                                                     6                        10341          279
                                    Kincaid........................  1                        34564          934
                                                                     2                        37063         1002
                                    Meredosia......................  05                       15227          411
                                    Vermilion......................  2                         9735          263
Indiana...........................  Bailly.........................  7                        12256          331
                                                                     8                        17134          463
                                    Breed..........................  1                        20280          548
                                    Cayuga.........................  1                        36581          989
                                                                     2                        37415         1011
                                    Clifty Creek...................  1                        19620          530
                                                                     2                        19289          521
                                                                     3                        19873          537
                                                                     4                        19552          528
                                                                     5                        18851          509
                                                                     6                        19844          536
                                    Elmer W. Stout.................  50                        4253          115
                                                                     60                        5229          141
                                                                     70                       25883          699
                                    F.B. Culley....................  2                         4703          127
                                                                     3                        18603          503
                                    Frank E. Ratts.................  1SG1                      9131          247
                                                                     2SG1                      9296          251
                                    Gibson.........................  1                        44288         1197
                                                                     2                        44956         1215
                                                                     3                        45033         1217
                                                                     4                        44200         1195
                                    H.T. Pritchard.................  6                         6325          171
                                    Michigan City..................  12                       25553          691
                                    Petersburg.....................  1                        18011          487

[[Page 95]]

 
                                                                     2                        35496          959
                                    R. Gallagher...................  1                         7115          192
                                                                     2                         7980          216
                                                                     3                         7159          193
                                                                     4                         8386          227
                                    Tanners Creek..................  U4                       27209          735
                                    Wabash River...................  1                         4385          118
                                                                     2                         3135           85
                                                                     3                         4111          111
                                                                     5                         4023          109
                                                                     6                        13462          364
                                    Warrick........................  4                        29577          799
Iowa..............................  Burlington.....................  1                        10428          282
                                    Des Moines.....................  11                        2259           61
                                    George Neal....................  1                         2571           69
                                    Milton L. Kapp.................  2                        13437          363
                                    Prairie Creek..................  4                         7965          215
                                    Riverside......................  9                         3885          105
Kansas............................  Quindaro.......................  2                         4109          111
Kentucky..........................  Coleman........................  C1                       10954          296
                                                                     C2                       12502          338
                                                                     C3                       12015          325
                                    Cooper.........................  1                         7254          196
                                                                     2                        14917          403
                                    E.W. Brown.....................  1                         6923          187
                                                                     2                        10623          287
                                                                     3                        25413          687
                                    Elmer Smith....................  1                         6348          172
                                                                     2                        14031          379
                                    Ghent..........................  1                        27662          748
                                    Green River....................  5                         7614          206
                                    H.L. Spurlock..................  1                        22181          599
                                    HMP&L Station 2................  H1                       12989          351
                                                                     H2                       11986          324
                                    Paradise.......................  3                        57613         1557
                                    Shawnee........................  10                        9902          268
Maryland..........................  C.P. Crane.....................  1                        10058          272
                                                                     2                         8987          243
                                    Chalk Point....................  1                        21333          577
                                                                     2                        23690          640
                                    Morgantown.....................  1                        34332          928
                                                                     2                        37467         1013
Michigan..........................  J.H. Campbell..................  1                        18773          507
                                                                     2                        22453          607
Minnesota.........................  High Bridge....................  6                         4158          112
Mississippi.......................  Jack Watson....................  4                        17439          471
                                                                     5                        35734          966
Missouri..........................  Asbury.........................  1                        15764          426
                                    James River....................  5                         4722          128
                                    LaBadie........................  1                        39055         1055
                                                                     2                        36718          992
                                                                     3                        39249         1061
                                                                     4                        34994          946
                                    Montrose.......................  1                         7196          194
                                                                     2                         7984          216
                                                                     3                         9824          266
                                    New Madrid.....................  1                        27497          743
                                                                     2                        31625          855
                                    Sibley.........................  3                        15170          410
                                    Sioux..........................  1                        21976          594
                                                                     2                        23067          623
                                    Thomas Hill....................  MB1                       9980          270
                                                                     MB2                      18880          510
New Hampshire.....................  Merrimack......................  1                         9922          268
                                                                     2                        21421          579
New Jersey........................  B.L. England...................  1                         8822          238
                                                                     2                        11412          308
New York..........................  Dunkirk........................  3                        12268          332
                                                                     4                        13690          370
                                    Greenidge......................  6                         7342          198

[[Page 96]]

 
                                    Milliken.......................  1                        10876          294
                                                                     2                        12083          327
                                    Northport......................  1                        19289          521
                                                                     2                        23476          634
                                                                     3                        25783          697
                                    Port Jefferson.................  3                        10194          276
                                                                     4                        12006          324
Ohio..............................  Ashtabula......................  7                        18351          496
                                    Avon Lake......................  11                       12771          345
                                                                     12                       33413          903
                                    Cardinal.......................  1                        37568         1015
                                                                     2                        42008         1135
                                    Conesville.....................  1                         4615          125
                                                                     2                         5360          145
                                                                     3                         6029          163
                                                                     4                        53463         1445
                                    Eastlake.......................  1                         8551          231
                                                                     2                         9471          256
                                                                     3                        10984          297
                                                                     4                        15906          430
                                                                     5                        37349         1009
                                    Edgewater......................  13                        5536          150
                                    Gen. J.M. Gavin................  1                        86690         2343
                                                                     2                        88312         2387
                                    Kyger Creek....................  1                        18773          507
                                                                     2                        18072          488
                                                                     3                        17439          471
                                                                     4                        18218          492
                                                                     5                        18247          493
                                    Miami Fort.....................  5-1                        417           11
                                                                     5-2                        417           11
                                                                     6                        12475          337
                                                                     7                        42216         1141
                                    Muskingum River................  1                        16312          441
                                                                     2                        15533          420
                                                                     3                        15293          413
                                                                     4                        12914          349
                                                                     5                        44364         1199
                                    Niles..........................  1                         7608          206
                                                                     2                         9975          270
                                    Picway.........................  9                         5404          146
                                    R.E. Burger....................  5                         3371           91
                                                                     6                         3371           91
                                                                     7                        11818          319
                                                                     8                        13626          368
                                    W.H. Sammis....................  5                        26496          716
                                                                     6                        43773         1183
                                                                     7                        47380         1280
                                    Walter C. Beckjord.............  5                         9811          265
                                                                     6                        25235          682
Pennsylvania......................  Armstrong......................  1                        14031          379
                                                                     2                        15024          406
                                    Brunner Island.................  1                        27030          730
                                                                     2                        30282          818
                                                                     3                        52404         1416
                                    Cheswick.......................  1                        38139         1031
                                    Conemaugh......................  1                        58217         1573
                                                                     2                        64701         1749
                                    Hatfield's Ferry...............  1                        36835          995
                                                                     2                        36338          982
                                                                     3                        39210         1060
                                    Martins Creek..................  1                        12327          333
                                                                     2                        12483          337
                                    Portland.......................  1                         5784          156
                                                                     2                         9961          269
                                    Shawville......................  1                        10048          272
                                                                     2                        10048          272
                                                                     3                        13846          374
                                                                     4                        13700          370
                                    Sunbury........................  3                         8530          230

[[Page 97]]

 
                                                                     4                        11149          301
Tennessee.........................  Allen..........................  1                        14917          403
                                                                     2                        16329          441
                                                                     3                        15258          412
                                    Cumberland.....................  1                        84419         2281
                                                                     2                        92344         2496
                                    Gallatin.......................  1                        17400          470
                                                                     2                        16855          455
                                                                     3                        19493          527
                                                                     4                        20701          559
                                    Johnsonville...................  1                         7585          205
                                                                     10                        7351          199
                                                                     2                         7828          212
                                                                     3                         8189          221
                                                                     4                         7780          210
                                                                     5                         8023          217
                                                                     6                         7682          208
                                                                     7                         8744          236
                                                                     8                         8471          229
                                                                     9                         6894          186
West Virginia.....................  Albright.......................  3                        11684          316
                                    Fort Martin....................  1                        40496         1094
                                                                     2                        40116         1084
                                    Harrison.......................  1                        47341         1279
                                                                     2                        44936         1214
                                                                     3                        40408         1092
                                    Kammer.........................  1                        18247          493
                                                                     2                        18948          512
                                                                     3                        16932          458
                                    Mitchell.......................  1                        42823         1157
                                                                     2                        44312         1198
                                    M.T. Storm.....................  1                        42570         1150
                                                                     2                        34644          936
                                                                     3                        41314         1116
Wisconsin.........................  Edgewater......................  4                        24099          651
                                    Genoa..........................  1                        22103          597
                                    Nelson Dewey...................  1                         5852          158
                                                                     2                         6504          176
                                    North Oak Creek................  1                         5083          137
                                                                     2                         5005          135
                                                                     3                         5229          141
                                                                     4                         6154          166
                                    Pulliam........................  8                         7312          198
                                    South Oak Creek................  5                         9416          254
                                                                     6                        11723          317
                                                                     7                        15754          426
                                                                     8                        15375          415
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Phase II allowances. (1) The Administrator will allocate 
allowances to the unit account for each unit listed in table 2 of this 
section in the amount specified in table 2 column C to be held in the 
future year subaccounts representing calendar years 2000 through 2009.
    (2) The Administrator will allocate allowances to the unit account 
for each unit listed in table 2 of this section in the amount specified 
in table 2 column F to be held in the future year subaccounts 
representing calendar years 2010 and each year thereafter.

[[Page 98]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.001


[[Page 99]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.002


[[Page 100]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.003


[[Page 101]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.004


[[Page 102]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.005


[[Page 103]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.006


[[Page 104]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.007


[[Page 105]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.008


[[Page 106]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.009


[[Page 107]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.010


[[Page 108]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.011


[[Page 109]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.012


[[Page 110]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.013


[[Page 111]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.014


[[Page 112]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.015


[[Page 113]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.016


[[Page 114]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.017


[[Page 115]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.018


[[Page 116]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.019


[[Page 117]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.020


[[Page 118]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.021


[[Page 119]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.022


[[Page 120]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.023


[[Page 121]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.024


[[Page 122]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.025


[[Page 123]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.026


[[Page 124]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.027


[[Page 125]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.028


[[Page 126]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.029


[[Page 127]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.030


[[Page 128]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.031


[[Page 129]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.032


[[Page 130]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.033


[[Page 131]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.034


[[Page 132]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.035


[[Page 133]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.036


[[Page 134]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.037


[[Page 135]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.038


[[Page 136]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.039


[[Page 137]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.040


[[Page 138]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.041


[[Page 139]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.042


[[Page 140]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.043


[[Page 141]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.044


[[Page 142]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.045


[[Page 143]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.046


[[Page 144]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.047


[[Page 145]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.048


[[Page 146]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.049


[[Page 147]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.050

    (3) The owner of each unit listed in the following table shall 
surrender, for each allowance listed in Column A or B of such table, an 
allowance of the same or earlier compliance use date and shall return to 
the Administrator any proceeds received from allowances withheld from 
the unit, as listed in Column C of such table. The allowances shall be 
surrendered and the proceeds shall be returned by December 28, 1998.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Allowances for  Allowances for
                                                                   2000 through      2010 and
       State              Plant name                Unit           2009  column     thereafter       Proceeds
                                                                        (A)         column (B)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CA.................  El Centro...........  2                                 285             272        $2749.48
CO.................  Valmont.............  11                                  4               0            0
FL.................  Lauderdale..........  PFL4                              776             781         7904.74
FL.................  Lauderdale..........  PFL5                              796             802         7904.74
LA.................  R S Nelson..........  1                                  30              34            0
LA.................  R S Nelson..........  2                                  33              32            0
MD.................  R P Smith...........  9                                   0              56          687.37
NM.................  Maddox..............  **3                                85              85          687.37
SD.................  Mobile..............  **2                                17              17            0
VA.................  Chesterfield........  **8B                              409             411         4124.21
WI.................  Blount Street.......  7                                   0              13          343.68
WI.................  Blount Street.......  8                                   0             294         3093.16
WI.................  Blount Street.......  9                                   0             355         3436.84
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 148]]


[58 FR 3687, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 15650, Mar. 23, 1993; 58 
FR 33770, June 21, 1993; 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993; 62 FR 55486, Oct. 
24, 1997; 63 FR 51714, Sept. 28, 1998]



Sec. 73.11  [Reserved]



Sec. 73.12  Rounding Procedures.

    (a) Calculation rounding. All allowances under this part and part 72 
of this chapter shall be allocated as whole allowances. All calculations 
for such allowances shall be rounded down for decimals less than 0.500 
and up for decimals of 0.500 or greater.
    (b) [Reserved]

[58 FR 3687, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 63 FR 51765, Sept. 28, 1998]



Sec. 73.13  Procedures for submittals.

    (a) Address for submittal. All submittals under this subpart shall 
be made by the designated representative to the Director, Acid Rain 
Division, (6204J), 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460 and shall 
meet the requirements specified in 40 CFR 72.21.
    (b) Appeals procedures. The designated representative may appeal the 
decision as to eligibility or allocation of allowances under 
Secs. 73.18, 73.19, and 73.20, using the appeals procedures of part 78 
of this chapter.

[58 FR 15708, Mar. 23, 1993 as amended at 63 FR 51765, Sept. 28, 1998]



Secs. 73.14-73.17  [Reserved]



Sec. 73.18  Submittal procedures for units commencing commercial operation during the period from January 1, 1993, through December 31, 1995.

    (a) Eligibility. To be eligible for allowances under this section, a 
unit shall commence commercial operation between January 1, 1993, and 
December 31, 1995, and have commenced construction before December 31, 
1990.
    (b) Application for allowances. No later than December 31, 1995, the 
designated representative for a unit expected to be eligible under this 
provision must submit a photocopy of a signed contract for the 
construction of the unit.
    (c) Commencement of commercial operation. The Administrator will use 
EIA information submitted by the utility for the boiler on-line date as 
commencement of commercial operation.

[58 FR 15710, Mar. 23, 1993]



Sec. 73.19  Certain units with declining SO2 rates.

    (a) Eligibility. A unit is eligible for allowance allocations under 
this section if it meets the following requirements:
    (1) It is an existing unit that is a utility unit;
    (2) It serves a generator with nameplate capacity equal to or 
greater than 75 MWe;
    (3) Its 1985 actual SO2 emissions rate was equal to or 
greater than 1.2 lb/mmBtu;
    (4) Its 1990 actual SO2 emissions rate is at least 50 
percent less than the lesser of its 1980 actual or allowable 
SO2 emissions rate;
    (5) Its actual SO2 emission rate is less than 1.2 lb/
mmBtu in any one calendar year from 1996 through 1999, as reported under 
part 75 of this chapter;
    (6) It commenced commercial operation after January 1, 1970;
    (7) It is part of a utility system whose combined commercial and 
industrial kilowatt-hour sales increased more than 20 percent between 
calendar years 1980 and 1990; and
    (8) It is part of a utility system whose company-wide fossil-fuel 
SO2 emissions rate declined 40 percent or more from 1980 to 
1988.
    (b)[Reserved]

[58 FR 15710, Mar. 23, 1993, as amended at 63 FR 51765, Sept. 28, 1998]



Sec. 73.20  Phase II early reduction credits.

    (a) Unit eligibility. Units listed in table 2 or 3 of Sec. 73.10 are 
eligible for allowances under this section if:
    (1) The unit is not a unit subject to emissions limitation 
requirements of Phase I and is not a substitution unit (under 40 CFR 
72.41) or a compensating unit (under 40 CFR 72.43);
    (2) The unit is authorized by the Governor of the State in which the 
unit is located;
    (3) The unit is part of a utility system (which, for the purposes of 
this section only, includes all generators operated by a single utility, 
including generators that are not fossil fuel-fired) that has decreased 
its total coal-

[[Page 149]]

fired generation, as a percentage of total system generation, by more 
than twenty percent between January 1, 1980, and December 31, 1985; and
    (4) The unit is part of a utility system that during calendar years 
1985 through 1987 had a weighted capacity factor for all coal-fired 
units in the system of less than fifty percent. The weighted capacity 
factor is equal to:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.073

    (b) Emissions reductions eligibility. Sulfur dioxide emissions 
reductions eligible for allowance credits at units eligible under 
paragraph (a) of this section must meet the following requirements:
    (1) Be made no earlier than calendar year 1995 and no later than 
calendar year 1999; and
    (2) Be due to physical changes to the plant or are a result of a 
change in the method of operating the plant including but not limited to 
changing the type or quality of fuel being burned.
    (c) Initial certification of eligibility. The designated 
representative of a unit that seeks allowances under this section shall 
apply for certification of unit eligibility prior to or accompanying a 
request for allowances under paragraph (d) of this section. A completed 
application for this certification shall be submitted according to 
Sec. 73.13 and shall include the following:
    (1) A letter from the Governor of the State in which the unit is 
located authorizing the unit to make reductions in sulfur dioxide 
emissions; and
    (2) A report listing all units in the utility system, each fossil 
fuel-fired unit's fuel consumption and fuel heat content for calendar 
year 1980, and each generator's total electrical generation for calendar 
years 1980 and 1985 (including all generators, whether fossil fuel-
fired, nuclear, hydroelectric or other).
    (d) Request for allowances. (1) The designated representative of the 
requesting unit shall submit the request for allowances according to the 
procedures of Sec. 73.13 and shall include the following information:
    (i) The calendar year for which credits for reductions are requested 
and the actual SO2 emissions and fuel consumption in that 
year;
    (ii) A letter signed by the designated representative stating and 
documenting the specific physical changes to the plant or changes in the 
method of operating the plant (including but not limited to changing the 
type or quality of fuel being burned) which resulted in the reduction of 
emissions; and
    (iii) A letter signed by the designated representative certifying 
that all photocopies are exact copies.
    (2) The designated representative shall submit each request for 
allowances no later than March 1 of the calendar year following the year 
in which the reductions were made.
    (e) Allowance allocation. The Administrator will allocate allowances 
to the eligible unit upon satisfactory submittal of information under 
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section in the amount calculated by the 
following equations. Such allowances will be allocated to the unit's 
2000 future year subaccount.
    (1) ``Prior year'' means a single calendar year selected by the 
eligible unit from 1995 to 1999 inclusive.
    (2) One ``credit'' equals one ton of eligible SO2 
emissions reductions.
    (3) ``ERC units'' are units eligible for early reduction credits, 
and ``non-ERC units'' are fossil fuel-fired units that are part of the 
same operating system but are not eligible for early reduction credits.
    (4) For any unit that did not operate during 1990, the unit's 1990 
SO2 emission rate will be equal to the weighted average 
emission rate of all of the other units at the same source that did 
operate during 1990.
    (5) Early reduction credits will be calculated at the unit level, 
subject to

[[Page 150]]

the restrictions in paragraph (e)(6) of this section.
    (6) The number of credits for eligible Phase II units will be 
calculated as follows:
    (i) Comparison of the prior year utilization of ERC units to the 
1990 utilization, as a percentage of system utilization. If, as 
calculated below, system-wide prior year utilization of ERC units 
exceeds systems-wide 1990 utilization of ERC units on a percentage 
basis, then paragraphs (e)(6)(ii) and (iii) of this section apply. If 
not, the ERC units are eligible to receive early reduction credits as 
calculated in paragraph (e)(6)(v)(A) of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.074

    (ii) Comparison of the prior year average emission rate of all ERC 
units to the prior year average emission rate of all non-ERC units. If, 
as calculated below, the system-wide average SO2 emission 
rate of ERC units exceeds that of non-ERC units, then a unit's prior 
year utilization will be restricted in accordance with paragraph 
(e)(6)(iv) of this section. If not, then paragraph (iii) of this section 
applies.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.075


[[Page 151]]


    (iii) Comparison of the emission rate of the non-ERC units in the 
prior year to the emission rate of the non-ERC units in 1990. If, as 
calculated in paragraph (ii) of this section, the prior year system 
average non-ERC SO2 emission rate increases above the 1990 
system average non-ERC SO2 emission rate, as calculated 
below, then a unit's prior year utilization will be restricted in 
accordance with paragraph (e)(6)(iv) of this section. If not, the ERC 
units are eligible to receive early reduction credits as calculated in 
paragraph (e)(6)(v)(A) of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.076

    (iv) Calculation of the utilization limit for restricted units. The 
limit on utilization for each unit eligible for early reduction credits 
subject to paragraphs (e)(6) (ii) and (iii) of this section will be 
calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.077

    This result, expressed in million Btus, is the restricted 
utilization of the ERC unit to be used in the calculation of early 
reduction credits in paragraph (e)(6)(v)(B) of this section.
    (v)(A) Calculation of the unit's early reduction credits where the 
unit's prior year utilization is not restricted.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.078

    (B) Calculation of the unit's early reduction credits where the 
unit's prior year utilization is restricted.

[[Page 152]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.079

    (vi) The Administrator will allocate to the ERC unit allowances 
equal to the lesser of the calculated number of credits in paragraphs 
(e)(6)(v) (A) or (B) of this section and the following limitation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.080

    (f) Allowance loan program. (1) Eligibility. Units eligible for 
Phase II early reduction credits under paragraph (a) of this section are 
eligible for allowances under this paragraph (f) if the weighted average 
emission rate (based on heat input) for the prior year for all of the 
affected units in the unit's dispatch system was less than the system-
wide weighted average emission rate for 1990. The weighted average 
emission rate shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR24JN97.000

    For the purposes of this calculation, the unit's dispatch system 
will be the dispatch system as it existed as of November 15, 1990.
    (2) Allowance Calculation. Allowances under this paragraph (f) shall 
be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR24JN97.001

    (3) Allowance Loan. (i) The number of allowances calculated under 
paragraph (f)(2) of this section shall be allocated to the unit's year 
2000 subaccount.
    (ii) The number of allowances calculated under paragraph (f)(2) of 
this section shall be deducted, contemporaneously with the allocation 
under paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section, from the unit's year 2015 
subaccount.
    (iii) Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section, if the 
number of allowances to be deducted exceeds the amount of allowances 
allocated to the unit for the year 2015, allowances in the year 2015 
subaccount equal to the amount of allowances allocated to the unit for 
the year 2015 shall be deducted. In addition to the deduction from the 
year 2015 subaccount, a sufficient amount of allowances in the year

[[Page 153]]

2016 subaccount (up to the amount of allowances allocated to the unit 
for the year 2016) shall be deducted contemporaneously, such that the 
sum of the allowances deducted from the subaccounts equals the number of 
allowances required to be deducted under paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this 
section.
    (iv) Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section, the 
procedure in paragraph (f)(3)(iii) shall be applied as follows to each 
year after 2015 (year-by-year in numerical order) for which the number 
of allowances to be deducted from that year's subaccount exceeds the 
number allocated to the unit for that year: allowances equal to the 
number allocated for that year shall be deducted from that year's 
subaccount and the remainder (up to the amount allocated) necessary to 
equal the number of allowances required to be deducted under paragraph 
(f)(3)(ii) of this section shall be deducted from the next year's 
subaccount.
    (v) The owners and operators of the unit shall ensure that 
sufficient allowances are available to make the full deductions required 
under paragraphs (f)(3)(ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section. The 
designated representative may specify the serial number of each 
allowance to be deducted.
    (4) ERC Units. Any unit to which allowances are allocated under 
paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section shall be considered an ERC unit for 
purposes of applying the restrictions in paragraph (e)(6) of this 
section.

[58 FR 15711, Mar. 23, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 34150, June 24, 1997]



Sec. 73.21  Phase II repowering allowances.

    (a) Repowering allowances. In addition to allowances allocated under 
Sec. 73.10(b), the Administrator will allocate, to each existing unit 
(under Sec. 72.44(b)(1) of this chapter) with an approved repowering 
extension plan, allowances for use during the repowering extension 
period approved under Sec. 72.44(f)(2)(ii) of this chapter (including a 
prorated allocation for any fraction of a year) equal to:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.081

where:

1995 SIP = Most stringent federally enforceable State implementation 
plan SO2 emissions limitation for 1995.
1995 Actual Rate = 1995 actual SO2 emissions rate
Unit's Adjusted Basic Allowances are as listed in the following table

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Year 2000
                                                               adjusted
                            Unit                                basic
                                                              allowances
------------------------------------------------------------------------
RE Burger 1................................................         1273
RE Burger 2................................................         1245
RE Burger 3................................................         1286
RE Burger 4................................................         1316
RE Burger 5................................................         1336
RE Burger 6................................................         1332
New Castle 1...............................................         1334
New Castle 2...............................................         1485
New Castle 3...............................................         2935
New Castle 4...............................................         2686
New Castle 5...............................................         5481
------------------------------------------------------------------------


    (b) Upon commencement of commercial operation of a new unit (under 
Sec. 72.44(b)(2) of this chapter) with an approved repowering extension 
plan, allowances for use during the repowering extension period approved 
will end and allocations under Sec. 73.10(b) for the existing unit will 
be transferred to the subaccounts for the new unit.
    (c)(1) If the designated representative for a repowering unit 
terminates the repowering extension plan in accordance with 
Sec. 72.44(g)(1) of this chapter, the repowering allowances allocated to 
that unit by paragraph (a) of this section will be terminated and any 
necessary allowances from that unit's account forfeited, calculated in 
the following manner:

[[Page 154]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.082

where:

Forfeiture Period = difference (as a portion of a year) between the end 
of the approved repowering extension and the end of the repowering 
extension under Sec. 72.44(g)(1)(ii)
1995 SIP = Most stringent federally enforceable State implementation 
plan SO2 emissions limitation for 1995.
1995 Actual Rate = 1995 actual SO2 emissions rate
Unit's Adjusted Basic Allowances are as listed in the table in paragraph 
(a) of this section.

    (c)(2) The Administrator will reallocate any allowances forfeited in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section with a compliance use date of 2000 or 
any allowances remaining in the repowering reserve to all Table 2 units' 
years 2000 through 2009 subaccounts in the following manner:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.051

[53 FR 15713, Mar. 23, 1993, as amended at 63 FR 51765, Sept. 28, 1998]



Secs. 73.22-73.24  [Reserved]



Sec. 73.25  Phase I extension reserve.

    The Administrator will initially allocate 3.5 million allowances to 
the Phase I Extension Reserve account of the Allowance Tracking System. 
Allowances from this Reserve will be allocated to units under Sec. 72.42 
of this chapter. Allowances remaining in the Phase I Extension Reserve 
account following allocation of all extension allowances under 
Sec. 72.42 of this chapter will remain in the Reserve.

[58 FR 3687, Jan. 11, 1993]



Sec. 73.26  Conservation and renewable energy reserve.

    The Administrator will allocate 300,000 allowances to the 
Conservation and Renewable Energy Reserve subaccount of the Acid Rain 
Data System. Allowances from this Reserve will be allocated to units 
under subpart F of this part. Termination of this Reserve and 
reallocation of allowances will be made under Sec. 73.80(c).

[53 FR 15714, Mar. 23, 1993]



Sec. 73.27  Special allowance reserve.

    (a) Establishment of Reserve. (1) The Administrator will allocate 
150,000 allowances annually for calendar years 1995 through 1999 to the 
Auction Subaccount of the Special Allowance Reserve.
    (2) The Administrator will allocate 250,000 allowances annually for 
calendar year 2000 and each year thereafter to the Auction Subaccount of 
the Special Allowance Reserve.
    (b) Distribution of proceeds. (1) Monetary proceeds from the 
auctions and sales of allowances from the Special Allowance Reserve 
(under subpart E of this part) for use in calendar years 1995 through 
1999 will be distributed to the designated representative of the unit 
according to the following equation:

unit proceeds = (Column B of table 1 of section 73.10/150,000)  x  total 
    proceeds

    (2) Until June 1, 1998, monetary proceeds from the auctions of 
allowances from the Special Allowance Reserve (under subpart E of this 
part) for use in calendar years 2000 through 2009 will be distributed to 
the designated representative of each unit listed in Table 2 according 
to the following equation:

[[Page 155]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.052

    (3) On or after June 1, 1998, monetary proceeds from the auctions of 
allowances from the Special Allowance Reserve (under subpart E of this 
part) for use in calendar years 2000 through 2009 will be distributed to 
the designated representative of each unit listed in Table 2 according 
to the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.053

    (4) Monetary proceeds from the auctions of allowances from the 
Special Allowance Reserve (under subpart E of this part) from years of 
purchase from 1993 through 1998, remaining in the U.S. Treasury as a 
result of the surrender of allowances and return of proceeds under 
Sec. 73.10(b)(3), will be distributed to the designated representative 
of each unit listed in Table 2 according to the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.054

    (5) Monetary proceeds from the auctions of allowances from the 
Special Allowance Reserve (under subpart E of this part) for use in 
calendar years 2010 and thereafter will be distributed to the designated 
representative of each unit listed in Table 2 according to the following 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.055

    (c) Reallocation of allowances. (1) Allowances remaining in the 
Special Allowance Reserve following the annual auctions and sales (under 
subpart E of this part) for use in calendar years 1995 through 1999 will 
be reallocated to the unit's Allowance Tracking System Account according 
to the following equation:

unit allowances = (Column B of table 1 of section 73.10/150,000)  x  
    Allowances remaining

    (2) Until June 1, 1998, allowances, for use in calendar years 2000 
through 2009, remaining in the Special Allowance Reserve at the end of 
each year, following that year's auction (under subpart E of this part), 
will be reallocated to the unit's Allowance Tracking System account 
according to the following equation:

[[Page 156]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.056

    (3) On or after June 1, 1998, allowances, for use in calendar years 
2000 through 2009, remaining in the Special Allowance Reserve at the end 
of each year, following that year's auction (under subpart E of this 
part), will be reallocated to the unit's Allowance Tracking System 
account according to the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.057

    (4)[Reserved]
    (5) Allowances, for use in calendar years 2010 and thereafter, 
remaining in the Special Allowance Reserve at the end of each year, 
following that year's auction (under subpart E of this part), will be 
reallocated to the unit's Allowance Tracking System account according to 
the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR28SE98.058

    (d) Calculation rounding. All proceeds under this section shall be 
distributed as whole dollars. All calculations for such allowances shall 
be rounded down for decimals less than .5 and up for decimals of .5 or 
greater.
    (e) Achieving exact totals. (1) If the sum of the proceeds to be 
distributed under paragraph (b) of this section exceeds the total 
proceeds or the allowances to be reallocated under paragraph (c) of this 
section exceeds the allowances remaining, then the Administrator will 
withdraw one dollar or allowance from each unit, beginning with the unit 
receiving the largest number of dollars or allowances, in descending 
order, until the distribution balances with the proceeds and the 
reallocated allowances balance with the remaining allowances.
    (2) If the sum of the proceeds to be distributed under paragraph (b) 
of this section is less than the total proceeds or the allowances to be 
reallocated under paragraph (c) of this section is less than the 
allowances remaining, then EPA will distribute one dollar or allowance 
for each unit, beginning with the unit receiving the largest number of 
dollars or allowances, in descending order, until the distribution 
balances with the proceeds and the reallocated allowances balance with 
the remaining allowances.

[58 FR 3687, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 15714, Mar. 23, 1993; 63 
FR 51765, Sept. 28, 1998]



                  Subpart C--Allowance Tracking System

    Source: 58 FR 3691, Jan. 11, 1993, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 73.30  Allowance tracking system accounts.

    (a) Nature and function of unit accounts. The Administrator will 
establish accounts for all affected units pursuant to Sec. 73.31 (a) and 
(b). All allocations of allowances pursuant to subparts B, E, and F of 
this part and part

[[Page 157]]

72 of this chapter, transfers of allowances made pursuant to subparts C 
and D, and deductions of allowances made for purposes of offsetting 
emissions pursuant to Sec. 73.35 (b) and (d) and parts 72, 75, and 77 of 
this chapter will be recorded in the unit's Allowance Tracking System 
account.
    (b) Nature and function of general accounts. Transfers of allowances 
held for any person other than an affected unit, made pursuant to 
subparts C, D, E, F, and G of this part will be recorded in that 
person's Allowance Tracking System account established pursuant to 
Sec. 73.31(c).

[58 FR 3687, Jan. 11, 1993; 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993]



Sec. 73.31  Establishment of accounts.

    (a) Existing affected units. The Administrator will establish an 
Allowance Tracking System account and allocate allowances for each unit 
that is, or will become, an existing affected unit pursuant to sections 
404(a) or 405 of the Act and Sec. 72.6 of this chapter.
    (b) New units. Upon receipt of a complete certificate of 
representation for the designated representative for a new unit pursuant 
to part 72, subpart B of this chapter, the Administrator will establish 
an Allowance Tracking System account for the unit.
    (c) General accounts. (1) Any person may apply to open an Allowance 
Tracking System account for the purpose of holding and transferring 
allowances. Such application shall be submitted to the Administrator in 
a format to be specified by the Administrator by means of the Allowance 
Account Information Form, or by providing the following information in a 
similar format:
    (i) Name and title of the authorized account representative and 
alternate authorized account representative (if any) pursuant to 
Sec. 73.33;
    (ii) Mailing address, telephone number and facsimile transmission 
number (if any) of the authorized account representative and alternate 
authorized account representative (if any);
    (iii) Organization or company name (if applicable) and type of 
organization (if applicable);
    (iv) A list of all persons subject to a binding agreement for the 
authorized account representative to represent their ownership interest 
with respect to the allowances held in the general account and which 
shall be amended and resubmitted within 30 days following any 
transaction giving rise to any change of the list of persons subject to 
the binding agreement;
    (v) A certification statement by the authorized account 
representative and alternate authorized account representative (if any) 
that reads ``I certify that I was selected under the terms of an 
agreement that is binding on all persons who have an ownership interest 
with respect to allowances held in the Allowance Tracking System 
account. I certify that I have all necessary authority to carry out my 
duties and responsibilities on behalf of the persons with an ownership 
interest and that they shall be fully bound by my actions, inactions, or 
submissions under 40 CFR part 73. I shall abide by any fiduciary 
responsibilities assigned pursuant to the binding agreement. I am 
authorized to make this submission on behalf of the persons with an 
ownership interest for whom this submission is made. I certify under 
penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the 
information submitted in this document and all its attachments. Based on 
my inquiry of those individuals with primary responsibility for 
obtaining the information, I certify that the information is to the best 
of my knowledge and belief true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that 
there are significant penalties for submitting false material 
information, or omitting material information, including the possibility 
of fine or imprisonment for violations.'';
    (vi) The signature of the authorized account representative and the 
alternate authorized account representative (if any); and
    (vii) The date of the signature of the authorized account 
representative and the alternate authorized account representative (if 
any).
    (2) Upon receipt of such complete application, the Administrator 
will establish an Allowance Tracking System account for the person or 
persons identified in the application.
    (3) No allowance transfers will be recorded for a general account 
until the

[[Page 158]]

Administrator has established the new account.
    (d) Account identification. The Administrator will assign a unique 
identifying number to each account established pursuant to this section.

[58 FR 3687, Jan. 11, 1993; 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993]



Sec. 73.32  Allowance account contents.

    Each allowance account will include, at a minimum, the following:
    (a) The name, address, telephone number and facsimile transmission 
number, if any, of the authorized account representative; and
    (1) In the case of a unit account, a list of all persons identified 
as owners of record of the unit in Sec. 72.24(a)(3) of this chapter, or
    (2) In the case of a general account, a list of all persons subject 
to the binding agreement for the authorized account representative to 
represent their ownership interest with respect to allowances, as 
identified in accordance with Sec. 73.31(c);
    (b) A list of transfers of allowances to, and from, the account, 
including the identity of the transferror and transferee accounts;
    (c) In the case of a unit account for an existing affected unit, 
beginning in 1995, a compliance subaccount;
    (d) In the case of a unit account for a new unit, a compliance 
subaccount;
    (e) In the case of a general account, a current year subaccount;
    (f) Future year subaccounts for each of the 30 calendar years 
following the later of 1995 or the current calendar year;
    (g) In the case of a unit account, the current total of sulfur 
dioxide emissions in tons for the current calendar year as reported to 
date pursuant to part 75 of this chapter.

[58 FR 3687, Jan. 11, 1993; 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993]



Sec. 73.33  Authorized account representative.

    (a) Following the establishment of an Allowance Tracking System 
account, all matters pertaining to the account, including, but not 
limited to, the deduction and transfer of allowances in the account, 
shall be undertaken only by the authorized account representative.
    (b) Authorized account representative identification. The 
Administrator will assign a unique identifying number to each authorized 
account representative or alternate authorized account representative 
identified pursuant to Sec. 73.31(c).
    (c) Notification of parties subject to the binding agreement. The 
authorized account representative for a general account shall notify, in 
writing, all persons who have an ownership interest with respect to the 
allowances held in the account of any Acid Rain Program submission 
required by this part or in a procedure under part 78 of this chapter, 
by the date of submission. Each person who has an ownership interest 
with respect to the allowances held in the account may expressly waive 
his or her right to receive such notification.
    (d) General account alternate authorized account representative. Any 
application for opening a general account may designate one alternate 
authorized account representative to act on behalf of the certifying 
authorized account representative, in the event the authorized account 
representative is absent or otherwise not available to perform actions 
and duties under this part. The alternate shall be a natural person and 
shall be authorized, provided that the conditions and procedures 
specified in Sec. 73.31(c)(1) are met.
    (1) The alternate authorized account representative may be changed 
at any time by the authorized account representative upon receipt by the 
Administrator of a new complete application as required in 
Sec. 73.31(c);
    (2) The alternate authorized account representative shall be subject 
to the provisions of this part applicable to authorized account 
representatives;
    (3) Whenever the term ``authorized account representative'' is used 
in this part it shall be construed to include the alternate authorized 
account representative, unless such a construction would be illogical 
from the context; and
    (4) Any action, representation or failure to act by the alternate 
authorized account representative when acting in that capacity shall be 
deemed to be an

[[Page 159]]

action of the authorized account representative, with all the rights, 
duties, and responsibilities pertaining thereto.
    (e) Changes to the general account authorized account 
representative. An authorized account representative for a general 
account may be succeeded by any person who submits an application 
pursuant to Sec. 73.31(c). The actions of an authorized account 
representative for a general account shall be binding on any successor.
    (f) Objections to the authorized account representative. Except for 
a certification pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, no objection 
or other communication submitted to the Administrator concerning any 
submission to the Administrator by the authorized account representative 
shall affect the recordation of transfers submitted by the authorized 
account representative pursuant to subpart D of this part. Neither the 
United States, the Administrator, nor any permitting authority will 
adjudicate any dispute between and among persons concerning any 
submission to the Administrator by the authorized account 
representative; any actions of the authorized account representative; or 
any other matter arising directly or indirectly from the certification, 
actions or representations of the authorized account representative.



Sec. 73.34  Recordation in accounts.

    (a) Recordation in compliance subaccounts. At the beginning of 1995 
and, in the case of each year thereafter, after the Administrator has 
made all deductions from an affected unit's compliance subaccount 
pursuant to Sec. 73.35(b), the Administrator will record in the 
compliance subaccount the allowances held in the future year subaccount 
for the year corresponding to the current calendar year. The future year 
subaccount for the new 30th year will be established at the same time 
and include the allowances allocated for the unit for that year pursuant 
to subpart B of this part.
    (b) Recordation in current year subaccounts. At the beginning of 
1995 and each year thereafter, the Administrator will record in the 
current year subaccount the allowances held in the future year 
subaccount for the year corresponding to the current calendar year.
    (c) Recordation in subaccounts. Allowances in each compliance, 
current year, and future year subaccounts will reflect:
    (1) All allowances allocated or deducted for the unit for the year 
pursuant to subpart B of this part;
    (2) All allowances allocated or deducted pursuant to Secs. 72.41, 
72.42, 72.43, and 72.44 and part 74 of this chapter;
    (3) All allowances allocated pursuant to subparts F and G of this 
part;
    (4) All allowances recorded as a result of purchases or returns from 
the annual auctions;
    (5) All allowances recorded or deducted as a result of allowance 
transfers recorded pursuant to subpart D of this part; and
    (6) All allowances deducted or returned pursuant to Secs. 73.35(d), 
72.91 and 72.92, part 74, and part 77 of this chapter.
    (d) Serial numbers for allocated allowances. Upon the allocation of 
allowances to an account, including allowances contained in reserves as 
provided in subpart B of this part, the Administrator will assign each 
allowance a unique identification number that will include digits 
identifying the allowance's compliance use date.

[58 FR 3691, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17114, Apr. 4, 1995; 63 
FR 68404, Dec. 11, 1998]



Sec. 73.35  Compliance.

    (a) Allowance transfer deadline. No allowance shall be deducted for 
purposes of compliance with an affected unit's sulfur dioxide Acid Rain 
emissions limitation requirements pursuant to title IV of the Act and 
paragraph (b) of this section unless:
    (1) The compliance use date of the allowance is no later than the 
year in which the unit's SO2 emissions occurred; and
    (2) Such allowance is:
    (i) Recorded in the unit's compliance subaccount; or
    (ii) Transferred to the unit's compliance subaccount, with the 
transfer submitted correctly pursuant to subpart D of this part for 
recordation in the compliance subaccount for the unit by not

[[Page 160]]

later than the allowance transfer deadline in the calendar year 
following the year for which compliance is being established; or
    (iii) Held in the compliance subaccount of another affected unit at 
the same source in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
    (b) Deductions for compliance. (1) Except as provided in paragraph 
(d) of this section, following the recordation of transfers submitted 
correctly for recordation in the compliance subaccount pursuant to 
paragraph (a) of this section and subpart D of this part, the 
Administrator will deduct allowances from each affected unit's 
compliance subaccount in accordance with the allowance deduction formula 
in Sec. 72.95 of this chapter, or, for opt-in sources, the allowance 
deduction formula in Sec. 74.49 of this chapter, and any correction made 
under Sec. 72.96 of this chapter.
    (2) The Administrator will make deductions until either the number 
of allowances deducted is equal to the amount calculated in accordance 
with Sec. 72.95 of this chapter, or, for opt-in sources, in accordance 
with Sec. 74.49 of this chapter, as modified under Sec. 72.96 of this 
chapter or until no more allowances remain in the compliance subaccount.
    (3)(i) If, after the Administrator completes the deductions under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section for all affected units at the same 
source, a unit would otherwise have excess emissions and one or more 
other affected units at the source would otherwise have unused 
allowances in their compliance subaccounts and available for such other 
units under paragraph (a)(1) and (a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section for 
the year for which compliance is being established, the Administrator 
will notify in writing the authorized account representative. The 
Administrator will state that the authorized account representative may 
specify in writing which of such allowances to deduct up to the amount 
calculated as follows, in order to reduce the tons of excess emissions 
otherwise at the unit:

Maximum deduction from other units = 0.95  x  Excess emissions if no 
    deduction from other units

    Where:
``Maximum deduction from other units'' is the maximum number of 
allowances that may be deducted for the year for which compliance is 
being established, for the unit otherwise having excess emissions, from 
the compliance subaccounts of other units at the same source, rounded to 
the nearest allowance.
``Excess emissions if no deduction from other units'' is the tons of 
excess emissions that the unit would otherwise have if no allowances 
were deducted for the unit from other units under this paragraph 
(b)(3)(i) or paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.

    (ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, if the 
amount calculated results in less than 10 tons of excess emissions, the 
maximum deduction from other units shall be adjusted so that 10 tons of 
excess emissions, or the tons of excess emissions that would result if 
no allowances could be deducted from other units, whichever is less, 
remain for the unit.
    (iii) If the authorized account representative submits within 15 
days of receipt of a notification under paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this 
section a written request specifying allowances to deduct in accordance 
with paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, the Administrator 
will deduct such allowances, and reduce the tons of excess emissions 
otherwise at the unit by an equal amount, up to the amount calculated 
under paragraphs (b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (c)(1) Identification of allowances by serial number. By no later 
than sixty days after the end of the calendar year, the authorized 
account representative for each unit account may identify by serial 
number the allowances to be deducted from the compliance subaccount for 
purposes of compliance with the unit's sulfur dioxide emissions 
limitation requirements. Such identification shall be made pursuant to 
part 72 of this chapter.
    (2) First-in, first-out. In the absence of an identification or in 
the case of a partial identification of allowances by serial number, as 
provided for in paragraph (b)(1) or (d) of this section, the 
Administrator will deduct allowances on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) 
accounting basis beginning with those allowances with the earliest 
compliance use date originally allocated for the unit

[[Page 161]]

and recorded in its compliance subaccount. Following the deduction of 
all originally allocated allowances from the compliance subaccount, the 
Administrator will deduct those allowances that were transferred and 
recorded in the unit's compliance subaccount pursuant to subpart D of 
this part, beginning with those with the earliest date of recordation.
    (d) Deductions for excess emissions. Pursuant to Sec. 77.4 of this 
chapter, and following the process of recordation set forth in 
Sec. 73.34(a) of this part, the Administrator will deduct allowances for 
each unit with excess emissions for the preceding calendar year in an 
amount equal to the unit's excess emissions tonnage.
    (e) Deductions for units sharing a common emission stack. In the 
case of units sharing a common emission stack and have emissions that 
are not individually monitored pursuant to part 75 of this chapter, the 
authorized account representative may identify the percentage of 
allowances to be deducted from each unit's compliance subaccount. Such 
identification shall be made pursuant to part 72, subpart I of this 
chapter. In the absence of an identification, the Administrator will 
deduct an equal percentage of allowances from each unit's compliance 
subaccount.

[58 FR 3691, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17114, Apr. 4, 1995; 64 
FR 25842, May 13, 1999]



Sec. 73.36  Banking.

    (a) Unit accounts. Any allowance in a compliance subaccount not 
deducted pursuant to Sec. 73.35 will remain in the compliance 
subaccount.
    (b) General accounts. In the case of a general account, any 
allowances in the current year subaccount at the end of the current 
calendar year will remain in the current year subaccount.



Sec. 73.37  Account error and dispute resolution.

    (a) Claim of error. The authorized account representative may notify 
the Administrator of any claim that the Administrator made an error in 
recording transfer information that was submitted correctly pursuant to 
subpart D of this part, provided that such claim of error notification 
is submitted to the Administrator by no later than 15 business days 
following the date mark of the notification by the Administrator 
pursuant to actions taken under Sec. 73.37(d) or Sec. 73.53. Such claim 
of error notification shall be in writing and shall include:
    (1) A description of the error alleged to have been made by the 
Administrator;
    (2) A proposed correction of the alleged error;
    (3) Any supporting documentation or other information concerning the 
alleged error and proposed correction; and
    (4) Certification by the signature of and the date of the signature 
of the authorized account representative.

The Administrator will not act on claim of error notifications received 
after the stated deadlines (except as provided under paragraph (f) of 
this section, or that do not contend that the Administrator made an 
error in recordation.
    (b) EPA action. The Administrator, at the Administrator's sole 
discretion based on documentation provided, will determine what changes, 
if any, will be made to the accounts subject to the alleged error. Not 
later than 20 business days after receipt of a claim of error 
notification pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the 
Administrator will submit to the authorized account representative a 
written response stating:
    (1) The determination made and any action taken by, the 
Administrator; and
    (2) The reasons for such action.
    (c) Administrative appeals procedure. Following the Administrator's 
action pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the authorized account 
representative may appeal the Administrator's action through the 
administrative appeals procedure pursuant to part 78 of this chapter.
    (d) EPA corrections. The Administrator may, without prior notice of 
a claim of error and in the Administrator's sole discretion, correct any 
errors in any account on his or her own motion. The Administrator will 
notify the authorized account representative by no later than 20 
business days following any such corrections.

[[Page 162]]

    (e) Excess emissions requirements. The filing of a claim of error 
notification pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, or the pendency 
of the Administrator's action pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, 
shall not affect a unit's obligations under part 77 of this chapter.
    (f) Waiver of deadline. The Administrator may, in his or her 
discretion, accept claim of error submissions made following the 
deadlines imposed in this section upon a demonstration by the authorized 
account representative of good cause for the delay. The finding of 
whether good cause exists shall be in the sole discretion of the 
Administrator. Appeals of a decision by the Administrator under this 
paragraph will be addressed pursuant to the administrative appeals 
process in part 78 of this chapter.



Sec. 73.38  Closing of accounts.

    (a) General account. The authorized account representative of a 
general account may instruct the Administrator to close the general 
account by submitting an allowance transfer, pursuant to Sec. 73.50 and 
Sec. 73.52, requesting the transfer of all allowances held in the 
account to one or more other accounts in the Allowance Tracking System, 
and by submitting in writing, with the signature of the authorized 
account representative, a request to delete the general account from the 
Allowance Tracking System.
    (b) Inactive accounts. If a general account shows no activity for a 
period of a year or more and does not contain any allowances in its 
subaccounts, the Administrator will notify the account's authorized 
account representative that the account will be closed and eliminated 
from the Allowance Tracking System following 20 business days from the 
date the notice is sent. The account will be closed following the 20-day 
period, unless the Administrator receives and records a request for the 
transfer of allowances into the account pursuant to Sec. 73.52 before 
the end of the 20-day period, or the authorized account representative 
submits, in writing, demonstration of good cause as to why the inactive 
account should not be closed. The finding of whether good cause exists 
shall be in the sole discretion of the Administrator.



                     Subpart D--Allowance Transfers

    Source: 58 FR 3694, Jan. 11, 1993, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 73.50  Scope and submission of transfers.

    (a) Scope of transfers. Except as provided in Sec. 73.51 and 
Sec. 73.52, the Administrator will record transfers of an allowance to 
and from Allowance Tracking System accounts, including, but not limited 
to, transfers of an allowance to and from contemporaneous future year 
subaccounts, and transfers of an allowance to and from compliance 
subaccounts and current year subaccounts, and transfers of all 
allowances allocated for a unit for each calendar year, in perpetuity.
    (b) Submission of transfers. (1) Authorized account representatives 
seeking recordation of an allowance transfer shall request such transfer 
by submitting to the Administrator, in a format to be specified by the 
Administrator, an Allowance Transfer Form. To be considered correctly 
submitted the request for transfer shall include:
    (i) The numbers identifying both the transferror and transferee 
accounts;
    (ii) A specification by serial number of each allowance to be 
transferred, or correct indication on the allowance transfer where a 
request involves the transfer of the unit's allowances in perpetuity;
    (iii) Signatures of the authorized account representatives of both 
the transferror and transferee accounts;
    (iv) The dates of the signatures of the authorized account 
representatives;
    (v) The numbers identifying the authorized account representatives 
for both the transferror and transferee account; and
    (vi) Where the transferee account has not been established, 
information as required pursuant to Sec. 73.31 (b) or (c).
    (2)(i) The authorized account representative for the transferee 
account can meet the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) and (iv) of 
this section by submitting, in a format prescribed by the Administrator, 
a statement

[[Page 163]]

signed by the authorized account representative and identifying each 
account into which any transfer of allowances, submitted on or after the 
date on which the Administrator receives such statement, is authorized. 
Such authorization shall be binding on any authorized account 
representative for such account and shall apply to all transfers into 
the account that are submitted on or after such date of receipt, unless 
and until the Administrator receives a statement in a format prescribed 
by the Administrator and signed by the authorized account representative 
retracting the authorization for the account.
    (ii) The statement under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section shall 
include the following: ``By this signature, I authorize any transfer of 
allowances into each Allowance Tracking System account listed herein, 
except that I do not waive any remedies under 40 CFR part 73, or any 
other remedies under State or federal law, to obtain correction of any 
erroneous transfers into such accounts. This authorization shall be 
binding on any authorized account representative for such account unless 
and until a statement signed by the authorized account representative 
retracting this authorization for the account is received by the 
Administrator.''
    (3) Transfers of allowances to or from compliance subaccounts 
submitted for recordation following the allowance transfer deadline will 
not be recorded until after completion of the process of recordation set 
forth in Sec. 73.34(a).

[58 FR 3694, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 63 FR 68404, Dec. 11, 1998]



Sec. 73.51  Prohibition.

    Except as provided in Sec. 73.34(a), the Administrator will not 
record a transfer of allowances from a future year subaccount to a 
subaccount for an earlier year.



Sec. 73.52  EPA recordation.

    (a) General recordation. Except as provided in Sec. 73.50, 
Sec. 73.51, and this paragraph (a), the Administrator will record an 
allowance transfer by no later than five business days following receipt 
of an allowance transfer request pursuant to Sec. 73.50, by moving each 
allowance from the transferror account to the transferee account as 
specified by the request pursuant to Sec. 73.50, provided that:
    (1) The information submitted pursuant to Sec. 73.50 is complete;
    (2) The transferror account includes each allowance identified by 
serial number in the allowance transfer request submitted pursuant to 
Sec. 73.50, except when a request for transfer of the unit's allowances 
in perpetuity is indicated correctly on the allowance transfer 
submission;
    (3) If the allowances identified by serial number specified pursuant 
to Sec. 73.50(b)(1)(ii) are subject to the limitation on transfer 
imposed pursuant to Sec. 72.44(h)(1)(i) of this chapter, Sec. 74.42 of 
this chapter, or Sec. 74.47(c) of this chapter, the transfer is in 
accordance with such limitation; and
    (4) The transfer meets all applicable requirements of this subpart.
    (b) Where an allowance transfer submitted for recordation fails to 
meet the requirements of this subpart, the Administrator will not record 
such transfer.

[58 FR 3694, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17114, Apr. 4, 1995]



Sec. 73.53  Notification.

    (a) Notification of recordation. The Administrator will notify each 
party to an allowance transfer within five business days following the 
recordation of the transfer. Notice will be given in writing or in a 
format to be specified by the Administrator, to the authorized account 
representatives of both the transferror and transferee accounts.
    (b) Notification of non-recordation. By no later than five business 
days following receipt of an allowance transfer request by the 
Administrator, the Administrator will notify, in writing or in a format 
to be specified by the Administrator, the authorized account 
representatives of the accounts subject to the allowance transfer 
request submitted for recordation of:
    (1) A decision not to record the transfer, and
    (2) The reasons for such non-recordation.
    (c) Nothing in this section shall preclude the submission of an 
allowance

[[Page 164]]

transfer request for recordation following notification of non-
recordation.



   Subpart E--Auctions, Direct Sales, and Independent Power Producers 
                            Written Guarantee

    Source: 56 FR 65601, Dec. 17, 1991, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 73.70  Auctions.

    (a) Allowances to be auctioned. Every year the Administrator will 
auction allowances from the Auction Subaccount, established pursuant to 
subpart B of this part, according to the following schedule:

                Table I--Allowance Schedule for Auctions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Spot     Advance    Advance
             Year of purchase               auction   auction   auction*
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1993.....................................  50,000 a  100,000 b
1994.....................................  50,000 a  100,000 b  25,000 c
1995.....................................  50,000 a  100,000 b  25,000 c
1996.....................................   150,000  100,000 b  25,000 c
1997.....................................   150,000  125,000 b  25,000 c
1998.....................................   150,000  125,000 b
1999.....................................   150,000  125,000 b
2000 and after...........................   125,000  125,000 b
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Not usable until 1995.
b Not usable until 7 years after purchase.
c Not usable until 6 years after purchase.
*These are unsold advance allowances from the direct sale program for
  1993, 1994, 1995, and 1996 respectively.


In addition to the allowances listed above, the Administrator will 
auction allowances pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section and 
Sec. 73.72(q) in the amounts and at the times provided for therein.
    (b) Timing of the auctions. The spot auction and the advance auction 
will be held on the same day, selected each year by the Administrator, 
but no later than March 31 of each year. The Administrator will conduct 
one spot auction and one advance auction in each calendar year.
    (c) Submittal for other allowances for auction. Authorized account 
representatives may offer allowances for sale at auction, provided that 
allowances are dated for the year in which they are offered or for any 
previous year or for seven years following the year in which they are 
offered. Such authorized account representatives may specify a minimum 
price for the allowances offered at the auctions. The authorized account 
representative must notify the Administrator fifteen business days prior 
to the auctions, using the SO2 Allowance Offer Form published 
by the Administrator, or by means of electronic communication if the 
Administrator, following public notice, so requires or permits at some 
future time. The notification shall include:
    (1) The compliance use date of the allowances offered;
    (2) The number of allowances to be sold and any other information 
identifying the allowances offered that may be required by subpart C of 
this part;
    (3) Any minimum price; and
    (4) Whether the authorized account representative is willing to sell 
fewer allowances than the number stated in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section, if the full amount cannot be sold. After notification, the 
Administrator will deduct allowances from the appropriate Allowance 
Tracking System account from which allowances are being offered and 
place them in a separate subaccount for such allowances.
    (d) Conduct of the auctions. (1) The Administrator will rank all 
bids in descending order of bid price starting with the highest. 
Allowances will be sold from the Auction Subaccount in this order at the 
amounts specified in the bids until there are no allowances in the 
subaccount. If all allowances are sold from the Auction Subaccount, 
including unsold allowances transferred from the preceding year's direct 
sale, and if bids still remain, the Administrator will sell allowances 
offered by the authorized account representatives, beginning with those 
offered at the lowest minimum price. Allowances offered at the lowest 
minimum price will be matched with the highest bid remaining after the 
Auction Subaccount is exhausted. Sales of offered allowances, including, 
but not limited to, allowances offered by more than one offeror at the 
same minimum bid price, will continue in ascending order of minimum 
price, starting with the lowest, and descending order of remaining bids, 
starting with the highest, until:
    (i) All allowances are sold,
    (ii) No bids remain, or
    (iii) Prices of remaining bids do not meet minimum prices required 
in remaining offers.

[[Page 165]]

    (2) In the event that there is more than one bid submitting the same 
price and the total number of allowances requested in all such bids 
exceeds the number of allowances remaining, the Administrator will award 
the remaining allowances by lottery to such bidders.
    (3) In the event that there are more offers of sale at the minimum 
price than there are bids meeting that price, allowances from all such 
offers will be sold to cover the bids, according to each such offeror's 
pro rata share of all allowances so offered.
    (4) In the event that fewer allowances remain than are requested in 
a bid, the Administrator will sell such remaining allowances to the 
bidder provided that, pursuant to Sec. 73.71(b)(4), the bid states the 
bidder's willingness to purchase fewer allowances than requested in the 
bid.
    (5) In the event that fewer than all allowances included in an offer 
for sale would be sold to remaining bids based on price, the 
Administrator will sell such allowances to the bidder(s), provided that, 
pursuant to Sec. 73.70(c)(4), the offer states the offeror's willingness 
to sell fewer allowances than were offered for sale.
    (e) Announcement of results. Following each auction, the 
Administrator will publish the names of winning bidders and their bids, 
the amounts of losing bids, and the lowest price at which allowances are 
sold. The Administrator will announce the results of each auction 
through the Allowance Tracking System. The results will also be 
published in the Federal Register and in the Commerce Business Daily.
    (f) Transfer of allowances. Allowances will be transferred from the 
Auction Subaccount and from the subaccount for allowances offered by 
authorized account representatives to the Allowance Tracking System 
accounts of successful bidders as soon as payment is collected by the 
Administrator.
    (g) Return of unsuccessful bids. The Administrator will return 
payment to unsuccessful bidders and to bidders unwilling to purchase 
fewer allowances than requested following the conclusion of each 
auction.
    (h) Transfer of proceeds. The Administrator will return all proceeds 
from the auction as follows:
    (1) Allowances auctioned from the Auction Subaccount. Not later than 
90 days following each auction, the Administrator will pay a pro rata 
share of the proceeds of each auction to the authorized account 
representative of each unit from whose annual allowance allocation 
allowances were withheld for the purposes of establishing the Auction 
Subaccount. Each unit's pro rata share will be calculated pursuant to 
regulations to be promulgated under subpart B.
    (2) Allowances contributed from others. Not later than 90 days 
following each auction, the Administrator will transfer the full amount 
of the proceeds of each sale of allowances offered by authorized account 
representatives to such representatives. Proceeds from the sale of 
allowances that were offered with the same specified minimum price will 
be distributed according to each such offeror's pro rata share of the 
sale of such allowances.
    (3) The Administrator will pay no interest on any payment made 
pursuant to paragraphs (h) (1) and (2) of this section.
    (i) Return of unsold allowances. The Administrator will return all 
unsold allowances from the auction as follows:
    (1) Allowances in the Auction Subaccount. At the conclusion of each 
auction, the Administrator will transfer to the Allowance Tracking 
System account of each unit specified in paragraph (h)(1) of this 
section its pro rata share of any allowances remaining in the Auction 
Subaccount. Each unit's pro rata share will be calculated pursuant to 
regulations to be promulgated under subpart B.
    (2) Allowances contributed from others. At the conclusion of each 
auction, the Administrator will return unsold allowances to the 
appropriate offerors' Allowance Tracking System accounts. Any unsold 
allowances that were offered with the same specified minimum price will 
be distributed according to each such offeror's pro rata share of all 
such allowances offered.

[56 FR 65601, Dec. 17, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 28763, June 6, 1996; 63 
FR 5735, Feb. 4, 1998; 63 FR 51766, Sept. 28, 1998]

[[Page 166]]



Sec. 73.71  Bidding.

    (a) Who may participate in the auctions. Any person may participate 
in the auctions by submitting a bid or bids pursuant to this section.
    (b) Bidding. Sealed bids shall be sent to the Administrator using 
the Bid Form for SO2 Allowance Auctions, or some method of 
electronic transfer if the Administrator, following public notice, so 
requires or permits at some future time. The bid form shall state:
    (1) The number of allowances sought and the price;
    (2) Whether spot or advance allowances are sought;
    (3) Allowance Tracking System account number;
    (4) Whether the bidder is willing to purchase fewer allowances than 
the number of allowances stated in (b)(1) of this section if the full 
amount is not available. Where the bidder holds no Allowance Tracking 
System account, a New Account/New Authorized Account Representative Form 
must accompany the bid. New account information shall include at a 
minimum: Name, address, telephone number, facsimile number, organization 
or company name (if applicable), type of organization, and the 
authorized account representative for purposes of the account.
    (c) Payment. Each bid must include a certified check or letter of 
credit for the total bid price, or may specify a method of electronic 
transfer or other method of payment, if the Administrator, following 
public notice, so requires or permits at some future time. The certified 
check should be made payable to the U.S. EPA. To meet the requirements 
of this paragraph bidders must submit a completed SO2 
Allowance Auction Letter of Credit Form. If such Form is used, the 
Administrator must receive full payment for allowances awarded at the 
auctions, either by wire transfer or certified check, no later than 2 
business days after the results of the auction are announced in the 
Allowance Tracking System.
    (d) Bid amount and number of bids. Bidders may request any number of 
allowances up to the amount of allowances available for auction. Any 
person may submit more than one bid in each auction, provided that each 
bid meets the requirements of this section.
    (e) Submission of bids. The Administrator will publish in the 
Federal Register and in the Commerce Business Daily the address of where 
to submit bids and payment not later than 60 calendar days before each 
auction.
    (f) Deadline for bids. All bids must be revised by the Administrator 
no later than 3 business days prior to the date of the auctions.



Sec. 73.72  Direct sales.

    Allowances that were formerly part of the direct sale program, which 
has been terminated under Sec. 73.73(b), will be included in the annual 
allowance auctions in accordance with Sec. 73.70(a).

[61 FR 28763, June 6, 1996]



Sec. 73.73  Delegation of auctions and sales and termination of auctions and sales.

    (a) Delegation. The Administrator may, in the Administrator's 
discretion, by delegation or contract provide for the conduct of sales 
or auctions under the Administrator's supervision by other departments 
or agencies of the United States Government or by nongovernmental 
agencies, groups, or organizations.
    (b) Termination of sales. If the Administrator determines that, 
during any period of 2 consecutive calendar years, fewer than 20 percent 
of the allowances available in the subaccount for direct sales have been 
purchased, the Administrator shall terminate the Direct Sale Subaccount 
and transfer such allowances to the Auction Subaccount.
    (c) Termination of auctions. The Administrator may, in the 
Administrator's discretion, terminate the withholding of allowances and 
the auctions if the Administrator determines, that, during any period of 
3 consecutive years after 2002, fewer than 20 percent of the allowances 
available in the Auction Subaccount have been purchased.



       Subpart F--Energy Conservation and Renewable Energy Reserve

    Source: 58 FR 3695, Jan. 11, 1993, unless otherwise noted.

[[Page 167]]



Sec. 73.80  Operation of allowance reserve program for conservation and renewable energy.

    (a) General. The Administrator will allocate allowances from the 
Conservation and Renewable Energy Reserve (the ``Reserve'') established 
under subpart B based on verified kilowatt hours saved through the use 
of one or more qualified energy conservation measures or based on 
kilowatt hours generated by qualified renewable energy generation. 
Allowances will be allocated to applicants that meet the requirements of 
this subpart according to the formulas specified in Sec. 73.82(d), and 
in the order in which applications are received, except where provided 
for in Sec. 73.84 and Sec. 73.85, until a total of 300,000 allowances 
have been allocated.
    (b) Period of applicability. Allowances will be allocated under this 
subpart for qualified energy conservation measures or renewable energy 
generation sources that are operational on or after January 1, 1992, and 
before the date on which any unit owned or operated by the applicant 
becomes a Phase I unit or a Phase II unit.
    (c) Termination of the Reserve. The Administrator will reallocate 
any allowances remaining in the Reserve after January 2, 2010 to the 
affected units from whom allowances were withheld by the Administrator, 
in accordance with section 404(g), for purposes of establishing the 
Reserve. Each unit's allocation under this paragraph will be calculated 
as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC10NO91.004

(Allowances will be rounded to the nearest allowance)

[58 FR 3695, Jan. 11, 1993; 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993]



Sec. 73.81  Qualified conservation measures and renewable energy generation.

    (a) Qualified energy conservation measures. A qualified energy 
conservation measure is a demand-side measure not operational until the 
period of applicability, implemented in the residence or facility of a 
customer to whom the utility sells electricity, that:
    (1) Is specified in appendix A(1) of this subpart; or
    (2) In the case of a device or material that is not included in 
appendix A(1) of this subpart,
    (i) Is a cost-effective demand-side measure consistent with an 
applicable least-cost plan or least-cost planning process that increases 
the efficiency of the customer's use of electricity (as measured in 
accordance with Sec. 73.82(c)) without increasing the use by the 
customer of any fuel other than qualified renewable energy, industrial 
waste heat, or, pursuant to paragraph (b)(5) of this section, industrial 
waste gases;
    (ii) Is implemented pursuant to a conservation program approved by 
the utility regulatory authority, which certifies that it meets the 
requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section and is not excluded 
by paragraph (b) of this section; and
    (iii) Is reported by the applicant in its application to the 
Reserve.
    (b) Non-qualified energy conservation measures. The following energy 
conservation measures shall not qualify for Allowance Reserve 
allocations:
    (1) Demand-side measures that were operational before January 1, 
1992;
    (2) Supply-side measures;
    (3) Conservation programs that are exclusively informational or 
educational in nature;
    (4) Load management measures that lead to economic reduction of 
electric energy demand during a utility's peak generating periods, 
unless kilowatt hour savings can be verified by the utility pursuant to 
Sec. 73.82(c); or
    (5) Utilization of industrial waste gases, unless the applicant has 
certified that there is no net increase in sulfur dioxide emissions from 
such utilization.
    (c) Qualified renewable energy generation. Qualified renewable 
energy generation is electrical energy generation, not operational until 
the period of applicability, that:
    (1) Is specified in appendix A(3) of this subpart; or
    (2) In the case of renewable energy generation that is not included 
in appendix A(3) of this subpart is:
    (i) Consistent with a least cost plan or a least cost planning 
process and derived from biomass (i.e., combustible

[[Page 168]]

energy-producing materials from biological sources which include wood, 
plant residues, biological wastes, landfill gas, energy crops, and 
eligible components of municipal solid waste), solar, geothermal, or 
wind resources;
    (ii) Implemented pursuant to approval by the utility regulatory 
authority, which certifies that it meets the requirements of paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i) and (c)(2)(ii) of this section and is not excluded by 
paragraph (d) of this section; and
    (iii) Is reported by the applicant in its application to the 
Reserve.
    (d) Non-qualified renewable energy generation. The following 
renewable energy generation shall not qualify for Allowance Reserve 
allocations:
    (1) Renewable energy generation that was operational before January 
1, 1992;
    (2) Measures that reduce electricity demand for a utility's 
customers without providing electric generation directly for sale to 
customers; and
    (3) Measures that appear on the list of qualified energy 
conservation measures in appendix A(1) of this subpart.

[58 FR 3695, Jan. 11, 1993; 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993]



Sec. 73.82  Application for allowances from reserve program.

    (a) Application Requirements. Each application for Conservation and 
Renewable Energy Reserve allowances, shall:
    (1) Certify that the applicant is a utility;
    (2) Demonstrate that the applicant, any subsidiary of the applicant, 
or any subsidiary of the applicant's holding company, is an owner or 
operator, in whole or in part, of at least one Phase I or Phase II unit 
by including in the application the name and Allowance Tracking System 
account number of a Phase I or Phase II unit which it owns or operates 
and for which it is listed as an owner or operator on the certificate of 
representation submitted by the designated representative for the unit 
pursuant to Sec. 72.20 of this chapter;
    (3) Through certification, demonstrate that the applicant is paying 
in whole or in part for one or more qualified energy conservation 
measures or qualified renewable energy generation (that became 
operational during the period of applicability) either directly or 
through payment to another person that purchases the qualified energy 
conservation measure or qualified renewable energy generation;
    (4) Demonstrate that the applicant is subject to a least cost plan 
or a least cost planning process that:
    (i) provides an opportunity for public notice and comment or other 
public participation processes;
    (ii) evaluates the full range of existing and incremental resources 
in order to meet expected future demand at lowest system cost;
    (iii) treats demand-side resources and supply-side resources on a 
consistent and integrated basis;
    (iv) takes into account necessary features for system operation such 
as diversity, reliability, dispatchability, and other factors of risk;
    (v) may take into account other factors, including the social and 
environmental costs and benefits of resource investments; and
    (vi) is being implemented by the applicant to the maximum extent 
practicable.
    (5) Demonstrate that the qualified energy conservation measure 
adopted or qualified renewable energy generated, or both, are consistent 
with the least cost plan or least cost planning process;
    (6) If the applicant is subject to the rate-making jurisdiction of a 
State or local utility regulatory authority, its least cost plan or 
least cost planning process has been approved or accepted by the utility 
regulatory authority in the State or locality in which the qualified 
conservation measure(s) are adopted or in which the qualified renewable 
energy generation is utilized, and such State or local utility 
regulatory authority certifies that the least-cost plan or least-cost 
planning process meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(4) of this 
section;
    (7) If the applicant is not subject to the rate-making jurisdiction 
of a State or local regulatory authority, its least cost plan or least 
cost planning process has been approved or has been accepted by the 
utility regulatory authority with rate-making jurisdiction over the 
applicant, and such utility regulatory authority certifies that the 
least cost plan or least cost planning process

[[Page 169]]

meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(4) of this section;
    (8) If the applicant is an independent power production facility 
that sells qualified renewable energy generation to another utility, the 
applicant has enclosed documentation that such qualified renewable 
energy generation was purchased pursuant to the purchasing utility's 
least cost plan or least cost planning process, which has been approved 
or accepted by the purchasing utility's utility regulatory authority.
    (9)(i) If the applicant is an investor-owner utility subject to the 
ratemaking jurisdiction of a State utility regulatory authority and is 
submitting an application on the basis of one or more qualified energy 
conservation measures, such State utility regulatory authority has 
established a procedure for determining rates and charges ensuring net 
income neutrality, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, including a 
provision that the utility's net income is compensated in full 
(considering factors such as risk) for lost sales attributable to the 
utility's conservation programs, which may include:
    (A) General ratemaking for formulas that decouple utility profits 
from actual utility sales;
    (B) Specific rate adjustment formulas that allow a utility to 
recover in its retail rates the full costs of conservation measures plus 
any associated net revenues lost as a result of reduced sales resulting 
from conservation initiatives; or
    (C) Conservation incentive mechanisms designed to provide positive 
financial rewards to a utility to encourage implementation of cost-
effective measures;
    (ii) Provided that the existence of any one of the categories of 
ratemaking or rate adjustment formulas or conservation incentive 
mechanisms specified in paragraph (a)(9)(i) of this section shall not 
necessarily constitute fulfillment of the net income neutrality 
requirement unless, pursuant to Sec. 73.83, the Secretary of Energy has 
certified the establishment of such net income neutrality;
    (10) Demonstrate that the applicant has implemented the qualified 
energy conservation measures or used the qualified renewable energy 
generation specified in the application during the period of 
applicability;
    (11) Demonstrate the extent to which installation of the qualified 
conservation measure(s) has achieved actual energy savings, by stating, 
on the basis of the performance of the measure(s) following 
installation:
    (i) The amount of kilowatt hour savings resulting from the 
measure(s) in the given year(s);
    (ii) Pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section, the methodology used 
to calculate the kilowatt hour savings; and
    (iii) The name, address, and phone number of the person who 
performed the calculation of kilowatt hour savings;
    (12) Report the type and amount of yearly qualified renewable energy 
generation, by stating (and submitting documentation, including copies 
of plant operation records, supporting such statements) the kilowatt 
hours of qualified renewable energy generated during a previous calendar 
year or years; and
    (13) Report the extent to which qualified renewable energy 
generation was produced in combination with other energy sources 
(hereafter ``hybrid generation'') by stating (and submitting 
documentation, including copies of plant operation records, supporting 
such statements) the heat input and heat rate of the non-qualified 
renewable generation, the total annual kilowatt hours generated, and the 
kilowatt hours that can be attributed to qualified renewable energy 
generation;
    (14) Demonstrate the extent to which the implementation of qualified 
energy conservation measures or the use of qualified renewable energy 
generation has resulted in avoided tons of sulfur dioxide emissions by 
the utility during the period of applicability, pursuant to paragraph 
(d) of this section.
    (b) Application to the Secretary of Energy. For purposes of 
paragraph (a)(9) of this section, the applicant shall fulfill the 
following requirements:
    (1) If a utility applying for allowances from the Reserve has not 
received certification of net income neutrality from the Secretary of 
Energy or

[[Page 170]]

such certification is no longer applicable, the applicant shall submit 
to the Secretary of Energy:
    (i) A copy of the relevant State utility regulatory authority's 
final order or decision setting forth the approved ratemaking mechanisms 
that ensure that a utility's net income will be at least as high upon 
implementation of energy conservation measures as such net income would 
have been if the energy conservation measures has not been implemented;
    (ii) A description of how the State utility regulatory authority's 
order or decision meets the definition of net income neutrality as 
defined in Sec. 72.2; and
    (iii) Any additional information necessary for Secretary of Energy 
to certify that the State regulatory authority has established rates and 
charges that ensure net income neutrality.
    (2) If a utility applying for allowances from the Reserve has 
already received certification of net income neutrality from the 
Secretary of Energy in connection with a previous application for 
allowances, and the ratemaking methods or procedures that ensure net 
income neutrality have not been altered, the applicant shall certify 
that the ratemaking methods and procedures that led to the original 
certification are still in place.
    (c) Verification of energy savings methodology. For the purposes of 
paragraph (a)(11) of this section:
    (1) Applicants subject to the ratemaking jurisdiction of a State 
utility regulatory authority shall use the energy conservation 
verification methodology approved by such authority in support of energy 
conservation applications under this subpart and part 72 of this 
chapter, provided that
    (i) The authority in question uses this methodology to determine the 
applicant's entitlement to performance-based rate adjustments, which 
permit a utility's rates to be adjusted for additional kilowatt hours 
saved due to the utility's energy conservation programs;
    (ii) Such performance based rate adjustments are subject to 
modification either prospectively or retrospectively to reflect periodic 
evaluations of energy savings secured by the applicant; and
    (iii) The applicant has provided the Administrator with a 
description of the State utility regulatory authority's verification 
methodology and documentation that the requirements of this paragraph 
(e) have been met.
    (2) All other applicants, including applicants whose rates are not 
subject to the ratemaking jurisdiction of a State utility regulatory 
authority shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Administrator 
through submission of documentation that savings have been achieved and 
may use the EPA Conservation Verification Protocol.
    (3) All records of verification of energy savings shall be kept on 
file by the applicant for a period of 3 years. The Administrator may 
extend this period for cause at any time prior to the end of 3 years by 
notifying the applicant in writing.
    (4) The Administrator reserves the right to conduct independent 
reviews, analyses, or audits to ascertain that the verification is valid 
and correct. If the Administrator determines that the verification is 
not valid or correct, the Administrator may revise the allocation of 
allowances to an applicant or require the surrender of allowances from 
the applicant's Allowance Tracking System account.
    (d) Calculation of allowances to be allocated.
    (1) In the case of an application submitted on the basis of 
qualified energy conservation measures, the sulfur dioxide emissions 
tonnage deemed avoided for any calendar year shall be equal to the 
product of:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC10NO91.005

                      (Rounded to the nearest ton)

where:
    (A) = the kilowatt hours that were not, but would otherwise have 
been, supplied by the utility during such year in the absence of such 
qualified energy conservation measures.
    (B) = 0.004 1bs. of sulfur dioxide per kilowatt hour.
    (2) In the case of an application submitted on the basis of 
qualified renewable energy generation, the sulfur dioxide emissions 
tonnage deemed avoided

[[Page 171]]

for any calendar year shall be equal to the product of:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC10NO91.006

                      (Rounded to the nearest ton)

where:
    (A) = the actual kilowatt hours of qualified renewable energy 
generated or purchased by the applicant (based on the qualified 
renewable energy generation portion for hybrid generation).
    (B) = 0.004 lbs. of sulfur dioxide per kilowatt hour.
    (e) Certification by Applicant's Certifying Official.
    (1) Certification of all application requirements, including the net 
income neutrality requirements, shall be made by a certifying official 
of the applicant upon such official's verification of all information 
and documentation submitted.
    (2) The applicant shall submit a certification statement signed by 
the applicant's certifying official that reads ``I certify under penalty 
of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the 
information submitted in this document and all its attachments. Based on 
my inquiry of those individuals with primary responsibility for 
obtaining the information, I certify that the information is to the best 
of my knowledge and belief true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that 
there are significant penalties for submitting false material 
information, or omitting material information, including the possibility 
of fine or imprisonment for violations.''
    (f) Certification by State Utility Regulatory Authority. Applicants 
subject to the ratemaking jurisdiction of a State utility regulatory 
authority shall include in their applications a certification by the 
State utility regulatory authority's certifying official that it has 
reviewed the application, including supporting documentation, and finds 
it to be accurate, complete, and consistent with all applicable 
requirements of this subpart.
    (g) Time period to apply. (1) Beginning no earlier than July 1, 
1993, and no earlier than July 1 of each subsequent year, applicants may 
apply to the Administrator for allowances from the Reserve for emissions 
avoided in a previous year or years by use of qualified energy 
conservation measures or qualified renewable energy generation that 
became operational during the period of applicability; and
    (2) Beginning no earlier than January 1, 1993, any applicant may 
apply to the Secretary of Energy for the Secretary's certification of 
net income neutrality where the application is based on the use of one 
or more qualified energy conservation measures.
    (3) Applications will be received by the Administrator and the 
Secretary of Energy until January 2, 2010, pursuant to Sec. 73.80(c), or 
until no allowances remain in the Reserve.
    (h) Submittal location. Applicants shall submit one copy of the 
completed Reserve application, not including the net income neutrality 
application, via registered mail to the Administrator at an address to 
be specified in later guidance. Applicants shall submit 10 copies of the 
net income neutrality application via registered mail to the Department 
of Energy at the following address: Department of Energy, Office of 
Conservation and Renewable Energy, Mail Stop CE-10, Room 6c-036, 1000 
Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20585, Attn: Net Income 
Neutrality Certification.

[58 FR 3695, Jan. 11, 1993; 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993]



Sec. 73.83  Secretary of Energy's action on net income neutrality applications.

    (a) First come, first served. The Secretary of Energy will process 
and certify net income neutrality applications on a ``first-come, first 
served'' basis, according to the order, by date and time, in which they 
are received from either the applicant or, in the case of an application 
submitted to the Administrator and then forwarded to the Secretary, from 
the Administrator.
    (b) Deficient applications. If the Secretary of Energy determines 
that the net income neutrality certification application does not meet 
the requirements of Sec. 73.82 (a)(9) and (b), the Secretary will notify 
the applicant and the Administrator in writing of the deficiency. The 
applicant may then supply additional information or a new revised

[[Page 172]]

application as necessary for the Secretary to make a determination that 
the applicant meets the requirements of Sec. 73.28(a)(9) and (b). 
Additional information or revised applications will be processed 
according to the date of receipt of such information or revisions.
    (c) Notification of approval. The Secretary of Energy will review 
the net income neutrality application to determine whether it meets the 
requirements of Sec. 73.82 (a)(9) and (b) and will certify this finding 
in writing to the applicant and to the Administrator within 60 calendar 
days of receipt of the net income neutrality application or a revised 
application, except that the Secretary may specify a later date for 
certification.



Sec. 73.84  Administrator's action on applications.

    (a) First come, first served. The Administrator will process and 
approve Allowance Reserve applications, in whole or in part, on a 
``first-come, first-served'' basis as established by the order of date 
of receipt, provided that the Administrator shall not allocate more than 
a total of 30,000 allowances in connection with applications based on 
any one of the four categories of qualified renewable energy generation 
enumerated in Sec. 73.81(c)(2)(i) and appendix A(3.1-3.4).
    (b) Deficient applications. An application is deficient and will be 
returned by the Administrator if it fails to meet the requirements set 
forth in this subpart, including those set forth in Sec. 73.82. A 
revised application that is submitted after being returned for failure 
to meet the requirements of this subpart will be processed according to 
the date of receipt of the revised application.
    (c) Notification of approval. Applications that the Administrator 
determines to be complete and correct will be conditionally approved, 
subject to notification to EPA of a net income neutrality certification 
from the Department of Energy, within 120 calendar days of receipt. 
Allowances from the Reserve will be awarded subject to the Department of 
Energy certification, or, if a DOE certification has already been issued 
to the applicant, allocated to applicants from such applications 
depending on the availability of allowances in the Reserve. In the event 
the initial application approval is conditioned upon the Secretary of 
Energy's certification, final approval will be granted upon notification 
of certification by the Secretary of Energy pursuant to Sec. 73.83. The 
Administrator will notify applicants of final approval in writing.
    (d) Allocation of allowances. Beginning in 1995, the Administrator 
will allocate allowances from the Reserve for each approved application 
into the applicant's account or accounts in the Allowance Tracking 
System. If the applicant does not have an account in the Allowance 
Tracking System, or wishes to open a new account for the allowances from 
the Reserve, an application pursuant to Sec. 73.31(c) must accompany the 
application for Reserve allowances.
    (e) Partial fulfillment of requests. (1) In the event that the 
allowances available in the Reserve are less than the number that could 
otherwise be allocated to an approved applicant's account under the 
application as approved, the applicant will receive the allowances 
remaining in the Reserve.
    (2) In the event that a subaccount is established by EPA, pursuant 
to Sec. 73.85, and the applicant is making a request for allowances not 
included in the subaccount, the Allowance Reserve allocations for the 
approved applicant will be made, in addition to any that may be 
allocated pursuant to paragraph (f)(3) of this section, from any 
allowances remaining in the Reserve that are not contained in the 
subaccount.
    (f) Oversubscription of the Reserve.(1) In the event that the 
Reserve becomes oversubscribed by more than one applicant on a single 
day, the allowances remaining in the Reserve will be distributed on a 
pro rata basis to applicants meeting the requirements of Sec. 73.82.
    (2) If Reserve applications are received by the Administrator after 
all allowances from the Reserve have been allocated, the Administrator 
will so notify the applicant within 5 business days after receipt of the 
application.
    (3) In the event that applications meeting the requirements pursuant 
to Sec. 73.82 are received by the Administrator prior to February 1, 
1998, and

[[Page 173]]

    (i) All remaining allowances in the Reserve have been placed in a 
subaccount pursuant to Sec. 73.85; and
    (ii) The applicant is not eligible for an allocation of allowances 
from the subaccount; the application will be placed on a waiting list in 
order of receipt.
    (iii) The Administrator will notify the applicant of such action 
within 5 business days after receipt of the application.
    (4) If any allowances are returned to the Reserve after February 1, 
1998 pursuant to Sec. 73.85(c), the Administrator will review the wait-
listed applications in order of receipt and allocate any remaining 
allowances to the approved applicants in the order of their receipt 
until no more allowances remain in the Reserve.
    (g) Applications for allowances based on the same avoided emissions 
from the same energy conservation measures or renewable energy 
generation.(1) The Administrator will not award allowances to more than 
one applicant for the same avoided emissions from the same energy 
conservation measure or the same qualified renewable energy generation, 
and will process and act on such duplicative applications on a ``first-
come, first-serve'' basis as determined by the order of date of receipt.
    (2) Any allowances awarded pursuant to two or more applications 
received on the same date based on the same avoided emissions from the 
same energy conservation measure or the same renewable electric 
generation will be divided equally between all such applicants unless 
the Administrator is otherwise directed by all such applicants.



Sec. 73.85  Administrator review of the reserve program.

    (a) Administrator review of the Reserve and creation of a 
subaccount. In the event that an allocation of allowances from the 
Reserve pursuant to a pending application would bring the total number 
of allowances allocated to a number greater than 240,000, the 
Administrator will review the distribution of all allowances allocated 
as follows:
    (1) If at least 60,000 allowances have been allocated from the 
Reserve for each of
    (i) Qualified energy conservation measures, and
    (ii) Qualified renewable energy generation, allocations of 
allowances will continue pursuant to Sec. 73.82, until no more 
allowances remain in the Reserve.
    (2) If fewer than 60,000 allowances have been allocated for either 
qualified energy conservation measures or qualified renewable energy 
generation, the Administrator will establish a subaccount for the 
allocation of allowances for applications based on the category for 
which fewer than 60,000 allowances have been allocated. The subaccount 
will contain allowances equal to 60,000 less the number of allowances 
previously allocated for such category.
    (b) Allocation of allowances from the subaccount. The Administrator 
will allocate allowances from the subaccount established pursuant to 
paragraph (a) of this section to approved and DOE certified applicants 
that fulfill the requirements of this subpart, including Sec. 73.82 and 
Sec. 73.83, on a ``first-come, first-served basis'', pursuant to 
Sec. 73.84(a), until the subaccount is depleted or closed pursuant to 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) Closure of the subaccount. Unless all allowances in the 
subaccount have been previously allocated, the Administrator will 
terminate the subaccount not later than February 1, 1998 and return any 
allowances remaining in the subaccount to the general account of the 
Reserve. After all Reserve allocations have been made to applicants with 
approved and DOE certified applications subject to Sec. 73.84(f)(3), the 
Administrator will allocate any remaining allowances to any applicants 
that meet the requirements of this subpart, including Sec. 73.82 and 
Sec. 73.83, on a ``first-come, first-served'' basis, pursuant to 
Sec. 73.84.



Sec. 73.86  State regulatory autonomy.

    Nothing in this subpart shall preclude a State or State regulatory 
authority from providing additional incentives to utilities to encourage 
investment in any conservation measures or renewable energy generation.

[[Page 174]]

Appendix A to Subpart F--List of Qualified Energy Conservation Measures, 
  Qualified Renewable Generation, and Measures Applicable for Reduced 
                               Utilization

 1. Demand-side Measures Applicable for the Conservation and Renewable 
              Energy Reserve Program or Reduced Utilization

    The following listed measures are approved as ``qualified energy 
conservation measures'' for purposes of the Conservation and Renewable 
Energy Reserve Program or reduced utilization qualified energy 
conservation plans under Sec. 72.43 of this chapter. Measures not 
appearing on the list may also be qualified conservation measures if 
they meet the requirements specified in Sec. 73.81(a) of this part.
1.1  Residential
1.1.1  Space Conditioning
     Electric furnace improvements (intermittent ignition, 
automatic vent dampers, and heating element change-outs)
     Air conditioner (central and room) upgrades/replacements
     Heat pump (ground source, solar assisted, and conventional) 
upgrades/replacements
     Cycling of air conditioners and heat pumps
     Natural ventilation
     Heat recovery ventilation
     Clock thermostats
     Setback thermostats
     Geothermal steam direct use
     Improved equipment controls
     Solar assisted space conditioning (ventilation, air-
conditioning, and desiccant cooling)
     Passive solar designs
     Air conditioner and heat pump clean and tune-up
     Heat pipes
     Whole house fans
     High efficiency fans and motors
     Hydronic pump insulation
     Register relocation
     Register size and blade configuration
     Return air location
     Duct sizing
     Duct insulation
     Duct sealing
     Duct cleaning
     Shade tree planting
1.1.2  Water Heating
     Electric water heater upgrades/replacements
     Electric water heater tank wraps/blankets
     Low-flow showerheads and fittings
     Solar heating and pre-heat units
     Geothermal heating and pre-heat units
     Heat traps
     Water heater heat pumps
     Recirculation pumps
     Setback thermostats
     Water heater cycling control
     Solar heating for swimming pools
     Pipe wrap insulation
1.1.3  Lighting
     Lamp replacement
     Dimmers
     Motion detectors and occupancy sensors
     Photovoltaic lighting
     Fixture replacement
     Outdoor lighting controls
1.1.4  Building Envelope
     Attic, basement, ceiling, and wall insulation
     Passive solar building systems
     Exterior roof insulation
     Exterior wall insulation
     Exterior wall insulation bordering unheated space (e.g., a 
garage)
     Knee wall insulation in attic
     Floor insulation
     Perimeter insulation
     Storm windows/doors
     Caulking/weatherstripping
     Multi-glazed inserts for sliding glass doors
     Sliding door replacements
     Installation of French doors
     Hollow core door replacement
     Radiant barriers
     Window vent conversions
     Window replacement
     Window shade screens
     Low-e windows
     Window reduction
     Attic ventilation
     Whole house fan
     Passive solar design
1.1.5  Other Appliances
     Refrigerator replacements
     Freezer replacements
     Oven/range replacements
     Dishwasher replacements
     Clothes washer replacements
     Clothes dryer replacements
     Customer located power generation based on photovoltaic, 
solar thermal, biomass, wind or geothermal resources
     Swimming pool pump replacements
     Gasket replacements
     Maintenance/coil cleaning
1.2  Commercial
1.2.1  Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC)
     Heat pump replacement
     Fan motor efficiency
     Resizing of chillers
     Heat pipe retrofits in air conditioning units
     Dehumidifiers
     Steam trap insulation
     Radiator thermostatic valves
     Variable speed drive on fan motor
     Solar assisted HVAC including ventilation, chillers, heat 
pumps, and desiccants
     HVAC piping insulation
     HVAC ductwork insulation
     Boiler insulation
     Automatic night setback

[[Page 175]]

     Automatic economizer cooling
     Outside air control
     Hot and cold deck automatic reset
     Reheat system primary air optimization
     Process heat recovery
     Deadband thermostat
     Timeclocks on circulating pumps
     Chiller system
     Increase condensing unit efficiency
     Separate make-up air for exhaust hoods
     Variable air volume system
     Direct tower cooling (chiller strainer cycle)
     Multiple chiller control
     Radiant heating
     Evaporative roof surface cooling
     Cooling tower flow control
     Ceiling fans
     Evaporative cooling
     Direct expansion cooling system
     Heat recovery ventilation (water and air-source)
     Set-back controls for heating/cooling
     Make-up air control
     Manual fan switches
     Energy saving exhaust hood
     Night flushing
     Spot radiant heating
     Terminal regulated air volume control scheme
     Variable speed motors for HVAC system
     Waterside economizers
     Airside economizer
     Gray water systems
     Well water for cooling
1.2.2  Building envelope
     Insulation
     Wall insulation
     Floor/slab insulation
     Roof insulation
     Window and door upgrades, replacements, and films (to 
reduce solar heat gains)
     Passive solar design
     Earth berming
     Shading devices and tree planting
     High reflectivity roof coating
     Evaporative cooling
     Infiltration reduction
     Weatherstripping
     Caulking
     Low-e windows
     Multi-glazed windows
     Replace glazing with insulated walls
     Thermal break window frames
     Tinted glazing
     Vapor barrier
     Vestibule entry
1.2.3  Lighting
     Electronic ballast replacements
     Delamping
     Reflectors
     Occupancy sensors
     Daylighting with controls
     Photovoltaic lighting
     Efficient exterior lighting
     Manual selective switching
     Efficient exit signs
     Daylighting construction
     Cathode cutout ballasts
     High intensity discharge luminaries
     Outdoor light timeclock and photocell
1.2.4  Refrigeration
     Refrigerator replacement
     Freezer replacement
     Optimize heat gains to refrigerated space
     Optimize defrost control
     Refrigeration pressure optimization control
     High efficiency compressors
     Anti-condensate heater control
     Floating head pressure
     Hot gas defrost
     Parallel unequal compressors
     Variable speed compressors
     Water cooler controls
     Waste heat utilization
     Air doors on refrigeration equipment
1.2.5  Water Heating
     Electric water heating upgrades/replacements
     Electric water heater wraps/blankets
     Pipe insulation
     Solar heating and/or pre-heat units
     Geothermal heating and/or pre-heat units
     Circulating pump control
     Point-of-use water heater
     Heat recovery domestic water heater (DWH) system
     Chemical dishwashing system
     End-use reduction using low-flow fittings
1.2.6  Other end-uses and miscellaneous
     Energy management control systems for building operations
     Customer located power based on photovoltaic, solar 
thermal, biomass, wind, and geothermal resources
     Energy efficient office equipment
     Customer-owned transformer upgrades and proper sizing
1.3  Industial
1.3.1  Motors
     Retire inefficient motors and replace with energy efficient 
motors, including the use of electronic adjustable speed or variable 
frequency drives
     Rebuild motors to operate more efficiently through greater 
contamination protection and improved magnetic materials
     Install self-starters
     Replace improperly sized motors
1.3.2  Lighting
     Electronic ballast replacement/improvement
     Electromagnetic ballast upgrade
     Installation of reflectors
     Substitution of lamps with built-in automatic cathode cut-
out switches
     Modify ballast circuits with additional impedance devices
     Metal halide and high pressure sodium lamp retrofits
     High pressure sodium retrofits
     Daylighting with controls
     Occupancy sensors

[[Page 176]]

     Delamping
     Photovoltaic lighting
     Two step and dimmable high intensity discharge ballast
1.3.3  Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning (HVAC)
     Heat pump replacement/upgrade
     Furnace upgrade/replacement
     Fan motor efficiency
     Resizing of chillers
     Heat pipe retrofits on air conditioners
     Variable speed drive on fan motor
     Solar assisted HVAC including ventilation, chillers, heat 
pumps and desiccants
1.3.4  Industrial Processes
     Upgrades in heat transfer equipment
     Insulation and burner upgrades for industrial furnaces/
ovens/boilers to reduce electricity loads on motors and fans
     Insulation and redesign of piping
     Upgrades/retrofits in condenser/evaporation equipment
     Process air and water filtration for improved efficiency
     Upgrades of catalytic combustors
     Solar process heat
     Customer located power based on photovoltaic, solar 
thermal, biomass, wind, and geothermal resources
     Power factor controllers
     Utilization of waste gas fuels
     Steam line and steam trap repairs/upgrades
     Compressed air system improvements/repairs
     Industrial process heat pump
     Optimization of equipment lubrication or maintenance
     Resizing of process equipment for optimal energy efficiency
     Use of unique thermodynamic power cycles
1.3.5  Building Envelope
     Insulation of ceiling, walls, and ducts
     Window and door replacement/upgrade, including thermal 
energy barriers
     Caulking/weatherstripping
1.3.6  Water Heating
     Electric water heater upgrades/replacements
     Electric water heater wraps/blankets
     Pipe insulation
     Low-flow showerheads and fittings
     Solar heating and pre-heat units
     Geothermal heating and pre-heat units
1.3.7  Other End-uses and miscellaneous
     Refrigeration system retrofit/replacement
     Energy management control systems and end use metering
     Customer-owned transformer retrofits/replacements and 
proper sizing
1.4  Agricultural
1.4.1  Space Conditioning
     Building envelope measures
     Efficient HVAC equipment
     Heat pipe retrofit on air conditioners
     System and control measures
     Solar assisted HVAC including ventilation, chillers, heat 
pumps, and desiccants
     Air-source and geothermal heat pumps replacement/upgrades
1.4.2  Water heating
     Upgrades/replacements
     Water heater wraps/blankets
     Pipe insulation
     Low-flow showerheads and fittings
     Solart heating and/or pre-hear units
     Geothermal heating and/or pre-heat units
1.4.3  Lighting
     Electronic ballast replacements
     Delamping
     Reflectors
     Occupancy sensors
     Daylighting with controls
     Photovoltaic lighting
     Outdoor lighting controls
1.4.4  Pumping/Irrigation
     Pump upgrades/retrofits
     Computerized pump control systems
     Irrigation load management strategies
     Irrigation pumping plants
     Computer irrigation control
     Surge irrigation
     Computerized scheduling of irrigation
     Drip irrigation systems
1.4.5  Motors
     Retire inefficient motors and replace with energy efficient 
motors, including the use of electronic adjustable speed and variable 
frequency drives
     Rebuild motors to operate more efficiently through greater 
contamination protection and improved magnetic materials
     Install self-starters
     Replace improperly sized motors
11.4.6  Other end uses
     Ventilation fans
     Cooling and refrigeration system upgrades
     Grain drying using unheated air
     Grain drying using low temperature electric
     Customer-owned transformer retrofits/replacements and 
proper sizing
     Programmable controllers for electrical farm equipment
     Controlled livestock ventilation
     Water heating for production agriculture
     Milk cooler heat exchangers
     Direct expansion/ice bank milk cooling
     Low energy precision application systems
     Heat pump crop drying
1.5  Government Services Sector
1.5.1  Streetlighting
     Replace incandescent and mercury vapor lamps with high 
pressure sodium and metal halide
1.5.2  Other
     Energy efficiency improvements in motors, pumps, and 
controls for water supply and waste water treatment

[[Page 177]]

     District heating and cooling measures derived for 
cogeneration that result in electricity savings

       2. Supply-side Measures Applicable for Reduced Utilization

    Supply-side measures that may be approved for purposes of reduced 
utilization plans under Sec. 72.43 include the following:
2.1  Generation efficiency
     Heat rate improvement programs
     Availability improvement programs
     Coal cleaning measures that improve boiler efficiency
     Turbine improvements
     Boiler improvements
     Control improvements, including artificial intelligence and 
expert systems
     Distributed control--local (real-time) versus central 
(delayed)
     Equipment monitoring
     Performance monitoring
     Preventive maintenance
     Additional or improved heat recovery
     Sliding/variable pressure operations
     Adjustable speed drives
     Improved personnel training to improve man/machine 
interface
2.2  Transmission and distribution efficiency
     High efficiency transformer switchouts using amorphous core 
and silicon steel technologies
     Low-loss windings
     Innovative cable insulation
     Reactive power dispatch optimization
     Power factor control
     Primary feeder reconfiguration
     Primary distribution voltage upgrades
     High efficiency substation transformers
     Controllable series capacitors
     Real-time distribution data acquisition analysis and 
control systems
     Conservation voltage regulation

3. Renewable Energy Generation Measures Applicable for the Conservation 
                  and Renewable Energy Reserve Program

    The following listed measures are approved as ``qualified renewable 
energy generation'' for purposes of the Conservation and Renewable 
Energy Reserve Program. Measures not appearing on the list may also be 
qualified renewable energy generation measures if they meet the 
requirements specified in Sec. 73.81.
3.1  Biomass resources
     Combustible energy-producing materials from biological 
sources which include: wood, plant residues, biological wastes, landfill 
gas, energy crops, and eligible components of municipal solid waste.
3.2  Solar resources
     Solar thermal systems and the non-fossil fuel portion of 
solar thermal hybrid systems
     Grid and non-grid connected photovoltaic systems, including 
systems added for voltage or capacity augmentation of a distribution 
grid.
3.4  Geothermal resources
     Hydrothermal or geopressurized resources used for dry 
steam, flash steam, or binary cycle generation of electricity.
3.5  Wind resources
     Grid-connected and non-grid-connected wind farms
     Individual wind-driven electrical generating turbines



                   Subpart G--Small Diesel Refineries



Sec. 73.90  Allowance allocations for small diesel refineries.

    (a) Initial certification of eligibility. The certifying official of 
a refinery that seeks allowances under this section shall apply for 
certification of its facility eligibility prior to or accompanying a 
request for allowances under paragraph (d) of this section. A completed 
application for certification, submitted to the address in Sec. 73.13 of 
this chapter, shall include the following:
    (1) Photocopies of Form EIA-810 for each month of calendar years 
1988 through 1990 for the refinery;
    (2) Photocopies of Form EIA-810 for each month of calendar years 
1988 through 1990 for each refinery owned or controlled by the refiner 
that owns or controls the refinery seeking certification; and
    (3) A letter certified by the certifying official that the submitted 
photocopies are exact duplicates of those forms filed with the 
Department of Energy for 1988 through 1990.
    (b) Request for allowances. (1) In addition to the application for 
certification, prior to, or accompanying, the request for allowances, 
the certifying official for the refinery shall submit an Allowance 
Tracking System New Account/New Authorized Account Representative Form.
    (2) The request for allowances shall be submitted to the address in 
Sec. 72.13 and shall include the following information:
    (i) Certification that all motor fuel produced by the refinery for 
which allowances are claimed meets the requirements of subsection 211(i) 
of the Clean Air Act;
    (ii) For calendar year 1993 desulfurized diesel fuel, photocopies of

[[Page 178]]

Form 810 for October, November and December 1993;
    (iii) For calendar years 1994 through 1999, inclusive, photocopies 
of Form 810 for each month in the respective calendar year.
    (3) For joint ventures, each eligible refinery shall submit a 
separate application under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Each 
application must include the diesel fuel throughput applicable to the 
joint agreement and the requested distribution of allowances that would 
be allocated to the joint agreement. If the applications for refineries 
involved in the joint agreement are inconsistent as to the throughput of 
diesel fuel applicable to the joint agreement or as to the distribution 
of the allowances, all involved applications will be considered void for 
purposes of the joint agreement.
    (4) The certifying official shall submit all requests for allowances 
by April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the diesel 
fuel was desulfurized to the Director, Acid Rain Division, under the 
procedures set forth in Sec. 73.13 of this part.
    (c) Allowance allocation. The Administrator will allocate allowances 
to the eligible refinery upon satisfactory submittal of information 
under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section in the amount calculated 
according to the following equations. Such allowances will be allocated 
to the refinery's non-unit subaccount for the calendar year in which the 
application is made.
    (1) Allowances allocated under this section to any eligible refinery 
will be limited to the tons of SO2 attributable to the 
desulfurization of diesel fuel at the refinery. (2) The refinery will be 
allocated allowances for a calendar year and, in the case of 1993, for 
the period October 1 through December 31, calculated according to the 
following equation, but not to exceed 1500 for any calendar year:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.092

where:

a = diesel fuel in barrels for the year (or for October 1 through 
December 31 for 1993)
b = lbs per barrel of diesel
c = lbs of sulfur per lbs of diesel
d = lbs of SO2 per lbs of sulfur
e = lbs per short ton

    (3) If applications for a given year request, in the aggregate, more 
than 35,000 allowances, the Administrator will allocate allowances to 
each refinery in the amount equal to the lesser of 1500 or:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR24OC97.000


[[Page 179]]



[58 FR 15716, Mar. 23, 1993; 58 FR 33770, June 21, 1993; 62 FR 55486, 
Oct. 24, 1997]



PART 74--SULFUR DIOXIDE OPT-INS--Table of Contents




                    Subpart A--Background and Summary

Sec.
74.1  Purpose and scope.
74.2  Applicability.
74.3  Relationship to the Acid Rain program requirements.
74.4  Designated representative.

                    Subpart B--Permitting Procedures

74.10  Roles--EPA and permitting authority.
74.12  Opt-in permit contents.
74.14  Opt-in permit process.
74.16  Application requirements for combustion sources.
74.17  Application requirements for process sources. [Reserved]
74.18  Withdrawal.
74.19  Revision and renewal of opt-in permit.

        Subpart C--Allowance Calculations for Combustion Sources

74.20  Data for baseline and alternative baseline.
74.22  Actual SO2 emissions rate.
74.23  1985 Allowable SO2 emissions rate.
74.24  Current allowable SO2 emissions rate.
74.25  Current promulgated SO2 emissions limit.
74.26  Allocation formula.
74.28  Allowance allocation for combustion sources becoming opt-in 
          sources on a date other than January 1.

Subpart D--Allowance Calculations for Process Sources [Reserved]

  Subpart E--Allowance Tracking and Transfer and End of Year Compliance

74.40  Establishment of opt-in source allowance accounts.
74.41  Identifying allowances.
74.42  Prohibition on future year transfers.
74.43  Annual compliance certification report.
74.44  Reduced utilization for combustion sources.
74.45  Reduced utilization for process sources. [Reserved]
74.46  Opt-in source permanent shutdown, reconstruction, or change in 
          affected status.
74.47  Transfer of allowances from the replacement of thermal energy--
          combustion sources.
74.48  Transfer of allowances from the replacement of thermal energy--
          process sources. [Reserved]
74.49  Calculation for deducting allowances.
74.50  Deducting opt-in source allowances from ATS accounts.

           Subpart F--Monitoring Emissions: Combustion Sources

74.60  Monitoring requirements.
74.61  Monitoring plan.

Subpart G--Monitoring Emissions: Process Sources [Reserved]

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7601 and 7651 et seq.

    Source: 60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, unless otherwise noted.



                    Subpart A--Background and Summary



Sec. 74.1  Purpose and scope.

    The purpose of this part is to establish the requirements and 
procedures for:
    (a) The election of a combustion or process source that emits sulfur 
dioxide to become an affected unit under the Acid Rain Program, pursuant 
to section 410 of title IV of the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401, et 
seq., as amended by Public Law 101-549 (November 15, 1990); and
    (b) Issuing and modifying operating permits; certifying monitors; 
and allocating, tracking, transferring, surrendering and deducting 
allowances for combustion or process sources electing to become affected 
units.



Sec. 74.2  Applicability.

    Combustion or process sources that are not affected units under 
Sec. 72.6 of this chapter and that are operating and are located in the 
48 contiguous States or the District of Columbia may submit an opt-in 
permit application to become opt-in sources upon issuance of an opt-in 
permit. Units for which an exemption under Sec. 72.7, Sec. 72.8 or 
Sec. 72.14 of this chapter is in effect and combustion or process 
sources that are not operating are not eligible to submit an opt-in 
permit application to become opt-in sources.

[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 62 FR 55487, Oct. 24, 1997]

[[Page 180]]



Sec. 74.3  Relationship to the Acid Rain program requirements.

    (a) General. (1) For purposes of applying parts 72, 73, 75, 77 and 
78, each opt-in source shall be treated as an affected unit.
    (2) Subpart A, B, G, and H of part 72 of this chapter, including 
Secs. 72.2 (definitions), 72.3 (measurements, abbreviations, and 
acronyms), 72.4 (Federal authority), 72.5 (State authority), 72.6 
(applicability), 72.7 (New units exemption), 72.8 (Retired units 
exemption), 72.9 (Standard Requirements), 72.10 (availability of 
information), and 72.11 (computation of time), shall apply to this part.
    (b) Permits. The permitting authority shall act in accordance with 
this part and parts 70, 71, and 72 of this chapter in issuing or denying 
an opt-in permit and incorporating it into a combustion or process 
source's operating permit. To the extent that any requirements of this 
part, part 72, and part 78 of this chapter are inconsistent with the 
requirements of parts 70 and 71 of this chapter, the requirements of 
this part, part 72, and part 78 of this chapter shall take precedence 
and shall govern the issuance, denials, revision, reopening, renewal, 
and appeal of the opt-in permit.
    (c) Appeals. The procedures for appeals of decisions of the 
Administrator under this part are contained in part 78 of this chapter.
    (d) Allowances. A combustion or process source that becomes an 
affected unit under this part shall be subject to all the requirements 
of subparts C and D of part 73 of this chapter, consistent with subpart 
E of this part.
    (e) Excess emissions. A combustion or process source that becomes an 
affected unit under this part shall be subject to the requirements of 
part 77 of this chapter applicable to excess emissions of sulfur dioxide 
and shall not be subject to the requirements of part 77 of this chapter 
applicable to excess emissions of nitrogen oxides.
    (f) Monitoring. A combustion or process source that becomes an 
affected unit under this part shall be subject to all the requirements 
of part 75, consistent with subparts F and G of this part.

[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18841, Apr. 16, 1998]



Sec. 74.4  Designated representative.

    (a) The provisions of subpart B of part 72 of this chapter shall 
apply to the designated representative of an opt-in source.
    (b) If a combustion or process source is located at the same source 
as one or more affected units, the combustion or process source shall 
have the same designated representative as the other affected units at 
the source.
    (c)(1) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, a certifying 
official of a combustion or process source that is located at the same 
source as one or more affected utility units and that, on the date on 
which an initial opt-in permit application is submitted for such 
combustion or process source and thereafter, does not serve a generator 
that produces electricity for sale may elect to designate, for such 
combustion or process source, a different designated representative than 
the designated representative for the affected utility units.
    (2) In order to make such an election, the certifying official shall 
submit to the Administrator, in a format prescribed by the 
Administrator: a certification that the combustion or process source for 
which the election is made meets each of the requirements for election 
in paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and a certificate of representation 
for the designated representative of the combustion or process source in 
accordance with Sec. 72.24 of this chapter. The Administrator will rely 
on such certificate of representation in accordance with Sec. 72.25 of 
this chapter, unless the Administrator determines that the requirements 
for election in paragraph (c)(1) of this section are not met. If, after 
the election is made, the requirements for election in paragraph (c)(1) 
of this section are no longer met, the election shall automatically 
terminate on the first date on which the requirements are no longer met 
and, within 30

[[Page 181]]

days of that date, a certificate of representation for the designated 
representative of the combustion or process source shall be submitted 
consistent with paragraph (b) of this section.

[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18841, Apr. 16, 1998]



                    Subpart B--Permitting Procedures



Sec. 74.10  Roles--EPA and permitting authority.

    (a) Administrator responsibilities. The Administrator shall be 
responsible for the following activities under the opt-in provisions of 
the Acid Rain Program:
    (1) Calculating the baseline or alternative baseline and allowance 
allocation, and allocating allowances for combustion or process sources 
that become affected units under this part;
    (2) Certifying or recertifying monitoring systems for combustion or 
process sources as provided under Sec. 74.20 of this chapter;
    (3) Establishing allowance accounts, tracking allowances, assessing 
end-of-year compliance, determining reduced utilization, approving 
thermal energy transfer and accounting for the replacement of thermal 
energy, closing accounts for opt-in sources that shut down, are 
reconstructed, become affected under Sec. 72.6 of this chapter, or fail 
to renew their opt-in permit, and deducting allowances as provided under 
subpart E of this part; and
    (4) Ensuring that the opt-in source meets all withdrawal conditions 
prior to withdrawal from the Acid Rain Program as provided under 
Sec. 74.18; and
    (5) Approving and disapproving the request to withdraw from the Acid 
Rain Program.
    (b) Permitting authority responsibilities. The permitting authority 
shall be responsible for the following activities:
    (1) Issuing the draft and final opt-in permit;
    (2) Revising and renewing the opt-in permit; and
    (3) Terminating the opt-in permit for an opt-in source as provided 
in Sec. 74.18 (withdrawal), Sec. 74.46 (shutdown, reconstruction or 
change in affected status) and Sec. 74.50 (deducting allowances).

[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18841, Apr. 16, 1998]



Sec. 74.12  Opt-in permit contents.

    (a) The opt-in permit shall be included in the Acid Rain permit.
    (b) Scope. The opt-in permit provisions shall apply only to the opt-
in source and not to any other affected units.
    (c) Contents. Each opt-in permit, including any draft or proposed 
opt-in permit, shall contain the following elements in a format 
specified by the Administrator:
    (1) All elements required for a complete opt-in permit application 
as provided under Sec. 74.16 for combustion sources or under Sec. 74.17 
for process sources or, if applicable, all elements required for a 
complete opt-in permit renewal application as provided in Sec. 74.19 for 
combustion sources or under Sec. 74.17 for process sources;
    (2) The allowance allocation for the opt-in source as determined by 
the Administrator under subpart C of this part for combustion sources or 
subpart D of this part for process sources;
    (3) The standard permit requirements as provided under Sec. 72.9 of 
this chapter, except that the provisions in Sec. 72.9(d) of this chapter 
shall not be included in the opt-in permit; and
    (4) Termination. The provision that participation of a combustion or 
process source in the Acid Rain Program may be terminated only in 
accordance with Sec. 74.18 (withdrawal), Sec. 74.46 (shutdown, 
reconstruction, or change in affected status), and Sec. 74.50 (deducting 
allowances).
    (d) Each opt-in permit is deemed to incorporate the definitions of 
terms under Sec. 72.2 of this chapter.
    (e) Permit shield. Each opt-in source operated in accordance with 
the opt-in permit that governs the opt-in source and that was issued in 
compliance with title IV of the Act, as provided in this part and parts 
72, 73, 75, 77, and 78 of this chapter, shall be deemed to be operating 
in compliance with the Acid Rain Program, except as provided in 
Sec. 72.9(g)(6) of this chapter.
    (f) Term of opt-in permit. An opt-in permit shall be issued for a 
period of 5

[[Page 182]]

years and may be renewed in accordance with Sec. 74.19; provided
    (1) If an opt-in permit is issued prior to January 1, 2000, then the 
opt-in permit may, at the option of the permitting authority, expire on 
December 31, 1999; and
    (2) If an affected unit with an Acid Rain permit is located at the 
same source as the combustion source, the combustion source's opt-in 
permit may, at the option of the permitting authority, expire on the 
same date as the affected unit's Acid Rain permit expires.



Sec. 74.14  Opt-in permit process.

    (a) Submission. The designated representative of a combustion or 
process source may submit an opt-in permit application and a monitoring 
plan to the Administrator at any time for any combustion or process 
source that is operating.
    (b) Issuance or denial of opt-in permits. The permitting authority 
shall issue or deny opt-in permits or revisions of opt-in permits in 
accordance with the procedures in parts 70 and 71 of this chapter and 
subparts F and G of part 72 of this chapter, except as provided in this 
section.
    (1) Supplemental information. Regardless of whether the opt-in 
permit application is complete, the Administrator or the permitting 
authority may request submission of any additional information that the 
Administrator or the permitting authority determines to be necessary in 
order to review the opt-in permit application or to issue an opt-in 
permit.
    (2) Interim review of monitoring plan. The Administrator will 
determine, on an interim basis, the sufficiency of the monitoring plan, 
accompanying the opt-in permit application. A monitoring plan is 
sufficient, for purposes of interim review, if the plan appears to 
contain information demonstrating that all SO2 emissions, 
NOx emissions, CO2 emissions, and opacity of the 
combustion or process source are monitored and reported in accordance 
with part 75 of this chapter. This interim review of sufficiency shall 
not be construed as the approval or disapproval of the combustion or 
process source's monitoring system.
    (3) Issuance of draft opt-in permit. After the Administrator 
determines whether the combustion or process source's monitoring plan is 
sufficient under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the permitting 
authority shall serve the draft opt-in permit or the denial of a draft 
permit or the draft opt-in permit revisions or the denial of draft opt-
in permit revisions on the designated representative of the combustion 
or process source submitting an opt-in permit application. A draft 
permit or draft opt-in permit revision shall not be served or issued if 
the monitoring plan is determined not to be sufficient.
    (4) Confirmation by source of intention to opt-in. Within 21 
calendar days from the date of service of the draft opt-in permit or the 
denial of the draft opt-in permit, the designated representative of a 
combustion or process source submitting an opt-in permit application 
must submit to the Administrator, in writing, a confirmation or recision 
of the source's intention to become an opt-in source under this part. 
The Administrator shall treat the failure to make a timely submission as 
a recision of the source's intention to become an opt-in source and as a 
withdrawal of the opt-in permit application.
    (5) Issuance of draft opt-in permit. If the designated 
representative confirms the combustion or process source's intention to 
opt in under paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the permitting authority 
will give notice of the draft opt-in permit or denial of the draft opt-
in permit and an opportunity for public comment, as provided under 
Sec. 72.65 of this chapter with regard to a draft permit or denial of a 
draft permit if the Administrator is the permitting authority or as 
provided in accordance with part 70 of this chapter with regard to a 
draft permit or the denial of a draft permit if the State is the 
permitting authority.
    (6) Permit decision deadlines. (i) If the Administrator is the 
permitting authority, an opt-in permit will be issued or denied within 
12 months of receipt of a complete opt-in permit application.
    (ii) If the State is the permitting authority, an opt-in permit will 
be issued or denied within 18 months of receipt of a complete opt-in 
permit application or

[[Page 183]]

such lesser time approved for operating permits under part 70 of this 
chapter.
    (7) Withdrawal of opt-in permit application. A combustion or process 
source may withdraw its opt-in permit application at any time prior to 
the issuance of the final opt-in permit. Once a combustion or process 
source withdraws its application, in order to re-apply, it must submit a 
new opt-in permit application in accordance with Sec. 74.16 for 
combustion sources or Sec. 74.17 for process sources.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Entry into Acid Rain Program--(1) Effective date. The effective 
date of the opt-in permit shall be the January 1, April 1, July 1, or 
October 1 for a combustion or process source providing monthly data 
under Sec. 74.20, or January 1 for a combustion or process source 
providing annual data under Sec. 74.20, following the later of the 
issuance of the opt-in permit by the permitting authority or the 
completion of monitoring system certification, as provided in subpart F 
of this part for combustion sources or subpart G of this part for 
process sources. The combustion or process source shall become an opt-in 
source and an affected unit as of the effective date of the opt-in 
permit.
    (2) Allowance allocation. After the opt-in permit becomes effective, 
the Administrator will allocate allowances to the opt-in source as 
provided in Sec. 74.40. If the effective date of the opt-in permit is 
not January 1, allowances for the first year shall be pro-rated as 
provided in Sec. 74.28.
    (e) Expiration of opt-in permit. An opt-in permit that is issued 
before the completion of monitoring system certification under subpart F 
of this part for combustion sources or under subpart G of this part for 
process sources shall expire 180 days after the permitting authority 
serves the opt-in permit on the designated representative of the 
combustion or process source governed by the opt-in permit, unless such 
monitoring system certification is complete. The designated 
representative may petition the Administrator to extend this time period 
in which an opt-in permit expires and must explain in the petition why 
such an extension should be granted. The designated representative of a 
combustion source governed by an expired opt-in permit and that seeks to 
become an opt-in source must submit a new opt-in permit application.

[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18841, Apr. 16, 1998]



Sec. 74.16  Application requirements for combustion sources.

    (a) Opt-in permit application. Each complete opt-in permit 
application for a combustion source shall contain the following elements 
in a format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (1) Identification of the combustion source, including company name, 
plant name, plant site address, mailing address, description of the 
combustion source, and information and diagrams on the combustion 
source's configuration;
    (2) Identification of the designated representative, including name, 
address, telephone number, and facsimile number;
    (3) The year and month the combustion source commenced operation;
    (4) The number of hours the combustion source operated in the six 
months preceding the opt-in permit application and supporting 
documentation;
    (5) The baseline or alternative baseline data under Sec. 74.20;
    (6) The actual SO2 emissions rate under Sec. 74.22;
    (7) The allowable 1985 SO2 emissions rate under 
Sec. 74.23;
    (8) The current allowable SO2 emissions rate under 
Sec. 74.24;
    (9) The current promulgated SO2 emissions rate under 
Sec. 74.25;
    (10) If the combustion source seeks to qualify for a transfer of 
allowances from the replacement of thermal energy, a thermal energy plan 
as provided in Sec. 74.47 for combustion sources; and
    (11) A statement whether the combustion source was previously an 
affected unit under this part;
    (12) A statement that the combustion source is not an affected unit 
under Sec. 72.6 of this chapter and does not have an exemption under 
Sec. 72.7, Sec. 72.8, or Sec. 72.14 of this chapter;
    (13) A complete compliance plan for SO2 under Sec. 72.40 
of this chapter; and
    (14) The following statement signed by the designated representative 
of the

[[Page 184]]

combustion source: ``I certify that the data submitted under subpart C 
of part 74 reflects actual operations of the combustion source and has 
not been adjusted in any way.''
    (b) Accompanying documents. The designated representative of the 
combustion source shall submit a monitoring plan in accordance with 
Sec. 74.61.

[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18841, Apr. 16, 1998]



Sec. 74.17  Application requirements for process sources. [Reserved]



Sec. 74.18  Withdrawal.

    (a) Withdrawal through administrative amendment. An opt-in source 
may request to withdraw from the Acid Rain Program by submitting an 
administrative amendment under Sec. 72.83 of this chapter; provided that 
the amendment will be treated as received by the permitting authority 
upon issuance of the notification of the acceptance of the request to 
withdraw under paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
    (b) Requesting withdrawal. To withdraw from the Acid Rain Program, 
the designated representative of an opt-in source shall submit to the 
Administrator and the permitting authority a request to withdraw 
effective January 1 of the year after the year in which the submission 
is made. The submission shall be made no later than December 1 of the 
calendar year preceding the effective date of withdrawal.
    (c) Conditions for withdrawal. In order for an opt-in source to 
withdraw, the following conditions must be met:
    (1) By no later than January 30 of the first calendar year in which 
the withdrawal is to be effective, the designated representative must 
submit to the Administrator an annual compliance certification report 
pursuant to Sec. 74.43.
    (2) If the opt-in source has excess emissions in the calendar year 
before the year for which the withdrawal is to be in effect, the 
designated representative must submit an offset plan for excess 
emissions, pursuant to part 77 of this chapter, that provides for 
immediate deduction of allowances.
    (d) Administrator's action on withdrawal. After the opt-in source 
meets the requirements for withdrawal under paragraphs (b) and (c) of 
this section, the Administrator will deduct allowances required to be 
deducted under Sec. 73.35 of this chapter and part 77 of this chapter 
and allowances equal in number to and with the same or earlier 
compliance use date as those allocated under Sec. 74.40 for the first 
year for which the withdrawal is to be effective and all subsequent 
years. The Administrator will close the opt-in source's unit account and 
transfer any remaining allowances to a new general account as specified 
under Sec. 74.46(b)(2).
    (e) Opt-in source's prior violations. An opt-in source that 
withdraws from the Acid Rain Program shall comply with all requirements 
under the Acid Rain Program concerning all years for which the opt-in 
source was an affected unit, even if such requirements arise, or must be 
complied with after the withdrawal takes effect.
    (f) Notification. (1) After the requirements for withdrawal under 
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section are met and after the 
Administrator's action on withdrawal under paragraph (d) of this section 
is complete, the Administrator will issue a notification to the 
permitting authority and the designated representative of the opt-in 
source of the acceptance of the opt-in source's request to withdraw.
    (2) If the requirements for withdrawal under paragraphs (b) and (c) 
of this section are not met or the Administrator's action under 
paragraph (d) of this section cannot be completed, the Administrator 
will issue a notification to the permitting authority and the designated 
representative of the opt-in source that the opt-in source's request to 
withdraw is denied. If the opt-in source's request to withdraw is 
denied, the opt-in source shall remain in the Opt-in Program and shall 
remain subject to the requirements for opt-in sources contained in this 
part.
    (g) Permit amendment. (1) After the Administrator issues a 
notification under paragraph (f)(1) of this section that the 
requirements for withdrawal have been met (including the deduction of 
the full amount of allowances as required under paragraph (d) of this 
section), the permitting authority shall amend, in accordance with 
Secs. 72.80 and 72.83 (administrative amendment) of

[[Page 185]]

this chapter, the opt-in source's Acid Rain permit to terminate the opt-
in permit, not later than 60 days from the issuance of the notification 
under paragraph (f) of this section.
    (2) The termination of the opt-in permit under paragraph (g)(1) of 
this section will be effective on January 1 of the year for which the 
withdrawal is requested. An opt-in source shall continue to be an 
affected unit until the effective date of the termination.
    (h) Reapplication upon failure to meet conditions of withdrawal. If 
the Administrator denies the opt-in source's request to withdraw, the 
designated representative may submit another request to withdraw in 
accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
    (i) Ability to return to the Acid Rain Program. Once a combustion or 
process source withdraws from the Acid Rain Program and its opt-in 
permit is terminated, a new opt-in permit application for the combustion 
or process source may not be submitted prior to the date that is four 
years after the date on which the opt-in permit became effective.

[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18841, Apr. 16, 1998]



Sec. 74.19  Revision and renewal of opt-in permit.

    (a) The designated representative of an opt-in source may submit 
revisions to its opt-in permit in accordance with subpart H of part 72 
of this chapter.
    (b) The designated representative of an opt-in source may renew its 
opt-in permit by meeting the following requirements:
    (1)(i) In order to renew an opt-in permit if the Administrator is 
the permitting authority for the renewed permit, the designated 
representative of an opt-in source must submit to the Administrator an 
opt-in permit application at least 6 months prior to the expiration of 
an existing opt-in permit.
    (ii) In order to renew an opt-in permit if the State is the 
permitting authority for the renewed permit, the designated 
representative of an opt-in source must submit to the permitting 
authority an opt-in permit application at least 18 months prior to the 
expiration of an existing opt-in permit or such shorter time as may be 
approved for operating permits under part 70 of this chapter.
    (2) Each complete opt-in permit application submitted to renew an 
opt-in permit shall contain the following elements in a format 
prescribed by the Administrator:
    (i) Elements contained in the opt-in source's initial opt-in permit 
application as specified under Sec. 74.16(a)(1), (2), (10), (11), (12), 
and (13).
    (ii) An updated monitoring plan, if applicable under Sec. 75.53(b) 
of this chapter.
    (c)(1) Upon receipt of an opt-in permit application submitted to 
renew an opt-in permit, the permitting authority shall issue or deny an 
opt-in permit in accordance with the requirements under subpart B of 
this part, except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (2) When issuing a renewed opt-in permit, the permitting authority 
shall not alter an opt-in source's allowance allocation as established, 
under subpart B and subpart C of this part for combustion sources and 
under subpart B and subpart D of this part for process sources, in the 
opt-in permit that is being renewed.



        Subpart C--Allowance Calculations for Combustion Sources



Sec. 74.20  Data for baseline and alternative baseline.

    (a) Acceptable data. (1) The designated representative of a 
combustion source shall submit either the data specified in this 
paragraph or alternative data under paragraph (c) of this section. The 
designated representative shall also submit the calculations under this 
section based on such data.
    (2) The following data shall be submitted for the combustion source 
for the calendar year(s) under paragraph (a)(3) of this section:
    (i) Monthly or annual quantity of each type of fuel consumed, 
expressed in thousands of tons for coal, thousands of barrels for oil, 
and million standard cubic feet (scf) for natural gas. If other fuels 
are used, the combustion source must specify units of measure.
    (ii) Monthly or annual heat content of fuel consumed for each type 
of fuel

[[Page 186]]

consumed, expressed in British thermal units (Btu) per pound for coal, 
Btu per barrel for oil, and Btu per standard cubic foot (scf) for 
natural gas. If other fuels are used, the combustion source must specify 
units of measure.
    (iii) Monthly or annual sulfur content of fuel consumed for each 
type of fuel consumed, expressed as a percentage by weight.
    (3) Calendar Years. (i) For combustion sources that commenced 
operating prior to January 1, 1985, data under this section shall be 
submitted for 1985, 1986, and 1987.
    (ii) For combustion sources that commenced operation after January 
1, 1985, the data under this section shall be submitted for the first 
three consecutive calendar years during which the combustion source 
operated after December 31, 1985.
    (b) Calculation of baseline and alternative baseline.(1) For 
combustion sources that commenced operation prior to January 1, 1985, 
the baseline is the average annual quantity of fuel consumed during 
1985, 1986, and 1987, expressed in mmBtu. The baseline shall be 
calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.000


where,

    (i) for a combustion source submitting monthly data,
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.001
    

and unit conversion


= 2 for coal

= 0.001 for oil

= 1 for gas


For other fuels, the combustion source must specify unit conversion; or
    (ii) for a combustion source submitting annual data,
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.002
    
and unit conversion
    = 2 for coal
    = 0.001 for oil
    = 1 for gas

For other fuels, the combustion source must specify unit conversion.
    (2) For combustion sources that commenced operation after January 1, 
1985, the alternative baseline is the average annual quantity of fuel 
consumed in the first three consecutive calendar years during which the 
combustion source operated after December 31, 1985, expressed in mmBtu. 
The alternative baseline shall be calculated as follows:

[[Page 187]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.003

where,

``annual fuel consumption'' is as defined under paragraph (b)(1)(i) or 
(ii) of this section.

    (c) Alternative data. (1) For combustion sources for which any of 
the data under paragraph (b) of this section is not available due solely 
to a natural catastrophe, data as set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section for the first three consecutive calendar years for which data is 
available after December 31, 1985, may be submitted. The alternative 
baseline for these combustion sources shall be calculated using the 
equation for alternative baseline in paragraph (b)(2) of this section 
and the definition of annual fuel consumption in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) or 
(ii) of this section.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, no 
alternative data may be submitted. A combustion source that cannot 
submit all required data, in accordance with this section, shall not be 
eligible to submit an opt-in permit application.
    (d) Administrator's action. The Administrator may accept in whole or 
in part or with changes as appropriate, request additional information, 
or reject data or alternative data submitted for a combustion source's 
baseline or alternative baseline.



Sec. 74.22  Actual SO2 emissions rate.

    (a) Data requirements. The designated representative of a combustion 
source shall submit the calculations under this section based on data 
submitted under Sec. 74.20 for the following calendar year:
    (1) For combustion sources that commenced operation prior to January 
1, 1985, the calendar year for calculating the actual SO2 
emissions rate shall be 1985.
    (2) For combustion sources that commenced operation after January 1, 
1985, the calendar year for calculating the actual SO2 
emissions rate shall be the first year of the three consecutive calendar 
years of the alternative baseline under Sec. 74.20(b)(2).
    (3) For combustion sources meeting the requirements of 
Sec. 74.20(c), the calendar year for calculating the actual 
SO2 emissions rate shall be the first year of the three 
consecutive calendar years to be used as alternative data under 
Sec. 74.20(c).
    (b) SO2 emissions factor calculation. The SO2 
emissions factor for each type of fuel consumed during the specified 
year, expressed in pounds per thousand tons for coal, pounds per 
thousand barrels for oil and pounds per million cubic feet (scf) for 
gas, shall be calculated as follows:

SO2 Emissions Factor = (average percent of sulfur by weight) 
    x  (k),

where,

average percent of sulfur by weight
    = annual average, for a combustion source submitting annual data
    = monthly average, for a combustion source submitting monthly data
k = 39,000 for bituminous coal or anthracite
    = 35,000 for subbituminous coal
    = 30,000 for lignite
    = 5,964 for distillate (light) oil
    = 6,594 for residual (heavy) oil
    = 0.6 for natural gas
For other fuels, the combustion source must specify the SO2 
emissions factor.

    (c) Annual SO2 emissions calculation. Annual 
SO2 Emissions for the specified calendar year, expressed in 
pounds, shall be calculated as follows:
    (1) For a combustion source submitting monthly data,

[[Page 188]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.004

    (2) For a combustion source submitting annual data:

    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.005
    
where,

``quantity of fuel consumed'' is as defined under Sec. 74.20(a)(2)(i);
``SO2 emissions factor'' is as defined under paragraph (b) of 
this section;
``control system efficiency'' is as defined under Sec. 60.48(a) and part 
60, appendix A, method 19 of this chapter, if applicable; and
``fuel pre-treatment efficiency'' is as defined under Sec. 60.48(a) and 
part 60, appendix A, method 19 of this chapter, if applicable.

    (d) Annual fuel consumption calculation. Annual fuel consumption for 
the specified calendar year, expressed in mmBtu, shall be calculated as 
defined under Sec. 74.20(b)(1) (i) or (ii).
    (e) Actual SO2 emissions rate calculation. The actual 
SO2 emissions rate for the specified calendar year, expressed 
in lbs/mmBtu, shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.006


[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18841, Apr. 16, 1998]



Sec. 74.23  1985 Allowable SO2 emissions rate.

    (a) Data requirements. (1) The designated representative of the 
combustion source shall submit the following data and the calculations 
under paragraph (b) of this section based on the submitted data:
    (i) Allowable SO2 emissions rate of the combustion source 
expressed in lbs/mmBtu as defined under Sec. 72.2 of this chapter for 
the calendar year specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. If the 
allowable SO2 emissions rate is not expressed in lbs/mmBtu, 
the allowable emissions rate shall be converted to lbs/mmBtu by 
multiplying the emissions rate by the appropriate factor as specified in 
Table 1 of this section.

                       Table 1--Factors to Convert Emission Limits to Pounds of SO2/mmBtu
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Bituminous   Subbituminous   Lignite
                     Unit measurement                           coal           coal         coal         Oil
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
lbs Sulfur/mmBtu..........................................       2.0            2.0           2.0        2.0
% Sulfur in fuel..........................................       1.66           2.22          2.86       1.07
ppm SO2...................................................       0.00287        0.00384  .........       0.00167
ppm Sulfur in fuel........................................  ............  .............  .........       0.00334
tons SO2/hour.............................................     2 x 8760/(annual fuel consumption for specified
                                                                               year 1 x 10 3)

[[Page 189]]

 
lbs SO2/hour..............................................    8760/(annual fuel consumption for specified year 1
                                                                                   x 10 6)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Annual fuel consumption as defined under Sec.  74.20(b)(1) (i) or (ii); specified calendar year as defined
  under Sec.  74.23(a)(2).

    (ii) Citation of statute, regulations, and any other authority under 
which the allowable emissions rate under paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section is established as applicable to the combustion source;
    (iii) Averaging time associated with the allowable emissions rate 
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
    (iv) The annualization factor for the combustion source, based on 
the type of combustion source and the associated averaging time of the 
allowable emissions rate of the combustion source, as set forth in the 
Table 2 of this section:

          Table 2--Annualization Factors for SO2 Emission Rates
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Annualization
                                            Annualization    factor for
         Type of combustion source            factor for     unscrubbed
                                            scrubbed unit       unit
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit Combusting Oil, Gas, or some                   1.00           1.00
 combination..............................
Coal Unit with Averaging Time = 1 day.....          0.93           0.89
Coal Unit with Averaging Time = 1 week....          0.97           0.92
Coal Unit with Averaging Time = 30 days...          1.00           0.96
Coal Unit with Averaging Time = 90 days...          1.00           1.00
Coal Unit with Averaging Time = 1 year....          1.00           1.00
Coal Unit with Federal Limit, but                   0.93           0.89
 Averaging Time Not Specified.............
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Calendar year. (i) For combustion sources that commenced 
operation prior to January 1, 1985, the calendar year for the allowable 
SO2 emissions rate shall be 1985.
    (ii) For combustion sources that commenced operation after January 
1, 1985, the calendar year for the allowable SO2 emissions 
rate shall be the first year of the three consecutive calendar years of 
the alternative baseline under Sec. 74.20(b)(2).
    (iii) For combustion sources meeting the requirements of 
Sec. 74.20(c), the calendar year for calculating the allowable 
SO2 emissions rate shall be the first year of the three 
consecutive calendar years to be used as alternative data under 
Sec. 74.20(c).
    (b) 1985 Allowable SO2 emissions rate calculation. The 
allowable SO2 emissions rate for the specified calendar year 
shall be calculated as follows:

1985 Allowable SO2 Emissions Rate = (Allowable SO2 
    Emissions Rate)  x  (Annualization Factor)



Sec. 74.24  Current allowable SO2 emissions rate.

    The designated representative shall submit the following data:
    (a) Current allowable SO2 emissions rate of the 
combustion source, expressed in lbs/mmBtu, which shall be the most 
stringent federally enforceable emissions limit in effect as of the date 
of submission of the opt-in application. If the allowable SO2 
emissions rate is not expressed in lbs/mmBtu, the allowable emissions 
rate shall be converted to lbs/mmBtu by multiplying the allowable rate 
by the appropriate factor as specified in Table 1 in 
Sec. 74.23(a)(1)(i).
    (b) Citations of statute, regulation, and any other authority under 
which the allowable emissions rate under paragraph (a) of this section 
is established as applicable to the combustion source;
    (c) Averaging time associated with the allowable emissions rate 
under paragraph (a) of this section.

[[Page 190]]



Sec. 74.25  Current promulgated SO2 emissions limit.

    The designated representative shall submit the following data:
    (a) Current promulgated SO2 emissions limit of the 
combustion source, expressed in lbs/mmBtu, which shall be the most 
stringent federally enforceable emissions limit that has been 
promulgated as of the date of submission of the opt-in permit 
application and that either is in effect on that date or will take 
effect after that date. If the promulgated SO2 emissions 
limit is not expressed in lbs/mmBtu, the limit shall be converted to 
lbs/mmBtu by multiplying the limit by the appropriate factor as 
specified in Table 1 of Sec. 74.23(a)(1)(i).
    (b) Citations of statute, regulation and any other authority under 
which the emissions limit under paragraph (a) of this section is 
established as applicable to the combustion source;
    (c) Averaging time associated with the emissions limit under 
paragraph (a) of this section.
    (d) Effective date of the emissions limit under paragraph (a) of 
this section.



Sec. 74.26  Allocation formula.

    (a) The Administrator will calculate the annual allowance allocation 
for a combustion source based on the data, corrected as necessary, under 
Sec. 74.20 through Sec. 74.25 as follows:
    (1) For combustion sources for which the current promulgated 
SO2 emissions limit under Sec. 74.25 is greater than or equal 
to the current allowable SO2 emissions rate under Sec. 74.24, 
the number of allowances allocated for each year equals:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.007

    (2) For combustion sources for which the current promulgated 
SO2 emissions limit under Sec. 74.25 is less than the current 
allowable SO2 emissions rate under Sec. 74.24.
    (i) The number of allowances for each year ending prior to the 
effective date of the promulgated SO2 emissions limit equals:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.008

    (ii) The number of allowances for the year that includes the 
effective date of the promulgated SO2 emissions limit and for 
each year thereafter equals:

[[Page 191]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.009


[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18841, Apr. 16, 1998]



Sec. 74.28  Allowance allocation for combustion sources becoming opt-in sources on a date other than January 1.

    (a) Dates of entry. (1) If an opt-in source provided monthly data 
under Sec. 74.20, the opt-in source's opt-in permit may become effective 
at the beginning of a calendar quarter as of January 1, April 1, July 1, 
or October 1.
    (2) If an opt-in source provided annual data under Sec. 74.20, the 
opt-in source's opt-in permit must become effective on January 1.
    (b) Prorating by Calendar Quarter. Where a combustion source's opt-
in permit becomes effective on April 1, July 1, or October 1 of a given 
year, the Administrator will prorate the allowance allocation for that 
first year by the calendar quarters remaining in the year as follows:

Allowances for the first year
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.010

    (1) For combustion sources that commenced operations before January 
1, 1985,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.011

    (2) For combustion sources that commenced operations after January 
1, 1985,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.012

    (3) Under paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section,
    (i) ``Remaining calendar quarters'' shall be the calendar quarters 
in the first year for which the opt-in permit will be effective.
    (ii) Fuel consumption for remaining calendar quarters =

[[Page 192]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.013

where unit conversion
    = 2 for coal
    = 0.001 for oil
    = 1 for gas
For other fuels, the combustion source must specify unit conversion;
and where starting month
    = April, if effective date is April 1;
    = July, if effective date is July 1; and
    = October, if effective date is October 1.

Subpart D--Allowance Calculations for Process Sources[Reserved]



  Subpart E--Allowance Tracking and Transfer and End of Year Compliance



Sec. 74.40  Establishment of opt-in source allowance accounts.

    (a) Establishing accounts. Not earlier than the date on which a 
combustion or process source becomes an affected unit under this part 
and upon receipt of a request for an opt-in account under paragraph (b) 
of this section, the Administrator will establish an account and 
allocate allowances in accordance with subpart C of this part for 
combustion sources or subpart D of this part for process sources. A 
separate unit account will be established for each opt-in source.
    (b) Request for opt-in account. The designated representative of the 
opt-in source shall, on or after the effective date of the opt-in permit 
as specified in Sec. 74.14(d), submit a letter requesting the opening of 
an allowance account in the Allowance Tracking System to the 
Administrator.



Sec. 74.41  Identifying allowances.

    (a) Identifying allowances. Allowances allocated to an opt-in source 
will be assigned a serial number that identifies them as being allocated 
under an opt-in permit.
    (b) Submittal of opt-in allowances for auction. (1) An authorized 
account representative may offer for sale in the spot auction under 
Sec. 73.70 of this chapter allowances that are allocated to opt-in 
sources, if the allowances have a compliance use date earlier than the 
year in which the spot auction is to be held and if the Administrator 
has completed the deductions for compliance under Sec. 73.35(b) for the 
compliance year corresponding to the compliance use date of the offered 
allowances.
    (2) Authorized account representatives may not offer for sale in the 
advance auctions under Sec. 73.70 of this chapter allowances allocated 
to opt-in sources.



Sec. 74.42  Prohibition on future year transfers.

    The Administrator will not record a transfer of opt-in allowances 
allocated to opt-in sources from a future year subaccount into any other 
future year subaccount in the Allowance Tracking System.

[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18841, Apr. 16, 1998]



Sec. 74.43  Annual compliance certification report.

    (a) Applicability and deadline. For each calendar year in which an 
opt-in source is subject to the Acid Rain emissions limitations, the 
designated representative of the opt-in source shall submit to the 
Administrator, no later than 60 days after the end of the calendar year, 
an annual compliance certification report for the opt-in source in lieu 
of any annual compliance certification report required under subpart I 
of part 72 of this chapter.
    (b) Contents of report. The designated representative shall include 
in the annual compliance certification report the following elements, in 
a format prescribed by the Administrator, concerning the opt-in source 
and the calendar year covered by the report:
    (1) Identification of the opt-in source;
    (2) An opt-in utilization report in accordance with Sec. 74.44 for 
combustion sources and Sec. 74.45 for process sources;

[[Page 193]]

    (3) A thermal energy compliance report in accordance with Sec. 74.47 
for combustion sources and Sec. 74.48 for process sources, if 
applicable;
    (4) Shutdown or reconstruction information in accordance with 
Sec. 74.46, if applicable;
    (5) A statement that the opt-in source has not become an affected 
unit under Sec. 72.6 of this chapter;
    (6) At the designated representative's option, the total number of 
allowances to be deducted for the year, using the formula in Sec. 74.49, 
and the serial numbers of the allowances that are to be deducted; and
    (7) At the designated representative's option, for opt-in sources 
that share a common stack and whose emissions of sulfur dioxide are not 
monitored separately or apportioned in accordance with part 75 of this 
chapter, the percentage of the total number of allowances under 
paragraph (b)(6) of this section for all such affected units that is to 
be deducted from each affected unit's compliance subaccount; and
    (8) The compliance certification under paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (c) Annual compliance certification. In the annual compliance 
certification report under paragraph (a) of this section, the designated 
representative shall certify, based on reasonable inquiry of those 
persons with primary responsibility for operating the opt-in source in 
compliance with the Acid Rain Program, whether the opt-in source was 
operated during the calendar year covered by the report in compliance 
with the requirements of the Acid Rain Program applicable to the opt-in 
source, including:
    (1) Whether the opt-in source was operated in compliance with 
applicable Acid Rain emissions limitations, including whether the opt-in 
source held allowances, as of the allowance transfer deadline, in its 
compliance subaccount (after accounting for any allowance deductions or 
other adjustments under Sec. 73.34(c) of this chapter) not less than the 
opt-in source's total sulfur dioxide emissions during the calendar year 
covered by the annual report;
    (2) Whether the monitoring plan that governs the opt-in source has 
been maintained to reflect the actual operation and monitoring of the 
opt-in source and contains all information necessary to attribute 
monitored emissions to the opt-in source;
    (3) Whether all the emissions from the opt-in source or group of 
affected units (including the opt-in source) using a common stack were 
monitored or accounted for through the missing data procedures and 
reported in the quarterly monitoring reports in accordance with part 75 
of this chapter;
    (4) Whether the facts that form the basis for certification of each 
monitor at the opt-in source or group of affected units (including the 
opt-in source) using a common stack or of an opt-in source's 
qualifications for using an Acid Rain Program excepted monitoring method 
or approved alternative monitoring method, if any, have changed;
    (5) If a change is required to be reported under paragraph (c)(4) of 
this section, specify the nature of the change, the reason for the 
change, when the change occurred, and how the unit's compliance status 
was determined subsequent to the change, including what method was used 
to determine emissions when a change mandated the need for monitoring 
recertification; and
    (6) When applicable, whether the opt-in source was operating in 
compliance with its thermal energy plan as provided in Sec. 74.47 for 
combustion sources and Sec. 74.48 for process sources.



Sec. 74.44  Reduced utilization for combustion sources.

    (a) Calculation of utilization--(1) Annual utilization. (i) Except 
as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, annual utilization 
for the calendar year shall be calculated as follows:

Annual Utilization = Actual heat input + Reduction from improved 
    efficiency


where,

    (A) ``Actual heat input'' shall be the actual annual heat input (in 
mmBtu) of the opt-in source for the calendar year determined in 
accordance with appendix F of part 75 of this chapter.
    (B) ``Reduction from improved efficiency'' shall be the sum of the 
following four elements: Reduction from

[[Page 194]]

demand side measures that improve the efficiency of electricity 
consumption; reduction from demand side measures that improve the 
efficiency of steam consumption; reduction from improvements in the heat 
rate at the opt-in source; and reduction from improvement in the 
efficiency of steam production at the opt-in source. Qualified demand 
side measures applicable to the calculation of utilization for opt-in 
sources are listed in appendix A, section 1 of part 73 of this chapter.
    (C) ``Reduction from demand side measures that improve the 
efficiency of electricity consumption'' shall be a good faith estimate 
of the expected kilowatt hour savings during the calendar year for such 
measures and the corresponding reduction in heat input (in mmBtu) 
resulting from those measures. The demand side measures shall be 
implemented at the opt-in source, in the residence or facility to which 
the opt-in source delivers electricity for consumption or in the 
residence or facility of a customer to whom the opt-in source's utility 
system sells electricity. The verified amount of such reduction shall be 
submitted in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (D) ``Reduction from demand side measures that improve the 
efficiency of steam consumption'' shall be a good faith estimate of the 
expected steam savings (in mmBtu) from such measures during the calendar 
year and the corresponding reduction in heat input (in mmBtu) at the 
opt-in source as a result of those measures. The demand side measures 
shall be implemented at the opt-in source or in the facility to which 
the opt-in source delivers steam for consumption. The verified amount of 
such reduction shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of 
this section.
    (E) ``Reduction from improvements in heat rate'' shall be a good 
faith estimate of the expected reduction in heat rate during the 
calendar year and the corresponding reduction in heat input (in mmBtu) 
at the opt-in source as a result of all improved unit efficiency 
measures at the opt-in source and may include supply-side measures 
listed in appendix A, section 2.1 of part 73 of this chapter. The 
verified amount of such reduction shall be submitted in accordance with 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (F) ``Reduction from improvement in the efficiency of steam 
production at the opt-in source'' shall be a good faith estimate of the 
expected improvement in the efficiency of steam production at the opt-in 
source during the calendar year and the corresponding reduction in heat 
input (in mmBtu) at the opt-in source as a result of all improved steam 
production efficiency measures. In order to claim improvements in the 
efficiency of steam production, the designated representative of the 
opt-in source must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Administrator 
that the heat rate of the opt-in source has not increased. The verified 
amount of such reduction shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section.
    (G) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this section, where 
two or more opt-in sources, or two or more opt-in sources and Phase I 
units, include in their annual compliance certification reports their 
good faith estimate of kilowatt hour savings or steam savings from the 
same specific measures:
    (1) The designated representatives of all such opt-in sources and 
Phase I units shall submit with their annual compliance certification 
reports a certification signed by all such designated representatives. 
The certification shall apportion the total kilowatt hour savings or 
steam savings among such opt-in sources and Phase I units.
    (2) Each designated representative shall include in its annual 
compliance certification report only its share of kilowatt hour savings 
or steam savings.
    (ii) For an opt-in source whose opt-in permit becomes effective on a 
date other than January 1, annual utilization for the first year shall 
be calculated as follows:

[[Page 195]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.014

where ``actual heat input'' and ``reduction from improved efficiency'' 
are defined as set forth in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section but are 
restricted to data or estimates for the ``remaining calendar quarters'', 
which are the calendar quarters that begin on or after the date the opt-
in permit becomes effective.

    (2) Average utilization. Average utilization for the calendar year 
shall be defined as the average of the annual utilization calculated as 
follows:
    (i) For the first two calendar years after the effective date of an 
opt-in permit taking effect on January 1, average utilization will be 
calculated as follows:
    (A) Average utilization for the first year = annual 
utilizationyear 1


where ``annual utilizationyear 1'' is as calculated under 
paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section.

    (B) Average utilization for the second year
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.015
    
where,
``revised annual utilizationyear 1'' is as submitted for the 
year under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this section and adjusted under 
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section;
``annual utilizationyear 2'' is as calculated under paragraph 
(a)(1)(i) of this section.

    (ii) For the first three calendar years after the effective date of 
the opt-in permit taking effect on a date other than January 1, average 
utilization will be calculated as follows:

    (A) Average utilization for the first year after opt-in = annual 
utilizationyear 1

where ``annual utilizationyear 1'' is as calculated under 
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section.

    (B) Average utilization for the second year after opt-in


where,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.016

``revised annual utilizationyear 1'' is as submitted for the 
year under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this section and adjusted under 
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section; and
``annual utilizationyear 2'' is as calculated under paragraph 
(a)(1)(ii) of this section.

    (C) Average utilization for the third year after opt-in

[[Page 196]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.017

where,

``revised annual utilizationyear 1'' is as submitted for the 
year under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this section and adjusted under 
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section; and
``revised annual utilizationyear 2'' is as submitted for the 
year under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this section and adjusted under 
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section; and
``annual utilizationyear 3'' is as calculated under paragraph 
(a)(1)(ii) of this section.

    (iii) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(2)(ii) of 
this section, average utilization shall be the sum of annual utilization 
for the calendar year and the revised annual utilization, submitted 
under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this section and adjusted by the 
Administrator under paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section, for the two 
immediately preceding calendar years divided by 3.
    (b) Determination of reduced utilization and calculation of 
allowances--(1) Determination of reduced utilization. For a year during 
which its opt-in permit is effective, an opt-in source has reduced 
utilization if the opt-in source's average utilization for the calendar 
year, as calculated under paragraph (a) of this section, is less than 
its baseline.
    (2) Calculation of allowances deducted for reduced utilization. If 
the Administrator determines that an opt-in source has reduced 
utilization for a calendar year during which the opt-in source's opt-in 
permit is in effect, the Administrator will deduct allowances, as 
calculated under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, from the 
compliance subaccount of the opt-in source's Allowance Tracking System 
account.
    (i) Allowances deducted for reduced utilization =
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.018
    
    (ii) The allowances deducted shall have the same or an earlier 
compliance use date as those allocated under subpart C of this part for 
the calendar year for which the opt-in source has reduced utilization.
    (c) Compliance--(1) Opt-in Utilization Report. The designated 
representative for each opt-in source shall submit an opt-in utilization 
report for the calendar year, as part of its annual compliance 
certification report under Sec. 74.43, that shall include the following 
elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (i) The name, authorized account representative identification 
number, and telephone number of the designated representative of the 
opt-in source;
    (ii) The opt-in source's account identification number in the 
Allowance Tracking System;
    (iii) The opt-in source's annual utilization for the calendar year, 
as defined under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and the revised 
annual utilization, submitted under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(B) of this 
section and adjusted under paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section, for 
the two immediately preceding calendar years;
    (iv) The opt-in source's average utilization for the calendar year, 
as defined under paragraph (a)(2) of this section;
    (v) The difference between the opt-in source's average utilization 
and its baseline;

[[Page 197]]

    (vi) The number of allowances that shall be deducted, if any, using 
the formula in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section and the supporting 
calculations;
    (2) Confirmation report. (i) If the annual compliance certification 
report for an opt-in source includes estimates of any reduction in heat 
input resulting from improved efficiency as defined under paragraph 
(a)(1)(i) of this section, the designated representative shall submit, 
by July 1 of the year in which the annual compliance certification 
report was submitted, a confirmation report, concerning the calendar 
year covered by the annual compliance certification report. The 
Administrator may grant, for good cause shown, an extension of the time 
to file the confirmation report. The confirmation report shall include 
the following elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (A) Verified reduction in heat input. Any verified kwh savings or 
any verified steam savings from demand side measures that improve the 
efficiency of electricity or steam consumption, any verified reduction 
in the heat rate at the opt-in source, or any verified improvement in 
the efficiency of steam production at the opt-in source achieved and the 
verified corresponding reduction in heat input for the calendar year 
that resulted.
    (B) Revised annual utilization. The opt-in source's annual 
utilization for the calendar year as provided under paragraph 
(c)(1)(iii) of this section, recalculated using the verified reduction 
in heat input for the calendar year under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this 
section.
    (C) Revised average utilization. The opt-in source's average 
utilization as provided under paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, 
recalculated using the verified reduction in heat input for the calendar 
year under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section.
    (D) Recalculation of reduced utilization. The difference between the 
opt-in source's recalculated average utilization and its baseline.
    (E) Allowance adjustment. The number of allowances that should be 
credited or deducted using the formulas in paragraphs (c)(2)(iii)(C) and 
(D) of this section and the supporting calculations; and the number of 
adjusted allowances remaining using the formula in paragraph 
(c)(2)(iii)(E) of this section and the supporting calculations.
    (ii) Documentation. (A) For all figures under paragraphs 
(c)(2)(i)(A) of this section, the opt-in source must provide as part of 
the confirmation report, documentation (which may follow the EPA 
Conservation Verification Protocol) verifying the figures to the 
satisfaction of the Administrator.
    (B) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section, where 
two or more opt-in sources, or two or more opt-in sources and Phase I 
units include in the confirmation report under paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section or Sec. 72.91(b) of this chapter the verified kilowatt hour 
savings or steam savings defined under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this 
section, for the calendar year, from the same specific measures:
    (1) The designated representatives of all such opt-in sources and 
Phase I units shall submit with their confirmation reports a 
certification signed by all such designated representatives. The 
certification shall apportion the total kilowatt hour savings or steam 
savings as defined under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section for the 
calendar year among such opt-in sources and Phase I units.
    (2) Each designated representative shall include in the opt-in 
source's confirmation report only its share of the verified reduction in 
heat input as defined under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section for 
the calendar year under the certification under paragraph 
(c)(2)(ii)(B)(1) of this section.
    (iii) Determination of reduced utilization based on confirmation 
report. (A) If an opt-in source must submit a confirmation report as 
specified under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the Administrator, 
upon such submittal, will adjust his or her determination of reduced 
utilization for the calendar year for the opt-in source. Such adjustment 
will include the recalculation of both annual utilization and average 
utilization, using verified reduction in heat input as defined under 
paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section for the calendar year instead of 
the previously estimated values.

[[Page 198]]

    (B) Estimates confirmed. If the total, included in the confirmation 
report, of the amounts of verified reduction in the opt-in source's heat 
input equals the total estimated in the opt-in source's annual 
compliance certification report for the calendar year, then the 
designated representative shall include in the confirmation report a 
statement indicating that is true.
    (C) Underestimate. If the total, included in the confirmation 
report, of the amounts of verified reduction in the opt-in source's heat 
input is greater than the total estimated in the opt-in source's annual 
compliance certification report for the calendar year, then the 
designated representative shall include in the confirmation report the 
number of allowances to be credited to the opt-in source's compliance 
subaccount calculated using the following formula:

Allowances credited for the calendar year in which the reduced 
    utilization occurred =
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.019
    
where,

Average Utilizationestimate = the average utilization of the 
opt-in source as defined under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, 
calculated using the estimated reduction in the opt-in source's heat 
input under (a)(1) of this section, and submitted in the annual 
compliance certification report for the calendar year.
Average Utilizationverified = the average utilization of the 
opt-in source as defined under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, 
calculated using the verified reduction in the opt-in source's heat 
input as submitted under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this section by the 
designated representative in the confirmation report.

    (D) Overestimate. If the total of the amounts of verified reduction 
in the opt-in source's heat input included in the confirmation report is 
less than the total estimated in the opt-in source's annual compliance 
certification report for the calendar year, then the designated 
representative shall include in the confirmation report the number of 
allowances to be deducted from the opt-in source's compliance 
subaccount, which equals the absolute value of the result of the formula 
for allowances credited under paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(C) of this section.
    (E) Adjusted allowances remaining. Unless paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(B) 
of this section applies, the designated representative shall include in 
the confirmation report the adjusted amount of allowances that would 
have been held in the opt-in source's compliance subaccount if the 
deductions made under Sec. 73.35(b) of this chapter had been based on 
the verified, rather than the estimated, reduction in the opt-in 
source's heat input, calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.020

where:

``Allowances held after deduction'' shall be the amount of allowances 
held in the opt-in source's compliance subaccount after deduction of 
allowances was made under Sec. 73.35(b) of this chapter based on the 
annual compliance certification report.
``Excess emissions'' shall be the amount (if any) of excess emissions 
determined under Sec. 73.35(d) for the calendar year based on the annual 
compliance certification report. ``Allowances credited'' shall be the 
amount of allowances calculated under paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(C) of this 
section.
``Allowances deducted'' shall be the amount of allowances calculated 
under paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(D) of this section.

    (1) If the result of the formula for ``adjusted amount of 
allowances'' is negative, the absolute value of the result constitutes 
excess emissions of

[[Page 199]]

sulfur dioxide. If the result is positive, there are no excess emissions 
of sulfur dioxide.
    (2) If the amount of excess emissions of sulfur dioxide calculated 
under ``adjusted amount of allowances'' differs from the amount of 
excess emissions of sulfur dioxide determined under Sec. 73.35 of this 
chapter based on the annual compliance certification report, then the 
designated representative shall include in the confirmation report a 
demonstration of:
    (i) The number of allowances that should be deducted to offset any 
increase in excess emissions or returned to the account for any decrease 
in excess emissions; and
    (ii) The amount of the excess emissions penalty (excluding interest) 
that should be paid or returned to the account for the change in excess 
emissions.
    (3) The Administrator will deduct immediately from the opt-in 
source's compliance subaccount the amount of allowances that he or she 
determines is necessary to offset any increase in excess emissions or 
will return immediately to the opt-in source's compliance subaccount the 
amount of allowances that he or she determines is necessary to account 
for any decrease in excess emissions.
    (4) The designated representative may identify the serial numbers of 
the allowances to be deducted or returned. In the absence of such 
identification, the deduction will be on a first-in, first-out basis 
under Sec. 73.35(c)(2) of this chapter and the identification of 
allowances returned will be at the Administrator's discretion.
    (5) If the designated representative of an opt-in source fails to 
submit on a timely basis a confirmation report, in accordance with 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, with regard to the estimate of 
reductions in heat input as defined under paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of this 
section, then the Administrator will reject such estimate and correct it 
to equal zero in the opt-in source's annual compliance certification 
report that includes that estimate. The Administrator will deduct 
immediately, on a first-in, first-out basis under Sec. 73.35(c)(2) of 
this chapter, the amount of allowances that he or she determines is 
necessary to offset any increase in excess emissions of sulfur dioxide 
that results from the correction and will require the owners and 
operators of the opt-in source to pay an excess emission penalty in 
accordance with part 77 of this chapter.
    (F) If the opt-in source is governed by an approved thermal energy 
plan under Sec. 74.47 and if the opt-in source must submit a 
confirmation report as specified under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, 
the adjusted amount of allowances that should remain in the opt-in 
source's compliance subaccount shall be calculated as follows:

Adjusted amount of allowances =
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16AP98.027

where,

``Allowances allocated or acquired'' shall be the number of allowances 
held in the source's compliance subaccount at the allowance transfer 
deadline plus the number of allowances transferred for the previous 
calendar year to all replacement units under an approved thermal energy 
plan in accordance with Sec. 74.47(a)(6).
``Tons emitted'' shall be the total tons of sulfur dioxide emitted by 
the opt-in source during the calendar year, as reported in accordance 
with subpart F of this part for combustion sources.
``Allowances transferred to all replacement units'' shall be the sum of 
allowances transferred to all replacement units under an approved 
thermal energy plan in accordance with Sec. 74.47 and adjusted by the 
Administrator in accordance with Sec. 74.47(d)(2).

[[Page 200]]

``Allowances deducted for reduced utilization'' shall be the total 
number of allowances deducted for reduced utilization as calculated in 
accordance with this section including any adjustments required under 
paragraph (c)(iii)(E) of this section.

[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18841, Apr. 16, 1998]



Sec. 74.45  Reduced utilization for process sources. [Reserved]



Sec. 74.46  Opt-in source permanent shutdown, reconstruction, or change in affected status.

    (a) Notification. (1) When an opt-in source has permanently shutdown 
during the calendar year, the designated representative shall notify the 
Administrator of the date of shutdown, within 30 days of such shutdown.
    (2) When an opt-in source has undergone a modification that 
qualifies as a reconstruction as defined in Sec. 60.15 of this chapter, 
the designated representative shall notify the Administrator of the date 
of completion of the reconstruction, within 30 days of such completion.
    (3) When an opt-in source becomes an affected unit under Sec. 72.6 
of this chapter, the designated representative shall notify the 
Administrator of such change in the opt-in source's affected status 
within 30 days of such change.
    (b) Administrator's action. (1) The Administrator will terminate the 
opt-in source's opt-in permit and deduct allowances as provided below in 
the following circumstances:
    (i) When an opt-in source has permanently shutdown. The 
Administrator shall deduct allowances equal in number to and with the 
same or earlier compliance use date as those allocated to the opt-in 
source under Sec. 74.40 for the calendar year in which the shut down 
occurs and for all future years following the year in which the shut 
down occurs; or
    (ii) When an opt-in source has undergone a modification that 
qualifies as a reconstruction as defined in Sec. 60.15 of this chapter. 
The Administrator shall deduct allowances equal in number to and with 
the same or earlier compliance use date as those allocated to the opt-in 
source under Sec. 74.40 for the calendar year in which the 
reconstruction is completed and all future years following the year in 
which the reconstruction is completed; or
    (iii) When an opt-in source becomes an affected unit under Sec. 72.6 
of this chapter. The Administrator shall deduct allowances equal in 
number to and with the same or earlier compliance use date as those 
allocated to the opt-in source under Sec. 74.40 for the calendar year in 
which the opt-in source becomes affected under Sec. 72.6 of this chapter 
and all future years following the calendar year in which the opt-in 
source becomes affected under Sec. 72.6; or
    (iv) When an opt-in source does not renew its opt-in permit. The 
Administrator shall deduct allowances equal in number to and with the 
same or earlier compliance use date as those allocated to the opt-in 
source under Sec. 74.40 for the calendar year in which the opt-in 
source's opt-in permit expires and all future years following the year 
in which the opt-in source's opt-in permit expires.
    (2) After the allowance deductions under paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section are made, the Administrator will close the opt-in source's unit 
account in the Allowance Tracking System. If any allowances remain in 
the opt-in source's unit account after allowance deductions are made 
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and any deductions made under 
part 77 of this chapter, the Administrator will establish a general 
account for the opt-in source, and transfer any remaining allowances 
into this general account. The designated representative for the opt-in 
source shall become the authorized account representative for the 
general account.



Sec. 74.47  Transfer of allowances from the replacement of thermal energy--combustion sources.

    (a) Thermal energy plan--(1) General provisions. The designated 
representative of an opt-in source that seeks to qualify for the 
transfer of allowances based on the replacement of thermal energy by a 
replacement unit shall submit a thermal energy plan subject to the 
requirements of Sec. 72.40(b) of this chapter for multi-unit compliance 
options and this section. The effective period of the thermal energy 
plan shall

[[Page 201]]

begin at the start of the calendar quarter (January 1, April 1, July 1, 
or October 1) for which the plan is approved and end December 31 of the 
last full calendar year for which the opt-in permit containing the plan 
is in effect.
    (2) Applicability. This section shall apply to any designated 
representative of an opt-in source and any designated representative of 
each replacement unit seeking to transfer allowances based on the 
replacement of thermal energy.
    (3) Contents. Each thermal energy plan shall contain the following 
elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (i) The calendar year and quarter that the thermal energy plan takes 
effect, which shall be the first year and quarter the replacement 
unit(s) will replace thermal energy of the opt-in source;
    (ii) The name, authorized account representative identification 
number, and telephone number of the designated representative of the 
opt-in source;
    (iii) The name, authorized account representative identification 
number, and telephone number of the designated representative of each 
replacement unit;
    (iv) The opt-in source's account identification number in the 
Allowance Tracking System;
    (v) Each replacement unit's account identification number in the 
Allowance Tracking System (ATS);
    (vi) The type of fuel used by each replacement unit;
    (vii) The allowable SO2 emissions rate, expressed in lbs/
mmBtu, of each replacement unit for the calendar year for which the plan 
will take effect. When a thermal energy plan is renewed in accordance 
with paragraph (a)(9) of this section, the allowable SO2 
emission rate at each replacement unit will be the most stringent 
federally enforceable allowable SO2 emissions rate applicable 
at the time of renewal for the calendar year for which the renewal will 
take effect. This rate will not be annualized;
    (viii) The estimated annual amount of total thermal energy to be 
reduced at the opt-in source, including all energy flows (steam, gas, or 
hot water) used for any process or in any heating or cooling 
application, and, for a plan starting April 1, July 1, or October 1, 
such estimated amount of total thermal energy to be reduced starting 
April 1, July 1, or October 1 respectively and ending on December 31;
    (ix) The estimated amount of total thermal energy at each 
replacement unit for the calendar year prior to the year for which the 
plan is to take effect, including all energy flows (steam, gas, or hot 
water) used for any process or in any heating or cooling application, 
and, for a plan starting April 1, July 1, or October 1, such estimated 
amount of total thermal energy for the portion of such calendar year 
starting April 1, July 1, or October 1 respectively;
    (x) The estimated annual amount of total thermal energy at each 
replacement unit after replacing thermal energy at the opt-in source, 
including all energy flows (steam, gas, or hot water) used for any 
process or in any heating or cooling application, and, for a plan 
starting April 1, July 1, or October 1, such estimated amount of total 
thermal energy at each replacement unit after replacing thermal energy 
at the opt-in source starting April 1, July 1, or October 1 respectively 
and ending December 31;
    (xi) The estimated annual amount of thermal energy at each 
replacement unit, including all energy flows (steam, gas, or hot water) 
used for any process or in any heating or cooling application, replacing 
thermal energy at the opt-in source, and, for a plan starting April 1, 
July 1, or October 1, such estimated amount of thermal energy replacing 
thermal energy at the opt-in source starting April 1, July 1, or October 
1 respectively and ending December 31;
    (xii) The estimated annual total fuel input at each replacement unit 
after replacing thermal energy at the opt-in source and, for a plan 
starting April 1, July 1, or October 1, such estimated total fuel input 
after replacing thermal energy at the opt-in source starting April 1, 
July 1, or October 1 respectively and ending December 31;

[[Page 202]]

    (xiii) The number of allowances calculated under paragraph (b) of 
this section that the opt-in source will transfer to each replacement 
unit represented in the thermal energy plan.
    (xiv) The estimated number of allowances to be deducted for reduced 
utilization under Sec. 74.44;
    (xv) Certification that each replacement unit has entered into a 
legally binding steam sales agreement to provide the thermal energy, as 
calculated under paragraph (a)(3)(xi) of this section, that it is 
replacing for the opt-in source. The designated representative of each 
replacement unit shall maintain and make available to the Administrator, 
at the Administrator's request, copies of documents demonstrating that 
the replacement unit is replacing the thermal energy at the opt-in 
source.
    (4) Submission. The designated representative of the opt-in source 
seeking to qualify for the transfer of allowances based on the 
replacement of thermal energy shall submit a thermal energy plan to the 
permitting authority by no later than six months prior to the first 
calendar quarter for which the plan is to be in effect. The thermal 
energy plan shall be signed and certified by the designated 
representative of the opt-in source and each replacement unit covered by 
the plan.
    (5) Retirement of opt-in source upon enactment of plan. (i) If the 
opt-in source will be permanently retired as of the effective date of 
the thermal energy plan, the opt-in source shall not be required to 
monitor its emissions upon retirement, consistent with Sec. 75.67 of 
this chapter, provided that the following requirements are met:
    (A) The designated representative of the opt-in source shall include 
in the plan a request for an exemption from the requirements of part 75 
in accordance with Sec. 75.67 of this chapter and shall submit the 
following statement: ``I certify that the opt-in source (``is'' or 
``will be'', as applicable) permanently retired on the date specified in 
this plan and will not emit any sulfur dioxide or nitrogen oxides after 
such date.''
    (B) The opt-in source shall not emit any sulfur dioxide or nitrogen 
oxides after the date specified in the plan.
    (ii) Notwithstanding the monitoring exemption discussed in paragraph 
(a)(5)(i) of this section, the designated representative for the opt-in 
source shall submit the annual compliance certification report provided 
under paragraph (d) of this section.
    (6) Administrator's action. If the permitting authority approves a 
thermal energy plan, the Administrator will annually transfer allowances 
to the Allowance Tracking System account of each replacement unit, as 
provided in the approved plan.
    (7) Incorporation, modification and renewal of a thermal energy 
plan. (i) An approved thermal energy plan, including any revised or 
renewed plan that is approved, shall be incorporated into both the opt-
in permit for the opt-in source and the Acid Rain permit for each 
replacement unit governed by the plan. Upon approval, the thermal energy 
plan shall be incorporated into the Acid Rain permit for each 
replacement unit pursuant to the requirements for administrative permit 
amendments under Sec. 72.83 of this chapter.
    (ii) In order to revise an opt-in permit to add an approved thermal 
energy plan or to change an approved thermal energy plan, the designated 
representative of the opt-in source shall submit a plan or a revised 
plan under paragraph (a)(4) of this section and meet the requirements 
for permit revisions under Sec. 72.80 and either Sec. 72.81 or 
Sec. 72.82 of this chapter.
    (8) Termination of plan. (i) A thermal energy plan shall be in 
effect until the earlier of the expiration of the opt-in permit for the 
opt-in source or the year for which a termination of the plan takes 
effect under paragraph (a)(8)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) Termination of plan by opt-in source and replacement units. A 
notification to terminate a thermal energy plan in accordance with 
Sec. 72.40(d) of this chapter shall be submitted no later than December 
1 of the calendar year for which the termination is to take effect.
    (iii) If the requirements of paragraph (a)(8)(ii) of this section 
are met and upon revision of the opt-in permit of the opt-in source and 
the Acid Rain

[[Page 203]]

permit of each replacement unit governed by the thermal energy plan to 
terminate the plan pursuant to Sec. 72.83 of this chapter, the 
Administrator will adjust the allowances for the opt-in source and the 
replacement units to reflect the transfer back to the opt-in source of 
the allowances transferred from the opt-in source under the plan for the 
year for which the termination of the plan takes effect.
    (9) Renewal of thermal energy plan. The designated representative of 
an opt-in source may renew the thermal energy plan as part of its opt-in 
permit renewal in accordance with Sec. 74.19.
    (b) Calculation of transferable allowances--(1) Qualifying thermal 
energy. The amount of thermal energy credited towards the transfer of 
allowances based on the replacement of thermal energy shall equal the 
qualifying thermal energy and shall be calculated for each replacement 
unit as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.022

    (2) Fuel associated with qualifying thermal energy. The fuel 
associated with the qualifying thermal energy at each replacement unit 
shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.023

where,

``Qualifying thermal energy'' for the replacement unit is as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
``Efficiency constant'' for the replacement unit

    = 0.85, where the replacement unit is a boiler
    = 0.80, where the replacement unit is a cogenerator

    (3) Allowances transferable from the opt-in source to each 
replacement unit. The number of allowances transferable from the opt-in 
source to each replacement unit for the replacement of thermal energy is 
calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04AP95.024

where,

``Allowable SO2 emission rate'' for the replacement unit is 
as defined in paragraph (a)(3)(vii) of this section;
``Fuel associated with qualifying thermal energy'' is as defined in 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section;

    (c) Transfer prohibition. The allowances transferred from the opt-in 
source to each replacement unit shall not be transferred from the unit 
account of the replacement unit to any other account in the Allowance 
Tracking System.
    (d) Compliance--(1) Annual compliance certification report. (i) As 
required for all opt-in sources, the designated representative of the 
opt-in source covered by a thermal energy plan must submit

[[Page 204]]

an opt-in utilization report for the calendar year as part of its annual 
compliance certification report under Sec. 74.44(c)(1).
    (ii) The designated representative of an opt-in source must submit a 
thermal energy compliance report for the calendar year as part of the 
annual compliance certification report, which must include the following 
elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (A) The name, authorized account representative identification 
number, and telephone number of the designated representative of the 
opt-in source;
    (B) The name, authorized account representative identification 
number, and telephone number of the designated representative of each 
replacement unit;
    (C) The opt-in source's account identification number in the 
Allowance Tracking System (ATS);
    (D) The account identification number in the Allowance Tracking 
System (ATS) for each replacement unit;
    (E) The actual amount of total thermal energy reduced at the opt-in 
source during the calendar year, including all energy flows (steam, gas, 
or hot water) used for any process or in any heating or cooling 
application;
    (F) The actual amount of thermal energy at each replacement unit, 
including all energy flows (steam, gas, or hot water) used for any 
process or in any heating or cooling application, replacing the thermal 
energy at the opt-in source;
    (G) The actual amount of total thermal energy at each replacement 
unit after replacing thermal energy at the opt-in source, including all 
energy flows (steam, gas, or hot water) used for any process or in any 
heating or cooling application;
    (H) Actual total fuel input at each replacement unit as determined 
in accordance with part 75 of this chapter;
    (I) Calculations of allowance adjustments to be performed by the 
Administrator in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
    (2) Allowance adjustments by Administrator. (i) The Administrator 
will adjust the number of allowances in the Allowance Tracking System 
accounts for the opt-in source and for each replacement unit to reflect 
any changes between the estimated values submitted in the thermal energy 
plan pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section and the actual values 
submitted in the thermal energy compliance report pursuant to paragraph 
(d) of this section. The values to be considered for this adjustment 
include:
    (A) The number of allowances transferable by the opt-in source to 
each replacement unit, calculated in paragraph (b) of this section using 
the actual, rather than estimated, thermal energy at the replacement 
unit replacing thermal energy at the opt-in source.
    (B) The number of allowances deducted from the Allowance Tracking 
System account of the opt-in source, calculated under Sec. 74.44(b)(2).
    (ii) If the opt-in source includes in the opt-in utilization report 
under Sec. 74.44 estimates for reductions in heat input, then the 
Administrator will adjust the number of allowances in the Allowance 
Tracking System accounts for the opt-in source and for each replacement 
unit to reflect any differences between the estimated values submitted 
in the opt-in utilization report and the actual values submitted in the 
confirmation report pursuant to Sec. 74.44(c)(2).
    (3) Liability. The owners and operators of an opt-in source or a 
replacement unit governed by an approved thermal energy plan shall be 
liable for any violation of the plan or this section at that opt-in 
source or replacement unit that is governed by the thermal energy plan, 
including liability for fulfilling the obligations specified in part 77 
of this chapter and section 411 of the Act.

[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18841, 18842, Apr. 16, 
1998]



Sec. 74.48  Transfer of allowances from the replacement of thermal energy--process sources. [Reserved]



Sec. 74.49  Calculation for deducting allowances.

    (a) Allowance deduction formula. The following formula shall be used 
to determine the total number of allowances to be deducted for the 
calendar year

[[Page 205]]

from the allowances held in an opt-in source's compliance subaccount as 
of the allowance transfer deadline applicable to that year:

Total allowances deducted = Tons emitted + Allowances deducted for 
reduced utilization where:

    (1)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, 
``Tons emitted'' shall be the total tons of sulfur dioxide emitted by 
the opt-in source during the calendar year, as reported in accordance 
with subpart F of this part for combustion sources or subpart G of this 
part for process sources.
    (ii) If the effective date of the opt-in source's permit took effect 
on a date other than January 1, ``Tons emitted'' for the first calendar 
year shall be the total tons of sulfur dioxide emitted by the opt-in 
source during the calendar quarters for which the opt-in source's opt-in 
permit is effective, as reported in accordance with subpart F of this 
part for combustion sources or subpart G of this part for process 
sources.
    (2) ``Allowances deducted for reduced utilization'' shall be the 
total number of allowances deducted for reduced utilization as 
calculated in accordance with Sec. 74.44 for combustion sources or 
Sec. 74.45 for process sources.
    (b) [Reserved]



Sec. 74.50  Deducting opt-in source allowances from ATS accounts.

    (a)(1) Deduction of allowances. The Administrator may deduct any 
allowances that were allocated to an opt-in source under Sec. 74.40 by 
removing, from any Allowance Tracking System accounts in which they are 
held, the allowances in an amount specified in paragraph (d) of this 
section, under the following circumstances:
    (i) When the opt-in source has permanently shut down; or
    (ii) When the opt-in source has been reconstructed; or
    (iii) When the opt-in source becomes an affected unit under 
Sec. 72.6 of this chapter; or
    (iv) When the opt-in source fails to renew its opt-in permit.
    (2) An opt-in allowance may not be deducted under paragraph (a)(1) 
of this section from any Allowance Tracking System Account other than 
the account of the opt-in source allocated such allowance:
    (i) After the Administrator has completed the process of recordation 
as set forth in Sec. 73.34(a) of this chapter following the deduction of 
allowances from the opt-in source's compliance subaccount for the year 
for which such allowance may first be used; or
    (ii) If the opt-in source includes in the annual compliance 
certification report estimates of any reduction in heat input resulting 
from improved efficiency under Sec. 74.44(a)(1)(i), after the 
Administrator has completed action on the confirmation report concerning 
such estimated reduction pursuant to Sec. 74.44(c)(2)(iii)(E)(3), (4), 
and (5) for the year for which such allowance may first be used.
    (b) Method of deduction. The Administrator will deduct allowances 
beginning with those allowances with the latest recorded date of 
transfer out of the opt-in source's unit account.
    (c) Notification of deduction. When allowances are deducted, the 
Administrator will send a written notification to the authorized account 
representative of each Allowance Tracking System account from which 
allowances were deducted. The notification will state:
    (1) The serial numbers of all allowances deducted from the account,
    (2) The reason for deducting the allowances, and
    (3) The date of deduction of the allowances.
    (d) Amount of deduction. The Administrator may deduct allowances in 
accordance with paragraph (a) of this section in an amount required to 
offset any excess emissions in accordance with part 77 of this chapter 
and when an opt-in source does not hold allowances equal in number to 
and with the same or earlier compliance use date for the calendar years 
specified under Sec. 74.46(b)(1) (i) through (iv) in an amount required 
to be deducted under Sec. 74.46(b)(1) (i) through (iv).

[60 FR 17115, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 18842, Apr. 16, 1998]

[[Page 206]]



           Subpart F--Monitoring Emissions: Combustion Sources



Sec. 74.60  Monitoring requirements.

    (a) Monitoring requirements for combustion sources. The owner or 
operator of each combustion source shall meet all of the requirements 
specified in part 75 of this chapter for the owners and operators of an 
affected unit to install, certify, operate, and maintain a continuous 
emission monitoring system, an excepted monitoring system, or an 
approved alternative monitoring system in accordance with part 75 of 
this chapter.
    (b) Monitoring requirements for opt-in sources. The owner or 
operator of each opt-in source shall install, certify, operate, and 
maintain a continuous emission monitoring system, an excepted monitoring 
system, an approved alternative monitoring system in accordance with 
part 75 of this chapter.



Sec. 74.61  Monitoring plan.

    (a) Monitoring plan. The designated representative of a combustion 
source shall meet all of the requirements specified under part 75 of 
this chapter for a designated representative of an affected unit to 
submit to the Administrator a monitoring plan that includes the 
information required in a monitoring plan under Sec. 75.53 of this 
chapter. This monitoring plan shall be submitted as part of the 
combustion source's opt-in permit application under Sec. 74.14 of this 
part.
    (b) [Reserved]

Subpart G--Monitoring Emissions: Process Sources [Reserved]



PART 75--CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITORING--Table of Contents




                           Subpart A--General

Sec.
75.1  Purpose and scope.
75.2  Applicability.
75.3  General Acid Rain Program provisions.
75.4  Compliance dates.
75.5  Prohibitions.
75.6  Incorporation by reference.
75.7-75.8  [Reserved]

                    Subpart B--Monitoring Provisions

75.10  General operating requirements.
75.11  Specific provisions for monitoring SO2 emissions 
          (SO2 and flow monitors).
75.12  Specific provisions for monitoring NOX emission rate 
          (NOX and diluent gas monitors).
75.13  Specific provisions for monitoring CO2 emissions.
75.14  Specific provisions for monitoring opacity.
75.15  Specific provisions for monitoring SO2 emissions 
          removal by qualifying Phase I technology.
75.16  Special provisions for monitoring emissions from common, by-pass, 
          and multiple stacks for SO2 emissions and heat 
          input determinations.
75.17  Specific provisions for monitoring emissions from common, by-
          pass, and multiple stacks for NOx emission rate.
75.18  Specific provisions for monitoring emissions from common and by-
          pass stacks for opacity.
75.19  Optional SO2, NOX, and CO2 
          emissions calculation for low mass emissions units.

            Subpart C--Operation and Maintenance Requirements

75.20  Initial certification and recertification procedures.
75.21  Quality assurance and quality control requirements.
75.22  Reference test methods.
75.23  Alternatives to standards incorporated by reference.
75.24  Out-of-control periods and adjustment for system bias.

             Subpart D--Missing Data Substitution Procedures

75.30  General provisions.
75.31  Initial missing data procedures.
75.32  Determination of monitor data availability for standard missing 
          data procedures.
75.33  Standard missing data procedures for SO2, 
          NOX and flow rate.
75.34  Units with add-on emission controls.
75.35  Missing data procedures for CO2 data.
75.36  Missing data procedures for heat input determinations.
75.37  Missing data procedures for moisture.

                Subpart E--Alternative Monitoring Systems

75.40  General demonstration requirements.
75.41  Precision criteria.
75.42  Reliability criteria.
75.43  Accessibility criteria.
75.44  Timeliness criteria.
75.45  Daily quality assurance criteria.
75.46  Missing data substitution criteria.
75.47  Criteria for a class of affected units.

[[Page 207]]

75.48  Petition for an alternative monitoring system.

                  Subpart F--Recordkeeping Requirements

75.50-75.52  [Reserved]
75.53  Monitoring plan.
75.54  General recordkeeping provisions.
75.55  General recordkeeping provisions for specific situations.
75.56  Certification, quality assurance and quality control record 
          provisions.
75.57  General recordkeeping provisions.
75.58  General recordkeeping provisions for specific situations.
75.59  Certification, quality assurance, and quality control record 
          provisions.

                    Subpart G--Reporting Requirements

75.60  General provisions.
75.61  Notifications.
75.62  Monitoring plan submittals.
75.63  Initial certification or recertification application submittals.
75.64  Quarterly reports.
75.65  Opacity reports.
75.66  Petitions to the Administrator.
75.67  Retired units petitions.

           Subpart H--NOX Mass Emissions Provisions

75.70  NOX mass emissions provisions.
75.71  Specific provisions for monitoring NOX emission rate 
          and heat input for the purpose of calculating NOX 
          mass emissions.
75.72  Determination of NOX mass emissions.
75.73  Recordkeeping and reporting.
75.74  Annual and ozone season monitoring and reporting requirements.
75.75  Additional ozone season calculation procedures for special 
          circumstances.

Appendix A to Part 75--Specifications and Test Procedures
Appendix B to Part 75--Quality Assurance and Quality Control Procedures
Appendix C to Part 75--Missing Data Estimation Procedures
Appendix D to Part 75--Optional SO2 Emissions Data Protocol 
          for Gas-Fired and Oil-Fired Units
Appendix E to Part 75--Optional NOx Emissions Estimation 
          Protocol for Gas-Fired Peaking Units and Oil-Fired Peaking 
          Units
Appendix F to Part 75--Conversion Procedures
Appendix G to Part 75--Determination of CO2 Emissions
Appendix H to Part 75--Revised Traceability Protocol No. 1 [Reserved]
Appendix I to Part 75--Optional F--factor/Fuel Flow Method [Reserved]
Appendix J to Part 75--Compliance Dates for Revised Recordkeeping 
          Requirements and Missing Data Procedures [Reserved]

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7601 and 7651K, and 7651K note.

    Source: 58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, unless otherwise noted.



                           Subpart A--General



Sec. 75.1  Purpose and scope.

    (a) Purpose. The purpose of this part is to establish requirements 
for the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting of sulfur dioxide 
(SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOX), and carbon dioxide 
(CO2) emissions, volumetric flow, and opacity data from 
affected units under the Acid Rain Program pursuant to sections 412 and 
821 of the CAA, 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q as amended by Public Law 101-549 
(November 15, 1990). In addition, this part sets forth provisions for 
the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting of NOX mass 
emissions with which EPA, individual States, or groups of States may 
require sources to comply in order to demonstrate compliance with a 
NOX mass emission reduction program, to the extent these 
provisions are adopted as requirements under such a program.
    (b) Scope. (1) The regulations established under this part include 
general requirements for the installation, certification, operation, and 
maintenance of continuous emission or opacity monitoring systems and 
specific requirements for the monitoring of SO2 emissions, 
volumetric flow, NOx emissions, opacity, CO2 
emissions and SO2 emissions removal by qualifying Phase I 
technologies. Specifications for the installation and performance of 
continuous emission monitoring systems, certification tests and 
procedures, and quality assurance tests and procedures are included in 
appendices A and B to this part. Criteria for alternative monitoring 
systems and provisions to account for missing data from certified 
continuous emission monitoring systems or approved alternative 
monitoring systems are also included in the regulation.
    (2) Statistical estimation procedures for missing data are included 
in appendix C to this part. Optional protocols for estimating 
SO2 mass emissions from gas-fired or oil-fired units and 
NOx emissions from gas-fired peaking or oil-fired peaking 
units are included

[[Page 208]]

in appendices D and E, respectively, to this part. Requirements for 
recording and recordkeeping of monitoring data and for quarterly 
electronic reporting also are specified. Procedures for conversion of 
monitoring data into units of the standard are included in appendix F to 
this part. Procedures for the monitoring and calculation of 
CO2 emissions are included in appendix G of this part.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993; 58 FR 34126, June 23, 1993; 58 FR 40747, 
July 30, 1993; 63 FR 57498, Oct. 27, 1999]



Sec. 75.2  Applicability.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, 
the provisions of this part apply to each affected unit subject to Acid 
Rain emission limitations or reduction requirements for SO2 
or NOX.
    (b) The provisions of this part do not apply to:
    (1) A new unit for which a written exemption has been issued under 
Sec. 72.7 of this chapter (any new unit that serves one or more 
generators with total nameplate capacity of 25 MWe or less and burns 
only fuels with a sulfur content of 0.05 percent or less by weight may 
apply to the Administrator for an exemption); or
    (2) Any unit not subject to the requirements of the Acid Rain 
Program due to operation of any paragraph of Sec. 72.6(b) of this 
chapter; or
    (3) An affected unit for which a written exemption has been issued 
under Sec. 72.8 of this chapter and an exception granted under 
Sec. 75.67 of this part.
    (c) The provisions of this part apply to sources subject to a State 
or federal NOX mass emission reduction program, to the extent 
these provisions are adopted as requirements under such a program.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 15716, Mar. 23, 1993; 60 
FR 26516, May 17, 1995; 63 FR 57499, Oct. 27, 1998]



Sec. 75.3  General Acid Rain Program provisions.

    The provisions of part 72, including the following, shall apply to 
this part:
    (a) Sec. 72.2  (Definitions);
    (b) Sec. 72.3  (Measurements, Abbreviations, and Acronyms);
    (c) Sec. 72.4  (Federal Authority);
    (d) Sec. 72.5  (State Authority);
    (e) Sec. 72.6  (Applicability);
    (f) Sec. 72.7  (New Unit Exemption);
    (g) Sec. 72.8  (Retired Units Exemption);
    (h) Sec. 72.9  (Standard Requirements);
    (i) Sec. 72.10  (Availability of Information); and
    (j) Sec. 72.11  (Computation of Time).

In addition, the procedures for appeals of decisions of the 
Administrator under this part are contained in part 78 of this chapter.



Sec. 75.4  Compliance dates.

    (a) The provisions of this part apply to each existing Phase I and 
Phase II unit on February 10, 1993. For substitution or compensating 
units that are so designated under the Acid Rain permit which governs 
that unit and contains the approved substitution or reduced utilization 
plan, pursuant to Sec. 72.41 or Sec. 72.43 of this chapter, the 
provisions of this part become applicable upon the issuance date of the 
Acid Rain permit. For combustion sources seeking to enter the Opt-in 
Program in accordance with part 74 of this chapter, the provisions of 
this part become applicable upon the submission of an opt-in permit 
application in accordance with Sec. 74.14 of this chapter. The 
provisions of this part for the monitoring, recording, and reporting of 
NOX mass emissions become applicable on the deadlines 
specified in the applicable State or federal NOX mass 
emission reduction program, to the extent these provisions are adopted 
as requirements under such a program. In accordance with Sec. 75.20, the 
owner or operator of each existing affected unit shall ensure that all 
monitoring systems required by this part for monitoring SO2, 
NOX, CO2, opacity, moisture and volumetric flow 
are installed and that all certification tests are completed no later 
than the following dates (except as provided in paragraphs (d) through 
(i) of this section):
    (1) For a unit listed in table 1 of Sec. 73.10(a) of this chapter, 
November 15, 1993.
    (2) For a substitution or a compensating unit that is designated 
under an approved substitution plan or reduced utilization plan pursuant 
to Sec. 72.41 or Sec. 72.43 of this chapter, or for a unit that is 
designated an early election unit

[[Page 209]]

under an approved NO compliance plan pursuant to part 76 of 
this chapter, that is not conditionally approved and that is effective 
for 1995, the earlier of the following dates:
    (i) January 1, 1995; or
    (ii) 90 days after the issuance date of the Acid Rain permit (or 
date of approval of permit revision) that governs the unit and contains 
the approved substitution plan, reduced utilization plan, or 
NO compliance plan.
    (3) For either a Phase II unit, other than a gas-fired unit or an 
oil-fired unit, or a substitution or compensating unit that is not a 
substitution or compensating unit under paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section: January 1, 1995.
    (4) For a gas-fired Phase II unit or an oil-fired Phase II unit, 
January 1, 1995, except that installation and certification tests for 
continuous emission monitoring systems for NO and 
CO2 or excepted monitoring systems for NO under 
appendix E or CO2 estimation under appendix G of this part 
shall be completed as follows:
    (i) For an oil-fired Phase II unit or a gas-fired Phase II unit 
located in an ozone nonattainment area or the ozone transport region, 
not later than July 1, 1995; or
    (ii) For an oil-fired Phase II unit or a gas-fired Phase II unit not 
located in an ozone nonattainment area or the ozone transport region, 
not later than January 1, 1996.
    (5) For combustion sources seeking to enter the Opt-in Program in 
accordance with part 74 of this chapter, the expiration date of a 
combustion source's opt-in permit under Sec. 74.14(e) of this chapter.
    (b) In accordance with Sec. 75.20, the owner or operator of each new 
affected unit shall ensure that all monitoring systems required under 
this part for monitoring of SO2, NO, 
CO2, opacity, and volumetric flow are installed and all 
certification tests are completed on or before the later of the 
following dates:
    (1) January 1, 1995, except that for a gas-fired unit or oil-fired 
unit located in an ozone nonattainment area or the ozone transport 
region, the date for installation and completion of all certification 
tests for NO and CO2 monitoring systems shall be 
July 1, 1995 and for a gas-fired unit or an oil-fired unit not located 
in an ozone nonattainment area or the ozone transport region, the date 
for installation and completion of all certification tests for 
NO and CO2 monitoring systems shall be January 1, 
1996; or
    (2) Not later than 90 days after the date the unit commences 
commercial operation, notice of which date shall be provided under 
subpart G of this part.
    (c) In accordance with Sec. 75.20, the owner or operator of any unit 
affected under any paragraph of Sec. 72.6(a)(3) (ii) through (vii) of 
this chapter shall ensure that all monitoring systems required under 
this part for monitoring of SO2, NO, 
CO2, opacity, and volumetric flow are installed and all 
certification tests are completed on or before the later of the 
following dates:
    (1) January 1, 1995, except that for a gas-fired unit or oil-fired 
unit located in an ozone nonattainment area or the ozone transport 
region, the date for installation and completion of all certification 
tests for NO and CO2 monitoring systems shall be 
July 1, 1995 and for a gas-fired unit or an oil-fired unit not located 
in an ozone nonattainment area or the ozone transport region, the date 
for installation and completion of all certification tests for 
NO and CO2 monitoring systems shall be January 1, 
1996; or
    (2) Not later than 90 days after the date the unit becomes subject 
to the requirements of the Acid Rain Program, notice of which date shall 
be provided under subpart G of this part.
    (d) In accordance with Sec. 75.20, the owner or operator of an 
existing unit that is shutdown and is not yet operating by the 
applicable dates listed in paragraph (a) of this section, or an existing 
unit which has been placed in long-term cold storage after having 
previously reported emissions data in accordance with this part, shall 
ensure that all monitoring systems required under this part for 
monitoring of SO2, NOX, CO2, opacity, 
and volumetric flow are installed and all certification tests are 
completed no later than the earlier of 45 unit operating days or 180 
calendar days after the date that the unit recommences commercial 
operation of the affected unit, notice of which date shall be provided 
under subpart G of

[[Page 210]]

this part. The owner or operator shall determine and report 
SO2 concentration, NO emission rate, CO2 
concentration, and flow data for all unit operating hours after the 
applicable compliance date in paragraph (a) of this section until all 
required certification tests are successfully completed using either:
    (1) The maximum potential concentration of SO2, the 
maximum potential NOX emission rate, as defined in section 
2.1.2.1 of appendix A to this part, the maximum potential flow rate, as 
defined in section 2.1.4.1 of appendix A to this part, or the maximum 
potential CO2 concentration, as defined in section 2.1.3.1 of 
appendix A to this part;
    (2) Reference methods under Sec. 75.22(b); or
    (3) Another procedure approved by the Administrator pursuant to a 
petition under Sec. 75.66.
    (e) In accordance with Sec. 75.20, if the owner or operator of an 
existing unit completes construction of a new stack, flue, or flue gas 
desulfurization system after the applicable deadline in paragraph (a) of 
this section, then the owner or operator shall ensure that all 
monitoring systems required under this part for monitoring 
SO2, NO, CO2, opacity, and 
volumetric flow are installed on the new stack or duct and all 
certification tests are completed not later than 90 calendar days after 
the date that emissions first exit to the atmosphere through the new 
stack, flue, or flue gas desulfurization system, notice of which date 
shall be provided under subpart G of this part. Until emissions first 
pass through the new stack, flue or flue gas desulfurization system, the 
unit is subject to the appropriate deadline in paragraph (a) of this 
section. The owner or operator shall determine and report SO2 
concentration, NO emission rate, CO2 concentration, 
and flow data for all unit operating hours after emissions first pass 
through the new stack, flue, or flue gas desulfurization system until 
all required certification tests are successfully completed using 
either:
    (1) The appropriate value for substitution of missing data upon 
recertification pursuant to Sec. 75.20(b)(3); or
    (2) Reference methods under Sec. 75.22(b) of this part; or
    (3) Another procedure approved by the Administrator pursuant to a 
petition under Sec. 75.66.
    (f) In accordance with Sec. 75.20, the owner or operator of a gas-
fired or oil-fired peaking unit, if planning to use appendix E of this 
part, shall ensure that the required certification tests for excepted 
monitoring systems under appendix E are completed for backup fuel as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter by no later than the later of: 30 
unit operating days after the date that the unit first combusted that 
backup fuel after the certification testing of the primary fuel; or The 
deadline in paragraph (a) of this section. The owner or operator shall 
determine and report NO emission rate data for all unit 
operating hours that the backup fuel is combusted after the applicable 
compliance date in paragraph (a) of this section until all required 
certification tests are successfully completed using either:
    (1) The maximum potential NO emission rate; or
    (2) Reference methods under Sec. 75.22(b) of this part; or
    (3) Another procedure approved by the Administrator pursuant to a 
petition under Sec. 75.66.
    (g) The provisions of this paragraph shall apply unless an owner or 
operator is exempt from certifying a fuel flowmeter for use during 
combustion of emergency fuel under section 2.1.4.3 of appendix D to this 
part, in which circumstance the provisions of section 2.1.4.3 of 
appendix D shall apply.In accordance with Sec. 75.20, whenever the owner 
or operator of a gas-fired or oil-fired unit uses an excepted monitoring 
system under appendix D or E of this part and combusts emergency fuel as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, then the owner or operator shall 
ensure that a fuel flowmeter measuring emergency fuel is installed and 
the required certification tests for excepted monitoring systems are 
completed by no later than 30 unit operating days after the first date 
after January 1, 1995 that the unit combusts emergency fuel. For all 
unit operating hours that the unit combusts emergency fuel after January

[[Page 211]]

1, 1995 until the owner or operator installs a flowmeter for emergency 
fuel and successfully completes all required certification tests, the 
owner or operator shall determine and report SO2 mass 
emission data using either:
    (1) The maximum potential fuel flow rate, as described in appendix D 
of this part, and the maximum sulfur content of the fuel, as described 
in section 2.1.1.1 of appendix A of this part;
    (2) Reference methods under Sec. 75.22(b) of this part; or
    (3) Another procedure approved by the Administrator pursuant to a 
petition under Sec. 75.66.
    (h) In accordance with Sec. 75.20, the owner or operator of a unit 
with a qualifying Phase I technology shall ensure that all certification 
tests for the inlet and outlet SO2-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring systems are completed no later than January 1, 1997 
if the unit with a qualifying Phase I technology requires the use of an 
inlet SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring system for 
the purpose of monitoring SO2 emissions removal from January 
1, 1997 through December 31, 1999.
    (i) In accordance with Sec. 75.20, the owner or operator of each 
affected unit at which SO2 concentration is measured on a dry 
basis or at which moisture corrections are required to account for 
CO2 emissions, NOX emission rate in lb/mmBtu, heat 
input, or NOX mass emissions for units in a NOX 
mass reduction program, shall ensure that the continuous moisture 
monitoring system required by this part is installed and that all 
applicable initial certification tests required under Sec. 75.20(c)(5), 
(c)(6), or (c)(7) for the continuous moisture monitoring system are 
completed no later than the following dates:
    (1) April 1, 2000, for a unit that is existing and has commenced 
commercial operation by January 2, 2000; or
    (2) For a new affected unit which has not commenced commercial 
operation by January 2, 2000, no later than 90 days after the date the 
unit commences commercial operation; or
    (3) For an existing unit that is shutdown and is not yet operating 
by April 1, 2000, no later than the earlier of 45 unit operating days or 
180 calendar days after the date that the unit recommences commercial 
operation.

[60 FR 17131, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 60 FR 26516, May 17, 1995; 63 
FR 57499, Oct. 27, 1998; 64 FR 28588, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.5  Prohibitions.

    (a) A violation of any applicable regulation in this part by the 
owners or operators or the designated representative of an affected 
source or an affected unit is a violation of the Act.
    (b) No owner or operator of an affected unit shall operate the unit 
without complying with the requirements of Secs. 75.2 through 75.75 and 
appendices A through G to this part.
    (c) No owner or operator of an affected unit shall use any 
alternative monitoring system, alternative reference method, or any 
other alternative for the required continuous emission monitoring system 
without having obtained the Administrator's prior written approval in 
accordance with Secs. 75.23, 75.48 and 75.66.
    (d) No owner or operator of an affected unit shall operate the unit 
so as to discharge, or allow to be discharged, emissions of 
SO2, NOX or CO2 to the atmosphere 
without accounting for all such emissions in accordance with the 
provisions of Secs. 75.10 through 75.19.
    (e) No owner or operator of an affected unit shall disrupt the 
continuous emission monitoring system, any portion thereof, or any other 
approved emission monitoring method, and thereby avoid monitoring and 
recording SO2, NOX, or CO2 emissions 
discharged to the atmosphere, except for periods of recertification, or 
periods when calibration, quality assurance, or maintenance is performed 
pursuant to Sec. 75.21 and appendix B of this part.
    (f) No owner or operator of an affected unit shall retire or 
permanently discontinue use of the continuous emission monitoring 
system, any component thereof, the continuous opacity monitoring system, 
or any other approved emission monitoring system under this part, except 
under any one of the following circumstances:
    (1) During the period that the unit is covered by an approved 
retired unit exemption under Sec. 72.8 of this chapter that is in 
effect; or

[[Page 212]]

    (2) The owner or operator is monitoring emissions from the unit with 
another certified monitoring system or an excepted methodology approved 
by the Administrator for use at that unit that provides emissions data 
for the same pollutant or parameter as the retired or discontinued 
monitoring system; or
    (3) The designated representative submits notification of the date 
of recertification testing of a replacement monitoring system in 
accordance with Secs. 75.20 and 75.61, and the owner or operator 
recertifies thereafter a replacement monitoring system in accordance 
with Sec. 75.20.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 40747, July 30, 1993; 60 
FR 26517, May 17, 1995; 64 FR 28589, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.6  Incorporation by reference.

    The materials listed in this section are incorporated by reference 
in the corresponding sections noted. These incorporations by reference 
were approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 
5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These materials are incorporated as 
they existed on the date of approval, and a notice of any change in 
these materials will be published in the Federal Register. The materials 
are available for purchase at the corresponding address noted below and 
are available for inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 
North Capitol Street, NW, Suite 700, Washington, DC, at the Public 
Information Reference Unit of the U.S. EPA, 401 M Street, SW, 
Washington, DC and at the Library (MD-35), U.S. EPA, Research Triangle 
Park, North Carolina.
    (a) The following materials are available for purchase from the 
following addresses: American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM), 
1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103; and the University 
Microfilms International 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106.
    (1) ASTM D129-91, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (General Bomb Method), for appendices A and D of this part.
    (2) ASTM D240-87 (Reapproved 1991), Standard Test Method for Heat of 
Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter, for 
appendices A, D and F of this part.
    (3) ASTM D287-82 (Reapproved 1987), Standard Test Method for API 
Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Petroleum Products (Hydrometer Method), 
for appendix D of this part.
    (4) ASTM D388-92, Standard Classification of Coals by Rank, 
incorporation by reference for appendix F of this part.
    (5) ASTM D941-88, Standard Test Method for Density and Relative 
Density (Specific Gravity) of Liquids by Lipkin Bicapillary Pycnometer, 
for appendix D of this part.
    (6) ASTM D1072-90, Standard Test Method for Total Sulfur in Fuel 
Gases, for appendix D of this part.
    (7) ASTM D1217-91, Standard Test Method for Density and Relative 
Density (Specific Gravity) of Liquids by Bingham Pycnometer, for 
appendix D of this part.
    (8) ASTM D1250-80 (Reapproved 1990), Standard Guide for Petroleum 
Measurement Tables, for appendix D of this part.
    (9) ASTM D1298-85 (Reapproved 1990), Standard Practice for Density, 
Relative Density (Specific Gravity) or API Gravity of Crude Petroleum 
and Liquid Petroleum Products by Hydrometer Method, for appendix D of 
this part.
    (10) ASTM D1480-91, Standard Test Method for Density and Relative 
Density (Specific Gravity) of Viscous Materials by Bingham Pycnometer, 
for appendix D of this part.
    (11) ASTM D1481-91, Standard Test Method for Density and Relative 
Density (Specific Gravity) of Viscous Materials by Lipkin Bicapillary 
Pycnometer, for appendix D of this part.
    (12) ASTM D1552-90, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products (High Temperature Method), for appendices A and D of the part.
    (13) ASTM D1826-88, Standard Test Method for Calorific (Heating) 
Value of Gases in Natural Gas Range by Continuous Recording Calorimeter, 
for appendices D and F to this part.
    (14) ASTM D1945-91, Standard Test Method for Analysis of Natural Gas 
by Gas Chromatography, for appendices F and G of this part.
    (15) ASTM D1946-90, Standard Practice for Analysis of Reformed Gas 
by

[[Page 213]]

Gas Chromatography, for appendices F and G of this part.
    (16) ASTM D1989-92, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value 
of Coal and Coke by Microprocessor Controlled Isoperibol Calorimeters, 
for appendix F of this part.
    (17) ASTM D2013-86, Standard Method of Preparing Coal Samples for 
Analysis, for Sec. 75.15 and appendix F of this part.
    (18) ASTM D2015-91, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value 
of Coal and Coke by the Adiabatic Bomb Calorimeter, for Sec. 75.15 and 
appendices A, D and F of this part.
    (19) ASTM D2234-89, Standard Test Methods for Collection of a Gross 
Sample of Coal, for Sec. 75.15 and appendix F of this part.
    (20) ASTM D2382-88, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of 
Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter (High-Precision Method), for 
appendices D and F of this part.
    (21) ASTM D2502-87, Standard Test Method for Estimation of Molecular 
Weight (Relative Molecular Mass) of Petroleum Oils from Viscosity 
Measurements, for appendix G of this part.
    (22) ASTM D2503-82 (Reapproved 1987), Standard Test Method for 
Molecular Weight (Relative Molecular Mass) of Hydrocarbons by 
Thermoelectric Measurement of Vapor Pressure, for appendix G of this 
part.
    (23) ASTM D2622-92, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products by X-Ray Spectrometry, for appendices A and D of this part.
    (24) ASTM D3174-89, Standard Test Method for Ash in the Analysis 
Sample of Coal and Coke From Coal, for appendix G of this part.
    (25) ASTM D3176-89, Standard Practice for Ultimate Analysis of Coal 
and Coke, for appendices A and F of this part.
    (26) ASTM D3177-89, Standard Test Methods for Total Sulfur in the 
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, for Sec. 75.15 and appendix A of this 
part.
    (27) ASTM D3178-89, Standard Test Methods for Carbon and Hydrogen in 
the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, for appendix G of this part.
    (28) ASTM D3238-90, Standard Test Method for Calculation of Carbon 
Distribution and Structural Group Analysis of Petroleum Oils by the n-d-
M Method, for appendix G of this part.
    (29) ASTM D3246-81 (Reapproved 1987), Standard Test Method for 
Sulfur in Petroleum Gas By Oxidative Microcoulometry, for appendix D of 
this part.
    (30) ASTM D3286-91a, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value 
of Coal and Coke by the Isoperibol Bomb Calorimeter, for appendix F of 
this part.
    (31) ASTM D3588-91, Standard Practice for Calculating Heat Value, 
Compressibility Factor, and Relative Density (Specific Gravity) of 
Gaseous Fuels, for appendices D and F to this part.
    (32) ASTM D4052-91, Standard Test Method for Density and Relative 
Density of Liquids by Digital Density Meter, for appendix D of this 
part.
    (33) ASTM D4057-88, Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of 
Petroleum and Petroleum Products, for appendix D of this part.
    (34) ASTM D4177-82 (Reapproved 1990), Standard Practice for 
Automatic Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products, for appendix D 
of this part.
    (35) ASTM D4239-85, Standard Test Methods for Sulfur in the Analysis 
Sample of Coal and Coke Using High Temperature Tube Furnace Combustion 
Methods, for Sec. 75.15 and appendix A of this part.
    (36) ASTM D4294-90, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products by Energy-Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy, for 
appendices A and D of this part.
    (37) ASTM D4468-85 (Reapproved 1989), Standard Test Method for Total 
Sulfur in Gaseous Fuels by Hydrogenolysis and Rateometric Colorimetry, 
for appendix D of this part.
    (38) ASTM D4891-89, Standard Test Method for Heating Value of Gases 
in Natural Gas Range by Stoichiometric Combustion, for appendices D and 
F to this part.
    (39) ASTM D5291-92, Standard Test Methods for Instrumental 
Determination of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen in Petroleum Products 
and Lubricants, for appendices F and G to this part.
    (40) ASTM D5373-93, ``Standard Methods for Instrumental 
Determination of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen in

[[Page 214]]

Laboratory Samples of Coal and Coke,'' for appendix G to this part.
    (41) ASTM D5504-94, Standard Test Method for Determination of Sulfur 
Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by Gas Chromatography and 
Chemiluminescence, for appendix D of this part.
    (b) The following materials are available for purchase from the 
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), 22 Law Drive, Box 2350, 
Fairfield, NJ 07007-2350.
    (1) ASME MFC-3M-1989 with September 1990 Errata, Measurement of 
Fluid Flow in Pipes Using Orifice, Nozzle, and Venturi, for appendix D 
of this part.
    (2) ASME MFC-4M-1986 (Reaffirmed 1990), Measurement of Gas Flow by 
Turbine Meters, for appendix D of this part.
    (3) ASME-MFC-5M-1985, Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits 
Using Transit-Time Ultrasonic Flowmeters, for appendix D of this part.
    (4) ASME MFC-6M-1987 with June 1987 Errata, Measurement of Fluid 
Flow in Pipes Using Vortex Flow Meters, for appendix D of this part.
    (5) ASME MFC-7M-1987 (Reaffirmed 1992), Measurement of Gas Flow by 
Means of Critical Flow Venturi Nozzles, for appendix D of this part.
    (6) ASME MFC-9M-1988 with December 1989 Errata, Measurement of 
Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits by Weighing Method, for appendix D of 
this part.
    (c) The following materials are available for purchase from the 
American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 11 W. 42nd Street, New 
York NY 10036: ISO 8316: 1987(E) Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed 
Conduits-Method by Collection of the Liquid in a Volumetric Tank, for 
appendices D and E of this part.
    (d) The following materials are available for purchase from the 
following address: Gas Processors Association (GPA), 6526 East 60th 
Street, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74145:
    (1) GPA Standard 2172-86, Calculation of Gross Heating Value, 
Relative Density and Compressibility Factor for Natural Gas Mixtures 
from Compositional Analysis, for appendices D, E, and F of this part.
    (2) GPA Standard 2261-90, Analysis for Natural Gas and Similar 
Gaseous Mixtures by Gas Chromatography, for appendices D, F, and G of 
this part.
    (e) The following materials are available for purchase from the 
following address: American Gas Association, 1515 Wilson Boulevard, 
Arlington VA 22209:
    (1) American Gas Association Report No. 3: Orifice Metering of 
Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids, Part 1: General 
Equations and Uncertainty Guidelines (October 1990 Edition), Part 2: 
Specification and Installation Requirements (February 1991 Edition) and 
Part 3: Natural Gas Applications (August 1992 Edition), for appendices D 
and E of this part.
    (2) American Gas Association Transmission Measurement Committee 
Report No. 7: Measurement of Gas by Turbine Meters (Second Revision, 
April, 1996), for appendix D to this part.
    (f) The following materials are available for purchase from the 
following address: American Petroleum Institute, Publications 
Department, 1220 L Street NW, Washington, DC 20005-4070.
    (1) American Petroleum Institute (API) Petroleum Measurement 
Standards, Chapter 3, Tank Gauging: Section 1A, Standard Practice for 
the Manual Gauging of Petroleum and Petroleum Products, December 1994; 
Section 1B, Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid 
Hydrocarbons in Stationary Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging, April 1992 
(reaffirmed January 1997); Section 2, Standard Practice for Gauging 
Petroleum and Petroleum Products in Tank Cars, September 1995; Section 
3, Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in 
Stationary Pressurized Storage Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging, June 
1996; Section 4, Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid 
Hydrocarbons on Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging, April 1995; 
and Section 5, Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Light 
Hydrocarbon Liquids Onboard Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging, 
March 1997; for Sec. 75.19.
    (2) Shop Testing of Automatic Liquid Level Gages, Bulletin 2509 B, 
December 1961 (Reaffirmed August 1987, October 1992), for Sec. 75.19.

[[Page 215]]

    (3) American Petroleum Institute (API) Section 2, ``Conventional 
Pipe Provers,'' Section 3, ``Small Volume Provers,'' and Section 5, 
``Master-Meter Provers,'' from Chapter 4 of the Manual of Petroleum 
Measurement Standards, October 1988 (Reaffirmed 1993), for appendix D to 
this part.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26517, May 17, 1995; 61 
FR 59157, Nov. 20, 1996; 63 FR 57499, Oct. 27, 1998; 64 FR 28589, May 
26, 1999]



Sec. 75.7-75.8  [Reserved]



                    Subpart B--Monitoring Provisions



Sec. 75.10  General operating requirements.

    (a) Primary Measurement Requirement. The owner or operator shall 
measure opacity, and all SO2, NOx, and 
CO2 emissions for each affected unit as follows:
    (1) The owner or operator shall install, certify, operate, and 
maintain, in accordance with all the requirements of this part, a 
SO2 continuous emission monitoring system and a flow 
monitoring system with the automated data acquisition and handling 
system for measuring and recording SO2 concentration (in 
ppm), volumetric gas flow (in scfh), and SO2 mass emissions 
(in lb/hr) discharged to the atmosphere, except as provided in 
Secs. 75.11 and 75.16 and subpart E of this part;
    (2) The owner or operator shall install, certify, operate, and 
maintain, in accordance with all the requirements of this part, a 
NOX continuous emission monitoring system (consisting of a 
NOX pollutant concentration monitor and an O2 or 
CO2 diluent gas monitor) with the automated data acquisition 
and handling system for measuring and recording NOX 
concentration (in ppm), O2 or CO2 concentration 
(in percent O2 or CO2) and NOX emission 
rate (in lb/mmBtu) discharged to the atmosphere, except as provided in 
Secs. 75.12 and 75.17 and subpart E of this part. The owner or operator 
shall account for total NOX emissions, both NO and 
NO2, either by monitoring for both NO and NO2 or 
by monitoring for NO only and adjusting the emissions data to account 
for NO2;
    (3) The owner or operator shall determine CO2 emissions 
by using one of the following options, except as provided in Sec. 75.13 
and subpart E of this part:
    (i) The owner or operator shall install, certify, operate, and 
maintain, in accordance with all the requirements of this part, a 
CO2 continuous emission monitoring system and a flow 
monitoring system with the automated data acquisition and handling 
system for measuring and recording CO2 concentration (in ppm 
or percent), volumetric gas flow (in scfh), and CO2 mass 
emissions (in tons/hr) discharged to the atmosphere;
    (ii) The owner or operator shall determine CO2 emissions 
based on the measured carbon content of the fuel and the procedures in 
appendix G of this part to estimate CO2 emissions (in ton/
day) discharged to the atmosphere; or
    (iii) The owner or operator shall install, certify, operate, and 
maintain, in accordance with all the requirements of this part, a flow 
monitoring system and a CO2 continuous emission monitoring 
system using an O2 concentration monitor in order to 
determine CO2 emissions using the procedures in appendix F of 
this part with the automated data acquisition and handling system for 
measuring and recording O2 concentration (in percent), 
CO2 concentration (in percent), volumetric gas flow (in 
scfh), and CO2 mass emissions (in tons/hr) discharged to the 
atmosphere; and
    (4) The owner or operator shall install, certify, operate, and 
maintain, in accordance with all the requirements in this part, a 
continuous opacity monitoring system with the automated data acquisition 
and handling system for measuring and recording the opacity of emissions 
(in percent opacity) discharged to the atmosphere, except as provided in 
Secs. 75.14 and 75.18.
    (b) Primary Equipment Performance Requirements. The owner or 
operator shall ensure that each continuous emission monitoring system 
required by this part meets the equipment, installation, and performance 
specifications in appendix A to this part; and is maintained according 
to the quality assurance and quality control procedures in appendix B to 
this part; and shall record SO2 and NOx emissions 
in the

[[Page 216]]

appropriate units of measurement (i.e., lb/hr for SO2 and lb/
mmBtu for NOx).
    (c) Heat Input Measurement Requirement. The owner or operator shall 
determine and record the heat input to each affected unit for every hour 
or part of an hour any fuel is combusted following the procedures in 
appendix F to this part.
    (d) Primary equipment hourly operating requirements. The owner or 
operator shall ensure that all continuous emission and opacity 
monitoring systems required by this part are in operation and monitoring 
unit emissions or opacity at all times that the affected unit combusts 
any fuel except as provided in Sec. 75.11(e) and during periods of 
calibration, quality assurance, or preventive maintenance, performed 
pursuant to Sec. 75.21 and appendix B of this part, periods of repair, 
periods of backups of data from the data acquisition and handling 
system, or recertification performed pursuant to Sec. 75.20. The owner 
or operator shall also ensure, subject to the exceptions above in this 
paragraph, that all continuous opacity monitoring systems required by 
this part are in operation and monitoring opacity during the time 
following combustion when fans are still operating, unless fan operation 
is not required to be included under any other applicable Federal, 
State, or local regulation, or permit. The owner or operator shall 
ensure that the following requirements are met:
    (1) The owner or operator shall ensure that each continuous emission 
monitoring system and component thereof is capable of completing a 
minimum of one cycle of operation (sampling, analyzing, and data 
recording) for each successive 15-min interval. The owner or operator 
shall reduce all SO2 concentrations, volumetric flow, 
SO2 mass emissions, SO2 emission rate in lb/mmBtu 
(if applicable), CO2 concentration, O2 
concentration, CO2 mass emissions (if applicable), 
NOX concentration, and NOX emission rate data 
collected by the monitors to hourly averages. Hourly averages shall be 
computed using at least one data point in each fifteen minute quadrant 
of an hour, where the unit combusted fuel during that quadrant of an 
hour. Notwithstanding this requirement, an hourly average may be 
computed from at least two data points separated by a minimum of 15 
minutes (where the unit operates for more than one quadrant of an hour) 
if data are unavailable as a result of the performance of calibration, 
quality assurance, or preventive maintenance activities pursuant to 
Sec. 75.21 and appendix B of this part, backups of data from the data 
acquisition and handling system, or recertification, pursuant to 
Sec. 75.20. The owner or operator shall use all valid measurements or 
data points collected during an hour to calculate the hourly averages. 
All data points collected during an hour shall be, to the extent 
practicable, evenly spaced over the hour.
    (2) The owner or operator shall ensure that each continuous opacity 
monitoring system is capable of completing a minimum of one cycle of 
sampling and analyzing for each successive 10-sec period and one cycle 
of data recording for each successive 6-min period. The owner or 
operator shall reduce all opacity data to 6-min averages calculated in 
accordance with the provisions of part 51, appendix M of this chapter, 
except where the applicable State implementation plan or operating 
permit requires a different averaging period, in which case the State 
requirement shall satisfy this Acid Rain Program requirement.
    (3) Failure of an SO2, CO2, or O2 
pollutant concentration monitor, flow monitor, or NOX 
continuous emission monitoring system to acquire the minimum number of 
data points for calculation of an hourly average in paragraph (d)(1) of 
this section shall result in the failure to obtain a valid hour of data 
and the loss of such component data for the entire hour. An hourly 
average NOX or SO2 emission rate in lb/mmBtu is 
valid only if the minimum number of data points is acquired by both the 
pollutant concentration monitor (NOX or SO2) and 
the diluent monitor (O2 or CO2). For a moisture 
monitoring system consisting of one or more oxygen analyzers capable of 
measuring O2 on a wet-basis and a dry-basis, an hourly 
average percent moisture value is valid only if the minimum number of 
data points is acquired for both the wet-and dry-basis measurements. 
Except for SO2 emission rate

[[Page 217]]

data in lb/mmBtu, if a valid hour of data is not obtained, the owner or 
operator shall estimate and record emissions, moisture, or flow data for 
the missing hour by means of the automated data acquisition and handling 
system, in accordance with the applicable procedure for missing data 
substitution in subpart D of this part.
    (e) Optional backup monitor requirements. If the owner or operator 
chooses to use two or more continuous emission monitoring systems, each 
of which is capable of monitoring the same stack or duct at a specific 
affected unit, or group of units using a common stack, then the owner or 
operator shall designate one monitoring system as the primary monitoring 
system, and shall record this information in the monitoring plan, as 
provided for in Sec. 75.53. The owner or operator shall designate the 
other monitoring system(s) as backup monitoring system(s) in the 
monitoring plan. The backup monitoring system(s) shall be designated as 
redundant backup monitoring system(s), non-redundant backup monitoring 
system(s), or reference method backup system(s), as described in 
Sec. 75.20(d). When the certified primary monitoring system is operating 
and not out-of-control as defined in Sec. 75.24, only data from the 
certified primary monitoring system shall be reported as valid, quality-
assured data. Thus, data from the backup monitoring system may be 
reported as valid, quality-assured data only when the backup is 
operating and not out-of-control as defined in Sec. 75.24 (or in the 
applicable reference method in appendix A of part 60 of this chapter) 
and when the certified primary monitoring system is not operating (or is 
operating but out-of-control). A particular monitor may be designated 
both as a certified primary monitor for one unit and as a certified 
redundant backup monitor for another unit.
    (f) Minimum measurement capability requirement. The owner or 
operator shall ensure that each continuous emission monitoring system 
and component thereof is capable of accurately measuring, recording, and 
reporting data, and shall not incur an exceedance of the full scale 
range, except as provided in sections 2.1.1.5, 2.1.2.5, and 2.1.4.3 of 
appendix A to this part.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26519, May 17, 1995; 64 
FR 28590, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.11  Specific provisions for monitoring SO2 emissions (SO2 and flow monitors).

    (a) Coal-fired units. The owner or operator shall meet the general 
operating requirements in Sec. 75.10 for an SO2 continuous 
emission monitoring system and a flow monitoring system for each 
affected coal-fired unit while the unit is combusting coal and/or any 
other fuel, except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, in 
Sec. 75.16, and in subpart E of this part. During hours in which only 
gaseous fuel is combusted in the unit, the owner or operator shall 
comply with the applicable provisions of paragraph (e)(1), (e)(2), or 
(e)(3) of this section.
    (b) Moisture correction. Where SO2 concentration is 
measured on a dry basis, the owner or operator shall either:
    (1) Report the appropriate fuel-specific default moisture value for 
each unit operating hour, selected from among the following: 3.0%, for 
anthracite coal; 6.0% for bituminous coal; 8.0% for sub-bituminous coal; 
11.0% for lignite coal; 13.0% for wood; or
    (2) Install, operate, maintain, and quality assure a continuous 
moisture monitoring system for measuring and recording the moisture 
content of the flue gases, in order to correct the measured hourly 
volumetric flow rates for moisture when calculating SO2 mass 
emissions (in lb/hr) using the procedures in appendix F to this part. 
The following continuous moisture monitoring systems are acceptable: a 
continuous moisture sensor; an oxygen analyzer (or analyzers) capable of 
measuring O2 both on a wet basis and on a dry basis; or a 
stack temperature sensor and a moisture look-up table, i.e., a 
psychometric chart (for saturated gas streams following wet scrubbers or 
other demonstrably saturated gas streams, only). The moisture monitoring 
system shall include as a component the automated data acquisition and 
handling system (DAHS) for recording and reporting both the raw

[[Page 218]]

data (e.g., hourly average wet-and dry-basis O2 values) and 
the hourly average values of the stack gas moisture content derived from 
those data. When a moisture look-up table is used, the moisture 
monitoring system shall be represented as a single component, the 
certified DAHS, in the monitoring plan for the unit or common stack.
    (c) Unit with no location for a flow monitor meeting siting 
requirements. Where no location exists that satisfies the minimum 
physical siting criteria in appendix A to this part for installation of 
a flow monitor in either the stack or the ducts serving an affected unit 
or installation of a flow monitor in either the stack or ducts is 
demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Administrator to be technically 
infeasible, either:
    (1) The designated representative shall petition the Administrator 
for an alternative method for monitoring volumetric flow in accordance 
with Sec. 75.66; or
    (2) The owner or operator shall construct a new stack or modify 
existing ductwork to accommodate the installation of a flow monitor, and 
the designated representative shall petition the Administrator for an 
extension of the required certification date given in Sec. 75.4 and 
approval of an interim alternative flow monitoring methodology in 
accordance with Sec. 75.66. The Administrator may grant existing Phase I 
affected units an extension to January 1, 1995, and existing Phase II 
affected units an extension to January 1, 1996 for the submission of the 
certification application for the purpose of constructing a new stack or 
making substantial modifications to ductwork for installation of a flow 
monitor; or
    (3) The owner or operator shall install a flow monitor in any 
existing location in the stack or ducts serving the affected unit at 
which the monitor can achieve the performance specifications of this 
part.
    (d) Gas-fired and oil-fired units. The owner or operator of an 
affected unit that qualifies as a gas-fired or oil-fired unit, as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, based on information submitted by 
the designated representative in the monitoring plan, shall measure and 
record SO2 emissions:
    (1) By meeting the general operating requirements in Sec. 75.10 for 
an SO2 continuous emission monitoring system and flow 
monitoring system. If this option is selected, the owner or operator 
shall comply with the applicable provisions in paragraph (e)(1), (e)(2), 
or (e)(3) of this section during hours in which the unit combusts only 
gaseous fuel;
    (2) By providing other information satisfactory to the Administrator 
using the applicable procedures specified in appendix D to this part for 
estimating hourly SO2 mass emissions; or
    (3) By using the low mass emissions excepted methodology in 
Sec. 75.19(c) for estimating hourly SO2 mass emissions if the 
affected unit qualifies as a low mass emissions unit under Sec. 75.19(a) 
and (b).
    (e) Units with SO2 continuous emission monitoring systems 
during the combustion of gaseous fuel. The owner or operator of an 
affected unit with an SO2 continuous emission monitoring 
system shall, during any hour in which the unit combusts only gaseous 
fuel, determine SO2 emissions in accordance with paragraph 
(e)(1), (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this section, as applicable.
    (1) If the gaseous fuel meets the definition of ``pipeline natural 
gas'' or ``natural gas'' in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, the owner or 
operator may, in lieu of operating and recording data from the 
SO2 monitoring system, determine SO2 emissions by 
using Equation F-23 in appendix F to this part. Substitute into Equation 
F-23 the hourly heat input, calculated using a certified flow monitoring 
system and a certified diluent monitor, in conjunction with the 
appropriate default SO2 emission rate from section 2.3.1.1 or 
2.3.2.1.1 of appendix D to this part, and Equation D-5 in appendix D to 
this part. When this option is chosen, the owner or operator shall 
perform the necessary data acquisition and handling system tests under 
Sec. 75.20(c), and shall meet all quality control and quality assurance 
requirements in appendix B to this part for the flow monitor and the 
diluent monitor.
    (2) The owner or operator may, in lieu of operating and recording 
data from the SO2 monitoring system, determine SO2 
emissions by certifying an

[[Page 219]]

excepted monitoring system in accordance with Sec. 75.20 and appendix D 
to this part, following the applicable fuel sampling and analysis 
procedures in section 2.3 of appendix D to this part, meeting the 
recordkeeping requirements of Sec. 75.55 or Sec. 75.58, as applicable, 
and meeting all quality control and quality assurance requirements for 
fuel flowmeters in appendix D to this part. If this compliance option is 
selected, the hourly unit heat input reported under Sec. 75.54(b)(5) or 
Sec. 75.57(b)(5), as applicable, shall be determined using a certified 
flow monitoring system and a certified diluent monitor, in accordance 
with the procedures in section 5.2 of appendix F to this part. The flow 
monitor and diluent monitor shall meet all of the applicable quality 
control and quality assurance requirements of appendix B to this part.
    (3) The owner or operator may determine SO2 mass 
emissions by using a certified SO2 continuous monitoring 
system, in conjunction with a certified flow rate monitoring system. 
However, if the unit burns any gaseous fuel that is very low sulfur fuel 
(as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter), then on and after April 1, 
2000, the SO2 monitoring system shall be subject to the 
following quality assurance provisions when the very low sulfur fuel is 
combusted. Prior to April 1, 2000, the owner or operator may comply with 
these provisions.
    (i) When conducting the daily calibration error tests of the 
SO2 monitoring system, as required by section 2.1.1 in 
appendix B of this part, the zero-level calibration gas shall have an 
SO2 concentration of 0.0 percent of span. This restriction 
does not apply if gaseous fuel is burned in the affected unit only 
during unit startup.
    (ii) EPA recommends that the calibration response of the 
SO2 monitoring system be adjusted, either automatically or 
manually, in accordance with the procedures for routine calibration 
adjustments in section 2.1.3 of appendix B to this part, whenever the 
zero-level calibration response during a required daily calibration 
error test exceeds the applicable performance specification of the 
instrument in section 3.1 of appendix A to this part (i.e., 
2.5 percent of the span value or  ppm, whichever 
is less restrictive).
    (iii) Any hourly average SO2 concentration of less than 
2.0 ppm recorded by the SO2 monitoring system shall be 
adjusted to a default value of 2.0 ppm, for reporting purposes. Such 
adjusted hourly averages shall be considered to be quality-assured data, 
provided that the monitoring system is operating and is not out-of-
control with respect to any of the quality assurance tests required by 
appendix B of this part (i.e., daily calibration error, linearity and 
relative accuracy test audit).
    (iv) In accordance with the requirements of section 2.1.1.2 of 
appendix A to this part, for units that sometimes burn gaseous fuel that 
is very low sulfur fuel (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) and at 
other times burn higher sulfur fuel(s) such as coal or oil, a second 
low-scale SO2 measurement range is not required when the very 
low sulfur gaseous fuel is combusted. For units that burn only gaseous 
fuel that is very low sulfur fuel and burn no other type(s) of fuel(s), 
the owner or operator shall set the span of the SO2 
monitoring system to a value no greater than 200 ppm.
    (f) Other units. The owner or operator of an affected unit that 
combusts wood, refuse, or other material in addition to oil or gas shall 
comply with the monitoring provisions for coal-fired units specified in 
paragraph (a) of this section.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26520, 26566, May 17, 
1995; 61 FR 59157, Nov. 20, 1996; 63 FR 57499, Oct. 27, 1998; 64 FR 
28590, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.12  Specific provisions for monitoring NOX emission rate (NOX and diluent gas monitors).

    (a) Coal-fired units, gas-fired nonpeaking units or oil-fired 
nonpeaking units. The owner or operator shall meet the general operating 
requirements in Sec. 75.10 of this part for a NOX continuous 
emission monitoring system for each affected coal-fired unit, gas-fired 
nonpeaking unit, or oil-fired nonpeaking unit, except as provided in 
paragraph (d) of this section, Sec. 75.17, and subpart E of this part. 
The diluent gas monitor in the NOx continuous emission 
monitoring system may measure either O2 or CO2 
concentration in the flue gases.

[[Page 220]]

    (b) Moisture correction. If a correction for the stack gas moisture 
content is needed to properly calculate the NOX emission rate 
in lb/mmBtu, e.g., if the NOX pollutant concentration monitor 
measures on a different moisture basis from the diluent monitor, the 
owner or operator shall either report a fuel-specific default moisture 
value for each unit operating hour, as provided in Sec. 75.11(b)(1), or 
shall install, operate, maintain, and quality assure a continuous 
moisture monitoring system, as defined in Sec. 75.11(b)(2). 
Notwithstanding this requirement, if Equation 19-3, 19-4 or 19-8 in 
Method 19 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter is used to measure 
NOX emission rate, the following fuel-specific default 
moisture percentages shall be used in lieu of the default values 
specified in Sec. 75.11(b)(1): 5.0%, for anthracite coal; 8.0% for 
bituminous coal; 12.0% for sub-bituminous coal; 13.0% for lignite coal; 
and 15.0% for wood.
    (c) Determination of NOX emission rate. The owner or 
operator shall calculate hourly, quarterly, and annual NOX 
emission rates (in lb/mmBtu) by combining the NOX 
concentration (in ppm), diluent concentration (in percent O2 
or CO2), and percent moisture (if applicable) measurements 
according to the procedures in appendix F to this part.
    (d) Gas-fired peaking units or oil-fired peaking units. The owner or 
operator of an affected unit that qualifies as a gas-fired peaking unit 
or oil-fired peaking unit, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, 
based on information submitted by the designated representative in the 
monitoring plan shall comply with one of the following:
    (1) Meet the general operating requirements in Sec. 75.10 for a 
NOX continuous emission monitoring system; or
    (2) Provide information satisfactory to the Administrator using the 
procedure specified in appendix E of this part for estimating hourly 
NOX emission rate. However, if in the years after 
certification of an excepted monitoring system under appendix E of this 
part, a unit's operations exceed a capacity factor of 20 percent in any 
calendar year or exceed a capacity factor of 10.0 percent averaged over 
three years, the owner or operator shall install, certify, and operate a 
NOX continuous emission monitoring system no later than 
December 31 of the following calendar year.
    (e) Low mass emissions units. Notwithstanding the requirements of 
paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, the owner or operator of an 
affected unit that qualifies as a low mass emissions unit under 
Sec. 75.19(a) and (b) shall comply with one of the following:
    (1) Meet the general operating requirements in Sec. 75.10 for a 
NOX continuous emission monitoring system;
    (2) Meet the requirements specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this 
section for using the excepted monitoring procedures in appendix E to 
this part, if applicable; or
    (3) Use the low mass emissions excepted methodology in Sec. 75.19(c) 
for estimating hourly NOX emission rate and hourly 
NOX mass emissions, if applicable under Sec. 75.19(a) and 
(b).
    (f) Other units. The owner or operator of an affected unit that 
combusts wood, refuse, or other material in addition to oil or gas shall 
comply with the monitoring provisions specified in paragraph (a) of this 
section.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26520, May 17, 1995; 63 
FR 57499, Oct. 27, 1998; 64 FR 28591, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.13  Specific provisions for monitoring CO2 emissions.

    (a) CO2 continuous emission monitoring system. If the 
owner or operator chooses to use the continuous emission monitoring 
method, then the owner or operator shall meet the general operating 
requirements in Sec. 75.10 for a CO2 continuous emission 
monitoring system and flow monitoring system for each affected unit. The 
owner or operator shall comply with the applicable provisions specified 
in Secs. 75.11(a) through (e) or Sec. 75.16, except that the phrase 
``CO2 continuous emission monitoring system'' shall apply 
rather than ``SO2 continuous emission monitoring system,'' 
the phrase ``CO2 concentration'' shall apply rather than 
``SO2 concentration,'' the term ``maximum potential 
concentration of CO2'' shall apply rather than ``maximum 
potential concentration of SO2,'' and the phrase 
``CO2 mass emissions'' shall apply rather than 
``SO2 mass emissions.''

[[Page 221]]

    (b) Determination of CO2 emissions using appendix G of 
this part. If the owner or operator chooses to use the appendix G 
method, then the owner or operator may provide information satisfactory 
to the Administrator for estimating daily CO2 mass emissions 
based on the measured carbon content of the fuel and the amount of fuel 
combusted. For units with wet flue gas desulfurization systems or other 
add-on emissions controls generating CO2, the owner or 
operator shall use the procedures in appendix G to this part to estimate 
both combustion-related emissions based on the measured carbon content 
of the fuel and the amount of fuel combusted and sorbent-related 
emissions based on the amount of sorbent injected. The owner or operator 
shall calculate daily, quarterly, and annual CO2 mass 
emissions (in tons) in accordance with the procedures in appendix G to 
this part.
    (c) Determination of CO2 mass emissions using an O2 
monitor according to appendix F to this part. If the owner or operator 
chooses to use the appendix F method, then the owner or operator may 
determine hourly CO2 concentration and mass emissions with a 
flow monitoring system; a continuous O2 concentration 
monitor; fuel F and Fc factors; and, where O2 
concentration is measured on a dry basis, a continuous moisture 
monitoring system, as specified in Sec. 75.11(b)(2), or a fuel-specific 
default moisture percentage (if applicable), as defined in 
Sec. 75.11(b)(1), and by using the methods and procedures specified in 
appendix F to this part. For units using a common stack, multiple stack, 
or bypass stack, the owner or operator may use the provisions of 
Sec. 75.16, except that the phrase ``CO2 continuous emission 
monitoring system'' shall apply rather than ``SO2 continuous 
emission monitoring system,'' the term ``maximum potential concentration 
of CO2'' shall apply rather than ``maximum potential 
concentration of SO2,'' and the phrase ``CO2 mass 
emissions'' shall apply rather than ``SO2 mass emissions.''
    (d) Determination of CO2 mass emissions from low mass 
emissions units. The owner or operator of a unit that qualifies as a low 
mass emissions unit under Sec. 75.19(a) and (b) shall comply with one of 
the following:
    (1) Meet the general operating requirements in Sec. 75.10 for a 
CO2 continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring 
system;
    (2) Meet the requirements specified in paragraph (b) or (c) of this 
section for use of the methods in appendix G or F to this part, 
respectively; or
    (3) Use the low mass emissions excepted methodology in Sec. 75.19(c) 
for estimating hourly CO2 mass emissions, if applicable under 
Sec. 75.19(a) and (b).

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26521, May 17, 1995; 63 
FR 57499, Oct. 27, 1998; 64 FR 28591, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.14  Specific provisions for  monitoring opacity.

    (a) Coal-fired units and oil-fired units. The owner or operator 
shall meet the general operating provisions in Sec. 75.10 of this part 
for a continuous opacity monitoring system for each affected coal-fired 
or oil-fired unit, except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of 
this section and in Sec. 75.18. Each continuous opacity monitoring 
system shall meet the design, installation, equipment, and performance 
specifications in Performance Specification 1 in appendix B to part 60 
of this chapter. Any continuous opacity monitoring system previously 
certified to meet Performance Specification 1 shall be deemed certified 
for the purposes of this part.
    (b) Unit with wet flue gas pollution control system. If the owner or 
operator can demonstrate that condensed water is present in the exhaust 
flue gas stream and would impede the accuracy of opacity measurements, 
then the owner or operator of an affected unit equipped with a wet flue 
gas pollution control system for SO2 emissions or 
particulates is exempt from the opacity monitoring requirements of this 
part.
    (c) Gas-fired units. The owner or operator of an affected unit that 
qualifies as gas-fired, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, based 
on information submitted by the designated representative in the 
monitoring plan is exempt from the opacity monitoring requirements of 
this part. Whenever a unit previously categorized as a gas-fired

[[Page 222]]

unit is recategorized as another type of unit by changing its fuel mix, 
the owner or operator shall install, operate, and certify a continuous 
opacity monitoring system as required by paragraph (a) of this section 
by December 31 of the following calendar year.
    (d) Diesel-fired units and dual-fuel reciprocating engine units. The 
owner or operator of an affected diesel-fired unit or a dual-fuel 
reciprocating engine unit is exempt from the opacity monitoring 
requirements of this part.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 61 FR 25581, May 22, 1996]



Sec. 75.15  Specific provisions for monitoring SO2 emissions removal by qualifying Phase I technology.

    (a) Additional monitoring provisions. In addition to the 
SO2 monitoring requirements in Sec. 75.11 or Sec. 75.16, for 
the purposes of adequately monitoring SO2 emissions removal 
by qualifying Phase I technology operated pursuant to Sec. 72.42 of this 
chapter, the owner or operator shall, except where specified below, use 
both an inlet SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring 
system and an outlet SO2-diluent continuous emission 
monitoring system, consisting of an SO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor and a diluent CO2 or O2 
monitor. (The outlet SO2-diluent continuous emission 
monitoring system may consist of the same SO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor that is required under Sec. 75.11 or Sec. 75.16 
for the measurement of SO2 emissions discharged to the 
atmosphere and the diluent monitor used as part of the NO 
continuous emission monitoring system that is required under Sec. 75.12 
or Sec. 75.17 for the measurement of NO emissions discharged 
into the atmosphere.) During the period when required to measure 
emissions removal efficiency, from January 1, 1997 through December 31, 
1999, the owner or operator shall meet the general operating 
requirements in Sec. 75.10 for both the inlet and the outlet 
SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring systems, and in 
addition, the owner or operator shall comply with the monitoring 
provisions in this section. On January 1, 2000, the owner or operator 
may cease operating and/or reporting on the inlet SO2-diluent 
continuous emission monitoring system results for the purposes of the 
Acid Rain Program.
    (1) Pre-combustion technology. The owner or operator of an affected 
unit for which a precombustion technology has been employed for the 
purpose of meeting qualifying Phase I technology requirements shall use 
sections 4 and 5 of method 19 in appendix A of part 60 of this chapter 
to estimate, daily, for the purposes of this part, the percentage 
SO2 removal efficiency from such technology, and shall 
substitute the following ASTM methods for sampling, preparation, and 
analysis of coal for those cited in method 19: ASTM D2234-89, Standard 
Test Method for Collection of a Gross Sample of Coal (Type I, Conditions 
A, B, or C and systematic spacing), ASTM D2013-86, Standard Method of 
Preparing Coal Samples for Analysis, ASTM D2015-91, Standard Test Method 
for Gross Calorific Value of Coal and Coke by the Adiabatic Calorimeter, 
and ASTM D3177-89, Standard Test Methods for Total Sulfur in the 
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, or ASTM D4239-85, Standard Test Method 
for Sulfur in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke Using High 
Temperature Tube Furnace Combustion Methods. Each of the preceding ASTM 
methods is incorporated by reference in Sec. 75.6.
    (2) Combustion technology. The owner or operator of an affected unit 
for which a combustion technology has been installed and operated for 
the purpose of meeting qualifying Phase I technology requirements shall 
use the coal sampling and analysis procedures in paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section and equation 5 in paragraph (b) of this section to estimate 
the percentage SO2 removal efficiency from such technology.
    (3) Post-combustion technology. The owner or operator of an affected 
unit for which a post-combustion technology has been installed and 
operated for the purpose of meeting qualifying Phase I technology 
requirements shall install, certify, operate, and maintain both an inlet 
and an outlet SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring 
system.
    (i) Both inlet and outlet SO2-diluent continuous emission 
monitoring systems shall consist of an SO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor and a diluent

[[Page 223]]

gas monitor for measuring the O2 or CO2 
concentrations in the flue gas and shall measure and record average 
hourly SO2 emission rates (in lb/mmBtu).
    (ii) The SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring 
systems for measuring and recording the SO2 emissions removal 
by a qualifying Phase I technology shall meet all the requirements of 
this part during the period when required to measure emissions removal, 
from January 1, 1997 through December 31, 1999, and shall meet the 
certification deadline specified in Sec. 75.4.
    (iii) The SO2 pollutant concentration monitors and the 
diluent gas monitors at the inlet and outlet of the SO2 
emission controls shall meet all requirements specified in appendices A 
and B to this part.
    (b) Demonstration of SO2 emissions removal efficiency. 
The owner or operator shall demonstrate the average annual percentage 
SO2 emissions removal efficiency of the installed technology 
or combination of technologies during the period when required to 
measure emissions removal, from January 1, 1997 through December 31, 
1999, according to the following procedures:
    (1) Calculate the average annual SO2 emissions removal 
efficiency using equations 1-7 as follows:

%R=[100[1.0-(1.0-%Rf/100) (1.0-%Rg/100) 
    (1.0-%Rc/100)]


(Eq. 1)

where,

%R = Overall percentage SO2 emissions removal efficiency.
%Rf = Percentage SO2 emissions removal efficiency 
from fuel pretreatment, calculated from equation 19-22 in Reference 
Method 19 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter.
%Rc = Percentage SO2 emissions removal of 
combustion emission controls, calculated from equation 5.
%Rg = Percentage SO2 removal efficiency of post-
combustion emission controls, calculated from equation 2.

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.094


(Eq. 2)

where,

Eo = Average hourly SO2 emission rate in lb/mmBtu, 
measured at the outlet of the post-combustion emission controls during 
the calendar year, calculated from equation 3.
Ei = Average hourly SO2 emission rate in lb/mmBtu, 
measured at the inlet to the post-combustion emission controls during 
the calendar year, calculated from equation 4.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.095


(Eq. 3)

where,

Ehoj = Each hourly SO2 emission rate in lb/mmBtu, 
measured by the continuous emission monitoring system at the outlet to 
the post-combustion emission controls.
n = Total unit operating hours during which the SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system at the outlet of the emission 
controls collected quality-assured data.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.096


(Eq. 4)

where,

Ehij = Each hourly SO2 emission rate in lb/mmBtu, 
measured by the continuous emission monitoring system at the inlet to 
the post-combustion emission controls.
m=Total unit operating hours during which the SO2 continuous 
emission monitoring system at the inlet to the emission controls 
collected quality-assured data.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17MY95.000

where,

Eco = Average hourly SO2 emission rate in lb/
mmBtu, measured at the outlet of the combustion emission controls during 
the calendar year, calculated from equation 6.
Eci = Average hourly SO2 emission rate in lb/
mmBtu, determined by coal sampling and analysis according to the methods 
and procedures in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, calculated from 
equation 7.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.097


(Eq. 6)

where,


[[Page 224]]


Eocj = Each hourly SO2 emission rate in lb/mmBtu, 
measured by the continuous emission monitoring system at the outlet to 
the combustion controls.
q = Total unit operating hours for which the outlet SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system collected quality-assured data 
during the calendar year.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR22MY96.002

where,

Eicj = Each average hourly SO2 emission rate in 
lb/mmBtu, determined by the coal sampling and analysis methods and 
procedures in paragraph (a)(1) of this section and calculated using 
appendix A, method 19 of part 60 of this chapter, performed once a day.
p = Total unit operation hours during which coal sampling and analysis 
is performed to determine SO2 emissions at the inlet to the 
combustion controls.

    (2) The owner or operator shall include all periods when fuel is 
being combusted in determining total unit operating hours for the 
purpose of calculating the average SO2 emissions removal 
efficiency during the calendar year.
    (3) The owner or operator shall use only quality-assured 
SO2 emissions data in the calculation of SO2 
emissions removal efficiency.
    (4) Compliance with the 90-percent SO2 emissions removal 
efficiency requirement under this part is determined annually beginning 
January 1, 1997 through December 31, 1999.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26521, May 17, 1995; 61 
FR 25582, May 22, 1996]



Sec. 75.16  Special provisions for monitoring emissions from common, by-pass, and multiple stacks for SO2 emissions and heat input determinations.

    (a) Phase I common stack procedures. Prior to January 1, 2000, the 
following procedures shall be used when more than one unit utilize a 
common stack:
    (1) Only Phase I units or only Phase II units using common stack. 
When a Phase I unit uses a common stack with one or more other Phase I 
units, but no other units, or when a Phase II unit uses a common stack 
with one or more Phase II units, but no other units, the owner or 
operator shall either:
    (i) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in the 
duct to the common stack from each affected unit; or
    (ii) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in the 
common stack; and
    (A) Combine emissions for the affected units for recordkeeping and 
compliance purposes; or
    (B) Provide information satisfactory to the Administrator on methods 
for apportioning SO2 mass emissions measured in the common 
stack to each of the affected units. The designated representative shall 
provide the information to the Administrator through a petition 
submitted under Sec. 75.66. The Administrator may approve such 
substitute methods for apportioning SO2 mass emissions 
measured in a common stack whenever the method ensures complete and 
accurate accounting of all emissions regulated under this part.
    (2) Phase I unit using common stack with non-Phase I unit(s). When 
one or more Phase I units uses a common stack with one or more Phase II 
or nonaffected units, the owner or operator shall either:
    (i) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in the 
duct to the common stack from each affected unit; or
    (ii) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in the 
common stack; and
    (A) Designate any Phase II unit(s) as a substitution or compensating 
unit(s) in accordance with part 72 of this chapter and any nonaffected 
unit(s) as opt-in units in accordance with part 74 of this chapter and 
combine emissions for recordkeeping and compliance purposes; or
    (B) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in the 
duct from each Phase II or nonaffected unit; calculate SO2 
mass emissions from the Phase I

[[Page 225]]

units as the difference between SO2 mass emissions measured 
in the common stack and SO2 mass emissions measured in the 
ducts of the Phase II and nonaffected units; record and report the 
calculated SO2 mass emissions from the Phase I units, not to 
be reported as an hourly average value less than zero; and combine 
emissions for the Phase I units for compliance purposes; or
    (C) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in the 
duct from each Phase I or nonaffected unit; calculate SO2 
mass emissions from the Phase II units as the difference between 
SO2 mass emissions measured in the common stack and 
SO2 mass emissions measured in the ducts of the Phase I and 
nonaffected units, not to be reported as an hourly average value less 
than zero; and combine emissions for the Phase II units for 
recordkeeping and compliance purposes; or
    (D) Record the combined emissions from all units as the combined 
SO2 mass emissions for the Phase I units for recordkeeping 
and compliance purposes; or
    (E) Provide information satisfactory to the Administrator on methods 
for apportioning SO2 mass emissions measured in the common 
stack to each of the units using the common stack. The designated 
representative shall provide the information to the Administrator 
through a petition submitted under Sec. 75.66. The Administrator may 
approve such substitute methods for apportioning SO2 mass 
emissions measured in a common stack whenever the method ensures 
complete and accurate accounting of all emissions regulated under this 
part.
    (3) Phase II unit using common stack with non-affected unit(s). When 
one or more Phase II units uses a common stack with one or more 
nonaffected units, the owner or operator shall follow the procedures in 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (b) Phase II common stack procedures. On or after January 1, 2000, 
the following procedures shall be used when more than one unit uses a 
common stack:
    (1) Unit utilizing common stack with other affected unit(s). When a 
Phase I or Phase II affected unit utilizes a common stack with one or 
more other Phase I or Phase II affected units, but no nonaffected units, 
the owner or operator shall either:
    (i) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in the 
duct to the common stack from each affected unit; or
    (ii) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in the 
common stack; and
    (A) Combine emissions for the affected units for recordkeeping and 
compliance purposes; or
    (B) Provide information satisfactory to the Administrator on methods 
for apportioning SO2 mass emissions measured in the common 
stack to each of the Phase I and Phase II affected units. The designated 
representative shall provide the information to the Administrator 
through a petition submitted under Sec. 75.66. The Administrator may 
approve such substitute methods for apportioning SO2 mass 
emissions measured in a common stack whenever the method ensures 
complete and accurate accounting of all emissions regulated under this 
part.
    (2) Unit utilizing common stack with nonaffected unit(s). When one 
or more Phase I or Phase II affected units utilizes a common stack with 
one or more nonaffected units, the owner or operator shall either:
    (i) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in the 
duct to the common stack from each Phase I and Phase II unit; or
    (ii) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in the 
common stack; and
    (A) Designate the nonaffected units as opt-in units in accordance 
with part 74 of this chapter and combine emissions for recordkeeping and 
compliance purposes; or
    (B) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission

[[Page 226]]

monitoring system and flow monitoring system in the duct from each 
nonaffected unit; determine SO2 mass emissions from the 
affected units as the difference between SO2 mass emissions 
measured in the common stack and SO2 mass emissions measured 
in the ducts of the nonaffected units, not to be reported as an hourly 
average value less than zero; combine emissions for the Phase I and 
Phase II affected units for recordkeeping and compliance purposes; and 
calculate and report SO2 mass emissions from the Phase I and 
Phase II affected units, pursuant to an approach approved by the 
Administrator, such that these emissions are not underestimated; or
     (C) Record the combined emissions from all units as the combined 
SO2 mass emissions for the Phase I and Phase II affected 
units for recordkeeping and compliance purposes; or
    (D) Petition through the designated representative and provide 
information satisfactory to the Administrator on methods for 
apportioning SO2 mass emissions measured in the common stack 
to each of the units using the common stack and on reporting the 
SO2 mass emissions. The Administrator may approve such 
demonstrated substitute methods for apportioning and reporting 
SO2 mass emissions measured in a common stack whenever the 
demonstration ensures that there is a complete and accurate accounting 
of all emissions regulated under this part and, in particular, that the 
emissions from any affected unit are not underestimated.
    (c) Unit with bypass stack. Whenever any portion of the flue gases 
from an affected unit can be routed so as to avoid the installed 
SO2 continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring 
system, the owner or operator shall either:
    (1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system or flow monitoring system on the 
bypass flue, duct, or stack gas stream and calculate SO2 mass 
emissions for the unit as the sum of the emissions recorded by all 
required monitoring systems; or
    (2) Monitor SO2 mass emissions on the bypass flue, duct, 
or stack gas stream using the reference methods in Sec. 75.22(b) for 
SO2 and flow and calculate SO2 mass emissions for 
the unit as the sum of the emissions recorded by the installed 
monitoring systems on the main stack and the emissions measured by the 
reference method monitoring systems; or
    (3) Where a Federal, State, or local regulation or permit prohibits 
operation of the bypass stack or duct or limits operation of the bypass 
stack or duct to emergency situations resulting from the malfunction of 
a flue gas desulfurization system record the following values for each 
hour during which emissions pass through the bypass stack or duct: the 
maximum potential concentration for SO2 as determined under 
section 2 of appendix A of this part, and the hourly volumetric flow 
value that would be substituted for the flow monitor installed on the 
main stack or flue under the missing data procedures in subpart D of 
this part if data from the flow monitor installed on the main stack or 
flue were missing for the hour. Calculate SO2 mass emissions 
for the unit as the sum of the emissions calculated with the substitute 
values and the emissions recorded by the SO2 and flow 
monitoring systems installed on the main stack.
    (d) Unit with multiple stacks or ducts. When the flue gases from an 
affected unit utilize two or more ducts feeding into two or more stacks 
(that may include flue gases from other affected or nonaffected units), 
or when the flue gases utilize two or more ducts feeding into a single 
stack and the owner or operator chooses to monitor in the ducts rather 
than the stack, the owner or operator shall either:
    (1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in each 
duct feeding into the stack or stacks and determine SO2 mass 
emissions from each affected unit as the sum of the SO2 mass 
emissions recorded for each duct; or
    (2) Install, certify, operate, and maintain an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system in each 
stack. Determine SO2 mass emissions from each affected unit 
as the sum of the SO2 mass emissions recorded for each stack. 
Notwithstanding the prior sentence, if another unit also

[[Page 227]]

exhausts flue gases to one or more of the stacks, the owner or operator 
shall also comply with the applicable common stack requirements of this 
section to determine and record SO2 mass emissions from the 
units using that stack and shall calculate and report SO2 
mass emissions from the affected units and stacks, pursuant to an 
approach approved by the Administrator, such that these emissions are 
not underestimated.
    (e) Heat input. The owner or operator of an affected unit using a 
common stack, bypass stack, or multiple stacks shall account for heat 
input according to the following:
    (1) The owner or operator of an affected unit using a common stack, 
bypass stack, or multiple stack with a diluent monitor and a flow 
monitor on each stack may choose to install monitors to determine the 
heat input for the affected unit, wherever flow and diluent monitor 
measurements are used to determine the heat input, using the procedures 
specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, except that the 
term ``heat input'' shall apply rather than ``SO2 mass 
emissions'' or ``emissions'' and the phrase ``a diluent monitor and a 
flow monitor'' shall apply rather than ``SO2 continuous 
emission monitoring system and flow monitoring system.'' The applicable 
equation in appendix F to this part shall be used to calculate the heat 
input from the hourly flow rate, diluent monitor measurements, and (if 
the equation in appendix F requires a correction for the stack gas 
moisture content) hourly moisture measurements. Notwithstanding the 
options for combining heat input in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii), (a)(2)(ii), 
(b)(1)(ii), and (b)(2)(ii) of this section, the owner or operator of an 
affected unit with a diluent monitor and a flow monitor installed on a 
common stack to determine the combined heat input at the common stack 
shall also determine and report heat input to each individual unit.
    (2) In the event that an owner or operator of a unit with a bypass 
stack does not install and certify a diluent monitor and flow monitoring 
system in a bypass stack, the owner or operator shall determine total 
heat input to the unit for each unit operating hour during which the 
bypass stack is used according to the missing data provisions for heat 
input under Sec. 75.36 or the procedures for calculating heat input from 
fuel sampling and analysis in section 5.5 of appendix F of this part.
    (3) The owner or operator of an affected unit with a diluent monitor 
and a flow monitor installed on a common stack to determine heat input 
at the common stack may choose to apportion the heat input from the 
common stack to each affected unit utilizing the common stack by using 
either of the following two methods, provided that all of the units 
utilizing the common stack are combusting fuel with the same F-factor 
found in section 3 of appendix F of this part. The heat input may be 
apportioned either by using the ratio of load (in MWe) for each 
individual unit to the total load for all units utilizing the common 
stack or by using the ratio of steam flow (in 1000 lb/hr) for each 
individual unit to the total steam flow for all units utilizing the 
common stack. If using either of these apportionment methods, the owner 
or operator shall apportion according to section 5.6 of appendix F to 
this part.
    (4) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(1) of this section, any affected 
unit that is using the procedures in this part to meet the monitoring 
and reporting requirements of a State or federal NOX mass 
emission reduction program must also meet the requirements for 
monitoring heat input in Secs. 75.71, 75.72 and 75.75.

[60 FR 26522, May 17, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 25582, May 22, 1996; 61 
FR 59158, Nov. 20, 1996; 64 FR 28591, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.17  Specific provisions for monitoring emissions from common, by-pass, and multiple stacks for NOx emission rate.

    Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of 
this section, the owner or operator of an affected unit that is using 
the procedures in this part to meet the monitoring and reporting 
requirements of a State or federal NOX mass emission 
reduction program must also meet the provisions for monitoring 
NOX emission rate in Secs. 75.71 and 75.72.

[[Page 228]]

    (a) Unit utilizing common stack with other affected unit(s). When an 
affected unit utilizes a common stack with one or more affected units, 
but no nonaffected units, the owner or operator shall either:
    (1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOx 
continuous emission monitoring system in the duct to the common stack 
from each affected unit; or
    (2) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOx 
continuous emission monitoring system in the common stack and follow the 
appropriate procedure in paragraphs (a)(2) (i) through (iii) of this 
section, depending on whether or not the units are required to comply 
with a NOx emission limitation (in lb/mmBtu, annual average 
basis) pursuant to section 407(b) of the Act (referred to hereafter as 
``NOx emission limitation'').
    (i) When each of the affected units has a NOx emission 
limitation, the designated representative shall submit a compliance plan 
to the Administrator that indicates:
    (A) Each unit will comply with the most stringent NOx 
emission limitation of any unit utilizing the common stack; or
    (B) Each unit will comply with the applicable NOX 
emission limitation by averaging its emissions with the other unit(s) 
utilizing the common stack, pursuant to the emissions averaging plan 
submitted under part 76 of this chapter; or
    (C) Each unit's compliance with the applicable NOX 
emission limit will be determined by a method satisfactory to the 
Administrator for apportioning to each of the units the combined 
NOX emission rate (in lb/mmBtu) measured in the common stack 
and for reporting the NOX emission rate, as provided in a 
petition submitted by the designated representative. The Administrator 
may approve such demonstrated substitute methods for apportioning and 
reporting NOX emission rate measured in a common stack 
whenever the demonstration ensures that there is a complete and accurate 
estimation of all emissions regulated under this part and, in 
particular, that the emissions from any unit with a NOX 
emission limitation are not underestimated.
    (ii) When none of the affected units has a NOx emission 
limitation, the owner or operator and the designated representative have 
no additional obligations pursuant to section 407 of the Act and may 
record and report a combined NOx emission rate (in lb/mmBtu) 
for the affected units utilizing the common stack.
    (iii) When at least one of the affected units has a NOx 
emission limitation and at least one of the affected units does not have 
a NOx emission limitation, the owner or operator shall 
either:
    (A) Install, certify, operate, and maintain NOx and 
diluent monitors in the ducts from the affected units; or
    (B) Develop, demonstrate, and provide information satisfactory to 
the Administrator on methods for apportioning the combined 
NOx emission rate (in lb/mmBtu) measured in the common stack 
on each of the units. The Administrator may approve such demonstrated 
substitute methods for apportioning the combined NOx emission 
rate measured in a common stack whenever the demonstration ensures 
complete and accurate estimation of all emissions regulated under this 
part.
    (b) Unit utilizing common stack with nonaffected unit(s). When one 
or more affected units utilizes a common stack with one or more 
nonaffected units, the owner or operator shall either:
    (1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOx 
continuous emission monitoring system in the duct from each affected 
unit; or
    (2) Develop, demonstrate, and provide information satisfactory to 
the Administrator on methods for apportioning the combined 
NOx emission rate (in lb/mmBtu) measured in the common stack 
for each of the units. The Administrator may approve such demonstrated 
substitute methods for apportioning the combined NOx emission 
rate measured in a common stack whenever the demonstration ensures 
complete and accurate estimation of all emissions regulated under this 
part.
    (c) Unit with multiple stacks or bypass stack. When the flue gases 
from an affected unit utilize two or more ducts feeding into two or more 
stacks (that may include flue gases from other affected or nonaffected 
units), or when

[[Page 229]]

flue gases utilize two or more ducts feeding into a single stack and the 
owner or operator chooses to monitor in the ducts rather than the stack, 
the owner or operator shall monitor the NOX emission rate 
representative of each affected unit. Where another unit also exhausts 
flue gases to one or more of the stacks where monitoring systems are 
installed, the owner or operator shall also comply with the applicable 
common stack monitoring requirements of this section. The owner or 
operator shall either:
    (1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOX 
continuous emission monitoring system in each stack or duct and 
determine the NOX emission rate for the unit as the Btu-
weighted sum of the NOX emission rates measured in the stacks 
or ducts using the heat input estimation procedures in appendix F of 
this part; or
    (2) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOX 
continuous emission monitoring system in one stack or duct from each 
affected unit and record the monitored value as the NOX 
emission rate for the unit. The owner or operator shall account for 
NOX emissions from the unit during all times when the unit 
combusts fuel.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26523, May 17, 1995; 63 
FR 57499, Oct. 27, 1998; 64 FR 28592, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.18  Specific provisions for monitoring emissions from common and by-pass stacks for opacity.

    (a) Unit using common stack.When an affected unit utilizes a common 
stack with other affected units or nonaffected units, the owner or 
operator shall comply with the applicable monitoring provision in this 
paragraph, as determined by existing Federal, State, or local opacity 
regulations.
    (1) Where another regulation requires the installation of a 
continuous opacity monitoring system upon each affected unit, the owner 
or operator shall install, certify, operate, and maintain a continuous 
opacity monitoring system meeting Performance Specification 1 in 
appendix B to part 60 of this chapter (referred to hereafter as a 
``certified continuous opacity monitoring system'') upon each unit.
    (2) Where another regulation does not require the installation of a 
continuous opacity monitoring system upon each affected unit, and where 
the affected source is not subject to any existing Federal, State, or 
local opacity regulations, the owner or operator shall install, certify, 
operate, and maintain a certified continuous opacity monitoring system 
upon each common stack for the combined effluent.
    (b) Unit using bypass stack. Where any portion of the flue gases 
from an affected unit can be routed so as to bypass the installed 
continuous opacity monitoring system, the owner or operator shall 
install, certify, operate, and maintain a certified continuous opacity 
monitoring system on each bypass stack flue, duct, or stack gas stream 
unless either:
    (1) An applicable Federal, State, or local opacity regulation or 
permit exempts the unit from a requirement to install a continuous 
opacity monitoring system in the bypass stack; or
    (2) A continuous opacity monitoring system is already installed and 
certified at the inlet of the add-on emissions controls.
    (3) The owner or operator monitors opacity using method 9 of 
appendix A of part 60 of this chapter whenever emissions pass through 
the bypass stack. Method 9 shall be used in accordance with the 
applicable State regulations.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26524, May 17, 1995; 60 
FR 40296, Aug. 8, 1995; 61 FR 59158, Nov. 20, 1996]



Sec. 75.19  Optional SO2, NOX, and CO2 emissions calculation for low mass emissions units.

    (a) Applicability. (1) Consistent with the requirements of 
paragraphs (a)(2) and (b) of this section, the low mass emissions 
excepted methodology in paragraph (c) of this section may be used in 
lieu of continuous emission monitoring systems or, if applicable, in 
lieu of excepted methods under appendix D or E to this part, for the 
purpose of determining hourly heat input and hourly NOX, 
SO2, and CO2 mass emissions from a low mass 
emissions unit.
    (i) A low mass emissions unit is an affected unit that is gas-fired, 
or oil-

[[Page 230]]

fired unit, that burns only natural gas or fuel oil and for which:
    (A) An initial demonstration is provided, in accordance with 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, which shows that the unit emits no 
more than 25 tons of SO2 annually and no more than 50 tons of 
NOX annually; and
    (B) An annual demonstration is provided thereafter, using one of the 
allowable methodologies in paragraph (c) of this section, showing that 
the low mass emission unit continues to emit no more than 25 tons of 
SO2 annually and no more than 50 tons of NOX 
annually.
    (ii) Any qualifying unit must start using the low mass emissions 
excepted methodology in the first hour in which the unit operates in a 
calendar year. Notwithstanding, the earliest date for which a unit that 
meets the eligibility requirements of this section may begin to use this 
methodology is January 1, 2000.
    (2) A unit may initially qualify as a low mass emissions unit only 
under the following circumstances:
    (i) If the designated representative submits a certification 
application to use the low mass emissions excepted methodology and the 
Administrator certifies the use of such methodology. The certification 
application must contain:
    (A) Actual SO2 and NOX mass emissions data for 
each of the three calendar years prior to the calendar year in which the 
certification application is submitted demonstrating to the satisfaction 
of the Administrator that the unit emits less than 25 tons of 
SO2 and less than 50 tons of NOX annually; and
    (B) Calculated SO2 and NOX mass emissions, for 
each of the three calendar years prior to the calendar year in which the 
certification application is submitted, demonstrating to the 
satisfaction of the Administrator that the unit emits less than 25 tons 
of SO2 and less than 50 tons of NOX annually. The 
calculated emissions for each year shall be determined using either the 
maximum rated heat input methodology described in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of 
this section or the long term fuel flow heat input methodology described 
in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section, in conjunction with the 
appropriate SO2, NOX, and CO2 emission 
rate from paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section for SO2, 
paragraph (c)(1)(ii) or (c)(1)(iv) of this section for NOX 
and paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section for CO2; or
    (ii) When the three full years of actual, historical SO2 
and NOX mass emissions data required under paragraph 
(a)(2)(i) of this section are not available, the designated 
representative may submit an application to use the low mass emissions 
excepted methodology based upon a combination of historical 
SO2 and NOX mass emissions data and projected 
SO2 and NOX mass emissions, totaling three years. 
Historical data must be used for any years in which historical data 
exists and projected data should be used for any remaining future years 
needed to provide capacity factor data for three consecutive calender 
years. For example, if a unit commenced operation two years ago, the 
designated representative may submit actual, historical data for the 
previous two years and one year of projected emissions for the current 
calendar year or, for unit that commenced operation after January 1, 
1997, the designated representative may submit three years of projected 
emissions, beginning with the current calendar year. Any actual or 
projected annual emissions must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the 
Administrator that the unit will emit less than 25 tons of 
SO2 and less than 50 tons of NOX annually. 
Projected emissions shall be calculated using either the default 
emission rates in tables 1,2 and 3 of this section, or for 
NOX emission rate a fuel-and-unit-specific NOX 
emission rate determined in accordance with the testing procedures in 
paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, in conjunction with projections of 
unit operating hours or fuel type and fuel usage, according to one of 
the allowable calculation methodologies in paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (b) On-going qualification and disqualification. (1) Once a low mass 
emission unit has qualified for and has started using the low mass 
emissions excepted methodology, an annual demonstration is required, 
showing that the unit continues to emit less than 25 tons of 
SO2 annually and less than 50 tons of NOX 
annually. The calculation methodology used for the annual demonstration

[[Page 231]]

shall be the same methodology, from paragraph (c) of this section, by 
which the unit initially qualified to use the low mass emissions 
excepted methodology.
    (2) If any low mass emission unit fails to provide the required 
annual demonstration under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, such that 
the calculated cumulative year-to-date emissions for the unit exceed 25 
tons of SO2 or 50 tons of NOX in any calendar 
quarter of any calendar year, then;
    (i) The low mass emission unit shall be disqualified from using the 
low mass emissions excepted methodology as of the end of the second 
calendar quarter following such quarter in which either the 25 ton limit 
for SO2 or the 50 ton limit for NOX was exceeded; 
and
    (ii) The owner or operator of the low mass emission unit shall have 
two calendar quarters from the end of the quarter in which the unit 
exceeded the 25 ton limit for SO2 or the 50 ton limit for 
NOX to install, certify, and report SO2, 
NOX, and CO2 emissions from monitoring systems 
that meet the requirements of Secs. 75.11, 75.12, and 75.13.
    (3) If a low mass emission unit that initially qualifies to use the 
low mass emissions excepted methodology under this section changes 
fuels, such that a fuel other than those allowed for use in the low mass 
emissions methodology (e.g. natural gas or fuel oil) is combusted in the 
unit, the unit shall be disqualified from using the low mass emissions 
excepted methodology as of the first hour that the new fuel is combusted 
in the unit. The owner or operator shall install, certify, and report 
SO2, NOX, and CO2 from monitoring 
systems that meet the requirements of Secs. 75.11, 75.12, and 75.13 
prior to a change to such fuel. The owner or operator must notify the 
Administrator in the case where a unit switches fuels without previously 
having installed and certified a SO2, NOX and 
CO2 monitoring system meeting the requirements of 
Secs. 75.11, 75.12, and 75.13.
    (4) If a unit commencing operation after January 1, 1997 initially 
qualifies to use the low mass emissions excepted methodology under this 
section and the owner or operator wants to use a low mass emissions 
methodology for the unit, he or she must:
    (i) Keep the records specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, 
beginning with the date and hour of commencement of commercial 
operation, for a unit subject to an Acid Rain emission limitation, and 
beginning with the date and hour of the commencement of operation, for a 
unit subject to a NOX mass reduction program;
    (ii) Use these records to determine the cumulative heat input and 
SO2, NOX, and CO2 mass emissions in 
order to continue to qualify as a low mass emission unit; and
    (iii) Determine the cumulative SO2 and NOX 
mass emissions according to paragraph (c) of this section using the same 
procedures used after the certification deadline for the unit, for 
purposes of demonstrating eligibility to use the excepted methodology 
set forth in this section. For example, use the default emission rates 
in tables 1, 2 and 3 of this section or use the fuel-and-unit-specific 
NOX emission rate determined according to paragraph 
(c)(1)(iv) of this section. The Administrator will not count 
SO2 mass emissions calculated for the period between 
commencement of commercial operation and the certification deadline for 
the unit under Sec. 75.4 against SO2 allowances to be held in 
the unit account.
    (5) A low mass emission unit that has been disqualified from using 
the low mass emissions excepted methodology may subsequently qualify 
again to use the low mass emissions methodology under paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section, provided that if such unit qualified under paragraph 
(a)(2)(ii) of this section, the unit may subsequently qualify again only 
if the unit meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this 
section.
    (c) Low mass emissions excepted methodology, calculations, and 
values--(1) Determination of SO2, NOX, and 
CO2 emission rates. (i) Use Table 1 of this section to 
determine the appropriate SO2 emission rate for use in 
calculating hourly SO2 mass emissions under this section.
    (ii) Use either the appropriate NOX emission factor from 
Table 2 of this section, or a fuel-and-unit-specific NOX 
emission rate determined according to paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this 
section, to calculate hourly NOX mass emissions under this 
section.

[[Page 232]]

    (iii) Use Table 3 of this section to determine the appropriate 
CO2 emission rate for use in calculating hourly 
CO2 mass emissions under this section.
    (iv) In lieu of using the default NOX emission rate from 
Table 2 of this section, the owner or operator may, for each fuel 
combusted by a low mass emission unit, determine a fuel-and-unit-
specific NOX emission rate for the purpose of calculating 
NOX mass emissions under this section. This option may be 
used by any unit which qualifies to use the low mass emission excepted 
methodology under paragraph (a) of this section, and also by groups of 
units which combust fuel from a common source of supply and which use 
the long term fuel flow methodology under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this 
section to determine heat input. If this option is chosen, the following 
procedures shall be used.
    (A) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (c)(1)(iv)(F) and (G) 
of this paragraph, determine a fuel-and-unit-specific NOX 
emission rate by conducting a four load NOX emission rate 
test procedure as specified in section 2.1 of appendix E to this part, 
for each type of fuel combusted in the unit. For a group of units 
sharing a common fuel supply, the appendix E testing must be performed 
on each individual unit in the group, unless some or all of the units in 
the group belong to an identical group of units, as defined in paragraph 
(c)(1)(iv)(B) of this section, in which case, representative testing may 
be conducted on units in the identical group of units, as described in 
paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(B) of this section. For the purposes of this 
section, make the following modifications to the appendix E test 
procedures:
    (1) Do not measure the heat input as required under 2.1.3 of 
appendix E to this part.
    (2) Do not plot the test results as specified under 2.1.6 of 
appendix E to this part.
    (B) Representative appendix E testing may be done on low mass 
emission units in a group of identical units. All of the units in a 
group of identical units must combust the same fuel type but do not have 
to share a common fuel supply.
    (1) To be considered identical, all low mass emission units must be 
of the same size (based on maximum rated hourly heat input), 
manufacturer and model, and must have the same history of modifications 
(e.g., have the same controls installed, the same types of burners and 
have undergone major overhauls at the same frequency (based on hours of 
operation)). Also, under similar operating conditions, the stack or 
turbine outlet temperature of each unit must be within 50 
degrees Fahrenheit of the average stack or turbine outlet temperature 
for all of the units.
    (2) If all of the low mass emission units in the group qualify as 
identical, then representative testing of the units in the group may be 
performed according to Table 4 of this section.
    (3) If there are only two low mass emission units in the group of 
identical units, the results of the representative testing under 
paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(B)(1) of this section may be used to establish the 
fuel-and-unit-specific NOX emission rate(s) for the units. 
However, if there are more than two low mass emission units in the 
group, the testing must confirm that the units are identical by meeting 
the following criteria. The results of the representative testing may 
only be used to establish the fuel-and-unit-specific NOX 
emission rate(s) for such units if the following criteria are met:
    (i) at each of the four load levels tested, the NOX 
emission rate for each tested low mass emission unit does not differ by 
more than 10% from the average of the NOX 
emission rates for all units tested, or;
    (ii) if the average NOX emission rate of all low mass 
emission units tested at all four load levels is less than 0.20 lb/
mmBtu, an alternative criteria of 0.020 lb/mmBtu may be use 
in lieu of the 10% criteria. Units must all be within +0.020 lb/mmBtu of 
the average from the test to be considered identical units under this 
section.
    (4) If the acceptance criteria in paragaph (c)(1)(iv)(B)(3) of this 
section are not met then the group of low mass emission units is not 
considered an identical group of units and individual appendix E testing 
of each unit is required.

[[Page 233]]

    (5) Fuel and unit specific NOX emission rates determined 
according to paragraphs (c)(1)(iv)(F) and (c)(1)(iv)(G) of this section 
may be used in lieu of appendix E testing for one or more low mass 
emission units in a group of identical units.
    (C) Based on the results of the appendix E testing, determine the 
fuel-and-unit-specific NOX emission rate as follows:
    (1) For an individual low mass emission unit with no NOX 
emissions controls of any kind, the highest NOX emission rate 
obtained for a particular type of fuel in the appendix E test multiplied 
by 1.15 shall be the fuel-and-unit-specific NOX emission 
rate, for that type of fuel.
    (2) For a group of low mass emission units sharing a common fuel 
supply with no NOX controls of any kind on any of the units, 
the highest NOX emission rate obtained for a particular type 
of fuel in all of the appendix E tests of all units in the group of 
units sharing a common fuel supply multiplied by 1.15 shall be the fuel-
and-unit-specific NOX emission rate for each unit in the 
group, for that type of fuel.
    (3) For a group of identical low mass emission units which perform 
representative testing according to paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(B) of this 
section with no NOX controls of any kind on any of the units, 
the fuel-and-unit-specific NOX emission rate for all units, 
for a particular type of fuel, multiplied by 1.15 shall be the highest 
NOX emission rate from any unit tested in the group, for that 
type of fuel.
    (4) For an individual low mass emission unit which has 
NOX emission controls of any kind, the fuel-and-unit-specific 
NOX emission rate for each type of fuel combusted in the unit 
shall be the higher of:
    (i) The highest emission rate from the appendix E test for that type 
of fuel multiplied by 1.15; or
    (ii) 0.15 lb/mmBtu.
    (5) For a group of low mass emission units sharing a common fuel 
supply, one or more of which has NOX controls of any kind, 
the fuel-and-unit-specific NOX emission rate for each unit in 
the group of units sharing a common fuel supply shall, for a particular 
type of fuel combusted by the group of units sharing a common fuel 
supply, shall be the higher of:
    (i) The highest NOX emission rate from all appendix E 
tests of all low mass emission units in the group for that type of fuel 
multiplied by 1.15; or
    (ii) 0.15 lb/mmBtu.
    (6) For a group of identical low mass emission units, which perform 
representative testing according to paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(B) of this 
section and have identical NOX controls, the fuel-and-unit-
specific NOX emission rate for each unit in the group of 
units, for a particular type of fuel, shall be the higher of:
    (i) The highest NOX emission rate from all appendix E 
tests of all tested low mass emission units in the group of identical 
units for that type of fuel multiplied by 1.15; or
    (ii) 0.15 lb/mmBtu.
    (D) For each low mass emission unit, each unit in a group of units 
sharing a common fuel supply, or identical units for which the 
provisions of paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section are used to account 
for NOX emission rate, the owner or operator shall determine 
a new fuel-and-unit-specific NOX emission rate every five 
years, unless changes in the fuel supply, physical changes to the unit, 
changes in the manner of unit operation, or changes to the emission 
controls occur which may cause a significant increase in the unit's 
actual NOX emission rate. If such changes occur, the fuel-
and-unit-specific NOX emission rate(s) shall be re-determined 
according to paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section. If a low mass 
emission unit belongs to a group of identical units and it is required 
to retest to determine a new fuel-and-unit-specific NOX 
emission rate because of changes in the fuel supply, physical changes to 
the unit, changes in the manner of unit operation or changes to the 
emission controls occur which may cause a significant increase in the 
unit's actual NOX emission rate, any other unit in that group 
of identical units is not required to re-determine the fuel-and-unit-
specific NOX emission rate unless such unit also undergoes 
changes in the fuel supply, physical changes to the unit,

[[Page 234]]

changes in the manner of unit operation or changes to the emission 
controls occur which may cause a significant increase in the unit's 
actual NOX emission rates.
    (E) Each low mass emission unit, each low mass emission unit in a 
group of units combusting a common fuel, or each low mass emission unit 
in a group of identical units for which a fuel-and-unit-specific 
NOX emission rate(s) are determined shall meet the quality 
assurance and quality control provisions of paragraph (e) of this 
section.
    (F) Low mass emission units may use the results of appendix E 
testing, if such test results are available from a test conducted no 
more than five years prior to the time of initial certification, to 
determine the appropriate fuel-and-unit-specific NOX emission 
rate(s). However, fuel-and-unit-specific NOX emission rates 
from historical testing may not be used longer than five years after the 
appendix E testing was conducted.
    (G) Low mass emission units for which at least 3 years of 
NOX emission rate continuous emissions monitoring system data 
and corresponding fuel usage data are available may determine fuel-and-
unit-specific NOX emission rates from the actual data using 
the following procedure. Separate the actual NOX emission 
rate data into groups, according to the type of fuel combusted. Discard 
data from periods when multiple fuels were combusted. Each fuel-specific 
data set must contain at least 168 hours of data and must represent all 
normal operating ranges of the unit when combusting the fuel. Sort the 
data in each fuel-specific data set in ascending order according to 
NOX emission rate. Determine the 95th percentile 
NOX emission rate for each data set as defined in Sec. 72.2 
of this chapter. Use the 95th percentile value for each data set as the 
fuel-and-unit-specific NOX emission rate, except that for a 
unit with NOX emission controls of any kind, if the 95th 
percentile value is less than 0.15 lb/mmBtu, a value of 0.15 lb/mmBtu 
shall be used as the fuel-and-unit-specific NOX emission 
rate.
    (H) For low mass emission units with NOX emission 
controls, the owner or operator shall, during every hour of unit 
operation during the test period, monitor and record parameters, as 
required under paragraph (e)(5) of this section, which indicate that the 
NOX emission controls are operating properly. After the test 
period, these same parameters shall be monitored and recorded and kept 
for all operating hours in order to determine whether the NOX 
controls are operating properly and to allow the determination of the 
correct NOX emission rate as required under paragraph 
(c)(1)(iv) of this section.
    (1) For low mass emission units with steam or water injection, the 
steam-to-fuel or water-to-fuel ratio used during the testing must be 
documented. The water-to-fuel or steam-to-fuel ratio must be maintained 
during unit operations for a unit to use the fuel and unit specific 
NOX emission rate determined during the test. Owners or 
operators must include in the monitoring plan the acceptable range of 
the water-to-fuel or steam-to-fuel ratio, which will be used to indicate 
hourly, proper operation of the NOX controls for each unit. 
The water-to-fuel or steam-to-fuel ratio shall be monitored and recorded 
during each hour of unit operation. If the water-to-fuel or steam-to-
fuel ratio is not within the acceptable range in a given hour the fuel 
and unit specific NOX emission rate may not be used for that 
hour.
    (2) For low mass emission units with other types of NOX 
controls, appropriate parameters and the acceptable range of the 
parameters which indicate hourly proper operation of the NOX 
controls must be specified in the monitoring plan. These parameters 
shall be monitored during each subsequent operating hour. If any of 
these parameters are not within the acceptable range in a given 
operating hour, the fuel and unit specific NOX emission rates 
may not be used in that hour.
    (2) Records of operating time, fuel usage, unit output and 
NOX emission control operating status. The owner or operator 
shall keep the following records on-site, for three years, in a form 
suitable for inspection:
    (i) For each low mass emission unit, the owner or operator shall 
keep hourly records which indicate whether or not the unit operated 
during each clock hour of each calendar year. The owner or operator may 
report partial

[[Page 235]]

operating hours or may assume that for each hour the unit operated the 
operating time is a whole hour. Units using partial operating hours and 
the maximum rated hourly heat input to calculate heat input for each 
hour must report partial operating hours.
    (ii) For each low mass emissions unit, the owner or operator shall 
keep hourly records indicating the type(s) of fuel(s) combusted in the 
unit during each hour of unit operation.
    (iii) For each low mass emission unit using the long term fuel flow 
methodology under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section to determine 
hourly heat input, the owner or operator shall keep hourly records of 
unit output (in megawatts or thousands of pounds of steam), for the 
purpose of apportioning heat input to the individual unit operating 
hours.
    (iv) For each low mass emission unit with NOX emission 
controls of any kind, the owner or operator shall keep hourly records of 
the hourly value of the parameter(s) specified in (c)(1)(iv)(H) of this 
section used to indicate proper operation of the unit's NOX 
controls.
    (3) Heat input. Hourly, quarterly and annual heat input for a low 
mass emission unit shall be determined using either the maximum rated 
hourly heat input method under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section or 
the long term fuel flow method under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this 
section.
    (i) Maximum rated hourly heat input method. (A) For the purposes of 
the mass emission calculation methodology of paragraph (c)(3) of this 
section, the hourly heat input (mmBtu) to a low mass emission unit shall 
be deemed to equal the maximum rated hourly heat input, as defined in 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, multiplied by the operating time of the unit 
for each hour. The owner or operator may choose to record and report 
partial operating hours or may assume that a unit operated for a whole 
hour for each hour the unit operated. However, the owner or operator of 
a unit may petition the Administrator under Sec. 75.66 for a lower value 
for maximum rated hourly heat input than that defined in Sec. 72.2 of 
this chapter. The Administrator may approve such lower value if the 
owner or operator demonstrates that either the maximum hourly heat input 
specified by the manufacturer or the highest observed hourly heat input, 
or both, are not representative, and such a lower value is 
representative, of the unit's current capabilities because modifications 
have been made to the unit, limiting its capacity permanently.
    (B) The quarterly heat input, HIqtr, in mmBtu, shall be 
determined using Equation LM-1:

HIqtr = Tqtr  x  HIhr    (Eq. LM-1)

Where:

Tqtr = Actual number of operating hours in the quarter (hr).
HIhr = Hourly heat input under paragraph
    (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section (mmBtu).
    (C) The year-to-date cumulative heat input (mmBtu) shall be the sum 
of the quarterly heat input values for all of the calendar quarters in 
the year to date.
    (ii) Long term fuel flow heat input method. The owner or operator 
may, for the purpose of demonstrating that a low mass emission unit or 
group of low mass emission units sharing a common fuel supply meets the 
requirements of this section, use records of long-term fuel flow, to 
calculate hourly heat input to a low mass emission unit.
    (A) This option may be used for a group of low mass emission units 
only if:
    (1) The low mass emission units combust fuel from a common source of 
supply; and
    (2) Records are kept of the total amount of fuel combusted by the 
group of low mass emission units and the hourly output (in megawatts or 
pounds of steam) from each unit in the group; and
    (3) All of the units in the group are low mass emission units.
    (B) For each fuel used during the quarter, the volume in standard 
cubic feet (for gas) or gallons (for oil) may be determined using any of 
the following methods;
    (1) Fuel billing records (for low mass emission units, or groups of 
low mass emission units, which purchase fuel from non-affiliated 
sources);
    (2) American Petroleum Institute (API) standard, American Petroleum 
Institute (API) Petroleum Measurement Standards, Chapter 3, Tank

[[Page 236]]

Gauging: Section 1A, Standard Practice for the Manual Gauging of 
Petroleum and Petroleum Products, December 1994; Section 1B, Standard 
Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in Stationary 
Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging, April 1992 (reaffirmed January 1997); 
Section 2, Standard Practice for Gauging Petroleum and Petroleum 
Products in Tank Cars, September 1995; Section 3, Standard Practice for 
Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in Stationary Pressurized 
Storage Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging, June 1996; Section 4, Standard 
Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons on Marine Vessels 
by Automatic Tank Gauging, April 1995; and Section 5, Standard Practice 
for Level Measurement of Light Hydrocarbon Liquids Onboard Marine 
Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging, March 1997; Shop Testing of Automatic 
Liquid Level Gages, Bulletin 2509 B, December 1961 (Reaffirmed August 
1987, October 1992) (incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6); or;
    (3) A fuel flow meter certified and maintained according to appendix 
D to this part.
    (C) For each fuel combusted during a quarter, the gross calorific 
value of the fuel shall be determined by either:
    (1) Using the applicable procedures for gas and oil analysis in 
sections 2.2 and 2.3 of appendix D to this part. If this option is 
chosen the highest gross calorific value recorded during the previous 
calendar year shall be used; or
    (2) Using the appropriate default specific gravity value in Table 
LM-6 of this section.
    (D) For each type of fuel oil combusted during the quarter, the 
specific gravity of the oil shall be determined either by:
    (1) Using the procedures in section 2.2.6 of appendix D to this 
part. If this option is chosen, use the highest specific gravity value 
recorded during the previous calendar year shall be used; or
    (2) Using the appropriate default specific gravity value in Table 5 
of this section.
    (E) The quarterly heat input from each type of fuel combusted during 
the quarter by a low mass emission unit or group of low mass emission 
units sharing a common fuel supply shall be determined using Equation 
LM-2 for oil and LM-3 for natural gas.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.001


Eq LM-2 (for fuel oil or diesel fuel)

Where:

HIfuel-qtr = Quarterly total heat input from oil (mmBtu).
Mqtr = Mass of oil consumed during the entire quarter, 
determined as the product of the volume of oil under paragraph 
(c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section and the specific gravity under paragraph 
(c)(3)(ii)(D) of this section (lb)
GCVmax = Gross calorific value of oil, as determined under 
paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(C) of this section (Btu/lb)
10\6\ = Conversion of Btu to mmBtu.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.002


Eq LM-3 (for natural gas)

Where:

HIfuel-qtr = Quarterly heat input from natural gas (mmBtu).
Qg = Value of natural gas combusted during the quarter, as 
determined under paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section standard cubic 
feet (scf).
GCVg = Gross calorific value of the natural gas combusted 
during the quarter, as determined under paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(C) of this 
section (Btu/scf)
10\6\ = Conversion of Btu to mmBtu.

    (F) The quarterly heat input (mmBtu) for all fuels for the quarter, 
HIqtr-total, shall be the sum of the 
HIfuel-qtr values determined using Equations LM-2 and LM-3.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.003


(Eq. LM-4)

    (G) The year-to-date cumulative heat input (mmBtu) for all fuels 
shall be the sum of all quarterly total heat input 
(HIqtr-total) values for all calendar quarters in the year to 
date.
    (H) For each low mass emission unit, each low mass emission unit of 
an identical group of units, or each low mass emission unit in a group 
of units sharing a common fuel supply, the owner or operator shall 
determine the quarterly unit output in megawatts or pounds of

[[Page 237]]

steam. The quarterly unit output shall be the sum of the hourly unit 
output values recorded under paragraph (c)(2) of this section and shall 
be determined using Equations LM-5 or LM-6.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.004


Eq LM-5 (for MW output)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.005


Eq LM-6 (for steam output)

Where:

MWqtr = the power produced during all hours of operation 
during the quarter by the unit (MW)
STfuel-qtr = the total quarterly steam output produced during 
all hours of operation during the quarter by the unit (klb)
MW = the power produced during each hour in which the unit operated 
during the quarter (MW).
ST = the steam output produced during each hour in which the unit 
operated during the quarter (klb)

    (I) For a low mass emission unit that is not included in a group of 
low mass emission units sharing a common fuel supply, apportion the 
total heat input for the quarter, HIqtr-total to each hour of 
unit operation using either Equation LM-7 or LM-8:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.006


(Eq LM-7 for MW output)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.007


(Eq LM-8 for steam output)

Where:

HIhr = hourly heat input to the unit (mmBtu)
MWhr = hourly output from the unit (MW)
SThr = hourly steam output from the unit (klb)

    (J) For each low mass emission unit that is included in a group of 
units sharing a common fuel supply, apportion the total heat input for 
the quarter, HIqtr-total to each hour of operation using 
either Equation LM-7a or LM-8a:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.008


(Eq LM-7a for MW output)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.009


(Eq LM-8a for steam output)

Where:
HIhr = hourly heat input to the individual unit (mmBtu)
MWhr = hourly output from the individual unit (MW)
SThr = hourly steam output from the individual unit (klb)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.010

    (4) Calculation of SO2, NOX and CO2 
mass emissions. The owner or operator shall, for the purpose of 
demonstrating that a low mass emission unit meets the requirements of 
this section, calculate SO2, NOX and 
CO2 mass emissions in accordance with the following.
    (i) SO2 mass emissions. (A) The hourly SO2 
mass emissions (lbs) for a low mass emission unit shall be determined 
using Equation LM-9 and the appropriate fuel-based SO2 
emission factor from Table 1 of this section for the fuels combusted in 
that hour. If more than one fuel is combusted in the hour, use the 
highest emission factor for all of the fuels combusted in the hour. If 
records are missing as to which fuel was combusted in the hour, use the 
highest emission factor for all of the fuels capable of being combusted 
in the unit.

WSO2 = EFSO2  x  HIhr    (Eq. LM-9)

where:

WSO2 = Hourly SO2 mass emissions (lbs).

[[Page 238]]

EFSO2 = SO2 emission factor from Table 1 of this 
section (lb/mmBtu).
HIhr = Either the maximum rated hourly heat input under 
paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section or the hourly heat input under 
paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section (mmBtu).

    (B) The quarterly SO2 mass emissions (tons) for the low 
mass emission unit shall be the sum of all the hourly SO2 
mass emissions in the quarter, as determined under paragraph 
(c)(4)(i)(A) of this section, divided by 2000 lb/ton.
    (C) The year-to-date cumulative SO2 mass emissions (tons) 
for the low mass emission unit shall be the sum of the quarterly 
SO2 mass emissions, as determined under paragraph 
(c)(4)(i)(B) of this section, for all of the calendar quarters in the 
year to date.
    (ii) NOX mass emissions. (A) The hourly NOX 
mass emissions for the low mass emission unit (lbs) shall be determined 
using Equation LM-10. If more than one fuel is combusted in the hour, 
use the highest emission rate for all of the fuels combusted in the 
hour. If records are missing as to which fuel was combusted in the hour, 
use the highest emission factor for all of the fuels capable of being 
combusted in the unit. For low mass emission units with NOX 
emission controls of any kind and for which a fuel-and-unit-specific 
NOX emission rate is determined under paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of 
this section, for any hour in which the parameters under paragraph 
(c)(1)(iv)(A) of this section do not show that the NOX 
emission controls are operating properly, use the NOX 
emission rate from Table 2 of this section for the fuel combusted during 
the hour with the highest NOX emission rate.

WNOx = EFNOx  x  HIhr    (Eq. LM-10)

Where:

WNOX = Hourly NOX mass emissions (lbs).
EFNOX = Either the NOX emission factor from Table 
LM-2 of this section or the fuel- and unit-specific NOX 
emission rate determined under paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section (lb/
mmBtu).
HIhr = Either the maximum rated hourly heat input from 
paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section or the hourly heat input as 
determined under paragraph(c)(3)(ii) of this section (mmBtu).

    (B) The quarterly NOX mass emissions (tons) for the low 
mass emission unit shall be the sum of all of the hourly NOX 
mass emissions in the quarter, as determined under paragraph 
(c)(4)(ii)(A) of this section, divided by 2000 lb/ton.
    (C) The year-to-date cumulative NOX mass emissions (tons) 
for the low mass emission unit shall be the sum of the quarterly 
NOX mass emissions, as determined under paragraph 
(c)(4)(ii)(B) of this section, for all of the calendar quarters in the 
year to date.
    (iii) CO2 Mass Emissions. (A) The hourly CO2 
mass emissions (tons) for the affected low mass emission unit shall be 
determined using Equation LM-11 and the appropriate fuel-based 
CO2 emission factor from Table 3 of this section for the fuel 
being combusted in that hour. If more than one fuel is combusted in the 
hour, use the highest emission factor for all of the fuels combusted in 
the hour. If records are missing as to which fuel was combusted in the 
hour, use the highest emission factor for all of the fuels capable of 
being combusted in the unit.

WCO2 = EFCO2  x  HIhr    (Eq. LM-11)

Where:

WCO2 = Hourly CO  mass emissions (tons).
EFCO2 = Fuel-based CO2 emission factor from Table 
3 of this section (ton/mmBtu).
HIhr = Either the maximum rated hourly heat input from 
paragraph (c)(3)(i)(A) of this section or the hourly heat input as 
determined under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section (mmBtu).

    (B) The quarterly CO2 mass emissions (tons) for the low 
mass emission unit shall be the sum of all of the hourly CO2 
mass emissions in the quarter, as determined under paragraph 
(c)(4)(iii)(A)of this section.
    (C) The year-to-date cumulative CO2 mass emissions (tons) 
for the low mass emission unit shall be the sum of all of the quarterly 
CO2 mass emissions, as determined under paragraph 
(c)(4)(iii)(B) of this section, for all of the calendar quarters in the 
year to date.
    (d) Each unit that qualifies under this section to use the low mass 
emissions methodology must follow the recordkeeping and reporting 
requirements pertaining to low mass emissions units in subparts F and G 
of this part.
    (e) The quality control and quality assurance requirements in 
Sec. 75.21 are not applicable to a low mass emissions

[[Page 239]]

unit for which the low mass emissions excepted methodology under 
paragraph (c) of this section is being used in lieu of a continuous 
emission monitoring system or an excepted monitoring system under 
appendix D or E to this part, except for fuel flowmeters used to meet 
the provisions in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section. However, the 
owner or operator of a low mass emissions unit shall implement the 
following quality assurance and quality control provisions:
    (1) For low mass emission units or groups of units which use the 
long term fuel flow methodology under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this 
section and which use fuel billing records to determine fuel usage, the 
owner or operator shall keep, at the facility, for three years, the 
records of the fuel billing statements used for long term fuel flow 
determinations.
    (2) For low mass emission units or groups of units which use the 
long term fuel flow methodology under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this 
section and which use American Petroleum Institute (API) standard, 
American Petroleum Institute (API) Petroleum Measurement Standards, 
Chapter 3, Tank Gauging: Section 1A, Standard Practice for the Manual 
Gauging of Petroleum and Petroleum Products, December 1994; Section 1B, 
Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in 
Stationary Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging, April 1992 (reaffirmed 
January 1997); Section 2, Standard Practice for Gauging Petroleum and 
Petroleum Products in Tank Cars, September 1995; Section 3, Standard 
Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in Stationary 
Pressurized Storage Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging, June 1996; Section 
4, Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons on 
Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging, April 1995; and Section 5, 
Standard Practice for Level Measurement of Light Hydrocarbon Liquids 
Onboard Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging, March 1997, Shop 
Testing of Automatic Liquid Level Gages, Bulletin 2509 B, December 1961 
(Reaffirmed August 1987, October 1992) (incorporated by reference under 
Sec. 75.6), to determine fuel usage, the owner or operator shall keep, 
at the facility, a copy of the standard used and shall keep records, for 
three years, of all measurements obtained for each quarter using the 
methodology.
    (3) For low mass emission units or groups of units which use the 
long term fuel flow methodology under paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this 
section and which use a certified fuel flow meter to determine fuel 
usage, the owner or operator shall comply with the quality control 
quality assurance requirements for a fuel flow meter under section 2.1.6 
of appendix D of this part.
    (4) For each low mass emission unit for which fuel-and-unit-specific 
NOX emission rates are determined in accordance with 
paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, the owner or operator shall keep, 
at the facility, records which document the results of all 
NOX emission rate tests conducted according to appendix E to 
this part. If CEMS data are used to determine the fuel-and-unit-specific 
NOX emission rates under paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(G) of this 
section, the owner or operator shall keep, at the facility, records of 
the CEMS data and the data analysis performed to determine a fuel-and-
unit-specific NOX emission rate. The appendix E test records 
and historical CEMS data records shall be kept until the fuel and unit 
specific NOX emission rates are re-determined.
    (5) For each low mass emission unit for which fuel-and-unit-specific 
NOX emission rates are determined in accordance with 
paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section and which have NOX 
emission controls of any kind, the owner or operator shall develop and 
keep on-site a quality assurance plan which explains the procedures used 
to document proper operation of the NOX emission controls. 
The plan shall include the parameters monitored (e.g., water-to-fuel 
ratio) and the acceptable ranges for each parameter used to determine 
proper operation of the unit's NOX controls.

   Table LM-1.--SO2 Emission Factors (lb/mmBtu) for Various Fuel Types
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Fuel type                      SO2 emission factors
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pipeline Natural Gas......................  0.0006 lb/mmBtu.
Other Natural Gas.........................  0.06 lb/mmBtu.
Residual Oil..............................  2.1 lb/mmBtu.

[[Page 240]]

 
Diesel Fuel...............................  0.5 lb/mmBtu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


Table LM-2.--NOX Emission Rates (lb/mmBtu) for Various Boiler/Fuel Types
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  NOX
              Boiler type                      Fuel type        emission
                                                                  rate
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Turbine................................  Gas.................        0.7
Turbine................................  Oil.................        1.2
Boiler.................................  Gas.................        1.5
Boiler.................................  Oil.................        2
------------------------------------------------------------------------


      Table LM-3.--CO2 Emission Factors (ton/mmBtu) for Gas and Oil
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Fuel type                      CO2 emission factors
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Natural Gas...............................  0.059 ton/mmBtu.
Oil.......................................  0.081 ton/mmBtu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


            Table LM-4.--Identical Unit Testing Requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Number of appendix E tests
  Number of identical units in the group              required
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.........................................  1
3 to 6....................................  2
7.........................................  3
> 7.......................................  n tests; wheren n = number
                                             of units divided by 3 and
                                             rounded to nearest integer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


  Table LM-5.--Default Gross Calorific Values (GCVs) for Various Fuels
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            GCV for use in equation LM-2
                   Fuel                                or LM-3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pipeline Natural Gas......................  1050 Btu/scf.
Natural Gas...............................  1100 Btu/scf.
Residual Oil..............................  19,700 Btu/lb or 167,500 Btu/
                                             gallon.
Diesel Fuel...............................  20,500 Btu/lb or 151,700 Btu/
                                             gallon.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


        Table LM-6.--Default Specific Gravity Values for Fuel Oil
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Specific
                            Fuel                                gravity
                                                               (lb/gal)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Residual Oil................................................         8.5
Diesel Fuel.................................................         7.4
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[63 FR 57500, Oct. 27, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 28592, May 26, 1999]



            Subpart C--Operation and Maintenance Requirements



Sec. 75.20  Initial certification and recertification procedures.

    (a) Initial certification approval process. The owner or operator 
shall ensure that each continuous emission or opacity monitoring system 
required by this part, which includes the automated data acquisition and 
handling system, and, where applicable, the CO2 continuous 
emission monitoring system, meets the initial certification requirements 
of this section and shall ensure that all applicable initial 
certification tests under paragraph (c) of this section are completed by 
the deadlines specified in Sec. 75.4 and prior to use in the Acid Rain 
Program. In addition, whenever the owner or operator installs a 
continuous emission or opacity monitoring system in order to meet the 
requirements of Secs. 75.11 through 75.18, where no continuous emission 
or opacity monitoring system was previously installed, initial 
certification is required.
    (1) Notification of initial certification test dates. The owner or 
operator or designated representative shall submit a written notice of 
the dates of initial certification testing at the unit as specified in 
Sec. 75.61(a)(1).
    (2) Certification application. The owner or operator shall apply for 
certification of each continuous emission or opacity monitoring system 
used under the Acid Rain Program. The owner or operator shall submit the 
certification application in accordance with Sec. 75.60 and each 
complete certification application shall include the information 
specified in Sec. 75.63.
    (3) Provisional approval of certification (or recertification) 
applications. Upon the successful completion of the required 
certification (or recertification) procedures of this section for each 
continuous emission or opacity monitoring system or component thereof, 
continuous emission or opacity monitoring system or component thereof 
shall be deemed provisionally certified (or recertified) for use under 
the Acid Rain Program for a period not to exceed 120 days following 
receipt by the Administrator of the complete certification (or

[[Page 241]]

recertification) application under paragraph (a)(4) of this section. 
Notwithstanding this paragraph, no continuous emission or opacity 
monitor systems for a combustion source seeking to enter the Opt-in 
Program in accordance with part 74 of this chapter shall be deemed 
provisionally certified (or recertified) for use under the Acid Rain 
Program. Data measured and recorded by a provisionally certified (or 
recertified) continuous emission or opacity monitoring system or 
component thereof, operated in accordance with the requirements of 
appendix B to this part, will be considered valid quality-assured data 
(retroactive to the date and time of provisional certification or 
recertification), provided that the Administrator does not invalidate 
the provisional certification (or recertification) by issuing a notice 
of disapproval within 120 days of receipt by the Administrator of the 
complete certification (or recertification) application. Note that when 
the data validation procedures of paragraph (b)(3) of this section are 
used for the initial certification (or recertification) of a continuous 
emissions monitoring system, the date and time of provisional 
certification (or recertification) of the CEMS may be earlier than the 
date and time of completion of the required certification (or 
recertification) tests.
    (4) Certification (or recertification) application formal approval 
process. The Administrator will issue a notice of approval or 
disapproval of the certification (or recertification) application to the 
owner or operator within 120 days of receipt of the complete 
certification (or recertification) application. In the event the 
Administrator does not issue such a notice within 120 days of receipt, 
each continuous emission or opacity monitoring system which meets the 
performance requirements of this part and is included in the 
certification (or recertification) application will be deemed certified 
(or recertified) for use under the Acid Rain Program.
    (i) Approval notice. If the certification (or recertification) 
application is complete and shows that each continuous emission or 
opacity monitoring system meets the performance requirements of this 
part, then the Administrator will issue a notice of approval of the 
certification (or recertification) application within 120 days of 
receipt.
    (ii) Incomplete application notice. A certification (or 
recertification) application will be considered complete when all of the 
applicable information required to be submitted in Sec. 75.63 has been 
received by the Administrator, the EPA Regional Office, and the 
appropriate State and/or local air pollution control agency. If the 
certification (or recertification) application is not complete, then the 
Administrator will issue a notice of incompleteness that provides a 
reasonable timeframe for the designated representative to submit the 
additional information required to complete the certification (or 
recertification) application. If the designated representative has not 
complied with the notice of incompleteness by a specified due date, then 
the Administrator may issue a notice of disapproval specified under 
paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section. The 120-day review period shall 
not begin prior to receipt of a complete application.
    (iii) Disapproval notice. If the certification (or recertification) 
application shows that any continuous emission or opacity monitoring 
system or component thereof does not meet the performance requirements 
of this part, or if the certification (or recertification) application 
is incomplete and the requirement for disapproval under paragraph 
(a)(4)(ii) of this section has been met, the Administrator shall issue a 
written notice of disapproval of the certification (or recertification) 
application within 120 days of receipt. By issuing the notice of 
disapproval, the provisional certification (or recertification) is 
invalidated by the Administrator, and the data measured and recorded by 
each uncertified continuous emission or opacity monitoring system or 
component thereof shall not be considered valid quality-assured data as 
follows: from the hour of the probationary calibration error test that 
began the initial certification (or recertification) test period (if the 
data validation procedures of paragraph (b)(3) of this section were used 
to retrospectively validate data); or from the date and time of 
completion of the invalid certification or recertification tests (if the 
data validation procedures

[[Page 242]]

of paragraph (b)(3) of this section were not used), until the date and 
time that the owner or operator completes subsequently approved initial 
certification or recertification tests. The owner or operator shall 
follow the procedures for loss of initial certification in paragraph 
(a)(5) of this section for each continuous emission or opacity 
monitoring system or component thereof which is disapproved for initial 
certification. For each disapproved recertification, the owner or 
operator shall follow the procedures of paragraph (b)(5) of this 
section.
    (iv) Audit decertification. The Administrator may issue a notice of 
disapproval of the certification status of a continuous emission or 
opacity monitoring system or component thereof, in accordance with 
Sec. 75.21.
    (5) Procedures for loss of certification. When the Administrator 
issues a notice of disapproval of a certification application or a 
notice of disapproval of certification status (as specified in paragraph 
(a)(4) of this section), then:
    (i) Until such time, date, and hour as the continuous emission 
monitoring system or component thereof can be adjusted, repaired, or 
replaced and certification tests successfully completed, the owner or 
operator shall substitute the following values, as applicable, for each 
hour of unit operation during the period of invalid data specified in 
paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section or in Sec. 75.21: the maximum 
potential concentration of SO2, as defined in section 2.1.1.1 
of appendix A to this part, to report SO2 concentration; the 
maximum potential NOX emission rate, as defined in Sec. 72.2 
of this chapter, to report NOX emissions in lb/mmBtu; the 
maximum potential concentration of NOX, as defined in section 
2.1.2.1 of appendix A to this part, to report NOX emissions 
in ppm (when a NOX concentration monitoring system is used to 
determine NOX mass emissions, as defined under 
Sec. 75.71(a)(2)); the maximum potential flow rate, as defined in 
section 2.1.4.1 of appendix A to this part, to report volumetric flow; 
the maximum potential concentration of CO2, as defined in 
section 2.1.3.1 of appendix A to this part, to report CO2 
concentration data; and either the minimum potential moisture 
percentage, as defined in section 2.1.5 of appendix A to this part or, 
if Equation 19-3, 19-4 or 19-8 in Method 19 in appendix A to part 60 of 
this chapter is used to determine NOX emission rate, the 
maximum potential moisture percentage, as defined in section 2.1.6 of 
appendix A to this part; and
    (ii) The designated representative shall submit a notification of 
certification retest dates as specified in Sec. 75.61(a)(1)(ii) and a 
new certification application according to the procedures in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section; and
    (iii) The owner or operator shall repeat all certification tests or 
other requirements that were failed by the continuous emission or 
opacity monitoring system, as indicated in the Administrator's notice of 
disapproval, no later than 30 unit operating days after the date of 
issuance of the notice of disapproval.
    (b) Recertification approval process. Whenever the owner or operator 
makes a replacement, modification, or change in a certified continuous 
emission monitoring system or continuous opacity monitoring system that 
may significantly affect the ability of the system to accurately measure 
or record the SO2 or CO2 concentration, stack gas 
volumetric flow rate, NOX emission rate, percent moisture, or 
opacity, or to meet the requirements of Sec. 75.21 or appendix B to this 
part, the owner or operator shall recertify the continuous emission 
monitoring system or continuous opacity monitoring system, according to 
the procedures in this paragraph. Furthermore, whenever the owner or 
operator makes a replacement, modification, or change to the flue gas 
handling system or the unit operation that may significantly change the 
flow or concentration profile, the owner or operator shall recertify the 
monitoring system according to the procedures in this paragraph. 
Examples of changes which require recertification include: replacement 
of the analyzer; change in location or orientation of the sampling probe 
or site; and complete replacement of an existing continuous emission 
monitoring system or continuous opacity monitoring system. The owner or 
operator shall recertify a continuous opacity

[[Page 243]]

monitoring system whenever the monitor path length changes or as 
required by an applicable State or local regulation or permit. Any 
change to a flow monitor or gas monitoring system for which a RATA is 
not necessary shall not be considered a recertification event. In 
addition, changing the polynomial coefficients or K factor(s) of a flow 
monitor shall require a 3-load RATA, but is not considered to be a 
recertification event; however, records of the polynomial coefficients 
or K factor (s) currently in use shall be maintained on-site in a format 
suitable for inspection. Changing the coefficient or K factor(s) of a 
moisture monitoring system shall require a RATA, but is not considered 
to be a recertification event; however, records of the coefficient or K 
factor (s) currently in use by the moisture monitoring system shall be 
maintained on-site in a format suitable for inspection. In such cases, 
any other tests that are necessary to ensure continued proper operation 
of the monitoring system (e.g., 3-load flow RATAs following changes to 
flow monitor polynomial coefficients, linearity checks, calibration 
error tests, DAHS verifications, etc.) shall be performed as diagnostic 
tests, rather than as recertification tests. The data validation 
procedures in paragraph (b)(3) of this section shall be applied to RATAs 
associated with changes to flow or moisture monitor coefficients, and to 
linearity checks, 7-day calibration error tests, and cycle time tests, 
when these are required as diagnostic tests. When the data validation 
procedures of paragraph (b)(3) of this section are applied in this 
manner, replace the word ``recertification'' with the word 
``diagnostic.''
    (1) Tests required. For all recertification testing, the owner or 
operator shall complete all initial certification tests in paragraph (c) 
of this section that are applicable to the monitoring system, except as 
otherwise approved by the Administrator. For diagnostic testing after 
changing the flow rate monitor polynomial coefficients, the owner or 
operator shall complete a 3-level RATA. For diagnostic testing after 
changing the K factor or mathematical algorithm of a moisture monitoring 
system, the owner or operator shall complete a RATA.
    (2) Notification of recertification test dates. The owner, operator, 
or designated representative shall submit notice of testing dates for 
recertification under this paragraph as specified in 
Sec. 75.61(a)(1)(ii), unless all of the tests in paragraph (c) of this 
section are not required for recertification, in which case the owner or 
operator shall provide notice in accordance with the notice provisions 
for initial certification testing in Sec. 75.61(a)(1)(i).
    (3) Recertification test period requirements and data validation. 
The data validation provisions in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through 
(b)(3)(ix) of this section shall apply to all CEMS recertifications and 
diagnostic testing. The provisions in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) through 
(b)(3)(ix) of this section may also be applied to initial certifications 
(see sections 6.2(a), 6.3.1(a), 6.3.2(a), 6.4(a) and 6.5(f) of appendix 
A to this part) and may be used to supplement the linearity check and 
RATA data validation procedures in sections 2.2.3(b) and 2.3.2(b) of 
appendix B to this part.
    (i) In the period extending from the hour of the replacement, 
modification or change made to a monitoring system that triggers the 
need to perform recertification test(s) of the CEMS to the hour of 
successful completion of a probationary calibration error test 
(according to paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section) following the 
replacement, modification, or change to the CEMS, the owner or operator 
shall either substitute for missing data, according to the standard 
missing data procedures in Secs. 75.33 through 75.37, or report emission 
data using a reference method or another monitoring system that has been 
certified or approved for use under this part. Notwithstanding this 
requirement, if the replacement, modification, or change requiring 
recertification of the CEMS is such that the historical data stream is 
no longer representative (e.g., where the SO2 concentration 
and stack flow rate change significantly after installation of a wet 
scrubber), the owner or operator shall substitute for missing data as 
follows, in the period extending from the hour of commencement of the 
replacement,

[[Page 244]]

modification, or change requiring recertification of the CEMS to the 
hour of commencement of the recertification test period: For a change 
that results in a significantly higher concentration or flow rate, 
substitute maximum potential values according to the procedures in 
paragraph (a)(5) of this section; or for a change that results in a 
significantly lower concentration or flow rate, substitute data using 
the standard missing data procedures. The owner or operator shall then 
use the initial missing data procedures in Sec. 75.31, beginning with 
the first hour of quality assured data obtained with the recertified 
monitoring system, unless otherwise provided by Sec. 75.34 for units 
with add-on emission controls. The first hour of quality-assured data 
for the recertified monitoring system shall be determined in accordance 
with paragraphs (b)(3)(ii) through (b)(3)(ix) of this section.
    (ii) Once the modification or change to the CEMS has been completed 
and all of the associated repairs, component replacements, adjustments, 
linearization, and reprogramming of the CEMS have been completed, a 
probationary calibration error test is required to establish the 
beginning point of the recertification test period. In this instance, 
the first successful calibration error test of the monitoring system 
following completion of all necessary repairs, component replacements, 
adjustments, linearization and reprogramming shall be the probationary 
calibration error test. The probationary calibration error test must be 
passed before any of the required recertification tests are commenced.
    (iii) Beginning with the hour of commencement of a recertification 
test period, emission data recorded by the CEMS are considered to be 
conditionally valid, contingent upon the results of the subsequent 
recertification tests.
    (iv) Each required recertification test shall be completed no later 
than the following number of unit operating hours (or unit operating 
days) after the probationary calibration error test that initiates the 
test period:
    (A) For a linearity check and/or cycle time test, 168 consecutive 
unit operating hours, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter or, for 
CEMS installed on common stacks or bypass stacks, 168 consecutive stack 
operating hours, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter;
    (B) For a RATA (whether normal-load or multiple-load), 720 
consecutive unit operating hours, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this 
chapter or, for CEMS installed on common stacks or bypass stacks, 720 
consecutive stack operating hours, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this 
chapter; and
    (C) For a 7-day calibration error test, 21 consecutive unit 
operating days, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter.
    (v) All recertification tests shall be performed hands-off. No 
adjustments to the calibration of the CEMS, other than the routine 
calibration adjustments following daily calibration error tests as 
described in section 2.1.3 of appendix B to this part, are permitted 
during the recertification test period. Routine daily calibration error 
tests shall be performed throughout the recertification test period, in 
accordance with section 2.1.1 of appendix B to this part. The additional 
calibration error test requirements in section 2.1.3 of appendix B to 
this part shall also apply during the recertification test period.
    (vi) If all of the required recertification tests and required daily 
calibration error tests are successfully completed in succession with no 
failures, and if each recertification test is completed within the time 
period specified in paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(A), (B), or (C) of this 
section, then all of the conditionally valid emission data recorded by 
the CEMS shall be considered quality assured, from the hour of 
commencement of the recertification test period until the hour of 
completion of the required test(s).
    (vii) If a required recertification test is failed or aborted due to 
a problem with the CEMS, or if a daily calibration error test is failed 
during a recertification test period, data validation shall be done as 
follows:
    (A) If any required recertification test is failed, it shall be 
repeated. If any recertification test other than a 7-day calibration 
error test is failed or aborted due to a problem with the CEMS, the 
original recertification test period is ended, and a new recertification 
test period must be commenced

[[Page 245]]

with a probationary calibration error test. The tests that are required 
in the new recertification test period will include any tests that were 
required for the initial recertification event which were not 
successfully completed and any recertification or diagnostic tests that 
are required as a result of changes made to the monitoring system to 
correct the problems that caused the failure of the recertification 
test. For a 2- or 3-load flow RATA, if the relative accuracy test is 
passed at one or more load levels, but is failed at a subsequent load 
level, provided that the problem that caused the RATA failure is 
corrected without re-linearizing the instrument, the length of the new 
recertification test period shall be equal to the number of unit 
operating hours remaining in the original recertification test period, 
as of the hour of failure of the RATA. However, if re-linearization of 
the flow monitor is required after a flow RATA is failed at a particular 
load level, then a subsequent 3-load RATA is required, and the new 
recertification test period shall be 720 consecutive unit (or stack) 
operating hours. The new recertification test sequence shall not be 
commenced until all necessary maintenance activities, adjustments, 
linearizations, and reprogramming of the CEMS have been completed;
    (B) If a linearity check, RATA, or cycle time test is failed or 
aborted due to a problem with the CEMS, all conditionally valid emission 
data recorded by the CEMS are invalidated, from the hour of commencement 
of the recertification test period to the hour in which the test is 
failed or aborted, except for the case in which a multiple-load flow 
RATA is passed at one or more load levels, failed at a subsequent load 
level, and the problem that caused the RATA failure is corrected without 
re-linearizing the instrument. In that case, data invalidation shall be 
prospective, from the hour of failure of the RATA until the commencement 
of the new recertification test period. Data from the CEMS remain 
invalid until the hour in which a new recertification test period is 
commenced, following corrective action, and a probationary calibration 
error test is passed, at which time the conditionally valid status of 
emission data from the CEMS begins again;
    (C) If a 7-day calibration error test is failed within the 
recertification test period, previously-recorded conditionally valid 
emission data from the CEMS are not invalidated. The conditionally valid 
data status is unaffected, unless the calibration error on the day of 
the failed 7-day calibration error test exceeds twice the performance 
specification in section 3 of appendix A to this part, as described in 
paragraph (b)(3)(vii)(D) of this section; and
    (D) If a daily calibration error test is failed during a 
recertification test period (i.e., the results of the test exceed twice 
the performance specification in section 3 of appendix A to this part), 
the CEMS is out-of-control as of the hour in which the calibration error 
test is failed. Emission data from the CEMS shall be invalidated 
prospectively from the hour of the failed calibration error test until 
the hour of completion of a subsequent successful calibration error test 
following corrective action, at which time the conditionally valid 
status of data from the monitoring system resumes. Failure to perform a 
required daily calibration error test during a recertification test 
period shall also cause data from the CEMS to be invalidated 
prospectively, from the hour in which the calibration error test was due 
until the hour of completion of a subsequent successful calibration 
error test. Whenever a calibration error test is failed or missed during 
a recertification test period, no further recertification tests shall be 
performed until the required subsequent calibration error test has been 
passed, re-establishing the conditionally valid status of data from the 
monitoring system. If a calibration error test failure occurs while a 
linearity check or RATA is still in progress, the linearity check or 
RATA must be re-started.
    (E) Trial gas injections and trial RATA runs are permissible during 
the recertification test period, prior to commencing a linearity check 
or RATA, for the purpose of optimizing the performance of the CEMS. The 
results of such gas injections and trial runs shall not affect the 
status of previously-recorded conditionally valid

[[Page 246]]

data or result in termination of the recertification test period, 
provided that the following specifications and conditions are met:
    (1) For gas injections, the stable, ending monitor response is 
within 5 percent or within 5 ppm of the tag value of the 
reference gas;
    (2) For RATA trial runs, the average reference method reading and 
the average CEMS reading for the run differ by no more than 
10% of the average reference method value or 15 
ppm, or 1.5% H2O, or 0.02 lb/mmBtu 
from the average reference method value, as applicable;
    (3) No adjustments to the calibration of the CEMS are made following 
the trial injection(s) or run(s), other than the adjustments permitted 
under section 2.1.3 of appendix B to this part; and
    (4) The CEMS is not repaired, re-linearized or reprogrammed (e.g., 
changing flow monitor polynomial coefficients, linearity constants, or 
K-factors) after the trial injection(s) or run(s).
    (F) If the results of any trial gas injection(s) or RATA run(s) are 
outside the limits in paragraphs (b)(3)(vii)(E)(1) or (2) of this 
section or if the CEMS is repaired, re-linearized or reprogrammed after 
the trial injection(s) or run(s), the trial injection(s) or run(s) shall 
be counted as a failed linearity check or RATA attempt. If this occurs, 
follow the procedures pertaining to failed and aborted recertification 
tests in paragraphs (b)(3)(vii)(A) and (b)(3)(vii)(B) of this section.
    (viii) If any required recertification test is not completed within 
its allotted time period, data validation shall be done as follows. For 
a late linearity test, RATA, or cycle time test that is passed on the 
first attempt, data from the monitoring system shall be invalidated from 
the hour of expiration of the recertification test period until the hour 
of completion of the late test. For a late 7-day calibration error test, 
whether or not it is passed on the first attempt, data from the 
monitoring system shall also be invalidated from the hour of expiration 
of the recertification test period until the hour of completion of the 
late test. For a late linearity test, RATA, or cycle time test that is 
failed on the first attempt or aborted on the first attempt due to a 
problem with the monitor, all conditionally valid data from the 
monitoring system shall be considered invalid back to the hour of the 
first probationary calibration error test which initiated the 
recertification test period. Data from the monitoring system shall 
remain invalid until the hour of successful completion of the late 
recertification test and any additional recertification or diagnostic 
tests that are required as a result of changes made to the monitoring 
system to correct problems that caused failure of the late 
recertification test.
    (ix) If any required recertification test of a monitoring system has 
not been completed by the end of a calendar quarter and if data 
contained in the quarterly report are conditionally valid pending the 
results of test(s) to be completed in a subsequent quarter, the owner or 
operator shall indicate this by means of a suitable conditionally valid 
data flag in the electronic quarterly report for that quarter. The owner 
or operator shall resubmit the report for that quarter if the required 
recertification test is subsequently failed. In the resubmitted report, 
the owner or operator shall use the appropriate missing data routine in 
Sec. 75.31 or Sec. 75.33 to replace with substitute data each hour of 
conditionally valid data that was invalidated by the failed 
recertification test. Alternatively, if any required recertification 
test is not completed by the end of a particular calendar quarter but is 
completed no later than 30 days after the end of that quarter (i.e., 
prior to the deadline for submitting the quarterly report under 
Sec. 75.64), the test data and results may be submitted with the earlier 
quarterly report even though the test date(s) are from the next calendar 
quarter. In such instances, if the recertification test(s) are passed in 
accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b)(3) of this section, 
conditionally valid data may be reported as quality-assured, in lieu of 
reporting a conditional data flag. If the recertification test(s) is 
failed and if conditionally valid data are replaced, as appropriate, 
with substitute data, then neither the reporting of a conditional data 
flag nor

[[Page 247]]

resubmission is required. In addition, if the owner or operator uses a 
conditionally valid data flag in any of the four quarterly reports for a 
given year, the owner or operator shall indicate the final status of the 
conditionally valid data (i.e., resolved or unresolved) in the annual 
compliance certification report required under Sec. 72.90 of this 
chapter for that year. The Administrator may invalidate any 
conditionally valid data that remains unresolved at the end of a 
particular calendar year and may require the owner or operator to 
resubmit one or more of the quarterly reports for that calendar year, 
replacing the unresolved conditionally valid data with substitute data 
values determined in accordance with Sec. 75.31 or Sec. 75.33, as 
appropriate.
    (4) Recertification application. The designated representative shall 
apply for recertification of each continuous emission or opacity 
monitoring system used under the Acid Rain Program. The owner or 
operator shall submit the recertification application in accordance with 
Sec. 75.60, and each complete recertification application shall include 
the information specified in Sec. 75.63.
    (5) Approval or disapproval of request for recertification. The 
procedures for provisional certification in paragraph (a)(3) of this 
section shall apply to recertification applications. The Administrator 
will issue a notice of approval, disapproval, or incompleteness 
according to the procedures in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. In the 
event that a recertification application is disapproved, data from the 
monitoring system are invalidated and the applicable missing data 
procedures in Sec. 75.31 or Sec. 75.33 shall be used from the date and 
hour of receipt of the disapproval notice back to the hour of the 
probationary calibration error test that began the recertification test 
period. Data from the monitoring system remain invalid until a 
subsequent probationary calibration error test is passed, beginning a 
new recertification test period. The owner or operator shall repeat all 
recertification tests or other requirements, as indicated in the 
Administrator's notice of disapproval, no later than 30 unit operating 
days after the date of issuance of the notice of disapproval. The 
designated representative shall submit a notification of the 
recertification retest dates, as specified in Sec. 75.61(a)(1)(ii), and 
shall submit a new recertification application according to the 
procedures in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
    (c) Initial certification and recertification procedures. Prior to 
the deadline in Sec. 75.4, the owner or operator shall conduct initial 
certification tests and in accordance with Sec. 75.63, the designated 
representative shall submit an application to demonstrate that the 
continuous emission or opacity monitoring system and components thereof 
meet the specifications in appendix A to this part. The owner or 
operator shall compare reference method values with output from the 
automated data acquisition and handling system that is part of the 
continuous emission monitoring system being tested. Except as specified 
in paragraphs (b)(1), (d), and (e) of this section, the owner or 
operator shall perform the following tests for initial certification or 
recertification of continuous emission or opacity monitoring systems or 
components according to the requirements of appendix A to this part:
    (1) For each SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, each 
NOX concentration monitoring system used to determine 
NOX mass emissions, as defined under Sec. 75.71(a)(2), and 
for each NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system:
    (i) A 7-day calibration error test, where, for the NOX-
diluent continuous emission monitoring system, the test is performed 
separately on the NOX pollutant concentration monitor and the 
diluent gas monitor;
    (ii) A linearity check, where, for the NOX-diluent 
continuous emission monitoring system, the test is performed separately 
on the NOX pollutant concentration monitor and the diluent 
gas monitor;
    (iii) A relative accuracy test audit. For the NOX-diluent 
continuous emission monitoring system, the RATA shall be done on a 
system basis, in units of lb/mmBtu. For the NOX concentration 
monitoring system, the RATA shall be done on a ppm basis.
    (iv) A bias test; and
    (v) A cycle time test.
    (v) A cycle time/response time test.

[[Page 248]]

    (2) For each flow monitor:
    (i) A 7-day calibration error test;
    (ii) Relative accuracy test audits at three flue gas velocities; and
    (iii) A bias test (at normal operating load).
    (3) The initial certification test data from an O2 or a 
CO2 diluent gas monitor certified for use in a NOX 
continuous emission monitoring system may be submitted to meet the 
requirements of paragraph (c)(4) of this section. Also, for a diluent 
monitor that is used both as a CO2 monitoring system and to 
determine heat input, only one set of diluent monitor certification data 
need be submitted (under the component and system identification numbers 
of the CO2 monitoring system).
    (4) For each CO2 pollutant concentration monitor, each 
O2 monitor which is part of a CO2 continuous 
emission monitoring system, each diluent monitor used to monitor heat 
input and each SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring 
system:
    (i) A 7-day calibration error test, where, for the SO2-
diluent system, this test is performed separately on each component 
monitor;
    (ii) A linearity check, where, for the SO2 diluent 
system, this check is performed separately on each component monitor;
    (iii) A relatively accuracy test audit; and
    (iv) A cycle-time test.
    (5) For each continuous moisture monitoring system consisting of 
wet- and dry-basis O2 analyzers:
    (i) A 7-day calibration error test of each O2 analyzer;
    (ii) A cycle time test of each O2 analyzer;
    (iii) A linearity test of each O2 analyzer; and
    (iv) A RATA, directly comparing the percent moisture measured by the 
monitoring system to a reference method.
    (6) For each continuous moisture sensor: A RATA, directly comparing 
the percent moisture measured by the monitor sensor to a reference 
method.
    (7) For a continuous moisture monitoring system consisting of a 
temperature sensor and a data acquisition and handling system (DAHS) 
software component programmed with a moisture lookup table:
    (i) A demonstration that the correct moisture value for each hour is 
being taken from the moisture lookup tables and applied to the emission 
calculations. At a minimum, the demonstration shall be made at three 
different temperatures covering the normal range of stack temperatures 
from low to high.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (8) The owner or operator shall ensure that initial certification or 
recertification of a continuous opacity monitor for use under the Acid 
Rain Program is conducted according to one of the following procedures:
    (i) Performance of the tests for initial certification or 
recertification, according to the requirements of Performance 
Specification 1 in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter; or
    (ii) A continuous opacity monitoring system tested and certified 
previously under State or other Federal requirements to meet the 
requirements of Performance Specification 1 shall be deemed certified 
for the purposes of this part.
    (9) For the automated data acquisition and handling system, tests 
designed to verify:
    (i) Proper computation of hourly averages for pollutant 
concentrations, flow rate, pollutant emission rates, and pollutant mass 
emissions; and
    (ii) Proper computation and application of the missing data 
substitution procedures in subpart D of this part and the bias 
adjustment factors in section 7 of appendix A to this part.
    (10) The owner or operator shall provide adequate facilities for 
initial certification or recertification testing that include:
    (i) Sampling ports adequate for test methods applicable to such 
facility, such that:
    (A) Volumetric flow rate, pollutant concentration, and pollutant 
emission rates can be accurately determined by applicable test methods 
and procedures; and
    (B) A stack or duct free of cyclonic flow during performance tests 
is available, as demonstrated by applicable test methods and procedures.

[[Page 249]]

    (ii) Basic facilities (e.g., electricity) for sampling and testing 
equipment.
    (d) Initial certification and recertification and quality assurance 
procedures for optional backup continuous emission monitoring systems. 
(1) Redundant backups. The owner or operator of an optional redundant 
backup CEMS shall comply with all the requirements for initial 
certification and recertification according to the procedures specified 
in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section. The owner or operator 
shall operate the redundant backup CEMS during all periods of unit 
operation, except for periods of calibration, quality assurance, 
maintenance, or repair. The owner or operator shall perform upon the 
redundant backup CEMS all quality assurance and quality control 
procedures specified in appendix B to this part, except that the daily 
assessments in section 2.1 of appendix B to this part are optional for 
days on which the redundant backup CEMS is not used to report emission 
data under this part. For any day on which a redundant backup CEMS is 
used to report emission data, the system must meet all of the applicable 
daily assessment criteria in appendix B to this part.
    (2) Non-redundant backups. The owner or operator of an optional non-
redundant backup CEMS or like-kind replacement analyzer shall comply 
with all of the following requirements for initial certification, 
quality assurance, recertification, and data reporting:
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section, for a 
regular non-redundant backup CEMS (i.e., a non-redundant backup CEMS 
that has its own separate probe, sample interface, and analyzer), or a 
non-redundant backup flow monitor, all of the tests in paragraph (c) of 
this section are required for initial certification of the system, 
except for the 7-day calibration error test.
    (ii) For a like-kind replacement non-redundant backup analyzer 
(i.e., a non-redundant backup analyzer that uses the same probe and 
sample interface as a primary monitoring system), no initial 
certification of the analyzer is required. A non-redundant backup 
analyzer, connected to the same probe and interface as a primary CEMS in 
order to satisfy the dual span requirements of section 2.1.1.4 or 
2.1.2.4 of appendix A to this part, shall be treated in the same manner 
as a like-kind replacement analyzer.
    (iii) Each non-redundant backup CEMS or like-kind replacement 
analyzer shall comply with the daily and quarterly quality assurance and 
quality control requirements in appendix B to this part for each day and 
quarter that the non-redundant backup CEMS or like-kind replacement 
analyzer is used to report data, and shall meet the additional linearity 
and calibration error test requirements specified in this paragraph. The 
owner or operator shall ensure that each non-redundant backup CEMS or 
like-kind replacement analyzer passes a linearity check (for pollutant 
concentration and diluent gas monitors) or a calibration error test (for 
flow monitors) prior to each use for recording and reporting emissions. 
For a primary NOX-diluent or SO2-diluent CEMS 
consisting of the primary pollutant analyzer and a like-kind replacement 
diluent analyzer (or vice-versa), provided that the primary pollutant or 
diluent analyzer (as applicable) is operating and is not out-of-control 
with respect to any of its quality assurance requirements, only the 
like-kind replacement analyzer must pass a linearity check before the 
system is used for data reporting. When a non-redundant backup CEMS or 
like-kind replacement analyzer is brought into service, prior to 
conducting the linearity test, a probationary calibration error test (as 
described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section), which will begin a 
period of conditionally valid data, may be performed in order to allow 
the validation of data retrospectively, as follows. Conditionally valid 
data from the CEMS or like-kind replacement analyzer are validated back 
to the hour of completion of the probationary calibration error test if 
the following conditions are met: if no adjustments are made to the CEMS 
or like-kind replacement analyzer other than the allowable calibration 
adjustments specified in section 2.1.3 of appendix B to this part 
between the probationary calibration error test and the successful 
completion of the linearity test; and if the linearity test is

[[Page 250]]

passed within 168 unit (or stack) operating hours of the probationary 
calibration error test. However, if the linearity test is either failed, 
aborted due to a problem with the CEMS or like-kind replacement 
analyzer, or is not completed as required, then all of the conditionally 
valid data are invalidated back to the hour of the probationary 
calibration error test, and data from the non-redundant backup CEMS or 
from the primary monitoring system of which the like-kind replacement 
analyzer is a part remain invalid until the hour of completion of a 
successful linearity test.
    (iv) When data are reported from a non-redundant backup CEMS or 
like-kind replacement analyzer, the appropriate bias adjustment factor 
shall be determined as follows:
    (A) For a regular non-redundant backup CEMS, as described in 
paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, apply the bias adjustment factor 
from the most recent RATA of the non-redundant backup system (even if 
that RATA was done more than 12 months previously); or
    (B) When a like-kind replacement non-redundant backup analyzer is 
used as a component of a primary CEMS (as described in paragraph 
(d)(2)(ii) of this section), apply the primary monitoring system bias 
adjustment factor.
    (v) For each parameter monitored (i.e., SO2, 
CO2, NOX or flow rate) at each unit or stack, a 
regular non-redundant backup CEMS may not be used to report data at that 
affected unit or common stack for more than 720 hours in any one 
calendar year, unless the CEMS passes a RATA at that unit or stack. For 
each parameter monitored (SO2, CO2 or 
NOX) at each unit or stack, the use of a like-kind 
replacement non-redundant backup analyzer (or analyzers) is restricted 
to 720 cumulative hours per calendar year, unless the owner or operator 
redesignates the like-kind replacement analyzer(s) as component(s) of 
regular non-redundant backup CEMS and each redesignated CEMS passes a 
RATA at that unit or stack.
    (vi) For each regular non-redundant backup CEMS, no more than eight 
successive calendar quarters shall elapse following the quarter in which 
the last RATA of the CEMS was done at a particular unit or stack, 
without performing a subsequent RATA. Otherwise, the CEMS may not be 
used to report data from that unit or stack until the hour of completion 
of a passing RATA at that location.
    (vii) Each regular non-redundant backup CEMS shall be represented in 
the monitoring plan required under Sec. 75.53 as a separate monitoring 
system, with unique system and component identification numbers. When 
like-kind replacement non-redundant backup analyzers are used, the owner 
or operator shall represent each like-kind replacement analyzer used 
during a particular calendar quarter in the monitoring plan required 
under Sec. 75.53 as a component of a primary monitoring system. The 
owner or operator shall also assign a unique component identification 
number to each like-kind replacement analyzer and specify the 
manufacturer, model and serial number of the like-kind replacement 
analyzer. This information may be added, deleted or updated as 
necessary, from quarter to quarter. The owner or operator shall also 
report data from the like-kind replacement analyzer using the system 
identification number of the primary monitoring system and the assigned 
component identification number of the like-kind replacement analyzer. 
For the purposes of the electronic quarterly report required under 
Sec. 75.64, the owner or operator may manually enter the appropriate 
component identification number(s) of any like-kind replacement 
analyzer(s) used for data reporting during the quarter.
    (viii) When reporting data from a certified regular non-redundant 
backup CEMS, use a method of determination (MODC) code of ``02.'' When 
reporting data from a like-kind replacement non-redundant backup 
analyzer, use a MODC of ``17'' (see Table 4a under Sec. 75.57). For the 
purposes of the electronic quarterly report required under Sec. 75.64, 
the owner or operator may manually enter the required MODC of ``17'' for 
a like-kind replacement analyzer.
    (3) Reference method backups. A monitoring system that is operated 
as a reference method backup system pursuant to the reference method 
requirements

[[Page 251]]

of methods 2, 6C, 7E, or 3A in appendix A of part 60 of this chapter 
need not perform and pass the certification tests required by paragraph 
(c) of this section prior to its use pursuant to this paragraph.
    (e) Certification/recertification procedures for either peaking unit 
or by-pass stack/duct continuous emission monitoring systems. The owner 
or operator of either a peaking unit or by-pass stack/duct continuous 
emission monitoring system shall comply with all the requirements for 
certification or recertification according to the procedures specified 
in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, except as follows: the 
owner or operator need only perform one nine-run relative accuracy test 
audit for certification or recertification of a flow monitor installed 
on the by-pass stack/duct or on the stack/duct used only by affected 
peaking unit(s). The relative accuracy test audit shall be performed 
during normal operation of the peaking unit(s) or the by-pass stack/
duct.
    (f) Certification/recertification procedures for alternative 
monitoring systems. The designated representative representing the owner 
or operator of each alternative monitoring system approved by the 
Administrator as equivalent to or better than a continuous emission 
monitoring system according to the criteria in subpart E of this part 
shall apply for certification to the Administrator prior to use of the 
system under the Acid Rain Program, and shall apply for recertification 
to the Administrator following a replacement, modification, or change 
according to the procedures in paragraph (c) of this section. The owner 
or operator of an alternative monitoring system shall comply with the 
notification and application requirements for certification or 
recertification according to the procedures specified in paragraphs (a) 
and (b) of this section.
    (1) The Administrator will publish each request for initial 
certification of an alternative monitoring system in the Federal 
Register and, following a public comment period of 60 days, will issue a 
notice of approval or disapproval.
    (2) No alternative monitoring system shall be authorized by the 
Administrator in a permit issued pursuant to part 72 of this chapter 
unless approved by the Administrator in accordance with this part.
    (g) Initial certification and recertification procedures for 
excepted monitoring systems under appendices D and E. The owner or 
operator of a gas-fired unit, oil-fired unit, or diesel-fired unit using 
the optional protocol under appendix D or E to this part shall ensure 
that an excepted monitoring system under appendix D or E to this part 
meets the applicable general operating requirements of Sec. 75.10, the 
applicable requirements of appendices D and E to this part, and the 
initial certification or recertification requirements of this paragraph.
    (1) Initial certification and recertification testing. The owner or 
operator shall use the following procedures for initial certification 
and recertification of an excepted monitoring system under appendix D or 
E to this part.
    (i) When the optional SO2 mass emissions estimation 
procedure in appendix D to this part or the optional NOX 
emissions estimation protocol in appendix E to this part is used, the 
owner or operator shall provide data from a flowmeter accuracy test (or 
shall provide a statement of calibration if the flowmeter meets the 
accuracy standard by design) for each fuel flowmeter, according to 
section 2.1.5.1 of appendix D to this part.
    (ii) For the automated data acquisition and handling system used 
under either the optional SO2 mass emissions estimation 
procedure in appendix D of this part or the optional NOX 
emissions estimation protocol in appendix E of this part, the owner or 
operator shall perform tests designed to verify:
    (A) The proper computation of hourly averages for pollutant 
concentrations, fuel flow rates, emission rates, heat input, and 
pollutant mass emissions; and
    (B) Proper computation and application of the missing data 
substitution procedures in appendix D or E of this part.
    (iii) When the optional NOX emissions protocol in 
appendix E is used, the owner or operator shall complete all initial 
performance testing under section 2.1 of appendix E.

[[Page 252]]

    (2) Initial certification and recertification testing notification. 
The designated representative shall provide initial certification 
testing notification and routine periodic retesting notification for an 
excepted monitoring system under appendix E to this part as specified in 
Sec. 75.61. The designated representative shall also submit 
recertification testing notification, as specified in Sec. 75.61, for 
quality assurance related NOX emission rate re-testing under 
section 2.3 of appendix E to this part for an excepted monitoring system 
under appendix E to this part. Initial certification testing 
notification or periodic retesting notification is not required for 
testing of a fuel flowmeter or for testing of an excepted monitoring 
system under appendix D to this part.
    (3) Monitoring plan. The designated representative shall submit an 
initial monitoring plan in accordance with Sec. 75.62(a).
    (4) Initial certification or recertification application. The 
designated representative shall submit an initial certification or 
recertification application in accordance with Secs. 75.60 and 75.63.
    (5) Provisional approval of initial certification and 
recertification applications. Upon the successful completion of the 
required initial certification or recertification procedures for each 
excepted monitoring system under appendix D or E to this part, each 
excepted monitoring system under appendix D or E to this part shall be 
deemed provisionally certified for use under the Acid Rain Program 
during the period for the Administrator's review. The provisions for the 
initial certification or recertification application formal approval 
process in paragraph (a)(4) of this section shall apply, except that the 
term ``excepted monitoring system'' shall apply rather than ``continuous 
emission or opacity monitoring system'' and except that the procedures 
for loss of certification in paragraph (g)(7) of this section shall 
apply rather than the procedures for loss of certification in either 
paragraph (a)(5) or (b)(5) of this section. Data measured and recorded 
by a provisionally certified excepted monitoring system under appendix D 
or E to this part will be considered quality assured data from the date 
and time of completion of the last initial certification or 
recertification test, provided that the Administrator does not revoke 
the provisional certification or recertification by issuing a notice of 
disapproval in accordance with the provisions in paragraph (a)(4) or 
(b)(5) of this section.
    (6) Recertification requirements. Recertification of an excepted 
monitoring system under appendix D or E to this part is required for any 
modification to the system or change in operation that could 
significantly affect the ability of the system to accurately account for 
emissions and for which the Administrator determines that an accuracy 
test of the fuel flowmeter or a retest under appendix E to this part to 
re-establish the NOX correlation curve is required. Examples 
of such changes or modifications include fuel flowmeter replacement, 
changes in unit configuration, or exceedance of operating parameters.
    (7) Procedures for loss of certification or recertification for 
excepted monitoring systems under appendices D and E to this part. In 
the event that a certification or recertification application is 
disapproved for an excepted monitoring system, data from the monitoring 
system are invalidated, and the applicable missing data procedures in 
section 2.4 of appendix D or section 2.5 of appendix E to this part 
shall be used from the date and hour of receipt of such notice back to 
the hour of the provisional certification. Data from the excepted 
monitoring system remain invalid until all required tests are repeated 
and the excepted monitoring system is again provisionally certified. The 
owner or operator shall repeat all certification or recertification 
tests or other requirements, as indicated in the Administrator's notice 
of disapproval, no later than 30 unit operating days after the date of 
issuance of the notice of disapproval. The designated representative 
shall submit a notification of the certification or recertification 
retest dates if required under paragraph (g)(2) of this section and 
shall submit a new certification or recertification application 
according to the procedures in paragraph (g)(4) of this section.

[[Page 253]]

    (h) Initial certification and recertification procedures for low 
mass emission units using the excepted methodologies under Sec. 75.19. 
The owner or operator of a gas-fired or oil-fired unit using the low 
mass emissions excepted methodology under Sec. 75.19 shall meet the 
applicable general operating requirements of Sec. 75.10, the applicable 
requirements of Sec. 75.19, and the applicable certification 
requirements of this paragraph.
    (1) Monitoring plan. The designated representative shall submit a 
monitoring plan in accordance with Secs. 75.53 and 75.62. The designated 
representative for an owner or operator who wishes to use fuel-and unit-
specific NOX emission rate testing for units with 
NOX controls under Sec. 75.19(c)(1)(iv) must submit in the 
monitoring plan the parameters monitored which will be used to determine 
operation of the NOX emission controls. For units using water 
or steam injection to control NOX, the water-to-fuel or 
steam-to-fuel range of values must be documented.
    (2) Certification application. The designated representative shall 
submit a certification application in accordance with 
Sec. 75.63(a)(1)(iii).
    (3) Approval of certification applications. The provisions for the 
certification application formal approval process in the introductory 
text of paragraph (a)(4) and in paragraphs (a)(4)(i), (ii), and (iv) of 
this section shall apply, except that ``continuous emission or opacity 
monitoring system'' shall be replaced with ``excepted methodology.'' The 
excepted methodology shall be deemed provisionally certified for use 
under the Acid Rain Program, as of the following dates:
    (i) For a unit that commenced operation on or before January 1, 
1997, from January 1 of the year following submission of the 
certification application until the completion of the period for the 
Administrator's review; or
    (ii) For a unit that commenced operation after January 1, 1997, from 
the date of submission of a certification application for approval to 
use the low mass emissions excepted methodology under Sec. 75.19 until 
the completion of the period for the Administrator's review, except that 
the methodology may be used retrospectively until the date and hour that 
the unit commenced operation for purposes of demonstrating that the unit 
qualified to use the methodology under Sec. 75.19(b)(4)(iii).
    (4) Disapproval of certification applications. If the Administrator 
determines that the certification application does not demonstrate that 
the unit meets the requirements of Secs. 75.19(a) and (b), the 
Administrator shall issue a written notice of disapproval of the 
certification application within 120 days of receipt. By issuing the 
notice of disapproval, the provisional certification is invalidated by 
the Administrator, and the data recorded under the excepted methodology 
shall not be considered valid. The owner or operator shall follow the 
procedures for loss of certification:
    (i) The owner or operator shall substitute the following values, as 
applicable, for each hour of unit operation during the period of invalid 
data specified in paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section or in 
Secs. 75.21(e) (introductory paragraph) and 75.21(e)(1): the maximum 
potential concentration of SO2, as defined in section 2.1.1.1 
of appendix A to this part to report SO2 concentration; the 
maximum potential NOX emission rate, as defined in Sec. 72.2 
of this chapter to report NOX emission rate; the maximum 
potential flow rate, as defined in section 2.1 of appendix A to this 
part to report volumetric flow; or the maximum CO2 
concentration used to determine the maximum potential concentration of 
SO2 in section 2.1.1.1 of appendix A to this part to report 
CO2 concentration data. For a unit subject to a State or 
federal NOX mass reduction program where the owner or 
operator intends to monitor NOX mass emissions with a 
NOX pollutant concentration monitor and a flow monitoring 
system, substitute for NOX concentration using the maximum 
potential concentration of NOX, as defined in section 2.1.2.1 
of appendix A to this part, and substitute for volumetric flow using the 
maximum potential flow rate, as defined in section 2.1 of appendix A to 
this part. The owner or operator shall substitute these values until 
such time, date, and hour as a continuous emission monitoring system or 
excepted monitoring system, where applicable, is installed and 
provisionally certified;

[[Page 254]]

    (ii) The designated representative shall submit a notification of 
certification test dates, as specified in Sec. 75.61(a)(1)(ii), and a 
new certification application according to the procedures in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section; and
    (iii) The owner or operator shall install and provisionally certify 
continuous emission monitoring systems or excepted monitoring systems, 
where applicable, two calendar quarters from the end of the quarter in 
which the unit no longer qualifies as a low mass emissions unit.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26524, May 17, 1995; 60 
FR 40296, Aug. 8, 1995; 61 FR 59158, Nov. 20, 1996; 63 FR 57506, Oct. 
27, 1998; 64 FR 28592, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.21  Quality assurance and quality control requirements.

    (a) Continuous emission monitoring systems. The owner or operator of 
an affected unit shall operate, calibrate and maintain each continuous 
emission monitoring system used to report emission data under the Acid 
Rain Program as follows:
    (1) The owner or operator shall operate, calibrate and maintain each 
primary and redundant backup continuous emission monitoring system 
according to the quality assurance and quality control procedures in 
appendix B of this part.
    (2) The owner or operator shall ensure that each non-redundant 
backup CEMS meets the quality assurance requirements of Sec. 75.20(d) 
for each day and quarter that the system is used to report data.
    (3) The owner or operator shall perform quality assurance upon a 
reference method backup monitoring system according to the requirements 
of method 2, 6C, 7E, or 3A in appendix A of part 60 of this chapter 
(supplemented, as necessary, by guidance from the Administrator), 
instead of the procedures specified in appendix B of this part.
    (4) The owner or operator of a unit with an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system is not required to perform the 
daily or quarterly assessments of the SO2 monitoring system 
under appendix B to this part on any day or in any calendar quarter in 
which only gaseous fuel is combusted in the unit if, during those days 
and calendar quarters, SO2 emissions are determined in 
accordance with Sec. 75.11(e)(1) or (e)(2). However, such assessments 
are permissible, and if any daily calibration error test or linearity 
test of the SO2 monitoring system is failed while the unit is 
combusting only gaseous fuel, the SO2 monitoring system shall 
be considered out-of-control. The length of the out-of-control period 
shall be determined in accordance with the applicable procedures in 
section 2.1.4 or 2.2.3 of appendix B to this part.
    (5) For a unit with an SO2 continuous monitoring system, 
in which gaseous fuel that is very low sulfur fuel (as defined in 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) is sometimes burned as a primary or backup 
fuel and in which higher-sulfur fuel(s) such as oil or coal are, at 
other times, burned as primary or backup fuel(s), the owner shall 
perform the relative accuracy test audits of the SO2 
monitoring system (as required by section 6.5 of appendix A to this part 
and section 2.3.1 of appendix B to this part) only when the higher-
sulfur fuel is combusted in the unit and shall not perform 
SO2 relative accuracy test audits when the very low sulfur 
gaseous fuel is the only fuel being combusted.
    (6) If the designated representative certifies that a unit with an 
SO2 monitoring system burns only very low sulfur fuel (as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter), the SO2 monitoring 
system is exempted from the relative accuracy test audit requirements in 
appendices A and B to this part.
    (7) If the designated representative certifies that a particular 
unit with an SO2 monitoring system combusts primarily fuel(s) 
that are very low sulfur fuel(s) (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this 
chapter), and combusts higher sulfur fuel (s) only as emergency backup 
fuel(s) or for short-term testing, the SO2 monitoring system 
shall be exempted from the RATA requirements of appendices A and B to 
this part in any calendar year that the unit combusts the higher-sulfur 
fuel(s) for no more than 480 hours. If, in a particular calendar year, 
the higher-sulfur fuel usage exceeds 480 hours, the owner or operator 
shall perform a RATA of the SO2 monitor (while

[[Page 255]]

combusting the higher-sulfur fuel) either by the end of the calendar 
quarter in which the exceedance occurs or by the end of a 720 unit (or 
stack) operating hour grace period (under section 2.3.3 of appendix B to 
this part) following the quarter in which the exceedance occurs.
    (8) On and after April 1, 2000, the quality assurance provisions of 
Secs. 75.11(e)(3)(i) through 75.11(e)(3)(iv) shall apply to all units 
with SO2 monitoring systems during hours in which only very 
low sulfur fuel (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) is combusted 
in the unit.
    (9) Provided that a unit with an SO2 monitoring system is 
not exempted under paragraphs (a)(6) or (a)(7) of this section from the 
SO2 RATA requirements of this part, any calendar quarter 
during which a unit combusts only very low sulfur fuel (as defined in 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) shall be excluded in determining the quarter 
in which the next relative accuracy test audit must be performed for the 
SO2 monitoring system. However, no more than eight successive 
calendar quarters shall elapse after a relative accuracy test audit of 
an SO2 monitoring system, without a subsequent relative 
accuracy test audit having been performed. The owner or operator shall 
ensure that a relative accuracy test audit is performed, in accordance 
with paragraph (a)(5) of this section, either by the end of the eighth 
successive elapsed calendar quarter since the last RATA or by the end of 
a 720 unit (or stack) operating hour grace period, as provided in 
section 2.3.3 of appendix B to this part.
    (10) The owner or operator who, in accordance with Sec. 75.11(e)(1), 
uses a certified flow monitor and a certified diluent monitor and 
Equation F-23 in appendix F to this part to calculate SO2 
emissions during hours in which a unit combusts only natural gas or 
pipeline natural gas (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) shall 
meet all quality control and quality assurance requirements in appendix 
B to this part for the flow monitor and the diluent monitor.
    (b) Continuous opacity monitoring systems. The owner or operator of 
an affected unit shall operate, calibrate, and maintain each continuous 
opacity monitoring system used under the Acid Rain Program according to 
the procedures specified for State Implementation Plans, pursuant to 
part 51, appendix M of this chapter.
    (c) Calibration gases. The owner or operator shall ensure that all 
calibration gases used to quality assure the operation of the 
instrumentation required by this part shall meet the definition in 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter.
    (d) Notification for periodic relative accuracy test audits. The 
owner or operator or the designated representative shall submit a 
written notice of the dates of relative accuracy testing as specified in 
Sec. 75.61.
    (e) Consequences of audits. The owner or operator shall invalidate 
data from a continuous emission monitoring system or continuous opacity 
monitoring system upon failure of an audit under appendix B to this part 
or any other audit, beginning with the unit operating hour of completion 
of a failed audit as determined by the Administrator. The owner or 
operator shall not use invalidated data for reporting either emissions 
or heat input, nor for calculating monitor data availability.
    (1) Audit decertification. Whenever both an audit of a continuous 
emission or opacity monitoring system (or component thereof, including 
the data acquisition and handling system), of any excepted monitoring 
system under appendix D or E to this part, or of any alternative 
monitoring system under subpart E of this part, and a review of the 
initial certification application or of a recertification application, 
reveal that any system or component should not have been certified or 
recertified because it did not meet a particular performance 
specification or other requirement of this part, both at the time of the 
initial certification or recertification application submission and at 
the time of the audit, the Administrator will issue a notice of 
disapproval of the certification status of such system or component. For 
the purposes of this paragraph, an audit shall be either a field audit 
of the facility or an audit of any information submitted to EPA or the 
State agency regarding the facility. By issuing the notice of 
disapproval, the certification status is revoked prospectively by the 
Administrator. The data measured and

[[Page 256]]

recorded by each system shall not be considered valid quality-assured 
data from the date of issuance of the notification of the revoked 
certification status until the date and time that the owner or operator 
completes subsequently approved initial certification or recertification 
tests. The owner or operator shall follow the procedures in 
Sec. 75.20(a)(5) for initial certification or Sec. 75.20(b)(5) for 
recertification to replace, prospectively, all of the invalid, non-
quality-assured data for each disapproved system.
    (2) Out-of-control period. Whenever a continuous emission monitoring 
system or continuous opacity monitoring system fails a quality assurance 
audit or any another audit, the system is out-of-control. The owner or 
operator shall follow the procedures for out-of-control periods in 
Sec. 75.24.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26527, 26566, May 17, 
1995; 61 FR 25582, May 22, 1996; 61 FR 59159, Nov. 20, 1996; 64 FR 
28599, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.22  Reference test methods.

    (a) The owner or operator shall use the following methods included 
in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter to conduct monitoring system 
tests for certification or recertification of continuous emission 
monitoring systems and excepted monitoring systems under appendix E of 
this part and quality assurance and quality control procedures. Unless 
otherwise specified in this part, use only codified versions of Methods 
3A, 4, 6C and 7E revised as of July 1, 1995 or July 1, 1996 or July 1, 
1997.
    (1) Methods 1 or 1A are the reference methods for selection of 
sampling site and sample traverses.
    (2) Method 2 or its allowable alternatives, as provided in appendix 
A to part 60 of this chapter, except for Methods 2B and 2E, are the 
reference methods for determination of volumetric flow.
    (3) Methods 3, 3A, or 3B are the reference methods for the 
determination of the dry molecular weight O2 and 
CO2 concentrations in the emissions.
    (4) Method 4 (either the standard procedure described in section 2 
of the method or the moisture approximation procedure described in 
section 3 of the method) shall be used to correct pollutant 
concentrations from a dry basis to a wet basis (or from a wet basis to a 
dry basis) and shall be used when relative accuracy test audits of 
continuous moisture monitoring systems are conducted. For the purpose of 
determining the stack gas molecular weight, however, the alternative 
techniques for approximating the stack gas moisture content described in 
section 1.2 of Method 4 may be used in lieu of the procedures in 
sections 2 and 3 of the method.
    (5) Methods 6, 6A, 6B or 6C, and 7, 7A, 7C, 7D or 7E, as applicable, 
are the reference methods for determining SO2 and 
NOX pollutant concentrations. (Methods 6A and 6B may also be 
used to determine SO2 emission rate in lb/mmBtu. Methods 7, 
7A, 7C, 7D, or 7E must be used to measure total NOX 
emissions, both NO and NO2, for purposes of this part. The 
owner or operator shall not use the exception in section 5.1.2 of method 
7E.)
    (6) Method 20 is the reference method for determining NOX 
and diluent emissions from stationary gas turbines for testing under 
appendix E of this part.
    (b) The owner or operator may use the following methods in appendix 
A of part 60 of this chapter as a reference method backup monitoring 
system to provide quality-assured monitor data:
    (1) Method 3A for determining O2 or CO2 
concentration;
    (2) Method 6C for determining SO2 concentration;
    (3) Method 7E for determining total NOX concentration 
(both NO and NO2); and
    (4) Method 2, or its allowable alternatives, as provided in appendix 
A to part 60 of this chapter, except for Methods 2B and 2E, for 
determining volumetric flow. The sample point(s) for reference methods 
shall be located according to the provisions of section 6.5.5 of 
appendix A to this part.
    (c)(1) Instrumental EPA Reference Methods 3A, 6C, 7E, and 20 shall 
be conducted using calibration gases as defined in section 5 of appendix 
A to this part. Otherwise, performance tests shall be conducted and data 
reduced in accordance with the test methods and procedures of this part 
unless the Administrator:

[[Page 257]]

    (i) Specifies or approves, in specific cases, the use of a reference 
method with minor changes in methodology;
    (ii) Approves the use of an equivalent method; or
    (iii) Approves shorter sampling times and smaller sample volumes 
when necessitated by process variables or other factors.
    (2) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to abrogate the 
Administrator's authority to require testing under Section 114 of the 
Act.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26528, May 17, 1995; 64 
FR 28600, May 26, 1999 ]



Sec. 75.23  Alternatives to standards incorporated by reference.

    (a) The designated representative of a unit may petition the 
Administrator for an alternative to any standard incorporated by 
reference and prescribed in this part in accordance with Sec. 75.66(c).
    (b) [Reserved]

[60 FR 26528, May 17, 1995]



Sec. 75.24  Out-of-control periods and adjustment for system bias.

    (a) If an out-of-control period occurs to a monitor or continuous 
emission monitoring system, the owner or operator shall take corrective 
action and repeat the tests applicable to the ``out-of-control 
parameter'' as described in appendix B of this part.
    (1) For daily calibration error tests, an out-of-control period 
occurs when the calibration error of a pollutant concentration monitor 
exceeds 5.0 percent based upon the span value, the calibration error of 
a diluent gas monitor exceeds 1.0 percent O2 or 
CO2, or the calibration error of a flow monitor exceeds 6.0 
percent based upon the span value, which is twice the applicable 
specification in appendix A to this part.
    (2) For quarterly linearity checks, an out-of-control period occurs 
when the error in linearity at any of three gas concentrations (low, 
mid-range, and high) exceeds the applicable specification in appendix A 
to this part.
    (3) For relative accuracy test audits, an out-of-control period 
occurs when the relative accuracy exceeds the applicable specification 
in appendix A to this part.
    (b) When a monitor or continuous emission monitoring system is out-
of-control, any data recorded by the monitor or monitoring system are 
not quality-assured and shall not be used in calculating monitor data 
availabilities pursuant to Sec. 75.32 of this part.
    (c) When a monitor or continuous emission monitoring system is out-
of-control, the owner or operator shall take one of the following 
actions until the monitor or monitoring system has successfully met the 
relevant criteria in appendices A and B of this part as demonstrated by 
subsequent tests:
    (1) Apply the procedures for missing data substitution to emissions 
from affected unit(s); or
    (2) Use a certified backup or certified portable monitor or 
monitoring system or a reference method for measuring and recording 
emissions from the affected unit(s); or
    (3) Adjust the gas discharge paths from the affected unit(s) with 
emissions normally observed by the out-of-control monitor or monitoring 
system so that all exhaust gases are monitored by a certified monitor or 
monitoring system meeting the requirements of appendices A and B of this 
part.
    (d) When the bias test indicates that an SO2 monitor, a 
flow monitor, a NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring 
system or a NOX concentration monitoring system used to 
determine NOX mass emissions, as defined in Sec. 75.71(a)(2), 
is biased low (i.e., the arithmetic mean of the differences between the 
reference method value and the monitor or monitoring system measurements 
in a relative accuracy test audit exceed the bias statistic in section 7 
of appendix A to this part), the owner or operator shall adjust the 
monitor or continuous emission monitoring system to eliminate the cause 
of bias such that it passes the bias test or calculate and use the bias 
adjustment factor as specified in section 2.3.4 of appendix B to this 
part.
    (e) The owner or operator shall determine if a continuous opacity 
monitoring system is out-of-control and shall take appropriate 
corrective actions according to the procedures specified for State 
Implementation Plans,

[[Page 258]]

pursuant to appendix M of part 51 of this chapter. The owner or operator 
shall comply with the monitor data availability requirements of the 
State. If the State has no monitor data availability requirements for 
continuous opacity monitoring systems, then the owner or operator shall 
comply with the monitor data availability requirements as stated in the 
data capture provisions of appendix M, part 51 of this chapter.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26528, May 17, 1995; 64 
FR 28600, May 26, 1999]



             Subpart D--Missing Data Substitution Procedures



Sec. 75.30  General provisions.

    (a) Except as provided in Sec. 75.34, the owner or operator shall 
provide substitute data for each affected unit using a continuous 
emission monitoring system according to the missing data procedures in 
this subpart whenever the unit combusts any fuel and:
    (1) A valid, quality-assured hour of SO2 concentration 
data (in ppm) has not been measured and recorded for an affected unit by 
a certified SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, or by an 
approved alternative monitoring method under subpart E of this part, 
except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section; or
    (2) A valid, quality-assured hour of flow data (in scfh) has not 
been measured and recorded for an affected unit from a certified flow 
monitor, or by an approved alternative monitoring system under subpart E 
of this part; or
    (3) A valid, quality-assured hour of NOX emission rate 
data (in lb/mmBtu) has not been measured or recorded for an affected 
unit, either by a certified NOX-diluent continuous emission 
monitoring system or by an approved alternative monitoring system under 
subpart E of this part; or
    (4) A valid, quality-assured hour of CO2 concentration 
data (in percent CO2, or percent O2 converted to 
percent CO2 using the procedures in appendix F to this part) 
has not been measured and recorded for an affected unit, either by a 
certified CO2 continuous emission monitoring system or by an 
approved alternative monitoring method under subpart E of this part; or
    (5) A valid, quality-assured hour of NOX concentration 
data (in ppm) has not been measured or recorded for an affected unit, 
either by a certified NOX concentration monitoring system 
used to determine NOX mass emissions, as defined in 
Sec. 75.71(a)(2), or by an approved alternative monitoring system under 
subpart E of this part; or
    (6) A valid, quality-assured hour of CO2 or O2 
concentration data (in percent CO2, or percent O2) 
used for the determination of heat input has not been measured and 
recorded for an affected unit, either by a certified CO2 or 
O2 diluent monitor, or by an approved alternative monitoring 
method under subpart E of this part.
    (b) However, the owner or operator shall have no need to provide 
substitute data according to the missing data procedures in this subpart 
if the owner or operator uses SO2, CO2, 
NOX, or O2 concentration, flow rate, or 
NOX emission rate data recorded from either a certified 
redundant or regular non-redundant backup CEMS, a like-kind replacement 
non-redundant backup analyzer, or a backup reference method monitoring 
system when the certified primary monitor is not operating or is out-of-
control. A redundant or non-redundant backup continuous emission 
monitoring system must have been certified according to the procedures 
in Sec. 75.20 prior to the missing data period. Non-redundant backup 
continuous emission monitoring system must pass a linearity check (for 
pollutant concentration monitors) or a calibration error test (for flow 
monitors) prior to each period of use of the certified backup monitor 
for recording and reporting emissions. Use of a certified backup 
monitoring system or backup reference method monitoring system is 
optional and at the discretion of the owner or operator.
    (c) When the certified primary monitor is not operating or out-of-
control, then data recorded for an affected unit from a certified backup 
continuous emission monitor or backup reference method monitoring system 
are used, as if such data were from the certified primary monitor, to 
calculate monitor

[[Page 259]]

data availability in Sec. 75.32, and to provide the quality-assured data 
used in the missing data procedures in Secs. 75.31 and 75.33, such as 
the ``hour after'' value.
    (d) The owner or operator shall comply with the applicable 
provisions of this paragraph during hours in which a unit with an 
SO2 continuous emission monitoring system combusts only 
gaseous fuel.
    (1) Whenever a unit with an SO2 CEMS combusts only 
natural gas or pipeline natural gas (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this 
chapter) and the owner or operator is using the procedures in section 7 
of appendix F to this part to determine SO2 mass emissions 
pursuant to Sec. 75.11(e)(1), the owner or operator shall, for purposes 
of reporting heat input data under Sec. 75.54(b)(5) or Sec. 75.57(b)(5), 
as applicable, and for the calculation of SO2 mass emissions 
using Equation F-23 in section 7 of appendix F to this part, substitute 
for missing data from a flow monitoring system, CO2 diluent 
monitor or O2 diluent monitor using the missing data 
substitution procedures in Sec. 75.36.
    (2) Whenever a unit with an SO2 CEMS combusts gaseous 
fuel and the owner or operator uses the gas sampling and analysis and 
fuel flow procedures in appendix D to this part to determine 
SO2 mass emissions pursuant to Sec. 75.11(e)(2), the owner or 
operator shall substitute for missing total sulfur content, gross 
calorific value, and fuel flowmeter data using the missing data 
procedures in appendix D to this part and shall also, for purposes of 
reporting heat input data under Sec. 75.54(b)(5) or Sec. 75.57(b)(5), as 
applicable, substitute for missing data from a flow monitoring system, 
CO2 diluent monitor, or O2 diluent monitor using 
the missing data substitution procedures in Sec. 75.36.
    (3) The owner or operator of a unit with an SO2 
monitoring system shall not include hours when the unit combusts only 
gaseous fuel in the SO2 data availability calculations in 
Sec. 75.32 or in the calculations of substitute SO2 data 
using the procedures of either Sec. 75.31 or Sec. 75.33, for hours when 
SO2 emissions are determined in accordance with 
Sec. 75.11(e)(1) or (e)(2). For the purpose of the missing data and 
availability procedures for SO2 pollutant concentration 
monitors in Secs. 75.31 and 75.33 only, all hours during which the unit 
combusts only gaseous fuel shall be excluded from the definition of 
``monitor operating hour,'' ``quality assured monitor operating hour,'' 
``unit operating hour,'' and ``unit operating day,'' when SO2 
emissions are determined in accordance with Sec. 75.11(e)(1) or (e)(2).
    (4) During all hours in which a unit with an SO2 
continuous emission monitoring system combusts only gaseous fuel and the 
owner or operator uses the SO2 monitoring system to determine 
SO2 mass emissions pursuant to Sec. 75.11(e)(3), the owner or 
operator shall determine the percent monitor data availability for 
SO2 in accordance with Sec. 75.32 and shall use the standard 
SO2 missing data procedures of Sec. 75.33.

[60 FR 26528, 26566, May 17, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 59160, Nov. 20, 
1996; 64 FR 28600, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.31  Initial missing data procedures.

    (a) During the first 720 quality-assured monitor operating hours 
following initial certification (i.e., the date and time at which 
quality assured data begins to be recorded by the CEMS) of an 
SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, or a CO2 
pollutant concentration monitor (or an O2 monitor used to 
determine CO2 concentration in accordance with appendix F to 
this part), or an O2 or CO2 diluent monitor used 
to calculate heat input or a moisture monitoring system, and during the 
first 2,160 quality-assured monitor operating hours following initial 
certification of a flow monitor, or a NOX-diluent monitoring 
system, or a NOX concentration monitoring system used to 
determine NOX mass emissions, the owner or operator shall 
provide substitute data required under this subpart according to the 
procedures in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. The owner or 
operator of a unit shall use these procedures for no longer than three 
years (26,280 clock hours) following initial certification.
    (b) SO2, CO2, or O2 concentration 
data and moisture data. For each hour of missing SO2 or 
CO2 pollutant concentration data (including CO2 
data converted from O2 data using the procedures in appendix 
F of this part), or

[[Page 260]]

missing O2 or CO2 diluent concentration data used 
to calculate heat input, or missing moisture data, the owner or operator 
shall calculate the substitute data as follows:
    (1) Whenever prior quality-assured data exist, the owner or operator 
shall substitute, by means of the data acquisition and handling system, 
for each hour of missing data, the average of the hourly SO2, 
CO2 or O2 concentrations or moisture percentages 
recorded by a certified monitor for the unit operating hour immediately 
before and the unit operating hour immediately after the missing data 
period.
    (2) Whenever no prior quality assured SO2, CO2 
or O2 concentration data or moisture data exist, the owner or 
operator shall substitute, as applicable, for each hour of missing data, 
the maximum potential SO2 concentration or the maximum 
potential CO2 concentration or the minimum potential 
O2 concentration or (unless Equation 19-3, 19-4 or 19-8 in 
Method 19 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter is used to determine 
NOX emission rate) the minimum potential moisture percentage, 
as specified, respectively, in sections 2.1.1.1, 2.1.3.1, 2.1.3.2 and 
2.1.5 of appendix A to this part. If Equation 19-3, 19-4 or 19-8 in 
Method 19 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter is used to determine 
NOX emission rate, substitute the maximum potential moisture 
percentage, as specified in section 2.1.6 of appendix A to this part.
    (c) Volumetric flow and NOX emission rate or 
NOX concentration data. For each hour of missing volumetric 
flow rate data, NOX emission rate data or NOX 
concentration data used to determine NOX mass emissions:
    (1) Whenever prior quality-assured data exist in the load range 
corresponding to the operating load at the time the missing data period 
occurred, the owner or operator shall substitute, by means of the 
automated data acquisition and handling system, for each hour of missing 
data, the average hourly flow rate or NOX emission rate or 
NOX concentration recorded by a certified monitoring system. 
The average flow rate (or NOX emission rate or NOX 
concentration) shall be the arithmetic average of all data in the 
corresponding load range as determined using the procedure in appendix C 
to this part.
    (2) Whenever no prior quality-assured flow or NOX 
emission rate or NOX concentration data exist for the 
corresponding load range, the owner or operator shall substitute, for 
each hour of missing data, the average hourly flow rate or the average 
hourly NOX emission rate or NOX concentration at 
the next higher level load range for which quality-assured data are 
available.
    (3) Whenever no prior quality assured flow rate or NOX 
emission rate or NOX concentration data exist for the 
corresponding load range, or any higher load range, the owner or 
operator shall, as applicable, substitute, for each hour of missing 
data, the maximum potential flow rate as specified in section 2.1.4.1 of 
appendix A to this part or shall substitute the maximum potential 
NOX emission rate or the maximum potential NOX 
concentration, as specified in section 2.1.2.1 of appendix A to this 
part.

[64 FR 28601, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.32  Determination of monitor data availability for standard missing data procedures.

    (a) Following initial certification (i.e., the date and time at 
which quality assured data begins to be recorded by the CEMS), upon 
completion of: the first 720 quality-assured monitor operating hours of 
an SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, or a CO2 
pollutant concentration monitor (or O2 monitor used to 
determine CO2 concentration), or an O2 or 
CO2 diluent monitor used to calculate heat input or a 
moisture monitoring system; or the first 2,160 quality-assured monitor 
operating hours of a flow monitor or a NOX-diluent monitoring 
system or a NOX concentration monitoring system, the owner or 
operator shall calculate and record, by means of the automated data 
acquisition and handling system, the percent monitor data availability 
for the SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, the 
CO2 pollutant concentration monitor, the O2 or 
CO2 diluent monitor used to calculate heat input, the 
moisture monitoring system, the flow monitor, the NOX-diluent 
monitoring system and the NOX concentration monitoring system 
as follows:

[[Page 261]]

    (1) Prior to completion of 8,760 unit operating hours following 
initial certification, the owner or operator shall, for the purpose of 
applying the standard missing data procedures of Sec. 75.33, use 
equation 8 to calculate, hourly, percent monitor data availability.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC13NO91.041

    (2) Upon completion of 8,760 unit operating hours following initial 
certification (or, for a unit with less than 8,760 unit operating hours 
three years (26,280 clock hours) after initial certification, upon 
completion of three years (26,280 clock hours) following initial 
certification) and thereafter, the owner or operator shall, for the 
purpose of applying the standard missing data procedures of Sec. 75.33, 
use equation 9 to calculate, hourly, percent monitor data availability.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC13NO91.042

    (3) The owner or operator shall include all unit operating hours, 
and all monitor operating hours for which quality-assured data were 
recorded by a certified primary monitor; a certified redundant or non-
redundant backup monitor or a reference method for that unit; or by an 
approved alternative monitoring system under subpart E of this part when 
calculating percent monitor data availability using equation 8 or 9. No 
hours from more than three years (26,280 clock hours) earlier shall be 
used in equation 9. The owner or operator of a unit with an 
SO2 monitoring system shall, when SO2 emissions 
are determined in accordance with Sec. 75.11(e)(1) or (e)(2), exclude 
hours in which a unit combusts only gaseous fuel from calculations of 
percent monitor data availability for SO2 pollutant 
concentration monitors, as provided in Sec. 75.30(d).
    (b) The monitor data availability need not be calculated during the 
missing data period. The owner or operator shall record the percent 
monitor data availability for the last hour of each missing data period 
as the monitor availability used to implement the missing data 
substitution procedures.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26529, 26567, May 17, 
1995; 61 FR 59160, Nov. 20, 1996; 64 FR 28602, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.33  Standard missing data procedures for SO2, NOX and flow rate.

    (a) Following initial certification (i.e., the date and time at 
which quality assured data begins to be recorded by the CEMS) and upon 
completion of the first 720 quality-assured monitor operating hours of 
the SO2 pollutant concentration monitor or the first 2,160 
quality assured monitor operating hours of the flow monitor, 
NOX-diluent monitoring system or NOX concentration 
monitoring system used to determine NOX mass emissions, the 
owner or operator shall provide substitute data required under this 
subpart according to the procedures in paragraphs (b) and

[[Page 262]]

(c) of this section and depicted in Table 1 (SO2) and Table 2 
of this section (NOX, flow). The owner or operator of a unit 
shall substitute for missing data using only quality-assured monitor 
operating hours of data from the three years (26,280 clock hours) prior 
to the date and time of the missing data period.

[[Page 263]]



 Table 1--Missing Data Procedure for SO2 CEMS, CO2 CEMS, Moisture CEMS and Diluent (CO2 or O2) Monitors for Heat
                                               Input Determination
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Trigger conditions                                      Calculation routines
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Monitor data availability     Duration (N) of CEMS outage
           (percent)                     (hours) \2\                       Method               Lookback  period
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
95 or more....................  N  24              Average........................  HB/HA.
                                N > 24                        For SO2, CO2 and H2O**, the      .................
                                                               greater of:                     HB/HA.
                                                                Average......................  720 hours.*
                                                                90th percentile..............
                                ............................  For O2, and H2OX, the lesser     .................
                                                               of:                             HB/HA.
                                                                Average......................  720 hours.*
                                                                10th percentile..............
90 or more, but below 95......  N  8               Average........................  HB/HA.
                                N > 8                         For SO2, CO2 and H2O**, the      .................
                                                               greater of:                     HB/HA.
                                                                Average......................  720 hours.*
                                                                95th percentile..............
                                ............................  For O2, and H2OX, the lesser     .................
                                                               of:                             HB/HA.
                                                                Average......................  720 hours.*
                                                                5th percentile...............
80 or more, but below 90......  N > 0                         For SO2, CO2 and H2O**:........  .................
                                                                Maximum value \1\............  720 hours.*
                                ............................  For O2, and H2OX:                .................
                                                                Minimum value................  720 hours.*
Below 80......................  N > 0                         Maximum potential concentration
                                                               or % (for SO2, CO2 and H2O**)
                                                               or
                                ............................  Minimum potential concentration  None.
                                                               or % (for O2, and H2OX).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HB/HA = hour before and hour after the CEMS outage.
* = Quality-assured, monitor operating hours, during unit operation.
\1\ Where unit with add-on emission controls can demonstrate that the controls are operating properly, as
  provided in Sec.  75.34, the unit may, upon approval, use the maximum controlled emission rate from the
  previous 720 operating hours.
\2\ During unit operating hours.
X Use this algorithm for moisture except when Equation 19-3, 19-4 or 19-8 in Method 19 in appendix A to part 60
  of this chapter is used for NOX emission rate.
** Use this algorithm for moisture only when Equation 19-3, 19-4 or 19-8 in Method 19 in appendix A to part 60
  of this chapter is used for NOX emission rate.


                            Table 2.--Missing Data Procedure for NOX-Diluent CEMS, NOX Concentration CEMS and Flow Rate CEMS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Trigger conditions                                                          Calculation routines
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Monitor data availability         Duration (N) of CEMS outage
             (percent)                          (hours) 2                            Method                      Lookback period          Load  ranges
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
95 or more........................  N  24................  Average.............................  2160 hours*..............  Yes.
                                    N > 24..........................  The greater of:                                                  .................
                                                                        Average...........................  HB/HA....................  No.
                                                                        90th percentile...................  2160 hours*..............  Yes.
90 or more, but below 95..........  N  8.................  Average.............................  2160 hours*..............  Yes.
                                    N > 8...........................  The greater of:                                                  .................

[[Page 264]]

 
                                                                        Average...........................  HB/HA....................  No.
                                                                        95th percentile...................  2160 hours*..............  Yes.
80 or more, but below 90..........  N > 0...........................  Maximum value 1.....................  2160 hours*..............  Yes.
Below 80..........................  N > 0...........................  Maximum NOX emission rate; or         None.....................  No.
                                                                       maximum potential NOX
                                                                       concentration; or maximum potential
                                                                       flow rate.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HB/HA=hour before and hour after the CEMS outage.
*=Quality-assured, monitor operating hours, in the corresponding load range (``load bin'') for each hour of the missing data period.
\1\ Where unit with add-on emission controls can demonstrate that the controls are operating properly, as provided in Sec.  75.34, the unit may, upon
  approval, use the maximum controlled emission rate from the previous 720 operating hours.
\2\ During unit operating hours.


[[Page 265]]

    (b) SO2 concentration data. For each hour of missing 
SO2 concentration data,
    (1) Whenever the monitor data availability is equal to or greater 
than 95.0 percent, the owner or operator shall calculate substitute data 
by means of the automated data acquisition and handling system for each 
hour of each missing data period according to the following procedures:
    (i) For a missing data period less than or equal to 24 hours, 
substitute the average of the hourly SO2 concentrations 
recorded by an SO2 pollutant concentration monitor for the 
hour before and the hour after the missing data period.
    (ii) For a missing data period greater than 24 hours, substitute the 
greater of:
    (A) The 90th percentile hourly SO2 concentration recorded 
by an SO2 pollutant concentration monitor during the previous 
720 quality-assured monitor operating hours; or
    (B) The average of the hourly SO2 concentrations recorded 
by an SO2 pollutant concentration monitor for the hour before 
and the hour after the missing data period.
    (2) Whenever the monitor data availability is at least 90.0 percent 
but less than 95.0 percent, the owner or operator shall calculate 
substitute data by means of the automated data acquisition and handling 
system for each hour of each missing data period according to the 
following procedures:
    (i) For a missing data period of less than or equal to 8 hours, 
substitute the average of the hourly SO2 concentrations 
recorded by an SO2 pollutant concentration monitor for the 
hour before and the hour after the missing data period.
    (ii) For a missing data period of more than 8 hours, substitute the 
greater of:
    (A) the 95th percentile hourly SO2 concentration recorded 
by an SO2 pollutant concentration monitor during the previous 
720 quality-assured monitor operating hours; or
    (B) The average of the hourly SO2 concentrations recorded 
by an SO2 pollutant concentration monitor for the hour before 
and the hour after the missing data period.
    (3) Whenever the monitor data availability is at least 80.0 percent 
but less than 90.0 percent, the owner or operator shall substitute for 
each missing data period the maximum hourly SO2 concentration 
recorded by an SO2 pollutant concentration monitor during the 
previous 720 quality-assured monitor operating hours.
    (4) Whenever the monitor data availability is less than 80.0 
percent, the owner or operator shall substitute for each missing data 
period the maximum potential SO2 concentration, as defined in 
section 2.1.1.1 of appendix A to this part.
    (c) Volumetric flow rate, NOX emission rate and 
NOX concentration data. For each hour of missing volumetric 
flow rate data, NOX emission rate data, or NOX 
concentration data used to determine NOX mass emissions:
    (1) Whenever the monitor or continuous emission monitoring system 
data availability is equal to or greater than 95.0 percent, the owner or 
operator shall calculate substitute data by means of the automated data 
acquisition and handling system for each hour of each missing data 
period according to the following procedures:
    (i) For a missing data period less than or equal to 24 hours, 
substitute, as applicable, for each missing hour, the arithmetic average 
of the flow rates or NOX emission rates or NOX 
concentrations recorded by a monitoring system during the previous 2,160 
quality assured monitor operating hours at the corresponding unit load 
range, as determined using the procedure in appendix C to this part.
    (ii) For a missing data period greater than 24 hours, substitute, as 
applicable, for each missing hour, the greater of:
    (A) The 90th percentile hourly flow rate or the 90th percentile 
NOX emission rate or the 90th percentile NOX 
concentration recorded by a monitoring system during the previous 2,160 
quality-assured monitor operating hours at the corresponding unit load 
range, as determined using the procedure in appendix C to this part; or
    (B) The average of the recorded hourly flow rates, NOX 
emission rates or NOX concentrations recorded by a monitoring 
system for the hour before and the hour after the missing data period.

[[Page 266]]

    (2) Whenever the monitor or continuous emission monitoring system 
data availability is at least 90.0 percent but less than 95.0 percent, 
the owner or operator shall calculate substitute data by means of the 
automated data acquisition and handling system for each hour of each 
missing data period according to the following procedures:
    (i) For a missing data period of less than or equal to 8 hours, 
substitute, as applicable, the arithmetic average hourly flow rate or 
NOX emission rate or NOX concentration recorded by 
a monitoring system during the previous 2,160 quality-assured monitor 
operating hours at the corresponding unit load range, as determined 
using the procedure in appendix C to this part.
    (ii) For a missing data period greater than 8 hours, substitute, as 
applicable, for each missing hour, the greater of:
    (A) The 95th percentile hourly flow rate or the 95th percentile 
NOX emission rate or the 95th percentile NOX 
concentration recorded by a monitoring system during the previous 2,160 
quality-assured monitor operating hours at the corresponding unit load 
range, as determined using the procedure in appendix C to this part; or
    (B) The average of the hourly flow rates, NOX emission 
rates or NOX concentrations recorded by a monitoring system 
for the hour before and the hour after the missing data period.
    (3) Whenever the monitor data availability is at least 80.0 percent 
but less than 90.0 percent, the owner or operator shall, by means of the 
automated data acquisition and handling system, substitute, as 
applicable, for each hour of each missing data period, the maximum 
hourly flow rate or the maximum hourly NOX emission rate or 
the maximum hourly NOX concentration recorded during the 
previous 2,160 quality-assured monitor operating hours at the 
corresponding unit load range, as determined using the procedure in 
section 2 of appendix C to this part.
    (4) Whenever the monitor data availability is less than 80.0 
percent, the owner or operator shall substitute, as applicable, for each 
hour of each missing data period, the maximum potential flow rate, as 
defined in section 2.1.4.1 of appendix A to this part, or the maximum 
NOX emission rate, as defined in section 2.1.2.1 of appendix 
A to this part, or the maximum potential NOX concentration, 
as defined in section 2.1.2.1 of appendix A to this part.
    (5) Whenever no prior quality-assured flow rate data, NOX 
concentration data or NOX emission rate data exist for the 
corresponding load range, the owner or operator shall substitute, as 
applicable, for each hour of missing data, the maximum hourly flow rate 
or the maximum hourly NOX concentration or maximum hourly 
NOX emission rate at the next higher level load range for 
which quality-assured data are available.
    (6) Whenever no prior quality-assured flow rate data, NOX 
concentration data or NOX emission rate data exist for either 
the corresponding load range or a higher load range, the owner or 
operator shall substitute, as applicable, either the maximum potential 
NOX emission rate or the maximum potential NOX 
concentration, as defined in section 2.1.2.1 of appendix A to this part 
or the maximum potential flow rate, as defined in section 2.1.4.1 of 
appendix A to this part.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26529, May 17, 1995; 61 
FR 25582, May 22, 1996; 64 FR 28602, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.34  Units with add-on emission controls.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected unit equipped with add-on 
SO2 and/or NOX emission controls shall use one of 
the following options for each hour in which quality-assured data from 
the outlet SO2 and/or NOX monitoring system(s) are 
not obtained:
    (1) The owner or operator may use the missing data substitution 
procedures as specified for all affected units in Secs. 75.31 through 
75.33 to substitute data for each hour in which the add-on emission 
controls are operating within the proper parametric ranges specified in 
the quality assurance/quality control program for the unit, required by 
section 1 in appendix B of this part. The designated representative 
shall document in the quality assurance/ quality control program the 
ranges of the add-on emission control operating

[[Page 267]]

parameters that indicate proper operation of the controls. The owner or 
operator shall, for each missing data period, record data to verify the 
proper operation of the SO2 or NOX add-on emission 
controls during each hour, as described in paragraph (d) of this 
section. In addition, under Sec. 75.64(c), the designated representative 
shall submit a certified verification of the proper operation of the 
SO2 or NOX add-on emission control for each 
missing data period at the end of each quarter.
    (2) The designated representative may petition the Administrator 
under Sec. 75.66 to replace the maximum recorded value in the last 720 
quality-assured monitor operating hours with a value corresponding to 
the maximum controlled emission rate (an emission rate recorded when the 
add-on emission controls were operating) recorded during the last 720 
quality-assured monitor operating hours. For such a petition, the 
designated representative must demonstrate that the following conditions 
are met: the monitor data availability, calculated in accordance with 
Sec. 75.32, for the affected unit is below 90.0 percent and parametric 
data establish that the add-on emission controls were operating properly 
(i.e., within the range of operating parameters provided in the quality 
assurance/ quality control program) during the time period under 
petition.
    (3) The designated representative may petition the Administrator 
under Sec. 75.66 for approval of site-specific parametric monitoring 
procedure(s) for calculating substitute data for missing SO2 
pollutant concentration, NOX pollutant concentration, and 
NOX emission rate data in accordance with the requirements of 
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section and appendix C to this part. The 
owner or operator shall record the data required in appendix C to this 
part, pursuant to Sec. 75.55(b) or Sec. 75.58(b), as applicable.
    (b) For an affected unit equipped with add-on SO2 
emission controls, the designated representative may petition the 
Administrator to approve a parametric monitoring procedure, as described 
in appendix C of this part, for calculating substitute SO2 
concentration data for missing data periods. The owner or operator shall 
use the procedures in Secs. 75.31, 75.33, or 75.34(a) for providing 
substitute data for missing SO2 concentration data unless a 
parametric monitoring procedure has been approved by the Administrator.
    (1) Where the monitor data availability is 90.0 percent or more for 
an outlet SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, the owner or 
operator may calculate substitute data using an approved parametric 
monitoring procedure.
    (2) Where the monitor data availability for an outlet SO2 
pollutant concentration monitor is less than 90.0 percent, the owner or 
operator shall calculate substitute data using the procedures in 
Sec. 75.34(a) (1) or (2), even if the Administrator has approved a 
parametric monitoring procedure.
    (c) For an affected unit with NOX add-on emission 
controls, the designated representative may petition the Administrator 
to approve a parametric monitoring procedure, as described in appendix C 
of this part, in order to calculate substitute NOX emission 
rate data for missing data periods. The owner or operator shall use the 
procedures in Sec. 75.31 or 75.33 for providing substitute data for 
missing NOX2 emission rate data prior to receiving the 
Administrator's approval for a parametric monitoring procedure.
    (1) Where monitor data availability for a NOX continuous 
emission monitoring system is 90.0 percent or more, the owner or 
operator may calculate substitute data using an approved parametric 
monitoring procedure.
    (2) Where monitor data availability for a NOX continuous 
emission monitoring system is less than 90.0 percent, the owner or 
operator shall calculate substitute data using the procedure in 
Sec. 75.34(a) (1) or (2), even if the Administrator has approved a 
parametric monitoring procedure.
    (d) The owner or operator shall keep records of information as 
described in subpart F of this part to verify the proper operation of 
the SO2 or NOX emission controls during all 
periods of SO2 or NOX emission missing data. The 
owner or operator shall provide these records to the Administrator or to 
the EPA Regional Office upon request. Whenever such data are not 
provided or such data do not demonstrate that

[[Page 268]]

proper operation of the SO2 or NOX add-on emission 
controls has been maintained in accordance with the range of add-on 
emission control operating parameters reported in the quality assurance/
quality control program for the unit, the owner or operator shall 
substitute the maximum potential NOX emission rate, as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, to report the NOX 
emission rate, and either the maximum hourly SO2 
concentration recorded by the inlet monitor during the previous 720 
quality-assured monitor operating hours, if available, or the maximum 
potential concentration for SO2, as defined by section 
2.1.1.1. of appendix A of this part, to report SO2 
concentration for each hour of missing data until information 
demonstrating proper operation of the SO2 or NOX 
emission controls is available.

[60 FR 26567, May 17, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 59160, Nov. 20, 1996; 64 
FR 28604, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.35  Missing data procedures for CO2 data.

    (a) On and after April 1, 2000, the owner or operator of a unit with 
a CO2 continuous emission monitoring system for determining 
CO2 mass emissions in accordance with Sec. 75.10 (or an 
O2 monitor that is used to determine CO2 
concentration in accordance with appendix F to this part) shall 
substitute for missing CO2 pollutant concentration data using 
the procedures of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section. The procedures 
of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section shall also be used on and 
after April 1, 2000 to provide substitute CO2 data for heat 
input determination. Prior to April 1, 2000, the owner or operator shall 
substitute for missing CO2 data using either the procedures 
of paragraphs (b) and (c), or paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section.
    (b) During the first 720 quality assured monitor operating hours 
following initial certification (i.e., the date and time at which 
quality assured data begins to be recorded by the CEMS), of the 
CO2 continuous emission monitoring system, or (for a 
previously certified CO2 monitoring system) during the 720 
quality assured monitor operating hours preceding implementation of the 
standard missing data procedures in paragraph (d) of this section, the 
owner or operator shall provide substitute CO2 pollutant 
concentration data or substitute CO2 data for heat input 
determination, as applicable, according to the procedures in 
Sec. 75.31(b).
    (c) Upon completion of the first 720 quality-assured monitor 
operating hours following initial certification of the CO2 
continuous emission monitoring system, the owner or operator shall 
provide substitute data for CO2 concentration or 
CO2 mass emissions required under this subpart according to 
the procedures in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), or (c)(3) of this section, 
including CO2 data calculated from O2 measurements 
using the procedures in appendix F of this part.
    (1) Whenever a quality-assured monitoring operating hour of 
CO2 concentration data has not been obtained and recorded for 
a period less than or equal to 72 hours or for a missing data period 
where the percent monitor data availability for the CO2 
continuous emission monitoring system as of the last unit operating hour 
of the previous calendar quarter was greater than or equal to 90.0 
percent, then the owner or operator shall substitute the average of the 
recorded CO2 concentration for the hour before and the hour 
after the missing data period for each hour in each missing data period.
    (2) Whenever no quality-assured CO2 concentration data 
are available for a period of 72 consecutive unit operating hours or 
more, the owner or operator shall begin substituting CO2 mass 
emissions calculated using the procedures in appendix G of this part 
beginning with the seventy-third hour of the missing data period until 
quality-assured CO2 concentration data are again available. 
The owner or operator shall use the CO2 concentration from 
the hour before the missing data period to substitute for hours 1 
through 72 of the missing data period.
    (3) Whenever no quality-assured CO2 concentration data 
are available for a period where the percent monitor data availability 
for the CO2 continuous emission monitoring system as of the 
last unit operating hour of the previous calendar quarter was less than 
90.0 percent, the owner or operator shall substitute CO2 mass 
emissions calculated

[[Page 269]]

using the procedures in appendix G of this part for each hour of the 
missing data period until quality-assured CO2 concentration 
data are again available.
    (d) Upon completion of 720 quality assured monitor operating hours 
using the initial missing data procedures of Sec. 75.31(b), the owner or 
operator shall provide substitute data for CO2 concentration 
data or substitute CO2 data for heat input determination, as 
applicable, in accordance with the procedures in Sec. 75.33(b), except 
that the term``CO2 concentration'' shall apply rather than 
``SO2 concentration'' and the term ``CO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor'' or ``COE2 diluent monitor'' shall 
apply rather than ``SO2 pollutant concentration monitor.''

[60 FR 26529, May 17, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 28604, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.36  Missing data procedures for heat input determinations.

    (a) When hourly heat input is determined using a flow monitoring 
system and a diluent gas (O2 or CO2) monitor, 
substitute data must be provided to calculate the heat input whenever 
quality assured data are unavailable from the flow monitor, the diluent 
gas monitor, or both. When flow rate data are unavailable, substitute 
flow rate data for the heat input calculation shall be provided 
according to Sec. 75.31 or Sec. 75.33, as applicable. On and after April 
1, 2000, when diluent gas data are unavailable, the owner or operator 
shall provide substitute O2 or CO2 data for the 
heat input calculations in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (d) of 
this section. Prior to April 1, 2000, the owner or operator shall 
substitute for missing CO2 or O2 concentration 
data in accordance with either paragraphs (c) and (d) or paragraphs (b) 
and (d) of this section.
    (b) During the first 720 quality assured monitor operating hours 
following initial certification (i.e., the date and time at which 
quality assured data begins to be recorded by the CEMS), or (for a 
previously certified CO2 or O2 monitor) during the 
720 quality assured monitor operating hours preceding implementation of 
the standard missing data procedures in paragraph (d) of this section, 
the owner or operator shall provide substitute CO2 or 
O2 data, as applicable, for the calculation of heat input 
(under section 5.2 of appendix F to this part) according to 
Sec. 75.31(b).
    (c) Upon completion of the first 720 quality-assured monitor 
operating hours following initial certification of the CO2 
(or O2) pollutant concentration monitor, the owner or operator shall 
provide substitute data for CO2 or O2 
concentration to calculate heat input or shall substitute heat input 
determined under appendix F of this part according to the procedures in 
paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), or (c)(3) of this section. Upon completion of 
2,160 quality-assured monitor operating hours following initial 
certification of the flow monitor, the owner or operator shall provide 
substitute data for volumetric flow according to the procedures in 
Sec. 75.33 in order to calculate heat input, unless required to 
determine heat input using the fuel sampling procedures in appendix F of 
this part under paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this section.
    (1) Whenever a quality-assured monitor operating hour of 
CO2 or O2 concentration data has not been obtained 
and recorded for a period less than or equal to 72 hours or for a 
missing data period where the percent monitor data availability for the 
CO2 or O2 pollutant concentration monitor as of 
the last unit operating hour of the previous calendar quarter was 
greater than or equal to 90.0 percent, the owner or operator shall 
substitute the average of the recorded CO2 or O2 
concentration for the hour before and the hour after the missing data 
period for each hour in each missing data period to calculate heat 
input.
    (2) Whenever a quality-assured monitor operating hour of 
CO2 or O2 concentration data has not been obtained 
and recorded for a period of 72 consecutive unit operating hours or 
more, the owner or operator shall begin substituting heat input 
calculated using the procedures in section 5.5 of appendix F of this 
part beginning with the seventy-third hour of the missing data period 
until quality-assured CO2 or O2 concentration data 
are again available. The owner or operator shall use the CO2 
or O2 concentration from the hour

[[Page 270]]

before the missing data period to substitute for hours 1 through 72 of 
the missing data period.
    (3) Whenever no quality-assured CO2 or O2 
concentration data are available for a period where the percent monitor 
data availability for the CO2 continuous emission monitoring 
system (or O2 diluent monitor) as of the last unit operating 
hour of the previous calendar quarter was less than 90.0 percent, the 
owner or operator shall substitute heat input calculated using the 
procedures in section 5.5 of appendix F of this part for each hour of 
the missing data period until quality-assured CO2 or 
O2 concentration data are again available.
    (d) Upon completion of 720 quality-assured monitor operating hours 
using the initial missing data procedures of Sec. 75.31(b), the owner or 
operator shall provide substitute data for CO2 or 
O2 concentration to calculate heat input, as follows. 
Substitute CO2 data for heat input determinations shall be 
provided according to Sec. 75.35(d). Substitute O2 data for 
the heat input determinations shall be provided in accordance with the 
procedures in Sec. 75.33(b), except that the term ``O2 
concentration'' shall apply rather than the term ``SO2 
concentration'' and the term ``O2 diluent monitor'' shall 
apply rather than the term ``SO2 pollutant concentration 
monitor.'' In addition, the term ``substitute the lesser of'' shall 
apply rather than ``substitute the greater of;'' the terms ``minimum 
hourly O2 concentration'' and ``minimum potential 
O2 concentration, as determined under section 2.1.3.2 of 
appendix A to this part'' shall apply rather than, respectively, the 
terms ``maximum hourly SO2 concentration'' and ``maximum 
potential SO2 concentration, as determined under section 
2.1.1.1 of appendix A to this part;'' and the terms ``10th percentile'' 
and ``5th percentile'' shall apply rather than, respectively, the terms 
``90th percentile'' and ``95th percentile'' (see Table 1 of Sec. 75.33).

[60 FR 26530, May 17, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 28604, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.37  Missing data procedures for moisture.

    (a) On and after April 1, 2000, the owner or operator of a unit with 
a continuous moisture monitoring system shall substitute for missing 
moisture data using the procedures of this section. Prior to April 1, 
2000, the owner or operator may substitute for missing moisture data 
using the procedures of this section.
    (b) Where no prior quality assured moisture data exist, substitute 
the minimum potential moisture percentage, from section 2.1.5 of 
appendix A to this part, except when Equation 19-3, 19-4 or 19-8 in 
Method 19 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter is used to determine 
NOX emission rate. If Equation 19-3, 19-4 or 19-8 in Method 
19 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter is used to determine 
NOX emission rate, substitute the maximum potential moisture 
percentage, as specified in section 2.1.6 of appendix A to this part.
    (c) During the first 720 quality assured monitor operating hours 
following initial certification (i.e., the date and time at which 
quality assured data begins to be recorded by the moisture monitoring 
system), the owner or operator shall provide substitute data for 
moisture according to Sec. 75.31(b).
    (d) Upon completion of the first 720 quality-assured monitor 
operating hours following initial certification of the moisture 
monitoring system, the owner or operator shall provide substitute data 
for moisture as follows:
    (1) Unless Equation 19-3, 19-4 or 19-8 in Method 19 in appendix A to 
part 60 of this chapter is used to determine NOX emission 
rate, follow the missing data procedures in Sec. 75.33(b), except that 
the term ``moisture percentage'' shall apply rather than 
``SO2 concentration;'' the term ``moisture monitoring 
system'' shall apply rather than the term ``SO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor;'' the term ``substitute the lesser of'' shall 
apply rather than ``substitute the greater of;'' the terms ``minimum 
hourly moisture percentage'' and ``minimum potential moisture 
percentage, as determined under section 2.1.5 of appendix A to this 
part'' shall apply rather than, respectively, the terms ``maximum hourly 
SO2 concentration'' and ``maximum potential SO2 
concentration, as determined under section 2.1.1.1 of appendix A to this 
part;'' and the terms ``10th percentile'' and ``5th percentile'' shall 
apply rather than, respectively, the

[[Page 271]]

terms ``90th percentile'' and ``95th percentile'' (see Table 1 of 
Sec. 75.33).
    (2) When Equation 19-3, 19-4 or 19-8 in Method 19 in appendix A to 
part 60 of this chapter is used to determine NOX emission 
rate:
    (i) Provided that none of the following equations is used to 
determine SO2 emissions, CO2 emissions or heat 
input: Equation F-2, F-14b, F-16, F-17, or F-18 in appendix F to this 
part, or Equation 19-5 or 19-9 in Method 19 in appendix A to part 60 of 
this chapter, use the missing data procedures in Sec. 75.33(b), except 
that the term ``moisture percentage'' shall apply rather than 
``SO2 concentration'' and the term ``moisture monitoring 
system'' shall apply rather than ``SO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor;'' or
    (ii) If any of the following equations is used to determine 
SO2 emissions, CO2 emissions or heat input: 
Equation F-2, F-14b, F-16, F-17, or F-18 in appendix F to this part, or 
Equation 19-5 or 19-9 in Method 19 in appendix A to part 60 of this 
chapter, the owner or operator shall petition the Administrator under 
Sec. 75.66(l) for permission to use an alternative moisture missing data 
procedure.

[64 FR 28604, May 26, 1999]



                Subpart E--Alternative Monitoring Systems



Sec. 75.40  General demonstration requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected unit, or the owner or 
operator of an affected unit and representing a class of affected units 
which meet the criteria specified in Sec. 75.47, required to install a 
continuous emission monitoring system may apply to the Administrator for 
approval of an alternative monitoring system (or system component) to 
determine average hourly emission data for SO2, 
NOx, and/or volumetric flow by demonstrating that the 
alternative monitoring system has the same or better precision, 
reliability, accessibility, and timeliness as that provided by the 
continuous emission monitoring system.
    (b) The requirements of this subpart shall be met by the alternative 
monitoring system when compared to a contemporaneously operating, fully 
certified continuous emission monitoring system or a contemporaneously 
operating reference method, where the appropriate reference methods are 
listed in Sec. 75.22.



Sec. 75.41  Precision criteria.

    (a) Data collection and analysis. To demonstrate precision equal to 
or better than the continuous emission monitoring system, the owner or 
operator shall conduct an F-test, a correlation analysis, and a t-test 
for bias as described in this section. The t-test shall be performed 
only on sample data at the normal operating level and primary fuel 
supply, whereas the F-test and the correlation analysis must be 
performed on each of the data sets required under paragraphs (a)(4) and 
(a)(5) of this section. The owner or operator shall collect and analyze 
data according to the following requirements:
    (1) Data from the alternative monitoring system and the continuous 
emission monitoring system shall be collected and paired in a manner 
that ensures each pair of values applies to hourly average emissions 
during the same hour.
    (2) An alternative monitoring system that directly measures 
emissions shall have probes or other measuring devices in locations that 
are in proximity to the continuous emission monitoring system and shall 
provide data on the same parameters as those measured by the continuous 
emission monitoring system. Data from the alternative monitoring system 
shall meet the statistical tests for precision in paragraph (c) of this 
section and the t-test for bias in appendix A of this part.
    (3) An alternative monitoring system that indirectly quantifies 
emission values by measuring inputs, operating characteristics, or 
outputs and then applying a regression or another quantitative technique 
to estimate emissions, shall meet the statistical tests for precision in 
paragraph (c) of this section and the t-test for bias in appendix A of 
this part.
    (4) For flow monitor alternatives, the alternative monitoring system 
must provide sample data for each of three different exhaust gas 
velocities while the unit or units, if more than one unit

[[Page 272]]

exhausts into the stack or duct, is burning its primary fuel at:
    (i) A frequently used low operating level, selected within the range 
between the minimum safe and stable operating level and 50 percent of 
the maximum operating level,
    (ii) A frequently used high operating level, selected within the 
range between 80 percent of the maximum operating level and the maximum 
operating level, and
    (iii) The normal operating level, or an evenly spaced intermediary 
level between low and high levels used if the normal operating level is 
within a specified range (10.0 percent of the maximum operating level), 
of either paragraphs (a)(4) (i) or (ii) of this section.
    (5) For pollutant concentration monitor alternatives, the 
alternative monitoring system shall provide sample data for the primary 
fuel supply and for all alternative fuel supplies that have 
significantly different sulfur content.
    (6) For the normal unit operating level and primary fuel supply, 
paired hourly sample data shall be provided for at least 90.0 percent of 
the hours during 720 unit operating hours. For each of the remaining two 
operating levels for flow monitor alternatives, and for each alternative 
fuel supply for pollutant concentration monitor alternatives, paired 
hourly sample data shall be provided for at least 24 successive unit 
operating hours.
    (7) The owner or operator shall not use missing data substitution 
procedures to provide sample data.
    (8) If the collected data meet the requirements of the F-test, the 
correlation test, and the t-test at one or more, but not all, of the 
operating levels or fuel supplies, the owner or operator may elect to 
continue collecting the paired data for up to 1,440 additional operating 
hours and repeat the statistical tests using the data for the entire 30- 
to 90-day period.
    (9) The owner or operator shall provide two separate time series 
data plots for the data at each operating level or fuel supply described 
in paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this section. Each data plot shall 
have a horizontal axis that represents the clock hour and calendar date 
of the readings and shall contain a separate data point for every hour 
for the duration of the performance evaluation. The data plots shall 
show the following:
    (i) Percentage difference versus time where the vertical axis 
represents the percentage difference between each paired hourly reading 
generated by the continuous emission monitoring system (or reference 
method) and the alternative emission monitoring system as calculated 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.156


(Eq. 10)

where,

 e = Percentage difference between the readings generated by 
the alternative monitoring system and the continuous emission monitoring 
system.
ep = Measured value from the alternative monitoring system.
ev = Measured value from the continuous emission monitoring 
system.

    (ii) Alternative monitoring system readings and continuous emission 
monitoring system (or reference method) readings versus time where the 
vertical axis represents hourly pollutant concentrations or volumetric 
flow, as appropriate, and two different symbols are used to represent 
the readings from the alternative monitoring system and the continuous 
emission monitoring system (or reference method), respectively.
    (b) Data screening and calculation adjustments. In preparation for 
conducting the statistical tests described in paragraph (c) of this 
section, the owner or operator may screen the data for lognormality and 
time dependency autocorrelation. If either is detected, the owner or 
operator shall make the following calculation adjustments:

    (1) Lognormality. The owner or operator shall conduct any screening 
and adjustment for lognormality according to the following procedures.

    (i) Apply the log transformation to each measured value of either 
the certified continuous emissions monitoring system or certified flow 
monitor, using the following equation:


[[Page 273]]


lv=ln ev


(Eq. 11)

where,

ev = Hourly value generated by the certified continuous 
emissions monitoring system or certified flow monitoring system
lv = Hourly lognormalized data values for the certified 
monitoring system

    and to each measured value, ep, of the proposed 
alternative monitoring system, using the following equation to obtain 
the lognormalized data values, lp:

lp=ln ep


(Eq. 12)

where,

ep = Hourly value generated by the proposed alternative 
monitoring system.
lp = Hourly lognormalized data values for the proposed 
alternative monitoring system.

    (ii) Separately test each set of transformed data, lv and 
lp, for normality, using the following:
    (A) Shapiro-Wilk test;
    (B) Histogram of the transformed data; and
    (C) Quantile-Quantile plot of the transformed data.
    (iii) The transformed data in a data set will be considered normally 
distributed if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
    (A) The Shapiro-Wilk test statistic, W, is greater than or equal to 
0.75 or is not statistically significant at =0.05.
    (B) The histogram of the data is unimodal and symmetric.
    (C) The Quantile-Quantile plot is a diagonal straight line.
    (iv) If both of the transformed data sets, lv and 
lp, meet the conditions for normality, specified in 
paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) (A) through (C) of this section, the owner or 
operator may use the transformed data, lv and lp, 
in place of the original measured data values in the statistical tests 
for alternative monitoring systems as described in paragraph (c) of this 
section and in appendix A of this part.
    (v) If the transformed data are used in the statistical tests in 
paragraph (c) of this section and in appendix A of this part, the owner 
or operator shall provide the following:
    (A) Copy of the original measured values and the corresponding 
transformed data in printed and electronic format.
    (B) Printed copy of the test results and plots described in 
paragraphs (b)(1) (i) through (iii) of this section.
    (2) Time dependency (autocorrelation). The screening and adjustment 
for time dependency are conducted according to the following procedures:
    (i) Calculate the degree of autocorrelation of the data on their 
LAG1 values, where the degree of autocorrelation is represented by the 
Pearson autocorrelation coefficient, , computed from an AR(1) 
autoregression model, such that:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.101


(Eq. 13)

where,

x'i = The original data value at hour i.
x"i = The LAG1 data value at hour i.
COV(x'i, x"i) = The autocovariance of x'i 
and defined by,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.102


(Eq. 14)

where,

n = The total number of observations in which both the original value, 
x'i, and the lagged value, x"i, are available in 
the data set.
s'x i = The standard deviation of the original data 
values, x'i defined by,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.103


(Eq. 15)

where,

s"x i = The standard deviation of the LAG1 data values, 
x"i, defined by
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.104


[[Page 274]]



(Eq. 16)

where,

x' = The mean of the original data values, x'i defined by
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.105


(Eq. 17)

where,

x" = The mean of the LAG1 data values, x"i, defined by
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.106


(Eq. 18)


where,

    (ii) The data in a data set will be considered autocorrelated if the 
autocorrelation coefficient, , is significant at the 5 percent 
significance level. To determine if this condition is satisfied, 
calculate Z using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.107


(Eq. 19)

If Z > 1.96, then the autocorrelation coefficient, , is 
    significant at the 5 percent significance level (a = 0.05).

    (iii) If the data in a data set satisfy the conditions for 
autocorrelation, specified in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, the 
variance of the data, S2, may be adjusted using the following 
equation:

S2adj = VIF  x  S2

(Eq. 20)

where,

S2 = The original, unadjusted variance of the data set.
VIF = The variance inflation factor, defined by
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.108


(Eq. 21)

S2adj = The autocorrelation-adjusted variance for the data 
set.

    (iv) The procedures described in paragraphs (b)(2)(i)-(iii) of this 
section may be separately applied to the following data sets in order to 
derive distinct autocorrelation coefficients and variance inflation 
factors for each data set:
    (A) The set of measured hourly values, ev, generated by 
the certified continuous emissions monitoring system or certified flow 
monitoring system.
    (B) The set of hourly values, ep, generated by the 
proposed alternative monitoring system,
    (C) The set of hourly differences, ev-ep, 
between the hourly values, ev, generated by the certified 
continuous emissions monitoring system or certified flow monitoring 
system and the hourly values, ep, generated by the proposed 
alternative monitoring system.
    (v) For any data set, listed in paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this 
section, that satisfies the conditions for autocorrelation specified in 
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, the owner or operator may adjust 
the variance of that data set, using equation 20 of this section.
    (A) The adjusted variance may be used in place of the corresponding 
original variance, as calculated using equation 23 of this section, in 
the F-test (Equation 24) of this section.
    (B) In place of the standard error of the mean,
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.111
    

in the bias test Equation A-9 of appendix A of this part the following 
adjusted standard error of the mean may be used:

[[Page 275]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.109


where
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.110

    (vi) For each data set in which a variance adjustment is used, the 
owner or operator shall provide the following:
    (A) All values in the data set in printed and electronic format.
    (B) Values of the autocorrelation coefficient, its level of 
significance, the variance inflation factor, and the unadjusted original 
and adjusted values found in equations 20 and 22 of this section.
    (C) Equation and related statistics of the AR(1) autoregression 
model of the data set.
    (D) Printed documentation of the intermediate calculations used to 
derive the autocorrelation coefficient and the Variance Inflation 
Factor.
    (c) Statistical Tests. The owner or operator shall perform the F-
test and correlation analysis as described in this paragraph and the t-
test for bias described in appendix A of this part to demonstrate the 
precision of the alternative monitoring system.
    (1) F-test. The owner or operator shall conduct the F-test according 
to the following procedures.
    (i) Calculate the variance of the certified continuous emission 
monitoring system or certified flow monitor as applicable, 
Sv2, and the proposed method, Sp2, using the 
following equation.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR08AU95.064


(Eq. 23)

where,

ei = Measured values of either the certified continuous 
emission monitoring system or certified flow monitor, as applicable, or 
proposed method.
em = Mean of either the certified continuous emission 
monitoring system or certified flow monitor, as applicable, or proposed 
method values.
n = Total number of paired samples.

    (ii) Determine if the variance of the proposed method is 
significantly different from that of the certified continuous emission 
monitoring system or certified flow monitor, as applicable, by 
calculating the F-value using the following equation.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR08AU95.065


(Eq. 24)


Compare the experimental F-value with the critical value of F at the 95-
percent confidence level with n-1 degrees of freedom. The critical value 
is obtained from a table for F-distribution. If the calculated F-value 
is greater than the critical value, the proposed method is unacceptable.
    (2) Correlation analysis. The owner or operator shall conduct the 
correlation analysis according to the following procedures.
    (i) Plot each of the paired emissions readings as a separate point 
on a graph where the vertical axis represents the value (pollutant 
concentration or volumetric flow, as appropriate) generated by the 
alternative monitoring system and the horizontal axis represents the

[[Page 276]]

value (pollutant concentration or volumetric flow, as appropriate) 
generated by the continuous emission monitoring system (or reference 
method). On the graph, draw a horizontal line representing the mean 
value, ep, for the alternative monitoring system and a 
vertical line representing the mean value, ev, for the 
continuous emission monitoring system where,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.112


(Eq. 25)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.113


(Eq. 26)

where,

ep = Hourly value generated by the alternative monitoring 
system.
ev = Hourly value generated by the continuous emission 
monitoring system.
n = Total number of hours for which data were generated for the tests.


A separate graph shall be produced for the data generated at each of the 
operating levels or fuel supplies described in paragraphs (a)(4) and 
(a)(5) of this section.
    (ii) Use the following equation to calculate the coefficient of 
correlation, r, between the emissions data from the alternative 
monitoring system and the continuous emission monitoring system using 
all hourly data for which paired values were available from both 
monitoring systems.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR08AU95.066


(Eq. 27)

    (iii) If the calculated r-value is less than 0.8, the proposed 
method is unacceptable.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26530, May 17, 1995; 60 
FR 40296, Aug. 8, 1995]



Sec. 75.42  Reliability criteria.

    To demonstrate reliability equal to or better than the continuous 
emission monitoring system, the owner or operator shall demonstrate that 
the alternative monitoring system is capable of providing valid 1-hr 
averages for 95.0 percent or more of unit operating hours over a 1-yr 
period and that the system meets the applicable requirements of appendix 
B of this part.



Sec. 75.43  Accessibility criteria.

    To demonstrate accessibility equal to or better than the continuous 
emission monitoring system, the owner or operator shall provide reports 
and onsite records of emission data to demonstrate that the alternative 
monitoring system provides data meeting the requirements of subparts F 
and G of this part.



Sec. 75.44  Timeliness criteria.

    To demonstrate timeliness equal to or better than the continuous 
emission monitoring system, the owner or operator shall demonstrate that 
the alternative monitoring system can meet the requirements of subparts 
F and G of this part; can provide a continuous, quality-assured, 
permanent record of certified emissions data on an hourly basis; and can 
issue a record of data for the previous day within 24 hours.



Sec. 75.45  Daily quality assurance criteria.

    The owner or operator shall either demonstrate that daily tests 
equivalent to those specified in appendix B of this part can be 
performed on the alternative monitoring system or demonstrate and 
document that such tests are unnecessary for providing quality-assured 
data.

[[Page 277]]



Sec. 75.46  Missing data substitution criteria.

    The owner or operator shall demonstrate that all missing data can be 
accounted for in a manner consistent with the applicable missing data 
procedures in subpart D of this part.



Sec. 75.47  Criteria for a class of affected units.

    (a) The owner or operator of an affected unit may represent a class 
of affected units for the purpose of applying to the Administrator for a 
class-approved alternative monitoring system.
    (b) The owner or operator of an affected unit representing a class 
of affected units shall provide the following information:
    (1) A description of the affected unit and how it appropriately 
represents the class of affected units;
    (2) A description of the class of affected units, including data 
describing all the affected units which will comprise the class; and
    (3) A demonstration that the magnitude of emissions of all units 
which will comprise the class of affected units are de minimis.
    (c) If the Administrator determines that the emissions from all 
affected units which will comprise the class of units are de minimis, 
then the Administrator shall publish notice in the Federal Register, 
providing a 30-day period for public comment, prior to granting a class-
approved alternative monitoring system.

[60 FR 40297, Aug. 8, 1995]



Sec. 75.48  Petition for an alternative monitoring system.

    (a) The designated representative shall submit the following 
information in the application for certification or recertification of 
an alternative monitoring system.
    (1) Source identification information.
    (2) A description of the alternative monitoring system.
    (3) Data, calculations, and results of the statistical tests, 
specified in Sec. 75.41(c) of this part, including:
    (i) Date and hour.
    (ii) Hourly test data for the alternative monitoring system at each 
required operating level and fuel type. The fuel type, operating level 
and gross unit load shall be recorded.
    (iii) Hourly test data for the continuous emissions monitoring 
system at each required operating level and fuel type. The fuel type, 
operating level and gross unit load shall be recorded.
    (iv) Arithmetic mean of the alternative monitoring system 
measurement values, as specified in Equation 25 in Sec. 75.41(c) of this 
part, of the continuous emission monitoring system values, as specified 
in Equation 26 in Sec. 75.41(c) of this part, and of their differences.
    (v) Standard deviation of the difference, as specified in equation 
A-8 in appendix A of this part.
    (vi) Confidence coefficient, as specified in equation A-9 in 
appendix A of this part.
    (vii) The bias test results as specified in Sec. 7.6.4 in appendix A 
of this part.
    (viii) Variance of the measured values for the alternative 
monitoring system and of the measured values for the continuous emission 
monitoring system, as specified in Equation 23 in Sec. 75.41(c) of this 
part.
    (ix) F-statistic, as specified in Equation 24 in Sec. 75.41(c) of 
this part.
    (x) Critical value of F at the 95-percent confidence level with n-1 
degrees of freedom.
    (xi) Coefficient of correlation, r, as specified in Equation 27 in 
Sec. 75.41(c) of this part.
    (4) Data plots, specified in Secs. 75.41(a)(9) and 75.41(c)(2)(i) of 
this part.
    (5) Results of monitor reliability analysis.
    (6) Results of monitor accessibility analysis.
    (7) Results of monitor timeliness analysis.
    (8) A detailed description of the process used to collect data, 
including location and method of ensuring an accurate assessment of 
operating hourly conditions on a real-time basis.
    (9) A detailed description of the operation, maintenance, and 
quality assurance procedures for the alternative monitoring system as 
required in appendix B of this part.
    (10) A description of methods used to calculate heat input or 
diluent gas concentration, if applicable.

[[Page 278]]

    (11) Results of tests and measurements (including the results of all 
reference method field test sheets, charts, laboratory analyses, example 
calculations, or other data as appropriate) necessary to substantiate 
that the alternative monitoring system is equivalent in performance to 
an appropriate, certified operating continuous emission monitoring 
system.
    (b) [Reserved]

[60 FR 40297, Aug. 8, 1995, as amended at 64 28605, May 26, 1999]



                  Subpart F--Recordkeeping Requirements



Sec. 75.50-75.52  [Reserved]



Sec. 75.53  Monitoring plan.

    (a) General provisions. (1) The provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) 
of this section shall remain in effect prior to April 1, 2000. The owner 
or operator shall meet the requirements of either paragraphs (a) through 
(d) or paragraphs (a), (b), (e) and (f) of this section prior to April 
1, 2000. On and after April 1, 2000, the owner or operator shall meet 
the requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), (e) and (f) of this section 
only. In addition, the provisions in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this 
section that support a regulatory option provided in another section of 
this part must be followed if the regulatory option is used prior to 
April 1, 2000.
    (2) The owner or operator of an affected unit shall prepare and 
maintain a monitoring plan. Except as provided in paragraphs (d) or (f) 
of this section (as applicable), a monitoring plan shall contain 
sufficient information on the continuous emission or opacity monitoring 
systems, excepted methodology under Sec. 75.19, or excepted monitoring 
systems under appendix D or E to this part and the use of data derived 
from these systems to demonstrate that all unit SO2 
emissions, NOX emissions, CO2 emissions, and 
opacity are monitored and reported.
    (b) Whenever the owner or operator makes a replacement, 
modification, or change in the certified CEMS, continuous opacity 
monitoring system, excepted methodology under Sec. 75.19, excepted 
monitoring system under appendix D or E to this part, or alternative 
monitoring system under subpart E of this part, including a change in 
the automated data acquisition and handling system or in the flue gas 
handling system, that affects information reported in the monitoring 
plan (e.g., a change to a serial number for a component of a monitoring 
system), then the owner or operator shall update the monitoring plan.
    (c) Contents of the monitoring plan. Each monitoring plan shall 
contain the following:
    (1) Precertification information, including, as applicable, the 
identification of the test strategy, protocol for the relative accuracy 
test audit, other relevant test information, span calculations, and 
apportionment strategies under Secs. 75.10 through 75.18 of this part.
    (2) Unit table. A table identifying ORISPL numbers developed by the 
Department of Energy and used in the National Allowance Database, for 
all affected units involved in the monitoring plan, with the following 
information for each unit:
    (i) Short name;
    (ii) Classification of unit as one of the following: Phase I 
(including substitution or compensating units), Phase II, new, or 
nonaffected;
    (iii) Type of boiler (or boilers for a group of units using a common 
stack);
    (iv) Type of fuel(s) fired, by boiler, and if more than one fuel, 
the fuel classification of the boiler;
    (v) Type(s) of emission controls for SO2, NOx, 
and particulates installed or to be installed, including specifications 
of whether such controls are pre-combustion, post-combustion, or 
integral to the combustion process; and
    (vi) Identification of all units using a common stack.
    (3) Description of monitor site location. Description of site 
locations for each monitoring component in the continuous emission or 
opacity monitoring systems, including schematic diagrams and engineering 
drawings specified in paragraphs (c)(7) and (c)(8) of this section, and 
any other documentation that demonstrates each monitor location meets 
the appropriate siting criteria.

[[Page 279]]

    (4) Monitoring component table. Identification and description of 
each monitoring component (including each monitor and its identifiable 
components such as analyzer and/or probe) in the continuous emission 
monitoring systems (i.e., SO2 pollutant concentration 
monitor, flow monitor, moisture monitor; NOX pollutant 
concentration monitor and diluent gas monitor) the continuous opacity 
monitoring system, or excepted monitoring system (i.e., fuel flowmeter, 
data acquisition and handling system), including:
    (i) Manufacturer model number and serial number;
    (ii) Component/system identification code assigned by the utility to 
each identifiable monitoring component (such as the analyzer and/or 
probe). The code shall use a six-digit format, unique to each monitoring 
component, where the first three digits indicate the number of the 
component and the second three digits indicate the system to which the 
component belongs;
    (iii) Actual or projected installation date (month and year);
    (iv) A brief description of the component type or method of 
operation, such as in situ pollutant concentration monitor or thermal 
flow monitor;
    (v) A brief description of the flow monitor that is sufficiently 
detailed to allow a determination of whether the applicable interference 
check design specification meets the requirements specified in appendix 
A of this part; and
    (vi) A designation of the system as a primary, redundant backup, 
non-redundant backup or reference method backup system, as provided for 
in Sec. 75.10(e).
    (5) Data acquisition and handling system table. Identification and 
description of all major hardware and software components of the 
automated data acquisition and handling system, including:
    (i) For hardware components, the manufacturer, model number, and 
actual or projected installation date;
    (ii) For software components, identification of the provider and a 
brief description of features;
    (iii) A data flow diagram denoting the complete information handling 
path from output signals of continuous emission monitoring system 
components to final reports;
    (iv) A copy of the test results verifying the accuracy of the 
automated data acquisition and handling system (once such results are 
available).
    (6) Emissions formula table. A table giving explicit formulas for 
each reported unit emission parameter, using component/system 
identification codes to link continuous emission monitoring system or 
excepted monitoring system observations with reported concentrations, 
mass emissions, or emission rates, according to the conversions listed 
in appendix D, E, or F to this part. The formulas must contain all 
constants and factors required to derive mass emissions or emission 
rates from component/system code observations, and each emissions 
formula is identified with a unique three digit code.
    (7) Schematic stack diagrams. For units monitored by a continuous 
emission or opacity monitoring system, a schematic diagram identifying 
entire gas handling system from boiler to stack for all affected units, 
using identification numbers for units, monitor components, and stacks 
corresponding to the identification numbers provided in paragraphs 
(c)(2), (c)(4), (c)(5), and (c)(6) of this section. The schematic 
diagram must depict stack height and the height of any monitor 
locations. Comprehensive and/or separate schematic diagrams shall be 
used to describe groups of units using a common stack.
    (8) Stack and duct engineering diagrams. For units monitored by a 
continuous emission or opacity monitoring system, stack and duct 
engineering diagrams showing the dimensions and location of fans, 
turning vanes, air preheaters, monitor components, probes, reference 
method sampling ports and other equipment which affects the monitoring 
system location, performance or quality control checks.
    (9) Inside crosssectional area (ft \2\) at flue exit and at flow 
monitoring location.
    (10) Span and calibration gas. A table or description identifying 
maximum potential concentration, maximum expected concentration (if 
applicable),

[[Page 280]]

maximum potential flow rate, maximum potential NOX emission 
rate, span value, and full-scale range for each SO2, 
NOX, CO2, O2, or flow component 
monitor. In addition, the table must identify calibration gas levels for 
the calibration error test and the linearity check, and calculations 
made to determine each span value.
    (d) Contents of monitoring plan for specific situations. The 
following additional information shall be included in the monitoring 
plan for gas-fired or oil-fired units:
    (1) For each gas-fired unit or oil-fired unit for which the owner or 
operator uses the optional protocol in appendix D of this part for 
estimating SO2 mass emissions or appendix E of this part for 
estimating NOX emission rate (using a fuel flow meter), the 
designated representative shall include in the monitoring plan:
    (i) A description of the fuel flowmeter (and data demonstrating its 
flow meter accuracy, when available);
    (ii) The installation location of each fuel flowmeter;
    (iii) The fuel sampling location(s); and
    (iv) Procedures used for calibrating each fuel flowmeter.
    (2) For each gas-fired peaking unit and oil-fired peaking unit for 
which the owner or operator uses the optional procedures in appendix E 
of this part for estimating NOX emission rate, the designated 
representative shall include in the monitoring plan:
    (i) A protocol containing methods used to perform the baseline or 
periodic NOX emission test, and a copy of initial performance 
test results (when such results are available);
    (ii) Unit operating and capacity factor information demonstrating 
that the unit qualifies as a peaking unit, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of 
this chapter; and
    (iii) Unit operating parameters related to NOX formation 
by the unit.
    (3) For each gas-fired unit and diesel-fired unit or unit with a wet 
flue gas pollution control system for which the designated 
representative claims an opacity monitoring exemption under Sec. 75.14, 
the designated representative shall include in the monitoring plan 
information demonstrating that the unit qualifies for the exemption.
    (e) Contents of the monitoring plan. Each monitoring plan shall 
contain the information in paragraph (e)(1) of this section in 
electronic format and the information in paragraph (e)(2) of this 
section in hardcopy format. Electronic storage of all monitoring plan 
information, including the hardcopy portions, is permissible provided 
that a paper copy of the information can be furnished upon request for 
audit purposes.
    (1) Electronic. (i) ORISPL numbers developed by the Department of 
Energy and used in the National Allowance Data Base, for all affected 
units involved in the monitoring plan, with the following information 
for each unit:
    (A) Short name;
    (B) Classification of the unit as one of the following: Phase I 
(including substitution or compensating units), Phase II, new, or 
nonaffected;
    (C) Type of boiler (or boilers for a group of units using a common 
stack);
    (D) Type of fuel(s) fired by boiler, fuel type start and end dates, 
primary/secondary fuel indicator, and, if more than one fuel, the fuel 
classification of the boiler;
    (E) Type(s) of emission controls for SO2, NOX, 
and particulates installed or to be installed, including specifications 
of whether such controls are pre-combustion, post-combustion, or 
integral to the combustion process; control equipment code, installation 
date, and optimization date; control equipment retirement date (if 
applicable); and an indicator for whether the controls are an original 
installation;
    (F) Maximum hourly heat input capacity;
    (G) Date of first commercial operation;
    (H) Unit retirement date (if applicable);
    (I) Maximum hourly gross load (in MW, rounded to the nearest MW, or 
steam load in 1000 lb/hr, rounded to the nearest 100 lb/hr);
    (J) Identification of all units using a common stack;
    (K) Activation date for the stack/pipe;
    (L) Retirement date of the stack/pipe (if applicable); and
    (M) Indicator of whether the stack is a bypass stack.

[[Page 281]]

    (ii) For each unit and parameter required to be monitored, 
identification of monitoring methodology information, consisting of 
monitoring methodology, type of fuel associated with the methodology, 
primary/secondary methodology indicator, missing data approach for the 
methodology, methodology start date, and methodology end date (if 
applicable).
    (iii) The following information:
    (A) Program(s) for which the EDR is submitted;
    (B) Unit classification;
    (C) Reporting frequency;
    (D) Program participation date;
    (E) State regulation code (if applicable); and
    (F) State or local regulatory agency code.
    (iv) Identification and description of each monitoring component 
(including each monitor and its identifiable components, such as 
analyzer and/or probe) in the CEMS (e.g., SO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor, flow monitor, moisture monitor; NOX 
pollutant concentration monitor and diluent gas monitor), the continuous 
opacity monitoring system, or the excepted monitoring system (e.g., fuel 
flowmeter, data acquisition and handling system), including:
    (A) Manufacturer, model number and serial number;
    (B) Component/system identification code assigned by the utility to 
each identifiable monitoring component (such as the analyzer and/or 
probe). Each code shall use a three-digit format, unique to each 
monitoring component and unique to each monitoring system;
    (C) Designation of the component type and method of sample 
acquisition or operation, (e.g., in situ pollutant concentration monitor 
or thermal flow monitor);
    (D) Designation of the system as a primary, redundant backup, non-
redundant backup, data backup, or reference method backup system, as 
provided in Sec. 75.10(e);
    (E) First and last dates the system reported data;
    (F) Status of the monitoring component; and
    (G) Parameter monitored.
    (v) Identification and description of all major hardware and 
software components of the automated data acquisition and handling 
system, including:
    (A) Hardware components that perform emission calculations or store 
data for quarterly reporting purposes (provide the manufacturer and 
model number); and
    (B) Software components (provide the identification of the provider 
and model/version number).
    (vi) Explicit formulas for each measured emission parameter, using 
component/system identification codes for the primary system used to 
measure the parameter that links CEMS or excepted monitoring system 
observations with reported concentrations, mass emissions, or emission 
rates, according to the conversions listed in appendix D or E to this 
part. Formulas for backup monitoring systems are required only if 
different formulas for the same parameter are used for the primary and 
backup monitoring systems (e.g., if the primary system measures 
pollutant concentration on a different moisture basis from the backup 
system). The formulas must contain all constants and factors required to 
derive mass emissions or emission rates from component/system code 
observations and an indication of whether the formula is being added, 
corrected, deleted, or is unchanged. Each emissions formula is 
identified with a unique three digit code. The owner or operator of a 
low mass emissions unit for which the owner or operator is using the 
optional low mass emissions excepted methodology in Sec. 75.19(c) is not 
required to report such formulas.
    (vii) Inside cross-sectional area (ft2) at flue exit (for 
all units) and at flow monitoring location (for units with flow 
monitors, only).
    (viii) Stack height (ft) above ground level and stack base elevation 
above sea level.
    (ix) Part 75 monitoring location identification, facility 
identification code as assigned by the Administrator for use under the 
Acid Rain Program or this part, and the following information, as 
reported to the Energy Information Administration (EIA): facility

[[Page 282]]

identification number, flue identification number, boiler identification 
number, reporting year, and 767 reporting indicator.
    (x) For each parameter monitored: scale, maximum potential 
concentration (and method of calculation), maximum expected 
concentration (if applicable) (and method of calculation), maximum 
potential flow rate (and method of calculation), maximum potential 
NOX emission rate, span value, full-scale range, daily 
calibration units of measure, span effective date/hour, span 
inactivation date/hour, indication of whether dual spans are required, 
default high range value, flow rate span, and flow rate span value and 
full scale value (in scfh) for each unit or stack using SO2, 
NOX, CO2, O2, or flow component 
monitors.
    (xi) If the monitoring system or excepted methodology provides for 
the use of a constant, assumed, or default value for a parameter under 
specific circumstances, then include the following information for each 
such value for each parameter:
    (A) Identification of the parameter;
    (B) Default, maximum, minimum, or constant value, and units of 
measure for the value;
    (C) Purpose of the value;
    (D) Indicator of use during controlled/uncontrolled hours;
    (E) Type of fuel;
    (F) Source of the value;
    (G) Value effective date and hour;
    (H) Date and hour value is no longer effective (if applicable); and
    (I) For units using the excepted methodology under Sec. 75.19, the 
applicable SO2 emission factor.
    (xii) For each unit or common stack (except for peaking units) on 
which hardware CEMS are installed:
    (A) The upper and lower boundaries of the range of operation (as 
defined in section 6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this part), expressed in 
megawatts or thousands of lb/hr of steam;
    (B) The load level(s) designated as normal in section 6.5.2.1 of 
appendix A to this part, expressed in megawatts or thousands of lb/hr of 
steam;
    (C) The two load levels (i.e., low, mid, or high) identified in 
section 6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this part as the most frequently used;
    (D) The date of the load analysis used to determine the normal load 
level(s) and the two most frequently-used load levels; and
    (E) Activation and deactivation dates, when the normal load level(s) 
or two most frequently-used load levels change and are updated.
    (xiii) For each unit for which the optional fuel flow-to-load test 
in section 2.1.7 of appendix D to this part is used:
    (A) The upper and lower boundaries of the range of operation (as 
defined in section 6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this part), expressed in 
megawatts or thousands of lb/hr of steam;
    (B) The load level designated as normal, pursuant to section 6.5.2.1 
of appendix A to this part, expressed in megawatts or thousands of lb/hr 
of steam; and
    (C) The date of the load analysis used to determine the normal load 
level.
    (2) Hardcopy. (i) Information, including (as applicable): 
identification of the test strategy; protocol for the relative accuracy 
test audit; other relevant test information; calibration gas levels 
(percent of span) for the calibration error test and linearity check; 
calculations for determining maximum potential concentration, maximum 
expected concentration (if applicable), maximum potential flow rate, 
maximum potential NOX emission rate, and span; and 
apportionment strategies under Secs. 75.10 through 75.18.
    (ii) Description of site locations for each monitoring component in 
the continuous emission or opacity monitoring systems, including 
schematic diagrams and engineering drawings specified in paragraphs 
(e)(2)(iv) and (e)(2)(v) of this section and any other documentation 
that demonstrates each monitor location meets the appropriate siting 
criteria.
    (iii) A data flow diagram denoting the complete information handling 
path from output signals of CEMS components to final reports.
    (iv) For units monitored by a continuous emission or opacity 
monitoring system, a schematic diagram identifying entire gas handling 
system from boiler to stack for all affected units, using identification 
numbers for units,

[[Page 283]]

monitor components, and stacks corresponding to the identification 
numbers provided in paragraphs (e)(1)(i), (e)(1)(iv), (e)(1)(vi), and 
(e)(1)(ix) of this section. The schematic diagram must depict stack 
height and the height of any monitor locations. Comprehensive and/or 
separate schematic diagrams shall be used to describe groups of units 
using a common stack.
    (v) For units monitored by a continuous emission or opacity 
monitoring system, stack and duct engineering diagrams showing the 
dimensions and location of fans, turning vanes, air preheaters, monitor 
components, probes, reference method sampling ports, and other equipment 
that affects the monitoring system location, performance, or quality 
control checks.
    (f) Contents of monitoring plan for specific situations. The 
following additional information shall be included in the monitoring 
plan for the specific situations described:
    (1) For each gas-fired unit or oil-fired unit for which the owner or 
operator uses the optional protocol in appendix D to this part for 
estimating heat input and/or SO2 mass emissions, or for each 
gas-fired or oil-fired peaking unit for which the owner/operator uses 
the optional protocol in appendix E to this part for estimating 
NOX emission rate (using a fuel flowmeter), the designated 
representative shall include the following additional information in the 
monitoring plan:
    (i) Electronic.
    (A) Parameter monitored;
    (B) Type of fuel measured, maximum fuel flow rate, units of measure, 
and basis of maximum fuel flow rate (i.e., upper range value or unit 
maximum) for each fuel flowmeter;
    (C) Test method used to check the accuracy of each fuel flowmeter;
    (D) Submission status of the data;
    (E) Monitoring system identification code; and
    (F) For gaseous fuels fired by the unit, the method used to verify 
that the fuel meets the definition in Sec. 72.2 of pipeline natural gas 
or natural gas, if applicable, and the demonstration methods used for 
other gaseous fuels, if applicable, to determine the appropriate 
frequency for sampling for GCV or sulfur content of the fuel.
    (ii) Hardcopy. (A) A schematic diagram identifying the relationship 
between the unit, all fuel supply lines, the fuel flowmeter(s), and the 
stack(s). The schematic diagram must depict the installation location of 
each fuel flowmeter and the fuel sampling location(s). Comprehensive 
and/or separate schematic diagrams shall be used to describe groups of 
units using a common pipe;
    (B) For units using the optional default SO2 emission 
rate for ``pipeline natural gas'' or ``natural gas'' in appendix D to 
this part, the information on the sulfur content of the gaseous fuel 
used to demonstrate compliance with either section 2.3.1.4 or 2.3.2.4 of 
appendix D to this part;
    (C) For units using the 720 hour test under 2.3.6 of Appendix D of 
this part to determine the required sulfur sampling requirements, report 
the procedures and results of the test; and
    (D) For units using the 720 hour test under 2.3.5 of Appendix D of 
this part to determine the appropriate fuel GCV sampling frequency, 
report the procedures used and the results of the test;
    (2) For each gas-fired peaking unit and oil-fired peaking unit for 
which the owner or operator uses the optional procedures in appendix E 
to this part for estimating NOX emission rate, the designated 
representative shall include in the monitoring plan:
    (i) Electronic. Unit operating and capacity factor information 
demonstrating that the unit qualifies as a peaking unit or gas-fired 
unit, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, and NOX 
correlation test information, including:
    (A) Test date;
    (B) Test number;
    (C) Operating level;
    (D) Segment ID of the NOX correlation curve;
    (E) NOX monitoring system identification;
    (F) Low and high heat input values and corresponding NOX 
rates;
    (G) Type of fuel; and
    (H) To document the unit qualifies as a peaking unit, current 
calendar year, capacity factor data as specified in the definition of 
peaking unit in Sec. 72.2 of this part, and an indication of whether the 
data are actual or projected data.

[[Page 284]]

    (ii) Hardcopy. (A) A protocol containing methods used to perform the 
baseline or periodic NOX emission test; and
    (B) Unit operating parameters related to NOX formation by 
the unit.
    (3) For each gas-fired unit and diesel-fired unit or unit with a wet 
flue gas pollution control system for which the designated 
representative claims an opacity monitoring exemption under Sec. 75.14, 
the designated representative shall include in the hardcopy monitoring 
plan the information specified under Sec. 75.14(b), (c), or (d), 
demonstrating that the unit qualifies for the exemption.
    (4) For each monitoring system recertification, maintenance, or 
other event, the designated representative shall include the following 
additional information in electronic format in the monitoring plan:
    (i) Component/system identification code;
    (ii) Event code or code for required test;
    (iii) Event begin date and hour;
    (iv) Conditionally valid data period begin date and hour (if 
applicable);
    (v) Date and hour that last test is successfully completed; and
    (vi) Indicator of whether conditionally valid data were reported at 
the end of the quarter.
    (5) For each unit using the low mass emission excepted methodology 
under Sec. 75.19 the designated representative shall include the 
following additional information in the monitoring plan:
    (i) Electronic. For each low mass emissions unit, report the results 
of the analysis performed to qualify as a low mass emissions unit under 
Sec. 75.19(c). This report will include either the previous three years 
actual or projected emissions and the emissions calculated using the 
methodology which will be used by the unit to estimate future emissions.
    (ii) Hardcopy. (A) A schematic diagram identifying the relationship 
between the unit, all fuel supply lines and tanks, any fuel 
flowmeter(s), and the stack(s). Comprehensive and/or separate schematic 
diagrams shall be used to describe groups of units using a common pipe;
    (B) For units which use the long term fuel flow methodology under 
Sec. 75.19(c)(3), the designated representative must provide a diagram 
of the fuel flow to each affected unit or group of units and describe in 
detail the procedures used to determine the long term fuel flow for a 
unit or group of units for each fuel combusted by the unit or group of 
units;
    (C) A statement that the unit burns only natural gas or fuel oil and 
a list of the fuels that are burned or a statement that the unit is 
projected to burn only natural gas or fuel oil and a list of the fuels 
that are projected to be burned;
    (D) A statement that the unit meets the applicability requirements 
in Secs. 75.19(a) and (b); and
    (E) Any unit historical actual and projected emissions data and 
calculated emissions data demonstrating that the affected unit qualifies 
as a low mass emissions unit under Secs. 75.19(a) and 75.19(b).
    (6) For each gas-fired unit the designated representative shall 
include in the monitoring plan, in electronic format, the following: 
current calendar year, fuel usage data as specified in the definition of 
gas-fired in Sec. 72.2 of this part, and an indication of whether the 
data are actual or projected data.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26532, 26568, May 17, 
1995; 61 FR 59161, Nov. 20, 1996; 64 FR 28605, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.54  General recordkeeping provisions.

    (a) Recordkeeping requirements for affected sources. On and after 
January 1, 1996, and before April 1, 2000, the owner or operator shall 
meet the requirements of either this section or Sec. 75.57. On and after 
April 1, 2000, the owner or operator shall meet the requirements of 
Sec. 75.57. The owner or operator of any affected source subject to the 
requirements of this part shall maintain for each affected unit a file 
of all measurements, data, reports, and other information required by 
this part at the source in a form suitable for inspection for at least 
three (3) years from the date of each record. Unless otherwise provided, 
throughout this subpart the

[[Page 285]]

phrase ``for each affected unit'' also applies to each group of affected 
or nonaffected units utilizing a common stack and common monitoring 
systems, pursuant to Secs. 75.16 through 75.18, or utilizing a common 
pipe header and common fuel flowmeter, pursuant to section 2.1.2 of 
appendix D to this part. The file shall contain the following 
information:
    (1) The data and information required in paragraphs (b) through (g) 
of this section, beginning with the earlier of the date of provisional 
certification, or the deadline in Sec. 75.4(a), (b) or (c);
    (2) The supporting data and information used to calculate values 
required in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section, excluding the 
subhourly data points used to compute hourly averages under 
Sec. 75.10(d), beginning with the earlier of the date of provisional 
certification, or the deadline in Sec. 75.4(a), (b) or (c);
    (3) The data and information required in Sec. 75.55 of this part for 
specific situations, as applicable, beginning with the earlier of the 
date of provisional certification, or the deadline in Sec. 75.4(a), (b) 
or (c);
    (4) The certification test data and information required in 
Sec. 75.56 for tests required under Sec. 75.20, beginning with the date 
of the first certification test performed, and the quality assurance and 
quality control data and information required in Sec. 75.56 for tests 
and the quality assurance/quality control plan required under Sec. 75.21 
and appendix B of this part, beginning with the date of provisional 
certification;
    (5) The current monitoring plan as specified in Sec. 75.53, 
beginning with the initial submission required by Sec. 75.62; and
    (6) The quality control plan as described in appendix B to this 
part, beginning with the date of provisional certification.
    (b) Operating parameter record provisions. The owner or operator 
shall record for each hour the following information on unit operating 
time, heat input, and load separately for each affected unit, and also 
for each group of units utilizing a common stack and a common monitoring 
system or utilizing a common pipe header and common fuel flowmeter, 
except that separate heat input data for each unit shall not be required 
after January 1, 2000 for any unit, other than an opt-in source, that 
does not have a NOX emission limitation under part 76 of this 
chapter.
    (1) Date and hour;
    (2) Unit operating time (rounded up to nearest 15 minutes);
    (3) Total hourly gross unit load (rounded to nearest MWge) (or steam 
load in lb/hr at stated temperature and pressure, rounded to the nearest 
1000 lb/hr, if elected in the monitoring plan);
    (4) Operating load range corresponding to total gross load of 1-10, 
except for units using a common stack or common pipe header, which may 
use the number of unit load ranges up to 20 for flow, as specified in 
the monitoring plan; and
    (5) Total heat input (mmBtu, rounded to the nearest tenth).
    (c) SO2 emission record provisions. The owner or operator 
shall record for each hour the information required by this paragraph 
for each affected unit or group of units using a common stack and common 
monitoring systems, except as provided under Sec. 75.11(e) or for a gas-
fired or oil-fired unit for which the owner or operator is using the 
optional protocol in appendix D to this part for estimating 
SO2 mass emissions:
    (1) For SO2 concentration, as measured and reported from 
each certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, or other 
approved method of emissions determination:
    (i) Component-system identification code as provided for in 
Sec. 75.53;
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Hourly average SO2 concentration (ppm, rounded to 
the nearest tenth);
    (iv) Hourly average SO2 concentration (ppm, rounded to 
the nearest tenth) adjusted for bias, if bias adjustment factor is 
required as provided for in Sec. 75.24(d);
    (v) Percent monitor data availability (recorded to the nearest tenth 
of a percent) calculated pursuant to Sec. 75.32; and
    (vi) Method of determination for hourly average SO2 
concentration using Codes 1-15 in table 4 of this section.
    (2) For flow as measured and reported from each certified primary 
monitor,

[[Page 286]]

certified back-up monitor or other approved method of emissions 
determination:
    (i) Component/system identification code as provided for in 
Sec. 75.53;
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Hourly average volumetric flow rate (in scfh, rounded to the 
nearest thousand);
    (iv) Hourly average volumetric flow rate (in scfh, rounded to the 
nearest thousand) adjusted for bias, if bias adjustment factor required 
as provided for in Sec. 75.24(d);
    (v) Hourly average moisture content of flue gases (percent, rounded 
to the nearest tenth) where SO2 concentration is measured on 
dry basis;
    (vi) Percent monitor data availability (recorded to the nearest 
tenth of a percent), calculated pursuant to Sec. 75.32; and
    (vii) Method of determination for hourly average flow rate using 
Codes 1-15 in table 4.
    (3) For SO2 mass emissions as measured and reported from 
the certified primary monitoring system(s), certified redundant or non-
redundant back-up monitoring system(s), or other approved method(s) of 
emissions determination:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Hourly SO2 mass emissions (lb/hr, rounded to the 
nearest tenth);
    (iii) Hourly SO2 mass emissions (lb/hr, rounded to the 
nearest tenth) adjusted for bias, if bias adjustment factor required, as 
provided for in Sec. 75.24(d); and
    (iv) Identification code for emissions formula used to derive hourly 
SO2 mass emissions from SO2 concentration and flow 
data in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section as provided for in 
Sec. 75.53.

      Table 4--Codes for Method of Emissions and Flow Determination
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Hourly emissions/flow measurement or
               Code                          estimation method
------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1..............................  Certified primary emission/flow
                                    monitoring system.
  2..............................  Certified back-up emission/flow
                                    monitoring system.
  3..............................  Approved alternative monitoring
                                    system.
  4..............................  Reference method:
                                       SO2: Method 6C.
                                       Flow: Method 2.
                                       NOX: Method 7E.
                                       CO2 or O2: Method 3A.
  5..............................  For units with add-on SO2 and/or NOX
                                    emission controls: SO2 concentration
                                    or NOX emission rate estimate from
                                    Agency preapproved parametric
                                    monitoring method.
  6..............................  Average of the hourly SO2
                                    concentrations, CO2 concentrations,
                                    flow, or NOX emission rate for the
                                    hour before and the hour following a
                                    missing data period.
  7..............................  Hourly average SO2 concentration, CO2
                                    concentration, flow rate, or NOX
                                    emission rate using initial missing
                                    data procedures.
  8..............................  90th percentile hourly SO2
                                    concentration, flow rate, or NOX
                                    emission rate.
  9..............................  95th percentile hourly SO2
                                    concentration, flow rate, or NOX
                                    emission rate.
10...............................  Maximum hourly SO2 concentration,
                                    flow rate, or NOX emission rate.
11...............................  Hourly average flow rate or NOX
                                    emission rate in corresponding load
                                    range.
12...............................  Maximum potential concentration of
                                    SO2, maximum potential flow rate, or
                                    maximum potential NOX emission rate,
                                    as determined using section 2.1 of
                                    appendix A of this part, or maximum
                                    CO2 concentration.
13...............................  Other data (specify method).
14...............................  Minimum CO2 concentration of 5.0
                                    percent CO2 or maximum O2
                                    concentration of 14.0 percent to be
                                    substituted optionally for measured
                                    diluent gas concentrations during
                                    unit startup, for NOX emission rate
                                    or SO2 emission rate in lb/mmBtu or
                                    for CO2 concentration.
15...............................  Fuel analysis data from appendix G of
                                    this part for CO2 mass emissions.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) NOX emission record provisions. The owner or operator 
shall record the information required by this paragraph for each 
affected unit for each hour, except for a gas-fired peaking unit or oil-
fired peaking unit for which the owner or operator is using the optional 
protocol in appendix E to this part for estimating NOX 
emission rate. For each NOX emission rate as measured and 
reported from the certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, 
or other approved method of emissions determination:
    (1) Component/system identification code as provided for in 
Sec. 75.53;
    (2) Date and hour;
    (3) Hourly average NOX concentration (ppm, rounded to the 
nearest tenth);
    (4) Hourly average diluent gas concentration (percent O2 
or percent CO2, rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (5) Hourly average NOX emission rate (lb/mmBtu, rounded 
to nearest hundredth);

[[Page 287]]

    (6) Hourly average NOX emission rate (lb/mmBtu, rounded 
to nearest hundredth) adjusted for bias, if bias adjustment factor is 
required as provided for in Sec. 75.24(d);
    (7) Percent monitoring system data availability, (recorded to the 
nearest tenth of a percent), calculated pursuant to Sec. 75.32;
    (8) Method of determination for hourly average NOX 
emission rate using Codes 1-15 in table 4; and
    (9) Identification code for emissions formula used to derive hourly 
average NOX emission rate, as provided for in Sec. 75.53.
    (e) CO2emission record provisions. The owner or operator 
shall record or calculate CO2 emissions for each affected 
unit using one of the following methods specified in this section:
    (1) If the owner or operator chooses to use a CO2 
continuous emission monitoring system (including an O2 
monitor and flow monitor as specified in appendix F of this part), then 
the owner or operator shall record for each hour the following 
information for CO2 mass emissions, as measured and reported 
from the certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, or other 
approved method of emissions determination:
    (i) Component/system identification code as provided for in 
Sec. 75.53;
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Hourly average CO2 concentration (in percent, 
rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (iv) Hourly average volumetric flow rate (scfh, rounded to the 
nearest thousand scfh);
    (v) Hourly CO2 mass emissions (tons/hr, rounded to the 
nearest tenth);
    (vi) Percent monitor data availability (recorded to the nearest 
tenth of a percent); calculated pursuant to Sec. 75.32;
    (vii) Method of determination for hourly CO2 mass 
emissions using Codes 1-15 in table 4; and
    (viii) Identification code for emissions formula used to derive 
average hourly CO2 mass emissions, as provided for in 
Sec. 75.53.
    (2) As an alternative to Sec. 75.54(e)(1), the owner or operator may 
use the procedures in Sec. 75.13 and in appendix G to this part, and 
shall record daily the following information for CO2 mass 
emissions:
    (i) Date;
    (ii) Daily combustion-formed CO2 mass emissions (tons/
day, rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (iii) For coal-fired units, flag indicating whether optional 
procedure to adjust combustion-formed CO2 mass emissions for 
carbon retained in flyash has been used and, if so, the adjustment;
    (iv) For a unit with a wet flue gas desulfurization system or other 
controls generating CO2, daily sorbent-related CO2 
mass emissions (tons/day, rounded to the nearest tenth); and
    (v) For a unit with a wet flue gas desulfurization system or other 
controls generating CO2, total daily CO2 mass 
emissions (tons/day, rounded to the nearest tenth) as sum of combustion-
formed emissions and sorbent-related emissions.
    (f) Opacity records. The owner or operator shall record opacity data 
as specified by the State or local air pollution control agency. If the 
State or local air pollution control agency does not specify 
recordkeeping requirements for opacity, then record the information 
required by paragraphs (f) (1) through (5) of this section for each 
affected unit, except as provided for in Sec. 75.14 (b), (c), and (d). 
The owner or operator shall also keep records of all incidents of 
opacity monitor downtime during unit operation, including reason(s) for 
the monitor outage(s) and any corrective action(s) taken for opacity, as 
measured and reported by the continuous opacity monitoring system:
    (1) Component/system identification code;
    (2) Date, hour, and minute;
    (3) Average opacity of emissions for each six minute averaging 
period (in percent opacity);
    (4) If the average opacity of emissions exceeds the applicable 
standard, then a code indicating such an exceedance has occurred; and
    (5) Percent monitor data availability, recorded to the nearest tenth 
of a percent, calculated according to the requirements of the procedure 
recommended for State Implementation Plans in appendix M of part 51 of 
this chapter.

[[Page 288]]

    (g) Missing data records. The owner or operator shall record the 
causes of any missing data periods and the actions taken by the owner or 
operator to cure such causes.

[60 FR 26533, May 17, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 28608, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.55  General recordkeeping provisions for specific situations.

    Before April 1, 2000, the owner or operator shall meet the 
requirements of either this section or Sec. 75.58. On and after April 1, 
2000, the owner or operator shall meet the requirements of Sec. 75.58.
    (a) Specific SO2emission record provisions for units with 
qualifying Phase I technology. In addition to the SO2 
emissions information required in Sec. 75.54(c), from January 1, 1997, 
through December 31, 1999, the owner or operator shall record the 
applicable information in this paragraph for each affected unit on which 
SO2 emission controls have been installed and operated for 
the purpose of meeting qualifying Phase I technology requirements 
pursuant to Sec. 72.42 of this chapter and Sec. 75.15.
    (1) For units with post-combustion emission controls:
    (i) Component/system identification codes for each inlet and outlet 
SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring system;
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Hourly average inlet SO2 emission rate (lb/mmBtu, 
rounded to nearest hundredth);
    (iv) Hourly average outlet SO2 emission rate (lb/mmBtu, 
rounded to nearest hundredth);
    (v) Percent data availability for both inlet and outlet 
SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring systems (recorded 
to the nearest tenth of a percent), calculated pursuant to equation 8 of 
Sec. 75.32 (for the first 8,760 unit operating hours following initial 
certification) and equation 9 of Sec. 75.32, thereafter; and
    (vi) Identification code for emissions formula used to derive hourly 
average inlet and outlet SO2 mass emissions rates for each 
affected unit or group of units using a common stack.
    (2) For units with combustion and/or pre-combustion emission 
controls:
    (i) Component/system identification codes for each outlet 
SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring system;
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Hourly average outlet SO2 emission rate (lb/mmBtu, 
rounded to nearest hundredth);
    (iv) For units with combustion controls, average daily inlet 
SO2 emission rate (lb/mmBtu, rounded to nearest hundredth), 
determined by coal sampling and analysis procedures in Sec. 75.15; and
    (v) For units with pre-combustion controls (i.e., fuel 
pretreatment), fuel analysis demonstrating the weight, sulfur content, 
and gross calorific value of the product and raw fuel lots.
    (b) Specific parametric data record provisions for calculating 
substitute emissions data for units with add-on emission controls. In 
accordance with Sec. 75.34, the owner or operator of an affected unit 
with add-on emission controls shall either record the applicable 
information in paragraph (b)(3) of this section for each hour of missing 
SO2 concentration data or NOX emission rate (in 
addition to other information), or shall record the information in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for SO2 or paragraph (b)(2) 
of this section for NOX through an automated data acquisition 
and handling system, as appropriate to the type of add-on emission 
controls:
    (1) For units with add-on SO2 emission controls 
petitioning to use or using the optional parametric monitoring 
procedures in appendix C of this part, for each hour of missing 
SO2 concentration or volumetric flow data:
    (i) The information required in Sec. 75.54(c) for SO2 
concentration and volumetric flow if either one of these monitors is 
still operating:
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Number of operating scrubber modules;
    (iv) Total feedrate of slurry to each operating scrubber module 
(gal/min);
    (v) Pressure differential across each operating scrubber module 
(inches of water column);
    (vi) For a unit with a wet flue gas desulfurization system, an 
inline measure of absorber pH for each operating scrubber module;
    (vii) For a unit with a dry flue gas desulfurization system, the 
inlet and

[[Page 289]]

outlet temperatures across each operating scrubber module;
    (viii) For a unit with a wet flue gas desulfurization system, the 
percent solids in slurry for each scrubber module.
    (ix) For a unit with a dry flue gas desulfurization system, the 
slurry feed rate (gal/min) to the atomizer nozzle;
    (x) For a unit with SO2 add-on emission controls other 
than wet or dry limestone, corresponding parameters approved by the 
Administrator;
    (xi) Method of determination of SO2 concentration and 
volumetric flow, using Codes 1-15 in Table 4 of Sec. 75.54; and
    (xii) Inlet and outlet SO2 concentration values recorded 
by an SO2 continuous emission monitoring system and the 
removal efficiency of the add-on emission controls.
    (2) For units with add-on NOX emission controls 
petitioning to use or using the optional parametric monitoring 
procedures in appendix C of this part, for each hour of missing 
NOX emission rate data:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Inlet air flow rate (acfh, rounded to the nearest thousand);
    (iii) Excess O2 concentration of flue gas at stack outlet 
(percent, rounded to nearest tenth of a percent);
    (iv) Carbon monoxide concentration of flue gas at stack outlet (ppm, 
rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (v) Temperature of flue gas at furnace exit or economizer outlet 
duct (  deg.F); and
    (vi) Other parameters specific to NOX emission controls 
(e.g., average hourly reagent feedrate);
    (vii) Method of determination of NOX emission rate using 
Codes 1-15 in Table 4 of Sec. 75.54; and
    (viii) Inlet and outlet NOX emission rate values recorded 
by a NOX continuous emission monitoring system and the 
removal efficiency of the add-on emission controls.
    (3) For units with add-on SO2 or NOX emission 
controls following the provisions of Sec. 75.34 (a)(1) or (a)(2), the 
owner or operator shall, for each hour of missing SO2 or 
NOX emission data, record:
    (i) Parametric data which demonstrate the proper operation of the 
add-on emission controls, as described in the quality assurance/quality 
control program for the unit. The parametric data shall be maintained on 
site, and shall be submitted upon request to the Administrator, an EPA 
Regional office, State, or local agency;
    (ii) A flag indicating either that the add-on emission controls are 
operating properly, as evidenced by all parameters being within the 
ranges specified in the quality assurance/quality control program, or 
that the add-on emission controls are not operating properly;
    (iii) For units petitioning under Sec. 75.66 for substituting a 
representative SO2 concentration during missing data periods, 
any available inlet and outlet SO2 concentration values 
recorded by an SO2 continuous emission monitoring system; and
    (iv) For units petitioning under Sec. 75.66 for substituting a 
representative NOX emission rate during missing data periods, 
any available inlet and outlet NOX emission rate values 
recorded by a NOX continuous emission monitoring system.
    (c) Specific SO2 emission record provisions for gas-fired 
or oil-fired units using optional protocol in appendix D of this part. 
In lieu of recording the information in Sec. 75.54(c) of this section, 
the owner or operator shall record the applicable information in this 
paragraph for each affected gas-fired or oil-fired unit for which the 
owner or operator is using the optional protocol in appendix D of this 
part for estimating SO2 mass emissions.
    (1) For each hour when the unit is combusting oil:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Hourly average flow rate of oil with the units in which oil 
flow is recorded, (gal/hr, lb/hr, m\3\/hr, or bbl/hr, rounded to the 
nearest tenth)(flag value if derived from missing data procedures);
    (iii) Sulfur content of oil sample used to determine SO2 
mass emissions, rounded to nearest hundredth for diesel fuel or to the 
nearest tenth of a percent for other fuel oil (flag value if derived 
from missing data procedures);
    (iv) Method of oil sampling (flow proportional, continuous drip, as 
delivered or manual);

[[Page 290]]

    (v) Mass of oil combusted each hour (lb/hr, rounded to the nearest 
tenth);
    (vi) SO2 mass emissions from oil (lb/hr, rounded to the 
nearest tenth);
    (vii) For units using volumetric oil flowmeters, density of oil 
(flag value if derived from missing data procedures);
    (viii) Gross calorific value (heat content) of oil, used to 
determine heat input (Btu/mass unit) (flag value if derived from missing 
data procedures);
    (ix) Hourly heat input rate from oil according to procedures in 
appendix F of this part (mmBtu/hr, to the nearest tenth); and
    (x) Fuel usage time for combustion of oil during the hour, rounded 
up to the nearest 15 min.
    (2) For gas-fired units or oil-fired units using the optional 
protocol in appendix D of this part of daily manual oil sampling, when 
the unit is combusting oil, the highest sulfur content recorded from the 
most recent 30 daily oil samples rounded to nearest tenth of a percent.
    (3) For each hour when the unit is combusting gaseous fuel,
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Hourly heat input rate from gaseous fuel according to 
procedures in appendix F to this part (mmBtu/hr, rounded to the nearest 
tenth);
    (iii) Sulfur content or SO2 emission rate, in one of the 
following formats, in accordance with the appropriate procedure from 
appendix D of this part:
    (A) Sulfur content of gas sample, (rounded to the nearest 0.1 
grains/100 scf) (flag value if derived from missing data procedures); or
    (B) SO2 emission rate of 0.0006 lb/mmBtu for pipeline 
natural gas;
    (iv) Hourly flow rate of gaseous fuel, in 100 scfh (flag value if 
derived from missing data procedures);
    (v) Gross calorific value (heat content) of gaseous fuel, used to 
determine heat input (Btu/scf) (flag value if derived from missing data 
procedures);
    (vi) Heat input rate from gaseous fuel (mmBtu/hr, rounded to the 
nearest tenth);
    (vii) SO2 mass emissions due to the combustion of gaseous 
fuels, lb/hr; and
    (viii) Fuel usage time for combustion of gaseous fuel during the 
hour, rounded up to the nearest 15 min.
    (4) For each oil sample or sample of diesel fuel:
    (i) Date of sampling;
    (ii) Sulfur content (percent, rounded to the nearest hundredth for 
diesel fuel and to the nearest tenth for other fuel oil) (flag value if 
derived from missing data procedures);
    (iii) Gross calorific value or heat content (Btu/lb) (flag value if 
derived from missing data procedures); and
    (iv) Density or specific gravity, if required to convert volume to 
mass (flag value if derived from missing data procedures).
    (5) For each daily sample of gaseous fuel:
    (i) Date of sampling;
    (ii) Sulfur content (grains/100 scf, rounded to the nearest tenth) 
(flag value if derived from missing data procedures);
    (6) For each monthly sample of gaseous fuel:
    (i) Date of sampling;
    (ii) Gross calorific value or heat content (Btu/scf) (flag value if 
derived from missing data procedures).
    (d) Specific NOX emission record provisions for gas-fired 
peaking units or oil-fired peaking units using optional protocol in 
appendix E of this part. In lieu of recording the information in 
paragraph Sec. 75.54(d), the owner or operator shall record the 
applicable information in this paragraph for each affected gas-fired 
peaking unit or oil-fired peaking unit for which the owner or operator 
is using the optional protocol in appendix E of this part for estimating 
NOX emission rate.
    (1) For each hour when the unit is combusting oil,
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Hourly average fuel flow rate of oil with the units in which 
oil flow is recorded (gal/hour, lb/hr or bbl/hour) (flag value if 
derived from missing data procedures);
    (iii) Gross calorific value (heat content) of oil, used to determine 
heat input (Btu/lb) (flag value if derived from missing data 
procedures);
    (iv) Hourly average NOX emission rate from combustion of 
oil (lb/mmBtu);
    (v) Heat input rate of oil (mmBtu/hr, rounded to the nearest tenth); 
and

[[Page 291]]

    (vi) Fuel usage time for combustion of oil during the hour, rounded 
to the nearest 15 min.
    (2) For each hour when the unit is combusting gaseous fuel,
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Hourly average fuel flow rate of gaseous fuel (100 scfh) (flag 
value if derived from missing data procedures);
    (iii) Gross calorific value (heat content) of gaseous fuel, used to 
determine heat input (Btu/scf) (flag value if derived from missing data 
procedures);
    (iv) Hourly average NOX emission rate from combustion of 
gaseous fuel (lb/mmBtu, rounded to nearest hundredth);
    (v) Heat input rate from gaseous fuel (mmBtu/hr, rounded to the 
nearest tenth); and
    (vi) Fuel usage time for combustion of gaseous fuel during the hour, 
rounded to the nearest 15 min.
    (3) For each hour when the unit combusts any fuel:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Total heat input from all fuels (mmBtu, rounded to the nearest 
tenth);
    (iii) Hourly average NOX emission rate for the unit for 
all fuels;
    (iv) For stationary gas turbines and diesel or dual-fuel 
reciprocating engines, hourly averages of operating parameters under 
section 2.3 of appendix E (flag if value is outside of manufacturer's 
recommended range);
    (v) For boilers, hourly average boiler O2 reading 
(percent, rounded to the nearest tenth) (flag if value exceeds by more 
than 2 percentage points the O2 level recorded at the same 
heat input during the previous NOX emission rate test).
    (4) For each fuel sample:
    (i) Date of sampling;
    (ii) Gross calorific value (heat content) (Btu/lb for oil, Btu/scf 
for gaseous fuel); and
    (iii) Density or specific gravity, if required to convert volume to 
mass.
    (e) Specific SO2 emission record provisions during the 
combustion of gaseous fuel. (1) If SO2 emissions are 
determined in accordance with the provisions in Sec. 75.11(e)(2) during 
hours in which only gaseous fuel is combusted in a unit with an 
SO2 CEMS, the owner or operator shall record the information 
in paragraph (c)(3) of this section in lieu of the information in 
Secs. 75.54(c)(1) and (c)(3) or Secs. 75.57(c)(1) and (c)(4), for those 
hours.
    (2) The provisions of this paragraph apply to a unit which, in 
accordance with the provisions of Sec. 75.11(e)(3), uses an 
SO2 CEMS to determine SO2 emissions during hours 
in which only gaseous fuel is combusted in the unit. If the unit 
sometimes burns only gaseous fuel that is very low sulfur fuel (as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) as a primary and/or backup fuel 
and at other times combusts higher-sulfur fuels, such as coal or oil, as 
primary and/or backup fuel(s), then the owner or operator shall keep 
records on-site, suitable for inspection, of the type(s) of fuel(s) 
burned during each period of missing SO2 data and the number 
of hours that each type of fuel was combusted in the unit during each 
missing data period. This recordkeeping requirement does not apply to an 
affected unit that burns very low sulfur fuel exclusively, nor does it 
apply to a unit that burns such gaseous fuel(s) only during unit 
startup.

[60 FR 26535, 26568, May 17, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 59161, Nov. 20, 
1996; 64 FR 28608, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.56  Certification, quality assurance and quality control record provisions.

    Before April 1, 2000, the owner or operator shall meet the 
requirements of either this section or Sec. 75.59. On and after April 1, 
2000, the owner or operator shall meet the requirements of Sec. 75.59.
    (a) Continuous emission or opacity monitoring systems. The owner or 
operator shall record the applicable information in this section for 
each certified monitor or certified monitoring system (including 
certified backup monitors) measuring and recording emissions or flow 
from an affected unit.
    (1) For each SO2 or NOX pollutant 
concentration monitor, flow monitor, CO2 monitor, or diluent 
gas monitor, the owner or operator shall record the following for all 
daily and 7-day calibration error tests, including any follow-up tests 
after corrective action:
    (i) Component/system identification code;
    (ii) Instrument span;

[[Page 292]]

    (iii) Date and hour;
    (iv) Reference value, (i.e., calibration gas concentration or 
reference signal value, in ppm or other appropriate units);
    (v) Observed value (monitor response during calibration, in ppm or 
other appropriate units);
    (vi) Percent calibration error (rounded to nearest tenth of a 
percent); and
    (vii) For 7-day calibration tests for certification or 
recertification, a certification from the cylinder gas vendor or CEMS 
vendor, that calibration gas as defined in Sec. 72.2 and appendix A of 
this part, were used to conduct calibration error testing; and
    (viii) Description of any adjustments, corrective actions, or 
maintenance following test.
    (2) For each flow monitor, the owner or operator shall record the 
following for all daily interference checks, including any follow-up 
tests after corrective action:
    (i) Code indicating whether monitor passes or fails the interference 
check; and
    (ii) Description of any adjustments, corrective actions, or 
maintenance following test.
    (3) For each SO2 or NOX pollutant 
concentration monitor, CO2 monitor, or diluent gas monitor, 
the owner or operator shall record the following for the initial and all 
subsequent linearity check(s), including any follow-up tests after 
corrective action:
    (i) Component/system identification code;
    (ii) Instrument span;
    (iii) Date and hour;
    (iv) Reference value (i.e., reference gas concentration, in ppm or 
other appropriate units);
    (v) Observed value (average monitor response at each reference gas 
concentration, in ppm or other appropriate units);
    (vi) Percent error at each of three reference gas concentrations 
(rounded to nearest tenth of a percent); and
    (vii) Description of any adjustments, corrective action, or 
maintenance following test.
    (4) For each flow monitor, where applicable, the owner or operator 
shall record the following for all quarterly leak checks, including any 
follow-up tests after corrective action:
    (i) Code indicating whether monitor passes or fails the quarterly 
leak check; and
    (ii) Description of any adjustments, corrective actions, or 
maintenance following test.
    (5) For each SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, flow 
monitor, CO2 pollutant concentration monitor; NOX 
continuous emission monitoring system, SO2-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring system, and approved alternative monitoring system, 
the owner or operator shall record the following information for the 
initial and all subsequent relative accuracy tests and test audits:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Reference method(s) used;
    (iii) Individual test run data from the relative accuracy test audit 
for the SO2 concentration monitor, flow monitor, 
CO2 pollutant concentration monitor, NOX 
continuous emission monitoring system, SO2-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring system, or approved alternative monitoring systems, 
including:
    (A) Date, hour, and minute of beginning of test run,
    (B) Date, hour, and minute of end of test run,
    (C) Component/system identification code,
    (D) Run number,
    (E) Run data for monitor;
    (F) Run data for reference method; and
    (G) Flag value (0 or 1) indicating whether run has been used in 
calculating relative accuracy and bias values.
    (iv) Calculations and tabulated results, as follows:
    (A) Arithmetic mean of the monitoring system measurement values, 
reference method values, and of their differences, as specified in 
equation A-7 in appendix A to this part.
    (B) Standard deviation, as specified in equation A-8 in appendix A 
to this part.
    (C) Confidence coefficient, as specified in equation A-9 in appendix 
A to this part.
    (D) Relative accuracy test results, as specified in equation A-10 in 
appendix

[[Page 293]]

A to this part. (For the 3-level flow monitor test only, relative 
accuracy test results should be recorded at each of three gas 
velocities. Each of these three gas velocities shall be expressed as a 
total gross unit load, rounded to the nearest MWe or as steam load, 
rounded to the nearest thousand lb/hr.)
    (E) Bias test results as specified in section 7.6.4 in appendix A to 
this part.
    (F) Bias adjustment factor from equations A-11 and A-12 in appendix 
A to this part for any monitoring system or component that failed the 
bias test and 1.0 for any monitoring system or component that passed the 
bias test. (For flow monitors only, bias adjustment factors should be 
recorded at each of three gas velocities).
    (v) Description of any adjustment, corrective action, or maintenance 
following test.
    (vi) F-factor value(s) used to convert NOX pollutant 
concentration and diluent gas (O2 or CO2) 
concentration measurements into NOX emission rates (in lb/
mmBtu), heat input or CO2 emissions.
    (vii) For flow monitors, the equation used to linearize the flow 
monitor and the numerical values of the polynomial coefficients or K 
factor(s) of that equation.
    (viii) The raw data and calculated results for any stratification 
tests performed in accordance with sections 6.5.6.1 through 6.5.6.3 in 
appendix A to this part.
    (ix) For moisture monitoring systems, the coefficient or ``K'' 
factor or other mathematical algorithm used to adjust the monitoring 
system with respect to the reference method.
    (6) [Reserved]
    (7) Results of all trial runs and certification tests and quality 
assurance activities and measurements (including all reference method 
field test sheets, charts, records of combined system responses, 
laboratory analyses, and example calculations) necessary to substantiate 
compliance with all relevant appendices in this part. This information 
shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following reference 
method data:
    (i) For each run of each test using method 2 in appendix A of part 
60 of this chapter to determine volumetric flow rate:
    (A) Pitot tube coefficient;
    (B) Date of pitot tube calibration;
    (C) Average square root of velocity head of stack gas (inches of 
water) for the run;
    (D) Average absolute stack gas temperature,  deg.R;
    (E) Barometric pressure at test port, inches of mercury;
    (F) Stack static pressure, inches of H2 O;
    (G) Absolute stack gas pressure, inches of mercury;
    (H) Moisture content of stack gas, percent;
    (I) Molecular weight of stack gas, wet basis (lb/lb-mole);
    (J) Number of reference method measurements during the run; and
    (K) Total volumetric flowrate (scfh, wet basis).
    (ii) For each test using method 2 in appendix A of part 60 of this 
chapter to determine volumetric flow rate:
    (A) Information indicating whether or not the location meets 
requirements of method 1 in appendix A of part 60 of this chapter;
    (B) Information indicating whether or not the equipment passed the 
leak check after every run included in the relative accuracy test;
    (C) Stack inside diameter at test port (ft);
    (D) Duct side height and width at test port (ft);
    (E) Stack or duct cross-sectional area at test port 
(ft2); and
    (F) Designation as to the load level of the test.
    (iii) For each run of each test using method 6C, 7E, or 3A in 
appendix A of part 60 of this chapter to determine SO2, 
NOX, CO2, or O2 concentration:
    (A) Run start date;
    (B) Run start time;
    (C) Run end date;
    (D) Run end time;
    (E) Span of reference method analyzer;
    (F) Reference gas concentration (low, mid-, and high gas levels);
    (G) Initial and final analyzer calibration response (low, mid- and 
high gas levels);
    (H) Analyzer calibration error (low, mid-, and high gas levels);

[[Page 294]]

    (I) Pre-test and post-test analyzer bias (zero and upscale gas 
levels);
    (J) Calibration drift and zero drift of analyzer;
    (K) Indication as to which data are from a pretest and which are 
from a posttest;
    (L) Calibration gas level (zero, mid-level, or high); and
    (M) Moisture content of stack gas, in percent, if needed to convert 
to moisture basis of CEMS being tested.
    (iv) For each test using method 6C, 7E, or 3A in appendix A of part 
60 of this chapter to determine SO2, NOX 
CO2, or O2 concentration:
    (A) Pollutant being measured;
    (B) Test number;
    (C) Date of interference test;
    (D) Results of interference test;
    (E) Date of NO2 to NO conversion test (method 7E only);
    (F) Results of NO2 to NO conversion test (method 7E 
only).
    (v) For each calibration gas cylinder used to test using method 6C, 
7E, or 3A in appendix A of part 60 of this chapter to determine 
SO2, NOX, CO2, or O2 
concentration:
    (A) Cylinder gas vendor name from certification;
    (B) Cylinder number;
    (C) Cylinder expiration date;
    (D) Pollutant(s) in cylinder; and
    (E) Cylinder gas concentration(s).
    (b) Excepted monitoring systems for gas-fired and oil-fired units. 
The owner or operator shall record the applicable information in this 
section for each excepted monitoring system following the requirements 
of appendix D of this part or appendix E of this part for determining 
and recording emissions from an affected unit.
    (1) For each oil-fired unit or gas-fired unit using the optional 
procedures of appendix D of this part for determining SO2 
mass emissions and heat input or the optional procedures of appendix E 
of this part for determining NOX emission rate, for 
certification and quality assurance testing of fuel flowmeters:
    (i) Date of test,
    (ii) Upper range value of the fuel flowmeter,
    (iii) Flowmeter measurements during accuracy test,
    (iv) Reference flow rates during accuracy test,
    (v) Average flowmeter accuracy as a percent of upper range value,
    (vi) Fuel flow rate level (low, mid-level, or high); and
    (vii) Description of fuel flowmeter calibration specification or 
procedure (in the certification application, or periodically if a 
different method is used for annual quality assurance testing).
    (2) For gas-fired peaking units or oil-fired peaking units using the 
optional procedures of appendix E of this part, for each initial 
performance, periodic, or quality assurance/quality control-related 
test:
    (i) For each run of emissions data;
    (A) Run start date and time;
    (B) Run end date and time;
    (C) Fuel flow (lb/hr, gal/hr, scf/hr, bbl/hr, or m3/hr);
    (D) Gross calorific value (heat content) of fuel (Btu/lb or Btu/
scf);
    (E) Density of fuel (if needed to convert mass to volume);
    (F) Total heat input during the run (mmBtu);
    (G) Hourly heat input rate for run (mmBtu/hr);
    (H) Response time of the O2 and NOX reference 
method analyzers;
    (I) NOX concentration (ppm);
    (J) O2 concentration (percent O2);
    (K) NOX emission rate (lb/mmBtu); and
    (L) Fuel or fuel combination (by heat input fraction) combusted.
    (ii) For each unit load and heat input;
    (A) Average NOX emission rate (lb/mmBtu);
    (B) F-factor used in calculations;
    (C) Average heat input rate (mmBtu/hr);
    (D) Unit operating parametric data related to NOX 
formation for that unit type (e.g., excess O2 level, water/
fuel ratio); and
    (E) Fuel or fuel combination (by heat input fraction) combusted.
    (iii) For each test report;
    (A) Graph of NOX emission rate against heat input rate;
    (B) Results of the tests for verification of the accuracy of 
emissions calculations and missing data procedures performed by the 
automated data acquisition and handling system, and the calculations 
used to

[[Page 295]]

produce NOX emission rate data at different heat input 
conditions; and
    (C) Results of all certification tests and quality assurance 
activities and measurements (including reference method field test 
sheets, charts, laboratory analyses, example calculations, or other data 
as appropriate), necessary to substantiate compliance with the 
requirements of appendix E of this part.
    (c) For units with add-on SO2 and NOX emission 
controls following the provisions of Sec. 75.34(a)(1) or (a)(2), the 
owner or operator shall keep the following records on-site in the 
quality assurance/quality control plan required by section 1 in appendix 
B of this part:
    (1) A list of operating parameters for the add-on emission controls, 
including parameters in Sec. 75.55 (b), appropriate to the particular 
installation of add-on emission controls; and
    (2) The range of each operating parameter in the list that indicates 
the add-on emission controls are properly operating.

[60 FR 26536, 26568, May 17, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 59161, Nov. 20, 
1996; 64 FR 28608, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.57  General recordkeeping provisions.

    Before April 1, 2000, the owner or operator shall meet the 
requirements of either this section or Sec. 75.54. However, the 
provisions of this section which support a regulatory option provided in 
another section of this part must be followed if that regulatory option 
is used prior to April 1, 2000. On or after April 1, 2000, the owner or 
operator shall meet the requirements of this section.
    (a) Recordkeeping requirements for affected sources. The owner or 
operator of any affected source subject to the requirements of this part 
shall maintain for each affected unit a file of all measurements, data, 
reports, and other information required by this part at the source in a 
form suitable for inspection for at least three (3) years from the date 
of each record. Unless otherwise provided, throughout this subpart the 
phrase ``for each affected unit'' also applies to each group of affected 
or nonaffected units utilizing a common stack and common monitoring 
systems, pursuant to Secs. 75.16 through 75.18, or utilizing a common 
pipe header and common fuel flowmeter, pursuant to section 2.1.2 of 
appendix D to this part. The file shall contain the following 
information:
    (1) The data and information required in paragraphs (b) through (h) 
of this section, beginning with the earlier of the date of provisional 
certification or the deadline in Sec. 75.4(a), (b), or (c);
    (2) The supporting data and information used to calculate values 
required in paragraphs (b) through (g) of this section, excluding the 
subhourly data points used to compute hourly averages under 
Sec. 75.10(d), beginning with the earlier of the date of provisional 
certification or the deadline in Sec. 75.4(a), (b), or (c);
    (3) The data and information required in Sec. 75.55 or Sec. 75.58 
for specific situations, as applicable, beginning with the earlier of 
the date of provisional certification or the deadline in Sec. 75.4(a), 
(b), or (c);
    (4) The certification test data and information required in 
Sec. 75.56 or Sec. 75.59 for tests required under Sec. 75.20, beginning 
with the date of the first certification test performed, the quality 
assurance and quality control data and information required in 
Sec. 75.56 or Sec. 75.59 for tests, and the quality assurance/quality 
control plan required under Sec. 75.21 and appendix B to this part, 
beginning with the date of provisional certification;
    (5) The current monitoring plan as specified in Sec. 75.53, 
beginning with the initial submission required by Sec. 75.62; and
    (6) The quality control plan as described in section 1 of appendix B 
to this part, beginning with the date of provisional certification.
    (b) Operating parameter record provisions. The owner or operator 
shall record for each hour the following information on unit operating 
time, heat input rate, and load, separately for each affected unit and 
also for each group of units utilizing a common stack and a common 
monitoring system or utilizing a common pipe header and common fuel 
flowmeter:
    (1) Date and hour;
    (2) Unit operating time (rounded up to the nearest fraction of an 
hour (in

[[Page 296]]

equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an 
hour, at the option of the owner or operator));
    (3) Hourly gross unit load (rounded to nearest MWge) (or steam load 
in 1000 lb/hr at stated temperature and pressure, rounded to the nearest 
1000 lb/hr, if elected in the monitoring plan);
    (4) Operating load range corresponding to hourly gross load of 1 to 
10, except for units using a common stack or common pipe header, which 
may use up to 20 load ranges for stack or fuel flow, as specified in the 
monitoring plan;
    (5) Hourly heat input rate (mmBtu/hr, rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (6) Identification code for formula used for heat input, as provided 
in Sec. 75.53; and
    (7) For CEMS units only, F-factor for heat input calculation and 
indication of whether the diluent cap was used for heat input 
calculations for the hour.
    (c) SO2 emission record provisions. The owner or operator 
shall record for each hour the information required by this paragraph 
for each affected unit or group of units using a common stack and common 
monitoring systems, except as provided under Sec. 75.11(e) or for a gas-
fired or oil-fired unit for which the owner or operator is using the 
optional protocol in appendix D to this part or for a low mass emissions 
unit for which the owner or operator is using the optional low mass 
emissions methodology in Sec. 75.19(c) for estimating SO2 
mass emissions:
    (1) For SO2 concentration during unit operation, as 
measured and reported from each certified primary monitor, certified 
back-up monitor, or other approved method of emissions determination:
    (i) Component-system identification code, as provided in Sec. 75.53;
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Hourly average SO2 concentration (ppm, rounded to 
the nearest tenth);
    (iv) Hourly average SO2 concentration (ppm, rounded to 
the nearest tenth), adjusted for bias if bias adjustment factor is 
required, as provided in Sec. 75.24(d);
    (v) Percent monitor data availability (recorded to the nearest tenth 
of a percent), calculated pursuant to Sec. 75.32; and
    (vi) Method of determination for hourly average SO2 
concentration using Codes 1-55 in Table 4a of this section.
    (2) For flow rate during unit operation, as measured and reported 
from each certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, or other 
approved method of emissions determination:
    (i) Component-system identification code, as provided in Sec. 75.53;
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Hourly average volumetric flow rate (in scfh, rounded to the 
nearest thousand);
    (iv) Hourly average volumetric flow rate (in scfh, rounded to the 
nearest thousand), adjusted for bias if bias adjustment factor required, 
as provided in Sec. 75.24(d);
    (v) Percent monitor data availability (recorded to the nearest tenth 
of a percent) for the flow monitor, calculated pursuant to Sec. 75.32; 
and
    (vi) Method of determination for hourly average flow rate using 
Codes 1-55 in Table 4a of this section.
    (3) For flue gas moisture content during unit operation (where 
SO2 concentration is measured on a dry basis), as measured 
and reported from each certified primary monitor, certified back-up 
monitor, or other approved method of emissions determination:
    (i) Component-system identification code, as provided in Sec. 75.53;
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Hourly average moisture content of flue gas (percent, rounded 
to the nearest tenth). If the continuous moisture monitoring system 
consists of wet- and dry-basis oxygen analyzers, also record both the 
wet- and dry-basis oxygen hourly averages (in percent O2, 
rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (iv) Percent monitor data availability (recorded to the nearest 
tenth of a percent) for the moisture monitoring system, calculated 
pursuant to Sec. 75.32; and
    (v) Method of determination for hourly average moisture percentage, 
using Codes 1-55 in Table 4a of this section.

[[Page 297]]

    (4) For SO2 mass emission rate during unit operation, as 
measured and reported from the certified primary monitoring system(s), 
certified redundant or non-redundant back-up monitoring system(s), or 
other approved method(s) of emissions determination:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Hourly SO2 mass emission rate (lb/hr, rounded to the 
nearest tenth);
    (iii) Hourly SO2 mass emission rate (lb/hr, rounded to 
the nearest tenth), adjusted for bias if bias adjustment factor 
required, as provided in Sec. 75.24(d); and
    (iv) Identification code for emissions formula used to derive hourly 
SO2 mass emission rate from SO2 concentration and 
flow and (if applicable) moisture data in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), and 
(c)(3) of this section, as provided in Sec. 75.53.

     Table 4a.--Codes for Method of Emissions and Flow Determination
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Hourly emissions/flow measurement or
           Code                          estimation method
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1........................  Certified primary emission/flow monitoring
                            system.
2........................  Certified backup emission/flow monitoring
                            system.
3........................  Approved alternative monitoring system.
4........................  Reference method:
                             SO2: Method 6C.
                             Flow: Method 2 or its allowable
                            alternatives under appendix A to part 60 of
                            this chapter.
                             NOX: Method 7E.
                             CO2 or O2: Method 3A.
5........................  For units with add-on SO2 and/or NOX emission
                            controls: SO2 concentration or NOX emission
                            rate estimate from Agency preapproved
                            parametric monitoring method.
6........................  Average of the hourly SO2 concentrations, CO2
                            concentrations, O2 concentrations, NOX
                            concentrations, flow rates, moisture
                            percentages or NOX emission rates for the
                            hour before and the hour following a missing
                            data period.
7........................  Hourly average SO2 concentration, CO2
                            concentration, O2 concentration, NOX
                            concentration, moisture percentage, flow
                            rate, or NOX emission rate using initial
                            missing data procedures.
8........................  90th percentile hourly SO2 concentration, CO2
                            concentration, NOX concentration, flow rate,
                            moisture percentage, or NOX emission rate or
                            10th percentile hourly O2 concentration or
                            moisture percentage (moisture missing data
                            algorithm depends on which equations are
                            used for emissions and heat input).
9........................  95th percentile hourly SO2 concentration, CO2
                            concentration, NOX concentration, flow rate,
                            moisture percentage, or NOX emission rate or
                            5th percentile hourly O2 concentration or
                            moisture percentage (moisture missing data
                            algorithm depends on which equations are
                            used for emissions and heat input)
10.......................  Maximum hourly SO2 concentration, CO2
                            concentration, NOX concentration, flow rate,
                            moisture percentage, or NOX emission rate or
                            minimum hourly O2 concentration or moisture
                            percentage in the applicable lookback period
                            (moisture missing data algorithm depends on
                            which equations are used for emissions and
                            heat input).
11.......................  Average of hourly flow rates, NOX
                            concentrations or NOX emission rates in
                            corresponding load range, for the applicable
                            lookback period.
12.......................  Maximum potential concentration of SO2,
                            maximum potential concentration of CO2,
                            maximum potential concentration of NOX
                            maximum potential flow rate, maximum
                            potential NOX emission rate, maximum
                            potential moisture percentage, minimum
                            potential O2 concentration or minimum
                            potential moisture percentage, as determined
                            using section 2.1 of appendix A to this part
                            (moisture missing data algorithm depends on
                            which equations are used for emissions and
                            heat input).
13.......................  Fuel analysis data from appendix G to this
                            part for CO2 mass emissions. (This code is
                            optional through 12/31/99, and shall not be
                            used after 1/1/00.)
14.......................  Diluent cap value (if the cap is replacing a
                            CO2 measurement, use 5.0 percent for boilers
                            and 1.0 percent for turbines; if it is
                            replacing an O2 measurement, use 14.0
                            percent for boilers and 19.0 percent for
                            turbines).
15.......................  Fuel analysis data from appendix G to this
                            part for CO2 mass emissions. (This code is
                            optional through 12/31/99, and shall not be
                            used after 1/1/00.)
16.......................  SO2 concentration value of 2.0 ppm during
                            hours when only ``very low sulfur fuel'', as
                            defined in Sec.  72.2 of this chapter, is
                            combusted.
17.......................  Like-kind replacement non-redundant backup
                            monitoring analyzer.
19.......................  200 percent of the MPC; default high range
                            value.
20.......................  200 percent of the full-scale range setting
                            (full-scale exceedance of high range).
25.......................  Maximum potential NOX emission rate (MER).
                            (Use only when a NOX concentration full-
                            scale exceedance occurs and the diluent
                            monitor is unavailable.)
54.......................  Other quality assured methodologies approved
                            through petition. These hours are included
                            in missing data lookback and are treated as
                            unavailable hours for percent monitor
                            availability calculations.
55.......................  Other substitute data approved through
                            petition. These hours are not included in
                            missing data lookback and are treated as
                            unavailable hours for percent monitor
                            availability calculations.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 298]]

    (d) NOX emission record provisions. The owner or operator 
shall record the applicable information required by this paragraph for 
each affected unit for each hour or partial hour during which the unit 
operates, except for a gas-fired peaking unit or oil-fired peaking unit 
for which the owner or operator is using the optional protocol in 
appendix E to this part or a low mass emissions unit for which the owner 
or operator is using the optional low mass emissions excepted 
methodology in Sec. 75.19(c) for estimating NOX emission 
rate. For each NOX emission rate (in lb/mmBtu) measured by a 
NOX-diluent monitoring system, or, if applicable, for each 
NOX concentration (in ppm) measured by a NOX 
concentration monitoring system used to calculate NOX mass 
emissions under Sec. 75.71(a)(2), record the following data as measured 
and reported from the certified primary monitor, certified back-up 
monitor, or other approved method of emissions determination:
    (1) Component-system identification code, as provided in Sec. 75.53 
(including identification code for the moisture monitoring system, if 
applicable);
    (2) Date and hour;
    (3) Hourly average NOX concentration (ppm, rounded to the 
nearest tenth) and hourly average NOX concentration (ppm, 
rounded to the nearest tenth) adjusted for bias if bias adjustment 
factor required, as provided in Sec. 75.24(d);
    (4) Hourly average diluent gas concentration (for NOX-
diluent monitoring systems, only, in units of percent O2 or 
percent CO2, rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (5) If applicable, the hourly average moisture content of the stack 
gas (percent H2O, rounded to the nearest tenth). If the 
continuous moisture monitoring system consists of wet- and dry-basis 
oxygen analyzers, also record both the hourly wet- and dry-basis oxygen 
readings (in percent O2, rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (6) Hourly average NOX emission rate (for NOX-
diluent monitoring systems only, in units of lb/mmBtu, rounded either to 
the nearest hundredth or thousandth prior to April 1, 2000 and rounded 
to the nearest thousandth on and after April 1, 2000);
    (7) Hourly average NOX emission rate (for NOX-
diluent monitoring systems only, in units of lb/mmBtu, rounded either to 
the nearest hundredth or thousandth prior to April 1, 2000 and rounded 
to the nearest thousandth on and after April 1, 2000), adjusted for bias 
if bias adjustment factor is required, as provided in Sec. 75.24(d). The 
requirement to report hourly NOX emission rates to the 
nearest thousandth shall not affect NOX compliance 
determinations under part 76 of this chapter; compliance with each 
applicable emission limit under part 76 shall be determined to the 
nearest hundredth pound per million Btu;
    (8) Percent monitoring system data availability (recorded to the 
nearest tenth of a percent), for the NOX-diluent or 
NOX concentration monitoring system, and, if applicable, for 
the moisture monitoring system, calculated pursuant to Sec. 75.32;
    (9) Method of determination for hourly average NOX 
emission rate or NOX concentration and (if applicable) for 
the hourly average moisture percentage, using Codes 1-55 in Table 4a of 
this section; and
    (10) Identification codes for emissions formulas used to derive 
hourly average NOX emission rate and total NOX 
mass emissions, as provided in Sec. 75.53, and (if applicable) the F-
factor used to convert NOX concentrations into emission 
rates.
    (e) CO2 emission record provisions. Except for a low mass 
emissions unit for which the owner or operator is using the optional low 
mass emissions excepted methodology in Sec. 75.19(c) for estimating 
CO2 mass emissions, the owner or operator shall record or 
calculate CO2 emissions for each affected unit using one of 
the following methods specified in this section:
    (1) If the owner or operator chooses to use a CO2 CEMS 
(including an O2 monitor and flow monitor, as specified in 
appendix F to this part), then the owner or operator shall record for 
each hour or partial hour during which the unit operates the following 
information for CO2 mass emissions, as measured and reported 
from the certified primary monitor, certified back-up monitor, or other 
approved method of emissions determination:
    (i) Component-system identification code, as provided in Sec. 75.53 
(including

[[Page 299]]

identification code for the moisture monitoring system, if applicable);
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Hourly average CO2 concentration (in percent, 
rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (iv) Hourly average volumetric flow rate (scfh, rounded to the 
nearest thousand scfh);
    (v) Hourly average moisture content of flue gas (percent, rounded to 
the nearest tenth), where CO2 concentration is measured on a 
dry basis. If the continuous moisture monitoring system consists of wet- 
and dry-basis oxygen analyzers, also record both the hourly wet- and 
dry-basis oxygen readings (in percent O2, rounded to the 
nearest tenth);
    (vi) Hourly average CO2 mass emission rate (tons/hr, 
rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (vii) Percent monitor data availability for both the CO2 
monitoring system and, if applicable, the moisture monitoring system 
(recorded to the nearest tenth of a percent), calculated pursuant to 
Sec. 75.32;
    (viii) Method of determination for hourly average CO2 
mass emission rate and hourly average CO2 concentration, and, 
if applicable, for the hourly average moisture percentage, using Codes 
1-55 in Table 4a of this section;
    (ix) Identification code for emissions formula used to derive hourly 
average CO2 mass emission rate, as provided in Sec. 75.53; 
and
    (x) Indication of whether the diluent cap was used for 
CO2 calculation for the hour.
    (2) As an alternative to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the owner 
or operator may use the procedures in Sec. 75.13 and in appendix G to 
this part, and shall record daily the following information for 
CO2 mass emissions:
    (i) Date;
    (ii) Daily combustion-formed CO2 mass emissions (tons/
day, rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (iii) For coal-fired units, flag indicating whether optional 
procedure to adjust combustion-formed CO2 mass emissions for 
carbon retained in flyash has been used and, if so, the adjustment;
    (iv) For a unit with a wet flue gas desulfurization system or other 
controls generating CO2, daily sorbent-related CO2 
mass emissions (tons/day, rounded to the nearest tenth); and
    (v) For a unit with a wet flue gas desulfurization system or other 
controls generating CO2, total daily CO2 mass 
emissions (tons/day, rounded to the nearest tenth) as the sum of 
combustion-formed emissions and sorbent-related emissions.
    (f) Opacity records. The owner or operator shall record opacity data 
as specified by the State or local air pollution control agency. If the 
State or local air pollution control agency does not specify 
recordkeeping requirements for opacity, then record the information 
required by paragraphs (f) (1) through (5) of this section for each 
affected unit, except as provided in Secs. 75.14(b), (c), and (d). The 
owner or operator shall also keep records of all incidents of opacity 
monitor downtime during unit operation, including reason(s) for the 
monitor outage(s) and any corrective action(s) taken for opacity, as 
measured and reported by the continuous opacity monitoring system:
    (1) Component/system identification code;
    (2) Date, hour, and minute;
    (3) Average opacity of emissions for each six minute averaging 
period (in percent opacity);
    (4) If the average opacity of emissions exceeds the applicable 
standard, then a code indicating such an exceedance has occurred; and
    (5) Percent monitor data availability (recorded to the nearest tenth 
of a percent), calculated according to the requirements of the procedure 
recommended for State Implementation Plans in appendix M to part 51 of 
this chapter.
    (g) Diluent record provisions. The owner or operator of a unit using 
a flow monitor and an O2 diluent monitor to determine heat 
input, in accordance with Equation F-17 or F-18 of appendix F to this 
part, or a unit that accounts for heat input using a flow monitor and a 
CO2 diluent monitor (which is used only for heat input 
determination and is not used as a CO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor) shall keep the following records for the 
O2 or CO2 diluent monitor:

[[Page 300]]

    (1) Component-system identification code, as provided in Sec. 75.53;
    (2) Date and hour;
    (3) Hourly average diluent gas (O2 or CO2) 
concentration (in percent, rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (4) Percent monitor data availability for the diluent monitor 
(recorded to the nearest tenth of a percent), calculated pursuant to 
Sec. 75.32; and
    (5) Method of determination code for diluent gas (O2 or 
CO2) concentration data using Codes 1-55, in Table 4a of this 
section.
    (h) Missing data records. The owner or operator shall record the 
causes of any missing data periods and the actions taken by the owner or 
operator to correct such causes.

[64 FR 28609, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.58  General recordkeeping provisions for specific situations.

    Before April 1, 2000, the owner or operator shall meet the 
requirements of either this section or Sec. 75.55. However, the 
provisions of this section which support a regulatory option provided in 
another section of this part must be followed if that regulatory option 
is exercised prior to April 1, 2000. On or after April 1, 2000, the 
owner or operator shall meet the requirements of this section.
    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) Specific parametric data record provisions for calculating 
substitute emissions data for units with add-on emission controls. In 
accordance with Sec. 75.34, the owner or operator of an affected unit 
with add-on emission controls shall either record the applicable 
information in paragraph (b)(3) of this section for each hour of missing 
SO2 concentration data or NOX emission rate (in 
addition to other information), or shall record the information in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for SO2 or paragraph (b)(2) 
of this section for NOX through an automated data acquisition 
and handling system, as appropriate to the type of add-on emission 
controls:
    (1) For units with add-on SO2 emission controls using the 
optional parametric monitoring procedures in appendix C to this part, 
for each hour of missing SO2 concentration or volumetric flow 
data:
    (i) The information required in Sec. 75.54(c) or Sec. 75.57(c) for 
SO2 concentration and volumetric flow, if either one of these 
monitors is still operating;
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Number of operating scrubber modules;
    (iv) Total feedrate of slurry to each operating scrubber module 
(gal/min);
    (v) Pressure differential across each operating scrubber module 
(inches of water column);
    (vi) For a unit with a wet flue gas desulfurization system, an in-
line measure of absorber pH for each operating scrubber module;
    (vii) For a unit with a dry flue gas desulfurization system, the 
inlet and outlet temperatures across each operating scrubber module;
    (viii) For a unit with a wet flue gas desulfurization system, the 
percent solids in slurry for each scrubber module;
    (ix) For a unit with a dry flue gas desulfurization system, the 
slurry feed rate (gal/min) to the atomizer nozzle;
    (x) For a unit with SO2 add-on emission controls other 
than wet or dry limestone, corresponding parameters approved by the 
Administrator;
    (xi) Method of determination of SO2 concentration and 
volumetric flow using Codes 1-15 in Table 4 of Sec. 75.54 or Codes 1-55 
in Table 4a of Sec. 75.57; and
    (xii) Inlet and outlet SO2 concentration values, recorded 
by an SO2 continuous emission monitoring system, and the 
removal efficiency of the add-on emission controls.
    (2) For units with add-on NOX emission controls using the 
optional parametric monitoring procedures in appendix C to this part, 
for each hour of missing NOX emission rate data:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Inlet air flow rate (scfh, rounded to the nearest thousand);
    (iii) Excess O2 concentration of flue gas at stack outlet 
(percent, rounded to the nearest tenth of a percent);
    (iv) Carbon monoxide concentration of flue gas at stack outlet (ppm, 
rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (v) Temperature of flue gas at furnace exit or economizer outlet 
duct ( deg.F);
    (vi) Other parameters specific to NOX emission controls 
(e.g., average hourly reagent feedrate);

[[Page 301]]

    (vii) Method of determination of NOX emission rate using 
Codes 1-15 in Table 4 of Sec. 75.54 or Codes 1-55 in Table 4a of 
Sec. 75.57; and
    (viii) Inlet and outlet NOX emission rate values recorded 
by a NOX continuous emission monitoring system and the 
removal efficiency of the add-on emission controls.
    (3) For units with add-on SO2 or NOX emission 
controls following the provisions of Sec. 75.34(a)(1) or (a)(2), the 
owner or operator shall, for each hour of missing SO2 or 
NOX emission data, record:
    (i) Parametric data which demonstrate the proper operation of the 
add-on emission controls, as described in the quality assurance/quality 
control program for the unit. The parametric data shall be maintained on 
site and shall be submitted, upon request, to the Administrator, EPA 
Regional office, State, or local agency;
    (ii) A flag indicating either that the add-on emission controls are 
operating properly, as evidenced by all parameters being within the 
ranges specified in the quality assurance/quality control program, or 
that the add-on emission controls are not operating properly;
    (iii) For units substituting a representative SO2 
concentration during missing data periods under Sec. 75.34(a)(2), any 
available inlet and outlet SO2 concentration values recorded 
by an SO2 continuous emission monitoring system; and
    (iv) For units substituting a representative NOX emission 
rate during missing data periods under Sec. 75.34(a)(2), any available 
inlet and outlet NOX emission rate values recorded by a 
continuous emission monitoring system.
    (c) Specific SO2 emission record provisions for gas-fired 
or oil-fired units using optional protocol in appendix D to this part. 
In lieu of recording the information in Sec. 75.54(c) or Sec. 75.57(c), 
the owner or operator shall record the applicable information in this 
paragraph for each affected gas-fired or oil-fired unit for which the 
owner or operator is using the optional protocol in appendix D to this 
part for estimating SO2 mass emissions:
    (1) For each hour when the unit is combusting oil:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Hourly average volumetric flow rate of oil, while the unit 
combusts oil, with the units in which oil flow is recorded (gal/hr, scf/
hr, m3/hr, or bbl/hr, rounded to the nearest tenth) (flag 
value if derived from missing data procedures);
    (iii) Sulfur content of oil sample used to determine SO2 
mass emission rate (rounded to nearest hundredth for diesel fuel or to 
the nearest tenth of a percent for other fuel oil) (flag value if 
derived from missing data procedures);
    (iv) [Reserved];
    (v) Mass flow rate of oil combusted each hour and method of 
determination (lb/hr, rounded to the nearest tenth) (flag value if 
derived from missing data procedures);
    (vi) SO2 mass emission rate from oil (lb/hr, rounded to 
the nearest tenth);
    (vii) For units using volumetric oil flowmeters, density of oil with 
the units in which oil density is recorded and method of determination 
(flag value if derived from missing data procedures);
    (viii) Gross calorific value of oil used to determine heat input and 
method of determination (Btu/lb) (flag value if derived from missing 
data procedures);
    (ix) Hourly heat input rate from oil, according to procedures in 
appendix D to this part (mmBtu/hr, to the nearest tenth);
    (x) Fuel usage time for combustion of oil during the hour (rounded 
up to the nearest fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can 
range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the 
owner or operator)) (flag to indicate multiple/single fuel types 
combusted);
    (xi) Monitoring system identification code;
    (xii) Operating load range corresponding to gross unit load (01-20); 
and
    (xiii) Type of oil combusted.
    (2) For gas-fired units or oil-fired units using the optional 
protocol in appendix D to this part for daily manual oil sampling, when 
the unit is combusting oil, the highest sulfur content recorded from the 
most recent 30 daily oil samples (rounded to the nearest tenth of a 
percent).

[[Page 302]]

    (3) For gas-fired units or oil-fired units using the optional 
protocol in appendix D to this part, when either an assumed oil sulfur 
content or density value is used, or when as-delivered oil sampling is 
performed:
    (i) Record the measured sulfur content, gross calorific value, and, 
if applicable, density from each fuel sample; and
    (ii) Record and report the assumed sulfur content, gross calorific 
value, and, if applicable, density used to calculate SO2 mass 
emission rate or heat input rate.
    (4) For each hour when the unit is combusting gaseous fuel:
    (i) Date and hour.
    (ii) Hourly heat input rate from gaseous fuel, according to 
procedures in appendix F to this part (mmBtu/hr, rounded to the nearest 
tenth).
    (iii) Sulfur content or SO2 emission rate, in one of the 
following formats, in accordance with the appropriate procedure from 
appendix D to this part:
    (A) Sulfur content of gas sample and method of determination 
(rounded to the nearest 0.1 grains/100 scf) (flag value if derived from 
missing data procedures); or
    (B) Default SO2 emission rate of 0.0006 lb/mmBtu for 
pipeline natural gas, or calculated SO2 emission rate for 
natural gas from section 2.3.2.1.1 of appendix D to this part.
    (iv) Hourly flow rate of gaseous fuel, while the unit combusts gas 
(100 scfh) and source of data code for gas flow rate.
    (v) Gross calorific value of gaseous fuel used to determine heat 
input rate (Btu/100 scf) (flag value if derived from missing data 
procedures).
    (vi) SO2 mass emission rate due to the combustion of 
gaseous fuels (lb/hr).
    (vii) Fuel usage time for combustion of gaseous fuel during the hour 
(rounded up to the nearest fraction of an hour (in equal increments that 
can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of 
the owner or operator)) (flag to indicate multiple/single fuel types 
combusted).
    (viii) Monitoring system identification code.
    (ix) Operating load range corresponding to gross unit load (01-20).
    (x) Type of gas combusted.
    (5) For each oil sample or sample of diesel fuel:
    (i) Date of sampling;
    (ii) Sulfur content (percent, rounded to the nearest hundredth for 
diesel fuel and to the nearest tenth for other fuel oil);
    (iii) Gross calorific value (Btu/lb); and
    (iv) Density or specific gravity, if required to convert volume to 
mass.
    (6) For each sample of gaseous fuel for sulfur content:
    (i) Date of sampling; and
    (ii) Sulfur content (grains/100 scf, rounded to the nearest tenth).
    (7) For each sample of gaseous fuel for gross calorific value:
    (i) Date of sampling; and
    (ii) Gross calorific value (Btu/100 scf)
    (8) For each oil sample or sample of gaseous fuel:
    (i) Type of oil or gas; and
    (ii) Type of sulfur sampling (using codes in tables D-4 and D-5 of 
appendix D to this part) and value used in calculations, and type of GCV 
or density sampling (using codes in tables D-4 and D-5 of appendix D to 
this part).
    (d) Specific NOX emission record provisions for gas-fired 
peaking units or oil-fired peaking units using optional protocol in 
appendix E to this part. In lieu of recording the information in 
paragraph Sec. 75.54(d) or Sec. 75.57(d), the owner or operator shall 
record the applicable information in this paragraph for each affected 
gas-fired peaking unit or oil-fired peaking unit for which the owner or 
operator is using the optional protocol in appendix E to this part for 
estimating NOX emission rate. The owner or operator shall 
meet the requirements of this section, except that the requirements 
under paragraphs (d)(1)(vii) and (d)(2)(vii) of this section shall 
become applicable on the date on which the owner or operator is required 
to monitor, record, and report NOX mass emissions under an 
applicable State or federal NOX mass emission reduction 
program, if the provisions of subpart H of this part are adopted as 
requirements under such a program.
    (1) For each hour when the unit is combusting oil:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Hourly average mass flow rate of oil while the unit combusts 
oil with

[[Page 303]]

the units in which oil flow is recorded (lb/hr);
    (iii) Gross calorific value of oil used to determine heat input 
(Btu/lb);
    (iv) Hourly average NOX emission rate from combustion of 
oil (lb/mmBtu, rounded to the nearest hundredth);
    (v) Heat input rate of oil (mmBtu/hr, rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (vi) Fuel usage time for combustion of oil during the hour (rounded 
up to the nearest fraction of an hour, in equal increments that can 
range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the 
owner or operator);
    (vii) NOX mass emissions, calculated in accordance with 
section 8.1 of appendix F to this part;
    (viii) NOX monitoring system identification code;
    (ix) Fuel flow monitoring system identification code; and
    (x) Segment identification of the correlation curve.
    (2) For each hour when the unit is combusting gaseous fuel:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Hourly average fuel flow rate of gaseous fuel, while the unit 
combusts gas (100 scfh);
    (iii) Gross calorific value of gaseous fuel used to determine heat 
input (Btu/100 scf) (flag value if derived from missing data 
procedures);
    (iv) Hourly average NOX emission rate from combustion of 
gaseous fuel (lb/mmBtu, rounded to nearest hundredth);
    (v) Heat input rate from gaseous fuel, while the unit combusts gas 
(mmBtu/hr, rounded to the nearest tenth);
    (vi) Fuel usage time for combustion of gaseous fuel during the hour 
(rounded up to the nearest fraction of an hour, in equal increments that 
can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of 
the owner or operator);
    (vii) NOX mass emissions, calculated in accordance with 
section 8.1 of appendix F to this part;
    (viii) NOX monitoring system identification code;
    (ix) Fuel flow monitoring system identification code; and
    (x) Segment identification of the correlation curve.
    (3) For each hour when the unit combusts multiple fuels:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Hourly average heat input rate from all fuels (mmBtu/hr, 
rounded to the nearest tenth); and
    (iii) Hourly average NOX emission rate for the unit for 
all fuels (lb/mmBtu, rounded to the nearest hundredth).
    (4) For each hour when the unit combusts any fuel(s):
    (i) For stationary gas turbines and diesel or dual-fuel 
reciprocating engines, hourly averages of operating parameters under 
section 2.3 of appendix E to this part (flag if value is outside of 
manufacturer's recommended range); and
    (ii) For boilers, hourly average boiler O2 reading 
(percent, rounded to the nearest tenth) (flag if value exceeds by more 
than 2 percentage points the O2 level recorded at the same 
heat input during the previous NOX emission rate test).
    (5) For each fuel sample:
    (i) Date of sampling;
    (ii) Gross calorific value (Btu/lb for oil, Btu/100 scf for gaseous 
fuel); and
    (iii) Density or specific gravity, if required to convert volume to 
mass.
    (6) Flag to indicate multiple or single fuels combusted.
    (e) Specific SO2 emission record provisions during the 
combustion of gaseous fuel. (1) If SO2 emissions are 
determined in accordance with the provisions in Sec. 75.11(e)(2) during 
hours in which only gaseous fuel is combusted in a unit with an 
SO2 CEMS, the owner or operator shall record the information 
in paragraph (c)(3) of this section in lieu of the information in 
Secs. 75.54(c)(1) and (c)(3) or Secs. 75.57(c)(1), (c)(3), and (c)(4), 
for those hours.
    (2) The provisions of this paragraph apply to a unit which, in 
accordance with the provisions of Sec. 75.11(e)(3), uses an 
SO2 CEMS to determine SO2 emissions during hours 
in which only gaseous fuel is combusted in the unit. If the unit 
sometimes burns only gaseous fuel that is very low sulfur fuel (as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) as a primary and/or backup fuel 
and at other times combusts higher sulfur fuels, such as coal or oil, as 
primary and/or

[[Page 304]]

backup fuel(s), then the owner or operator shall keep records on-site, 
in a form suitable for inspection, of the type(s) of fuel(s) burned 
during each period of missing SO2 data and the number of 
hours that each type of fuel was combusted in the unit during each 
missing data period. This recordkeeping requirement does not apply to an 
affected unit that burns very low sulfur fuel exclusively, nor does it 
apply to a unit that burns such gaseous fuel(s) only during unit 
startup.
    (f) Specific SO2, NOX, and CO2 
record provisions for gas-fired or oil-fired units using the optional 
low mass emissions excepted methodology in Sec. 75.19. In lieu of 
recording the information in Secs. 75.54(b) through (e) or 
Secs. 75.57(b) through (e), the owner or operator shall record the 
following information for each affected low mass emissions unit for 
which the owner or operator is using the optional low mass emissions 
excepted methodology in Sec. 75.19(c):
    (1) All low mass emission units shall report for each hour:
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) Unit operating time (units using the long term fuel flow 
methodology report operating time to be 1);
    (iii) Fuel type (pipeline natural gas, natural gas, residual oil, or 
diesel fuel) (note: if more than one type of fuel is combusted in the 
hour, indicate the fuel type which results in the highest emission 
factors for NOX);
    (iv) Average hourly NOX emission rate (lb/mmBtu, rounded 
to the nearest thousandth);
    (v) Hourly NOX mass emissions (lbs, rounded to the 
nearest tenth);
    (vi) Hourly SO2 mass emissions (lbs, rounded to the 
nearest tenth);
    (vii) Hourly CO2 mass emissions (tons, rounded to the 
nearest tenth);
    (viii) Hourly calculated unit heat input in mmBtu;
    (ix) Hourly unit output in gross load or steam load;
    (x) The method of determining hourly heat input: unit maximum rated 
heat input, unit long term fuel flow or group long term fuel flow;
    (xi) The method of determining NOX emission rate used for 
the hour: default based on fuel combusted, unit specific default based 
on testing or historical data, group default based on representative 
testing of identical units, unit specific based on testing of a unit 
with NOX controls operating, or missing data value; and
    (xii) Control status of the unit.
    (2) Low mass emission units using the optional long term fuel flow 
methodology to determine unit heat input shall report for each quarter:
    (i) Type of fuel;
    (ii) Beginning date and hour of long term fuel flow measurement 
period;
    (iii) End date and hour of long term fuel flow period;
    (iv) Quantity of fuel measured;
    (v) Units of measure;
    (vi) Fuel GCV value used to calculate heat input;
    (vii) Units of GCV;
    (viii) Method of determining fuel GCV used;
    (ix) Method of determining fuel flow over period;
    (x) Component-system identification code;
    (xi) Quarter and year;
    (xii) Total heat input (mmBtu); and
    (xiii) Operating hours in period.

[64 FR 28612, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.59  Certification, quality assurance, and quality control record provisions.

    Before April 1, 2000, the owner or operator shall meet the 
requirements of this section or Sec. 75.56. However, the provisions of 
this section which support a regulatory option provided in another 
section of this part must be followed if that regulatory option is 
exercised prior to April 1, 2000. On or after April 1, 2000, the owner 
or operator shall meet the requirements of this section.
    (a) Continuous emission or opacity monitoring systems. The owner or 
operator shall record the applicable information in this section for 
each certified monitor or certified monitoring system (including 
certified backup monitors) measuring and recording emissions or flow 
from an affected unit.
    (1) For each SO2 or NOX pollutant 
concentration monitor, flow monitor, CO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor (including O2 monitors used to 
determine CO2 emissions), or diluent gas monitor (including 
wet- and dry-basis O2 monitors used to determine percent 
moisture), the owner or operator shall

[[Page 305]]

record the following for all daily and 7-day calibration error tests and 
all off-line calibration demonstrations, including any follow-up tests 
after corrective action:
    (i) Component-system identification code;
    (ii) Instrument span and span scale;
    (iii) Date and hour;
    (iv) Reference value (i.e., calibration gas concentration or 
reference signal value, in ppm or other appropriate units);
    (v) Observed value (monitor response during calibration, in ppm or 
other appropriate units);
    (vi) Percent calibration error (rounded to the nearest tenth of a 
percent) (flag if using alternative performance specification for low 
emitters or differential pressure flow monitors);
    (vii) Calibration gas level;
    (viii) Test number and reason for test;
    (ix) For 7-day calibration tests for certification or 
recertification, a certification from the cylinder gas vendor or CEMS 
vendor that calibration gas, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter and 
appendix A to this part, was used to conduct calibration error testing;
    (x) Description of any adjustments, corrective actions, or 
maintenance prior to a passed test or following a failed test; and
    (xi) For the qualifying test for off-line calibration, the owner or 
operator shall indicate whether the unit is off-line or on-line.
    (2) For each flow monitor, the owner or operator shall record the 
following for all daily interference checks, including any follow-up 
tests after corrective action.
    (i) Component-system identification code;
    (ii) Date and hour;
    (iii) Code indicating whether monitor passes or fails the 
interference check; and
    (iv) Description of any adjustments, corrective actions, or 
maintenance prior to a passed test or following a failed test.
    (3) For each SO2 or NOX pollutant 
concentration monitor, CO2 pollutant concentration monitor 
(including O2 monitors used to determine CO2 
emissions), or diluent gas monitor (including wet- and dry-basis 
O2 monitors used to determine percent moisture), the owner or 
operator shall record the following for the initial and all subsequent 
linearity check(s), including any follow-up tests after corrective 
action.
    (i) Component-system identification code;
    (ii) Instrument span and span scale;
    (iii) Calibration gas level;
    (iv) Date and time (hour and minute) of each gas injection at each 
calibration gas level;
    (v) Reference value (i.e., reference gas concentration for each gas 
injection at each calibration gas level, in ppm or other appropriate 
units);
    (vi) Observed value (monitor response to each reference gas 
injection at each calibration gas level, in ppm or other appropriate 
units);
    (vii) Mean of reference values and mean of measured values at each 
calibration gas level;
    (viii) Linearity error at each of the reference gas concentrations 
(rounded to nearest tenth of a percent) (flag if using alternative 
performance specification);
    (ix) Test number and reason for test (flag if aborted test); and
    (x) Description of any adjustments, corrective action, or 
maintenance prior to a passed test or following a failed test.
    (4) For each differential pressure type flow monitor, the owner or 
operator shall record items in paragraphs (a)(4) (i) through (v) of this 
section, for all quarterly leak checks, including any follow-up tests 
after corrective action. For each flow monitor, the owner or operator 
shall record items in paragraphs (a)(4) (vi) and (vii) for all flow-to-
load ratio and gross heat rate tests:
    (i) Component-system identification code.
    (ii) Date and hour.
    (iii) Reason for test.
    (iv) Code indicating whether monitor passes or fails the quarterly 
leak check.
    (v) Description of any adjustments, corrective actions, or 
maintenance prior to a passed test or following a failed test.
    (vi) Test data from the flow-to-load ratio or gross heat rate (GHR) 
evaluation, including:

[[Page 306]]

    (A) Monitoring system identification code;
    (B) Calendar year and quarter;
    (C) Indication of whether the test is a flow-to-load ratio or gross 
heat rate evaluation;
    (D) Indication of whether bias adjusted flow rates were used;
    (E) Average absolute percent difference between reference ratio (or 
GHR) and hourly ratios (or GHR values);
    (F) Test result;
    (G) Number of hours used in final quarterly average;
    (H) Number of hours exempted for use of a different fuel type;
    (I) Number of hours exempted for load ramping up or down;
    (J) Number of hours exempted for scrubber bypass;
    (K) Number of hours exempted for hours preceding a normal-load flow 
RATA;
    (L) Number of hours exempted for hours preceding a successful 
diagnostic test, following a documented monitor repair or major 
component replacement; and
    (M) Number of hours excluded for flue gases discharging 
simultaneously thorough a main stack and a bypass stack.
    (vii) Reference data for the flow-to-load ratio or gross heat rate 
evaluation, including (as applicable):
    (A) Reference flow RATA end date and time;
    (B) Test number of the reference RATA;
    (C) Reference RATA load and load level;
    (D) Average reference method flow rate during reference flow RATA;
    (E) Reference flow/load ratio;
    (F) Average reference method diluent gas concentration during flow 
RATA and diluent gas units of measure;
    (G) Fuel specific Fd -or Fc-factor during flow 
RATA and F-factor units of measure;
    (H) Reference gross heat rate value;
    (I) Monitoring system identification code;
    (J) Average hourly heat input rate during RATA;
    (K) Average gross unit load; and
    (L) Operating load level.
    (5) For each SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, flow 
monitor, each CO2 pollutant concentration monitor (including 
any O2 concentration monitor used to determine CO2 
mass emissions or heat input), each NOX-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring system, each SO2-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring system, each NOX concentration monitoring 
system, each diluent gas (O2 or CO2) monitor used 
to determine heat input, each moisture monitoring system, and each 
approved alternative monitoring system, the owner or operator shall 
record the following information for the initial and all subsequent 
relative accuracy test audits:
    (i) Reference method(s) used.
    (ii) Individual test run data from the relative accuracy test audit 
for the SO2 concentration monitor, flow monitor, 
CO2 pollutant concentration monitor, NOX-diluent 
continuous emission monitoring system, SO2-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring system, diluent gas (O2 or 
CO2) monitor used to determine heat input, NOX 
concentration monitoring system, moisture monitoring system, or approved 
alternative monitoring system, including:
    (A) Date, hour, and minute of beginning of test run;
    (B) Date, hour, and minute of end of test run;
    (C) Monitoring system identification code;
    (D) Test number and reason for test;
    (E) Operating load level (low, mid, high, or normal, as appropriate) 
and number of load levels comprising test;
    (F) Normal load indicator for flow RATAs (except for peaking units);
    (G) Units of measure;
    (H) Run number;
    (I) Run value from CEMS being tested, in the appropriate units of 
measure;
    (J) Run value from reference method, in the appropriate units of 
measure;
    (K) Flag value (0, 1, or 9, as appropriate) indicating whether run 
has been used in calculating relative accuracy and bias values or 
whether the test was aborted prior to completion;
    (L) Average gross unit load, expressed as a total gross unit load, 
rounded to the nearest MWe, or as steam load, rounded to the nearest 
thousand lb/hr); and

[[Page 307]]

    (M) Flag to indicate whether an alternative performance 
specification has been used.
    (iii) Calculations and tabulated results, as follows:
    (A) Arithmetic mean of the monitoring system measurement values, of 
the reference method values, and of their differences, as specified in 
Equation A-7 in appendix A to this part;
    (B) Standard deviation, as specified in Equation A-8 in appendix A 
to this part;
    (C) Confidence coefficient, as specified in Equation A-9 in appendix 
A to this part;
    (D) Statistical ``t'' value used in calculations;
    (E) Relative accuracy test results, as specified in Equation A-10 in 
appendix A to this part. For multi-level flow monitor tests the relative 
accuracy test results shall be recorded at each load level tested. Each 
load level shall be expressed as a total gross unit load, rounded to the 
nearest MWe, or as steam load, rounded to the nearest thousand lb/hr;
    (F) Bias test results as specified in section 7.6.4 in appendix A to 
this part; and
    (G) Bias adjustment factor from Equation A-12 in appendix A to this 
part for any monitoring system that failed the bias test (except as 
otherwise provided in section 7.6.5 of appendix A to this part) and 
1.000 for any monitoring system that passed the bias test.
    (iv) Description of any adjustment, corrective action, or 
maintenance prior to a passed test or following a failed or aborted 
test.
    (v) F-factor value(s) used to convert NOX pollutant 
concentration and diluent gas (O2 or CO2) 
concentration measurements into NOX emission rates (in lb/
mmBtu), heat input or CO2 emissions.
    (vi) For flow monitors, the equation used to linearize the flow 
monitor and the numerical values of the polynomial coefficients or K 
factor(s) of that equation.
    (vii) For moisture monitoring systems, the coefficient or ``K'' 
factor or other mathematical algorithm used to adjust the monitoring 
system with respect to the reference method.
    (6) For each SO2, NOX, or CO2 
pollutant concentration monitor, NOX-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring system, SO2-diluent continuous emission 
monitoring system, NOX concentration monitoring system, or 
diluent gas (O2 or CO2) monitor used to determine 
heat input, the owner or operator shall record the following information 
for the cycle time test:
    (i) Component-system identification code;
    (ii) Date;
    (iii) Start and end times;
    (iv) Upscale and downscale cycle times for each component;
    (v) Stable start monitor value;
    (vi) Stable end monitor value;
    (vii) Reference value of calibration gas(es);
    (viii) Calibration gas level;
    (ix) Cycle time result for the entire system;
    (x) Reason for test; and
    (xi) Test number.
    (7) In addition to the information in paragraph (a)(5) of this 
section, the owner or operator shall record, for each relative accuracy 
test audit, supporting information sufficient to substantiate compliance 
with all applicable sections and appendices in this part. Unless 
otherwise specified in this part or in an applicable test method, the 
information in paragraphs (a)(7)(i) through (a)(7)(vi) may be recorded 
either in hard copy format, electronic format or a combination of the 
two, and the owner or operator shall maintain this information in a 
format suitable for inspection and audit purposes. This RATA supporting 
information shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following 
data elements:
    (i) For each RATA using Reference Method 2 (or its allowable 
alternatives) in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter to determine 
volumetric flow rate:
    (A) Information indicating whether or not the location meets 
requirements of Method 1 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter; and
    (B) Information indicating whether or not the equipment passed the 
required leak checks.
    (ii) For each run of each RATA using Reference Method 2 (or its 
allowable alternatives in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter) to 
determine volumetric

[[Page 308]]

flow rate, record the following data elements (as applicable to the 
measurement method used):
    (A) Operating load level (low, mid, high, or normal, as 
appropriate);
    (B) Number of reference method traverse points;
    (C) Average stack gas temperature ( deg.F);
    (D) Barometric pressure at test port (inches of mercury);
    (E) Stack static pressure (inches of H2O);
    (F) Absolute stack gas pressure (inches of mercury);
    (G) Percent CO2 and O2 in the stack gas, dry 
basis;
    (H) CO2 and O2 reference method used;
    (I) Moisture content of stack gas (percent H2O);
    (J) Molecular weight of stack gas, dry basis (lb/lb-mole);
    (K) Molecular weight of stack gas, wet basis (lb/lb-mole);
    (L) Stack diameter (or equivalent diameter) at the test port (ft);
    (M) Average square root of velocity head of stack gas (inches of 
H2O) for the run;
    (N) Stack or duct cross-sectional area at test port 
(ft2);
    (O) Average velocity (ft/sec);
    (P) Total volumetric flow rate (scfh, wet basis);
    (Q) Flow rate reference method used;
    (R) Average velocity, adjusted for wall effects;
    (S) Calculated (site-specific) wall effects adjustment factor 
determined during the run, and, if different, the wall effects 
adjustment factor used in the calculations; and
    (T) Default wall effects adjustment factor used.
    (iii) For each traverse point of each run of each RATA using 
Reference Method 2 (or its allowable alternatives in appendix A to part 
60 of this chapter) to determine volumetric flow rate, record the 
following data elements (as applicable to the measurement method used):
    (A) Reference method probe type;
    (B) Pressure measurement device type;
    (C) Traverse point ID;
    (D) Probe or pitot tube calibration coefficient;
    (E) Date of latest probe or pitot tube calibration;
    (F) Velocity differential pressure at traverse point (inches of 
H2O);
    (G) TS, stack temperature at the traverse point ( deg.F);
    (H) Composite (wall effects) traverse point identifier;
    (I) Number of points included in composite traverse point;
    (J) Yaw angle of flow at traverse point (degrees);
    (K) Pitch angle of flow at traverse point (degrees);
    (L) Calculated velocity at traverse point both accounting and not 
accounting for wall effects (ft/sec); and
    (M) Probe identification number.
    (iv) For each RATA using Method 6C, 7E, or 3A in appendix A to part 
60 of this chapter to determine SO2, NOX, 
CO2, or O2 concentration:
    (A) Pollutant or diluent gas being measured;
    (B) Span of reference method analyzer;
    (C) Type of reference method system (e.g., extractive or dilution 
type);
    (D) Reference method dilution factor (dilution type systems, only);
    (E) Reference gas concentrations (zero, mid, and high gas levels) 
used for the 3-point pre-test analyzer calibration error test (or, for 
dilution type reference method systems, for the 3-point pre-test system 
calibration error test) and for any subsequent recalibrations;
    (F) Analyzer responses to the zero-, mid-, and high-level 
calibration gases during the 3-point pre-test analyzer (or system) 
calibration error test and during any subsequent recalibration(s);
    (G) Analyzer calibration error at each gas level (zero, mid, and 
high) for the 3-point pre-test analyzer (or system) calibration error 
test and for any subsequent recalibration(s) (percent of span value);
    (H) Upscale gas concentration (mid or high gas level) used for each 
pre-run or post-run system bias check or (for dilution type reference 
method systems) for each pre-run or post-run system calibration error 
check;
    (I) Analyzer response to the calibration gas for each pre-run or 
post-run system bias (or system calibration error) check;

[[Page 309]]

    (J) The arithmetic average of the analyzer responses to the zero-
level gas, for each pair of pre- and post-run system bias (or system 
calibration error) checks;
    (K) The arithmetic average of the analyzer responses to the upscale 
calibration gas, for each pair of pre- and post-run system bias (or 
system calibration error) checks;
    (L) The results of each pre-run and each post-run system bias (or 
system calibration error) check using the zero-level gas (percentage of 
span value);
    (M) The results of each pre-run and each post-run system bias (or 
system calibration error) check using the upscale calibration gas 
(percentage of span value);
    (N) Calibration drift and zero drift of analyzer during each RATA 
run (percentage of span value);
    (O) Moisture basis of the reference method analysis;
    (P) Moisture content of stack gas, in percent, during each test run 
(if needed to convert to moisture basis of CEMS being tested);
    (Q) Unadjusted (raw) average pollutant or diluent gas concentration 
for each run;
    (R) Average pollutant or diluent gas concentration for each run, 
corrected for calibration bias (or calibration error) and, if 
applicable, corrected for moisture;
    (S) The F-factor used to convert reference method data to units of 
lb/mmBtu (if applicable);
    (T) Date(s) of the latest analyzer interference test(s);
    (U) Results of the latest analyzer interference test(s);
    (V) Date of the latest NO2 to NO conversion test (Method 
7E only);
    (W) Results of the latest NO2 to NO conversion test 
(Method 7E only); and
    (X) For each calibration gas cylinder used during each RATA, record 
the cylinder gas vendor, cylinder number, expiration date, pollutant(s) 
in the cylinder, and certified gas concentration(s).
    (v) For each test run of each moisture determination using Method 4 
in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter (or its allowable 
alternatives), whether the determination is made to support a gas RATA, 
to support a flow RATA, or to quality assure the data from a continuous 
moisture monitoring system, record the following data elements (as 
applicable to the moisture measurement method used):
    (A) Test number;
    (B) Run number;
    (C) The beginning date, hour, and minute of the run;
    (D) The ending date, hour, and minute of the run;
    (E) Unit operating level (low, mid, high, or normal, as 
appropriate);
    (F) Moisture measurement method;
    (G) Volume of H2O collected in the impingers (ml);
    (H) Mass of H2O collected in the silica gel (g);
    (I) Dry gas meter calibration factor;
    (J) Average dry gas meter temperature ( deg.F);
    (K) Barometric pressure (inches of mercury);
    (L) Differential pressure across the orifice meter (inches of 
H2O);
    (M) Initial and final dry gas meter readings (ft3);
    (N) Total sample gas volume, corrected to standard conditions 
(dscf); and
    (O) Percentage of moisture in the stack gas (percent 
H2O).
    (vi) The raw data and calculated results for any stratification 
tests performed in accordance with sections 6.5.6.1 through 6.5.6.3 of 
appendix A to this part.
    (8) For each certified continuous emission monitoring system, 
continuous opacity monitoring system, or alternative monitoring system, 
the date and description of each event which requires recertification of 
the system and the date and type of each test performed to recertify the 
system in accordance with Sec. 75.20(b).
    (9) When hardcopy relative accuracy test reports, certification 
reports, recertification reports, or semiannual or annual reports for 
gas or flow rate CEMS are required or requested under Sec. 75.60(b)(6) 
or Sec. 75.63, the reports shall include, at a minimum, the following 
elements (as applicable to the type(s) of test(s) performed):
    (i) Summarized test results.
    (ii) DAHS printouts of the CEMS data generated during the 
calibration

[[Page 310]]

error, linearity, cycle time, and relative accuracy tests.
    (iii) For pollutant concentration monitor or diluent monitor 
relative accuracy tests at normal operating load:
    (A) The raw reference method data from each run, i.e., the data 
under paragraph (a)(7)(iv)(Q) of this section (usually in the form of a 
computerized printout, showing a series of one-minute readings and the 
run average);
    (B) The raw data and results for all required pre-test, post-test, 
pre-run and post-run quality assurance checks (i.e., calibration gas 
injections) of the reference method analyzers, i.e., the data under 
paragraphs (a)(7)(iv)(E) through (a)(7)(iv)(N) of this section;
    (C) The raw data and results for any moisture measurements made 
during the relative accuracy testing, i.e., the data under paragraphs 
(a)(7)(v)(A) through (a)(7)(v)(O) of this section; and
    (D) Tabulated, final, corrected reference method run data (i.e., the 
actual values used in the relative accuracy calculations), along with 
the equations used to convert the raw data to the final values and 
example calculations to demonstrate how the test data were reduced.
    (iv) For relative accuracy tests for flow monitors:
    (A) The raw flow rate reference method data, from Reference Method 2 
(or its allowable alternatives) under appendix A to part 60 of this 
chapter, including auxiliary moisture data (often in the form of 
handwritten data sheets), i.e., the data under paragraphs (a)(7)(ii)(A) 
through (a)(7)(ii)(T), paragraphs (a)(7)(iii)(A) through (a)(7)(iii)(M), 
and, if applicable, paragraphs (a)(7)(v)(A) through (a)(7)(v)(O) of this 
section; and
    (B) The tabulated, final volumetric flow rate values used in the 
relative accuracy calculations (determined from the flow rate reference 
method data and other necessary measurements, such as moisture, stack 
temperature and pressure), along with the equations used to convert the 
raw data to the final values and example calculations to demonstrate how 
the test data were reduced.
    (v) Calibration gas certificates for the gases used in the 
linearity, calibration error, and cycle time tests and for the 
calibration gases used to quality assure the gas monitor reference 
method data during the relative accuracy test audit.
    (vi) Laboratory calibrations of the source sampling equipment.
    (vii) A copy of the test protocol used for the CEMS certifications 
or recertifications, including narrative that explains any testing 
abnormalities, problematic sampling, and analytical conditions that 
required a change to the test protocol, and/or solutions to technical 
problems encountered during the testing program.
    (viii) Diagrams illustrating test locations and sample point 
locations (to verify that locations are consistent with information in 
the monitoring plan). Include a discussion of any special traversing or 
measurement scheme. The discussion shall also confirm that sample points 
satisfy applicable acceptance criteria.
    (ix) Names of key personnel involved in the test program, including 
test team members, plant contacts, agency representatives and test 
observers on site.
    (10) Whenever reference methods are used as backup monitoring 
systems pursuant to Sec. 75.20(d)(3), the owner or operator shall record 
the following information:
    (i) For each test run using Reference Method 2 (or its allowable 
alternatives in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter) to determine 
volumetric flow rate, record the following data elements (as applicable 
to the measurement method used):
    (A) Unit or stack identification number;
    (B) Reference method system and component identification numbers;
    (C) Run date and hour;
    (D) The data in paragraph (a)(7)(ii) of this section, except for 
paragraphs (a)(7)(ii)(A), (F), (H), (L) and (Q) through (T); and
    (E) The data in paragraph (a)(7)(iii)(A), except on a run basis.
    (ii) For each reference method test run using Method 6C, 7E, or 3A 
in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter to determine SO2, 
NOX, CO2, or O2 concentration:
    (A) Unit or stack identification number;

[[Page 311]]

    (B) The reference method system and component identification 
numbers;
    (C) Run number;
    (D) Run start date and hour;
    (E) Run end date and hour;
    (F) The data in paragraphs (a)(7)(iv)(B) through (I) and (L) through 
(O); and (G) Stack gas density adjustment factor (if applicable).
    (iii) For each hour of each reference method test run using Method 
6C, 7E, or 3A in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter to determine 
SO2, NOX, CO2, or O2 
concentration:
    (A) Unit or stack identification number;
    (B) The reference method system and component identification 
numbers;
    (C) Run number;
    (D) Run date and hour;
    (E) Pollutant or diluent gas being measured;
    (F) Unadjusted (raw) average pollutant or diluent gas concentration 
for the hour; and
    (G) Average pollutant or diluent gas concentration for the hour, 
adjusted as appropriate for moisture, calibration bias (or calibration 
error) and stack gas density.
    (11) For each other quality-assurance test or other quality 
assurance activity, the owner or operator shall record the following (as 
applicable):
    (i) Component/system identification code;
    (ii) Parameter;
    (iii) Test or activity completion date and hour;
    (iv) Test or activity description;
    (v) Test result;
    (vi) Reason for test; and
    (vii) Test code.
    (12) For each request for a quality assurance test extension or 
exemption, for any loss of exempt status, and for each single-load flow 
RATA claim pursuant to section 2.3.1.3(c)(3) of appendix B to this part, 
the owner or operator shall record the following (as applicable):
    (i) For a RATA deadline extension or exemption request:
    (A) Monitoring system identification code;
    (B) Date of last RATA;
    (C) RATA expiration date without extension;
    (D) RATA expiration date with extension;
    (E) Type of RATA extension of exemption claimed or lost;
    (F) Year to date hours of usage of fuel other than very low sulfur 
fuel;
    (G) Year to date hours of non-redundant back-up CEMS usage at the 
unit/stack; and
    (H) Quarter and year.
    (ii) For a linearity test or flow-to-load ratio test quarterly 
exemption:
    (A) Component-system identification code;
    (B) Type of test;
    (C) Basis for exemption;
    (D) Quarter and year; and
    (E) Span scale.
    (iii) For a quality assurance test extension claim based on a grace 
period:
    (A) Component-system identification code;
    (B) Type of test;
    (C) Beginning of grace period;
    (D) Date and hour of completion of required quality assurance test;
    (E) Number of unit or stack operating hours from the beginning of 
the grace period to the completion of the quality assurance test or the 
maximum allowable grace period; and
    (F) Date and hour of end of grace period.
    (iv) For a fuel flowmeter accuracy test extension:
    (A) Component-system identification code;
    (B) Date of last accuracy test;
    (C) Accuracy test expiration date without extension;
    (D) Accuracy test expiration date with extension;
    (E) Type of extension; and
    (F) Quarter and year.
    (v) For a single-load flow RATA claim:
    (A) Monitoring system identification code;
    (B) Ending date of last annual flow RATA;
    (C) The relative frequency (percentage) of unit or stack operation 
at each load level (low, mid, and high) since the previous annual flow 
RATA, to the nearest 0.1 percent.
    (D) End date of the historical load data collection period; and

[[Page 312]]

    (E) Indication of the load level (low, mid or high) claimed for the 
single-load flow RATA.
    (13) An indication that data have been excluded from a periodic span 
and range evaluation of an SO2 or NOX monitor 
under section 2.1.1.5 or 2.1.2.5 of appendix A to this part and the 
reason(s) for excluding the data. For purposes of reporting under 
Sec. 75.64(a)(2), this information shall be reported with the quarterly 
report as descriptive text consistent with Sec. 75.64(g).
    (b) Excepted monitoring systems for gas-fired and oil-fired units. 
The owner or operator shall record the applicable information in this 
section for each excepted monitoring system following the requirements 
of appendix D to this part or appendix E to this part for determining 
and recording emissions from an affected unit.
    (1) For certification and quality assurance testing of fuel 
flowmeters tested against a reference fuel flow rate (i.e., flow rate 
from another fuel flowmeter under section 2.1.5.2 of appendix D to this 
part or flow rate from a procedure according to a standard incorporated 
by reference under section 2.1.5.1 of appendix D to this part):
    (i) Unit or common pipe header identification code;
    (ii) Component and system identification codes of the fuel flowmeter 
being tested;
    (iii) Date and hour of test completion, for a test performed in-line 
at the unit;
    (iv) Date and hour of flowmeter reinstallation, for laboratory 
tests;
    (v) Test number;
    (vi) Upper range value of the fuel flowmeter;
    (vii) Flowmeter measurements during accuracy test (and mean of 
values), including units of measure;
    (viii) Reference flow rates during accuracy test (and mean of 
values), including units of measure;
    (ix) Level of fuel flowrate test during runs (low, mid or high);
    (x) Average flowmeter accuracy for low and high fuel flowrates and 
highest flowmeter accuracy of any level designated as mid, expressed as 
a percent of upper range value;
    (xi) Indicator of whether test method was a lab comparison to 
reference meter or an in-line comparison against a master meter;
    (xii) Test result (aborted, pass, or fail); and
    (xiii) Description of fuel flowmeter calibration specification or 
procedure (in the certification application, or periodically if a 
different method is used for annual quality assurance testing).
    (2) For each transmitter or transducer accuracy test for an orifice-
, nozzle-, or venturi-type flowmeter used under section 2.1.6 of 
appendix D to this part:
    (i) Component and system identification codes of the fuel flowmeter 
being tested;
    (ii) Completion date and hour of test;
    (iii) For each transmitter or transducer: transmitter or transducer 
type (differential pressure, static pressure, or temperature); the full-
scale value of the transmitter or transducer, transmitter input (pre-
calibration) prior to accuracy test, including units of measure; and 
expected transmitter output during accuracy test (reference value from 
NIST-traceable equipment), including units of measure;
    (iv) For each transmitter or transducer tested: output during 
accuracy test, including units of measure; transmitter or transducer 
accuracy as a percent of the full-scale value; and transmitter output 
level as a percent of the full-scale value;
    (v) Average flowmeter accuracy at low and high fuel flowrates and 
highest flowmeter accuracy of any level designated as mid fuel flowrate, 
expressed as a percent of upper range value;
    (vi) Test result (pass, fail, or aborted);
    (vii) Test number; and
    (viii) Accuracy determination methodology.
    (3) For each visual inspection of the primary element or transmitter 
or transducer accuracy test for an

orifice-, nozzle-, or venturi-type flowmeter under sections 2.1.6.1 
through 2.1.6.4 of appendix D to this part:
    (i) Date of inspection/test;
    (ii) Hour of completion of inspection/test;
    (iii) Component and system identification codes of the fuel 
flowmeter being inspected/tested; and

[[Page 313]]

    (iv) Results of inspection/test (pass or fail).
    (4) For fuel flowmeters that are tested using the optional fuel 
flow-to-load ratio procedures of section 2.1.7 of appendix D to this 
part:
    (i) Test data for the fuel flowmeter flow-to-load ratio or gross 
heat rate check, including:
    (A) Component/system identification code;
    (B) Calendar year and quarter;
    (C) Indication of whether the test is for fuel flow-to-load ratio or 
gross heat rate;
    (D) Quarterly average absolute percent difference between baseline 
for fuel flow-to-load ratio (or baseline gross heat rate and hourly 
quarterly fuel flow-to-load ratios (or gross heat rate value);
    (E) Test result;
    (F) Number of hours used in the analysis;
    (G) Number of hours excluded due to co-firing;
    (H) Number of hours excluded due to ramping; and
    (I) Number of hours excluded in lower 25.0 percent range of 
operation.
    (ii) Reference data for the fuel flowmeter flow-to-load ratio or 
gross heat rate evaluation, including:
    (A) Completion date and hour of most recent primary element 
inspection;
    (B) Completion date and hour of most recent flowmeter or transmitter 
accuracy test;
    (C) Beginning date and hour of baseline period;
    (D) Completion date and hour of baseline period;
    (E) Average fuel flow rate, in 100 scfh for gas and lb/hr for oil;
    (F) Average load, in megawatts or 1000 lb/hr of steam;
    (G) Baseline fuel flow-to-load ratio, in the appropriate units of 
measure (if using fuel flow-to-load ratio);
    (H) Baseline gross heat rate if using gross heat rate, in the 
appropriate units of measure (if using gross heat rate check);
    (I) Number of hours excluded from baseline data due to ramping;
    (J) Number of hours excluded from baseline data in lower 25.0 
percent of range of operation;
    (K) Average hourly heat input rate; and
    (L) Flag indicating baseline data collection is in progress and that 
fewer than four calendar quarters have elapsed since the quarter of the 
last flowmeter QA test.
    (5) For gas-fired peaking units or oil-fired peaking units using the 
optional procedures of appendix E to this part, for each initial 
performance, periodic, or quality assurance/quality control-related 
test:
    (i) For each run of emission data, record the following data:
    (A) Unit or common pipe identification code;
    (B) Monitoring system identification code for appendix E system;
    (C) Run start date and time;
    (D) Run end date and time;
    (E) Total heat input during the run (mmBtu);
    (F) NOX emission rate (lb/mmBtu) from reference method;
    (G) Response time of the O2 and NOX reference 
method analyzers;
    (H) Type of fuel(s) combusted during the run;
    (I) Heat input rate (mmBtu/hr) during the run;
    (J) Test number;
    (K) Run number;
    (L) Operating level during the run;
    (M) NOX concentration recorded by the reference method 
during the run;
    (N) Diluent concentration recorded by the reference method during 
the run; and
    (O) Moisture measurement for the run (if applicable).
    (ii) For each run during which oil or mixed fuels are combusted 
record the following data:
    (A) Unit or common pipe identification code;
    (B) Monitoring system identification code for oil monitoring system;
    (C) Run start date and time;
    (D) Run end date and time;
    (E) Mass flow or volumetric flow of oil, in the units of measure for 
the type of fuel flowmeter;
    (F) Gross calorific value of oil in the appropriate units of 
measure;
    (G) Density of fuel oil in the appropriate units of measure (if 
density is used to convert oil volume to mass);

[[Page 314]]

    (H) Hourly heat input (mmBtu) during run from oil;
    (I) Test number;
    (J) Run number; and
    (K) Operating level during the run.
    (iii) For each run during which gas or mixed fuels are combusted 
record the following data:
    (A) Unit or common pipe identification code;
    (B) Monitoring system identification code for gas monitoring system;
    (C) Run start date and time;
    (D) Run end date and time;
    (E) Volumetric flow of gas (100 scf);
    (F) Gross calorific value of gas (Btu/100 scf);
    (G) Hourly heat input (mmBtu) during run from gas;
    (H) Test number;
    (I) Run number; and
    (J) Operating level during the run.
    (iv) For each operating level at which runs were performed:
    (A) Completion date and time of last run for operating level;
    (B) Type of fuel(s) combusted during test;
    (C) Average heat input rate at that operating level (mmBtu/hr);
    (D) Arithmetic mean of NOX emission rates from reference 
method run at this level;
    (E) F-factor used in calculations of NOX emission rate at 
that operating level;
    (F) Unit operating parametric data related to NOX 
formation for that unit type (e.g., excess O2 level, water/
fuel ratio);
    (G) Test number; and
    (H) Operating level for runs.
    (c) For units with add-on SO2 or NOX emission 
controls following the provisions of Sec. 75.34(a)(1) or (a)(2), the 
owner or operator shall keep the following records on-site in the 
quality assurance/quality control plan required by section 1 of appendix 
B to this part:
    (1) A list of operating parameters for the add-on emission controls, 
including parameters in Sec. 75.55(b) or Sec. 75.58(b), appropriate to 
the particular installation of add-on emission controls; and
    (2) The range of each operating parameter in the list that indicates 
the add-on emission controls are properly operating.
    (d) Excepted monitoring for low mass emissions units under 
Sec. 75.19(c)(1)(iv). For oil-and gas-fired units using the optional 
SO2, NOX and CO2 emissions calculations 
for low mass emission units under Sec. 75.19, the owner or operator 
shall record the following information for tests performed to determine 
a fuel and unit-specific default as provided in Sec. 75.19(c)(1)(iv):
    (1) For each run of each test performed under section 2.1 of 
appendix E to this part, record the following data:
    (i) Unit or common pipe identification code;
    (ii) Run start date and time;
    (iii) Run end date and time;
    (iv) NOX emission rate (lb/mmBtu) from reference method;
    (v) Response time of the O2 and NOX reference 
method analyzers;
    (vi) Type of fuel(s) combusted during the run;
    (vii) Test number;
    (viii) Run number;
    (ix) Operating level during the run;
    (x) NOX concentration recorded by the reference method 
during the run;
    (xi) Diluent concentration recorded by the reference method during 
the run;
    (xii) Moisture measurement for the run (if applicable);
    (xiii) An indicator that the resulting NOX emission rate 
is the highest NOX emission rate record during any run of the 
test (if appropriate);
    (xiv) The default NOX emission rate (highest 
NOX emission rate value during the test multiplied by 1.15);
    (xv) An indicator that control equipment was operating or not 
operating during each run of the test; and
    (xvi) Parameter data indicating the use and efficacy of control 
equipment during the test.
    (2) For each unit in a group of identical units qualifying for 
reduced testing under Sec. 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(B), record the following 
data:
    (i) The unique group identification code assigned to the group. This 
code must include the ORIS code of one of the units in the group;
    (ii) The ORIS code or facility identification code for the unit;
    (iii) The plant name of the facility at which the unit is located, 
consistent with the facility's monitoring plan;

[[Page 315]]

    (iv) The identification code for the unit, consistent with the 
facility's monitoring plan;
    (v) A record of whether or not the unit underwent fuel and unit-
specific testing for purposes of establishing a fuel and unit-specific 
NOX emission rate for purposes of Sec. 75.19;
    (vi) The completion date of the fuel and unit-specific test 
performed for purposes of establishing a fuel and unit-specific 
NOX emission rate for purposes of Sec. 75.19;
    (vii) The fuel and unit-specific NOX default rate 
established for the group of identical units under Sec. 75.19;
    (viii) The type of fuel combusted for the units during testing and 
represented by the resulting default NOX emission rate;
    (ix) The control status for the units during testing and represented 
by the resulting default NOX emission rate;
    (x) Documentation supporting the qualification of all units in the 
group for reduced testing based on the criteria established in 
Secs. 75.19(c)(1)(iv)(B)(1) and (3); and
    (xi) Purpose of group tests.

[64 FR 28614, May 26, 1999]



                    Subpart G--Reporting Requirements



Sec. 75.60  General provisions.

    (a) The designated representative for any affected unit subject to 
the requirements of this part shall comply with all reporting 
requirements in this section and with the signatory requirements of 
Sec. 72.21 of this chapter for all submissions.
    (b) Submissions. The designated representative shall submit all 
reports and petitions (except as provided in Sec. 75.61) as follows:
    (1) Initial certifications. The designated representative shall 
submit initial certification applications according to Sec. 75.63.
    (2) Recertifications. The designated representative shall submit 
recertification applications according to Sec. 75.63.
    (3) Monitoring plans. The designated representative shall submit 
monitoring plans according to Sec. 75.62.
    (4) Electronic quarterly reports. The designated representative 
shall submit electronic quarterly reports according to Sec. 75.64.
    (5) Other petitions and communications. The designated 
representative shall submit petitions, correspondence, application 
forms, designated representative signature, and petition-related test 
results in hardcopy to the Administrator. Additional petition 
requirements are specified in Secs. 75.66 and 75.67.
    (6) Semiannual or annual RATA reports. If requested by the 
applicable EPA Regional Office, appropriate State, and/or appropriate 
local air pollution control agency, the designated representative shall 
submit a hardcopy RATA report within 45 days after completing a required 
semiannual or annual RATA according to section 2.3.1 of appendix B to 
this part, or within 15 days of receiving the request, whichever is 
later. The designated representative shall report the hardcopy 
information required by Sec. 75.59(a)(9) to the applicable EPA Regional 
Office, appropriate State, and/or appropriate local air pollution 
control agency that requested the RATA report.
    (c) Confidentiality of data. The following provisions shall govern 
the confidentiality of information submitted under this part.
    (1) All emission data reported in quarterly reports under Sec. 75.64 
shall remain public information.
    (2) For information submitted under this part other than emission 
data submitted in quarterly reports, the designated representative must 
assert a claim of confidentiality at the time of submission for any 
information he or she wishes to have treated as confidential business 
information (CBI) under subpart B of part 2 of this chapter. Failure to 
assert a claim of confidentiality at the time of submission may result 
in disclosure of the information by EPA without further notice to the 
designated representative.
    (3) Any claim of confidentiality for information submitted in 
quarterly reports under Sec. 75.64 must include substantiation of the 
claim. Failure to provide substantiation may result in disclosure of the 
information by EPA without further notice.
    (4) As provided under subpart B of part 2 of this chapter, EPA may 
review information submitted to determine

[[Page 316]]

whether it is entitled to confidential treatment even when 
confidentiality claims are initially received. The EPA will contact the 
designated representative as part of such a review process.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26538, May 17, 1995; 64 
FR 28620, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.61  Notifications.

    (a) Submission. The designated representative for an affected unit 
(or owner or operator, as specified) shall submit notice to the 
Administrator, to the appropriate EPA Regional Office, and to the 
applicable State and local air pollution control agencies for the 
following purposes, as required by this part.
    (1) Initial certification and recertification test notifications. 
The owner or operator or designated representative for an affected unit 
shall submit written notification of initial certification tests, 
recertification tests, and revised test dates as specified in Sec. 75.20 
for continuous emission monitoring systems, for alternative monitoring 
systems under subpart E of this part, or for excepted monitoring systems 
under appendix E to this part, except as provided in paragraphs 
(a)(1)(iii), (a)(1)(iv) and (a)(4) of this section and except for 
testing only of the data acquisition and handling system.
    (i) Notification of initial certification testing. Initial 
certification test notifications shall be submitted not later than 45 
days prior to the first scheduled day of initial certification testing. 
Testing may be performed on a date other than that already provided in a 
notice under this subparagraph as long as notice of the new date is 
provided either in writing or by telephone or other means at least 7 
days prior to the original scheduled test date or the revised test date, 
whichever is earlier.
    (ii) Notification of certification retesting and recertification 
testing. For retesting following a loss of certification under 
Sec. 75.20(a)(5) or for recertification under Sec. 75.20(b), notice of 
testing shall be submitted either in writing or by telephone at least 7 
days prior to the first scheduled day of testing; except that in 
emergency situations when testing is required following an 
uncontrollable failure of equipment that results in lost data, notice 
shall be sufficient if provided within 2 business days following the 
date when testing is scheduled. Testing may be performed on a date other 
than that already provided in a notice under this subparagraph as long 
as notice of the new date is provided by telephone or other means at 
least 2 business days prior to the original scheduled test date or the 
revised test date, whichever is earlier.
    (iii) Repeat of testing without notice. Notwithstanding the above 
notice requirements, the owner or operator may elect to repeat a 
certification test immediately, without advance notification, whenever 
the owner or operator has determined during the certification testing 
that a test was failed or that a second test is necessary in order to 
attain a reduced relative accuracy test frequency.
    (iv) Waiver from notification requirements. The Administrator, the 
appropriate EPA Regional Office, or the applicable State or local air 
pollution control agency may issue a waiver from the notification 
requirement of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, for a unit or a group 
of units, for one or more recertification tests. The Administrator, the 
appropriate EPA Regional Office, or the applicable State or local air 
pollution control agency may also discontinue the waiver and reinstate 
the notification requirement of paragraph (a)(1) of this section for 
future recertification tests of a unit or a group of units.
    (2) New unit, newly affected unit, new stack, or new flue gas 
desulfurization system operation notification. The designated 
representative for an affected unit shall submit written notification: 
For a new unit or a newly affected unit, of the planned date when a new 
unit or newly affected unit will commence commercial operation or, for 
new stack or flue gas desulfurization system, of the planned date when a 
new stack or flue gas desulfurization system will be completed and 
emissions will first exit to the atmosphere.
    (i) Notification of the planned date shall be submitted not later 
than 45 days prior to the date the unit commences commercial operation, 
or not later than 45 days prior to the date when a new stack or flue gas

[[Page 317]]

desulfurization system exhausts emissions to the atmosphere.
    (ii) If the date when the unit commences commercial operation or the 
date when the new stack or flue gas desulfurization system exhausts 
emissions to the atmosphere, whichever is applicable, changes from the 
planned date, a notification of the actual date shall be submitted not 
later than 7 days following: The date the unit commences commercial 
operation or, the date when a new stack or flue gas desulfurization 
system exhausts emissions to the atmosphere.
    (3) Unit shutdown and recommencement of commercial operation. The 
designated representative for an affected unit that will be shutdown on 
the relevant compliance date in Sec. 75.4(a) and that is relying on the 
provisions in Sec. 75.4(d) to postpone certification testing shall 
submit notification of unit shutdown and recommencement of commercial 
operation as follows:
    (i) For planned unit shutdowns, written notification of the planned 
shutdown date and planned date of recommencement of commercial operation 
shall be submitted 45 calendar days prior to the deadline in 
Sec. 75.4(a). For unit shutdowns that are not planned 45 days prior to 
the deadline in Sec. 75.4(a), written notification of the planned 
shutdown date and planned date of recommencement of commercial operation 
shall be submitted no later than 7 days after the date the owner or 
operator is able to schedule the shutdown date and date of 
recommencement of commercial operation. If the actual shutdown date or 
the actual date of recommencement of commercial operation differs from 
the planned date, written notice of the actual date shall be submitted 
no later than 7 days following the actual date of shutdown or of 
recommencement of commercial operation, as applicable;
    (ii) For unplanned unit shutdowns, written notification of actual 
shutdown date and the expected date of recommencement of commercial 
operation shall be submitted no later than 7 days after the shutdown. If 
the actual date of recommencement of commercial operation differs from 
the expected date, written notice of the actual date shall be submitted 
no later than 7 days following the actual date of recommencement of 
commercial operation.
    (4) Use of backup fuels for appendix E procedures. The designated 
representative for an affected oil-fired or gas-fired peaking unit that 
is using an excepted monitoring system under appendix E of this part and 
that is relying on the provisions in Sec. 75.4(f) to postpone testing of 
a fuel shall submit written notification of that fact no later than 45 
days prior to the deadline in Sec. 75.4(a). The designated 
representative shall also submit a notification that such a fuel has 
been combusted no later than 7 days after the first date of combustion 
of any fuel for which testing has not been performed under appendix E 
after the deadline in Sec. 75.4(a). Such notice shall also include 
notice that testing under appendix E either was performed during the 
initial combustion or notice of the date that testing will be performed.
    (5) Periodic relative accuracy test audits. The owner or operator or 
designated representative of an affected unit shall submit written 
notice of the date of periodic relative accuracy testing performed under 
appendix B of this part no later than 21 days prior to the first 
scheduled day of testing. Testing may be performed on a date other than 
that already provided in a notice under this subparagraph as long as 
notice of the new date is provided either in writing or by telephone or 
other means acceptable to the respective State agency or office of EPA, 
and the notice is provided as soon as practicable after the new testing 
date is known, but no later than twenty-four (24) hours in advance of 
the new date of testing.
    (i) Written notification under paragraph (a) (5) of this section may 
be provided either by mail or by facsimile. In addition, written 
notification may be provided by electronic mail, provided that the 
respective State agency or office of EPA agrees that this is an 
acceptable form of notification.
    (ii) Notwithstanding the notice requirements under paragraph (a)(5) 
of this section, the owner or operator may elect to repeat a periodic 
relative accuracy test immediately, without additional notification 
whenever the owner or operator has determined that

[[Page 318]]

a test was failed, or that a second test is necessary in order to attain 
a reduced relative accuracy test frequency.
    (iii) Waiver from notification requirements. The Administrator, the 
appropriate EPA Regional Office, or the applicable State air pollution 
control agency may issue a waiver from the requirement of paragraph 
(a)(5) of this section to provide notice to the respective State agency 
or office of EPA for a unit or a group of units for one or more tests. 
The Administrator, the appropriate EPA Regional Office, or the 
applicable State air pollution control agency may also discontinue the 
waiver and reinstate the requirement of paragraph (a)(5) of this section 
to provide notice to the respective State agency or office of EPA for 
future tests for a unit or a group of units. In addition, if an observer 
from a State agency or EPA is present when a test is rescheduled, the 
observer may waive all notification requirements under paragraph (a)(5) 
of this section for the rescheduled test.
    (6) Notice of combustion of emergency fuel under appendix D or E. 
The designated representative of an oil-fired unit or gas-fired unit 
using appendix D or E of this part shall provide notice of the 
combustion of emergency fuel according to the following:
    (i) For an affected oil-fired or gas-fired unit that is using an 
excepted monitoring system under appendix D or E of this part, where the 
owner or operator is postponing installation or testing of a fuel 
flowmeter for emergency fuel under Sec. 75.4(g), the designated 
representative shall submit written notification of postponement of 
installation or testing no later than 45 days prior to the deadline in 
Sec. 75.4(a). The designated representative shall also submit a 
notification that emergency fuel has been combusted no later than 7 days 
after the first date of combustion of the emergency fuel after the 
deadline in Sec. 75.4(a).
    (ii) The designated representative of a unit that has received 
approval of a petition under Sec. 75.66 for exemption from one or more 
of the requirements of appendix E of this part for certification of an 
excepted monitoring system under appendix E of this part for a unit 
combusting emergency fuel shall submit written notice of each period of 
combustion of the emergency fuel with the next quarterly report 
submitted under Sec. 75.64 for each calendar quarter in which emergency 
fuel is combusted, including notice specifying the exact dates and hours 
during which the emergency fuel was combusted. The reporting 
requirements of this paragraph (a)(6)(ii) also shall apply if the 
designated representative of a unit is exempt from certifying a fuel 
flowmeter for use during the combustion of emergency fuel under section 
2.1.4.3 of appendix D to this part.
    (b) The owner or operator or designated representative shall submit 
notification of certification tests and recertification tests for 
continuous opacity monitoring systems as specified in Sec. 75.20(c)(8) 
to the State or local air pollution control agency.
    (c) If the Administrator determines that notification substantially 
similar to that required in this section is required by any other State 
or local agency, the owner or operator or designated representative may 
send the Administrator a copy of that notification to satisfy the 
requirements of this section, provided the ORISPL unit identification 
number(s) is denoted.

[60 FR 26538, May 17, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 25582, May 22, 1996; 61 
FR 59162, Nov. 22, 1996; 64 FR 28620, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.62  Monitoring plan submittals.

    (a) Submission--(1) Electronic. Using the format specified in 
paragraph (c) of this section, the designated representative for an 
affected unit shall submit a complete, electronic, up-to-date monitoring 
plan file (except for hardcopy portions identified in paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section) to the Administrator as follows: no later than 45 days 
prior to the initial certification test; at the time of recertification 
application submission; and in each electronic quarterly report.
    (2) Hardcopy. The designated representative shall submit all of the 
hardcopy information required under Sec. 75.53 to the appropriate EPA 
Regional Office and the appropriate State and/or local air pollution 
control agency prior to initial certification. Thereafter, the 
designated representative shall submit

[[Page 319]]

hardcopy information only if that portion of the monitoring plan is 
revised. The designated representative shall submit the required 
hardcopy information as follows: no later than 45 days prior to the 
initial certification test; with any recertification application, if a 
hardcopy monitoring plan change is associated with the recertification 
event; and within 30 days of any other event with which a hardcopy 
monitoring plan change is associated, pursuant to Sec. 75.53(b). 
Electronic submittal of all monitoring plan information, including 
hardcopy portions, is permissible provided that a paper copy of the 
hardcopy portions can be furnished upon request.
    (b) Contents. Monitoring plans shall contain the information 
specified in Sec. 75.53 of this part.
    (c) Format. The designated representative shall submit each 
monitoring plan in a format specified by the Administrator.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26539, May 17, 1995; 64 
FR 28621, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.63  Initial certification or recertification application submittals.

    (a) Submission. The designated representative for an affected unit 
or a combustion source shall submit applications and reports as follows:
    (1) Initial certifications. (i) Within 45 days after completing all 
initial certification tests, submit to the Administrator the electronic 
information required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section and a hardcopy 
certification application form (EPA form 7610-14). Except for subpart E 
applications for alternative monitoring systems or unless specifically 
requested by the Administrator, do not submit a hardcopy of the test 
data and results to the Administrator.
    (ii) Within 45 days after completing all initial certification 
tests, submit the hardcopy information required by paragraph (b)(2) to 
the applicable EPA Regional Office and the appropriate State and/or 
local air pollution control agency.
    (iii) For units for which the owner or operator is applying for 
certification approval of the optional excepted methodology under 
Sec. 75.19 for low mass emissions units, submit:
    (A) To the Administrator, the electronic information required by 
paragraph (b)(1)(i), the hardcopy information required by paragraph 
(b)(2), and a hardcopy certification application form (EPA form 7610-
14); and
    (B) To the applicable EPA Regional Office and appropriate State and/
or local air pollution control agency, the hardcopy information required 
by paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (iii), and (iv).
    (2) Recertifications. (i) Within 45 days after completing all 
recertification tests, submit to the Administrator the electronic 
information required by paragraph (b)(1) and a hardcopy certification 
application form (EPA form 7610-14). Except for subpart E applications 
for alternative monitoring systems or unless specifically requested by 
the Administrator, do not submit a hardcopy of the test data and results 
to the Administrator.
    (ii) Within 45 days after completing all recertification tests, 
submit the hardcopy information required by paragraph (b)(2) to the 
applicable EPA Regional Office and the appropriate State and/or local 
air pollution control agency. The applicable EPA Regional Office or 
appropriate State or local air pollution control agency may waive the 
requirement for submission to it of a hardcopy recertification. The 
applicable EPA Regional Office or the appropriate State or local air 
pollution control agency may also discontinue the waiver and reinstate 
the requirement of this paragraph to provide a hardcopy report of the 
recertification test data and results.
    (iii) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and 
(a)(2)(ii) of this section, for an event for which the Administrator 
determines that only diagnostic tests (see Sec. 75.20(b)) are required, 
no hardcopy submittal is required; however, the results of all 
diagnostic test(s) shall be submitted in the electronic quarterly report 
required under Sec. 75.64. For DAHS (missing data and formula) 
verifications, neither a hardcopy nor an electronic submittal of any 
kind is required; the owner or operator shall keep these test results 
on-site in a format suitable for inspection.

[[Page 320]]

    (b) Contents. Each application for initial certification or 
recertification shall contain the following information, as applicable:
    (1) Electronic. (i) A complete, up-to-date version of the electronic 
portion of the monitoring plan, according to Secs. 75.53(c) and (d), or 
Secs. 75.53(e) and (f), as applicable, in the format specified in 
Sec. 75.62(c).
    (ii) The results of the test(s) required by Sec. 75.20, including 
the type of test conducted, testing date, information required by 
Sec. 75.56 or Sec. 75.59, as applicable, and the results of any failed 
tests that affect data validation.
    (2) Hardcopy. (i) Any changed portions of the hardcopy monitoring 
plan information required under Secs. 75.53(c) and (d), or 
Secs. 75.53(e) and (f), as applicable. Electronic submittal of all 
monitoring plan information, including the hardcopy portions, is 
permissible, provided that a paper copy can be furnished upon request.
    (ii) The results of the test(s) required by Sec. 75.20, including 
the type of test conducted, testing date, information required by 
Sec. 75.59(a)(9), and the results of any failed tests that affect data 
validation.
    (iii) Certification or recertification application form (EPA form 
7610-14).
    (iv) Designated representative signature.
    (c) Format. The electronic portion of each certification or 
recertification application shall be submitted in a format to be 
specified by the Administrator. The hardcopy test results shall be 
submitted in a format suitable for review and shall include the 
information in Sec. 75.59(a)(9).

[64 FR 28621, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.64  Quarterly reports.

    (a) Electronic submission. The designated representative for an 
affected unit shall electronically report the data and information in 
paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section to the Administrator 
quarterly, beginning with the data from the later of: the last (partial) 
calendar quarter of 1993 (where the calendar quarter data begins at 
November 15, 1993); or the calendar quarter corresponding to the date of 
provisional certification; or the calendar quarter corresponding to the 
relevant deadline for initial certification in Sec. 75.4(a), (b), or 
(c), whichever quarter is earlier. The initial quarterly report shall 
contain hourly data beginning with the hour of provisional certification 
or the hour corresponding to the relevant certification deadline, 
whichever is earlier. For an affected unit subject to Sec. 75.4(d) that 
is shutdown on the relevant compliance date in Sec. 75.4(a), the owner 
or operator shall submit quarterly reports for the unit beginning with 
the data from the quarter in which the unit recommences commercial 
operation (where the initial quarterly report contains hourly data 
beginning with the first hour of recommenced commercial operation of the 
unit). For any provisionally-certified monitoring system, 
Sec. 75.20(a)(3) shall apply for initial certifications, and 
Sec. 75.20(b)(5) shall apply for recertifications. Each electronic 
report must be submitted to the Administrator within 30 days following 
the end of each calendar quarter. Each electronic report shall include 
the date of report generation for the information provided in paragraphs 
(a)(2) through (a)(11) of this section, and shall also include for each 
affected unit (or group of units using a common stack):
    (1) Facility information:
    (i) Identification, including:
    (A) Facility/ORISPL number;
    (B) Calendar quarter and year for the data contained in the report; 
and
    (C) Version of the electronic data reporting format used for the 
report.
    (ii) Location, including:
    (A) Plant name and facility ID;
    (B) EPA AIRS facility system ID;
    (C) State facility ID;
    (D) Source category/type;
    (E) Primary SIC code;
    (F) State postal abbreviation;
    (G) County code; and
    (H) Latitude and longitude.
    (2) The information and hourly data required in Secs. 75.53 through 
75.59, excluding the following:
    (i) Descriptions of adjustments, corrective action, and maintenance;
    (ii) Information which is incompatible with electronic reporting 
(e.g., field data sheets, lab analyses, quality control plan);
    (iii) Opacity data listed in Sec. 75.54(f) or Sec. 75.57(f), and in 
Sec. 75.59(a)(8);

[[Page 321]]

    (iv) For units with SO2 or NOX add-on emission 
controls that do not elect to use the approved site-specific parametric 
monitoring procedures for calculation of substitute data, the 
information in Sec. 75.55(b)(3) or Sec. 75.58(b)(3);
    (v) The information recorded under Sec. 75.56(a)(7) for the period 
prior to April 1, 2000;
    (vi) Information required by Sec. 75.54(g) or Sec. 75.57(h) 
concerning the causes of any missing data periods and the actions taken 
to cure such causes;
    (vii) Hardcopy monitoring plan information required by Sec. 75.53 
and hardcopy test data and results required by Sec. 75.56 or Sec. 75.59;
    (viii) Records of flow monitor and moisture monitoring system 
polynomial equations, coefficients or ``K'' factors required by 
Sec. 75.56(a)(5)(vii), Sec. 75.56(a)(5)(ix), Sec. 75.59(a)(5)(vi) or 
Sec. 75.59(a)(5)(vii);
    (ix) Daily fuel sampling information required by Sec. 75.58(c)(3)(i) 
for units using assumed values under appendix D;
    (x) Information required by Secs. 75.59(b)(1)(vi), (vii), (viii), 
(ix), and (xiii), and (b)(2)(iii) and (iv) concerning fuel flowmeter 
accuracy tests and transmitter/transducer accuracy tests;
    (xi) Stratification test results required as part of the RATA 
supplementary records under Secs. 75.56(a)(7) or 75.59(a)(7);
    (xii) Data and results of RATAs that are aborted or invalidated due 
to problems with the reference method or operational problems with the 
unit and data and results of linearity checks that are aborted or 
invalidated due to problems unrelated to monitor performance; and
    (xiv) Supplementary RATA information required under 
Sec. 75.59(a)(7)(i) through Sec. 75.59(a)(7)(v), except that: the data 
under Sec. 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(A) through (T) and the data under 
Sec. 75.59(a)(7)(iii)(A) through (M) shall, as applicable, be reported 
for flow RATAs in which angular compensation (measurement of pitch and/
or yaw angles) is used and for flow RATAs in which a site-specific wall 
effects adjustment factor is determined by direct measurement; and the 
data under Sec. 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(T) shall be reported for all flow RATAs 
in which a default wall effects adjustment factor is applied.
    (3) Tons (rounded to the nearest tenth) of SO2 emitted 
during the quarter and cumulative SO2 emissions for the 
calendar year.
    (4) Average NOX emission rate (lb/mmBtu, rounded to the 
nearest hundredth prior to April 1, 2000 and to the nearest thousandth 
on and after April 1, 2000) during the quarter and cumulative 
NOX emission rate for the calendar year.
    (5) Tons of CO2 emitted during quarter and cumulative 
CO2 emissions for calendar year.
    (6) Total heat input (mmBtu) for quarter and cumulative heat input 
for calendar year.
    (7) Unit or stack or common pipe header operating hours for quarter 
and cumulative unit or stack or common pipe header operating hours for 
calendar year.
    (8) If the affected unit is using a qualifying Phase I technology, 
then the quarterly report shall include the information required in 
paragraph (e) of this section.
    (9) For low mass emissions units for which the owner or operator is 
using the optional low mass emissions methodology in Sec. 75.19(c) to 
calculate NOX mass emissions, the designated representative 
must also report tons (rounded to the nearest tenth) of NOX 
emitted during the quarter and cumulative NOX mass emissions 
for the calendar year.
    (10) For low mass emissions units using the optional long term fuel 
flow methodology under Sec. 75.19(c), for each quarter report the long 
term fuel flow for each fuel according to Sec. 75.59.
    (11) For units using the optional fuel flow to load procedure in 
section 2.1.7 of appendix D to this part, report both the fuel flow-to-
load baseline data and the results of the fuel flow-to-load test each 
quarter.
    (b) The designated representative shall affirm that the component/
system identification codes and formulas in the quarterly electronic 
reports, submitted to the Administrator pursuant to Sec. 75.53, 
represent current operating conditions.
    (c) Compliance certification. The designated representative shall 
submit a

[[Page 322]]

certification in support of each quarterly emissions monitoring report 
based on reasonable inquiry of those persons with primary responsibility 
for ensuring that all of the unit's emissions are correctly and fully 
monitored. The certification shall indicate whether the monitoring data 
submitted were recorded in accordance with the applicable requirements 
of this part including the quality control and quality assurance 
procedures and specifications of this part and its appendices, and any 
such requirements, procedures and specifications of an applicable 
excepted or approved alternative monitoring method. For a unit with add-
on emission controls, the designated representative shall also include a 
certification, for all hours where data are substituted following the 
provisions of Sec. 75.34(a)(1), that the add-on emission controls were 
operating within the range of parameters listed in the monitoring plan 
and that the substitute values recorded during the quarter do not 
systematically underestimate SO2 or NOX emissions, 
pursuant to Sec. 75.34.
    (d) Electronic format. Each quarterly report shall be submitted in a 
format to be specified by the Administrator, including both electronic 
submission of data and electronic or hardcopy submission of compliance 
certifications.
    (e) Phase I qualifying technology reports. In addition to reporting 
the information in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, the 
designated representative for an affected unit on which SO2 
emission controls have been installed and operated for the purpose of 
meeting qualifying Phase I technology requirements pursuant to 
Sec. 72.42 of this chapter shall also submit reports documenting the 
measured percent SO2 emissions removal to the Administrator 
on a quarterly basis, beginning the first quarter of 1997 and continuing 
through the fourth quarter of 1999. Each report shall include all 
measurements and calculations necessary to substantiate that the 
qualifying technology achieves the required percent reduction in 
SO2 emissions.
    (f) Method of submission. Beginning with the quarterly report for 
the first quarter of the year 2001, all quarterly reports shall be 
submitted to EPA by direct computer-to-computer electronic transfer via 
modem and EPA-provided software, unless otherwise approved by the 
Administrator.
    (g) Any cover letter text accompanying a quarterly report shall 
either be submitted in hardcopy to the Agency or be provided in 
electronic format compatible with the other data required to be reported 
under this section.

[64 FR 28622, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.65  Opacity reports.

    The owner or operator or designated representative shall report 
excess emissions of opacity recorded under Sec. 75.54(f) or 
Sec. 75.57(f), as applicable, to the applicable State or local air 
pollution control agency.

[64 FR 28623, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.66  Petitions to the Administrator.

    (a) General. The designated representative for an affected unit 
subject to the requirements of this part may submit a petition to the 
Administrator requesting that the Administrator exercise his or her 
discretion to approve an alternative to any requirement prescribed in 
this part or incorporated by reference in this part. Any such petition 
shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of this section. 
The designated representative shall comply with the signatory 
requirements of Sec. 72.21 of this chapter for each submission.
    (b) Alternative flow monitoring method petition. In cases where no 
location exists for installation of a flow monitor in either the stack 
or the ducts serving an affected unit that satisfies the minimum 
physical siting criteria in appendix A of this part or where 
installation of a flow monitor in either the stack or duct is 
demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Administrator to be technically 
infeasible, the designated representative for the affected unit may 
petition the Administrator for an alternative method for monitoring 
volumetric flow. The petition shall, at a minimum, contain the following 
information:
    (1) Identification of the affected unit(s);

[[Page 323]]

    (2) Description of why the minimum siting criteria cannot be met 
within the existing ductwork or stack(s). This description shall include 
diagrams of the existing ductwork or stack, as well as documentation of 
any attempts to locate a flow monitor; and
    (3) Description of proposed alternative method for monitoring flow.
    (c) Alternative to standards incorporated by reference. The 
designated representative for an affected unit may apply to the 
Administrator for an alternative to any standard incorporated by 
reference and prescribed in this part. The designated representative 
shall include the following information in an application:
    (1) A description of why the prescribed standard is not being used;
    (2) A description and diagram(s) of any equipment and procedures 
used in the proposed alternative;
    (3) Information demonstrating that the proposed alternative produces 
data acceptable for use in the Acid Rain Program, including accuracy and 
precision statements, NIST traceability certificates or protocols, or 
other supporting data, as applicable to the proposed alternative.
    (d) Alternative monitoring system petitions. The designated 
representative for an affected unit may submit a petition to the 
Administrator for approval and certification of an alternative 
monitoring system or component according to the procedure in subpart E 
of this part. Each petition shall contain the information and data 
specified in subpart E, including the information specified in 
Sec. 75.48, in a format to be specified by the Administrator.
    (e) Parametric monitoring procedure petitions. The designated 
representative for an affected unit may submit a petition to the 
Administrator, where each petition shall contain the information 
specified in Sec. 75.55(b) or Sec. 75.58(b), as applicable, for the use 
of a parametric monitoring method. The Administrator will either:
    (1) Publish a notice in the Federal Register indicating receipt of a 
parametric monitoring procedure petition;, or
    (2) Notify interested parties of receipt of a parametric monitoring 
petition.
    (f) Missing data petitions for units with add-on emission controls. 
The designated representative for an affected unit may submit a petition 
to the Administrator for the use of the maximum controlled emission 
rate, which the Administrator will approve if the petition adequately 
demonstrates that all the requirements in Sec. 75.34(a)(2) are 
satisfied. Each petition shall contain the information listed below for 
the time period (or data gap) during which the affected unit experienced 
the monitor outage that would otherwise result in the substitution of an 
uncontrolled maximum value under the standard missing data procedures 
contained in subpart D of this part:
    (1) Data demonstrating that the affected unit's monitor data 
availability for the time period under petition was less than 90.0 
percent;
    (2) Data demonstrating that the add-on emission controls were 
operating properly during the time period under petition (i.e., 
operating parameters were within the ranges specified for proper 
operation of the add-on emission controls in the quality assurance/
quality control program for the unit);
    (3) A list of the average hourly values for the previous 720 
quality-assured monitor operating hours, highlighting both the maximum 
recorded value and the value corresponding to the maximum controlled 
emission rate; and
    (4) An explanation and information on operation of the add-on 
emission controls demonstrating that the selected historical 
SO2 concentration or NOX emission rate does not 
underestimate the SO2 concentration or NOX 
emission rate during the missing data period.
    (g) Petitions for emissions or heat input apportionments. The 
designated representative of an affected unit shall provide information 
to describe a method for emissions or heat input apportionment under 
Secs. 75.13, 75.16, 75.17, or appendix D of this part. This petition may 
be submitted as part of the monitoring plan. Such a petition shall 
contain, at a minimum, the following information:
    (1) A description of the units, including their fuel type, their 
boiler type, and their categorization as Phase I units, substitution 
units, compensating

[[Page 324]]

units, Phase II units, new units, or non-affected units;
    (2) A formula describing how the emissions or heat input are to be 
apportioned to which units;
    (3) A description of the methods and parameters used to apportion 
the emissions or heat input; and
    (4) Any other information necessary to demonstrate that the 
apportionment method accurately measures emissions or heat input and 
does not underestimate emissions or heat input from affected units.
    (h) Partial recertification petition. The designated representative 
of an affected unit may provide information and petition the 
Administrator to specify which of the certification tests required by 
Sec. 75.20 apply for partial recertification of the affected unit. Such 
a petition shall include the following information:
    (1) Identification of the monitoring system(s) being changed;
    (2) A description of the changes being made to the system;
    (3) An explanation of why the changes are being made; and
    (4) A description of the possible effect upon the monitoring 
system's ability to measure, record, and report emissions.
    (i) Emergency fuel petition. The designated representative for an 
affected unit may submit a petition to the Administrator to use the 
emergency fuel provisions in section 2.1.4 of appendix E to this part. 
The designated representative shall include the following information in 
the petition:
    (1) Identification of the affected plant and unit(s);
    (2) A procedure for determining the NOX emission rate for 
the unit when the emergency fuel is combusted; and
    (3) A demonstration that the permit restricts use of the fuel to 
emergencies only.
    (j) Petition for alternative method of accounting for emissions 
prior to completion of certification tests. The designated 
representative for an affected unit may submit a petition to the 
Administrator to use an alternative to the procedures in 
Sec. 75.4(d)(3), (e)(3), (f)(3) or (g)(3) to account for emissions 
during the period between the compliance date for a unit and the 
completion of certification testing for that unit. The designated 
representative shall include:
    (1) Identification of the affected unit(s);
    (2) A detailed explanation of the alternative method to account for 
emissions of the following parameters, as applicable: SO2 
mass emissions (in lbs), NOX emission rate (in lbs/mmBtu), 
CO2 mass emissions (in lbs) and, if the unit is subject to 
the requirements of subpart H of this part, NOX mass 
emissions (in lbs); and
    (3) A demonstration that the proposed alternative does not 
underestimate emissions.
    (k) Petition for an alternative to the stabilization criteria for 
the cycle time test in section 6.4 of appendix A to this part. The 
designated representative for an affected unit may submit a petition to 
the Administrator to use an alternative stabilization criteria for the 
cycle time test in section 6.4 of appendix A to this part, if the 
installed monitoring system does not record data in 1-minute or 3-minute 
intervals. The designated representative shall provide a description of 
the alternative criteria.
    (l) Any other petitions to the Administrator under this part. Except 
for petitions addressed in paragraphs (b) through (k) of this section, 
any petition submitted under this paragraph shall include sufficient 
information for the evaluation of the petition, including, at a minimum, 
the following information:
    (1) Identification of the affected plant and unit(s);
    (2) A detailed explanation of why the proposed alternative is being 
suggested in lieu of the requirement;
    (3) A description and diagram of any equipment and procedures used 
in the proposed alternative, if applicable;
    (4) A demonstration that the proposed alternative is consistent with 
the purposes of the requirement for which the alternative is proposed 
and is consistent with the purposes of this part and of section 412 of 
the Act and that any adverse effect of approving such alternative will 
be de minimis; and

[[Page 325]]

    (5) Any other relevant information that the Administrator may 
require.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993,as amended at 60 FR 26540, 26569, May 17, 
1995; 61 FR 59162, Nov. 20, 1996; 64 FR 28623, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.67  Retired units petitions.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) For combustion sources seeking to enter the Opt-in Program in 
accordance with part 74 of this chapter that will be permanently retired 
and governed upon entry into the Opt-in Program by a thermal energy plan 
in accordance with Sec. 74.47 of this chapter, an exemption from the 
requirements of this part, including the requirement to install and 
certify a continuous emissions monitoring system, may be obtained from 
the Administrator if the designated representative submits to the 
Administrator a petition for such an exemption prior to the deadline in 
Sec. 75.4 by which the continuous emission or opacity monitoring systems 
must complete the required certification tests.

[60 FR 17131, Apr. 4, 1995, as amended at 60 FR 26541, May 17, 1995; 62 
FR 55487, Oct. 24, 1997]



           Subpart H--NOX Mass Emissions Provisions

    Source: 63 FR 57507, Oct. 27, 1998



Sec. 75.70  NOX mass emissions provisions.

    (a) Applicability. The owner or operator of a unit shall comply with 
the requirements of this subpart to the extent that compliance is 
required by an applicable State or federal NOX mass emission 
reduction program that incorporates by reference, or otherwise adopts 
the provisions of, this subpart.
    (1) For purposes of this subpart, the term ``affected unit'' shall 
mean any unit that is subject to a State or federal NOX mass 
emission reduction program requiring compliance with this subpart, the 
term ``nonaffected unit'' shall mean any unit that is not subject to 
such a program, the term ``permitting authority'' shall mean the 
permitting authority under an applicable State or federal NOX 
mass emission reduction program that adopts the requirements of this 
subpart, and the term ``designated representative'' shall mean the 
responsible party under the applicable State or federal NOX 
mass emission reduction program that adopts the requirements of this 
subpart.
    (2) In addition, the provisions of subparts A, C, D, E, F, and G and 
appendices A through G of this part applicable to NOX 
concentration, flow rate, NOX emission rate and heat input, 
as set forth and referenced in this subpart, shall apply to the owner or 
operator of a unit required to meet the requirements of this subpart by 
a State or federal NOX mass emission reduction program. When 
applying these requirements, the term ``affected unit'' shall mean any 
unit that is subject to a State or federal NOX mass emission 
reduction program requiring compliance with this subpart, the term 
``permitting authority'' shall mean the permitting authority under an 
applicable State or federal NOX mass emission reduction 
program that adopts the requirements of this subpart, and the term 
``designated representative'' shall mean the responsible party under the 
applicable State or federal NOX mass emission reduction 
program that adopts the requirements of this subpart. The requirements 
of this part for SO2, CO2 and opacity monitoring, 
recordkeeping and reporting do not apply to units that are subject to a 
State or federal NOX mass emission reduction program only and 
are not affected units with an Acid Rain emission limitation.
    (b) Compliance dates. The owner or operator of an affected unit 
shall meet the compliance deadlines established by an applicable State 
or federal NOX mass emission reduction program that adopts 
the requirements of this subpart.
    (c) Prohibitions. (1) No owner or operator of an affected unit or a 
non-affected unit under Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii) shall use any alternative 
monitoring system, alternative reference method, or any other 
alternative for the required continuous emission monitoring system 
without having obtained prior written approval in accordance with 
paragraph (h) of this section.
    (2) No owner or operator of an affected unit or a non-affected unit 
under

[[Page 326]]

Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii) shall operate the unit so as to discharge, or allow 
to be discharged emissions of NOX to the atmosphere without 
accounting for all such emissions in accordance with the applicable 
provisions of this part, except as provided in Sec. 75.74.
    (3) No owner or operator of an affected unit or a non-affected unit 
under Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii) shall disrupt the continuous emission 
monitoring system, any portion thereof, or any other approved emission 
monitoring method, and thereby avoid monitoring and recording 
NOX mass emissions discharged into the atmosphere, except for 
periods of recertification or periods when calibration, quality 
assurance testing, or maintenance is performed in accordance with the 
provisions of this part applicable to monitoring systems under 
Sec. 75.71, except as provided in Sec. 75.74.
    (4) No owner or operator of an affected unit or a non-affected unit 
under Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii) shall retire or permanently discontinue use 
of the continuous emission monitoring system, any component thereof, or 
any other approved emission monitoring system under this part, except 
under any one of the following circumstances:
    (i) During the period that the unit is covered by a retired unit 
exemption that is in effect under the State or federal NOX 
mass emission reduction program that adopts the requirements of this 
subpart;
    (ii) The owner or operator is monitoring NOX mass 
emissions from the affected unit with another certified monitoring 
system approved, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of 
this section; or
    (iii) The designated representative submits notification of the date 
of certification testing of a replacement monitoring system in 
accordance with Sec. 75.61.
    (d) Initial certification and recertification procedures. (1) The 
owner or operator of an affected unit that is subject to an Acid Rain 
emissions limitation shall comply with the initial certification and 
recertification procedures of this part, except that the owner or 
operator shall meet any additional requirements set forth in an 
applicable State or federal NOX mass emission reduction 
program that adopts the requirements of this subpart.
    (2) The owner or operator of an affected unit that is not subject to 
an Acid Rain emissions limitation shall comply with the initial 
certification and recertification procedures established by an 
applicable State or federal NOX mass emission reduction 
program that adopts the requirements of this subpart. The owner or 
operator of an affected unit that is subject to an Acid Rain emissions 
limitation shall comply with the initial certification and 
recertification procedures established by an applicable State or federal 
NOX mass emission reduction program that adopts the 
requirements of this subpart for any additional NOX-diluent 
CEMS, flow monitors, diluent monitors or NOX concentration 
monitoring system required under the NOX mass emissions 
provisions of Sec. 75.71 or the common stack provisions in Sec. 75.72.
    (e) Quality assurance and quality control requirements. For units 
that use continuous emission monitoring systems to account for 
NOX mass emissions, the owner or operator shall meet the 
applicable quality assurance and quality control requirements in 
Sec. 75.21, appendix B to this part, and Sec. 75.74(c) for the 
NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring systems, flow 
monitoring systems, NOX concentration monitoring systems, and 
diluent monitors required under Sec. 75.71. A NOX 
concentration monitoring system for determining NOX mass 
emissions in accordance with Sec. 75.71 shall meet the same 
certification testing requirements, quality assurance requirements, and 
bias test requirements as are specified in this part for an 
SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, except as otherwise 
provided in Sec. 75.74(c). Units using excepted methods under Sec. 75.19 
shall meet the applicable quality assurance requirements of that 
section, and, except as otherwise provided in Sec. 75.74(c), units using 
excepted monitoring methods under appendices D and E to this part shall 
meet the applicable quality assurance requirements of those appendices.
    (f) Missing data procedures. Except as provided in Sec. 75.34, 
paragraph (g) of this section, and Sec. 75.74, the owner or operator 
shall provide substitute data from

[[Page 327]]

monitoring systems required under Sec. 75.71 for each affected unit as 
follows:
    (1) For an owner or operator using a continuous emissions monitoring 
system, substitute for missing data in accordance with the missing data 
procedures in subpart D of this part whenever the unit combusts fuel 
and:
    (i) A valid quality assured hour of NOX emission rate 
data (in lb/mmBtu) has not been measured and recorded for a unit by a 
certified NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system 
or by an approved monitoring system under subpart E of this part;
    (ii) A valid quality assured hour of flow data (in scfh) has not 
been measured and recorded for a unit from a certified flow monitor or 
by an approved alternative monitoring system under subpart E of this 
part; or
    (iii) A valid quality assured hour of heat input data (in mmBtu) has 
not been measured and recorded for a unit from a certified flow monitor 
and a certified diluent (CO2 or O2) monitor or by 
an approved alternative monitoring system under subpart E of this part 
or by an accepted monitoring system under appendix D to this part, where 
heat input is required either for calculating NOX mass or 
allocating allowances under the applicable State or federal 
NOX mass emission reduction program that adopts the 
requirements of this subpart; or
    (iv) A valid, quality-assured hour of NOX concentration 
data (in ppm) has not been measured and recorded by a certified 
NOX concentration monitoring system, or by an approved 
alternative monitoring method under subpart E of this part, where the 
owner or operator chooses to use a NOX concentration 
monitoring system with a volumetric flow monitor, and without a diluent 
monitor to calculate NOX mass emissions. The initial missing 
data procedures for determining monitor data availability and the 
standard missing data procedures for a NOX concentration 
monitoring system shall be the same as the procedures specified for a 
NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system under 
Secs. 75.31, 75.32 and 75.33.
    (2) For an owner or operator using an excepted monitoring system 
under appendix D or E of this part, substitute for missing data in 
accordance with the missing data procedures in section 2.4 of appendix D 
to this part or in section 2.5 of appendix E to this part whenever the 
unit combusts fuel and:
    (i) A valid, quality-assured hour of fuel flow rate data has not 
been measured and recorded by a certified fuel flowmeter that is part of 
an excepted monitoring system under appendix D or E of this part; or
    (ii) A fuel sample value for gross calorific value, or if necessary, 
density or specific gravity, from a sample taken an analyzed in 
accordance with appendix D of this part is not available; or
    (iii) A valid, quality-assured hour of NOX emission rate 
data has not been obtained according to the procedures and 
specifications of appendix E to this part.
    (g) Reporting data prior to initial certification. If the owner or 
operator of an affected unit has not successfully completed all 
certification tests required by the State or federal NOX mass 
emission reduction program that adopts the requirements of this subpart 
by the applicable date required by that program, he or she shall 
determine, record and report hourly data prior to initial certification 
using one of the following procedures, consistent with the monitoring 
equipment to be certified:
    (1) For units that the owner or operator intends to monitor for 
NOX mass emissions using NOX emission rate and 
heat input, the maximum potential NOX emission rate and the 
maximum potential hourly heat input of the unit, as defined in Sec. 72.2 
of this chapter.
    (2) For units that the owner or operator intends to monitor for 
NOX mass emissions using a NOX concentration 
monitoring system and a flow monitoring system, the maximum potential 
concentration of NOX and the maximum potential flow rate of 
the unit under section 2.1 of Appendix A of this part;
    (3) For any unit, the reference methods under Sec. 75.22 of this 
part.
    (4) For any unit using the low mass emission excepted monitoring 
methodology under Sec. 75.19, the procedures in paragraphs (g)(1) or (2) 
of this section.
    (5) Any unit using the procedures in paragraph (g)(2) of this 
section that is

[[Page 328]]

required to report heat input for purposes of allocating allowances 
shall also report the maximum potential hourly heat input of the unit, 
as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter.
    (6) For any unit using continuous emissions monitors, the procedures 
in Sec. 75.20(b)(3).
    (h) Petitions. (1) The designated representative of an affected unit 
that is subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation may submit a 
petition to the Administrator requesting an alternative to any 
requirement of this subpart. Such a petition shall meet the requirements 
of Sec. 75.66 and any additional requirements established by an 
applicable State or federal NOX mass emission reduction 
program that adopts the requirements of this subpart. Use of an 
alternative to any requirement of this subpart is in accordance with 
this subpart and with such State or federal NOX mass emission 
reduction program only to the extent that the petition is approved by 
the Administrator, in consultation with the permitting authority.
    (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (h)(1) of this section, petitions 
requesting an alternative to a requirement concerning any additional 
CEMS required solely to meet the common stack provisions of Sec. 75.72 
shall be submitted to the permitting authority and the Administrator and 
shall be governed by paragraph (h)(3)(ii) of this section. Such a 
petition shall meet the requirements of Sec. 75.66 and any additional 
requirements established by an applicable State or federal 
NOX mass emission reduction program that adopts the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (3)(i) The designated representative of an affected unit that is not 
subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation may submit a petition to 
the permitting authority and the Administrator requesting an alternative 
to any requirement of this subpart. Such a petition shall meet the 
requirements of Sec. 75.66 and any additional requirements established 
by an applicable State or federal NOX mass emission reduction 
program that adopts the requirements of this subpart.
    (ii) Use of an alternative to any requirement of this subpart is in 
accordance with this subpart only to the extent that it is approved by 
the Administrator and by the permitting authority if required by an 
applicable State or federal NOX mass emission reduction 
program that adopts the requirements of this subpart.

[63 FR 57507, Oct. 27, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 28624, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.71  Specific provisions for monitoring NOX emission rate and heat input for the purpose of calculating NOX mass emissions.

    (a) Coal-fired units. The owner or operator of a coal-fired affected 
unit shall either:
    (1) Meet the general operating requirements in Sec. 75.10 for a 
NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system (consisting 
of a NOX pollutant concentration monitor, an O2- 
or CO2-diluent gas monitor, and a data acquisition and 
handling system) to measure NOX emission rate and for a flow 
monitoring system and an O2- or CO2-diluent gas 
monitor to measure heat input, except as provided in accordance with 
subpart E of this part; or
    (2) Meet the general operating requirements in Sec. 75.10 for a 
NOX concentration monitoring system (consisting of a 
NOX pollutant concentration monitor and a data acquisition 
and handling system) to measure NOX concentration and for a 
flow monitoring system. In addition, if heat input is required to be 
reported under the applicable State or federal NOX mass 
emission reduction program that adopts the requirements of this subpart, 
the owner or operator also must meet the general operating requirements 
for a flow monitoring system and an O2- or CO2-
diluent gas monitor to measure heat input, or, if applicable, use the 
procedures in appendix D to this part. These requirements must be met, 
except as provided in accordance with subpart E of this part.
    (b) Moisture correction. (1) If a correction for the stack gas 
moisture content is needed to properly calculate the NOX 
emission rate in lb/mmBtu (i.e., if the NOX pollutant 
concentration monitor in a NOX-diluent monitoring system 
measures on a different moisture basis from the diluent monitor), the 
owner or operator of an affected unit shall account for the moisture 
content of the

[[Page 329]]

flue gas on a continuous basis in accordance with Sec. 75.12(b).
    (2) If a correction for the stack gas moisture content is needed to 
properly calculate NOX mass emissions in tons, in the case 
where a NOX concentration monitoring system which measures on 
a dry basis is used with a flow rate monitor to determine NOX 
mass emissions, the owner or operator of an affected unit shall account 
for the moisture content of the flue gas on a continuous basis in 
accordance with Sec. 75.11(b) except that the term ``SO2'' 
shall be replaced by the term ``NOX.''
    (3) If a correction for the stack gas moisture content is needed to 
properly calculate NOX mass emissions, in the case where a 
diluent monitor that measures on a dry basis is used with a flow rate 
monitor to determine heat input, which is then multiplied by the 
NOX emission rate, the owner or operator shall install, 
operate, maintain and quality assure a continuous moisture monitoring 
system, as described in Sec. 75.11(b).
    (c) Gas-fired nonpeaking units or oil-fired nonpeaking units. The 
owner or operator of an affected unit that, based on information 
submitted by the designated representative in the monitoring plan, 
qualifies as a gas-fired or oil-fired unit but not as a peaking unit, as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, shall either:
    (1) Meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and, if 
applicable, paragraph (b) of this section; or
    (2) Meet the general operating requirements in Sec. 75.10 for a 
NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system, except as 
provided in accordance with subpart E of this part, and use the 
procedures specified in appendix D to this part for determining hourly 
heat input. However, the heat input apportionment provisions in section 
2.1.2 of appendix D to this part shall not be used to meet the 
NOX mass reporting provisions of this subpart, except as 
provided in Sec. 75.72(a); or
    (3) Meet the requirements of the low mass emission excepted 
methodology under paragraph (e)(2) of this section and under Sec. 75.19, 
if applicable.
    (d) Gas-fired or oil-fired peaking units. The owner or operator of 
an affected unit that qualifies as a peaking unit and as either gas-
fired or oil-fired, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, based on 
information submitted by the designated representative in the monitoring 
plan, shall either:
    (1) Meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section; or
    (2) Use the procedures in appendix D to this part for determining 
hourly heat input and the procedure specified in appendix E to this part 
for estimating hourly NOX emission rate. However, the heat 
input apportionment provisions in section 2.1.2 of appendix D to this 
part shall not be used to meet the NOX mass reporting 
provisions of this subpart. In addition, if after certification of an 
excepted monitoring system under appendix E to this part, the operation 
of a unit that reports emissions on an annual basis under Sec. 75.74(a) 
of this part exceeds a capacity factor of 20.0 percent in any calendar 
year or exceeds an annual capacity factor of 10.0 percent averaged over 
three years, or the operation of a unit that reports emissions on an 
ozone season basis under Sec. 75.74(b) of this part exceeds a capacity 
factor of 20.0 percent in any ozone season or exceeds an ozone season 
capacity factor of 10.0 percent averaged over three years, the owner or 
operator shall meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section 
or, if applicable, paragraph (e) of this section by no later than 
December 31 of the following calendar year.
    (e) Low mass emissions units. Notwithstanding the requirements of 
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the owner or operator of an 
affected unit that qualifies as a low mass emissions unit under 
Sec. 75.19(a) shall comply with one of the following:
    (1) Meet the applicable requirements specified in paragraphs (c) or 
(d) of this section; or
    (2) Use the low mass emissions excepted methodology in Sec. 75.19(c) 
for estimating hourly emission rate, hourly heat input, and hourly 
NOX mass emissions.
    (f) Other units. The owner or operator of an affected unit that 
combusts wood, refuse, or other materials shall comply with the 
monitoring provisions specified in paragraph (a) of this section

[[Page 330]]

and, where applicable, paragraph (b) of this section.

[63 FR 57508, Oct. 27, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 28624, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.72  Determination of NOX mass emissions.

    Except as provided in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section, the 
owner or operator of an affected unit shall calculate hourly 
NOX mass emissions (in lbs) by multiplying the hourly 
NOX emission rate (in lbs/mmBtu) by the hourly heat input (in 
mmBtu/hr) and the hourly operating time (in hr). The owner or operator 
shall also calculate quarterly and cumulative year-to-date 
NOX mass emissions and cumulative NOX mass 
emissions for the ozone season (in tons) by summing the hourly 
NOX mass emissions according to the procedures in section 8 
of appendix F to this part.
    (a) Unit utilizing common stack with other affected unit(s). When an 
affected unit utilizes a common stack with one or more affected units, 
but no nonaffected units, the owner or operator shall either:
    (1) Record the combined NOX mass emissions for the units 
exhausting to the common stack, install, certify, operate, and maintain 
a NOX-diluent continuous emissions monitoring system in the 
common stack, and either:
    (i) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a flow monitoring system 
at the common stack. The owner or operator also shall provide heat input 
values for each unit, either by monitoring each unit individually using 
a flow monitor and a diluent monitor or by apportioning heat input 
according to the procedures in Sec. 75.16(e)(5); or
    (ii) If any of the units using the common stack are eligible to use 
the procedures in appendix D to this part,
    (A) Use the procedures in appendix D to this part to determine heat 
input for that unit; and
    (B) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a flow monitoring system 
in the duct to the common stack for each remaining unit; or
    (2) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOX-diluent 
continuous emissions monitoring system in the duct to the common stack 
from each unit and either:
    (i) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a flow monitoring system 
in the duct to the common stack from each unit; or
    (ii) For any unit using the common stack and eligible to use the 
procedures in appendix D to this part,
    (A) Use the procedures in appendix D to determine heat input for 
that unit; and
    (B) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a flow monitoring system 
in the duct to the common stack for each remaining unit.
    (b) Unit utilizing common stack with nonaffected unit(s). When one 
or more affected units utilizes a common stack with one or more 
nonaffected units, the owner or operator shall either:
    (1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOX-diluent 
continuous emission monitoring system in the duct to the common stack 
from each affected unit; and
    (i) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a flow monitoring system 
in the duct to the common stack from each affected unit; or
    (ii) For any affected unit using the common stack and eligible to 
use the procedures in appendix D to this part,
    (A) Use the procedures in appendix D to determine heat input for 
that unit; however, the heat input apportionment provisions in section 
2.1.2 of appendix D to this part shall not be used to meet the 
NOX mass reporting provisions of this subpart; and
    (B) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a flow monitoring system 
in the duct to the common stack for each remaining affected unit that 
exhausts to the common stack; or
    (2) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOX-diluent 
continuous emission monitoring system in the common stack; and
    (i) Designate the nonaffected units as affected units in accordance 
with the applicable State or federal NOX mass emissions 
reduction program and meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section; or
    (ii) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a flow monitoring 
system in the common stack and a NOX-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring system in the duct to the common stack

[[Page 331]]

from each nonaffected unit. The designated representative shall submit a 
petition to the permitting authority and the Administrator to allow a 
method of calculating and reporting the NOX mass emissions 
from the affected units as the difference between NOX mass 
emissions measured in the common stack and NOX mass emissions 
measured in the ducts of the nonaffected units, not to be reported as an 
hourly value less than zero. The permitting authority and the 
Administrator may approve such a method whenever the designated 
representative demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the permitting 
authority and the Administrator, that the method ensures that the 
NOX mass emissions from the affected units are not 
underestimated. In addition, the owner or operator shall also either:
    (A) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a flow monitoring system 
in the duct from each nonaffected unit or,
    (B) For any nonaffected unit exhausting to the common stack and 
otherwise eligible to use the procedures in appendix D to this part, 
determine heat input using the procedures in appendix D for that unit. 
However, the heat input apportionment provisions in section 2.1.2 of 
appendix D to this part shall not be used to meet the NOX 
mass reporting provisions of this subpart. For any remaining nonaffected 
unit that exhausts to the common stack, install, certify, operate, and 
maintain a flow monitoring system in the duct to the common stack; or
    (iii) Install a flow monitoring system in the common stack and 
record the combined emissions from all units as the combined 
NOX mass emissions for the affected units for recordkeeping 
and compliance purposes; or
    (iv) Submit a petition to the permitting authority and the 
Administrator to allow use of a method for apportioning NOX 
mass emissions measured in the common stack to each of the units using 
the common stack and for reporting the NOX mass emissions. 
The permitting authority and the Administrator may approve such a method 
whenever the designated representative demonstrates, to the satisfaction 
of the permitting authority and the Administrator, that the method 
ensures that the NOX mass emissions from the affected units 
are not underestimated.
    (c) Unit with bypass stack. Whenever any portion of the flue gases 
from an affected unit can be routed to avoid the installed 
NOX-diluent continuous emissions monitoring system or 
NOX concentration monitoring system, the owner and operator 
shall either:
    (1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOX-diluent 
continuous emissions monitoring system and a flow monitoring system on 
the bypass flue, duct, or stack gas stream and calculate NOX 
mass emissions for the unit as the sum of the emissions recorded by all 
required monitoring systems; or
    (2) Monitor NOX mass emissions on the bypass flue, duct, 
or stack gas stream using the reference methods in Sec. 75.22(b) for 
NOX concentration, flow, and diluent, or NOX 
concentration and flow, and calculate NOX mass emissions for 
the unit as the sum of the emissions recorded by the installed 
monitoring systems on the main stack and the emissions measured by the 
reference method monitoring systems.
    (d) Unit with multiple stacks. Notwithstanding Sec. 75.17(c), when 
the flue gases from a affected unit discharge to the atmosphere through 
more than one stack, or when the flue gases from a unit subject to a 
NOX mass emission reduction program utilize two or more ducts 
feeding into two or more stacks (which may include flue gases from other 
affected or nonaffected unit(s)), or when the flue gases from an 
affected unit utilize two or more ducts feeding into a single stack and 
the owner or operator chooses to monitor in the ducts rather than in the 
stack, the owner or operator shall either:
    (1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOX-diluent 
continuous emission monitoring system and a flow monitoring system in 
each duct feeding into the stack or stacks and determine NOX 
mass emissions from each affected unit using the stack or stacks as the 
sum of the NOX mass emissions recorded for each duct; or
    (2) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOX-diluent 
continuous emissions monitoring system and a flow monitoring system in 
each stack, and determine NOX mass emissions from the 
affected unit using the sum of the

[[Page 332]]

NOX mass emissions recorded for each stack, except that where 
another unit also exhausts flue gases to one or more of the stacks, the 
owner or operator shall also comply with the applicable requirements of 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section to determine and record 
NOX mass emissions from the units using that stack; or
    (3) If the unit is eligible to use the procedures in appendix D to 
this part, install, certify, operate, and maintain a NOX-
diluent continuous emissions monitoring system in one of the ducts 
feeding into the stack or stacks and use the procedures in appendix D to 
this part to determine heat input for the unit, provided that:
    (i) There are no add-on NOX controls at the unit;
    (ii) The unit is not capable of emitting solely through an 
unmonitored stack (e.g., has no dampers); and
    (iii) The owner or operator of the unit demonstrates to the 
satisfaction of the permitting authority and the Administrator that the 
NOX emission rate in the monitored duct or stack is 
representative of the NOX emission rate in each duct or 
stack.
    (e) Units using a NOX concentration monitoring system and 
a flow monitoring system to determine NOX mass. The owner or 
operator may use a NOX concentration monitoring system and a 
flow monitoring system to determine NOX mass emissions in 
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section (in place of a 
NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system and a flow 
monitoring system). When using this approach, calculate NOX 
mass according to sections 8.2 and 8.3 in appendix F of this part. In 
addition, if an applicable State or federal NOX mass 
reduction program requires determination of a unit's heat input, the 
owner or operator must either:
    (1) Install, certify, operate, and maintain a CO2 or 
O2 diluent monitor in the same location as each flow 
monitoring system. In addition, the owner or operator must provide heat 
input values for each unit utilizing a common stack by either:
    (i) Apportion heat input from the common stack to each unit 
according to Sec. 75.16(e)(5), where all units utilizing the common 
stack are affected units, or
    (ii) Measure heat input from each affected unit, using a flow 
monitor and a CO2 or O2 diluent monitor in the 
duct from each affected unit; or
    (2) For units that are eligible to use appendix D to this part, use 
the procedures in appendix D to this part to determine heat input for 
the unit. However, the use of a fuel flowmeter in a common pipe header 
and the provisions of sections 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2 of appendix D of this 
part are not applicable to any unit that is using the provisions of this 
subpart to monitor, record, and report NOX mass emissions 
under a State or federal NOX mass emission reduction program 
and that shares a common pipe or a common stack with a nonaffected unit.
    (f) Units using the low mass emitter excepted methodology under 
Sec. 75.19. For units that are using the low mass emitter excepted 
methodology under Sec. 75.19, calculate ozone season NOX mass 
emissions by summing all of the hourly NOX mass emissions in 
the ozone season, as determined under paragraph Sec. 75.19(c)(4)(ii)(A) 
of this section, divided by 2000 lb/ton.
    (g) Procedures for apportioning heat input to the unit level. If the 
owner or operator of a unit using the common stack monitoring provisions 
in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section does not monitor and record 
heat input at the unit level and the owner or operator is required to do 
so under an applicable State or federal NOX mass emission 
reduction program, the owner or operator should apportion heat input 
from the common stack to each unit according to Sec. 75.16(e)(5).



Sec. 75.73  Recordkeeping and reporting.

    (a) General recordkeeping provisions. The owner or operator of any 
affected unit shall maintain for each affected unit and each non-
affected unit under Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii) a file of all measurements, 
data, reports, and other information required by this part at the source 
in a form suitable for inspection for at least three (3) years from the 
date of each record. Except for the certification data required in 
Sec. 75.57(a)(4) and the initial submission of the monitoring plan 
required in Sec. 75.57(a)(5), the

[[Page 333]]

data shall be collected beginning with the earlier of the date of 
provisional certification or the deadline in Sec. 75.70. The 
certification data required in Sec. 75.57(a)(4) shall be collected 
beginning with the date of the first certification test performed. The 
file shall contain the following information:
    (1) The information required in Secs. 75.57(a)(2), (a)(4), (a)(5), 
(a)(6), (b), (c)(2), (d), (g), and (h).
    (2) The information required in Secs. 75.58(b)(2) or (b)(3) (for 
units with add-on NOX emission controls), as applicable, (d) 
(as applicable for units using Appendix E to this part), and (f) (as 
applicable for units using the low mass emissions unit provisions of 
Sec. 75.19).
    (3) For each hour when the unit is operating, NOX mass 
emissions, calculated in accordance with section 8.1 of appendix F to 
this part.
    (4) During the second and third calendar quarters, cumulative ozone 
season heat input and cumulative ozone season operating hours.
    (5) Heat input and NOX methodologies for the hour.
    (6) Specific heat input record provisions for gas-fired or oil-fired 
units using the procedures in appendix D to this part. In lieu of the 
information required in Sec. 75.57(c)(2), the owner or operator shall 
record the following information in this paragraph for each affected 
gas-fired or oil-fired unit and each non-affected gas- or oil-fired unit 
under Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii) for which the owner or operator is using the 
procedures in appendix D to this part for estimating heat input:
    (i) For each hour when the unit is combusting oil:
    (A) Date and hour;
    (B) Hourly average mass flow rate of oil, while the unit combusts 
oil (in lb/hr, rounded to the nearest tenth) (flag value if derived from 
missing data procedures);
    (C) Method of oil sampling (flow proportional, continuous drip, as 
delivered, manual from storage tank, or daily manual);
    (D) For units using volumetric flowmeters, volumetric flow rate of 
oil combusted each hour (in gal/hr, lb/hr, m3/hr, or bbl/hr, 
rounded to the nearest tenth) (flag value if derived from missing data 
procedures);
    (E) For units using volumetric oil flowmeters, density of oil (flag 
value if derived from missing data procedures);
    (F) Gross calorific value of oil used to determine heat input (in 
Btu/lb);
    (G) Hourly heat input rate during combustion of oil, according to 
procedures in appendix F to this part (in mmBtu/hr, to the nearest 
tenth);
    (H) Fuel usage time for combustion of oil during the hour (rounded 
up to the nearest fraction of an hour, in equal increments that can 
range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the 
owner or operator) (flag to indicate multiple/single fuel types 
combusted); and
    (I) Monitoring system identification code.
    (ii) For gas-fired units or oil-fired units, using the procedures in 
appendix D to this part with an assumed density or for as-delivered fuel 
sampled from each delivery:
    (A) Measured gross calorific value and, if measuring with volumetric 
oil flowmeters, density from each fuel sample; and
    (B) Assumed gross calorific value and, if measuring with volumetric 
oil flowmeters, density used to calculate heat input rate.
    (iii) For each hour when the unit is combusting gaseous fuel:
    (A) Date and hour;
    (B) Hourly heat input rate from gaseous fuel, according to 
procedures in appendix F to this part (in mmBtu/hr, rounded to the 
nearest tenth);
    (C) Hourly flow rate of gaseous fuel, while the unit combusts gas 
(in 100 scfh) (flag value if derived from missing data procedures);
    (D) Gross calorific value of gaseous fuel used to determine heat 
input rate (in Btu/100 scf) (flag value if derived from missing data 
procedures);
    (E) Fuel usage time for combustion of gaseous fuel during the hour 
(rounded up to the nearest fraction of an hour, in equal increments that 
can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of 
the owner or operator) (flag to indicate multiple/single fuel types 
combusted); and

[[Page 334]]

    (F) Monitoring system identification code.
    (iv) For each oil sample or sample of diesel fuel:
    (A) Date of sampling;
    (B) Gross calorific value (in Btu/lb) (flag value if derived from 
missing data procedures); and
    (C) Density or specific gravity, if required to convert volume to 
mass (flag value if derived from missing data procedures).
    (v) For each sample of gaseous fuel:
    (A) Date of sampling; and
    (B) Gross calorific value (in Btu/100 scf) (flag value if derived 
from missing data procedures).
    (vi) For each oil sample or sample of gaseous fuel:
    (A) Type of oil or gas; and
    (B) Percent carbon or F-factor of fuel.
    (7) Specific NOX record provisions for gas-fired or oil-
fired units using the optional low mass emissions excepted methodology 
in Sec. 75.19. In lieu of recording the information in Secs. 75.57(b), 
(c)(2), (d), and (g), the owner or operator shall record, for each hour 
when the unit is operating for any portion of the hour, the following 
information for each affected low mass emissions unit for which the 
owner or operator is using the low mass emissions excepted methodology 
in Sec. 75.19(c):
    (i) Date and hour;
    (ii) If one type of fuel is combusted in the hour, fuel type 
(pipeline natural gas, natural gas, residual oil, or diesel fuel) or, if 
more than one type of fuel is combusted in the hour, the fuel type which 
results in the highest emission factors for NOX;
    (iii) Average hourly NOX emission rate (in lb/mmBtu, 
rounded to the nearest thousandth); and
    (iv) Hourly NOX mass emissions (in lbs, rounded to the 
nearest tenth).
    (b) Certification, quality assurance and quality control record 
provisions. The owner or operator of any affected unit shall record the 
applicable information in Sec. 75.59 for each affected unit or group of 
units monitored at a common stack and each non-affected unit under 
Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii).
    (c) Monitoring plan recordkeeping provisions--(1) General 
provisions. The owner or operator of an affected unit shall prepare and 
maintain a monitoring plan for each affected unit or group of units 
monitored at a common stack and each non-affected unit under 
Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii). Except as provided in paragraph (d) or (f) of this 
section, a monitoring plan shall contain sufficient information on the 
continuous emission monitoring systems, excepted methodology under 
Sec. 75.19, or excepted monitoring systems under appendix D or E to this 
part and the use of data derived from these systems to demonstrate that 
all the unit's NOX emissions are monitored and reported.
    (2) Whenever the owner or operator makes a replacement, 
modification, or change in the certified continuous emission monitoring 
system, excepted methodology under Sec. 75.19, excepted monitoring 
system under appendix D or E to this part, or alternative monitoring 
system under subpart E of this part, including a change in the automated 
data acquisition and handling system or in the flue gas handling system, 
that affects information reported in the monitoring plan (e.g., a change 
to a serial number for a component of a monitoring system), then the 
owner or operator shall update the monitoring plan.
    (3) Contents of the monitoring plan for units not subject to an Acid 
Rain emissions limitation. Each monitoring plan shall contain the 
information in Sec. 75.53(e)(1) in electronic format and the information 
in Sec. 75.53(e)(2) in hardcopy format. In addition, to the extent 
applicable, each monitoring plan shall contain the information in 
Secs. 75.53(f)(1)(i), (f)(2)(i), (f)(4), and (f)(5)(i) for units using 
the low mass emitter methodology in electronic format and the 
information in Secs. 75.53(f)(1)(ii), (f)(2)(ii), and (f)(5)(ii) in 
hardcopy format. The monitoring plan also shall identify, in electronic 
format, the reporting schedule for the affected unit (ozone season or 
quarterly), the beginning and end dates for the reporting schedule, and 
whether year-round reporting for the unit is required by a state or 
local agency.
    (d) General reporting provisions. (1) The designated representative 
for an affected unit shall comply with all reporting requirements in 
this section and with any additional requirements

[[Page 335]]

set forth in an applicable State or federal NOX mass emission 
reduction program that adopts the requirements of this subpart.
    (2) The designated representative for an affected unit shall submit 
the following for each affected unit or group of units monitored at a 
common stack and each non-affected unit under Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii):
    (i) Initial certification and recertification applications in 
accordance with Sec. 75.70(d);
    (ii) Monitoring plans in accordance with paragraph (e) of this 
section; and
    (iii) Quarterly reports in accordance with paragraph (f) of this 
section.
    (3) Other petitions and communications. The designated 
representative for an affected unit shall submit petitions, 
correspondence, application forms, and petition-related test results in 
accordance with the provisions in Sec. 75.70(h).
    (4) Quality assurance RATA reports. If requested by the permitting 
authority, the designated representative of an affected unit shall 
submit the quality assurance RATA report for each affected unit or group 
of units monitored at a common stack and each non-affected unit under 
Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii) by the later of 45 days after completing a quality 
assurance RATA according to section 2.3 of appendix B to this part or 15 
days of receiving the request. The designated representative shall 
report the hardcopy information required by Sec. 75.59(a)(9) to the 
permitting authority.
    (5) Notifications. The designated representative for an affected 
unit shall submit written notice to the permitting authority according 
to the provisions in Sec. 75.61 for each affected unit or group of units 
monitored at a common stack and each non-affected unit under 
Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii).
    (e) Monitoring plan reporting.--(1) Electronic submission. The 
designated representative for an affected unit shall submit a complete, 
electronic, up-to-date monitoring plan file (except for hardcopy 
portions identified in paragraph (e)(2) of this section) for each 
affected unit or group of units monitored at a common stack and each 
non-affected unit under Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii) as follows:
    (i) To the permitting authority, no later than 45 days prior to the 
initial certification test and at the time of recertification 
application submission; and
    (ii) To the Administrator, no later than 45 days prior to the 
initial certification test, at the time of submission of a 
recertification application, and in each electronic quarterly report.
    (2) Hardcopy submission. The designated representative of an 
affected unit shall submit all of the hardcopy information required 
under Sec. 75.53, for each affected unit or group of units monitored at 
a common stack and each non-affected unit under Sec. 75.72(b)(2)(ii), to 
the permitting authority prior to initial certification. Thereafter, the 
designated representative shall submit hardcopy information only if that 
portion of the monitoring plan is revised. The designated representative 
shall submit the required hardcopy information as follows: no later than 
45 days prior to the initial certification test; with any 
recertification application, if a hardcopy monitoring plan change is 
associated with the recertification event; and within 30 days of any 
other event with which a hardcopy monitoring plan change is associated, 
pursuant to Sec. 75.53(b).
    (f) Quarterly reports.--(1) Electronic submission. The designated 
representative for an affected unit shall electronically report the data 
and information in this paragraph (f)(1) and in paragraphs (f)(2) and 
(3) of this section to the Administrator quarterly. Each electronic 
report must be submitted to the Administrator within 30 days following 
the end of each calendar quarter. Each electronic report shall include 
the date of report generation, for the information provided in 
paragraphs (f)(1)(ii) through (1)(vi) of this section, and shall also 
include for each affected unit or group of units monitored at a common 
stack:
    (i) Facility information:
    (A) Identification, including:
    (1) Facility/ORISPL number;
    (2) Calendar quarter and year data contained in the report; and
    (3) Electronic data reporting format version used for the report.
    (B) Location of facility, including:

[[Page 336]]

    (1) Plant name and facility identification code;
    (2) EPA AIRS facility system identification code;
    (3) State facility identification code;
    (4) Source category/type;
    (5) Primary SIC code;
    (6) State postal abbreviation;
    (7) FIPS county code; and
    (8) Latitude and longitude.
    (ii) The information and hourly data required in paragraph (a) of 
this section, except for:
    (A) Descriptions of adjustments, corrective action, and maintenance;
    (B) Information which is incompatible with electronic reporting 
(e.g., field data sheets, lab analyses, quality control plan);
    (C) For units with NOX add-on emission controls that do 
not elect to use the approved site-specific parametric monitoring 
procedures for calculation of substitute data, the information in 
Sec. 75.58(b)(3);
    (D) Information required by Sec. 75.57(h) concerning the causes of 
any missing data periods and the actions taken to cure such causes;
    (E) Hardcopy monitoring plan information required by Sec. 75.53 and 
hardcopy test data and results required by Sec. 75.59;
    (F) Records of flow polynomial equations and numerical values 
required by Sec. 75.59(a)(5)(vi);
    (G) Daily fuel sampling information required by Sec. 75.58(c)(3)(i) 
for units using assumed values under appendix D;
    (H) Information required by Sec. 75.59(b)(2) concerning transmitter 
or transducer accuracy tests;
    (I) Stratification test results required as part of the RATA 
supplementary records under Sec. 75.59(a)(7);
    (J) Data and results of RATAs that are aborted or invalidated due to 
problems with the reference method or operational problems with the unit 
and data and results of linearity checks that are aborted or invalidated 
due to operational problems with the unit; and
    (K) Supplementary RATA information required under 
Sec. 75.59(a)(7)(i) through Sec. 75.59(a)(7)(v), except that: the data 
under Sec. 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(A) through (T) and the data under 
Sec. 75.59(a)(7)(iii)(A) through (M) shall, as applicable, be reported 
for flow RATAs in which angular compensation (measurement of pitch and/
or yaw angles) is used and for flow RATAs in which a site-specific wall 
effects adjustment factor is determined by direct measurement; and the 
data under Sec. 75.59(a)(7)(ii)(T) shall be reported for all flow RATAs 
in which a default wall effects adjustment factor is applied.
    (iii) Average NOX emission rate (lb/mmBtu, rounded to the 
nearest thousandth) during the quarter and cumulative NOX 
emission rate for the calendar year.
    (iv) Tons of NOX emitted during quarter, cumulative tons 
of NOX emitted during the year, and, during the second and 
third calendar quarters, cumulative tons of NOX emitted 
during the ozone season.
    (v) During the second and third calendar quarters, cumulative heat 
input for the ozone season.
    (vi) Unit or stack or common pipe header operating hours for 
quarter, cumulative unit, stack or common pipe header operating hours 
for calendar year, and, during the second and third calendar quarters, 
cumulative operating hours during the ozone season.
    (2) The designated representative shall certify that the component 
and system identification codes and formulas in the quarterly electronic 
reports submitted to the Administrator pursuant to paragraph (e) of this 
section represent current operating conditions.
    (3) Compliance certification. The designated representative shall 
submit and sign a compliance certification in support of each quarterly 
emissions monitoring report based on reasonable inquiry of those persons 
with primary responsibility for ensuring that all of the unit's 
emissions are correctly and fully monitored. The certification shall 
state that:
    (i) The monitoring data submitted were recorded in accordance with 
the applicable requirements of this part, including the quality 
assurance procedures and specifications; and
    (ii) With regard to a unit with add-on emission controls and for all 
hours where data are substituted in accordance with Sec. 75.34(a)(1), 
the add-on emission controls were operating within the

[[Page 337]]

range of parameters listed in the monitoring plan and the substitute 
values do not systematically underestimate NOX emissions.
    (4) The designated representative shall comply with all of the 
quarterly reporting requirements in Secs. 75.64(d), (f), and (g).

[64 FR 28624, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.74  Annual and ozone season monitoring and reporting requirements.

    (a) Annual monitoring requirement. (1) The owner or operator of an 
affected unit subject both to an Acid Rain emission limitation and to a 
State or federal NOX mass reduction program that adopts the 
provisions of this part must meet the requirements of this part during 
the entire calendar year.
    (2) The owner or operator of an affected unit subject to a State or 
federal NOX mass reduction program that adopts the provisions 
of this part and that requires monitoring and reporting of hourly 
emissions on an annual basis must meet the requirements of this part 
during the entire calendar year.
    (b) Ozone season monitoring requirements. The owner or operator of 
an affected unit that is not required to meet the requirements of this 
subpart on an annual basis under paragraph (a) of this section may 
either:
    (1) Meet the requirements of this subpart on an annual basis; or
    (2) Meet the requirements of this subpart during the ozone season, 
except as specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) If the owner or operator of an affected unit chooses to meet the 
requirements of this subpart on less than an annual basis in accordance 
with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, then:
    (1) The owner or operator of a unit that uses continuous emissions 
monitoring systems or a fuel flowmeter to meet any of the requirements 
of this subpart shall quality assure the hourly ozone season emission 
data required by this subpart. To achieve this, the owner or operator 
shall operate, maintain and calibrate each required CEMS and shall 
perform diagnostic testing and quality assurance testing of each 
required CEMS or fuel flowmeter according to the applicable provisions 
of paragraphs (c)(2) through (c)(5) of this section. Except where 
otherwise noted, the provisions of paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this 
section apply instead of the quality assurance provisions in sections 
2.1 through 2.3 of appendix B to this part, and shall be used in lieu of 
those appendix B provisions.
    (2) Quality assurance requirements prior to the ozone season. The 
provisions of this paragraph apply to each ozone season. In the time 
period prior to the start of the current ozone season (i.e., in the 
period extending from October 1 of the previous calendar year through 
April 30 of the current calendar year), the owner or operator shall, at 
a minimum, perform the following diagnostic testing and quality 
assurance assessments, and shall maintain the following records, to 
ensure that the hourly emission data recorded at the beginning of the 
current ozone season are suitable for reporting as quality-assured data:
    (i) For each required gas monitor (i.e., for each NOX 
pollutant concentration monitor and each diluent gas (CO2 or 
O2) monitor, including CO2 and O2 
monitors used exclusively for heat input determination and O2 
monitors used for moisture determination), a linearity check shall be 
performed and passed.
    (A) Conduct each linearity check in accordance with the general 
procedures in section 6.2 of appendix A to this part, except that the 
data validation procedures in sections 6.2(a) through (f) of appendix A 
do not apply.
    (B) Each linearity check shall be done ``hands-off,'' as described 
in section 2.2.3(c) of appendix B to this part.
    (C) In the time period extending from the date and hour in which the 
linearity check is passed through April 30 of the current calendar year, 
the owner or operator shall operate and maintain the CEMS and shall 
perform daily calibration error tests of the CEMS in accordance with 
section 2.1 of appendix B to this part. When a calibration error test is 
failed, as described in section 2.1.4 of appendix B to this part, 
corrective actions shall be taken. The additional calibration error test 
provisions of section 2.1.3 of appendix B to this part shall be 
followed. Records of the required daily calibration error tests

[[Page 338]]

shall be kept in a format suitable for inspection on a year-round basis.
    (D) Exceptions. (1) If the monitor passed a linearity check on or 
after January 1 of the previous year and the unit or stack on which the 
monitor is located operated for less than 336 hours in the previous 
ozone season, the owner or operator may have a grace period of up to 168 
hours to perform a linearity check. In addition, if the unit or stack 
operates for 168 hours or less in the current ozone season the owner or 
operator is exempt from the linearity check requirement for that ozone 
season and the owner or operator may submit quality assured data from 
that monitor as long as all other required quality assurance tests are 
passed. If the unit or stack operates for more than 168 hours in the 
current ozone season, the owner or operator of the unit shall report 
substitute data using the missing data procedures under paragraph (c)(7) 
of this section starting with the 169th unit or stack operating hour of 
the ozone season and continuing until the successful completion of a 
linearity check.
    (2) If a monitor does not qualify for an exception under paragraph 
(c)(2)(i)(D)(1) and if a required linearity check has not been completed 
prior to the start of the current ozone season, follow the applicable 
procedures in paragraph (c)(3)(vi) of this section.
    (ii) For each required CEMS (i.e., for each NOX 
concentration monitoring system, each NOX-diluent monitoring 
system, each flow rate monitoring system, each moisture monitoring 
system and each diluent gas CEMS used exclusively for heat input 
determination), a relative accuracy test audit (RATA) shall be performed 
and passed.
    (A) Conduct each RATA in accordance with the applicable procedures 
in sections 6.5 through 6.5.10 of appendix A to this part, except that 
the data validation procedures in sections 6.5(f)(1) through (f)(6) do 
not apply, and, for flow rate monitoring systems, the required RATA load 
level(s) shall be as specified in this paragraph.
    (B) Each RATA shall be done ``hands-off,'' as described in section 
2.3.2 (c) of appendix B to this part. The provisions in section 2.3.1.4 
of appendix B to this part, pertaining to the number of allowable RATA 
attempts, shall apply.
    (C) For flow rate monitoring systems installed on peaking units or 
bypass stacks, a single-load RATA is required. For all other flow rate 
monitoring systems, a 2-load RATA is required at the two most 
frequently-used load levels (as defined under section 6.5.2.1 of 
appendix A to this part), with the following exceptions. A 3-load flow 
RATA is required at least once in every period of five consecutive 
calendar years. A 3-load RATA is also required if the flow monitor 
polynomial coefficients or K factor(s) are changed prior to conducting 
the flow RATA required under this paragraph.
    (D) A bias test of each required NOX concentration 
monitoring system, each NOX-diluent monitoring system and 
each flow rate monitoring system shall be performed in accordance with 
section 7.6 of appendix A to this part. If the bias test is failed, a 
bias adjustment factor (BAF) shall be calculated for the monitoring 
system, as described in section 7.6.5 of appendix A to this part and 
shall be applied to the subsequent data recorded by the CEMS.
    (E) In the time period extending from the hour of completion of the 
required RATA through April 30 of the current calendar year, the owner 
or operator shall operate and maintain the CEMS by performing, at a 
minimum, the following activities:
    (1) The owner or operator shall perform daily calibration error 
tests and (if applicable) daily flow monitor interference checks, 
according to section 2.1 of appendix B to this part. When a daily 
calibration error test or interference check is failed, as described in 
section 2.1.4 of appendix B to this part, corrective actions shall be 
taken. The additional calibration error test provisions in section 2.1.3 
of appendix B to this part shall be followed. Records of the required 
daily calibration error tests and interference checks shall be kept in a 
format suitable for inspection on a year-round basis.
    (2) If the owner or operator makes a replacement, modification, or 
change in a certified monitoring system that significantly affects the 
ability of the system to accurately measure or record NOX 
mass emissions or heat

[[Page 339]]

input or to meet the requirements of Sec. 75.21 or appendix B to this 
part, the owner or operator shall recertify the monitoring system 
according to Sec. 75.20(b).
    (F) If the results of a RATA performed according to the provisions 
of this paragraph indicate that the CEMS qualifies for an annual RATA 
frequency (see Figure 2 in appendix B to this part), the RATA may be 
used to quality assure data for the entire current ozone season.
    (G) If the results of a RATA performed according to the provisions 
of this paragraph indicate that the CEMS qualifies for a semiannual RATA 
frequency rather than an annual frequency, provided that the RATA was 
completed on or after January 1 of the current calendar year, the RATA 
may be used to quality assure data for the entire current ozone season. 
However, if the RATA was performed in the fourth calendar quarter of the 
previous year, the RATA may only be used to quality assure data for a 
part of the current ozone season, from May 1 through June 30. An 
additional RATA is then required by June 30 of the current calendar year 
to quality assure the remainder of the data (from June 30 through 
September 30) for the current ozone season. If such an additional RATA 
is required but is not completed by June 30 of the current calendar 
year, data from the CEMS shall be considered invalid as of the first 
unit or stack operating hour subsequent to June 30 of the current 
calendar year and shall remain invalid until the required RATA is 
performed and passed.
    (H) Exceptions. (1) If the monitoring system passed a RATA on or 
after January 1 of the previous year and the unit or stack on which the 
monitor is located operated for less than 336 hours in the previous 
ozone season, the owner or operator may have a grace period of up to 720 
hours to perform a RATA. If the unit or stack operates for 720 hours or 
less in the current ozone season, the owner or operator of the unit is 
exempt from the requirement to perform a RATA for that ozone season and 
the owner or operator may submit quality assured data from that monitor 
as long as all other required quality assurance tests are passed. If the 
unit or stack operates for more than 720 hours in the current ozone 
season, the owner or operator of the unit or stack shall report 
substitute data using the missing data procedures under paragraph (c)(7) 
of this section, starting with the 721st unit operating hour and 
continuing until the successful completion of the RATA.
    (2) If a monitor does not qualify for a grace period under paragraph 
(c)(2)(ii)(H)(1) of this section and if a required RATA has not been 
completed prior to the start of the current ozone season, follow the 
applicable procedures in paragraph (c)(3)(vi) of this section.
    (3) Quality assurance requirements within the ozone season. The 
provisions of this paragraph apply to each ozone season. The owner or 
operator shall, at a minimum, perform the following quality assurance 
testing during the ozone season, i.e. in the time period extending from 
May 1 through September 30 of each calendar year:
    (i) Daily calibration error tests and (if applicable) interference 
checks of each CEMS required by this subpart shall be performed in 
accordance with sections 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 of appendix B to this part. The 
applicable provisions in sections 2.1.3, 2.1.4 and 2.1.5 of appendix B 
to this part, pertaining, respectively, to additional calibration error 
tests and calibration adjustments, data validation, and quality 
assurance of data with respect to daily assessments, shall also apply.
    (ii) For each gas monitor required by this subpart, linearity checks 
shall be performed in the second and third calendar quarters, in 
accordance with section 2.2.1 of appendix B to this part (see also 
paragraph (c)(3)(vii) of this section). For the second calendar quarter 
of the year, only unit or stack operating hours in the months of May and 
June shall be included when determining whether the second calendar 
quarter is a ``QA operating quarter'' (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this 
chapter). Data validation for these linearity checks shall be done in 
accordance with sections 2.2.3(a) through (e) of appendix B to this 
part. The grace period provision in section 2.2.4 of appendix B to this 
part does not apply to these linearity checks. If the required linearity 
check

[[Page 340]]

has not been completed by the end of the calendar quarter, unless the 
conditional data validation provisions of Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are applied, 
data from the CEMS are considered to be invalid, beginning with the 
first unit or stack operating hour after the end of the quarter and 
shall remain invalid until a linearity check of the CEMS is performed 
and passed.
    (iii) For each flow monitoring system required by this subpart, 
flow-to-load ratio tests are required in the second and third calendar 
quarters, in accordance with section 2.2.5 of appendix B to this part. 
If the flow-to-load ratio test for the second calendar quarter is 
failed, the owner or operator shall declare the flow monitor out-of-
control as of the first unit or stack operating hour following the 
second calendar quarter and shall either implement Option 1 in section 
2.2.5.1 of appendix B to this part or Option 2 in section 2.2.5.2 of 
appendix B to this part. If the flow-to-load ratio test for the third 
calendar quarter is failed, data from the flow monitor shall be 
considered invalid at the beginning of the next ozone season unless, 
prior to May 1 of the next calendar year, the owner or operator has 
either successfully implemented Option 1 in section 2.2.5.1 of appendix 
B to this part or Option 2 in section 2.2.5.2 of appendix B to this 
part, or unless a flow RATA has been performed and passed in accordance 
with paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) For each differential pressure-type flow monitor used to meet 
the requirements of this subpart, quarterly leak checks are required in 
the second and third calendar quarters, in accordance with section 2.2.2 
of appendix B to this part. For the second calendar quarter of the year, 
only unit or stack operating hours in the months of May and June shall 
be included when determining whether the second calendar quarter is a QA 
operating quarter (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter). Data 
validation for quarterly flow monitor leak checks shall be done in 
accordance with section 2.2.3(g) of appendix B to this part. If the leak 
check for the third calendar quarter is failed and a subsequent leak 
check is not passed by the end of the ozone season, then data from the 
flow monitor shall be considered invalid at the beginning of the next 
ozone season unless a leak check is passed prior to May 1 of the next 
calendar year.
    (v) A fuel flow-to-load ratio test in section 2.1.7 of appendix D to 
this part shall be performed in the second and third calendar quarters 
if, for a unit using a fuel flowmeter to determine heat input under this 
subpart, the owner or operator has elected to use the fuel flow-to-load 
ratio test to extend the deadline for the next fuel flowmeter accuracy 
test. If a fuel flow-to-load ratio test is failed, follow the applicable 
procedures and data validation provisions in section 2.1.7.4 of appendix 
D to this part. If the fuel flow-to-load ratio test for the third 
calendar quarter is failed, data from the fuel flowmeter shall be 
considered invalid at the beginning of the next ozone season unless the 
requirements of section 2.1.7.4 of appendix D to this part have been 
fully met prior to May 1 of the next calendar year.
    (vi) If, at the start of the current ozone season (i.e., as of May 1 
of the current calendar year), the linearity check or RATA required 
under paragraph (c)(2)(i) or (c)(2)(ii) of this section has not been 
performed for a particular monitor or monitoring system, and if, during 
the previous ozone season, the unit or stack on which the monitoring 
system is installed operated for 336 hours or more the owner or operator 
shall invalidate all data from the CEMS until either:
    (A) The required linearity check or RATA of the CEMS has been 
performed and passed; or
    (B) A ``probationary calibration error test'' of the CEMS is passed 
in accordance with Sec. 75.20(b)(3). Note that a calibration error test 
passed on April 30 may be used as the probationary calibration error 
test, to ensure that emission data recorded by the CEMS at the beginning 
of the ozone season will have a conditionally valid status. Once the 
probationary calibration error test has been passed, the owner or 
operator shall perform the required linearity check or RATA in 
accordance with the conditional data validation provisions and within 
the associated timelines in Sec. 75.20(b)(3), with the term 
``diagnostic''

[[Page 341]]

applying instead of the term ``recertification''. However, in lieu of 
the provisions in Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(ix), the owner or operator shall 
follow the applicable provisions in paragraphs (c)(3)(xi) and 
(c)(3)(xii) of this section.
    (vii) A RATA which is performed and passed during the second or 
third quarter of the current calendar year may be used to quality assure 
data in the next ozone season, provided that:
    (A) The results of the RATA indicate that the CEMS qualifies for an 
annual RATA frequency (see Figure 2 in appendix B to this part); and
    (B) The CEMS is continuously operated and maintained, and daily 
calibration error tests and (if applicable) interference checks of the 
CEMS are performed in the time period extending from the end of the 
current ozone season (October 1 of the current calendar year) through 
April 30 of the next calendar year; and
    (C) For a gas monitoring system, the linearity check requirement of 
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section is met prior to May 1 of the next 
calendar year.
    (D) If conditions in paragraphs (c)(3)(vii)(A), (B) and, if 
applicable, (c)(3)(vii)(C) of this section are met, then a RATA 
completed and passed in the second or third calendar quarter of the 
current year may be used to quality assure data for the next ozone 
season, as follows:
    (1) If the RATA is completed and passed in the second calendar 
quarter of the current year, the RATA may be used to quality assure data 
from the CEMS through June 30 of the next calendar year.
    (2) If the RATA is completed and passed in the third calendar 
quarter of the current year, the RATA may be used to quality assure data 
from the CEMS through September 30 of the next calendar year.
    (viii) If a linearity check performed to meet the requirement of 
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section is completed and passed in the 
second calendar quarter of the current year, provided that the date and 
hour of completion of the test is within the first 168 unit or stack 
operating hours of the current ozone season, the linearity check may be 
used to satisfy both the requirement of paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this 
section and to meet the second quarter linearity check requirement of 
paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (ix) If, for any required CEMS, diagnostic linearity checks or RATAs 
other than those required by this section are performed during the ozone 
season, use the applicable data validation procedures in section 2.2.3 
(for linearity checks) or 2.3.2 (for RATAs) of appendix B to this part.
    (x) If any required CEMS is recertified within the ozone season, use 
the data validation provisions in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) and paragraphs 
(c)(3)(xi) and (c)(3)(xii) of this section.
    (xi) If, at the end of the second quarter of any calendar year, a 
required quality assurance, diagnostic or recertification test of a 
monitoring system has not been completed, and if data contained in the 
quarterly report are conditionally valid pending the results of test(s) 
to be completed in a subsequent quarter, the owner or operator shall 
indicate this by means of a suitable conditionally valid data flag in 
the electronic quarterly report for the second calendar quarter. The 
owner or operator shall resubmit the report for the second quarter if 
the required quality assurance, diagnostic or recertification test is 
subsequently failed. In the resubmitted report, the owner or operator 
shall use the appropriate missing data routine in Sec. 75.31 or 
Sec. 75.33 to replace with substitute data each hour of conditionally 
valid data that was invalidated by the failed quality assurance, 
diagnostic or recertification test. Alternatively, if any required 
quality assurance, diagnostic or recertification test is not completed 
by the end of the second calendar quarter but is completed no later than 
30 days after the end of that quarter (i.e., prior to the deadline for 
submitting the quarterly report under Sec. 75.73), the test data and 
results may be submitted with the second quarter report even though the 
test date(s) are from the third calendar quarter. In such instances, if 
the quality assurance, diagnostic or recertification test(s) are passed 
in accordance with the provisions of Sec. 75.20(b)(3), conditionally 
valid data may be reported as quality-assured, in lieu of reporting a 
conditional data flag. If the tests are

[[Page 342]]

failed and if conditionally valid data are replaced, as appropriate, 
with substitute data, then neither the reporting of a conditional data 
flag nor resubmission is required.
    (xii) If, at the end of the third quarter of any calendar year, a 
required quality assurance, diagnostic or recertification test of a 
monitoring system has not been completed, and if data contained in the 
quarterly report are conditionally valid pending the results of test(s) 
to be completed, the owner or operator shall do one of the following:
    (A) If the results of the required tests are not available within 30 
days of the end of the third calendar quarter and cannot be submitted 
with the quarterly report for the third calendar quarter, then the test 
results are considered to be missing and the owner or operator shall use 
the appropriate missing data routine in Sec. 75.31 or Sec. 75.33 to 
replace with substitute data each hour of conditionally valid data in 
the third quarter report. In addition, if the data in the second 
quarterly report were flagged as conditionally valid at the end of the 
quarter, pending the results of the same missing tests, the owner or 
operator shall resubmit the report for the second quarter and shall use 
the appropriate missing data routine in Sec. 75.31 or Sec. 75.33 to 
replace with substitute data each hour of conditionally valid data 
associated with the missing quality assurance, diagnostic or 
recertification tests; or
    (B) If the required quality assurance, diagnostic or recertification 
tests are completed no later than 30 days after the end of the third 
calendar quarter, the test data and results may be submitted with the 
third quarter report even though the test date(s) are from the fourth 
calendar quarter. In this instance, if the required tests are passed in 
accordance with the provisions of Sec. 75.20(b)(3), all conditionally 
valid data associated with the tests shall be reported as quality 
assured. If the tests are failed, the owner or operator shall use the 
appropriate missing data routine in Sec. 75.31 or Sec. 75.33 to replace 
with substitute data each hour of conditionally valid data associated 
with the failed test(s). In addition, if the data in the second 
quarterly report were flagged as conditionally valid at the end of the 
quarter, pending the results of the same failed test(s), the owner or 
operator shall resubmit the report for the second quarter and shall use 
the appropriate missing data routine in Sec. 75.31 or Sec. 75.33 to 
replace with substitute data each hour of conditionally valid data 
associated with the failed test(s).
    (4) The owner or operator of a unit using the procedures in appendix 
D of this part to determine heat input is required to maintain fuel 
flowmeters only during the ozone season, except that for purposes of 
determining the deadline for the next periodic quality assurance test on 
the fuel flowmeter, the owner or operator shall include all fuel 
flowmeter QA operating quarters (as defined in Sec. 72.2) for the entire 
calendar year, not just fuel flowmeter QA operating quarters in the 
ozone season. For each calendar year, the owner or operator shall 
record, for each fuel flowmeter, the number of fuel flowmeter QA 
operating quarters.
    (5) The owner or operator of a unit using the procedures in appendix 
D of this part to determine heat input is only required to sample fuel 
for the purposes of determining density and GCV during the ozone season, 
except that:
    (i) The owner or operator of a unit that performs sampling from the 
fuel storage tank upon delivery must sample the tank between the date 
and hour of the most recent delivery before the first date and hour that 
the unit operates in the ozone season and the first date and hour that 
the unit operates in the ozone season.
    (ii) The owner or operator of a unit that performs sampling upon 
delivery from the delivery vehicle must ensure that all shipments 
received during the calendar year are sampled.
    (iii) The owner or operator of a unit that performs sampling on each 
day the unit combusts fuel or that performs fuel sampling continuously 
must sample the fuel starting on the first day the unit operates during 
the ozone season. The owner or operator then shall use that sampled 
value for all hours of combustion during the first day of unit 
operation, continuing until the date and hour of the next sample.

[[Page 343]]

    (6) The owner or operator shall, in accordance with Sec. 75.73, 
record and report the hourly data required by this subpart and shall 
record and report the results of all required quality assurance tests, 
as follows:
    (i) All hourly emission data for the period of time from May 1 
through September 30 of each calendar year shall be recorded and 
reported. For missing data purposes, only the data recorded in the time 
period from May 1 through September 30 shall be considered quality-
assured;
    (ii) The results of all daily calibration error tests and flow 
monitor interference checks performed in the time period from May 1 
through September 30 shall be recorded and reported;
    (iii) For the time periods described in paragraphs (c)(2)(i)(C) and 
(c)(2)(ii)(E) of this section, hourly emission data and the results of 
all daily calibration error tests and flow monitor interference checks 
shall be recorded. The results of all daily calibration error tests and 
flow monitor interference checks performed in the time period from April 
1 through April 30 shall be reported. The owner or operator may also 
report the hourly emission data and unit operating data recorded in the 
time period from April 1 through April 30. However, only the emission 
data recorded in the time period from May 1 through September 30 shall 
be used for NOX mass compliance determination;
    (iv) The results of all required quality assurance tests (RATAs, 
linearity checks, flow-to-load ratio tests and leak checks) performed 
during the ozone season shall be reported in the appropriate ozone 
season quarterly report; and
    (v) The results of RATAs (and any other quality assurance test(s) 
required under paragraph (c)(2) or (c)(3) of this section) which affect 
data validation for the current ozone season, but which were performed 
outside the ozone season (i.e., between October 1 of the previous 
calendar year and April 30 of the current calendar year), shall be 
reported in the quarterly report for the second quarter of the current 
calendar year.
    (7) The owner or operator shall use only quality-assured data from 
within ozone seasons in the substitute data procedures under subpart D 
of this part and section 2.4.2 of appendix D to this part.
    (i) The lookback periods (e.g., 2160 quality-assured monitor 
operating hours for a NOX-diluent continuous emission 
monitoring system, a NOX concentration monitoring system, or 
a flow monitoring system) used to calculate missing data must include 
only quality-assured data from periods within ozone seasons.
    (ii) The missing data procedures of Secs. 75.31 through 75.33 shall 
be used, with two exceptions. First, when the NOX emission 
rate or NOX concentration of the unit was consistently lower 
in the previous ozone season because the unit combusted a fuel that 
produces less NOX than the fuel currently being combusted; 
and second, when the unit's add-on emission controls are not working 
properly, as shown by the parametric data recorded under paragraph 
(c)(8) of this section. In those two cases, the owner or operator shall 
substitute the maximum potential NOX emission rate, as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, from a NOX-diluent 
continuous emission monitoring system, or the maximum potential 
concentration of NOX, as defined in section 2.1.2.1 of 
appendix A to this part, from a NOX concentration monitoring 
system. The maximum potential value used shall be for the fuel currently 
being combusted. The length of time for which the owner or operator 
shall substitute these maximum potential values for each hour of missing 
NOX operator shall substitute these maximum potential value 
for each hour of missing NOX data, shall be as follows:
    (A) For a unit that changed fuels, substitute the maximum potential 
values until the first hour when the unit combusts a fuel that produces 
the same or less NOX than the fuel combusted in the previous 
ozone season; and
    (B) For a unit with add-on emission controls that are not working 
properly, substitute the maximum potential values until the first hour 
in which the add-on emission controls are documented to be operating 
properly, according to paragraph (c)(8) of this section.
    (8) The owner or operator of a unit with NOX add-on 
emission controls or a

[[Page 344]]

unit capable of combusting more than one fuel shall keep records during 
ozone season in a form suitable for inspection to demonstrate that the 
typical NOX emission rate or NOX concentration 
during the prior ozone season(s) included in the missing data lookback 
period is representative of the ozone season in which missing data are 
substituted and that use of the missing data procedures will not 
systematically underestimate NOX mass emissions. These 
records shall include:
    (i) For units that can combust more than one fuel, the fuel or fuels 
combusted each hour; and
    (ii) For units with add-on emission controls, the range of operating 
parameters for add-on emission controls, as described in Sec. 75.34(a) 
and information for verifying proper operation of the add-on emission 
controls, as described in Sec. 75.34(d).
    (9) The designated representative shall certify with each quarterly 
report that NOX emission rate values or NOX 
concentration values substituted for missing data under subpart D of 
this part are calculated using only values from an ozone season, that 
substitute values measured during the prior ozone season(s) included in 
the missing data lookback period are representative of the ozone season 
in which missing data are substituted, and that NOX emissions 
are not systematically underestimated.
    (10) Units may qualify to use the low mass emission excepted 
monitoring methodology in Sec. 75.19 on an ozone season basis. In order 
to be allowed to use this methodology, a unit may not emit more than 25 
tons of NOX per ozone season. The owner or operator of the 
unit shall meet the requirements of Sec. 75.19, with the following 
exceptions:
    (i) The phrase ``50 tons of NOX annually'' shall be 
replaced by the phrase ``25 tons of NOX during the ozone 
season.''
    (ii) If any low mass emission unit fails to provide a demonstration 
that its ozone season NOX mass emissions are less than 25 
tons, than the unit is disqualified from using the methodology. The 
owner or operator must install and certify any equipment needed to 
ensure that the unit is monitoring using an acceptable methodology by 
May 1 of the following year.
    (11) Units may qualify to use the optional NOX mass 
emissions estimation protocol for gas-fired peaking units and oil-fired 
peaking units in appendix E to this part on an ozone season basis. In 
order to be allowed to use this methodology, the unit must meet the 
definition of peaking unit in Sec. 72.2 of this part, except that the 
word ``calender year'' shall be replaced by the word ``ozone season'' 
and the word annual in the definition of the term ``capacity factor'' in 
Sec. 72.2 of this part, shall be replaced by the word ``ozone season''.

[63 FR 57507, Oct. 27, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 28627, May 26, 1999]



Sec. 75.75  Additional ozone season calculation procedures for special circumstances.

    (a) The owner or operator of a unit that is required to calculate 
ozone season heat input for purposes of providing data needed for 
determining allocations, shall do so by summing the unit's hourly heat 
input determined according to the procedures in this part for all hours 
in which the unit operated during the ozone season.
    (b) The owner or operator of a unit that is required to determine 
ozone season NOX emission rate (in lbs/mmBtu) shall do so by 
dividing ozone season NOX mass emissions(in lbs) determined 
in accordance with this subpart, by heat input determined in accordance 
with paragraph (a) of this section.

        Appendix A to Part 75--Specifications and Test Procedures

                1. Installation and Measurement Location

    1.1  Pollutant Concentration and CO2 or O2 
                                Monitors

    Following the procedures in section 3.1 of Performance Specification 
2 in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter, install the pollutant 
concentration monitor or monitoring system at a location where the 
pollutant concentration and emission rate measurements are directly 
representative of the total emissions

[[Page 345]]

from the affected unit. Select a representative measurement point or 
path for the monitor probe(s) (or for the path from the transmitter to 
the receiver) such that the SO2 pollutant concentration 
monitor or NOx continuous emission monitoring system 
(NOx pollutant concentration monitor and diluent gas monitor) 
will pass the relative accuracy test (see section 6 of this appendix).
    It is recommended that monitor measurements be made at locations 
where the exhaust gas temperature is above the dew-point temperature. If 
the cause of failure to meet the relative accuracy tests is determined 
to be the measurement location, relocate the monitor probe(s).

1.1.1  Point Pollutant Concentration and CO2 or O2 
                                Monitors

    Locate the measurement point (1) within the centroidal area of the 
stack or duct cross section, or (2) no less than 1.0 meter from the 
stack or duct wall.

1.1.2  Path Pollutant Concentration and CO2 or O2 
                              Gas Monitors

    Locate the measurement path (1) totally within the inner area 
bounded by a line 1.0 meter from the stack or duct wall, or (2) such 
that at least 70.0 percent of the path is within the inner 50.0 percent 
of the stack or duct cross-sectional area, or (3) such that the path is 
centrally located within any part of the centroidal area.

                           1.2  Flow Monitors

    Install the flow monitor in a location that provides representative 
volumetric flow over all operating conditions. Such a location is one 
that provides an average velocity of the flue gas flow over the stack or 
duct cross section, provides a representative SO2 emission 
rate (in lb/hr), and is representative of the pollutant concentration 
monitor location. Where the moisture content of the flue gas affects 
volumetric flow measurements, use the procedures in both Reference 
Methods 1 and 4 of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter to establish a 
proper location for the flow monitor. The EPA recommends (but does not 
require) performing a flow profile study following the procedures in 40 
CFR part 60, appendix A, method, 1, section 2.5 or 2.4 for each of the 
three operating or load levels indicated in section 6.5.2 of this 
appendix to determine the acceptability of the potential flow monitor 
location and to determine the number and location of flow sampling 
points required to obtain a representative flow value. The procedure in 
40 CFR part 60, appendix A, Test Method 1, section 2.5 may be used even 
if the flow measurement location is greater than or equal to 2 
equivalent stack or duct diameters downstream or greater than or equal 
to \1/2\ duct diameter upstream from a flow disturbance. If a flow 
profile study shows that cyclonic (or swirling) or stratified flow 
conditions exist at the potential flow monitor location that are likely 
to prevent the monitor from meeting the performance specifications of 
this part, then EPA recommends either (1) selecting another location 
where there is no cyclonic (or swirling) or stratified flow condition, 
or (2) eliminating the cyclonic (or swirling) or stratified flow 
condition by straightening the flow, e.g., by installing straightening 
vanes. EPA also recommends selecting flow monitor locations to minimize 
the effects of condensation, coating, erosion, or other conditions that 
could adversely affect flow monitor performance.

                1.2.1  Acceptability of Monitor Location

    The installation of a flow monitor is acceptable if either (1) the 
location satisfies the minimum siting criteria of method 1 in appendix A 
to part 60 of this chapter (i.e., the location is greater than or equal 
to eight stack or duct diameters downstream and two diameters upstream 
from a flow disturbance; or, if necessary, two stack or duct diameters 
downstream and one-half stack or duct diameter upstream from a flow 
disturbance), or (2) the results of a flow profile study, if performed, 
are acceptable (i.e., there are no cyclonic (or swirling) or stratified 
flow conditions), and the flow monitor also satisfies the performance 
specifications of this part. If the flow monitor is installed in a 
location that does not satisfy these physical criteria, but nevertheless 
the monitor achieves the performance specifications of this part, then 
the location is acceptable, notwithstanding the requirements of this 
section.

                 1.2.2  Alternative Monitoring Location

    Whenever the designated representative successfully demonstrates 
that modifications to the exhaust duct or stack (such as installation of 
straightening vanes, modifications of ductwork, and the like) are 
necessary for the flow monitor to meet the performance specifications, 
the Administrator may approve an interim alternative flow monitoring 
methodology and an extension to the required certification date for the 
flow monitor.
    Whenever the owner or operator successfully demonstrates that 
modifications to the exhaust duct or stack (such as installation of 
straightening vanes, modifications of ductwork, and the like) are 
necessary for the flow monitor to meet the performance specifications, 
the Administrator may approve an interim alternative flow monitoring 
methodology and an extension to the required certification date for the 
flow monitor.
    Where no location exists that satisfies the physical siting criteria 
in section 1.2.1, where the results of flow profile studies performed

[[Page 346]]

at two or more alternative flow monitor locations are unacceptable, or 
where installation of a flow monitor in either the stack or the ducts is 
demonstrated to be technically infeasible, the owner or operator may 
petition the Administrator for an alternative method for monitoring 
flow.

                       2. Equipment Specifications

                     2.1  Instrument Span and Range

    In implementing sections 2.1.1 through 2.1.6 of this appendix, set 
the measurement range for each parameter (SO2, 
NOX, CO2, O2, or flow rate) high enough 
to prevent full-scale exceedances from occurring, yet low enough to 
ensure good measurement accuracy and to maintain a high signal-to-noise 
ratio. To meet these objectives, select the range such that the readings 
obtained during typical unit operation are kept, to the extent 
practicable, between 20.0 and 80.0 percent of full-scale range of the 
instrument. These guidelines do not apply to: (1) SO2 
readings obtained during the combustion of very low sulfur fuel (as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter); (2) SO2 or 
NOX readings recorded on the high measurement range, for 
units with SO2 or NOX emission controls and two 
span values; or (3) SO2 or NOX readings less than 
20.0 percent of full-scale on the low measurement range for a dual span 
unit with SO2 or NOX emission controls, provided 
that the readings occur during periods of high control device 
efficiency.

         2.1.1  SO2 Pollutant Concentration Monitors

    Determine, as indicated in this section 2, the span value(s) and 
range(s) for an SO2 pollutant concentration monitor so that 
all potential and expected concentrations can be accurately measured and 
recorded. Note that if a unit exclusively combusts fuels that are very 
low sulfur fuels (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter), the 
SO2 monitor span requirements in Sec. 75.11(e)(3)(iv) apply 
in lieu of the requirements of this section.

                2.1.1.1  Maximum Potential Concentration

    (a) Make an initial determination of the maximum potential 
concentration (MPC) of SO2 by using Equation A-1a or A-1b. 
Base the MPC calculation on the maximum percent sulfur and the minimum 
gross calorific value (GCV) for the highest-sulfur fuel to be burned. 
The maximum sulfur content and minimum GCV shall be determined from all 
available fuel sampling and analysis data for that fuel from the 
previous 12 months (minimum), excluding clearly anomalous fuel sampling 
values. If the designated representative certifies that the highest-
sulfur fuel is never burned alone in the unit during normal operation 
but is always blended or co-fired with other fuel(s), the MPC may be 
calculated using a best estimate of the highest sulfur content and 
lowest gross calorific value expected for the blend or fuel mixture and 
inserting these values into Equation A-1a or A-1b. Derive the best 
estimate of the highest percent sulfur and lowest GCV for a blend or 
fuel mixture from weighted-average values based upon the historical 
composition of the blend or mixture in the previous 12 (or more) months. 
If insufficient representative fuel sampling data are available to 
determine the maximum sulfur content and minimum GCV, use values from 
contract(s) for the fuel(s) that will be combusted by the unit in the 
MPC calculation.
    (b) Alternatively, if a certified SO2 CEMS is already 
installed, the owner or operator may make the initial MPC determination 
based upon quality assured historical data recorded by the CEMS. If this 
option is chosen, the MPC shall be the maximum SO2 
concentration observed during the previous 720 (or more) quality assured 
monitor operating hours when combusting the highest-sulfur fuel (or 
highest-sulfur blend if fuels are always blended or co-fired) that is to 
be combusted in the unit or units monitored by the SO2 
monitor. For units with SO2 emission controls, the certified 
SO2 monitor used to determine the MPC must be located at or 
before the control device inlet. Report the MPC and the method of 
determination in the monitoring plan required under Sec. 75.53.
    (c) When performing fuel sampling to determine the MPC, use ASTM 
Methods: ASTM D3177-89, ``Standard Test Methods for Total Sulfur in the 
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke''; ASTM D4239-85, ``Standard Test 
Methods for Sulfur in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke Using High 
Temperature Tube Furnace Combustion Methods''; ASTM D4294-90, ``Standard 
Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Products by Energy-Dispersive X-Ray 
Fluorescence Spectroscopy''; ASTM D1552-90, ``Standard Test Method for 
Sulfur in Petroleum Products (High Temperature Method)''; ASTM D129-91, 
``Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Products (General Bomb 
Method)''; ASTM D2622-92, ``Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum 
Products by X-Ray Spectrometry'' for sulfur content of solid or liquid 
fuels; ASTM D3176-89, ``Standard Practice for Ultimate Analysis of Coal 
and Coke''; ASTM D240-87 (Reapproved 1991), ``Standard Test Method for 
Heat of Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter''; or 
ASTM D2015-91, ``Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal 
and Coke by the Adiabatic Bomb Calorimeter'' for GCV (incorporated by 
reference under Sec. 75.6).

[[Page 347]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.000

    or
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.001

Where,

MPC = Maximum potential concentration (ppm, wet basis). (To convert to 
dry basis, divide the MPC by 0.9.)
MEC = Maximum expected concentration (ppm, wet basis). (To convert to 
dry basis, divide the MEC by 0.9).
%S = Maximum sulfur content of fuel to be fired, wet basis, weight 
percent, as determined by ASTM D3177-89, ASTM D4239-85, ASTM D4294-90, 
ASTM D1552-90, ASTM D129-91, or ASTM D2622-92 for solid or liquid fuels 
(incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6).
%O2w = Minimum oxygen concentration, percent wet basis, under 
typical operating conditions.
%CO2w = Maximum carbon dioxide concentration, percent wet 
basis, under typical operating conditions.
11.32  x  106 = Oxygen-based conversion factor in Btu/lb 
(ppm)/%.
66.93  x  106 = Carbon dioxide-based conversion factor in 
Btu/lb (ppm)/%.

    Note: All percent values to be inserted in the equations of this 
section are to be expressed as a percentage, not a fractional value 
(e.g., 3, not .03).

                 2.1.1.2  Maximum Expected Concentration

    (a) Make an initial determination of the maximum expected 
concentration (MEC) of SO2 whenever: (a) SO2 
emission controls are used; or (b) both high-sulfur and low-sulfur fuels 
(e.g., high-sulfur coal and low-sulfur coal or different grades of fuel 
oil) or high-sulfur and low-sulfur fuel blends are combusted as primary 
or backup fuels in a unit without SO2 emission controls. For 
units with SO2 emission controls, use Equation A-2 to make 
the initial MEC determination. When high-sulfur and low-sulfur fuels or 
blends are burned as primary or backup fuels in a unit without 
SO2 controls, use Equation A-1a or A-1b to calculate the 
initial MEC value for each fuel or blend, except for: (1) the highest-
sulfur fuel or blend (for which the MPC was previously calculated in 
section 2.1.1.1 of this appendix); (2) fuels or blends that are very low 
sulfur fuels (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter); or (3) fuels or 
blends that are used only for unit startup.
    (b) For each MEC determination, substitute into Equation A-1a or A-
1b the highest sulfur content and minimum GCV value for that fuel or 
blend, based upon all available fuel sampling and analysis results from 
the previous 12 months (or more), or, if fuel sampling data are 
unavailable, based upon fuel contract(s).
    (c) Alternatively, if a certified SO2 CEMS is already 
installed, the owner or operator may make the initial MEC 
determination(s) based upon historical monitoring data. If this option 
is chosen for a unit with SO2 emission controls, the MEC 
shall be the maximum SO2 concentration measured downstream of 
the control device outlet by the CEMS over the previous 720 (or more) 
quality assured monitor operating hours with the unit and the control 
device both operating normally. For units that burn high- and low-sulfur 
fuels or blends as primary and backup fuels and have no SO2 
emission controls, the MEC for each fuel shall be the maximum 
SO2 concentration measured by the CEMS over the previous 720 
(or more) quality assured monitor operating hours in which that fuel or 
blend was the only fuel being burned in the unit.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.002

Where:

MEC = Maximum expected concentration (ppm).
MPC = Maximum potential concentration (ppm), as determined by Eq. A-1a 
or A-1b.
RE = Expected average design removal efficiency of control equipment 
(%).

                   2.1.1.3  Span Value(s) and Range(s)

    Determine the high span value and the high full-scale range of the 
SO2 monitor as follows. (Note: For purposes of this part, the 
high span and range refer, respectively, either to the span and range of 
a single span unit or to the high span and range of a dual span unit.) 
The high span value shall be obtained by multiplying the MPC by a factor

[[Page 348]]

no less than 1.00 and no greater than 1.25. Round the span value upward 
to the next highest multiple of 100 ppm. If the SO2 span 
concentration is 500 ppm, the span value may be rounded 
upward to the next highest multiple of 10 ppm, instead of the nearest 
100 ppm. The high span value shall be used to determine concentrations 
of the calibration gases required for daily calibration error checks and 
linearity tests. Select the full-scale range of the instrument to be 
consistent with section 2.1 of this appendix and to be greater than or 
equal to the span value. Report the full-scale range setting and 
calculations of the MPC and span in the monitoring plan for the unit. 
Note that for certain applications, a second (low) SO2 span 
and range may be required (see section 2.1.1.4 of this appendix). If an 
existing state, local, or federal requirement for span of an 
SO2 pollutant concentration monitor requires a span lower 
than that required by this section or by section 2.1.1.4 of this 
appendix, the state, local, or federal span value may be used if a 
satisfactory explanation is included in the monitoring plan, unless span 
and/or range adjustments become necessary in accordance with section 
2.1.1.5 of this appendix. Span values higher than those required by 
either this section or section 2.1.1.4 of this appendix must be approved 
by the Administrator.

                2.1.1.4  Dual Span and Range Requirements

    For most units, the high span value based on the MPC, as determined 
under section 2.1.1.3 of this appendix will suffice to measure and 
record SO2 concentrations (unless span and/or range 
adjustments become necessary in accordance with section 2.1.1.5 of this 
appendix). In some instances, however, a second (low) span value based 
on the MEC may be required to ensure accurate measurement of all 
possible or expected SO2 concentrations. To determine whether 
two SO2 span values are required, proceed as follows:
    (a) For units with SO2 emission controls, compare the MEC 
from section 2.1.1.2 of this appendix to the high full-scale range value 
from section 2.1.1.3 of this appendix. If the MEC is 20.0 
percent of the high range value, then the high span value and range 
determined under section 2.1.1.3 of this appendix are sufficient. If the 
MEC is 20.0 percent of the high range value, then a second (low) span 
value is required.
    (b) For units that combust high- and low-sulfur primary and backup 
fuels (or blends) and have no SO2 controls, compare the high 
range value from section 2.1.1.3 of this appendix (for the highest-
sulfur fuel or blend) to the MEC value for each of the other fuels or 
blends, as determined under section 2.1.1.2 of this appendix. If all of 
the MEC values are 20.0 percent of the high range value, the 
high span and range determined under section 2.1.1.3 of this appendix 
are sufficient, regardless of which fuel or blend is burned in the unit. 
If any MEC value is 20.0 percent of the high range value, then a second 
(low) span value must be used when that fuel or blend is combusted.
    (c) When two SO2 spans are required, the owner or 
operator may either use a single SO2 analyzer with a dual 
range (i.e., low- and high-scales) or two separate SO2 
analyzers connected to a common sample probe and sample interface. For 
units with SO2 emission controls, the owner or operator may 
use a low range analyzer and a default high range value, as described in 
paragraph (f) of this section, in lieu of maintaining and quality 
assuring a high-scale range. Other monitor configurations are subject to 
the approval of the Administrator.
    (d) The owner or operator shall designate the monitoring systems and 
components in the monitoring plan under Sec. 75.53 as follows: designate 
the low and high monitor ranges as separate SO2 components of 
a single, primary SO2 monitoring system; or designate the low 
and high monitor ranges as the SO2 components of two 
separate, primary SO2 monitoring systems; or designate the 
normal monitor range as a primary monitoring system and the other 
monitor range as a non-redundant backup monitoring system; or, when a 
single, dual-range SO2 analyzer is used, designate the low 
and high ranges as a single SO2 component of a primary 
SO2 monitoring system (if this option is selected, use a 
special dual-range component type code, as specified by the 
Administrator, to satisfy the requirements of Sec. 75.53(e)(1)(iv)(D)); 
or, for units with SO2 controls, if the default high range 
value is used, designate the low range analyzer as the SO2 
component of a primary SO2 monitoring system. Do not 
designate the default high range as a monitoring system or component. 
Other component and system designations are subject to approval by the 
Administrator. Note that the component and system designations for 
redundant backup monitoring systems shall be the same as for primary 
monitoring systems.
    (e) Each monitoring system designated as primary or redundant backup 
shall meet the initial certification and quality assurance requirements 
for primary monitoring systems in Sec. 75.20(c) or Sec. 75.20(d)(1), as 
applicable, and appendices A and B to this part, with one exception: 
relative accuracy test audits (RATAs) are required only on the normal 
range (for units with SO2 emission controls, the low range is 
considered normal). Each monitoring system designated as a non-redundant 
backup shall meet the applicable quality assurance requirements in 
Sec. 75.20(d)(2).
    (f) For dual span units with SO2 emission controls, the 
owner or operator may, as an alternative to maintaining and quality 
assuring a high monitor range, use a default

[[Page 349]]

high range value. If this option is chosen, the owner or operator shall 
report a default SO2 concentration of 200 percent of the MPC 
for each unit operating hour in which the full-scale of the low range 
SO2 analyzer is exceeded.
    (g) The high span value and range shall be determined in accordance 
with section 2.1.1.3 of this appendix. The low span value shall be 
obtained by multiplying the MEC by a factor no less than 1.00 and no 
greater than 1.25, and rounding the result upward to the next highest 
multiple of 10 ppm (or 100 ppm, as appropriate). For units that burn 
high- and low-sulfur primary and backup fuels or blends and have no 
SO2 emission controls, select, as the basis for calculating 
the appropriate low span value and range, the fuel-specific MEC value 
closest to 20.0 percent of the high full-scale range value (from 
paragraph (b) of this section). The low range must be greater than or 
equal to the low span value, and the required calibration gases must be 
selected based on the low span value. For units with two SO2 
spans, use the low range whenever the SO2 concentrations are 
expected to be consistently below 20.0 percent of the high full-scale 
range value, i.e., when the MEC of the fuel or blend being combusted is 
less than 20.0 percent of the high full-scale range value. When the 
full-scale of the low range is exceeded, the high range shall be used to 
measure and record the SO2 concentrations; or, if applicable, 
the default high range value in paragraph (f) of this section shall be 
reported for each hour of the full-scale exceedance.

                  2.1.1.5  Adjustment of Span and Range

    For each affected unit or common stack, the owner or operator shall 
make a periodic evaluation of the MPC, MEC, span, and range values for 
each SO2 monitor (at a minimum, an annual evaluation is 
required) and shall make any necessary span and range adjustments, with 
corresponding monitoring plan updates, as described in paragraphs (a) 
and (b) of this section. Span and range adjustments may be required, for 
example, as a result of changes in the fuel supply, changes in the 
manner of operation of the unit, or installation or removal of emission 
controls. In implementing the provisions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
this section, SO2 data recorded during short-term, non-
representative process operating conditions (e.g., a trial burn of a 
different type of fuel) shall be excluded from consideration. The owner 
or operator shall keep the results of the most recent span and range 
evaluation on-site, in a format suitable for inspection. Make each 
required span or range adjustment no later than 45 days after the end of 
the quarter in which the need to adjust the span or range is identified, 
except that up to 90 days after the end of that quarter may be taken to 
implement a span adjustment if the calibration gases currently being 
used for daily calibration error tests and linearity checks are 
unsuitable for use with the new span value.
    (a) If the fuel supply, the composition of the fuel blend(s), the 
emission controls, or the manner of operation change such that the 
maximum expected or potential concentration changes significantly, 
adjust the span and range setting to assure the continued accuracy of 
the monitoring system. A ``significant'' change in the MPC or MEC means 
that the guidelines in section 2.1 of this appendix can no longer be 
met, as determined by either a periodic evaluation by the owner or 
operator or from the results of an audit by the Administrator. The owner 
or operator should evaluate whether any planned changes in operation of 
the unit may affect the concentration of emissions being emitted from 
the unit or stack and should plan any necessary span and range changes 
needed to account for these changes, so that they are made in as timely 
a manner as practicable to coordinate with the operational changes. 
Determine the adjusted span(s) using the procedures in sections 2.1.1.3 
and 2.1.1.4 of this appendix (as applicable). Select the full-scale 
range(s) of the instrument to be greater than or equal to the new span 
value(s) and to be consistent with the guidelines of section 2.1 of this 
appendix.
    (b) Whenever a full-scale range is exceeded during a quarter and the 
exceedance is not caused by a monitor out-of-control period, proceed as 
follows:
    (1) For exceedances of the high range, report 200.0 percent of the 
current full-scale range as the hourly SO2 concentration for 
each hour of the full-scale exceedance and make appropriate adjustments 
to the MPC, span, and range to prevent future full-scale exceedances.
    (2) For units with two SO2 spans and ranges, if the low 
range is exceeded, no further action is required, provided that the high 
range is available and is not out-of-control or out-of-service for any 
reason. However, if the high range is not able to provide quality 
assured data at the time of the low range exceedance or at any time 
during the continuation of the exceedance, report the MPC as the 
SO2 concentration until the readings return to the low range 
or until the high range is able to provide quality assured data (unless 
the reason that the high-scale range is not able to provide quality 
assured data is because the high-scale range has been exceeded; if the 
high-scale range is exceeded follow the procedures in paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section).
    (c) Whenever changes are made to the MPC, MEC, full-scale range, or 
span value of the SO2 monitor, as described in paragraphs (a) 
or (b) of this section, record and report (as applicable) the new full-
scale range setting, the new MPC or MEC and calculations

[[Page 350]]

of the adjusted span value in an updated monitoring plan. The monitoring 
plan update shall be made in the quarter in which the changes become 
effective. In addition, record and report the adjusted span as part of 
the records for the daily calibration error test and linearity check 
specified by appendix B to this part. Whenever the span value is 
adjusted, use calibration gas concentrations that meet the requirements 
of section 5.1 of this appendix, based on the adjusted span value. When 
a span adjustment is so significant that the calibration gases currently 
being used for daily calibration error tests and linearity checks are 
unsuitable for use with the new span value, then a diagnostic linearity 
test using the new calibration gases must be performed and passed. Data 
from the monitor are considered invalid from the hour in which the span 
is adjusted until the required linearity check is passed in accordance 
with section 6.2 of this appendix.

         2.1.2  NOX Pollutant Concentration Monitors

    Determine, as indicated in section 2.1.2.1, the span and range 
value(s) for the NOX pollutant concentration monitor so that 
all expected NOX concentrations can be determined and 
recorded accurately.

                2.1.2.1  Maximum Potential Concentration

    (a) The maximum potential concentration (MPC) of NOX for 
each affected unit shall be based upon whichever fuel or blend combusted 
in the unit produces the highest level of NOX emissions. Make 
an initial determination of the MPC using the appropriate option as 
follows:
    Option 1: Use 800 ppm for coal-fired and 400 ppm for oil- or gas-
fired units as the maximum potential concentration of NOX (if 
an MPC of 1600 ppm for coal-fired units or 480 ppm for oil- or gas-fired 
units was previously selected under this part, that value may still be 
used, provided that the guidelines of section 2.1 of this appendix are 
met);
    Option 2: Use the specific values based on boiler type and fuel 
combusted, listed in Table 2-1 or Table 2-2;
    Option 3: Use NOX emission test results; or
    Option 4: Use historical CEM data over the previous 720 (or more) 
unit operating hours when combusting the fuel or blend with the highest 
NOX emission rate.
    (b) For the purpose of providing substitute data during 
NOX missing data periods in accordance with Secs. 75.31 and 
75.33 and as required elsewhere under this part, the owner or operator 
shall also calculate the maximum potential NOX emission rate 
(MER), in lb/mmBtu, by substituting the MPC for NOX in 
conjunction with the minimum expected CO2 or maximum 
O2 concentration (under all unit operating conditions except 
for unit startup, shutdown, and upsets) and the appropriate F-factor 
into the applicable equation in appendix F to this part. The diluent cap 
value of 5.0 percent CO2 (or 14.0 percent O2) for 
boilers or 1.0 percent CO2 (or 19.0 percent O2) 
for combustion turbines may be used in the NOX MER 
calculation.
    (c) Report the method of determining the initial MPC and the 
calculation of the maximum potential NOX emission rate in the 
monitoring plan for the unit.
    (d) For units with add-on NOX controls (whether or not 
the unit is equipped with low-NOX burner technology), 
NOX emission testing may only be used to determine the MPC if 
testing can be performed either upstream of the add-on controls or 
during a time or season when the add-on controls are not in operation. 
If NOX emission testing is performed, use the following 
guidelines. Use Method 7E from appendix A to part 60 of this chapter to 
measure total NOX concentration. (Note: Method 20 from 
appendix A to part 60 may be used for gas turbines, instead of Method 
7E.) Operate the unit, or group of units sharing a common stack, at the 
minimum safe and stable load, the normal load, and the maximum load. If 
the normal load and maximum load are identical, an intermediate level 
need not be tested. Operate at the highest excess O2 level 
expected under normal operating conditions. Make at least three runs of 
20 minutes (minimum) duration with three traverse points per run at each 
operating condition. Select the highest point NOX 
concentration from all test runs as the MPC for NOX.
    (e) If historical CEM data are used to determine the MPC, the data 
must, for uncontrolled units or units equipped with low-NOX 
burner technology and no other NOX controls, represent a 
minimum of 720 quality assured monitor operating hours, obtained under 
various operating conditions including the minimum safe and stable load, 
normal load (including periods of high excess air at normal load), and 
maximum load. For a unit with add-on NOX controls (whether or 
not the unit is equipped with low-NOX burner technology), 
historical CEM data may only be used to determine the MPC if the 720 
quality assured monitor operating hours of CEM data are collected 
upstream of the add-on controls or if the 720 hours of data include 
periods when the add-on controls are not in operation. The highest 
hourly NOX concentration in ppm shall be the MPC.

[[Page 351]]



  Table 2-1.--Maximum Potential Concentration for NOX--Coal-Fired Units
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Maximum
                                                             potential
                        Unit type                          concentration
                                                           for NOX (ppm)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tangentially-fired dry bottom and fluidized bed.........             460
Wall-fired dry bottom, turbo-fired dry bottom, stokers..             675
Roof-fired (vertically-fired) dry bottom, cell burners,              975
 arch-fired.............................................
Cyclone, wall-fired wet bottom, wet bottom turbo-fired..            1200
Others..................................................           (\1\)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ As approved by the Administrator.


 Table 2-2.--Maximum Potential Concentration for NOX--Gas-and Oil-Fired
                                  Units
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Maximum
                                                             potential
                        Unit type                          concentration
                                                           for NOX (ppm)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tangentially-fired dry bottom...........................             380
Wall-fired dry bottom...................................             600
Roof-fired (vertically-fired) dry bottom, arch-fired....             550
Existing combustion turbine or combined cycle turbine...             200
New stationary gas turbine/combustion turbine...........              50
Others..................................................           (\1\)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ As approved by the Administrator

                 2.1.2.2  Maximum Expected Concentration

    (a) Make an initial determination of the maximum expected 
concentration (MEC) of NOX during normal operation for 
affected units with add-on NOX controls of any kind (e.g., 
steam injection, water injection, SCR, or SNCR). Determine a separate 
MEC value for each type of fuel (or blend) combusted in the unit, except 
for fuels that are only used for unit startup and/or flame 
stabilization. Calculate the MEC of NOX using Equation A-2, 
if applicable, inserting the maximum potential concentration, as 
determined using the procedures in section 2.1.2.1 of this appendix. 
Where Equation A-2 is not applicable, set the MEC either by: (1) 
measuring the NOX concentration using the testing procedures 
in this section; or (2) using historical CEM data over the previous 720 
(or more) quality assured monitor operating hours. Include in the 
monitoring plan for the unit each MEC value and the method by which the 
MEC was determined.
    (b) If NOX emission testing is used to determine the MEC 
value(s), the MEC for each type of fuel (or blend) shall be based upon 
testing at minimum load, normal load, and maximum load. At least three 
tests of 20 minutes (minimum) duration, using at least three traverse 
points, shall be performed at each load, using Method 7E from appendix A 
to part 60 of this chapter (Note: Method 20 from appendix A to part 60 
may be used for gas turbines instead of Method 7E). The test must be 
performed at a time when all NOX control devices and methods 
used to reduce NOX emissions are operating properly. The 
testing shall be conducted downstream of all NOX controls. 
The highest point NOX concentration (e.g., the highest one-
minute average) recorded during any of the test runs shall be the MEC.
    (c)If historical CEM data are used to determine the MEC value(s), 
the MEC for each type of fuel shall be based upon 720 (or more) hours of 
quality assured data representing the entire load range under stable 
operating conditions. The data base for the MEC shall not include any 
CEM data recorded during unit startup, shutdown, or malfunction or 
during any NOX control device malfunctions or outages. All 
NOX control devices and methods used to reduce NOX 
emissions must be operating properly during each hour. The CEM data 
shall be collected downstream of all NOX controls. For each 
type of fuel, the highest of the 720 (or more) quality assured hourly 
average NOX concentrations recorded by the CEMS shall be the 
MEC.

                   2.1.2.3  Span Value(s) and Range(s)

    (a) Determine the high span value of the NOX monitor as 
follows. The high span value shall be obtained by multiplying the MPC by 
a factor no less than 1.00 and no greater than 1.25. Round the span 
value upward to the next highest multiple of 100 ppm. If the 
NOX span concentration is  500 ppm, the span value 
may be rounded upward to the next highest multiple of 10 ppm, rather 
than 100 ppm. The high span value shall be used to determine the 
concentrations of the calibration gases required for daily calibration 
error checks and linearity tests. Note that for certain applications, a 
second (low) NOX span and range may be required (see section 
2.1.2.4 of this appendix).

[[Page 352]]

    (b) If an existing State, local, or federal requirement for span of 
a NOX pollutant concentration monitor requires a span lower 
than that required by this section or by section 2.1.2.4 of this 
appendix, the State, local, or federal span value may be used, where a 
satisfactory explanation is included in the monitoring plan, unless span 
and/or range adjustments become necessary in accordance with section 
2.1.2.5 of this appendix. Span values higher than required by this 
section or by section 2.1.2.4 of this appendix must be approved by the 
Administrator.
    (c) Select the full-scale range of the instrument to be consistent 
with section 2.1 of this appendix and to be greater than or equal to the 
high span value. Include the full-scale range setting and calculations 
of the MPC and span in the monitoring plan for the unit.

                2.1.2.4  Dual Span and Range Requirements

    For most units, the high span value based on the MPC, as determined 
under section 2.1.2.3 of this appendix will suffice to measure and 
record NOX concentrations (unless span and/or range 
adjustments must be made in accordance with section 2.1.2.5 of this 
appendix). In some instances, however, a second (low) span value based 
on the MEC may be required to ensure accurate measurement of all 
expected and potential NOX concentrations. To determine 
whether two NOX spans are required, proceed as follows:
    (a) Compare the MEC value(s) determined in section 2.1.2.2 of this 
appendix to the high full-scale range value determined in section 
2.1.2.3 of this appendix. If the MEC values for all fuels (or blends) 
are 20.0 percent of the high range value, the high span and 
range values determined under section 2.1.2.3 of this appendix are 
sufficient, irrespective of which fuel or blend is combusted in the 
unit. If any of the MEC values is 20.0 percent of the high range value, 
two spans (low and high) are required, one based on the MPC and the 
other based on the MEC.
    (b) When two NOX spans are required, the owner or 
operator may either use a single NOX analyzer with a dual 
range (low-and high-scales) or two separate NOX analyzers 
connected to a common sample probe and sample interface. For units with 
add-on NOX emission controls (i.e., steam injection, water 
injection, SCR, or SNCR), the owner or operator may use a low range 
analyzer and a ``default high range value,'' as described in paragraph 
2.1.2.4(e) of this section, in lieu of maintaining and quality assuring 
a high-scale range. Other monitor configurations are subject to the 
approval of the Administrator.
    (c) The owner or operator shall designate the monitoring systems and 
components in the monitoring plan under Sec. 75.53 as follows: designate 
the low and high ranges as separate NOX components of a 
single, primary NOX monitoring system; or designate the low 
and high ranges as the NOX components of two separate, 
primary NOX monitoring systems; or designate the normal range 
as a primary monitoring system and the other range as a non-redundant 
backup monitoring system; or, when a single, dual-range NOX 
analyzer is used, designate the low and high ranges as a single 
NOX component of a primary NOX monitoring system 
(if this option is selected, use a special dual-range component type 
code, as specified by the Administrator, to satisfy the requirements of 
Sec. 75.53(e)(1)(iv)(D)); or, for units with add-on NOX 
controls, if the default high range value is used, designate the low 
range analyzer as the NOX component of the primary 
NOX monitoring system. Do not designate the default high 
range as a monitoring system or component. Other component and system 
designations are subject to approval by the Administrator. Note that the 
component and system designations for redundant backup monitoring 
systems shall be the same as for primary monitoring systems.
    (d) Each monitoring system designated as primary or redundant backup 
shall meet the initial certification and quality assurance requirements 
in Sec. 75.20(c) (for primary monitoring systems), in Sec. 75.20(d)(1) 
(for redundant backup monitoring systems) and appendices A and B to this 
part, with one exception: relative accuracy test audits (RATAs) are 
required only on the normal range (for dual span units with add-on 
NOX emission controls, the low range is considered normal). 
Each monitoring system designated as non-redundant backup shall meet the 
applicable quality assurance requirements in Sec. 75.20(d)(2).
    (e) For dual span units with add-on NOX emission controls 
(e.g., steam injection, water injection, SCR, or SNCR), the owner or 
operator may, as an alternative to maintaining and quality assuring a 
high monitor range, use a default high range value. If this option is 
chosen, the owner or operator shall report a default value of 200.0 
percent of the MPC for each unit operating hour in which the full-scale 
of the low range NOX analyzer is exceeded.
    (f) The high span and range shall be determined in accordance with 
section 2.1.2.3 of this appendix. The low span value shall be 100.0 to 
125.0 percent of the MEC, rounded up to the next highest multiple of 10 
ppm (or 100 ppm, if appropriate). If more than one MEC value (as 
determined in section 2.1.2.2 of this appendix) is 20.0 percent of the 
high full-scale range value, the low span value shall be based upon 
whichever MEC value is closest to 20.0 percent of the high range value. 
The low range must be greater than or equal to the low span value, and 
the required calibration gases for the low range must be selected based 
on the low span value. For units with two NOX spans, use the 
low range whenever

[[Page 353]]

NOX concentrations are expected to be consistently 20.0 
percent of the high range value, i.e., when the MEC of the fuel being 
combusted is 20.0 percent of the high range value. When the full-scale 
of the low range is exceeded, the high range shall be used to measure 
and record the NOX concentrations; or, if applicable, the 
default high range value in paragraph (e) of this section shall be 
reported for each hour of the full-scale exceedance.

                  2.1.2.5  Adjustment of Span and Range

    For each affected unit or common stack, the owner or operator shall 
make a periodic evaluation of the MPC, MEC, span, and range values for 
each NOX monitor (at a minimum, an annual evaluation is 
required) and shall make any necessary span and range adjustments, with 
corresponding monitoring plan updates, as described in paragraphs (a) 
and (b) of this section. Span and range adjustments may be required, for 
example, as a result of changes in the fuel supply, changes in the 
manner of operation of the unit, or installation or removal of emission 
controls. In implementing the provisions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
this section, note that NOX data recorded during short-term, 
non-representative operating conditions (e.g., a trial burn of a 
different type of fuel) shall be excluded from consideration. The owner 
or operator shall keep the results of the most recent span and range 
evaluation on-site, in a format suitable for inspection. Make each 
required span or range adjustment no later than 45 days after the end of 
the quarter in which the need to adjust the span or range is identified, 
except that up to 90 days after the end of that quarter may be taken to 
implement a span adjustment if the calibration gases currently being 
used for daily calibration error tests and linearity checks are 
unsuitable for use with the new span value.
    (a) If the fuel supply, emission controls, or other process 
parameters change such that the maximum expected concentration or the 
maximum potential concentration changes significantly, adjust the 
NOX pollutant concentration span(s) and (if necessary) 
monitor range(s) to assure the continued accuracy of the monitoring 
system. A ``significant'' change in the MPC or MEC means that the 
guidelines in section 2.1 of this appendix can no longer be met, as 
determined by either a periodic evaluation by the owner or operator or 
from the results of an audit by the Administrator. The owner or operator 
should evaluate whether any planned changes in operation of the unit or 
stack may affect the concentration of emissions being emitted from the 
unit and should plan any necessary span and range changes needed to 
account for these changes, so that they are made in as timely a manner 
as practicable to coordinate with the operational changes. An example of 
a change that may require a span and range adjustment is the 
installation of low-NOX burner technology on a previously 
uncontrolled unit. Determine the adjusted span(s) using the procedures 
in section 2.1.2.3 or 2.1.2.4 of this appendix (as applicable). Select 
the full-scale range(s) of the instrument to be greater than or equal to 
the adjusted span value(s) and to be consistent with the guidelines of 
section 2.1 of this appendix.
    (b) Whenever a full-scale range is exceeded during a quarter and the 
exceedance is not caused by a monitor out-of-control period, proceed as 
follows:
    (1) For exceedances of the high range, report 200.0 percent of the 
current full-scale range as the hourly NOX concentration for 
each hour of the full-scale exceedance and make appropriate adjustments 
to the MPC, span, and range to prevent future full-scale exceedances.
    (2) For units with two NOX spans and ranges, if the low 
range is exceeded, no further action is required, provided that the high 
range is available and is not out-of-control or out-of-service for any 
reason. However, if the high range is not able to provide quality 
assured data at the time of the low range exceedance or at any time 
during the continuation of the exceedance, report the MPC as the 
NOX concentration until the readings return to the low range 
or until the high range is able to provide quality assured data (unless 
the reason that the high-scale range is not able to provide quality 
assured data is because the high-scale range has been exceeded; if the 
high-scale range is exceeded, follow the procedures in paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section).
    (c) Whenever changes are made to the MPC, MEC, full-scale range, or 
span value of the NOX monitor as described in paragraphs (a) 
and (b) of this section, record and report (as applicable) the new full-
scale range setting, the new MPC or MEC, maximum potential 
NOX emission rate, and the adjusted span value in an updated 
monitoring plan for the unit. The monitoring plan update shall be made 
in the quarter in which the changes become effective. In addition, 
record and report the adjusted span as part of the records for the daily 
calibration error test and linearity check required by appendix B to 
this part. Whenever the span value is adjusted, use calibration gas 
concentrations that meet the requirements of section 5.1 of this 
appendix, based on the adjusted span value. When a span adjustment is 
significant enough that the calibration gases currently being used for 
daily calibration error tests and linearity checks are unsuitable for 
use with the new span value, a linearity test using the new calibration 
gases must be performed and passed. Data from the monitor are considered 
invalid from the hour in which the span is adjusted until the required 
linearity check

[[Page 354]]

is passed in accordance with section 6.2 of this appendix.

            2.1.3  CO2 and O2 Monitors

    For an O2 monitor (including O2 monitors used 
to measure CO2 emissions or percentage moisture), select a 
span value between 15.0 and 25.0 percent O2. For a 
CO2 monitor installed on a boiler, select a span value 
between 14.0 and 20.0 percent CO2. For a CO2 
monitor installed on a combustion turbine, an alternative span value 
between 6.0 and 14.0 percent CO2 may be used. An alternative 
O2 span value below 15.0 percent O2 may be used if 
an appropriate technical justification is included in the monitoring 
plan (e.g., O2 concentrations above a certain level create an 
unsafe operating condition). Select the full-scale range of the 
instrument to be consistent with section 2.1 of this appendix and to be 
greater than or equal to the span value. Select the calibration gas 
concentrations for the daily calibration error tests and linearity 
checks in accordance with section 5.1 of this appendix, as percentages 
of the span value. For O2 monitors with span values 
21.0 percent O2, purified instrument air 
containing 20.9 percent O2 may be used as the high-level 
calibration material.

       2.1.3.1  Maximum Potential Concentration of CO2

    For CO2 pollutant concentration monitors, the maximum 
potential concentration shall be 14.0 percent CO2 for boilers 
and 6.0 percent CO2 for combustion turbines. Alternatively, 
the owner or operator may determine the MPC based on a minimum of 720 
hours of quality assured historical CEM data representing the full 
operating load range of the unit(s). Note that the MPC for 
CO2 monitors shall only be used for the purpose of providing 
substitute data under this part. The CO2 monitor span and 
range shall be determined according to section 2.1.3 of this appendix.

        2.1.3.2  Minimum Potential Concentration of O2

    The owner or operator of a unit that uses a flow monitor and an 
O2 diluent monitor to determine heat input in accordance with 
Equation F-17 or F-18 in appendix F to this part shall, for the purposes 
of providing substitute data under Sec. 75.36, determine the minimum 
potential O2 concentration. The minimum potential 
O2 concentration shall be based upon 720 hours or more of 
quality-assured CEM data, representing the full operating load range of 
the unit(s). The minimum potential O2 concentration shall be 
the lowest quality-assured hourly average O2 concentration 
recorded in the 720 (or more) hours of data used for the determination.

                  2.1.3.3  Adjustment of Span and Range

    Adjust the span value and range of a CO2 or O2 
monitor in accordance with section 2.1.1.5 of this appendix (insofar as 
those provisions are applicable), with the term ``CO2 or 
O2'' applying instead of the term ``SO2''. Set the 
new span and range in accordance with section 2.1.3 of this appendix and 
report the new span value in the monitoring plan.

                          2.1.4  Flow Monitors

    Select the full-scale range of the flow monitor so that it is 
consistent with section 2.1 of this appendix and can accurately measure 
all potential volumetric flow rates at the flow monitor installation 
site.

            2.1.4.1  Maximum Potential Velocity and Flow Rate

    For this purpose, determine the span value of the flow monitor using 
the following procedure. Calculate the maximum potential velocity (MPV) 
using Equation A-3a or A-3b or determine the MPV (wet basis) from 
velocity traverse testing using Reference Method 2 (or its allowable 
alternatives) in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter. If using test 
values, use the highest average velocity (determined from the Method 2 
traverses) measured at or near the maximum unit operating load. Express 
the MPV in units of wet standard feet per minute (fpm). For the purpose 
of providing substitute data during periods of missing flow rate data in 
accordance with Secs. 75.31 and 75.33 and as required elsewhere in this 
part, calculate the maximum potential stack gas flow rate (MPF) in units 
of standard cubic feet per hour (scfh), as the product of the MPV (in 
units of wet, standard fpm) times 60, times the cross-sectional area of 
the stack or duct (in ft2) at the flow monitor location.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.003

    or

[[Page 355]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.004

Where:

MPV = maximum potential velocity (fpm, standard wet basis).
Fd = dry-basis F factor (dscf/mmBtu) from Table 1, Appendix F 
to this part.
Fc = carbon-based F factor (scf CO2/mmBtu) from 
Table 1, Appendix F to this part.
Hf = maximum heat input (mmBtu/minute) for all units, combined, 
exhausting to the stack or duct where the flow monitor is located.
A = inside cross sectional area (ft2) of the flue at the flow 
monitor location.
%O2d = maximum oxygen concentration, percent dry basis, under 
normal operating conditions.
%CO2d = minimum carbon dioxide concentration, percent dry 
basis, under normal operating conditions.
%H2O = maximum percent flue gas moisture content under normal 
operating conditions.

                     2.1.4.2  Span Values and Range

    Determine the span and range of the flow monitor as follows. Convert 
the MPV, as determined in section 2.1.4.1 of this appendix, to the same 
measurement units of flow rate that are used for daily calibration error 
tests (e.g., scfh, kscfh, kacfm, or differential pressure (inches of 
water)). Next, determine the ``calibration span value'' by multiplying 
the MPV (converted to equivalent daily calibration error units) by a 
factor no less than 1.00 and no greater than 1.25, and rounding up the 
result to at least two significant figures. For calibration span values 
in inches of water, retain at least two decimal places. Select 
appropriate reference signals for the daily calibration error tests as 
percentages of the calibration span value. Finally, calculate the ``flow 
rate span value'' (in scfh) as the product of the MPF, as determined in 
section 2.1.4.1 of this appendix, times the same factor (between 1.00 
and 1.25) that was used to calculate the calibration span value. Round 
off the flow rate span value to the nearest 1000 scfh. Select the full-
scale range of the flow monitor so that it is greater than or equal to 
the span value and is consistent with section 2.1 of this appendix. 
Include in the monitoring plan for the unit: calculations of the MPV, 
MPF, calibration span value, flow rate span value, and full-scale range 
(expressed both in scfh and, if different, in the measurement units of 
calibration).

                  2.1.4.3  Adjustment of Span and Range

    For each affected unit or common stack, the owner or operator shall 
make a periodic evaluation of the MPV, MPF, span, and range values for 
each flow rate monitor (at a minimum, an annual evaluation is required) 
and shall make any necessary span and range adjustments with 
corresponding monitoring plan updates, as described in paragraphs (a) 
through (c) of this section 2.1.4.3. Span and range adjustments may be 
required, for example, as a result of changes in the fuel supply, 
changes in the stack or ductwork configuration, changes in the manner of 
operation of the unit, or installation or removal of emission controls. 
In implementing the provisions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section 
2.1.4.3, note that flow rate data recorded during short-term, non-
representative operating conditions (e.g., a trial burn of a different 
type of fuel) shall be excluded from consideration. The owner or 
operator shall keep the results of the most recent span and range 
evaluation on-site, in a format suitable for inspection. Make each 
required span or range adjustment no later than 45 days after the end of 
the quarter in which the need to adjust the span or range is identified.
    (a) If the fuel supply, stack or ductwork configuration, operating 
parameters, or other conditions change such that the maximum potential 
flow rate changes significantly, adjust the span and range to assure the 
continued accuracy of the flow monitor. A ``significant'' change in the 
MPV or MPF means that the guidelines of section 2.1 of this appendix can 
no longer be met, as determined by either a periodic evaluation by the 
owner or operator or from the results of an audit by the Administrator. 
The owner or operator should evaluate whether any planned changes in 
operation of the unit may affect the flow of the unit or stack and 
should plan any necessary span and range changes needed to account for 
these changes, so that they are made in as timely a manner as 
practicable to coordinate with the operational changes. Calculate the 
adjusted calibration span and flow rate span values using the procedures 
in section 2.1.4.2 of this appendix.
    (b) Whenever the full-scale range is exceeded during a quarter, 
provided that the exceedance is not caused by a monitor out-of-control 
period, report 200.0 percent of the current full-scale range as the 
hourly flow rate for each hour of the full-scale exceedance. If the 
range is exceeded, make appropriate adjustments to the MPF, flow rate

[[Page 356]]

span, and range to prevent future full-scale exceedances. Calculate the 
new calibration span value by converting the new flow rate span value 
from units of scfh to units of daily calibration. A calibration error 
test must be performed and passed to validate data on the new range.
    (c) Whenever changes are made to the MPV, MPF, full-scale range, or 
span value of the flow monitor, as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) 
of this section, record and report (as applicable) the new full-scale 
range setting, calculations of the flow rate span value, calibration 
span value, MPV, and MPF in an updated monitoring plan for the unit. The 
monitoring plan update shall be made in the quarter in which the changes 
become effective. Record and report the adjusted calibration span and 
reference values as parts of the records for the calibration error test 
required by appendix B to this part. Whenever the calibration span value 
is adjusted, use reference values for the calibration error test that 
meet the requirements of section 2.2.2.1 of this appendix, based on the 
most recent adjusted calibration span value. Perform a calibration error 
test according to section 2.1.1 of appendix B to this part whenever 
making a change to the flow monitor span or range, unless the range 
change also triggers a recertification under Sec. 75.20(b).

              2.1.5  Minimum Potential Moisture Percentage

    Except as provided in section 2.1.6 of this appendix, the owner or 
operator of a unit that uses a continuous moisture monitoring system to 
correct emission rates and heat inputs from a dry basis to a wet basis 
(or vice-versa) shall, for the purpose of providing substitute data 
under Sec. 75.37, use a default value of 3.0 percent H2O as 
the minimum potential moisture percentage. Alternatively, the minimum 
potential moisture percentage may be based upon 720 hours or more of 
quality-assured CEM data, representing the full operating load range of 
the unit(s). If this option is chosen, the minimum potential moisture 
percentage shall be the lowest quality-assured hourly average 
H2O concentration recorded in the 720 (or more) hours of data 
used for the determination.

              2.1.6  Maximum Potential Moisture Percentage

    When Equation 19-3, 19-4 or 19-8 in Method 19 in appendix A to part 
60 of this chapter is used to determine NOX emission rate, 
the owner or operator of a unit that uses a continuous moisture 
monitoring system shall, for the purpose of providing substitute data 
under Sec. 75.37, determine the maximum potential moisture percentage. 
The maximum potential moisture percentage shall be based upon 720 hours 
or more of quality-assured CEM data, representing the full operating 
load range of the unit(s). The maximum potential moisture percentage 
shall be the highest quality-assured hourly average H2O 
concentration recorded in the 720 (or more) hours of data used for the 
determination.

           2.2  Design for Quality Control Testing [Reserved]

                      3. Performance Specifications

                         3.1  Calibration Error

    (a) The calibration error performance specifications in this section 
apply only to 7-day calibration error tests under sections 6.3.1 and 
6.3.2 of this appendix and to the offline calibration demonstration 
described in section 2.1.1.2 of appendix B to this part. The calibration 
error limits for daily operation of the continuous monitoring systems 
required under this part are found in section 2.1.4(a) of appendix B to 
this part.
    (b) The calibration error of SO2 and NOX 
pollutant concentration monitors shall not deviate from the reference 
value of either the zero or upscale calibration gas by more than 2.5 
percent of the span of the instrument, as calculated using Equation A-5 
of this appendix. Alternatively, where the span value is less than 200 
ppm, calibration error test results are also acceptable if the absolute 
value of the difference between the monitor response value and the 
reference value, R-A- in Equation A-5 of this appendix, is 
5 ppm. The calibration error of CO2 or 
O2 monitors (including O2 monitors used to measure 
CO2 emissions or percent moisture) shall not deviate from the 
reference value of the zero or upscale calibration gas by >0.5 percent 
O2 or CO2, as calculated using the term -R-
A in the numerator of Equation A-5 of this appendix. The 
calibration error of flow monitors shall not exceed 3.0 percent of the 
calibration span value of the instrument, as calculated using Equation 
A-6 of this appendix. For differential pressure-type flow monitors, the 
calibration error test results are also acceptable if R-
A, the absolute value of the difference between the monitor 
response and the reference value in Equation A-6, does not exceed 0.01 
inches of water.

                          3.2  Linearity Check

    For SO2 and NOx pollutant concentration 
monitors, the error in linearity for each calibration gas concentration 
(low-, mid-, and high-levels) shall not exceed or deviate from the 
reference value by more than 5.0 percent (as calculated using equation 
A-4 of this appendix). Linearity check results are also acceptable if 
the absolute value of the difference between the average of the monitor 
response values and the average of the reference values, | R-A | in 
equation A-4 of this appendix, is less than or equal to 5 ppm. For 
CO2 or O2 monitors (including O2 
monitors

[[Page 357]]

used to measure CO2 emissions or percent moisture):
    (1) The error in linearity for each calibration gas concentration 
(low-, mid-, and high-levels) shall not exceed or deviate from the 
reference value by more than 5.0 percent as calculated using equation A-
4 of this appendix; or
    (2) The absolute value of the difference between the average of the 
monitor response values and the average of the reference values, | R-A| 
in equation A-4 of this appendix, shall be less than or equal to 0.5 
percent CO2 or O2, whichever is less restrictive.

                         3.3  Relative Accuracy

               3.3.1  Relative Accuracy for SO2

    The relative accuracy for SO2 pollutant concentration 
monitors and for SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring 
systems used by units with a qualifying Phase I technology for the 
period during which the units are required to monitor SO2 
emission removal efficiency, from January 1, 1997 through December 31, 
1999, shall not exceed 10.0 percent except as provided below in this 
section.
    For affected units where the average of the monitor measurements of 
SO2 concentration during the relative accuracy test audit is 
less than or equal to 250.0 ppm (or for SO2-diluent monitors, 
less than or equal to 0.5 lb/mmBTU), the mean value of the monitor 
measurements shall not exceed 15.0 ppm of the reference 
method mean value (or, for SO2-diluent monitors, not to 
exceed 0.03 lb/mmBTU for the period during which the units 
are required to monitor SO2 emission removal efficiency, from 
January 1, 1997 through December 31, 1999) wherever the relative 
accuracy specification of 10.0 percent is not achieved.

3.3.2  Relative Accuracy for NOX-Diluent Continuous Emission 
                           Monitoring Systems

    (a) The relative accuracy for NOX-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring systems shall not exceed 10.0 percent.
    (b) For affected units where the average of the monitoring system 
measurements of NOX emission rate during the relative 
accuracy test audit is less than or equal to 0.200 lb/mmBtu, the mean 
value of the continuous emission monitoring system measurements shall 
not exceed 0.020 lb/mmBtu of the reference method mean value 
whenever the relative accuracy specification of 10.0 percent is not 
achieved.

3.3.3  Relative Accuracy for CO2 and O2 Pollutant 
                         Concentration Monitors

    The relative accuracy for CO2 and O2 monitors 
shall not exceed 10.0 percent. The relative accuracy test results are 
also acceptable if the mean difference of the CO2 or 
O2 monitor measurements and the corresponding reference 
method measurement, calculated using equation A-7 of this appendix, is 
within 1.0 percent CO2 or O2.

                    3.3.4  Relative Accuracy for Flow

    Except as provided below in this section, the relative accuracy for 
flow monitors, where volumetric gas flow is measured in scfh, shall not 
exceed 15.0 percent through December 31, 1999. Beginning on January 1, 
2000 (except as provided below in this section), the relative accuracy 
of flow monitors shall not exceed 10.0 percent.
    For affected units where the average of the flow monitor 
measurements of gas velocity during one or more operating levels of the 
relative accuracy test audit is less than or equal to 10.0 fps, the mean 
value of the flow monitor velocity measurements shall not exceed 
2.0 fps of the reference method mean value in fps wherever 
the relative accuracy specification above is not achieved.

    3.3.5  Combined SO2/Flow Monitoring System [Reserved]

        3.3.6  Relative Accuracy for Moisture Monitoring Systems

    The relative accuracy of a moisture monitoring system shall not 
exceed 10.0 percent. The relative accuracy test results are also 
acceptable if the mean difference of the reference method measurements 
(in percent H2O) and the corresponding moisture monitoring 
system measurements (in percent H2O), calculated using 
Equation A-7 of this appendix, are within 1.5 percent 
H2O.

  3.3.7  Relative Accuracy for NOX Concentration Monitoring 
                                 Systems

    (a) The following requirement applies only to NOX 
concentration monitoring systems (i.e., NOX pollutant 
concentration monitors) that are used to determine NOX mass 
emissions, where the owner or operator elects to monitor and report 
NOX mass emissions using a NOX concentration 
monitoring system and a flow monitoring system.
    (b) The relative accuracy for NOX concentration 
monitoring systems shall not exceed 10.0 percent. Alternatively, for 
affected units where the average of the monitoring system measurements 
of NOX concentration during the relative accuracy test audit 
is less than or equal to 250.0 ppm, the mean value of the continuous 
emission monitoring system measurements shall not exceed 
15.0 ppm of the reference method mean value.

[[Page 358]]

                                3.4  Bias

 3.4.1  SO2 Pollutant Concentration Monitors, NOX 
 Concentration Monitoring Systems and NOX-Diluent Continuous 
                       Emission Monitoring Systems

    SO2 pollutant concentration monitors, NOX-
diluent continuous emission monitoring systems and NOX 
concentration monitoring systems used to determine NOX mass 
emissions, as defined in Sec. 75.71(a)(2), shall not be biased low as 
determined by the test procedure in section 7.6 of this appendix. The 
bias specification applies to all SO2 pollutant concentration 
monitors and to all NOX concentration monitoring systems, 
including those measuring an average SO2 or NOX 
concentration of 250.0 ppm or less, and to all NOX-diluent 
continuous emission monitoring systems, including those measuring an 
average NOX emission rate of 0.200 lb/mmBtu or less.

                          3.4.2  Flow Monitors

    Flow monitors shall not be biased low as determined by the test 
procedure in section 7.6 of this appendix. The bias specification 
applies to all flow monitors including those measuring an average gas 
velocity of 10.0 fps or less.

                             3.5  Cycle Time

    The cycle time for pollutant concentration monitors, oxygen monitors 
used to determine percent moisture, and any other continuous emission 
monitoring system(s) required to perform a cycle time test shall not 
exceed 15 minutes.

                4. Data Acquisition and Handling Systems

    Automated data acquisition and handling systems shall read and 
record the full range of pollutant concentrations and volumetric flow 
from zero through span and provide a continuous, permanent record of all 
measurements and required information as an ASCII flat file capable of 
transmission both by direct computer-to-computer electronic transfer via 
modem and EPA-provided software and by an IBM-compatible personal 
computer diskette.
    Data acquisition and handling systems shall also compute and record 
monitor calibration error; any bias adjustments to pollutant 
concentration, flow rate, or NOx emission rate data; and all 
missing data procedure statistics specified in subpart D of this part.
    For an excepted monitoring system under appendix D or E of this 
part, data acquisition and handling systems shall:
    (1) Read and record the full range of fuel flowrate through the 
upper range value;
    (2) Calculate and record intermediate values necessary to obtain 
emissions, such as mass fuel flowrate and heat input rate;
    (3) Calculate and record emissions in units of the standard (lb/hr 
of SO2, lb/mmBtu of NOX);
    (4) Predict and record NOX emission rate using the heat 
input rate and the NOX/heat input correlation developed under 
appendix E of this part;
    (5) Calculate and record all missing data substitution values 
specified in appendix D or E of this part; and
    (6) Provide a continuous, permanent record of all measurements and 
required information as an ASCII flat file capable of transmission both 
by direct computer-to-computer electronic transfer via modem and EPA-
provided software and by an IBM-compatible personal computer diskette.

                           5. Calibration Gas

                          5.1  Reference Gases

    For the purposes of part 75, calibration gases include the 
following:

                5.1.1  Standard Reference Materials (SRM)

    These calibration gases may be obtained from the National Institute 
of Standards and Technology (NIST) at the following address: Quince 
Orchard and Cloppers Road, Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001.

  5.1.2  SRM-Equivalent Compressed Gas Primary Reference Material (PRM)

    Contact the Gas Metrology Team, Analytical Chemistry Division, 
Chemical Science and Technology Laboratory of NIST, at the address in 
section 5.1.1, for a list of vendors and cylinder gases.

                5.1.3  NIST Traceable Reference Materials

    Contact the Gas Metrology Team, Analytical Chemistry Division, 
Chemical Science and Technology Laboratory of NIST, at the address in 
section 5.1.1, for a list of vendors and cylinder gases.

                        5.1.4  EPA Protocol Gases

    (a) EPA Protocol gases must be vendor-certified to be within 2.0 
percent of the concentration specified on the cylinder label (tag 
value), using the uncertainty calculation procedure in section 2.1.8 of 
the ``EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and Certification of Gaseous 
Calibration Standards,'' September 1997, EPA-600/R-97/121.
    (b) A copy of EPA-600/R-97/121 is available from the National 
Technical Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA, 
703-487-4650 and from the Office of Research and Development, (MD-77B), 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.

[[Page 359]]

                      5.1.5  Research Gas Mixtures

    Research gas mixtures must be vendor-certified to be within 2.0 
percent of the concentration specified on the cylinder label (tag 
value), using the uncertainty calculation procedure in section 2.1.8 of 
the ``EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and Certification of Gaseous 
Calibration Standards,'' September 1997, EPA-600/R-97/121. Inquiries 
about the RGM program should be directed to: National Institute of 
Standards and Technology, Analytical Chemistry Division, Chemical 
Science and Technology Laboratory, B-324 Chemistry, Gaithersburg, MD 
20899.

                        5.1.6  Zero Air Material

    Zero air material is defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter.

         5.1.7  NIST/EPA-Approved Certified Reference Materials

    Existing certified reference materials (CRMs) that are still within 
their certification period may be used as calibration gas.

            5.1.8  Gas Manufacturer's Intermediate Standards

    Gas manufacturer's intermediate standards is defined in Sec. 72.2 of 
this chapter.

                           5.2  Concentrations

    Four concentration levels are required as follows.

                     5.2.1  Zero-level Concentration

    0.0 to 20.0 percent of span, including span for high-scale or both 
low- and high-scale for SO2, NOX, CO2, 
and O2 monitors, as appropriate.

                     5.2.2  Low-level Concentration

    20.0 to 30.0 percent of span, including span for high-scale or both 
low- and high-scale for SO2, NOX, CO2, 
and O2 monitors, as appropriate.

                     5.2.3  Mid-level Concentration

    50.0 to 60.0 percent of span, including span for high-scale or both 
low- and high-scale for SO2, NOX, CO2, 
and O2 monitors, as appropriate.

                     5.2.4  High-level Concentration

    80.0 to 100.0 percent of span, including span for high-scale or both 
low-and high-scale for SO2, NOX, CO2, 
and O2 monitors, as appropriate.

                  6. Certification Tests and Procedures

                        6.1  Pretest Preparation

    Install the components of the continuous emission monitoring system 
(i.e., pollutant concentration monitors, CO2 or O2 
monitor, and flow monitor) as specified in sections 1, 2, and 3 of this 
appendix, and prepare each system component and the combined system for 
operation in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. 
Operate the unit(s) during each period when measurements are made. Units 
may be tested on non-consecutive days. To the extent practicable, test 
the DAHS software prior to testing the monitoring hardware.

                6.2  Linearity Check (General Procedures)

    Check the linearity of each SO2, NOX, 
CO2, and O2 monitor while the unit, or group of 
units for a common stack, is combusting fuel at conditions of typical 
stack temperature and pressure; it is not necessary for the unit to be 
generating electricity during this test. Notwithstanding these 
requirements, if the SO2 or NOX span value for a 
particular monitor range is 30 ppm, that range is exempted 
from the linearity test requirements of this part. For units using 
emission controls and other units using both a high and a low span, 
perform a linearity check on both the low- and high-scales for initial 
certification. For on-going quality assurance of the CEMS, perform 
linearity checks, using the procedures in this section, on the range(s) 
and at the frequency specified in section 2.2.1 of appendix B to this 
part. Challenge each monitor with calibration gas, as defined in section 
5.1 of this appendix, at the low-, mid-, and high-range concentrations 
specified in section 5.2 of this appendix. Introduce the calibration gas 
at the gas injection port, as specified in section 2.2.1 of this 
appendix. Operate each monitor at its normal operating temperature and 
conditions. For extractive and dilution type monitors, pass the 
calibration gas through all filters, scrubbers, conditioners, and other 
monitor components used during normal sampling and through as much of 
the sampling probe as is practical. For in-situ type monitors, perform 
calibration checking all active electronic and optical components, 
including the transmitter, receiver, and analyzer. Challenge the monitor 
three times with each reference gas (see example data sheet in Figure 
1). Do not use the same gas twice in succession. To the extent 
practicable, the duration of each linearity test, from the hour of the 
first injection to the hour of the last injection, shall not exceed 24 
unit operating hours. Record the monitor response from the data 
acquisition and handling system. For each concentration, use the average 
of the responses to determine the error in linearity using Equation A-4 
in

[[Page 360]]

this appendix. Linearity checks are acceptable for monitor or monitoring 
system certification, recertification, or quality assurance if none of 
the test results exceed the applicable performance specifications in 
section 3.2 of this appendix. The status of emission data from a CEMS 
prior to and during a linearity test period shall be determined as 
follows:
    (a) For the initial certification of a CEMS, data from the 
monitoring system are considered invalid until all certification tests, 
including the linearity test, have been successfully completed, unless 
the data validation procedures in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are used. When the 
procedures in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are followed, the words ``initial 
certification'' apply instead of ``recertification,'' and complete all 
of the initial certification tests by the applicable deadline in 
Sec. 75.4, rather than within the time periods specified in 
Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(iv) for the individual tests.
    (b) For the routine quality assurance linearity checks required by 
section 2.2.1 of appendix B to this part, use the data validation 
procedures in section 2.2.3 of appendix B to this part.
    (c) When a linearity test is required as a diagnostic test or for 
recertification, use the data validation procedures in Sec. 75.20(b)(3).
    (d) For linearity tests of non-redundant backup monitoring systems, 
use the data validation procedures in Sec. 75.20(d)(2)(iii).
    (e) For linearity tests performed during a grace period and after 
the expiration of a grace period, use the data validation procedures in 
sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4, respectively, of appendix B to this part.
    (f) For all other linearity checks, use the data validation 
procedures in section 2.2.3 of appendix B to this part.

                    6.3  7-Day Calibration Error Test

             6.3.1  Gas Monitor 7-day Calibration Error Test

    Measure the calibration error of each SO2 monitor, each 
NOX monitor and each CO2 or O2 monitor 
while the unit is combusting fuel (but not necessarily generating 
electricity) once each day for 7 consecutive operating days according to 
the following procedures. (In the event that extended unit outages occur 
after the commencement of the test, the 7 consecutive unit operating 
days need not be 7 consecutive calendar days.) Units using dual span 
monitors must perform the calibration error test on both high- and low-
scales of the pollutant concentration monitor. The calibration error 
test procedures in this section and in section 6.3.2 of this appendix 
shall also be used to perform the daily assessments and additional 
calibration error tests required under sections 2.1.1 and 2.1.3 of 
appendix B to this part. Do not make manual or automatic adjustments to 
the monitor settings until after taking measurements at both zero and 
high concentration levels for that day during the 7-day test. If 
automatic adjustments are made following both injections, conduct the 
calibration error test such that the magnitude of the adjustments can be 
determined and recorded. Record and report test results for each day 
using the unadjusted concentration measured in the calibration error 
test prior to making any manual or automatic adjustments (i.e., 
resetting the calibration). The calibration error tests should be 
approximately 24 hours apart, (unless the 7-day test is performed over 
non-consecutive days). Perform calibration error tests at both the zero-
level concentration and high-level concentration, as specified in 
section 5.2 of this appendix. Alternatively, a mid-level concentration 
gas (50.0 to 60.0 percent of the span value) may be used in lieu of the 
high-level gas, provided that the mid-level gas is more representative 
of the actual stack gas concentrations. In addition, repeat the 
procedure for SO2 and NOX pollutant concentration 
monitors using the low-scale for units equipped with emission controls 
or other units with dual span monitors. Use only calibration gas, as 
specified in section 5.1 of this appendix. Introduce the calibration gas 
at the gas injection port, as specified in section 2.2.1 of this 
appendix. Operate each monitor in its normal sampling mode. For 
extractive and dilution type monitors, pass the calibration gas through 
all filters, scrubbers, conditioners, and other monitor components used 
during normal sampling and through as much of the sampling probe as is 
practical. For in-situ type monitors, perform calibration, checking all 
active electronic and optical components, including the transmitter, 
receiver, and analyzer. Challenge the pollutant concentration monitors 
and CO2 or O2 monitors once with each calibration 
gas. Record the monitor response from the data acquisition and handling 
system. Using Equation A-5 of this appendix, determine the calibration 
error at each concentration once each day (at approximately 24-hour 
intervals) for 7 consecutive days according to the procedures given in 
this section. The results of a 7-day calibration error test are 
acceptable for monitor or monitoring system certification, 
recertification or diagnostic testing if none of these daily calibration 
error test results exceed the applicable performance specifications in 
section 3.1 of this appendix.The status of emission data from a gas 
monitor prior to and during a 7-day calibration error test period shall 
be determined as follows:
    (a) For initial certification, data from the monitor are considered 
invalid until all certification tests, including the 7-day calibration 
error test, have been successfully completed, unless the data validation 
procedures in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are used. When the procedures in 
Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are followed, the words ``initial

[[Page 361]]

certification'' apply instead of ``recertification,'' and complete all 
of the initial certification tests by the applicable deadline in 
Sec. 75.4, rather than within the time periods specified in 
Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(iv) for the individual tests.
    (b) When a 7-day calibration error test is required as a diagnostic 
test or for recertification, use the data validation procedures in 
Sec. 75.20(b)(3).

            6.3.2  Flow Monitor 7-day Calibration Error Test

    Perform the 7-day calibration error test of a flow monitor, when 
required for certification, recertification or diagnostic testing, 
according to the following procedures. Introduce the reference signal 
corresponding to the values specified in section 2.2.2.1 of this 
appendix to the probe tip (or equivalent), or to the transducer. During 
the 7-day certification test period, conduct the calibration error test 
while the unit is operating once each unit operating day (as close to 
24-hour intervals as practicable). In the event that extended unit 
outages occur after the commencement of the test, the 7 consecutive 
operating days need not be 7 consecutive calendar days. Record the flow 
monitor responses by means of the data acquisition and handling system. 
Calculate the calibration error using Equation A-6 of this appendix. Do 
not perform any corrective maintenance, repair, or replacement upon the 
flow monitor during the 7-day test period other than that required in 
the quality assurance/quality control plan required by appendix B to 
this part. Do not make adjustments between the zero and high reference 
level measurements on any day during the 7-day test. If the flow monitor 
operates within the calibration error performance specification (i.e., 
less than or equal to 3.0 percent error each day and requiring no 
corrective maintenance, repair, or replacement during the 7-day test 
period), the flow monitor passes the calibration error test. Record all 
maintenance activities and the magnitude of any adjustments. Record 
output readings from the data acquisition and handling system before and 
after all adjustments. Record and report all calibration error test 
results using the unadjusted flow rate measured in the calibration error 
test prior to resetting the calibration. Record all adjustments made 
during the 7-day period at the time the adjustment is made, and report 
them in the certification or recertification application. The status of 
emissions data from a flow monitor prior to and during a 7-day 
calibration error test period shall be determined as follows:
    (a) For initial certification, data from the monitor are considered 
invalid until all certification tests, including the 7-day calibration 
error test, have been successfully completed, unless the data validation 
procedures in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are used. When the procedures in 
Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are followed, the words ``initial certification'' apply 
instead of ``recertification,'' and complete all of the initial 
certification tests by the applicable deadline in Sec. 75.4, rather than 
within the time periods specified in Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(iv) for the 
individual tests.
    (b) When a 7-day calibration error test is required as a diagnostic 
test or for recertification, use the data validation procedures in 
Sec. 75.20(b)(3).

                          6.4  Cycle Time Test

    Perform cycle time tests for each pollutant concentration monitor 
and continuous emission monitoring system while the unit is operating, 
according to the following procedures (see also Figure 6 at the end of 
this appendix). Use a zero-level and a high-level calibration gas (as 
defined in section 5.2 of this appendix) alternately. To determine the 
upscale elapsed time, inject a zero-level concentration calibration gas 
into the probe tip (or injection port leading to the calibration cell, 
for in situ systems with no probe). Record the stable starting gas value 
and start time, using the data acquisition and handling system (DAHS). 
Next, allow the monitor to measure the concentration of flue gas 
emissions until the response stabilizes. Record the stable ending stack 
emissions value and the end time of the test using the DAHS. Determine 
the upscale elapsed time as the time it takes for 95.0 percent of the 
step change to be achieved between the stable starting gas value and the 
stable ending stack emissions value. Then repeat the procedure, starting 
by injecting the high-level gas concentration to determine the downscale 
elapsed time, which is the time it takes for 95.0 percent of the step 
change to be achieved between the stable starting gas value and the 
stable ending stack emissions value. End the downscale test by measuring 
the stable concentration of flue gas emissions. Record the stable 
starting and ending monitor values, the start and end times, and the 
downscale elapsed time for the monitor using the DAHS. A stable value is 
equivalent to a reading with a change of less than 2.0 percent of the 
span value for 2 minutes, or a reading with a change of less than 6.0 
percent from the measured average concentration over 6 minutes. (Owners 
or operators of systems which do not record data in 1-minute or 3-minute 
intervals may petition the Administrator under Sec. 75.66 for 
alternative stabilization criteria). For monitors or monitoring systems 
that perform a series of operations (such as purge, sample, and 
analyze), time the injections of the calibration gases so they will 
produce the longest possible cycle time. Report the slower of the two 
elapsed times (upscale or downscale) as the cycle time for the analyzer. 
(See Figure

[[Page 362]]

5 at the end of this appendix.) For the NOx-diluent continuous emission 
monitoring system test and SO2-diluent continuous emission 
monitoring system test, record and report the longer cycle time of the 
two component analyzers as the system cycle time. For time-shared 
systems, this procedure must be done at all probe locations that will be 
polled within the same 15-minute period during monitoring system 
operations. To determine the cycle time for time-shared systems, add 
together the longest cycle time obtained at each of the probe locations. 
Report the sum of the longest cycle time at each of the probe locations 
plus the sum of the time required for all purge cycles (as determined by 
the continuous emission monitoring system manufacturer) at each of the 
probe locations as the cycle time for each of the time-shared systems. 
For monitors with dual ranges, report the test results from on the range 
giving the longer cycle time. Cycle time test results are acceptable for 
monitor or monitoring system certification, recertification or 
diagnostic testing if none of the cycle times exceed 15 minutes. The 
status of emissions data from a monitor prior to and during a cycle time 
test period shall be determined as follows:
    (a) For initial certification, data from the monitor are considered 
invalid until all certification tests, including the cycle time test, 
have been successfully completed, unless the data validation procedures 
in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are used. When the procedures in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) 
are followed, the words ``initial certification'' apply instead of 
``recertification,'' and complete all of the initial certification tests 
by the applicable deadline in Sec. 75.4, rather than within the time 
periods specified in Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(iv) for the individual tests.
    (b) When a cycle time test is required as a diagnostic test or for 
recertification, use the data validation procedures in Sec. 75.20(b)(3).

       6.5  Relative Accuracy and Bias Tests (General Procedures)

    Perform the required relative accuracy test audits (RATAs) as 
follows for each CO2 pollutant concentration monitor 
(including O2 monitors used to determine CO2 
pollutant concentration), each SO2 pollutant concentration 
monitor, each NOX concentration monitoring system used to 
determine NOX mass emissions, each flow monitor, each 
NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system, each 
O2 or CO2 diluent monitor used to calculate heat 
input, each moisture monitoring system and each SO2-diluent 
continuous emission monitoring system. For NOX concentration 
monitoring systems used to determine NOX mass emissions, as 
defined in Sec. 75.71(a)(2), use the same general RATA procedures as for 
SO2 pollutant concentration monitors; however, use the 
reference methods for NOX concentration specified in section 
6.5.10 of this appendix:
    (a) Except as provided in Sec. 75.21(a)(5), perform each RATA while 
the unit (or units, if more than one unit exhausts into the flue) is 
combusting the fuel that is normal for that unit (for some units, more 
than one type of fuel may be considered normal, e.g., a unit that 
combusts gas or oil on a seasonal basis). When relative accuracy test 
audits are performed on continuous emission monitoring systems or 
component(s) on bypass stacks/ducts, use the fuel normally combusted by 
the unit (or units, if more than one unit exhausts into the flue) when 
emissions exhaust through the bypass stack/ducts.
    (b) Perform each RATA at the load level(s) specified in section 
6.5.1 or 6.5.2 of this appendix or in section 2.3.1.3 of appendix B to 
this part, as applicable.
    (c) For monitoring systems with dual ranges, perform the relative 
accuracy test on the range normally used for measuring emissions. For 
units with add-on SO2 or NOx controls or for units 
that need a dual range to record high concentration ``spikes'' during 
startup conditions, the low range is considered normal. However, for 
some dual span units (e.g., for units that use fuel switching or for 
which the emission controls are operated seasonally), either of the two 
measurement ranges may be considered normal; in such cases, perform the 
RATA on the range that is in use at the time of the scheduled test.
    (d) Record monitor or monitoring system output from the data 
acquisition and handling system.
    (e) Complete each single-load relative accuracy test audit within a 
period of 168 consecutive unit operating hours, as defined in Sec. 72.2 
of this chapter (or, for CEMS installed on common stacks or bypass 
stacks, 168 consecutive stack operating hours, as defined in Sec. 72.2 
of this chapter). For 2-level and 3-level flow monitor RATAs, complete 
all of the RATAs at all levels, to the extent practicable, within a 
period of 168 consecutive unit (or stack) operating hours; however, if 
this is not possible, up to 720 consecutive unit (or stack) operating 
hours may be taken to complete a multiple-load flow RATA.
    (f) The status of emission data from the CEMS prior to and during 
the RATA test period shall be determined as follows:
    (1) For the initial certification of a CEMS, data from the 
monitoring system are considered invalid until all certification tests, 
including the RATA, have been successfully completed, unless the data 
validation procedures in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are used. When the procedures 
in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are followed, the words ``initial certification'' 
apply instead of ``recertification,'' and complete all of the initial 
certification tests by the applicable deadline in Sec. 75.4, rather than 
within the time periods

[[Page 363]]

specified in Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(iv) for the individual tests.
    (2) For the routine quality assurance RATAs required by section 
2.3.1 of appendix B to this part, use the data validation procedures in 
section 2.3.2 of appendix B to this part.
    (3) For recertification RATAs, use the data validation procedures in 
Sec. 75.20(b)(3).
    (4) For quality assurance RATAs of non-redundant backup monitoring 
systems, use the data validation procedures in Secs. 75.20(d)(2)(v) and 
(vi).
    (5) For RATAs performed during and after the expiration of a grace 
period, use the data validation procedures in sections 2.3.2 and 2.3.3, 
respectively, of appendix B to this part.
    (6) For all other RATAs, use the data validation procedures in 
section 2.3.2 of appendix B to this part.
    (g) For each SO2 or CO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor, each flow monitor, each CO2 or 
O2 diluent monitor used to determine heat input, each 
NOX concentration monitoring system used to determine 
NOX mass emissions, as defined in Sec. 75.71(a)(2), each 
moisture monitoring system and each NOX-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring system, calculate the relative accuracy, in 
accordance with section 7.3 or 7.4 of this appendix, as applicable. In 
addition (except for CO2, O2, SO2-
diluent or moisture monitors), test for bias and determine the 
appropriate bias adjustment factor, in accordance with sections 7.6.4 
and 7.6.5 of this appendix, using the data from the relative accuracy 
test audits.

       6.5.1  Gas Monitoring System RATAs (Special Considerations)

    (a) Perform the required relative accuracy test audits for each 
SO2 or CO2 pollutant concentration monitor, each 
CO2 or O2 diluent monitor used to determine heat input, each 
NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system, each 
NOX concentration monitoring system used to determine 
NOX mass emissions, as defined in Sec. 75.71(a)(2), and each 
SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring system, at the 
normal load level for the unit (or combined units, if common stack), as 
defined in section 6.5.2.1 of this appendix. If two load levels have 
been designated as normal, the RATAs may be done at either load level.
    (b) For the initial certification of a gas monitoring system and for 
recertifications in which, in addition to a RATA, one or more other 
tests are required (i.e., a linearity test, cycle time test, or 7-day 
calibration error test), EPA recommends that the RATA not be commenced 
until the other required tests of the CEMS have been passed.

           6.5.2  Flow Monitor RATAs (Special Considerations)

    (a) Except for flow monitors on bypass stacks/ducts and peaking 
units, perform relative accuracy test audits for the initial 
certification of each flow monitor at three different exhaust gas 
velocities (low, mid, and high), corresponding to three different load 
levels within the range of operation, as defined in section 6.5.2.1 of 
this appendix. For a common stack/duct, the three different exhaust gas 
velocities may be obtained from frequently used unit/load combinations 
for the units exhausting to the common stack. Select the three exhaust 
gas velocities such that the audit points at adjacent load levels (i.e., 
low and mid or mid and high), in megawatts (or in thousands of lb/hr of 
steam production), are separated by no less than 25.0 percent of the 
range of operation, as defined in section 6.5.2.1 of this appendix.
    (b) For flow monitors on bypass stacks/ducts and peaking units, the 
flow monitor relative accuracy test audits for initial certification and 
recertification shall be single-load tests, performed at the normal 
load, as defined in section 6.5.2.1 of this appendix.
    (c) Flow monitor recertification RATAs shall be done at three load 
level(s), unless otherwise specified in paragraph (b) of this section or 
unless otherwise specified or approved by the Administrator.
    (d) The semiannual and annual quality assurance flow monitor RATAs 
required under appendix B to this part shall be done at the load 
level(s) specified in section 2.3.1.3 of appendix B to this part.

          6.5.2.1  Range of Operation and Normal Load Level(s)

    (a) The owner or operator shall determine the upper and lower 
boundaries of the ``range of operation'' for each unit (or combination 
of units, for common stack configurations) that uses CEMS to account for 
its emissions and for each unit that uses the optional fuel flow-to-load 
quality assurance test in section 2.1.7 of appendix D to this part. The 
lower boundary of the range of operation of a unit shall be the minimum 
safe, stable load. For common stacks, the minimum safe, stable load 
shall be the lowest of the minimum safe, stable loads for any of the 
units discharging through the stack. Alternatively, for a group of 
frequently-operated units that serve a common stack, the sum of the 
minimum safe, stable loads for the individual units may be used as the 
lower boundary of the range of operation. The upper boundary of the 
range of operation of a unit shall be the maximum sustainable load. The 
``maximum sustainable load'' is the higher of either: the nameplate or 
rated capacity of the unit, less any physical or regulatory limitations 
or other deratings; or the highest sustainable unit load, based on at 
least four

[[Page 364]]

quarters of representative historical operating data. For common stacks, 
the maximum sustainable load is the sum of all of the maximum 
sustainable loads of the individual units discharging through the stack, 
unless this load is unattainable in practice, in which case use the 
highest sustainable combined load for the units that discharge through 
the stack, based on at least four quarters of representative historical 
operating data. The load values for the unit(s) shall be expressed 
either in units of megawatts or thousands of lb/hr of steam load.
    (b) The operating levels for relative accuracy test audits shall, 
except for peaking units, be defined as follows: the ``low'' operating 
level shall be the first 30.0 percent of the range of operation; the 
``mid'' operating level shall be the middle portion (30.0 to 60.0 
percent) of the range of operation; and the ``high'' operating level 
shall be the upper end (60.0 to 100.0 percent) of the range of 
operation. For example, if the upper and lower boundaries of the range 
of operation are 100 and 1100 megawatts, respectively, then the low, 
mid, and high operating levels would be 100 to 400 megawatts, 400 to 700 
megawatts, and 700 to 1100 megawatts, respectively.
    (c) The owner or operator shall identify, for each affected unit or 
common stack (except for peaking units), the ``normal'' load level or 
levels (low, mid or high), based on the operating history of the 
unit(s). This requirement becomes effective on April 1, 2000; however, 
the owner or operator may choose to comply with this requirement prior 
to April 1, 2000. To identify the normal load level(s), the owner or 
operator shall, at a minimum, determine the relative number of operating 
hours at each of the three load levels, low, mid and high over the past 
four representative operating quarters. The owner or operator shall 
determine, to the nearest 0.1 percent, the percentage of the time that 
each load level (low, mid, high) has been used during that time period. 
A summary of the data used for this determination and the calculated 
results shall be kept on-site in a format suitable for inspection.
    (d) Based on the analysis of the historical load data the owner or 
operator shall designate the most frequently used load level as the 
normal load level for the unit (or combination of units, for common 
stacks). The owner or operator may also designate the second most 
frequently used load level as an additional normal load level for the 
unit or stack. For peaking units, normal load designations are 
unnecessary; the entire operating load range shall be considered normal. 
If the manner of operation of the unit changes significantly, such that 
the designated normal load(s) or the two most frequently used load 
levels change, the owner or operator shall repeat the historical load 
analysis and shall redesignate the normal load(s) and the two most 
frequently used load levels, as appropriate. A minimum of two 
representative quarters of historical load data are required to document 
that a change in the manner of unit operation has occurred.
    (e) Beginning on April 1, 2000, the owner or operator shall report 
the upper and lower boundaries of the range of operation for each unit 
(or combination of units, for common stacks), in units of megawatts or 
thousands of lb/hr of steam production, in the electronic quarterly 
report required under Sec. 75.64. Except for peaking units, the owner or 
operator shall indicate, in the electronic quarterly report (as part of 
the electronic monitoring plan) the load level (or levels) designated as 
normal under this section and shall also indicate the two most 
frequently used load levels..

                  6.5.2.2  Multi-Load Flow RATA Results

    For each multi-load flow RATA, calculate the flow monitor relative 
accuracy at each operating level. If a flow monitor relative accuracy 
test is failed or aborted due to a problem with the monitor on any level 
of a 2-level (or 3-level) relative accuracy test audit, the RATA must be 
repeated at that load level. However, the entire 2-level (or 3-level) 
relative accuracy test audit does not have to be repeated unless the 
flow monitor polynomial coefficients or K-factor(s) are changed, in 
which case a 3-level RATA is required.

         6.5.3  CO2 Pollutant Concentration Monitors

    Perform relative accuracy test audits for each CO2 
monitor (measuring in percent CO2) at a normal operating 
level for the unit (or combined units, if common stack).

                           6.5.4  Calculations

    Using the data from the relative accuracy test audits, calculate 
relative accuracy and bias in accordance with the procedures and 
equations specified in section 7 of this appendix.

              6.5.5  Reference Method Measurement Location

    Select a location for reference method measurements that is (1) 
accessible; (2) in the same proximity as the monitor or monitoring 
system location; and (3) meets the requirements of Performance 
Specification 2 in appendix B of part 60 of this chapter for 
SO2 and NOX continuous emission monitoring 
systems, Performance Specification 3 in appendix B of part 60 of this 
chapter for CO2 or O2 monitors, or method 1 (or 
1A) in appendix A of part 60 of this chapter for volumetric flow, except 
as otherwise indicated in this section or as approved by the 
Administrator.

[[Page 365]]

            6.5.6  Reference Method Traverse Point Selection

    Select traverse points that ensure acquisition of representative 
samples of pollutant and diluent concentrations, moisture content, 
temperature, and flue gas flow rate over the flue cross section. To 
achieve this, the reference method traverse points shall meet the 
requirements of section 3.2 of Performance Specification 2 (``PS No. 
2'') in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter (for SO2, 
NOX, and moisture monitoring system RATAs), Performance 
Specification 3 in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter (for 
O2 and CO2 monitor RATAs), Method 1 (or 1A) (for 
volumetric flow rate monitor RATAs), Method 3 (for molecular weight), 
and Method 4 (for moisture determination) in appendix A to part 60 of 
this chapter. Unless otherwise specified, use only codified versions of 
PS No. 2 revised as of July 1, 1995, July 1, 1996 or July 1, 1997. The 
following alternative reference method traverse point locations are 
permitted for moisture and gas monitor RATAs:
    (a) For moisture determinations where the moisture data are used 
only to determine stack gas molecular weight, a single reference method 
point, located at least 1.0 meter from the stack wall, may be used. For 
moisture monitoring system RATAs and for gas monitor RATAs in which 
moisture data are used to correct pollutant or diluent concentrations 
from a dry basis to a wet basis (or vice-versa), single-point moisture 
sampling may only be used if the 12-point stratification test described 
in section 6.5.6.1 of this appendix is performed prior to the RATA for 
at least one pollutant or diluent gas, and if the test is passed 
according to the acceptance criteria in section 6.5.6.3(b) of this 
appendix.
    (b) For gas monitoring system RATAs, the owner or operator may use 
any of the following options:
    (1) At any location (including locations where stratification is 
expected), use a minimum of six traverse points along a diameter, in the 
direction of any expected stratification. The points shall be located in 
accordance with Method 1 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter.
    (2) At locations where section 3.2 of PS No. 2 allows the use of a 
short reference method measurement line (with three points located at 
0.4, 1.0, and 2.0 meters from the stack wall), the owner or operator may 
use an alternative :3-point measurement line, locating the three points 
at 4.4, 14.6, and 29.6 percent of the way across the stack, in 
accordance with Method 1 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter.
    (3) At locations where stratification is likely to occur (e.g., 
following a wet scrubber or when dissimilar gas streams are combined), 
the short measurement line from section 3.2 of PS No. 2 (or the 
alternative line described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section) may be 
used in lieu of the prescribed ``long'' measurement line in section 3.2 
of PS No. 2, provided that the 12-point stratification test described in 
section 6.5.6.1 of this appendix is performed and passed one time at the 
location (according to the acceptance criteria of section 6.5.6.3(a) of 
this appendix) and provided that either the 12-point stratification test 
or the alternative (abbreviated) stratification test in section 6.5.6.2 
of this appendix is performed and passed prior to each subsequent RATA 
at the location (according to the acceptance criteria of section 
6.5.6.3(a) of this appendix).
    (4) A single reference method measurement point, located no less 
than 1.0 meter from the stack wall and situated along one of the 
measurement lines used for the stratification test, may be used at any 
sampling location if the 12-point stratification test described in 
section 6.5.6.1 of this appendix is performed and passed prior to each 
RATA at the location (according to the acceptance criteria of section 
6.5.6.3(b) of this appendix).

                      6.5.6.1  Stratification Test

    (a) With the unit(s) operating under steady-state conditions at 
normal load, as defined in section 6.5.2.1 of this appendix, use a 
traversing gas sampling probe to measure the pollutant (SO2 
or NOX) and diluent (CO2 or O2) 
concentrations at a minimum of twelve (12) points, located according to 
Method 1 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter.
    (b) Use Methods 6C, 7E, and 3A in appendix A to part 60 of this 
chapter to make the measurements. Data from the reference method 
analyzers must be quality assured by performing analyzer calibration 
error and system bias checks before the series of measurements and by 
conducting system bias and calibration drift checks after the 
measurements, in accordance with the procedures of Methods 6C, 7E, and 
3A.
    (c) Measure for a minimum of 2 minutes at each traverse point. To 
the extent practicable, complete the traverse within a 2-hour period.
    (d) If the load has remained constant (3.0 percent) 
during the traverse and if the reference method analyzers have passed 
all of the required quality assurance checks, proceed with the data 
analysis.
    (e) Calculate the average NOX, SO2, and 
CO2 (or O2) concentrations at each of the 
individual traverse points. Then, calculate the arithmetic average 
NOX, SO2, and CO2 (or O2) 
concentrations for all traverse points.

         6.5.6.2  Alternative (Abbreviated) Stratification Test

    (a) With the unit(s) operating under steady-state conditions at 
normal load, as

[[Page 366]]

defined in section 6.5.2.1 of this appendix, use a traversing gas 
sampling probe to measure the pollutant (SO2 or 
NOX) and diluent (CO2 or O2) 
concentrations at three points. The points shall be located according to 
the specifications for the long measurement line in section 3.2 of PS 
No. 2 (i.e., locate the points 16.7 percent, 50.0 percent, and 83.3 
percent of the way across the stack). Alternatively, the concentration 
measurements may be made at six traverse points along a diameter. The 
six points shall be located in accordance with Method 1 in appendix A to 
part 60 of this chapter.
    (b) Use Methods 6C, 7E, and 3A in appendix A to part 60 of this 
chapter to make the measurements. Data from the reference method 
analyzers must be quality assured by performing analyzer calibration 
error and system bias checks before the series of measurements and by 
conducting system bias and calibration drift checks after the 
measurements, in accordance with the procedures of Methods 6C, 7E, and 
3A.
    (c) Measure for a minimum of 2 minutes at each traverse point. To 
the extent practicable, complete the traverse within a 1-hour period.
    (d) If the load has remained constant (3.0 percent) 
during the traverse and if the reference method analyzers have passed 
all of the required quality assurance checks, proceed with the data 
analysis.
    (e) Calculate the average NOX, SO2, and 
CO2 (or O2) concentrations at each of the 
individual traverse points. Then, calculate the arithmetic average 
NOX, SO2, and CO2 (or O2) 
concentrations for all traverse points.

      6.5.6.3  Stratification Test Results and Acceptance Criteria

    (a) For each pollutant or diluent gas, the short reference method 
measurement line described in section 3.2 of PS No. 2 may be used in 
lieu of the long measurement line prescribed in section 3.2 of PS No. 2 
if the results of a stratification test, conducted in accordance with 
section 6.5.6.1 or 6.5.6.2 of this appendix (as appropriate; see section 
6.5.6(b)(3) of this appendix), show that the concentration at each 
individual traverse point differs by no more than 10.0 
percent from the arithmetic average concentration for all traverse 
points. The results are also acceptable if the concentration at each 
individual traverse point differs by no more than  5ppm or 
0.5 percent CO2 (or O2) from the 
arithmetic average concentration for all traverse points.
    (b) For each pollutant or diluent gas, a single reference method 
measurement point, located at least 1.0 meter from the stack wall and 
situated along one of the measurement lines used for the stratification 
test, may be used for that pollutant or diluent gas if the results of a 
stratification test, conducted in accordance with section 6.5.6.1 of 
this appendix, show that the concentration at each individual traverse 
point differs by no more than 5.0 percent from the 
arithmetic average concentration for all traverse points. The results 
are also acceptable if the concentration at each individual traverse 
point differs by no more than 3 ppm or 0.3 
percent CO2 (or O2) from the arithmetic average 
concentration for all traverse points.
    (c) The owner or operator shall keep the results of all 
stratification tests on-site, in a format suitable for inspection, as 
part of the supplementary RATA records required under Sec. 75.56(a)(7) 
or Sec. 75.59(a)(7), as applicable.

                        6.5.7  Sampling Strategy

    (a) Conduct the reference method tests so they will yield results 
representative of the pollutant concentration, emission rate, moisture, 
temperature, and flue gas flow rate from the unit and can be correlated 
with the pollutant concentration monitor, CO2 or 
O2 monitor, flow monitor, and SO2 or 
NOX continuous emission monitoring system measurements. The 
minimum acceptable time for a gas monitoring system RATA run or for a 
moisture monitoring system RATA run is 21 minutes. For each run of a gas 
monitoring system RATA, all necessary pollutant concentration 
measurements, diluent concentration measurements, and moisture 
measurements (if applicable) must, to the extent practicable, be made 
within a 60-minute period. For NOX-diluent or SO2-
diluent monitoring system RATAs, the pollutant and diluent concentration 
measurements must be made simultaneously. For flow monitor RATAs, the 
minimum time per run shall be 5 minutes. Flow rate reference method 
measurements may be made either sequentially from port to port or 
simultaneously at two or more sample ports. The velocity measurement 
probe may be moved from traverse point to traverse point either manually 
or automatically. If, during a flow RATA, significant pulsations in the 
reference method readings are observed, be sure to allow enough 
measurement time at each traverse point to obtain an accurate average 
reading when a manual readout method is used (e.g., a ``sight-weighted'' 
average from a manometer). A minimum of one set of auxiliary 
measurements for stack gas molecular weight determination (i.e., diluent 
gas data and moisture data) is required for every clock hour of a flow 
RATA or for every three test runs (whichever is less restrictive). 
Successive flow RATA runs may be performed without waiting in-between 
runs. If an O2-diluent monitor is used as a CO2 
continuous emission monitoring system, perform a CO2 system 
RATA (i.e., measure CO2, rather than O2, with the 
reference method). For moisture monitoring systems, an appropriate 
coefficient, ``K'' factor or other suitable mathematical algorithm may 
be developed prior to

[[Page 367]]

the RATA, to adjust the monitoring system readings with respect to the 
reference method. If such a coefficient, K-factor or algorithm is 
developed, it shall be applied to the CEMS readings during the RATA and 
(if the RATA is passed), to the subsequent CEMS data, by means of the 
automated data acquisition and handling system. The owner or operator 
shall keep records of the current coefficient, K factor or algorithm, as 
specified in Secs. 75.56(a)(5)(ix) and 75.59(a)(5)(vii). Whenever the 
coefficient, K factor or algorithm is changed, a RATA of the moisture 
monitoring system is required.
    (b) To properly correlate individual SO2 or 
NOX continuous emission monitoring system data (in lb/mmBtu) 
and volumetric flow rate data with the reference method data, annotate 
the beginning and end of each reference method test run (including the 
exact time of day) on the individual chart recorder(s) or other 
permanent recording device(s).

     6.5.8  Correlation of Reference Method and Continuous Emission 
                            Monitoring System

    Confirm that the monitor or monitoring system and reference method 
test results are on consistent moisture, pressure, temperature, and 
diluent concentration basis (e.g., since the flow monitor measures flow 
rate on a wet basis, method 2 test results must also be on a wet basis). 
Compare flow-monitor and reference method results on a scfh basis. Also, 
consider the response times of the pollutant concentration monitor, the 
continuous emission monitoring system, and the flow monitoring system to 
ensure comparison of simultaneous measurements.
    For each relative accuracy test audit run, compare the measurements 
obtained from the monitor or continuous emission monitoring system (in 
ppm, percent CO2, lb/mmBtu, or other units) against the 
corresponding reference method values. Tabulate the paired data in a 
table such as the one shown in Figure 2.

                 6.5.9  Number of Reference Method Tests

    Perform a minimum of nine sets of paired monitor (or monitoring 
system) and reference method test data for every required (i.e., 
certification, recertification, diagnostic, semiannual, or annual) 
relative accuracy test audit. For 2-level and 3-level relative accuracy 
test audits of flow monitors, perform a minimum of nine sets at each of 
the operating levels.

    Note: The tester may choose to perform more than nine sets of 
reference method tests. If this option is chosen, the tester may reject 
a maximum of three sets of the test results, as long as the total number 
of test results used to determine the relative accuracy or bias is 
greater than or equal to nine. Report all data, including the rejected 
CEMS data and corresponding reference method test results.

                        6.5.10  Reference Methods

    The following methods from appendix A to part 60 of this chapter or 
their approved alternatives are the reference methods for performing 
relative accuracy test audits: Method 1 or 1A for siting; Method 2 or 
its allowable alternatives in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter 
(except for Methods 2B and 2E) for stack gas velocity and volumetric 
flow rate; Methods 3, 3A, or 3B for O2 or CO2; 
Method 4 for moisture; Methods 6, 6A, or 6C for SO2; Methods 
7, 7A, 7C, 7D or 7E for NOX, excluding the exception in 
section 5.1.2 of Method 7E. When using Method 7E for measuring 
NOX concentration, total NOX, both NO and 
NO2, must be measured.

                             7. Calculations

                          7.1  Linearity Check

    Analyze the linearity data for pollutant concentration and 
CO2 or O2 monitors as follows. Calculate the 
percentage error in linearity based upon the reference value at the low-
level, mid-level, and high-level concentrations specified in section 6.2 
of this appendix. Perform this calculation once during the certification 
test. Use the following equation to calculate the error in linearity for 
each reference value.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.114

(Eq. A-4)
where,

LE = Percentage Linearity error, based upon the reference value.
R = Reference value of Low-, mid-, or high-level calibration gas 
introduced into the monitoring system.
A = Average of the monitoring system responses.

                         7.2  Calibration Error

           7.2.1  Pollutant Concentration and Diluent Monitors

    For each reference value, calculate the percentage calibration error 
based upon instrument span for daily calibration error tests using the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.115

(Eq. A-5)
where,

CE = Calibration error as a percentage of the span of the instrument.

[[Page 368]]

R = Reference value of zero or upscale (high-level or mid-level, as 
applicable) calibration gas introduced into the monitoring system.
A = Actual monitoring system response to the calibration gas.
S = Span of the instrument, as specified in section 2 of this appendix.

                  7.2.2  Flow Monitor Calibration Error

    For each reference value, calculate the percentage calibration error 
based upon span using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17MY95.007

where:

CE = Calibration error as a percentage of span.
R = Low or high level reference value specified in section 2.2.2.1 of 
this appendix.
A = Actual flow monitor response to the reference value.
S = Flow monitor calibration span value as determined under section 
2.1.4.2 of this appendix.

 7.3  Relative Accuracy for SO2 and CO2 Pollutant 
   Concentration Monitors, SO2-Diluent Continuous Emission 
                  Monitoring Systems, and Flow Monitors

    Analyze the relative accuracy test audit data from the reference 
method tests for SO2 and CO2 pollutant 
concentration monitors, SO2-diluent continuous emission 
monitoring systems (lb/mmBtu) used by units with a qualifying Phase I 
technology for the period during which the units are required to monitor 
SO2 emission removal efficiency, from January 1, 1997 through 
December 31, 1999, and flow monitors using the following procedures. 
Summarize the results on a data sheet. An example is shown in Figure 2. 
Calculate the mean of the monitor or monitoring system measurement 
values. Calculate the mean of the reference method values. Using data 
from the automated data acquisition and handling system, calculate the 
arithmetic differences between the reference method and monitor 
measurement data sets. Then calculate the arithmetic mean of the 
difference, the standard deviation, the confidence coefficient, and the 
monitor or monitoring system relative accuracy using the following 
procedures and equations.

                         7.3.1  Arithmetic Mean

    Calculate the arithmetic mean of the differences, d, of a data set 
as follows.

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.116

(Eq. A-7)

where,

n = Number of data points.

n
      di = Algebraic sum of the
i=1      individual differences di.

di = The difference between a reference method value and the 
corresponding continuous emission monitoring system value 
(RMi-CEMi) at a given point in time i.

    When calculating the arithmetic mean of the difference of a flow 
monitor data set, be sure to correct the monitor measurements for 
moisture if applicable.

                        7.3.2  Standard Deviation

    Calculate the standard deviation, Sd, of a data set as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.117

(Eq. A-8)

                      7.3.3  Confidence Coefficient

    Calculate the confidence coefficient (one-tailed), cc, of a data set 
as follows.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.118

(eq. A-9)

where,

    t0.025 = t value (see table 7-1).

                           Table 7-1--t-Values
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                n-1                   t0.025  n-1  t0.025   n-1   t0.025
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1..................................   12.706   12   2.179     23   2.069
2..................................    4.303   13   2.160     24   2.064
3..................................    3.182   14   2.145     25   2.060
4..................................    2.776   15   2.131     26   2.056

[[Page 369]]

 
5..................................    2.571   16   2.120     27   2.052
6..................................    2.447   17   2.110     28   2.048
7..................................    2.365   18   2.101     29   2.045
8..................................    2.306   19   2.093     30   2.042
9..................................    2.262   20   2.086     40   2.021
10.................................    2.228   21   2.080     60   2.000
11.................................    2.201   22   2.074    >60   1.960
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        7.3.4  Relative Accuracy

    Calculate the relative accuracy of a data set using the following 
equation.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.119

(Eq. A-10)

where,

RM = Arithmetic mean of the reference method values.
|d| = The absolute value of the mean difference between the reference 
method values and the corresponding continuous emission monitoring 
system values.
|cc| = The absolute value of the confidence coefficient.

7.4  Relative Accuracy for NOx Continuous Emission Monitoring 
                                 Systems

    Analyze the relative accuracy test audit data from the reference 
method tests for NOx continuous emissions monitoring system 
as follows.

                         7.4.1 Data Preparation

    If CNOx, the NOx concentration, is in ppm, 
multiply it by 1.194  x  10-7 (lb/dscf)/ppm to convert it to 
units of lb/dscf. If CNOx is in mg/dscm, multiply it by 6.24 
x  10-8 (lb/dscf)/(mg/dscm) to convert it to lb/dscf. Then, 
use the diluent (O2 or CO2) reference method 
results for the run and the appropriate F or Fc factor from 
table 1 in appendix F of this part to convert CNOx from lb/
dscf to lb/mmBtu units. Use the equations and procedure in section 3 of 
appendix F to this part, as appropriate.

         7.4.2  NOx Emission Rate (Monitoring System)

    For each test run in a data set, calculate the average 
NOx emission rate (in lb/mmBtu), by means of the data 
acquisition and handling system, during the time period of the test run. 
Tabulate the results as shown in example Figure 4.

                        7.4.3  Relative Accuracy

    Use the equations and procedures in section 7.3 above to calculate 
the relative accuracy for the NOx continuous emission 
monitoring system. In using equation A-7, ``d'' is, for each run, the 
difference between the NOx emission rate values (in lb/mmBtu) 
obtained from the reference method data and the NOx 
continuous emission monitoring system.

   7.5  Relative Accuracy for Combined SO2/Flow [Reserved]

                  7.6  Bias Test and Adjustment Factor

    Test the following relative accuracy test audit data sets for bias: 
SO2 pollutant concentration monitors; flow monitors; 
NOX concentration monitoring systems used to determine 
NOX mass emissions, as defined in Sec. 75.71(a)(2); and 
NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring systems, using the 
procedures outlined in section 7.6.1 through 7.6.5 of this appendix. For 
multiple-load flow RATAs, perform a bias test at each load level 
designated as normal under section 6.5.2.1 of this appendix.

                         7.6.1  Arithmetic Mean

    Calculate the arithmetic mean of the difference, d, of the data set 
using equation A-7 of this appendix. To calculate bias for an 
SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, ``d'' is, for each 
paired data point, the difference between the SO2 
concentration value (in ppm) obtained from the reference method and the 
monitor. To calculate bias for a flow monitor, ``d'' is, for each paired 
data point, the difference between the flow rate values (in scfh) 
obtained from the reference method and the monitor. To calculate bias 
for a NOX continuous emission monitoring system, ``d'' is, 
for each paired data point, the difference between the NOX 
emission rate values (in lb/mmBtu) obtained from the reference method 
and the monitoring system.

                        7.6.2  Standard Deviation

    Calculate the standard deviation, Sd, of the data set 
using equation A-8.

                      7.6.3  Confidence Coefficient

    Calculate the confidence coefficient, cc, of the data set using 
equation A-9.

                            7.6.4  Bias Test

    If, for the relative accuracy test audit data set being tested, the 
mean difference, d, is less than or equal to the absolute value of the 
confidence coefficient,  cc , the monitor or 
monitoring system has passed the bias test. If the mean difference, d, 
is greater than the absolute value of the confidence coefficient, 
 cc , the monitor or monitoring system has failed to 
meet the bias test requirement.

                         7.6.5  Bias Adjustment

    (a) If the monitor or monitoring system fails to meet the bias test 
requirement, adjust the value obtained from the monitor using the 
following equation:

[[Page 370]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.005

Where:

CEMi Monitor = Data (measurement) provided by the 
monitor at time i.
CEMi Adjusted = Data value, adjusted for bias, at 
time i.
BAF = Bias adjustment factor, defined by:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.006

Where:

BAF = Bias adjustment factor, calculated to the nearest thousandth.
d = Arithmetic mean of the difference obtained during the failed bias 
test using Equation A-7.
CEMavg = Mean of the data values provided by the monitor 
during the failed bias test.

    (b) For single-load RATAs of SO2 pollutant concentration 
monitors, NOX concentration monitoring systems, and 
NOX-diluent monitoring systems and for the single-load flow 
RATAs required or allowed under section 6.5.2 of this appendix and 
sections 2.3.1.3(b) and 2.3.1.3(c) of appendix B to this part, the 
appropriate BAF is determined directly from the RATA results at normal 
load, using Equation A-12. Notwithstanding, when a NOX 
concentration CEMS or an SO2 CEMS or a NOX-diluent 
CEMS installed on a low-emitting affected unit (i.e., average 
SO2 or NOX concentration during the RATA 
 250 ppm or average NOX emission rate 
 0.200 lb/mmBtu) meets the normal 10.0 percent relative 
accuracy specification (as calculated using Equation A-10) or the 
alternate relative accuracy specification in section 3.3 of this 
appendix for low-emitters, but fails the bias test, the BAF may either 
be determined using Equation A-12, or a default BAF of 1.111 may be 
used.
    (c) For 2-load or 3-load flow RATAs, when only one load level (low, 
mid or high) has been designated as normal under section 6.5.2.1 of this 
appendix and the bias test is passed at the normal load level, apply a 
BAF of 1.000 to the subsequent flow rate data. If the bias test is 
failed at the normal load level, use Equation A-12 to calculate the 
normal load BAF and then perform an additional bias test at the second 
most frequently-used load level, as determined under section 6.5.2.1 of 
this appendix. If the bias test is passed at this second load level, 
apply the normal load BAF to the subsequent flow rate data. If the bias 
test is failed at this second load level, use Equation A-12 to calculate 
the BAF at the second load level and apply the higher of the two BAFs 
(either from the normal load level or from the second load level) to the 
subsequent flow rate data.
    (d) For 2-load or 3-load flow RATAs, when two load levels have been 
designated as normal under section 6.5.2.1 of this appendix and the bias 
test is passed at both normal load levels, apply a BAF of 1.000 to the 
subsequent flow rate data. If the bias test is failed at one of the 
normal load levels but not at the other, use Equation A-12 to calculate 
the BAF for the normal load level at which the bias test was failed and 
apply that BAF to the subsequent flow rate data. If the bias test is 
failed at both designated normal load levels, use Equation A-12 to 
calculate the BAF at each normal load level and apply the higher of the 
two BAFs to the subsequent flow rate data.
    (e) Each time a RATA is passed and the appropriate bias adjustment 
factor has been determined, apply the BAF prospectively to all 
monitoring system data, beginning with the first clock hour following 
the hour in which the RATA was completed. For a 2-load flow RATA, the 
``hour in which the RATA was completed'' refers to the hour in which the 
testing at both loads was completed; for a 3-load RATA, it refers to the 
hour in which the testing at all three loads was completed.
    (f) Use the bias-adjusted values in computing substitution values in 
the missing data procedure, as specified in subpart D of this part, and 
in reporting the concentration of SO2, the flow rate, the 
average NOX emission rate, the unit heat input, and the 
calculated mass emissions of SO2 and CO2 during 
the quarter and calendar year, as specified in subpart G of this part. 
In addition, when using a NOX concentration monitoring system 
and a flow monitor to calculate NOX mass emissions under 
subpart H of this part, use bias-adjusted values for NOX 
concentration and flow rate in the mass emission calculations and use 
bias-adjusted NOX concentrations to compute the appropriate 
substitution values for NOX concentration in the missing data 
routines under subpart D of this part.

          7.7  Reference Flow-to-Load Ratio or Gross Heat Rate

    (a) Except as provided in section 7.8 of this appendix, the owner or 
operator shall determine Rref, the reference value of the 
ratio of flow rate to unit load, each time that a passing flow RATA is 
performed at a load level designated as normal in section 6.5.2.1 of 
this appendix. The owner or operator shall report the current value of 
Rref in the electronic quarterly report required under 
Sec. 75.64 and shall also report the completion date of the associated 
RATA. If two load levels have

[[Page 371]]

been designated as normal under section 6.5.2.1 of this appendix, the 
owner or operator shall determine a separate Rref value for 
each of the normal load levels. The requirements of this section shall 
become effective as of April 1, 2000. The reference flow-to-load ratio 
shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.007

Where:

Rref = Reference value of the flow-to-load ratio, from the 
most recent normal-load flow RATA, scfh/megawatts or scfh/1000 lb/hr of 
steam.
Qref = Average stack gas volumetric flow rate measured by the 
reference method during the normal-load RATA, scfh.
Lavg = Average unit load during the normal-load flow RATA, 
megawatts or 1000 lb/hr of steam.

    (b) In Equation A-13, for a common stack, Lavg shall be 
the sum of the operating loads of all units that discharge through the 
stack. For a unit that discharges its emissions through multiple stacks 
(except for a discharge configuration consisting of a main stack and a 
bypass stack), Qref will be the sum of the total volumetric 
flow rates that discharge through all of the stacks. For a unit with a 
multiple stack discharge configuration consisting of a main stack and a 
bypass stack (e.g., a unit with a wet SO2 scrubber), 
determine Qref separately for each stack at the time of the 
normal load flow RATA. Round off the value of Rref to two 
decimal places.
    (c) In addition to determining Rref or as an alternative 
to determining Rref, a reference value of the gross heat rate 
(GHR) may be determined. In order to use this option, quality assured 
diluent gas (CO2 or O2) must be available for each 
hour of the most recent normal-load flow RATA. The reference value of 
the GHR shall be determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.008

Where:

(GHR)ref = Reference value of the gross heat rate at the time 
of the most recent normal-load flow RATA, Btu/kwh or Btu/lb steam load.
(Heat Input)avg = Average hourly heat input during the 
normal-load flow RATA, as determined using the applicable equation in 
appendix F to this part, mmBtu/hr.
Lavg = Average unit load during the normal-load flow RATA, 
megawatts or 1000 lb/hr of steam.

    (d) In the calculation of (Heat Input)avg, use 
Qref, the average volumetric flow rate measured by the 
reference method during the RATA, and use the average diluent gas 
concentration measured during the flow RATA.

                    7.8  Flow-to-Load Test Exemptions

    The requirements of this section apply beginning on April 1, 2000. 
For complex stack configurations (e.g., when the effluent from a unit is 
divided and discharges through multiple stacks in such a manner that the 
flow rate in the individual stacks cannot be correlated with unit load), 
the owner or operator may petition the Administrator under Sec. 75.66 
for an exemption from the requirements of section 7.7 of this appendix. 
The petition must include sufficient information and data to demonstrate 
that a flow-to-load or gross heat rate evaluation is infeasible for the 
complex stack configuration.

                                                  Figure 1 To Appendix A--Linearity Error Determination
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Day                       Date and time     Reference value     Monitor value        Difference         Percent of reference value
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-level:
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
========================================================================================================================================================

[[Page 372]]

 
Mid-level:
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
========================================================================================================================================================
High-level:
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


           Figure 2 to Appendix A--Relative Accuracy Determination (Pollutant Concentration Monitors)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                SO2 (ppmc)                            CO2 (Pollutant) (ppmc)
         Run No.           Date and ---------------------------------  Date and --------------------------------
                             time       RMa         Mb        Diff       time       RMa         Mb        Diff
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 2......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 3......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 4......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 5......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 6......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 7......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 8......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 9......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12......................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Arithmetic Mean Difference (Eq. A-7). Confidence Coefficient (Eq. A-
                  9). Relative Accuracy (Eq. A-10).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a RM means ``reference method data.''
b M means ``monitor data.''
c Make sure the RM and M data are on a consistent basis, either wet or dry.


[[Page 373]]


                                         Figure 3 to Appendix A--Relative Accuracy Determination (Flow Monitors)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Flow rate (Low) (scf/hr)*            Flow rate (Normal) (scf/             Flow rate (High) (scf/
                                                Date  ---------------------------   Date              hr)*              Date              hr)*
                   Run No.                      and                                 and   ---------------------------   and   --------------------------
                                                time      RM       M       Diff     time      RM       M       Diff     time      RM       M       Diff
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 2..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 3..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 4..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 5..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 6..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 7..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 8..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 9..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12..........................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Arithmetic Mean Difference (Eq. A-7). Confidence Coefficient (Eq. A-9). Relative Accuracy
                                       (Eq. A-10).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Make sure the RM and M data are on a consistent basis, either wet or dry.


              Figure 4 to Appendix A--Relative Accuracy Determination (NOX/Diluent Combined System)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Reference method data                   NOX system (lb/mmBtu)
     Run No.       Date and time -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     NOX(  )a         O2/CO2%           RM               M          Difference
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1.............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2.............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3.............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4.............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5.............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  6.............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7.............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  8.............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  9.............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  10............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  11............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  12............
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Arithmetic Mean Difference (Eq. A-7). Confidence Coefficient
            (Eq. A-9). Relative Accuracy (Eq. A-10).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a Specify units: ppm, lb/dscf, mg/dscm.


[[Page 374]]

                          Figure 5--Cycle Time

Date of test____________________________________________________________
Component/system ID#_________________________________________
Analyzer type___________________________________________________________
Serial Number___________________________________________________________
High level gas concentration: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
Zero level gas concentration: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
Analyzer span setting: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
Upscale:
    Stable starting monitor value: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
    Stable ending monitor reading: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
    Elapsed time: ______ seconds
Downscale:
    Stable starting monitor value: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
    Stable ending monitor value: ______ ppm/% (circle one)
    Elapsed time: ______ seconds
Component cycle time= ______ seconds
System cycle time= ______ seconds

[[Page 375]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20NO96.000

    A. To determine the downscale cycle time, inject a high level 
calibration gas into the port leading to the calibration cell or 
thimble.
    B. Allow the analyzer to stabilize. Record the stabilized value. 
Stop the calibration gas flow and allow the monitor to measure the

[[Page 376]]

flue gas emissions until the response stabilizes.
    C. Record the stabilized value. A stable reading is achieved when 
the concentration reading deviates less than 6% from the measured 
average concentration in 6 minutes or if it deviates less than 2% of the 
monitor's span value in 2 minutes. (Owners and operators of units that 
do not record data in 1 minute or 3 minute intervals may petition the 
Administrator under section 75.66 for alternative stabilization 
criteria.)
    D. Determine the step change. The step change is equal to the 
difference between the stabilized calibration gas value (Point B) and 
the final stable value (Point C). Take 95% of the step change value and 
subtract the result from the stabilized calibration gas value (Point B). 
Determine the time at which 95% of the step change occurred (Point D).
    E. Determine the cycle time. The cycle time is equal to the 
downscale elapsed time, i.e. the time at which 95% of the step change 
occurred (point D) minus the time at which the calibration gas flow was 
stopped (Point B). In this example, cycle time=(6.5-4)=2.5 minutes 
(Report as 3 minutes).
    F. To determine the cycle time for the upscale test, inject a zero 
scale calibration gas into the probe and repeat the procedures described 
above, except that 95% of the step change in concentration is added to 
the stabilized calibration gas value. Afterwards, compare the two cycle 
times achieved for both the upscale and downscale tests. The longer of 
these two times equals the cycle time for the analyzer.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26541-26546, 26569-
26570, May 17, 1995; 61 FR 25582, May 22, 1996; 61 FR 59162, Nov. 20, 
1996; 63 FR 57512, Oct. 27, 1998; 64 FR 28631-28643, May 26, 1999]

 Appendix B to Part 75--Quality Assurance and Quality Control Procedures

              1. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Program

    Develop and implement a quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) 
program for the continuous emission monitoring systems, excepted 
monitoring systems approved under appendix D or E to this part, and 
alternative monitoring systems under subpart E of this part, and their 
components. At a minimum, include in each QA/QC program a written plan 
that describes in detail (or that refers to separate documents 
containing) complete, step-by-step procedures and operations for each of 
the following activities. Upon request from regulatory authorities, the 
source shall make all procedures, maintenance records, and ancillary 
supporting documentation from the manufacturer (e.g., software 
coefficients and troubleshooting diagrams) available for review during 
an audit.

              1.1  Requirements for All Monitoring Systems

                      1.1.1  Preventive Maintenance

    Keep a written record of procedures needed to maintain the 
monitoring system in proper operating condition and a schedule for those 
procedures. This shall, at a minimum, include procedures specified by 
the manufacturers of the equipment and, if applicable, additional or 
alternate procedures developed for the equipment.

                   1.1.2  Recordkeeping and Reporting

    Keep a written record describing procedures that will be used to 
implement the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in subparts E, F, 
and G and appendices D and E to this part, as applicable.

                       1.1.3  Maintenance Records

    Keep a record of all testing, maintenance, or repair activities 
performed on any monitoring system or component in a location and format 
suitable for inspection. A maintenance log may be used for this purpose. 
The following records should be maintained: date, time, and description 
of any testing, adjustment, repair, replacement, or preventive 
maintenance action performed on any monitoring system and records of any 
corrective actions associated with a monitor's outage period. 
Additionally, any adjustment that recharacterizes a system's ability to 
record and report emissions data must be recorded (e.g., changing of 
flow monitor or moisture monitoring system polynomial coefficients, K 
factors or mathematical algorithms, changing of temperature and pressure 
coefficients and dilution ratio settings), and a written explanation of 
the procedures used to make the adjustment(s) shall be kept.

 1.2  Specific Requirements for Continuous Emissions Monitoring Systems

      1.2.1   Calibration Error Test and Linearity Check Procedures

    Keep a written record of the procedures used for daily calibration 
error tests and linearity checks (e.g., how gases are to be injected, 
adjustments of flow rates and pressure, introduction of reference 
values, length of time for injection of calibration gases, steps for 
obtaining calibration error or error in linearity, determination of 
interferences, and when calibration adjustments should be made). 
Identify any calibration error test and linearity check procedures 
specific to the continuous emission monitoring system that vary from the 
procedures in appendix A to this part.

[[Page 377]]

              1.2.2  Calibration and Linearity Adjustments

    Explain how each component of the continuous emission monitoring 
system will be adjusted to provide correct responses to calibration 
gases, reference values, and/or indications of interference both 
initially and after repairs or corrective action. Identify equations, 
conversion factors and other factors affecting calibration of each 
continuous emission monitoring system.

             1.2.3  Relative Accuracy Test Audit Procedures

    Keep a written record of procedures and details peculiar to the 
installed continuous emission monitoring systems that are to be used for 
relative accuracy test audits, such as sampling and analysis methods.

  1.2.4  Parametric Monitoring for Units With Add-on Emission Controls

    The owner or operator shall keep a written (or electronic) record 
including a list of operating parameters for the add-on SO2 
or NOX emission controls, including parameters in 
Sec. 75.55(b) or Sec. 75.58(b), as applicable, and the range of each 
operating parameter that indicates the add-on emission controls are 
operating properly. The owner or operator shall keep a written (or 
electronic) record of the parametric monitoring data during each 
SOX or NO2 missing data period.

     1.3  Specific Requirements for Excepted Systems Approved Under 
                           Appendices D and E

             1.3.1  Fuel Flowmeter Accuracy Test Procedures

    Keep a written record of the specific fuel flowmeter accuracy test 
procedures. These may include: standard methods or specifications listed 
in and section 2.1.5.1 of appendix D to this part and incorporated by 
reference under Sec. 75.6; the procedures of sections 2.1.5.2 or 2.1.7 
of appendix D to this part; or other methods approved by the 
Administrator through the petition process of Sec. 75.66(c).

        1.3.2  Transducer or Transmitter Accuracy Test Procedures

    Keep a written record of the procedures for testing the accuracy of 
transducers or transmitters of an orifice-, nozzle-, or venturi-type 
fuel flowmeter under section 2.1.6 of appendix D to this part. These 
procedures should include a description of equipment used, steps in 
testing, and frequency of testing.

   1.3.3  Fuel Flowmeter, Transducer, or Transmitter Calibration and 
                           Maintenance Records

    Keep a record of adjustments, maintenance, or repairs performed on 
the fuel flowmeter monitoring system. Keep records of the data and 
results for fuel flowmeter accuracy tests and transducer accuracy tests, 
consistent with appendix D to this part.

              1.3.4  Primary Element Inspection Procedures

    Keep a written record of the standard operating procedures for 
inspection of the primary element (i.e., orifice, venturi, or nozzle) of 
an orifice-, venturi-, or nozzle-type fuel flowmeter. Examples of the 
types of information to be included are: what to examine on the primary 
element; how to identify if there is corrosion sufficient to affect the 
accuracy of the primary element; and what inspection tools (e.g., 
baroscope), if any, are used.

            1.3.5  Fuel Sampling Method and Sample Retention

    Keep a written record of the standard procedures used to perform 
fuel sampling, either by utility personnel or by fuel supply company 
personnel. These procedures should specify the portion of the ASTM 
method used, as incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6, or other 
methods approved by the Administrator through the petition process of 
Sec. 75.66(c). These procedures should describe safeguards for ensuring 
the availability of an oil sample (e.g., procedure and location for 
splitting samples, procedure for maintaining sample splits on site, and 
procedure for transmitting samples to an analytical laboratory). These 
procedures should identify the ASTM analytical methods used to analyze 
sulfur content, gross calorific value, and density, as incorporated by 
reference under Sec. 75.6, or other methods approved by the 
Administrator through the petition process of Sec. 75.66(c).

    1.3.6  Appendix E Monitoring System Quality Assurance Information

    Identify the unit manufacturer's recommended range of quality 
assurance- and quality control-related operating parameters. Keep 
records of these operating parameters for each hour of unit operation 
(i.e., fuel combustion). Keep a written record of the procedures used to 
perform NOX emission rate testing. Keep a copy of all data 
and results from the initial and from the most recent NOX 
emission rate testing, including the values of quality assurance 
parameters specified in section 2.3 of appendix E to this part.

   1.4  Requirements for Alternative Systems Approved Under Subpart E

                  1.4.1  Daily Quality Assurance Tests

    Explain how the daily assessment procedures specific to the 
alternative monitoring system are to be performed.

[[Page 378]]

             1.4.2  Daily Quality Assurance Test Adjustments

    Explain how each component of the alternative monitoring system will 
be adjusted in response to the results of the daily assessments.

             1.4.3  Relative Accuracy Test Audit Procedures

    Keep a written record of procedures and details peculiar to the 
installed alternative monitoring system that are to be used for relative 
accuracy test audits, such as sampling and analysis methods.

                         2. Frequency of Testing

    A summary chart showing each quality assurance test and the 
frequency at which each test is required is located at the end of this 
appendix in Figure 1.

                         2.1  Daily Assessments

    Perform the following daily assessments to quality-assure the hourly 
data recorded by the monitoring systems during each period of unit 
operation, or, for a bypass stack or duct, each period in which 
emissions pass through the bypass stack or duct. These requirements are 
effective as of the date when the monitor or continuous emission 
monitoring system completes certification testing.

                      2.1.1  Calibration Error Test

    Except as provided in section 2.1.1.2 of this appendix, perform the 
daily calibration error test of each gas monitoring system (including 
moisture monitoring systems consisting of wet- and dry-basis 
O2 analyzers) according to the procedures in section 6.3.1 of 
appendix A to this part, and perform the daily calibration error test of 
each flow monitoring system according to the procedure in section 6.3.2 
of appendix A to this part.
    For units with add-on emission controls and dual-span or auto-
ranging monitors, and other units that use the maximum expected 
concentration to determine calibration gas values, perform the daily 
calibration error tests on each scale that has been used since the 
previous calibration error test. For example, if the pollutant 
concentration has not exceeded the low-scale value (based on the maximum 
expected concentration) since the previous calibration error test, the 
calibration error test may be performed on the low-scale only. If, 
however, the concentration has exceeded the low-scale span value for one 
hour or longer since the previous calibration error test, perform the 
calibration error test on both the low- and high-scales.
    2.1.1.1 On-line Daily Calibration Error Tests. Except as provided in 
section 2.1.1.2 of this appendix, all daily calibration error tests must 
be performed while the unit is in operation at normal, stable conditions 
(i.e. ``on-line'').
    2.1.1.2 Off-line Daily Calibration Error Tests. Daily calibrations 
may be performed while the unit is not operating (i.e., ``off-line'') 
and may be used to validate data for a monitoring system that meets the 
following conditions:
    (1) An initial demonstration test of the monitoring system is 
successfully completed and the results are reported in the quarterly 
report required under Sec. 75.64 of this part. The initial demonstration 
test, hereafter called the ``off-line calibration demonstration'', 
consists of an off-line calibration error test followed by an on-line 
calibration error test. Both the off-line and on-line portions of the 
off-line calibration demonstration must meet the calibration error 
performance specification in section 3.1 of appendix A of this part. 
Upon completion of the off-line portion of the demonstration, the zero 
and upscale monitor responses may be adjusted, but only toward the true 
values of the calibration gases or reference signals used to perform the 
test and only in accordance with the routine calibration adjustment 
procedures specified in the quality control program required under 
section 1 of appendix B to this part. Once these adjustments are made, 
no further adjustments may be made to the monitoring system until after 
completion of the on-line portion of the off-line calibration 
demonstration. Within 26 clock hours of the completion hour of the off-
line portion of the demonstration, the monitoring system must 
successfully complete the first attempted calibration error test, i.e., 
the on-line portion of the demonstration.
    (2) For each monitoring system that has passed the off-line 
calibration demonstration, a successful on-line calibration error test 
of the monitoring system must be completed no later than 26 unit 
operating hours after each off-line calibration error test used for data 
validation.

                  2.1.2  Daily Flow Interference Check

    Perform the daily flow monitor interference checks specified in 
section 2.2.2.2 of appendix A of this part while the unit is in 
operation at normal, stable conditions.

  2.1.3  Additional Calibration Error Tests and Calibration Adjustments

    (a) In addition to the daily calibration error tests required under 
section 2.1.1 of this appendix, a calibration error test of a monitor 
shall be performed in accordance with section 2.1.1 of this appendix, as 
follows: whenever a daily calibration error test is failed; whenever a 
monitoring system is returned to service following repair or corrective 
maintenance that could affect the monitor's ability to accurately 
measure and

[[Page 379]]

record emissions data; or after making certain calibration adjustments, 
as described in this section. Except in the case of the routine 
calibration adjustments described in this section, data from the monitor 
are considered invalid until the required additional calibration error 
test has been successfully completed.
    (b) Routine calibration adjustments of a monitor are permitted after 
any successful calibration error test. These routine adjustments shall 
be made so as to bring the monitor readings as close as practicable to 
the known tag values of the calibration gases or to the actual value of 
the flow monitor reference signals. An additional calibration error test 
is required following routine calibration adjustments where the 
monitor's calibration has been physically adjusted (e.g., by turning a 
potentiometer) to verify that the adjustments have been made properly. 
An additional calibration error test is not required, however, if the 
routine calibration adjustments are made by means of a mathematical 
algorithm programmed into the data acquisition and handling system. The 
EPA recommends that routine calibration adjustments be made, at a 
minimum, whenever the daily calibration error exceeds the limits of the 
applicable performance specification in appendix A to this part for the 
pollutant concentration monitor, CO2 or O2 
monitor, or flow monitor.
    (c) Additional (non-routine) calibration adjustments of a monitor 
are permitted prior to (but not during) linearity checks and RATAs and 
at other times, provided that an appropriate technical justification is 
included in the quality control program required under section 1 of this 
appendix. The allowable non-routine adjustments are as follows. The 
owner or operator may physically adjust the calibration of a monitor 
(e.g., by means of a potentiometer), provided that the post-adjustment 
zero and upscale responses of the monitor are within the performance 
specifications of the instrument given in section 3.1 of appendix A to 
this part. An additional calibration error test is required following 
such adjustments to verify that the monitor is operating within the 
performance specifications at both the zero and upscale calibration 
levels.

                         2.1.4  Data Validation

    (a) An out-of-control period occurs when the calibration error of an 
SO2 or NOX pollutant concentration monitor exceeds 
5.0 percent of the span value (or exceeds 10 ppm, for span values 200 
ppm), when the calibration error of a CO2 or O2 
monitor (including O2 monitors used to measure CO2 
emissions or percent moisture) exceeds 1.0 percent O2 or 
CO2, or when the calibration error of a flow monitor or a 
moisture sensor exceeds 6.0 percent of the span value, which is twice 
the applicable specification of appendix A to this part. 
Notwithstanding, a differential pressure-type flow monitor for which the 
calibration error exceeds 6.0 percent of the span value shall not be 
considered out-of-control if R-A, the absolute value 
of the difference between the monitor response and the reference value 
in Equation A-6, is 0.02 inches of water. The out-of-control 
period begins upon failure of the calibration error test and ends upon 
completion of a successful calibration error test. Note, that if a 
failed calibration, corrective action, and successful calibration error 
test occur within the same hour, emission data for that hour recorded by 
the monitor after the successful calibration error test may be used for 
reporting purposes, provided that two or more valid readings are 
obtained as required by Sec. 75.10. A NOX-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring system is considered out-of-control if the 
calibration error of either component monitor exceeds twice the 
applicable performance specification in appendix A to this part. 
Emission data shall not be reported from an out-of-control monitor.
    (b) An out-of-control period also occurs whenever interference of a 
flow monitor is identified. The out-of-control period begins with the 
hour of completion of the failed interference check and ends with the 
hour of completion of an interference check that is passed.

   2.1.5  Quality Assurance of Data With Respect to Daily Assessments

    When a monitoring system passes a daily assessment (i.e., daily 
calibration error test or daily flow interference check), data from that 
monitoring system are prospectively validated for 26 clock hours (i.e., 
24 hours plus a 2-hour grace period) beginning with the hour in which 
the test is passed, unless another assessment (i.e. a daily calibration 
error test, an interference check of a flow monitor, a quarterly 
linearity check, a quarterly leak check, or a relative accuracy test 
audit) is failed within the 26-hour period.
    2.1.5.1 Data Invalidation with Respect to Daily Assessments. The 
following specific rules apply to the invalidation of data with respect 
to daily assessments:
    (1) Data from a monitoring system are invalid, beginning with the 
first hour following the expiration of a 26-hour data validation period 
or beginning with the first hour following the expiration of an 8-hour 
start-up grace period (as provided under section 2.1.5.2 of this 
appendix), if the required subsequent daily assessment has not been 
conducted.
    (2) Beginning on January 1, 1999, for a monitoring system that has 
passed the off-line calibration demonstration, if an on-line daily 
calibration error test of the same monitoring system is not conducted 
and passed within 26 unit operating hours of an off-line calibration 
error test that is used for data

[[Page 380]]

validation, then data from that monitoring system are invalid, beginning 
with the 27th unit operating hour following that off-line calibration 
error test.
    2.1.5.2 Daily Assessment Start-Up Grace Period. For the purpose of 
quality assuring data with respect to a daily assessment (i.e. a daily 
calibration error test or a flow interference check), a start-up grace 
period may apply when a unit begins to operate after a period of non-
operation. The start-up grace period for a daily calibration error test 
is independent of the start-up grace period for a daily flow 
interference check. To qualify for a start-up grace period for a daily 
assessment, there are two requirements:
    (1) The unit must have resumed operation after being in outage for 1 
or more hours (i.e., the unit must be in a start-up condition) as 
evidenced by a change in unit operating time from zero in one clock hour 
to an operating time greater than zero in the next clock hour.
    (2) For the monitoring system to be used to validate data during the 
grace period, the previous daily assessment of the same kind must have 
been passed on-line within 26 clock hours prior to the last hour in 
which the unit operated before the outage. In addition, the monitoring 
system must be in-control with respect to quarterly and semi-annual or 
annual assessments.
    If both of the above conditions are met, then a start-up grace 
period of up to 8 clock hours applies, beginning with the first hour of 
unit operation following the outage. During the start-up grace period, 
data generated by the monitoring system are considered quality-assured. 
For each monitoring system, a start-up grace period for a calibration 
error test or flow interference check ends when either: (1) a daily 
assessment of the same kind (i.e., calibration error test or flow 
interference check) is performed; or (2) 8 clock hours have elapsed 
(starting with the first hour of unit operation following the outage), 
whichever occurs first.

                          2.1.6  Data Recording

    Record and tabulate all calibration error test data according to 
month, day, clock-hour, and magnitude in either ppm, percent volume, or 
scfh. Program monitors that automatically adjust data to the corrected 
calibration values (e.g., microprocessor control) to record either: (1) 
The unadjusted concentration or flow rate measured in the calibration 
error test prior to resetting the calibration, or (2) the magnitude of 
any adjustment. Record the following applicable flow monitor 
interference check data: (1) Sample line/sensing port pluggage, and (2) 
malfunction of each RTD, transceiver, or equivalent.

                       2.2  Quarterly Assessments

    For each primary and redundant backup monitor or monitoring system, 
perform the following quarterly assessments. This requirement is applies 
as of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the 
monitor or continuous emission monitoring system is provisionally 
certified.

                         2.2.1  Linearity Check

    Perform a linearity check, in accordance with the procedures in 
section 6.2 of appendix A to this part, for each primary and redundant 
backup SO2 and NOX pollutant concentration monitor 
and each primary and redundant backup CO2 or O2 
monitor (including O2 monitors used to measure CO2 
emissions or to continuously monitor moisture) at least once during each 
QA operating quarter, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter. For units 
using both a low and high span value, a linearity check is required only 
on the range(s) used to record and report emission data during the QA 
operating quarter. Conduct the linearity checks no less than 30 days 
apart, to the extent practicable. The data validation procedures in 
section 2.2.3(e) of this appendix shall be followed.

                            2.2.2  Leak Check

    For differential pressure flow monitors, perform a leak check of all 
sample lines (a manual check is acceptable) at least once during each QA 
operating quarter. For this test, the unit does not have to be in 
operation. Conduct the leak checks no less than 30 days apart, to the 
extent practicable. If a leak check is failed, follow the applicable 
data validation procedures in section 2.2.3(f) of this appendix.

                         2.2.3  Data Validation

    (a) A linearity check shall not be commenced if the monitoring 
system is operating out-of-control with respect to any of the daily or 
semiannual quality assurance assessments required by sections 2.1 and 
2.3 of this appendix or with respect to the additional calibration error 
test requirements in section 2.1.3 of this appendix.
    (b) Each required linearity check shall be done according to 
paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section:
    (1) The linearity check may be done ``cold,'' i.e., with no 
corrective maintenance, repair, calibration adjustments, re-
linearization or reprogramming of the monitor prior to the test.
    (2) The linearity check may be done after performing only the 
routine or non-routine calibration adjustments described in section 
2.1.3 of this appendix at the various calibration gas levels (zero, low, 
mid or high), but no other corrective maintenance, repair, re-

[[Page 381]]

linearization or reprogramming of the monitor. Trial gas injection runs 
may be performed after the calibration adjustments and additional 
adjustments within the allowable limits in section 2.1.3 of this 
appendix may be made prior to the linearity check, as necessary, to 
optimize the performance of the monitor. The trial gas injections need 
not be reported, provided that they meet the specification for trial gas 
injections in Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(vii)(E)(1). However, if, for any trial 
injection, the specification in Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(vii)(E)(1) is not met, 
the trial injection shall be counted as an aborted linearity check.
    (3) The linearity check may be done after repair, corrective 
maintenance or reprogramming of the monitor. In this case, the monitor 
shall be considered out-of-control from the hour in which the repair, 
corrective maintenance or reprogramming is commenced until the linearity 
check has been passed. Alternatively, the data validation procedures and 
associated timelines in Secs. 75.20(b)(3)(ii) through (ix) may be 
followed upon completion of the necessary repair, corrective 
maintenance, or reprogramming. If the procedures in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are 
used, the words ``quality assurance'' apply instead of the word 
``recertification''.
    (c) Once a linearity check has been commenced, the test shall be 
done hands-off. That is, no adjustments of the monitor are permitted 
during the linearity test period, other than the routine calibration 
adjustments following daily calibration error tests, as described in 
section 2.1.3 of this appendix.
    (d) If a daily calibration error test is failed during a linearity 
test period, prior to completing the test, the linearity test must be 
repeated. Data from the monitor are invalidated prospectively from the 
hour of the failed calibration error test until the hour of completion 
of a subsequent successful calibration error test. The linearity test 
shall not be commenced until the monitor has successfully completed a 
calibration error test.
    (e) An out-of-control period occurs when a linearity test is failed 
(i.e., when the error in linearity at any of the three concentrations in 
the quarterly linearity check (or any of the six concentrations, when 
both ranges of a single analyzer with a dual range are tested) exceeds 
the applicable specification in section 3.2 of appendix A to this part) 
or when a linearity test is aborted due to a problem with the monitor or 
monitoring system. For a NOX-diluent or SO2-
diluent continuous emission monitoring system, the system is considered 
out-of-control if either of the component monitors exceeds the 
applicable specification in section 3.2 of appendix A to this part or if 
the linearity test of either component is aborted due to a problem with 
the monitor. The out-of-control period begins with the hour of the 
failed or aborted linearity check and ends with the hour of completion 
of a satisfactory linearity check following corrective action and/or 
monitor repair, unless the option in paragraph (b)(3) of this section to 
use the data validation procedures and associated timelines in 
Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(ii) through (ix) has been selected, in which case the 
beginning and end of the out-of-control period shall be determined in 
accordance with Secs. 75.20(b)(3)(vii)(A) and (B). Note that a monitor 
shall not be considered out-of-control when a linearity test is aborted 
for a reason unrelated to the monitor's performance (e.g., a forced unit 
outage).
    (f) No more than four successive calendar quarters shall elapse 
after the quarter in which a linearity check of a monitor or monitoring 
system (or range of a monitor or monitoring system) was last performed 
without a subsequent linearity test having been conducted. If a 
linearity test has not been completed by the end of the fourth calendar 
quarter since the last linearity test, then the linearity test must be 
completed within a 168 unit operating hour or stack operating hour 
``grace period'' (as provided in section 2.2.4 of this appendix) 
following the end of the fourth successive elapsed calendar quarter, or 
data from the CEMS (or range) will become invalid.
    (g) An out-of-control period also occurs when a flow monitor sample 
line leak is detected. The out-of-control period begins with the hour of 
the failed leak check and ends with the hour of a satisfactory leak 
check following corrective action.
    (h) For each monitoring system, report the results of all completed 
and partial linearity tests that affect data validation (i.e., all 
completed, passed linearity checks; all completed, failed linearity 
checks; and all linearity checks aborted due to a problem with the 
monitor, including trial gas injections counted as failed test attempts 
under paragraph (b)(2) of this section or under 
Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(vii)(F)), in the quarterly report required under 
Sec. 75.64. Note that linearity attempts which are aborted or 
invalidated due to problems with the reference calibration gases or due 
to operational problems with the affected unit(s) need not be reported. 
Such partial tests do not affect the validation status of emission data 
recorded by the monitor. A record of all linearity tests, trial gas 
injections and test attempts (whether reported or not) must be kept on-
site as part of the official test log for each monitoring system.

              2.2.4  Linearity and Leak Check Grace Period

    (a) When a required linearity test or flow monitor leak check has 
not been completed by the end of the QA operating quarter in which it is 
due or if, due to infrequent operation of a unit or infrequent use of a 
required high range of a monitor or monitoring

[[Page 382]]

system, four successive calendar quarters have elapsed after the quarter 
in which a linearity check of a monitor or monitoring system (or range) 
was last performed without a subsequent linearity test having been done, 
the owner or operator has a grace period of 168 consecutive unit 
operating hours, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter (or, for 
monitors installed on common stacks or bypass stacks, 168 consecutive 
stack operating hours, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) in which 
to perform a linearity test or leak check of that monitor or monitoring 
system (or range). The grace period begins with the first unit or stack 
operating hour following the calendar quarter in which the linearity 
test was due. Data validation during a linearity or leak check grace 
period shall be done in accordance with the applicable provisions in 
section 2.2.3 of this appendix.
    (b) If, at the end of the 168 unit (or stack) operating hour grace 
period, the required linearity test or leak check has not been 
completed, data from the monitoring system (or range) shall be invalid, 
beginning with the hour following the expiration of the grace period. 
Data from the monitoring system (or range) remain invalid until the hour 
of completion of a subsequent successful hands-off linearity test or 
leak check of the monitor or monitoring system (or range). Note that 
when a linearity test or a leak check is conducted within a grace period 
for the purpose of satisfying the linearity test or leak check 
requirement from a previous QA operating quarter, the results of that 
linearity test or leak check may only be used to meet the linearity 
check or leak check requirement of the previous quarter, not the quarter 
in which the missed linearity test or leak check is completed.

         2.2.5  Flow-to-Load Ratio or Gross Heat Rate Evaluation

    (a) Applicability and methodology. The provisions of this section 
apply beginning on April 1, 2000. Unless exempted by an approved 
petition in accordance with section 7.8 of appendix A to this part, the 
owner or operator shall, for each flow rate monitoring system installed 
on each unit, common stack or multiple stack, evaluate the flow-to-load 
ratio quarterly, i.e., for each QA operating quarter (as defined in 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter). At the end of each QA operating quarter, the 
owner or operator shall use Equation B-1 to calculate the flow-to-load 
ratio for every hour during the quarter in which: the unit (or 
combination of units, for a common stack) operated within 
10.0 percent of Lavg, the average load during the 
most recent normal-load flow RATA; and a quality assured hourly average 
flow rate was obtained with a certified flow rate monitor.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.009

Where:

Rh = Hourly value of the flow-to-load ratio, scfh/megawatts 
or scfh/1000 lb/hr of steam load.
Qh = Hourly stack gas volumetric flow rate, as measured by 
the flow rate monitor, scfh.
Lh = Hourly unit load, megawatts or 1000 lb/hr of steam; must 
be within 10.0 percent of Lavg during the most 
recent normal-load flow RATA.

    (1) In Equation B-1, the owner or operator may use either bias-
adjusted flow rates or unadjusted flow rates, provided that all of the 
ratios are calculated the same way. For a common stack, Lh 
shall be the sum of the hourly operating loads of all units that 
discharge through the stack. For a unit that discharges its emissions 
through multiple stacks (except when one of the stacks is a bypass 
stack) or that monitors its emissions in multiple breechings, 
Qh will be the combined hourly volumetric flow rate for all 
of the stacks or ducts. For a unit with a multiple stack discharge 
configuration consisting of a main stack and a bypass stack, each of 
which has a certified flow monitor (e.g., a unit with a wet 
SO2 scrubber), calculate the hourly flow-to-load ratios 
separately for each stack. Round off each value of Rh to two 
decimal places.
    (2) Alternatively, the owner or operator may calculate the hourly 
gross heat rates (GHR) in lieu of the hourly flow-to-load ratios. The 
hourly GHR shall be determined only for those hours in which quality 
assured flow rate data and diluent gas (CO2 or O2) 
concentration data are both available from a certified monitor or 
monitoring system or reference method. If this option is selected, 
calculate each hourly GHR value as follows:

[[Page 383]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.010

where:

(GHR)h = Hourly value of the gross heat rate, Btu/kwh or Btu/
lb steam load.
(Heat Input)h = Hourly heat input, as determined from the 
quality assured flow rate and diluent data, using the applicable 
equation in appendix F to this part, mmBtu/hr.
Lh = Hourly unit load, megawatts or 1000 lb/hr of steam; must 
be within  10.0 percent of Lavg during the most 
recent normal-load flow RATA.

    (3) In Equation B-1a, the owner or operator may either use bias-
adjusted flow rates or unadjusted flow rates in the calculation of (Heat 
Input)h, provided that all of the heat input values are 
determined in the same manner.
    (4) The owner or operator shall evaluate the calculated hourly flow-
to-load ratios (or gross heat rates) as follows. A separate data 
analysis shall be performed for each primary and each redundant backup 
flow rate monitor used to record and report data during the quarter. 
Each analysis shall be based on a minimum of 168 recorded hourly average 
flow rates. When two RATA load levels are designated as normal, the 
analysis shall be performed at the higher load level, unless there are 
fewer than 168 data points available at that load level, in which case 
the analysis shall be performed at the lower load level. If, for a 
particular flow monitor, fewer than 168 hourly flow-to-load ratios (or 
GHR values) are available at any of the load levels designated as 
normal, a flow-to-load (or GHR) evaluation is not required for that 
monitor for that calendar quarter.
    (5) For each flow monitor, use Equation B-2 in this appendix to 
calculate Eh, the absolute percentage difference between each 
hourly Rh value and Rref, the reference value of 
the flow-to-load ratio, as determined in accordance with section 7.7 of 
appendix A to this part. Note that Rref shall always be based 
upon the most recent normal-load RATA, even if that RATA was performed 
in the calendar quarter being evaluated.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.011

where:

Eh = Absolute percentage difference between the hourly 
average flow-to-load ratio and the reference value of the flow-to-load 
ratio at normal load.
Rh = The hourly average flow-to-load ratio, for each flow 
rate recorded at a load level within  10.0 percent 
of Lavg.
Rref = The reference value of the flow-to-load ratio from the 
most recent normal-load flow RATA, determined in accordance with section 
7.7 of appendix A to this part.

    (6) Equation B-2 shall be used in a consistent manner. That is, use 
Rref and Rh if the flow-to-load ratio is being 
evaluated, and use (GHR)ref and (GHR)h if the 
gross heat rate is being evaluated. Finally, calculate Ef, 
the arithmetic average of all of the hourly Eh values. The 
owner or operator shall report the results of each quarterly flow-to-
load (or gross heat rate) evaluation, as determined from Equation B-2, 
in the electronic quarterly report required under Sec. 75.64.
    (b) Acceptable results. The results of a quarterly flow-to-load (or 
gross heat rate) evaluation are acceptable, and no further action is 
required, if the calculated value of Ef is less than or equal 
to: (1) 15.0 percent, if Lavg for the most recent normal-load 
flow RATA is 60 megawatts (or 500 klb/hr of steam) 
and if unadjusted flow rates were used in the calculations; or (2) 10.0 
percent, if Lavg for the most recent normal-load flow RATA is 
60 megawatts (or 500 klb/hr of steam) and if bias-
adjusted flow rates were used in the calculations; or (3) 20.0 percent, 
if Lavg for the most recent normal-load flow RATA is 60 
megawatts (or 500 klb/hr of steam) and if unadjusted flow rates were 
used in the calculations; or (4) 15.0 percent, if Lavg for 
the most recent normal-load flow RATA is 60 megawatts (or 500 klb/hr of 
steam) and if bias-adjusted flow rates were used in the calculations. If 
Ef is above these limits, the owner or operator shall either: 
implement Option 1 in section 2.2.5.1 of this appendix; or perform a 
RATA in accordance with Option 2 in section 2.2.5.2 of this appendix; or 
re-examine the hourly data used for the flow-to-load or GHR analysis and 
recalculate Ef, after excluding all non-representative hourly 
flow rates.

[[Page 384]]

    (c) Recalculation of Ef. If the owner or operator chooses 
to recalculate Ef, the flow rates for the following hours are 
considered non-representative and may be excluded from the data 
analysis:
    (1) Any hour in which the type of fuel combusted was different from 
the fuel burned during the most recent normal-load RATA. For purposes of 
this determination, the type of fuel is different if the fuel is in a 
different state of matter (i.e., solid, liquid, or gas) than is the fuel 
burned during the RATA or if the fuel is a different classification of 
coal (e.g., bituminous versus sub-bituminous);
    (2) For a unit that is equipped with an SO2 scrubber and 
which always discharges its flue gases to the atmosphere through a 
single stack, any hour in which the SO2 scrubber was 
bypassed;
    (3) Any hour in which ``ramping'' occurred, i.e., the hourly load 
differed by more than 15.0 percent from the load during the 
preceding hour or the subsequent hour;
    (4) For a unit with a multiple stack discharge configuration 
consisting of a main stack and a bypass stack, any hour in which the 
flue gases were discharged through both stacks;
    (5) If a normal-load flow RATA was performed and passed during the 
quarter being analyzed, any hour prior to completion of that RATA; and
    (6) If a problem with the accuracy of the flow monitor was 
discovered during the quarter and was corrected (as evidenced by passing 
the abbreviated flow-to-load test in section 2.2.5.3 of this appendix), 
any hour prior to completion of the abbreviated flow-to-load test.
    (7) After identifying and excluding all non-representative hourly 
data in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this section, 
the owner or operator may analyze the remaining data a second time. At 
least 168 representative hourly ratios or GHR values must be available 
to perform the analysis; otherwise, the flow-to-load (or GHR) analysis 
is not required for that monitor for that calendar quarter.
    (8) If, after re-analyzing the data, Ef meets the 
applicable limit in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3), or (b)(4) of this 
section, no further action is required. If, however, Ef is 
still above the applicable limit, the monitor shall be declared out-of-
control, beginning with the first hour of the quarter following the 
quarter in which Ef exceeded the applicable limit. The owner 
or operator shall then either implement Option 1 in section 2.2.5.1 of 
this appendix or Option 2 in section 2.2.5.2 of this appendix.

                            2.2.5.1  Option 1

    Within two weeks of the end of the calendar quarter for which the 
Ef value is above the applicable limit, investigate and 
troubleshoot the applicable flow monitor(s). Evaluate the results of 
each investigation as follows:
    (a) If the investigation fails to uncover a problem with the flow 
monitor, a RATA shall be performed in accordance with Option 2 in 
section 2.2.5.2 of this appendix.
    (b) If a problem with the flow monitor is identified through the 
investigation (including the need to re-linearize the monitor by 
changing the polynomial coefficients or K factor(s)), corrective actions 
shall be taken. All corrective actions (e.g., non-routine maintenance, 
repairs, major component replacements, re-linearization of the monitor, 
etc.) shall be documented in the operation and maintenance records for 
the monitor. Data from the monitor shall remain invalid until a 
probationary calibration error test of the monitor is passed following 
completion of all corrective actions, at which point data from the 
monitor are conditionally valid. The owner or operator then either may 
complete the abbreviated flow-to-load test in section 2.2.5.3 of this 
appendix, or, if the corrective action taken has required 
relinearization of the flow monitor, shall perform a 3-level RATA.

                            2.2.5.2  Option 2

    Perform a single-load RATA (at a load designated as normal under 
section 6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this part) of each flow monitor for 
which Ef is outside of the applicable limit. Data from the 
monitor remain invalid until the required RATA has been passed.

                 2.2.5.3  Abbreviated Flow-to-Load Test

    (a) The following abbreviated flow-to-load test may be performed 
after any documented repair, component replacement, or other corrective 
maintenance to a flow monitor (except for changes affecting the 
linearity of the flow monitor, such as adjusting the flow monitor 
coefficients or K factor(s)) to demonstrate that the repair, 
replacement, or other maintenance has not significantly affected the 
monitor's ability to accurately measure the stack gas volumetric flow 
rate. Data from the monitoring system are considered invalid from the 
hour of commencement of the repair, replacement, or maintenance until 
the hour in which a probationary calibration error test is passed 
following completion of the repair, replacement, or maintenance and any 
associated adjustments to the monitor. The abbreviated flow-to-load test 
shall be completed within 168 unit operating hours of the probationary 
calibration error test (or, for peaking units, within 30 unit operating 
days, if that is less restrictive). Data from the monitor are considered 
to be conditionally valid (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter), 
beginning with the hour of the probationary calibration error test.
    (b) Operate the unit(s) in such a way as to reproduce, as closely as 
practicable, the

[[Page 385]]

exact conditions at the time of the most recent normal-load flow RATA. 
To achieve this, it is recommended that the load be held constant to 
within 5.0 percent of the average load during the RATA and 
that the diluent gas (CO2 or O2) concentration be 
maintained within 0.5 percent CO2 or 
O2 of the average diluent concentration during the RATA. For 
common stacks, to the extent practicable, use the same combination of 
units and load levels that were used during the RATA. When the process 
parameters have been set, record a minimum of six and a maximum of 12 
consecutive hourly average flow rates, using the flow monitor(s) for 
which Ef was outside the applicable limit. For peaking units, 
a minimum of three and a maximum of 12 consecutive hourly average flow 
rates are required. Also record the corresponding hourly load values 
and, if applicable, the hourly diluent gas concentrations. Calculate the 
flow-to-load ratio (or GHR) for each hour in the test hour period, using 
Equation B-1 or B-1a. Determine Eh for each hourly flow-to-
load ratio (or GHR), using Equation B-2 of this appendix and then 
calculate Ef, the arithmetic average of the Eh 
values.
    (c) The results of the abbreviated flow-to-load test shall be 
considered acceptable, and no further action is required if the value of 
Ef does not exceed the applicable limit specified in section 
2.2.5 of this appendix. All conditionally valid data recorded by the 
flow monitor shall be considered quality assured, beginning with the 
hour of the probationary calibration error test that preceded the 
abbreviated flow-to-load test. However, if Ef is outside the 
applicable limit, all conditionally valid data recorded by the flow 
monitor shall be considered invalid back to the hour of the probationary 
calibration error test that preceded the abbreviated flow-to-load test, 
and a single-load RATA is required in accordance with section 2.2.5.2 of 
this appendix. If the flow monitor must be re-linearized, however, a 3-
load RATA is required.

                 2.3  Semiannual and Annual Assessments

    For each primary and redundant backup monitoring system, perform 
relative accuracy assessments either semiannually or annually, as 
specified in section 2.3.1.1 or 2.3.1.2 of this appendix, for the type 
of test and the performance achieved. This requirement applies as of the 
calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the monitoring 
system is provisionally certified. A summary chart showing the frequency 
with which a relative accuracy test audit must be performed, depending 
on the accuracy achieved, is located at the end of this appendix in 
Figure 2.

               2.3.1  Relative Accuracy Test Audit (RATA)

                   2.3.1.1  Standard RATA Frequencies

    (a) Except as otherwise specified in Sec. 75.21(a)(6) or (a)(7) or 
in section 2.3.1.2 of this appendix, perform relative accuracy test 
audits semiannually, i.e., once every two successive QA operating 
quarters (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) for each primary and 
redundant backup SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, flow 
monitor, CO2 pollutant concentration monitor (including 
O2 monitors used to determine CO2 emissions), 
CO2 or O2 diluent monitor used to determine heat 
input, moisture monitoring system, NOX concentration 
monitoring system, NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring 
system, or SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring system. 
A calendar quarter that does not qualify as a QA operating quarter shall 
be excluded in determining the deadline for the next RATA. No more than 
eight successive calendar quarters shall elapse after the quarter in 
which a RATA was last performed without a subsequent RATA having been 
conducted. If a RATA has not been completed by the end of the eighth 
calendar quarter since the quarter of the last RATA, then the RATA must 
be completed within a 720 unit (or stack) operating hour grace period 
(as provided in section 2.3.3 of this appendix) following the end of the 
eighth successive elapsed calendar quarter, or data from the CEMS will 
become invalid.
    (b) The relative accuracy test audit frequency of a CEMS may be 
reduced, as specified in section 2.3.1.2 of this appendix, for primary 
or redundant backup monitoring systems which qualify for less frequent 
testing. Perform all required RATAs in accordance with the applicable 
procedures and provisions in sections 6.5 through 6.5.2.2 of appendix A 
to this part and sections 2.3.1.3 and 2.3.1.4 of this appendix.

                    2.3.1.2  Reduced RATA Frequencies

    Relative accuracy test audits of primary and redundant backup 
SO2 pollutant concentration monitors, CO2 
pollutant concentration monitors (including O2 monitors used 
to determine CO2 emissions), CO2 or O2 
diluent monitors used to determine heat input, moisture monitoring 
systems, NOX concentration monitoring systems, flow monitors, 
NOX-diluent monitoring systems or SO2-diluent 
monitoring systems may be performed annually (i.e., once every four 
successive QA operating quarters, rather than once every two successive 
QA operating quarters) if any of the following conditions are met for 
the specific monitoring system involved:
    (a) The relative accuracy during the audit of an SO2 or 
CO2 pollutant concentration monitor (including an 
O2 pollutant monitor used to measure CO2 using the 
procedures in

[[Page 386]]

appendix F to this part), or of a CO2 or O2 
diluent monitor used to determine heat input, or of a NOX 
concentration monitoring system, or of a NOX-diluent 
monitoring system, or of an SO2-diluent continuous emissions 
monitoring system is  7.5 percent;
    (b) Prior to January 1, 2000, the relative accuracy during the audit 
of a flow monitor is  10.0 percent at each operating level 
tested;
    (c) On and after January 1, 2000, the relative accuracy during the 
audit of a flow monitor is  7.5 percent at each operating 
level tested;
    (d) For low flow ( 10.0 fps) stacks/ducts, when the flow 
monitor fails to achieve a relative accuracy  7.5 percent 
(10.0 percent if prior to January 1, 2000) during the audit, but the 
monitor mean value, calculated using Equation A-7 in appendix A to this 
part and converted back to an equivalent velocity in standard feet per 
second (fps), is within  1.5 fps of the reference method 
mean value, converted to an equivalent velocity in fps;
    (e) For low SO2 or NOX emitting units (average 
SO2 or NOX concentrations  250 ppm, 
when an SO2 pollutant concentration monitor or NOX 
concentration monitoring system fails to achieve a relative accuracy 
 7.5 percent during the audit, but the monitor mean value 
from the RATA is within  12 ppm of the reference method mean 
value;
    (f) For units with low NOX emission rates (average 
NOX emission rate  0.200 lb/mmBtu), when a 
NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system fails to 
achieve a relative accuracy  7.5 percent, but the monitoring 
system mean value from the RATA, calculated using Equation A-7 in 
appendix A to this part, is within  0.015 lb/mmBtu of the 
reference method mean value;
    (g) For units with low SO2 emission rates (average 
SO2 emission rate  0.500 lb/mmBtu), when an 
SO2-diluent continuous emission monitoring system fails to 
achieve a relative accuracy  7.5 percent, but the monitoring 
system mean value from the RATA, calculated using Equation A-7 in 
appendix A to this part, is within  0.025 lb/mmBtu of the 
reference method mean value;
    (h) For a CO2 or O2 monitor, when the mean 
difference between the reference method values from the RATA and the 
corresponding monitor values is within  0.7 percent 
CO2 or O2; and
    (i) When the relative accuracy of a continuous moisture monitoring 
system is  7.5 percent or when the mean difference between 
the reference method values from the RATA and the corresponding 
monitoring system values is within  1.0 percent 
H2O.

       2.3.1.3  RATA Load Levels and Additional RATA Requirements

    (a) For SO2 pollutant concentration monitors, 
CO2 pollutant concentration monitors (including O2 
monitors used to determine CO2 emissions), CO2 or 
O2 diluent monitors used to determine heat input, 
NOX concentration monitoring systems, moisture monitoring 
systems, SO2-diluent monitoring systems and NOX-
diluent monitoring systems, the required semiannual or annual RATA tests 
shall be done at the load level designated as normal under section 
6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this part. If two load levels are designated as 
normal, the required RATA(s) may be done at either load level.
    (b) For flow monitors installed on peaking units and bypass stacks, 
all required semiannual or annual relative accuracy test audits shall be 
single-load audits at the normal load, as defined in section 6.5.2.1 of 
appendix A to this part.
    (c) For all other flow monitors, the RATAs shall be performed as 
follows:
    (1) An annual 2-load flow RATA shall be done at the two most 
frequently used load levels, as determined under section 6.5.2.1 of 
appendix A to this part.
    (2) If the flow monitor is on a semiannual RATA frequency, 2-load 
flow RATAs and single-load flow RATAs at normal load may be performed 
alternately.
    (3) A single-load annual flow RATA, at the most frequently used load 
level, may be performed in lieu of the 2-load RATA if the results of an 
historical load data analysis show that in the time period extending 
from the ending date of the last annual flow RATA to a date that is no 
more than 7 days prior to the date of the current annual flow RATA, the 
unit has operated at a single load level (low, mid or high) for 
 85.0 percent of the time. * * *
    (4) A 3-load RATA, at the low-, mid-, and high-load levels, 
determined under section 6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this part, shall be 
performed at least once in every period of five consecutive calendar 
years.
    (5) A 3-load RATA is required whenever a flow monitor is re-
linearized, i.e., when its polynomial coefficients or K factor(s) are 
changed.
    (6) For all multi-level flow audits, the audit points at adjacent 
load levels (e.g., mid and high) shall be separated by no less than 25.0 
percent of the ``range of operation,'' as defined in section 6.5.2.1 of 
appendix A to this part.
    (d) A RATA of a moisture monitoring system shall be performed 
whenever the coefficient, K factor or mathematical algorithm determined 
under section 6.5.7 of appendix A to this part is changed.

                    2.3.1.4  Number of RATA Attempts

    The owner or operator may perform as many RATA attempts as are 
necessary to achieve the desired relative accuracy test audit 
frequencies and/or bias adjustment factors. However, the data validation 
procedures in section 2.3.2 of this appendix must be followed.

[[Page 387]]

                         2.3.2  Data Validation

    (a) A RATA shall not commence if the monitoring system is operating 
out-of-control with respect to any of the daily and quarterly quality 
assurance assessments required by sections 2.1 and 2.2 of this appendix 
or with respect to the additional calibration error test requirements in 
section 2.1.3 of this appendix.
    (b) Each required RATA shall be done according to paragraphs (b)(1), 
(b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section:
    (1) The RATA may be done ``cold,'' i.e., with no corrective 
maintenance, repair, calibration adjustments, re-linearization or 
reprogramming of the monitoring system prior to the test.
    (2) The RATA may be done after performing only the routine or non-
routine calibration adjustments described in section 2.1.3 of this 
appendix at the zero and/or upscale calibration gas levels, but no other 
corrective maintenance, repair, re-linearization or reprogramming of the 
monitoring system. Trial RATA runs may be performed after the 
calibration adjustments and additional adjustments within the allowable 
limits in section 2.1.3 of this appendix may be made prior to the RATA, 
as necessary, to optimize the performance of the CEMS. The trial RATA 
runs need not be reported, provided that they meet the specification for 
trial RATA runs in Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(vii)(E)(2). However, if, for any 
trial run, the specification in Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(vii)(E)(2) is not met, 
the trial run shall be counted as an aborted RATA attempt.
    (3) The RATA may be done after repair, corrective maintenance, re-
linearization or reprogramming of the monitoring system. In this case, 
the monitoring system shall be considered out-of-control from the hour 
in which the repair, corrective maintenance, re-linearization or 
reprogramming is commenced until the RATA has been passed. 
Alternatively, the data validation procedures and associated timelines 
in Secs. 75.20(b)(3)(ii) through (ix) may be followed upon completion of 
the necessary repair, corrective maintenance, re-linearization or 
reprogramming. If the procedures in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) are used, the words 
``quality assurance'' apply instead of the word ``recertification.''
    (c) Once a RATA is commenced, the test must be done hands-off. No 
adjustment of the monitor's calibration is permitted during the RATA 
test period, other than the routine calibration adjustments following 
daily calibration error tests, as described in section 2.1.3 of this 
appendix. For 2-level and 3-level flow monitor audits, no linearization 
or reprogramming of the monitor is permitted in between load levels.
    (d) For single-load RATAs, if a daily calibration error test is 
failed during a RATA test period, prior to completing the test, the RATA 
must be repeated. Data from the monitor are invalidated prospectively 
from the hour of the failed calibration error test until the hour of 
completion of a subsequent successful calibration error test. The 
subsequent RATA shall not be commenced until the monitor has 
successfully passed a calibration error test in accordance with section 
2.1.3 of this appendix. For multiple-load flow RATAs, each load level is 
treated as a separate RATA (i.e., when a calibration error test is 
failed prior to completing the RATA at a particular load level, only the 
RATA at that load level must be repeated; the results of any previously-
passed RATA(s) at the other load level(s) are unaffected, unless re-
linearization of the monitor is required to correct the problem that 
caused the calibration failure, in which case a subsequent 3-load RATA 
is required).
    (e) If a RATA is failed (that is, if the relative accuracy exceeds 
the applicable specification in section 3.3 of appendix A to this part) 
or if the RATA is aborted prior to completion due to a problem with the 
CEMS, then the CEMS is out-of-control and all emission data from the 
CEMS are invalidated prospectively from the hour in which the RATA is 
failed or aborted. Data from the CEMS remain invalid until the hour of 
completion of a subsequent RATA that meets the applicable specification 
in section 3.3 of appendix A to this part, unless the option in 
paragraph (b)(3) of this section to use the data validation procedures 
and associated timelines in Secs. 75.20(b)(3)(ii) through (b)(3)(ix) has 
been selected, in which case the beginning and end of the out-of-control 
period shall be determined in accordance with Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(vii)(A) 
and (B). Note that a monitoring system shall not be considered out-of-
control when a RATA is aborted for a reason other than monitoring system 
malfunction (see paragraph (h) of this section).
    (f) For a 2-level or 3-level flow RATA, if, at any load level, a 
RATA is failed or aborted due to a problem with the flow monitor, the 
RATA at that load level must be repeated. The flow monitor is considered 
out-of-control and data from the monitor are invalidated from the hour 
in which the test is failed or aborted and remain invalid until the 
passing of a RATA at the failed load level, unless the option in 
paragraph (b)(3) of this section to use the data validation procedures 
and associated timelines in Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(ii) through (b)(3)(ix) has 
been selected, in which case the beginning and end of the out-of-control 
period shall be determined in accordance with Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(vii)(A) 
and (B). Flow RATA(s) that were previously passed at the other load 
level(s) do not have to be repeated unless the flow monitor must be re-
linearized following the failed or aborted test. If the flow monitor is 
re-linearized, a subsequent 3-load RATA is required.

[[Page 388]]

    (g) For a CO2 pollutant concentration monitor (or an 
O2 monitor used to measure CO2 emissions) which 
also serves as the diluent component in a NOX-diluent (or 
SO2-diluent) monitoring system, if the CO2 (or 
O2) RATA is failed, then both the CO2 (or 
O2) monitor and the associated NOX-diluent (or 
SO2-diluent) system are considered out-of-control, beginning 
with the hour of completion of the failed CO2 (or 
O2) monitor RATA, and continuing until the hour of completion 
of subsequent hands-off RATAs which demonstrate that both systems have 
met the applicable relative accuracy specifications in sections 3.3.2 
and 3.3.3 of appendix A to this part, unless the option in paragraph 
(b)(3) of this section to use the data validation procedures and 
associated timelines in Secs. 75.20(b)(3)(ii) through (b)(3)(ix) has 
been selected, in which case the beginning and end of the out-of-control 
period shall be determined in accordance with Secs. 75.20(b)(3)(vii) (A) 
and (B).
    (h) For each monitoring system, report the results of all completed 
and partial RATAs that affect data validation (i.e., all completed, 
passed RATAs; all completed, failed RATAs; and all RATAs aborted due to 
a problem with the CEMS, including trial RATA runs counted as failed 
test attempts under paragraph (b)(2) of this section or under 
Sec. 75.20(b)(3)(vii)(F)) in the quarterly report required under 
Sec. 75.64. Note that RATA attempts that are aborted or invalidated due 
to problems with the reference method or due to operational problems 
with the affected unit(s) need not be reported. Such runs do not affect 
the validation status of emission data recorded by the CEMS. However, a 
record of all RATAs, trial RATA runs and RATA attempts (whether reported 
or not) must be kept on-site as part of the official test log for each 
monitoring system.
    (i) Each time that a hands-off RATA of an SO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor, a NOX-diluent monitoring system, a 
NOX concentration monitoring system or a flow monitor is 
passed, perform a bias test in accordance with section 7.6.4 of appendix 
A to this part. Apply the appropriate bias adjustment factor to the 
reported SO2, NOX, or flow rate data, in 
accordance with section 7.6.5 of appendix A to this part.
    (j) Failure of the bias test does not result in the monitoring 
system being out-of-control.

                         2.3.3 RATA Grace Period

    (a) The owner or operator has a grace period of 720 consecutive unit 
operating hours, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter (or, for CEMS 
installed on common stacks or bypass stacks, 720 consecutive stack 
operating hours, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter), in which to 
complete the required RATA for a particular CEMS whenever: a required 
RATA has not been performed by the end of the QA operating quarter in 
which it is due; or five consecutive calendar years have elapsed without 
a required 3-load flow RATA having been conducted; or for a unit which 
is conditionally exempted under Sec. 75.21(a)(7) from the SO2 
RATA requirements of this part, an SO2 RATA has not been 
completed by the end of the calendar quarter in which the annual usage 
of fuel(s) with a sulfur content higher than very low sulfur fuel(as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) exceeds 480 hours; or eight 
successive calendar quarters have elapsed, following the quarter in 
which a RATA was last performed, without a subsequent RATA having been 
done, due either to infrequent operation of the unit(s) or frequent 
combustion of very low sulfur fuel, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this 
chapter (SO2 monitors, only), or a combination of these 
factors.
    (b) Except for SO2 monitoring system RATAs, the grace 
period shall begin with the first unit (or stack) operating hour 
following the calendar quarter in which the required RATA was due. For 
SO2 monitor RATAs, the grace period shall begin with the 
first unit (or stack) operating hour in which fuel with a total sulfur 
content higher than that of very low sulfur fuel (as defined in 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter) is burned in the unit(s), following the 
quarter in which the required RATA is due. Data validation during a RATA 
grace period shall be done in accordance with the applicable provisions 
in section 2.3.2 of this appendix.
    (c) If, at the end of the 720 unit (or stack) operating hour grace 
period, the RATA has not been completed, data from the monitoring system 
shall be invalid, beginning with the first unit operating hour following 
the expiration of the grace period. Data from the CEMS remain invalid 
until the hour of completion of a subsequent hands-off RATA. Note that 
when a RATA (or RATAs, if more than one attempt is made) is done during 
a grace period in order to satisfy a RATA requirement from a previous 
quarter, the deadline for the next RATA shall be determined from the 
quarter in which the RATA was due, not from the quarter in which the 
RATA is actually completed. However, if a RATA deadline determined in 
this manner is less than two QA operating quarters from the quarter in 
which the missed RATA is completed , the RATA deadline shall be re-set 
at two QA operating quarters from the quarter in which the missed RATA 
is completed .

                      2.3.4  Bias Adjustment Factor

    Except as otherwise specified in section 7.6.5 of appendix A to this 
part, if an SO2 pollutant concentration monitor, flow 
monitor, NOX continuous emission monitoring system, or 
NOX concentration monitoring system used to calculate 
NOX mass emissions fails the bias test specified in section 
7.6 of appendix A to this part, use the bias adjustment factor given in 
Equations A-11 and A-

[[Page 389]]

12 of appendix A to this part to adjust the monitored data.

    2.4  Recertification, Quality Assurance, RATA Frequency and Bias 
               Adjustment Factors (Special Considerations)

    (a) When a significant change is made to a monitoring system such 
that recertification of the monitoring system is required in accordance 
with Sec. 75.20(b), a recertification test (or tests) must be performed 
to ensure that the CEMS continues to generate valid data. In all 
recertifications, a RATA will be one of the required tests; for some 
recertifications, other tests will also be required. A recertification 
test may be used to satisfy the quality assurance test requirement of 
this appendix. For example, if, for a particular change made to a CEMS, 
one of the required recertification tests is a linearity check and the 
linearity check is successful, then, unless another such recertification 
event occurs in that same QA operating quarter, it would not be 
necessary to perform an additional linearity test of the CEMS in that 
quarter to meet the quality assurance requirement of section 2.2.1 of 
this appendix. For this reason, EPA recommends that owners or operators 
coordinate component replacements, system upgrades, and other events 
that may require recertification, to the extent practicable, with the 
periodic quality assurance testing required by this appendix. When a 
quality assurance test is done for the dual purpose of recertification 
and routine quality assurance, the applicable data validation procedures 
in Sec. 75.20(b)(3) shall be followed.
    (b) Except as provided in section 2.3.3 of this appendix, whenever a 
passing RATA of a gas monitor or a passing 2-load or 3-load RATA of a 
flow monitor is performed (irrespective of whether the RATA is done to 
satisfy a recertification requirement or to meet the quality assurance 
requirements of this appendix, or both), the RATA frequency (semi-annual 
or annual) shall be established based upon the date and time of 
completion of the RATA and the relative accuracy percentage obtained. 
For 2-load and 3-load flow RATAs, use the highest percentage relative 
accuracy at any of the loads to determine the RATA frequency. The 
results of a single-load flow RATA may be used to establish the RATA 
frequency when the single-load flow RATA is specifically required under 
section 2.3.1.3(b) of this appendix (for flow monitors installed on 
peaking units and bypass stacks) or when the single-load RATA is allowed 
under section 2.3.1.3(c) of this appendix for a unit that has operated 
at the most frequently used load level for 85.0 percent of 
the time since the last annual flow RATA. No other single-load flow RATA 
may be used to establish an annual RATA frequency; however, a 2-load or 
3-load flow RATA may be performed at any time or in place of any 
required single-load RATA, in order to establish an annual RATA 
frequency.

                            2.5  Other Audits

    Affected units may be subject to relative accuracy test audits at 
any time. If a monitor or continuous emission monitoring system fails 
the relative accuracy test during the audit, the monitor or continuous 
emission monitoring system shall be considered to be out-of-control 
beginning with the date and time of completion of the audit, and 
continuing until a successful audit test is completed following 
corrective action. If a monitor or monitoring system fails the bias test 
during an audit, use the bias adjustment factor given by equations A-11 
and A-12 in appendix A to this part to adjust the monitored data. Apply 
this adjustment factor from the date and time of completion of the audit 
until the date and time of completion of a relative accuracy test audit 
that does not show bias.

                     Figure 1 to Appendix B of Part 75--Quality Assurance Test Requirements.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         QA test frequency requirements
                             Test                             --------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Daily*         Quarterly*      Semiannual*
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calibration Error (2 pt.)....................................  ...............  ...............  ...............
Interference (flow)..........................................  ...............  ...............  ...............
Flow-to-Load Ratio...........................................  ...............  ...............  ...............
Leak Check (DP flow monitors)................................  ...............  ...............  ...............
Linearity (3 pt.)............................................  ...............  ...............  ...............
RATA (SO2, NOX, CO2, H2O)1...................................  ...............  ...............  ...............
RATA (flow)1,2...............................................  ...............  ...............  ...............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-For monitors on bypass stack/duct, ``daily'' means bypass operating days, only. ``Quarterly'' means once every
  QA operating quarter. ``Semiannual'' means once every two QA operating quarters.
\1\ Conduct RATA annually (i.e., once every four QA operating quarters), if monitor meets accuracy requirements
  to qualify for less frequent testing.
\2\ For flow monitors installed on peaking units and bypass stacks, conduct all RATAs at a single, normal load.
  For other flow monitors, conduct annual RATAs at the two load levels used most frequently since the last
  annual RATA. Alternating single-load and 2-load RATAs may be done if a monitor is on a semiannual frequency. A
  single-load RATA may be done in lieu of a 2-load RATA if, since the last annual flow RATA, the unit has
  operated at one load level for 85.0 percent of the time. A 3-load RATA is required at least once in
  every period of five consecutive calendar years and whenever a flow monitor is re-linearized.


[[Page 390]]


   Figure 2 to Appendix B of Part 75--Relative Accuracy Test Frequency
                            Incentive System.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Semiannual 1
              RATA                     (percent)           Annual 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SO2 or NOX3.....................  7.5% RA 
                                   eq> 10.0% or        7.5% or  15.0   minus> 12.0 ppm2
                                   ppm2.
SO2-diluent.....................  7.5%  RA 
                                   eq> 10.0% or        7.5% or         minus> 0.025.
                                   0.030.
                                  lb/mmBtu 2........  lb/mmBtu 2
NOX-diluent.....................  7.5%  RA 
                                   eq> 10.0% or        7.5% or         minus> 0.015.
                                   0.020.
                                  lb/mmBtu 2........  lb/mmBtu 2.
Flow (Phase I)..................  10.0%  RA 
                                   eq> 15.0% or        10.0%.
                                    1.5
                                   fps 2.
Flow (Phase II).................  7.5%  RA 
                                   eq> 10.0% or        7.5%.
                                    1.5
                                   fps 2.
CO2 or O2.......................  7.5%  RA 
                                   eq> 10.0% or        7.5% or  1.0%   minus> 0.7% CO2/
                                   CO2/O22.            O22.
Moisture........................  7.5%  RA 
                                   eq> 10.0% or        7.5% or  1.5%   minus> 1.0% H2O2.
                                   H2O2.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The deadline for the next RATA is the end of the second (if
  semiannual) or fourth (if annual) successive QA operating quarter
  following the quarter in which the CEMS was last tested. Exclude
  calendar quarters with fewer than 168 unit operating hours (or, for
  common stacks and bypass stacks, exclude quarters with fewer than 168
  stack operating hours) in determining the RATA deadline. For SO2
  monitors, QA operating quarters in which only very low sulfur fuel as
  defined in Sec.  72.2, is combusted may also be excluded. However, the
  exclusion of calendar quarters is limited as follows: the deadline for
  the next RATA shall be no more than 8 calendar quarters after the
  quarter in which a RATA was last performed.
\2\ The difference between monitor and reference method mean values
  applies to moisture monitors, CO2, and O2 monitors, low emitters, or
  low flow, only.
\3\ A NOX concentration monitoring system used to determine NO2 mass
  emissions under Sec.  75.71.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26546, 26571, May 17, 
1995; 61 FR 59165, Nov. 20, 1996; 64 FR 28644, May 26, 1999]

        Appendix C to Part 75--Missing Data Estimation Procedures

     1. Parametric Monitoring Procedure for Missing SO2 
           Concentration or NOX Emission Rate Data

                           1.1  Applicability

    The owner or operator of any affected unit equipped with post-
combustion SO2 or NOx emission controls and 
SO2 pollutant concentration monitors and/or NOx 
continuous emission monitoring systems at the inlet and outlet of the 
emission control system may apply to the Administrator for approval and 
certification of a parametric, empirical, or process simulation method 
or model for calculating substitute data for missing data periods. Such 
methods may be used to parametrically estimate the removal efficiency of 
the SO2 of postcombustion NOx emission controls 
which, with the monitored inlet concentration or emission rate data, may 
be used to estimate the average concentration of SO2 
emissions or average emission rate of NOx discharged to the 
atmosphere. After approval by the Administrator, such method or model 
may be used for filling in missing SO2 concentration or 
NOx emission rate data when data from the outlet 
SO2 pollutant concentration monitor or outlet NOx 
continuous emission monitoring system have been reported with an annual 
monitor data availability of 90.0 percent or more.
    Base the empirical and process simulation methods or models on the 
fundamental chemistry and engineering principles involved in the 
treatment of pollutant gas. On a case-by-case basis, the Administrator 
may pre-certify commercially available process simulation methods and 
models.

                       1.2  Petition Requirements

    Continuously monitor, determine, and record hourly averages of the 
estimated SO2 or NOX removal efficiency and of the 
parameters specified below, at a minimum. The affected facility shall 
supply additional parametric information where appropriate. Measure the 
SO2 concentration or NOX emission rate, removal 
efficiency of the add-on emission controls, and the parameters for at 
least 2160 unit operating hours. Provide information for all expected 
operating conditions and removal efficiencies. At least 4 evenly spaced 
data points are required for a valid hourly average, except during 
periods of calibration, maintenance, or quality assurance activities, 
during which 2 data points per hour are sufficient. The Administrator 
will review all applications on a case-by-case basis.
    1.2.1  Parameters for Wet Flue Gas Desulfurization System
    1.2.1.1  Number of scrubber modules in operation.
    1.2.1.2  Total slurry rate to each scrubber module (gal per min).
    1.2.1.3  In-line absorber pH of each scrubber module.
    1.2.1.4  Pressure differential across each scrubber module (inches 
of water column).
    1.2.1.5  Unit load (MWe).
    1.2.1.6  Inlet and outlet SO2 concentration as determined 
by the monitor or missing data substitution procedures.
    1.2.1.7  Percent solids in slurry for each scrubber module.
    1.2.1.8  Any other parameters necessary to verify scrubber removal 
efficiency, if the Administrator determines the parameters above are not 
sufficient.
    1.2.2  Parameters for Dry Flue Gas Desulfurization System

[[Page 391]]

    1.2.2.1  Number of scrubber modules in operation.
    1.2.2.2  Atomizer slurry flow rate to each scrubber module (gal per 
min).
    1.2.2.3  Inlet and outlet temperature for each scrubber module ( 
deg.F).
    1.2.2.4  Pressure differential across each scrubber module (inches 
of water column).
    1.2.2.5  Unit load (MWe).
    1.2.2.6  Inlet and outlet SO2 concentration as determined 
by the monitor or missing data substitution procedures.
    1.2.2.7  Any other parameters necessary to verify scrubber removal 
efficiency, if the Administrator determines the parameters above are not 
sufficient.

      1.2.3  Parameters for Other Flue Gas Desulfurization Systems

    If SO2 control technologies other than wet or dry lime or 
limestone scrubbing are selected for flue gas desulfurization, a 
corresponding empirical correlation or process simulation parametric 
method using appropriate parameters may be developed by the owner or 
operator of the affected unit, and then reviewed and approved or 
modified by the Administrator on a case-by-case basis.

 1.2.4  Parameters for Post-Combustion NOx Emission Controls

    1.2.4.1  Inlet air flow rate to the unit (boiler) (mcf/hr).
    1.2.4.2  Excess oxygen concentration of flue gas at stack outlet 
(percent).
    1.2.4.3  Carbon monoxide concentration of flue gas at stack outlet 
(ppm).
    1.2.4.4  Temperature of flue gas at outlet of the unit (  deg.F).
    1.2.4.5  Inlet and outlet NOx emission rate as determined 
by the NOx continuous emission monitoring system or missing 
data substitution procedures.
    1.2.4.6  Any other parameters specific to the emission reduction 
process necessary to verify the NOx control removal 
efficiency, (e.g., reagent feedrate in gal/mi).

              1.3  Correlation of Emissions With Parameters

    Establish a method for correlating hourly averages of the parameters 
identified above with the percent removal efficiency of the 
SO2 or post-combustion NOX emission controls under 
varying unit operating loads. Equations 1-7 in Sec. 75.15 may be used to 
estimate the percent removal efficiency of the SO2 emission 
controls on an hourly basis.
    Each parametric data substitution procedure should develop a data 
correlation procedure to verify the performance of the SO2 
emission controls or post-combustion NOx emission controls, 
along with the SO2 pollutant concentration monitor and 
NOx continuous emission monitoring system values for varying 
unit load ranges.
    For NOx emission rate data, and wherever the performance 
of the emission controls varies with the load, use the load range 
procedure provided in section 2.2 of this appendix.

                            1.4  Calculations

    1.4.1  Use the following equation to calculate substitute data for 
filling in missing (outlet) SO2 pollutant concentration 
monitor data.

Mo = Ic (1-E)
(Eq. C-1)

where,

Mo = Substitute data for outlet SO2 concentration, 
ppm.
Ic = Recorded inlet SO2 concentration, ppm.
E = Removal efficiency of SO2 emission controls as determined 
by the correlation procedure described in section 1.3 of this appendix.

    1.4.2  Use the following equation to calculate substitute data for 
filling in missing (outlet) NOx emission rate data.

Mo = Ic (1-E)
(Eq. C-2)

where,
Mo = Substitute data for outlet NOx emission rate, 
lb/mmBtu.
Ic = Recorded inlet NOx emission rate, lb/mmBtu.
E = Removal efficiency of post-combustion NOx emission 
controls determined by the correlation procedure described in section 
1.3 of this appendix.

                            1.5  Missing Data

    1.5.1  If both the inlet and the outlet SO2 pollutant 
concentration monitors are unavailable simultaneously, use the maximum 
inlet SO2 concentration recorded by the inlet SO2 
pollutant concentration monitor during the previous 720 quality assured 
monitor operating hours to substitute for the inlet SO2 
concentration in equation C-1 of this appendix.
    1.5.2  If both the inlet and outlet NOx continuous 
emission monitoring systems are unavailable simultaneously, use the 
maximum inlet NOx emission rate for the corresponding unit 
load recorded by the NOx continuous emission monitoring 
system at the inlet during the previous 2160 quality assured monitor 
operating hours to substitute for the inlet NOx emission rate 
in equation C-2 of this appendix.

                            1.6  Application

    Apply to the Administrator for approval and certification of the 
parametric substitution procedure for filling in missing SO2 
concentration or NOx emission rate data

[[Page 392]]

using the established criteria and information identified above. DO not 
use this procedure until approved by the Administrator.

    2. Load-Based Procedure for Missing Flow Rate and NOX 
                           Emission Rate Data

                           2.1  Applicability

    This procedure is applicable for data from all affected units for 
use in accordance with the provisions of this part to provide substitute 
data for volumetric flow rate (scfh), NOX emission rate (in 
lb/mmBtu) from NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring 
systems, and NOX concentration data (in ppm) from NOx 
concentration monitoring systems used to determine NOX mass 
emissions.

                             2.2  Procedure

    2.2.1  For a single unit, establish ten operating load ranges 
defined in terms of percent of the maximum hourly average gross load of 
the unit, in gross megawatts (MWge), as shown in Table C-1. (Do not use 
integrated hourly gross load in MW-hr.) For units sharing a common stack 
monitored with a single flow monitor, the load ranges for flow (but not 
for NOX) may be broken down into 20 operating load ranges in 
increments of 5.0 percent of the combined maximum hourly average gross 
load of all units utilizing the common stack. If this option is 
selected, the twentieth (uppermost) operating load range shall include 
all values greater than 95.0 percent of the maximum hourly average gross 
load. For a cogenerating unit or other unit at which some portion of the 
heat input is not used to produce electricity or for a unit for which 
hourly average gross load in MWge is not recorded separately, use the 
hourly gross steam load of the unit, in pounds of steam per hour at the 
measured temperature ( deg.F) and pressure (psia) instead of MWge. 
Indicate a change in the number of load ranges or the units of loads to 
be used in the precertification section of the monitoring plan.

     Table C-1.--Definition of Operating Load Ranges for Load-based
                      Substitution Data Procedures
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Percent of
                                                               maximum
                                                            hourly gross
                                                               load or
                   Operating load range                        maximum
                                                            hourly gross
                                                             steam load
                                                              (percent)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.........................................................       0-10
2.........................................................      10-20
3.........................................................      20-30
4.........................................................      30-40
5.........................................................      40-50
6.........................................................      50-60
7.........................................................      60-70
8.........................................................      70-80
9.........................................................      80-90
10........................................................         90
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    2.2.2  Beginning with the first hour of unit operation after 
installation and certification of the flow monitor or the 
NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system (or a 
NOX concentration monitoring system used to determine 
NOX mass emissions, as defined in Sec. 75.71(a)(2)), for each 
hour of unit operation record a number, 1 through 10, (or 1 through 20 
for flow at common stacks) that identifies the operating load range 
corresponding to the integrated hourly gross load of the unit(s) 
recorded for each unit operating hour.
    2.2.3  Beginning with the first hour of unit operation after 
installation and certification of the flow monitor or the 
NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system (or a 
NOX concentration monitoring system used to determine 
NOX mass emissions, as defined in Sec. 75.71(a)(2)) and 
continuing thereafter, the data acquisition and handling system must be 
capable of calculating and recording the following information for each 
unit operating hour of missing flow or NOX data within each 
identified load range during the shorter of: (a) the previous 2,160 
quality assured monitor operating hours (on a rolling basis), or (b) all 
previous quality assured monitor operating hours.
    2.2.3.1  Average of the hourly flow rates reported by a flow 
monitor, in scfh.
    2.2.3.2  The 90th percentile value of hourly flow rates, in scfh.
    2.2.3.3  The 95th percentile value of hourly flow rates, in scfh.
    2.2.3.4  The maximum value of hourly flow rates, in scfh.
    2.2.3.5  Average of the hourly NOX emission rate, in lb/
mmBtu, reported by a NOX continuous emission monitoring 
system.
    2.2.3.6  The 90th percentile value of hourly NOX emission 
rates, in lb/mmBtu.
    2.2.3.7  The 95th percentile value of hourly NOX emission 
rates, in lb/mmBtu.
    2.2.3.8  The maximum value of hourly NOX emission rates, 
in lb/mmBtu.
    2.2.3.9  Average of the hourly NOX pollutant 
concentrations, in ppm, reported by a NOX concentration 
monitoring system used to determine NOX mass emissions, as 
defined in Sec. 75.71(a)(2).
    2.2.3.10  The 90th percentile value of hourly NOX 
pollutant concentration, in ppm.

[[Page 393]]

    2.2.3.11  The 95th percentile value of hourly NOX 
pollutant concentration, in ppm.
    2.2.3.12  The maximum value of hourly NOX pollutant 
concentration, in ppm.
    2.2.4  Calculate all monitor or continuous emission monitoring 
system data averages, maximum values, and percentile values determined 
by this procedure using bias adjusted values in the load ranges.
    2.2.5  When a bias adjustment is necessary for the flow monitor and/
or the NOX-diluent continuous emission monitoring system 
(and/or the NOX concentration monitoring system used to 
determine NOX mass emissions, as defined in 
Sec. 75.71(a)(2)), apply the adjustment factor to all monitor or 
continuous emission monitoring system data values placed in the load 
ranges.
    2.2.6  Use the calculated monitor or monitoring system data 
averages, maximum values, and percentile values to substitute for 
missing flow rate and NOX emission rate data (and where 
applicable, NOX concentration data) according to the 
procedures in subpart D of this part.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26547, 26548, May 17, 
1995; 63 FR 57313, Oct. 27, 1998; 64 FR 28652, May 26, 1999]

 Appendix D to Part 75--Optional SO2 Emissions Data Protocol 
                    for Gas-Fired and Oil-Fired Units

                            1. Applicability

    1.1  This protocol may be used in lieu of continuous SO2 
pollutant concentration and flow monitors for the purpose of determining 
hourly SO2 mass emissions and heat input from: gas-fired 
units, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, or oil-fired units, as 
defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter. Section 2.1 of this appendix 
provides procedures for measuring oil or gaseous fuel flow using a fuel 
flowmeter, section 2.2 of this appendix provides procedures for 
conducting oil sampling and analysis to determine sulfur content and 
gross calorific value (GCV) of fuel oil, and section 2.3 of this 
appendix provides procedures for determining the sulfur content and GCV 
of gaseous fuels.
    1.2  Pursuant to the procedures in Sec. 75.20, complete all testing 
requirements to certify use of this protocol in lieu of a flow monitor 
and an SO2 continuous emission monitoring system. Complete 
all testing requirements no later than the applicable deadline specified 
in Sec. 75.4. Apply to the Administrator for initial certification to 
use this protocol no later than 45 days after the completion of all 
certification tests. Whenever the monitoring method is to be changed, 
reapply to the Administrator for recertification of the new monitoring 
method.

                              2. Procedure

                    2.1  Fuel Flowmeter Measurements

    For each hour when the unit is combusting fuel, measure and record 
the flow rate of fuel combusted by the unit, except as provided in 
section 2.1.4 of this appendix. Measure the flow rate of fuel with an 
in-line fuel flowmeter, and automatically record the data with a data 
acquisition and handling system, except as provided in section 2.1.4 of 
this appendix.
    2.1.1  Measure the flow rate of each fuel entering and being 
combusted by the unit. If, on an annual basis, more than 5.0 percent of 
the fuel from the main pipe is diverted from the unit without being 
burned and that diversion occurs downstream of the fuel flowmeter, an 
additional in-line fuel flowmeter is required to account for the 
unburned fuel. In this case, record the flow rate of each fuel combusted 
by the unit as the difference between the flow measured in the pipe 
leading to the unit and the flow in the pipe diverting fuel away from 
the unit. However, the additional fuel flowmeter is not required if, on 
an annual basis, the total amount of fuel diverted away from the unit, 
expressed as a percentage of the total annual fuel usage by the unit is 
demonstrated to be less than or equal to 5.0 percent. The owner or 
operator may make this demonstration in the following manner:
    2.1.1.1  For existing units with fuel usage data from fuel 
flowmeters, if data are submitted from a previous year demonstrating 
that the total diverted yearly fuel does not exceed 5% of the total fuel 
used; or
    2.1.1.2  For new units which do not have historical data, if a 
letter is submitted signed by the designated representative certifying 
that, in the future, the diverted fuel will not exceed 5.0% of the total 
annual fuel usage; or
    2.1.1.3  By using a method approved by the Administrator under 
Sec. 75.66(d).
    2.1.2  Install and use fuel flowmeters meeting the requirements of 
this appendix in a pipe going to each unit, or install and use a fuel 
flowmeter in a common pipe header (i.e., a pipe carrying fuel for 
multiple units). However, the use of a fuel flowmeter in a common pipe 
header and the provisions of sections 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2 of this 
appendix are not applicable to any unit that is using the provisions of 
subpart H of this part to monitor, record, and report NOX 
mass emissions under a state or federal NOX mass emission 
reduction program. For all other units, if the fuel flowmeter is 
installed in a common pipe header, do one of the following:
    2.1.2.1  Measure the fuel flow rate in the common pipe, and combine 
SO2 mass emissions for the affected units for recordkeeping 
and compliance purposes; or

[[Page 394]]

    2.1.2.2  Provide information satisfactory to the Administrator on 
methods for apportioning SO2 mass emissions and heat input to 
each of the affected units demonstrating that the method ensures 
complete and accurate accounting of the actual emissions from each of 
the affected units included in the apportionment and all emissions 
regulated under this part. The information shall be provided to the 
Administrator through a petition submitted by the designated 
representative under Sec. 75.66. Satisfactory information includes: the 
proposed apportionment, using fuel flow measurements; the ratio of 
hourly integrated gross load (in MWe-hr) in each unit to the total load 
for all units receiving fuel from the common pipe header, or the ratio 
of hourly steam flow (in 1000 lb) at each unit to the total steam flow 
for all units receiving fuel from the common pipe header (see section 
3.4.3 of this appendix); and documentation that shows the provisions of 
sections 2.1.5 and 2.1.6 of this appendix have been met for the fuel 
flowmeter used in the apportionment.
    2.1.3  For a gas-fired unit or an oil-fired unit that continuously 
or frequently combusts a supplemental fuel for flame stabilization or 
safety purposes, measure the flow rate of the supplemental fuel with a 
fuel flowmeter meeting the requirements of this appendix.

     2.1.4  Situations in Which Certified Flowmeter is Not Required

                   2.1.4.1  Start-up or Ignition Fuel

    For an oil-fired unit that uses gas solely for start-up or burner 
ignition or a gas-fired unit that uses oil solely for start-up or burner 
ignition, a flowmeter for the start-up fuel is not required. Estimate 
the volume of oil combusted for each start-up or ignition either by 
using a fuel flowmeter or by using the dimensions of the storage 
container and measuring the depth of the fuel in the storage container 
before and after each start-up or ignition. A fuel flowmeter used solely 
for start-up or ignition fuel is not subject to the calibration 
requirements of sections 2.1.5 and 2.1.6 of this appendix. Gas combusted 
solely for start-up or burner ignition does not need to be measured 
separately.

        2.1.4.2  Gas or Oil Flowmeter Used for Commercial Billing

    A gas or oil flowmeter used for commercial billing of natural gas or 
oil may be used to measure, record, and report hourly fuel flow rate. A 
gas or oil flowmeter used for commercial billing of natural gas or oil 
is not required to meet the certification requirements of section 2.1.5 
of this appendix or the quality assurance requirements of section 2.1.6 
of this appendix under the following circumstances:
    (a) The gas or oil flowmeter is used for commercial billing under a 
contract, provided that the company providing the gas or oil under the 
contract and each unit combusting the gas or oil do not have any common 
owners and are not owned by subsidiaries or affiliates of the same 
company;
    (b) The designated representative reports hourly records of gas or 
oil flow rate, heat input rate, and emissions due to combustion of 
natural gas or oil;
    (c) The designated representative also reports hourly records of 
heat input rate for each unit, if the gas or oil flowmeter is on a 
common pipe header, consistent with section 2.1.2 of this appendix;
    (d) The designated representative reports hourly records directly 
from the gas or oil flowmeter used for commercial billing if these 
records are the values used, without adjustment, for commercial billing, 
or reports hourly records using the missing data procedures of section 
2.4 of this appendix if these records are not the values used, without 
adjustment, for commercial billing; and
    (e) The designated representative identifies the gas or oil 
flowmeter in the unit's monitoring plan.

                         2.1.4.3 Emergency Fuel

    The designated representative of a unit that is restricted by its 
Federal, State or local permit to combusting a particular fuel only 
during emergencies where the primary fuel is not available is exempt 
from certifying a fuel flowmeter for use during combustion of the 
emergency fuel. During any hour in which the emergency fuel is 
combusted, report the hourly heat input to be the maximum rated heat 
input of the unit for the fuel. Additionally, begin sampling the 
emergency fuel for sulfur content only using the procedures under 
section 2.2 (for oil) or 2.3 (for gas) of this appendix. The designated 
representative shall also provide notice under Sec. 75.61(a)(6)(ii) for 
each period when the emergency fuel is combusted.

    2.1.5  Initial Certification Requirement for all Fuel Flowmeters

    For the purposes of initial certification, each fuel flowmeter used 
to meet the requirements of this protocol shall meet a flowmeter 
accuracy of 2.0 percent of the upper range value (i.e. maximum 
calibrated fuel flow rate) across the range of fuel flow rate to be 
measured at the unit. Flowmeter accuracy may be determined under section 
2.1.5.1 of this appendix for initial certification in any of the 
following ways (as applicable): by design or by measurement under 
laboratory conditions; by the manufacturer; by an independent 
laboratory; or by the owner or operator. Flowmeter accuracy may also be 
determined under section 2.1.5.2 of

[[Page 395]]

this appendix by measurement against a NIST traceable reference method.
    2.1.5.1  Use the procedures in the following standards to verify 
flowmeter accuracy or design, as appropriate to the type of flowmeter: 
ASME MFC-3M-1989 with September 1990 Errata (``Measurement of Fluid Flow 
in Pipes Using Orifice, Nozzle, and Venturi''); ASME MFC-4M-1986 
(Reaffirmed 1990), ``Measurement of Gas Flow by Turbine Meters;'' 
American Gas Association Report No. 3, ``Orifice Metering of Natural Gas 
and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids Part 1: General Equations and 
Uncertainty Guidelines'' (October 1990 Edition), Part 2: ``Specification 
and Installation Requirements'' (February 1991 Edition), and Part 3: 
``Natural Gas Applications'' (August 1992 edition) (excluding the 
modified flow-calculation method in part 3); Section 8, Calibration from 
American Gas Association Transmission Measurement Committee Report No. 
7: Measurement of Gas by Turbine Meters (Second Revision, April, 1996); 
ASME MFC-5M-1985 (``Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits Using 
Transit-Time Ultrasonic Flowmeters''); ASME MFC-6M-1987 with June 1987 
Errata (``Measurement of Fluid Flow in Pipes Using Vortex Flow 
Meters''); ASME MFC-7M-1987 (Reaffirmed 1992), ``Measurement of Gas Flow 
by Means of Critical Flow Venturi Nozzles;'' ISO 8316: 1987(E) 
``Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits--Method by Collection of 
the Liquid in a Volumetric Tank;'' American Petroleum Institute (API) 
Section 2, ``Conventional Pipe Provers'', Section 3, ``Small Volume 
Provers'', and Section 5, ``Master-Meter Provers'', from Chapter 4 of 
the Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards, October 1988 (Reaffirmed 
1993); or ASME MFC-9M-1988 with December 1989 Errata (``Measurement of 
Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits by Weighing Method''), for all other 
flowmeter types (incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6). The 
Administrator may also approve other procedures that use equipment 
traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology standards. 
Document such procedures, the equipment used, and the accuracy of the 
procedures in the monitoring plan for the unit, and submit a petition 
signed by the designated representative under Sec. 75.66(c). If the 
flowmeter accuracy exceeds 2.0 percent of the upper range value, the 
flowmeter does not qualify for use under this part.
    2.1.5.2  (a) Alternatively, determine the flowmeter accuracy of a 
fuel flowmeter used for the purposes of this part by comparing it to the 
measured flow from a reference flowmeter which has been either designed 
according to the specifications of American Gas Association Report No. 3 
or ASME MFC-3M-1989, as cited in section 2.1.5.1 of this appendix, or 
tested for accuracy during the previous 365 days, using a standard 
listed in section 2.1.5.1 of this appendix or other procedure approved 
by the Administrator under Sec. 75.66 (all standards incorporated by 
reference under Sec. 75.6). Any secondary elements, such as pressure and 
temperature transmitters, must be calibrated immediately prior to the 
comparison. Perform the comparison over a period of no more than seven 
consecutive unit operating days. Compare the average of three fuel flow 
rate readings over 20 minutes or longer for each meter at each of three 
different flow rate levels. The three flow rate levels shall correspond 
to:
    (1) Normal full unit operating load,
    (2) Normal minimum unit operating load,
    (3) A load point approximately equally spaced between the full and 
minimum unit operating loads, and
    (4) Calculate the flowmeter accuracy at each of the three flow 
levels using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.012

Where:
ACC=Flowmeter accuracy at a particular load level, as a percentage of 
the upper range value.
R=Average of the three flow measurements of the reference flowmeter.
A=Average of the three measurements of the flowmeter being tested.
URV=Upper range value of fuel flowmeter being tested (i.e. maximum 
measurable flow).
    (c) Notwithstanding the requirement for calibration of the reference 
flowmeter within 365 days prior to an accuracy test, when an in-place 
reference meter or prover is used for quality assurance under section 
2.1.6 of this appendix, the reference meter calibration requirement may 
be waived if, during the previous in-place accuracy test with that 
reference meter, the reference flowmeter and the flowmeter being tested 
agreed to within 1.0 percent of each other at all levels 
tested. This exception to calibration and flowmeter accuracy testing 
requirements for the reference flowmeter shall apply for periods of no 
longer than five consecutive years (i.e., 20 consecutive calendar 
quarters).
    2.1.5.3  If the flowmeter accuracy exceeds the specification in 
section 2.1.5 of this appendix, the flowmeter does not qualify for use 
for this appendix. Either recalibrate the flowmeter until the flowmeter 
accuracy is within the performance specification, or replace the 
flowmeter with another one that is demonstrated to meet the performance 
specification. Substitute for fuel flow rate using the missing data 
procedures in section 2.4.2 of this appendix until quality assured fuel 
flow data become available.
    2.1.5.4  For purposes of initial certification, when a flowmeter is 
tested against a reference fuel flow rate (i.e., fuel flow rate from 
another fuel flowmeter under section

[[Page 396]]

2.1.5.2 of this appendix or flow rate from a procedure performed 
according to a standard incorporated by reference under section 2.1.5.1 
of this appendix), report the results of flowmeter accuracy tests using 
the following Table D-1.

             Table D-1.--Table of Flowmeter Accuracy Results
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test number:________ Test completion date \1\:____________________ Test
 completion time \1\:____________
Reinstallation date \2\ (for testing under 2.1.5.1
 only):____________________ Reinstallation time \2\:____________
Unit or pipe ID:            Component/System ID:
Flowmeter serial number:            Upper range value:
Units of measure for flowmeter and reference flow readings:
------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
                                                                                                       Percent
                                                              Time of run   Candidate    Reference     accuracy
 Measurement level (percent of URV)          Run No.             (HHMM)     flowmeter       flow     (percent of
                                                                             reading      reading        URV)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low (Minimum) level................  1                        ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
____ percent \3\ of URV............  2                        ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                     3                        ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                     Average                  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
Mid-level..........................  1                        ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
____ percent \3\ of URV............  2                        ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                     3                        ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                     Average                  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
High (Maximum) level...............  1                        ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
____ percent \3\ of URV............  2                        ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                     3                        ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
                                     Average                  ...........  ...........  ...........  ...........
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Report the date, hour, and minute that all test runs were completed.
\2\ For laboratory tests not performed inline, report the date and hour that the fuel flowmeter was reinstalled
  following the test.
\3\ It is required to test at least at three different levels: (1) normal full unit operating load, (2) normal
  minimum unit operating load, and (3) a load point approximately equally spaced between the full and minimum
  unit operating loads.

                        2.1.6   Quality Assurance

    (a) Test the accuracy of each fuel flowmeter prior to use under this 
part and at least once every four fuel flowmeter QA operating quarters, 
as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, thereafter. Notwithstanding 
these requirements, no more than 20 successive calendar quarters shall 
elapse after the quarter in which a fuel flowmeter was last tested for 
accuracy without a subsequent flowmeter accuracy test having been 
conducted. Test the flowmeter accuracy more frequently if required by 
manufacturer specifications.
    (b) Except for orifice-, nozzle-, and venturi-type flowmeters, 
perform the required flowmeter accuracy testing using the procedures in 
either section 2.1.5.1 or section 2.1.5.2 of this appendix. Each fuel 
flowmeter must meet the accuracy specification in section 2.1.5 of this 
appendix.
    (c) For orifice-, nozzle-, and venturi-type flowmeters, either 
perform the required flowmeter accuracy testing using the procedures in 
section 2.1.5.1 or 2.1.5.2 of this appendix or perform a transmitter 
accuracy test once every four fuel flowmeter QA operating quarters and a 
primary element visual inspection once every 12 calendar quarters, 
according to the procedures in sections 2.1.6.1 through 2.1.6.4 of this 
appendix for periodic quality assurance.
    (d) Notwithstanding the requirements of this section, if the 
procedures of section 2.1.7 (fuel flow-to-load test) of this appendix 
are performed during each fuel flowmeter QA operating quarter, 
subsequent to a required flowmeter accuracy test or transmitter accuracy 
test and primary element inspection, where applicable, those procedures 
may be used to meet the requirement for periodic quality assurance 
testing for a period of up to 20 calendar quarters from the previous 
accuracy test or transmitter accuracy test and primary element 
inspection, where applicable.

2.1.6.1  Transmitter or Transducer Accuracy Test for Orifice-, Nozzle-, 
                       and Venturi-Type Flowmeters

    (a) Calibrate the differential pressure transmitter or transducer, 
static pressure transmitter or transducer, and temperature transmitter 
or transducer, as applicable, using equipment that has a current 
certificate of traceability to NIST standards. Check the calibration of 
each transmitter or transducer by comparing its readings to that of the 
NIST traceable equipment at least once at each of the following levels: 
the zero-level and at least two other levels (e.g., ``mid'' and 
``high''), such that the full range of transmitter or transducer 
readings corresponding to normal unit operation is represented.

[[Page 397]]

    (b) Calculate the accuracy of each transmitter or transducer at each 
level tested, using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.013

Where:

ACC = Accuracy of the transmitter or transducer as a percentage of full-
scale.
R = Reading of the NIST traceable reference value (in milliamperes, 
inches of water, psi, or degrees).
T = Reading of the transmitter or transducer being tested (in 
milliamperes, inches of water, psi, or degrees, consistent with the 
units of measure of the NIST traceable reference value).
FS = Full-scale range of the transmitter or transducer being tested (in 
milliamperes, inches of water, psi, or degrees, consistent with the 
units of measure of the NIST traceable reference value).

    (c) If each transmitter or transducer meets an accuracy of 
 1.0 percent of its full-scale range at each level tested, 
the fuel flowmeter accuracy of 2.0 percent is considered to be met at 
all levels. If, however, one or more of the transmitters or transducers 
does not meet an accuracy of  1.0 percent of full-scale at a 
particular level, then the owner or operator may demonstrate that the 
fuel flowmeter meets the total accuracy specification of 2.0 percent at 
that level by using one of the following alternative methods. If, at a 
particular level, the sum of the individual accuracies of the three 
transducers is less than or equal to 4.0 percent, the fuel flowmeter 
accuracy specification of 2.0 percent is considered to be met for that 
level. Or, if at a particular level, the total fuel flowmeter accuracy 
is 2.0 percent or less, when calculated in accordance with Part 1 of 
American Gas Association Report No. 3, General Equations and Uncertainty 
Guidelines, the flowmeter accuracy requirement is considered to be met 
for that level.

   2.1.6.2   Recordkeeping and Reporting of Transmitter or Transducer 
                            Accuracy Results

    (a) Record the accuracy of the orifice, nozzle, or venturi meter or 
its individual transmitters or transducers and keep this information in 
a file at the site or other location suitable for inspection. When 
testing individual orifice, nozzle, or venturi meter transmitters or 
transducers for accuracy, include the information displayed in the 
following Table D-2. At a minimum, record results for each transmitter 
or transducer at the zero-level and at least two other levels across the 
range of the transmitter or transducer readings that correspond to 
normal unit operation.

    Table D-2.--Table of Flowmeter Transmitter or Transducer Accuracy
                                 Results
Test number:________ Test completion date: ____________________ Unit or
 pipe ID: ____________
Flowmeter serial number:            Component/System ID:
Full-scale value:          Units of measure: \3\
Transducer/Transmitter Type (check one):
    ____ Differential Pressure
    ____ Static Pressure
    ____ Temperature
------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
                                                                           Expected
                                  Run number               Transmitter/  transmitter/     Actual       Percent
 Measurement level (percent of       (if        Run time    transducer    transducer   transmitter/    accuracy
          full-scale)              multiple      (HHMM)     input (pre-     output      transducer   (percent of
                                  runs) \2\                calibration)   (reference)   output \3\   full-scale)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low (Minimum) level
    ____ percent \1\ of full-    ...........
     scale
Mid-level
    ____ percent\1\ of full-     ...........
     scale
(If tested at more than 3
 levels)
2nd Mid-level
    ____ percent \1\ of full-    ...........
     scale
(If tested at more than 3
 levels)
3rd Mid-level
    ____ percent \1\ of full-    ...........
     scale
High (Maximum) level
    ____ percent \1\ of full-    ...........
     scale
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ At a minimum, it is required to test at zero-level and at least two other levels across the range of the
  transmitter or transducer readings corresponding to normal unit operation.
\2\ It is required to test at least once at each level.
\3\ Use the same units of measure for all readings (e.g., use degrees ( deg.), inches of water (in H2O), pounds
  per square inch (psi), or milliamperes (ma) for both transmitter or transducer readings and reference
  readings).


[[Page 398]]

    (b) When accuracy testing of the orifice, nozzle, or venturi meter 
is performed according to section 2.1.5.2 of this appendix, record the 
information displayed in Table D-1 in this section. At a minimum, record 
the overall flowmeter accuracy results for the fuel flowmeter at the 
three flow rate levels specified in section 2.1.5.2 of this appendix.
    (c) Report the results of all fuel flowmeter accuracy tests, 
transmitter or transducer accuracy tests, and primary element 
inspections, as applicable, in the emissions report for the quarter in 
which the quality assurance tests are performed, using the electronic 
format specified by the Administrator under Sec. 75.64.

           2.1.6.3  Failure of Transducer(s) or Transmitter(s)

    If, during a transmitter or transducer accuracy test conducted 
according to section 2.1.6.1 of this appendix, the flowmeter accuracy 
specification of 2.0 percent is not met at any of the levels tested, 
repair or replace transmitter(s) or transducer(s) as necessary until the 
flowmeter accuracy specification has been achieved at all levels. (Note 
that only transmitters or transducers which are repaired or replaced 
need to be re-tested; however, the re-testing is required at all three 
measurement levels, to ensure that the flowmeter accuracy specification 
is met at each level). The fuel flowmeter is ``out-of-control'' and data 
from the flowmeter are considered invalid, beginning with the date and 
hour of the failed accuracy test and continuing until the date and hour 
of completion of a successful transmitter or transducer accuracy test at 
all levels. In addition, if, during normal operation of the fuel 
flowmeter, one or more transmitters or transducers malfunction, data 
from the fuel flowmeter shall be considered invalid from the hour of the 
transmitter or transducer failure until the hour of completion of a 
successful 3-level transmitter or transducer accuracy test. During fuel 
flowmeter out-of-control periods, provide data from another fuel 
flowmeter that meets the requirements of Sec. 75.20(d) and section 2.1.5 
of this appendix, or substitute for fuel flow rate using the missing 
data procedures in section 2.4.2 of this appendix. Record and report 
test data and results, consistent with sections 2.1.6.1 and 2.1.6.2 of 
this appendix and Sec. 75.56 or Sec. 75.59, as applicable.

                   2.1.6.4  Primary Element Inspection

    (a) Conduct a visual inspection of the orifice, nozzle, or venturi 
meter at least once every twelve calendar quarters. Notwithstanding this 
requirement, the procedures of section 2.1.7 of this appendix may be 
used to reduce the inspection frequency of the orifice, nozzle, or 
venturi meter to at least once every twenty calendar quarters. The 
inspection may be performed using a baroscope. If the visual inspection 
indicates that the orifice, nozzle, or venturi meter has become damaged 
or corroded, then:
    (1) Replace the primary element with another primary element meeting 
the requirements of American Gas Association Report No. 3 or ASME MFC-
3M-1989, as cited in section 2.1.5.1 of this appendix (both standards 
incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6);
    (2) Replace the primary element with another primary element, and 
demonstrate that the overall flowmeter accuracy meets the accuracy 
specification in section 2.1.5 of this appendix under the procedures of 
section 2.1.5.2 of this appendix; or
    (3) Restore the damaged or corroded primary element to ``as new'' 
condition; determine the overall accuracy of the flowmeter, using either 
the specifications of American Gas Association Report No. 3 or ASME MFC-
3M-1989, as cited in section 2.1.5.1 of this appendix (both standards 
incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6); and retest the transmitters 
or transducers prior to providing quality assured data from the 
flowmeter.
    (b) If the primary element size is changed, calibrate the 
transmitter or transducers consistent with the new primary element size. 
Data from the fuel flowmeter are considered invalid, beginning with the 
date and hour of a failed visual inspection and continuing until the 
date and hour when:
    (1) The damaged or corroded primary element is replaced with another 
primary element meeting the requirements of American Gas Association 
Report No. 3 or ASME MFC-3M-1989, as cited in section 2.1.5.1 of this 
appendix (both standards incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6);
    (2) The damaged or corroded primary element is replaced, and the 
overall accuracy of the flowmeter is demonstrated to meet the accuracy 
specification in section 2.1.5 of this appendix under the procedures of 
section 2.1.5.2 of this appendix; or
    (3) The restored primary element is installed to meet the 
requirements of American Gas Association Report No. 3 or ASME MFC-3M-
1989, as cited in section 2.1.5.1 of this appendix (both standards 
incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6) and its transmitters or 
transducers are retested to meet the accuracy specification in section 
2.1.6.1 of this appendix.
    (c) During this period, provide data from another fuel flowmeter 
that meets the requirements of Sec. 75.20(d) and section 2.1.5 of this 
appendix, or substitute for fuel flow rate using the missing data 
procedures in section 2.4.2 of this appendix.
    2.1.7  Fuel Flow-to-Load Quality Assurance Testing for Certified 
Fuel Flowmeters
    The procedures of this section may be used as an optional supplement 
to the quality assurance procedures in section 2.1.5.1, 2.1.5.2,

[[Page 399]]

2.1.6.1, or 2.1.6.4 of this appendix when conducting periodic quality 
assurance testing of a certified fuel flowmeter. Note, however, that 
these procedures may not be used unless the 168-hour baseline data 
requirement of section 2.1.7.1 of this appendix has been met. If, 
following a flowmeter accuracy test or flowmeter transmitter test and 
primary element inspection, where applicable, the procedures of this 
section are performed during each subsequent fuel flowmeter QA operating 
quarter, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter (excluding the 
quarter(s) in which the baseline data are collected), then these 
procedures may be used to meet the requirement for periodic quality 
assurance for a period of up to 20 calendar quarters from the previous 
periodic quality assurance procedure(s) performed according to sections 
2.1.5.1, 2.1.5.2, or 2.1.6.1 through 2.1.6.4 of this appendix. The 
procedures of this section are not required for any quarter in which a 
flowmeter accuracy test or a transmitter accuracy test and a primary 
element inspection, where applicable, are conducted. Notwithstanding the 
requirements of Sec. 75.54(a) or Sec. 75.57(a), as applicable, when 
using the procedures of this section, keep records of the test data and 
results from the previous flowmeter accuracy test under section 2.1.5.1 
or 2.1.5.2 of this appendix, records of the test data and results from 
the previous transmitter or transducer accuracy test under section 
2.1.6.1 of this appendix for orifice-, nozzle-, and venturi-type fuel 
flowmeters, and records of the previous visual inspection of the primary 
element required under section 2.1.6.4 of this appendix for orifice-, 
nozzle-, and venturi-type fuel flowmeters until the next flowmeter 
accuracy test, transmitter accuracy test, or visual inspection is 
performed, even if the previous flowmeter accuracy test, transmitter 
accuracy test, or visual inspection was performed more than three years 
previously.

  2.1.7.1  Baseline Flow Rate-to-Load Ratio or Heat Input-to-Load Ratio

    (a) Determine Rbase, the baseline value of the ratio of 
fuel flow rate to unit load, following each successful periodic quality 
assurance procedure performed according to sections 2.1.5.1, 2.1.5.2, or 
2.1.6.1 and 2.1.6.4 of this appendix. Establish a baseline period of 
data consisting, at a minimum, of 168 hours of quality assured fuel 
flowmeter data. Baseline data collection shall begin with the first hour 
of fuel flowmeter operation following completion of the most recent 
quality assurance procedure(s), during which only the fuel measured by 
the fuel flowmeter is combusted (i.e., only gas, only residual oil, or 
only diesel fuel is combusted by the unit). During the baseline data 
collection period, the owner or operator may exclude as non-
representative any hour in which the unit is ``ramping'' up or down, 
(i.e., the load during the hour differs by more than 15.0 percent from 
the load in the previous or subsequent hour) and may exclude any hour in 
which the unit load is in the lower 25.0 percent of the range of 
operation, as defined in section 6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this part 
(unless operation in this lower 25.0 percent of the range is considered 
normal for the unit). The baseline data must be obtained no later than 
the end of the fourth calendar quarter following the calendar quarter of 
the most recent quality assurance procedure for that fuel flowmeter. For 
orifice-, nozzle-, and venturi-type fuel flowmeters, if the fuel flow-
to-load ratio is to be used as a supplement both to the transmitter 
accuracy test under section 2.1.6.1 of this appendix and to primary 
element inspections under section 2.1.6.4 of this appendix, then the 
baseline data must be obtained after both procedures are completed and 
no later than the end of the fourth calendar quarter following the 
calendar quarter of both the most recent transmitter or transducer test 
and the most recent primary element inspection for that fuel flowmeter. 
From these 168 (or more) hours of baseline data, calculate the baseline 
fuel flow rate-to-load ratio as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.014

where:

Rbase = Value of the fuel flow rate-to-load ratio during the 
baseline period; 100 scfh/MWe or 100 scfh/klb per hour steam load for 
gas-firing; (lb/hr)/MWe or (lb/hr)/klb per hour steam load for oil-
firing.
Qbase = Average fuel flow rate measured by the fuel flowmeter 
during the baseline period, 100 scfh for gas-firing and lb/hr for oil-
firing.
Lavg = Average unit load during the baseline period, 
megawatts or 1000 lb/hr of steam.

    (b) In Equation D-1b, for a common pipe header, Lavg is 
the sum of the operating loads of all units that receive fuel through 
the common pipe header. For a unit that receives its fuel through 
multiple pipes, Qbase is the sum of the fuel flow rates for a 
particular fuel (i.e., gas, diesel fuel, or residual oil) from each of 
the pipes. Round off the value of Rbase to the nearest tenth.
    (c) Alternatively, a baseline value of the gross heat rate (GHR) may 
be determined in lieu of Rbase. The baseline value of the 
GHR, GHRbase, shall be determined as follows:

[[Page 400]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.015

Where:

(GHR)base = Baseline value of the gross heat rate during the 
baseline period, Btu/kwh or Btu/lb steam load.
(Heat Input)avg = Average (mean) hourly heat input rate 
recorded by the fuel flowmeter during the baseline period, as determined 
using the applicable equation in appendix F to this part, mmBtu/hr.
Lavg = Average (mean) unit load during the baseline period, 
megawatts or 1000 lb/hr of steam.

    (d) Report the current value of Rbase (or 
GHRbase) and the completion date of the associated quality 
assurance procedure in each electronic quarterly report required under 
Sec. 75.64.

                 2.1.7.2  Data Preparation and Analysis

    (a) Evaluate the fuel flow rate-to-load ratio (or GHR) for each fuel 
flowmeter QA operating quarter, as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter. 
At the end of each fuel flowmeter QA operating quarter, use Equation D-
1d in this appendix to calculate Rh, the hourly fuel flow-to-
load ratio, for every quality assured hourly average fuel flow rate 
obtained with a certified fuel flowmeter.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.016

where:

Rh = Hourly value of the fuel flow rate-to-load ratio; 100 
scfh/MWe, (lb/hr)/MWe, 100 scfh/1000 lb/hr of steam load, or 
(lb/hr)/1000 lb/hr of steam load.
Qh = Hourly fuel flow rate, as measured by the fuel 
flowmeter, 100 scfh for gas-firing or lb/hr for oil-firing.
Lh = Hourly unit load, megawatts or 1000 
lb/hr of steam.

    (b) For a common pipe header, Lh shall be the sum of the 
hourly operating loads of all units that receive fuel through the common 
pipe header. For a unit that receives its fuel through multiple pipes, 
Qh will be the sum of the fuel flow rates for a particular 
fuel (i.e., gas, diesel fuel, or residual oil) from each of the pipes. 
Round off each value of Rh to the nearest tenth.
    (c) Alternatively, calculate the hourly gross heat rates (GHR) in 
lieu of the hourly flow-to-load ratios. If this option is selected, 
calculate each hourly GHR value as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.017

Where:

(GHR)h = Hourly value of the gross heat rate, Btu/kwh or Btu/
lb steam load.
(Heat Input)h = Hourly heat input rate, as determined using 
the applicable equation in appendix F to this part, mmBtu/hr.
Lh = Hourly unit load, megawatts or 1000 
lb/hr of steam.

    (d) Evaluate the calculated flow rate-to-load ratios (or gross heat 
rates) as follows. Perform a separate data analysis for each fuel 
flowmeter following the procedures of this section. Base each analysis 
on a minimum of 168 hours of data. If, for a particular fuel flowmeter, 
fewer than 168 hourly flow-to-load ratios (or GHR values) are available, 
a flow-to-load (or GHR) evaluation is not required for that flowmeter 
for that calendar quarter.
    (e) For each hourly flow-to-load ratio or GHR value, calculate the 
percentage difference (percent Dh) from the baseline fuel 
flow-to-load ratio using Equation D-1f.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.018

Where:

%Dh = Absolute value of the percentage difference between the 
hourly fuel flow rate-to-load ratio and the baseline value of the fuel 
flow rate-to-load ratio (or hourly and baseline GHR).
Rh = The hourly fuel flow rate-to-load ratio (or GHR).
Rbase = The value of the fuel flow rate-to-load ratio (or 
GHR) from the baseline period, determined in accordance with section 
2.1.7.1 of this appendix.

    (f) Consistently use Rbase and Rh in Equation 
D-1f if the fuel flow-to-load ratio is being evaluated, and consistently 
use

[[Page 401]]

(GHR)base and (GHR)h in Equation D-1f if the gross 
heat rate is being evaluated.
    (g) Next, determine the arithmetic average of all of the hourly 
percent difference (percent Dh) values using Equation D-1g, 
as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.019

Where:

Ef = Quarterly average percentage difference between hourly 
flow rate-to-load ratios and the baseline value of the fuel flow rate-
to-load ratio (or hourly and baseline GHR).
%Dh = Percentage difference between the hourly fuel flow 
rate-to-load ratio and the baseline value of the fuel flow rate-to-load 
ratio (or hourly and baseline GHR).
q = Number of hours used in fuel flow-to-load (or GHR) evaluation.

    (h) When the quarterly average load value used in the data analysis 
is greater than 50 MWe (or 500 klb steam per hour), the results of a 
quarterly fuel flow rate-to-load (or GHR) evaluation are acceptable and 
no further action is required if the quarterly average percentage 
difference (Ef) is no greater than 10.0 percent. When the 
arithmetic average of the hourly load values used in the data analysis 
is 50 MWe (or 500 klb steam per hour), the results of the 
analysis are acceptable if the value of Ef is no greater than 
15.0 percent.

                    2.1.7.3  Optional Data Exclusions

    (a) If Ef is outside the limits in section 2.1.7.2 of 
this appendix, the owner or operator may re-examine the hourly fuel flow 
rate-to-load ratios (or GHRs) that were used for the data analysis and 
identify and exclude fuel flow-to-load ratios or GHR values for any non-
representative fuel flow-to-load ratios or GHR values. Specifically, the 
Rh or (GHR)h values for the following hours may be 
considered non-representative: any hour in which the unit combusted 
another fuel in addition to the fuel measured by the fuel flowmeter 
being tested; or any hour for which the load differed by more than 
15.0 percent from the load during either the preceding hour 
or the subsequent hour; or any hour for which the unit load was in the 
lower 25.0 percent of the range of operation, as defined in section 
6.5.2.1 of appendix A to this part (unless operation in the lower 25.0 
percent of the range is considered normal for the unit).
    (b) After identifying and excluding all non-representative hourly 
fuel flow-to-load ratios or GHR values, analyze the quarterly fuel flow 
rate-to-load data a second time.

      2.1.7.4  Consequences of Failed Fuel Flow-to-Load Ratio Test

    (a) If Ef is outside the applicable limit in section 
2.1.7.2 of this appendix (after analysis using any optional data 
exclusions under section 2.1.7.3 of this appendix), perform transmitter 
accuracy tests according to section 2.1.6.1 of this appendix for 
orifice-, nozzle-, and venturi-type flowmeters, or perform a fuel 
flowmeter accuracy test, in accordance with section 2.1.5.1 or 2.1.5.2 
of this appendix, for each fuel flowmeter for which Ef is 
outside of the applicable limit. In addition, for an orifice-, nozzle-, 
or venturi-type fuel flowmeter, repeat the fuel flow-to-load ratio 
comparison of section 2.1.7.2 of this appendix using six to twelve hours 
of data following a passed transmitter accuracy test in order to verify 
that no significant corrosion has affected the primary element. If, for 
the abbreviated 6-to-12 hour test, the orifice-, nozzle-, or venturi-
type fuel flowmeter is not able to meet the limit in section 2.1.7.2 of 
this appendix, then perform a visual inspection of the primary element 
according to section 2.1.6.4 of this appendix, and repair or replace the 
primary element, as necessary.
    (b) Substitute for fuel flow rate, for any hour when that fuel is 
combusted, using the missing data procedures in section 2.4.2 of this 
appendix, beginning with the first hour of the calendar quarter 
following the quarter for which Ef was found to be outside 
the applicable limit and continuing until quality assured fuel flow data 
become available. Following a failed flow rate-to-load or GHR 
evaluation, data from the flowmeter shall not be considered quality 
assured until the hour in which all required flowmeter accuracy tests, 
transmitter accuracy tests, visual inspections and diagnostic tests have 
been passed. Additionally, a new value of Rbase or 
(GHR)base shall be established no later than two flowmeter QA 
operating quarters after the quarter in which the required quality 
assurance tests are completed (note that for orifice-, nozzle-, or 
venturi-type fuel flowmeters, establish a new value of Rbase 
or (GHR)base only if both a transmitter accuracy test and a 
primary element inspection have been performed).

                          2.1.7.5  Test Results

    Report the results of each quarterly flow rate-to-load (or GHR) 
evaluation, as determined from Equation D-1g, in the electronic 
quarterly report required under Sec. 75.64. Table D-3 is provided as a 
reference on the type of information to be recorded under Sec. 75.59 and 
reported under Sec. 75.64.

 Table D-3.--Baseline Information and Test Results for Fuel Flow-to-Load
                                  Test
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plant name:____________________State:______ORIS
 code:____________________

[[Page 402]]

 
Unit/pipe ID #:____________Fuel flowmeter component and system ID
 #s:________-________Calendar quarter (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th) and
 year:____________
Range of operation:____________ to ____________ MWe or klb steam/hr
 (indicate units)
------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
                               Time period
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Baseline period                          Quarter
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Completion date and time of most recent        Number of hours excluded
 primary element inspection (orifice-, nozzle-  from quarterly average
 , and venturi-type flowmeters only).           due to co-firing
                                                different fuels:________
                                                hrs.
    ____/____/____ ____:____
Completion date and time of the most recent    Number of hours excluded
 flowmeter or transmitter accuracy test.        from quarterly average
                                                due to ramping load:
                                                ________ hrs.
    ____/____/____ ____:____
Beginning date and time of baseline period...  Number of hours in the
                                                lower 25.0 percent of
                                                the range of operation
                                                excluded from quarterly
                                                average: ________ hrs.
    ____/____/____ ____:____
End date and time of baseline period.........  Number of hours included
                                                in quarterly average:
                                                ________ hrs.
    ____/____/____ ____:____
Average fuel flow rate____________________     Quarterly percentage
 (100 scfh for gas and lb/hr for oil).          difference between
                                                hourly ratios and
                                                baseline ratio: ________
                                                percent.
Average load;____________________ (MWe or      Test result: pass, fail.
 1000 lb steam/hr).
Baseline fuel flow-to-load
 ratio____________________
Units of fuel flow-to-
 load:____________________
Baseline GHR: ____________________
Units of fuel flow-to-
 load:____________________
Number of hours excluded from baseline ratio
 or GHR due to ramping load:________
Number of hours in the lower 25.0 percent of
 the range of operation excluded from
 baseline ration or GHR: ________ hrs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      2.2 Oil Sampling and Analysis

    Perform sampling and analysis of oil to determine the following fuel 
properties for each type of oil combusted by a unit: percentage of 
sulfur by weight in the oil; gross calorific value (GCV) of the oil; 
and, if necessary, the density of the oil. Use the sulfur content, 
density, and gross calorific value, determined under the provisions of 
this section, to calculate SO2 mass emission rate and heat 
input rate for each fuel using the applicable procedures of section 3 of 
this appendix. The designated representative may petition for reduced 
GCV and or density sampling under Sec. 75.66 if the fuel combusted has a 
consistent and relatively non-variable GCV or density.

       Table D-4--Oil Sampling Methods and Sulfur, Density and Gross Calorific Value Used in Calculations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Parameter                 Sampling technique/frequency          Value used in calculations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oil Sulfur Content....................  Daily manual sampling.........  1. Highest sulfur content from previous
                                                                         30 daily samples; or
                                                                        2. Actual daily value.
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Flow proportional/weekly        Actual measured value.
                                         composite.
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        In storage tank (after          1. Actual measured value; or
                                         addition of fuel to tank).     2. Highest of all sampled values in
                                                                         previous calendar year; or
                                                                        3. Maximum value allowed by contract.\1\
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        As delivered (in delivery       1. Highest of all sampled values in
                                         truck or barge).\1\.            previous calendar year; or
                                                                        2. Maximum value allowed by contract.\1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oil Density...........................  Daily manual sampling.........  1. Use the highest density from the
                                                                         previous 30 daily samples; or
                                                                        2. Actual measured value.
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Flow proportional/weekly        Actual measured value.
                                         composite.
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 403]]

 
                                        In storage tank (after          1. Actual measured value; or
                                         addition of fuel to tank).     2. Highest of all sampled values in
                                                                         previous calendar year; or
                                                                        3. Maximum value allowed by contract.\1\
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        As delivered (in delivery       1. Highest of all sampled values in
                                         truck or barge).\1\.            previous calendar year; or
                                                                        2. Maximum value allowed by contract.\1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oil GCV...............................  Daily manual sampling.........  1. Highest fuel GCV from the previous 30
                                                                         daily samples; or
                                                                        2. Actual measured value.
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Flow proportional/weekly        Actual measured value.
                                         composite.
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        In storage tank (after          1. Actual measured value; or
                                         addition of fuel to tank).     2. Highest of all sampled values in
                                                                         previous calendar year; or
                                                                        3. Maximum value allowed by contract.\1\
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        As delivered (in delivery       1. Highest of all sampled values in
                                         truck or barge).\1\.            previous calendar year; or
                                                                        2. Maximum value allowed by contract.\1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Assumed values may only be used if sulfur content, gross calorific value, or density of each sample is no
  greater than the assumed value used to calculate emissions or heat input.

    2.2.1  When combusting oil, use one of the following methods to 
sample the oil (see Table D-4): sample from the storage tank for the 
unit after each addition of oil to the storage tank, in accordance with 
section 2.2.4.2 of this appendix; or sample from the fuel lot in the 
shipment tank or container upon receipt of each oil delivery or from the 
fuel lot in the oil supplier's storage container, in accordance with 
section 2.2.4.3 of this appendix; or use the flow proportional sampling 
methodology in section 2.2.3 of this appendix; or use the daily manual 
sampling methodology in section 2.2.4.1 of this appendix. For purposes 
of this appendix, a fuel lot of oil is the mass or volume of product oil 
from one source (supplier or pretreatment facility), intended as one 
shipment or delivery (e.g., ship load, barge load, group of trucks, 
discrete purchase of diesel fuel through pipeline, etc.). A storage tank 
is a container at a plant holding oil that is actually combusted by the 
unit, such that no blending of any other fuel with the fuel in the 
storage tank occurs from the time that the fuel lot is transferred to 
the storage tank to the time when the fuel is combusted in the unit.
    2.2.2  [Reserved]

                    2.2.3  Flow Proportional Sampling

    Conduct flow proportional oil sampling or continuous drip oil 
sampling in accordance with ASTM D4177-82 (Reapproved 1990), ``Standard 
Practice for Automatic Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products'' 
(incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6), every day the unit is 
combusting oil. Extract oil at least once every hour and blend into a 
composite sample. The sample compositing period may not exceed 7 
calendar days (168 hrs). Use the actual sulfur content (and where 
density data are required, the actual density) from the composite sample 
to calculate the hourly SO2 mass emission rates for each 
operating day represented by the composite sample. Calculate the hourly 
heat input rates for each operating day represented by the composite 
sample, using the actual gross calorific value from the composite 
sample.

                         2.2.4  Manual Sampling

                         2.2.4.1  Daily Samples

    Representative oil samples may be taken from the storage tank or 
fuel flow line manually every day that the unit combusts oil according 
to ASTM D4057-88, ``Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of Petroleum 
and Petroleum Products'' (incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6). 
Use either the actual daily sulfur content or the highest fuel sulfur 
content recorded at that unit from the most recent 30 daily samples for 
the purpose of calculating SO2 emissions under section 3 of 
this appendix. Use either the gross calorific value measured from that 
day's sample or the highest GCV from the previous 30 days' samples to 
calculate heat input. If oil supplies with different sulfur contents are 
combusted on the same day, sample the highest sulfur fuel combusted that 
day.

              2.2.4.2  Sampling From a Unit's Storage Tank

    Take a manual sample after each addition of oil to the storage tank. 
Do not blend additional fuel with the sampled fuel prior to combustion. 
Sample according to the single tank composite sampling procedure or all-
levels sampling procedure in ASTM D4057-88, ``Standard Practice for 
Manual Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products'' (incorporated by 
reference under Sec. 75.6). Use the

[[Page 404]]

sulfur content (and where required, the density) of either the most 
recent sample or one of the conservative assumed values described in 
section 2.2.4.3 of this appendix to calculate SO2 mass 
emission rate. Calculate heat input rate using the gross calorific value 
from either:
    (a) The most recent oil sample taken or
    (b) One of the conservative assumed values described in section 
2.2.4.3 of this appendix.

                  2.2.4.3  Sampling From Each Delivery

    (a) Alternatively, an oil sample may be taken from--
    (1) The shipment tank or container upon receipt of each lot of fuel 
oil or
    (2) The supplier's storage container which holds the lot of fuel 
oil. (Note: a supplier need only sample the storage container once for 
sulfur content, GCV and, where required, the density so long as the fuel 
sulfur content and GCV do not change and no fuel is added to the 
supplier's storage container.)
    (b) For the purpose of this section, a lot is defined as a shipment 
or delivery (e.g., ship load, barge load, group of trucks, discrete 
purchase of diesel fuel through a pipeline, etc.) of a single fuel.
    (c) Oil sampling may be performed either by the owner or operator of 
an affected unit, an outside laboratory, or a fuel supplier, provided 
that samples are representative and that sampling is performed according 
to either the single tank composite sampling procedure or the all-levels 
sampling procedure in ASTM D4057-88, ``Standard Practice for Manual 
Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products'' (incorporated by 
reference under Sec. 75.6). Except as otherwise provided in this 
section, calculate SO2 mass emission rate using the sulfur 
content (and where required, the density) from one of the two following 
values, and calculate heat input using the gross calorific value from 
one of the two following values:
    (1) The highest value sampled during the previous calendar year 
(this option is allowed for any consistent fuel which comes from a 
single source whether or not the fuel is supplied under a contractual 
agreement) or
    (2) The maximum value indicated in the contract with the fuel 
supplier. Continue to use this assumed contract value unless and until 
the actual sampled sulfur content, density, or gross calorific value of 
a delivery exceeds the assumed value.
    (d) If the actual sampled sulfur content, gross calorific value, or 
density of an oil sample is greater than the assumed value for that 
parameter, then use the actual sampled value for sulfur content, gross 
calorific value, or density of fuel to calculate SO2 mass 
emission rate or heat input rate as the new assumed sulfur content, 
gross calorific value, or density. Continue to use this new assumed 
value to calculate SO2 mass emission rate or heat input rate 
unless and until: it is superseded by a higher value from an oil sample; 
or it is superseded by a new contract in which case the new contract 
value becomes the assumed value at the time the fuel specified under the 
new contract begins to be combusted in the unit; or (if applicable) both 
the calendar year in which the sampled value exceeded the assumed value 
and the subsequent calendar year have elapsed.
    2.2.5  Split and label each oil sample. Maintain a portion (at least 
200 cc) of each sample throughout the calendar year and in all cases for 
not less than 90 calendar days after the end of the calendar year 
allowance accounting period. Analyze oil samples for percent sulfur 
content by weight in accordance with ASTM D129-91, ``Standard Test 
Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Products (General Bomb Method),'' ASTM 
D1552-90, ``Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Products (High 
Temperature Method),'' ASTM D2622-92, ``Standard Test Method for Sulfur 
in Petroleum Products by X-Ray Spectrometry,'' or ASTM D4294-90, 
``Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Products by Energy-
Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectroscopy'' (incorporated by reference 
under Sec. 75.6).
    2.2.6  Where the flowmeter records volumetric flow rate rather than 
mass flow rate, analyze oil samples to determine the density or specific 
gravity of the oil. Determine the density or specific gravity of the oil 
sample in accordance with ASTM D287-82 (Reapproved 1991), ``Standard 
Test Method for API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Petroleum Products 
(Hydrometer Method),'' ASTM D941-88, ``Standard Test Method for Density 
and Relative Density (Specific Gravity) of Liquids by Lipkin Bicapillary 
Pycnometer,'' ASTM D1217-91, ``Standard Test Method for Density and 
Relative Density (Specific Gravity) of Liquids by Bingham Pycnometer,'' 
ASTM D1481-91, ``Standard Test Method for Density and Relative Density 
(Specific Gravity) of Viscous Materials by Lipkin Bicapillary,'' ASTM 
D1480-91, ``Standard Test Method for Density and Relative Density 
(Specific Gravity) of Viscous Materials by Bingham Pycnometer,'' ASTM 
D1298-85 (Reapproved 1990), ``Standard Practice for Density, Relative 
Density (Specific Gravity) or API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Liquid 
Petroleum Products by Hydrometer Method,'' or ASTM D4052-91, ``Standard 
Test Method for Density and Relative Density of Liquids by Digital 
Density Meter'' (incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6).
    2.2.7  Analyze oil samples to determine the heat content of the 
fuel. Determine oil heat content in accordance with ASTM D240-87 
(Reapproved 1991), ``Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of 
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter,'' ASTM D2382-88, 
``Standard Test Method for Heat or Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by 
Bomb

[[Page 405]]

Calorimeter (High-Precision Method)'', or ASTM D2015-91, ``Standard Test 
Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal and Coke by the Adiabatic Bomb 
Calorimeter'' (incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6) or any other 
procedures listed in section 5.5 of appendix F of this part.
    2.2.8  Results from the oil sample analysis must be available no 
later than thirty calendar days after the sample is composited or taken. 
However, during an audit, the Administrator may require that the results 
of the analysis be available as soon as practicable, and no later than 5 
business days after receipt of a request from the Administrator.

     2.3  SO2 Emissions From Combustion of Gaseous Fuels

    (a) Account for the hourly SO2 mass emissions due to 
combustion of gaseous fuels for each hour when gaseous fuels are 
combusted by the unit using the procedures in this section.
    (b) The procedures in sections 2.3.1 and 2.3.2 of this appendix, 
respectively, may be used to determine SO2 mass emissions 
from combustion of pipeline natural gas and natural gas, as defined in 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter. The procedures in section 2.3.3 of this 
appendix may be used to account for SO2 mass emissions from 
any gaseous fuel combusted by a unit. For each type of gaseous fuel, the 
appropriate sampling frequency and the sulfur content and GCV values 
used for calculations of SO2 mass emission rates are 
summarized in the following Table D-5.

                Table D-5--Gas Sulfur and GCV Values Used in Calculations for Various Fuel Types
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Parameter                  Fuel type and sampling frequency        Value used in calculations
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas Sulfur Content....................  Pipeline Natural Gas with H2S        0.0006 lb/mmBtu.
                                         content less than or equal to 0.3
                                         grains/100scf when using the
                                         provisions of section 2.3.1 to
                                         determine SO2 mass emissions.
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Natural Gas with H2S content less    Default SO2 emission rate
                                         than or equal to 1.0 grain/100scf    calculated from Eq. D-1h, using
                                         when using the provisions of         either the fuel contract maximum
                                         section 2.3.2 to determine SO2       H2S or the maximum H2S from
                                         mass emissions.                      historical sampling data.
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Any gaseous fuel delivered in        Actual % sulfur from most recent
                                         shipments or lots--Sample each lot   shipment or
                                         or shipment.                        1. Highest % sulfur from previous
                                                                              year's samples \1\; or
                                                                             2. Maximum % sulfur value allowed
                                                                              by contract \1\.
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Any gaseous fuel transmitted by      Actual % sulfur from daily sample;
                                         pipeline and having a demonstrated   or Highest % sulfur from previous
                                         ``low sulfur variability'' using     30 daily samples.
                                         the provisions of section 2.3.6--
                                         Sample daily.
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Any gaseous fuel--Sample hourly....  Actual hourly sulfur content of the
                                                                              gas.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas GCV...............................  Pipeline Natural Gas--Sample         1. GCV from most recent monthly
                                         monthly.                             sample (with  48
                                                                              operating hours in the month); or
                                                                             2. Maximum GCV from contract \1\;
                                                                              or
                                                                             3. Highest GCV from previous year's
                                                                              samples.\1\
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Natural Gas--Sample monthly.......  1. GCV from most recent monthly
                                                                              sample (with  48
                                                                              operating hours in the month); or
                                                                             2. Maximum GCV from contract \1\;
                                                                              or
                                                                             3. Highest GCV from previous year's
                                                                              samples.\1\
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Any gaseous fuel delivered in        Actual GCV from most recent
                                         shipments or lots--Sample each lot   shipment or lot or
                                         or shipment.                        1. Highest GCV from previous year's
                                                                              samples1; or
                                                                             2. Maximum GCV value allowed by
                                                                              contract.\1\
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Any gaseous fuel transmitted by      1. GCV from most recent monthly
                                         pipeline and having a demonstrated   sample (with  48
                                         ``low GCV variability'' using the    operating hours in the month); or
                                         provisions of section 2.3.5--       2. Highest GCV from previous year's
                                         Sample monthly.                      samples.\1\
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Any other gaseous fuel not having a  Actual daily or hourly GCV of the
                                         ``low GCV variability''--Sample at   gas.
                                         least daily. (Note that the use of
                                         an on- line GCV calorimeter or gas
                                         chromatograph is allowed).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Assumed sulfur content and GCV values (i.e., contract values or highest values from previous year) may only
  continue to be used if the sulfur content or GCV of each sample is no greater than the assumed value used to
  calculate SO2 emissions or heat input.


[[Page 406]]

                 2.3.1  Pipeline Natural Gas Combustion

    The owner or operator may determine the SO2 mass 
emissions from the combustion of a fuel that meets the definition of 
pipeline natural gas, in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, using the procedures 
of this section.

                  2.3.1.1  SO2 Emission Rate

    For a fuel that meets the definition of pipeline natural gas under 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, the owner or operator may determine the 
SO2 mass emissions using either a default SO2 
emission rate of 0.0006 lb/mmBtu and the procedures of this section, the 
procedures in section 2.3.2 for natural gas, or the procedures of 
section 2.3.3 for any gaseous fuel. For each affected unit using the 
default rate of 0.0006 lb/mmBtu, the owner or operator must document 
that the fuel combusted is actually pipeline natural gas, using the 
procedures in section 2.3.1.4 of this appendix.

                     2.3.1.2  Hourly Heat Input Rate

    Calculate hourly heat input rate, in mmBtu/hr, for a unit combusting 
pipeline natural gas, using the procedures of section 3.4.1 of this 
appendix. Use the measured fuel flow rate from section 2.1 of this 
appendix and the gross calorific value from section 2.3.4.1 of this 
appendix in the calculations.

   2.3.1.3  SO2 Hourly Mass Emission Rate and Hourly Mass 
                                Emissions

    For pipeline natural gas combustion, calculate the SO2 mass emission 
rate, in lb/hr, using Equation D-5 in section 3.3.2 of this appendix 
(when the default SO2 emission rate is used). Then, use the 
calculated SO2 mass emission rate and the unit operating time 
to determine the hourly SO2 mass emissions from pipeline 
natural gas combustion, in lb, using Equation D-12 in section 3.5.1 of 
this appendix.

       2.3.1.4  Documentation That a Fuel Is Pipeline Natural Gas

    (a) For pipeline natural gas, provide information in the monitoring 
plan required under Sec. 75.53, demonstrating that the definition of 
pipeline natural gas in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter has been met. The 
information must demonstrate that the fuel has a hydrogen sulfide 
content of less than 0.3 grain/100scf. The demonstration must be made 
using one of the following sources of information:
    (1) The gas quality characteristics specified by a purchase contract 
or by a pipeline transportation contract;
    (2) A certification of the gas vendor, based on routine vendor 
sampling and analysis (minimum of one year of data with samples taken 
monthly or more frequently);
    (3) At least one year's worth of analytical data on the fuel 
hydrogen sulfide content from samples taken monthly or more frequently;
    (4) For fuels delivered in shipments or lots, the sulfur content 
from all shipments or lots received in a one year period; or
    (5) Data from a 720-hour demonstration conducted using the 
procedures of section 2.3.6 of this appendix.
    (b) When a 720-hour test is used for initial qualification as 
pipeline natural gas, the owner or operator is required to continue 
sampling the fuel for hydrogen sulfide at least once per month for one 
year after the initial qualification period. The use of the default 
natural gas SO2 emission rate under 2.3.1.1 is not allowed if 
any sample during the one year period has a hydrogen sulfide content 
greater than 0.3 gr/100 scf.

                      2.3.2  Natural Gas Combustion

    The owner or operator may determine the SO2 mass 
emissions from the combustion of a fuel that meets the definition of 
natural gas, in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, using the procedures of this 
section.

                  2.3.2.1  SO2 Emission Rate

    The owner or operator may account for SO2 emissions 
either by using a default SO2 emission rate, as determined 
under section 2.3.2.1.1 of this appendix, or by daily sampling of the 
gas sulfur content using the procedures of section 2.3.3 of this 
appendix. For each affected unit using a default SO2 emission 
rate, the owner or operator must provide documentation that the fuel 
combusted is actually natural gas according to the procedures in section 
2.3.2.4 of this appendix.
    2.3.2.1.1  In lieu of daily sampling of the sulfur content of the 
natural gas, an SO2 default emission rate may be determined 
using Equation D-1h. Round off the calculated SO2 default 
emission rate to the nearest 0.0001 lb/mmBtu.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.020

Where:

ER = Default SO2 emission rate for natural gas combustion, 
lb/mmBtu.
H2S = Hydrogen sulfide content of the natural gas, gr/100scf.

    2.3.2.1.2  The hydrogen sulfide value used in Equation D-1h may be 
obtained from one of the following sources of information:
    (a) The highest hydrogen sulfide content specified by a purchase 
contract or by a pipeline transportation contract;
    (b) The highest hydrogen sulfide content from a certification of the 
gas vendor, based on routine vendor sampling and analysis (minimum of 
one year of data with samples taken monthly or more frequently);
    (c) The highest hydrogen sulfide content from at least one year's 
worth of analytical data on the fuel hydrogen sulfide content

[[Page 407]]

from samples taken monthly or more frequently;
    (d) For fuels delivered in shipments or lots, the highest hydrogen 
sulfide content from all shipments or lots received in a one year 
period; or (5) the highest hydrogen sulfide content measured during a 
720-hour demonstration conducted using the procedures of section 2.3.6 
of this appendix.

                     2.3.2.2  Hourly Heat Input Rate

    Calculate hourly heat input rate for natural gas combustion, in 
mmBtu/hr, using the procedures in section 3.4.1 of this appendix. Use 
the measured fuel flow rate from section 2.1 of this appendix and the 
gross calorific value from section 2.3.4.2 of this appendix in the 
calculations.

  2.3.2.3  SO2 Mass Emission Rate and Hourly Mass Emissions

    For natural gas combustion, calculate the SO2 mass 
emission rate, in lb/hr, using Equation D-5 in section 3.3.2 of this 
appendix, when the default SO2 emission rate is used. Then, 
use the calculated SO2 mass emission rate and the unit 
operating time to determine the hourly SO2 mass emissions 
from natural gas combustion, in lb, using Equation D-12 in section 3.5.1 
of this appendix.

            2.3.2.4  Documentation that a Fuel Is Natural Gas

    (a) For natural gas, provide information in the monitoring plan 
required under Sec. 75.53, demonstrating that the definition of natural 
gas in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter has been met. The information must 
demonstrate that the fuel has a hydrogen sulfide content of less than 
1.0 grain/100 scf. This demonstration must be made using one of the 
following sources of information:
    (1) The gas quality characteristics specified by a purchase contract 
or by a transportation contract;
    (2) A certification of the gas vendor, based on routine vendor 
sampling and analysis (minimum of one year of data with samples taken 
monthly or more frequently);
    (3) At least one year's worth of analytical data on the fuel 
hydrogen sulfide content from samples taken monthly or more frequently;
    (4) For fuels delivered in shipments or lots, sulfur content from 
all shipments or lots received in a one year period; or
    (5) Data from a 720-hour demonstration conducted using the 
procedures of section 2.3.6 of this appendix.
    (b) When a 720-hour test is used for initial qualification as 
natural gas, the owner or operator shall continue sampling the fuel for 
hydrogen sulfide at least once per month for one year after the initial 
qualification period. The use of the default natural gas SO2 
emission rate under 2.3.2.1.1 is not allowed if any sample during the 
one year period has a hydrogen sulfide content greater than 1.0 grain/
100 scf.

       2.3.3  SO2 Mass Emissions From Any Gaseous Fuel

    The owner or operator of a unit may determine SO2 mass 
emissions using this section for any gaseous fuel (including fuels such 
as refinery gas, landfill gas, digester gas, coke oven gas, blast 
furnace gas, coal-derived gas, producer gas or any other gas which may 
have a variable sulfur content).

                  2.3.3.1  Sulfur Content Determination

    2.3.3.1.1  Analyze the total sulfur content of the gaseous fuel in 
grain/100 scf, at the frequency specified in Table D-5 of this appendix. 
That is: for fuel delivered in discrete shipments or lots, sample each 
shipment or lot; for fuel transmitted by pipeline, if a demonstration is 
provided under section 2.3.6 of this appendix showing that the gaseous 
fuel has a ``low sulfur variability,'' determine the sulfur content 
daily using either manual sampling or a gas chromatograph; and for all 
other gaseous fuels, determine the sulfur content on an hourly basis 
using a gas chromatograph.
    2.3.3.1.2  Use one of the following methods when using manual 
sampling (as applicable to the type of gas combusted) to determine the 
sulfur content of the fuel: ASTM D1072-90, ``Standard Test Method for 
Total Sulfur in Fuel Gases'', ASTM D4468-85 (Reapproved 1989) ``Standard 
Test Method for Total Sulfur in Gaseous Fuels by Hydrogenolysis and 
Radiometric Colorimetry,'' ASTM D5504-94 ``Standard Test Method for 
Determination of Sulfur Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by 
Gas Chromatography and Chemiluminescence,'' or ASTM D3246-81 (Reapproved 
1987) ``Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Gas By Oxidative 
Microcoulometry'' (incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6).
    2.3.3.1.3  The sampling and analysis of daily manual samples may be 
performed by the owner or operator, an outside laboratory, or the gas 
supplier. If hourly sampling with a gas chromatograph is required, or a 
source chooses to use an online gas chromatograph to determine daily 
fuel sulfur content, the owner or operator shall develop and implement a 
program to quality assure the data from the gas chromatograph, in 
accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedures. The quality 
assurance procedures shall be kept on-site, in a form suitable for 
inspection.
    2.3.3.1.4  Results of all sample analyses must be available no later 
than thirty calendar days after the sample is taken.
    2.3.3.2  SO2 Mass Emission Rate
    Calculate the SO2 mass emission rate for the gaseous 
fuel, in lb/hr, using equation D-

[[Page 408]]

4 in section 3.3.1 of this appendix. Use the appropriate sulfur content, 
in equation D-4, as specified in Table D-5 of this appendix. That is, 
for fuels delivered by pipeline which demonstrate a low sulfur 
variability (under section 2.3.6 of this appendix) use either the daily 
value or the highest value in the previous 30 days or for fuels 
requiring hourly sulfur content sampling with a gas chromatograph use 
the actual hourly sulfur content).

                     2.3.3.3  Hourly Heat Input Rate

    Calculate the hourly heat input rate for combustion of the gaseous 
fuel, using the provisions in section 3.4.1 of this appendix. Use the 
measured fuel flow rate from section 2.1 of this appendix and the gross 
calorific value from section 2.3.4.3 of this appendix in the 
calculations.

             2.3.4  Gross Calorific Values for Gaseous Fuels

    Determine the GCV of each gaseous fuel at the frequency specified in 
this section, using one of the following methods: ASTM D1826-88, ASTM 
D3588-91, ASTM D4891-89, GPA Standard 2172-86 ``Calculation of Gross 
Heating Value, Relative Density and Compressibility Factor for Natural 
Gas Mixtures from Compositional Analysis,'' or GPA Standard 2261-90 
``Analysis for Natural Gas and Similar Gaseous Mixtures by Gas 
Chromatography'' (incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6 of this 
part). Use the appropriate GCV value, as specified in section 2.3.4.1, 
2.3.4.2 or 2.3.4.3 of this appendix, in the calculation of unit hourly 
heat input rates.

                  2.3.4.1  GCV of Pipeline Natural Gas

    Determine the GCV of fuel that is pipeline natural gas, as defined 
in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, at least once per calendar month. For GCV 
used in calculations use the specifications in Table D-5: either the 
value from the most recent monthly sample, the highest value specified 
in a contract or tariff sheet, or the highest value from the previous 
year. The fuel GCV value from the most recent monthly sample shall be 
used for any month in which that value is higher than a contract limit. 
If a unit combusts pipeline natural gas for less than 48 hours during a 
calendar month, the sampling and analysis requirement for GCV is waived 
for that calendar month. The preceding waiver is limited by the 
condition that at least one analysis for GCV must be performed for each 
quarter the unit operates for any amount of time.

                       2.3.4.2  GCV of Natural Gas

    Determine the GCV of fuel that is natural gas, as defined in 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, on a monthly basis, in the same manner as 
described for pipeline natural gas in section 2.3.4.1 of this appendix.

                   2.3.4.3  GCV of Other Gaseous Fuels

    For gaseous fuels other than natural gas or pipeline natural gas, 
determine the GCV as specified in section 2.3.4.3.1, 2.3.4.3.2 or 
2.3.4.3.3, as applicable.
    2.3.4.3.1 For a gaseous fuel that is delivered in discrete shipments 
or lots, determine the GCV for each shipment or lot. The determination 
may be made by sampling each delivery or by sampling the supply tank 
after each delivery. For sampling of each delivery, use the highest GCV 
in the previous year's samples. For sampling from the tank after each 
delivery, use either the most recent GCV sample or the highest GCV in 
the previous year.
    2.3.4.3.2 For any gaseous fuel that does not qualify as pipeline 
natural gas or natural gas and which is not delivered in shipments or 
lots which performs the required 720 hour test under section 2.3.5 of 
this appendix, and the results of the test demonstrate that the gaseous 
fuel has a low GCV variability, determine the GCV at least monthly. In 
calculations of hourly heat input for a unit, use either the most recent 
monthly sample or the highest fuel GCV from the previous year's samples.
    2.3.4.3.3 For any other gaseous fuel, determine the GCV at least 
daily and use the actual fuel GCV in calculations of unit hourly heat 
input. If an online gas chromatograph or on-line calorimeter is used to 
determine fuel GCV each day, the owner or operator shall develop and 
implement a program to quality assure the data from the gas 
chromatograph or on-line calorimeter, in accordance with the 
manufacturer's recommended procedures. The quality assurance procedures 
shall be kept on-site, in a form suitable for inspection.

              2.3.5  Demonstration of Fuel GCV Variability

    (a) This demonstration is required of any fuel which does not 
qualify as pipeline natural gas or natural gas, and is not delivered 
only in shipments or lots. The demonstration data shall be used to 
determine whether daily or monthly sampling of the GCV of the gaseous 
fuel or blend is required.
    (b) To make this demonstration, proceed as follows. Provide a 
minimum of 720 hours of data, indicating the GCV of the gaseous fuel or 
blend (in Btu/100 scf). The demonstration data shall be obtained using 
either: hourly sampling and analysis using the methods in section 2.3.4 
to determine GCV of the fuel; an on-line gas chromatograph capable of 
determining fuel GCV on an hourly basis; or an on-line calorimeter. For 
gaseous fuel produced by a variable process, the data shall be 
representative of and include all process operating conditions including 
seasonal and yearly variations in process which may affect fuel GCV.

[[Page 409]]

    (c) The data shall be reduced to hourly averages. The mean GCV value 
and the standard deviation from the mean shall be calculated from the 
hourly averages. Specifically, the gaseous fuel is considered to have a 
low GCV variability, and monthly gas sampling for GCV may be used, if 
the mean value of the GCV multiplied by 1.075 is greater than the sum of 
the mean value and one standard deviation. If the gaseous fuel or blend 
does not meet this requirement, then daily fuel sampling and analysis 
for GCV, using manual sampling, a gas chromatograph or an on-line 
calorimeter is required.

             2.3.6  Demonstration of Fuel Sulfur Variability

    (a) This demonstration is required for any fuel which does not 
qualify as pipeline natural gas or natural gas and is not delivered in 
shipments or lots. The results of the demonstration will be used to 
determine whether daily or hourly sampling for sulfur in the fuel is 
required. To make this demonstration, proceed as follows. Provide a 
minimum of 720 hours of data, indicating the total sulfur content (and 
hydrogen sulfide content, if needed to define a fuel as either pipeline 
natural gas or natural gas) of the gaseous fuel or blend (in gr/100 
scf). The demonstration data shall be obtained using either manual 
hourly sampling or an on-line gas chromatograph capable of determining 
fuel total sulfur content (and, if applicable, H2S content) 
on an hourly basis. For gaseous fuel produced by a variable process, 
additional data shall be provided which is representative of all process 
operating conditions including seasonal or annual variations which may 
affect fuel sulfur content.
    (b) Reduce the data to hourly averages of the total sulfur content 
(and hydrogen sulfide content, if applicable) of the fuel. Then, 
calculate the mean value of the total sulfur content and standard 
deviation in order to determine whether daily sampling of the sulfur 
content of the gaseous fuel or blend is sufficient or whether hourly 
sampling with a gas chromatograph is required. Specifically, daily gas 
sampling and analysis for total sulfur content, using either manual 
sampling or an online gas chromatograph, shall be sufficient, provided 
that the standard deviation of the hourly average values from the mean 
value does not exceed 5.0 grains per 100 scf. If the gaseous fuel or 
blend does not meet this requirement, then hourly sampling of the fuel 
with a gas chromatograph and hourly reporting of the average sulfur 
content of the fuel is required.

                      2.4  Missing Data Procedures.

    When data from the procedures of this part are not available, 
provide substitute data using the following procedures.

               2.4.1  Missing Data for Oil and Gas Samples

    When fuel sulfur content, gross calorific value or, when necessary, 
density data are missing or invalid for an oil or gas sample taken 
according to the procedures in section 2.2.3, 2.2.4.1, 2.2.4.2, 2.2.4.3, 
2.2.5, 2.2.6, 2.2.7, 2.3.3.1, 2.3.3.1.2, or 2.3.4 of this appendix, then 
substitute the maximum potential sulfur content, density, or gross 
calorific value of that fuel from Table D-6 of this appendix. 
Irrespective of which reporting option is selected (i.e., actual value, 
contract value or highest value from the previous year, the missing data 
values in Table D-6 shall be reported whenever the results of a required 
sample of sulfur content, GCV or density is missing or invalid in the 
current calendar year. The substitute data value(s) shall be used until 
the next valid sample for the missing parameter(s) is obtained. Note 
that only actual sample results shall be used to determine the ``highest 
value from the previous year'' when that reporting option is used; 
missing data values shall not be used in the determination.

  Table D-6.--Missing Data Substitution Procedures for Sulfur, Density,
                     and Gross Calorific Value Data
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Missing data substitution maximum
          Parameter                         potential value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oil Sulfur Content...........  3.5 percent for residual oil, or
                               1.0 percent for diesel fuel.
Oil Density..................  8.5 lb/gal for residual oil, or
                               7.4 lb/gal for diesel fuel.
Oil GCV......................  19,500 Btu/lb for residual oil, or 20,000
                                Btu/lb for diesel fuel.
Gas Sulfur Content...........  0.3 gr/100 scf for pipeline natural gas,
                                or
                               1.0 gr/100 scf for natural gas, or
                               Twice the highest total sulfur content
                                value recorded in the previous 30 days
                                when sampling gaseous fuel daily or
                                hourly.
Gas GCV/Heat Content.........  1100 Btu/scf for pipeline natural gas,
                                natural gas or landfill gas, or
                               1500 for butane or refinery gas.
                               2100 Btu/scf for propane or any other
                                gaseous fuel.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 410]]

    2.4.2  Whenever data are missing from any fuel flowmeter that is 
part of an excepted monitoring system under appendix D or E to this 
part, where the fuel flowmeter data are required to determine the amount 
of fuel combusted by the unit, use the procedures in sections 2.4.2.2 
and 2.4.2.3 of this appendix to account for the flow rate of fuel 
combusted at the unit for each hour during the missing data period. In 
addition, a fuel flowmeter used for measuring fuel combusted by a 
peaking unit may use the simplified fuel flow missing data procedure in 
section 2.4.2.1 of this appendix.

      2.4.2.1  Simplified Fuel Flow Missing Data for Peaking Units

    If no fuel flow rate data are available for a fuel flowmeter system 
installed on a peaking unit (as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter), 
then substitute for each hour of missing data using the maximum 
potential fuel flow rate. The maximum potential fuel flow rate is the 
lesser of the following:
    (a) The maximum fuel flow rate the unit is capable of combusting or 
(b) the maximum flow rate that the flowmeter can measure (i.e, upper 
range value of flowmeter leading to a unit).
    2.4.2.2  For hours where only one fuel is combusted, substitute for 
each hour in the missing data period the average of the hourly fuel flow 
rate(s) measured and recorded by the fuel flowmeter (or flowmeters, 
where fuel is recirculated) at the corresponding operating unit load 
range recorded for each missing hour during the previous 720 hours 
during which the unit combusted that same fuel only. Establish load 
ranges for the unit using the procedures of section 2 in appendix C of 
this part for missing volumetric flow rate data. If no fuel flow rate 
data are available at the corresponding load range, use data from the 
next higher load range where data are available. If no fuel flow rate 
data are available at either the corresponding load range or a higher 
load range during any hour of the missing data period for that fuel, 
substitute the maximum potential fuel flow rate. The maximum potential 
fuel flow rate is the lesser of the following: (1) the maximum fuel flow 
rate the unit is capable of combusting or (2) the maximum flow rate that 
the flowmeter can measure.
    2.4.2.3  For hours where two or more fuels are combusted, substitute 
the maximum hourly fuel flow rate measured and recorded by the flowmeter 
(or flowmeters, where fuel is recirculated) for the fuel for which data 
are missing at the corresponding load range recorded for each missing 
hour during the previous 720 hours when the unit combusted that fuel 
with any other fuel. For hours where no previous recorded fuel flow rate 
data are available for that fuel during the missing data period, 
calculate and substitute the maximum potential flow rate of that fuel 
for the unit as defined in section 2.4.2.2 of this appendix.
    2.4.3.  In any case where the missing data provisions of this 
section require substitution of data measured and recorded more than 
three years (26,280 clock hours) prior to the date and time of the 
missing data period, use three years (26,280 clock hours) in place of 
the prescribed lookback period.

                             3. Calculations

    Calculate hourly SO2 mass emission rate from combustion 
of oil fuel using the procedures in section 3.1 of this appendix. 
Calculate hourly SO2 mass emission rate from combustion of 
gaseous fuel using the procedures in section 3.3 of this appendix. 
(Note: the SO2 mass emission rates in sections 3.1 and 3.3 
are calculated such that the rate, when multiplied by unit operating 
time, yields the hourly SO2 mass emissions for a particular 
fuel for the unit.) Calculate hourly heat input rate for both oil and 
gaseous fuels using the procedures in section 3.4 of this appendix. 
Calculate total SO2 mass emissions and heat input for each 
hour, each quarter and the year to date using the procedures under 
section 3.5 of this appendix. Where an oil flowmeter records volumetric 
flow rate, use the calculation procedures in section 3.2 of this 
appendix to calculate the mass flow rate of oil.

       3.1  SO2 Mass Emission Rate Calculation for Oil

    3.1.1  Use Equation D-2 to calculate SO2 mass emission 
rate per hour (lb/hr):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.021

Where:

    SO2rate-oil = Hourly mass emission rate of SO2 
emitted from combustion of oil, lb/hr.
    OILrate = Mass rate of oil consumed per hr during 
combustion, lb/hr.
    %Soil = Percentage of sulfur by weight measured in the 
sample.
    2.0 = Ratio of lb SO 2/lb S.

    3.1.2 Record the SO2 mass emission rate from oil for each 
hour that oil is combusted.

[[Page 411]]

      3.2  Mass Flow Rate Calculation for Volumetric Oil Flowmeters

    3.2.1  Where the oil flowmeter records volumetric flow rate rather 
than mass flow rate, calculate and record the oil mass flow rate for 
each hourly period using hourly oil flow rate measurements and the 
density or specific gravity of the oil sample.
    3.2.2  Convert density, specific gravity, or API gravity of the oil 
sample to density of the oil sample at the sampling location's 
temperature using ASTM D1250-80 (Reapproved 1990), ``Standard Guide for 
Petroleum Measurement Tables'' (incorporated by reference under 
Sec. 75.6 of this part).
    3.2.3  Where density of the oil is determined by the applicable ASTM 
procedures from section 2.2.6 of this appendix, use Equation D-3 to 
calculate the rate of the mass of oil consumed (in lb/hr):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.022

Where:

OILrate = Mass rate of oil consumed per hr, lb/hr.
Voil-rate = Volume rate of oil consumed per hr, measured in 
scf/hr, gal/hr, barrels/hr, or m \3\/hr.
Doil = Density of oil, measured in lb/scf, lb/gal, lb/barrel, 
or lb/m3.

  3.3  SO2 Mass Emission Rate Calculation for Gaseous Fuels

    3.3.1  Use Equation D-4 to calculate the SO2 mass 
emission rate when using the optional gas sampling and analysis 
procedures in sections 2.3.1 and 2.3.2 of this appendix, or the required 
gas sampling and analysis procedures in section 2.3.3 of this appendix. 
Total sulfur content of a fuel must be determined using the procedures 
of 2.3.3.1.2 of this appendix:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.023

Where:

SO2rate-gas = Hourly mass rate of SO2 
emitted due to combustion of gaseous fuel, lb/hr.
GASrate = Hourly metered flow rate of gaseous fuel combusted, 
100 scf/hr.
Sgas = Sulfur content of gaseous fuel, in grain/100 scf.
2.0 = Ratio of lb SO2/lb S.
7000 = Conversion of grains/100 scf to lb/100 scf.

    3.3.2  Use Equation D-5 to calculate the SO2 mass 
emission rate when using a default emission rate from section 2.3.1.1 or 
2.3.2.1.1 of this appendix:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.024

where:

SO2rate = Hourly mass emission rate of SO2 from 
combustion of a gaseous fuel, lb/hr.
ER = SO2 emission rate from section 2.3.1.1 or 2.3.2.1.1, of 
this appendix, lb/mmBtu.
HIrate = Hourly heat input rate of a gaseous fuel, calculated 
using procedures in section 3.4.1 of this appendix, in mmBtu/hr.

    3.3.3  Record the SO2 mass emission rate for each hour 
when the unit combusts a gaseous fuel.

                   3.4  Calculation of Heat Input Rate

                 3.4.1 Heat Input Rate for Gaseous Fuels

    (a) Determine total hourly gas flow or average hourly gas flow rate 
with a fuel flowmeter in accordance with the requirements of section 2.1 
of this appendix and the fuel GCV in accordance with the requirements of 
section 2.3.4 of this appendix. If necessary perform the 720-hour test 
under section 2.3.5 to determine the appropriate fuel GCV sampling 
frequency.
    (b) Then, use Equation D-6 to calculate heat input rate from gaseous 
fuels for each hour.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.025

Where:

HIrate-gas = Hourly heat input rate from combustion of the 
gaseous fuel, mmBtu/hr.
GASrate = Average volumetric flow rate of fuel, for the 
portion of the hour in which the unit operated, 100 scf/hr.

[[Page 412]]

GCVgas = Gross calorific value of gaseous fuel, Btu/hr.
10 \6\ = Conversion of Btu to mmBtu.

    (c) Note that when fuel flow is measured on an hourly totalized 
basis (e.g. a fuel flowmeter reports totalized fuel flow for each hour), 
before Equation D-6 can be used, the total hourly fuel usage must be 
converted from units of 100 scf to units of 100 scf/hr using Equation D-
7:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.026

Where:

GASrate = Average volumetric flow rate of fuel for the 
portion of the hour in which the unit operated, 100 scf/hr.
GASunit = Total fuel combusted during the hour, 100 scf.
t = Unit operating time, hour or fraction of an hour (in equal 
increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, 
at the option of the owner or operator).

            3.4.2  Heat Input Rate From the Combustion of Oil

    (a) Determine total hourly oil flow or average hourly oil flow rate 
with a fuel flowmeter, in accordance with the requirements of section 
2.1 of this appendix. Determine oil GCV according to the requirements of 
section 2.2 of this appendix.
    Then, use Equation D-8 to calculate hourly heat input rate from oil 
for each hour:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.027

Where:

HIrate-oil = Hourly heat input rate from combustion of oil, 
mmBtu/hr.
OILrate = Mass rate of oil consumed per hour, as determined 
using procedures in section 3.2.3 of this appendix, in lb/hr, tons/hr, 
or kg/hr.
GCVoil = Gross calorific value of oil, Btu/lb, Btu/ton, Btu/
kg.
106 = Conversion of Btu to mmBtu.
    (b) Note that when fuel flow is measured on an hourly totalized 
basis (e.g., a fuel flowmeter reports totalized fuel flow for each 
hour), before equation D-8 can be used, the total hourly fuel usage must 
be converted from units of lb to units of lb/hr, using equation D-9:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.028

Where:

OILrate = Average fuel flow rate for the portion of the hour 
which the unit operated in lb/hr.
OILunit = Total fuel combusted during the hour, lb.
t = Unit operating time, hour or fraction of an hour (in equal 
increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, 
at the option of the owner or operator).

          3.4.3  Apportioning Heat Input Rate to Multiple Units

    (a) Use the procedure in this section to apportion hourly heat input 
rate to two or more units using a single fuel flowmeter which supplies 
fuel to the units. (This procedure is not applicable to units 
calculating NOX mass emissions using the provisions of 
subpart H of this part.) The designated representative may also petition 
the Administrator under Sec. 75.66 to use this apportionment procedure 
to calculate SO2 and CO2 mass emissions.
    (b) Determine total hourly fuel flow or flow rate through the fuel 
flowmeter supplying gas or oil fuel to the units. Convert fuel flow 
rates to units of 100 scf for gaseous fuels or to lb for oil, using the 
procedures of this appendix. Apportion the fuel to each unit separately 
based on hourly output of the unit in MWe or 1000 lb of 
steam/hr (klb/hr) using Equation D-10 or D-11, as applicable:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.029

Where:

GASunit = Gas flow apportioned to a unit, 100 scf.
GASmeter = Total gas flow through the fuel flowmeter, 100 
scf.
Uoutput = Total unit output, MW or klb/hr.

[[Page 413]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.030

Where:

OILunit = Oil flow apportioned to a unit, lb.
OILmeter = Total oil flow through the fuel flowmeter, lb.
Uoutput = Total unit output in either MWe or klb/
hr.

    (c) Use the total apportioned fuel flow calculated from Equation D-
10 or D-11 to calculate the hourly unit heat input rate, using Equations 
D-6 and D-7 (for gas) or Equations D-8 and D-9 (for oil).

 3.5  Conversion of Hourly Rates to Hourly, Quarterly and Year to Date 
                                 Totals

 3.5.1  Hourly SO2 Mass Emissions From the Combustion of All 
                                  Fuels

    Determine the total mass emissions for each hour from the combustion 
of all fuels using Equation D-12:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.031

Where:

MSO2-hr = Total mass of SO2 emissions from all 
fuels combusted during the hour, lb.
SO2rate-i = SO2 mass emission rate for each type 
of gas or oil fuel combusted during the hour, lb/hr.
ti = Time each gas or oil fuel was combusted for the hour 
(fuel usage time), fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can 
range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the 
owner or operator).

          3.5.2  Quarterly Total SO2 Mass Emissions

    Sum the hourly SO2 mass emissions in lb as determined 
from Equation D-12 for all hours in a quarter using Equation D-13:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.032

Where:

MSO2-qtr = Total mass of SO2 emissions from all 
fuels combusted during the quarter, tons.
MSO2-hr = Hourly SO2 mass emissions determined 
using Equation D-12, lb.
2000= Conversion factor from lb to tons.

            3.5.3  Year to Date SO2 Mass Emissions

    Calculate and record SO2 mass emissions in the year to 
date using Equation D-14:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.033

Where:

MSO2-YTD = Total SO2 mass emissions for the year 
to date, tons.
MSO2-qtr = Total SO2 mass emissions for the 
quarter, tons.

     3.5.4  Hourly Total Heat Input from the Combustion of all Fuels

    Determine the total heat input in mmBtu for each hour from the 
combustion of all fuels using Equation D-15:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.034

Where:

HIhr = Total heat input from all fuels combusted during the 
hour, mmBtu.
HIrate-i =Heat input rate for each type of gas or oil 
combusted during the hour, mmBtu/hr.
ti = Time each gas or oil fuel was combusted for the hour 
(fuel usage time), fraction of

[[Page 414]]

an hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one 
quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).

                       3.5.5  Quarterly Heat Input

    Sum the hourly heat input values determined from equation D-15 for 
all hours in a quarter using Equation D-16:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.035

Where:

HIqtr = Total heat input from all fuels combusted during the 
quarter, mmBtu.
HIhr = Hourly heat input determined using Equation D-15, 
mmBtu.

                     3.5.6  Year-to-Date Heat Input

    Calculate and record the total heat input in the year to date using 
Equation D-17.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.036

HIYTD = Total heat input for the year to date, mmBtu.
HIqtr = Total heat input for the quarter, mmBtu.

                        3.6  Records and Reports

    Calculate and record quarterly and cumulative SO2 mass 
emissions and heat input for each calendar quarter using the procedures 
and equations of section 3.5 of this appendix. Calculate and record 
SO2 emissions and heat input data using a data acquisition 
and handling system. Report these data in a standard electronic format 
specified by the Administrator.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26548, 26551, May 17, 
1995; 61 FR 25585, May 22, 1996; 61 FR 59166, Nov. 20, 1996; 63 FR 
57513, Oct. 27, 1998; 64 FR 28652-28663, May 26, 1999]

  Appendix E to Part 75--Optional NOx Emissions Estimation 
    Protocol for Gas-Fired Peaking Units and Oil-Fired Peaking Units

                            1.  Applicability

                    1.1  Unit Operation Requirements

    This NOX emissions estimation procedure may be used in 
lieu of a continuous NOX emission monitoring system (lb/
mmBtu) for determining the average NOX emission rate and 
hourly NOX rate from gas-fired peaking units and oil-fired 
peaking units as defined in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter. If a unit's 
operations exceed the levels required to be a peaking unit, install and 
certify a continuous NOX emission monitoring system no later 
than December 31 of the following calendar year. The provisions of 
Sec. 75.12 apply to excepted monitoring systems under this appendix.

                           1.2  Certification

    1.2.1  Pursuant to the procedures in Sec. 75.20, complete all 
testing requirements to certify use of this protocol in lieu of a 
NOX continuous emission monitoring system no later than the 
applicable deadline specified in Sec. 75.4. Apply to the Administrator 
for certification to use this method no later than 45 days after the 
completion of all certification testing. Whenever the monitoring method 
is to be changed, reapply to the Administrator for certification of the 
new monitoring method.
    1.2.2  If the owner or operator has already successfully completed 
certification testing of the unit using the protocol of appendix E of 
part 75 and submitted a certification application under Sec. 75.20(g) 
prior to ________ July 17, 1995, the unit's monitoring system does not 
need to repeat initial certification testing using the revised 
procedures published ________ May 17, 1995.

                              2. Procedure

                    2.1  Initial Performance Testing

    Use the following procedures for: measuring NOX emission 
rates at heat input rate levels corresponding to different load levels; 
measuring heat input rate; and plotting the correlation between heat 
input rate and NOX emission rate, in order to determine the 
emission rate of the unit(s).

                          2.1.1  Load Selection

    Establish at least four approximately equally spaced operating load 
points, ranging from the maximum operating load to the minimum operating 
load. Select the maximum and minimum operating load from the operating 
history of the unit during the most recent two years. (If projections 
indicate that the unit's maximum or minimum operating load during the 
next five years will be significantly different from the most recent two 
years, select the maximum and minimum operating load based on the 
projected dispatched load of the unit.) For new gas-fired peaking units 
or new oil-fired peaking units, select the maximum and minimum operating 
load from the expected maximum and minimum load to be dispatched to the 
unit in the first five calendar years of operation.

   2.1.2  NOX and O2 Concentration Measurements

    Use the following procedures to measure NOX and 
O2 concentration in order to determine NOX 
emission rate.

[[Page 415]]

    2.1.2.1  For boilers, select an excess O2 level for each 
fuel (and, optionally, for each combination of fuels) to be combusted 
that is representative for each of the four or more load levels. If a 
boiler operates using a single, consistent combination of fuels only, 
the testing may be performed using the combination rather than each 
fuel. If a fuel is combusted only for the purpose of testing ignition of 
the burners for a period of five minutes or less per ignition test or 
for start-up, then the boiler NOX emission rate does not need 
to be tested separately for that fuel. Operate the boiler at a normal or 
conservatively high excess oxygen level in conjunction with these tests. 
Measure the NOX and O2 at each load point for each 
fuel or consistent fuel combination (and, optionally, for each 
combination of fuels) to be combusted. Measure the NOX and 
O2 concentrations according to method 7E and 3A in appendix A 
of part 60 of this chapter. Select sampling points as specified in 
section 5.1, method 3 in appendix A of part 60 of this chapter. The 
designated representative for the unit may also petition the 
Administrator under Sec. 75.66 to use fewer sampling points. Such a 
petition shall include the proposed alternative sampling procedure and 
information demonstrating that there is no concentration stratification 
at the sampling location.
    2.1.2.2  For stationary gas turbines, select sampling points and 
measure the NOX and O2 concentrations at each load 
point for each fuel or consistent combination of fuels (and, optionally, 
each combination of fuels) according to appendix A, method 20 of part 60 
of this chapter. For diesel or dual fuel reciprocating engines, measure 
the NOX and O2 concentrations according to method 
20, but modify method 20 by selecting a sampling site to be as close as 
practical to the exhaust of the engine.
    2.1.2.3  Allow the unit to stabilize for a minimum of 15 minutes (or 
longer if needed for the NOX and O2 readings to 
stabilize) prior to commencing NOx, O2, and heat input 
measurements. Determine the average measurement system response time 
according to section 5.5 of method 20 in appendix A, part 60 of this 
chapter. When inserting the probe into the flue gas for the first 
sampling point in each traverse, sample for at least one minute plus 
twice the average measurement system response time (or longer, if 
necessary to obtain a stable reading). For all other sampling points in 
each traverse, sample for at least one minute plus the average 
measurement response time (or longer, if necessary to obtain a stable 
reading). Perform three test runs at each load condition and obtain an 
arithmetic average of the runs for each load condition. During each test 
run on a boiler, record the boiler excess oxygen level at 5 minute 
intervals.

                            2.1.3  Heat Input

    Measure the total heat input (mmBtu) and heat input rate during 
testing (mmBtu/hr) as follows:
    2.1.3.1  When the unit is combusting fuel, measure and record the 
flow of fuel consumed. Measure the flow of fuel with an in-line 
flowmeter(s) and automatically record the data. If a portion of the flow 
is diverted from the unit without being burned, and that diversion 
occurs downstream of the fuel flowmeter, an in-line flowmeter is 
required to account for the unburned fuel. Install and calibrate in-line 
flow meters using the procedures and specifications contained in 
sections 2.1.2, 2.1.3, 2.1.4, and 2.1.5 of appendix D of this part. 
Correct any gaseous fuel flow rate measured at actual temperature and 
pressure to standard conditions of 68  deg.F and 29.92 inches of 
mercury.
    2.1.3.2  For liquid fuels, analyze fuel samples taken according to 
the requirements of section 2.2 of appendix D of this part to determine 
the heat content of the fuel. Determine heat content of liquid or 
gaseous fuel in accordance with the procedures in appendix F of this 
part. Calculate the heat input rate during testing (mmBtu/hr) associated 
with each load condition in accordance with equations F-19 or F-20 in 
appendix F of this part and total heat input using equation E-1 of this 
appendix. Record the heat input rate at each heat input/load point.

                          2.1.4  Emergency Fuel

    The designated representative of a unit that is restricted by its 
Federal, State or local permit to combusting a particular fuel only 
during emergencies where the primary fuel is not available may petition 
the Administrator pursuant to the procedures in Sec. 75.66 for an 
exemption from the requirements of this appendix for testing the 
NOX emission rate during combustion of the emergency fuel. 
The designated representative shall include in the petition a procedure 
for determining the NOX emission rate for the unit when the 
emergency fuel is combusted, and a demonstration that the permit 
restricts use of the fuel to emergencies only. The designated 
representative shall also provide notice under Sec. 75.61(a) for each 
period when the emergency fuel is combusted.

                      2.1.5  Tabulation of Results

    Tabulate the results of each baseline correlation test for each fuel 
or, as applicable, combination of fuels, listing: time of test, 
duration, operating loads, heat input rate (mmBtu/hr), F-factors, excess 
oxygen levels, and NOX concentrations (ppm) on a dry basis 
(at actual excess oxygen level). Convert the NOX 
concentrations (ppm) to NOX emission rates (to the nearest 
0.01 lb/mm/Btu) according to equation F-5 of appendix F of this part or 
19-3 in method 19 of appendix A of part 60

[[Page 416]]

of this chapter, as appropriate. Calculate the NOX emission 
rate in lb/mmBtu for each sampling point and determine the arithmetic 
average NOX emission rate of each test run. Calculate the 
arithmetic average of the boiler excess oxygen readings for each test 
run. Record the arithmetic average of the three test runs as the 
NOX emission rate and the boiler excess oxygen level for the 
heat input/load condition.

                       2.1.6  Plotting of Results

    Plot the tabulated results as an x-y graph for each fuel and (as 
applicable) combination of fuels combusted according to the following 
procedures.
    2.1.6.1  Plot the heat input rate (mmBtu/hr) as the independent (or 
x) variable and the NOX emission rates (lb/mmBtu) as the 
dependent (or y) variable for each load point. Construct the graph by 
drawing straight line segments between each load point. Draw a 
horizontal line to the y-axis from the minimum heat input (load) point.
    2.1.6.2  Units that co-fire gas and oil may be tested while firing 
gas only and oil only instead of testing with each combination of fuels. 
In this case, construct a graph for each fuel.

           2.2  Periodic NOx Emission Rate Testing

    Retest the NOx emission rate of the gas-fired peaking 
unit or the oil-fired peaking unit prior to the earlier of 3,000 unit 
operating hours or the 5-year anniversary and renewal of its operating 
permit under part 72 of this chapter.

 2.3  Other Quality Assurance/Quality Control-Related NOx Emission Rate 
                                 Testing

    When the operating levels of certain parameters exceed the limits 
specified below, or where the Administrator issues a notice requesting 
retesting because the NOX emission rate data availability for 
when the unit operates within all quality assurance/quality control 
parameters in this section since the last test is less than 90.0 
percent, as calculated by the Administrator, complete retesting of the 
NOX emission rate by the earlier of: (1) 10 unit operating 
days (as defined in section 2.1 of appendix B of this part) or (2) 180 
calendar days after exceeding the limits or after the date of issuance 
of a notice from the Administrator to re-verify the unit's 
NOX emission rate. Submit test results in accordance with 
Sec. 75.60(a) within 45 days of completing the retesting.
    2.3.1  For a stationary gas turbine, obtain a list of at least four 
operating parameters indicative of the turbine's NOX 
formation characteristics, and the recommended ranges for these 
parameters at each tested load-heat input point, from the gas turbine 
manufacturer. If the gas turbine uses water or steam injection for 
NOX control, the water/fuel or steam/fuel ratio shall be one 
of these parameters. During the NOx-heat input correlation tests, record 
the average value of each parameter for each load-heat input to ensure 
that the parameters are within the manufacturer's recommended range. 
Redetermine the NOX emission rate-heat input correlation for 
each fuel and (optional) combination of fuels after continuously 
exceeding the manufacturer's recommended range of any of these 
parameters for one or more successive operating periods totaling more 
than 16 unit operating hours.
    2.3.2  For a diesel or dual-fuel reciprocating engine, obtain a list 
of at least four operating parameters indicative of the engine's 
NOX formation characteristics, and the recommended ranges for 
these parameters at each tested load-heat input point, from the engine 
manufacturer. Any operating parameter critical for NOX 
control shall be included. During the NOX heat-input 
correlation tests, record the average value of each parameter for each 
load-heat input to ensure that the parameters are within the 
manufacturer's recommended range. Redetermine the NOX 
emission rate-heat input correlation for each fuel and (optional) 
combination or fuels after continuously exceeding the manufacturer's 
recommended range of any of these parameters for one or more successive 
operating periods totaling more than 16 unit operating hours.
    2.3.3  For boilers using the procedures in this appendix, the 
NOX emission rate heat input correlation for each fuel and 
(optional) combination of fuels shall be redetermined if the excess 
oxygen level at any heat input rate (or unit operating load) 
continuously exceeds by more than 2 percentage points O2 from 
the boiler excess oxygen level recorded at the same operating heat input 
rate during the previous NOX emission rate test for one or 
more successive operating periods totaling more than 16 unit operating 
hours.

   2.4  Procedures for Determining Hourly NOX Emission Rate

    2.4.1  Record the time (hr. and min.), load (MWge or steam load in 
1000 lb/hr), fuel flow rate and heat input rate (using the procedures in 
section 2.1.3 of this appendix) for each hour during which the unit 
combusts fuel. Calculate the total hourly heat input using equation E-1 
of this appendix. Record the heat input rate for each fuel to the 
nearest 0.1 mmBtu/hr. During partial unit operating hours or during 
hours where more than one fuel is combusted, heat input must be 
represented as an hourly rate in mmBtu/hr, as if the fuel were combusted 
for the entire hour at that rate (and not as the actual, total heat 
input during that partial hour or hour) in order to ensure proper 
correlation with the NOX emission rate graph.
    2.4.2 Use the graph of the baseline correlation results (appropriate 
for the fuel or fuel

[[Page 417]]

combination) to determine the NOX emissions rate (lb/mmBtu) 
corresponding to the heat input rate (mmBtu/hr). Input this correlation 
into the data acquisition and handling system for the unit. Linearly 
interpolate to 0.1 mmBtu/hr heat input rate and 0.01 lb/mmBtu 
NOX (0.001 lb/mmBtu NOX after April 1, 2000). For 
each type of fuel, calculate NOX emission rate using the 
baseline correlation results from the most recent test with that fuel, 
beginning with the date and hour of the completion of the most recent 
test.
    2.4.3 To determine the NOX emission rate for a unit co-
firing fuels that has not been tested for that combination of fuels, 
interpolate between the NOX emission rate for each fuel as 
follows. Determine the heat input rate for the hour (in mmBtu/hr) for 
each fuel and select the corresponding NOX emission rate for 
each fuel on the appropriate graph. (When a fuel is combusted for a 
partial hour, determine the fuel usage time for each fuel and determine 
the heat input rate from each fuel as if that fuel were combusted at 
that rate for the entire hour in order to select the corresponding 
NOX emission rate.) Calculate the total heat input to the 
unit in mmBtu for the hour from all fuel combusted using Equation E-1. 
Calculate a Btu-weighted average of the emission rates for all fuels 
using Equation E-2 of this appendix. For each type of fuel, calculate 
NOX emission rate using the baseline correlation results from 
the most recent test with that fuel, beginning with the date and hour of 
the completion of the most recent test.
    2.4.4 For each hour, record the critical quality assurance 
parameters, as identified in the monitoring plan, and as required by 
section 2.3 of this appendix from the date and hour of the completion of 
the most recent test for each type of fuel.

                      2.5  Missing Data Procedures

    Provide substitute data for each unit electing to use this 
alternative procedure whenever a valid quality-assured hour of 
NOX emission rate data has not been obtained according to the 
procedures and specifications of this appendix.
    2.5.1  Use the procedures of this section whenever any of the 
quality assurance/quality control parameters exceeds the limits in 
section 2.3 of this appendix or whenever any of the quality assurance/
quality control parameters are not available.
    2.5.2  Substitute missing NOX emission rate data using 
the highest NOX emission rate tabulated during the most 
recent set of baseline correlation tests for the same fuel or, if 
applicable, combination of fuels.
    2.5.3  Maintain a record indicating which data are substitute data 
and the reasons for the failure to provide a valid quality-assured hour 
of NOX emission rate data according to the procedures and 
specifications of this appendix.
    2.5.4 Substitute missing data from a fuel flowmeter using the 
procedures in section 2.4.2 of appendix D to this part.
    2.5.5 Substitute missing data for gross calorific value of fuel 
using the procedures in sections 2.4.1 of appendix D to this part.

                             3. Calculations

                             3.1 Heat Input

    Calculate the total heat input by summing the product of heat input 
rate and fuel usage time of each fuel, as in the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.037

Where:

HT = Total heat input of fuel flow or a combination of fuel 
flows to a unit, mmBtu.
HIfuel 1,2,3,...last = Heat input rate from each fuel, in 
mmBtu/hr as determined using Equation F-19 or F-20 in section 5.5 of 
appendix F to this part, mmBtu/hr.
t1,2,3....last = Fuel usage time for each fuel (rounded up to 
the nearest fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from 
one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or 
operator)).

                             3.1  Heat Input

    Calculate the total heat input by summing the product of heat input 
rate and fuel usage time of each fuel, as in the following equation:

HT = HIfuel1 t1 + HIfuel2 
t2 + HIfuel3 t3 + . . . + 
HIlastfuel tlast
(Eq. E-1)

where:

HT = Total heat input of fuel flow or a combination of fuel 
flows to a unit, mmBtu;
HIfuel1,2,3,...last = Heat input rate from each fuel during 
fuel usage time, in mmBtu/hr, as determined using equation F-19 or F-20 
in section 5.5 of appendix F of this part, mmBtu/hr;
t1,2,3....last = Fuel usage time for each fuel, rounded up to 
the nearest .25 hours.

    Note: For hours where a fuel is combusted for only part of the hour, 
use the fuel flow

[[Page 418]]

rate or mass flow rate during the fuel usage time, instead of the total 
fuel flow during the hour, when calculating heat input rate using 
equation F-19 or F-20.

                             3.2  F-factors

    Determine the F-factors for each fuel or combination of fuels to be 
combusted according to section 3.3 of appendix F of this part.

                    3.3  NOX Emission Rate

          3.3.1  Conversion from Concentration to Emission Rate

    Convert the NOX concentrations (ppm) and O2 
concentrations to NOX emission rates (to the nearest 0.01 lb/
mmBtu for tests performed prior to April 1, 2000, or to the nearest 
0.001 lb/mmBtu for tests performed on and after April 1, 2000), 
according to the appropriate one of the following equations: F-5 in 
appendix F to this part for dry basis concentration measurements or 19-3 
in Method 19 of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter for wet basis 
concentration measurements.

          3.3.2  Quarterly Average NOX Emission Rate

    Report the quarterly average emission rate (lb/mmBtu) as required in 
subpart G of this part. Calculate the quarterly average NOX 
emission rate according to equation F-9 in appendix F of this part.

           3.3.3  Annual Average NOX Emission Rate

    Report the average emission rate (lb/mmBtu) for the calendar year as 
required in subpart G of this part. Calculate the average NOX 
emission rate according to equation F-10 in appendix F of this part.

  3.3.4  Average NOX Emission Rate During Co-firing of Fuels
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.038

Where:

Eh = NOX emission rate for the unit for the hour, 
lb/mmBtu.
Ef = NOX emission rate for the unit for a given 
fuel at heat input rate HIf, lb/mmBtu.
HIf = Heat input rate for the hour for a given fuel, during 
the fuel usage time, as determined using Equation F-19 or F-20 in 
section 5.5 of appendix F to this part, mmBtu/hr.
HT = Total heat input for all fuels for the hour from 
Equation E-1.
tf = Fuel usage time for each fuel (rounded up to the nearest 
fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one 
hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or 
operator)).

    Note: For hours where a fuel is combusted for only part of the hour, 
use the fuel flow rate or mass flow rate during the fuel usage time, 
instead of the total fuel flow or mass flow during the hour, when 
calculating heat input rate using Equation F-19 or F-20.

                4. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Plan

    Include a section on the NOX emission rate determination 
as part of the monitoring quality assurance/quality control plan 
required under Sec. 75.21 and appendix B of this part for each gas-fired 
peaking unit and each oil-fired peaking unit. In this section present 
information including, but not limited to, the following: (1) a copy of 
all data and results from the initial NOX emission rate 
testing, including the values of quality assurance parameters specified 
in section 2.3 of this appendix; (2) a copy of all data and results from 
the most recent NOX emission rate load correlation testing; 
(3) a copy of the unit manufacturer's recommended range of quality 
assurance- and quality control-related operating parameters.
    4.1  Submit a copy of the unit manufacturer's recommended range of 
operating parameter values, and the range of operating parameter values 
recorded during the previous NOX emission rate test that 
determined the unit's NOX emission rate, along with the 
unit's revised monitoring plan submitted with the certification 
application.
    4.2  Keep records of these operating parameters for each hour of 
operation in order to demonstrate that a unit is remaining within the 
manufacturer's recommended operating range.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26551-26553, May 17, 
1995; 64 FR 28665, May 26, 1999]

              Appendix F to Part 75--Conversion Procedures

                            1. Applicability

    Use the procedures in this appendix to convert measured data from a 
monitor or continuous emission monitoring system into the appropriate 
units of the standard.

               2. Procedures for SO2 Emissions

    Use the following procedures to compute hourly SO2 mass 
emission rate (in lb/hr) and quarterly and annual SO2 total 
mass emissions (in tons). Use the procedures in Method 19 in appendix A 
to part 60 of this chapter to compute hourly SO2 emission 
rates (in lb/mmBtu) for qualifying Phase I technologies. When computing 
hourly SO2 emission rate in lb/mmBtu, a minimum concentration 
of 5.0 percent CO2 and a maximum concentration

[[Page 419]]

of 14.0 percent O2 may be substituted for measured diluent 
gas concentration values at boilers during hours when the hourly average 
concentration of CO2 is less than 5.0 percent CO2 
or the hourly average concentration of O2 is greater than 
14.0 percent O2.
    2.1 When measurements of SO2 concentration and flow rate 
are on a wet basis, use the following equation to compute hourly 
SO2 mass emission rate (in lb/hr):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.039

Where:

Eh = Hourly SO2 mass emission rate during unit 
operation, lb/hr.
K = 1.660  x  10-7 for SO2, (lb/scf)/ppm.
Ch = Hourly average SO2 concentration during unit 
operation, stack moisture basis, ppm.
Qh = Hourly average volumetric flow rate during unit 
operation, stack moisture basis, scfh.
2.2 When measurements by the SO2 pollutant concentration 
monitor are on a dry basis and the flow rate monitor measurements are on 
a wet basis, use the following equation to compute hourly SO2 
mass emission rate (in lb/hr):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.040

where:

Eh = Hourly SO2 mass emission rate during unit 
operation, lb/hr.
K = 1.660 x 10-7 for SO2, (lb/scf)/ppm.
Chp = Hourly average SO2 concentration during unit 
operation, ppm (dry).
Qhs = Hourly average volumetric flow rate during unit 
operation, scfh as measured (wet).
%H2O = Hourly average stack moisture content during unit 
operation, percent by volume.

    2.3 Use the following equations to calculate total SO2 
mass emissions for each calendar quarter (Equation F-3) and for each 
calendar year (Equation F-4), in tons:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.041

Where:
Eq = Quarterly total SO2 mass emissions, tons.
Eh = Hourly SO2 mass emission rate, lb/hr.
th = Unit operating time, hour or fraction of an hour (in 
equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an 
hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
n = Number of hourly SO2 emissions values during calendar 
quarter.
2000 = Conversion of 2000 lb per ton.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.042

Where:

Ea = Annual total SO2 mass emissions, tons.
Eq = Quarterly SO2 mass emissions, tons.
q = Quarters for which Eq are available during calendar year.

    2.4 Round all SO2 mass emission rates and totals to the 
nearest tenth.

             3. Procedures for NOx Emission Rate

    Use the following procedures to convert continuous emission 
monitoring system measurements of NOx concentration (ppm) and 
diluent concentration (percentage) into NOx emission rates 
(in lb/mmBtu). Perform measurements of NOx and diluent 
(O2 or CO2) concentrations on the same moisture 
(wet or dry) basis.
    3.1  When the NOx continuous emission monitoring system 
uses O2 as the diluent, and measurements are performed on a 
dry basis, use the following conversion procedure:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.123

(Eq. F-5)

where,

K, E, Ch, F, and %O2 are defined in section 3.3 of 
this appendix. When measurements are performed on a wet basis, use the 
equations in method 19 in appendix A of part 60 of this chapter.

    3.2  When the NOX continuous emission monitoring system 
uses CO2 as the diluent, use the following conversion 
procedure:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17MY95.014

(Eq. F-6)


[[Page 420]]


where:

K, E, Ch, Fc, and %CO2 are defined in section 3.3 of this 
appendix.
When CO2 and NOX measurements are performed on a 
different moisture basis, use the equations in method 19 in appendix A 
of part 60 of this chapter.

    3.3  Use the definitions listed below to derive values for the 
parameters in equations F-5 and F-6 of this appendix.
    3.3.1  K=1.194x10-7 (lb/dscf)/ppm NOx.
    3.3.2  E = Pollutant emissions during unit operation, lb/mmBtu.
    3.3.3  Ch = Hourly average pollutant concentration during 
unit operation, ppm.
    3.3.4  %O2, %CO2 = Oxygen or carbon dioxide 
volume during unit operation (expressed as percent O2 or 
CO2). A minimum concentration of 5.0 percent CO2 
and a maximum concentration of 14.0 percent O2 may be 
substituted for measured diluent gas concentration values at boilers 
during hours when the hourly average concentration of CO2 is
 5.0 percent CO2 or the hourly average concentration of 
O2 is > 14.0 percent O2. A minimum concentration 
of 1.0 percent CO2 and a maximum concentration of 19.0 
percent O2 may be substituted for measured diluent gas 
concentration values at stationary gas turbines during hours when the 
hourly average concentration of CO2 is  1.0 percent 
CO2 or the hourly average concentration of O2 is > 
19.0 percent O2.
    3.3.5  F, Fc=a factor representing a ratio of the volume 
of dry flue gases generated to the caloric value of the fuel combusted 
(F), and a factor representing a ratio of the volume of CO2 
generated to the calorific value of the fuel combusted (Fc), 
respectively. Table 1 lists the values of F and Fc for 
different fuels. A minimum concentration of 5.0 percent CO2 
and a maximum concentration of 14.0 percent O2 may be 
substituted for measured diluent gas concentration values during unit 
start-up.

                     Table 1--F- and Fc-Factors \1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          F-factor (dscf/ Fc-factor (scf
                  Fuel                        mmBtu)        CO2/mmBtu)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Coal (as defined by ASTM D388-92):
  Anthracite............................          10,100           1,970
  Bituminous and subbituminous..........           9,780           1,800
  Lignite...............................           9,860           1,910
Oil.....................................           9,190           1,420
Gas:
  Natural gas...........................           8,710           1,040
  Propane...............................           8,710           1,190
  Butane................................           8,710           1,250
Wood:
  Bark..................................           9,600           1,920
  Wood residue..........................           9,240           1,830
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Determined at standard conditions: 20  deg.C (68  deg.F) and 29.92
  inches of mercury.

    3.3.6  Equations F-7a and F-7b may be used in lieu of the F or 
Fc factors specified in section 3.3.5 of this appendix to 
calculate an F factor (dscf/mmBtu) on a dry basis or an Fc 
factor (scf CO2/mmBtu) on either a dry or wet basis.

(Calculate all F- and Fc factors at standard conditions of 20 
 deg.C (68  deg.F) and 29.92 inches of mercury.)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.124

(Eq. F-7a)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.125

(Eq. F-7b)

    3.3.6.1  H, C, S, N, and O are content by weight of hydrogen, 
carbon, sulfur, nitrogen, and oxygen (expressed as percent), 
respectively, as determined on the same basis as the gross calorific 
value (GCV) by ultimate analysis of the fuel combusted using ASTM D3176-
89, ``Standard Practice for Ultimate Analysis of Coal and Coke'' (solid 
fuels), ASTM D5291-92, ``Standard Test Methods for Instrumental 
Determination of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen in Petroleum Products 
and Lubricants'' (liquid fuels) or computed from results using ASTM 
D1945-91, ``Standard Test Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by Gas 
Chromatography'' or ASTM D1946-90, ``Standard Practice for Analysis of 
Reformed Gas by Gas Chromatography'' (gaseous fuels) as applicable. 
(These methods are incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6 of this 
part.)
    3.3.6.2  GCV is the gross calorific value (Btu/lb) of the fuel 
combusted determined by ASTM D2015-91, ``Standard Test Method for Gross 
Calorific Value of Coal and Coke by the Adiabatic Bomb Calorimeter'', 
ASTM D1989-92 ``Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal 
and Coke by Microprocessor Controlled Isoperibol Calorimeters,'' or ASTM 
D3286-91a ``Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal and 
Coke by the Isoperibol Bomb Calorimeter'' for solid and liquid fuels, 
and ASTM D240-87 (Reapproved 1991) ``Standard

[[Page 421]]

Test Method for Heat of Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb 
Calorimeter'', or ASTM D2382-88 ``Standard Test Method for Heat of 
Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter (High-Precision 
Method)'' for oil; and ASTM D3588-91 ``Standard Practice for Calculating 
Heat Value, Compressibility Factor, and Relative Density (Specific 
Gravity) of Gaseous Fuels,'' ASTM D4891-89 ``Standard Test Method for 
Heating Value of Gases in Natural Gas Range by Stoichiometric 
Combustion,'' GPA Standard 2172 86 ``Calculation of Gross Heating Value, 
Relative Density and Compressibility Factor for Natural Gas Mixtures 
from Compositional Analysis,'' GPA Standard 2261-90 ``Analysis for 
Natural Gas and Similar Gaseous Mixtures by Gas Chromatography,'' or 
ASTM D1826-88, ``Standard Test Method for Calorific (Heating) Value of 
Gases in Natural Gas Range by Continuous Recording Calorimeter'' for 
gaseous fuels, as applicable. (These methods are incorporated by 
reference under Sec. 75.6).
    3.3.6.3  For affected units that combust a combination of fossil 
(coal, oil and gas) and nonfossil (e.g., bark, wood, residue, or refuse) 
fuels, the F or Fc value is subject to the Administrator's 
approval.
    3.3.6.4  For affected units that combust combinations of fossil 
fuels or fossil fuels and wood residue, prorate the F or Fc 
factors determined by section 3.3.5 of this appendix in accordance with 
the applicable formula as follows:

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.126

(Eq. F-8)

where,

Xi = Fraction of total heat input derived from each type of 
fuel (e.g., natural gas, bituminous coal, wood).
Fi or (Fc)i = Applicable F or 
Fc factor for each fuel type determined in accordance with 
section 3.3.5 of this appendix.
n = Number of fuels being combusted in combination.

    3.4 Use the following equations to calculate the average 
NOX emission rate for each calendar quarter (Equation F-9) 
and the average emission rate for the calendar year (Equation F-10), in 
lb/mmBtu:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.043

Where:

Eq = Quarterly average NOX emission rate, lb/
mmBtu.
Ei = Hourly average NOX emission rate during unit 
operation, lb/mmBtu.
n = Number of hourly rates during calendar quarter.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.044

Where:

Ea = Average NOX emission rate for the calendar 
year, lb/mmBtu.
Ei = Hourly average NOX emission rate during unit 
operation, lb/mmBtu.
m = Number of hourly rates for which Ei is available in the 
calendar year.

    3.5 Round all NOX emission rates to the nearest 0.01 lb/
mmBtu prior to April 1, 2000, and to the nearest 0.001 lb/mmBtu on and 
after April 1, 2000.

             4. Procedures for CO2 Mass Emissions

    Use the following procedures to convert continuous emission 
monitoring system measurements of CO2 concentration 
(percentage) and volumetric flow rate (scfh) into CO2 mass 
emissions (in tons/day) when the owner or operator uses a CO2 
continuous emission monitoring system (consisting of a CO2 or 
O2 pollutant monitor) and a flow monitoring system to monitor 
CO2 emissions from an affected unit.
    4.1 When CO2 concentration is measured on a wet basis, 
use the following equation to calculate hourly CO2 mass 
emissions rates (in tons/hr):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.045

Where:

Eh = Hourly CO2 mass emission rate during unit 
operation, tons/hr.
K = 5.7 X 10-7 for CO2, (tons/scf) /
%CO2.
Ch = Hourly average CO2 concentration during unit 
operation, wet basis, percent CO2. For boilers, a minimum 
concentration of 5.0 percent CO2 may be substituted for the 
measured concentration when the hourly average concentration of 
CO2 is  5.0 percent CO2, provided that this 
minimum concentration of 5.0 percent CO2 is also used in the 
calculation of heat input for that hour. For stationary gas turbines, a 
minimum concentration of 1.0 percent CO2 may be substituted 
for measured diluent gas concentration values during hours when the 
hourly average concentration of CO2 is  1.0 percent 
CO2, provided that this minimum concentration of 1.0 percent 
CO2 is also used in the calculation of heat input for that 
hour.
Qh = Hourly average volumetric flow rate during unit 
operation, wet basis, scfh.

    4.2 When CO2 concentration is measured on a dry basis, 
use Equation F-2 to calculate the hourly CO2 mass emission 
rate (in tons/

[[Page 422]]

hr) with a K-value of 5.7 x 10-7 (tons/scf) percent 
CO2, where Eh = hourly CO2 mass 
emission rate, tons/hr and Chp = hourly average 
CO2 concentration in flue, dry basis, percent CO2.
    4.3 Use the following equations to calculate total CO2 
mass emissions for each calendar quarter (Equation F-12) and for each 
calendar year (Equation F-13):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.046

Where:

ECO2q = Quarterly total CO2 mass emissions, tons.
Eh = Hourly CO2 mass emission rate, tons/hr.
th=Unit operating time, in hours or fraction of an hour (in 
equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an 
hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
HR = Number of hourly CO2 mass emission rates 
available during calendar quarter.

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.047

Where:

ECO2a = Annual total CO2 mass emission,
ECO2q = Quarterly total CO2 mass emissions, tons.
q = Quarters for which ECO2q are available during calendar 
year.

    4.4 For an affected unit, when the owner or operator is continuously 
monitoring O2 concentration (in percent by volume) of flue 
gases using an O2 monitor, use the equations and procedures 
in section 4.4.1 and 4.4.2 of this appendix to determine hourly 
CO2 mass emissions (in tons).
    4.4.1 Use appropriate F and Fc factors from section 3.3.5 
of this appendix in one of the following equations (as applicable) to 
determine hourly average CO2 concentration of flue gases (in 
percent by volume):
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.048

Where:
CO2d = Hourly average CO2 concentration during 
unit operation, percent by volume, dry basis.
F, Fc = F-factor or carbon-based Fc-factor from 
section 3.3.5 of this appendix.
20.9 = Percentage of O2 in ambient air.
O2d = Hourly average O2 concentration during unit 
operation, percent by volume, dry basis. For boilers, a maximum 
concentration of 14.0 percent O2 may be substituted for the 
measured concentration when the hourly average concentration of 
O2 is > 14.0 percent O2, provided that this 
maximum concentration of 14.0 percent O2 is also used in the 
calculation of heat input for that hour. For stationary gas turbines, a 
maximum concentration of 19.0 percent O2 may be substituted 
for measured diluent gas concentration values during hours when the 
hourly average concentration of O2 is > 19.0 percent 
O2, provided that this maximum concentration of 19.0 percent 
O2 is also used in the calculation of heat input for that 
hour.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.061

Where:

CO2w = Hourly average CO2 concentration during 
unit operation, percent by volume, wet basis.
O2w = Hourly average O2 concentration during unit 
operation, percent by volume, wet basis. For boilers, a maximum 
concentration of 14.0 percent O2 may be substituted for the 
measured concentration when the hourly average concentration of 
O2 is > 14.0 percent O2, provided that this 
maximum concentration of 14.0 percent O2 is also used in the 
calculation of heat input for that hour. For stationary gas turbines, a 
maximum concentration of 19.0 percent O2 may be substituted 
for measured diluent gas concentration values during hours when the 
hourly average concentration of O2 is > 19.0 percent 
O2, provided that this maximum concentration of 19.0 percent 
O2 is also used in the calculation of heat input for that 
hour.

[[Page 423]]

F, Fc = F-factor or carbon-based Fc-factor from 
section 3.3.5 of this appendix.
20.9 = Percentage of O2 in ambient air.
%H2O = Moisture content of gas in the stack, percent.
    4.4.2  Determine CO2 mass emissions (in tons) from hourly 
average CO2 concentration (percent by volume) using equation 
F-11 and the procedure in section 4.1, where O2 measurements 
are on a wet basis, or using the procedures in section 4.2 of this 
appendix, where O2 measurements are on a dry basis.

                      5. Procedures for Heat Input

    Use the following procedures to compute heat input rate to an 
affected unit (in mmBtu/hr or mmBtu/day):
    5.1 Calculate and record heat input rate to an affected unit on an 
hourly basis, except as provided in sections 5.5 through 5.5.7. The 
owner or operator may choose to use the provisions specified in 
Sec. 75.16(e) or in section 2.1.2 of appendix D to this part in 
conjunction with the procedures provided in sections 5.6 through 5.6.2 
to apportion heat input among each unit using the common stack or common 
pipe header.
    5.2 For an affected unit that has a flow monitor (or approved 
alternate monitoring system under subpart E of this part for measuring 
volumetric flow rate) and a diluent gas (O2 or 
CO2) monitor, use the recorded data from these monitors and 
one of the following equations to calculate hourly heat input rate (in 
mmBtu/hr).
    5.2.1 When measurements of CO2 concentration are on a wet 
basis, use the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.049

Where:
HI = Hourly heat input rate during unit operation, mmBtu/hr.
Qw = Hourly average volumetric flow rate during unit 
operation, wet basis, scfh.
    Fc = Carbon-based F-factor, listed in section 3.3.5 of 
this appendix for each fuel, scf/mmBtu.
%CO2w = Hourly concentration of CO2 during unit 
operation, percent CO2 wet basis. For boilers, a minimum 
concentration of 5.0 percent CO2 may be substituted for the 
measured concentration when the hourly average concentration of 
CO2 is  5.0 percent CO2, provided that this 
minimum concentration of 5.0 percent CO2 is also used in the 
calculation of CO2 mass emissions for that hour. For 
stationary gas turbines, a minimum concentration of 1.0 percent 
CO2 may be substituted for measured diluent gas concentration 
values during hours when the hourly average concentration of 
CO2 is  1.0 percent CO2, provided that this 
minimum concentration of 1.0 percent CO2 is also used in the 
calculation of CO2 mass emissions for that hour.

    5.2.2 When measurements of CO2 concentration are on a dry 
basis, use the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.051

Where:

HI = Hourly heat input rate during unit operation, mmBtu/hr.
Qh = Hourly average volumetric flow rate during unit 
operation, wet basis, scfh.
Fc = Carbon-based F-Factor, listed in section 3.3.5 of this 
appendix for each fuel, scf/mmBtu.
%CO2d = Hourly concentration of CO2 during unit 
operation, percent CO2 dry basis. For boilers, a minimum 
concentration of 5.0 percent CO2 may be substituted for the 
measured concentration when the hourly average concentration of 
CO2 is  5.0 percent CO2, provided that this 
minimum concentration of 5.0 percent CO2 is also used in the 
calculation of CO2 mass emissions for that hour. For 
stationary gas turbines, a minimum concentration of 1.0 percent 
CO2 may be substituted for measured diluent gas concentration 
values during hours when the hourly average concentration of 
CO2 is  1.0 percent CO2, provided that this 
minimum concentration of 1.0 percent CO2 is also used in the 
calculation of CO2 mass emissions for that hour.
%H2O = Moisture content of gas in the stack, percent.

    5.2.3 When measurements of O2 concentration are on a wet 
basis, use the following equation:

[[Page 424]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.052

Where:

    HI = Hourly heat input rate during unit operation, mmBtu/hr.
Qw = Hourly average volumetric flow rate during unit 
operation, wet basis, scfh.
    F = Dry basis F-factor, listed in section 3.3.5 of this appendix for 
each fuel, dscf/mmBtu.
%O2w = Hourly concentration of O2 during unit 
operation, percent O2 wet basis. For boilers, a maximum 
concentration of 14.0 percent O2 may be substituted for the 
measured concentration when the hourly average concentration of 
O2 is > 14.0 percent O2, provided that this 
maximum concentration of 14.0 percent O2 is also used in the 
calculation of CO2 mass emissions for that hour. For 
stationary gas turbines, a maximum concentration of 19.0 percent 
O2 may be substituted for measured diluent gas concentration 
values during hours when the hourly average concentration of 
O2 is > 19.0 percent O2, provided that this 
maximum concentration of 19.0 percent O2 is also used in the 
calculation of CO2 mass emissions for that hour.
%H2O = Hourly average stack moisture content, percent by 
volume.

    5.2.4 When measurements of O2 concentration are on a dry 
basis, use the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.053

Where:
    HI = Hourly heat input rate during unit operation, mmBtu/hr.
Qw = Hourly average volumetric flow during unit operation, 
wet basis, scfh.
    F = Dry basis F-factor, listed in section 3.3.5 of this appendix for 
each fuel, dscf/mmBtu.
%H2O = Moisture content of the stack gas, percent.
%O2d = Hourly concentration of O2 during unit 
operation, percent O2 dry basis. For boilers, a maximum 
concentration of 14.0 percent O2 may be substituted for the 
measured concentration when the hourly average concentration of 
O2 is > 14.0 percent O2, provided that this 
maximum concentration of 14.0 percent O2 is also used in the 
calculation of CO2 mass emissions for that hour. For 
stationary gas turbines, a maximum concentration of 19.0 percent 
O2 may be substituted for measured diluent gas concentration 
values during hours when the hourly average concentration of 
O2 is > 19.0 percent O2, provided that this 
maximum concentration of 19.0 percent O2 is also used in the 
calculation of CO2 mass emissions for that hour.

5.3 Heat Input Summation (for Heat Input Determined Using a Flow Monitor 
and Diluent Monitor)

    5.3.1 Calculate total quarterly heat input for a unit or common 
stack using a flow monitor and diluent monitor to calculate heat input, 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.054

Where:

    HIq = Total heat input for the quarter, mmBtu.
HIi = Hourly heat input rate during unit operation, using 
Equation F-15, F-16, F-17, or F-18, mmBtu/hr.
ti = Hourly operating time for the unit or common stack, hour 
or fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one 
hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or 
operator).

    5.3.2  Calculate total cumulative heat input for a unit or common 
stack using a flow monitor and diluent monitor to calculate heat input, 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.055

Where:

HIc = Total heat input for the year to date, mmBtu.
HIq = Total heat input for the quarter, mmBtu.

[[Page 425]]

                             5.4  [Reserved]

    5.5  For a gas-fired or oil-fired unit that does not have a flow 
monitor and is using the procedures specified in appendix D to this part 
to monitor SO2 emissions or for any unit using a common stack 
for which the owner or operator chooses to determine heat input by fuel 
sampling and analysis, use the following procedures to calculate hourly 
heat input rate in mmBtu/hr. The procedures of section 5.5.3 of this 
appendix shall not be used to determine heat input from a coal unit that 
is required to comply with the provisions of this part for monitoring, 
recording, and reporting NOX mass emissions under a State or 
federal NOX mass emission reduction program.
    5.5.1(a)  When the unit is combusting oil, use the following 
equation to calculate hourly heat input rate:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.056

Where:

HIo = Hourly heat input rate from oil, mmBtu/hr.
Mo = Mass rate of oil consumed per hour, as determined using 
procedures in appendix D to this part, in lb/hr, tons/hr, or kg/hr.
GCVo = Gross calorific value of oil, as measured by ASTM 
D240-87 (Reapproved 1991), ASTM D2015-91, or ASTM D2382-88 for each oil 
sample under section 2.2 of appendix D to this part, Btu/unit mass 
(incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6).
106 = Conversion of Btu to mmBtu.

    (b) When performing oil sampling and analysis solely for the purpose 
of the missing data procedures in Sec. 75.36, oil samples for measuring 
GCV may be taken weekly, and the procedures specified in appendix D to 
this part for determining the mass rate of oil consumed per hour are 
optional.
    5.5.2  When the unit is combusting gaseous fuels, use the following 
equation to calculate heat input rate from gaseous fuels for each hour:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.062

Where:

HIg = Hourly heat input rate from gaseous fuel, mmBtu/hour.
Qg = Metered flow rate of gaseous fuel combusted during unit 
operation, hundred cubic feet.
GCVg = Gross calorific value of gaseous fuel, as determined 
by sampling (for each delivery for gaseous fuel in lots, for each daily 
gas sample for gaseous fuel delivered by pipeline, for each hourly 
average for gas measured hourly with a gas chromatograph, or for each 
monthly sample of pipeline natural gas, or as verified by the 
contractual supplier at least once every month pipeline natural gas is 
combusted, as specified in section 2.3 of appendix D to this part) using 
ASTM D1826-88, ASTM D3588-91, ASTM D4891-89, GPA Standard 2172-86 
``Calculation of Gross Heating Value, Relative Density and 
Compressibility Factor for Natural Gas Mixtures from Compositional 
Analysis,'' or GPA Standard 2261-90 ``Analysis for Natural Gas and 
Similar Gaseous Mixtures by Gas Chromatography,'' Btu/100 scf 
(incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6).
106 = Conversion of Btu to mmBtu.

    5.5.3  When the unit is combusting coal, use the procedures, 
methods, and equations in sections 5.5.3.1-5.5.3.3 of this appendix to 
determine the heat input from coal for each 24-hour period. (All ASTM 
methods are incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6 of this part.)
    5.5.3.1  Perform coal sampling daily according to section 5.3.2.2 in 
Method 19 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter and use ASTM Method 
D2234-89, ``Standard Test Methods for Collection of a Gross Sample of 
Coal,'' (incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6) Type I, Conditions 
A, B, or C and systematic spacing for sampling. (When performing coal 
sampling solely for the purposes of the missing data procedures in 
Sec. 75.36, use of ASTM D2234-89 is optional, and coal samples may be 
taken weekly.)
    5.5.3.2  Use ASTM D2013-86, ``Standard Method of Preparing Coal 
Samples for Analysis,'' for preparation of a daily coal sample and 
analyze each daily coal sample for gross calorific value using ASTM 
D2015-91, ``Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal and 
Coke by the Adiabatic Bomb Calorimeter'', ASTM 1989-92 ``Standard Test 
Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal and Coke by Microprocessor 
Controlled Isoperibol Calorimeters,'' or ASTM 3286-91a ``Standard Test 
Method for Gross Calorific Value of Coal and Coke by the Isoperibol Bomb 
Calorimeter.'' (All ASTM methods are incorporated by reference under 
Sec. 75.6 of this part.)
    On-line coal analysis may also be used if the on-line analytical 
instrument has been demonstrated to be equivalent to the applicable ASTM 
methods under Secs. 75.23 and 75.66.
    5.5.3.3  Calculate the heat input from coal using the following 
equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17MY95.020

(Eq. F-21)
where:

HIc = Daily heat input from coal, mmBtu/day.

[[Page 426]]

Mc = Mass of coal consumed per day, as measured and recorded in company 
records, tons.
GCVc = Gross calorific value of coal sample, as measured by 
ASTM D3176-89, D1989-92, D3286-91a, or D2015-91, Btu/lb.
500 = Conversion of Btu/lb to mmBtu/ton.

    5.5.4  For units obtaining heat input values daily instead of 
hourly, apportion the daily heat input using the fraction of the daily 
steam load or daily unit operating load used each hour in order to 
obtain HIi for use in the above equations. Alternatively, use 
the hourly mass of coal consumed in equation F-21.
    5.5.5  If a daily fuel sampling value for gross calorific value is 
not available, substitute the maximum gross calorific value measured 
from the previous 30 daily samples. If a monthly fuel sampling value for 
gross calorific value is not available, substitute the maximum gross 
calorific value measured from the previous 3 monthly samples.
    5.5.6  If a fuel flow value is not available, use the fuel flowmeter 
missing data procedures in section 2.4 of appendix D of this part. If a 
daily coal consumption value is not available, substitute the maximum 
fuel feed rate during the previous thirty days when the unit burned 
coal.
    5.5.7  Results for samples must be available no later than thirty 
calendar days after the sample is composited or taken. However, during 
an audit, the Administrator may require that the results be available in 
five business days, or sooner if practicable.

 5.6  Heat Input Rate Apportionment for Units Sharing a Common Stack or 
                                  Pipe

    5.6.1  Where applicable, the owner or operator of an affected unit 
that determines heat input rate at the unit level by apportioning the 
heat input monitored at a common stack or common pipe using megawatts 
should apportion the heat input rate using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.057

Where:

HIi = Heat input rate for a unit, mmBtu/hr.
HIcs = Heat input rate at the common stack or pipe, mmBtu/hr.
MWi = Gross electrical output, MWe.
ti = Operating time at a particular unit, hour or fraction of 
an hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one 
quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
tCS = Operating time at common stack, hour or fraction of an 
hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one 
quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
n = Total number of units using the common stack.
i = Designation of a particular unit.

 5.6.2 Where applicable, the owner or operator of an affected unit that 
  determines the heat input rate at the unit level by apportioning the 
 heat input rate monitored at a common stack or common pipe using steam 
 load should apportion the heat input rate using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.058

Where:

HIi = Heat input rate for a unit, mmBtu/hr.
HICS = Heat input rate at the common stack or pipe, mmBtu/hr.
SF = Gross steam load, lb/hr.
ti = Operating time at a particular unit, hour or fraction of 
an hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one

[[Page 427]]

quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
tCS = Operating time at common stack, hour or fraction of an 
hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one 
quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
n = Total number of units using the common stack.
i = Designation of a particular unit.

  5.7 Heat Input Rate Summation for Units with Multiple Stacks or Pipes

    The owner or operator of an affected unit that determines the heat 
input rate at the unit level by summing the heat input rates monitored 
at multiple stacks or multiple pipes should sum the heat input rates 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.059

Where:

HIUnit = Heat input rate for a unit, mmBtu/hr.
HIs = Heat input rate for each stack or duct leading from the 
unit, mmBtu/hr.
tUnit = Operating time for the unit, hour or fraction of the 
hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one 
quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
ts = Operating time during which the unit is exhausting 
through the stack or duct, hour or fraction of the hour (in equal 
increments that can range from one hundredth to one quarter of an hour, 
at the option of the owner or operator).

           6. Procedure for Converting Volumetric Flow to STP

    Use the following equation to convert volumetric flow at actual 
temperature and pressure to standard temperature and pressure.

FSTP = FActual(TStd/
TStack)(PStack/PStd)

where:

FSTP = Flue gas volumetric flow rate at standard temperature 
and pressure, scfh.
FActual = Flue gas volumetric flow rate at actual temperature 
and pressure, acfh.
TStd = Standard temperature=528  deg.R.
TStack = Flue gas temperature at flow monitor location, 
deg.R, where  deg.R=460+  deg.F.
PStack = The absolute flue gas pressure=barometric pressure 
at the flow monitor location + flue gas static pressure, inches of 
mercury.
PStd = Standard pressure = 29.92 inches of mercury.

     7. Procedures for SO2 Mass Emissions at Units With 
    SO2 Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems During the 
            Combustion of Pipeline Natural Gas or Natural Gas

    The owner or operator shall use the following equation to calculate 
hourly SO2 mass emissions as allowed for units with 
SO2 continuous emission monitoring systems if, during the 
combustion of gaseous fuel that meets the definition of pipeline natural 
gas or natural gas in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, SO2 
emissions are determined in accordance with Sec. 75.11(e)(1).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR26MY99.060

Where:

Eh = Hourly SO2 mass emissions, lb/hr.
ER = Applicable SO2 default emission rate from section 
2.3.1.1 or 2.3.2.1.1 of appendix D to this part, lb/mmBtu.
HI = Hourly heat input, as determined using the procedures of section 
5.2 of this appendix.

             8. Procedures for NOX Mass Emissions

    The owner or operator of a unit that is required to monitor, record, 
and report NOX mass emissions under a State or federal 
NOX mass emission reduction program must use the procedures 
in section 8.1, 8.2, or 8.3, as applicable, to account for hourly 
NOX mass emissions, and the procedures in section 8.4 to 
account for quarterly, seasonal, and annual NOX mass 
emissions to the extent that the provisions of subpart H of this part 
are adopted as requirements under such a program.
    8.1  Use the following procedures to calculate hourly NOX 
mass emissions in lbs for the hour using hourly NOX emission 
rate and heat input.
    8.1.1  If both NOX emission rate and heat input are 
monitored at the same unit or stack level (e.g, the NOX 
emission rate value and heat input value both represent all of the units 
exhausting to the common stack), use the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.011

where:
M(NOx)h = NOX mass emissions in lbs for the hour.
E(NOx)h = Hourly average NOX emission rate for 
hour h, lb/mmBtu, from section 3 of this appendix, from method 19 of 
appendix A to part 60 of this chapter, or from section 3.3 of appendix E 
to this part. (Include bias-adjusted NOX emission rate 
values, where the bias-test procedures in appendix A to this part shows 
a bias-adjustment factor is necessary.)
HIh = Hourly average heat input rate for hour h, mmBtu/hr. 
(Include bias-adjusted

[[Page 428]]

flow rate values, where the bias-test procedures in appendix A to this 
part shows a bias-adjustment factor is necessary.)
th = Monitoring location operating time for hour h, in hours 
or fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one 
hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or 
operator). If the combined NOX emission rate and heat input 
are monitored for all of the units in a common stack, the monitoring 
location operating time is equal to the total time when any of those 
units was exhausting through the common stack.

    8.1.2  If NOX emission rate is measured at a common stack 
and heat input is measured at the unit level, sum the hourly heat inputs 
at the unit level according to the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.012

where:
HICS = Hourly average heat input rate for hour h for the 
units at the common stack, mmBtu/hr.
tCS = Common stack operating time for hour h, in hours or 
fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one 
hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or 
operator)(e.g., total time when any of the units which exhaust through 
the common stack are operating).
HIu = Hourly average heat input rate for hour h for the unit, 
mmBtu/hr.
tu = Unit operating time for hour h, in hours or fraction of 
an hour (in equal increments that can range from one hundredth to one 
quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or operator).
Use the hourly heat input rate at the common stack level and the hourly 
average NOX emission rate at the common stack level and the 
procedures in section 8.1.1 of this appendix to determine the hourly 
NOX mass emissions at the common stack.
    8.1.3  If a unit has multiple ducts and NOX emission rate 
is only measured at one duct, use the NOX emission rate 
measured at the duct, the heat input measured for the unit, and the 
procedures in section 8.1.1 of this appendix to determine NOX 
mass emissions.
    8.1.4  If a unit has multiple ducts and NOX emission rate 
is measured in each duct, heat input shall also be measured in each duct 
and the procedures in section 8.1.1 of this appendix shall be used to 
determine NOX mass emissions.
    8.2  If a unit calculates NOX mass emissions using a 
NOX concentration monitoring system and a flow monitoring 
system, calculate hourly NOX mass rate during unit (or stack) 
operation, in lb/hr, using Equation F-1 or F-2 in this appendix (as 
applicable to the moisture basis of the monitors). When using Equation 
F-1 or F-2, replace ``SO2'' with ``NOX'' and 
replace the value of K with 1.194 x 10-7 (lb 
NOX /scf)/ppm. (Include bias-adjusted flow rate or 
NOX concentration values, where the bias-test procedures in 
appendix A to this part shows a bias-adjustment factor is necessary.)
    8.3  If a unit calculates NOX mass emissions using a 
NOX concentration monitoring system and a flow monitoring 
system, calculate NOX mass emissions for the hour (lb) by 
multiplying the hourly NOX mass emission rate during unit 
operation (lb/hr) by the unit operating time during the hour, as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.013

Where:

M(NOx)h = NOX mass emissions in lbs for the hour.
Eh = Hourly NOX mass emission rate during unit (or 
stack) operation, lb/hr, from section 8.2 of this appendix.
th = Monitoring location operating time for hour h, in hours 
or fraction of an hour (in equal increments that can range from one 
hundredth to one quarter of an hour, at the option of the owner or 
operator). If the NOX mass emission rate is monitored for all 
of the units in a common stack, the monitoring location operating time 
is equal to the total time when any of those units was exhausting 
through the common stack.

    8.4  Use the following procedures to calculate quarterly, cumulative 
ozone season, and cumulative yearly NOX mass emissions, in 
tons:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27OC98.014

Where:

M(NOx) time period = NOX mass emissions in tons 
for the given time period (quarter, cumulative ozone season, cumulative 
year-to-date).
M(NOx)h = NOX mass emissions in lbs for the hour. 
p = The number of hours in the given time period (quarter, cumulative 
ozone season, cumulative year-to-date).

    8.5 Specific provisions for monitoring NOX mass emissions 
from common stacks. The owner or operator of a unit utilizing a common 
stack may account for NOX mass emissions using either of the 
following methodologies, if the provisions of subpart H are adopted as 
requirements of a State or federal NOX mass reduction 
program:

[[Page 429]]

    8.5.1  The owner or operator may determine both NOX 
emission rate and heat input at the common stack and use the procedures 
in section 8.1.1 of this appendix to determine hourly NOX 
mass emissions at the common stack.
    8.5.2  The owner or operator may determine the NOX 
emission rate at the common stack and the heat input at each of the 
units and use the procedures in section 8.1.2 of this appendix to 
determine the hourly NOX mass emissions at each unit.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993; Redesignated and amended at 60 FR 26553-
26556, 26571, May 17, 1995; 61 FR 25585, May 22, 1996; 61 FR 59166, Nov. 
20, 1996; 63 FR 57513, Oct. 27, 1998; 64 FR 28666-28671, May 26, 1999]

    Appendix G to Part 75--Determination of CO2 Emissions

                            1. Applicability

    The procedures in this appendix may be used to estimate 
CO2 mass emissions discharged to the atmosphere (in tons/day) 
as the sum of CO2 emissions from combustion and, if 
applicable, CO2 emissions from sorbent used in a wet flue gas 
desulfurization control system, fluidized bed boiler, or other emission 
controls.

  2. Procedures for Estimating CO2 Emissions From Combustion

    Use the following procedures to estimate daily CO2 mass 
emissions from the combustion of fossil fuels. The optional procedure in 
section 2.3 of this appendix may also be used for an affected gas-fired 
unit. For an affected unit that combusts any nonfossil fuels (e.g., 
bark, wood, residue, or refuse), either use a CO2 continuous 
emission monitoring system or apply to the Administrator for approval of 
a unit-specific method for determining CO2 emissions.
    2.1  Use the following equation to calculate daily CO2 
mass emissions (in tons/day) from the combustion of fossil fuels. Where 
fuel flow is measured in a common pipe header (i.e., a pipe carrying 
fuel for multiple units), the owner or operator may use the procedures 
in section 2.1.2 of appendix D of this part for combining or 
apportioning emissions, except that the term ``SO2 mass 
emissions'' is replaced with the term ``CO2 mass emissions.''
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17MY95.021

Where:

Wco2=CO2 emitted from combustion, tons/day.
MWc=Molecular weight of carbon (12.0).
MWo2=Molecular weight of oxygen (32.0)
Wc = Carbon burned, lb/day, determined using fuel sampling 
and analysis and fuel feed rates. Collect at least one fuel sample 
during each week that the unit combusts coal, one sample per each 
shipment or delivery for oil and diesel fuel, one fuel sample for each 
delivery for gaseous fuel in lots, one sample per day or per hour (as 
applicable) for each gaseous fuel that is required to be sampled daily 
or hourly for gross calorific value under section 2.3.5.6 of appendix D 
to this part, and one sample per month for each gaseous fuel that is 
required to be sampled monthly for gross calorific value under section 
2.3.4.1 or 2.3.4.2 of appendix D to this part. Collect coal samples from 
a location in the fuel handling system that provides a sample 
representative of the fuel bunkered or consumed during the week. 
Determine the carbon content of each fuel sampling using one of the 
following methods: ASTM D3178-89 or ASTM D5373-93 for coal; ASTM D5291-
92 ``Standard Test Methods for Instrumental Determination of Carbon, 
Hydrogen, and Nitrogen in Petroleum Products and Lubricants,'' ultimate 
analysis of oil, or computations based upon ASTM D3238-90 and either 
ASTM D2502-87 or ASTM D2503-82 (Reapproved 1987) for oil; and 
computations based on ASTM D1945-91 or ASTM D1946-90 for gas. Use daily 
fuel feed rates from company records for all fuels and the carbon 
content of the most recent fuel sample under this section to determine 
tons of carbon per day from combustion of each fuel. (All ASTM methods 
are incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6.) Where more than one fuel 
is combusted during a calendar day, calculate total tons of carbon for 
the day from all fuels.
    2.2  For an affected coal-fired unit, the estimate of daily 
CO2 mass emissions given by equation G-1 may be adjusted to 
account for carbon retained in the ash using the procedures in either 
section 2.2.1 through 2.2.3 or section 2.2.4 of this appendix.

    2.2.1  Determine the ash content of the weekly sample of coal using 
ASTM D3174-89 ``Standard Test Method for Ash in the Analysis Sample of 
Coal and Coke From Coal'' (incorporated by reference under Sec. 75.6 of 
this part).
    2.2.2  Sample and analyze the carbon content of the fly-ash 
according to ASTM D3178-89, ``Standard Test Methods for Carbon and 
Hydrogen in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke'' (incorporated by 
reference under Sec. 75.6 of this part).
    2.2.3  Discount the estimate of daily CO2 mass emissions 
from the combustion of coal given by equation G-1 by the percent carbon 
retained in the ash using the following equation:

[[Page 430]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.133

where,

WNCO2 = Net CO2 mass emissions discharged to the 
atmosphere, tons/day.
WCO2 = Daily CO2 mass emissions calculated by 
equation G-1, tons/day.
MWC02 = Molecular weight of carbon dioxide (44.0).
MWc = Molecular weight of carbon (12.0).
A% = Ash content of the coal sample, percent by weight.
C% = Carbon content of ash, percent by weight.
WCOAL = Feed rate of coal from company records, tons/day.

    2.2.4  The daily CO2 mass emissions from combusting coal 
may be adjusted to account for carbon retained in the ash using the 
following equation:

WNCO2 = .99 WCO2
(Eq. G-3)

where,

WNCO2 = Net CO2 mass emissions from the combustion 
of coal discharged to the atmosphere, tons/day.
.99 = Average fraction of coal converted into CO2 upon 
combustion.
WCO2 = Daily CO2 mass emissions from the 
combustion of coal calculated by equation G-1, tons/day.

    2.3  In lieu of using the procedures, methods, and equations in 
section 2.1 of this appendix, the owner or operator of an affected gas-
fired unit as defined under Sec. 72.2 of this chapter may use the 
following equation and records of hourly heat input to estimate hourly 
CO2 mass emissions (in tons).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17MY95.022

(Eq.G-4)

Where:

WCO2 = CO2 emitted from combustion, tons/hr.
Fc = Carbon based F-factor, 1040 scf/mmBtu for natural gas; 
1,240 scf/mmBtu for crude, residual, or distillate oil; and calculated 
according to the procedures in section 3.3.5 of appendix F to this part 
for other gaseous fuels.
H = Hourly heat input in mmBtu, as calculated using the procedures in 
section 5 of appendix F of this part.
Uf = 1/385 scf CO2/lb-mole at 14.7 psia and 68  deg.F.

   3. Procedures for Estimating CO2 Emissions From Sorbent

    When the affected unit has a wet flue gas desulfurization system, is 
a fluidized bed boiler, or uses other emission controls with sorbent 
injection, use either a CO2 continuous emission monitoring 
system or an O2 monitor and a flow monitor, or use the 
procedures, methods, and equations in sections 3.1 through 3.2 of this 
appendix to determine daily CO2 mass emissions from the 
sorbent (in tons).
    3.1  When limestone is the sorbent material, use the equations and 
procedures in either section 3.1.1 or 3.1.2 of this appendix.
    3.1.1  Use the following equation to estimate daily CO2 
mass emissions from sorbent (in tons).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.134

(Eq. G-5)

where,

SECO2 = CO2 emitted from sorbent, tons/day.
WCaCO3 = CaCO3 used, tons/day.
Fu = 1.00, the calcium to sulfur stoichiometric ratio.
MWCO2 = Molecular weight of carbon dioxide (44).
MWCaCO3 = Molecular weight of calcium carbonate (100).

    3.1.2  In lieu of using equation G-5, any owner or operator who 
operates and maintains a certified SO2-diluent continuous 
emission monitoring system (consisting of an SO2 pollutant 
concentration monitor and an O2 or CO2 diluent gas 
monitor), for measuring and recording SO2 emission rate (in 
lb/mmBtu) at the outlet to the emission controls and who uses the 
applicable procedures, methods, and equations in Sec. 75.15 of this part 
to estimate the SO2 emissions removal efficiency of the 
emission controls, may use the following equations to estimate daily 
CO2 mass emissions from sorbent (in tons).

[[Page 431]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.135

(Eq. G-6)

where,

SECO2=CO2 emitted from sorbent, tons/day.
MWCO2=Molecular weight of carbon dioxide (44).
MWSO2=Molecular weight of sulfur dioxide (64).
WSO2=Sulfur dioxide removed, lb/day, as calculated below 
using Eq. G-7.
Fu=1.0, the calcium to sulfur stoichiometric ratio.

and
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17MY95.023

(Eq. G-7)

where:

WSO2 = Weight of sulfur dioxide removed, lb/day.
SO20 = SO2 mass emissions monitored at the outlet, 
lb/day, as calculated using the equations and procedures in section 2 of 
appendix F of this part.
%R = Overall percentage SO2 emissions removal efficiency, 
calculated using equations 1 through 7 in Sec. 75.15 using daily instead 
of annual average emission rates.

    3.2  When a sorbent material other than limestone is used, modify 
the equations, methods, and procedures in section 3.1 of this appendix 
as follows to estimate daily CO2 mass emissions from sorbent 
(in tons).
    3.2.1  Determine a site-specific value for Fu, defined as 
the ratio of the number of moles of CO2 released upon capture 
of one mole of SO2, using methods and procedures satisfactory 
to the Administrator. Use this value of Fu (instead of 1.0) 
in either equation G-5 or equation G-6.
    3.2.2  When using equation G-5, replace MWCaCO3, the 
molecular weight of calcium carbonate, with the molecular weight of the 
sorbent material that participates in the reaction to capture 
SO2 and that releases CO2, and replace 
WCaCO3, the amount of calcium carbonate used (in tons/day), 
with the amount of sorbent material used (in tons/day).

       4. Procedures for Estimating Total CO2 Emissions

    When the affected unit has a wet flue gas desulfurization system, is 
a fluidized bed boiler, or uses other emission controls with sorbent 
injection, use the following equation to obtain total daily 
CO2 mass emissions (in tons) as the sum of combustion-related 
emissions and sorbent-related emissions.

Wt = WCO2+SECO2
(Eq. G-8)

where,
Wt = Estimated total CO2 mass emissions, tons/day.
WCO2 = CO2 emitted from fuel combustion, tons/day.
SECO2 = CO2 emitted from sorbent, tons/day.

    5. Missing Data Substitution Procedures for Fuel Analytical Data

    Use the following procedures to substitute for missing fuel 
analytical data used to calculate CO2 mass emissions under 
this appendix.

                5.1 Missing Carbon Content Data Prior to 
                                4/1/2000

    Prior to April 1, 2000, follow either the procedures of this section 
or the procedures of section 5.2 of this appendix to substitute for 
missing carbon content data. On and after April 1, 2000, use the 
procedures of section 5.2 of this appendix to substitute for missing 
carbon content data, not the procedures of this section.

                     5.1.1 Most Recent Previous Data

    Substitute the most recent, previous carbon content value available 
for that fuel type (gas, oil, or coal) of the same grade (for oil) or 
rank (for coal). To the extent practicable, use a carbon content value 
from the same fuel supply. Where no previous carbon content data are 
available for a particular fuel type or rank of coal, substitute the 
default carbon content from Table G-1 of this appendix.

                            5.1.2 [Reserved]

         5.2  Missing Carbon Content Data On and After 4/1/2000

    Prior to April 1, 2000, follow either the procedures of this section 
or the procedures of section 5.1 of this appendix to substitute for 
missing carbon content data. On and after April 1, 2000, use the 
procedures of this section to substitute for missing carbon content 
data.
    5.2.1  In all cases (i.e., for weekly coal samples or composite oil 
samples from continuous sampling, for oil samples taken from the storage 
tank after transfer of a new delivery of fuel, for as-delivered samples 
of oil, diesel fuel, or gaseous fuel delivered in lots, and for gaseous 
fuel that is supplied by a pipeline and sampled monthly, daily or hourly 
for gross calorific value) when carbon content data is missing, report 
the appropriate default value from Table G-1.
    5.2.2  The missing data values in Table G-1 shall be reported 
whenever the results of a

[[Page 432]]

required sample of fuel carbon content are either missing or invalid. 
The substitute data value shall be used until the next valid carbon 
content sample is obtained.

   Table G-1.--Missing Data Substitution Procedures for Missing Carbon
                              Content Data
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Sampling technique/
          Parameter                 frequency        Missing data value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oil and coal carbon content.  All oil and coal      Most recent,
                               samples, prior to     previous carbon
                               April 1, 2000.        content value
                                                     available for that
                                                     grade of oil, or
                                                     default value, in
                                                     this table.
Gas carbon content..........  All gaseous fuel      Most recent,
                               samples, prior to     previous carbon
                               April 1, 2000.        content value
                                                     available for that
                                                     type of gaseous
                                                     fuel, or default
                                                     value, in this
                                                     table.
Default coal carbon content.  All, on and after     Anthracite: 90.0
                               April 1, 2000.        percent.
                                                    Bituminous: 85.0
                                                     percent.
                                                    Subbituminous/
                                                     Lignite: 75.0
                                                     percent.
Default oil carbon content..  All, on and after     90.0 percent.
                               April 1, 2000.
Default gas carbon content..  All, on and after     Natural gas: 75.0
                               April 1, 2000.        percent.
                                                    Other gaseous fuels:
                                                     90.0 percent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     5.3  Gross Calorific Value Data

    For a gas-fired unit using the procedures of section 2.3 of this 
appendix to determine CO2 emissions, substitute for missing 
gross calorific value data used to calculate heat input by following the 
missing data procedures for gross calorific value in section 2.4 of 
appendix D to this part.

[58 FR 3701, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 26556-26557, May 17, 
1995; 61 FR 25585, May 22, 1996; 64 FR 28671, May 26, 1999]

  Appendix H to Part 75--Revised Traceability Protocol No. 1[Reserved]

  Appendix I to Part 75--Optional F--Factor/Fuel Flow Method [Reserved]

   Appendix J to Part 75--Compliance Dates for Revised Recordkeeping 
           Requirements and Missing Data Procedures[Reserved]

[60 FR 26557, May 17, 1995]



PART 76--ACID RAIN NITROGEN OXIDES EMISSION REDUCTION PROGRAM--Table of Contents




Sec.
76.1  Applicability.
76.2  Definitions.
76.3  General Acid Rain Program provisions.
76.4  Incorporation by reference.
76.5  NOX emission limitations for Group 1 boilers.
76.6  NOX emission limitations for Group 2 boilers.
76.7  Revised NOX emission limitations for Group 1, Phase II 
          boilers.
76.8  Early election for Group 1, Phase II boilers.
76.9  Permit application and compliance plans.
76.10  Alternative emission limitations.
76.11  Emissions averaging.
76.12  Phase I NOX compliance extension.
76.13  Compliance and excess emissions.
76.14  Monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting.
76.15  Test methods and procedures.

Appendix A to Part 76--Phase I Affected Coal-Fired Utility Units With 
          Group 1 or Cell Burner Boilers
Appendix B to Part 76--Procedures and Methods for Estimating Costs of 
          Nitrogen Oxides Controls Applied to Group 1, Phase I Boilers

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7601 and 7651 et seq.

    Source: 60 FR 18761, Apr. 13, 1995, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 76.1  Applicability.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this 
section, the provisions apply to each coal-fired utility unit that is 
subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation or reduction requirement 
for SO2 under Phase I or Phase II pursuant to sections 404, 
405, or 409 of the Act.
    (b) The emission limitations for NOX under this part 
apply to each affected coal-fired utility unit subject to section 404(d) 
or 409(b) of the Act on the date the unit is required to meet the Acid 
Rain emissions reduction requirement for SO2.
    (c) The provisions of this part apply to each coal-fired 
substitution unit or compensating unit, designated and approved as a 
Phase I unit pursuant to

[[Page 433]]

Sec. 72.41 or Sec. 72.43 of this chapter as follows:
    (1) A coal-fired substitution unit that is designated in a 
substitution plan that is approved and active as of January 1, 1995 
shall be treated as a Phase I coal-fired utility unit for purposes of 
this part. In the event the designation of such unit as a substitution 
unit is terminated after December 31, 1995, pursuant to Sec. 72.41 of 
this chapter and the unit is no longer required to meet Phase I 
SO2 emissions limitations, the provisions of this part 
(including those applicable in Phase I) will continue to apply.
    (2) A coal-fired substitution unit that is designated in a 
substitution plan that is not approved or not active as of January 1, 
1995, or a coal-fired compensating unit, shall be treated as a Phase II 
coal-fired utility unit for purposes of this part.
    (d) The provisions of this part for Phase I units apply to each 
coal-fired transfer unit governed by a Phase I extension plan, approved 
pursuant to Sec. 72.42 of this chapter, on January 1, 1997. 
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a coal-fired transfer unit shall 
be subject to the Acid Rain emissions limitations for nitrogen oxides 
beginning on January 1, 1996 if, for that year, a transfer unit is 
allocated fewer Phase I extension reserve allowances than the maximum 
amount that the designated representative could have requested in 
accordance with Sec. 72.42(c)(5) of this chapter (as adjusted under 
Sec. 72.42(d) of this chapter) unless the transfer unit is the last unit 
allocated Phase I extension reserve allowances under the plan.



Sec. 76.2  Definitions.

    All terms used in this part shall have the meaning set forth in the 
Act, in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter, and in this section as follows:
    Alternative contemporaneous annual emission limitation means the 
maximum allowable NOX emission rate (on a lb/mmBtu, annual 
average basis) assigned to an individual unit in a NOX 
emissions averaging plan pursuant to Sec. 76.10.
    Alternative technology means a control technology for reducing 
NOX emissions that is outside the scope of the definition of 
low NOX burner technology. Alternative technology does not 
include overfire air as applied to wall-fired boilers or separated 
overfire air as applied to tangentially fired boilers.
    Approved clean coal technology demonstration project means a project 
using funds appropriated under the Department of Energy's ``Clean Coal 
Technology Demonstration Program,'' up to a total amount of 
$2,500,000,000 for commercial demonstration of clean coal technology, or 
similar projects funded through appropriations for the Environmental 
Protection Agency. The Federal contribution for a qualifying project 
shall be at least 20 percent of the total cost of the demonstration 
project.
    Arch-fired boiler means a dry bottom boiler with circular burners, 
or coal and air pipes, oriented downward and mounted on waterwalls that 
are at an angle significantly different from the horizontal axis and the 
vertical axis. This definition shall include only the following units: 
Holtwood unit 17, Hunlock unit 6, and Sunbury units 1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B. 
This definition shall exclude dry bottom turbo fired boilers.
    Cell burner boiler means a wall-fired boiler that utilizes two or 
three circular burners combined into a single vertically oriented 
assembly that results in a compact, intense flame. Any low 
NOX retrofit of a cell burner boiler that reuses the existing 
cell burner, close-coupled wall opening configuration would not change 
the designation of the unit as a cell burner boiler.
    Coal-fired utility unit means a utility unit in which the combustion 
of coal (or any coal-derived fuel) on a Btu basis exceeds 50.0 percent 
of its annual heat input during the following calendar year: for Phase I 
units, in calendar year 1990; and, for Phase II units, in calendar year 
1995 or, for a Phase II unit that did not combust any fuel that resulted 
in the generation of electricity in calendar year 1995, in any calendar 
year during the period 1990-1995. For the purposes of this part, this 
definition shall apply notwithstanding the definition in Sec. 72.2 of 
this chapter.
    Combustion controls means technology that minimizes NOX 
formation by staging fuel and combustion air flows in a boiler. This 
definition shall include low

[[Page 434]]

NOX burners, overfire air, or low NOX burners with 
overfire air.
    Cyclone boiler means a boiler with one or more water-cooled 
horizontal cylindrical chambers in which coal combustion takes place. 
The horizontal cylindrical chamber(s) is (are) attached to the bottom of 
the furnace. One or more cylindrical chambers are arranged either on one 
furnace wall or on two opposed furnace walls. Gaseous combustion 
products exiting from the chamber(s) turn 90 degrees to go up through 
the boiler while coal ash exits the bottom of the boiler as a molten 
slag.
    Demonstration period means a period of time not less than 15 months, 
approved under Sec. 76.10, for demonstrating that the affected unit 
cannot meet the applicable emission limitation under Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 
76.7 and establishing the minimum NOX emission rate that the 
unit can achieve during long-term load dispatch operation.
    Dry bottom means the boiler has a furnace bottom temperature below 
the ash melting point and the bottom ash is removed as a solid.
    Economizer means the lowest temperature heat exchange section of a 
utility boiler where boiler feed water is heated by the flue gas.
    Flue gas means the combustion products arising from the combustion 
of fossil fuel in a utility boiler.
    Group 1 boiler means a tangentially fired boiler or a dry bottom 
wall-fired boiler (other than a unit applying cell burner technology).
    Group 2 boiler means a wet bottom wall-fired boiler, a cyclone 
boiler, a boiler applying cell burner technology, a vertically fired 
boiler, an arch-fired boiler, or any other type of utility boiler (such 
as a fluidized bed or stoker boiler) that is not a Group 1 boiler.
    Low NOX burners and low NOX burner technology 
means commercially available combustion modification NOX 
controls that minimize NOX formation by introducing coal and 
its associated combustion air into a boiler such that initial combustion 
occurs in a manner that promotes rapid coal devolatilization in a fuel-
rich (i.e., oxygen deficient) environment and introduces additional air 
to achieve a final fuel-lean (i.e., oxygen rich) environment to complete 
the combustion process. This definition shall include the staging of any 
portion of the combustion air using air nozzles or registers located 
inside any waterwall hole that includes a burner. This definition shall 
exclude the staging of any portion of the combustion air using air 
nozzles or ports located outside any waterwall hole that includes a 
burner (commonly referred to as NOX ports or separated 
overfire air ports).
    Maximum Continuous Steam Flow at 100% of Load means the maximum 
capacity of a boiler as reported in item 3 (Maximum Continuous Steam 
Flow at 100% Load in thousand pounds per hour), Section C ( design 
parameters), Part III (boiler information) of the Department of Energy's 
Form EIA-767 for 1995.
    Non-plug-in combustion controls means the replacement, in a cell 
burner boiler, of the portions of the waterwalls containing the cell 
burners by new portions of the waterwalls containing low NOX 
burners or low NOX burners with overfire air.
    Operating period means a period of time of not less than three 
consecutive months and that occurs not more than one month prior to 
applying for an alternative emission limitation demonstration period 
under Sec. 76.10, during which the owner or operator of an affected unit 
that cannot meet the applicable emission limitation:
    (1) Operates the installed NOX emission controls in 
accordance with primary vendor specifications and procedures, with the 
unit operating under normal conditions; and
    (2) records and reports quality-assured continuous emission 
monitoring (CEM) and unit operating data according to the methods and 
procedures in part 75 of this chapter.
    Plug-in combustion controls means the replacement, in a cell burner 
boiler, of existing cell burners by low NOX burners or low 
NOX burners with overfire air.
    Primary vendor means the vendor of the NOX emission 
control system who has primary responsibility for providing the 
equipment, service, and technical expertise necessary for detailed 
design, installation, and operation of the controls, including process

[[Page 435]]

data, mechanical drawings, operating manuals, or any combination 
thereof.
    Reburning means reducing the coal and combustion air to the main 
burners and injecting a reburn fuel (such as gas or oil) to create a 
fuel-rich secondary combustion zone above the main burner zone and final 
combustion air to create a fuel-lean burnout zone. The formation of 
NOX is inhibited in the main burner zone due to the reduced 
combustion intensity, and NOX is destroyed in the fuel-rich 
secondary combustion zone by conversion to molecular nitrogen.
    Selective catalytic reduction means a noncombustion control 
technology that destroys NOX by injecting a reducing agent 
(e.g., ammonia) into the flue gas that, in the presence of a catalyst 
(e.g., vanadium, titanium, or zeolite), converts NOX into 
molecular nitrogen and water.
    Selective noncatalytic reduction means a noncombustion control 
technology that destroys NOX by injecting a reducing agent 
(e.g., ammonia, urea, or cyanuric acid) into the flue gas, downstream of 
the combustion zone that converts NOX to molecular nitrogen, 
water, and when urea or cyanuric acid are used, to carbon dioxide 
(CO2).
    Stoker boiler means a boiler that burns solid fuel in a bed, on a 
stationary or moving grate, that is located at the bottom of the 
furnace.
    Tangentially fired boiler means a boiler that has coal and air 
nozzles mounted in each corner of the furnace where the vertical furnace 
walls meet. Both pulverized coal and air are directed from the furnace 
corners along a line tangential to a circle lying in a horizontal plane 
of the furnace.
    Turbo-fired boiler means a pulverized coal, wall-fired boiler with 
burners arranged on walls so that the individual flames extend down 
toward the furnace bottom and then turn back up through the center of 
the furnace.
    Vertically fired boiler means a dry bottom boiler with circular 
burners, or coal and air pipes, oriented downward and mounted on 
waterwalls that are horizontal or at an angle. This definition shall 
include dry bottom roof-fired boilers and dry bottom top-fired boilers, 
and shall exclude dry bottom arch-fired boilers and dry bottom turbo-
fired boilers.
    Wall-fired boiler means a boiler that has pulverized coal burners 
arranged on the walls of the furnace. The burners have discrete, 
individual flames that extend perpendicularly into the furnace area.
    Wet bottom means that the ash is removed from the furnace in a 
molten state. The term ``wet bottom boiler'' shall include: wet bottom 
wall-fired boilers, including wet bottom turbo-fired boilers; and wet 
bottom boilers otherwise meeting the definition of vertically fired 
boilers, including wet bottom arch-fired boilers, wet bottom roof-fired 
boilers, and wet bottom top-fired boilers. The term ``wet bottom 
boiler'' shall exclude cyclone boilers and tangentially fired boilers.


[60 FR 18761, Apr. 13, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 67162, Dec. 19, 1996]



Sec. 76.3  General Acid Rain Program provisions.

    The following provisions of part 72 of this chapter shall apply to 
this part:
    (a) Sec. 72.2  (Definitions);
    (b) Sec. 72.3  (Measurements, abbreviations, and acronyms);
    (c) Sec. 72.4  (Federal authority);
    (d) Sec. 72.5  (State authority);
    (e) Sec. 72.6  (Applicability);
    (f) Sec. 72.7  (New unit exemption);
    (g) Sec. 72.8  (Retired units exemption);
    (h) Sec. 72.9  (Standard requirements);
    (i) Sec. 72.10  (Availability of information); and
    (j) Sec. 72.11  (Computation of time).
    In addition, the procedures for appeals of decisions of the 
Administrator under this part are contained in part 78 of this chapter.



Sec. 76.4  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The materials listed in this section are incorporated by 
reference in the sections noted. These incorporations by reference 
(IBR's) were approved by the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. These materials are 
incorporated as they existed on the date of approval, and notice of any 
change in these materials will be published in the Federal Register. The 
materials are available for

[[Page 436]]

purchase at the corresponding address noted below and are available for 
inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol St., 
NW., 7th Floor, Suite 700, Washington, DC, at the Public Information 
Reference Unit, U.S. EPA, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC, and at the 
Library (MD-35), U.S. EPA, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
    (b) The following materials are available for purchase from at least 
one of the following addresses: American Society for Testing and 
Materials (ASTM), 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103; or 
the University Microfilms International, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, 
Michigan 48106.
    (1) ASTM D 3176-89, Standard Practice for Ultimate Analysis of Coal 
and Coke, IBR approved May 23, 1995 for Sec. 76.15.
    (2) ASTM D 3172-89, Standard Practice for Proximate Analysis of Coal 
and Coke, IBR approved May 23, 1995 for Sec. 76.15.
    (c) The following material is available for purchase from the 
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), 22 Law Drive, Box 2350, 
Fairfield, NJ 07007-2350.
    (1) ASME Performance Test Code 4.2 (1991), Test Code for Coal 
Pulverizers, IBR approved May 23, 1995 for Sec. 76.15.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (d) The following material is available for purchase from the 
American National Standards Institute, 11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 
10036 or from the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), 
Case Postale 56, CH-1211 Geneve 20, Switzerland.
    (1) ISO 9931 (December, 1991) ``Coal--Sampling of Pulverized Coal 
Conveyed by Gases in Direct Fired Coal Systems,'' IBR approved May 23, 
1995 for Sec. 76.15.
    (2) [Reserved]



Sec. 76.5  NOX emission limitations for Group 1 boilers.

    (a) Beginning January 1, 1996, or for a unit subject to section 
404(d) of the Act, the date on which the unit is required to meet Acid 
Rain emission reduction requirements for SO2, the owner or 
operator of a Phase I coal-fired utility unit with a tangentially fired 
boiler or a dry bottom wall-fired boiler (other than units applying cell 
burner technology) shall not discharge, or allow to be discharged, 
emissions of NOX to the atmosphere in excess of the following 
limits, except as provided in paragraphs (c) or (e) of this section or 
in Sec. 76.10, 76.11, or 76.12:
    (1) 0.45 lb/mmBtu of heat input on an annual average basis for 
tangentially fired boilers.
    (2) 0.50 lb/mmBtu of heat input on an annual average basis for dry 
bottom wall-fired boilers (other than units applying cell burner 
technology).
    (b) The owner or operator shall determine the annual average 
NOX emission rate, in lb/mmBtu, using the methods and 
procedures specified in part 75 of this chapter.
    (c) Unless the unit meets the early election requirement of 
Sec. 76.8, the owner or operator of a coal-fired substitution unit with 
a tangentially fired boiler or a dry bottom wall-fired boiler (other 
than units applying cell burner technology) that satisfies the 
requirements of Sec. 76.1(c)(2), shall comply with the NOX 
emission limitations that apply to Group 1, Phase II boilers.
    (d) The owner or operator of a Phase I unit with a cell burner 
boiler that converts to a conventional wall-fired boiler on or before 
January 1, 1995 or, for a unit subject to section 404(d) of the Act, the 
date the unit is required to meet Acid Rain emissions reduction 
requirements for SO2 shall comply, by such respective date or 
January 1, 1996, whichever is later, with the NOX emissions 
limitation applicable to dry bottom wall-fired boilers under paragraph 
(a) of this section, except as provided in paragraphs (c) or (e) of this 
section or in Sec. 76.10, 76.11, or 76.12.
    (e) The owner or operator of a Phase I unit with a Group 1 boiler 
that converts to a fluidized bed or other type of utility boiler not 
included in Group 1 boilers on or before January 1, 1995 or, for a unit 
subject to section 404(d) of the Act, the date the unit is required to 
meet Acid Rain emissions reduction requirements for SO2 is 
exempt from the NOX emissions limitations specified in 
paragraph (a) of this section, but shall comply with the NOX 
emission limitations for Group 2 boilers under Sec. 76.6.

[[Page 437]]

    (f) Except as provided in Sec. 76.8 and in paragraph (c) of this 
section, each unit subject to the requirements of this section is not 
subject to the requirements of Sec. 76.7.


[60 FR 18761, Apr. 13, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 67162, Dec. 19, 1996]



Sec. 76.6  NOX emission limitations for Group 2 boilers.

    (a) Beginning January 1, 2000 or, for a unit subject to section 
409(b) of the Act, the date on which the unit is required to meet Acid 
Rain emission reduction requirements for SO2, the owner or 
operator of a Group 2, coal-fired boiler with a cell burner boiler, 
cyclone boiler, a wet bottom boiler, or a vertically fired boiler shall 
not discharge, or allow to be discharged, emissions of NOX to 
the atmosphere in excess of the following limits, except as provided in 
Secs. 76.10 or 76.11:
    (1) 0.68 lb/mmBtu of heat input on an annual average basis for cell 
burner boilers. The NOX emission control technology on which 
the emission limitation is based is plug-in combustion controls or non-
plug-in combustion controls. Except as provided in Sec. 76.5(d), the 
owner or operator of a unit with a cell burner boiler that installs non-
plug-in combustion controls after November 15, 1990 shall comply with 
the emission limitation applicable to cell burner boilers. The owner or 
operator of a unit with a cell burner that installs non-plug-in 
combustion controls on or before November 15, 1990 shall comply with the 
applicable emission limitation for dry bottom wall-fired boilers.
    (2) 0.86 lb/mmBtu of heat input on an annual average basis for 
cyclone boilers with a Maximum Continuous Steam Flow at 100% of Load of 
greater than 1060, in thousands of lb/hr. The NOX emission 
control technology on which the emission limitation is based is natural 
gas reburning or selective catalytic reduction.
    (3) 0.84 lb/mmBtu of heat input on an annual average basis for wet 
bottom boilers, with a Maximum Continuous Steam Flow at 100% of Load of 
greater than 450, in thousands of lb/hr. The NOX emission 
control technology on which the emission limitation is based is natural 
gas reburning or selective catalytic reduction.
    (4) 0.80 lb/mmBtu of heat input on an annual average basis for 
vertically fired boilers. The NOX emission control technology 
on which the emission limitation is based is combustion controls.
    (b) The owner or operator shall determine the annual average 
NOX emission rate, in lb/mmBtu, using the methods and 
procedures specified in part 75 of this chapter.


[62 FR 67162, Dec. 19, 1996; 62 FR 3464, Jan. 23, 1997; 62 FR 32040, 
June 12, 1997]



Sec. 76.7  Revised NOX emission limitations for Group 1, Phase II boilers.

    (a) Beginning January 1, 2000, the owner or operator of a Group 1, 
Phase II coal-fired utility unit with a tangentially fired boiler or a 
dry bottom wall-fired boiler shall not discharge, or allow to be 
discharged, emissions of NOX to the atmosphere in excess of 
the following limits, except as provided in Secs. 76.8, 76.10, or 76.11:
    (1) 0.40 lb/mmBtu of heat input on an annual average basis for 
tangentially fired boilers.
    (2) 0.46 lb/ mmBtu of heat input on an annual average basis for dry 
bottom wall-fired boilers (other than units applying cell burner 
technology).
    (b) The owner or operator shall determine the annual average 
NOX emission rate, in lb/mmBtu, using the methods and 
procedures specified in part 75 of this chapter.


[60 FR 18761, Apr. 13, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 67163, Dec. 19, 1996]



Sec. 76.8  Early election for Group 1, Phase II boilers.

    (a) General provisions. (1) The owner or operator of a Phase II 
coal-fired utility unit with a Group 1 boiler may elect to have the unit 
become subject to the applicable emissions limitation for NOX 
under Sec. 76.5, starting no later than January 1, 1997.
    (2) The owner or operator of a Phase II coal-fired utility unit with 
a Group 1 boiler that elects to become subject to the applicable 
emission limitation under Sec. 76.5 shall not be subject to Sec. 76.7 
until January 1, 2008, provided the designated representative 
demonstrates that the unit is in compliance with the

[[Page 438]]

limitation under Sec. 76.5, using the methods and procedures specified 
in part 75 of this chapter, for the period beginning January 1 of the 
year in which the early election takes effect (but not later than 
January 1, 1997) and ending December 31, 2007.
    (3) The owner or operator of any Phase II unit with a cell burner 
boiler that converts to conventional burner technology may elect to 
become subject to the applicable emissions limitation under Sec. 76.5 
for dry bottom wall-fired boilers, provided the owner or operator 
complies with the provisions in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
    (4) The owner or operator of a Phase II unit approved for early 
election shall not submit an application for an alternative emissions 
limitation demonstration period under Sec. 76.10 until the earlier of:
    (i) January 1, 2008; or
    (ii) Early election is terminated pursuant to paragraph (e)(3) of 
this section.
    (5) The owner or operator of a Phase II unit approved for early 
election may not incorporate the unit into an averaging plan prior to 
January 1, 2000. On or after January 1, 2000, for purposes of the 
averaging plan, the early election unit will be treated as subject to 
the applicable emissions limitation for NOX for Phase II 
units with Group 1 boilers under Sec. 76.7.
    (b) Submission requirements. In order to obtain early election 
status, the designated representative of a Phase II unit with a Group 1 
boiler shall submit an early election plan to the Administrator by 
January 1 of the year the early election is to take effect, but not 
later than January 1, 1997. Notwithstanding Sec. 72.40 of this chapter, 
and unless the unit is a substitution unit under Sec. 72.41 of this 
chapter or a compensating unit under Sec. 72.43 of this chapter, a 
complete compliance plan covering the unit shall not include the 
provisions for SO2 emissions under Sec. 72.40(a)(1) of this 
chapter.
    (c) Contents of an early election plan. A complete early election 
plan shall include the following elements in a format prescribed by the 
Administrator:
    (1) A request for early election;
    (2) The first year for which early election is to take effect, but 
not later than 1997; and
    (3) The special provisions under paragraph (e) of this section.
    (d)(1) Permitting authority's action. To the extent the 
Administrator determines that an early election plan complies with the 
requirements of this section, the Administrator will approve the plan 
and:
    (i) If a Phase I Acid Rain permit governing the source at which the 
unit is located has been issued, will revise the permit in accordance 
with the permit modification procedures in Sec. 72.81 of this chapter to 
include the early election plan; or
    (ii) If a Phase I Acid Rain permit governing the source at which the 
unit is located has not been issued, will issue a Phase I Acid Rain 
permit effective from January 1, 1995 through December 31, 1999, that 
will include the early election plan and a complete compliance plan 
under Sec. 72.40(a) of this chapter and paragraph (b) of this section. 
If the early election plan is not effective until after January 1, 1995, 
the permit will not contain any NOX emissions limitations 
until the effective date of the plan.
    (2) Beginning January 1, 2000, the permitting authority will approve 
any early election plan previously approved by the Administrator during 
Phase I, unless the plan is terminated pursuant to paragraph (e)(3) of 
this section.
    (e) Special provisions--(1) Emissions limitations--(i) Sulfur 
dioxide. Notwithstanding Sec. 72.9 of this chapter, a unit that is 
governed by an approved early election plan and that is not a 
substitution unit under Sec. 72.41 of this chapter or a compensating 
unit under Sec. 72.43 of this chapter shall not be subject to the 
following standard requirements under Sec. 72.9 of this chapter for 
Phase I:
    (A) The permit requirements under Secs. 72.9(a)(1) (i) and (ii) of 
this chapter;
    (B) The sulfur dioxide requirements under Sec. 72.9(c) of this 
chapter; and
    (C) The excess emissions requirements under Sec. 72.9(e)(1) of this 
chapter.
    (ii) Nitrogen oxides. A unit that is governed by an approved early 
election plan shall be subject to an emissions limitation for 
NOX as provided under paragraph (a)(2) of this section except

[[Page 439]]

as provided under paragraph (e)(3)(iii) of this section.
    (2) Liability. The owners and operators of any unit governed by an 
approved early election plan shall be liable for any violation of the 
plan or this section at that unit. The owners and operators shall be 
liable, beginning January 1, 2000, for fulfilling the obligations 
specified in part 77 of this chapter.
    (3) Termination. An approved early election plan shall be in effect 
only until the earlier of January 1, 2008 or January 1 of the calendar 
year for which a termination of the plan takes effect.
    (i) If the designated representative of the unit under an approved 
early election plan fails to demonstrate compliance with the applicable 
emissions limitation under Sec. 76.5 for any year during the period 
beginning January 1 of the first year the early election takes effect 
and ending December 31, 2007, the permitting authority will terminate 
the plan. The termination will take effect beginning January 1 of the 
year after the year for which there is a failure to demonstrate 
compliance, and the designated representative may not submit a new early 
election plan.
    (ii) The designated representative of the unit under an approved 
early election plan may terminate the plan any year prior to 2008 but 
may not submit a new early election plan. In order to terminate the 
plan, the designated representative must submit a notice under 
Sec. 72.40(d) of this chapter by January 1 of the year for which the 
termination is to take effect.
    (iii)(A) If an early election plan is terminated any year prior to 
2000, the unit shall meet, beginning January 1, 2000, the applicable 
emissions limitation for NOX for Phase II units with Group 1 
boilers under Sec. 76.7.
    (B) If an early election plan is terminated in or after 2000, the 
unit shall meet, beginning on the effective date of the termination, the 
applicable emissions limitation for NOX for Phase II units 
with Group 1 boilers under Sec. 76.7.


[60 FR 18761, Apr. 13, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 67163, Dec. 19, 1996]



Sec. 76.9  Permit application and compliance plans.

    (a) Duty to apply. (1) The designated representative of any source 
with an affected unit subject to this part shall submit, by the 
applicable deadline under paragraph (b) of this section, a complete Acid 
Rain permit application (or, if the unit is covered by an Acid Rain 
permit, a complete permit revision) that includes a complete compliance 
plan for NOX emissions covering the unit.
    (2) The original and three copies of the permit application and 
compliance plan for NOX emissions for Phase I shall be 
submitted to the EPA regional office for the region where the applicable 
source is located. The original and three copies of the permit 
application and compliance plan for NOX emissions for Phase 
II shall be submitted to the permitting authority.
    (b) Deadlines. (1) For a Phase I unit with a Group 1 boiler, the 
designated representative shall submit a complete permit application and 
compliance plan for NOX covering the unit during Phase I to 
the applicable permitting authority not later than May 6, 1994.
    (2) For a Phase I or Phase II unit with a Group 2 boiler or a Phase 
II unit with a Group 1 boiler, the designated representative shall 
submit a complete permit application and compliance plan for 
NOX emissions covering the unit in Phase II to the 
Administrator not later than January 1, 1998, except that early election 
units shall also submit an application not later than January 1, 1997.
    (c) Information requirements for NOX compliance plans. 
(1) In accordance with Sec. 72.40(a)(2) of this chapter, a complete 
compliance plan for NOX shall, for each affected unit 
included in the permit application and subject to this part, either 
certify that the unit will comply with the applicable emissions 
limitation under Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 or specify one or more other 
Acid Rain compliance options for NOX in accordance with the 
requirements of this part. A complete compliance plan for NOX 
for a source shall include the following elements in a format prescribed 
by the Administrator:
    (i) Identification of the source;

[[Page 440]]

    (ii) Identification of each affected unit that is at the source and 
is subject to this part;
    (iii) Identification of the boiler type of each unit;
    (iv) Identification of the compliance option proposed for each unit 
(i.e., meeting the applicable emissions limitation under Sec. 76.5, 
76.6, 76.7, 76.8 (early election), 76.10 (alternative emission 
limitation), 76.11 (NOX emissions averaging), or 76.12 (Phase 
I NOX compliance extension)) and any additional information 
required for the appropriate option in accordance with this part;
    (v) Reference to the standard requirements in Sec. 72.9 of this 
chapter (consistent with Sec. 76.8(e)(1)(i)); and
    (vi) The requirements of Secs. 72.21 (a) and (b) of this chapter.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (d) Duty to reapply. The designated representative of any source 
with an affected unit subject to this part shall submit a complete Acid 
Rain permit application, including a complete compliance plan for 
NOX emissions covering the unit, in accordance with the 
deadlines in Sec. 72.30(c) of this chapter.



Sec. 76.10  Alternative emission limitations.

    (a) General provisions. (1) The designated representative of an 
affected unit that is not an early election unit pursuant to Sec. 76.8 
and cannot meet the applicable emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, 
or 76.7 using, for Group 1 boilers, either low NOX burner 
technology or an alternative technology in accordance with paragraph 
(e)(11) of this section, or, for tangentially fired boilers, separated 
overfire air, or, for Group 2 boilers, the technology on which the 
applicable emission limitation is based may petition the permitting 
authority for an alternative emission limitation less stringent than the 
applicable emission limitation.
    (2) In order for the unit to qualify for an alternative emission 
limitation, the designated representative shall demonstrate that the 
affected unit cannot meet the applicable emission limitation in 
Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 based on a showing, to the satisfaction of the 
Administrator, that:
    (i)(A) For a tangentially fired boiler, the owner or operator has 
either properly installed low NOX burner technology or 
properly installed separated overfire air; or
    (B) For a dry bottom wall-fired boiler (other than a unit applying 
cell burner technology), the owner or operator has properly installed 
low NOX burner technology; or
    (C) For a Group 1 boiler, the owner or operator has properly 
installed an alternative technology (including but not limited to 
reburning, selective noncatalytic reduction, or selective catalytic 
reduction) that achieves NOX emission reductions demonstrated 
in accordance with paragraph (e)(11) of this section; or
    (D) For a Group 2 boiler, the owner or operator has properly 
installed the appropriate NOX emission control technology on 
which the applicable emission limitation in Sec. 76.6 is based; and
    (ii) The installed NOX emission control system has been 
designed to meet the applicable emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, 
or 76.7; and
    (iii) For a demonstration period of at least 15 months or other 
period of time, as provided in paragraph (f)(1) of this section:
    (A) The NOX emission control system has been properly 
installed and properly operated according to specifications and 
procedures designed to minimize the emissions of NOX to the 
atmosphere;
    (B) Unit operating data as specified in this section show that the 
unit and NOX emission control system were operated in 
accordance with the bid and design specifications on which the design of 
the NOX emission control system was based; and
    (C) Unit operating data as specified in this section, continuous 
emission monitoring data obtained pursuant to part 75 of this chapter, 
and the test data specific to the NOX emission control system 
show that the unit could not meet the applicable emission limitation in 
Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7.
    (b) Petitioning process. The petitioning process for an alternative 
emission limitation shall consist of the following steps:
    (1) Operation during a period of at least 3 months, following the 
installation of the NOX emission control system, that shows 
that the specific unit

[[Page 441]]

and the NOX emission control system was unable to meet the 
applicable emissions limitation under Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 and was 
operated in accordance with the operating conditions upon which the 
design of the NOX emission control system was based and with 
vendor specifications and procedures;
    (2) Submission of a petition for an alternative emission limitation 
demonstration period as specified in paragraph (d) of this section;
    (3) Operation during a demonstration period of at least 15 months, 
or other period of time as provided in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, 
that demonstrates the inability of the specific unit to meet the 
applicable emissions limitation under Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 and the 
minimum NOX emissions rate that the specific unit can achieve 
during long-term load dispatch operation; and
    (4) Submission of a petition for a final alternative emission 
limitation as specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (c) Deadlines--(1) Petition for an alternative emission limitation 
demonstration period. The designated representative of the unit shall 
submit a petition for an alternative emission limitation demonstration 
period to the permitting authority after the unit has been operated for 
at least 3 months after installation of the NOX emission 
control system required under paragraph (a)(2) of this section and by 
the following deadline:
    (i) For units that seek to have an alternative emission limitation 
demonstration period apply during all or part of calendar year 1996, or 
any previous calendar year by the later of:
    (A) 120 days after startup of the NOX emission control 
system, or
    (B) May 1, 1996.
    (ii) For units that seek an alternative emission limitation 
demonstration period beginning in a calendar year after 1996, not later 
than:
    (A) 120 days after January 1 of that calendar year, or
    (B) 120 days after startup of the NOX emission control 
system if the unit is not operating at the beginning of that calendar 
year.
    (2) Petition for a final alternative emission limitation. Not later 
than 90 days after the end of an approved alternative emission 
limitation demonstration period for the unit, the designated 
representative of the unit may submit a petition for an alternative 
emission limitation to the permitting authority.
    (3) Renewal of an alternative emission limitation. In order to 
request continuation of an alternative emission limitation, the 
designated representative must submit a petition to renew the 
alternative emission limitation on the date that the application for 
renewal of the source's Acid Rain permit containing the alternative 
emission limitation is due.
    (d) Contents of petition for an alternative emission limitation 
demonstration period. The designated representative of an affected unit 
that has met the minimum criteria under paragraph (a) of this section 
and that has been operated for a period of at least 3 months following 
the installation of the required NOX emission control system 
may submit to the permitting authority a petition for an alternative 
emission limitation demonstration period. In the petition, the 
designated representative shall provide the following information in a 
format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (1) Identification of the unit;
    (2) The type of NOX control technology installed (e.g., 
low NOX burner technology, selective noncatalytic reduction, 
selective catalytic reduction, reburning);
    (3) If an alternative technology is installed, the time period (not 
less than 6 consecutive months) prior to installation of the technology 
to be used for the demonstration required in paragraph (e)(11) of this 
section.
    (4) Documentation as set forth in Sec. 76.14(a)(1) showing that the 
installed NOX emission control system has been designed to 
meet the applicable emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 and 
that the system has been properly installed according to procedures and 
specifications designed to minimize the emissions of NOX to 
the atmosphere;
    (5) The date the unit commenced operation following the installation 
of the NOX emission control system or the date the specific 
unit became subject to the emission limitations of Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 
76.7, whichever is later;

[[Page 442]]

    (6) The dates of the operating period (which must be at least 3 
months long);
    (7) Certification by the designated representative that the owner(s) 
or operator operated the unit and the NOX emission control 
system during the operating period in accordance with: Specifications 
and procedures designed to achieve the maximum NOX reduction 
possible with the installed NOX emission control system or 
the applicable emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7; the 
operating conditions upon which the design of the NOX 
emission control system was based; and vendor specifications and 
procedures;
    (8) A brief statement describing the reason or reasons why the unit 
cannot achieve the applicable emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 
76.7;
    (9) A demonstration period plan, as set forth in Sec. 76.14(a)(2);
    (10) Unit operating data and quality-assured continuous emission 
monitoring data (including the specific data items listed in 
Sec. 76.14(a)(3) collected in accordance with part 75 of this chapter 
during the operating period) and demonstrating the inability of the 
specific unit to meet the applicable emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 
76.6, or 76.7 on an annual average basis while operating as certified 
under paragraph (d)(7) of this section;
    (11) An interim alternative emission limitation, in lb/mmBtu, that 
the unit can achieve during a demonstration period of at least 15 
months. The interim alternative emission limitation shall be derived 
from the data specified in paragraph (d)(10) of this section using 
methods and procedures satisfactory to the Administrator;
    (12) The proposed dates of the demonstration period (which must be 
at least 15 months long);
    (13) A report which outlines the testing and procedures to be taken 
during the demonstration period in order to determine the maximum 
NOX emission reduction obtainable with the installed system. 
The report shall include the reasons for the NOX emission 
control system's failure to meet the applicable emission limitation, and 
the tests and procedures that will be followed to optimize the 
NOX emission control system's performance. Such tests and 
procedures may include those identified in Sec. 76.15 as appropriate.
    (14) The special provisions at paragraph (g)(1) of this section.
    (e) Contents of petition for a final alternative emission 
limitation. After the approved demonstration period, the designated 
representative of the unit may petition the permitting authority for an 
alternative emission limitation. The petition shall include the 
following elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (1) Identification of the unit;
    (2) Certification that the owner(s) or operator operated the 
affected unit and the NOX emission control system during the 
demonstration period in accordance with: specifications and procedures 
designed to achieve the maximum NOX reduction possible with 
the installed NOX emission control system or the applicable 
emissions limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7; the operating 
conditions (including load dispatch conditions) upon which the design of 
the NOX emission control system was based; and vendor 
specifications and procedures.
    (3) Certification that the owner(s) or operator have installed in 
the affected unit all NOX emission control systems, made any 
operational modifications, and completed any planned upgrades and/or 
maintenance to equipment specified in the approved demonstration period 
plan for optimizing NOX emission reduction performance, 
consistent with the demonstration period plan and the proper operation 
of the installed NOX emission control system. Such 
certification shall explain any differences between the installed 
NOX emission control system and the equipment configuration 
described in the approved demonstration period plan.
    (4) A clear description of each step or modification taken during 
the demonstration period to improve or optimize the performance of the 
installed NOX emission control system.
    (5) Engineering design calculations and drawings that show the 
technical specifications for installation of any additional operational 
or emission control modifications installed during the demonstration 
period.
    (6) Unit operating and quality-assured continuous emission 
monitoring

[[Page 443]]

data (including the specific data listed in Sec. 76.14(b)) collected in 
accordance with part 75 of this chapter during the demonstration period 
and demonstrating the inability of the specific unit to meet the 
applicable emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 on an annual 
average basis while operating in accordance with the certification under 
paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
    (7) A report (based on the parametric test requirements set forth in 
the approved demonstration period plan as identified in paragraph 
(d)(13) of this section), that demonstrates the unit was operated in 
accordance with the operating conditions upon which the design of the 
NOX emission control system was based and describes the 
reason or reasons for the failure of the installed NOX 
emission control system to meet the applicable emission limitation in 
Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 on an annual average basis.
    (8) The minimum NOX emission rate, in lb/mmBtu, that the 
affected unit can achieve on an annual average basis with the installed 
NOX emission control system. This value, which shall be the 
requested alternative emission limitation, shall be derived from the 
data specified in this section using methods and procedures satisfactory 
to the Administrator and shall be the lowest annual emission rate the 
unit can achieve with the installed NOX emission control 
system;
    (9) All supporting data and calculations documenting the 
determination of the requested alternative emission limitation and its 
conformance with the methods and procedures satisfactory to the 
Administrator;
    (10) The special provisions in paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
    (11) In addition to the other requirements of this section, the 
owner or operator of an affected unit with a Group 1 boiler that has 
installed an alternative technology in addition to or in lieu of low 
NOX burner technology and cannot meet the applicable emission 
limitation in Sec. 76.5 shall demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the 
Administrator, that the actual percentage reduction in NOX 
emissions (lbs/mmBtu), on an annual average basis is greater than 65 
percent of the average annual NOX emissions prior to the 
installation of the NOX emission control system. The 
percentage reduction in NOX emissions shall be determined 
using continuous emissions monitoring data for NOX taken 
during the time period (under paragraph (d)(3) of this section) prior to 
the installation of the NOX emission control system and 
during long-term load dispatch operation of the specific boiler.
    (f) Permitting authority's action--(1) Alternative emission 
limitation demonstration period. (i) The permitting authority may 
approve an alternative emission limitation demonstration period and 
demonstration period plan, provided that the requirements of this 
section are met to the satisfaction of the permitting authority. The 
permitting authority shall disapprove a demonstration period if the 
requirements of paragraph (a) of this section were not met during the 
operating period.
    (ii) If the demonstration period is approved, the permitting 
authority will include, as part of the demonstration period, the 4 month 
period prior to submission of the application in the demonstration 
period.
    (iii) The alternative emission limitation demonstration period will 
authorize the unit to emit at a rate not greater than the interim 
alternative emission limitation during the demonstration period on or 
after January 1, 1996 for Phase I units and the applicable date 
established in Sec. 76.6 or 76.7 for Phase II units, and until the date 
that the Administrator approves or denies a final alternative emission 
limitation.
    (iv) After an alternative emission limitation demonstration period 
is approved, if the designated representative requests an extension of 
the demonstration period in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i)(B) of 
this section, the permitting authority may extend the demonstration 
period by administrative amendment (under Sec. 72.83 of this chapter) to 
the Acid Rain permit.
    (v) The permitting authority shall deny the demonstration period if 
the designated representative cannot demonstrate that the unit met the 
requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section. In such cases, the 
permitting authority shall require that the owner or

[[Page 444]]

operator operate the unit in compliance with the applicable emission 
limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 for the period preceding the 
submission of the application for an alternative emission limitation 
demonstration period, including the operating period, if such periods 
are after the date on which the unit is subject to the standard limit 
under Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7.
    (2) Alternative emission limitation. (i) If the permitting authority 
determines that the requirements in this section are met, the permitting 
authority will approve an alternative emission limitation and issue or 
revise an Acid Rain permit to apply the approved limitation, in 
accordance with subparts F and G of part 72 of this chapter. The permit 
will authorize the unit to emit at a rate not greater than the approved 
alternative emission limitation, starting the date the permitting 
authority revises an Acid Rain permit to approve an alternative emission 
limitation.
    (ii) If a permitting authority disapproves an alternative emission 
limitation under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the owner or operator 
shall operate the affected unit in compliance with the applicable 
emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 (unless the unit is 
participating in an approved averaging plan under Sec. 76.11) beginning 
on the date the permitting authority revises an Acid Rain permit to 
disapprove an alternative emission limitation.
    (3) Alternative emission limitation renewal. (i) If, upon review of 
a petition to renew an approved alternative emission limitation, the 
permitting authority determines that no changes have been made to the 
control technology, its operation, the operating conditions on which the 
alternative emission limitation was based, or the actual NOX 
emission rate, the alternative emission limitation will be renewed.
    (ii) If the permitting authority determines that changes have been 
made to the control technology, its operation, the fuel quality, or the 
operating conditions on which the alternative emission limitation was 
based, the designated representative shall submit, in order to renew the 
alternative emission limitation or to obtain a new alternative emission 
limitation, a petition for an alternative emission limitation 
demonstration period that meets the requirements of paragraph (d) of 
this section using a new demonstration period.
    (g) Special provisions--(1) Alternative emission limitation 
demonstration period--(i) Emission limitations. (A) Each unit with an 
approved alternative emission limitation demonstration period shall 
comply with the interim emission limitation specified in the unit's 
permit beginning on the effective date of the demonstration period 
specified in the permit and, if a timely petition for a final 
alternative emission limitation is submitted, extending until the date 
on which the permitting authority issues or revises an Acid Rain permit 
to approve or disapprove an alternative emission limitation. If a timely 
petition is not submitted, then the unit shall comply with the standard 
emission limit under Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 beginning on the date the 
petition was required to be submitted under paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section.
    (B) When the owner or operator identifies, during the demonstration 
period, boiler operating or NOX emission control system 
modifications or upgrades that would produce further NOX 
emission reductions, enabling the affected unit to comply with or bring 
its emission rate closer to the applicable emissions limitation under 
Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7, the designated representative may submit a 
request and the permitting authority may grant, by administrative 
amendment under Sec. 72.83 of this chapter, an extension of the 
demonstration period for such period of time (not to exceed 12 months) 
as may be necessary to implement such modifications or upgrades.
    (C) If the approved interim alternative emission limitation applies 
to a unit for part, but not all, of a calendar year, the unit shall 
determine compliance for the calendar year in accordance with the 
procedures in Sec. 76.13(a).
    (ii) Operating requirements. (A) A unit with an approved alternative 
emission limitation demonstration period shall be operated under load 
dispatch conditions consistent with the operating conditions upon which 
the design of the NOX emission control system and performance 
guarantee were based, and

[[Page 445]]

in accordance with the demonstration period plan.
    (B) A unit with an approved alternative emission limitation 
demonstration period shall install all NOX emission control 
systems, make any operational modifications, and complete any upgrades 
and maintenance to equipment specified in the approved demonstration 
period plan for optimizing NOX emission reduction 
performance.
    (C) When the owner or operator identifies boiler or NOX 
emission control system operating modifications that would produce 
higher NOX emission reductions, enabling the affected unit to 
comply with, or bring its emission rate closer to, the applicable 
emission limitation under Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7, the designated 
representative shall submit an administrative amendment under Sec. 72.83 
of this chapter to revise the unit's Acid Rain permit and demonstration 
period plan to include such modifications.
    (iii) Testing requirements. A unit with an approved alternative 
emission limitation demonstration period shall monitor in accordance 
with part 75 of this chapter and shall conduct all tests required under 
the approved demonstration period plan.
    (2) Final alternative emission limitation--(i) Emission limitations. 
(A) Each unit with an approved alternative emission limitation shall 
comply with the alternative emission limitation specified in the unit's 
permit beginning on the date specified in the permit as issued or 
revised by the permitting authority to apply the final alternative 
emission limitation.
    (B) If the approved interim or final alternative emission limitation 
applies to a unit for part, but not all, of a calendar year, the unit 
shall determine compliance for the calendar year in accordance with the 
procedures in Sec. 76.13(a).


[60 FR 18761, Apr. 13, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 67163, Dec. 19, 1996]



Sec. 76.11  Emissions averaging.

    (a) General provisions. In lieu of complying with the applicable 
emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7, any affected units 
subject to such emission limitation, under control of the same owner or 
operator, and having the same designated representative may average 
their NOX emissions under an averaging plan approved under 
this section.
    (1) Each affected unit included in an averaging plan for Phase I 
shall be a Phase I unit with a Group 1 boiler subject to an emission 
limitation in Sec. 76.5 during all years for which the unit is included 
in the plan.
    (i) If a unit with an approved NOX compliance extension 
is included in an averaging plan for 1996, the unit shall be treated, 
for the purposes of applying Equation 1 in paragraph (a)(6) of this 
section and Equation 2 in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, as 
subject to the applicable emissions limitation under Sec. 76.5 for the 
entire year 1996.
    (ii) A Phase II unit approved for early election under Sec. 76.8 
shall not be included in an averaging plan for Phase I.
    (2) Each affected unit included in an averaging plan for Phase II 
shall be a boiler subject to an emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, 
or 76.7 for all years for which the unit is included in the plan.
    (3) Each unit included in an averaging plan shall have an 
alternative contemporaneous annual emission limitation (lb/mmBtu) and 
can only be included in one averaging plan.
    (4) Each unit included in an averaging plan shall have a minimum 
allowable annual heat input value (mmBtu), if it has an alternative 
contemporaneous annual emission limitation more stringent than that 
unit's applicable emission limitation under Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7, 
and a maximum allowable annual heat input value, if it has an 
alternative contemporaneous annual emission limitation less stringent 
than that unit's applicable emission limitation under Sec. 76.5, 76.6, 
or 76.7.
    (5) The Btu-weighted annual average emission rate for the units in 
an averaging plan shall be less than or equal to the Btu-weighted annual 
average emission rate for the same units had they each been operated, 
during the same period of time, in compliance with the applicable 
emission limitations in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7.

[[Page 446]]

    (6) In order to demonstrate that the proposed plan is consistent 
with paragraph (a)(5) of this section, the alternative contemporaneous 
annual emission limitations and annual heat input values assigned to the 
units in the proposed averaging plan shall meet the following 
requirement:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13AP95.000

where:

RLi = Alternative contemporaneous annual emission limitation 
for unit i, lb/mmBtu, as specified in the averaging plan;
Rli = Applicable emission limitation for unit i, lb/mmBtu, as 
specified in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 except that for early election 
units, which may be included in an averaging plan only on or after 
January 1, 2000, Rli shall equal the most stringent 
applicable emission limitation under Sec. 76.5 or 76.7;
HIi = Annual heat input for unit i, mmBtu, as specified in 
the averaging plan;
n = Number of units in the averaging plan.

    (7) For units with an alternative emission limitation, 
Rli shall equal the applicable emissions limitation under 
Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7, not the alternative emissions limitation.
    (8) No unit may be included in more than one averaging plan.
    (b)(1) Submission requirements. The designated representative of a 
unit meeting the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(8) 
of this section may submit an averaging plan (or a revision to an 
approved averaging plan) to the permitting authority(ies) at any time up 
to and including January 1 (or July 1, if the plan is restricted to 
units located within a single permitting authority's jurisdiction) of 
the calendar year for which the averaging plan is to become effective.
    (2) The designated representative shall submit a copy of the same 
averaging plan (or the same revision to an approved averaging plan) to 
each permitting authority with jurisdiction over a unit in the plan.
    (3) When an averaging plan (or a revision to an approved averaging 
plan) is not approved, the owner or operator of each unit in the plan 
shall operate the unit in compliance with the emission limitation that 
would apply in the absence of the averaging plan (or revision to a 
plan).
    (c) Contents of NOX averaging plan. A complete 
NOX averaging plan shall include the following elements in a 
format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (1) Identification of each unit in the plan;
    (2) Each unit's applicable emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, 
or 76.7;
    (3) The alternative contemporaneous annual emission limitation for 
each unit (in lb/mmBtu). If any of the units identified in the 
NOX averaging plan utilize a common stack pursuant to 
Sec. 75.17(a)(2)(i)(B) of this chapter, the same alternative 
contemporaneous emission limitation shall be assigned to each such unit 
and different heat input limits may be assigned;
    (4) The annual heat input limit for each unit (in mmBtu);
    (5) The calculation for Equation 1 in paragraph (a)(6) of this 
section;
    (6) The calendar years for which the plan will be in effect; and
    (7) The special provisions in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (d) Special provisions. (1) Emission limitations. Each affected unit 
in an approved averaging plan is in compliance with the Acid Rain 
emission limitation for NOX under the plan only if the 
following requirements are met:
    (i) For each unit, the unit's actual annual average emission rate 
for the calendar year, in lb/mmBtu, is less than or equal to its 
alternative contemporaneous annual emission limitation in the averaging 
plan; and
    (A) For each unit with an alternative contemporaneous emission 
limitation

[[Page 447]]

less stringent than the applicable emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 
76.6, or 76.7, the actual annual heat input for the calendar year does 
not exceed the annual heat input limit in the averaging plan;
    (B) For each unit with an alternative contemporaneous annual 
emission limitation more stringent than the applicable emission 
limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7, the actual annual heat input for 
thecalendar year is not less than the annual heat input limit in the 
averaging plan; or
    (ii) If one or more of the units does not meet the requirements 
under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, the designated representative 
shall demonstrate, in accordance with paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A) of this 
section (Equation 2) that the actual Btu-weighted annual average 
emission rate for the units in the plan is less than or equal to the 
Btu-weighted annual average rate for the same units had they each been 
operated, during the same period of time, in compliance with the 
applicable emission limitations in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7.
    (A) A group showing of compliance shall be made based on the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13AP95.001

where:

Rai = Actual annual average emission rate for unit i, lb/
mmBtu, as determined using the procedures in part 75 of this chapter. 
For units in an averaging plan utilizing a common stack pursuant to 
Sec. 75.17(a)(2)(i)(B) of this chapter, use the same NOX 
emission rate value for each unit utilizing the common stack, and 
calculate this value in accordance with appendix F to part 75 of this 
chapter;
Rli = Applicable annual emission limitation for unit i lb/
mmBtu, as specified in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7, except that for early 
election units, which may be included in an averaging plan only on or 
after January 1, 2000, Rli shall equal the most stringent 
applicable emission limitation under Sec. 76.5 or 76.7;
HIai = Actual annual heat input for unit i, mmBtu, as 
determined using the procedures in part 75 of this chapter;
n = Number of units in the averaging plan.

    (B) For units with an alternative emission limitation, 
Rli shall equal the applicable emission limitation under 
Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7, not the alternative emission limitation.
    (C) If there is a successful group showing of compliance under 
paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A) of this section for a calendar year, then all 
units in the averaging plan shall be deemed to be in compliance for that 
year with their alternative contemporaneous emission limitations and 
annual heat input limits under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section.
    (2) Liability. The owners and operators of a unit governed by an 
approved averaging plan shall be liable for any violation of the plan or 
this section at that unit or any other unit in the plan, including 
liability for fulfilling the obligations specified in part 77 of this 
chapter and sections 113 and 411 of the Act.
    (3) Withdrawal or termination. The designated representative may 
submit a notification to terminate an approved averaging plan in 
accordance with Sec. 72.40(d) of this chapter, no later than October 1 
of the calendar year for which the plan is to be withdrawn or 
terminated.



Sec. 76.12  Phase I NOX compliance extension.

    (a) General provisions. (1) The designated representative of a Phase 
I unit with a Group 1 boiler may apply for and receive a 15-month 
extension of the deadline for meeting the applicable emissions 
limitation under Sec. 76.5 where it is demonstrated, to the satisfaction 
of the Administrator, that:

[[Page 448]]

    (i) The low NOX burner technology designed to meet the 
applicable emission limitation is not in adequate supply to enable 
installation and operation at the unit, consistent with system 
reliability, by January 1, 1995 and the reliability problems are due 
substantially to NOX emission control system installation and 
availability; or
    (ii) The unit is participating in an approved clean coal technology 
demonstration project.
    (2) In order to obtain a Phase I NOX compliance 
extension, the designated representative shall submit a Phase I 
NOX compliance extension plan by October 1, 1994.
    (b) Contents of Phase I NOX compliance extension plan. A 
complete Phase I NOX compliance extension plan shall include 
the following elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:
    (1) Identification of the unit.
    (2) For units applying pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this 
section:
    (i) A list of the company names, addresses, and telephone numbers of 
vendors who are qualified to provide the services and low NOX 
burner technology designed to meet the applicable emission limitation 
under Sec. 76.5 and have been contacted to obtain the required services 
and technology. The list shall include the dates of contact, and a copy 
of each request for bids shall be submitted, along with any other 
information necessary to show a good-faith effort to obtain the required 
services and technology necessary to meet the requirements of this part 
on or before January 1, 1995.
    (ii) A copy of those portions of a legally binding contract with a 
qualified vendor that demonstrate that services and low NOX 
burner technology designed to meet the applicable emission limitation 
under Sec. 76.5, with a completion date not later than December 31, 1995 
have been contracted for.
    (iii) Scheduling information, including justification and test 
schedules.
    (iv) To demonstrate, if applicable, that the supply of the low 
NOX burner technology designed to meet the applicable 
emission limitation under Sec. 76.5 is inadequate to enable its 
installation and operation at the unit, consistent with system 
reliability, in time for the unit to comply with the applicable emission 
limitation on or before January 1, 1995, either:
    (A) Certification from the selected vendor(s) (by a certifying 
official) listed in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section stating that 
they cannot provide the necessary services and install the low 
NOX burner technology on or before January 1, 1995 and 
explaining the reasons why the services cannot be provided and why the 
equipment cannot be installed in a timely manner; or
    (B) The following information:
    (i) Standard load forecasts, based on standard forecasting models 
available throughout the utility industry and applied to the period, 
January 1, 1993, through December 31, 1994.
    (ii) Specific reasons why an outage cannot be scheduled to enable 
the unit to install and operate the low NOX burner technology 
by January 1, 1995, including reasons why no other units can be used to 
replace this unit's generation during such outage.
    (iii) Fuel and energy balance summaries and power and other 
consumption requirements (including those for air, steam, and cooling 
water).
    (3) To demonstrate, if applicable, participation in an approved 
clean coal technology demonstration project, a description of the 
project, including all sources of Federal, State, and other outside 
funding, amount and date for approval of Federal funding, the duration 
of the project, and the anticipated completion date of the project.
    (4) The special provisions in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (c)(1) Administrator's action. To the extent the Administrator 
determines that a Phase I NOX compliance extension plan 
complies with the requirements of this section, the Administrator will 
approve the plan and revise the Acid Rain permit governing the unit in 
the plan in order to incorporate the plan by administrative amendment 
under Sec. 72.83 of this chapter, except that the Administrator shall 
have 90 days from receipt of the compliance extension plan to take final 
action.
    (2) The Administrator will approve or disapprove a proposed 
NOX compliance extension plan within 3 months of receipt.
    (d) Special provisions. (1) Emission limitations. The unit shall 
comply

[[Page 449]]

with the applicable emission limitation under Sec. 76.5 beginning April 
1, 1996. Compliance shall be determined as specified in part 75 of this 
chapter using measured values of NOX emissions and heat input 
only for the portion of the year that the emission limit is in effect.
    (2) If a unit with an approved NOX compliance extension 
is included in an averaging plan under Sec. 76.11 for year 1996, the 
unit shall be treated, for purposes of applying Equation 1 in 
Sec. 76.11(a)(6) and Equation 2 in Sec. 76.11(d)(1)(ii)(A), as subject 
to the applicable emission limitation under Sec. 76.5 for the entire 
year 1996.
    (e) Extension until December 31, 1997. (1) The designated 
representative of a Phase I unit that is subject to section 404(d) of 
the Act, has a tangentially fired boiler, and is unable to install low 
NOX burner technology by January 1, 1997 may submit a 
petition for and receive an extension for meeting the applicable 
emission limitation under Sec. 76.5 where it is demonstrated, to the 
satisfaction of the Administrator, that:
    (i) The unit is located at a source with two or more other units, 
all of which are Phase I units that are subject to section 404(d) of the 
Act and have tangentially fired boilers;
    (ii) The NOX control system at the unit was scheduled to 
be installed by January 1, 1997 and, because of operational problems 
associated with the NOX control system, will be redesigned; 
and
    (iii) Installation of the redesigned low NOX burner 
technology at the unit cannot be completed by January 1, 1997 without 
causing system reliability problems.
    (2) A complete petition shall include the following elements and 
shall be submitted by April 28, 1995.
    (i) Identification of the unit and the other units at the source;
    (ii) A statement describing how the requirements of paragraphs 
(e)(1)(ii) and (e)(1)(iii) of this section are met;
    (iii) The earliest date, not later than December 31, 1997, by which 
installation of the redesigned low NOX burner technology can 
be completed consistent with system reliability; and
    (iv) The provisions in paragraph (e)(4) of this section.
    (3) To the extent the Administrator determines that a Phase I unit 
meets the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section, 
the Administrator will approve the petition within 90 days from receipt 
of the complete petition. The Acid Rain permit governing the unit will 
be revised in order to incorporate the approved extension, which shall 
terminate no later than December 31, 1997, by administrative amendment 
under Sec. 72.83 of this chapter except that the Administrator will have 
90 days to take final action.
    (4) The unit shall comply with the applicable emission limitation 
under Sec. 76.5 beginning on the day immediately following the day on 
which the extension approved under paragraph (e)(3) of this section 
terminates. Compliance shall be determined as specified in part 75 of 
this chapter using measured values of NOX emissions and heat 
input only for the portion of the year that the emission limit is in 
effect. If a unit with an approved extension is included in an averaging 
plan under Sec. 76.11 for year 1997, the unit shall be treated, for the 
purpose of applying Equation 1 in Sec. 76.11(a)(6) and Equation 2 in 
Sec. 76.11(d)(1)(ii)(A), as subject to the applicable emission 
limitation under Sec. 76.5 for the entire year 1997.



Sec. 76.13  Compliance and excess emissions.

    Excess emissions of nitrogen oxides under Sec. 77.6 of this chapter 
shall be calculated as follows:
    (a) For a unit that is not in an approved averaging plan:
    (1) Calculate EEi for each portion of the calendar year 
that the unit is subject to a different NOX emission 
limitation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13AP95.002

where:

EEi = Excess emissions for NOX for the portion of 
the calendar year (in tons);
Rai = Actual average emission rate for the unit (in lb/
mmBtu), determined according to part 75 of this chapter for the portion 
of the calendar year for which the applicable emission limitation 
Rl is in effect;
Rli = Applicable emission limitation for the unit, (in lb/
mmBtu), as specified in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 or as determined under 
Sec. 76.10;

[[Page 450]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13AP95.003

HIi = Actual heat input for the unit, (in mmBtu), determined 
according to part 75 of this chapter for the portion of the calendar 
year for which the applicable emission limitation, Rl, is in 
effect.

    (2) If EEi is a negative number for any portion of the 
calendar year, the EE value for that portion of the calendar year shall 
be equal to zero (e.g., if EEi = -100, then EEi = 
0).
    (3) Sum all EEi values for the calendar year:

where:

EE = Excess emissions for NOX for the year (in tons);
n = The number of time periods during which a unit is subject to 
different emission limitations; and

    (b) For units participating in an approved averaging plan, when all 
the requirements under Sec. 76.11(d)(1) are not met,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13AP95.004

where:

EE = Excess emissions for NOX for the year (in tons);
Rai = Actual annual average emission rate for NOX 
for unit i, (in lb/mmBtu), determined according to part 75 of this 
chapter;
Rli = Applicable emission limitation for unit i, (in lb/
mmBtu), as specified in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7;
HIi = Actual annual heat input for unit i, mmBtu, determined 
according to part 75 of this chapter;
n = Number of units in the averaging plan.



Sec. 76.14  Monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting.

    (a) A petition for an alternative emission limitation demonstration 
period under Sec. 76.10(d) shall include the following information:
    (1) In accordance with Sec. 76.10(d)(4), the following information:
    (i) Documentation that the owner or operator solicited bids for a 
NOX emission control system designed for application to the 
specific boiler and designed to achieve the applicable emission 
limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 on an annual average basis. This 
documentation must include a copy of all bid specifications.
    (ii) A copy of the performance guarantee submitted by the vendor of 
the installed NOX emission control system to the owner or 
operator showing that such system was designed to meet the applicable 
emission limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7 on an annual average 
basis.
    (iii) Documentation describing the operational and combustion 
conditions that are the basis of the performance guarantee.
    (iv) Certification by the primary vendor of the NOX 
emission control system that such equipment and associated auxiliary 
equipment was properly installed according to the modifications and 
procedures specified by the vendor.
    (v) Certification by the designated representative that the owner(s) 
or operator installed technology that meets the requirements of 
Sec. 76.10(a)(2).
    (2) In accordance with Sec. 76.10(d)(9), the following information:
    (i) The operating conditions of the NOX emission control 
system including load range, O2 range, coal volatile matter 
range, and, for tangentially fired boilers, distribution of combustion 
air within the NOX emission control system;
    (ii) Certification by the designated representative that the 
owner(s) or operator have achieved and are following the operating 
conditions, boiler modifications, and upgrades that formed the basis for 
the system design and performance guarantee;
    (iii) Any planned equipment modifications and upgrades for the 
purpose

[[Page 451]]

of achieving the maximum NOX reduction performance of the 
NOX emission control system that were not included in the 
design specifications and performance guarantee, but that were achieved 
prior to submission of this application and are being followed;
    (iv) A list of any modifications or replacements of equipment that 
are to be done prior to the completion of the demonstration period for 
the purpose of reducing emissions of NOX; and
    (v) The parametric testing that will be conducted to determine the 
reason or reasons for the failure of the unit to achieve the applicable 
emission limitation and to verify the proper operation of the installed 
NOX emission control system during the demonstration period. 
The tests shall include tests in Sec. 76.15, which may be modified as 
follows:
    (A) The owner or operator of the unit may add tests to those listed 
in Sec. 76.15, if such additions provide data relevant to the failure of 
the installed NOX emission control system to meet the 
applicable emissions limitation in Sec. 76.5, 76.6, or 76.7; or
    (B) The owner or operator of the unit may remove tests listed in 
Sec. 76.15 that are shown, to the satisfaction of the permitting 
authority, not to be relevant to NOX emissions from the 
affected unit; and
    (C) In the event the performance guarantee or the NOX 
emission control system specifications require additional tests not 
listed in Sec. 76.15, or specify operating conditions not verified by 
tests listed in Sec. 76.15, the owner or operator of the unit shall 
include such additional tests.
    (3) In accordance with Sec. 76.10(d)(10), the following information 
for the operating period:
    (i) The average NOX emission rate (in lb/mmBtu) of the 
specific unit;
    (ii) The highest hourly NOX emission rate (in lb/mmBtu) 
of the specific unit;
    (iii) Hourly NOX emission rate (in lb/mmBtu), calculated 
in accordance with part 75 of this chapter;
    (iv) Total heat input (in mmBtu) for the unit for each hour of 
operation, calculated in accordance with the requirements of part 75 of 
this chapter; and
    (v) Total integrated hourly gross unit load (in MWge).
    (b) A petition for an alternative emission limitation shall include 
the following information in accordance with Sec. 76.10(e)(6).
    (1) Total heat input (in mmBtu) for the unit for each hour of 
operation, calculated in accordance with the requirements of part 75 of 
this chapter;
    (2) Hourly NOX emission rate (in lb/mmBtu), calculated in 
accordance with the requirements of part 75 of this chapter; and
    (3) Total integrated hourly gross unit load (MWge).
    (c) Reporting of the costs of low NOX burner technology 
applied to Group 1, Phase I boilers. (1) Except as provided in paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section, the designated representative of a Phase I unit 
with a Group 1 boiler that has installed or is installing any form of 
low NOX burner technology shall submit to the Administrator a 
report containing the capital cost, operating cost, and baseline and 
post-retrofit emission data specified in appendix B to this part. If any 
of the required equipment, cost, and schedule information are not 
available (e.g., the retrofit project is still underway), the designated 
representative shall include in the report detailed cost estimates and 
other projected or estimated data in lieu of the information that is not 
available.
    (2) The report under paragraph (c)(1) of this section is not 
required with regard to the following types of Group 1, Phase I units:
    (i) Units employing no new NOX emission control system 
after November 15, 1990;
    (ii) Units employing modifications to boiler operating parameters 
(e.g., burners out of service or fuel switching) without low 
NOX burners or other emission reduction equipment for 
reducing NOX emissions;
    (iii) Units with wall-fired boilers employing only overfire air and 
units with tangentially fired boilers employing only separated overfire 
air; or
    (iv) Units beginning installation of a new NOX emission 
control system after August 11, 1995.
    (3) The report under paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall be 
submitted to the Administrator by:

[[Page 452]]

    (i) 120 days after completion of the low NOX burner 
technology retrofit project; or
    (ii) May 23, 1995, if the project was completed on or before January 
23, 1995.



Sec. 76.15  Test methods and procedures.

    (a) The owner or operator may use the following tests as a basis for 
the report required by Sec. 76.10(e)(7):
    (1) Conduct an ultimate analysis of coal using ASTM D 3176-89 
(incorporated by reference as specified in Sec. 76.4);
    (2) Conduct a proximate analysis of coal using ASTM D 3172-89 
(incorporated by reference as specified in Sec. 76.4); and
    (3) Measure the coal mass flow rate to each individual burner using 
ASME Power Test Code 4.2 (1991), ``Test Code for Coal Pulverizers'' or 
ISO 9931 (1991), ``Coal--Sampling of Pulverized Coal Conveyed by Gases 
in Direct Fired Coal Systems'' (incorporated by reference as specified 
in Sec. 76.4).
    (b) The owner or operator may measure and record the actual 
NOX emission rate in accordance with the requirements of this 
part while varying the following parameters where possible to determine 
their effects on the emissions of NOX from the affected 
boiler:
    (1) Excess air levels;
    (2) Settings of burners or coal and air nozzles, including tilt and 
yaw, or swirl;
    (3) For tangentially fired boilers, distribution of combustion air 
within the NOX emission control system;
    (4) Coal mass flow rates to each individual burner;
    (5) Coal-to-primary air ratio (based on pound per hour) for each 
burner, the average coal-to-primary air ratio for all burners, and the 
deviations of individual burners' coal-to-primary air ratios from the 
average value; and
    (6) If the boiler uses varying types of coal, the type of coal. 
Provide the results of proximate and ultimate analyses of each type of 
as-fired coal.
    (c) In performing the tests specified in paragraph (a) of this 
section, the owner or operator shall begin the tests using the equipment 
settings for which the NOX emission control system was 
designed to meet the NOX emission rate guaranteed by the 
primary NOX emission control system vendor. These results 
constitute the ``baseline controlled'' condition.
    (d) After establishing the baseline controlled condition under 
paragraph (c) of this section, the owner or operator may:
    (1) Change excess air levels  5 percent from the 
baseline controlled condition to determine the effects on emissions of 
NOX, by providing a minimum of three readings (e.g., with a 
baseline reading of 20 percent excess air, excess air levels will be 
changed to 19 percent and 21 percent);
    (2) For tangentially fired boilers, change the distribution of 
combustion air within the NOX emission control system to 
determine the effects on NOX emissions by providing a minimum 
of three readings, one with the minimum, one with the baseline, and one 
with the maximum amounts of staged combustion air; and
    (3) Show that the combustion process within the boiler is optimized 
(e.g., that the burners are balanced).
       Appendix A to Part 76--Phase I Affected Coal-Fired Utility 
               Units With Group 1 or Cell Burner Boilers

                                    Table 1--Phase I Tangentially Fired Units
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            State                          Plant                  Unit                    Operator
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALABAMA......................  EC GASTON....................  5             ALABAMA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  BOWEN........................  1BLR          GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  BOWEN........................  2BLR          GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  BOWEN........................  3BLR          GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  BOWEN........................  4BLR          GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  JACK MCDONOUGH...............  MB1           GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  JACK MCDONOUGH...............  MB2           GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  WANSLEY......................  1             GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  WANSLEY......................  2             GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  YATES........................  Y1BR          GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  YATES........................  Y2BR          GEORGIA POWER CO.

[[Page 453]]

 
GEORGIA......................  YATES........................  Y3BR          GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  YATES........................  Y4BR          GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  YATES........................  Y5BR          GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  YATES........................  Y6BR          GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA......................  YATES........................  Y7BR          GEORGIA POWER CO.
ILLINOIS.....................  BALDWIN......................  3             ILLINOIS POWER CO.
ILLINOIS.....................  HENNEPIN.....................  2             ILLINOIS POWER CO.
ILLINOIS.....................  JOPPA........................  1             ELECTRIC ENERGY INC.
ILLINOIS.....................  JOPPA........................  2             ELECTRIC ENERGY INC.
ILLINOIS.....................  JOPPA........................  3             ELECTRIC ENERGY INC.
ILLINOIS.....................  JOPPA........................  4             ELECTRIC ENERGY INC.
ILLINOIS.....................  JOPPA........................  5             ELECTRIC ENERGY INC.
ILLINOIS.....................  JOPPA........................  6             ELECTRIC ENERGY INC.
ILLINOIS.....................  MEREDOSIA....................  5             CEN ILLINOIS PUB SER.
ILLINOIS.....................  VERMILION....................  2             ILLINOIS POWER CO.
INDIANA......................  CAYUGA.......................  1             PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA......................  CAYUGA.......................  2             PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA......................  EW STOUT.....................  50            INDIANAPOLIS PWR & LT.
INDIANA......................  EW STOUT.....................  60            INDIANAPOLIS PWR & LT.
INDIANA......................  EW STOUT.....................  70            INDIANAPOLIS PRW & LT.
INDIANA......................  HT PRITCHARD.................  6             INDIANAPOLIS PWR & LT.
INDIANA......................  PETERSBURG...................  1             INDIANAPOLIS PWR & LT.
INDIANA......................  PETERSBURG...................  2             INDIANAPOLIS PWR & LT.
INDIANA......................  WABASH RIVER.................  6             PSI ENERGY INC.
IOWA.........................  BURLINGTON...................  1             IOWA SOUTHERN UTL.
IOWA.........................  ML KAPP......................  2             INTERSTATE POWER CO.
IOWA.........................  RIVERSIDE....................  9             IOWA-ILL GAS & ELEC.
KENTUCKY.....................  ELMER SMITH..................  2             OWENSBORO MUN UTIL.
KENTUCKY.....................  EW BROWN.....................  2             KENTUCKY UTL CO.
KENTUCKY.....................  EW BROWN.....................  3             KENTUCKY UTL CO.
KENTUCKY.....................  GHENT........................  1             KENTUCKY UTL CO.
MARYLAND.....................  MORGANTOWN...................  1             POTOMAC ELEC PWR CO.
MARYLAND.....................  MORGANTOWN...................  2             POTOMAC ELEC PWR CO.
MICHIGAN.....................  JH CAMPBELL..................  1             CONSUMERS POWER CO.
MISSOURI.....................  LABADIE......................  1             UNION ELECTRIC CO.
MISSOURI.....................  LABADIE......................  2             UNION ELECTRIC CO.
MISSOURI.....................  LABADIE......................  3             UNION ELECTRIC CO.
MISSOURI.....................  LABADIE......................  4              UNION ELECTRIC CO.
MISSOURI.....................  MONTROSE.....................  1             KANSAS CITY PWR & LT.
MISSOURI.....................  MONTROSE.....................  2             KANSAS CITY PWR & LT.
MISSOURI.....................  MONTROSE.....................  3             KANSAS CITY PWR & LT.
NEW YORK.....................  DUNKIRK......................  3             NIAGARA MOHAWK PWR.
NEW YORK.....................  DUNKIRK......................  4             NIAGARA MOHAWK PWR.
NEW YORK.....................  GREENIDGE....................  6             NY STATE ELEC & GAS.
NEW YORK.....................  MILLIKEN.....................  1             NY STATE ELEC & GAS.
NEW YORK.....................  MILLIKEN.....................  2             NY STATE ELEC & GAS.
OHIO.........................  ASHTABULA....................  7             CLEVELAND ELEC ILLUM.
OHIO.........................  AVON LAKE....................  11            CLEVELAND ELEC ILLUM.
OHIO.........................  CONESVILLE...................  4             COLUMBUS STHERN PWR.
OHIO.........................  EASTLAKE.....................  1             CLEVELAND ELEC ILLUM.
OHIO.........................  EASTLAKE.....................  2             CLEVELAND ELEC ILLUM.
OHIO.........................  EASTLAKE.....................  3             CLEVELAND ELEC ILLUM.
OHIO.........................  EASTLAKE.....................  4             CLEVELAND ELEC ILLUM.
OHIO.........................  MIAMI FORT...................  6             CINCINNATI GAS & ELEC.
OHIO.........................  WC BECKJORD..................  5             CINCINNATI GAS & ELEC.
OHIO.........................  WC BECKJORD..................  6             CINCINNATI GAS & ELEC.
PENNSYLVANIA.................  BRUNNER ISLAND...............  1             PENNSYLVANIA PWR & LT.
PENNSYLVANIA.................  BRUNNER ISLAND...............  2             PENNSYLVANIA PWR & LT.
PENNSYLVANIA.................  BRUNNER ISLAND...............  3             PENNSYLVANIA PWR & LT.
PENNSYLVANIA.................  CHESWICK.....................  1             DUQUESNE LIGHT CO.
PENNSYLVANIA.................  CONEMAUGH....................  1             PENNSYLVANIA ELEC CO.
PENNSYLVANIA.................  CONEMAUGH....................  2             PENNSYLVANIA ELEC CO.
PENNSYLVANIA.................  PORTLAND.....................  1             METROPOLITAN EDISON.
PENNSYLVANIA.................  PORTLAND.....................  2             METROPOLITAN EDISON.
PENNSYLVANIA.................  SHAWVILLE....................  3             PENNSYLVANIA ELEC CO.
PENNSYLVANIA.................  SHAWVILLE....................  4             PENNSYLVANIA ELEC CO.
TENNESSEE....................  GALLATIN.....................  1             TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE....................  GALLATIN.....................  2             TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE....................  GALLATIN.....................  3             TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE....................  GALLATIN.....................  4             TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE....................  JOHNSONVILLE.................  1             TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE....................  JOHNSONVILLE.................  2             TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.

[[Page 454]]

 
TENNESSEE....................  JOHNSONVILLE.................  3             TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE....................  JOHNSONVILLE.................  4             TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE....................  JOHNSONVILLE.................  5             TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE....................  JOHNSONVILLE.................  6             TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
WEST VIRGINIA................  ALBRIGHT.....................  3             MONONGAHELA POWER CO.
WEST VIRGINIA................  FORT MARTIN..................  1             MONONGAHELA POWER CO.
WEST VIRGINIA................  MOUNT STORM..................  1             VIRGINIA ELEC & PWR.
WEST VIRGINIA................  MOUNT STORM..................  2             VIRGINIA ELEC & PWR.
WEST VIRGINIA................  MOUNT STORM..................  3             VIRGINIA ELEC & PWR.
WISCONSIN....................  GENOA........................  1             DAIRYLAND POWER COOP.
WISCONSIN....................  SOUTH OAK CREEK..............  7             WISCONSIN ELEC POWER.
WISCONSIN....................  SOUTH OAK CREEK..............  8             WISCONSIN ELEC POWER.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     Table 2--Phase I Dry Bottom-Fired Units
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             State                           Plant                   Unit                   Operator
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALABAMA.......................  COLBERT.......................  1               TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
ALABAMA.......................  COLBERT.......................  2               TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
ALABAMA.......................  COLBERT.......................  3               TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
ALABAMA.......................  COLBERT.......................  4               TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
ALABAMA.......................  COLBERT.......................  5               TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
ALABAMA.......................  EC GASTON.....................  1               ALABAMA POWER CO.
ALABAMA.......................  EC GASTON.....................  2               ALABAMA POWER CO.
ALABAMA.......................  EC GASTON.....................  3               ALABAMA POWER CO.
ALABAMA.......................  EC GASTON.....................  4               ALABAMA POWER CO.
FLORIDA.......................  CRIST.........................  6               GULF POWER CO.
FLORIDA.......................  CRIST.........................  7               GULF POWER CO.
GEORGIA.......................  HAMMOND.......................  1               GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA.......................  HAMMOND.......................  2               GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA.......................  HAMMOND.......................  3               GEORGIA POWER CO.
GEORGIA.......................  HAMMOND.......................  4               GEORGIA POWER CO.
ILLINOIS......................  GRAND TOWER...................  9               CEN ILLINOIS PUB SER.
INDIANA.......................  CULLEY........................  2               STHERN IND GAS & EL.
INDIANA.......................  CULLEY........................  3               STHERN IND GAS & EL.
INDIANA.......................  GIBSON........................  1               PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA.......................  GIBSON........................  2               PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA.......................  GIBSON........................  3               PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA.......................  GIBSON........................  4               PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA.......................  RA GALLAGHER..................  1               PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA.......................  RA GALLAGHER..................  2               PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA.......................  RA GALLAGHER..................  3               PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA.......................  RA GALLAGHER..................  4               PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA.......................  FRANK E RATTS.................  1SG1            HOOSIER ENERGY REC.
INDIANA.......................  FRANK E RATTS.................  2SG1            HOOSIER ENERGY REC.
INDIANA.......................  WABASH RIVER..................  1               PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA.......................  WABASH RIVER..................  2               PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA.......................  WABASH RIVER..................  3               PSI ENERGY INC.
INDIANA.......................  WABASH RIVER..................  5               PSI ENERGY INC.
IOWA..........................  DES MOINES....................  11              IOWA PWR & LT CO.
IOWA..........................  PRAIRIE CREEK.................  4               IOWA ELEC LT & PWR.
KANSAS........................  QUINDARO......................  2               KS CITY BD PUB UTIL.
KENTUCKY......................  COLEMAN.......................  C1              BIG RIVERS ELEC CORP.
KENTUCKY......................  COLEMAN.......................  C2              BIG RIVERS ELEC CORP.
KENTUCKY......................  COLEMAN.......................  C3              BIG RIVERS ELEC CORP.
KENTUCKY......................  EW BROWN......................  1               KENTUCKY UTL CO.
KENTUCKY......................  GREEN RIVER...................  5               KENTUCKY UTL CO.
KENTUCKY......................  HMP&L STATION 2...............  H1              BIG RIVERS ELEC CORP.
KENTUCKY......................  HMP&L STATION 2...............  H2              BIG RIVERS ELEC CORP.
KENTUCKY......................  HL SPURLOCK...................  1               EAST KY PWR COOP.
KENTUCKY......................  JS COOPER.....................  1               EAST KY PWR COOP.
KENTUCKY......................  JS COOPER.....................  2               EAST KY PWR COOP.
MARYLAND......................  CHALK POINT...................  1               POTOMAC ELEC PWR CO.
MARYLAND......................  CHALK POINT...................  2               POTOMAC ELEC PWR CO.
MINNESOTA.....................  HIGH BRIDGE...................  6               NORTHERN STATES PWR.
MISSISSIPPI...................  JACK WATSON...................  4               MISSISSIPPI PWR CO.
MISSISSIPPI...................  JACK WATSON...................  5               MISSISSIPPI PWR CO.
MISSOURI......................  JAMES RIVER...................  5               SPRINGFIELD UTL.
OHIO..........................  CONESVILLE....................  3               COLUMBUS STHERN PWR.
OHIO..........................  EDGEWATER.....................  13              OHIO EDISON CO.
OHIO..........................  MIAMI FORT \1\................  5-1             CINCINNATI GAS&ELEC.

[[Page 455]]

 
OHIO..........................  MIAMI FORT \1\................  5-2             CINCINNATI GAS&ELEC.
OHIO..........................  PICWAY........................  9               COLUMBUS STHERN PWR.
OHIO..........................  RE BURGER.....................  7               OHIO EDISON CO.
OHIO..........................  RE BURGER.....................  8               OHIO EDISON CO.
OHIO..........................  WH SAMMIS.....................  5               OHIO EDISON CO.
OHIO..........................  WH SAMMIS.....................  6               OHIO EDISON CO.
PENNSYLVANIA..................  ARMSTRONG.....................  1               WEST PENN POWER CO.
PENNSYLVANIA..................  ARMSTRONG.....................  2               WEST PENN POWER CO.
PENNSYLVANIA..................  MARTINS CREEK.................  1               PENNSYLVANIA PWR & LT.
PENNSYLVANIA..................  MARTINS CREEK.................  2               PENNSYLVANIA PWR & LT.
PENNSYLVANIA..................  SHAWVILLE.....................  1               PENNSYLVANIA ELEC CO.
PENNSYLVANIA..................  SHAWVILLE.....................  2               PENNSYLVANIA ELEC CO.
PENNSYLVANIA..................  SUNBURY.......................  3               PENNSYLVANIA PWR & LT.
PENNSYLVANIA..................  SUNBURY.......................  4               PENNSYLVANIA PWR & LT.
TENNESSEE.....................  JOHNSONVILLE..................  7               TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE.....................  JOHNSONVILLE..................  8               TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE.....................  JOHNSONVILLE..................  9               TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE.....................  JOHNSONVILLE..................  10              TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
WEST VIRGINIA.................  HARRISON......................  1               MONONGAHELA POWER CO.
WEST VIRGINIA.................  HARRISON......................  2               MONONGAHELA POWER CO.
WEST VIRGINIA.................  HARRISON......................  3               MONONGAHELA POWER CO.
WEST VIRGINIA.................  MITCHELL......................  1               OHIO POWER CO.
WEST VIRGINIA.................  MITCHELL......................  2               OHIO POWER CO.
WISCONSIN.....................  JP PULLIAM....................  8               WISCONSIN PUB SER CO.
WISCONSIN.....................  NORTH OAK CREEK \2\...........  1               WISCONSIN ELEC PWR.
WISCONSIN.....................  NORTH OAK CREEK \2\...........  2               WISCONSIN ELEC PWR.
WISCONSIN.....................  NORTH OAK CREEK \2\...........  3               WISCONSIN ELEC PWR.
WISCONSIN.....................  NORTH OAK CREEK \2\...........  4               WISCONSIN ELEC PWR.
WISCONSIN.....................  SOUTH OAK CREEK \2\...........  5               WISCONSIN ELEC PWR.
WISCONSIN.....................  SOUTH OAK CREEK \2\...........  6               WISCONSIN ELEC PWR.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Vertically fired boiler.
\2\ Arch-fired boiler.


                                  Table 3--Phase I Cell Burner Technology Units
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             State                           Plant                 Unit                   Operator
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDIANA.......................  WARRICK.......................          4  STHERN IND GAS & EL.
MICHIGAN......................  JH CAMPBELL...................          2  CONSUMERS POWER CO.
OHIO..........................  AVON LAKE.....................         12  CLEVELAND ELEC ILLUM.
OHIO..........................  CARDINAL......................          1  CARDINAL OPERATING.
OHIO..........................  CARDINAL......................          2  CARDINAL OPERATING.
OHIO..........................  EASTLAKE......................          5  CLEVELAND ELEC ILLUM.
OHIO..........................  GENRL JM GAVIN................          1  OHIO POWER CO.
OHIO..........................  GENRL JM GAVIN................          2  OHIO POWER CO.
OHIO..........................  MIAMI FORT....................          7  CINCINNATI GAS & EL.
OHIO..........................  MUSKINGUM RIVER...............          5  OHIO POWER CO.
OHIO..........................  WH SAMMIS.....................          7  OHIO EDISON CO.
PENNSYLVANIA..................  HATFIELDS FERRY...............          1  WEST PENN POWER CO.
PENNSYLVANIA..................  HATFIELDS FERRY...............          2  WEST PENN POWER CO.
PENNSYLVANIA..................  HATFIELDS FERRY...............          3  WEST PENN POWER CO.
TENNESSEE.....................  CUMBERLAND....................          1  TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
TENNESSEE.....................  CUMBERLAND....................          2  TENNESSEE VAL AUTH.
WEST VIRGINIA.................  FORT MARTIN...................          2  MONONGAHELA POWER CO.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 Appendix B to Part 76--Procedures and Methods for Estimating Costs of 
          Nitrogen Oxides Controls Applied to Group 1, Boilers

                      1. Purpose and Applicability

    This technical appendix specifies the procedures, methods, and data 
that the Administrator will use in establishing ``***the degree of 
reduction achievable through this retrofit application of the best 
system of continuous emission reduction, taking into account available 
technology, costs, and energy and environmental impacts; and which is 
comparable to the costs of nitrogen oxides controls set pursuant to 
subsection (b)(1) (of section 407 of the Act).'' In developing the 
allowable NOX emissions limitations for Group 2 boilers 
pursuant to subsection (b)(2) of section 407 of the Act, the 
Administrator will consider only those systems of continuous emission 
reduction that, when applied on a retrofit basis, are comparable in cost 
to the

[[Page 456]]

cost in constant dollars of low NOX burner technology applied 
to Group 1, Phase I boilers.
    The Administrator will evaluate the capital cost (in dollars per 
kilowatt electrical ($/kW)), the operating and maintenance costs (in $/
year), and the cost-effectiveness (in annualized $/ton NOX 
removed) of installed low NOX burner technology controls over 
a range of boiler sizes (as measured by the gross electrical capacity of 
the associated generator in megawatt electrical (MW)) and utilization 
rates (in percent gross nameplate capacity on an annual basis) to 
develop estimates of the capital costs and cost effectiveness for Group 
1, Phase I boilers. The following units will be excluded from these 
determinations of the capital costs and cost effectiveness of 
NOX controls set pursuant to subsection (b)(1) of section 407 
of the Act: (1) Units employing an alternative technology, or overfire 
air as applied to wall-fired boilers or separated overfire air as 
applied to tangentially fired boilers, in lieu of low NOX 
burner technology for reducing NOX emissions; (2) units 
employing no controls, only controls installed before November 15, 1990, 
or only modifications to boiler operating parameters (e.g., burners out 
of service or fuel switching) for reducing NOX emissions; and 
(3) units that have not achieved the applicable emission limitation.

2. Average Capital Cost for Low NOX Burner Technology Applied 
                           to Group 1 Boilers

    The Administrator will use the procedures, methods, and data 
specified in this section to estimate the average capital cost (in $/kW) 
of installed low NOX burner technology applied to Group 1 
boilers.
    2.1  Using cost data submitted pursuant to the reporting 
requirements in section 4 below, boiler-specific actual or estimated 
actual capital costs will be determined for each unit in the population 
specified in section 1 above for assessing the costs of installed low 
NOX burner technology. The scope of installed low 
NOX burner technology costs will include the following 
capital costs for retrofit application: (1) For the burner portion--
burners or air and coal nozzles, burner throat and waterwall 
modifications, and windbox modifications; and, where applicable, (2) for 
the combustion air staging portion--waterwall modifications or panels, 
windbox modifications, and ductwork, and (3) scope adders or 
supplemental equipment such as replacement or additional fans, dampers, 
or ignitors necessary for the proper operation of the low NOX 
burner technology. Capital costs associated with boiler restoration or 
refurbishment such as replacement of air heaters, asbestos abatement, 
and recasing will not be included in the cost basis for installed low 
NOX burner technology. The scope of installed low 
NOX burner technology retrofit capital costs will include 
materials, construction and installation labor, engineering, and 
overhead costs.
    2.2  Using gross nameplate capacity (in MW) for each unit as 
reported in the National Allowance Data Base (NADB), boiler-specific 
capital costs will be converted to a $/kW basis.
    2.3  Capital cost curves ($/kW versus boiler size in MW) or 
equations for installed low NOX burner technology retrofit 
costs will be developed for: (1) Dry bottom wall fired boilers 
(excluding units applying cell burner technology) and (2) tangentially 
fired boilers.

                              3. [Reserved]

                        4. Reporting Requirements

    4.1  The following information is to be submitted by each designated 
representative of a Phase I affected unit subject to the reporting 
requirements of Sec. 76.14(c):
    4.1.1  Schedule and dates for baseline testing, installation, and 
performance testing of low NOX burner technology.
    4.1.2  Estimates of the annual average baseline NOX 
emission rate, as specified in section 3.1.1, and the annual average 
controlled NOX emission rate, as specified in section 3.1.2, 
including the supporting continuous emission monitoring or other test 
data.
    4.1.3  Copies of pre-retrofit and post-retrofit performance test 
reports.
    4.1.4  Detailed estimates of the capital costs based on actual 
contract bids for each component of the installed low NOX 
burner technology including the items listed in section 2.1. Indicate 
number of bids solicited. Provide a copy of the actual agreement for the 
installed technology.
    4.1.5  Detailed estimates of the capital costs of system 
replacements or upgrades such as coal pipe changes, fan replacements/
upgrades, or mill replacements/upgrades undertaken as part of the low 
NOX burner technology retrofit project.
    4.1.6  Detailed breakdown of the actual costs of the completed low 
NOX burner technology retrofit project where low 
NOX burner technology costs (section 4.1.4) are 
disaggregated, if feasible, from system replacement or upgrade costs 
(section 4.1.5).
    4.1.7  Description of the probable causes for significant 
differences between actual and estimated low NOX burner 
technology retrofit project costs.
    4.1.8  Detailed breakdown of the burner and, if applicable, 
combustion air staging system annual operating and maintenance costs for 
the items listed in section 3.3 before and after the installation, 
shakedown, and/or optimization of the installed low NOX 
burner technology. Include estimates and a description of the probable 
causes of the incremental annual operating and maintenance

[[Page 457]]

costs (or savings) attributable to the installed low NOX 
burner technology.
    4.2  All capital cost estimates are to be broken down into materials 
costs, construction and installation labor costs, and engineering and 
overhead costs. All operating and maintenance costs are to be broken 
down into maintenance materials costs, maintenance labor costs, 
operating labor costs, and fan electricity costs. All capital and 
operating costs are to be reported in dollars with the year of 
expenditure or estimate specified for each component.

[60 FR 18761, Apr. 13, 1995, as amended at 61 FR 67164, Dec. 19, 1996; 
62 FR 3464, Jan. 23, 1997]



PART 77--EXCESS EMISSIONS--Table of Contents




Sec.
77.1  Purpose and scope.
77.2  General.
77.3  Offset plans for excess emissions of sulfur dioxide.
77.4  Administrator's action on proposed offset plans.
77.5  Deduction of allowances to offset excess emissions of sulfur 
          dioxide.
77.6  Penalties for excess emissions of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen 
          oxides.

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7601 and 7651, et seq.

    Source: 58 FR 3757, Jan. 11, 1993, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 77.1  Purpose and scope.

    (a) This part sets forth the excess emissions offset planning and 
offset penalty requirements under section 411 of the Clean Air Act, 42 
U.S.C. 7401, et seq., as amended by Public Law 101-549 (November 15, 
1990). These requirements shall apply to the owners and operators and, 
to the extent applicable, the designated representative of each affected 
unit and affected source under the Acid Rain Program.
    (b) Nothing in this part shall limit or otherwise affect the 
application of sections 112(r)(9), 113, 114, 120, 303, 304, or 306 of 
the Act, as amended. Any allowance deduction, excess emission penalty, 
or interest required under this part shall not affect the liability of 
the affected unit's and affected source's owners and operators for any 
additional fine, penalty, or assessment, or their obligation to comply 
with any other remedy, for the same violation, as ordered under the Act.



Sec. 77.2  General.

    Part 72 of this chapter, including Secs. 72.2 (definitions), 72.3 
(measurements, abbreviations, and acronyms), 72.4 (Federal authority), 
72.5 (State authority), 72.6 (applicability), 72.7 (new units 
exemption), 72.8 (retired units exemption), 72.9 (standard 
requirements), 72.10 (availability of information), and 72.11 
(computation of time), shall apply to this part. The procedures for 
appeals of decisions of the Administrator under this part are contained 
in part 78 of this chapter.



Sec. 77.3  Offset plans for excess emissions of sulfur dioxide.

    (a) Applicability. The owners and operators of any affected unit 
that has excess emissions of sulfur dioxide in any calendar year shall 
be liable to offset the amount of such excess emissions by an equal 
amount of allowances from the unit's Allowance Tracking System account.
    (b) Deadline. Not later than 60 days after the end of any calendar 
year during which an affected unit had excess emissions of sulfur 
dioxide (except for any increase in excess emissions under Sec. 72.91(b) 
of this chapter), the designated representative for the unit shall 
submit to the Administrator a complete proposed offset plan to offset 
those emissions. Each day after the 60-day deadline that the designated 
representative fails to submit a complete proposed offset plan shall be 
a separate violation of this part.
    (c) Number of Plans. The designated representative shall submit a 
proposed offset plan for each affected unit with excess emissions of 
sulfur dioxide.
    (d) Contents of Plan. A complete proposed offset plan shall include 
the following elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator for 
the unit and for the calendar year for which the plan is submitted:
    (1) Identification of the unit.
    (2) If the unit had excess emissions for the calendar year prior to 
the year for which the plan is submitted, an explanation of how and why 
the excess emissions occurred for the year for which the plan is 
submitted and a description of any measures that were or will be taken 
to prevent excess emissions in the future.

[[Page 458]]

    (3) At the designated representative's option, the number of 
allowances to be deducted from the unit's Allowance Tracking System 
account to offset the excess emissions for the year for which the plan 
is submitted.
    (4) At the designated representative's option, the serial numbers of 
the allowances that are to be deducted from the unit's Allowance 
Tracking System account.
    (5) A statement either that allowances to offset the excess 
emissions are to be deducted immediately from the unit's compliance 
subaccount or that they are to be deducted on a specified date in a 
subsequent year.
    (6) If the proposed offset plan does not propose an immediate 
deduction of allowances under paragraph (d)(5) of this section, a 
demonstration that such a deduction will interfere with electric 
reliability.

[58 FR 3757, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55487, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 77.4  Administrator's action on proposed offset plans.

    (a) Determination of Completeness. The Administrator will determine 
whether the proposed offset plan is complete within 30 days of receipt 
by the Administrator. The offset plan shall be deemed complete if the 
Administrator fails to notify the designated representative to the 
contrary within 30 days of receipt or when the Administrator approves 
the offset plan and deducts allowances in accordance with paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section.
    (b) Review of proposed offset plans. (1) If the designated 
representative submits a complete proposed offset plan for immediate 
deduction, from the unit's compliance subaccount, of allowances required 
to offset excess emissions of sulfur dioxide, the Administrator will 
approve the proposed offset plan without further review and will serve 
written notice of any approval on the designated representative. The 
Administrator will also give notice of any approval in the Federal 
Register. The plans will be incorporated in the unit's Acid Rain permit 
in accordance with Sec. 72.84 of this chapter (automatic permit 
amendment) and will not be subject to the requirements of paragraphs (d) 
through (k) of this section.
    (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the 
Administrator may, in his or her discretion, require that the proposed 
offset plan under paragraph (b)(1) of this section be reviewed under 
paragraphs (c) through (k) of this section. The Administrator may 
exercise such discretion where he or she determines that review of the 
plan is necessary to ensure compliance with the emissions limitation and 
reduction goals or other purposes of title IV of the Act.
    (3) If the designated representative submits a complete proposed 
offset plan that does not meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section, the Administrator will review the plan under paragraphs 
(c) through (k) of this section.
    (c) Supplemental Information. (1)(i) Regardless of whether the 
proposed offset plan is complete under paragraph (a) of this section, 
the Administrator may require submission of any additional information 
that the Administrator determines is necessary to approve an offset 
plan.
    (ii) Such supplemental information may include, but is not limited 
to:
    (A) A description of the measures that are proposed to be taken to 
ensure that the unit will have sufficient allowances to offset the 
excess emissions and to prevent excess emissions in future years;
    (B) A schedule of compliance with appropriate increments of progress 
for the proposed measures; and
    (C) A schedule for the submission of progress reports, and 
supporting documentation, describing actions taken and actions remaining 
to be taken under the schedule of compliance and any proposed 
adjustments to the schedule of compliance.
    (2)(i) The designated representative shall submit the information 
required under paragraph (c)(1) of this section within a reasonable 
period determined by the Administrator.
    (ii) If the designated representative fails to submit the 
supplemental information within the required time period, the 
Administrator may disapprove the proposed offset plan.
    (d) Draft Offset Plan. (1) After the Administrator receives a 
complete proposed offset plan and any supplemental

[[Page 459]]

information, the Administrator will prepare a draft offset plan that 
incorporates in whole, in part, or with changes or conditions as 
appropriate, the proposed offset plan or disapprove a draft offset plan 
for the affected unit. Regardless of whether the Administrator required 
the submission of the information set forth in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of 
this section, the draft offset plan may include, among other 
requirements and conditions as determined to be appropriate by the 
Administrator, the submission of schedules of compliance, progress 
reports, and monitoring and other information.
    (2) The draft offset plan will be based on the information submitted 
by the designated representative for the affected unit and other 
relevant information.
    (3) The Administrator will serve a copy of the draft offset plan and 
the statement of basis on the designated representative of the affected 
unit.
    (4) The Administrator will provide a 30-day period for public 
comment, and opportunity to request a public hearing, on the draft 
offset plan or disapproval of a draft offset plan in accordance with the 
public notice required under paragraph (g)(1)(i)(A) of this section.
    (e) Offset Plan Administrative Record. (1) The Administrator will 
prepare an administrative record for an offset plan or disapproval of an 
offset plan. The administrative record will contain:
    (i) The proposed offset plan and any supporting or supplemental 
information submitted by the designated representative;
    (ii) The draft offset plan;
    (iii) The statement of basis;
    (iv) Copies of all documents relied on by the Administrator in 
approving or disapproving the draft offset plan (including any records 
of discussions or conferences with owners, operators or the designated 
representative of the unit or interested persons regarding the draft 
offset plan) or, for any such documents that are readily available, a 
statement of their location;
    (v) Copies of all written public comments submitted on the draft 
offset plan or disapproval of a draft offset plan;
    (vi) The record of any public hearing on the draft offset plan or 
disapproval of a draft offset plan;
    (vii) The offset plan approved by the Administrator; and
    (viii) Any response to public comments submitted on the draft offset 
plan or disapproval of a draft offset plan, including any documents 
cited in the response and any other documents relied on by the 
Administrator or, for any such documents that are readily available, a 
statement of their location.
    (2) The Administrator will approve or disapprove an offset plan 
within 6 months of receipt of a complete proposed offset plan.
    (f) Statement of Basis. (1) The statement of basis will briefly set 
forth significant factual, legal, and policy considerations on which the 
Administrator relied in approving or disapproving the draft offset plan.
    (2) The statement of basis will include:
    (i) The reasons, and supporting authority, for approval or 
disapproval of any proposed offset plan that does not require immediate 
deduction of allowances, including references to applicable statutory or 
regulatory provisions and to the administrative record; and
    (ii) The name, address, and telephone and facsimile number of the 
EPA office processing the approval or disapproval of the offset plan.
    (g) Opportunities for Public Comment on Draft Offset Plans.
    (1) Generally. (i) The Administrator will give public notice of the 
following:
    (A) The draft offset plan or disapproval of a draft offset plan and 
the opportunity for public comment and to request a public hearing; and
    (B) Date, time, location, and procedures for any scheduled hearing 
on the draft offset plan or the disapproval of a draft offset plan.
    (ii) Any public notice given under this section may be for the 
approval or disapproval of one or more draft offset plans.
    (2) Methods. The Administrator will give the public notice required 
by this section by:
    (i) Serving written notice on the following persons (except to the 
extent

[[Page 460]]

any such person has waived his or her right to receive such notice):
    (A) The designated representative;
    (B) The air pollution control agencies of affected States; and
    (C) Any interested person.
    (ii) Giving notice by publication in the Federal Register and in a 
newspaper of general circulation in the area where the unit is located 
or in a State publication designed to give general public notice.
    (3) Contents. All public notices issued under this part will contain 
the following information:
    (i) Identification of the EPA office processing the approval or 
disapproval of the draft offset plan for which the notice is being 
given.
    (ii) Identification of the designated representative for the 
affected unit.
    (iii) Identification of each affected unit covered by the proposed 
offset plan.
    (iv) The amount of excess emissions that must be offset and the date 
on which the allowances are proposed to be deducted.
    (v) The address and office hours of a public location where the 
administrative record is available for public inspection and a statement 
that all information submitted by the designated representative and not 
protected as confidential pursuant to section 114(c) of the Act is 
available for public inspections as part of the administrative record.
    (vi) For public notice under paragraph (g)(1)(i)(A) of this section, 
a brief description of the public comment procedures, including:
    (A) A 30-day public comment period beginning the date of publication 
of the notice or, in the case of an extension or reopening of the public 
comment period, such period as the Administrator deems appropriate;
    (B) The address where public comments should be sent;
    (C) Required formats and contents for public comment;
    (D) An opportunity to request a public hearing to occur not earlier 
than 15 days after public notice is given and the location, date, time, 
and procedures of any scheduled public hearing; and
    (E) Any other means by which the public may participate.
    (4) Extensions and Reopenings of the Public Comment Period. On the 
Administrator's own motion, or on the request for any person, the 
Administrator may, at his or her discretion, extend or reopen the public 
comment period where he or she finds that doing so will contribute to 
the decision-making process by clarifying one or more significant issues 
affecting the draft offset plan or disapproval of a draft offset plan. 
Notice of any such extension or reopening will be given under paragraph 
(g)(1)(i)(A) of this section.
    (h) Public comments. (1) General. During the public comment period, 
any person may submit written comments on the draft offset plan or 
disapproval of a draft offset plan.
    (2) Form. (i) Comments shall be submitted in duplicate.
    (ii) The submission shall clearly indicate the draft offset plan 
approval or disapproval to which the comments apply.
    (iii) The submission shall clearly indicate the name of the 
commenter, his or her interest, and his or her affiliation, if any, to 
owners and operators of any unit covered by the proposed offset plan.
    (3) Contents. Timely comments on any aspect of a draft offset plan 
or disapproval of a draft offset plan will be considered unless they 
concern issues that are not relevant, such as:
    (i) The environmental effects of acid rain, acid deposition, sulfur 
dioxide, or nitrogen oxides generally; and
    (ii) Offset plan approval procedures or actions on other proposed 
offset plans that are not relevant to approval or disapproval of the 
draft offset plan in question.
    (4) Persons who do not wish to raise issues on the draft offset plan 
or denial of a draft offset plan, but who wish to be notified of any 
subsequent actions concerning such matter, may so indicate during the 
public comment period or at any other time. The Administrator will place 
their names on a list of interested persons.
    (i) Opportunity for Public Hearing. (1) During the public comment 
period, any person may request a public hearing. A request for a public 
hearing shall be

[[Page 461]]

made in writing and shall state the issues proposed to be raised in the 
hearing.
    (2) On the Administrator's own motion or on the request of any 
person, the Administrator may, at his or her discretion, hold a public 
hearing whenever the Administrator finds that such a hearing will 
contribute to the decision-making process by clarifying one or more 
significant issues affecting the draft offset plan or disapproval of a 
draft offset plan. Public hearings will not be held on issues under 
paragraphs (h)(3) (i) and (ii) of this section.
    (3) During a public hearing under this section, any person may 
submit oral or written comments concerning the draft offset plan or 
disapproval of a draft offset plan. The Administrator may set reasonable 
limits on the time allowed for oral statements and will require the 
submission of written summaries of each oral statement.
    (4) The Administrator will assure that a record is made of the 
hearing.
    (j) Response to Comments. (1) The Administrator will consider 
comments on the draft offset plan or disapproval of a draft offset plan 
received during the public comment period and any public hearing. The 
Administrator is not required to consider comments otherwise received.
    (2) In approving or disapproving an offset plan, the Administrator 
will:
    (i) Identify any draft offset plan provision or portion of the 
statement of basis that has been changed and the reasons for the change; 
and
    (ii) Briefly describe and respond to relevant comments under 
paragraph (j)(1) of this section.
    (k) Approval and Effective Date of Excess Emissions Offset Plans. 
(1) After the close of the public comment period, the Administrator will 
approve an offset plan requiring allowance deductions in an amount equal 
to the unit's tons of excess emissions or disapprove an offset plan. The 
Administrator will serve a copy of any approved offset plan and the 
response to comments on the designated representative for the affected 
unit involved and serve written notice of the approval or disapproval of 
the offset plan on any persons who are entitled to written notice under 
paragraphs (g)(2)(i) (B) and (C) of this section or who submitted 
written or oral comments on the approval or disapproval of the draft 
offset plan. The Administrator will also give notice in the Federal 
Register.
    (2) The Administrator will approve an offset plan requiring 
immediate deduction from the unit's compliance subaccount of all 
allowances necessary to offset the excess emissions except to the extent 
the designated representative of the unit demonstrates that such a 
deduction will interfere with electric reliability.
    (3) Upon approval of the offset plan by the Administrator, the 
offset plan will be incorporated into the Acid Rain permit in accordance 
with Sec. 72.84 (automatic permit amendment) and shall supersede any 
inconsistent provision of the permit.

[58 FR 3757, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55487, Oct. 24, 1997; 62 
FR 66279, Dec. 18, 1997]



Sec. 77.5  Deduction of allowances to offset excess emissions of sulfur dioxide.

    (a) The Administrator will deduct allowances to offset excess 
emissions in accordance with the offset plan approved under Sec. 77.4(b) 
(1) or (k) or in accordance with Sec. 72.91(b) of this chapter.
    (b) The designated representative shall hold enough allowances in 
the appropriate compliance subaccount to cover the deductions to be made 
in accordance with paragraph (a) or paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) If the designated representative does not submit a timely and 
complete proposed offset plan, or if the Administrator disapproves a 
proposed offset plan under Sec. 77.4 (c) or (k), the Administrator will 
immediately deduct allowances, from the unit's compliance subaccount on 
a first-in, first-out basis in accordance with Sec. 73.35(c)(2) of this 
chapter, equal to the amount of the unit's excess emissions of sulfur 
dioxide.
    (d) If a compliance subaccount does not contain adequate allowances 
to offset the excess emissions, the Administrator will deduct the 
required allowances whenever allowances are recorded to that account.

[[Page 462]]



Sec. 77.6  Penalties for excess emissions of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides.

    (a)(1) If excess emissions of sulfur dioxide or nitrogen oxide occur 
at an affected unit during any year, the owners and operators of the 
affected unit shall pay, without demand, an excess emissions penalty, as 
calculated under paragraph (b) of this section.
    (2) If one or more affected units governed by an approved 
NOX averaging plan under Sec. 76.11 of this chapter fail 
(after applying Sec. 76.11(d)(1)(ii)(C) of this chapter) to meet their 
respective alternative contemporaneous emission limitations or annual 
heat input limits, then excess emissions of nitrogen oxides occur during 
the year at each such unit. The sum of the excess emissions of nitrogen 
oxides of such units shall equal the amount determined under 
Sec. 76.13(b) of this chapter. The owners and operators of such units 
shall pay an excess emissions penalty, as calculated under paragraph (b) 
of this section using the sum of the excess emissions of nitrogen oxides 
of such units.
    (3) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (a)(3), payment 
under paragraphs (a) (1) or (2) of this section shall be submitted to 
the Administrator by 30 days after the date on which the Administrator 
serves the designated representative a notice that the process of 
recordation set forth in Sec. 73.34(a) of this chapter is completed or 
by July 1 of the year after the year in which the excess emissions 
occurred, whichever date is earlier. Payment under paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section for any increase in excess emissions of sulfur dioxide 
determined after adjustments made under Sec. 72.91(b) of this chapter 
shall be submitted to the Administrator by 30 days after the date on 
which the Administrator serves the designated representative a notice 
that process set forth in Sec. 72.91(b) of this chapter is completed.
    (b) Penalty formula. (1) The following formulas shall be used to 
determine the excess emissions penalty:

Penalty for excess emissions of sulfur dioxide = $2000/ton  x  annual 
    adjustment factor  x  tons of excess emissions of sulfur dioxide.

Penalty for excess emissions of nitrogen oxides = $2000/ton  x  annual 
    adjustment factor  x  tons of excess emissions of nitrogen oxides.

    (i) The annual adjustment factor will be calculated as follows:

Annual adjustment factor = 1 + {[CPI(year) - CPI(1990)] / CPI(1990)}


where:

    (A) ``CPI(year)'' is the Consumer Price Index as defined in 
Sec. 72.2 of this chapter and ``year'' is the year in which the unit had 
excess emissions.
    (B) ``CPI(1990)'' is the Consumer Price Index for 1990, as defined 
in Sec. 72.2 of this chapter.

    (ii) The Administrator will publish the annual adjustment factor in 
the Federal Register by October 15 of each year beginning in 1995.
    (2) The penalty may be rounded to the nearest dollar after 
completing the calculation in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
    (3) The penalty for excess emissions of sulfur dioxide shall be paid 
separately from the payment for excess emissions of nitrogen oxides. 
Each payment shall be accompanied by a document, in a format prescribed 
by the Administrator, indicating the unit for which the payment is made, 
whether the payment is for excess emissions of sulfur dioxide or 
nitrogen oxides, the number of tons of excess emissions, the penalty 
amount, and the check or money order number of the payment.
    (c) If an excess emissions penalty due under this part is not paid 
on or before the applicable deadline under paragraph (a) of this 
section, the penalty shall be subject to interest charges in accordance 
with the Debt Collection Act (31 U.S.C. 3717). Interest shall begin to 
accrue on the date on which the Administrator mails, to the designated 
representative of the unit with excess emissions, a demand notice for 
the payment.
    (d)(1) Except for wire transfers made in accordance with paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section, payments of penalties shall be made by money 
order, cashier's check, certified check, or U.S. Treasury check made 
payable to the ``U.S. EPA.''
    (2) Payments made under paragraph (c)(1) of this section shall be 
mailed to

[[Page 463]]

the following address, unless the Administrator has notified the 
designated representative of a different address: U.S. EPA: Headquarters 
Accounting Operations Branch, Acid Rain Excess Emissions Penalties, P.O. 
Box 952491, St. Louis, MO 63195-2491.
    (3) Payments of penalties of $25,000 or more may be made by wire 
transfer to the U.S. Treasury at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
    (e) If the Administrator determines that overpayment has been made, 
he or she will refund the overpayment without interest, as promptly as 
administratively possible.
    (f) Excess emissions in any year resulting directly from an order 
issued in that year under section 110(f) of the Act shall not be subject 
to the penalty payment requirements of this section; provided that the 
designated representative of any unit subject to such order shall advise 
the Administrator within 30 days of issuance of the order that the order 
will result in such excess emissions.

[58 FR 3757, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17131, Apr. 4, 1995; 62 
FR 55487, Oct. 24, 1997]



PART 78--APPEAL PROCEDURES FOR ACID RAIN PROGRAM--Table of Contents




Sec.
78.1  Purpose and scope.
78.2  General.
78.3  Petition for administrative review and request for evidentiary 
          hearing.
78.4  Filings.
78.5  Limitation on filing or presenting new evidence and raising new 
          issues.
78.6  Action on petition for administrative review.
78.7  [Reserved]
78.8  Consolidation and severance of appeals proceedings.
78.9  Notice of the filing of petition for administrative review.
78.10  Ex parte communications during pendency of a hearing.
78.11  Intervenors.
78.12  Standard of review.
78.13  Scheduling orders and pre-hearing conferences.
78.14  Evidentiary hearing procedure.
78.15  Motions in evidentiary hearings.
78.16  Record of appeal proceeding.
78.17  Proposed findings and conclusions and supporting brief.
78.18  Proposed decision.
78.19  Interlocutory appeal.
78.20  Appeal of decision of Administrator or proposed decision to the 
          Environmental Appeals Board.

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7601 and 7651, et. seq.

    Source: 58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 78.1  Purpose and scope.

    (a)(1) This part shall govern appeals of any final decision of the 
Administrator under parts 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, and 77 of this chapter; 
provided that matters listed Sec. 78.3(d) and preliminary, procedural, 
or intermediate decisions, such as draft Acid Rain permits, may not be 
appealed.
    (2) Filing an appeal, and exhausting administrative remedies, under 
this part shall be a prerequisite to seeking judicial review. For 
purposes of judicial review, final agency action occurs only when a 
decision appealable under this part is issued and the procedures under 
this part for appealing the decision are exhausted.
    (b) The decisions of the Administrator that may be appealed include 
but are not limited to:
    (1) Under part 72 of this chapter;
    (i) The determination of incompleteness of an Acid Rain permit 
application;
    (ii) The issuance or denial of an Acid Rain permit and approval or 
disapproval of a compliance option by the Administrator;
    (iii) The approval or disapproval of an early ranking application 
for Phase I extension under Sec. 72.42 of this chapter;
    (iv) The final determination of whether a technology is a qualified 
repowering technology under Sec. 72.44 of this chapter;
    (v) The issuance or denial of an exemption under Sec. 72.14 of this 
chapter;
    (vi) The approval or disapproval of a permit revision;
    (vii) The decision on the deduction or return of allowances under 
Secs. 72.41, 72.42, 72.43, 72.44, 72.91(b), and 72.92 (a) and (c) of 
this chapter; and
    (viii) The failure to issue an Acid Rain permit in accordance with 
the deadline under Sec. 72.74(b) of this chapter.
    (2) Under part 73 of this chapter,
    (i) The decision on a claim of error in a transfer recordation;

[[Page 464]]

    (ii) The decision on the allocation of allowances from the 
Conservation and Renewal Energy Reserve;
    (iii) The decision on the allocation of allowances under regulations 
implementing sections 404(e), 405(g)(4), 405(i)(2), and 410(h) of the 
Act;
    (iv) The decision on the allocation of allowances under part 73, 
subpart F of this chapter;
    (v) The decision on the sale or return of allowances and transfer of 
proceeds under part 73, subpart E; and
    (vi) The decision on the deduction of allowances under Sec. 73.35(b) 
of this chapter.
    (3) Under part 74 of this chapter,
    (i) The determination of incompleteness of an opt-in permit 
application;
    (ii) The issuance or denial of an opt-in permit and approval or 
disapproval of the transfer of allowances for the replacement of thermal 
energy;
    (iii) The approval or disapproval of a permit revision to an opt-in 
permit;
    (iv) The decision on the deduction or return of allowances under 
subpart E of part 74 of this chapter;
    (4) Under part 75 of this chapter,
    (i) The decision on a petition for approval of an alternative 
monitoring system;
    (ii) The approval or disapproval of a monitoring system 
certification or recertification;
    (iii) The finalization of annual emissions data, including 
retroactive adjustment based on audit;
    (iv) The determination of the percentage of emissions reduction 
achieved by qualifying Phase I technology; and
    (v) The determination on the acceptability of parametric missing 
data procedures for a unit equipped with add-on controls for sulfur 
dioxide and nitrogen oxides in accordance with part 75 of this chapter.
    (5) Under part 77 of this chapter, the determination of 
incompleteness of an offset plan and the approval or disapproval of an 
offset plan under Sec. 77.4 of this chapter and the deduction of 
allowances under Sec. 77.5(c) of this chapter.
    (c) In order to appeal a decision under paragraph (a) of this 
section, a person shall file a petition for administrative review with 
the Environmental Appeals Board under Sec. 78.3. The Environmental 
Appeals Board will, consistent with Sec. 78.6, either:
    (1) Issue an order deciding the appeal; or
    (2) Where there is a disputed issue of fact material to the 
contested portions of the decision, refer the proceeding to the Chief 
Administrative Law Judge, who will designate an Administrative Law Judge 
to conduct an evidentiary hearing to decide the disputed issue of fact. 
If the proposed decision is contested or the Environmental Appeals Board 
decides to review the proposed decision, the Environmental Appeals Board 
will issue an order deciding the appeal.
    (d) Questions arising at any stage of a proceeding that are not 
addressed in this part will be resolved at the discretion of the 
Environmental Appeals Board or the Presiding Officer.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17132, Apr. 4, 1995; 62 
FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 78.2  General.

    Part 72 of this chapter, including Secs. 72.2 (definitions), 72.3 
(measurements, abbreviations, and acronyms), 72.4 (Federal authority), 
72.5 (State authority), 72.6 (applicability), 72.7 (new units 
exemption), 72.8 (retired units exemption), 72.9 (standard 
requirements), 72.10 (availability of information), and 72.11 
(computation of time), shall apply to this part.



Sec. 78.3  Petition for administrative review and request for evidentiary hearing.

    (a)(1) The following persons may petition for administrative review 
of a decision of the Administrator that is made under parts 72, 74, 75, 
76, and 77 of this chapter and that is appealable under Sec. 78.1(a) of 
this part:
    (i) The designated representative for the unit covered by the 
decision;
    (ii) The authorized account representative for an account covered by 
the decision; and
    (iii) Any interested person.
    (2) The following persons may petition for administrative review of 
a decision of the Administrator that is made under part 73 of this 
chapter and that is appealable under Sec. 78.1(a):

[[Page 465]]

    (i) The authorized account representative for any Allowance Tracking 
System account covered by the decision; and
    (ii) With regard to the decision on the allocation of allowances 
from the Conservation and Renewable Energy Reserve, the certifying 
official whose application is covered by the decision.
    (b)(1) Within 30 days following issuance of a decision under 
Sec. 78.1 of this part by the Administrator, any person under paragraph 
(a) of this section may file a petition with the Environmental Appeals 
Board for administrative review of the decision. If no petition for 
administrative review of a decision under Sec. 78.1 of this part is 
filed within such period, the decision shall become final agency action 
and shall not meet the prerequisite for judicial review under 
Sec. 78.1(a)(2).
    (2) The petition may include a request for an evidentiary hearing to 
resolve any disputed issue of material fact concerning the decision.
    (3) At the same time that the petition for administrative review is 
filed, the petitioner shall:
    (i) Serve a copy of the petition on the designated representative or 
authorized account representative under paragraph (a)(1) and (2) of this 
section (unless the designated representative or authorized account 
representative is the petitioner) and the Administrator; and
    (ii) Mail a notice of the petition to the air pollution control 
agencies of affected States and any interested person.
    (c) The petition for administrative review under this part shall 
state with specificity:
    (1) Each material factual and legal issue alleged to be in dispute 
and any such factual issue for which an evidentiary hearing is sought;
    (2) A clear and concise statement of the nature and scope of the 
interest of the petitioner;
    (3) A clear and concise brief in support of the petition, explaining 
why the factual or legal issues are material and, if an evidentiary 
hearing is requested, why direct and cross-examination of witnesses is 
necessary to resolve such factual issues;
    (4) If an evidentiary hearing is requested, the time estimated to be 
necessary for an evidentiary hearing;
    (5) If an evidentiary hearing is requested, a certified statement 
that, in the event of an evidentiary hearing, and without cost or 
expense to any other party, any of the following persons shall be 
available to appear and testify:
    (i) The petitioner; and
    (ii) Any officer, director, employee, consultant, or agent of the 
petitioner.
    (6) Specific references to the contested portions of the decision; 
and
    (7) Any revised or alternative action of the Administrator sought by 
the petitioner as necessary to implement the requirements, purposes, or 
policies of title IV of the Act.
    (d) In no event shall a petition for administrative review be filed, 
or review be available under this part, with regard to:
    (1) Any provision or requirement of part 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, or 77 
of this chapter, including any standard requirement under Sec. 72.9 of 
this chapter and any emissions monitoring or reporting requirements 
under part 75 of this chapter;
    (2) The reliance by the Administrator on a certificate of 
representation submitted by a designated representative or a 
certification statement submitted by an authorized account 
representative under the Acid Rain Program; and
    (3) Actions of the Administrator under sections 112(r), 113, 114, 
120, 301, and 303 of the Act.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 60 FR 17132, Apr. 4, 1995; 62 
FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 78.4  Filings.

    (a) All original filings made under this part shall be signed by the 
person making the filing or by an attorney or authorized representative. 
Any filings on behalf of owners and operators of an affected unit or 
affected source shall be signed by the designated representative. Any 
filings on behalf of persons with an interest in allowances in a general 
account shall be signed by the authorized account representative. The 
name, address, telephone number, and facsimile number of the person 
making

[[Page 466]]

the filing shall be provided with the filing.
    (b)(1) All data and information referred to, or in any way relied 
upon, in any filings made under this part shall be included in full and 
may not be incorporated by reference, unless the data or information is 
contained in the administrative record for the decision being appealed.
    (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) of this section, State or 
Federal statutes, regulations, and judicial decisions published in a 
national reporter system, officially issued EPA documents of general 
applicability, and any other publicly and generally available reference 
material may be incorporated by reference. Any person incorporating such 
materials by reference shall provide copies of the materials as 
instructed by the Environmental Appeals Board or the Presiding Officer.
    (3) If any part of any filing is in a foreign language, it shall be 
accompanied by an English translation verified by the person making the 
translation, under oath, to be complete and accurate, together with the 
name, address, and a brief statement of the qualifications of the person 
making the translation. Translations filed of material originally 
produced in a foreign language shall be accompanied by copies of the 
original material.
    (4) Where relevant data or information is contained in a document 
also containing irrelevant matter, either the irrelevant matter shall be 
deleted or an index to the relevant portions of the document shall be 
included in the document.
    (c)(1) Failure to comply with the requirements of this section or 
any other requirement in this part may result in the noncomplying 
portions of the filing being excluded from consideration. If the 
Environmental Appeals Board or the Presiding Officer determines on 
motion by any party or sua sponte that a filing fails to meet any 
requirement of this part, the Environmental Appeals Board or Presiding 
Officer may return the filing, together with a reference to the 
applicable requirements on which the determination is based. A person 
whose filing has been rejected has 7 days (or other reasonable period 
established by the Environmental Appeals Board or Presiding Officer), 
from the date the returned filing is mailed, to correct the filing in 
conformance with this part and refile it.
    (2) The making of a filing shall not mean or imply that the filing, 
in fact, meets all applicable requirements, that the filing contains 
reasonable grounds for the action requested, or that the action 
requested is in accordance with law.
    (d) An original and two copies of any written filing under this part 
shall be filed with the Environmental Appeals Board unless a proceeding 
is pending before a Presiding Officer, in which case they shall be filed 
with the Hearing Clerk (except as provided under Sec. 78.19(d)) of this 
part.
    (e)(1) The party making any filing in a proceeding under this part 
shall also serve a copy of the filing on each party to the proceeding, 
or, with regard to a petition for administrative review, on the persons 
specified in Sec. 78.3(b)(3) of this part.
    (2) Every filing made under this part shall be accompanied by a 
certificate of service citing the date, place, time, and manner of 
service and the names of the persons served.
    (f) The Hearing Clerk will maintain and furnish, to any person upon 
request, the official service list containing the name, service address, 
telephone, and facsimile numbers of each party to a proceeding under 
this part and his or her attorney or duly authorized representative.
    (g) Affidavits filed under this part shall be made on personal 
knowledge and belief, set forth only those facts that are admissible 
into evidence under Sec. 78.5 of this part, and show affirmatively that 
the affiant is competent to testify to the matters stated therein.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997; 62 
FR 66279, Dec. 18, 1997]



Sec. 78.5  Limitation on filing or presenting new evidence and raising new issues.

    (a) Where there was an opportunity for public comment, or a claim of 
error notification was submitted, prior to the decision that is subject 
to appeal, no evidence shall be filed or presented, and no issues 
raised, in a proceeding

[[Page 467]]

under this part that were not filed, presented, or raised during the 
public comment period, absent a showing of good cause explaining the 
party's failure to do so during the public comment period or in the 
claim of error notification. Good cause shall include any instance where 
the party seeking to file or present new evidence or raise a new issue 
shows that the evidence could not have reasonably been ascertained, 
filed, or presented, the issue could not have reasonably been 
ascertained or raised, or that the materiality of the new evidence or 
issue could not have reasonably been anticipated, prior to the close of 
the public comment period or the period for submitting a claim of error 
notification.
    (b) If an evidentiary hearing is granted, no evidence shall be filed 
or presented on questions of law or policy or on matters not subject to 
challenge in the evidentiary hearing.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 78.6  Action on petition for administrative review.

    (a) If no evidentiary hearing concerning the petition for review is 
requested or is to be held, the Environmental Appeals Board will issue 
an order under Sec. 78.20(c) of this part.
    (b)(1) The Environmental Appeals Board may grant a request for an 
evidentiary hearing, or schedule an evidentiary hearing sua sponte, if 
the Environmental Appeals Board finds that there are disputed issues of 
fact material to contested portions of the decision and determines, in 
its discretion, that an opportunity for direct- and cross-examination of 
witnesses may be necessary in order to resolve these factual issues.
    (2) To the extent the Environmental Appeals Board grants a request 
for an evidentiary hearing, in whole or in part, it will:
    (i) Identify the portions of the decision that have been contested, 
and the disputed factual issues that have been raised by the petitioner 
with regard to which the evidentiary hearing has been granted; and
    (ii) Refer the disputed factual issues to the Chief Administrative 
Law Judge for decision and, in its discretion, may also refer all or a 
portion of the remaining legal, policy, or factual issues to the Chief 
Administrative Law Judge for decision.
    (3)(i) After issues are referred to the Chief Administrative Law 
Judge, he or she will designate an Administrative Law Judge as Presiding 
Officer to conduct the evidentiary hearing.
    (ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, if all 
parties waive in writing their right to have an Administrative Law Judge 
designated as the Presiding Officer, the Administrator may designate a 
lawyer permanently or temporarily employed by EPA and without any prior 
connection with the proceeding to serve as Presiding Officer.



Sec. 78.7  [Reserved]



Sec. 78.8  Consolidation and severance of appeals proceedings.

    (a) The Environmental Appeals Board or Presiding Officer has the 
discretion to consolidate, in whole or in part, two or more proceedings 
under this part whenever it appears that a joint proceeding on any or 
all of the matters at issue in the proceedings will be in the interest 
of justice, will expedite or simplify consideration of the issues, and 
will not prejudice any party. Consolidation of proceedings under this 
paragraph (a) will not affect the right of any party to raise issues 
that might have been raised had there been no consolidation.
    (b) The Environmental Appeals Board or Presiding Officer has the 
discretion to sever issues or parties from a proceeding under this part 
whenever it appears that separate proceedings will be in the interest of 
justice, will expedite or simplify consideration of the issues, and will 
not prejudice any party.



Sec. 78.9  Notice of the filing of petition for administrative review.

    The Administrator will publish in the Federal Register a notice 
stating that a petition for administrative review of a decision of the 
Administrator has been filed and specifying any request in the petition 
for an evidentiary hearing.

[[Page 468]]



Sec. 78.10  Ex parte communications during pendency of a hearing.

    (a)(1) No party or interested person outside EPA, representative of 
a party or interested person, or member of the EPA trial staff shall 
make, or knowingly cause to be made, to any member of the decisional 
body an ex parte communication on the merits of a proceeding under this 
part.
    (2) No member of the decisional body shall make, or knowingly cause 
to be made, to any party or interested person outside EPA, 
representative of a party or interested person, or member of the EPA 
trial staff, an ex parte communication on the merits of any proceeding 
under this part.
    (3) A member of the decisional body who receives, makes, or 
knowingly causes to be made an ex parte communication prohibited by this 
paragraph shall file with the Environmental Appeals Board (or, if the 
proceeding is pending before an Administrative Law Judge, with the 
Hearing Clerk) for inclusion in the record of the proceeding under this 
part any such written ex parte communications and memoranda stating the 
substance of any such oral ex parte communication.
    (b) Whenever any member of the decisional body receives an ex parte 
communication made, or knowingly caused to be made by a party or 
representative of a party to a proceeding under this part, the person 
presiding over the proceedings then in progress may, to the extent 
consistent with justice, require the party to show good cause why its 
claim or interest in the proceedings should not be dismissed, denied, 
disregarded, or otherwise adversely affected on account of these ex 
parte communications.
    (c) The prohibitions of paragraph (a) of this section shall begin to 
apply upon publication by the Administrator of the notice of the filing 
of a petition under Sec. 78.9 of this part. This prohibition terminates 
on the date of final agency action.



Sec. 78.11  Intervenors.

    (a) Within 30 days (or other shorter, reasonable period established 
by the Administrator when giving notice) after notice is given under 
Sec. 78.9 of this part that the petition for administrative review has 
been filed, any person listed in Sec. 78.3(a) of this part may file a 
motion for leave to intervene in the proceeding. A motion for leave to 
intervene under this section shall set forth the grounds for the 
proposed intervention and may respond to the petition for administrative 
review. Late motions to intervene may be granted only for good cause 
shown.
    (b) The Environmental Appeals Board of Presiding Officer will grant 
a motion to intervene only upon an express finding that:
    (1) The motion to intervene raises matters relevant to the factual 
or legal issues to be reviewed;
    (2) The intervenor consented to be bound by all stipulations 
previously entered into by the existing parties, and all orders 
previously issued, in the proceeding; and
    (3) The intervention will promote the interests of justice and will 
not cause undue delay or prejudice to the rights of the existing 
parties.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 78.12  Standard of review.

    (a) On appeal of a decision of the Administrator prior to which 
there was an opportunity for public comment, or to submit a claim of 
error notification:
    (1) Except as provided under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the 
petitioner shall have the burden of going forward and of persuasion to 
show that a finding of fact or conclusion of law underlying the decision 
is clearly erroneous or that an exercise of discretion or policy 
determination underlying the decision is arbitrary and capricious or 
otherwise warrants review.
    (2) The owners and operators of the source or unit involved shall 
have the burden of persuasion that an Acid Rain permit or an exemption 
under Sec. 72.14 of this chapter was properly issued or should be 
issued.
    (b) On appeal of a decision of the Administrator not covered by 
paragraph (a) of this section, the Administrator shall have the burden 
of going forward to show the rational basis for the decision. The 
petitioner shall have the burden of persuasion to show that a finding of 
fact or conclusion of law underlying the decision is clearly erroneous

[[Page 469]]

or that an exercise of discretion or policy determination underlying the 
decision is arbitrary and capricious or otherwise warrants review.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 78.13  Scheduling orders and pre-hearing conferences.

    (a) If a request for an evidentiary hearing is granted, the 
Presiding Officer will issue an order scheduling the following:
    (1) The filing by each party of a narrative statement of position on 
each factual issue in controversy.
    (2) The identification of any witness that a party expects to call 
and of any written testimony, documents, papers, exhibits, or other 
materials that a party expects to introduce into evidence. At the 
request of the Presiding Officer, the party shall include a brief 
narrative summary of any witness' expected testimony and of any such 
materials.
    (3) The filing of written testimony, in accordance with 
Sec. 78.14(b) of this part, and other evidence in support of a narrative 
statement.
    (4) The filing of any motions by any party, including motions for 
the production of documentation, data, or other information material to 
the disputed facts to be addressed at the hearing.
    (b) The Presiding Officer may also, on motion or sua sponte, 
schedule one or more pre-hearing conferences on the record to address 
any of the following:
    (1) Simplification, clarification, amplification, or limitation of 
the issues.
    (2) Admissions and stipulations of facts and determinations of the 
genuineness of documents.
    (3) Objections to the introduction into evidence at the hearing of 
any written testimony or other submissions proposed by a party; provided 
that at any time before the end of the hearing, any party may make, and 
the Presiding Officer may consider and rule upon, a motion to strike 
testimony or other evidence (other than evidence included in the 
administrative record (if any) under Sec. 72.63 of this chapter) on the 
grounds of relevance, competency, or materiality.
    (4) Taking official notice of any matters.
    (5) Grouping of parties with substantially similar interests to 
eliminate redundant evidence, motions, objections, and briefs.
    (6) Such other matters that may expedite the hearing or aid in the 
disposition of matters in dispute.
    (c) The Presiding Officer will issue an order (which may be in the 
form of a transcript) reciting the actions taken at any pre-hearing 
conferences, setting the schedule for any hearing, and stating any areas 
of factual and legal agreement and disagreement and the methods and 
procedures to be used in developing any evidence.



Sec. 78.14  Evidentiary hearing procedure.

    (a) If a request for an evidentiary hearing is granted, the 
Presiding Officer will conduct a fair and impartial hearing on the 
record, take action to avoid unnecessary delay in the disposition of the 
proceedings, and maintain order. For these purposes, the Presiding 
Officer may:
    (1) Administer oaths and affirmations.
    (2) Regulate the course of the hearings and prehearing conferences 
and govern the conduct of participants.
    (3) Examine witnesses.
    (4) Identify and refer issues for interlocutory decision under 
Sec. 78.19 of this part.
    (5) Rule on, admit, exclude, or limit evidence.
    (6) Establish the time for filing motions, testimony and other 
written evidence, and briefs and making other filings.
    (7) Rule on motions and other pending procedural matters, including 
but not limited to motions for summary disposition in accordance with 
Sec. 78.15 of this part.
    (8) Order that the hearing be conducted in stages whenever the 
number of parties is large or the issues are numerous and complex.
    (9) Allow direct and cross-examination of witnesses only to the 
extent the Presiding Officer determines that such direct and cross-
examination may be necessary to resolve disputed issues of material 
fact; provided that no direct or cross-examination shall be allowed

[[Page 470]]

on questions of law or policy or regarding matters that are not subject 
to challenge in the evidentiary hearing.
    (10) Limit public access to the hearing where necessary to protect 
confidential business information. The Presiding Officer will provide 
written notice of the hearing to the parties, and where the hearing will 
be open to the public, notice in the Federal Register no later than 15 
days (or other shorter, reasonable period established by the Presiding 
Officer) prior to commencement of the hearings.
    (11) Take any other action not inconsistent with the provisions of 
this part for the maintenance of order at the hearing and for the 
expeditious, fair and impartial conduct of the proceeding.
    (b) All direct and rebuttal testimony at an evidentiary hearing 
shall be filed in written form, unless, upon motion and good cause 
shown, the Presiding Officer, in his or her discretion, determines that 
oral presentation of such evidence on any particular factual issue will 
materially assist in the efficient resolution of the issue.
    (c)(1) The Presiding Officer will admit all evidence that is not 
irrelevant, immaterial, unduly repetitious, or otherwise unreliable or 
of little probative value. Evidence relating to settlement that would be 
excluded in the Federal courts under the Federal Rules of Evidence shall 
not be admissible.
    (2) Whenever any evidence or testimony is excluded by the Presiding 
Officer as inadmissible, all such evidence will remain a part of the 
record as an offer of proof. The party seeking the admission of oral 
testimony may make an offer of proof by means of a brief statement on 
the record describing the testimony excluded.
    (3) When two or more parties have substantially similar interests 
and positions, the Presiding Officer may limit the number of attorneys 
or authorized representatives who will be permitted to examine witnesses 
and to make and argue motions and objections on behalf of those parties.
    (4) Rulings of the Presiding Officer on the admissibility of 
evidence or testimony, the propriety of direct and cross-examination, 
and other procedural matters will appear in the record of the hearing 
and control further proceedings unless reversed by the Presiding Officer 
or as a result of an interlocutory appeal taken under Sec. 78.19 of this 
part.
    (5) All objections shall be made promptly or be deemed waived; 
provided that parties shall be presumed to have taken exception to an 
adverse ruling. No objection shall be deemed waived by further 
participation in the hearing.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 78.15  Motions in evidentiary  hearings.

    (a) Any party may make a motion to the Presiding Officer on any 
matter relating to the evidentiary hearing in accordance with the 
scheduling orders issued under Sec. 78.13 of this part. All motions 
shall be in writing and served as provided in Sec. 78.4 of this part, 
except those made on the record during an oral hearing before the 
Presiding Officer.
    (b) Any party may make a motion for a summary disposition in its 
favor on any factual issue on the basis that there is no genuine issue 
of material fact. When a motion for summary disposition is made and 
supported, any party opposing the motion may not rest upon mere 
allegations or denials, but must show, by affidavit or by other 
materials subject to consideration by the Presiding Officer, that there 
is a genuine issue of material fact.
    (c) Within 10 days (or other shorter, reasonable period established 
by the Presiding Officer) after a motion made on the record or service 
of any written motion, any party may file a response to the motion.
    (d) The Presiding Officer may schedule an oral argument and call for 
the filing of briefs on any motion. The Presiding Officer will rule on 
the motion within a reasonable time after the date that responses to the 
motion may be filed under paragraph (c) of this section and that any 
oral argument or filing of briefs is completed.
    (e) If all factual issues are decided by summary disposition prior 
to the hearing, no hearing will be held and the Presiding Officer will 
issue a proposed decision under Sec. 78.18 of this part. If a

[[Page 471]]

summary disposition is denied or if partial summary disposition is 
granted, the hearing shall proceed on the remaining issues.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 78.16  Record of appeal proceeding.

    (a) The proposed decision issued by the Presiding Officer, 
transcripts of oral hearings or oral arguments, written direct and 
rebuttal testimony, and any other written materials of any kind filed in 
the proceeding will be part of the record and will be available to the 
public in the office of the Hearing Clerk, subject to the requirements 
of part 2 of this chapter.
    (b) Hearings and oral arguments shall be recorded as specified by 
the Presiding Officer, and thereupon transcribed. After the hearing or 
oral argument, the reporter will certify and file with the Hearing 
Clerk.
    (1) The original transcript; and
    (2) Any exhibits received or offered into evidence at the hearing.
    (c) The Hearing Clerk will promptly give written notice to the 
parties when any transcript is available. Any party that desires a copy 
of the transcript may obtain a copy upon payment of costs.
    (d) The Presiding Officer will allow witnesses, parties, and their 
counsel or representatives:
    (1) Up to 7 days (or other shorter, reasonable period established by 
the Presiding Officer) from issuance of the notice under paragraph (c) 
of this section in order to file written proposed corrections of the 
transcript necessary to correct errors made in the transcribing; and
    (2) Up to 7 days (or other shorter, reasonable period established by 
the Presiding Officer) from the submission of the corrections in order 
to file objections to the proposed corrections.
    (e) The Presiding Officer will determine which, if any, corrections 
should be made to the transcript and incorporate them into the record.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 78.17  Proposed findings and conclusions and supporting brief.

    Within 45 days (or other shorter, reasonable period established by 
the Presiding Officer) after issuance of a notice under Sec. 78.16(c) of 
this part that the complete transcript of the evidentiary hearing is 
available, any party may file with the Hearing Clerk proposed findings 
and conclusions on the issues referred to the Presiding Officer and a 
brief in support thereof. Briefs shall contain appropriate references to 
the record. The Presiding Officer may allow reply briefs.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 78.18  Proposed decision.

    (a) The Presiding Officer will review and evaluate the record, 
including the proposed findings and conclusions and any briefs filed by 
the parties, and issue a proposed decision on the factual, policy, and 
legal issues referred by the Environmental Appeals Board for decision 
under Sec. 78.6(b)(2)(ii) of this part, accompanied by findings of fact 
and proposed conclusions of law, as appropriate, within a reasonable 
time after the evidentiary hearing is completed. The Hearing Clerk will 
promptly serve copies of the proposed decision on all parties and on the 
Environmental Appeals Board.
    (b) The proposed decision of the Presiding Officer shall become the 
final agency action under section 307 of the Act unless:
    (1) A party files objections with the Environmental Appeals Board 
pursuant to Sec. 78.20(a) of this part, or
    (2) The Environmental Appeals Board sua sponte files a notice that 
it will review the decision under Sec. 78.20(b) of this part.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997]



Sec. 78.19  Interlocutory appeal.

    (a) Interlocutory appeal from orders or rulings of the Presiding 
Officer made during the course of a proceeding may be taken if the 
Presiding Officer certifies those orders or rulings to the Environmental 
Appeals Board for interlocutory appeal on the record. Any

[[Page 472]]

requests to the Presiding Officer to certify an interlocutory appeal 
shall be filed within 10 days of notice of the order or ruling and shall 
state briefly the grounds for the request.
    (b)(1) Within 15 days of the filing of any request for interlocutory 
appeal, the Presiding Officer may certify an order or ruling for 
interlocutory appeal to the Environmental Appeals Board if:
    (i) The order or ruling involves an important question on which 
there is substantial ground for difference of opinion, and
    (ii) Either:
    (A) An immediate appeal of the order or ruling will materially 
advance the ultimate completion of the proceeding, or
    (B) A review after the proceeding is completed will be inadequate or 
ineffective.
    (2) If the Presiding Officer takes no action within 15 days of the 
filing of a request for interlocutory appeal, the request shall be 
automatically dismissed without prejudice.
    (c) If the Presiding Officer grants certification, the Environmental 
Appeals Board may accept or decline the interlocutory appeal within 30 
days of certification. If the Environmental Appeals Board decides that 
certification was improperly granted, it will decline to hear the 
interlocutory appeal. If the Environmental Appeals Board takes no action 
within 30 days of certification, the interlocutory appeal shall be 
automatically dismissed without prejudice.
    (d) If the Presiding Officer declines to certify an order or ruling 
for an interlocutory appeal, the order or ruling may be reviewed by the 
Environmental Appeals Board only upon an appeal of the proposed decision 
following completion of the proceedings before the Presiding Officer, 
except when the Environmental Appeals Board determines, upon motion of a 
party and in exceptional circumstances, that to delay review would not 
be in the public interest. Such motion shall be filed with Environmental 
Appeals Board within 5 days after the earlier of automatic dismissal of 
the request for interlocutory appeal or receipt by the party of 
notification that the Presiding Officer declines to certify an order or 
ruling for interlocutory appeal.
    (e) The failure of a party to request an interlocutory appeal shall 
not prevent an appeal of an order or ruling as part of an appeal of a 
proposed decision under Sec. 78.20 of this part.



Sec. 78.20  Appeal of decision of Administrator or proposed decision to the Environmental Appeals Board.

    (a) Within 30 days after the issuance of a proposed decision by a 
Presiding Officer under this part, any party may appeal any matter set 
forth in the proposed decision, or any other order or ruling made during 
the proceeding to which the party objected during the proceeding before 
the Presiding Officer, by filing an objection with the Environmental 
Appeals Board. On appeal of an order, ruling, or proposed decision of a 
Presiding Officer:
    (1) The party filing the objection shall have the burden of going 
forward to show that the order, ruling, or proposed decision is based on 
a finding of fact or conclusion of law that is clearly erroneous; or a 
policy determination or exercise of discretion that is arbitrary and 
capricious or otherwise warrants review; and
    (2) The petitioner or the owners and operators shall have the burden 
of persuasion, as set forth in Sec. 78.12(a) (1) and (2) of this part.
    (b) Within 45 days (or other shorter, reasonable period established 
by the Environmental Appeals Board) after issuance of a proposed 
decision of a Presiding Officer, the Environmental Appeals Board may 
issue sua sponte in its discretion a notice of intent to review such 
proposed decision. The Environmental Appeals Board will serve such 
notice upon all parties to the proceeding.
    (c) Within a reasonable time following the filing of a petition for 
administrative review of a decision of the Administrator under Sec. 78.3 
of this part, or, if any issues raised by such petition are referred to 
the Presiding Officer, the filing of objections under paragraph (a) of 
this section or the issuance of a notice of intent to review under 
paragraph (b) of this section, the Environmental Appeals Board will 
issue an order affirming, reversing, modifying, or remanding the 
decision or proposed decision, as appropriate. Prior to

[[Page 473]]

issuing this order, the Environmental Appeals Board may provide an 
opportunity for parties to file additional briefs.
    (d) If the Environmental Appeals Board issues an order affirming, 
reversing, or modifying the decision of the Administrator, then the 
decision as supplemented or changed by the order, shall be final agency 
action.
    (e) If the Environmental Appeals Board issues an order affirming, 
reversing, or modifying the proposed decision, the proposed decision, as 
supplemented or changed by the order, shall be final agency action.
    (f) If the Environmental Appeals Board issues an order remanding the 
proceeding, then final agency action occurs upon completion of the 
remanded proceeding, including any appeals to the Environmental Appeals 
Board in the remanded proceeding.

[58 FR 3760, Jan. 11, 1993, as amended at 62 FR 55488, Oct. 24, 1997]



PART 79--REGISTRATION OF FUELS AND FUEL ADDITIVES--Table of Contents




                      Subpart A--General Provisions

Sec.
79.1  Applicability.
79.2  Definitions.
79.3  Availability of information.
79.4  Requirement of registration.
79.5  Periodic reporting requirements.
79.6  Requirement for testing.
79.7  Samples for test purposes.
79.8  Penalties.

                 Subpart B--Fuel Registration Procedures

79.10  Application for registration by fuel manufacturer.
79.11  Information and assurances to be provided by the fuel 
          manufacturer.
79.12  Determination of noncompliance.
79.13  Registration.
79.14  Termination of registration of fuels.

               Subpart C--Additive Registration Procedures

79.20  Application for registration by additive manufacturer.
79.21  Information and assurances to be provided by the additive 
          manufacturer.
79.22  Determination of noncompliance.
79.23  Registration.
79.24  Termination of registration of additives.

              Subpart D--Designation of Fuels and Additives

79.30  Scope.
79.31  Additives.
79.32  Motor vehicle gasoline.
79.33  Motor vehicle diesel fuel.

Subpart E [Reserved]

            Subpart F--Testing Requirements for Registration

79.50  Definitions.
79.51  General requirements and provisions.
79.52  Tier 1.
79.53  Tier 2.
79.54  Tier 3.
79.55  Base fuel specifications.
79.56  Fuel and fuel additive grouping system.
79.57  Emission generation.
79.58  Special provisions.
79.59  Reporting requirements.
79.60  Good laboratory practices (GLP) standards for inhalation exposure 
          health effects testing.
79.61  Vehicle emissions inhalation exposure guideline.
79.62  Subchronic toxicity study with specific health effect 
          assessments.
79.63  Fertility assessment/teratology.
79.64  In vivo micronucleus assay.
79.65  In vivo sister chromatid exchange assay.
79.66  Neuropathology assessment.
79.67  Glial fibrillary acidic protein assay.
79.68  Salmonella typhimurium reverse mutation assay.

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7414, 7524, 7545 and 7601.

    Source: 40 FR 52011, Nov. 7, 1975, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A--General Provisions



Sec. 79.1  Applicability.

    The regulations of this part apply to the registration of fuels and 
fuel additives designated by the Administrator, pursuant to section 211 
of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1857f-6c, as amended by section 9, Pub. 
L. 91-604).



Sec. 79.2  Definitions.

    As used in this part, all terms not defined herein shall have the 
meaning given them in the Act:
    (a) Act means the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq., as amended 
by Pub. L. 91-604).

[[Page 474]]

    (b) Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental 
Protection Agency.
    (c) Fuel means any material which is capable of releasing energy or 
power by combustion or other chemical or physical reaction.
    (d) Fuel manufacturer means any person who, for sale or introduction 
into commerce, produces, manufactures, or imports a fuel or causes or 
directs the alteration of the chemical composition of a bulk fuel, or 
the mixture of chemical compounds in a bulk fuel, by adding to it an 
additive, except:
    (1) A party (other than a fuel refiner or importer) who adds a 
quantity of additive(s) amounting to less than 1.0 percent by volume of 
the resultant additive(s)/fuel mixture is not thereby considered a fuel 
manufacturer.
    (2) A party (other than a fuel refiner or importer) who adds an 
oxygenate compound to fuel in any otherwise allowable amount is not 
thereby considered a fuel manufacturer.
    (e) Additive means any substance, other than one composed solely of 
carbon and/or hydrogen, that is intentionally added to a fuel named in 
the designation (including any added to a motor vehicle's fuel system) 
and that is not intentionally removed prior to sale or use.
    (f) Additive manufacturer means any person who produces, 
manufactures, or imports an additive for use as an additive and/or sells 
or imports for sale such additive under the person's own name.
    (g) Range of concentration means the highest concentration, the 
lowest concentration, and the average concentration of an additive in a 
fuel.
    (h) Chemical composition means the name and percentage by weight of 
each compound in an additive and the name and percentage by weight of 
each element in an additive.
    (i) Chemical structure means the molecular structure of a compound 
in an additive.
    (j) Impurity means any chemical element present in an additive that 
is not included in the chemical formula or identified in the breakdown 
by element in the chemical composition of such additive.
    (k) Oxygenate compound means an oxygen-containing, ashless organic 
compound, such as an alcohol or ether, which may be used as a fuel or 
fuel additive.

[40 FR 52011, Nov. 7, 1975, as amended at 59 FR 33092, June 27, 1994; 62 
FR 12571, Mar. 17, 1997]



Sec. 79.3  Availability of information.

    The availability to the public of information provided to, or 
otherwise obtained by, the Administrator under this part shall be 
governed by part 2 of this chapter except as expressly noted in subpart 
F of this part.

[59 FR 33092, June 27, 1994]



Sec. 79.4  Requirement of registration.

    (a) Fuels. (1) No manufacturer of any fuel designated under this 
part shall, after the date prescribed for such fuel in this part, sell, 
offer for sale, or introduce into commerce such fuel unless the 
Administrator has registered such fuel.
    (2) No manufacturer of a registered fuel shall add or direct the 
addition to it of an additive which he has not previously reported 
unless he has notified the Administrator of such intended use, including 
the expected or estimated range of concentration. If necessary to meet 
an unforeseen production problem, however, a fuel manufacturer may use 
an additive that he has not previously reported provided that (i) the 
additive is on the current list of registered additives and (ii) the 
fuel manufacturer notifies the Administrator within 30 days regarding 
such unforeseen use and his plans regarding continued use, including the 
expected or estimated range of concentration.
    (3) Any designated fuel that is (i) in a research, development, or 
test status; (ii) sold to automobile, engine, or component manufacturers 
for research, development, or test purposes; or (iii) sold to automobile 
manufacturers for factory fill, and is not in any case offered for 
commercial sale to the public, shall be exempt from registration.
    (4) A domestic fuel manufacturer may purchase and offer for 
commercial sale foreign-produced fuel containing unidentified additives 
provided that within 30 days of his offer for sale he

[[Page 475]]

notifies the Administrator of the purchase, the source of purchase, the 
quantity purchased, and summarized results of any tests performed to 
determine the acceptability of the purchased fuel to the fuel 
manufacturer.
    (b) Additives. (1) No manufacturer of any fuel additive designated 
under this part shall, after the date by which the additive must be 
registered under this part, sell, offer for sale, or introduce into 
commerce such additive for use in any type of fuel designated under this 
part unless the Administrator has registered that additive for use in 
that type of fuel.
    (2) Any designated additive that is either (i) in a research, 
development, or test status or (ii) sold to petroleum, automobile, 
engine, or component manufacturers for research, development, or test 
purposes, and in either case is not offered for commercial sale to the 
public, shall be exempt from registration.
    (3) Process chemicals used by refineries during the refinery process 
are exempted from the requirement for registration.
    (4) If an additive manufacturer prepares for sale only to fuel 
manufacturers (i) a blend or mixture of two or more registered additives 
or (ii) a blend or mixture of one or more registered additives with one 
or more substances containing only carbon and/or hydrogen, he will not 
be required to register such blend or mixture provided he will, upon 
request, furnish the Administrator with the names and percentages by 
weight of all components of such blend or mixture.

[40 FR 52011, Nov. 7, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 21324, May 25, 1976; 59 
FR 33092, June 27, 1994]



Sec. 79.5  Periodic reporting requirements.

    (a) Fuel manufacturers. (1) For each calendar quarter (January 
through March, April through June, July through September, October 
through December) commencing after the date prescribed for a particular 
fuel in subpart D, fuel manufacturers shall submit to the Administrator 
a report for each registered fuel showing (i) the range of concentration 
of each additive reported under Sec. 79.11(a) and (ii) the volume of 
such fuel produced in the quarter. Reports shall be submitted within 45 
days after the close of the reporting period on forms supplied by the 
Administrator upon request.
    (2) Fuel manufacturers shall submit to the Administrator a report 
annually for each registered fuel providing additional data and 
information as specified in Sec. 79.31(c) and (d) in the designation of 
the fuel in subpart D. Reports shall be submitted on or before March 31 
for the preceding year or part thereof on forms supplied by the 
Administrator upon request. If the date prescribed for a particular fuel 
in subpart D or the later registration of a fuel is between October 1 
and December 31, no report will be required for the period to the end of 
that year.
    (b) Additive manufacturers. Additive manufacturers shall submit to 
the Administrator a report annually for each registered additive 
providing additional data and information as specified in paragraphs (c) 
and (d) in the designation of the additive in subpart D. Additive 
manufacturers shall also report annually the volume of each additive 
produced. Reports shall be submitted on or before March 31 for the 
preceding year or part thereof on forms supplied by the Administrator 
upon request. If the date prescribed for a particular additive in 
subpart D or the later registration of an additive is between October 1 
and December 31, no report will be required for the period to the end of 
that year. These periodic reports shall not, however, be required for 
any additive that is:
    (1) An additive registered under another name,
    (2) A blend or mixture of two or more registered additives, or
    (3) A blend or mixture of one or more registered additives with one 
or more substances containing only carbon and/or hydrogen.



Sec. 79.6  Requirement for testing.

    Provisions regarding testing that is required for registration of a 
designated fuel or fuel additive are contained in subpart F of this 
part.

[59 FR 33092, June 27, 1994]

[[Page 476]]



Sec. 79.7  Samples for test purposes.

    When the Administrator requires for test purposes a fuel or additive 
which is not readily available in the open market, he may request the 
manufacturer of such fuel or additive to furnish a sample in a 
reasonable quantity. The fuel or additive manufacturer shall comply with 
such request within 30 days.



Sec. 79.8  Penalties.

    Any person who violates section 211(a) of the Act or who fails to 
furnish any information or conduct any tests required under this part 
shall be liable to the United States for a civil penalty of not more 
than the sum of $25,000 for every day of such violation and the amount 
of economic benefit or savings resulting from the violation. Civil 
penalties shall be assessed in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of 
section 205 of the Act.

[58 FR 65554, Dec. 15, 1993]



                 Subpart B--Fuel Registration Procedures



Sec. 79.10  Application for registration by fuel manufacturer.

    Any manufacturer of a designated fuel who wishes to register that 
fuel shall submit an application for registration including all of the 
information set forth in Sec. 79.11. If the manufacturer produces more 
than one grade or brand of a designated fuel, a manufacturer may include 
more than one grade or brand in a single application, provided that the 
application includes all information required for registration of each 
such grade or brand by this part. Each application shall be signed by 
the fuel manufacturer and shall be submitted on such forms as the 
Administrator will supply on request.

[59 FR 33092, June 27, 1994]



Sec. 79.11  Information and assurances to be provided by the fuel manufacturer.

    Each application for registration submitted by the manufacturer of a 
designated fuel shall include the following:
    (a) The commercial identifying name of each additive that will or 
may be used in a designated fuel subsequent to the date prescribed for 
such fuel in subpart D;
    (b) The name of the additive manufacturer of each additive named;
    (c) The range of concentration of each additive named, as follows:
    (1) In the case of an additive which has been or is being used in 
the designated fuel, the range during any 3-month or longer period prior 
to the date of submission;
    (2) In the case of an additive which has not been used in the 
designated fuel, the expected or estimated range;
    (d) The purpose-in-use of each additive named;
    (e) The description (or identification, in the case of a generally 
accepted method) of a suitable analytical technique (if one is known) 
that can be used to detect the presence of each named additive in the 
designated fuel and/or to measure its concentration therein;
    (f) Such other data and information as are specified in the 
designation of the fuel in subpart D;
    (g) Assurances that the fuel manufacturer will notify the 
Administrator in writing and within a reasonable time of any change in:
    (1) The name of any additive previously reported;
    (2) The name of the manufacturer of any additive being used;
    (3) The purpose-in-use of any additive;
    (4) Information submitted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section;
    (h) Assurances that the fuel manufacturer will not represent, 
directly or indirectly, in any notice, circular, letter, or other 
written communication, or any written, oral, or pictorial notice or 
other announcement in any publication or by radio or television, that 
registration of the fuel constitutes endorsement, certification, or 
approval by any agency of the United States;
    (i) The manufacturer of any fuel which will be sold, offered for 
sale, or introduced into commerce for use in motor vehicles manufactured 
after model year 1974 shall demonstrate that the fuel is substantially 
similar to any fuel utilized in the certification of any 1975 or 
subsequent model year vehicle or engine, or that the manufacturer

[[Page 477]]

has obtained a waiver under 42 U.S.C. 7545(f)(4); and
    (j) The manufacturer shall submit, or shall reference prior 
submissions, including all of the test data and other information 
required prior to registration of the fuel by the provisions of subpart 
F of this part.

[40 FR 52011, Nov. 7, 1975, as amended at 59 FR 33092, June 27, 1994]



Sec. 79.12  Determination of noncompliance.

    If the Administrator determines that an applicant for registration 
of a designated fuel has failed to submit all of the information 
required by Sec. 79.11, or determines within the applicable period 
provided for Agency review that the applicant has not satisfactorily 
completed any testing which is required prior to registration of the 
fuel by any provision of subpart F of this part, he shall return the 
application to the manufacturer, along with an explanation of all 
deficiencies in the required information.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994]



Sec. 79.13  Registration.

    (a) If the Administrator determines that a manufacturer has 
submitted an application for registration of a designated fuel which 
includes all of the information and assurances required by Sec. 79.11 
and has satisfactorily completed all of the testing required by subpart 
F of this part, the Administrator shall promptly register the fuel and 
notify the fuel manufacturer of such registration.
    (b) The Administrator shall maintain a list of registered fuels, 
which shall be available to the public upon request.

[40 FR 52011, Nov. 7, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 21324, May 25, 1976; 59 
FR 33093, June 27, 1994]



Sec. 79.14  Termination of registration of fuels.

    Registration may be terminated by the Administrator if the fuel 
manufacturer requests such termination in writing.



               Subpart C--Additive Registration Procedures



Sec. 79.20  Application for registration by additive manufacturer.

    Any manufacturer of a designated fuel additive who wishes to 
register that additive shall submit an application for registration 
including all of the information set forth in Sec. 79.21. Each 
application shall be signed by the fuel additive manufacturer and shall 
be submitted on such forms as the Administrator will supply on request.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994]



Sec. 79.21  Information and assurances to be provided by the additive manufacturer.

    Each application for registration submitted by the manufacturer of a 
designated fuel additive shall include the following:
    (a) The chemical composition of the additive with the methods of 
analysis identified, except that
    (1) If the chemical composition is not known, full disclosure of the 
chemical process of manufacture will be accepted in lieu thereof;
    (2) In the case of an additive for engine oil, only the name, 
percentage by weight, and method of analysis of each element in the 
additive are required provided, however, that a percentage figure 
combining the percentages of carbon, hydrogen, and/or oxygen may be 
provided unless the breakdown into percentages for these individual 
elements is already known to the registrant.
    (3) In the case of a purchased component, only the name, 
manufacturer, and percent by weight of such purchased component are 
required if the manufacturer of the component will, upon request, 
furnish the Administrator with the chemical composition thereof.
    (b) The chemical structure of each compound in the additive if such 
structure is known and is not adequately specified by the name given 
under ``chemical composition.'' Nominal identification is adequate if 
mixed isomers are present.

[[Page 478]]

    (c) The description (or identification, in the case of a generally 
accepted method) of a suitable analytical technique (if one is known) 
that can be used to detect the presence of the additive in any fuel 
named in the designation and/or to measure its concentration therein.
    (d) The specific types of fuels designated under Sec. 79.32 for 
which the fuel additive will be sold, offered for sale, or introduced 
into commerce, and the fuel additive manufacturer's recommended range of 
concentration and purpose-in-use for each such type of fuel.
    (e) Such other data and information as are specified in the 
designation of the additive in subpart D.
    (f) Assurances that any change in information submitted pursuant to 
(1) paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this section will be provided 
to the Administrator in writing within 30 days of such change; and (2) 
paragraph (e) of this section as provided in Sec. 79.5(b).
    (g) Assurances that the additive manufacturer will not represent, 
directly or indirectly, in any notice, circular, letter, or other 
written communication or any written, oral, or pictorial notice or other 
announcement in any publication or by radio or television, that 
registration of the additive constitutes endorsement, certification, or 
approval by any agency of the United States.
    (h) The manufacturer of any fuel additive which will be sold, 
offered for sale, or introduced into commerce for use in any type of 
fuel intended for use in motor vehicles manufactured after model year 
1974 shall demonstrate that the fuel additive, when used at the 
recommended range of concentration, is substantially similar to any fuel 
additive included in a fuel utilized in the certification of any 1975 or 
subsequent model year vehicle or engine, or that the manufacturer has 
obtained a waiver under 42 U.S.C. 7545(f)(4).
    (i) The manufacturer shall submit, or shall reference prior 
submissions, including all of the test data and other information 
required prior to registration of the fuel additive by the provisions of 
subpart F of this part.

[40 FR 52011, Nov. 7, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 21324, May 25, 1976; 59 
FR 33093, June 27, 1994]



Sec. 79.22  Determination of noncompliance.

    If the Administrator determines that an applicant for registration 
of a designated fuel additive has failed to submit all of the 
information required by Sec. 79.21, or determines within the applicable 
period provided for Agency review that the applicant has not 
satisfactorily completed any testing which is required prior to 
registration of the fuel additive by any provision of subpart F of this 
part, he shall return the application to the manufacturer, along with an 
explanation of all deficiencies in the required information.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994]



Sec. 79.23  Registration.

    (a) If the Administrator determines that a manufacturer has 
submitted an application for registration of a designated fuel additive 
which includes all of the information and assurances required by 
Sec. 79.21 and has satisfactorily completed all of the testing required 
by subpart F of this part, the Administrator shall promptly register the 
fuel additive and notify the fuel manufacturer of such registration.
    (b) The Administrator shall maintain a list of registered additives, 
which shall be available to the public upon request.

[40 FR 52011, Nov. 7, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 21324, May 25, 1976; 59 
FR 33093, June 27, 1994]



Sec. 79.24  Termination of registration of additives.

    Registration may be terminated by the Administrator if the additive 
manufacturer requests such termination in writing.



              Subpart D--Designation of Fuels and Additives



Sec. 79.30  Scope.

    Fuels and additives designated and dates prescribed by the 
Administrator for the registration of such fuels and additives, pursuant 
to section 211 of the Act, are listed in this subpart. In addition, 
specific informational requirements under Secs. 79.11(f) and 79.21(e) 
are set forth for each designated fuel or

[[Page 479]]

additive. Additional fuels and/or additives may be designated and 
pertinent dates and additional specific informational requirements 
prescribed as the Administrator deems advisable.



Sec. 79.31  Additives.

    (a) All additives produced or sold for use in motor vehicle gasoline 
and/or motor vehicle diesel fuel are hereby designated. The Act defines 
the term ``motor vehicle'' to mean any self-propelled vehicle designed 
for transporting persons or property on a street or highway. For 
purposes of this registration, however, additives specifically 
manufactured and marketed for use in motorcycle fuels are excluded.
    (b) All designated additives must be registered by July 7, 1976.
    (c) In accordance with Secs. 79.5(b) and 79.21(e), and to the extent 
such information is known to the additive manufacturer as a result of 
testing conducted for reasons other than additive registration or 
reporting purposes, the additive manufacturer shall furnish the highest, 
lowest, and average values of the impurities in each designated 
additive, if greater than 0.1 percent by weight. The methods of analysis 
in making the determinations shall also be given.
    (d) In accordance with Secs. 79.5(b) and 79.21(e), and to the extent 
such information is known to the additive manufacturer, he shall furnish 
summaries of any information developed by or specifically for him 
concerning the following items:
    (1) Mechanisms of action of the additive;
    (2) Reactions between the additive and the fuels listed in paragraph 
(a) of this section;
    (3) Identification and measurement of the emission products of the 
additive when used in the fuels listed in paragraph (a) of this section;
    (4) Effects of the additive on all emissions;
    (5) Toxicity and any other public health or welfare effects of the 
emission products of the additive;
    (6) Effects of the emission products of the additive on the 
performance of emission control devices/systems. Such submissions shall 
be accompanied by a description of the test procedures used in obtaining 
the information. Information will be considered to be known to the 
additive manufacturer if a report thereon has been prepared and 
circulated or distributed outside the research department or division.

(Secs. 211, 301(a), Clean Air Act as amended (40 U.S.C. 7545, 7601(a)))

[40 FR 52011, Nov. 7, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 21324, May 25, 1976; 43 
FR 28490, June 30, 1978; 59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994]



Sec. 79.32  Motor vehicle gasoline.

    (a) The following fuels commonly or commercially known or sold as 
motor vehicle gasoline are hereby individually designated:
    (1) Motor vehicle gasoline, unleaded--motor vehicle gasoline that 
contains no more than 0.05 gram of lead per gallon;
    (2) Motor vehicle gasoline, leaded, premium--motor vehicle gasoline 
that contains more than 0.05 gram of lead per gallon and is sold as 
``premium;''
    (3) Motor vehicle gasoline, leaded, non-premium--motor vehicle 
gasoline that contains more than 0.05 gram of lead per gallon but is not 
sold as ``premium.''

The Act defines the term ``motor vehicle'' to mean any self-propelled 
vehicle designed for transporting persons or property on a street or 
highway. For purposes of this registration, however, gasoline 
specifically blended and marketed for motorcycles is excluded.
    (b) All designated motor vehicle gasolines must be registered by 
September 7, 1976.
    (c) In accordance with Secs. 79.5(a)(2) and 79.11(f), and to the 
extent such information is known to the fuel manufacturer as a result of 
testing conducted for reasons other than fuel registration or reporting 
purposes, the fuel manufacturer shall furnish the data listed below. The 
highest, lowest, and average values of the listed characteristics/
properties are to be reported. For initial registration, data shall be 
given for any 3-month or longer period prior to the date of submission. 
For annual reports thereafter, data shall be for the calendar year, 
except that if the first required annual report covers a period of less 
than a year, the data may be for such shorter period.

[[Page 480]]

    (1) Hydrocarbon composition (aromatic content, olefin content, 
saturate content), with the methods of analysis identified;
    (2) Polynuclear organic material content, sulfur content, and trace 
element content, with the methods of analysis identified;
    (3) Reid vapor pressure;
    (4) Distillation temperatures (10 percent point, end point);
    (5) Research octane number and motor octane number.
    (d) In accordance with Secs. 79.5(a)(2) and 79.11(f), and to the 
extent such information is known to the fuel manufacturer, he shall 
furnish summaries of any information developed by or specifically for 
him concerning the following items:
    (1) Mechanisms of action of each additive he reports;
    (2) Reactions between such additives and motor vehicle gasoline;
    (3) Identification and measurement of the emission products of such 
additives when used in motor vehicle gasoline;
    (4) Effects of such additives on all emissions;
    (5) Toxicity and any other public health or welfare effects of the 
emission products of such additives;
    (6) Effects of the emission products of such additives on the 
performance of emission control devices/systems. Such submissions shall 
be accompanied by a description of the test procedures used in obtaining 
the information. Information will be considered to be known to the fuel 
manufacturer if a report thereon has been prepared and circulated or 
distributed outside the research department or division.

[40 FR 52011, Nov. 7, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 21324, May 25, 1976]



Sec. 79.33  Motor vehicle diesel fuel.

    (a) The following fuels commonly or commercially known or sold as 
motor vehicle diesel fuel are hereby individually designated:
    (1) Motor vehicle diesel fuel, grade 1-D;
    (2) Motor vehicle diesel fuel, grade 2-D.

The Act defines the term ``motor vehicle'' to mean any self-propelled 
vehicle designed for transporting persons or property on a street or 
highway.
    (b) All designated motor vehicle diesel fuels must be registered 
within 12 months after promulgation of this part.
    (c) In accordance with Secs. 79.5(a)(2) and 79.11(f), and to the 
extent such information is known to the fuel manufacturer as a result of 
testing conducted for reasons other than fuel registration or reporting 
purposes, the fuel manufacturer shall furnish the data listed below. The 
highest, lowest, and average values of the listed characteristics/
properties are to be reported. For initial registration, data shall be 
given for any 3-month or longer period prior to the date of submission. 
For annual reports thereafter, data shall be for the calendar year, 
except that if the first required annual report covers a period of less 
than a year, the data may be for such shorter period.
    (1) Hydrocarbon composition (aromatic content, olefin content, 
saturate content), with the methods of analysis identified;
    (2) Polynuclear organic material content, sulfur content, and trace 
element content, with the methods of analysis identified;
    (3) Distillation temperatures (90 percent point, end point);
    (4) Cetane number or cetane index;
    (d) In accordance with Secs. 79.5(a)(2) and 79.11(f), and to the 
extent such information is known to the fuel manufacturer, he shall 
furnish summaries of any information developed by or specifically for 
him concerning the following items:
    (1) Mechanisms of action of each additive he reports;
    (2) Reactions between such additives and motor vehicle diesel fuel;
    (3) Identification and measurement of the emission products of such 
additives when used in motor vehicle diesel fuel;
    (4) Effects of such additives on all emissions;
    (5) Toxicity and any other public health or welfare effects of the 
emission products of such additives.

Such submission shall be accompanied by a description of the test 
procedures used in obtaining the information. Information will be 
considered to be

[[Page 481]]

known to the fuel manufacturer if a report thereon has been prepared and 
circulated or distributed outside the research department or division.

Subpart E [Reserved]



            Subpart F--Testing Requirements for Registration

    Source: 59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 79.50  Definitions.

    The definitions listed in this section apply only to subpart F of 
this part.
    Additive/base fuel mixture means the mixture resulting when a fuel 
additive is added in specified proportion to the base fuel of the fuel 
family to which the additive belongs.
    Aerosol additive means a chemical mixture in aerosol form generally 
used as a motor vehicle engine starting aid or carburetor cleaner and 
not recommended to be placed in the fuel tank.
    Aftermarket fuel additive means a product which is added by the end-
user directly to fuel in a motor vehicle or engine to modify the 
performance or other characteristics of the fuel, the engine, or its 
emissions.
    Atypical element means any chemical element found in a fuel or 
additive product which is not allowed in the baseline category of the 
associated fuel family, and an ``atypical fuel or fuel additive'' is a 
product which contains such an atypical element.
    Base fuel means a generic fuel formulated from a set of 
specifications to be representative of a particular fuel family.
    Basic emissions means the total hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, 
oxides of nitrogen, and particulates occurring in motor vehicle or 
engine emissions.
    Bulk fuel additive means a product which is added to fuel at the 
refinery as part of the original blending stream or after the fuel is 
transported from the refinery but before the fuel is purchased for 
introduction into the fuel tank of a motor vehicle.
    Emission characterization means the determination of the chemical 
composition of emissions.
    Emission generation means the operation of a vehicle or engine or 
the vaporization of a fuel or additive/fuel mixture under controlled 
conditions for the purpose of creating emissions to be used for testing 
purposes.
    Emission sampling means the removal of a fraction of collected 
emissions for testing purposes.
    Emission speciation means the analysis of vehicle or engine 
emissions to determine the individual chemical compounds which comprise 
those emissions.
    Engine Dynamometer Schedule (EDS) means the transient engine speed 
versus torque time sequence commonly used in heavy-duty engine 
evaluation. The EDS for heavy-duty diesel engines is specified in 40 CFR 
part 86, appendix I(f)(2).
    Evaporative Emission Generator (EEG) means a fuel tank or vessel to 
which heat is applied to cause a portion of the fuel to evaporate at a 
desired rate.
    Evaporative emissions means chemical compounds emitted into the 
atmosphere by vaporization of contents of a fuel or additive/fuel 
mixture.
    Evaporative fuel means a fuel which has a Reid Vapor Pressure (RVP, 
pursuant to 40 CFR part 80, appendix ``E'') of 2.0 pounds per square 
inch or greater and is not supplied to motor vehicle engines by way of 
sealed containment and delivery systems.
    Evaporative fuel additive means a fuel additive which, when mixed 
with its specified base fuel, causes an increase in the RVP of the base 
fuel by 0.4 psi or more relative to the RVP of the base fuel alone and 
results in an additive/base fuel mixture whose RVP is 2.0 psi, or 
greater. Excluded from this definition are fuel additives used with 
fuels which are supplied to motor vehicle engines by way of sealed 
containment and delivery systems.
    Federal Test Procedure (FTP) means the body of exhaust and 
evaporative emissions test procedures described in 40 CFR 86 for the 
certification of new motor vehicles to Federal motor vehicle emissions 
standards.
    Fuel family means a set of fuels and fuel additives which share 
basic chemical and physical formulation characteristics and can be used 
in the same engine or vehicle.

[[Page 482]]

    Manufacturer means a person who is a fuel manufacturer or additive 
manufacturer as defined in Sec. 79.2 (d) and (f).
    Nitrated polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (NPAH) means the class of 
compounds whose molecular structure includes two or more aromatic rings 
and contains one or more nitrogen substitutions.
    Non-catalyzed emissions means exhaust emissions not subject to an 
effective aftertreatment device such as a functional catalyst or 
particulate trap.
    Oxygenate compound means an oxygen-containing, ashless organic 
compound, such as an alcohol or ether, which may be used as a fuel or 
fuel additive.
    Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) means the class of 
hydrocarbon compounds whose molecular structure includes two or more 
aromatic rings.
    Relabeled additive means a fuel additive which is registered by its 
original manufacturer with EPA and is also registered and sold, 
unchanged in composition, under a different label and/or by a different 
entity.
    Semi-volatile organic compounds means that fraction of gaseous 
combustion emissions which consists of compounds with greater than 
twelve carbon atoms and can be trapped in sorbent polymer resins.
    Urban Dynamometer Driving Schedule (UDDS) means the 1372 second 
transient speed driving sequence used by EPA to simulate typical urban 
driving. The UDDS for light-duty vehicles is described in 40 CFR part 
86, appendix I(a).
    Vapor phase means the gaseous fraction of combustion emissions.
    Vehicle classes/subclasses means the divisions of vehicle groups 
within a vehicle type, including light-duty vehicles, light-duty trucks, 
and heavy-duty vehicles as specified in 40 CFR part 86.
    Vehicle type means the divisions of motor vehicles according to 
combustion cycle and intended fuel class, including, but not necessarily 
limited to, Otto cycle gasoline-fueled vehicles, Otto cycle methanol-
fueled vehicles, diesel cycle diesel-fueled vehicles, and diesel cycle 
methanol-fueled vehicles.
    Whole emissions means all components of unfiltered combustion 
emissions or evaporative emissions.



Sec. 79.51  General requirements and provisions.

    (a) Overview of requirements. (1) All manufacturers of fuels and 
fuel additives that are designated for registration under this part are 
required to comply with the requirements of subpart F of this part 
either on an individual basis or as a participant in a group of 
manufacturers of the same or similar fuels and fuel additives, as 
defined in Sec. 79.56. If manufacturers elect to comply by participation 
in a group, each manufacturer continues to be individually subject to 
the requirements of subpart F of this part, and responsible for testing 
under this subpart. Each manufacturer, subject to the provisions for 
group applications in Sec. 79.51(b) and the special provisions in 
Sec. 79.58, shall submit all Tier 1 and Tier 2 information required by 
Secs. 79.52, 79.53 and 79.59 for each fuel or additive, except that the 
Tier 1 emission characterization requirements in Sec. 79.52(b) and/or 
the Tier 2 testing requirements in Sec. 79.53 may be satisfied by 
adequate existing information pursuant to the Tier 1 literature search 
requirements in Sec. 79.52(d). The adequacy of existing information to 
serve in compliance with specific Tier 1 and/or Tier 2 requirements 
shall be determined according to the criteria and procedures specified 
in Secs. 79.52(b) and 79.53 (c) and (d). In all cases, EPA reserves the 
right to require, based upon the information contained in the 
application or any other information available to the Agency, that 
manufacturers conduct additional testing of any fuel or additive (or 
fuel/additive group) if EPA determines that there is inadequate 
information upon which to base regulatory decisions for such product(s). 
In any case where EPA determines that the requirements of Tiers 1 and 2 
have been satisfied but that further testing is required, the provisions 
of Tier 3 (Sec. 79.54) shall apply.
    (2) Laboratory facilities shall perform testing in compliance with 
Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) requirements as those requirements apply 
to inhalation toxicology studies. All studies shall be monitored by the 
facilities' Quality Assurance units (as specified in Sec. 79.60).

[[Page 483]]

    (b) Group Applications. Subject to the provisions of Sec. 79.56 (a) 
through (c), EPA will consider any testing requirements of this subpart 
to have been met for any fuel or fuel additive when a fuel or fuel 
additive which meets the criteria for inclusion in the same group as the 
subject fuel or fuel additive has met that testing requirement, provided 
that all fuels and additives must be individually registered as 
described in Sec. 79.59(b). For purposes of this subpart, a 
determination of which group contains a particular fuel or additive will 
be made pursuant to the provisions of Sec. 79.56 (d) and (e). Nothing in 
this subsection (b) shall be deemed to require a manufacturer to rely on 
another manufacturer's testing.
    (c) Application Procedures and Dates. Each application submitted in 
compliance with this subpart shall be signed by the manufacturer of the 
designated fuel or additive, or by the manufacturer's agent, and shall 
be submitted to the address and in the format prescribed in Sec. 79.59. 
A manufacturer who chooses to comply as part of a group pursuant to 
Sec. 79.56 shall be covered by the group's joint application. Subject to 
any modifications pursuant to the special provisions in Secs. 79.51(f) 
or 79.58, the schedule for compliance with the requirements of this 
subpart is as follows:
    (1) Fuels and fuel additives with existing registrations. (i) The 
manufacturer of a fuel or fuel additive product which, pursuant to 
subpart B or C of this part, is registered as of May 27, 1994 must 
submit the additional basic registration data specified in Sec. 79.59(b) 
before November 28, 1994.
    (ii) Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(1)(vi) and (vii) of this 
section, the manufacturer of such products must also satisfy the 
requirements and time schedules in either of the following paragraphs 
(c)(1)(ii) (A) or (B) of this section:
    (A) No later than May 27, 1997, all applicable Tier 1 and Tier 2 
requirements must be submitted to EPA, pursuant to Secs. 79.52, 79.53, 
and 79.59; or
    (B) No later than May 27, 1997, all applicable Tier 1 requirements 
(pursuant to Secs. 79.52 and 79.59), plus evidence of a contract with a 
qualified laboratory (or other suitable arrangement) for completion of 
all applicable Tier 2 requirements, must be submitted to EPA. For this 
purpose, a qualified laboratory is one which can demonstrate the 
capabilities and credentials specified in Sec. 79.53(c)(1). In addition, 
by May 26, 2000, all applicable Tier 2 requirements (pursuant to 
Secs. 79.53 and 79.59) must be submitted to EPA.
    (iii) In the case of such fuels and fuel additives which, pursuant 
to applicable special provisions in Sec. 79.58, are not subject to Tier 
2 requirements, all other requirements (except Tier 3) must be submitted 
to EPA before May 27, 1997.
    (iv) In the event that Tier 3 testing is also required (under 
Sec. 79.54), EPA shall determine an appropriate timeline for completion 
of the additional requirements and shall communicate this schedule to 
the manufacturer according to the provisions of Sec. 79.54(b).
    (v) The manufacturer may at any time modify an existing fuel 
registration by submitting a request to EPA to add or delete a bulk 
additive to the existing registration information for such fuel product, 
provided that any additional additive must be registered by EPA for use 
in the specific fuel family to which the fuel product belongs. However, 
the addition or deletion of a bulk additive to a fuel registration may 
effect the grouping of such registered fuel under the criteria of 
Sec. 79.56, and thus may effect the testing responsibilities of the fuel 
manufacturer under this subpart.
    (vi) In regard to atypical fuels or additives in the gasoline and 
diesel fuel families (pursuant to the specifications in 
Sec. 79.56(e)(4)(iii)(A) (1) and (2)):
    (A) All applicable Tier 1 requirements, pursuant to Secs. 79.52 and 
79.59, must be submitted to EPA by May 27, 1997.
    (B) Tier 2 requirements, pursuant to Secs. 79.53 and 79.59, must be 
satisfied according to the deadlines in either of the following 
paragraphs (c)(1)(vi)(B) (1) or (2) of this section:
    (1) All applicable Tier 2 requirements shall be submitted to EPA by 
November 27, 1998; or
    (2) Evidence of a contract with a qualified laboratory (or other 
suitable arrangement) for completion of all applicable Tier 2 
requirements shall be

[[Page 484]]

submitted to EPA by November 27, 1998. For this purpose, a qualified 
laboratory is one which can demonstrate the capabilities and credentials 
specified in Sec. 79.53(c)(1). In addition, all applicable Tier 2 
requirements must be submitted to EPA by November 27, 2001.
    (vii) In regard to nonbaseline diesel products formulated with mixed 
alkyl esters of plant and/or animal origin (i.e., ``biodiesel'' fuels, 
pursuant to Sec. 79.56(e)(4)(ii)(B)(2)):
    (A) All applicable Tier 1 requirements, pursuant to Secs. 79.52 and 
79.59, must be submitted to EPA by March 17, 1998.
    (B) Tier 2 requirements, pursuant to Secs. 79.53 and 79.59, must be 
satisfied according to the deadlines in either of the following 
paragraphs (c)(1)(vii)(B) (1) or (2) of this section:
    (1) All applicable Tier 2 requirements shall be submitted to EPA by 
March 17, 1998; or
    (2) Evidence of a contract with a qualified laboratory (or other 
suitable arrangement) for completion of all applicable Tier 2 
requirements shall be submitted to EPA by March 17, 1998. For this 
purpose, a qualified laboratory is one which can demonstrate the 
capabilities and credentials specified in Sec. 79.53(c)(1). In addition, 
all applicable Tier 2 requirements must be submitted to EPA by May 27, 
2000.
    (2) Registrable fuels and fuel additives. (i) A fuel product which 
is not registered pursuant to subpart B of this part as of May 27, 1994 
shall be considered registrable if, under the criteria established by 
Sec. 79.56, the fuel can be enrolled in the same fuel/additive group 
with one or more currently registered fuels. A fuel additive product 
which is not registered for a specific type of fuel pursuant to subpart 
C of this part as of May 27, 1994 shall be considered registrable for 
that type of fuel if, under the criteria established by Sec. 79.56, the 
fuel/additive mixture resulting from use of the additive product in the 
specific type of fuel can be enrolled in the same fuel/additive group 
with one or more currently registered fuels or bulk fuel additives. For 
the purpose of this determination, currently registered fuels and bulk 
additives are those with existing registrations as of the date on which 
EPA receives the basic registration data (pursuant to Sec. 79.59(b)) for 
the product in question.
    (ii) A manufacturer seeking to register under subpart B of this part 
a fuel product which is deemed registrable under this section, or to 
register under subpart C of this part a fuel additive product for a 
specific type of fuel for which it is deemed registrable under this 
section, shall submit the basic registration data (pursuant to 
Sec. 79.59(b)) for that product as part of the application for 
registration. If the Administrator determines that the product is 
registrable under this section, then the Administrator shall promptly 
register the product, provided that the applicant has satisfied all of 
the other requirements for registration under subpart B or subpart C of 
this part, and contingent upon satisfactory submission of required 
information under paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (iii) Registration of a registrable fuel or additive shall be 
subject to the same requirements and compliance schedule as specified in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section for existing fuels and fuel additives. 
Accordingly, manufacturers of registrable fuels or additives may be 
granted and may retain registration for such products only if any 
applicable and due Tier 1, 2, and 3 requirements have also been 
satisfied by either the manufacturer of the product or the fuel/additive 
group to which the product belongs.
    (3) New fuels and fuel additives. A fuel product shall be considered 
new if it is not registered pursuant to subpart B of this part as of May 
27, 1994 and if, under the criteria established by Sec. 79.56, it cannot 
be enrolled in the same fuel/additive group with one or more currently 
registered fuels. A fuel additive product shall be considered new with 
respect to a specific type of fuel if it is not expressly registered for 
that type of fuel pursuant to subpart C of this part as of May 27, 1994 
and if, under the criteria established by Sec. 79.56, the fuel/additive 
mixture resulting from use of the additive product in the specific type 
of fuel cannot be enrolled in the same fuel/additive group with one or 
more currently registered fuels or bulk fuel additives. For the purpose 
of this determination, currently registered

[[Page 485]]

fuels and bulk additives are those with existing registrations as of the 
date on which EPA receives the basic registration data (pursuant to 
Sec. 79.59(b)) for the product in question. For such new product, the 
manufacturer must satisfactorily complete all applicable Tier 1 and Tier 
2 requirements, followed by any Tier 3 testing which the Administrator 
may require, before registration will be granted.
    (d) Notifications. Upon receipt of a manufacturer's (or group's) 
submittal in compliance with the requirements of this subpart, EPA will 
notify such manufacturer (or group) that the application has been 
received and what, if any, information, testing, or retesting is 
necessary to bring the application into compliance with the requirements 
of this subpart. EPA intends to provide such notification of receipt in 
a timely manner for each such application.
    (1) Registered fuel and fuel additive notification. (i) The 
manufacturer of a registered fuel or fuel additive product who is 
notified that the submittal for such product contains adequate 
information pursuant to the Tier 1 and Tier 2 testing and reporting 
requirements (Secs. 79.52, 79.53, and 79.59 (a) through (c)) may 
continue to sell, offer for sale, or introduce into commerce the 
registered product as permitted by the existing registration for the 
product under Sec. 79.4.
    (ii) If the manufacturer of a registered fuel or fuel additive 
product is notified that testing or retesting is necessary to bring the 
Tier 1 and/or Tier 2 submittal into compliance, the continued sale or 
importation of the product shall be conditional upon satisfactorily 
completing the requirements within the time frame specified in paragraph 
(c)(1) of this section.
    (iii) EPA intends to notify the manufacturer of the adequacy of the 
submitted data within two years of EPA's receipt of such data. However, 
EPA retains the right to require that adequate data be submitted to EPA 
if, upon subsequent review, EPA finds that the original Tier 1 and/or 
Tier 2 submittal is not consistent with the requirements of this 
subpart. If EPA does not notify the manufacturer of the adequacy of the 
Tier 1 and/or Tier 2 data within two years, EPA will not hold the 
manufacturer liable for penalties for violating this rule for the period 
beginning when the data was due until the time EPA notifies the 
manufacturer of the violation.
    (iv) If the manufacturer of a registered fuel or fuel additive 
product is notified (pursuant to Sec. 79.54(b)) that Tier 3 testing is 
required for its product, then the manufacturer may continue to sell, 
offer for sale, introduce into commerce the registered product as 
permitted by the existing registration for the product under Sec. 79.4. 
However, if the manufacturer fails to complete the specified Tier 3 
requirements within the specified time, the registration of the product 
will be subject to cancellation under Sec. 79.51(f)(6).
    (v) EPA retains the right to require additional Tier 3 testing 
pursuant to the procedures in Sec. 79.54.
    (2) New fuel and fuel additive notification. (i) Within six months 
following its receipt of the Tier 1 and Tier 2 submittal for a new 
product (as defined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section), EPA shall 
notify the manufacturer of the adequacy of such submittal in compliance 
with the requirements of Secs. 79.52, 79.53, and 79.59 (a) through (c).
    (A) If EPA notifies the manufacturer that testing, retesting, or 
additional information is necessary to bring the Tier 1 and Tier 2 
submittal into compliance, the manufacturer shall remedy all 
inadequacies and provide Tier 3 data, if required, before EPA shall 
consider the requirements for registration to have been met for the 
product in question.
    (B) If EPA does not notify the manufacturer of the adequacy of the 
Tier 1 and Tier 2 submittal within six months following the submittal, 
the manufacturer shall be deemed to have satisfactorily completed Tiers 
1 and 2.
    (ii) Within six months of the date on which EPA notifies the 
manufacturer of satisfactory completion of Tiers 1 and 2 for a new 
product, or within one year of the submittal of the Tier 1 and Tier 2 
data (whichever is earlier), EPA shall determine whether additional 
testing is currently needed under the provisions of Tier 3 and, pursuant 
to Sec. 79.54(b), shall notify the manufacturer of its determination.

[[Page 486]]

    (A) If the manufacturer of a new fuel or fuel additive product is 
notified that Tier 3 testing is required for such product, then EPA 
shall have the authority to withhold registration until the specified 
Tier 3 requirements have been satisfactorily completed. EPA shall 
determine whether the Tier 3 requirements have been met, and shall 
notify the manufacturer of this determination, within one year of 
receiving the manufacturer's Tier 3 submittal.
    (B) If EPA does not notify the manufacturer of potential Tier 3 
requirements within the prescribed timeframe, then additional testing at 
the Tier 3 level is deemed currently unnecessary and the manufacturer 
shall be considered to have complied with all current registration 
requirements for the new fuel or additive product.
    (iii) Upon completion of all current Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 
requirements, and submission of an application for registration which 
includes all of the information and assurances required by Sec. 79.11 or 
Sec. 79.21, the registration of the new fuel or additive shall be 
granted, and the registrant may then sell, offer for sale, or introduce 
into commerce the registered product as permitted by Sec. 79.4.
    (iv) Once the new product becomes registered, EPA reserves the right 
to require additional Tier 3 testing pursuant to the procedures 
specified in Sec. 79.54.
    (e) Inspection of a testing facility. (1) A testing facility, 
whether engaged in emissions analysis or health and/or welfare effects 
testing under the regulations in this subpart, shall permit an 
authorized employee or duly designated representative of EPA, at 
reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, to inspect the facility and 
to inspect (and in the case of records also to copy) all records and 
specimens required to be maintained regarding studies to which this 
subpart applies. The records inspection and copying requirements shall 
not apply to quality assurance unit records of findings and problems, or 
to actions recommended and taken, except the EPA may seek production of 
these records in litigation or informal hearings.
    (2) EPA will not consider reliable for purposes of showing that a 
test substance does or does not present a risk of injury to health or 
the environment any data developed by a testing facility or sponsor that 
refuses to permit inspection in accordance with this section. The 
determination that a study will not be considered reliable does not, 
however, relieve the sponsor of a required test of any obligation under 
any applicable statute or regulation to submit the results of the study 
to EPA.
    (3) Effects of non-compliance. Pursuant to sections 114, 208, and 
211(d) of the CAA, it shall be a violation of this section and a 
violation of 40 CFR part 79, subpart F to deny entry to an authorized 
employee or duly designated representative of EPA for the purpose of 
auditing a testing facility or test data.
    (f) Penalties and Injunctive Relief. (1) Any person who violates 
these regulations shall be subject to a civil penalty of up to $25,000 
for each and every day of the continuance of the violation and the 
economic benefit or savings resulting from the violation. Action to 
collect such civil penalties shall be commenced in accordance with 
paragraph (b) of section 205 of the Clean Air Act or assessed in 
accordance with paragraph (c) of section 205 of the Clean Air Act, 42 
U.S.C. 7524 (b) and (c).
    (2) Under section 205(b) of the CAA, the Administrator may commence 
a civil action for violation of this subpart in the district court of 
the United States for the district in which the violation is alleged to 
have occurred or in which the defendant resides or has a principal place 
of business.
    (3) Under section 205(c) of the CAA, the Administrator may assess a 
civil penalty of $25,000 for each and every day of the continuance of 
the violation and the economic benefit or savings resulting from the 
violation, except that the maximum penalty assessment shall not exceed 
$200,000, unless the Administrator and the Attorney General jointly 
determine that a matter involving a larger penalty amount is appropriate 
for administrative penalty assessment. Any such determination by the 
Administrator and the Attorney General shall not be subject to judicial 
review.
    (4) The Administrator may, upon application by the person against 
whom any such penalty has been assessed,

[[Page 487]]

remit or mitigate, with or without conditions, any such penalty.
    (5) The district courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction 
to compel the furnishing of information and the conduct of tests 
required by the Administrator under these regulations and to award other 
appropriate relief. Actions to compel such actions shall be brought by 
and in the name of the United States. In any such action, subpoenas for 
witnesses who are required to attend a district court in any district 
may run into any other district.
    (6) Cancellation. (i) The Administrator of EPA may issue a notice of 
intent to cancel a fuel or fuel additive registration if the 
Administrator determines that the registrant has failed to submit in a 
timely manner any data required to maintain registration under this part 
or under section 211(b) or 211(e) of the Clean Air Act.
    (ii) Upon issuance of a notice of intent to cancel, EPA will forward 
a copy of the notice to the registrant by certified mail, return receipt 
requested, at the address of record given in the registration, along 
with an explanation of the reasons for the proposed cancellation.
    (iii) The registrant will be afforded 60 days from the date of 
receipt of the notice of intent to cancel to submit written comments 
concerning the notice, and to demonstrate or achieve compliance with the 
specific data requirements which provide the basis for the proposed 
cancellation. If the registrant does not respond in writing within 60 
days from the date of receipt of the notice of intent to cancel, the 
cancellation of the registration shall become final by operation of law 
and the Administrator shall notify the registrant of such cancellation. 
If the registrant responds in writing within 60 days from the date of 
receipt of the notice of intent to cancel, the Administrator shall 
review and consider all comments submitted by the registrant before 
taking final action concerning the proposed cancellation. The 
registrants' communications should be sent to the following address: 
Director, Field Operations and Support Division, 6406J--Fuel/Additives 
Registration, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street SW., 
Washington, DC 20460.
    (iv) As part of a written response to a notice of intent to cancel, 
a registrant may request an informal hearing concerning the notice. Any 
such request shall state with specificity the information the registrant 
wishes to present at such a hearing. If an informal hearing is 
requested, EPA shall schedule such a hearing within 60 days from the 
date of receipt of the request. If an informal hearing is held, the 
subject matter of the hearing shall be confined solely to whether or not 
the registrant has complied with the specific data requirements which 
provide the basis for the proposed cancellation. If an informal hearing 
is held, the designated presiding officer may be any EPA employee, the 
hearing procedures shall be informal, and the hearing shall not be 
subject to or governed by 40 CFR part 22 or by 5 U.S.C. 554, 556, or 
557. A verbatim transcript of each informal hearing shall be kept and 
the Administrator shall consider all relevant evidence and arguments 
presented at the hearing in making a final decision concerning a 
proposed cancellation.
    (v) If a registrant who has received a notice of intent to cancel 
submits a timely written response, and the Administrator decides after 
reviewing the response and the transcript of any informal hearing to 
cancel the registration, the Administrator shall issue a final 
cancellation order, forward a copy of the cancellation order to the 
registrant by certified mail, and promptly publish the cancellation 
order in the Federal Register. Any cancellation order issued after 
receipt of a timely written response by the registrant shall become 
legally effective five days after it is published in the Federal 
Register.
    (g) Modification of Regulation. (1) In special circumstances, a 
manufacturer subject to the registration requirements of this rule may 
petition the Administrator to modify the mandatory testing requirements 
in the test standard for any test required by this rule by application 
to Director, Field Operations and Support Division, at the address in 
paragraph (f)(6)(iii) of this section.
    (i) Such request shall be made as soon as the test sponsor is aware 
that

[[Page 488]]

the modification is necessary, but in no event shall the request be made 
after 30 days following the event which precipitated the request.
    (ii) Upon such request, the Administrator may, in circumstances 
which are outside the control of the manufacturer(s) or his/their agent 
and which could not have been reasonably foreseen or avoided, modify the 
mandatory testing requirements in the rule if such requirements are 
infeasible.
    (iii) If the Administrator determines that such modifications would 
not significantly alter the scope of the test, EPA will not ask for 
public comment before approving the modification. The Administrator will 
notify the test sponsor by certified mail of the response to the 
request. EPA will place copies of each application and EPA response in 
the public docket. EPA will publish a notice in the Federal Register 
annually describing such changes which have occurred during the previous 
year. Until such Federal Register notice is published, any modification 
approved by EPA shall apply only to the person or group who requested 
the modification; EPA shall state the applicability of each modification 
in such notice.
    (iv) Where, in EPA's judgment, the requested modification of a test 
standard would significantly change the scope of the test, EPA will 
publish a notice in the Federal Register requesting comment on the 
request and proposed modification. However, EPA may approve a requested 
modification of a test standard without first seeking public comment if 
necessary to preserve the validity of an ongoing test undertaken in good 
faith.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (h) Special Requirements for Additives. When an additive is the test 
subject, the following rules apply:
    (1) All required emission characterization and health effects 
testing procedures shall be performed on the mixture which results when 
the additive is combined with the base fuel for the appropriate fuel 
family (as specified in Sec. 79.55) at the maximum concentration 
recommended by the additive manufacturer pursuant to Sec. 79.21(d). This 
combination shall be known as the additive/base fuel mixture.
    (i) The appropriate fuel family to be utilized for the additive/base 
fuel mixture is the fuel family which contains the specific type(s) of 
fuel for which the additive is presently registered or for which the 
manufacturer of the additive is seeking registration.
    (ii) Additives belonging to more than one fuel family.
    (A) If an additive product is registered in two or more fuel 
families as of May 27, 1994, then the manufacturer of that additive is 
responsible for testing (or participating in group testing of) the 
respective additive/base fuel mixtures in compliance with the 
requirements of this subpart for each fuel family in which the 
manufacturer wishes to maintain a registration for its additive.
    (B) If a manufacturer is seeking to register such additive in two or 
more fuel families then, for testing and registration purposes, the 
additive shall be considered to be a member of each fuel family in which 
the manufacturer is seeking registration. The manufacturer is 
responsible for testing (or participating in group testing of) the 
respective additive/base fuel mixture in compliance with the 
requirements of this subpart for each fuel family in which the 
manufacturer wishes to obtain a product registration for its additive.
    (iii) In the case of the methanol fuel family, which contains two 
base fuels (M100 and M85 base fuels, pursuant to Sec. 79.55(d)), the 
applicable base fuel is the one which represents the fuel/additive group 
(specified in Sec. 79.56(e)(4)(i)(C)) containing fuels of which the most 
gallons are sold annually.
    (iv) Aftermarket additives which are intended by the manufacturer to 
be added to the fuel tank only at infrequent intervals shall be applied 
according to the manufacturer's specifications during mileage 
accumulation, pursuant to Sec. 79.57(c). However, during emission 
generation and testing, each tankful of fuel used must contain the fuel 
additive at its maximum recommended level. If the additive manufacturer 
believes that this maximum treatment rate will cause adverse effects to 
the test engine and/or that the engine's emissions may be subject to

[[Page 489]]

artifacts due to overuse of the additive, then the manufacturer may 
submit a request to EPA for modification of this requirement and related 
test procedures. Such request must include objective evidence that the 
modification(s) are needed, along with data demonstrating the maximum 
concentration of the additive which may actually reach the fuel tanks of 
vehicles in use.
    (v) Additives produced exclusively for use in #1 diesel fuel shall 
be tested in the diesel base fuel specified in Sec. 79.55(c), even 
though that base fuel is formulated with #2 diesel fuel. If a 
manufacturer is concerned that emissions generated from this combination 
of fuel and additive are subject to artifacts due to this blending, then 
that manufacturer may submit a request for a modification in test 
procedure requirements to the EPA. Any such request must include 
supporting test results and suggested test modifications.
    (vi) Bulk additives which are used intermittently for the direct 
purpose of conditioning or treating a fuel during storage or transport, 
or for treating or maintaining the storage, pipeline, and/or other 
components of the fuel distribution system itself and not the vehicle/
engine for which the fuel is ultimately intended, shall, for purposes of 
this program, be added to the base fuel at the maximum concentration 
recommended by the additive manufacturer for treatment of the fuel or 
distribution system component. However, if the additive manufacturer 
believes that this treatment rate will cause adverse effects to the test 
engine and/or that the engine's emissions may be subject to artifacts 
due to overuse of the additive, then the manufacturer may submit a 
request to EPA for modification of this requirement and related test 
procedures. Such request must include objective evidence that the 
modification(s) are needed, along with data demonstrating the maximum 
concentration of the additive which may actually reach the fuel tanks of 
vehicles in use.
    (2) EPA shall use emissions speciation and health effects data 
generated in the analysis of the applicable base fuel as control data 
for comparison with data generated for the additive/base fuel mixture.
    (i) The base fuel control data may be:
    (A) Generated internally as an experimental control in conjunction 
with testing done in compliance with registration requirements for a 
specific additive; or
    (B) Generated externally in the course of testing different 
additive(s) belonging to the same fuel family, or in the testing of a 
base fuel serving as representative of the baseline group for the 
respective fuel family pursuant to Sec. 79.56(e)(4)(i).
    (ii) Control data generated using test equipment (including vehicle 
model and/or engine, or Evaporative Emissions Generator specifications, 
as appropriate) and protocols identical or nearly identical to those 
used in emissions and health effects testing of the subject additive/
base fuel mixture would be most relevant for comparison purposes.
    (iii) If an additive manufacturer chooses the same vehicle/engine to 
independently test the base fuel as an experimental control prior to 
testing the additive/base fuel mixture, then the test vehicle/engine 
shall undergo two mileage accumulation periods, pursuant to 
Sec. 79.57(c). The initial mileage accumulation period shall be 
performed using the base fuel alone. After base fuel testing, and prior 
to testing of the additive/base fuel mixture, a second mileage 
accumulation period shall be performed using the additive/base fuel 
mixture. The procedures outlined in this paragraph shall not preclude a 
manufacturer from testing a base fuel and the manufacturer's additive/
base fuel mixture separately in identical, or nearly identical, 
vehicles/engines.
    (i) Multiple Test Potential for Non-Baseline Products. (1) When the 
composition information reported in the registration application or 
basic registration data for a gasoline or diesel product meets criteria 
for classification as a non-baseline product (pursuant to 
Sec. 79.56(e)(3)(i)(B) or Sec. 79.56(e)(3)(ii)(B)), then the 
manufacturer is responsible for testing (or participating in group 
testing) of a separate formulation for each reported oxygenating 
compound, specified class of oxygenating compounds, or other

[[Page 490]]

substance which defines a separate non-baseline fuel/additive group 
pursuant to Sec. 79.56(e)(4)(ii)(A) or (B). For each such substance, 
testing shall be performed on a mixture of the relevant substance in the 
appropriate base fuel, formulated according to the specifications for 
the corresponding group representatives in Sec. 79.56(e)(4)(ii).
    (2) When the composition information reported in the registration 
application or basic registration data for a non- baseline gasoline 
product contains a range of total oxygenate concentration-in-use which 
encompasses gasoline formulations with less than 1.5 weight percent 
oxygen as well as gasoline formulations with 1.5 weight percent oxygen 
or more, then the manufacturer is required to test (or participate in 
applicable group testing of) a baseline gasoline formulation as well as 
one or more non-baseline gasoline formulations as described in paragraph 
(h)(1) of this section.
    (3) When the composition information reported in the registration 
application or basic registration data for a non- baseline diesel 
product contains a range of total oxygenate concentration-in-use which 
encompasses diesel formulations with less than 1.0 weight percent oxygen 
as well as diesel formulations with 1.0 weight percent oxygen or more, 
then the manufacturer is required to test (or participate in applicable 
group testing) of a baseline diesel formulation as well as one or more 
non-baseline diesel formulations as described in paragraph (h)(1) of 
this section.
    (4) The presence in a particular oxygenating additive of small 
amounts of other unintended oxygenate compounds as byproducts of the 
manufacturing process of the given oxygenating additive does not affect 
the grouping of that additive and does not create multiple testing 
responsibilities for manufacturers who blend that additive into fuel.
    (j) Multiple Test Potential for Atypical Fuel Formulations. When the 
composition information reported in the registration application or 
basic registration data for a fuel product includes more than one 
atypical bulk additive product (pursuant to Sec. 79.56(e)(2)(iii)), and 
when these additives belong to different fuel/additive groups (pursuant 
to Sec. 79.56(e)(4)(iii)), then:
    (1) When such disparate additive products are for the same purpose-
in-use and are not ordinarily used in the fuel simultaneously, the fuel 
manufacturer shall be responsible for testing (or participating in the 
group testing of) a separate formulation for each such additive product. 
Testing related to each additive product shall be performed on a mixture 
of the additive in the applicable base fuel, as described in paragraph 
(g)(1) of this section, or by participation in the costs of testing the 
designated representative of the fuel/additive group to which each 
separate atypical additive product belongs.
    (2) When the disparate additive products are not for the same 
purpose-in-use, the fuel manufacturer shall nevertheless be responsible 
for testing a separate formulation for each such additive product, as 
described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section, if these additives are 
not ordinarily blended together in the same commercial formulation of 
the fuel.
    (3) When the disparate additive products are ordinarily blended 
together in the same commercial formulation of the fuel, then the fuel 
manufacturer shall be responsible for the testing of a single test 
formulation containing all such simultaneously used atypical additive 
products. Alternatively, this responsibility can be satisfied by 
enrolling such fuel product in a group which includes other fuel or 
additive products with the same total combination of atypical elements 
as that occurring in the fuel product in question. If the basic 
registration data for the subject fuel includes any alternative 
additives which contain atypical elements not represented in the test 
formulation, then the fuel manufacturer is also responsible for testing 
a separate formulation for each such additional disparate additive 
product.
    (k) Emission Control System Testing. If any information submitted in 
accordance with this subpart or any other information available to EPA 
shows that a fuel or fuel additive may have a deleterious effect on the 
performance of any emission control system or device

[[Page 491]]

currently in use or which has been developed to a point where in a 
reasonable time it would be in general use were such effect avoided, EPA 
may, in its judgment, require testing to determine whether such effects 
in fact exist. Such testing will be required in accordance with such 
protocols and schedules as the Administrator shall reasonably require 
and shall be paid for by the fuel or fuel additive manufacturer.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 36511, July 11, 1996; 
62 FR 12575, Mar. 17, 1997]



Sec. 79.52  Tier 1.

    (a) General Specifications. Tier 1 requires manufacturers of 
designated fuels or fuel additives (or groups of manufacturers pursuant 
to Sec. 79.56) to supply to the Administrator the identity and 
concentration of certain emission products of such fuels or additives 
and any available information regarding the health and welfare effects 
of the whole and speciated emissions of such fuels or additives. In 
addition to any information required under Sec. 79.59 and in conformance 
with the reporting requirements thereof, manufacturers shall provide, 
pursuant to the timing provisions of Sec. 79.51(c), the following 
information.
    (b) Emissions Characterization. Manufacturers must provide a 
characterization of the emission products which are generated by 
evaporation (if required pursuant to Sec. 79.58(b)) and by combustion of 
the fuel or additive/base fuel mixture in a motor vehicle. For this 
purpose, manufacturers may perform the characterization procedures 
described in this section or may rely on existing emission 
characterization data. To be considered adequate in lieu of performing 
new emission characterization procedures, the data must be the result of 
tests using the product in question or using a fuel or additive/base 
fuel mixture meeting the same grouping criteria as the product in 
question. In addition, the emissions must be generated in a manner 
reasonably similar to those described in Sec. 79.57, and the 
characterization procedures must be adequately performed and documented 
and must give results reasonably comparable to those which would be 
obtained by performing the procedures described herein. Reports of 
previous tests must be sufficiently detailed to allow EPA to judge the 
adequacy of protocols, techniques, and conclusions. After the 
manufacturer's submittal of such data, if EPA finds that the 
manufacturer has relied upon inadequate test data, then the manufacturer 
will not be considered to be in compliance until the corresponding tests 
have been conducted and the results submitted to EPA.
    (1) General Provisions. (i) The emissions to be characterized shall 
be generated, collected, and stored according to the processes described 
in Sec. 79.57. Characterization of combustion and evaporative emissions 
shall be performed separately on each emission sample collected during 
the applicable emission generation procedure.
    (ii) As provided in Sec. 79.57(d), if the emission generation 
vehicle/engine is ordinarily equipped with an emission aftertreatment 
device, then all requirements in this section for the characterization 
of combustion emissions must be completed both with and without the 
aftertreatment device in a functional state. The emissions shall be 
generated three times (on three different days) without a functional 
aftertreatment device and, if applicable, three times (on three 
different days) with a functional aftertreatment device, and each such 
time shall be analyzed according to the remaining provisions in this 
paragraph (b) of this section.
    (iii) Measurement of background emissions: It is required that 
ambient/dilution air be analyzed for levels of background chemical 
species present at the time of emissions sampling (for both combustion 
and evaporative emissions) and that sample values be corrected by 
substracting the concentrations contributed by the ambient/dilution air. 
Background chemical species measurement/analysis during the FTP is 
specified in Secs. 86.109-94(c)(5) and 86.135-94 of this chapter.
    (iv) Concentrations of emission products shall be reported either in 
units of grams per mile (g/mi) or grams per brake-horsepower/hour (g/
bhp-hr) (for chassis dynamometer and engine dynamometer test 
configurations, respectively), as well as in units of weight

[[Page 492]]

percent of measured total hydrocarbons.
    (v) Laboratory practice must be of high quality and must be 
consistent with state-of-the-art methods as presented in current 
environmental and analytical chemistry literature. Examples of 
analytical procedures which may be used in conducting the emission 
characterization/speciation requirements of this section can be found 
among the references in paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
    (2) Characterization of the combustion emissions shall include, for 
products in all fuel families (except when expressly noted in this 
section):
    (i) Determination of the concentration of the basic emissions as 
follows: total hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen, and 
particulates. Manufacturers are referred to the vehicle certification 
procedures in 40 CFR part 86, subparts B and D (Secs. 86.101 through 
86.145 and Secs. 86.301 through 86.348) for guidance on the measurement 
of the basic emissions of interest to this subpart.
    (ii) Characterization of the vapor phase of combustion emissions, as 
follows:
    (A) Determination of the identity and concentration of individual 
species of hydrocarbon compounds containing 12 or fewer carbon atoms. 
Such characterization shall begin within 30 minutes after emission 
collection is completed.
    (B) Determination of the identity and concentration of individual 
species of aldehyde and ketone compounds containing eight or fewer 
carbon atoms. Characterization of these emissions captured in cartridges 
shall be performed within two weeks if the cartridge is stored at room 
temperature, and one month if the cartridge is stored at 0  deg.C or 
less. If the emissions are sampled using the impinger method, the sample 
must be stored in a capped sample vial at 0  deg.C or less and 
characterized within one week.
    (C) Determination of the identity and concentration of individual 
species of alcohol and ether compounds containing six or fewer carbon 
atoms, for those fuels and additive/base fuel mixtures which contain 
alcohol and/or ether compounds containing from one to six carbon atoms 
in the uncombusted state. For fuel and additive formulations containing 
alcohols or ethers with more than six carbon atoms in the uncombusted 
state, alcohol and ether species with that higher number of carbon atoms 
or less must be identified and measured in the emissions. Such 
characterization shall begin within four hours after emission collection 
is completed.
    (iii) Characterization of the semi-volatile and particulate phases 
of combustion emissions to identify and measure polycyclic aromatic 
compounds, as follows:
    (A) Analysis for polycyclic aromatic compounds shall not be 
conducted at or soon after the start of a recommended engine lubricant 
change interval.
    (B) Analysis for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) and 
nitrated polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (NPAHs), specified in 
paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(D) of this section, need not be done for any fuels 
and additives in the methane or propane fuel families, nor for fuels and 
additives in the atypical categories of any other fuel families, 
pursuant to the definitions of such families and categories in 
Sec. 79.56.
    (C) Analysis for poly-chlorinated dibenzodioxins and dibenzofurans 
(PCDD/PCDFs), specified in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(E) of this section, is 
required only for fuels and additives which contain chlorine as an 
atypical element, pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section, 
which requires all individual emission products containing atypical 
elements to be determined for atypical fuels and additives. However, 
manufacturers of baseline and nonbaseline fuels and fuel additives in 
all fuel families, except those in the methane and propane fuel 
families, are strongly encouraged to conduct these analyses on a 
voluntary basis.
    (D) The analytical method used to measure species of PAHs and NPAHs 
should be capable of detecting at least 1 ppm (equivalent to 0.001 
microgram (g) of compound per milligram of organic extract) of 
these compounds in the extractable organic matter. The concentration of 
each individual PAH or NPAH compound identified shall be reported in 
units of microgram per

[[Page 493]]

mile or nanograms per brake-horsepower/hour (for chassis dynamometer and 
engine dynamometer test configurations, respectively). Each compound 
which is present at 0.001 g per mile (0.5 nanograms per brake-
horsepower/hour) or more must be identified, measured, and reported. The 
following individual species shall be measured:
    (1) PAHs:
    (i) Benzo(a)anthracene;
    (ii) Benzo[b]fluoranthene;
    (iii) Benzo[k]fluoranthene;
    (iv) Benzo(a)pyrene;
    (v) Chrysene;
    (vi) Dibenzo[a,h]anthracene; and
    (vii) Indeno[1,2,3-c,d]pyrene.
    (2) NPAHs:
    (i) 7-Nitrobenzo[a]anthracene;
    (ii) 6-Nitrobenzo[a]pyrene;
    (iii) 6-Nitrochrysene;
    (iv) 2-Nitrofluorene; and
    (v) 1-Nitropyrene.
    (E) The analytical method used to measure species and classes of 
PCDD/PCDFs should be capable of detecting at least 1 part per trillion 
(ppt) (equivalent to 0.001 picogram (pg) of compound per milligram of 
organic extract) of these compounds in the extractable organic matter. 
The concentration of each individual PCDD/PCDF compound identified shall 
be reported in units of picograms (pg) per mile or picograms per brake-
horsepower/hour (for chassis dynamometer and engine dynamometer test 
configurations, respectively). Each compound which is present at 0.5 pg/
mile (0.3 pg/bhp-hr) or more must be identified, measured, and reported.
    (1) With respect to measurement of PCDD/PCDFs only, the liquid 
extracts from the particulate and semi-volatile emissions fractions may 
be combined into one sample for analysis.
    (2) The manufacturer is referred to 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, 
Method 23 for a protocol which may be used to identify and measure any 
potential PCDD/PCDFs which might be present in exhaust emissions from a 
fuel or additive/base fuel mixture.
    (3) The following individual compounds and classes of compounds of 
PCDD/PCDFs shall be identified and measured:
    (i) Individual tetra-chloro-substituted dibenzodioxins (tetra-CDDs);
    (ii) Individual tetra-chloro-substituted dibenzofurans (tetra-CDFs);
    (iii) Penta-CDDs and penta-CDFs, as one class;
    (iv) Hexa-CDDs and hexa-CDFs, as one class;
    (v) Hepta-CDDs and hepta-CDFs as one class; and
    (vi) Octo-CDDs and octo-CDFs as one class.
    (iv) With respect to all phases (vapor, semi-volatile, and 
particulate) of combustion emissions generated from those fuels and 
additive/base fuel mixtures classified in the atypical categories 
(pursuant to Sec. 79.56), the identity and concentration of individual 
emission products containing such atypical elements shall also be 
determined.
    (3) For evaporative fuels and evaporative fuel additives, 
characterization of the evaporative emissions shall include:
    (i) Determination of the concentration of total hydrocarbons for the 
applicable vehicle type and class in 40 CFR part 86, subpart B 
(Secs. 86.101 through 86.145).
    (ii) Determination of the identity and concentration of individual 
species of hydrocarbon compounds containing 12 or fewer carbon atoms. 
Such characterization shall begin within 30 minutes after emission 
collection is completed.
    (iii) In the case of those fuels and additive/base fuel mixtures 
which contain alcohol and/or ether compounds in the uncombusted state, 
determination of the identity and concentration of individual species of 
alcohol and ether compounds containing six or fewer carbon atoms. For 
fuel and additive formulations containing alcohols or ethers with more 
than six carbon atoms in the uncombusted state, alcohol and ether 
species with that higher number of carbon atoms or less must be 
identified and measured in the emissions. Such characterization shall 
begin within four hours after emission collection is completed.
    (iv) In the case of those fuels and additive/base fuel mixtures 
which contain atypical elements, determination of the identity and 
concentration of individual emission products containing such atypical 
elements.
    (4) Laboratory quality control. (i) At a minimum, laboratories 
performing the

[[Page 494]]

procedures specified in this section shall conduct calibration testing 
of their emissions characterization equipment before each new fuel/
additive product test start-up. Known samples representative of the 
compounds potentially to be found in emissions from the product to be 
characterized shall be used to calibrate such equipment.
    (ii) Laboratories performing the procedures specified in this 
section shall agree to permit quality control inspections by EPA, and 
for this purpose shall admit any EPA Enforcement Officer, upon proper 
presentation of credentials, to any facility where vehicles are 
conditioned or where emissions are generated, collected, stored, 
sampled, or characterized in meeting the requirements of this section. 
Such laboratory audits may include EPA distribution of ``blind'' samples 
for analysis by participating laboratories.
    (5) References. For additional background information on the 
emission characterization procedures outlined in this paragraph, the 
following references may be consulted:
    (i) ``Advanced Emission Speciation Methodologies for the Auto/Oil 
Air Quality Improvement Program--I. Hydrocarbons and Ethers,'' Auto Oil 
Air Quality Improvement Research Program, SP-920, 920320, SAE, February 
1992.
    (ii) ``Advanced Speciation Methodologies for the Auto/Oil Air 
Quality Improvement Research Program--II. Aldehydes, Ketones, and 
Alcohols,'' Auto Oil Air Quality Improvement Research Program, SP-920, 
920321, SAE, February 1992.
    (iii) ASTM D 5197-91, ``Standard Test Method for Determination of 
Formaldehyde and Other Carbonyl Compounds in Air (Active Sampler 
Methodology).''
    (iv) Johnson J. H., Bagley, S. T., Gratz, L. D., and Leddy, D. G., 
``A Review of Diesel Particulate Control Technology and Emissions 
Effects--1992 Horning Memorial Award Lecture,'' SAE Technical Paper 
Series, SAE 940233, 1994.
    (v) Keith et al., ACS Committee on Environmental Improvement, 
``Principles of Environmental Analysis,'' The Journal of Analytical 
Chemistry, Volume 55, pp. 2210-2218, 1983.
    (vi) Perez, J.M., Jabs, R.E., Leddy, D.G., eds. ``Chemical Methods 
for the Measurement of Unregulated Diesel Emissions (CRC-APRAC Project 
No. CAPI-1-64), Coordinating Research Council, CRC Report No. 551, 
August, 1987.
    (vii) Schuetzle, D., ``Analysis of Nitrated Polycyclic Aromatic 
Hydrocarbons in Diesel Particulates,'' Analytical Chemistry, Volume 54, 
pp. 265-271, 1982.
    (viii) Siegl, W.O., et al., ``Improved Emissions Speciation 
Methodology for Phase II of the Auto/Oil Air Quality Improvement 
Research Program--Hydrocarbons and Oxygenates'', SAE Technical Paper 
Series, SAE 930142, 1993.
    (ix) Tejada, S. B. et al., ``Analysis of Nitroaromatics in Diesel 
and Gasoline Car Emissions,'' SAE Paper No. 820775, 1982.
    (x) Tejada, S. B. et al., ``Fluorescence Detection and 
Identification of Nitro Derivatives of Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons 
by On-Column Catalytic Reduction to Aromatic Amines,'' Analytical 
Chemistry, Volume 58, pp. 1827-1834, July 1986.
    (xi) ``Test Method for Determination of C1-C4 Alcohols and MTBE in 
Gasoline by Gas Chromatography,'' 40 CFR part 80, appendix F.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Literature Search. (1) Manufacturers of fuels and fuel additives 
shall conduct a literature search and compilation of information on the 
potential toxicologic, environmental, and other public welfare effects 
of the emissions of such fuels and additives. The literature search 
shall include all available relevant information from in-house, 
industry, government, and public sources pertaining to the emissions of 
the subject fuel or fuel additive or the emissions of similar fuels or 
additives, with such similarity determined according to the provisions 
of Sec. 79.56.
    (2) The literature search shall address the potential adverse 
effects of whole combustion emissions, evaporative emissions, relevant 
emission fractions, and individual emission products of the subject fuel 
or fuel additive except as specified in the following paragraph. The 
individual emission products to be included are those

[[Page 495]]

identified pursuant to the emission characterization procedures 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, other than carbon monoxide, 
carbon dioxide, nitrogen oxides, benzene, 1,3-butadiene, acetaldehyde, 
and formaldehyde.
    (3) In the case of the individual emission products of non-baseline 
or atypical fuels and additives (pursuant to Sec. 79.56(e)(2)), the 
literature data need not be submitted for those emission products which 
are the same as the combustion emission products of the respective base 
fuel for the product's fuel family (pursuant to Sec. 79.55). For this 
purpose, data on the base fuel emission products for the product's fuel 
family:
    (i) May be found in the literature of previously-conducted, adequate 
emission speciation studies for the base fuel, or for a fuel or 
additive/fuel mixture capable of grouping with the base fuel (see, for 
example, the references in paragraph (b)(5) of this section).
    (ii) May be compiled while gathering internal control data during 
emissions characterization studies on the manufacturer's non-baseline or 
atypical product; or
    (iii) May be obtained from various manufacturers in the course of 
their testing different additive(s) belonging to the same fuel family, 
or in the testing of a base fuel serving as representative of the 
baseline group for the respective fuel family.
    (e) Data bases. The literature search must include the results of 
searching appropriate commercially available chemical, toxicologic, and 
environmental databases. The databases shall be searched using, at a 
minimum, CAS numbers (when applicable), chemical names, and common 
synonyms.
    (f) Search period. The literature search shall cover a time period 
beginning at least thirty years prior to the date of submission of the 
reports specified in Secs. 79.59(b) through (c) and ending no earlier 
than six months prior to the date on which testing is commenced or 
reports are submitted in compliance with this subpart.
    (g) References. Information on base fuel emission inventories may be 
found in references in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (xi) of this 
section, as well as in the following:
    (1) Auto/Oil Air Quality Improvement Research Program, Technical 
Bulletin #1, December 1990.
    (2) Keith et al., ACS Committee on Environmental Improvement, 
``Principles of Environmental Analysis,'' The Journal of Analytical 
Chemistry, Volume 55, pp. 2210-2218, 1983.
    (3) ``The Composition of Gasoline Engine Hydrocarbon Emissions--An 
Evaluation of Catalyst and Fuel Effects''--SAE 902074 and ``Speciated 
Hydrocarbon Emissions from Aromatic, Olefin, and Paraffinic Model 
Fuels''--SAE 930373.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 36511, July 11, 1996; 
62 FR 12571, Mar. 17, 1997]



Sec. 79.53  Tier 2.

    (a) Generally. Subject to the provisions of Sec. 79.53(b) through 
(d), the combustion emissions of each fuel or fuel additive subject to 
testing under this subpart must be tested in accordance with each of the 
testing guidelines in Secs. 79.60 through 79.68, except that fuels and 
additives in the methane and propane fuel families (pursuant to 
Sec. 79.56(e)(1)(v) and (vi)) need not undergo the Salmonella 
mutagenicity assay in Sec. 79.68). Similarly, subject to the provisions 
of Sec. 79.53(b) through (d), the evaporative emissions of each 
designated evaporative fuel and each designated evaporative fuel 
additive subject to testing under this subpart must be tested according 
to each of the testing guidelines in Secs. 79.60 through 79.67 
(excluding Sec. 79.68, Salmonella typhimurium Reverse Mutation Assay).
    (b) Manufacturer Determination. Manufacturers shall determine 
whether the information gathered pursuant to the literature search in 
Sec. 79.52(d) contains the results of adequately performed and 
adequately documented previous testing which provides information 
reasonably comparable to that supplied by the health tests described in 
Secs. 79.62 through 79.68 regarding the carcinogenicity, mutagenicity, 
neurotoxicity, teratogenicity, reproductive/fertility measures, and 
general toxicity effects of the emissions of the fuel or additive. When 
manufacturers make an affirmative determination, they need submit only 
the information gathered pursuant to Sec. 79.52(d) for such tests. EPA

[[Page 496]]

maintains final authority in judging whether the information is an 
adequate substitution in lieu of conducting the associated tests. EPA's 
determination of the adequacy of existing information shall be guided by 
the considerations described in paragraph (d) of this section. If EPA 
finds that the manufacturer has relied upon inadequate test data, then 
the manufacturer will not be considered to be in compliance until the 
corresponding tests have been conducted and the results submitted to 
EPA.
    (c) Testing. (1) All testing required pursuant to this section must 
be done in accordance with the procedures, equipment, and facility 
requirements described in Secs. 79.57, 79.60, and 79.61 regarding 
emissions generation, good laboratory practices, and inhalation exposure 
testing, respectively, as well as any other requirements described in 
this subpart. The laboratory conducting the animal studies shall be 
registered and in good standing with the United States Department of 
Agriculture and regularly inspected by United States Department of 
Agriculture veterinarians. In addition, the facility must be accredited 
by a generally recognized independent organization which sets laboratory 
animal care standards. Use of inadequate test protocols or substandard 
laboratory techniques in performing any testing required by this subpart 
may result in cancellation of all affected registrations.
    (2) Carcinogenic or mutagenic effects in animals from emissions 
exposures shall be determined pursuant to Sec. 79.64 In vivo 
Micronucleus Assay, Sec. 79.65 In vivo Sister Chromatid Exchange Assay, 
and Sec. 79.68 Salmonella typhimurium Reverse Mutation Assay. 
Teratogenic effects and reproductive toxicity shall be examined pursuant 
to Sec. 79.63 Fertility Assessment/Teratology. General toxicity and 
pulmonary effects shall be determined pursuant to Sec. 79.62 Subchronic 
Toxicity Study with Specific Health Effect Assessments. Neurotoxic 
effects shall be determined pursuant to Sec. 79.66 Neuropathology 
Assessment and Sec. 79.67 Glial Fibrillary Acidic Protein Assay.
    (d) EPA Determination. (1) After submission of all information and 
testing, EPA in its judgment shall determine whether previously 
conducted tests relied upon in the registration submission are 
adequately performed and documented and provide information reasonably 
comparable to that which would be provided by the tests described 
herein. Manufacturers' submissions shall be sufficiently detailed to 
allow EPA to judge the adequacy of protocols, techniques, experimental 
design, statistical analyses, and conclusions. Studies shall be 
performed using generally accepted scientific principles, good 
laboratory techniques, and the testing guidelines specified in these 
regulations.
    (2) EPA shall give appropriate weight when making this determination 
to the following factors:
    (i) The age of the data;
    (ii) The adequacy of documentation of procedures, findings, and 
conclusions;
    (iii) The extent to which the testing conforms to generally accepted 
scientific principles and practices;
    (iv) The type and number of test subjects;
    (v) The number and adequacy of exposure concentrations, i.e., 
emission dilutions;
    (vi) The degree to which the tested emissions were generated by 
procedures and under conditions reasonably comparable to those set forth 
in Sec. 79.57; and
    (vii) The degree to which the test procedures conform to the testing 
guidelines set forth in Secs. 79.60 through 79.68 and/or furnish 
information comparable to that provided by such testing.
    (3) The test animals shall be rodents, preferably a strain of rat, 
and testing shall include all of the endpoints covered in Secs. 79.62 
through 79.68. All studies shall be properly executed, with appropriate 
documentation, and in accord with the individual health testing 
guidelines (Secs. 79.60 through 79.68) of this part, e.g., 90-day, 6-
hour per day exposure, minimum.
    (4) In general, the data in a manufacturer's registration submittal 
shall be adequate if the duration of a test's exposure period is at 
least as long, in days and hours, as the inhalation exposure specified 
in the related health test guideline(s). Data from tests with

[[Page 497]]

shorter exposure durations than those specified in the guidelines may be 
acceptable if the test results are positive (i.e., exhibit adverse 
effects) and/or include a demonstrable concentration-response 
relationship.
    (5) Data in support of a manufacturer's registration submittal shall 
directly address the effects of inhalation exposure to the whole 
evaporative and exhaust emissions of the respective fuel or additive or 
to the whole evaporative and exhaust emissions of other fuels or 
additives which satisfy the criteria in Sec. 79.56 for classification 
into the same group as the subject fuel or fuel additive. Data obtained 
in the testing of a raw liquid fuel or additive/base fuel mixture or a 
raw, aerosolized fuel or additive/base fuel mixture shall not be 
adequate to support a manufacturer's registration submittal. Data from 
testing of evaporative emissions cannot substitute for test data on 
combustion emissions. Data from testing of combustion emissions cannot 
substitute for test data on evaporative emissions.



Sec. 79.54  Tier 3.

    (a) General Criteria for Requiring Tier 3 Testing. (1) Tier 3 
testing shall be required of a manufacturer or group of manufacturers at 
EPA's discretion when remaining uncertainties as to the significance of 
observed health effects, welfare effects, and/or emissions exposures 
from a fuel or fuel/additive mixture interfere with EPA's ability to 
make reasonable estimates of the potential risks posed by emissions from 
the fuel or additive products. Tier 3 testing may be conducted either on 
an individual basis or a group basis. If performed on a group basis, EPA 
may require either the same representative to be used in Tier 3 testing 
as was used in Tier 2 testing or may select a different member or 
members of the group to represent the group in the Tier 3 tests.
    (2) In addition to the criteria specific to particular tests as 
summarized and detailed in the testing guidelines (Secs. 79.62 through 
79.68), EPA may consider a number of factors (including, but not limited 
to):
    (i) The number of positive and negative outcomes related to each 
endpoint;
    (ii) The identification of concentration-effect relationships;
    (iii) The statistical sensitivity and significance of such studies;
    (iv) The severity of the observed effects (e.g., whether the effects 
would be likely to lead to incapacitating or irreversible conditions);
    (v) The type and number of species included in the reported tests;
    (vi) The consistency and clarity of apparent mechanisms, target 
organs, and outcomes;
    (vii) The presence or absence of effective health test control data 
for base-fuel-only versus additive/base fuel mixture comparisons;
    (viii) The nature and amount of known toxic agents in the emissions 
stream; and
    (ix) The observation of lesions which specifically implicate 
inhalation as an important exposure route.
    (3) Consideration of exposure. EPA retains discretion to consider, 
in addition to available toxicity data, any Tier 1 data on potential 
exposures to emissions from a particular fuel or fuel additive (or group 
of fuels and/or fuel additives) in determining whether to require Tier 3 
testing. EPA may consider, but is not limited to, the following factors:
    (i) Types and emission rates of speciated emission components;
    (ii) Types and emission rates of combinations of compounds or 
elements of concern;
    (iii) Historical and/or projected production volumes and market 
distributions; and
    (iv) Estimated population and/or environmental exposures obtained 
through extrapolation, modeling, or literature search findings on 
ambient, occupational, or epidemiological exposures.
    (b) Notice. (1) EPA will determine whether Tier 3 testing is 
necessary upon receipt of a manufacturer's (or group's) submittal as 
prescribed under Sec. 79.51(d). If EPA determines on the basis of the 
Tier 1 and 2 data submission and any other available information that 
further testing is necessary, EPA will require the responsible 
manufacturer(s) to conduct testing as described elsewhere in this 
section. EPA will notify the manufacturer (or group)

[[Page 498]]

by certified letter of the purpose and nature of any proposed testing 
and of the proposed deadline for completing the testing. A copy of the 
letter will be placed in the public record. EPA will provide the 
manufacturer a 60-day comment period after the manufacturer's receipt of 
such notice. EPA may extend the comment period if it appears from the 
nature of the issues raised that further discussion is warranted. In the 
event that no comment is received by EPA from the manufacturer (or 
group) within the comment period, the manufacturer (or group) shall be 
deemed to have consented to the adoption by EPA of the proposed Tier 3 
requirements.
    (2) EPA will issue a notice in the Federal Register of its intent to 
require testing under Tier 3 for a particular fuel or additive 
manufacturer and that a copy of the letter to the manufacturer outlining 
the Tier 3 testing for that manufacturer is available in the public 
record for review and comment. The public shall have a minimum of thirty 
(30) days after the publication of this notice to comment on the 
proposed Tier 3 testing.
    (3) EPA will include in the public record a copy of any timely 
comments concerning the proposed Tier 3 testing requirements received 
from the affected manufacturer or group or from the public, and the 
responses of EPA to such comments. After reviewing all such comments 
received, EPA will adopt final Tier 3 requirements by sending a 
certified letter describing such final requirements to the manufacturer 
or group. EPA will also issue a notice in the Federal Register 
announcing that it has adopted such final Tier 3 requirements and that a 
copy of the letter adopting the requirements has been included in the 
public record.
    (4) Prior to beginning any required Tier 3 testing, the manufacturer 
shall submit detailed test protocols to EPA for approval. Once EPA has 
determined the Tier 3 testing requirements and approves the test 
protocols, any modification to the requirements shall be governed by 
Sec. 79.51(f).
    (c) Carcinogenicity and Mutagenicity Testing. (1) A potential need 
for Tier 3 carcinogenicity and/or mutagenicity testing may be indicated 
if the results of the In vivo Micronucleus Assay, required under 
Sec. 79.64, the In vivo Sister Chromatid Exchange Assay, required under 
Sec. 79.65, the Salmonella mutagenicity assay required under Sec. 79.68, 
or relevant pathologic findings under Sec. 79.62 demonstrate a 
statistically significant dose-related positive response as compared 
with appropriate controls. Alternatively, Tier 3 carcinogenicity testing 
and/or mutagenicity testing may be required if there are positive 
outcomes for at least one concentration in two or more of the tests 
required under Secs. 79.64, 79.65, and 79.68.
    (2) The testing for carcinogenicity required under this paragraph 
may, at EPA's discretion, be conducted in accordance with 40 CFR 
798.3300 or 798.3320, or their equivalents (see suggested references 
following each health effects testing guideline). The testing for 
mutagenicity required under this paragraph may likewise be conducted in 
accordance with 40 CFR 798.5195, 798.5500, 798.5955, 798.7100, and/or 
other suitable equivalent testing (see suggested references following 
each health effects testing guideline). EPA may supplement or modify 
guidelines as required to ensure that the prescribed testing addresses 
the identified areas of concern.
    (d) Reproductive and Teratological Effects Testing. (1) A potential 
need for Tier 3 testing may be indicated if the results of the Fertility 
Assessment/Teratology study required under Sec. 79.63 or relevant 
findings under Sec. 79.62 demonstrate, in comparison with appropriate 
controls, a statistically significant dose-related positive response in 
one or more of the possible test outcomes. Similarly, Tier 3 testing may 
be indicated if statistically significant positive results are confined 
to either sex, or to the fetus as opposed to the pregnant adult.
    (2) The testing for reproductive and teratological effects required 
under this paragraph may, at EPA's discretion, be conducted in 
accordance with 40 CFR 798.4700 and/or by performance of a reproductive 
assay by continuous breeding. These guidelines may be modified or 
supplemented by EPA as required to ensure that the prescribed testing 
addresses the identified areas of concern.

[[Page 499]]

    (e) Neurotoxicity Testing. (1) A potential need for Tier 3 
neurotoxicity testing may be indicated if either the results of the 
Neuropathology Assessment required under Sec. 79.67 shows concentration-
related effects in exposed animals or the Glial Fibrillary Acidic 
Protein Assay required under Sec. 79.66 demonstrates a statistically 
significant concentration-related positive response as compared with 
appropriate controls. Similarly, Tier 3 neurotoxicity testing may be 
indicated if relevant results under Sec. 79.62 demonstrate a 
statistically significant positive response in comparison to appropriate 
controls.
    (2) The testing for neurotoxicity required under this paragraph may, 
at EPA's discretion, be conducted in accordance with 40 CFR 798.3260 and 
40 CFR part 798 subpart G. These guidelines may be modified or 
supplemented by EPA as required to ensure that the prescribed testing 
addresses the identified areas of concern.
    (f) General and Pulmonary Toxicity Testing. (1) A potential need for 
Tier 3 general and/or pulmonary toxicity testing may be indicated if, in 
comparison with appropriate controls, the results of the Subchronic 
Toxicity Study, pursuant to Sec. 79.62, demonstrate abnormal gross 
analysis or histopathological findings (especially as relates to lung 
pathology from whole-body preserved test animals) or persistence or 
delayed occurrence of toxic effects beyond the exposure period.
    (2) A potential need for Tier 3 testing with respect to other organ 
systems or endpoints not addressed by specific Tier 2 tests, e.g., 
hepatic, renal, or endocrine toxicity, may be demonstrated by findings 
in the Tier 2 Subchronic Toxicity Study (pursuant to Sec. 79.62) or by 
findings in the Tier 1 literature search of adverse functional, 
physiologic, metabolic, or histopathologic effects of fuel or additive 
emissions to such other organ systems or any other information available 
to EPA. In addition, findings in the Tier 1 emission characterization of 
significant levels of a known toxicant to such other organ systems and 
endpoints may also indicate a need for relevant health effects testing. 
The testing required under this paragraph may include tests conducted in 
accordance with 40 CFR 798.3260 or 798.3320. These guidelines may be 
modified or supplemented by EPA as necessary to ensure that the 
prescribed testing addresses the identified areas of concern.
    (3) The testing for general/pulmonary toxicity required under this 
paragraph may, at EPA's discretion, be conducted in accordance with 40 
CFR 798.2450 or 798.3260. These guidelines may be modified or 
supplemented by EPA as necessary to ensure that the prescribed testing 
addresses the identified areas of concern. Pulmonary function 
measurements, host defense assays, immunotoxicity tests, cell 
morphology/morphometry, and/or enzyme assays of lung lavage cells and 
fluids may be specifically required.
    (g) Other Tier 3 Testing. (1) A manufacturer or group may be 
required to use up-to-date modeling, sampling, monitoring, and/or 
analytic approaches at the Tier 3 level to provide:
    (i) Estimates of exposures to the emission products of a fuel or 
fuel additive or group of products;
    (ii) The expected atmospheric transformation products of such 
emissions; and
    (iii) The environmental partitioning of such emissions to the air, 
soil, water, and biota.
    (2) Additional emission characterization may be required if 
uncertainty over the identity of chemical species or rate of their 
emission interferes with reasonable judgments as to the presence and/or 
concentration of potentially toxic substances in the emissions of a fuel 
or fuel additive. The required tests may include characterization of 
additional classes of emissions, the characterization of emissions 
generated by additional vehicles/engines of various technology mixes 
(e.g., catalyzed versus non-catalyzed emissions), and/or other more 
precise analytic procedures for identification or quantification of 
emissions compounds. Additional emissions testing may also be required 
to evaluate concerns which may arise regarding the potential effects of 
a fuel or fuel additive on the performance of emission control 
equipment.
    (3) A manufacturer or group may be required to conduct biological 
and/or

[[Page 500]]

exposure studies at the Tier 3 level to evaluate directly the potential 
public welfare or environmental effects of the emissions of a fuel or 
additive, if significant concerns about such effects arise as a result 
of EPA's review of the literature search or emission characterization 
findings in Tier 1 or the results of the toxicological tests in Tier 2.
    (4) With regard to group submittals, Tier 3 studies on a fuel or 
additive product(s) other than the originally specified group 
representative may be required if specific differences in the product's 
composition indicate that its emissions may have different toxicologic 
properties from those of the original group representative.
    (5) Additional emission characterization and/or toxicologic tests 
may be required to evaluate the impact of different vehicle, engine, or 
emission control technologies on the observed composition or health or 
welfare effects of the emissions of a fuel or additive.
    (6) Toxicological tests on individual emission products may be 
required.
    (7) Upon review of information submitted for an aerosol product 
under Sec. 79.58(e), emissions characterization, exposure, and/or 
toxicologic testing at a Tier 3 level may be required.
    (8) A manufacturer which qualifies for and has elected to use the 
special provisions for the products of small businesses (pursuant to 
Sec. 79.58(d)) may be required to conduct emission characterization, 
exposure, and/or toxicologic studies at the Tier 3 level for such 
products, as specified in Sec. 79.58(d)(4).
    (9) The examples of potential Tier 3 tests described in this section 
do not in any way limit EPA's broad discretion and authority under Tier 
3.



Sec. 79.55  Base fuel specifications.

    (a) General Characteristics. (1) The base fuel(s) in each fuel 
family shall serve as the group representative(s) for the baseline 
group(s) in each fuel family pursuant to Sec. 79.56. Also, as specified 
in Sec. 79.51(h)(1), for fuel additives undergoing testing, the 
designated base fuel for the respective fuel family shall serve as the 
substrate in which the additive shall be mixed prior to the generation 
of emissions.
    (2) Base fuels shall contain a limited complement of the additives 
which are essential for the fuel's production or distribution and/or for 
the successful operation of the test vehicle/engine throughout the 
mileage accumulation and emission generation periods. Such additives 
shall be used at the minimum effective concentration-in-use for the base 
fuel in question.
    (3) Unless otherwise restricted, the presence of trace contaminants 
does not preclude the use of a fuel or fuel additive as a component of a 
base fuel formulation.
    (4) When an additive is the test subject, any additive normally 
contained in the base fuel which serves the same function as the subject 
additive shall be removed from the base fuel formulation. For example, 
if a corrosion inhibitor were the subject of testing and if this 
additive were to be tested in a base fuel which normally contained a 
corrosion inhibitor, this test additive would replace the corrosion 
inhibitor normally included as a component of the base fuel.
    (5) Additive components of the methanol, ethanol, methane, and 
propane base fuels in addition to any such additives included below 
shall be limited to those recommended by the manufacturers of the 
vehicles and/or engines used in testing such fuels. For this purpose, 
EPA will review requests from manufacturers (or their agents) to modify 
the additive specifications for the alternative fuels and, if necessary, 
EPA shall change these specifications based on consistency of those 
changes with the associated vehicle manufacturer's recommendations for 
the operation of the vehicle. EPA shall publish notice of any such 
changes to a base fuel and/or its base additive package specifications 
in the Federal Register.
    (b) Gasoline Base Fuel. (1) The gasoline base fuel is patterned 
after the reformulated gasoline summer baseline fuel as specified in CAA 
section 211(k)(10)(B)(i). The specifications and blending tolerances for 
the gasoline base fuel are listed in table F94-1. The additive types 
which shall be required and/or permissible in the gasoline base fuel are 
listed in table 1 as well.

[[Page 501]]



               Table F94-1--Gasoline Base Fuel Properties
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
API Gravity..................................  57.40.3
Sulfur, ppm..................................  33925
Benzene, vol%................................  1.530.3
RVP, psi.....................................  8.70.3
Octane, (R+M)/2..............................  87.30.5
Distillation Parameters:
  10%,  deg.F................................  1285
  50%,  deg.F................................  2185
  90%,  deg.F................................  3305
Aromatics, vol%..............................  32.02.7
Olefins, vol%................................  9.22.5
Saturates, vol%..............................  58.82.0
Additive Types:
  Required...................................  Deposit Control
                                               Corrosion Inhibitor
                                               Demulsifier
                                               Anti-oxidant
                                               Metal Deactivator
  Permissible................................  Anti-static
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The additive components of the gasoline base fuel shall contain 
compounds comprised of no elements other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, 
nitrogen, and sulfur. Additives shall be used at the minimum 
concentration needed to perform effectively in the gasoline base fuel. 
In no case shall their concentration in the base fuel exceed the maximum 
concentration recommended by the additive manufacturer. The increment of 
sulfur contributed to the formulation by any additive shall not exceed 
15 parts per million sulfur by weight and shall not cause the gasoline 
base fuel to exceed the sulfur specifications in table F94-1 of this 
section.
    (c) Diesel Base Fuel. (1) The diesel base fuel shall be a #2 diesel 
fuel having the properties and blending tolerances shown in table F94-2 
of this section. The additive types which shall be permissible in diesel 
base fuel are presented in table F94-2 as well.

                Table F94-2--Diesel Base Fuel Properties
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
API Gravity..................................  331
Sulfur, wt%..................................  0.050.0025
Cetane Number................................  45.22
Cetane Index.................................  45.72
Distillation Parameters:
  10%,  deg.F................................  4335
  50%,  deg.F................................  5165
  90%,  deg.F................................  6065
Aromatics, vol%..............................  38.42.7
Olefins, vol%................................  1.50.4
Saturates, vol%..............................  60.12.0
Additive Types:
  Required...................................  Corrosion Inhibitor
                                               Demulsifier
                                               Anti-oxidant
                                               Metal Deactivator
  Permitted..................................  Anti-static
                                               Flow Improver
  Not Permitted..............................  Deposit Control
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The additive components of the diesel base fuel shall contain 
compounds comprised of no elements other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, 
nitrogen, and sulfur. Additives shall be used at the minimum 
concentration needed to perform effectively in the diesel base fuel. In 
no case shall their concentration in the base fuel exceed the maximum 
concentration recommended by the additive manufacturer. The increment of 
sulfur contributed to the base fuel by additives shall not cause the 
diesel base fuel to exceed the sulfur specifications in table F94-2 of 
this section.
    (d) Methanol Base Fuels. (1) The methanol base fuels shall contain 
no elements other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, and 
chlorine.
    (2) The M100 base fuel shall consist of 100 percent by volume 
chemical grade methanol.
    (3) The M85 base fuel is to contain 85 percent by volume chemical 
grade methanol, blended with 15 percent by volume gasoline base fuel 
meeting the gasoline base fuel specifications outlined in paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section. Manufacturers shall ensure the methanol 
compatibility of lubricating oils as well as fuel additives used in the 
gasoline portion of the M85 base fuel.
    (4) The methanol base fuels shall meet the specifications listed in 
table F94-3.

               Table F94-3--Methanol Base Fuel Properties
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
M100:
    Chemical Grade MeOH, vol%..................................      100
    Chlorine (as chlorides), wt%, max..........................   0.0001
    Water, wt%, max............................................      0.5
    Sulfur, wt%, max...........................................    0.002
M85
    Chemical Grade MeOH, vol%,.................................       85
    Gasoline Base Fuel, vol%...................................       15
    Chlorine (as chlorides), wt%, max..........................   0.0001
    Water, wt%, max............................................      0.5
    Sulfur, wt%, max...........................................    0.004
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) Ethanol Base Fuel. (1) The ethanol base fuel, E85, shall contain 
no elements other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, 
chlorine, and copper.

[[Page 502]]

    (2) The ethanol base fuel shall contain 85 percent by volume 
chemical grade ethanol, blended with 15 percent by volume gasoline base 
fuel that meets the specifications listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section. Additives used in the gasoline component of E85 shall be 
ethanol-compatible.
    (3) The ethanol base fuel shall meet the specifications listed in 
table F94-4.

                Table F94-4--Ethanol Base Fuel Properties
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
E85:
    Chemical Grade EtOH, vol%, min.............................       85
    Gasoline Base Fuel, vol%...................................       15
    Chlorine (as chloride), wt%, max...........................   0.0004
    Copper, mg/L, max..........................................     0.07
    Water, wt%, max............................................      0.5
    Sulfur, wt%, max...........................................    0.004
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (f) Methane Base Fuel. (1) The methane base fuel is a gaseous motor 
vehicle fuel marketed commercially as compressed natural gas (CNG), 
whose primary constituent is methane.
    (2) The methane base fuel shall contain no elements other than 
carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur. The fuel shall contain 
an odorant additive for leak detection purposes. The added odorant shall 
be used at a level such that, at ambient conditions, the fuel must have 
a distinctive odor potent enough for its presence to be detected down to 
a concentration in air of not over \1/5\ (one-fifth) of the lower limit 
of flammability. After addition of the odorant, the methane base fuel 
shall contain no more than 16 ppm sulfur by volume.
    (3) The methane base fuel shall meet the specifications listed in 
table F94-5.

              Table F94-5--Methane Base Fuel Specifications
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Methane, mole%, min.............................................    89.0
Ethane, mole%, max..............................................     4.5
Propane and higher HC, mole%, max...............................     2.3
C6 and higher HC, mole%, max....................................     0.2
Oxygen, mole%, max..............................................     0.6
Sulfur (including odorant additive) ppmv, max...................      16
Inert gases:
  Sum of CO2 and N2, mole%, max.................................     4.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (g) Propane Base Fuel. (1) The propane base fuel is a gaseous motor 
vehicle fuel, marketed commercially as liquified petroleum gas (LPG), 
whose primary constituent is propane.
    (2) The propane base fuel may contain no elements other than carbon, 
hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur. The fuel shall contain an 
odorant additive for leak detection purposes. The added odorant shall be 
used at a level such that at ambient conditions the fuel must have a 
distinctive odor potent enough for its presence to be detected down to a 
concentration in air of not over \1/5\ (one-fifth) of the lower limit of 
flammability. After addition of the odorant, the propane base fuel shall 
contain no more than 120 ppm sulfur by weight.
    (3) The propane base fuel shall meet the specifications listed in 
table F94-6.

             Table F94--6--Propane Base Fuel Specifications
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vapor pressure at 100-F, psig, max..............................     208
Evaporative temperature, 95%,  deg.F, max.......................     -37
Propane, vol%, min..............................................    92.5
Propylene, vol%, max............................................     5.0
Butane and heavier, vol%, max...................................     2.5
Residue-evaporation of 100mL, max, mL...........................    0.05
Sulfur (including odorant additive) ppmw, max...................     123
------------------------------------------------------------------------



Sec. 79.56  Fuel and fuel additive grouping system.

    (a) Manufacturers of fuels and fuel additives are allowed to satisfy 
the testing requirements in Secs. 79.52, 79.53, and 79.54 and the 
associated reporting requirements in Sec. 79.59 on an individual or 
group basis, provided that such products meet the criteria in this 
section for enrollment in the same fuel/additive group. However, each 
manufacturer of a fuel or fuel additive must individually comply with 
the notification requirements of Sec. 79.59(b). Further, if a 
manufacturer elects to comply by participation in a group, each 
manufacturer continues to be individually subject to the information 
requirements of this subpart.
    (1) The use of the grouping provision to comply with Tier 1 and Tier 
2 testing requirements is voluntary. No manufacturer is prohibited from 
testing and submitting its own data for its own product registration, 
despite its qualification for membership in a particular group.
    (2) The only groups permitted are those established in this section.
    (b) Each manufacturer who chooses to enroll a fuel or fuel additive 
in a

[[Page 503]]

group of similar fuels and fuel additives as designated in this section 
may satisfy the registration requirements through a group submission of 
jointly-sponsored testing and analysis conducted on a product which is 
representative of all products in that group, provided that the group 
representative is chosen according to the specifications in this 
section.
    (1) The health effects information submitted by a group shall be 
considered applicable to all fuels and fuel additives in the group. A 
fuel or fuel additive manufacturer who has chosen to participate in a 
group may subsequently choose to perform testing of such fuel or fuel 
additive on an individual basis; however, until such independent 
registration information has been received and reviewed by EPA, the 
information initially submitted by the group on behalf of the 
manufacturer's fuel or fuel additive shall be considered applicable and 
valid for that fuel or fuel additive. It could therefore be used to 
support requirements for further testing under the provisions of Tier 3 
or to support regulatory decisions affecting that fuel or fuel additive.
    (2) Manufacturers are responsible for determining the appropriate 
groups for their products according to the criteria in this section and 
for enrolling their products into those groups under industry-sponsored 
or other independent brokering arrangements.
    (3) Manufacturers who enroll a fuel or fuel additive into a group 
shall share the applicable costs according to appropriate arrangements 
established by the group. The organization and administration of group 
functions and the development of cost-sharing arrangements are the 
responsibility of the participating manufacturers. If manufacturers are 
unable to agree on fair and equitable cost sharing arrangements and if 
such dispute is referred by one or more manufacturers to EPA for 
resolution, then the provisions in Sec. 79.56(c) (1) and (2) shall 
apply.
    (c) In complying with the registration requirements for a given fuel 
or fuel additive, notwithstanding the enrollment of such fuel or 
additive in a group, a manufacturer may make use of available 
information for any product which conforms to the same grouping criteria 
as the given product. If, for this purpose, a manufacturer wishes to 
rely upon the information previously submitted by another manufacturer 
(or group of manufacturers) for registration of a similar product (or 
group of products), then the previous submitter is entitled to 
reimbursement by the manufacturer for an appropriate portion of the 
applicable costs incurred to obtain and report such information. Such 
entitlement shall remain in effect for a period of fifteen years 
following the date on which the original information was submitted. 
Pursuant to Sec. 79.59(b)(4)(ii), the manufacturer who relies on 
previously-submitted registration data shall certify to EPA that the 
original submitter has been notified and that appropriate reimbursement 
arrangements have been made.
    (1) When private efforts have failed to resolve a dispute about a 
fair amount or method of cost-sharing or reimbursement for testing costs 
incurred under this subpart, then any party involved in that dispute may 
initiate a hearing by filing two signed copies of a request for a 
hearing with a regional office of the American Arbitration Association 
and mailing a copy of the request to EPA. A copy must also be sent to 
each person from whom the filing party seeks reimbursement or who seeks 
reimbursement from that party. The information and fees to be included 
in the request for hearing are specified in 40 CFR 791.20(b) and (c).
    (2) Additional procedures and requirements governing the hearing 
process are those specified in 40 CFR 791.22 through 791.50, 791.60, 
791.85, and 791.105, excluding 40 CFR 791.39(a)(3) and 791.48(d).
    (d) Basis for Classification. (1) Rather than segregating fuels and 
fuel additives into separate groups, the grouping system applies the 
same grouping criteria and creates a single set of groups applicable 
both to fuels and fuel additives.
    (2) Fuels shall be classified pursuant to Sec. 79.56(e) into 
categories and groups of similar fuels and fuel additives according to 
the components and characteristics of such fuels in their uncombusted 
state. The classification

[[Page 504]]

of a fuel product must take into account the components of all bulk fuel 
additives which are listed in the registration application or basic 
registration data submitted for the fuel product.
    (3) Fuel additives shall be classified pursuant to Sec. 79.56(e) 
into categories and groups of similar fuels and fuel additives according 
to the components and characteristics of the respective uncombusted 
additive/base fuel mixture pursuant to Sec. 79.51(h)(1).
    (4) In determining the category and group to which a fuel or fuel 
additive belongs, impurities present in trace amounts shall be ignored 
unless otherwise noted. Impurities are those substances which are 
present through contamination or which remain in the fuel or additive 
naturally after processing is completed.
    (5) Reference Standards. (i) American Society for Testing and 
Materials (ASTM) standard D 4814-93a, ``Standard Specification for 
Automotive Spark-Ignition Engine Fuel'', used to define the general 
characteristics of gasoline fuels (paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A)(3) of this 
section) and ASTM standard D 975-93, ``Standard Specification for Diesel 
Fuel Oils'', used to define the general characteristics of diesel fuels 
(paragraph (e)(3)(ii)(A)(3) of this section) have been incorporated by 
reference.
    (ii) This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of 
the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 
51. Copies may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and 
Materials (ASTM), 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Copies may 
be inspected at U.S. EPA, OAR, 401 M Street SW., Washington, DC, 20460 
or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street NW., 
suite 700, Washington, DC.
    (e) Grouping Criteria. The grouping system is represented by a 
matrix of three fuel/additive categories within six specified fuel 
families (see table F94-7, Grouping System for Fuels and Fuel 
Additives). Each category may include one or more groups. Within each 
group, a representative may be designated based on the criteria in this 
section and joint registration information may be developed and 
submitted for member fuels and fuel additives.

                                                Table F94-7--Grouping System for Fuels and Fuel Additives
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Conventional Fuel Families                                   Alternative Fuel Families
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Category                                                                                              Methane (CNG, LNG)
                                     Gasoline  (A)        Diesel  (B)        Methanol (C)         Ethanol (D)             (E)         Propane (LPG)  (F)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baseline........................  One group           One group           Two groups: (1)     One group           One group           One group
                                   represented by      represented by      M100 group          (includes ethanol-  (includes both      represented by
                                   gasoline base       diesel base fuel.   (includes           gasoline            CNG and LNG),       LPG base fuel.
                                   fuel.                                   methanol-gasoline   formulations with   represented by
                                                                           formulations with   at least 50%        CNG base fuel.
                                                                           at least 96%        ethanol)
                                                                           methanol)           represented by
                                                                           represented by      E85 base fuel.
                                                                           M100 base fuel
                                                                           (2) M85 (includes
                                                                           methanol-gasoline
                                                                           formulations with
                                                                           50-95% methanol)
                                                                           represented by
                                                                           M85 base fuel.

[[Page 505]]

 
Non-baseline....................  One group for each  One group for each  One group for each  One group for each  One group to        One group to
                                   gasoline-           oxygen-             individual non-     individual non-     include methane     include propane
                                   oxygenate blend     contributing        methanol, non-      ethanol, non-       formulations        formulations
                                   or each gasoline-   compound or class   gasoline            gasoline            exceeding the       exceeding the
                                   methanol/co-        of compounds; one   component and one   component and one   specified limit     specified limit
                                   solvent blend;      group for each      group for each      group for each      for non-methane     for butane and
                                   one group for       synthetic crude-    unique              unique              hydrocarbons.       higher
                                   each synthetic      derived fuel.       combination of      combination of                          hydrocarbons.
                                   crude-derived                           such components.    such components.
                                   fuel.
Atypical........................  One group for each  One group for each  One group for each  One group for each  One group for each  One group for each
                                   atypical element/   atypical element/   atypical element/   atypical element/   atypical element/   atypical element/
                                   characteristic,     characteristic,     characteristic,     characteristic,     characteristic,     characteristic,
                                   or unique           or unique           or unique           or unique           or unique           or unique
                                   combination of      combination of      combination of      combination of      combination of      combination of
                                   atypical elements/  atypical elements/  atypical elements/  atypical elements/  atypical elements/  atypical elements/
                                   characteristics.    characteristics.    characteristics.    characteristics.    characteristics.    characteristics.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (1) Fuel Families. Each of the following six fuel families (Table 
F94-7, columns A-F) includes fuels of the type referenced in the name of 
the family as well as bulk and aftermarket additives which are intended 
for use in those fuels. When applied to fuel additives, the criteria in 
these descriptions refer to the associated additive/base fuel mixture, 
pursuant to Sec. 79.51(h)(1). One or more base fuel formulations are 
specified for each fuel family pursuant to Sec. 79.55.
    (i) The Gasoline Family includes fuels composed of more than 50 
percent gasoline by volume and their associated fuel additives. The base 
fuel for this family is specified in Sec. 79.55(b).
    (ii) The Diesel Family includes fuels composed of more than 50 
percent diesel fuel by volume and their associated fuel additives. The 
Diesel fuel family includes both Diesel #1 and Diesel #2 formulations. 
The base fuel for this family is specified in Sec. 79.55(c).
    (iii) The Methanol Family includes fuels composed of at least 50 
percent methanol by volume and their associated fuel additives. The M100 
and M85 base fuels are specified in Sec. 79.55(d).
    (iv) The Ethanol Family includes fuels composed of at least 50 
percent ethanol by volume and their associated fuel additives. The base 
fuel for this family is E85 as specified in Sec. 79.55(e).
    (v) The Methane Family includes compressed natural gas (CNG) and 
liquefied natural gas (LNG) fuels containing at least 50 mole percent 
methane and their associated fuel additives. The base fuel for the 
family is a CNG formulation specified in Sec. 79.55(f).
    (vi) The Propane Family includes propane fuels containing at least 
50 percent propane by volume and their associated fuel additives. The 
base fuel for this family is a liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) as 
specified in Sec. 79.55(g).
    (vii) A manufacturer seeking registration for formulation(s) which 
do not fit the criteria for inclusion in any of the fuel families 
described in this section shall contact EPA at the address in 
Sec. 79.59(a)(1) for further guidance in classifying and testing such 
formulation(s).
    (2) Fuel/Additive Categories. Fuel/additive categories (Table F94-7, 
rows 1-3) are subdivisions of fuel families which represent the degree 
to which fuels and fuel additives in the family resemble the base 
fuel(s) designated for the family. Three general category types are 
defined in this section. When applied to fuel additives, the criteria in 
these descriptions refer to the associated additive/base fuel mixture, 
pursuant to Sec. 79.51(h)(1).
    (i) Baseline categories consist of fuels and fuel additives which 
contain

[[Page 506]]

no elements other than those permitted in the base fuel for the 
respective fuel family and conform to specified limitations on the 
amounts of certain components or characteristics applicable to that fuel 
family.
    (ii) Non-Baseline Categories consist of fuels and fuel additives 
which contain no elements other than those permitted in the base fuel 
for the respective fuel family, but which exceed one or more of the 
limitations for certain specified components or characteristics 
applicable to baseline formulations in that fuel family.
    (iii) Atypical Categories consist of fuels and fuel additives which 
contain elements or classes of compounds other than those permitted in 
the base fuel for the respective fuel family or which otherwise do not 
meet the criteria for either baseline or non-baseline formulations in 
that fuel family. A fuel or fuel additive product having both non-
baseline and atypical characteristics pursuant to Sec. 79.56(e)(3), 
shall be considered to be an atypical product.
    (3) This section defines the specific categories applicable to each 
fuel family. When applied to fuel additives, the criteria in these 
descriptions refer to the associated additive/base fuel mixture, 
pursuant to Sec. 79.51(h)(1).
    (i) Gasoline Categories. (A) The Baseline Gasoline category contains 
gasoline fuels and associated additives which satisfy all of the 
following criteria:
    (1) Contain no elements other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, 
nitrogen, and/or sulfur.
    (2) Contain less than 1.5 percent oxygen by weight.
    (3) Sulfur concentration is limited to 1000 ppm per the 
specifications cited in the following paragraph.
    (4) Possess the physical and chemical characteristics of unleaded 
gasoline as specified by ASTM standard D 4814-93a (incorporated by 
reference, pursuant to paragraph (d)(5) of this section), in at least 
one Seasonal and Geographical Volatility Class.
    (5) Derived only from conventional petroleum, heavy oil deposits, 
coal, tar sands, and/or oil sands.
    (B) The Non-Baseline Gasoline category is comprised of gasoline 
fuels and associated additives which conform to the specifications in 
paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A) of this section for the Baseline Gasoline 
category except that they contain 1.5 percent or more oxygen by weight 
and/or may be derived from sources other than those listed in paragraph 
(e)(3)(i)(A)(5) of this section.
    (C) The Atypical Gasoline category is comprised of gasoline fuels 
and associated additives which contain one or more elements other than 
carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
    (ii) Diesel Categories. (A) The Baseline Diesel category is 
comprised of diesel fuels and associated additives which satisfy all of 
the following criteria:
    (1) Contain no elements other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, 
nitrogen, and/or sulfur. Pursuant to 40 CFR 80.29, highway diesel sold 
after October 1, 1993 shall contain 0.05 percent or less sulfur by 
weight;
    (2) Contain less than 1.0 percent oxygen by weight;
    (3) Diesel formulations containing more than 0.05 percent sulfur by 
weight are precluded by 40 CFR 80.29;
    (4) Possess the characteristics of diesel fuel as specified by ASTM 
standard D 975-93 (incorporated by reference, pursuant to paragraph 
(d)(5) of this section); and
    (5) Derived only from conventional petroleum, heavy oil deposits, 
coal, tar sands, and/or oil sands.
    (B) The Non-Baseline Diesel category is comprised of diesel fuels 
and associated additives which conform to the specifications in 
paragraph (e)(3)(ii)(A) of this section for the Baseline Diesel category 
except that they contain 1.0 percent or more oxygen by weight and/or may 
be derived from sources other than those listed in paragraph 
(e)(3)(ii)(A)(5) of this section.
    (C) The Atypical Diesel category is comprised of diesel fuels and 
associated additives which contain one or more elements other than 
carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
    (iii) Methanol Categories. (A) The Baseline Methanol category is 
comprised of methanol fuels and associated additives which contain at 
least 50 percent methanol by volume, no more

[[Page 507]]

than 4.0 percent by volume of substances other than methanol and 
gasoline, and no elements other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, 
sulfur, and/or chlorine. Baseline methanol shall contain no more than 
0.004 percent by weight of sulfur or 0.0001 percent by weight of 
chlorine.
    (B) The Non-Baseline Methanol category is comprised of fuel blends 
which contain at least 50 percent methanol by volume, more than 4.0 
percent by volume of a substance(s) other than methanol and gasoline, 
and meet the baseline limitations on elemental composition in paragraph 
(e)(3)(iii)(A) of this section.
    (C) The Atypical Methanol category consists of methanol fuels and 
associated additives which do not meet the criteria for either the 
Baseline or the Non-Baseline Methanol category.
    (iv) Ethanol Categories. (A) The Baseline Ethanol category is 
comprised of ethanol fuels and associated additives which contain at 
least 50 percent ethanol by volume, no more than five (5) percent by 
volume of substances other than ethanol and gasoline, and no elements 
other than carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, chlorine, and 
copper. Baseline ethanol formulations shall contain no more than 0.004 
percent by weight of sulfur, 0.0004 percent by weight of chlorine, and/
or 0.07 mg/L of copper.
    (B) The Non-Baseline Ethanol category is comprised of fuel blends 
which contain at least 50 percent ethanol by volume, more than five (5) 
percent by volume of a substance(s) other than ethanol and gasoline, and 
meet the baseline limitations on elemental composition in paragraph 
(e)(3)(iv)(A) of this section.
    (C) The Atypical Ethanol category consists of ethanol fuels and 
associated additives which do not meet the criteria for either the 
Baseline or the Non-Baseline Ethanol categories.
    (v) Methane Categories. (A) The Baseline Methane category is 
comprised of methane fuels and associated additives (including at least 
an odorant additive) which contain no elements other than carbon, 
hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and/or sulfur, and contain no more than 20 
mole percent non-methane hydrocarbons. Baseline methane formulations 
shall not contain more than 16 ppm by volume of sulfur, including any 
sulfur which may be contributed by the odorant additive.
    (B) The Non-Baseline Methane category consists of methane fuels and 
associated additives which conform to the specifications in paragraph 
(e)(3)(v)(A) of this section for the Baseline Methane category except 
that they exceed 20 mole percent non-methane hydrocarbons.
    (C) The Atypical Methane category consists of methane fuels and 
associated additives which contain one or more elements other than 
carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and/or sulfur, or exceed 16 ppm by 
volume of sulfur.
    (vi) Propane Categories. (A) The Baseline Propane category is 
comprised of propane fuels and associated additives (including at least 
an odorant additive) which contain no elements other than carbon, 
hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and/or sulfur, and contain no more than 20 
percent by volume non-propane hydrocarbons. Baseline Propane 
formulations shall not contain more than 123 ppm by weight of sulfur, 
including any sulfur which may be contributed by the odorant additive.
    (B) The Non-Baseline Propane category consists of propane fuels and 
associated additives which conform to the specifications in paragraph 
(e)(3)(vi)(A) of this section for the Baseline Propane category, except 
that they exceed the 20 percent by volume limit for butane and higher 
hydrocarbons.
    (C) The Atypical Propane category consists of propane fuels and 
associated additives which contain elements other than carbon, hydrogen, 
oxygen, nitrogen, and/or sulfur, or exceed 123 ppm by weight of sulfur.
    (4) Fuel/Additive Groups. Fuel/additive groups are subdivisions of 
the fuel/additive categories. One or more group(s) are defined within 
each category in each fuel family according to the presence of differing 
characteristics in the fuel or additive/base fuel mixture. For each 
group, one formulation (either a base fuel or a member fuel or additive 
product) is chosen to represent all the member products in the group in 
any tests required under this subpart. The

[[Page 508]]

section which follows describes the fuel/additive groups.
    (i) Baseline Groups. (A) The Baseline Gasoline category comprises a 
single group. The gasoline base fuel specified in Sec. 79.55(b) shall 
serve as the representative of this group.
    (B) The Baseline Diesel category comprises a single group. The 
diesel base fuel specified in Sec. 79.55(c) shall serve as the 
representative of this group.
    (C) The Baseline Methanol category includes two groups: M100 and 
M85. The M100 group consists of methanol-gasoline formulations 
containing at least 96 percent methanol by volume. These formulations 
must contain odorants and bitterants (limited in elemental composition 
to carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, and chlorine) for 
prevention of purposeful or inadvertent consumption. The M100 base fuel 
specified in Sec. 79.55(d) shall serve as the representative for this 
group. The M85 group consists of methanol-gasoline formulations 
containing at least 50 percent by volume but less than 96 percent by 
volume methanol. The M85 base fuel specified in Sec. 79.55(d) shall 
serve as the representative of this group.
    (D) The Baseline Ethanol category comprises a single group. The E85 
base fuel specified in Sec. 79.55(e) shall serve as the representative 
of this group.
    (E) The Baseline Methane category comprises a single group. The CNG 
base fuel specified in Sec. 79.55(f) shall serve as the representative 
of this group.
    (F) The Baseline Propane category comprises a single group. The LPG 
base fuel specified in Sec. 79.55(g) shall serve as the representative 
of this group.
    (ii) Non-Baseline Groups--(A) Non-Baseline Gasoline. The Non-
Baseline gasoline fuels and associated additives shall sort into groups 
according to the following criteria:
    (1) For gasoline fuel and additive products which contain 1.5 
percent oxygen by weight or more, a separate non-baseline gasoline group 
shall be defined by each oxygenate compound or methanol/co-solvent blend 
listed as a component in the registration application or basic 
registration data of any such fuel or additive.
    (i) Examples of oxygenates occurring in non-baseline gasoline 
formulations include ethanol, methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE), ethyl 
tertiary butyl ether (ETBE), tertiary amyl methyl ether (TAME), 
diisopropyl ether (DIPE), dimethyl ether (DME), tertiary amyl ethyl 
ether (TAEE), and any other compound(s) which increase the oxygen 
content of the gasoline formulation. A separate non-baseline gasoline 
group is defined for each such oxygenating compound.
    (ii) Each unique methanol and co-solvent combination (whether one, 
two, or more additional oxygenate compounds) used in a non-baseline fuel 
shall also define a separate group. An oxygenate compound used as a co-
solvent for methanol in a non-baseline gasoline formulation must be 
identified as such in its registration. If the oxygenate is not 
identified as a methanol co-solvent, then the compound shall be regarded 
by EPA as defining a separate non-baseline gasoline group. Examples of 
methanol/co-solvent combinations occurring in non-baseline gasoline 
formulations include methanol/isopropyl alcohol, methanol/butanol, and 
methanol with alcohols up to C8/octanol (Octamix).
    (iii) For each such group, the representative to be used in testing 
shall be a formulation consisting of the gasoline base fuel blended with 
the relevant oxygenate compound (or methanol/co-solvent combination) in 
an amount equivalent to the highest actual or recommended concentration-
in-use of the oxygenate (or methanol/co-solvent combination) recorded in 
the basic registration data of any member fuel or additive product. In 
the event that two or more products in the same group contain the same 
and highest amount of the oxygenate or methanol/co-solvent blend, then 
the representative shall be chosen at random for such candidate 
products.
    (2) An oxygenate compound or methanol/co-solvent combination to be 
blended with the gasoline base fuel for testing purposes shall be 
chemical-grade quality, at a minimum, and shall not contain a 
significant amount of other contaminating oxygenate compounds.

[[Page 509]]

    (3) Separate non-baseline gasoline groups shall also be defined for 
gasoline formulations derived from each particular petroleum source not 
listed in paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A)(5) of this section.
    (i) Such groups may include, but are not limited to, those derived 
from shale, used oil, waste plastics, and other recycled chemical/
petrochemical products.
    (4) Pursuant to Sec. 79.51(i), non-baseline gasoline products may 
belong to more than one fuel/additive group.
    (B) Non-Baseline Diesel. The Non-Baseline diesel fuels and 
associated additives shall sort into groups according to the following 
criteria:
    (1) For diesel fuel and additive products which contain 1.0 percent 
or more oxygen by weight in the form of alcohol(s) and/or ether(s):
    (i) A separate non-baseline diesel group shall be defined by each 
individual alcohol or ether listed as a component in the registration 
application or basic registration data of any such fuel or additive.
    (ii) For each such group, the representative to be used in testing 
shall be a formulation consisting of the diesel base fuel blended with 
the relevant alcohol or ether in an amount equivalent to the highest 
actual or recommended concentration-in-use of the alcohol or ether 
recorded in the basic registration data of any member fuel or additive 
product.
    (2) A separate non-baseline diesel group is also defined for each of 
the following classes of oxygenating compounds: mixed nitroso-compounds; 
mixed nitro-compounds; mixed alkyl nitrates; mixed alkyl nitrites; 
peroxides; furans; mixed alkyl esters of plant and/or animal origin 
(biodiesel). For each such group, the representative to be used in 
testing shall be formulated as follows:
    (i) From the class of compounds which defines the group, a 
particular oxygenate compound shall be chosen from among all such 
compounds recorded in the registration application or basic registration 
data of any fuel or additive in the group.
    (ii) The selected compound shall be the one recorded in any member 
product's registration application with the highest actual or 
recommended maximum concentration-in-use.
    (iii) In the event that two or more oxygenate compounds in the 
relevant class have the highest recorded concentration-in-use, then the 
oxygenate compound to be used in the group representative shall be 
chosen at random from the qualifying candidate compounds.
    (iv) The compound thus selected shall be the group representative, 
and shall be used in testing at the following concentration:
    (A) For biodiesel groups, the representative shall be 100 percent 
biodiesel fuel.
    (B) Otherwise, the group representative shall be the selected 
compound mixed into diesel base fuel at the maximum recommended 
concentration-in-use.
    (3) Separate non-baseline diesel groups shall also be defined for 
diesel formulations derived from each particular petroleum source not 
listed in paragraph (e)(3)(i)(A)(5) of this section.
    (i) Such groups may include, but are not limited to, those derived 
from shale, used oil, waste plastics, and other recycled chemical/
petrochemical products.
    (ii) In any such group, the first product to be registered or to 
apply for EPA registration shall be the representative of that group. If 
two or more products are registered or apply for first registration 
simultaneously, then the representative shall be chosen by a random 
method from among such candidate products.
    (4) Pursuant to Sec. 79.51(i), non-baseline diesel products may 
belong to more than one fuel/additive group.
    (C) Non-Baseline Methanol. The Non-Baseline methanol formulations 
are sorted into groups based on the non-methanol, non-gasoline 
component(s) of the blended fuel. Each such component occurring 
separately and each unique combination of such components shall define a 
separate group.
    (1) The representative of each such non-baseline methanol group 
shall be the group member with the highest percent by volume of non-
methanol, non-gasoline component(s).

[[Page 510]]

    (2) In case two or more such members have the same and highest 
concentration of non-methanol, non-gasoline component(s), the 
representative of the group shall be chosen at random from among such 
equivalent member products.
    (D) Non-Baseline Ethanol. The Non-Baseline ethanol formulations are 
sorted into groups based on the non-ethanol, non-gasoline component(s) 
of the blended fuel. Each such component occurring separately and each 
unique combination of such components shall define a separate group.
    (1) The representative of each such non-baseline ethanol group shall 
be the group member with the highest percent by volume of non-ethanol, 
non-gasoline component(s).
    (2) In case two or more such members have the same and highest 
concentration of non-ethanol, non-gasoline component(s), the 
representative of the group shall be chosen at random from among such 
equivalent member products.
    (E) Non-Baseline Methane. The Non-Baseline methane category consists 
of one group. The group representative shall be the member fuel or fuel/
additive formulation containing the highest concentration-in-use of non-
methane hydrocarbons. If two or more member products have the same and 
the highest concentration-in-use, then the representative shall be 
chosen at random from such products.
    (F) Non-Baseline Propane. The Non-Baseline propane category consists 
of one group. The group representative shall be the member fuel or fuel/
additive formulation containing the highest concentration-in-use of 
butane and higher hydrocarbons. If two or more products have the same 
and the highest concentration-in-use, then the representative shall be 
chosen at random from such products.
    (iii) Atypical groups. (A) As defined for each individual fuel 
family in Sec. 79.56(e)(3), fuels and additives meeting any one of the 
following criteria are considered atypical.
    (1) Gasoline Atypical fuels and additives contain one or more 
elements in addition to carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
    (2) Diesel Atypical fuels and additives contain one or more element 
in addition to carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur.
    (3) Methanol Atypical fuels and additives contain:
    (i) one or more element in addition to carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, 
nitrogen, sulfur, and chlorine, and/or
    (ii) sulfur in excess of 0.004 percent by weight, and/or
    (iii) chlorine in excess of 0.0001 percent by weight.
    (4) Ethanol Atypical fuels and additives contain:
    (i) one or more element in addition to carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, 
nitrogen, sulfur, chlorine, and copper, and/or
    (ii) sulfur in excess of 0.004 percent by weight, and/or
    (iii) contain chlorine (as chloride) in excess of 0.0004 percent by 
weight, and/or
    (iv) contain copper in excess of 0.07 mg/L.
    (5) Methane Atypical fuels and additives contain:
    (i) one or more element in addition to carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, 
nitrogen, and sulfur, and/or
    (ii) sulfur in excess of 16 ppm by volume.
    (6) Propane Atypical fuels and additives contain:
    (i) one or more element in addition to carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, 
nitrogen, and sulfur, and/or
    (ii) sulfur in excess of 123 ppm by weight.
    (B) General rules for sorting these atypical fuels and additives 
into separate groups are as follows:
    (1) Pursuant to Sec. 79.51(j), a given atypical product may belong 
to more than one atypical group.
    (2) Fuels and additives in different fuel families may not be 
grouped together, even if they contain the same atypical element(s) or 
other atypical characteristic(s).
    (3) A fuel or additive containing one or more atypical elements 
attached to a polymer compound must be sorted into a separate group from 
atypical fuels or fuel additives containing the same atypical element(s) 
in non-polymer form. However, the occurrence of a

[[Page 511]]

polymer compound which does not contain an atypical element does not 
affect the grouping of a fuel or additive.
    (C) Specific rules for sorting each family's atypical fuels and 
additives into separate groups, and for choosing each such group's 
representative for testing, are as follows:
    (1) A separate group is created for each atypical element (or other 
atypical characteristic) occurring separately, i.e., in the absence of 
any other atypical element or characteristic, in one or more fuels and/
or additives within a given fuel family.
    (i) Consistent with the basic grouping guidelines provided in 
Sec. 79.56(d), a fuel product which is classified as atypical because 
its basic registration data or application lists a bulk additive 
containing an atypical characteristic, may be grouped with that additive 
and/or with other fuels and additives containing the same atypical 
characteristic.
    (ii) Within a group of products containing only one atypical element 
or characteristic, the fuel or additive/base fuel mixture with the 
highest concentration-in-use or recommended concentration-in-use of the 
atypical element or characteristic shall be the designated 
representative of that group. In the event that two or more fuels or 
additive/base fuel mixtures within the group contain the same and 
highest concentration of the single atypical element or characteristic, 
then the group representative shall be selected by a random method from 
among such candidate products.
    (2) A separate group is also created for each unique combination of 
atypical elements (and/or other specified atypical characteristics) 
occurring together in one or more fuels and/or additives within a given 
fuel family.
    (i) Consistent with the basic grouping guidelines provided in 
Sec. 79.56(d), a fuel which is classified as atypical because its basic 
registration data lists one bulk additive containing two or more 
atypical characteristics, may be grouped with that additive and/or with 
other fuels and/or additives containing the same combination of atypical 
characteristics. Grouping of fuels containing more than one atypical 
additive shall be guided by provisions of Sec. 79.51(j).
    (ii) Within a group of such products containing a unique combination 
of two or more atypical elements or characteristics, the designated 
representative shall be the product within the group which contains the 
highest total concentration of the atypical elements or characteristics.
    (iii) In the event that two or more products within a given atypical 
group contain the same and highest concentration of the same atypical 
elements or characteristics then, among such candidate products, the 
designated representative shall be the product which, first, has the 
highest total concentration of metals, followed in order by highest 
total concentration of halogens, highest total concentration of other 
atypical elements (including sulfur concentration, as applicable), 
highest total concentration of polymers containing atypical elements, 
and, lastly, highest total concentration of oxygen.
    (iv) If two or more products have the same and highest concentration 
of the variable identified in the preceding paragraph, then, among such 
products, the one with the greatest concentration of the next highest 
variable on the list shall be the group representative.
    (v) This decision-making process shall continue until a single 
product is determined to be the representative. If two or more products 
remain tied at the end of this process, then the representative shall be 
chosen by a random method from among such remaining products.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, as amended at 62 FR 12571, Mar. 17, 1997]



Sec. 79.57  Emission generation.

    This section specifies the equipment and procedures that must be 
used in generating the emissions which are to be subjected to the 
characterization procedures and/or the biological tests specified in 
Secs. 79.52(b) and 79.53 of these regulations. When applicable, they may 
also be required in conjunction with testing under Secs. 79.54 and 
79.58(c). Additional requirements concerning emission generation, 
delivery, dilution, quality control, and safety practices are outlined 
in Sec. 79.61.

[[Page 512]]

    (a) Vehicle and engine selection criteria. (1) All vehicles and 
engines used to generate emissions for testing a fuel or additive/fuel 
mixture must be new (i.e., never before titled) and placed into the 
program with less than 500 miles on the odometer or 12 hours on the 
engine chronometer. The vehicles and engines shall be unaltered from the 
specifications of the original equipment manufacturer.
    (2) The vehicle/engine type, vehicle/engine class, and vehicle/
engine subclass designated to generate emissions for a given fuel or 
additive shall be the same type, class, and subclass which, over the 
previous three years, has consumed the most gallons of fuel in the fuel 
family applicable to the given fuel or additive. No distinction shall be 
made between light-duty vehicles and light-duty trucks for purposes of 
this classification.
    (3) Within this vehicle/engine type, class, and subclass, the 
specific vehicles and engines acceptable for emission generation are 
those that represent the most common fuel metering system and the most 
common of the most important emission control system devices or 
characteristics with respect to emission reduction performance for the 
model year in which testing begins. These vehicles will be determined 
through a survey of the previous model year's vehicle/engine sales 
within the given subclass. These characteristics shall include, but need 
not be limited to, aftertreatment device(s), fuel aspiration, air 
injection, exhaust gas recirculation, and feedback type.
    (4) Within the applicable subclass, the five highest selling 
vehicle/engine models that contain the most common such equipment and 
characteristics shall be determined. Any of these five models of the 
current model year (at the time testing begins) may be selected for 
emission generation.
    (i) If one or more of the five models is not available for the 
current model year, the choice of model for emission generation shall be 
limited to those remaining among the five.
    (ii) If fewer than five models of the given vehicle/engine type are 
available for the current model year, all such models shall be eligible.
    (5) When the fuel or fuel additive undergoing testing is not 
commonly used or intended to be used in the vehicle/engine types 
prescribed by this selection procedure, or when rebuilding or alteration 
is required to obtain a suitable vehicle/engine for emission generation, 
the manufacturer may submit a request to EPA for a modification in test 
procedure requirements. Any such request must include objective test 
results which support the claim that a more appropriate vehicle/engine 
type is needed as well as a suggested substitute vehicle/engine type. 
The vehicle/engine selection in this case shall be approved by EPA prior 
to the start of testing.
    (6) Once a particular model has been chosen on which to test a fuel 
or additive product, all mileage accumulation and generation of 
emissions for characterization and biological testing of such product 
shall be conducted on that same model.
    (i) If the initial test vehicle/engine fails or must be replaced for 
any reason, emission generation shall continue with a second vehicle/
engine which is identical to, or resembles to the greatest extent 
possible, the initial test vehicle/engine. If more than one replacement 
vehicle/engine is necessary, all such vehicles/engines shall be 
identical, or resemble to the greatest extent possible, the initial test 
vehicle/engine.
    (ii) Manufacturers are encouraged to obtain, at the start of a test 
program, more than one emission generation vehicle/engine of the 
identical model, to ensure the availability of back-up emission 
generator(s). All backup vehicles/engines must be conditioned and must 
have their emissions fully characterized, as done for the initial test 
vehicle/engine, prior to their use as emission generators for biological 
testing. Alternating between such vehicles/engines regularly during the 
course of testing is permissible and advisable, particularly to allow 
regular maintenance on such vehicles/engines during prolonged health 
effects testing.
    (b) Vehicle/engine operation and maintenance. (1) For the purpose of 
generating combustion emissions from a fuel or additive/base fuel 
mixture for which the relevant class is light duty, either

[[Page 513]]

a light-duty vehicle shall be operated on a chassis dynamometer or a 
light-duty engine shall be operated on an engine dynamometer. When the 
relevant class is heavy duty, the emissions shall be generated on a 
heavy-duty engine operated on an engine dynamometer. In both cases, the 
vehicle or engine model shall be selected as described in paragraph (a) 
of this section and shall have all applicable fuel and emission control 
systems intact.
    (2) Except as provided in Sec. 79.51(h)(2)(iii), the fuel or 
additive/base fuel mixture being tested shall be used at all times 
during operation of the test vehicle or engine. No other fuels or 
additives shall be used in the test vehicle or engine once mileage 
accumulation has begun until emission generation for emission 
characterization and biological testing purposes is completed.
    (i) A vehicle or engine may be used to generate emissions for the 
testing of more than one fuel or additive, provided that all such fuels 
and additives belong to the same fuel family pursuant to 
Sec. 79.56(e)(i), and that, once a vehicle or engine has been used to 
generate emissions for an atypical fuel or additive (pursuant to 
Sec. 79.56(e)(2)(iii)), it shall not be used in the testing of any other 
fuel or additive. Paragraphs (a) (2) and (3) of this section shall apply 
only to the first fuel or additive tested.
    (ii) Prior to being used to generate emissions for testing an 
additional fuel or additive, a vehicle or engine which has previously 
been used for testing a different fuel or additive shall undergo an 
effective intermediate preconditioning cycle to remove the previously 
used fuel and its emissions from the vehicle's fuel and exhaust systems 
and from the combustion emission and evaporative emission control 
systems, if any.
    (iii) Such preconditioning shall include, at a minimum, the 
following steps:
    (A) The canister (if any) shall be removed from the vehicle and 
purged with 300  deg.F nitrogen at 20 liters per minute until the 
incremental weight loss of the canister is less than 1 gram in 30 
minutes. This typically takes 3-4 hours and removes 100 to 120 grams of 
adsorbed gasoline vapors.
    (B) The fuel tank shall be drained and filled to capacity with the 
new test fuel or additive/fuel mixture.
    (C) The vehicle or engine shall be operated until at least 95% of 
the fuel tank capacity is consumed.
    (D) The purged canister shall be returned to the vehicle.
    (E) The fuel tank shall be drained and filled to 40% capacity with 
test fuel.
    (F) Two-hour fuel tank heat builds from 72-120  deg.F shall be 
performed repeatedly as necessary to achieve canister breakthrough. The 
fuel tank must be drained and filled prior to each heat build.
    (3) Scheduled and unscheduled vehicle/engine maintenance. (i) During 
emission generation, vehicles and engines must be maintained in good 
condition by following the recommendations of the original equipment 
manufacturer (OEM) for scheduled service and parts replacement, with 
repairs performed only as necessary. Modifications, adjustments, and 
maintenance procedures contrary to procedures found in 40 CFR part 86 
for the maintenance of test vehicles/engines or performed solely for the 
purpose of emissions improvement are not allowed.
    (ii) If unscheduled maintenance becomes necessary, the vehicle or 
engine must be repaired to OEM specifications, using OEM or OEM-approved 
parts. In addition, the tester is required to measure the basic 
emissions pursuant to Sec. 79.52(b)(2)(i) after the unscheduled 
maintenance and before resuming testing to ensure that the post-
maintenance emissions shall be within 20 percent of pre-maintenance 
emissions levels. If the basic emissions cannot be brought within 20 
percent of their previous levels, then the manufacturer shall restart 
the emissions characterization and health testing of its products 
combustion emissions using a new vehicle/engine.
    (c) Mileage accumulation. (1) A vehicle/engine break-in period is 
required prior to generating emissions for characterization and/or 
biological testing under this subpart. The required mileage accumulation 
may be accomplished on a test track, on the street, on a dynamometer, or 
using any other conventionally accepted method.

[[Page 514]]

    (2) Vehicles to be used in the evaluation of baseline and non-
baseline fuels and fuel additives shall accumulate 4,000 miles prior to 
emission testing. Engines to be used in the evaluation of baseline and 
non-baseline fuels and fuel additives shall accumulate 125 hours of 
operation on an engine dynamometer prior to emission testing.
    (3) When the test formulation is classified as an atypical fuel or 
fuel additive formulation (pursuant to definitions in 
Sec. 79.56(e)(4)(iii)), the following additional mileage accumulation 
requirements apply:
    (i) The test vehicle/engine must be operated for a minimum of 4,000 
vehicle miles or 125 hours of engine operation.
    (ii) Thereafter, at intervals determined by the tester, all emission 
fractions (i.e., vapor, semi-volatile, and particulate) shall be sampled 
and analyzed for the presence and amount of the atypical element(s) and/
or other atypical constituents. Pursuant to paragraph (d) of this 
section, the sampled emissions must be generated in the absence of an 
intact aftertreatment device. Immediately before the samples are taken, 
a brief warmup period (at least ten miles or the engine equivalent) is 
required.
    (iii) Mileage accumulation shall continue until either 50 percent or 
more of the mass of each atypical element (or other atypical 
constituent) entering the engine can be measured in the exhaust 
emissions (all fractions combined), or the vehicle/engine has 
accumulated mileage (or hours) equivalent to 40 percent of the average 
useful life of the applicable vehicle/engine class (pursuant to 
regulations in 40 CFR part 86). For example, the maximum mileage 
required for light-duty vehicles is 40 percent of 100,000 miles (i.e., 
40,000 miles), while the maximum time of operation for heavy-duty 
engines is the equivalent of 40 percent of 290,000 miles (i.e., the 
equivalent in engine hours of 116,000 miles).
    (iv) When either condition in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section 
has been reached, additional emission characterization and biological 
testing of the emissions may begin.
    (d) Use of exhaust aftertreatment devices. (1) If the selected test 
vehicle/engine, as certified by EPA, does not come equipped with an 
emissions aftertreatment device (such as a catalyst or particulate 
trap), such device shall not be used in the context of this program.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section for 
certain specialized additives, the following provisions apply when the 
test vehicle/engine, as certified by EPA, comes equipped with an 
emissions aftertreatment device.
    (i) For mileage accumulation:
    (A) When the test formulation does not contain any atypical elements 
(pursuant to definitions in Sec. 79.56(e)(4)(iii)), an intact 
aftertreatment device must be used during mileage accumulation.
    (B) When the test formulation does contain atypical elements, then 
the manufacturer may choose to accumulate the required mileage using a 
vehicle/engine equipped with either an intact aftertreatment device or 
with a non-functional aftertreatment device (e.g., a blank catalyst 
without its catalytic wash coat). In either case, sampling and analysis 
of emissions for measurement of the mass of the atypical element(s) (as 
described in Sec. 79.57(c)(3)) must be done on emissions generated with 
a non-functional (blank) aftertreatment device.
    (1) If the manufacturer chooses to accumulate mileage without a 
functional aftertreatment device, and if the manufacturer wishes to do 
this outside of a laboratory/test track setting, then a memorandum of 
exemption for product testing must be obtained by applying to the 
Director of the Field Operations and Support Division (see 
Sec. 79.59(a)(1)).
    (2) [Reserved]
    (ii) For Tier 1 (Sec. 79.52), the total set of requirements for the 
characterization of combustion emissions (Sec. 79.52(b)) must be 
completed two times, once using emissions generated with the 
aftertreatment device intact and a second time with the aftertreatment 
device rendered nonfunctional or replaced with a non-functional 
aftertreatment device as described in paragraph (d)(2)(i)(B) of this 
section.
    (iii) For Tier 2 (Sec. 79.53), the standard requirements for 
biological testing of combustion emissions shall be conducted using 
emissions generated with

[[Page 515]]

a non-functioning aftertreatment device as described in paragraph 
(d)(2)(i)(B) of this section.
    (iv) For alternative Tier 2 requirements (Sec. 79.58(c)) or Tier 3 
requirements (Sec. 79.54) which may be prescribed by EPA, the use of 
functional or nonfunctional aftertreatment devices shall be specified by 
EPA as part of the test guidelines.
    (v) In the case where an intact aftertreatment device is not in 
place, all other manufacturer-specified combustion characteristics 
(e.g., back pressure, residence time, and mixing characteristics) of the 
altered vehicle/engine shall be retained to the greatest extent 
possible.
    (3) Notwithstanding paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section, 
when the subject of testing is a fuel additive specifically intended to 
enhance the effectiveness of exhaust aftertreatment devices, the related 
aftertreatment device may be used on the emission generation vehicle/
engine during all mileage accumulation and testing.
    (e) Generation of combustion emissions--(1) Generating combustion 
emissions for emission characterization. (i) Combustion emissions shall 
be generated according to the exhaust emission portion of the Federal 
Test Procedure (FTP) for the certification of new motor vehicles, found 
in 40 CFR part 86, subpart B for light-duty vehicles/engines, and 
subparts D, M and N for heavy-duty vehicles/engines. The Urban 
Dynamometer Driving Schedule (UDDS), pursuant to 40 CFR part 86, 
appendix I(a), shall apply to light-duty vehicles/engines and the Engine 
Dynamometer Driving Schedule (EDS), pursuant to 40 CFR part 86, appendix 
I(f)(2), shall apply to heavy-duty vehicles/engines. The motoring 
portion of the heavy-duty test cycle may be eliminated, at the 
manufacturer's option, for the generation of emissions.
    (A) For light-duty engines operated on an engine dynamometer, the 
tester shall determine the speed-torque equivalencies (``trace'') for 
its test engine from valid FTP testing performed on a chassis 
dynamometer, using a test vehicle with an engine identical to that being 
tested. The test engine must then be operated under these speed and 
torque specifications to simulate the FTP cycle.
    (B) Special procedures not included in the FTP may be necessary in 
order to characterize emissions from fuels and fuel additives containing 
atypical elements or to collect some types of emissions (e.g., 
particulate emissions from light-duty vehicles/engines, semi-volatile 
emissions from both light-duty and heavy-duty vehicles/engines). Such 
alterations to the FTP are acceptable.
    (C) For Tier 2 testing, the engines shall operate on repeated bags 2 
and 3 of the UDDS or back to back repeats of the heavy-duty transient 
cycle of the EDS.
    (ii) Pursuant to Sec. 79.52(b)(1)(i) and Sec. 79.57(d)(2)(ii), 
emission generation and characterization must be repeated three times 
when the selected vehicle/engine is normally operated without an 
emissions aftertreatment device and six times when the selected vehicle/
engine is normally operated with an emissions aftertreatment device. In 
the latter case, the emission generation and characterization process 
shall be repeated three times with the intact aftertreatment device in 
place and three times with a non-functioning (blank) aftertreatment 
device in place.
    (iii) From both light-duty and heavy-duty vehicles/engines, samples 
of vapor phase, semi-volatile phase, and particulate phase emissions 
shall be collected, except that semi-volatile phase, and particulate 
emissions need not be sampled for fuels and additives in the methane and 
propane families (pursuant to Sec. 79.56(e)(1)(v) and (vi)). The number 
and type of samples to be collected and separately analyzed during one 
emission generation/characterization process are as follows:
    (A) In the case of combustion emissions generated from light-duty 
vehicles/engines, the samples consist of three bags of vapor emissions 
(one from each segment of the light-duty exhaust emission cycle) plus 
one sample of particulate-phase emissions and one sample of semi-
volatile-phase emissions (collected over all segments of the exhaust 
emission cycle). If the mass of particulate emissions or semi-volatile 
emissions obtained during one driving cycle is not sufficient for 
characterization, up to three driving cycles may be

[[Page 516]]

performed and the extracted fractions combined prior to chemical 
analysis. Particulate-phase emissions shall not be combined with semi-
volatile-phase emissions. The test laboratory should focus on the 
characterization of the limit of detection for particulates and semi-
volatile emissions.
    (B) In the case of combustion emissions generated from heavy-duty 
engines, the samples consist of one sample of each emission phase 
(vapor, particulate, and semi-volatile) collected over the entire cold-
start cycle and a second sample of each such phase collected over the 
entire hot-start cycle (see 40 CFR 86.334 through 86.342).
    (iv) Emission collection and storage. (A) Vapor phase emissions 
shall be collected and stored in Tedlar bags for subsequent chemical 
analysis. Storage conditions are specified in Sec. 79.52(b)(2).
    (B) Particulate phase emissions shall be collected on a particulate 
filter (or more than one, if required) using methods described in 40 CFR 
86.1301 through 86.1344. These methods, ordinarily applied only to 
heavy-duty emissions, are to be adapted and used for collection of 
particulates from light-duty vehicles/engines, as well. The particulate 
matter may be stored on the filter in a sealed container, or the soluble 
organic fraction may be extracted and stored in a separate sealed 
container. Both the particulate and the extract shall be shielded from 
ultraviolet light and stored at -20  deg.C or less. Particulate 
emissions shall be tested no later than six months from the date they 
were generated.
    (C) Semi-volatile emissions shall be collected immediately 
downstream from the particulate collection filters using porous polymer 
resin beds, or their equivalent, designed for their capture. The soluble 
organic fraction of semi-volatile emissions shall be extracted 
immediately and tested within six months of being generated. The extract 
shall be stored in a sealed container which is shielded from ultraviolet 
light and stored at -20  deg.C or less.
    (D) Particulate and semi-volatile phase emission collection, 
handling and extraction methods shall not alter the composition of the 
collected material, to the extent possible.
    (v) Additional requirements for combustion emission sampling, 
storage, and characterization are specified in Sec. 79.52(b).
    (2) Generating whole combustion emissions for biological testing. 
(i) Biological tests requiring whole combustion emissions shall be 
conducted using emissions generated from the test vehicle or engine 
operated in accordance with general FTP requirements.
    (ii) Light-duty test vehicles/engines shall be repeatedly operated 
over the Urban Dynamometer Driving Schedule (UDDS) (or equivalent engine 
dynamometer trace, per paragraph (e)(1)(i)(A) of this section) and 
heavy-duty test engines shall be repeatedly operated over the Engine 
Dynamometer Schedule (EDS) (see 40 CFR part 86, appendix I).
    (A) The tolerances of the driving cycle shall be two times those of 
the Federal Test Procedure and must be met 95 percent of the time.
    (B) The UDDS or EDS shall be repeated as many times as required for 
the biological test session.
    (C) Light-duty dynamometers shall be calibrated prior to the start 
of a biological test (40 CFR 86.118-78), verified weekly (40 CFR 86.118-
78), and recalibrated as required. Heavy-duty dynamometers shall be 
calibrated and checked prior to the start of a biological test (40 CFR 
86.1318-84), recalibrated every two weeks (40 CFR 86.1318-84(a)) and 
checked as stated in 40 CFR 86.1318-84(b) and (c).
    (D) The fuel reservoir for the test vehicle/engine shall be large 
enough to operate the test vehicle/engine throughout the daily 
biological exposure period, avoiding the need for refueling during 
testing.
    (iii) An apparatus to integrate the large concentration swings 
typical of transient-cycle exhaust is to be used between the source of 
emissions and the exposure chamber containing the animal test cages(s). 
The purpose of such apparatus is to decrease the variability of the 
biological exposure atmosphere and achieve the necessary concentration 
of CO or NOX, whichever is limiting.
    (A) A large mixing chamber is suggested for this purpose. The mixing 
chamber would be charged from the

[[Page 517]]

CVS at a constant rate determined by the exposure chamber purge rate. 
Flow to the exposure chamber would begin at the conclusion of the 
initial transient cycle with the associated mixing chamber charge.
    (B) A potential alternative apparatus is a mini-diluter (see, for 
example, AIGER/CRADA, February, 1994 in Sec. 79.57(g)).
    (C) [Reserved]
    (iv) Emission dilution. (A) Dilution air can be pre-dried to lower 
the relative humidity, thus permitting a lower dilution rate and a 
higher concentration of hydrocarbons to be achieved without condensation 
of water vapor.
    (B) These procedures include requirements that the mean exposure 
concentration in the inhalation test chamber on 90 percent or more of 
the exposure days shall be controlled as follows:
    (1) If the species being controlled is hydrocarbon or particulate, 
the mean exposure concentration must be within 15 percent of the target 
concentration for the single species being controlled.
    (2) For other species, the mean exposure concentration must be 
within 10 percent of the target concentration for the single species 
being controlled.
    (3) For all species, daily monitoring of CO, CO2, 
NOX, SOX, and total hydrocarbons in the exposure 
chamber shall be required. Analysis of the particle size distribution 
shall also be performed to establish the stability and consistency of 
particle size distribution in the test exposure.
    (C) After the initial exhaust dilution to preserve the character of 
the exhaust, the exhaust stream can be further diluted in the mixing 
chamber (and/or after leaving the chamber) to achieve the desired 
biological exposure concentrations.
    (v) Verification procedures. (A) The entire system used to dilute 
and transport whole combustion emissions (i.e., from exhaust pipe to 
outlet in the biological testing chamber) shall be verified before any 
animal exposures begin, and verified at least weekly during testing. 
(See procedures at 40 CFR 86.119-90 for light-duty vehicles and 
Sec. 86.1319-90 for heavy-duty engines.) Verification testing shall be 
accomplished by introducing a known sample at the end of the vehicle/
engine exhaust pipe into the dilution system and measuring the amount 
exiting the system. For example, an injected hydrocarbon sample could be 
detected with a gas chromatograph (GC) and flame ionization detector 
(FID) to determine the recovery factor.
    (B) [Reserved]
    (vi) Emission exposure quality control. (A) The tester shall 
incorporate the additional quality assurance and safety procedures 
outlined in Sec. 79.61(d) to control variability of emissions during the 
generation of exposure emissions during health effect testing.
    (B) These procedures include requirements that the mean exposure 
concentration in the inhalation test chamber on 90 percent or more of 
the exposure days shall be controlled as follows:
    (1) If the species being controlled is hydrocarbon or particulate, 
the mean exposure concentration must be within 15 percent of the target 
concentration for the single species being controlled.
    (2) For other species, the mean exposure concentration must be 
within 10 percent of the target concentration for the single species 
being controlled.
    (3) For all species, daily monitoring of CO, CO2, 
NOX, SOX, and total hydrocarbons in the exposure 
chamber shall be required. Analysis of the particle size distribution 
shall also be performed to establish the stability and consistency of 
particle size distribution in the test exposure.
    (C) The testing facility shall allow an audit of its premises, the 
qualifications, e.g., curriculum vitae, of its staff assigned to 
testing, and the specimens and records of the testing for registration 
purposes (as specified in Sec. 79.60).
    (vii) To allow for customary laboratory scheduling and unforeseen 
problems affecting the combustion emission generation or dilution 
equipment, biological exposures may be interrupted on limited occasions, 
as specified in Sec. 79.61(d)(5). Interruptions exceeding these 
limitations shall cause the affected test(s) to be void. Testers shall 
be aware of concerns for backup vehicles/engines cited in paragraph 
(a)(7)(ii) of this section.
    (3) Generating particulate and semi-volatile emissions for 
biological testing. (i) Salmonella mutagenicity testing, pursuant to 
Sec. 79.68, shall be conducted on

[[Page 518]]

extracts of the particulate and semi-volatile emission phases 
separately. These emissions shall be generated by operating the test 
vehicle/engine over the appropriate FTP driving schedule (see paragraph 
(e)(2)(ii) of this section) and collected and analyzed according to 
methods described in 40 CFR 86.1301 through 1344 (further information on 
this subject may be found in Perez, et al. CRC Report No. 551, 1987 
listed in Sec. 79.57(g)).
    (A) Particulate emissions shall be collected on particulate filters 
and extracted from the collection equipment for use in biological tests. 
The number of repetitions of the applicable driving schedule required to 
collect sufficient quantities of the particulate emissions will vary, 
depending on the characteristics of the engine, the test fuel, and the 
requirements of the biological test protocol. The particulate sample may 
be collected on one or more filters, as necessary.
    (B) Semi-volatile emissions shall be collected immediately 
downstream from the particulate collection filters using porous polymer 
resin beds, or their equivalent, designed for their capture. Semi-
volatile phase emissions shall be collected on one apparatus. The time 
spent collecting sufficient quantities of the test substances in 
emissions samples will vary, depending on the emission characteristics 
of the engine and fuel or additive/base fuel mixture and on the 
requirements of the biological test protocol.
    (ii) The extraction method shall be determined by the specifications 
of the biological test for which the emissions are used.
    (iii) Particulate and semi-volatile emission storage requirements 
are as specified in Sec. 79.57(e)(1)(iv).
    (iv) Particulate and semi-volatile phase emission collection, 
handling and extraction methods shall not alter the composition of the 
collected material, to the extent possible.
    (v) Particulate emissions shall not be combined with semi-volatile 
phase emissions.
    (f) Generation of evaporative emissions for characterization and 
biological testing. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(5) of this 
section, an evaporative emissions generator shall be used to volatilize 
samples of a fuel or additive/base fuel mixture for evaporative 
emissions characterization and biological testing. Emissions shall be 
collected and sampled using equipment and methods appropriate for use 
with the compounds being characterized and the requirements of the 
emission characterization analysis. In the case of potentially explosive 
test substance concentrations, care must be taken to avoid generating 
explosive atmospheres. The tester is referred to Sec. 79.61(d)(8) for 
considerations involving explosivity.
    (2) Evaporative Emissions Generator (EEG) Description. An EEG is a 
fuel tank or vessel to which heat is applied causing a portion of the 
fuel to evaporate at a desired rate. The manufacturer has flexibility in 
designing an EEG for testing a particular fuel or fuel additive. The 
sample used to generate emissions in the EEG shall be renewed at least 
daily.
    (i) The evaporation chamber shall be made from materials compatible 
with the fuels and additives being tested and shall be equipped with a 
drain.
    (ii) The chamber shall be filled to 40 5 percent of its 
interior volume with the fuel or additive/base fuel mixture being 
tested, with the remainder of the volume containing air.
    (iii) The concentration of the evaporated fuel or additive/base fuel 
mixture in the vapor space of the evaporation chamber during the time 
emissions are being withdrawn for testing shall not vary by more than 10 
percent from the equilibrium concentration in the vapor space of 
emissions generated from the fresh fuel or additive/base fuel mixture in 
the chamber.
    (A) During the course of a day's emission generation period, the 
level of fuel in the EEG shall be maintained to within 7 percent of its 
height at the start of the daily exposure period.
    (B) The fuel used in the EEG shall be drained at the end of each 
daily exposure. The EEG shall be refilled with a fresh supply of the 
test formulation before the start of each daily exposure.
    (C) The vapor space of the evaporation chamber shall be well mixed 
throughout the time emissions are being withdrawn for testing.

[[Page 519]]

    (iv) The size of the evaporation chamber shall be determined by the 
rate at which evaporative emissions shall be needed in the test animal 
exposure chambers and the rate at which the fuel or the additive/base 
fuel mixture evaporates. The rate of evaporative emissions may be 
adjusted by altering the size of the EEG or by using one or more 
additional EEG(s). Emission rate modifications shall not be adjusted by 
temperature control or pressure control.
    (v) The temperature of the fuel or additive/base fuel mixture in the 
evaporation chamber shall be 130  deg.F5  deg.F. The vapors 
shall maintain this temperature up to the point in the system where the 
vapors are diluted.
    (vi) The pressure in the vapor space of the evaporation chamber and 
the dilution and sampling apparatus shall stay within 10 percent of 
ambient atmospheric pressure.
    (vii) There shall be no controls or equipment on the evaporation 
chamber system that change the concentration or composition of the 
vapors generated for testing.
    (viii) Manufacturers shall perform verification testing of 
evaporative emissions in a manner analogous to the verification testing 
performed for combustion emissions.
    (3) For biological testing, vapor shall be withdrawn from the EEG at 
a constant rate, diluted with air as required for the particular study, 
and conducted immediately to the biological testing chamber(s) in a 
manner similar to the method used in Sec. 79.57(e), excluding the mixing 
chamber therein. The rate of emission generation shall be high enough to 
supply the biological exposure chamber with sufficient emissions to 
allow for a minimum of fifteen air changes per exposure chamber per 
hour. To allow for customary laboratory scheduling and for unforeseen 
problems with the evaporative emission generation or dilution equipment, 
biological exposures may be interrupted on limited occasions, as 
specified in Sec. 79.61(d)(5). Interruptions exceeding these limitations 
shall cause the affected test(s) to be void.
    (4) For characterization of evaporative emissions, samples of 
equilibrated emissions to the vapor space of the EEG shall be withdrawn 
into Tedlar bags, then stored and analyzed as specified in 
Sec. 79.52(b).
    (5) A manufacturer (or group of manufacturers) may submit to EPA a 
request for approval of an alternative method of generating evaporative 
emissions for use in emission characterization and biological tests 
required under this subpart.
    (i) To be approved by EPA, the request must fully explain the 
rationale for the proposed method as well as the technical procedures, 
quality control, and safety precautions to be used, and must demonstrate 
that the proposed method will meet the following criteria:
    (A) The emission mixture generated by the proposed procedures must 
be reasonably similar to the equilibrium composition of the vapor which 
occurs in the vehicle fuel tank head space when the subject fuel or 
additive/base fuel mixture is in use and near-maximum in-use 
temperatures are encountered.
    (B) The emissions mixture generated by the proposed method must be 
sufficiently concentrated to provide adequate exposure levels in the 
context of the required toxicologic tests.
    (C) The proposed method must include procedures to ensure that the 
emissions delivered to the biologic exposure chambers will provide a 
reasonably constant exposure atmosphere over time.
    (ii) If EPA approves the request, EPA will place in the public 
record a copy of the request, together with all supporting procedural 
descriptions and justifications, and will notify the public of its 
availability by publishing a notice in the Federal Register.
    (g) References. For additional background information on the 
emission generation procedures outlined in this paragraph (g), the 
following references may be consulted. Additional references can be 
found in Sec. 79.61(f).
    (1) AIGER/CRADA (American Industry/Government Emissions Research 
Cooperative Research and Development Agreement, ``Specifications for 
Advanced Emissions Test Instrumentation'' AIGER PD-94-1, Revision 5.0, 
February, 1994

[[Page 520]]

    (2) Black, F. and R. Snow, ``Constant Volume Sampling System Water 
Condensation'' SAE #940970 in ``Testing and Instrumentation'' SP-1039, 
Society of Automotive Engineers, Feb. 28-Mar. 3, 1994.
    (3) Perez, J.M., Jass, R.E., Leddy, D.G., eds. ``Chemical Methods 
for the Measurement of Unregulated Diesel Emissions (CRC-APRAC Project 
No. CAPI-1-64), Coordinating Research Council, CRC Report No. 551, 
August, 1987.
    (4) Phalen, R.F., ``Inhalation Studies: Foundations and 
Techniques'', CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Florida, 1984.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 36511, July 11, 1996; 
63 FR 63792, Nov. 17, 1998]



Sec. 79.58  Special provisions.

    (a) Relabeled Additives. Sellers of relabeled additives (pursuant to 
Sec. 79.50) are not required to comply with the provisions of 
Sec. 79.52, 79.53 or 79.59, except that such sellers are required to 
comply with Sec. 79.59(b).
    (b) Low Vapor Pressure Fuels and Additives. Fuels which are not 
designated as ``evaporative fuels'' and fuel additives which are not 
designated as ``evaporative fuel additives'' pursuant to the definitions 
in Sec. 79.50 need not undergo the emission characterization or health 
effects testing specified in Secs. 79.52 and 79.53 for evaporative 
emissions. At EPA's discretion, the evaporative emissions of such fuels 
and additives may be required to undergo Tier 3 testing, pursuant to 
Sec. 79.54.
    (c) Alternative Tier 2 Provisions. At EPA's discretion, EPA may 
modify the standard Tier 2 health effects testing requirements for a 
fuel or fuel additive (or group). Such modification may encompass 
substitution, addition, or deletion of Tier 2 studies or study 
specifications, and/or changes in underlying engine or equipment 
requirements, except that a Tier 2 endpoint will not be deleted in the 
absence of existing information deemed adequate by EPA or alternative 
testing requirements for such endpoint. If warranted by the particular 
requirements, EPA will allow additional time for completion of the 
alternative Tier 2 testing program.
    (1) When EPA intends to require testing in lieu of or in addition to 
standard Tier 2 health testing, EPA will notify the responsible 
manufacturer (or group) by certified letter of the specific tests which 
EPA is proposing to require in lieu of or in addition to Tier 2, and the 
proposed schedule for completion and submission of such tests. A copy of 
the letter will be placed in the public record. EPA intends to send the 
notification prior to November 27, 1995, or in the case of new fuels and 
additives (as defined in Sec. 79.51(c)(3)), within 18 months of EPA's 
receipt of an intent to register such product. However, EPA's 
notification to the manufacturer (or group) may occur at any time up to 
EPA's receipt of Tier 2 data for the product(s) in question. EPA will 
provide the manufacturer with 60 days from the date of receipt of the 
notice to comment on the tests which EPA is proposing to require and on 
the proposed schedule. If the manufacturer believes that undue costs or 
hardships will occur as a result of EPA's delay in providing 
notification of alternative Tier 2 requirements, then the manufacturer's 
comments should describe and include evidence of such hardship. In 
particular, if the standard Tier 2 toxicology testing for the fuel or 
additive in question has already begun at the time the manufacturer 
receives EPA's notification of proposed alternative Tier 2 requirements, 
then EPA shall refrain from requiring alternative Tier 2 tests provided 
that EPA receives the standard Tier 2 data and report (pursuant to 
Sec. 79.59(c)) within one year of the date on which the toxicology 
testing began.
    (2) EPA will issue a notice in the Federal Register announcing its 
intent to require special testing in lieu of or in addition to the 
standard Tier 2 testing for a particular fuel or additive manufacturer 
or group, and that a copy of the letter to the manufacturer or group 
describing the proposed alternative Tier 2 testing for that manufacturer 
or group is available in the public record for review and comment. The 
public shall have a minimum of 30 days after the publication of this 
notice to comment on the proposed alternative Tier 2 testing.
    (3) EPA will include in the public record a copy of any timely 
comments concerning the proposed alternative

[[Page 521]]

Tier 2 testing requirements received from the affected manufacturer or 
group or from the public, and the responses of EPA to such comments. 
After reviewing all such comments received, EPA may adopt final 
alternative Tier 2 requirements by sending a certified letter describing 
such final requirements to the manufacturer or group. In that event, EPA 
will also issue a notice in the Federal Register announcing that it has 
adopted final alternative Tier 2 requirements and that a copy of the 
letter adopting the requirements has been included in the public record.
    (4) After EPA's receipt of a manufacturer's (or group's) submittals, 
EPA will notify the responsible manufacturer (or group) regarding the 
adequacy of the submittal and potential Tier 3 testing requirements 
according to the same relative time intervals and by the same procedures 
as specified in Sec. 79.51 (c) and (d) for routine Tier 1 and Tier 2 
submittals.
    (d) Small Business Provisions. (1) For purposes of these provisions, 
when subsidiary, divisional, or other complex business arrangements 
exist, manufacturer is defined as the business entity with ultimate 
ownership of all related parents, subsidiaries, divisions, branches, or 
other operating units. Total annual sales means the average of the 
manufacturer's total sales revenue, excluding any revenue which 
represents the collection of Federal, State, or local excise taxes or 
sales taxes, in each of the three years prior to such manufacturer's 
submittal to EPA of the basic registration information pursuant to 
Sec. 79.59(b)(2) through (b)(5).
    (2) Provisions Applicable to Baseline and Non-baseline Products. A 
manufacturer with total annual sales less than $50 million is not 
required to meet the requirements of Tier 1 and Tier 2 (specified in 
Secs. 79.52 and 79.53) with regard to such manufacturer's fuel and/or 
additive products which meet the criteria for inclusion in a Baseline or 
Non-baseline group pursuant to Sec. 79.56. Upon such manufacturer's 
satisfactory completion and submittal to EPA of basic registration data 
specified in Sec. 79.59(b), the manufacturer may request and EPA shall 
issue a registration for such product, subject to Sec. 79.51(c) and 
paragraphs (d)(4) and (d)(5) of this section.
    (3) Provisions Applicable to Atypical Products. A manufacturer with 
total annual sales less than $10 million is not required to meet the 
requirements of Tier 2 (specified in Sec. 79.53) in regard to such 
manufacturer's fuel and/or additive products which meet the criteria for 
inclusion in an Atypical group pursuant to Sec. 79.56. Upon such 
manufacturer's satisfactory completion and submittal to EPA of basic 
registration data specified in Sec. 79.59(b) and Tier 1 information 
specified in Sec. 79.52 for an Atypical fuel or additive, the 
manufacturer may request and EPA shall issue a registration for such 
product, subject to Sec. 79.51(c) and paragraphs (d)(4) and (d)(5) of 
this section. Compliance with Tier 1 requirements under this paragraph 
may be accomplished by the individual manufacturer or as a part of a 
group pursuant to Sec. 79.56.
    (4) Any registration granted by EPA under the provisions of this 
section are conditional upon satisfactory completion of any Tier 3 
requirements which EPA may subsequently impose pursuant to Sec. 79.54. 
In such circumstances, the Tier 3 requirements might include (but would 
not necessarily be limited to) information which would otherwise have 
been required under the provisions of Tier 1 and/or Tier 2.
    (5) The provisions in paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section 
are voluntary on the part of qualifying small manufacturers. Such 
manufacturers may choose to fulfill the standard requirements for their 
fuels and additives, individually or as a part of a group, rather than 
satisfying only the requirements specified in paragraphs (d)(2) and/or 
(d)(3) of this section. If a qualifying small manufacturer elects these 
special provisions rather than the standard requirements for a product, 
then EPA will generally assume that any additional information submitted 
by other manufacturers, for fuels and additives meeting the same 
grouping criteria (under Sec. 79.56) as that of the small manufacturer's 
product, is pertinent to further testing and/or regulatory decisions 
that may affect the small manufacturer's product.
    (6) In the case of an additive for which the manufacturer is not 
required

[[Page 522]]

to meet the requirements of Tier 2 pursuant to paragraph (d)(3) of this 
section:
    (i) A fuel manufacturer which blends such an additive into fuel 
shall not be required to meet the requirements of Tier 2 with respect to 
such additive/fuel mixture.
    (ii) An additive manufacturer which blends such an additive with one 
or more other registered additive products and/or with substances 
containing only carbon and/or hydrogen shall not be required to meet the 
requirements of Tier 2 with respect to such additive or additive blend.
    (e) Aftermarket Aerosol Additives. (1) To obtain registration for an 
aftermarket aerosol fuel additive, the manufacturer shall provide 
existing information in the form of a literature search, a discussion of 
the potential exposure(s) to such product, and the basic registration 
data specified in Sec. 79.59(b).
    (2) The literature search shall include existing data on potential 
health and welfare effects due to exposure to the aerosol product itself 
and its raw (uncombusted) components. The analysis for potential 
exposures shall be based on the actual or anticipated production volume 
and market distribution of the particular aerosol product, and its 
estimated frequency of use. Other Tier 1 and Tier 2 requirements are not 
routinely required for aerosol products. EPA will review the submitted 
information and, at EPA's discretion, may require from the manufacturer 
further information and/or testing under Tier 3 on a case-by-case basis.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, as amended at 62 FR 12571, Mar. 17, 1997]



Sec. 79.59  Reporting requirements.

    (a) Timing. (1) The manufacturer of each designated fuel or fuel 
additive shall submit to EPA the basic registration data detailed in 
paragraph (b) of this section. Forms for submitting this data may be 
obtained from EPA at the following address: Director, Field Operations 
and Support Division, 6406J--Fuel/Additives Registration, U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, S.W., Washington, DC 
20460.
    (i) For existing products (pursuant to Sec. 79.51(c)(1)), 
manufacturers shall submit the basic registration data as specified in 
Sec. 79.59(b) to EPA by November 28, 1994.
    (ii) For registrable products (pursuant to Sec. 79.51(c)(2)), 
manufacturers shall submit the basic registration data as specified in 
Sec. 79.59(b) to apply for registration for such product.
    (iii) For new products (pursuant to Sec. 79.51(c)(3)), manufacturers 
are strongly encouraged to notify EPA of an intent to obtain product 
registration by submitting the basic registration data as specified in 
Sec. 79.59(b) prior to starting Tiers 1 and 2.
    (2) The information specified in paragraph (c) of this section shall 
be submitted to the address in paragraph (a)(1) of this section at the 
conclusion of activities performed in compliance with Tiers 1 and 2 
under the provisions of Secs. 79.52 and 79.53, according to the time 
constraints specified in Sec. 79.51 (c) through (d).
    (3) The information specified in paragraph (d) of this section shall 
be submitted to EPA at the address in paragraph (a)(1) of this section 
at the conclusion of activities performed in compliance with Tier 3 
under the provisions of Sec. 79.54.
    (b) Basic Registration Data. Each manufacturer of a designated fuel 
or fuel additive shall submit the following data in regard to such fuel 
or fuel additive:
    (1) The information specified in Sec. 79.11 or Sec. 79.21. If such 
information has already been submitted to EPA in compliance with subpart 
B or C of this part, and if such previous information is accurate and 
up-to-date, the manufacturer need not resubmit this information.
    (2) Annual production volume of the fuel or fuel additive product, 
in units of gallons per year if most commonly sold in liquid form or 
kilograms per year if most commonly sold in solid form. For fuels and 
fuel additives already in production, the most recent annual production 
volume and the volume projected to be produced in the third subsequent 
year shall be provided. For products not yet in production, the best 
estimate of expected annual volume during the third year of production 
shall be provided.

[[Page 523]]

    (3) Market distribution of the product. For fuels and bulk 
additives, this information shall be presented as the percent of total 
annual sales volume marketed in each Petroleum Administration for 
Defense District (PADD). The States comprising each PADD are listed in 
the following section. For aftermarket additives, the distribution data 
shall be presented as the percent of total annual sales volume marketed 
in each State. For a product not yet in production, the manufacturer 
shall present the distribution (by PADD or State, as applicable) 
projected to occur during the third year of production.
    (i) The following States and jurisdictions are included in PADD I:

Connecticut
Delaware
District of Columbia
Florida
Georgia
Maine
Maryland
Massachusetts
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New York
North Carolina
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
South Carolina
Vermont
Virginia
West Virginia

    (ii) The following States are included in PADD II:

Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Kentucky
Michigan
Minnesota
Missouri
Nebraska
North Dakota
Ohio
Oklahoma
South Dakota
Tennessee
Wisconsin

    (iii) The following States are included in PADD III:

Alabama
Arkansas
Louisiana
Mississippi
New Mexico
Texas

    (iv) The following States are included in PADD IV:

Colorado
Idaho
Montana
Utah
Wyoming

    (v) The following States are included in PADD V:

Alaska
Arizona
California
Hawaii
Nevada
Oregon
Washington

    (4) Any applicable information pursuant to the grouping provisions 
in Sec. 79.56, as follows:
    (i) If the manufacturer has enrolled or intends to enroll the 
product in a fuel/additive group, the relevant group and the person(s) 
or entity expected to submit information on behalf of the group must be 
identified.
    (ii) If the manufacturer intends to rely on registration information 
previously submitted by another manufacturer (or group) for registration 
of other product(s) in the same fuel/additive group, then the original 
submitter and its product (or product group) shall be identified. In 
such cases, the manufacturer shall provide evidence that the original 
submitter has been notified of the use of its registration data and that 
the manufacturer has complied or intends to comply with the proportional 
reimbursement required under Sec. 79.56(c) of this rule.
    (5) Any applicable information pursuant to the special provisions in 
Sec. 79.58, as follows:
    (i) If the manufacturer claims applicability of the special 
provisions for relabeled additives, pursuant to Sec. 79.58(a), then the 
manufacturer and brand name of the original product shall be given.
    (ii) If the manufacturer claims applicability of any small business 
provisions pursuant to Sec. 79.58(d), the average of the manufacturer's 
total annual sales revenue for the previous three years shall be given.
    (iii) If the manufacturer claims applicability of the special 
provisions for aerosol products, pursuant to Sec. 79.58(e), then the 
purpose and recommended frequency of use shall be given.
    (c) Tier 1 and Tier 2 Reports. If the results of Tiers 1 and 2 are 
reported to EPA at the same time, then the report shall include the 
following documents in paragraphs (c)(1) through (7) of this section. If 
Tier 1 and Tier 2 results are submitted to EPA separately, then the 
separate Tier 1 report shall include only documents in paragraphs (c) 
(1) through (4), (c)(6), and associated appendices in paragraphs (c)(7) 
of this section, and the separate Tier 2 report shall include only 
documents in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3), (c)(5), (c)(6), and 
associated appendices in paragrpah (c)(7) of this section. In addition, 
manufacturers complying with Tier 2 requirements according to one of the 
time schedules specified in

[[Page 524]]

Sec. 79.51(c)(1)(ii)(B), Sec. 79.51(c)(1)(vi)(B)(2), or 
Sec. 79.51(c)(1)(vii)(B)(2) must submit evidence of a suitable 
arrangement for completion of Tier 2 (e.g., a copy of a signed contract 
with a qualified laboratory for applicable Tier 2 services) by the date 
specified in the applicable time schedule.
    (1) Cover page. (i) Identification of test substance,
    (ii) Name and address of the manufacturer of the test substance,
    (iii) Name and phone number of a designated contact person,
    (iv) Group information, if applicable, including:
    (A) Group name or grouping criteria,
    (B) Name and address of responsible organization or entity reporting 
for the group,
    (C) Product trade name and manufacturer of each member fuel and 
additive to which the report pertains.
    (2) Executive Summary. Text overview of the significant results and 
conclusions obtained as a result of completing the requirements of Tier 
1 and/or Tier 2, including references if used to support such results 
and conclusions.
    (3) Test Substance Information. Test substance description, 
including, as applicable,
    (i) Base fuel parameter values (including types and concentrations 
of base fuel additives) or test fuel composition (if a fuel other than 
the base fuel is used in testing). These values must be provided for 
each of the fuel parameters specified in Sec. 79.55 for the applicable 
fuel family.
    (ii) Test additive composition and concentration
    (4) Summary of Tier 1. (i) Literature Search. Pursuant to 
Sec. 79.52(d), the literature search shall include a text summary of the 
methods and results of the literature search, including the following:
    (A) Identification of person(s) performing the literature search,
    (B) Description of data sources accessed, search strategy used, 
search period, and terms included in literature search,
    (C) Documentation of all unpublished in-house and other privately-
conducted studies,
    (D) Tables summarizing the protocols and results of all cited 
studies,
    (E) Summary of significant results and conclusions with respect to 
the effects of the emissions of the subject fuel or fuel additive on the 
public health and welfare, including references if used to support such 
results and conclusions.
    (F) Statement of the extent to which the literature search has 
produced adequate information comparable to that which would otherwise 
be obtained through the performance of applicable emission 
characterization requirements under Sec. 79.52(b) and/or health effects 
testing requirements under Sec. 79.53, including justifications and 
specific references.
    (ii) Emission Characterization. Pursuant to Sec. 79.52(b), the 
emission characterization shall include:
    (A) Name, address, and telephone number of the laboratory performing 
the characterization,
    (B) Name and description of analytic methods used for 
characterization.
    (5) Summary of Tier 2. For each health effects test performed 
pursuant to the provisions of Sec. 79.53, the Tier 2 summary shall 
contain the following information:
    (i) Name, address, and telephone number of the testing facility,
    (ii) Summary of procedures (including quality assurance, quality 
control and compliance with Good Laboratory Practice Standards as 
specified in Sec. 79.60), findings, and conclusions, including 
references if used to support such results and conclusions,
    (iii) Description of any problems and their resolution.
    (6) Conclusions. The conclusions shall identify the need for further 
testing, if that need exists, or justify that current testing and/or 
available information is adequate for the tier(s) included in the 
report.
    (7) Appendices. The appendices shall contain detailed documentation 
related to the summary information described in this section, including, 
at a minimum, the following five appendices:
    (i) Literature search appendices shall contain:

[[Page 525]]

    (A) Copies of literature source outputs, including reference lists 
and associated abstracts from database searches, printed or on 3\1/2\ 
inch IBM-compatible computer diskettes;
    (B) Summary tables organized by health or welfare endpoint and type 
of emission (e.g., combustion, evaporation, individual emission 
product), presenting in tabular form the following information at a 
minimum: number and species of test subjects, exposure concentrations/
duration, positive (i.e., abnormal) findings including numbers of test 
subjects involved, and bibliographic references;
    (C) Complete documentation and/or reprints of articles for any 
previous study relied upon for satisfying emission characterization and/
or Tier 2 test requirements; and
    (D) Full reports for unpublished/in-house studies.
    (ii) Emissions characterization appendices shall contain:
    (A) Complete laboratory reports, including documentation of 
calibration and verification procedures;
    (B) Documentation of the emissions generation procedures used; and
    (C) Lists of speciated emission products and their emission rates 
reported in units of grams/mile.
    (iii) [Reserved]
    (iv) Tier 2 appendices shall contain, for each test performed:
    (A) Complete protocol used;
    (B) Documentation of emission generation procedures; and
    (C) Complete laboratory report in compliance with the reporting 
standards in Sec. 79.60, including detailed test results and 
conclusions, and descriptions of any problems encountered and their 
resolution.
    (v) Laboratory certification/accreditation information, personnel 
credentials, and statements of compliance with the Good Laboratory 
Practices Standards specified in Sec. 79.60 and the requirements in 
Sec. 79.53(c)(1).
    (d) Tier 3 Report. Subject to applicability as specified in 
Sec. 79.54, each manufacturer of a designated fuel or fuel additive, or 
each group of such manufacturers pursuant to the provisions of 
Sec. 79.56, shall submit the following information with respect to each 
Tier 3 test conducted for such fuels or fuel additives:
    (1) The test objectives, including a summary of the reason(s) why 
such additional testing, beyond Tiers 1 and 2, was required;
    (2) Name, address, and telephone number of each testing facility;
    (3) Summary of test procedures, results and conclusions;
    (4) Complete documentation of test protocols and emission generation 
procedures, complete laboratory reports in compliance with the reporting 
standards of Sec. 79.60, detailed test results and conclusions, 
including references if used to support such results and conclusions, 
and descriptions of any problems encountered and their resolution; and
    (5) Laboratory certification information, personnel credentials, and 
statements of compliance with the Good Laboratory Practices Standards 
specified in Sec. 79.60.
    (e) Availability of Information. (1) All health and safety test data 
and other information concerning health and welfare effects which is 
submitted by any manufacturer or group pursuant to Secs. 79.52(c), 
79.53, or 79.54, shall be considered to be public information and shall 
be made available to the public by EPA upon request. A reasonable fee 
may be charged by EPA for copying such materials. Any manufacturer or 
group who claims that any information concerning the composition of a 
fuel or fuel additive product, or any other information, submitted under 
this subpart is confidential business information must state this claim 
in writing at the time of the submittal.
    (2) To assert a business confidentiality claim concerning any 
information submitted under this subpart, the submitter must:
    (i) Clearly mark the information as confidential at each location it 
appears in the submission; and
    (ii) Submit with the information claimed as confidential a separate 
document setting forth the claim and listing each location at which the 
information appears in the submission.
    (3) If any person subsequently requests access to information 
submitted under this subpart (other than health

[[Page 526]]

and safety test data and other information concerning health and welfare 
effects), and such information is subject to a claim of business 
confidentiality, the request and any subsequent disclosure shall be 
governed by the provisions of 40 CFR part 2.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, as amended at 62 FR 12572, 12576, Mar. 17, 
1997]



Sec. 79.60  Good laboratory practices (GLP) standards for inhalation exposure health effects testing.

    (a) General Provisions--(1) Scope. (i) This section prescribes good 
laboratory practices (GLPs) for conducting inhalation exposure studies 
relating to motor vehicle emissions health effects testing under this 
part. These directions are intended to ensure the quality and integrity 
of health effects data submitted pursuant to registration regulations 
issued under sections 211(b) or 211(e) of the Clean Air Act (CAA) (42 
U.S.C. 7545).
    (ii) This section applies to any study described by paragraph 
(a)(1)(i) of this section which any person conducts, initiates, or 
supports on or after May 27, 1994.
    (iii) It is EPA's policy that all health effects data developed 
under sections 211(b) and (e) of CAA be in accordance with provisions of 
this section. If data are not developed in accordance with the 
provisions of this section, EPA may consider such data insufficient to 
evaluate the health effects of a motor vehicle's fuel or fuel additive 
emissions, unless the submitter provides additional information 
demonstrating that the data are reliable and adequate and EPA determines 
that the data are sufficient.
    (2) Definitions. As used in this section, the following terms shall 
have the meanings specified:
    Batch means a specific quantity or lot of a test fuel, additive/base 
fuel mixture, or reference substance that has been characterized 
according to Sec. 79.60(f)(1)(i).
    CAA means the Clean Air Act.
    Carrier means any material which is combined with engine/motor 
vehicle emissions or a reference substance for administration to a test 
system. ``Carrier'' includes, but is not limited to, clean, filtered 
air, water, feed, and nutrient media.
    Control atmosphere means clean, filtered air which is administered 
to the test system in the course of a study for the purpose of 
establishing a basis for comparison with the test atmosphere for 
chemical or biological measurements.
    Experimental start date means the first date the test atmosphere is 
applied to the test system.
    Experimental termination date means the last date on which data are 
collected directly from the study.
    Person includes an individual, partnership, corporation, 
association, scientific or academic establishment, government agency, or 
organizational unit thereof, and any other legal entity.
    Quality assurance unit means any person or organizational element, 
except the study director, designated by testing facility management to 
perform the duties relating to quality assurance of the studies.
    Raw data means any laboratory worksheets, records, memoranda, notes, 
or exact copies thereof, that are the result of original observations 
and activities of a study and are necessary for the reconstruction and 
evaluation of the report of that study. In the event that exact 
transcripts of raw data have been prepared (e.g., tapes which have been 
transcribed verbatim, dated, and verified accurate by signature), the 
exact copy or exact transcript may be substituted for the original 
source as raw data. ``Raw data'' may include photographs, videotape, 
microfilm or microfiche copies, computer printouts, magnetic media, 
including dictated observations, and recorded data from automated 
instruments.
    Reference substance means any chemical substance or mixture, 
analytical standard, or material other than engine/motor vehicle 
emissions and/or its carrier, that is administered to or used in 
analyzing the test system in the course of a study. A ``reference 
substance'' is used to establish a basis for comparison with the test 
atmosphere for known chemical or biological measurements, i.e., positive 
or negative control substance.

[[Page 527]]

    Specimen means any material derived from a test system for 
examination or analysis.
    Sponsor means person who initiates and supports, by provision of 
financial or other resources, a study or a person who submits a study to 
EPA in response to the CAA Section 211(b) or 211(e) Fuels and Fuel 
Additives Registration Rule or a testing facility, if it both initiates 
and actually conducts the study.
    Study means any experiment, at one or more test sites, in which a 
test system is exposed to a test atmosphere under laboratory conditions 
to determine or help predict the health effects of that exposure in 
humans, other living organisms, or media.
    Study completion date means the date the final report is signed by 
the study director.
    Study director means the individual responsible for the overall 
conduct of a study.
    Study initiation date means the date the protocol is signed by the 
study director.
    Test substance means a vapor and/or aerosol mixture composed of 
engine/motor vehicle emissions and clean, filtered air which is 
administered directly, or indirectly, by the inhalation route to a test 
system in a study which develops data to meet the registration 
requirements of CAA section 211(b) or (e).
    Test system means any animal, microorganism, chemical or physical 
matrix, to which the test, control, or reference substance is 
administered or added for study. This definition also includes 
appropriate groups or components of the system not treated with the 
test, control, or reference substance.
    Testing facility means a person who actually conducts a study, i.e., 
actually uses the test substance in a test system. ``Testing facility'' 
encompasses only those operational units that are being or have been 
used to conduct studies.
    TSCA means the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et 
seq.).
    (3) Applicability to studies performed under grants and contracts. 
When a sponsor or other person utilizes the services of a consulting 
laboratory, contractor, or grantee to perform all or a part of a study 
to which this section applies, it shall notify the consulting 
laboratory, contractor, or grantee that the service is, or is part of, a 
study that must be conducted in compliance with the provisions of this 
section.
    (4) Statement of compliance or non-compliance. Any person who 
submits to EPA a test in compliance with registration regulations issued 
under CAA section 211(b) or section 211(e) shall include in the 
submission a true and correct statement, signed by the sponsor and the 
study director, of one of the following types:
    (i) A statement that the study was conducted in accordance with this 
section; or
    (ii) A statement describing in detail all differences between the 
practices used in the study and those required by this section; or
    (iii) A statement that the person was not a sponsor of the study, 
did not conduct the study, and does not know whether the study was 
conducted in accordance with this section.
    (5) Inspection of a testing facility. (i) A testing facility shall 
permit an authorized employee or duly designated representative of EPA, 
at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, to inspect the facility 
and to inspect (and in the case of records also to copy) all records and 
specimens required to be maintained regarding studies to which this 
section applies. The records inspection and copying requirements shall 
not apply to quality assurance unit records of findings and problems, or 
to actions recommended and taken, except the EPA may seek production of 
these records in litigation or formal adjudicatory hearings.
    (ii) EPA will not consider reliable for purposes of showing that a 
test substance does or does not present a risk of injury to health or 
the environment any data developed by a testing facility or sponsor that 
refuses to permit inspection in accordance with this section. The 
determination that a study will not be considered reliable does not, 
however, relieve the sponsor of a required test of any obligation under 
any applicable statute or regulation to submit the results of the study 
to EPA.
    (6) Effects of non-compliance. (i) Pursuant to sections 114, 208, 
and 211(d) of

[[Page 528]]

the CAA, it shall be a violation of this section and a violation of this 
rule (40 CFR part 79, subpart F) if:
    (A) The test is not being or was not conducted in accordance with 
any requirement of this part; or
    (B) Data or information submitted to EPA under part 79, including 
the statement required by Sec. 79.60(a)(4), include information or data 
that are false or misleading, contain significant omissions, or 
otherwise do not fulfill the requirements of this part; or
    (C) Entry in accordance with Sec. 79.60(a)(5) for the purpose of 
auditing test data is denied.
    (ii) EPA, at its discretion, may not consider reliable for purposes 
of showing that a chemical substance or mixture does not present a risk 
of injury to health any study which was not conducted in accordance with 
this part. EPA, at its discretion, may rely upon such studies for 
purposes of showing adverse effects. The determination that a study will 
not be considered reliable does not, however, relieve the sponsor of a 
required test of the obligation under any applicable statute or 
regulation to submit the results of the study to EPA.
    (iii) If data submitted in compliance with registration regulations 
issued under CAA section 211(b) or section 211(e) are not developed in 
accordance with this section, EPA may determine that the sponsor has not 
fulfilled its obligations under 40 CFR part 79 and may require the 
sponsor to develop data in accordance with the requirements of this 
section in order to satisfy such obligations.
    (b) Organization and Personnel. (1) Personnel. (i) Each individual 
engaged in the conduct of or responsible for the supervision of a study 
shall have education, training, and experience, or combination thereof, 
to enable that individual to perform the assigned functions.
    (ii) Each testing facility shall maintain a current summary of 
training and experience and job description for each individual engaged 
in or supervising the conduct of a study.
    (iii) There shall be a sufficient number of personnel for the timely 
and proper conduct of the study according to the protocol.
    (iv) Personnel shall take necessary personal sanitation and health 
precautions designed to avoid contamination of test fuel and additive/
base fuel mixtures, test and reference substances, and test systems.
    (v) Personnel engaged in a study shall wear clothing appropriate for 
the duties they perform. Such clothing shall be changed as often as 
necessary to prevent microbiological, radiological, or chemical 
contamination of test systems and test, control, and reference 
substances.
    (vi) Any individual found at any time to have an illness that may 
adversely affect the quality and integrity of the study shall be 
excluded from direct contact with test systems, fuel and fuel/additive 
mixtures, test and reference substances and any other operation or 
function that may adversely affect the study until the condition is 
corrected. All personnel shall be instructed to report to their 
immediate supervisors any health or medical conditions that may 
reasonably be considered to have an adverse effect on a study.
    (2) Testing facility management. For each study, testing facility 
management shall:
    (i) Designate a study director as described in Sec. 79.60(b)(3) 
before the study is initiated.
    (ii) Replace the study director promptly if it becomes necessary to 
do so during the conduct of a study.
    (iii) Assure that there is a quality assurance unit as described in 
Sec. 79.60(b)(4).
    (iv) Assure that test fuels and fuel/additive mixtures and test and 
reference substances have been identified as to content, strength, 
purity, stability, and uniformity, as applicable.
    (v) Assure that personnel, resources, facilities, equipment, 
materials and methodologies are available as scheduled.
    (vi) Assure that personnel clearly understand the functions they are 
to perform.
    (vii) Assure that any deviations from these regulations reported by 
the quality assurance unit are communicated to the study director and 
corrective actions are taken and documented.

[[Page 529]]

    (3) Study director. For each study, a scientist or other 
professional person with a doctorate degree or equivalent in toxicology 
or other appropriate discipline shall be identified as the study 
director. The study director has overall responsibility for the 
technical conduct of the study, as well as for the interpretation, 
analysis, documentation, and reporting of results, and represents the 
single point of study control. The study director shall assure that:
    (i) The protocol, including any changes, is approved as provided by 
Sec. 79.60(g)(1)(i) and is followed;
    (ii) All experimental data, including observations of unanticipated 
responses of the test system are accurately recorded and verified;
    (iii) Unforeseen circumstances that may affect the quality and 
integrity of the study are noted when they occur, and corrective action 
is taken and documented;
    (iv) Test systems are as specified in the protocol;
    (v) All applicable good laboratory practice regulations are 
followed; and
    (vi) All raw data, documentation, protocols, specimens, and final 
reports are archived properly during or at the close of the study.
    (4) Quality assurance unit. A testing facility shall have a quality 
assurance unit which shall be responsible for monitoring each study to 
assure management that the facilities, equipment, personnel, methods, 
practices, records, and controls are in conformance with the regulations 
in this section. For any given study, the quality assurance unit shall 
be entirely separate from and independent of the personnel engaged in 
the direction and conduct of that study. The quality assurance unit 
shall conduct inspections and maintain records appropriate to the study.
    (i) Quality assurance unit duties. (A) Maintain a copy of a master 
schedule sheet of all studies conducted at the testing facility indexed 
by test substance and containing the test system, nature of study, date 
study was initiated, current status of each study, identity of the 
sponsor, and name of the study director.
    (B) Maintain copies of all protocols pertaining to all studies for 
which the unit is responsible.
    (C) Inspect each study at intervals adequate to ensure the integrity 
of the study and maintain written and properly signed records of each 
periodic inspection showing the date of the inspection, the study 
inspected, the phase or segment of the study inspected, the person 
performing the inspection, findings and problems, action recommended and 
taken to resolve existing problems, and any scheduled date for re-
inspection. Any problems which are likely to affect study integrity 
found during the course of an inspection shall be brought to the 
attention of the study director and management immediately.
    (D) Periodically submit to management and the study director written 
status reports on each study, noting any problems and the corrective 
actions taken.
    (E) Determine that no deviations from approved protocols or standard 
operating procedures were made without proper authorization and 
documentation.
    (F) Review the final study report to assure that such report 
accurately describes the methods and standard operating procedures, and 
that the reported results accurately reflect the raw data of the study.
    (G) Prepare and sign a statement to be included with the final study 
report which shall specify the dates inspections were made and findings 
reported to management and to the study director.
    (ii) The responsibilities and procedures applicable to the quality 
assurance unit, the records maintained by the quality assurance unit, 
and the method of indexing such records shall be in writing and shall be 
maintained. These items including inspection dates, the study inspected, 
the phase or segment of the study inspected, and the name of the 
individual performing the inspection shall be made available for 
inspection to authorized employees or duly designated representatives of 
EPA.
    (iii) An authorized employee or a duly designated representative of 
EPA shall have access to the written procedures established for the 
inspection and may request test facility management to certify that 
inspections are

[[Page 530]]

being implemented, performed, documented, and followed up in accordance 
with this paragraph.
    (c) Facilities--(1) General. Each testing facility shall be of 
suitable size and construction to facilitate the proper conduct of 
studies. Testing facilities which are not completely located within an 
indoor controlled environment shall be of suitable location/proximity to 
facilitate the proper conduct of studies. Testing facilities shall be 
designed so that there is a degree of separation that will prevent any 
function or activity from having an adverse effect on the study.
    (2) Test system care facilities. (i) A testing facility shall have a 
sufficient number of animal rooms or other test system areas, as needed, 
to ensure proper separation of species or test systems, quarantine or 
isolation of animals or other test systems, and routine or specialized 
housing of animals or other test systems.
    (ii) A testing facility shall have a number of animal rooms or other 
test system areas separate from those described in paragraph (a) of this 
section to ensure isolation of studies being done with test systems or 
test, control, and reference substances known to be biohazardous, 
including volatile atmospheres and aerosols, radioactive materials, and 
infectious agents. The animal handling facility must operate under the 
supervision of a veterinarian.
    (iii) Separate areas shall be provided, as appropriate, for the 
diagnosis, treatment, and control of laboratory test system diseases. 
These areas shall provide effective isolation for the housing of test 
systems either known or suspected of being diseased, or of being 
carriers of disease, from other test systems.
    (iv) Facilities shall have proper provisions for collection and 
disposal of contaminated air, water, or other spent materials. When 
animals are housed, facilities shall exist for the collection and 
disposal of all animal waste and refuse or for safe sanitary storage of 
waste before removal from the testing facility. Disposal facilities 
shall be so provided and operated as to minimize vermin infestation, 
odors, disease hazards, and environmental contamination.
    (v) Facilities shall have provisions to regulate environmental 
conditions (e.g., temperature, humidity, day length, etc.) as specified 
in the protocol.
    (3) Test system supply/operation areas. (i) There shall be storage 
areas, as needed, for feed, bedding, supplies, and equipment. Storage 
areas for feed and bedding shall be separated from areas where the test 
systems are located and shall be protected against infestation or 
contamination. Perishable supplies shall be preserved by appropriate 
means.
    (ii) Separate laboratory space and other space shall be provided, as 
needed, for the performance of the routine and specialized procedures 
required by studies.
    (4) Facilities for handling test fuels and fuel/additive mixtures 
and reference substances. (i) As necessary to prevent contamination or 
mixups, there shall be separate areas for:
    (A) Receipt and storage of the test fuels and fuel/additive mixtures 
and reference substances;
    (B) Mixing of the test fuels, fuel/additive mixtures, and reference 
substances with a carrier, i.e., liquid hydrocarbon; and
    (C) Storage of the test fuels, fuel/additive mixtures, and reference 
substance/carrier mixtures.
    (ii) Storage areas for test fuels and fuel/additive mixtures and 
reference substances and for reference mixtures shall be separate from 
areas housing the test systems and shall be adequate to preserve the 
identity, strength, purity, and stability of the substances and 
mixtures.
    (5) Specimen and data storage facilities. Space shall be secured for 
archives for the storage and retrieval of all raw data and specimens 
from completed studies.
    (d) Equipment--(1) Equipment design. Equipment used in the 
generation, measurement, or assessment of data and equipment used for 
facility environmental control shall be of appropriate design and 
adequate capacity to function according to the protocol and shall be 
suitably located for operation, inspection, cleaning, and maintenance.

[[Page 531]]

    (2) Maintenance and calibration of equipment. (i) Equipment shall be 
adequately inspected, cleaned, and maintained. Equipment used for the 
generation, measurement, or assessment of data shall be adequately 
tested, calibrated, and/or standardized.
    (ii) The written standard operating procedures required under 
Sec. 79.60(e)(1)(ii)(K) shall set forth in sufficient detail the 
methods, materials, and schedules to be used in the routine inspection, 
cleaning, maintenance, testing, calibration, and/or standardization of 
equipment, and shall specify, when appropriate, remedial action to be 
taken in the event of failure or malfunction of equipment. The written 
standard operating procedures shall designate the person responsible for 
the performance of each operation.
    (iii) Written records shall be maintained of all inspection, 
maintenance, testing, calibrating, and/or standardizing operations. 
These records, containing the date of the operation, shall describe 
whether the maintenance operations were routine and followed the written 
standard operating procedures. Written records shall be kept of non-
routine repairs performed on equipment as a result of failure and 
malfunction. Such records shall document the nature of the defect, how 
and when the defect was discovered, and any remedial action taken in 
response to the defect.
    (e) Testing Facilities Operation--(1) Standard operating procedures. 
(i) A testing facility shall have standard operating procedures in 
writing, setting forth study methods that management is satisfied are 
adequate to insure the quality and integrity of the data generated in 
the course of a study. All deviations in a study from standard operating 
procedures shall be authorized by the study director and shall be 
documented in the raw data. Significant changes in established standard 
operating procedures shall be properly authorized in writing by 
management.
    (ii) Standard operating procedures shall be established for, but not 
limited to, the following:
    (A) Test system room preparation;
    (B) Test system care;
    (C) Receipt, identification, storage, handling, mixing, and method 
of sampling of test fuels and fuel/additive mixtures and reference 
substances;
    (D) Test system observations;
    (E) Laboratory or other tests;
    (F) Handling of test animals found moribund or dead during study;
    (G) Necropsy or postmortem examination of test animals;
    (H) Collection and identification of specimens;
    (I) Histopathology
    (J) Data handling, storage and retrieval.
    (K) Maintenance and calibration of equipment.
    (L) Transfer, proper placement, and identification of test systems.
    (iii) Each laboratory or other study area shall have immediately 
available manuals and standard operating procedures relative to the 
laboratory procedures being performed. Published literature may be used 
as a supplement to standard operating procedures.
    (iv) A historical file of standard operating procedures, and all 
revisions thereof, including the dates of such revisions, shall be 
maintained.
    (2) Reagents and solutions. All reagents and solutions in the 
laboratory areas shall be labeled to indicate identity, titer or 
concentration, storage requirements, and expiration date. Deteriorated 
or outdated reagents and solutions shall not be used.
    (3) Animal and other test system care. (i) There shall be standard 
operating procedures for the housing, feeding, handling, and care of 
animals and other test systems.
    (ii) All newly received test systems from outside sources shall be 
isolated and their health status or appropriateness for the study shall 
be evaluated. This evaluation shall be in accordance with acceptable 
veterinary medical practice or scientific methods.
    (iii) At the initiation of a study, test systems shall be free of 
any disease or condition that might interfere with the purpose or 
conduct of the study. If during the course of the study, the test 
systems contract such a disease or condition, the diseased test systems 
shall be isolated, if necessary. These test systems may be treated for 
disease or signs of disease provided that such treatment does not 
interfere with the study. The diagnosis, authorization of

[[Page 532]]

treatment, description of treatment, and each date of treatment shall be 
documented and shall be retained.
    (iv) When laboratory procedures require test animals to be 
manipulated and observed over an extended period of time or when studies 
require test animals to be removed from and returned to their housing 
units for any reason (e.g., cage cleaning, treatment, etc.), these test 
systems shall receive appropriate identification (e.g., tattoo, color 
code, etc.). Test system identification shall conform with current 
laboratory animal handling practice. All information needed to 
specifically identify each test system within the test system-housing 
unit shall appear on the outside of that unit. Suckling animals are 
excluded from the requirement of individual identification unless 
otherwise specified in the protocol.
    (v) Except as specified in paragraph (e)(3)(v)(A) of this section, 
test animals of different species shall be housed in separate rooms when 
necessary. Test animals of the same species, but used in different 
studies, shall not ordinarily be housed in the same room when 
inadvertent exposure to the test or reference substances or test system 
mixup could affect the outcome of either study. If such mixed housing is 
necessary, adequate differentiation by space and identification shall be 
made.
    (A) Test systems that may be used in multispecies tests need not be 
housed in separate rooms, provided that they are adequately segregated 
to avoid mixup and cross-contamination.
    (B) [Reserved]
    (vi) Cages, racks, pens, enclosures, and other holding, rearing, and 
breeding areas, and accessory equipment, shall be cleaned and sanitized 
at appropriate intervals.
    (vii) Feed and water used for the test animals shall be analyzed 
periodically to ensure that contaminants known to be capable of 
interfering with the study and reasonably expected to be present in such 
feed or water are not present at greater than trace levels. 
Documentation of such analyses shall be maintained as raw data.
    (viii) Bedding used in animal cages or pens shall not interfere with 
the purpose or conduct of the study and shall be changed as often as 
necessary to keep the animals dry and clean.
    (ix) If any pest control materials are used, the use shall be 
documented. Cleaning and pest control materials that interfere with the 
study shall not be used.
    (x) All test systems shall be acclimatized to the environmental 
conditions of the test, prior to their use in a study.
    (f) Test fuels, additive/base fuel mixtures, and reference 
substances--(1) Test fuel, fuel/additive mixture, and reference 
substance identity. (i) The product brand name/service mark, strength, 
purity, content, or other characteristics which appropriately define the 
test fuel, fuel/additive mixture, or reference substance shall be 
reported for each batch and shall be documented before its use in a 
study. Methods of synthesis, fabrication, or derivation, as appropriate, 
of the test fuel, fuel/additive mixture, or reference substance shall be 
documented by the sponsor or the testing facility, and such location of 
documentation shall be specified.
    (ii) The stability of test fuel, fuel/additive mixture, and 
reference substances under storage conditions at the test site shall be 
known for all studies.
    (2) Test fuel, additive/base fuel mixture, and reference substance 
handling. Procedures shall be established for a system for the handling 
of the test fuel, fuel/additive mixture, and reference substance(s) to 
ensure that:
    (i) There is proper storage.
    (ii) Distribution is made in a manner designed to preclude the 
possibility of contamination, deterioration, or damage.
    (iii) Proper identification is maintained throughout the 
distribution process.
    (iv) The receipt and distribution of each batch is documented. Such 
documentation shall include the date and quantity of each batch 
distributed or returned.
    (3) Mixtures of test emissions or reference solutions with carriers.
    (i) For test emissions or each reference substance mixed with a 
carrier, tests by appropriate analytical methods shall be conducted:
    (A) To determine the uniformity of the test substance and to 
determine,

[[Page 533]]

periodically, the concentration of the test emissions or reference 
substance in the mixture;
    (B) When relevant to the conduct of the experiment, to determine the 
solubility of each reference substance in the carrier mixture before the 
experimental start date; and
    (C) To determine the stability of test emissions or a reference 
solution in the test substance before the experimental start date or 
concomitantly according to written standard operating procedures, which 
provide for periodic analysis of each batch.
    (ii) Where any of the components of the reference substance/carrier 
mixture has an expiration date, that date shall be clearly shown on the 
container. If more than one component has an expiration date, the 
earliest date shall be shown.
    (iii) If a chemical or physical agent is used to facilitate the 
mixing of a test substance with a carrier, assurance shall be provided 
that the agent does not interfere with the integrity of the test.
    (g) Protocol for and conduct of a study--(1) Protocol. (i) Each 
study shall have a written protocol that clearly indicates the 
objectives and all methods for the conduct of the study. The protocol 
shall contain but shall not be limited to the following information:
    (A) A descriptive title and statement of the purpose of the study.
    (B) Identification of the test fuel, fuel/additive mixture, and 
reference substance by name, chemical abstracts service (CAS) number or 
code number, as applicable.
    (C) The name and address of the sponsor and the name and address of 
the testing facility at which the study is being conducted.
    (D) The proposed experimental start and termination dates.
    (E) Justification for selection of the test system, as necessary.
    (F) Where applicable, the number, body weight, sex, source of 
supply, species, strain, substrain, and age of the test system.
    (G) The procedure for identification of the test system.
    (H) A description of the experimental design, including methods for 
the control of bias.
    (I) Where applicable, a description and/or identification of the 
diet used in the study. The description shall include specifications for 
acceptable levels of contaminants that are reasonably expected to be 
present in the dietary materials and are known to be capable of 
interfering with the purpose or conduct of the study if present at 
levels greater than established by the specifications.
    (J) Each concentration level, expressed in milligrams per cubic 
meter of air or other appropriate units, of the test or reference 
substance to be administered and the frequency of administration.
    (K) The type and frequency of tests, analyses, and measurements to 
be made.
    (L) The records to be maintained.
    (M) The date of approval of the protocol by the sponsor and the 
dated signature of the study director.
    (N) A statement of the proposed statistical method.
    (ii) All changes in or revisions of an approved protocol and the 
reasons therefor shall be documented, signed by the study director, 
dated, and maintained with the protocol.
    (2) Conduct of a study. (i) The study shall be conducted in 
accordance with the protocol.
    (ii) The test systems shall be monitored in conformity with the 
protocol.
    (iii) Specimens shall be identified by test system, study, nature, 
and date of collection. This information shall be located on the 
specimen container or shall accompany the specimen in a manner that 
precludes error in the recording and storage of data.
    (iv) In animal studies where histopathology is required, records of 
gross findings for a specimen from postmortem observations shall be 
available to a pathologist when examining that specimen 
histopathologically.
    (v) All data generated during the conduct of a study, except those 
that are generated by automated data collection systems, shall be 
recorded directly, promptly, and legibly in ink. All data entries shall 
be dated on the day of entry and signed or initialed by the person 
entering the data. Any change in entries shall be made so as

[[Page 534]]

not to obscure the original entry, shall indicate the reason for such 
change, and shall be dated and signed or identified at the time of the 
change. In automated data collection systems, the individual responsible 
for direct data input shall be identified at the time of data input. Any 
change in automated data entries shall be made so as not to obscure the 
original entry, shall indicate the reason for change, shall be dated, 
and the responsible individual shall be identified.
    (h) Records and Reports--(1) Reporting of study results. (i) A final 
report shall be prepared for each study and shall include, but not 
necessarily be limited to, the following:
    (A) Name and address of the facility performing the study and the 
dates on which the study was initiated and was completed, terminated, or 
discontinued.
    (B) Objectives and procedures stated in the approved protocol, 
including any changes in the original protocol.
    (C) Statistical methods employed for analyzing the data.
    (D) The test fuel, additive/base fuel mixture, and test and 
reference substances identified by name, chemical abstracts service 
(CAS) number or code number, strength, purity, content, or other 
appropriate characteristics.
    (E) Stability, and when relevant to the conduct of the study, the 
solubility of the test emissions and reference substances under the 
conditions of administration.
    (F) A description of the methods used.
    (G) A description of the test system used. Where applicable, the 
final report shall include the number of animals or other test organisms 
used, sex, body weight range, source of supply, species, strain and 
substrain, age, and procedure used for identification.
    (H) A description of the concentration regimen as daily exposure 
period, i.e., number of hours, and exposure duration, i.e., number of 
days.
    (I) A description of all circumstances that may have affected the 
quality or integrity of the data.
    (J) The name of the study director, the names of other scientists or 
professionals and the names of all supervisory personnel, involved in 
the study.
    (K) A description of the transformations, calculations, or 
operations performed on the data, a summary and analysis of the data, 
and a statement of the conclusions drawn from the analysis.
    (L) The signed and dated reports of each of the individual 
scientists or other professionals involved in the study, including each 
person who, at the request or direction of the testing facility or 
sponsor, conducted an analysis or evaluation of data or specimens from 
the study after data generation was completed.
    (M) The locations where all specimens, raw data, and the final 
report are to be kept or stored.
    (N) The statement, prepared and signed by the quality assurance 
unit, as described in Sec. 79.60(b)(4)(i)(G).
    (ii) The final report shall be signed and dated by the study 
director.
    (iii) Corrections or additions to a final report shall be in the 
form of an amendment by the study director. The amendment shall clearly 
identify that part of the final report that is being added to or 
corrected and the reasons for the correction or addition, and shall be 
signed and dated by the person responsible. Modification of a final 
report to comply with the submission requirements of EPA does not 
constitute a correction, addition, or amendment to a final report.
    (iv) A copy of the final report and of any amendment to it shall be 
maintained by the sponsor and the test facility.
    (2) Storage and retrieval of records and data. (i) All raw data, 
documentation, records, protocols, specimens, and final reports 
generated as a result of a study shall be retained. Specimens obtained 
from mutagenicity tests, wet specimens of blood, urine, feces, and 
biological fluids, do not need to be retained after quality assurance 
verification. Correspondence and other documents relating to 
interpretation and evaluation of data, other than those documents 
contained in the final report, also shall be retained.
    (ii) All raw data, documentation, protocols, specimens, and interim 
and final reports shall be archived for orderly storage and expedient 
retrieval. Conditions of storage shall minimize

[[Page 535]]

deterioration of the documents or specimens in accordance with the 
requirements for the time period of their retention and the nature of 
the documents of specimens. A testing facility may contract with 
commercial archives to provide a repository for all material to be 
retained. Raw data and specimens may be retained elsewhere provided that 
the archives have specific reference to those other locations.
    (iii) An individual shall be identified as responsible for the 
archiving of records.
    (iv) Access to archived material shall require authorization and 
documentation.
    (v) Archived material shall be indexed to permit expedient 
retrieval.
    (3) Retention of records. (i) Record retention requirements set 
forth in this section do not supersede the record retention requirements 
of any other regulations in this subchapter.
    (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(3)(iii) of this section, 
documentation records, raw data, and specimens pertaining to a study and 
required to be retained by this part shall be archived for a period of 
at least ten years following the completion of the study.
    (iii) Wet specimens, samples of test fuel, additive/base fuel 
mixtures, or reference substances, and specially prepared material which 
are relatively fragile and differ markedly in stability and quality 
during storage, shall be retained only as long as the quality of the 
preparation affords evaluation. Specimens obtained from mutagenicity 
tests, wet specimens of blood, urine, feces, biological fluids, do not 
need to be retained after quality assurance verification. In no case 
shall retention be required for a longer period than that set forth in 
paragraph (h)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) The master schedule sheet, copies of protocols, and records of 
quality assurance inspections, as required by Sec. 79.60(b)(4)(iii) 
shall be maintained by the quality assurance unit as an easily 
accessible system of records for the period of time specified in 
paragraph (h)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (v) Summaries of training and experience and job descriptions 
required to be maintained by Sec. 79.60(b)(1)(ii) may be retained along 
with all other testing facility employment records for the length of 
time specified in paragraph (h)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (vi) Records and reports of the maintenance and calibration and 
inspection of equipment, as required by Sec. 79.60(d)(2) (ii) and (iii), 
shall be retained for the length of time specified in paragraph 
(h)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (vii) If a facility conducting testing or an archive contracting 
facility goes out of business, all raw data, documentation, and other 
material specified in this section shall be transferred to the sponsor 
of the study for archival.
    (viii) Records required by this section may be retained either as 
original records or as true copies such as photocopies, microfilm, 
microfiche, or other accurate reproductions of the original records.



Sec. 79.61  Vehicle emissions inhalation exposure guideline.

    (a) Purpose. This guideline provides additional information on 
methodologies required to conduct health effects tests involving 
inhalation exposures to vehicle combustion emissions from fuels or fuel/
additive mixtures. Where this guideline and the other health effects 
testing guidelines in 40 CFR 79.62 through 79.68 specify differing 
values for the same test parameter, the specifications in the individual 
health test guideline shall prevail for that health effect endpoint.
    (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section the following 
definitions apply.
    Acute inhalation study means a short-term toxicity test 
characterized by a single exposure by inhalation over a short period of 
time (at least 4 hours and less than 24 hours), followed by at least 14 
days of observation.
    Aerodynamic diameter means the diameter of a sphere of unit density 
that has the same settling velocity as the particle of the test 
substance. It is used to compare particles of different sizes, densities 
and shapes, and to predict where in the respiratory tract such particles 
may be deposited. It applies to the size of aerosol particles.

[[Page 536]]

    Chronic inhalation study means a prolonged and repeated exposure by 
inhalation for the life span of the test animal; technically, two years 
in the rat.
    Concentration means an exposure level. Exposure is expressed as 
weight or volume of test aerosol/substance per volume of air, usually 
mg/m3 or as parts per million (ppm) over a given time period. 
Micrograms per cubic meter (g/m3) or parts per 
billion may be appropriate, as well.
    Cumulative toxicity means the adverse effects of repeated exposures 
occurring as a result of prolonged action or increased concentration of 
the administered test substance or its metabolites in the susceptible 
tissues.
    Inhalable diameter means that aerodynamic diameter of a particle 
which is considered to be inhalable for the organism. It is used to 
refer to particles which are capable of being inhaled and may be 
deposited anywhere within the respiratory tract from the trachea to the 
alveoli.
    Mass median aerodynamic diameter (MMAD) means the calculated 
aerodynamic diameter, which divides the particles of an aerosol in half 
based on the mass of the particles. Fifty percent of the particles in 
mass will be larger than the median diameter, and fifty percent will be 
smaller than the median diameter. MMAD describes the particle 
distribution of any aerosol based on the weight and size of the 
particles. MMAD and the geometric standard deviation describe the 
particle-size distribution.
    Material safety data sheet (MSDS) means documentation or information 
on the physical, chemical, and hazardous characteristics of a given 
chemical, usually provided by the product's manufacturer.
    Reynolds number means a dimensionless number that is proportional to 
the ratio of inertial forces to frictional forces acting on a fluid. It 
quantitatively provides a measure of whether flow is laminar or 
turbulent. A fluid traveling through a pipe is fully developed into a 
laminar flow for a Reynolds number less than 2000, and fully developed 
into a turbulent flow for a Reynolds number greater than 4000.
    Subacute inhalation toxicity means the adverse effects occurring as 
a result of the repeated daily exposure of experimental animals to a 
chemical by inhalation for part (less than 10 percent) of a lifespan; 
generally, less than 90 days.
    Subchronic inhalation study means a repeated exposure by inhalation 
for part (approximately 10 percent) of a life span of the exposed test 
animal.
    Toxic effect means an adverse change in the structure or function of 
an experimental animal as a result of exposure to a chemical substance.
    (c) Principles and design criteria of inhalation exposure systems. 
Proper conduct of inhalation toxicity studies of the emissions of fuels 
and additive/fuel mixtures requires that the exposure system be designed 
to ensure the controlled generation of the exposure atmosphere, the 
adequate dilution of the test emissions, delivery of the diluted 
exposure atmosphere to the test animals, and use of appropriate exposure 
chamber systems selected to meet criteria for a given exposure study.
    (1) Emissions generation. Emissions shall be generated according to 
the specifications in 40 CFR 79.57.
    (2) Dilution and delivery systems. (i) The delivery system is the 
means used to transport the emissions from the generation system to the 
exposure system. The dilution system is generally a component of the 
delivery system.
    (ii) Dilution provides control of the emissions concentration 
delivered to the exposure system, serving the function of diluting the 
associated combustion gases, such as carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, 
nitrogen oxides, sulfur dioxide and other noxious gases and vapors, to 
levels that will ensure that there are no significant or measurable 
responses in the test animals as a result of exposure to the combustion 
gases. The formation of particle species is strongly dependent on the 
dilution rate, as well.
    (iii) The engine exhaust system shall connect to the first-stage-
dilution section at 90 deg. to the axis of the dilution section. This is 
then connected to a right angle elbow on the center line of the dilution 
section. Engine emissions are injected through the elbow so that exhaust 
flow is concurrent to dilution flow.

[[Page 537]]

    (iv) Materials. In designing the dilution and delivery systems, the 
use of plastic, e.g., PVC and similar materials, copper, brass, and 
aluminum pipe and tubing shall be avoided if there exists a possibility 
of chemical reaction occurring between emissions and tubing. Stainless 
steel pipe and tubing is recommended as the best choice for most 
emission dilution and delivery applications, although glass and teflon 
may be appropriate, as well.
    (v) Flow requirements. (A) Conduit for dilute raw emissions shall be 
of such dimensions as to provide residence times for the emissions on 
the order of less than one second to several seconds before the 
emissions are further diluted and introduced to the test chambers. With 
the high flow rates in the dilute raw emissions conduit, it will be 
necessary to sample various portions of the dilute emissions for 
delivering differing concentrations to the test chambers. The unused 
portions of the emissions stream are normally exhausted to the 
atmosphere outside of the exposure facility.
    (B) Dimensions of the dilute raw exhaust conduit shall be such that, 
at a minimum, the flow Reynolds number is 70,000 or greater (see Mokler, 
et al., 1984 in paragraph (f)(13) of this section). This will maintain 
highly turbulent flow conditions so that there is more complete mixing 
of the exhaust emissions.
    (C) Wall losses. The delivery system shall be designed to minimize 
wall losses. This can be done by sizing the tubing or pipe to maintain 
laminar flow of the diluted emissions to the exposure chamber. A flow 
Reynolds number of 1000-3000 will ensure minimal wall losses. Also, the 
length of and number and degree of bends in the delivery lines to the 
exposure chamber system shall be minimized.
    (D) Whole-body exposure vs. nose-only exposure delivery systems. 
Flow rates through whole-body chamber systems are of the order of 100 
liters per minute to 500 liters per minute. Nose-only systems are on the 
order of less than 50 liters per minute. To maintain laminar flow 
conditions, the principles described in paragraph (c)(2)(v)(C) of this 
section apply to both systems.
    (vi) Dilution requirements. (A) To maintain the water vapor, and 
dissolved organic compounds, in the raw exhaust emissions stream, a 
manufacturer/tester will initially dilute one part emissions with a 
minimum of five parts clean, filtered air (see Hinners, et al., 1979 in 
paragraph (f)(11) of this section). Depending on the water vapor content 
of a particular fuel/additive mixture's combustion emissions and the 
humidity of the dilution air, initial exhaust dilutions as high as 1:15 
or 1:20 may be necessary to maintain the general character of the 
exhaust as it cools, e.g., M100. At this point, it is expected that the 
exhaust stream would be further diluted to more appropriate levels for 
rodent health effects testing.
    (B) A maximum concentration (minimum dilution) of the raw exhaust 
going into the test animal cages is anticipated to lie in the range 
between 1:5 and 1:50 exhaust emissions to clean, filtered air. The 
minimum concentration (maximum dilution) of raw exhaust for health 
effects testing is anticipated to be in range between 1:100 and 1:150. 
Individual manufacturers will treat these ranges as approximations only 
and will determine the optimum range of emission concentrations to 
elicit effects in Tier 2 health testing for their particular fuel/fuel 
additive mixture.
    (3) Exposure chamber systems--(i) Referenced Guidelines. (A) The 
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services ``Guide for the Care and 
Use of Laboratory Animals'' (Guide), 1985 cited in paragraph 
(c)(3)(ii)(A)(4), and in paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (d)(2)(ii), (d)(2)(iii), 
(d)(4)(ii), and (d)(4)(iii) of this section, has been incorporated by 
reference.
    (B) This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of 
the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 
51. Copies may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. 
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. Copies may be 
inspected at U.S. EPA, OAR, 401 M Street SW., Washington, DC, 20460 or 
at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street NW., 
suite 700, Washington, DC.
    (ii) Exposure chambers. There are two basic types of dynamic 
inhalation exposure chambers, whole-body chambers and nose-/head-only 
exposure chambers

[[Page 538]]

(see Cheng and Moss, 1989 in paragraph (f)(8) of this section).
    (A) Whole-body chambers. (1) The flow rate through a chamber shall 
be maintained at 15 air changes per hour.
    (2) The chambers are usually maintained at a slightly negative 
pressure (0.5 to 1.5 inch of water) to prevent leakage of test substance 
into the exposure room.
    (3) The exposure chamber shall be designed in such a way as to 
provide uniform distribution of exposure concentrations in all 
compartments (see Cheng et al., 1989 in paragraph (f)(7) of this 
section).
    (4) Animals are housed in separate compartments inside the chamber, 
where the whole surface area of an animal is exposed to the test 
material. The spaces required for different animal species shall follow 
the Guide. In general, the volume of animal bodies occupy less than 5 
percent of the chamber volume.
    (B) Head/nose-only exposure chambers. (1) In head/nose-only exposure 
chambers, only the head (oronasal) portion of the animal is exposed to 
the test material.
    (2) The chamber volume and flow rates are much less than in the 
whole-body exposure chambers because the subjects are usually restrained 
in a tube holder where the animal's breathing can be easily monitored. 
The head/nose-only exposure chamber is suitable for short-term exposures 
or when use of a small amount of test material is required.
    (iii) Since whole-body exposure appears to be the least stressful 
mode of exposure, it is the preferred method. In general, head/nose only 
exposure, which is sometimes used to avoid concurrent exposure by the 
dermal or oral routes, i.e., grooming, is not recommended because of the 
stress accompanying the restraining of the animals. However, there may 
be specific instances where it may be more appropriate than whole-body 
exposure. The tester shall provide justification for its selection.
    (d) Inhalation exposure procedures--(1) Animal selection. (i) The 
rat is the preferred species for vehicle emission inhalation health 
effects testing. Commonly used laboratory strains shall be used. Any 
rodent species may be used, but the tester shall provide justification 
for the choice of that species.
    (ii) Young adult animals, approximately ten weeks of age for the 
rat, shall be used. At the commencement of the study, the weight 
variation of animals used shall not exceed 20 percent of the 
mean weight for each sex. Animals shall be randomly assigned to 
treatment and control groups according to their weight.
    (iii) An equal number of male and female rodents shall be used at 
each concentration level. Situations may arise where use of a single sex 
may be appropriate. Females, in general, shall be nulliparous and 
nonpregnant.
    (iv) The number of animals used at each concentration level and in 
the control group(s) depends on the type of study, number of biological 
end points used in the toxicity evaluation, the pre-determined 
sensitivity of detection and power of significance of the study, and the 
animal species. For an acute study, at least five animals of each sex 
shall be used in each test group. For both the subacute and subchronic 
studies, at least 10 rodents of each sex shall be used in each test 
group. For a chronic study, at least 20 male and 20 female rodents shall 
be used in each test group.
    (A) If interim sacrifices are planned, the number of animals shall 
be increased by the number of animals scheduled to be sacrificed during 
the course of the study.
    (B) For a chronic study, the number of animals at the termination of 
the study must be adequate for a meaningful and valid statistical 
evaluation of chronic effects.
    (v) A concurrent control group is required. This group shall be 
exposed to clean, filtered air under conditions identical to those used 
for the group exposed to the test atmosphere.
    (vi) The same species/strain shall be used to make comparisons 
between fuel-only and fuel/additive mixture studies. If another species/
strain is used, the tester shall provide justification for its 
selection.
    (2) Animal handling and care. (i) A key element in the conduct of 
inhalation exposure studies is the proper handling and care of the test 
animal population.

[[Page 539]]

Therefore, the exposure conditions must conform strictly with the 
conditions for housing and animal care and use set forth in the Guide.
    (ii) In whole-body exposure chambers, animals shall be housed in 
individual caging. The minimum cage size per animal will be in 
accordance with instructions set forth in the Guide.
    (iii) Chambers shall be cleaned and maintained in accordance with 
recommendations and schedules set forth in the Guide.
    (A) Observations shall be made daily with appropriate actions taken 
to minimize loss of animals to the study (e.g., necropsy or 
refrigeration of animals found dead and isolation or sacrifice of weak 
or moribund animals). Exposure systems using head/nose-only exposure 
chambers require no special daily chamber maintenance. Chambers shall be 
inspected to ensure that they are clean, and that there are no 
obstructions in the chamber which would restrict air flow to the 
animals. Whole-body exposure chambers will be inspected on a minimum of 
twice daily, once before exposures and once after exposures.
    (B) Signs of toxicity shall be recorded as they are observed, 
including the time of onset, degree, and duration.
    (C) Cage-side observations shall include, but are not limited to: 
changes in skin, fur, eye and mucous membranes, respiratory, autonomic, 
and central nervous systems, somatomotor activity, and behavioral 
patterns. Particular attention shall be directed to observation of 
tremors, convulsions, salivation, diarrhea, lethargy, sleep, and coma.
    (iv) Food and water will be withheld from animals for head/nose-only 
exposure systems. For whole-body-exposure systems, water only may be 
provided. When the exposure generation system is not operating, food 
will be available ad libitum. During operation of the generation system, 
food will be withheld to avoid possible contamination by emissions.
    (v) At the end of the study period, all survivors in the main study 
population shall be sacrificed. Moribund animals shall be removed and 
sacrificed when observed.
    (3) Concentration levels and selection. (i) In acute and subacute 
toxicity tests, at least three exposure concentrations and a control 
group shall be used and spaced appropriately to produce test groups with 
a range of toxic effects and mortality rates. The data shall be 
sufficient to produce a concentration-response curve and permit an 
acceptable estimation of the median lethal concentration.
    (ii) In subchronic and chronic toxicity tests, testers shall use at 
least three different concentration levels, with a control exposure 
group, to determine a concentration-response relationship. 
Concentrations shall be spaced appropriately to produce test groups with 
a range of toxic effects. The concentration-response data may also be 
sufficient to determine a NOAEL, unless the result of a limit test 
precludes such findings. The criteria for selecting concentration levels 
has been published (40 CFR 798.2450 and 798.3260).
    (A) The highest concentration shall result in toxic effects but not 
produce an incidence of fatalities which would prevent a meaningful 
evaluation of the study.
    (B) The lowest concentration shall not produce toxic effects which 
are directly attributable to the test exposure. Where there is a useful 
estimation of human exposure, the lowest concentration shall exceed 
this.
    (C) The intermediate concentration level(s) shall produce minimal 
observable toxic effects. If more than one intermediate concentration 
level is used, the concentrations shall be spaced to produce a gradation 
of toxic effects.
    (D) In the low, intermediate, and control exposure groups, the 
incidence of fatalities shall be low to absent, so as not to preclude a 
meaningful evaluation of the results.
    (4) Exposure chamber environmental conditions. The following 
environmental conditions in the exposure chamber are critical to the 
maintenance of the test animals: flow; temperature; relative humidity; 
lighting; and noise.
    (i) Filtered and conditioned air shall be used during exposure, to 
dilute the

[[Page 540]]

exhaust emissions, and during non- exposure periods to maintain 
environmental conditions that are free of trace gases, dusts, and 
microorganisms on the test animals. Twelve to fifteen air changes per 
hour will be provided at all times to whole-body-exposure chambers. The 
minimum air flow rate for head/nose-only exposure chambers will be a 
function of the number of animals and the average minute volume of the 
animals:

Qminimum(L/min)=2  x  number of animals  x  average minute 
volume

(see Cheng and Moss, 1989 in paragraph (f)(8) of this section).
    (ii) Recommended ranges of temperature for various species are given 
in the Guide. The recommended temperature ranges will be used for 
establishing temperature conditions of whole-body- exposure chambers. 
For rodents in whole-body-exposure chambers, the recommended temperature 
is 22  deg.C  2  deg.C and for rabbits, it is 20  deg.C 
 3  deg.C. Temperature ranges have not been established for 
head/nose-only tubes; however, recommended maximum temperature limits 
have been established at the Inhalation Toxicology Research Institute 
(see Barr, 1988 in paragraph (f)(1) of this section). Maximum 
temperature for rats and mice in head/nose-only tubes is 23  deg.C.
    (iii) Relative humidity. The relative humidity in the chamber air is 
important for heat balance and shall be maintained between 40 percent 
and 60 percent, but in certain instances, this may not be practicable. 
Testers shall follow Guide recommends for a 30 percent to 70 percent 
relative humidity range for rodents in exposure chambers.
    (iv) Lighting. Light intensity of 30 foot candles at 3 ft. from the 
floor of the exposure facility is recommended (see Rao, 1986 in 
paragraph (f)(16) of this section).
    (5) Exposure conditions. Unless precluded by the requirements of a 
particular test protocol, animal subjects shall be exposed to the test 
atmosphere based on a nominal 5-day-per-week regimen, subject to the 
following rules:
    (i) Each daily exposure must be at least 6 hours plus the time 
necessary to build the chamber atmosphere to 90 percent of the target 
exposure atmosphere. Interruptions of daily exposures caused by 
technical difficulties, if infrequent in occurrence and limited in 
duration, may be made up the same day by adding equivalent exposure time 
after the technical problem has been corrected and the exposure 
atmosphere restored to the required level.
    (ii) Normally, no more than two non-exposure days may occur 
consecutively during the test period. However, if a third consecutive 
non-exposure day should occur due to circumstances beyond the tester's 
control, it may be remedied by adding a supplementary exposure day. 
Federal and other holidays do not constitute such circumstances. 
Whenever possible, a make-up day should be taken at the first 
opportunity, i.e., on the next day which would otherwise have been an 
intentional non-exposure day. If a compensatory day must be scheduled at 
the end of the standard test period, then it may occur either:
    (A) Immediately following the last standard exposure day, with no 
intervening non-exposure days; or
    (B) With up to two intervening non-exposure days, provided that no 
fewer than two consecutive compensatory exposure days are completed 
before the test is terminated and the animals sacrificed.
    (iii) Except as allowed in paragraph (d)(5)(ii)(B) of this section, 
in no case shall there be fewer than four exposure days per week at any 
time during the test period.
    (iv) A nominal 90-day (13-week) subchronic test period shall include 
no fewer than 63 total exposure days.
    (6) Exposure atmosphere. (i) The exposure atmosphere shall be held 
as constant as is practicable and must be monitored continuously or 
intermittently, depending on the method of analysis, to ensure that 
exposure levels are at the target values or within stated limits during 
the exposure period. Sampling methodology will be determined based on 
the type of generation system and the type of exposure chamber system 
specified for the exposure study.
    (A) Integrated samples of test atmosphere aerosol shall be taken 
daily during the exposure period from a single representative sample 
port in the

[[Page 541]]

chamber near the breathing zone of the animals. Gas samples shall be 
taken daily to determine concentrations (ppm) of the major vapor 
components of the test atmosphere including CO, CO2, 
NOX, SO2, and total hydrocarbons.
    (B) To ensure that animals in different locations of the chamber 
receive a similar exposure atmosphere, distribution of an aerosol or 
vapor concentration in exposure chambers can be determined without 
animals during the developmental phase of the study, or it can be 
determined with animals early in the study. For head/nose-only exposure 
chambers, it may not be possible to monitor the chamber distribution 
during the exposure, because the exposure port contains the animal.
    (C) During the development of the emissions generation system, 
particle size analysis shall be performed to establish the stability of 
an aerosol concentration with respect to particle size. Over the course 
of the exposure, analysis shall be conducted as often as is necessary to 
determine the consistency of particle size distribution.
    (D) Chamber rise and fall times. The rise time required for the 
exposure concentration to reach 90 percent of the stable concentration 
after the generator is turned on, and the fall time when the chamber 
concentration decreases to 10 percent of the stable concentration after 
the generation system is stopped shall be determined in the 
developmental phase of the study. Time-integrated samples collected for 
calculating exposure concentrations shall be taken after the rise time. 
The daily exposure time is exclusive of the rise or the fall time.
    (ii) Instrumentation used for a given study will be determined based 
on the type of generation system and the type of exposure chamber system 
specified for the exposure study.
    (A) For exhaust studies, combustion gases shall be sampled by 
collecting exposure air in bags and then analyzing the collected air 
sample to determine major components of the combustion gas using gas 
analyzers. Exposure chambers can also be connected to gas analyzers 
directly by using sampling lines and switching valves. Samples can be 
taken more frequently using the latter method. Aerosol instruments, such 
as photometers, or time-integrated gravimetric determination may be used 
to determine the stability of any aerosol concentration in the chamber.
    (B) For evaporative emission studies, concentration of fuel vapors 
can usually be determined by using a gas chromatograph (GC) and/or 
infrared (IR) spectrometry. Grab samples for intermittent sampling can 
be taken from the chamber by using bubble samplers with the appropriate 
solvent to collect the vapors, or by collecting a small volume of air in 
a syringe. Intermediate or continuous monitoring of the chamber 
concentration is also possible by connecting the chamber with a GC or IR 
detector.
    (7) Monitoring chamber environmental conditions may be performed by 
a computer system or by exposure system operating personnel.
    (i) The flow-metering device used for the exposure chambers must be 
a continuous monitoring device, and actual flow measurements must be 
recorded at least every 30 minutes. Accuracy must be 5 
percent of full scale range. Measurement of air flow through the 
exposure chamber may be accomplished using any device that has 
sufficient range to accurately measure the air flow for the given 
chamber. Types of flow metering devices include rotameters, orifice 
meters, venturi meters, critical orifices, and turbinemeters (see 
Benedict, 1984 in paragraph (f)(4) and Spitzer, 1984 in paragraph 
(f)(17) of this section).
    (ii) Pressure. Pressure measurement may be accomplished using 
manometers, electronic pressure transducers, magnehelics, or similar 
devices (see Gillum, 1982 in paragraph (f)(10) of this section). 
Accuracy of the pressure device must be 5 percent of full 
scale range. Pressure measurements must be continuous and recorded at 
least every 30 minutes.
    (iii) Temperature. The temperature of exposure chambers must be 
monitored continuously and recorded at least every 30 minutes. 
Temperature may be measured using thermometers, RTD's, thermocouples, 
thermistors, or other devices (see Benedict, 1984 in paragraph (f)(4) of 
this section). It is necessary to incorporate an alarm system into the

[[Page 542]]

temperature monitoring system. The exposure operators must be notified 
by the alarm system when the chamber temperature exceeds 26.7  deg.C (80 
 deg.F). The exposure must be discontinued and emergency procedures 
enacted to immediately reduce temperatures or remove test animals from 
high temperature environment when chamber temperatures exceed 29  deg.C. 
Accuracy of the temperature monitoring device will be 1 
deg.C for the temperature range of 20-30  deg.C.
    (iv) Relative humidity. The relative humidity of exposure chambers 
must be monitored continuously and recorded at least every 30 minutes. 
Relative humidity may be measured using various devices (see Chaddock, 
1985 in paragraph (f)(6) of this section).
    (v) Lighting shall be measured quarterly, or once at the beginning, 
middle, and end of the study for shorter studies.
    (vi) Noise level in the exposure chamber(s) shall be measured 
quarterly, or once at the beginning, middle, and end of the study for 
shorter studies.
    (vii) Oxygen content is critical, especially in nose-only chamber 
systems, and shall be greater than or equal to 19 percent in the test 
cages. An oxygen sensor shall be located at a single position in the 
test chamber and a lower alarm limit of 18 percent shall be used to 
activate an alarm system.
    (8) Safety procedures and requirements. In the case of potentially 
explosive test substance concentrations, care shall be taken to avoid 
generating explosive atmospheres.
    (i) It is mandatory that the upper explosive limit (UEL) and lower 
explosive limit (LEL) for the fuel and/or fuel additive(s) that are 
being tested be determined. These limits can be found in the material 
safety data sheets (MSDS) for each substance and in various reference 
texts. The air concentration of the fuel or additive-base fuel mixture 
in the generation system, dilution/delivery system, and the exposure 
chamber system shall be calculated to ensure that explosive limits are 
not present.
    (ii) Storage, handling, and use of fuels or fuel/additive mixtures 
shall follow guidelines given in 29 CFR 1910.106.
    (iii) Monitoring for carbon monoxide (CO) levels is mandatory for 
combustion systems. CO shall be continuously monitored in the immediate 
area of the engine/vehicle system and in the exposure chamber(s).
    (iv) Air samples shall be taken quarterly in the immediate area of 
the vapor generation system and the exposure chamber system, or once at 
the beginning, middle, and end of the study for shorter studies. These 
samples shall be analyzed by methods described in paragraph 
(d)(6)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (v) With the presence of fuels and/or fuel additives, all electrical 
and electronic equipment must be grounded. Also, the dilution/delivery 
system and chamber exposure system must be grounded. Guidelines for 
grounding are given in 29 CFR 1910.304.
    (9) Quality control and quality assurance procedures--(i) Standard 
operating procedures (SOPs). SOPs for exposure operations, sampling 
instruments, animal handling, and analytical methods shall be written 
during the developmental phase of the study.
    (ii) Technicians/operators shall be trained in exposure operation, 
maintenance, and documentation, as appropriate, and their training shall 
be documented.
    (iii) Flow meters, sampling instruments, and balances used in the 
inhalation experiments shall be calibrated with standards during the 
developmental phase to determine their sensitivity, detection limits, 
and linearity. During the exposure period, instruments shall be checked 
for calibration and documented to ensure that each instrument still 
functions properly.
    (iv) The mean exposure concentration shall be within 10 percent of 
the target concentration on 90 percent or more of exposure days. The 
coefficient of variation shall be within 25 percent of target on 90 
percent or more of exposure days. For example, a manufacturer might 
determine a mean exposure concentration of its product's exposure 
emissions by identifying ``marker'' compound(s) typical of the emissions 
of the fuel or fuel/additive mixture under study as a surrogate for the 
total of individual compounds in those exposure emissions. The 
manufacturer would note any concentration changes

[[Page 543]]

in the level of the ``marker'' compound(s) in the sample's daily 
emissions for biological testing.
    (v) The spatial variation of the chamber concentration shall be 10 
percent, or less. If a higher spatial variation is observed during the 
developmental phase, then air mixing in the chamber shall be increased. 
In any case, animals shall be rotated among the various cages in the 
exposure chamber(s) to insure each animal's uniform exposure during the 
study.
    (e) Data and reporting. Data shall be summarized in tabular form, 
showing for each group the number of animals at the start of the test, 
the number of animals showing lesions, the types of lesions, and the 
percentage of animals displaying each type of lesion.
    (1) Treatment of results. All observed results, quantitative and 
incidental, shall be evaluated by an appropriate statistical method. Any 
generally accepted statistical method may be used; the statistical 
methods shall be selected during the design of the study.
    (2) Evaluation of results. The findings of an inhalation toxicity 
study should be evaluated in conjunction with the findings of preceding 
studies and considered in terms of the observed toxic effects and the 
necropsy and histopathological findings. The evaluation will include the 
relationship between the concentration of the test atmosphere and the 
duration of exposure, and the severity of abnormalities, gross lesions, 
identified target organs, body weight changes, effects on mortality and 
any other general or specific toxic effects.
    (3) Test conditions. (i) The exposure apparatus shall be described, 
including:
    (A) The vehicle/engine design and type, the dynamometer, the cooling 
system, if any, the computer control system, and the dilution system for 
exhaust emission generation;
    (B) The evaporative emissions generator model, type, or design and 
its dilution system; and
    (C) Other test conditions, such as the source and quality of mixing 
air, fuel or fuel/additive mixture used, treatment of exhaust air, 
design of exposure chamber and the method of housing animals in a test 
chamber shall be described.
    (ii) The equipment for measuring temperature, humidity, particulate 
aerosol concentrations and size distribution, gas analyzers, fuel vapor 
concentrations, chamber distribution, and rise and fall time shall be 
described.
    (iii) Daily exposure results. The daily record shall document the 
date, the start and stop times of the exposure, number of samples taken 
during the day, daily concentrations determined, calibration of 
instruments, and problems encountered during the exposure. The daily 
exposure data shall be signed by the exposure operator and reviewed and 
signed by the exposure supervisor responsible for the study.
    (4) Exposure data shall be tabulated and presented with mean values 
and a measure of variability (e.g., standard deviation), and shall 
include:
    (i) Airflow rates through the inhalation equipment;
    (ii) Temperature and humidity of air;
    (iii) Chamber concentrations in the chamber breathing zone;
    (iv) Concentration of combustion exhaust gases in the chamber 
breathing zone;
    (v) Particle size distribution (e.g., mass median aerodynamic 
diameter and geometric standard deviation from the mean);
    (vi) Rise and fall time;
    (vii) Chamber concentrations during the non-exposure period; and
    (viii) Distribution of test substance in the chamber.
    (5) Animal data. Tabulation of toxic response data by species, 
strain, sex and exposure level for:
    (i) Number of animals exposed;
    (ii) Number of animals showing signs of toxicity; and
    (iii) Number of animals dying.
    (f) References. For additional background information on this 
exposure guideline, the following references should be consulted.
    (1) Barr, E.B. (1988) Operational Limits for Temperature and Percent 
Oxygen During HM Nose-Only Exposures--Emergency Procedures [interoffice 
memorandum]. Albuquerque, NM: Lovelace Inhalation Toxicology Research 
Institute; May 13.
    (2) Barr, E.B.; Cheng, Y.S.; Mauderly, J.L. (1990) Determination of 
Oxygen

[[Page 544]]

Depletion in a Nose-Only Exposure Chamber. Presented at: 1990 American 
Association for Aerosol Research; June; Philadelphia, PA: American 
Association for Aerosol Research; abstract no. P2e1.
    (3) Barrow, C.S. (1989) Generation and Characterization of Gases and 
Vapors. In: McClellan, R.O., Henderson, R.F. ed. Concepts in Inhalation 
Toxicology. New York, NY: Hemisphere Publishing Corp., 63-84.
    (4) Benedict, R.P. (1984) Fundamentals of Temperature, Pressure, and 
Flow Measurements. 3rd ed. New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons.
    (5) Cannon, W.C.; Blanton, E.F.; McDonald, K.E. The Flow-Past 
Chamber. (1983) An Improved Nose-Only Exposure System for Rodents. Am. 
Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 44: 923-928.
    (6) Chaddock, J.B. ed. (1985) Moisture and humidity. Measurement and 
Control in Science and Industry: Proceedings of the 1985 International 
Symposium on Moisture and Humidity; April 1985; Washington, D.C. 
Research Triangle Park, NC: Instrument Society of America.
    (7) Cheng, Y.S.; Barr, E.B.; Carpenter, R.L.; Benson, J.M.; Hobbs, 
C.H. (1989) Improvement of Aerosol Distribution in Whole-Body Inhalation 
Exposure Chambers. Inhal. Toxicol. 1: 153-166.
    (8) Cheng,Y.S.; Moss, O.R. (1989) Inhalation Exposure Systems. In: 
McClellan, R.O.; Henderson, R.F. ed. Concepts in Inhalation Toxicology. 
New York, NY: Hemisphere Publishing Corp., 19-62.
    (9) Cheng, Y.S.; Yeh, H.C.; Mauderly, J.L.; Mokler, B.V. (1984) 
Characterization of Diesel Exhaust in a Chronic Inhalation Study. Am. 
Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 45: 547-555.
    (10) Gillum, D.R. (1982) Industrial Pressure Measurement. Research 
Triangle Park, NC: Instrument Society of America.
    (11) Hinners, R.G.; Burkart, J.K.; Malanchuk, M. (1979) Animal 
Exposure Facility for Diesel Exhaust Studies.
    (12) Kittelson, D.B.; Dolan, D.F. (1979) Diesel exhaust aerosols. In 
Willeke, K. ed. Generation of Aerosols and Facilities for Exposure 
Experiments. Ann Arbor, MI: Ann Arbor Science Publishers Inc., 337-360.
    (13) Mokler, B.V.; Archibeque, F.A.; Beethe, R.L.; Kelly, C.P.J.; 
Lopez, J.A.; Mauderly, J.L.; Stafford, D.L. (1984) Diesel Exhaust 
Exposure System for Animal Studies. Fundamental and Applied Toxicology 
4: 270-277.
    (14) Moore, W.; et al. (1978) Preliminary finding on the Deposition 
and Retention of Automotive Diesel Particulate in Rat Lungs. Proc. of 
Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution Control Assn, 3, paper 78-33.7.
    (15) Raabe, O.G., Bennick, J.E., Light, M.E., Hobbs, C.H., Thomas, 
R.L., Tillery, M.I. (1973) An Improved Apparatus for Acute Inhalation 
Exposure of Rodents to Radioactive Aerosols. Toxicol & Applied 
Pharmaco.; 1973; 26: 264-273.
    (16) Rao, G.N. (1986) Significance of Environmental Factors on the 
Test System. In: Hoover, B.K.; Baldwin, J.K.; Uelner, A.F.; Whitmire, 
C.E.; Davies, C.L.; Bristol, D.W. ed. Managing conduct and data quality 
of toxicology studies. Raleigh, NC: Princeton Scientific Publishing Co., 
Inc.: 173-185.
    (17) Spitzer, D.W. (1984) Industrial Flow Measurement. Research 
Triangle Park, NC: Instrument Society of America.
    (18) 40 CFR part 798, Health effects testing guidelines.
    (19) 29 CFR part 1910, Occupational safety and health standards for 
general industry.
    (20) Federal Register, 42 FR 26748, May 25, 1977.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 58746, Nov. 18, 1996; 
61 FR 36512, July 11, 1996]



Sec. 79.62  Subchronic toxicity study with specific health effect assessments.

    (a) Purpose--(1) General toxicity. This subchronic inhalation study 
is designed to determine a concentration-response relationship for 
potential toxic effects in rats resulting from continuous or repeated 
inhalation exposure to vehicle/engine emissions over a period of 90 
days. A subgroup of perfusion-fixed animals is required, in addition to 
the main study population, for more exacting organ and tissue histology. 
This test will provide screening information on target organ toxicities 
and on concentration levels useful for running

[[Page 545]]

chronic studies and establishing exposure criteria. Initial information 
on effective concentrations/exposures of the test atmosphere may be 
determined from the literature of previous studies or through 
concentration range-finding trials prior to starting this study. This 
health effects screening test is not capable of directly determining 
those effects which have a long latency period for development (e.g., 
carcinogenicity and life-shortening), though it may permit the 
detremination of a no-observed-adverse-effect level, or NOAEL.
    (2) Specific health effects assessments (HEAs). These supplemental 
studies are designed to determine the potential for reproductive/
teratologic, carcinogenic, mutagenic, and neurotoxic health effect 
outcomes from vehicle/engine emission exposures. They are done in 
combination with the subchronic toxicity study and paragraph (c) of this 
section or may be done separately as outlined by the appropriate test 
guideline.
    (i) Fertility assessment/teratology. The fertility assessment is an 
in vivo study designed to provide information on potential health 
hazards to the fetus arising from the mother's repeated exposure to 
vehicle/engine emissions before and during her pregnancy. By including a 
mating of test animals, the study provides preliminary data on the 
effects of repeated vehicle/engine emissions exposure on gonadal 
function, conception, and fertility. The fertility assessment/teratology 
guideline is found in Sec. 79.63.
    (ii) Micronucleus (MN) Assay. The MN assay is an in vivo cytogenetic 
test which gives information on potential carcinogenic and/or mutagenic 
effects of exposure to vehicle/engine emissions. The MN assay detects 
damage to the chromosomes or mitotic apparatus of cells in the tissues 
of a test subject exposed repeatedly to vehicle/engine emissions. The 
assay is based on an increase in the frequency of micronucleated 
erythrocytes found in bone marrow from treated animals compared to that 
of control animals. The guideline for the MN assay is found in 
Sec. 79.64.
    (iii) Sister Chromatid Exchange (SCE) Assay. The SCE assay is an in 
vivo analysis which gives information on potential mutagenic and/or 
carcinogenic effects of exposure to vehicle/engine emissions. The assay 
detects the ability of a chemical to enhance the exchange of DNA between 
two sister chromatids of a duplicating chromosome. This assay uses 
peripheral blood lymphocytes isolated from an exposed rodent test 
species and grown to confluence in cell culture. The guideline for the 
SCE assay is found in Sec. 79.65.
    (iv) Neurotoxicity (NTX) measures. NTX measures include (A) 
histopathology of specified central and peripheral nervous system 
tissues taken from emission-exposed rodents, and (B) an assay of brain 
tissue levels of glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP), a major 
filament protein of astrocytes, from emission-exposed rodents. The 
guidelines for the neurohistopathology and GFAP studies are found in 
Sec. 79.66 and Sec. 79.67, respectively.
    (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the following 
definitions apply:
    No-observed-adverse-effect-level (NOAEL) means the maximum 
concentration used in a test which produces no observed adverse effects. 
A NOAEL is expressed in terms of weight or volume of test substance 
given daily per unit volume of air (g/L or ppm).
    Subchronic inhalation toxicity means the adverse effects occurring 
as a result of the continuous or repeated daily exposure of experimental 
animals to a chemical by inhalation for part (approximately 10 percent) 
of a life span.
    (c) Principle of the test method. As long as none of the 
requirements of any study are violated by the combination, one or more 
HEAs may be combined with the general toxicity study through concurrent 
exposures of their study populations and/or by sharing the analysis of 
the same animal subjects. Requirements duplicated in combined studies 
need not be repeated. Guidelines for combining HEAs with the general 
toxicity study are as follows.
    (1) Fertility assessment. (i) The number of study animals in the 
test population is increased when the fertility assessment is run 
concurrently with the 90-day toxicity study. A minimum of 40

[[Page 546]]

females per test group shall undergo vaginal lavage daily for two weeks 
before the start of the exposure period. The resulting wet smears are 
examined to cull those animals which are acyclic. Twenty-five females 
shall be randomly assigned to a for-breeding group with the balance of 
females assigned to a group for histopathologic examination.
    (ii) All test groups are exposed over a period of 90 days to various 
concentrations of the test atmosphere for a minimum of six hours per 
day. After seven weeks of exposures, analysis of vaginal cell smears 
shall resume on a daily basis for the 25 for-breeding females and shall 
continue for a period of four weeks or until each female in the group is 
confirmed pregnant. Following the ninth week of exposures, each for-
breeding female is housed overnight with a single study male. Matings 
shall continue for as long as two weeks, or until pregnancy is confirmed 
(pregnancy day 0). Pregnant females are only exposed through day 15 of 
their pregnancy while daily exposures continue throughout the course of 
the study for non-pregnant females and study males.
    (iii) On pregnancy day 20, pregnant females are sacrificed and their 
uteri are examined. Pregnancy status and fetal effects are recorded as 
described in Sec. 79.63. At the end of the exposure period, all males 
and non-pregnant females are sacrificed and necropsied. Testes and 
epididymal tissue samples are taken from five perfusion-fixed test 
subjects and histopathological examinations are carried out on the 
remainder of the non-pregnant females and study males.
    (2) Carcinogenicity/mutagenicity(C/M) assessment. When combined with 
the subchronic toxicity study, the main study population is used to 
perform both the in vivo MN and SCE assays. Because of the constant 
turnover of the cells to be analyzed in these assays, a separate study 
population may be used for this assessment. A study population needs 
only to be exposed a minimum of four weeks. At exposure's end, ten 
animals per exposure and control groups are anaesthetized and heart 
punctures are performed on all members. After separating blood 
components, individual lymphocyte cell cultures are set up for SCE 
analysis. One femur from each study subject is also removed and the 
marrow extracted. The marrow is smeared onto a glass slide, and stained 
for analysis of micronuclei in erythrocytes.
    (3) Neurotoxicity (NTX) measures. (i) When combined with this 
subchronic toxicity study, test animals designated for whole-body 
perfusion fixation/lung histology and exposed as part of the main animal 
population are used to perform the neurohistology portion of these 
measures. After the last exposure period, a minimum of ten animals from 
each exposure group shall be preserved in situ with fixative. Sections 
of brain, spinal cord, and proximal sciatic or tibial nerve are then 
cut, processed further in formalin, and mounted for viewing under a 
light microscope. Fibers from the sciatic or tibial nerve sample are 
teased apart for further analysis under the microscope.
    (ii) GFAP assay. After the last exposure period, a minimum of ten 
rodents from each exposure group shall be sacrificed, and their brains 
excised and divided into regions. The tissue samples are then applied to 
filter paper, washed with anti-GFAP antibody, and visualized with a 
radio-labelled Protein A. The filters are quantified for degree of 
immunoreactivity between the antibody and GFAP in the tissue samples. A 
non-radioactive ELISA format is also referenced in the GFAP guideline 
cited in paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of this section. Note: Because the GFAP 
assay requires fresh, i.e., non-preserved, brain tissue, the number of 
test animals may need to be increased to provide an adequate number of 
test subjects to complete the histopathology requirements of both the 
GFAP and the general toxicity portion of the 90-day inhalation study.
    (iii) The start of the exposure period for the NTX measures study 
population may be staggered from that of the main study group to more 
evenly distribute the analytical work required in both study 
populations. The exposures would remain the same in all other respects.
    (d) Test procedures--(1) Animal selection--(i) Species and sex. The 
rat is the

[[Page 547]]

recommended species. If another rodent species is used, the tester shall 
provide justification for its selection. Both sexes shall be used in any 
assessment unless it is demonstrated that one sex is refractory to the 
effects of exposure.
    (ii) Age and number. Rats shall be at least ten weeks of age at the 
beginning of the study exposure. The number of animals necessary for 
individual health effect outcomes is as follows:
    (A) Thirty rodents per concentration level/group, fifteen of each 
sex, shall be used to satisfy the reporting requirements of the 90-day 
toxicity study. Ten animals per concentration level/group shall be 
designated for whole body perfusion with fixative (by gravity) for lung 
studies, and neurohistology and testes studies, as appropriate.
    (B) Thirty-five rodents, 25 females and ten males, shall be added 
for each test concentration or control group when combining a 90-day 
toxicity study with a fertility assessment.
    (C) The tester shall provide a group of 10 animals (five animals per 
sex per experimental/control groups) in addition to the main test 
population when performing the GFAP neurotoxicity HEA.
    (2) Recovery group. The manufacturer shall include an group of 20 
animals (10 animals per sex) in the test population, exposing them to 
the highest concentration level for the entire length of the study's 
exposure period. This group shall then be observed for reversibility, 
persistence, or delayed occurrence of toxic effects during a post-
exposure period of not less than 28 days.
    (3) Inhalation exposure. (i) All data developed within this study 
shall be in accordance with good laboratory practice provisions under 
Sec. 79.60.
    (ii) The general conduct of this study shall be in accordance with 
the vehicle emissions inhalation exposure guideline in Sec. 79.61.
    (4) Observation of animals. (i) All toxicological (e.g., weight 
loss) and neurological signs (e.g., motor disturbance) shall be recorded 
frequently enough to observe any abnormality, and not less than weekly 
for all study animals. Animals shall be weighed weekly.
    (ii) The following is a minimal list of measures that shall be 
noted:
    (A) Body weight;
    (B) Subject's reactivity to general stimuli such as removal from the 
cage or handling;
    (C) Description, incidence, and severity of any convulsions, 
tremors, or abnormal motor movements in the home cage;
    (D) Descriptions and incidence of posture and gait abnormalities 
observed in the home cage;
    (E) Description and incidence of any unusual or abnormal behaviors, 
excessive or repetitive actions (stereotypies), emaciation, dehydration, 
hypotonia or hypertonia, altered fur appearance, red or crusty deposits 
around the eyes, nose, or mouth, and any other observations that may 
facilitate interpretation of the data.
    (iii) Any animal which dies during the test is necropsied as soon as 
possible after discovery.
    (5) Clinical examinations. (i) The following examinations shall be 
performed on the twenty animals designated as the 90-day study 
population, exclusive of pregnant dams and those study animals targeted 
for perfusion by gravity:
    (A) The following hematology determinations shall be carried out at 
least two times during the test period (after 30 days of exposure and 
just prior to terminal sacrifice at the end of the exposure period): 
hematocrit, hemoglobin concentration, erythrocyte count, total and 
differential leukocyte count, and a measure of clotting potential such 
as prothrombin time, thromboplastin time, or platelet count.
    (B) Clinical biochemistry determinations on blood shall be carried 
out at least two times during the test period, after 30 days of exposure 
and just prior to terminal sacrifice at the end of the exposure period, 
on all groups of animals including concurrent controls. Clinical 
biochemical testing shall include assessment of electrolyte balance, 
carbohydrate metabolism, and liver and kidney function. The selection of 
specific tests will be influenced by observations on the mode of action 
of the substance. In the absence of more specific tests, the following 
determinations may be made: calcium, phosphorus, chloride, sodium, 
potassium, fasting glucose (with period of

[[Page 548]]

fasting appropriate to the species), serum alanine aminotransferase, 
serum aspartate aminotransferase, sorbitol dehydrogenase, gamma glutamyl 
transpeptidase, urea nitrogen, albumen, blood creatinine, methemoglobin, 
bile acids, total bilirubin, and total serum protein measurements. 
Additional clinical biochemistry shall be employed, where necessary, to 
extend the investigation of observed effects, e.g., analyses of lipids, 
hormones, acid/base balance, and cholinesterase activity.
    (ii) The following examinations shall initially be performed on the 
high concentration and control groups only:
    (A) Ophthalmological examination, using an ophthalmoscope or 
equivalent suitable equipment, shall be made prior to exposure to the 
test substance and at the termination of the study. If changes in the 
eyes are detected, all animals shall be examined.
    (B) Urinalysis is not required on a routine basis, but shall be done 
when there is an indication based on expected and/or observed toxicity.
    (iii) Preservation by whole-body perfusion of fixative into the 
anaesthetized animal for lung histology of ten animals from the 90-day 
study population for each experimental and control group.
    (6) Gross pathology. With the exception of the whole body perfusion-
fixed test animals cited in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, all 
rodents shall be subjected to a full gross necropsy which includes 
examination of the external surface of the body, all orifices and the 
cranial, thoracic, and abdominal cavities and their contents. Gross 
pathology shall be performed on the following organs and tissues:
    (i) The liver, kidneys, lungs, adrenals, brain, and gonads, 
including uterus, ovaries, testes, epididymides, seminal vesicles (with 
coagulating glands), and prostate, constitute the group of target organs 
for histology and shall be weighed as soon as possible after dissection 
to avoid drying. In addition, for other than rodent test species, the 
thyroid with parathyroids, when present, shall also be weighed as soon 
as possible after dissection to avoid drying.
    (ii) The following organs and tissues, or representative samples 
thereof, shall be preserved in a suitable medium for possible future 
histopathological examination: All gross lesions; lungs--which shall be 
removed intact, weighed, and treated with a suitable fixative to ensure 
that lung structure is maintained (perfusion with the fixative is 
considered to be an effective procedure); nasopharyngeal tissues; 
brain--including sections of medulla/pons, cerebellar cortex, and 
cerebral cortex; pituitary; thyroid/parathyroid; thymus; trachea; heart; 
sternum with bone marrow; salivary glands; liver; spleen; kidneys; 
adrenals; pancreas; reproductive organs: uterus; cervix; ovaries; 
vagina; testes; epididymides; prostate; and, if present, seminal 
vesicles; aorta; (skin); gall bladder (if present); esophagus; stomach; 
duodenum; jejunum; ileum; cecum; colon; rectum; urinary bladder; 
representative lymph node; (mammary gland); (thigh musculature); 
peripheral nerve/tissue; (eyes); (femur--including articular surface); 
(spinal cord at three levels--cervical, midthoracic, and lumbar); and 
(zymbal and exorbital lachrymal glands).
    (7) Histopathology. Histopathology shall be performed on the 
following organs and tissues from all rodents:
    (i) All gross lesions.
    (ii) Respiratory tract and other organs and tissues, listed in 
paragraph (d)(6)(ii) of this section (except organs/tissues in 
parentheses), of all animals in the control and high dose groups.
    (iii) The tissues mentioned in parentheses, listed in paragraph 
(d)(6)(ii) of this section, if indicated by signs of toxicity or target 
organ involvement.
    (iv) Lungs of animals in the low and intermediate dose groups shall 
also be subjected to histopathological examination, primarily for 
evidence of infection since this provides a convenient assessment of the 
state of health of the animals.
    (v) Lungs and trachea of the whole-body perfusion-fixed test animals 
cited in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A) of this section are examined for 
inhaled particle distribution.
    (e) Interpretation of results. All observed results, quantitative 
and incidental, shall be evaluated by an appropriate statistical method. 
The specific

[[Page 549]]

methods, including consideration of statistical power, shall be selected 
during the design of the study.
    (f) Test report. In addition to the reporting requirements as 
specified under Secs. 79.60 and 79.61(e), the following individual 
animal data information shall be reported:
    (1) Date of death during the study or whether animals survived to 
termination.
    (2) Date of observation of each abnormal sign and its subsequent 
course.
    (3) Individual body weight data, and group average body weight data 
vs. time.
    (4) Feed consumption data, when collected.
    (5) Hematological tests employed and all results.
    (6) Clinical biochemistry tests employed and all results.
    (7) Necropsy findings.
    (8) Type of stain/fixative and procedures used in preparing tissue 
samples.
    (9) Detailed description of all histopathological findings.
    (10) Statistical treatment of the study results, where appropriate.
    (g) References. For additional background information on this test 
guideline, the following references should be consulted.
    (1) 40 CFR 798.2450, Inhalation toxicity.
    (2) 40 CFR 798.2675, Oral Toxicity with Satellite Reproduction and 
Fertility Study.
    (3) General Statement of Work for the Conduct of Toxicity and 
Carcinogenicity Studies in Laboratory Animals (revised April, 1987/
modifications through January, 1990) appendix G, National Toxicology 
Program--U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services (Public Health 
Service), P.O. Box 12233, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, as amended at 63 FR 63793, Nov. 17, 1998]



Sec. 79.63  Fertility assessment/teratology.

    (a) Purpose. Fertility assessment/teratology is an in vivo study 
designed to provide information on potential health hazards to the fetus 
arising from the mother's repeated inhalation exposure to vehicle/engine 
emissions before and during her pregnancy. By including a mating of test 
animals, the study provides preliminary data on the effects of repeated 
vehicle/engine emissions exposure on gonadal function, conception, and 
fertility. Since this is a one-generation test that ends with 
examination of full-term fetuses, but not of live pups, it is not 
capable of determining effects on reproductive development which would 
only be detected in viable offspring of treated parents.
    (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the following 
definitions apply:
    Developmental toxicity means the ability of an agent to induce in 
utero death, structural or functional abnormalities, or growth 
retardation after contact with the pregnant animal.
    Estrous cycle means the periodic recurrence of the biological phases 
of the female reproductive system which prepare the animal for 
conception and the development of offspring. The phases of the estrous 
cycle for a particular animal can be characterized by the general 
condition of the cells present in the vagina and the presence or absence 
of various cell types.
    Vaginal cytology evaluation means the use of wet vaginal cell smears 
to determine the phase of a test animal's estrous cycle and the 
potential for adverse exposure effects on the regularity of the animal's 
cycle. In the rat, common cell types found in the smears correlate well 
with the various stages of the estrous cycle and to changes occurring in 
the reproductive tract.
    (c) Principle of the test method. (1) For a two week period before 
exposures start, daily vaginal cell smears are examined from a surplus 
of female test animals to identify and cull those females which are 
acyclic. After culling, testers shall randomly assign at each exposure 
concentration (including unexposed) a minimum of twenty-five females for 
breeding and fifteen non-bred females for later histologic evaluation. 
Test animals shall be exposed by inhalation to graduated concentrations 
of the test atmosphere for a minimum of six hours per day over the next 
13 weeks. Males and females in both test and control groups are mated 
after nine weeks of exposure. Exposures for pregnant females continue 
through gestation day 15, while exposures for

[[Page 550]]

males and all non-pregnant females shall continue for the full exposure 
period.
    (2) Beginning two weeks before the start of the mating period, daily 
vaginal smears resume for all to-be-bred females to characterize their 
estrous cycles. This will continue for four weeks or until a rat's 
pregnancy is confirmed, i.e., day 0, by the presence of sperm in the 
cell smear. On pregnancy day 20, shortly before the expected date of 
delivery, each pregnant female is sacrificed, her uterus removed, and 
the contents examined for embryonic or fetal deaths, and live fetuses. 
At the end of the exposure period, males and all non-pregnant females 
shall be weighed, and various organs and tissues, as appropriate, shall 
be removed and weighed, fixed with stain, and sectioned for viewing 
under a light microscope.
    (3) This assay may be done separately or in combination with the 
subchronic toxicity study, pursuant to the provisions in Sec. 79.62.
    (d) Limit test. If a test at one dose level of the highest 
concentration that can be achieved while maintaining a particle size 
distribution with a mass median aerodynamic diameter (MMAD) of 4 
micrometers (m) or less, using the procedures described in 
section 79.60 of this part produces no observable toxic effects and if 
toxicity would not be expected based upon data of structurally related 
compounds, then a full study using three dose levels might not be 
necessary. Expected human exposure though may indicate the need for a 
higher dose level.
    (e) Test procedures--(1) Animal selection--(i) Species and strain. 
The rat is the preferred species. Strains with low fecundity shall not 
be used and the candidate species shall be characterized for its 
sensitivity to developmental toxins. If another rodent species is used, 
the tester shall provide justification for its selection.
    (ii) Animals shall be a minimum of 10 weeks old at the start of the 
exposure period.
    (iii) Number and sex. Each test and control group shall have a 
minimum of 25 males and 40 females. In order to ensure that sufficient 
pups are produced to permit meaningful evaluation of the potential 
developmental toxicity of the test substance, twenty pregnant test 
animals are required for each exposure and control level.
    (2) Observation period. The observation period shall be 13 weeks, at 
a minimum.
    (3) Concentration levels and concentration selection. (i) To select 
the appropriate concentration levels, a pilot or trial study may be 
advisable. Since pregnant animals have an increased minute ventilation 
as compared to non-pregnant animals, it is recommended that the trial 
study be conducted in pregnant animals. Similarly, since presumably the 
minute ventilation will vary with progression of pregnancy, the animals 
should be exposed during the same period of gestation as in the main 
study. It is not always necessary, though, to carry out a trial study in 
pregnant animals. Comparisons between the results of a trial study in 
non-pregnant animals, and the main study in pregnant animals will 
demonstrate whether or not the test substance is more toxic in pregnant 
animals. In the trial study, the concentration producing embryonic or 
fetal lethalities or maternal toxicity should be determined.
    (ii) The highest concentration level shall induce some overt 
maternal toxicity such as reduced body weight or body weight gain, but 
not more than 10 percent maternal deaths.
    (iii) The lowest concentration level shall not produce any grossly 
observable evidence of either maternal or developmental toxicity.
    (4) Inhalation exposure. (i) All data developed within this study 
shall be in accordance with good laboratory practice provisions under 
Sec. 79.60.
    (ii) The general conduct of this study shall be in accordance with 
the vehicle emissions inhalation exposure guideline in Sec. 79.61.
    (iii) Pregnant females shall be exposed to the test atmosphere on 
each and every day between (and including) the first and fifteenth day 
of gestation.
    (f) Test performance--(1) Study conduct. Directions specific to this 
study are:

[[Page 551]]

    (i) The duration of exposure shall be at least six hours daily, 
allowing appropriate additional time for chamber equilibrium.
    (ii) Where an exposure chamber is used, its design shall minimize 
crowding of the test animals. This is best accomplished by individual 
caging.
    (iii) Pregnant animals shall not be subjected to beyond the minimum 
amount of stress. Since whole-body exposure appears to be the least 
stressful mode of exposure, it is the preferred method. In general 
oronasal or head-only exposure, which is sometimes used to avoid 
concurrent exposure by the dermal or oral routes, is not recommended 
because of the associated stress accompanying the restraining of the 
animals. However, there may be specific instances where it may be more 
appropriate than whole-body exposure. The tester shall provide 
justification/reasoning for its selection.
    (iv) Measurements shall be made at least every other day of food 
consumption for all animals in the study. Males and females shall be 
weighed on the first day of exposure and 2-3 times per week thereafter, 
except for pregnant dams.
    (v) The test animal housing, mating, and exposure chambers shall be 
operated on a twenty-four hour lighting schedule, with twelve hours of 
light and twelve hours of darkness. Test animal exposure shall only 
occur during the light portion of the cycle.
    (vi) Signs of toxicity shall be recorded as they are observed 
including the time of onset, degree, and duration.
    (vii) Females showing signs of abortion or premature delivery shall 
be sacrificed and subjected to a thorough macroscopic examination.
    (viii) Animals that die or are euthanized because of morbidity will 
be necropsied promptly.
    (2) Vaginal cytology. (i) For a two week period before the mating 
period starts, each female in the to-be-bred population shall undergo a 
daily saline vaginal lavage. Two wet cell smears from this lavage shall 
be examined daily for each subject to determine a baseline pattern of 
estrus. Testers shall avoid excessive handling and roughness in 
obtaining the vaginal cell samples, as this may induce a condition of 
pseudo-pregnancy in the test animals.
    (ii) This will continue for four weeks or until day 0 of a rat's 
pregnancy is confirmed by the presence of sperm in the cell smear.
    (3) Mating and fertility assessment. (i) Beginning nine weeks after 
the start of exposure, each exposed and control group female (exclusive 
of the histology group females) shall be paired during non-exposure 
hours with a male from the same exposure concentration group. Matings 
shall continue for a period of two weeks, or until all mated females are 
determined to be pregnant. Mating pairs shall be clearly identified.
    (ii) Each morning, including weekends, cages shall be examined for 
the presence of a sperm plug. When found, this shall mark gestation day 
0 and pregnancy shall be confirmed by the presence of sperm in the day's 
wet vaginal cell smears.
    (iii) Two weeks after mating is begun, or as females are determined 
to be pregnant, bred animals are returned to pre-mating housing. Daily 
exposures continues through gestation day 15 for all pregnant females or 
through the balance of the exposure period for non-pregnant females and 
all males.
    (iv) Those pairs which fail to mate shall be evaluated in the course 
of the study to determine the cause of the apparent infertility. This 
may involve such procedures as additional opportunities to mate with a 
proven fertile partner, histological examination of the reproductive 
organs, and, in males, examination of the spermatogenic cycles. The 
stage of estrus for each non-pregnant female in the breeding group will 
be determined at the end of the exposure period.
    (4) All animals in the histology group shall be subject to 
histopathologic examination at the end of the study's exposure period.
    (g) Treatment of results. (1) All observed results, quantitative and 
incidental, shall be evaluated by an appropriate statistical method. The 
specific methods, including consideration of statistical power, shall be 
selected during the design of the study.
    (2) Data and reporting. In addition to the reporting requirements 
specified

[[Page 552]]

under Secs. 79.60 and 79.61, the final test report must include the 
following information:
    (i) Gross necropsy. (A) All animals shall be subjected to a full 
necropsy which includes examination of the external surface of the body, 
all orifices, and the cranial, thoracic, and abdominal cavities and 
their contents. Special attention shall be directed to the organs of the 
reproductive system.
    (B) The liver, kidneys, adrenals, pituitary, uterus, vagina, 
ovaries, testes, epididymides and seminal vesicles (with coagulating 
glands), and prostate shall be weighed wet, as soon as possible after 
dissection, to avoid drying.
    (i) At the time of sacrifice on gestation day 20 or at death during 
the study, each dam shall be examined macroscopically for any structural 
abnormalities or pathological changes which may have influenced the 
pregnancy.
    (ii) The contents of the uterus shall be examined for embryonic or 
fetal deaths and the number of viable fetuses. Gravid uterine weights 
need not be obtained from dead animals where decomposition has occurred. 
The degree of resorption shall be described in order to help estimate 
the relative time of death.
    (iii) The number of corpora lutea shall be determined in each 
pregnant dam.
    (iv) Each fetus shall be weighed, all weights recorded, and mean 
fetal weights determined.
    (v) Each fetus shall be examined externally and the sex determined.
    (vi) One-half of the rat fetuses in each litter shall be examined 
for skeletal anomalies, and the remaining half shall be examined for 
soft tissue anomalies, using appropriate methods.
    (ii) Histopathology. (A) Histopathology on vagina, uterus, ovaries, 
testes, epididymides, seminal vesicles, and prostate as appropriate for 
all males and histology group females in the control and high 
concentration groups and for all animals that died or were euthanized 
during the study. If abnormalities or equivocal results are seen in any 
of these organs/tissues, the same organ/tissue from test animals in 
lower concentration groups shall be examined.

    Note: Testes, seminal vesicles, epididymides, and ovaries, at a 
minimum, shall be examined in perfusion-fixed (pressure or gravity 
method) test subjects, when available.

    (B) All gross lesions in all study animals shall be examined.
    (C) As noted under mating procedures, reproductive organs of animals 
suspected of infertility shall be subject to microscopic examination.
    (D) The following organs and tissues, or representative samples 
thereof, shall be preserved in a suitable medium for future 
histopathological examination: all gross lesions; vagina; uterus; 
ovaries; testes; epididymides; seminal vesicles; prostate; liver; and 
kidneys/adrenals.
    (3) Evaluation of results. (i) The findings of a developmental 
toxicity study shall be evaluated in terms of the observed effects and 
the exposure levels producing effects. It is necessary to consider the 
historical developmental toxicity data on the species/strain tested.
    (ii) There are several criteria for determining a positive result 
for reproductive/teratologic effects; a statistically significant dose-
related decrease in the weight of the testes for treated subjects over 
control subjects, a decrease in neonatal viability, a significant change 
in the presence of soft tissue or skeletal abnormalities, or an 
increased rate of embryonic or fetal resorption or death. Other 
criteria, e.g., lengthening of the estrous cycle or the time spent in 
any one stage of estrus, changes in the proportion of viable male vs 
female fetuses or offspring, the number and type of cells in vaginal 
smears, or pathologic changes found during gross or microscopic 
examination of male or female reproductive organs may be based upon 
detection of a reproducible and statistically significant positive 
response for that evaluation parameter. A positive result indicates 
that, under the test conditions, the test substance does induce 
reproductive organ or fetal toxicity in the test species.
    (iii) A test substance which does not produce either a statistically 
significant dose-related change in the reproductive organs or cycle or a 
statistically significant and reproducible

[[Page 553]]

positive response at any one of the test points may not induce 
reproductive organ toxicity in this test species, but further 
investigation , e.g., to establish absorption and bioavailability of the 
test substance, should be considered.
    (h) Test report. In addition to the reporting requirements as 
specified under 40 CFR 79.60 and the vehicle emissions inhalation 
toxicity guideline as published in 40 CFR 79.61, the following specific 
information shall be reported:
    (1) Individual animal data. (i) Time of death during the study or 
whether animals survived to termination.
    (ii) Date of onset and duration of each abnormal sign and its 
subsequent course.
    (iii) Feed and body weight data.
    (iv) Necropsy findings.
    (v) Male test subjects.
    (A) Testicle weight, and body weight: testicle weight ratio.
    (B) Detailed description of all histopathological findings, 
especially for the testes and the epididymides.
    (vi) Female test subjects.
    (A) Uterine weight data.
    (B) Beginning and ending collection dates for vaginal cell smears.
    (C) Estrous cycle length compared within and between groups 
including mean cycle length for groups.
    (D) Percentage of time spent in each stage of cycle.
    (E) Stage of estrus at time of mating/sacrifice and proportion of 
females in estrus between concentration groups.
    (F) Detailed description of all histopathological findings, 
especially for uterine/ovary samples.
    (vii) Pregnancy and litter data. Toxic response data by exposure 
level, including but not limited to, indices of fertility and time-to-
mating, including the number of days until mating and the number of full 
or partial estrous cycles until mating.
    (A) Number of pregnant animals,
    (B) Number and percentage of live fetuses, resorptions.
    (viii) Fetal data. (A) Numbers of each sex.
    (B) Number of fetuses with any soft tissue or skeletal 
abnormalities.
    (2) Type of stain/fixative and procedures used in preparing tissue 
samples.
    (3) Statistical treatment of the study results.
    (i) References. For additional background information on this test 
guideline, the following references should be consulted.
    (1) 40 CFR 798.2675, Oral Toxicity with Satellite Reproduction and 
Fertility Study.
    (2) 40 CFR 798.4350, Inhalation Developmental Toxicity Study.
    (3) Chapin, R.E. and J.J. Heindel (1993) Methods in Toxicology, Vol. 
3, Parts A and B: Reproductive Toxicology, Academic Press, Orlando, FL.
    (4) Gray, L.E., et al. (1989) ``A Dose-Response Analysis of 
Methoxychlor-Induced Alterations of Reproductive Development and 
Function in the Rat'' Fund. App. Tox. 12, 92-108.
    (5) Leblond, C.P. and Y. Clermont (1952) ``Definition of the Stages 
of the Cycle of the Seminiferous Epithelium of the Rat.'' Ann. N. Y. 
Acad. Sci. 55:548-73.
    (6) Morrissey, R.E., et al. (1988) ``Evaluation of Rodent Sperm, 
Vaginal Cytology, and Reproductive Organ Weight Data from National 
Toxicology Program 13-week Studies.'' Fundam. Appl. Toxicol. 11:343-358.
    (7) Russell, L.D., Ettlin, R.A., Sinhattikim, A.P., and Clegg, E.D 
(1990) Histological and Histopathological Evaluation of the Testes, 
Cache River Press, Clearwater, FL.

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 36513, July 11, 1996]



Sec. 79.64  In vivo micronucleus assay.

    (a) Purpose. The micronucleus assay is an in vivo cytogenetic test 
which uses erythrocytes in the bone marrow of rodents to detect chemical 
damage to the chromosomes or mitotic apparatus of mammalian cells. As 
the erythroblast develops into an erythrocyte (red blood cell), its main 
nucleus is extruded and may leave a micronucleus in the cell body; a few 
micronuclei form under normal conditions in blood elements. This assay 
is based on an increase in the frequency of micronucleated erythrocytes 
found in bone marrow from treated animals compared to that of control 
animals. The visualization of micronuclei is facilitated in these cells 
because they lack a main nucleus.

[[Page 554]]

    (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section the following 
definitions apply:
    Micronuclei mean small particles consisting of acentric fragments of 
chromosomes or entire chromosomes, which lag behind at anaphase of cell 
division. After telophase, these fragments may not be included in the 
nuclei of daughter cells and form single or multiple micronuclei in the 
cytoplasm.
    Polychromatic erythrocyte (PCE) means an immature red blood cell 
that, because it contains RNA, can be differentiated by appropriate 
staining techniques from a normochromatic erythrocyte (NCE), which lacks 
RNA. In one to two days, a PCE matures into a NCE.
    (c) Test method--(1) Principle of the test method. (i) Groups of 
rodents are exposed by the inhalation route for a minimum of 6 hours/day 
over a period of not less than 28 days to three or more concentrations 
of a test substance in air. Groups of animals are sacrificed at the end 
of the exposure period and femoral bone marrow is extracted. The bone 
marrow is then smeared onto glass slides, stained, and PCEs are scored 
for micronuclei. Researchers may need to run a trial at the highest 
tolerated concentration of the test atmosphere to optimize the sample 
collection time for micronucleated cells.
    (ii) This assay may be done separately or in combination with the 
subchronic toxicity study, pursuant to the provisions in Sec. 79.62.
    (2) Species and strain. (i) The rat is the recommended test animal. 
Other rodent species may be used in this assay, but use of that species 
will be justified by the tester.
    (ii) If a strain of mouse is used in this assay, the tester shall 
sample peripheral blood from an appropriate site on the test animal, 
e.g., the tail vein, as a source of normochromatic erythrocytes. Results 
shall be reported as outlined later in this guideline with 
``normochromatic'' interchanged for ``polychromatic'', where specified.
    (3) Animal number and sex. At least five female and five male 
animals per experimental/sample and control group shall be used. The use 
of a single sex or a smaller number of animals shall be justified.
    (4) Positive control group. A single concentration of a compound 
known to produce micronuclei in vivo is adequate as a positive control 
if it shows a significant response at any one time point; additional 
concentration levels may be used. To select an appropriate concentration 
level, a pilot or trial study may be advisable. Initially, one 
concentration of the test substance may be used, the maximum tolerated 
dose or that producing some indication of toxicity, e.g., a drop in the 
ratio of polychromatic to normochromatic erythrocytes. Intraperitoneal 
injection of 1,2-dimethyl-benz-anthracene or benzene are examples of 
positive control exposures. A concentration of 50-80 percent of an LD50 
may be a suitable guide.
    (d) Test performance--(1) Inhalation exposure. (i) All data 
developed within this study shall be in accordance with good laboratory 
practice provisions under Sec. 79.60.
    (ii) The general conduct of this study shall be in accordance with 
the vehicle emissions inhalation exposure guideline in Sec. 79.61.
    (2) Preparation of slides and sampling times. Within twenty-four 
hours of the last exposure, test animals will be sacrificed. One femur 
from each test animal will be removed and placed in fetal bovine serum. 
The bone marrow is removed, cells processed, and two bone marrow smears 
are made for each animal on glass microscope slides. The slides are 
stained with acridine- orange (AO) or another appropriate stain (Giemsa 
+ Wright's, etc.) and examined under a microscope.
    (3) Analysis. Slides shall be coded for study before microscopic 
analysis. At least 1,000 first-division erythrocytes per animal shall be 
scored for the incidence of micronuclei. Sexes will be analyzed 
separately.
    (e) Data and report--(1) Treatment of results. In addition to the 
reporting requirements specified under Secs. 79.60 and 79.61, the final 
test report must include the criteria for scoring micronuclei. 
Individual data shall be presented in a tabular form including both 
positive and negative controls and experimental groups. The number of 
polychromatic

[[Page 555]]

erythrocytes scored, the number of micronucleated erythrocytes, the 
percentage of micronucleated cells, and, where applicable, the 
percentage of micronucleated erythrocytes shall be listed separately for 
each experimental and control animal. Absolute numbers shall be included 
if percentages are reported.
    (2) Interpretation of data. (i) There are several criteria for 
determining a positive response, one of which is a statistically 
significant dose-related increase in the number of micronucleated 
polychromatic erythrocytes. Another criterion may be based upon 
detection of a reproducible and statistically significant positive 
response for at least one of the test substance concentrations.
    (ii) A test substance which does not produce either a statistically 
significant dose-related increase in the number of micronucleated 
polychromatic erythrocytes or a statistically significant and 
reproducible positive response at any one of the test points is 
considered nonmutagenic in this system.
    (3) Test evaluation. (i) Positive results in the micronucleus test 
provide information on the ability of a chemical to induce micronuclei 
in erythrocytes of the test species under the conditions of the test. 
This damage may have been the result of chromosomal damage or damage to 
the mitotic apparatus.
    (ii) Negative results indicate that under the test conditions the 
test substance does not produce micronuclei in the bone marrow of the 
test species.
    (f) Test report. In addition to the reporting recommendations as 
specified under Sec. 79.60, the following specific information shall be 
reported:
    (1) Test atmosphere concentration(s) used and rationale for 
concentration selection.
    (2) Rationale for and description of treatment and sampling 
schedules, toxicity data, negative and positive controls.
    (3) Historical control data (negative and positive), if available.
    (4) Details of the protocol used for slide preparation.
    (5) Criteria for identifying micronucleated erythrocytes.
    (6) Micronucleus analysis by animal and by group for each 
concentration (sexes analyzed separately).
    (i) Ratio of polychromatic to normochromatic erythrocytes.
    (ii) Number of polychromatic erythrocytes with micronuclei.
    (iii) Number of polychromatic erythrocytes scored.
    (7) Statistical methodology chosen for test analysis.
    (g) References. For additional background information on this test 
guideline, the following references should be consulted.
    (1) 40 CFR 798.5395, In Vivo, Mammalian Bone Marrow Cytogenetics 
Tests: Micronucleus Assay.
    (2) Cihak, R. ``Evaluation of Benzidine by the Micronucleus Test.'' 
Mutation Research, 67: 383-384 (1979).
    (3) Evans, H.J. ``Cytological Methods for Detecting Chemical 
Mutagens.'' Chemical Mutagens: Principles and Methods for Their 
Detection, Vol. 4. Ed. A. Hollaender (New York and London: Plenum Press, 
1976) pp. 1-29.
    (4) Heddle, J.A., et al. ``The Induction of Micronuclei as a Measure 
of Genotoxicity. A Report of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 
Gene-Tox Program.'' Mutation Research, 123:61-118 (1983).
    (5) Preston, J.R. et al. ``Mammalian In Vivo and In Vitro 
Cytogenetics Assays: Report of the Gene-Tox Program.'' Mutation 
Research, 87:143-188 (1981).
    (6) Schmid, W. ``The micronucleus test for cytogenetic analysis'', 
Chemical Mutagens, Principles and Methods for their Detection. Vol. 4 
Hollaender A, (Ed. A ed. (New York and London: Plenum Press, (1976) pp. 
31-53.
    (7) Tice, R.E., and Al Pellom ``User's guide: Micronucleus assay 
data management and analysis system'', NTIS Order no. PB-90-212-598AS.



Sec. 79.65  In vivo sister chromatid exchange assay.

    (a) Purpose. The in vivo sister chromatid exchange (SCE) assay 
detects the ability of a chemical to enhance the exchange of DNA between 
two sister chromatids of a duplicating chromosome. The most commonly 
used assays employ mammalian bone marrow

[[Page 556]]

cells or peripheral blood lymphocytes, often from rodent species.
    (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the following 
definitions apply:
    C-metaphase means a state of arrested cell growth typically seen 
after treatment with a spindle inhibitor, i.e., colchicine.
    Sister chromatid exchange means a reciprocal interchange of the two 
chromatid arms within a single chromosome. This exchange is visualized 
during the metaphase portion of the cell cycle and presumably requires 
the enzymatic incision, translocation and ligation of at least two DNA 
helices.
    (c) Test method--(1) Principle of the test method. (i) Groups of 
rodents are exposed by the inhalation route for a minimum of 6 hours/day 
over a period of not less than 28 days to three or more concentrations 
of a test substance in air. Groups of animals are sacrificed at the end 
of the exposure period and blood lymphocyte cell cultures are prepared 
from study animals. Cell growth is suspended after a time and cells are 
harvested, fixed and stained before scoring for SCEs. Researchers may 
need to run a trial at the highest tolerated concentration of the test 
atmosphere to optimize the sample collection time for second division 
metaphase cells.
    (ii) This assay may be done separately or in combination with the 
subchronic toxicity study, pursuant to the provisions in Sec. 79.62.
    (2) Description. (i) The method described here employs peripheral 
blood lymphocytes (PBL) of laboratory rodents exposed to the test 
atmosphere.
    (ii) Within twenty-four hours of the last exposure, test animal 
lymphocytes are obtained by heart puncture and duplicate cell cultures 
are started for each animal. Cultures are grown in bromo-deoxyuridine 
(BrdU), and then a spindle inhibitor (e.g., colchicine) is added to 
arrest cell growth. Cells are harvested, fixed, and stained and their 
chromosomes are scored for SCEs.
    (3) Species and strain. The rat is the recommended test animal. 
Other rodent species may be used in this assay, but use of that species 
will be justified by the tester.
    (4) Animal number and sex. At least five female and five male 
animals per experimental and control group shall be used. The use of a 
single sex or different number of animals shall be justified.
    (5) Positive control group. A single concentration of a compound 
known to produce SCEs in vivo is adequate as a positive control if it 
shows a significant response at any one time point; additional 
concentration levels may be used. To select an appropriate concentration 
level, a pilot or trial study may be advisable. Initially, one 
concentration of the test substance may be used, the maximum tolerated 
dose or that producing some indication of toxicity as evidenced by 
animal morbidity (including death) or target cell toxicity. 
Intraperitoneal injection of 1,2-dimethyl-benz-anthracene or benzene are 
examples of positive control exposures. A concentration of 50-80 percent 
of an LD50 would also be a suitable guide.
    (6) Inhalation exposure. (i) All data developed within this study 
shall be in accordance with good laboratory practice provisions under 
Sec. 79.60.
    (ii) The general conduct of this study shall be in accordance with 
the vehicle emissions inhalation exposure guideline in Sec. 79.61.
    (d) Test performance--(1) Treatment. At the conclusion of the 
exposure period, all test animals are anaesthetized and heart punctures 
are performed. Lymphocytes are isolated over a Ficoll gradient and 
replicate cell cultures are started for each animal. After some 21 
hours, the cells are treated with BrdU and returned to incubation. The 
following day, a spindle inhibitor (e.g., colchicine) is added to arrest 
cell growth in c-metaphase. Cells are harvested 4 hours later and 
second-division metaphase cells are washed and fixed in methanol:acetic 
acid, stained, and chromosome preparations are scored for SCEs.
    (2) Staining method. Staining of slides to reveal SCEs can be 
performed according to any of several protocols. However, the 
fluorescence plus Giemsa method is recommended.

[[Page 557]]

    (3) Number of cells scored. (i) A minimum of 25 well-stained, 
second-division metaphase cells shall be scored for each animal for each 
cell type.
    (ii) At least 100 consecutive metaphase cells shall be scored for 
the number of first, second, and third division metaphases for each 
animal for each cell type.
    (iii) At least 1000 consecutive PBL's shall be scored for the number 
of metaphase cells present.
    (iv) The number of cells to be analyzed per animal shall be based 
upon the number of animals used, the negative control frequency, the 
pre-determined sensitivity and the power chosen for the test. Slides 
shall be coded before microscopic analysis.
    (e) Data and report--(1) Treatment of results. In addition to the 
reporting requirements specified under Secs. 79.60 and 61, data shall be 
presented in tabular form, providing scores for both the number of SCE 
for each metaphase. Differences among animals within each group shall be 
considered before making comparisons between treated and control groups.
    (2) Statistical evaluation. Data shall be evaluated by appropriate 
statistical methods.
    (3) Interpretation of results. (i) There are several criteria for 
determining a positive result, one of which is a statistically 
significant dose-related increase in the number of SCE. Another 
criterion may be based upon detection of a reproducible and 
statistically significant positive response for at least one of the test 
concentrations.
    (ii) A test substance which does not produce either a statistically 
significant dose-related increase in the number of SCE or a 
statistically significant and reproducible positive response at any one 
of the test concentrations is considered not to induce rearrangements of 
DNA segments in this system.
    (iii) Both biological and statistical significance shall be 
considered together in the evaluation.
    (4) Test evaluation. (i) A positive result in the in vivo SCE assay 
for either, or both, the lung or lymphocyte cultures indicates that 
under the test conditions the test substance induces reciprocal 
interchanges of DNA in duplicating chromosomes from lung or lymphocyte 
cells of the test species.
    (ii) Negative results indicate that under the test conditions the 
test substance does not induce reciprocal interchanges in lung or 
lymphocyte cells of the test species.
    (5) Test report. In addition to the reporting recommendations as 
specified under Secs. 79.60 and 79.61, the following specific 
information shall be reported:
    (i) Test concentrations used, rationale for concentration selection, 
negative and positive controls;
    (ii) Toxic response data by concentration;
    (iii) Schedule of administration of test atmosphere, BrdU, and 
spindle inhibitor;
    (iv) Time of harvest after administration of BrdU;
    (v) Identity of spindle inhibitor, its concentration and timing of 
treatment;
    (vi) Details of the protocol used for cell culture and slide 
preparation;
    (vii) Criteria for scoring SCE;
    (viii) Replicative index, i.e., [percent 1st division+(2 x percent 
2nd division) + (3 x percent 3rd division) metaphases]/100; and
    (ix) Mitotic activity, i.e., # of metaphases/1000 cells.
    (f) References. For additional background information on this test 
guideline, the following references should be consulted.
    (1) 40 CFR 798.5915, In vivo Sister Chromatid Exchange Assay.
    (2) Kato, H. ``Spontaneous Sister Chromatid Exchanges Detected by a 
BudR-Labeling Method.'' Nature, 251:70-72 (1974).
    (4) Kligerman, A. D., et al. ``Sister Chromatid Exchange Analysis in 
Lung and Peripheral Blood Lymphocytes of Mice Exposed to Methyl 
Isocyanate by Inhalation.'' Environmental Mutagenesis 9:29-36 (1987).
    (5) Kligerman, A.D., et al., ``Cytogenetic Studies of Rodents 
Exposed to Styrene by Inhalation'', IARC Monographs no. 127 ``Butadiene 
and Styrene: Assesment of Health Hazards'' (Sorsa, et al., eds), pp 217-
224, 1993.
    (6) Kligerman, A., et al., ``Cytogenetic Studies of Mice Exposed to 
Styrene by Inhalation.'', Mutation Research, 280:35-43, 1992.

[[Page 558]]

    (7) Wolff, S., and P. Perry. ``Differential Giemsa Staining of 
Sister Chromatids and the Study of Sister Chromatid Exchanges Without 
Autoradiography.'' Chromosoma 48: 341-53 (1974).



Sec. 79.66  Neuropathology assessment.

    (a) Purpose. (1) The histopathological and biochemical techniques in 
this guideline are designed to develop data in animals on morphologic 
changes in the nervous system associated with repeated inhalation 
exposures to motor vehicle emissions. These tests are not intended to 
provide a detailed evaluation of neurotoxicity. Neuropathological 
evaluation should be complemented by other neurotoxicity studies, e.g. 
behavioral and neurophysiological studies and/or general toxicity 
testing, to more completely assess the neurotoxic potential of an 
exposure.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (b) Definition. Neurotoxicity (NTX) or a neurotoxic effect is an 
adverse change in the structure or function of the nervous system 
following exposure to a chemical substance.
    (c) Principle of the test method. (1) Laboratory rodents are exposed 
to one of several concentration levels of a test atmosphere for at least 
six hours daily over a period of 90 days. At the end of the exposure 
period, the animals are anaesthetized, perfused in situ with fixative, 
and tissues in the nervous system are examined grossly and prepared for 
microscopic examination. Starting with the highest dosage level, tissues 
are examined under the light microscope for morphologic changes, until a 
no-observed-adverse-effect level is determined. In cases where light 
microscopy has revealed neuropathology, the NOAEL may be confirmed by 
electron microscopy.
    (2) The tests described herein may be combined with any other 
toxicity study, as long as none of the requirements of either are 
violated by the combination. Specifically, this assay may be combined 
with a subchronic toxicity study, pursuant to provisions in Sec. 79.62.
    (d) Limit test. If a test at one dose level of the highest 
concentration that can be achieved while maintaining a particle size 
distribution with a mass median aerodynamic diameter (MMAD) of 4 
micrometers (m) or less, using the procedures described in 
paragraph (a) of this section, produces no observable toxic effects and 
if toxicity would not be expected based upon data of structurally 
related compounds, then a full study using three dose levels might not 
be necessary. Expected human exposure though may indicate the need for a 
higher dose level.
    (e) Test procedures--(1) Animal selection--(i) Species and strain. 
Testing shall be performed in the species being used in other NTX tests. 
A standard strain of laboratory rat is recommended. The choice of 
species shall take into consideration such factors as the comparative 
metabolism of the chemical and species sensitivity to the toxic effects 
of the test substance, as evidenced by the results of other studies, the 
potential for combined studies, and the availability of other toxicity 
data for the species.
    (ii) Age. Animals shall be at least ten weeks of age at the start of 
exposure.
    (iii) Sex. Both sexes shall be used unless it is demonstrated that 
one sex is refractory to the effects of exposure.
    (2) Number of Animals. A minimum of ten animals per group shall be 
used. The tissues from each animal shall be examined separately.
    (3) Control Groups. (i) A concurrent control group, exposed to 
clean, filtered air only, is required.
    (ii) The laboratory performing the testing shall provide positive 
control data, e.g., results from repeated acrylamide exposure, as 
evidence of the ability of their histology procedures to detect 
neurotoxic endpoints. Positive control data shall be collected at the 
time of the test study unless the laboratory can demonstrate the 
adequacy of historical data for the planned study.
    (iii) A satellite group of 10 female and 10 male test subjects shall 
be treated with the highest concentration level for the duration of the 
exposure and observed thereafter for reversibility, persistence, or 
delayed occurrence of toxic effects during a post-treatment period of 
not less than 28 days.
    (4) Inhalation exposure. (i) All data developed within this study 
shall be in

[[Page 559]]

accordance with good laboratory practice provisions under Sec. 79.60.
    (ii) The general conduct of this study shall be in accordance with 
the vehicle emissions inhalation exposure guideline in Sec. 79.61.
    (5) Study conduct--(i) Observation of animals. All toxicological 
(e.g., weight loss) and neurological signs (e.g., motor disturbance) 
shall be recorded frequently enough to observe any abnormality, and not 
less than weekly.
    (ii) The following is a minimal list of measures that shall be 
noted:
    (A) Body weight;
    (B) Subject's reactivity to general stimuli such as removal from the 
cage or handling;
    (C) Description, incidence, and severity of any convulsions, 
tremors, or abnormal motor movements in the home cage;
    (D) Descriptions and incidence of posture and gait abnormalities 
observed in the home cage; and
    (E) Description and incidence of any unusual or abnormal behaviors, 
excessive or repetitive actions (stereotypies), emaciation, dehydration, 
hypotonia or hypertonia, altered fur appearance, red or crusty deposits 
around the eyes, nose, or mouth, and any other observations that may 
facilitate interpretation of the data.
    (iii) Sacrifice of animals--(A) General. The goal of the techniques 
outlined for sacrifice of animals and preparation of tissues is 
preservation of tissue morphology to simulate the living state of the 
cell.
    (B) Perfusion technique. Animals shall be perfused in situ by a 
generally recognized technique. For fixation suitable for light or 
electronic microscopy, saline solution followed by buffered 2.5 percent 
glutaraldehyde or buffered 4.0 percent paraformaldehyde, is recommended. 
While some minor modifications or variations in procedures are used in 
different laboratories, a detailed and standard procedure for vascular 
perfusion may be found in the text by Zeman and Innes (1963), Hayat 
(1970), and Spencer and Schaumburg (1980) under paragraph (g) of this 
section. A more sophisticated technique is described by Palay and Chan-
Palay (1974) under paragraph (g) of this section. In addition, the lungs 
shall be instilled with fixative via the trachea during the fixation 
process in order to preserve the lungs and achieve whole-body fixation.
    (C) Removal of brain and cord. After perfusion, the bony structure 
(cranium and vertebral column) shall be exposed. Animals shall then be 
stored in fixative-filled bags at 4  deg.C for 8-12 hours. The cranium 
and vertebral column shall be removed carefully by trained technicians 
without physical damage of the brain and cord. Detailed dissection 
procedures may be found in the text by Palay and Chan-Palay (1974) under 
paragraph (g) of this section. After removal, simple measurement of the 
size (length and width) and weight of the whole brain (cerebrum, 
cerebellum, pons-medulla) shall be made. Any abnormal coloration or 
discoloration of the brain and cord shall also be noted and recorded.
    (D) Sampling. Cross-sections of the following areas shall be 
examined: The forebrain, the center of the cerebrum, the midbrain, the 
cerebellum, and the medulla oblongata; the spinal cord at the cervical 
swelling (C3-C6), and proximal sciatic nerve (mid-
thigh and sciatic notch) or tibial nerve (at knee). Other sites and 
tissue elements (e.g., gastrocnemius muscle) shall be examined if deemed 
necessary. Any observable gross changes shall be recorded.
    (iv) Specimen storage. Tissue samples from both the central and 
peripheral nervous system shall be further immersion fixed and stored in 
appropriate fixative (e.g., 10 percent buffered formalin for light 
microscopy; 2.5 percent buffered gluteraldehyde or 4.0 percent buffered 
paraformaldehyde for electron microscopy) for future examination. The 
volume of fixative versus the volume of tissues in a specimen jar shall 
be no less than 25:1. All stored tissues shall be washed with buffer for 
at least 2 hours prior to further tissue processing.
    (v) Histopathology examination--(A) Fixation. Tissue specimens 
stored in 10 percent buffered formalin may be used for this purpose. All 
tissues must be immersion fixed in fixative for at least 48 hours prior 
to further tissue processing.
    (B) Dehydration. All tissue specimens shall be washed for at least 1 
hour with

[[Page 560]]

water or buffer, prior to dehydration. (A longer washing time is needed 
if the specimens have been stored in fixative for a prolonged period of 
time.) Dehydration can be performed with increasing concentration of 
graded ethanols up to absolute alcohol.
    (C) Clearing and embedding. After dehydration, tissue specimens 
shall be cleared with xylene and embedded in paraffin or paraplast. 
Multiple tissue specimens (e.g. brain, cord, ganglia) may be embedded 
together in one single block for sectioning. All tissue blocks shall be 
labelled showing at least the experiment number, animal number, and 
specimens embedded.
    (D) Sectioning. Tissue sections, 5 to 6 microns in thickness, shall 
be prepared from the tissue blocks and mounted on standard glass slides. 
It is recommended that several additional sections be made from each 
block at this time for possible future needs for special stainings. All 
tissue blocks and slides shall be filed and stored in properly labeled 
files or boxes.
    (E) Histopathological techniques. The following general testing 
sequence is proposed for gathering histopathological data:
    (1) General staining. A general staining procedure shall be 
performed on all tissue specimens in the highest treatment group. 
Hematoxylin and eosin (H&E) shall be used for this purpose. The staining 
shall be differentiated properly to achieve bluish nuclei with pinkish 
background.
    (2) Peripheral nerve teasing. Peripheral nerve fiber teasing shall 
be used. Detailed staining methodology is available in standard 
histotechnological manuals such as AFIP (1968), Ralis et al. (1973), and 
Chang (1979) under paragraph (g) of this section. The nerve fiber 
teasing technique is discussed in Spencer and Schaumberg (1980) under 
paragraph (g) of this section. A section of normal tissue shall be 
included in each staining to assure that adequate staining has occurred. 
Any changes shall be noted and representative photographs shall be 
taken. If a lesion(s) is observed, the special techniques shall be 
repeated in the next lower treatment group until no further lesion is 
detectable.
    (F) Examination. All stained microscopic slides shall be examined 
with a standard research microscope. Examples of cellular alterations 
(e.g., neuronal vacuolation, degeneration, and necrosis) and tissue 
changes (e.g., gliosis, leukocytic infiltration, and cystic formation) 
shall be recorded and photographed.
    (f) Data collection, reporting, and evaluation. In addition to 
information meeting the requirements stated under 40 CFR 79.60 and 
79.61, the following specific information shall be reported:
    (1) Description of test system and test methods. (i) A description 
of the general design of the experiment shall be provided. This shall 
include a short justification explaining any decisions where 
professional judgment is involved such as fixation technique and choice 
of stains; and
    (ii) Positive control data from the laboratory performing the test 
that demonstrate the sensitivity of the procedures being used. 
Historical data may be used if all essential aspects of the experimental 
protocol are the same.
    (2) Results. All observations shall be recorded and arranged by test 
groups. This data may be presented in the following recommended format:
    (i) Description of signs and lesions for each animal. For each 
animal, data must be submitted showing its identification (animal 
number, treatment, dose, duration), neurologic signs, location(s) nature 
of, frequency, and severity of lesion(s). A commonly-used scale such as 
1+, 2+, 3+, and 4+ for degree of severity ranging from very slight to 
extensive may be used. Any diagnoses derived from neurologic signs and 
lesions including naturally occurring diseases or conditions, shall also 
be recorded;
    (ii) Counts and incidence of lesions, by test group. Data shall be 
tabulated to show:
    (A) The number of animals used in each group, the number of animals 
displaying specific neurologic signs, and the number of animals in which 
any lesion was found; and
    (B) The number of animals affected by each different type of lesion, 
the average grade of each type of lesion, and the frequency of each 
different type and/or location of lesion.

[[Page 561]]

    (iii) Evaluation of data. (A) An evaluation of the data based on 
gross necropsy findings and microscopic pathology observations shall be 
made and supplied. The evaluation shall include the relationship, if 
any, between the animal's exposure to the test atmosphere and the 
frequency and severity of any lesions observed; and
    (B) The evaluation of dose-response, if existent, for various groups 
shall be given, and a description of statistical method must be 
presented. The evaluation of neuropathology data shall include, where 
applicable, an assessment in conjunction with any other neurotoxicity 
studies, electrophysiological, behavioral, or neurochemical, which may 
be relevant to this study.
    (g) References. For additional background information on this test 
guideline, the following references should be consulted.
    (1) 40 CFR 798.6400, Neuropathology.
    (2) AFIP Manual of Histologic Staining Methods. (New York: McGraw-
Hill (1968).
    (3) Chang, L.W. A Color Atlas and Manual for Applied Histochemistry. 
(Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas, 1979).
    (4) Dunnick, J.K., et.al. Thirteen-week Toxicity Study of N-Hexane 
in B6C3F1 Mice After Inhalation Exposure (1989) Toxicology, 57, 163-172.
    (5) Hayat, M.A. ``Vol. 1. Biological applications,'' Principles and 
techniques of electron microscopy. (New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 
1970).
    (6) Palay S.L., Chan-Palay, V. Cerebellar Cortex: Cytology and 
Organization. (New York: Springer-Verlag, 1974).
    (7) Ralis, H.M., Beesley, R.A., Ralis, Z.A. Techniques in 
Neurohistology. (London: Butterworths, 1973).
    (8) Sette, W. ``Pesticide Assessment Guidelines, Subdivision F, 
Neurotoxicity Test Guidelines.'' Report No. 540/09-91-123 U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency 1991 (NTIS # PB91-154617).
    (9) Spencer, P.S., Schaumburg, H.H. (eds). Experimental and Clinical 
Neurotoxicology. (Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins, 1980).
    (10) Zeman, W., Innes, J.R.M. Craigie's Neuroanatomy of the Rat. 
(New York: Academic, 1963).

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, as amended at 63 FR 63793, Nov. 17, 1999]



Sec. 79.67  Glial fibrillary acidic protein assay.

    (a) Purpose. Chemical-induced injury of the nervous system, i.e., 
the brain, is associated with astrocytic hypertrophy at the site of 
damage (see O'Callaghan, 1988 in paragraph (e)(3) in this section). 
Assays of glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP), the major intermediate 
filament protein of astrocytes, can be used to document this response. 
To date, a diverse variety of chemical insults known to be injurious to 
the central nervous system have been shown to increase GFAP. Moreover, 
increases in GFAP can be seen at concentrations below those necessary to 
produce cytopathology as determined by routine Nissl stains (standard 
neuropathology). Thus it appears that assays of GFAP represent a 
sensitive approach for documenting the existence and location of 
chemical-induced injury of the central nervous system. Additional 
functional, histopathological, and biochemical tests are necessary to 
assess completely the neurotoxic potential of any chemical. This 
biochemical test is intended to be used in conjunction with 
neurohistopathological studies.
    (b) Principle of the test method. (1) This guideline describes the 
conduct of a radioimmunoassay for measurement of the amount of GFAP in 
the brain of vehicle emission-exposed and unexposed control animals. It 
is based on modifications (O'Callaghan & Miller 1985 in paragraph 
(e)(5), O'Callaghan 1987 in paragraph (e)(1) of this section) of the 
dot-immunobinding procedure described by Jahn et al. (1984) in paragraph 
(e)(2) of this section. Briefly, brain tissue samples from study animals 
are assayed for total protein, diluted in dot-immunobinding buffer, and 
applied to nitrocellulose sheets. The spotted sheets are then fixed, 
blocked, washed and incubated in anti-GFAP antibody and 
[I125] Protein A. Bound protein A is then quantified by gamma 
spectrometry. In lieu of purified protein standards, standard curves are

[[Page 562]]

constructed from dilution of a single control sample. By comparing the 
immunoreactivity of individual samples (both control and exposed groups) 
with that of the sample used to generate the standard curve, the 
relative immunoreactivity of each sample is obtained. The 
immunoreactivity of the control groups is normalized to 100 percent and 
all data are expressed as a percentage of control. A variation on this 
radioimmunoassay procedure has been proposed (O'Callaghan 1991 in 
paragraph (e)(4) of this section) which uses a ``sandwich'' of GFAP, 
anti-GFAP, and a chromophore in a microtiter plate format enzyme-link 
immunosorbent assay (ELISA). The use of this variation shall be 
justified.
    (2) This assay may be done separately or in combination with the 
subchronic toxicity study, pursuant to the provisions of Sec. 79.62.
    (c) Test procedure--(1) Animal selection--(i) Species and strain. 
Test shall be performed on the species being used in concurrent testing 
for neurotoxic or other health effect endpoints. This will generally be 
a species of laboratory rat. The use of other rodent or non-rodent 
species shall be justified.
    (ii) Age. Based on other concurrent testing, young adult rats shall 
be used. Study rodents shall not be older than ten weeks at the start of 
exposures.
    (iii) Number of animals. A minimum of ten animals per group shall be 
used. The tissues from each animal shall be examined separately.
    (iv) Sex. Both sexes shall be used unless it is demonstrated that 
one sex is refractory to the effects.
    (2) Materials. The materials necessary to perform this study are 
[I125] Protein A (2-10 Ci/g), Anti-sera to 
GFAP, nitrocellulose paper (0.1 or 0.2 m pore size), sample 
application template (optional; e.g., ``Minifold II'', Schleicher & 
Schuell, Keene, NH), plastic sheet incubation trays.
    (3) Study conduct. (i) All data developed within this study shall be 
in accordance with good laboratory practice provisions under Sec. 79.60.
    (ii) Tissue Preparation. Animals are euthanized 24 hours after the 
last exposure and the brain is excised from the skull. On a cold 
dissecting platform, the following six regions are dissected freehand: 
cerebellum; cerebral cortex; hippocampus; striatum; thalamus/
hypothalamus; and the rest of the brain. Each region is then weighed and 
homogenized in 10 volumes of hot (70-90  deg.C) 1 percent (w/v) sodium 
dodecyl sulfate (SDS). Homogenization is best achieved through sonic 
disruption. A motor driven pestle inserted into a tissue grinding vessel 
is a suitable alternative. The homogenized samples can then be stored 
frozen at -70  deg.C for at least 4 years without loss of GFAP content.
    (iii) Total Protein Assay. Aliquots of the tissue samples are 
assayed for total protein using the method of Smith et al. (1985) in 
paragraph (e)(7) of this section. This assay may be purchased in kit 
form (e.g., Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, IL).
    (iv) Sample Preparation. Dilute tissue samples in sample buffer (120 
mM KCl, 20 mM NaCl, 2 mM MgCl2), 5 mM Hepes, pH 7.4, 0.7 
percent Triton X-100) to a final concentration of 0.25 mg total protein 
per ml (5 g/20 l).
    (v) Preparation of Standard Curve. Dilute a single control sample in 
sample buffer to give at least five standards, between 1 and 10 
g total protein per 20 l. The suggested values of 
total protein per 20 l sample buffer are 1.25, 2.50, 3.25, 5.0, 
6.25, 7.5, 8.75, and 10.0 g.
    (vi) Preparation of Nitrocellulose Sheets. Nitrocellulose sheets of 
0.1 or 0.2 micron pore size are rinsed by immersion in distilled water 
for 5 minutes and then air dried.
    (vii) Sample Application. Samples can be spotted onto the 
nitrocellulose sheets free-hand or with the aid of a template. For free-
hand application, draw a grid of squares approximately 2 centimeters by 
2 centimeters (cm) on the nitrocellulose sheets using a soft pencil. 
Spot 5-10 l portions to the center of each square for a total 
sample volume of 20 l. For template aided sample application a 
washerless microliter capacity sample application manifold is used. 
Position the nitrocellulose sheet in the sample application device as 
recommended by the manufacturer and spot a 20 l sample in one 
application. Do not wet the nitrocellulose or any support elements prior 
to sample application. Do not apply vacuum during or after sample

[[Page 563]]

application. After spotting samples (using either method), let the 
sheets air dry. The sheets can be stored at room temperature for several 
days after sample application.
    (viii) Standard Incubation Conditions. These conditions have been 
described by Jahn et al. (1984) in paragraph (e)(2) of this section. All 
steps are carried out at room temperature on a flat shaking platform 
(one complete excursion every 2-3 seconds). For best results, do not use 
rocking or orbital shakers. Perform the following steps in enough 
solution to cover the nitrocellulose sheets to a depth of 1 cm.
    (A) Incubate 20 minutes in fixer (25 percent (v/v) isopropanol, 10 
percent (v/v) acetic acid).
    (B) Discard fixer, wash several times in deionized water to 
eliminate the fixer, and then incubate for 5 minutes in Tris-buffered 
saline (TBS): 200 mM NaCL, 60 mM Tris-HCl to pH 7.4.
    (C) Discard TBS and incubate 1 hour in blocking solution (0.5 
percent gelatin (w/v)) in TBS.
    (D) Discard blocking solution and incubate for 2 hours in antibody 
solution (anti-GFAP antiserum diluted to the desired dilution in 
blocking solution containing 0.1 percent Triton X-100). Serum anti-
bovine GFAP, which cross reacts with GFAP from rodents and humans, can 
be obtained commercially (e.g., Dako Corp.) and used at a dilution of 
1:500.
    (E) Discard antibody solution, and wash in 4 changes of TBS for 5 
minutes each time. Then wash in TBS for 10 minutes.
    (F) Discard TBS and incubate in blocking solution for 30 minutes.
    (G) Discard blocking solution and incubate for 1 hour in Protein A 
solution ([I\125\]-labeled Protein A diluted in blocking solution 
containing 0.1 percent Triton X-100, sufficient to produce 2000 counts 
per minute (cpm) per 10 l of Protein A solution).
    (H) Remove Protein A solution (it may be reused once). Wash in 0.1 
percent Triton X-100 in TBS (TBSTX) for 5 minutes, 4 times. Then wash in 
TBSTX for 2-3 hours for 4 additional times. An overnight wash in a 
larger volume can be used to replace the last 4 washes.
    (I) Hang sheets to air-dry. Cut out squares or spots and count 
radioactivity in a gamma counter.
    (ix) Expression of data. Compare radioactivity counts for samples 
obtained from control and treated animals with counts obtained from the 
standard curve. By comparing the immunoreactivity (counts) of each 
sample with that of the standard curve, the relative amount of GFAP in 
each sample can be determined and expressed as a percent of control.
    (d) Data Reporting and Evaluation--(1) Test Report. In addition to 
information meeting the requirements stated under 40 CFR 79.60, the 
following specific information shall be reported:
    (i) Body weight and brain region weights at time of sacrifice for 
each subject tested;
    (ii) Indication of whether each subject survived to sacrifice or 
time of death;
    (iii) Data from control animals and blank samples; and
    (iv) Statistical evaluation of results;
    (2) Evaluation of Results. (i) Results shall be evaluated in terms 
of the extent of change in the amount of GFAP as a function of treatment 
and dose. GFAP assays (of any brain region) from a minimum of 6 samples 
typically will result in a standard error of the mean of +/- 5 percent. 
In this case, a chemically-induced increase in GFAP of 115 percent of 
control is likely to be statistically significant.
    (ii) The results of this assay shall be compared to and evaluated 
with any relevant behavioral and histopathological data.
    (e) References. For additional background information on this test 
guideline the following references should be consulted.
    (1) Brock, T.O and O'Callaghan, J.P. 1987. Quantitative changes in 
the synaptic vesicle proteins, synapsin I and p38 and the astrocyte 
specific protein, glial fibrillary acidic protein, are associated with 
chemical-induced injury to the rat central nervous system, J. Neurosci. 
7:931-942.
    (2) Jahn, R., Schiebler, W. Greengard, P. 1984. A quantitative dot-
immunobinding assay for protein using nitrocellulose membrane filters. 
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 81:1684-1687.

[[Page 564]]

    (3) O'Callaghan, J.P. 1988. Neurotypic and gliotypic protein as 
biochemical markers of neurotoxicity. Neurotoxicol. Teratol. 10:445-452.
    (4) O'Callaghan, J.P. 1991. Quantification of glial fibrillary 
acidic protein: comparison of slot-immunobinding assays with a novel 
sandwich ELISA. Neurotoxicol. Teratol. 13:275-281.
    (5) O'Callaghan, J.P. and Miller, D.B. 1985. Cerebellar hypoplasia 
in the Gunn rat is associated with quantitative changes in neurotypic 
and gliotypic proteins. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 234:522-532.
    (6) Sette, W.F. ``Pesticide Assessment Guidelines, Subdivision `F', 
Hazard Evaluation: Human and Domestic Animals, Addendum 10, 
Neurotoxicity, Series 81, 82, and 83'' US-EPA, Office of Pesticide 
Programs, EPA-540/09-91-123, March 1991.
    (7) Smith, P.K., Krohn, R.I., Hermanson, G.T., Mallia, A.K., 
Gartner, F.H., Provenzano, M.D., Fujimoto, E.K., Goeke, N.M., Olson, 
B.J., Klenk, D.C. 1985. Measurement of protein using bicinchoninic acid. 
Annal. Biochem. 150:76-85.



Sec. 79.68  Salmonella typhimurium reverse mutation assay.

    (a) Purpose. The Salmonella typhimurium histidine (his) reversion 
system is a microbial assay which measures his-   
his+ reversion induced by chemicals which cause base changes 
or frameshift mutations in the genome of the microorganism Salmonella 
typhimurium.
    (b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the following 
definitions apply:

    Base pair mutagen means an agent which causes a base change in DNA. 
In a reversion assay, this change may occur at the site of the original 
mutation or at a second site in the chromosome.
    Frameshift mutagen is an agent which causes the addition or deletion 
of single or multiple base pairs in the DNA molecule.
    Salmonella typhimurium reverse mutation assay detects mutation in a 
gene of a histidine-requiring strain to produce a histidine independent 
strain of this organism.

    (c) Reference substances. These may include, but need not be limited 
to, sodium azide, 2-nitrofluorene, 9-aminoacridine, 2-aminoanthracene, 
congo red, benzopurpurin 4B, trypan blue or direct blue 1.
    (d) Test method.--(1) Principle. Motor vehicle combustion emissions 
from fuel or additive/base fuel mixtures are, first, filtered to trap 
particulate matter and, then, passed through a sorbent resin to trap 
semi-volatile gases. Bacteria are separately exposed to the extract from 
both the filtered particulates and the resin-trapped organics. Assays 
are conducted using both test mixtures with and without a metabolic 
activation system and exposed cells are plated onto minimal medium. 
After a suitable period of incubation, revertant colonies are counted in 
test cultures and compared to the number of spontaneous revertants in 
unexposed control cultures.
    (2) Description. Several methods for performing the test have been 
described. The procedures described here are for the direct plate 
incorporation method and the azo-reduction method. Among those used are:
    (i) Direct plate incorporation method;
    (ii) Preincubation method;
    (iii) Azo-reduction method;
    (iv) Microsuspension method; and
    (v) Spiral assay.
    (3) Strain selection--(i) Designation. Five tester strains shall be 
used in the assay. At the present time, TA1535, TA1537, TA98, and TA100 
are designated as tester strains. The fifth strain will be chosen from 
the pool of Salmonella strains commonly used to determine the degree to 
which nitrated organic compounds, i.e., nitroarenes, contribute to the 
overall mutagenic activity of a test substance. TA98/1,8-DNP6 
or other suitable Rosenkranz nitro-reductase resistant strains will be 
considered acceptable. The choice of the particular strain is left to 
the discretion of the researcher. However, the researcher shall justify 
the use of the selected bacterial tester strains.
    (ii) Preparation and storage of bacterial tester strains. Recognized 
methods of stock culture preparation and storage shall be used. The 
requirement of histidine for growth shall be demonstrated

[[Page 565]]

for each strain. Other phenotypic characteristics shall be checked using 
such methods as crystal violet sensitivity and resistance to ampicillin. 
Spontaneous reversion frequency shall be in the range expected as 
reported in the literature and as established in the laboratory by 
historical control values.
    (iii) Bacterial growth. Fresh cultures of bacteria shall be grown up 
to the late exponential or early stationary phase of growth 
(approximately 108-109 cells per ml).
    (4) Exogenous metabolic activation. Bacteria shall be exposed to the 
test substance both in the presence and absence of an appropriate 
exogenous metabolic activation system. For the direct plate 
incorporation method, the most commonly used system is a cofactor-
supplemented postmitochondrial fraction prepared from the livers of 
rodents treated with enzyme-inducing agents, such as Aroclor 1254. For 
the azo-reduction method, a cofactor- supplemented postmitochondrial 
fraction (S-9) prepared from the livers of untreated hamsters is 
preferred. For this method, the cofactor supplement shall contain flavin 
mononucleotide, exogenous glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase, NADH and 
excess of glucose-6-phosphate.
    (5) Control groups--(i) Concurrent controls. Concurrent positive and 
negative (untreated) controls shall be included in each experiment. 
Positive controls shall ensure both strain responsiveness and efficacy 
of the metabolic activation system.
    (ii) Strain specific positive controls shall be included in the 
assay. Examples of strain specific positive controls are as follows:
    (A) Strain TA1535, TA100: sodium azide;
    (B) TA98: 2-nitrofluorene (without activation), 2-anthramine (with 
activation);
    (C) TA1537: 9-aminoacridine; and
    (D) TA98/1,8-DNP6: benzo(a)pyrene (with activation).
    The papers by Claxton et al., 1991 and 1992 in paragraph (g) in this 
section will provide helpful information for the selection of positive 
controls.
    (iii) Positive controls to ensure the efficacy of the activation 
system. The positive control reference substances for tests including a 
metabolic activation system shall be selected on the basis of the type 
of activation system used in the test. 2-Aminoanthracene is an example 
of a positive control compound in plate-incorporation tests using 
postmitochondrial fractions from the livers of rodents treated with 
enzyme-inducing agents such as Aroclor-1254. Congo red is an example of 
a positive control compound in the azo-reduction method. Other positive 
control reference substances may be used.
    (iv) Class-specific positive controls. The azo-reduction method 
shall include positive controls from the same class of compounds as the 
test agent wherever possible.
    (6) Sampling the test atmosphere.(i) Extracts of test emissions are 
collected on Teflon-coated glass fiber filters using an 
exhaust dilution setup. The particulates are extracted with 
dichloromethane (DCM) using Soxhlet extraction techniques. Extracts in 
DCM can be stored at dry ice temperatures until use.
    (ii) Gaseous hydrocarbons passing through the filter are trapped by 
a porous, polymer resin, like XAD-2/styrene-divinylbenzene, or an 
equivalent product. Methylene chloride is used to extract the resin and 
the sample is evaporated to dryness before storage or use.
    (iii) Samples taken from this material are then used to expose the 
cells in this assay. Final concentration of extracts in solvent/vehicle, 
or after solvent exchange, shall not interfere with cell viability or 
growth rate. The paper by Stump (1982) in paragraph (g) of this section 
is useful for preparing extracts of particulate and semi-volatile 
organic compounds from diesel and gasoline exhaust stream.
    (iv) Exposure concentrations. (A) The test should initially be 
performed over a broad range of concentrations. Among the criteria to be 
taken into consideration for determining the upper limits of test 
substance concentration are cytotoxicity and solubility. Cytotoxicity of 
the test chemical may be altered in the presence of metabolic activation 
systems. Toxicity may be evidenced by a reduction in the number of 
spontaneous revertants, a clearing of the background lawn or by

[[Page 566]]

the degree of survival of treated cultures. Relatively insoluble samples 
shall be tested up to the limits of solubility. The upper test chemical 
concentration shall be determined on a case by case basis.
    (B) Generally, a maximum of 5 mg/plate for pure substances is 
considered acceptable. At least 5 different concentrations of test 
substance shall be used with adequate intervals between test points.
    (C) When appropriate, a single positive response shall be confirmed 
by testing over a narrow range of concentrations.
    (e) Test performance. All data developed within this study shall be 
in accordance with good laboratory practice provisions under Sec. 79.60.
    (1) Direct plate incorporation method. When testing with metabolic 
activation, test solution, bacteria, and 0.5 ml of activation mixture 
containing an adequate amount of postmitochondrial fraction shall be 
added to the liquid overlay agar and mixed. This mixture is poured over 
the surface of a selective agar plate. Overlay agar shall be allowed to 
solidify before incubation. At the end of the incubation period, 
revertant colonies per plate shall be counted. When testing without 
metabolic activation, the test sample and 0.1 ml of a fresh bacterial 
culture shall be added to 2.0 ml of overlay agar.
    (2) Azo-reduction method. When testing with metabolic activation, 
0.5 ml of activation mixture containing 150 l of 
postmitochondrial fraction and 0.1 ml of bacterial culture shall be 
added to a test tube kept on ice. 0.1 ml of test solution shall be 
added, and the tubes shall be incubated with shaking at 30  deg.C for 30 
minutes. At the end of the incubation period, 2.0 ml of agar shall be 
added to each tube, the contents mixed and poured over the surface of a 
selective agar plate. Overlay agar shall be allowed to solidify before 
incubation. At the end of the incubation period, revertant colonies per 
plate shall be counted. For tests without metabolic activation, 0.5 ml 
of buffer shall be used in place of the 0.5 ml of activation mixture. 
All other procedures shall be the same as those used for the test with 
metabolic activation.
    (3) Other methods/modifications may also be appropriate.
    (4) Media. An appropriate selective medium with an adequate overlay 
agar shall be used.
    (5) Incubation conditions. All plates within a given experiment 
shall be incubated for the same time period. This incubation period 
shall be for 48-72 hours at 37  deg.C.
    (6) Number of cultures. All plating shall be done at least in 
triplicate.
    (f) Data and report--(1) Treatment of results. Data shall be 
presented as number of revertant colonies per plate, revertants per 
kilogram (or liter) of fuel, and as revertants per kilometer (or mile, 
or brake-horsepower/hour, as appropriate) for each replicate and dose. 
These same measures shall be recorded on both the negative and positive 
control plates. The mean number of revertant colonies per plate, 
revertants per kilogram (or liter) of fuel, and revertants per kilometer 
(or mile, or brake-horsepower/hour), as well as individual plate counts 
and standard deviations shall be presented for the test substance, 
positive control, and negative control plates.
    (2) Statistical evaluation. Data shall be evaluated by appropriate 
statistical methods. Those methods shall include, at a minimum, means 
and standard deviations of the reversion data.
    (3) Interpretation of results. (i) There are several criteria for 
determining a positive result, one of which is a statistically 
significant dose-related increase in the number of revertants. Another 
criterion may be based upon detection of a reproducible and 
statistically significant positive response for at least one of the test 
substance concentrations.
    (ii) A test substance which does not produce either a statistically 
significant dose-related increase in the number of revertants or a 
statistically significant and reproducible positive response at any one 
of the test points is considered nonmutagenic in this system.
    (iii) Both biological and statistical significance shall be 
considered together in the evaluation.
    (4) Test evaluation. (i) Positive results from the Salmonella 
typhimurium reverse mutation assay indicate that,

[[Page 567]]

under the test conditions, the test substance induces point mutations by 
base changes or frameshifts in the genome of this organism.
    (ii) Negative results indicate that under the test conditions the 
test substance is not mutagenic in Salmonella typhimurium.
    (5) Test report. In addition to the reporting recommendations as 
specified under 40 CFR 79.60, the following specific information shall 
be reported:
    (i) Sampling method(s) used and manner in which cells are exposed to 
sample solution;
    (ii) Bacterial strains used;
    (iii) Metabolic activation system used (source, amount and 
cofactor); details of preparation of postmitochondrial fraction;
    (iv) Concentration levels and rationale for selection of 
concentration range;
    (v) Description of positive and negative controls, and 
concentrations used, if appropriate;
    (vi) Individual plate counts, mean number of revertant colonies per 
plate, number of revertants per kilometer (or mile, or brake-horsepower/
hour), and standard deviation; and
    (g) References. For additional background information on this test 
guideline, the following references should be consulted.
    (1) 40 CFR 798.5265, The Salmonella typhimurium reverse mutation 
asay.
    (2) Ames, B.N., McCann, J., Yamasaki, E. ``Methods for detecting 
carcinogens and mutagens with the Salmonella/mammalian microsome 
mutagenicity test,'' Mutation Research 31:347-364 (1975).
    (3) Huisingh, J.L., et al.,``Mutagenic and Carcinogenic Potency of 
Extracts of Diesel and Related Environmental Emissions: Study Design, 
Sample Generation, Collection, and Preparation''. In: Health Effects of 
Diesel Engine Emissions, Vol. II, W.E. Pepelko, R., M., Danner and N. A. 
Clarke (Eds.), US EPA, Cincinnati, EPA-600/9-80-057b, pp. 788-800 
(1980).
    (4) [Reserved]
    (5) Claxton, L.D., Allen, J., Auletta, A., Mortelmans, K., Nestmann, 
E., Zeiger, E. ``Guide for the Salmonella typhimurium/mammalian 
microsome tests for bacterial mutagenicity'' Mutation Research 
189(2):83-91 (1987).
    (6) Claxton, L., Houk, V.S., Allison, J.C., Creason, J., 
``Evaluating the relationship of metabolic activation system 
concentrations and chemical dose concentrations for the Salmonella 
Spiral and Plate Assays'' Mutation Research 253:127-136 (1991).
    (7) Claxton, L., Houk, V.S., Monteith, L.G., Myers, L.E., Hughes, 
T.J., ``Assessing the use of known mutagens to calibrate the Salmonella 
typhimurium mutagenicity assay: I. Without exogenous activation.'' 
Mutation Research 253:137-147 (1991).
    (8) Claxton, L., Houk, V.S., Warner, J.R., Myers, L.E., Hughes, 
T.J., ``Assessing the use of known mutagens to calibrate the Salmonella 
typhimurium mutagenicity assay: II. With exogenous activation.'' 
Mutation Research 253:149-159 (1991).
    (9) Claxton, L., Creason, J., Lares, B., Augurell, E., Bagley, S., 
Bryant, D.W., Courtois, Y.A., Douglas, G., Clare, C.B., Goto, S., 
Quillardet, P., Jagannath, D.R., Mohn, G., Neilsen, P.A., Ohnishi, Y., 
Ong, T., Pederson, T.C., Shimizu, H., Nylund, L., Tokiwa, H., Vink, 
I.G.R., Wang, Y., Warshawsky, D., ``Results of the IPCS Collaborative 
Study on Complex Mixtures'' Mutation Research 276:23-32 (1992).
    (10) Claxton, L., Douglas, G., Krewski, D., Lewtas, J., Matsushita, 
H., Rosenkranz, H., ``Overview, conclusions, and recommendations of the 
IPCS Collaborative Study on Complex Mixtures'' Mutation Research 276:61-
80 (1992).
    (11) Houk, V.S., Schalkowsky, S., and Claxton, L.D., ``Development 
and Validation of the Spiral Salmonella Assay: An Automated Approach to 
Bacterial Mutagenicity Testing'' Mutation Research 223:49-64 (1989).
    (12) Jones, E., Richold, M., May, J.H., and Saje, A. ``The 
Assessment of the Mutagenic Potential of Vehicle Engine Exhaust in the 
Ames Salmonella Assay Using a Direct Exposure Method'' Mutation Research 
97:35-40 (1985).
    (13) Maron, D., and Ames, B. N., Revised methods for the Salmonella 
mutagenicity test, Mutation Research, 113:173-212 (1983).
    (14) Prival, M.J., and Mitchell, V.D. ``Analysis of a method for 
testing azo

[[Page 568]]

dyes for mutagenic activity in Salmonella typhimurium in the presence of 
flavin mononucleotide and hamster liver S-9,'' Mutation Research 97:103-
116 (1982).
    (15) Rosenkranz, H.S., et.al. ``Nitropyrenes: Isolation, 
identification, and reduction of mutagenic impurities in carbon black 
and toners'' Science 209:1039-43 (1980).
    (16) Stump, F., Snow, R., et.al., ``Trapping gaseous hydrocarbons 
for mutagenic testing'' SAE Technical Paper Series, No. 820776 (1982).
    (17) Vogel, H.J., Bonner, D.M. ``Acetylornithinase of E. coli: 
partial purification and some properties,'' Journal of Biological 
Chemistry. 218:97-106 (1956).

[59 FR 33093, June 27, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 36513, July 11, 1996]



PART 80--REGULATION OF FUELS AND FUEL ADDITIVES--Table of Contents




                      Subpart A--General Provisions

Sec.
80.1  Scope.
80.2  Definitions.
80.3  Test methods.
80.4  Right of entry; tests and inspections.
80.5  Penalties.
80.7  Requests for information.

                  Subpart B--Controls and Prohibitions

80.20-80.21  [Reserved]
80.22  Controls and prohibitions.
80.23  Liability for violations.
80.24  Controls applicable to motor vehicle manufacturers.
80.25  [Reserved]
80.26  Confidentiality of information.
80.27  Controls and prohibitions on gasoline volatility.
80.28  Liability for violations of gasoline volatility controls and 
          prohibitions.
80.29  Controls and prohibitions on diesel fuel quality.
80.30  Liability for violations of diesel fuel control and prohibitions.
80.32  Controls applicable to liquefied petroleum gas retailers and 
          wholesale purchaser-consumers.
80.33  Controls applicable to natural gas retailers and wholesale 
          purchaser-consumers.

                     Subpart C--Oxygenated Gasoline

80.35  Labeling of retail gasoline pumps; oxygenated gasoline.
80.36-80.39  [Reserved]

                    Subpart D--Reformulated Gasoline

80.40  Fuel certification procedures.
80.41  Standards and requirements for compliance.
80.42  Simple emissions model.
80.43-80.44  [Reserved]
80.45  Complex emissions model.
80.46  Measurement of reformulated gasoline fuel parameters.
80.47  [Reserved]
80.48  Augmentation of the complex emission model by vehicle testing.
80.49  Fuels to be used in augmenting the complex emission model through 
          vehicle testing.
80.50  General test procedure requirements for augmentation of the 
          emission models.
80.51  Vehicle test procedures.
80.52  Vehicle preconditioning.
80.53-80.54  [Reserved]
80.55  Measurement methods for benzene and 1,3-butadiene.
80.56  Measurement methods for formaldehyde and acetaldehyde.
80.57-80.58  [Reserved]
80.59  General test fleet requirements for vehicle testing.
80.60  Test fleet requirements for exhaust emission testing.
80.61  [Reserved]
80.62  Vehicle test procedures to place vehicles in emitter group sub-
          fleets.
80.63-80.64  [Reserved]
80.65  General requirements for refiners, importers, and oxygenate 
          blenders.
80.66  Calculation of reformulated gasoline properties.
80.67  Compliance on average.
80.68  Compliance surveys.
80.69  Requirements for downstream oxygenate blending.
80.70  Covered areas.
80.71  Descriptions of VOC-control regions.
80.72  Procedures for opting out of the covered areas.
80.73  Inability to produce conforming gasoline in extraordinary 
          circumstances.
80.74  Recordkeeping requirements.
80.75  Reporting requirements.
80.76  Registration of refiners, importers or oxygenate blenders.
80.77  Product transfer documentation.
80.78  Controls and prohibitions on reformulated gasoline.
80.79  Liability for violations of the prohibited activities.
80.80  Penalties.
80.81  Enforcement exemptions for California gasoline.
80.82  Conventional gasoline marker. [Reserved]
80.83  Renewable oxygenate requirements.
80.84-80.89  [Reserved]

[[Page 569]]

                         Subpart E--Anti-Dumping

80.90  Conventional gasoline baseline emissions determination.
80.91  Individual baseline determination.
80.92  Baseline auditor requirements.
80.93  Individual baseline submission and approval.
80.94  Requirements for gasoline produced at foreign refineries.
80.95-80.100  [Reserved]
80.101  Standards applicable to refiners and importers.
80.102  Controls applicable to blendstocks.
80.103  Registration of refiners and importers.
80.104  Recordkeeping requirements.
80.105  Reporting requirements.
80.106  Product transfer documents.
80.107-80.124  [Reserved]

                      Subpart F--Attest Engagements

80.125  Attest engagements.
80.126  Definitions.
80.127  Sample size guidelines.
80.128  Agreed upon procedures for refiners and importers.
80.129  Agreed upon procedures for downstream oxygenate blenders.
80.130  Agreed upon procedures reports.
80.131-80.135  [Reserved]

                      Subpart G--Detergent Gasoline

80.140  Definitions.
80.141  Interim detergent gasoline program.
80.142-80.154  [Reserved]
80.155  Interim detergent program controls and prohibitions.
80.156  Liability for violations of the interim detergent program 
          controls and prohibitions.
80.157  Volumetric additive reconciliation (``VAR''), equipment 
          calibration, and recordkeeping requirements.
80.158  Product transfer documents (PTDs).
80.159  Penalties.
80.160  Exemptions.
80.161  Detergent additive certification program.
80.162  Additive compositional data.
80.163  Detergent certification options.
80.164  Certification test fuels.
80.165  Certification test procedures and standards.
80.166  Carburetor deposit control performance test and test fuel 
          guidelines.
80.167  Confirmatory testing.
80.168  Detergent certification program controls and prohibitions.
80.169  Liability for violations of the detergent certification program 
          controls and prohibitions.
80.170  Volumetric additive reconciliation (VAR), equipment calibration, 
          and recordkeeping requirements.
80.171  Product transfer documents (PTDs).
80.172  Penalties.
80.173  Exemptions.
80.174  Addresses.

Appendix A to Part 80--Test for the Determination of Phosphorus in 
          Gasoline
Appendix B to Part 80--Test Methods for Lead in Gasoline
Appendix C to Part 80--[Reserved]
Appendix D to Part 80--Sampling Procedures for Fuel Volatility
Appendix E to Part 80--Test for Determining Reid Vapor Pressure (RVP) of 
          Gasoline and Gasoline Oxygenate Blends
Appendix F to Part 80--Test for Determining the Quantity of Alcohol in 
          Gasoline
Appendix G to Part 80--Sampling Procedures for Diesel Fuel

    Authority: Secs. 114, 211, and 301(a) of the Clean Air Act, as 
amended (42 U.S.C. 7414, 7545 and 7601(a)).

    Source: 38 FR 1255, Jan. 10, 1973, unless otherwise noted.

    Effective Date Note: At 59 FR 7716, Feb. 16, 1994, EPA published 
amendments to part 80 containing information collection requirements. 
These amendments will not become effective until approval has been given 
by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).



                      Subpart A--General Provisions



Sec. 80.1  Scope.

    (a) This part prescribes regulations for the control and/or 
prohibition of fuels and additives for use in motor vehicles and motor 
vehicle engines. These regulations are based upon a determination by the 
Administrator that the emission product of a fuel or additive will 
endanger the public health, or will impair to a significant degree the 
performance of a motor vehicle emission control device in general use or 
which the Administrator finds has been developed to a point where in a 
reasonable time it would be in general use were such regulations 
promulgated; and certain other findings specified by the Act.
    (b) Nothing in this part is intended to preempt the ability of State 
or local governments to control or prohibit any fuel or additive for use 
in motor vehicles and motor vehicle engines which is not explicitly 
regulated by this part.

[38 FR 1255, Jan. 10, 1973, as amended at 38 FR 33741, Dec. 6, 1973; 42 
FR 25732, May 19, 1977]

[[Page 570]]



Sec. 80.2  Definitions.

    As used in this part:
    (a) Act means the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857 et 
seq.).
    (b) Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental 
Protection Agency.
    (c) Gasoline means any fuel sold in any State \1\ for use in motor 
vehicles and motor vehicle engines, and commonly or commercially known 
or sold as gasoline.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ State means a State, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth 
of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, and American Samoa.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) [Reserved]
    (e) Lead additive means any substance containing lead or lead 
compounds.
    (f) [Reserved]
    (g) Unleaded gasoline means gasoline which is produced without the 
use of any lead additive and which contains not more than 0.05 gram of 
lead per gallon and not more than 0.005 gram of phosphorus per gallon.
    (h) Refinery means a plant at which gasoline or diesel fuel is 
produced.
    (i) Refiner means any person who owns, leases, operates, controls, 
or supervises a refinery.
    (j) Retail outlet means any establishment at which gasoline, diesel 
fuel, methanol, natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas is sold or 
offered for sale for use in motor vehicles.
    (k) Retailer means any person who owns, leases, operates, controls, 
or supervises a retail outlet.
    (l) Distributor means any person who transports or stores or causes 
the transportation or storage of gasoline or diesel fuel at any point 
between any gasoline or diesel fuel refinery or importer's facility and 
any retail outlet or wholesale purchaser-consumer's facility.
    (m) Lead additive manufacturer means any person who produces a lead 
additive or sells a lead additive under his own name.
    (n) Reseller means any person who purchases gasoline or diesel fuel 
identified by the corporate, trade, or brand name of a refiner from such 
refiner or a distributor and resells or transfers it to retailers or 
wholesale purchaser-consumers displaying the refiner's brand, and whose 
assets or facilities are not substantially owned, leased, or controlled 
by such refiner.
    (o) Wholesale purchaser-consumer means any organization that is an 
ultimate consumer of gasoline, diesel fuel, methanol, natural gas or 
liquefied petroleum gas and which purchases or obtains gasoline, diesel 
fuel, natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas from a supplier for use in 
motor vehicles and, in the case of gasoline, diesel fuel, methanol or 
liquefied petroleum gas, receives delivery of that product into a 
storage tank of at least 550-gallon capacity substantially under the 
control of that organization.
    (p)-(q) [Reserved]
    (r) Importer means a person who imports gasoline, gasoline blending 
stocks or components, or diesel fuel from a foreign country into the 
United States (including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin 
Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Northern Mariana Islands).
    (s) Gasoline blending stock or component means any liquid compound 
which is blended with other liquid compounds or with lead additives to 
produce gasoline.
    (t) Carrier means any distributor who transports or stores or causes 
the transportation or storage of gasoline or diesel fuel without taking 
title to or otherwise having any ownership of the gasoline or diesel 
fuel, and without altering either the quality or quantity of the 
gasoline or diesel fuel.
    (u) Ethanol blending plant means any refinery at which gasoline is 
produced solely through the addition of ethanol to gasoline, and at 
which the quality or quantity of gasoline is not altered in any other 
manner.
    (v) Ethanol blender means any person who owns, leases, operates, 
controls, or supervises an ethanol blending plant.
    (w) Cetane index or ``Calculated cetane index'' is a number 
representing the ignition properties of diesel fuel oils from API 
gravity and mid-boiling point as determined by ASTM standard method D 
976-80, entitled ``Standard Methods for Calculated Cetane Index of 
Distillate Fuels''. ASTM test method D 976-80 is incorporated by 
reference. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director 
of the Federal

[[Page 571]]

Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. A copy 
may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 
1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. A copy may be inspected at the 
Air Docket Section (A-130), Room M-1500, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Docket No. A-86-03, 401 M Street SW., Washington, DC 20460 or at 
the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 
700, Washington, DC.
    (x) Diesel fuel means any fuel sold in any State and suitable for 
use in diesel motor vehicles and diesel motor vehicle engines, and which 
is commonly or commercially known or sold as diesel fuel.
    (y) Sulfur percentage is the percentage of sulfur as determined by 
ASTM standard test method D 2622-87, entitled ``Standard Test Method for 
Sulfur in Petroleum Products by X-Ray Spectrometry''. ASTM test method D 
2622-87 is incorporated by reference. This incorporation by reference 
was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 
5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. A copy may be obtained from the 
American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, 
Philadelphia, PA 19103. A copy may be inspected at the Air Docket 
Section (A-130), room M-1500, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
Docket No. A-86-03, 401 M Street SW., Washington DC 20460 or at the 
Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 
700, Washington, DC.
    (z) Aromatic content is the aromatic hydrocarbon content in volume 
percent as determined by ASTM standard test method D 1319-88, entitled 
``Standard Test Method for Hydrocarbon Types in Liquid Petroleum 
Products by Fluorescent Indicator Adsorption''. ASTM test method D 1319-
88 is incorporated by reference. This incorporation by reference was 
approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. A copy may be obtained from the 
American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, 
Philadelphia, PA 19103. A copy may be inspected at the Air Docket 
Section (A-130), room M-1500, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
Docket No. A-86-03, 401 M Street SW., Washington, DC 20460 or at the 
Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 
700, Washington, DC.
    (aa) Small refinery means a domestic diesel fuel refinery
    (1) Which has a crude oil or bonafide feedstock capacity of 50,000 
barrels per day or less, and
    (2) Which is not owned or controlled by any refiner with a total 
combined crude oil or bonafide feedstock capacity greater than 137,500 
barrels per day.

The above capacities shall be measured in terms of the average of the 
actual daily utilization rates of the affected refiners or refineries 
during the period January 1, 1988 to December 31, 1990. These averages 
will be calculated as barrels per calendar day.
    (bb) [Reserved]
    (cc) Designated Volatility Nonattainment Area means any area 
designated as being in nonattainment with the National Ambient Air 
Quality Standard for ozone pursuant to rulemaking under section 
107(d)(4)(A)(ii) of the Clean Air Act.
    (dd) Designated Volatility Attainment Area means an area not 
designated as being in nonattainment with the National Ambient Air 
Quality Standard for ozone pursuant to rulemaking under section 
107(d)(4)(A)(ii) of the Clean Air Act.
    (ee) Reformulated gasoline means any gasoline whose formulation has 
been certified under Sec. 80.40, which meets each of the standards and 
requirements prescribed under Sec. 80.41, and which contains less than 
the maximum concentration of the marker specified in Sec. 80.82 that is 
allowed for reformulated gasoline under Sec. 80.82.
    (ff) Conventional gasoline means any gasoline which has not been 
certified under Sec. 80.40.
    (gg) Batch of reformulated gasoline means a quantity of reformulated 
gasoline which is homogeneous with regard to those properties which are 
specified for reformulated gasoline certification.
    (hh) Covered area means each of the geographic areas specified in 
Sec. 80.70 in which only reformulated gasoline may be sold or dispensed 
to ultimate consumers.
    (ii) Reformulated gasoline credit means the unit of measure for the 
paper transfer of oxygen or benzene content

[[Page 572]]

resulting from reformulated gasoline which contains more than 2.1 weight 
percent of oxygen or less than 0.95 volume percent benzene.
    (jj) Oxygenate means any substance which, when added to gasoline, 
increases the oxygen content of that gasoline. Lawful use of any of the 
substances or any combination of these substances requires that they be 
``substantially similar'' under section 211(f)(1) of the Clean Air Act, 
or be permitted under a waiver granted by the Administrator under the 
authority of section 211(f)(4) of the Clean Air Act.
    (kk) Reformulated gasoline blendstock for oxygenate blending, or 
RBOB means a petroleum product which, when blended with a specified type 
and percentage of oxygenate, meets the definition of reformulated 
gasoline, and to which the specified type and percentage of oxygenate is 
added other than by the refiner or importer of the RBOB at the refinery 
or import facility where the RBOB is produced or imported.
    (ll) Oxygenate blending facility means any facility (including a 
truck) at which oxygenate is added to gasoline or blendstock, and at 
which the quality or quantity of gasoline is not altered in any other 
manner except for the addition of deposit control additives.
    (mm) Oxygenate blender means any person who owns, leases, operates, 
controls, or supervises an oxygenate blending facility, or who owns or 
controls the blendstock or gasoline used or the gasoline produced at an 
oxygenate blending facility.
    (nn) [Reserved]
    (oo) Liquefied petroleum gas means a liquid hydrocarbon fuel that is 
stored under pressure and is composed primarily of species that are 
gases at atmospheric conditions (temperature = 25  deg.C and pressure = 
1 atm), excluding natural gas.
    (pp) Control area means a geographic area in which only oxygenated 
gasoline under the oxygenated gasoline program may be sold or dispensed, 
with boundaries determined by section 211(m) of the Act.
    (qq) Control period means the period during which oxygenated 
gasoline must be sold or dispensed in any control area, pursuant to 
section 211(m)(2) of the Act.
    (rr) Oxygenated gasoline means gasoline which contains a measurable 
amount of oxygenate.
    (ss) Tank truck means a truck and/or trailer used to transport or 
cause the transportation of gasoline or diesel fuel, that meets the 
definition of motor vehicle in section 216(2) of the Act.
    (tt) Natural gas means a fuel whose primary constituent is methane.
    (uu) Methanol means any fuel sold for use in motor vehicles and 
commonly known or commercially sold as methanol or MXX, where XX is the 
percent methanol (CH3OH) by volume.
    (vv) Opt-in area. An area which becomes a covered area under 
Sec. 80.70 pursuant to section 211(k)(6) of the Clean Air Act.

(Sec. 211, (Sec. 223, Pub. L. 95-95, 91 Stat. 764, 42 U.S.C. 7545(g)) 
and sec. 301(a) 42 U.S.C. 7602(a), formerly 42 U.S.C. 1857g(a)) of the 
Clean Air Act, as amended)

[38 FR 1255, Jan. 10, 1973]

    Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec. 80.2, 
see the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of 
this volume.



Sec. 80.3  Test methods.

    The lead and phosphorus content of gasoline shall be determined in 
accordance with test methods set forth in the appendices to this part.

[47 FR 765, Jan. 7, 1982]



Sec. 80.4  Right of entry; tests and inspections.

    The Administrator or his authorized representative, upon 
presentation of appropriate credentials, shall have a right to enter 
upon or through any refinery, retail outlet, wholesale purchaser-
consumer facility, or detergent manufacturer facility; or the premises 
or property of any gasoline or detergent distributor, carrier, or 
importer; or any place where gasoline or detergent is stored; and shall 
have the right to make inspections, take samples, obtain information and 
records, and conduct tests to determine compliance with the requirements 
of this part.

[61 FR 35356, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.5  Penalties.

    Any person who violates these regulations shall be liable to the 
United

[[Page 573]]

States for a civil penalty of not more than the sum of $25,000 for every 
day of such violation and the amount of economic benefit or savings 
resulting from the violation. Any violation with respect to a regulation 
proscribed under section 211(c), (k), (l) or (m) of the Act which 
establishes a regulatory standard based upon a multi-day averaging 
period shall constitute a separate day of violation for each and every 
day in the averaging period. Civil penalties shall be assessed in 
accordance with section 205(b) and (c) of the Act.

[58 FR 65554, Dec. 15, 1993]



Sec. 80.7  Requests for information.

    (a) When the Administrator, the Regional Administrator, or their 
delegates have reason to believe that a violation of section 211(c) or 
section 211(n) of the Act and the regulations thereunder has occurred, 
they may require any refiner, distributor, wholesale purchaser-consumer, 
or retailer to report the following information regarding receipt, 
transfer, delivery, or sale of gasoline represented to be unleaded 
gasoline and to allow the reproduction of such information at all 
reasonable times.
    (1) For any bulk shipment of gasoline represented to be unleaded 
gasoline which is transferred, sold, or delivered within the previous 6 
months by a refiner or a distributor to a distributor, wholesale 
purchaser-consumer or a retail outlet, the refiner or distributor shall 
maintain and provide the following information as applicable:
    (i) Business or corporate name and address of distributors, 
wholesale purchaser-consumers or retail outlets to which the gasoline 
has been transferred, sold, or delivered.
    (ii) Quantity of gasoline involved.
    (iii) Date of delivery.
    (iv) Storage location of gasoline prior to transit via delivery 
vessel (e.g., location of a bulk terminal).
    (v) Business or corporate name and address of the person who 
delivered the gasoline.
    (vi) Identification of delivery vessel (e.g., truck number). This 
information shall be supplied by the person in paragraph (a)(1)(v) of 
this section who performed the delivery, e.g., common or contract 
carrier.
    (2) For any bulk shipment of gasoline represented to be unleaded 
gasoline received by a retail outlet or a wholesale-purchaser-consumer 
facility within the previous 6 months, whether by purchase or otherwise, 
the retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer shall maintain 
accessibility to and provide the following information:
    (i) Business or corporate name and address of the distributor.
    (ii) Quantity of gasoline received.
    (iii) Date of receipt.
    (b) Upon request by the Administrator, the Regional Administrator, 
or their delegates, any retailer shall provide documentation of his 
annual total sales volume in gallons of gasoline for each retail outlet 
for each calendar year beginning with 1971.
    (c) Any refiner, distributor, wholesale purchaser-consumer, 
retailer, or importer shall provide such other information as the 
Administrator or his authorized representative may reasonably require to 
enable him to determine whether such refiner, distributor, wholesale 
purchaser-consumer, retailer, or importer has acted or is acting in 
compliance with sections 211(c) and 211(n) of the Act and the 
regulations thereunder and shall, upon request of the Administrator or 
his authorized representative, produce and allow reproduction of any 
relevant records at all reasonable times. Such information may include 
but is not limited to records of unleaded gasoline inventory at a 
wholesale purchaser-consumer facility or a retail outlet, unleaded pump 
meter readings at a wholesale purchaser-consumer facility or a retail 
outlet, and receipts providing the date of acquisition of signs, labels, 
and nozzles required by Sec. 80.22. No person shall be required to 
furnish information requested under this paragraph if he can establish 
that such information is not maintained in the normal course of his 
business.

(Secs. 211, 301, Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857f-6c, 1857g))

[40 FR 36336, Aug. 20, 1975, as amended at 42 FR 45307, Sept. 9, 1977; 
47 FR 49332, Oct. 29, 1982; 61 FR 3837, Feb. 2, 1996]

[[Page 574]]



                  Subpart B--Controls and Prohibitions



Secs. 80.20-80.21  [Reserved]



Sec. 80.22  Controls and prohibitions.

    (a) After December 31, 1995, no person shall sell, offer for sale, 
supply, offer for supply, dispense, transport, or introduce into 
commerce gasoline represented to be unleaded gasoline unless such 
gasoline meets the defined requirements for unleaded gasoline in 
Sec. 80.2(g); nor shall he dispense, or cause or allow the gasoline 
other than unleaded gasoline to be dispensed into any motor vehicle 
which is equipped with a gasoline tank filler inlet which is designed 
for the introduction of unleaded gasoline.
    (b) After December 31, 1995, no person shall sell, offer for sale, 
supply, offer for supply, dispense, transport, or introduce into 
commerce for use as fuel in any motor vehicle (as defined in Section 
216(2) of the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7550(2)), any gasoline which is 
produced with the use of lead additives or which contains more than 0.05 
gram of lead per gallon.
    (c)-(e) [Reserved]
    (f) Beginning January 1, 1996, every retailer and wholesale 
purchaser-consumer shall equip all gasoline pumps as follows:
    (1) [Reserved]
    (2) Each pump from which unleaded gasoline is dispensed into motor 
vehicles shall be equipped with a nozzle spout which meets the following 
specifications:
    (i) The outside diameter of the terminal end shall not be greater 
than 0.840 inch (2.134 centimeters);
    (ii) The terminal end shall have a straight section of at least 2.5 
inches (6.34 centimeters) in length; and
    (iii) The retaining spring shall terminate 3.0 inches (7.6 
centimeters) from the terminal end.
    (g)-(i) [Reserved]
    (j) After July 1, 1996 every retailer and wholesale purchaser-
consumer handling over 10,000 gallons (37,854 liters) of fuel per month 
shall limit each nozzle from which gasoline or methanol is introduced 
into motor vehicles to a maximum fuel flow rate not to exceed 10 gallons 
per minute (37.9 liters per minute). The flow rate may be controlled 
through any means in the pump/dispenser system, provided the nozzle flow 
rate does not exceed 10 gallons per minute (37.9 liters per minute). 
After January 1, 1998 this requirement applies to every retailer and 
wholesale purchaser-consumer. Any dispensing pump that is dedicated 
exclusively to heavy-duty vehicles, boats, or airplanes is exempt from 
this requirement.

[38 FR 1255, Jan. 10, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 16125, May 17, 1974; 39 
FR 43283, Dec. 12, 1974; 48 FR 4287, Jan. 31, 1983; 56 FR 13768, Apr. 4, 
1991; 58 FR 16019, Mar. 24, 1993; 61 FR 3837, Feb. 2, 1996; 61 FR 33039, 
June 26, 1996]



Sec. 80.23  Liability for violations.

    Liability for violations of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Sec. 80.22 
shall be determined as follows:
    (a)(1) Where the corporate, trade, or brand name of a gasoline 
refiner or any of its marketing subsidiaries appears on the pump stand 
or is displayed at the retail outlet or wholesale purchaser-consumer 
facility from which the gasoline was sold, dispensed, or offered for 
sale, the retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer, the reseller (if 
any), and such gasoline refiner shall be deemed in violation. Except as 
provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the refiner shall be 
deemed in violation irrespective of whether any other refiner, 
distributor, retailer, or wholesale purchaser-consumer or the employee 
or agent of any refiner, distributor, retailer, or wholesale purchaser-
consumer may have caused or permitted the violation.
    (2) Where the corporate, trade, or brand name of a gasoline refiner 
or any of its marketing subsidiaries does not appear on the pump stand 
and is not displayed at the retail outlet or wholesale purchaser-
consumer facility from which the gasoline was sold, dispensed, or 
offered for sale, the retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer and any 
distributor who sold that person gasoline contained in the storage tank 
which supplied that pump at the time of the violation shall be deemed in 
violation.
    (b)(1) In any case in which a retailer or wholesale purchaser-
consumer and any gasoline refiner or distributor

[[Page 575]]

would be in violation under paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of this section, 
the retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer shall not be liable if he 
can demonstrate that the violation was not caused by him or his employee 
or agent.
    (2) In any case in which a retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer, 
a reseller (if any), and any gasoline refiner would be in violation 
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the refiner shall not be deemed 
in violation if he can demonstrate:
    (i) That the violation was not caused by him or his employee or 
agent, and
    (ii) That the violation was caused by an act in violation of law 
(other than the Act or this part), or an act of sabotage, vandalism, or 
deliberate commingling of gasoline which is produced with the use of 
lead additives or phosphorus additives with unleaded gasoline, whether 
or not such acts are violations of law in the jurisdiction where the 
violation of the requirements of this part occurred, or
    (iii) That the violation was caused by the action of a reseller or a 
retailer supplied by such reseller, in violation of a contractual 
undertaking imposed by the refiner on such reseller designed to prevent 
such action, and despite reasonable efforts by the refiner (such as 
periodic sampling) to insure compliance with such contractual 
obligation, or
    (iv) That the violation was caused by the action of a retailer who 
is supplied directly by the refiner (and not by a reseller), in 
violation of a contractual undertaking imposed by the refiner on such 
retailer designed to prevent such action, and despite reasonable efforts 
by the refiner (such as periodic sampling) to insure compliance with 
such contractual obligation, or
    (v) That the violation was caused by the action of a distributor 
subject to a contract with the refiner for transportation of gasoline 
from a terminal to a distributor, retailer or wholesale purchaser-
consumer, in violation of a contractual undertaking imposed by the 
refiner on such distributor designed to prevent such action, and despite 
reasonable efforts by the refiner (such as periodic sampling) to insure 
compliance with such contractual obligation, or
    (vi) That the violation was caused by a distributor (such as a 
common carrier) not subject to a contract with the refiner but engaged 
by him for transportation of gasoline from a terminal to a distributor, 
retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer, despite reasonable efforts by 
the refiner (such as specification or inspection of equipment) to 
prevent such action, or
    (vii) That the violation occurred at a wholesale purchaser-consumer 
facility: Provided, however, That if such wholesale purchaser-consumer 
was supplied by a reseller, the refiner must demonstrate that the 
violation could not have been prevented by such reseller's compliance 
with a contractual undertaking imposed by the refiner on such reseller 
as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (viii) In paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) through (vi) hereof, the term ``was 
caused'' means that the refiner must demonstrate by reasonably specific 
showings by direct or circumstantial evidence that the violation was 
caused or must have been caused by another.
    (c) In any case in which a retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer, 
a reseller, and any gasoline refiner would be in violation under 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the reseller shall not be deemed in 
violation if he can demonstrate that the violation was not caused by him 
or his employee or agent.
    (d) In any case in which a retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer 
and any gasoline distributor would be in violation under paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section, the distributor will not be deemed in violation 
if he can demonstrate that the violation was not caused by him or his 
employee or agent.
    (e)(1) In any case in which a retailer or his employee or agent or a 
wholesale purchase-consumer or his employee or agent introduced gasoline 
other than unleaded gasoline into a motor vehicle which is equipped with 
a gasoline tank filler inlet designed for the introduction of unleaded 
gasoline, only the retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer shall be 
deemed in violation.

[[Page 576]]

    (2) [Reserved]

(Secs. 211, 301 of the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857f-6c, 
1857g))

[38 FR 1255, Jan. 10, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 42360, Dec. 5, 1974; 39 
FR 43284, Dec. 12, 1974; 42 FR 45307, Sept. 9, 1977; 61 FR 3837, Feb. 2, 
1996]



Sec. 80.24  Controls applicable to  motor vehicle manufacturers.

    (a) [Reserved]
    (b) The manufacturer of any motor vehicle equipped with an emission 
control device which the Administrator has determined will be 
significantly impaired by the use of gasoline other than unleaded 
gasoline shall manufacture such vehicle with each gasoline tank filler 
inlet having a restriction which prevents the insertion of a nozzle with 
a spout having a terminal end with an outside diameter of 0.930 inch 
(2.363 centimeters) or more and allows the insertion of a nozzle with a 
spout meeting the specifications of Sec. 80.22(f)(2).

[38 FR 26450, Sept. 21, 1973, as amended at 39 FR 34538, Sept. 26, 1974; 
46 FR 50472, Oct. 13, 1981; 48 FR 29692, June 28, 1983; 51 FR 33731, 
Sept. 22, 1986; 61 FR 3838, Feb. 2, 1996; 61 FR 8221, Mar. 4, 1996; 61 
FR 28766, June 6, 1996]



Sec. 80.25  [Reserved]



Sec. 80.26  Confidentiality of information.

    Information obtained by the Administrator or his representatives 
pursuant to this part shall be treated, in so far as its confidentiality 
is concerned, in accordance with the provisions of 40 CFR part 2.

[38 FR 33741, Dec. 6, 1973]



Sec. 80.27  Controls and prohibitions on gasoline volatility.

    (a)(1) Prohibited activities in 1991. During the 1991 regulatory 
control periods, no refiner, importer, distributor, reseller, carrier, 
retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer shall sell, offer for sale, 
dispense, supply, offer for supply, or transport gasoline whose Reid 
vapor pressure exceeds the applicable standard. As used in this section 
and Sec. 80.28, ``applicable standard'' means the standard listed in 
this paragraph for the geographical area and time period in which the 
gasoline is intended to be dispensed to motor vehicles or, if such area 
and time period cannot be determined, the standard listed in this 
paragraph that specifies the lowest Reid vapor pressure for the year in 
which the gasoline is being sampled. As used in this section and 
Sec. 80.28, ``regulatory control periods'' mean June 1 to September 15 
for retail outlets and wholesale purchaser-consumers and May 1 to 
September 15 for all other facilities.

                                            Applicable Standards \1\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     State                           May          June         July         Aug.        Sept.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alabama........................................         10.5         10.5          9.5          9.5         10.5
Arizona:
    North of 34 degrees latitude and east of             9.5          9.0          9.0          9.5          9.5
     111 degrees longitude.....................
    All areas except North of 34 degrees                 9.5          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.5
     latitude and east of 111 degrees longitude
Arkansas.......................................         10.5         10.5          9.5          9.5         10.5
California: \2\
  North Coast..................................         10.5          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5
  South Coast..................................          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5
  Southeast....................................          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5
  Interior.....................................          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5
Colorado.......................................         10.5          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5
Connecticut....................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Delaware.......................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
District of Columbia...........................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Florida........................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Georgia........................................         10.5         10.5          9.5          9.5         10.5
Idaho..........................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Illinois:
  North of 40 deg. Latitude....................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
  South of 40 deg. Latitude....................         10.5         10.5          9.5          9.5         10.5
Indiana........................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Iowa...........................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5

[[Page 577]]

 
Kansas.........................................         10.5         10.5          9.5          9.5         10.5
Kentucky.......................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Louisiana......................................         10.5         10.5          9.5          9.5         10.5
Maine..........................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Maryland.......................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Massachusetts..................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Michigan.......................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Minnesota......................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Mississippi....................................         10.5         10.5          9.5          9.5         10.5
Missouri.......................................         10.5         10.5          9.5          9.5         10.5
Montana........................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Nebraska.......................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Nevada:
  North of 38 deg. Latitude....................         10.5          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5
  South of 38 deg. Latitude....................          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5
New Hampshire..................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
New Jersey.....................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
New Mexico:
  North of 34 deg. Latitude....................          9.5          9.0          9.0          9.5          9.5
  South of 34 deg. Latitude....................          9.5          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.5
New York.......................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
North Carolina.................................         10.5         10.5          9.5          9.5         10.5
North Dakota...................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Ohio...........................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Oklahoma.......................................         10.5          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5
Oregon:
  East of 122 deg. Longitude...................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
  West of 122 deg. Longitude...................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Pennsylvania...................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Rhode Island...................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
South Carolina.................................         10.5         10.5          9.5          9.5         10.5
South Dakota...................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Tennessee......................................         10.5         10.5          9.5          9.5         10.5
Texas:
  East of 99 deg. Longitude....................          9.5          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.5
  West of 99 deg. Longitude....................          9.5          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.5
Utah...........................................         10.5          9.5          9.5          9.5          9.5
Vermont........................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Virginia.......................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Washington:
  East of 122 deg. Longitude...................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
  West of 122 deg. Longitude...................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
West Virginia..................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Wisconsin......................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
Wyoming........................................         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5         10.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Standards are expressed in pounds per square inch (psi).
\2\ California areas include the following counties:
 North Coast--Alameda, Contra Costa, Del Norte, Humbolt, Lake, Marin, Mendocino, Monterey, Napa, San Benito, San
  Francisco, San Mateo, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz, Solano, Sonoma, and Trinity.
 Interior--Lassen, Modoc, Plumas, Sierra, Siskiyou, Alpine, Amador, Butte, Calaveras, Colusa, El Dorado, Fresno,
  Glenn, Kern (except that portion lying east of the Los Angeles County Aqueduct), Kings, Madera, Mariposa,
  Merced, Placer, Sacramento, San Joaquin, Shasta, Stanislaus, Sutter, Tehama, Tulare, Tuolumne, Yolo, Yuba, and
  Nevada.
 South Coast--Orange, San Diego, San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara, Ventura, and Los Angeles (except that portion
  north of the San Gabriel mountain range and east of the Los Angeles County Aqueduct).
Southeast--Imperial, Riverside, San Bernardino, Los Angeles (that portion north of the San Gabriel mountain
  range and east of the Los Angeles County Aqueduct), Mono, Inyo, and Kern (that portion lying east of the Los
  Angeles County Aqueduct).

    (2) Prohibited activities in 1992 and beyond. During the 1992 and 
later high ozone seasons no person, including without limitation, no 
retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer, and during the 1992 and later 
regulatory control periods, no refiner, importer, distributor, reseller, 
or carrier shall sell, offer for sale, dispense, supply, offer for 
supply, transport or introduce into commerce gasoline whose Reid vapor 
pressure exceeds the applicable standard. As used in this section and 
Sec. 80.28, ``applicable standard'' means:
    (i) 9.0 psi for all designated volatility attainment areas; and
    (ii) The standard listed in this paragraph for the state and time 
period in which the gasoline is intended to be dispensed to motor 
vehicles for any designated volatility nonattainment area within such 
State or, if such area

[[Page 578]]

and time period cannot be determined, the standard listed in this 
paragraph that specifies the lowest Reid vapor pressure for the year in 
which the gasoline is sampled. Designated volatility attainment and 
designated volatility nonattainment areas and their exact boundaries are 
described in 40 CFR part 81, or such part as shall later be designated 
for that purpose. As used in this section and Sec. 80.27, ``high ozone 
season'' means the period from June 1 to September 15 of any calendar 
year and ``regulatory control period'' means the period from May 1 to 
September 15 of any calendar year.

                               Applicable Standards \1\ 1992 and Subsequent Years
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     State                           May          June         July        August     September
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alabama........................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Arizona........................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Arkansas.......................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
California.....................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Colorado \2\...................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Connecticut....................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Delaware.......................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
District of Columbia...........................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Florida........................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Georgia........................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Idaho..........................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Illinois.......................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Indiana........................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Iowa...........................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Kansas.........................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Kentucky.......................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Louisiana......................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Maine..........................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Maryland.......................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Massachusetts..................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Michigan.......................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Minnesota......................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Mississippi....................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Missouri.......................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Montana........................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Nebraska.......................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Nevada.........................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
New Hampshire..................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
New Jersey.....................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
New Mexico.....................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
New York.......................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
North Carolina.................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
North Dakota...................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Ohio...........................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Oklahoma.......................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Oregon.........................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Pennsylvania...................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Rhode Island...................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
South Carolina \3\.............................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
South Dakota...................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Tennessee:.....................................
  Knox County..................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
  All other volatility nonattainment areas.....          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Texas..........................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Utah...........................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Vermont........................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Virginia.......................................          9.0          7.8          7.8          7.8          7.8
Washington.....................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
West Virginia..................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Wisconsin......................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
Wyoming........................................          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0          9.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Standards are expressed in pounds per square inch (psi).
\2\ The standard for 1992 through 2000 in the Denver-Boulder area designated nonattainment for the 1-hour ozone
  NAAQS in 1991 (see 40 CFR 81.306) will be 9.0 for June 1 through September 15.
\3\ The standard for nonattainment areas in South Carolina from June 1 until September 15 in 1992 and 1993 was
  7.8 psi.

    (b) Determination of compliance. Compliance with the standards 
listed in paragraph (a) of this section shall be

[[Page 579]]

determined by use of one of the sampling methodologies as specified in 
appendix D of this part and the testing methodology specified in 
appendix E of this part.
    (c) Liability. Liability for violations of paragraph (a) of this 
section shall be determined according to the provisions of Sec. 80.28. 
Where the terms refiner, importer, distributor, reseller, carrier, 
ethanol blender, retailer, or wholesale purchaser-consumer are expressed 
in the singular in Sec. 80.28, these terms shall include the plural.
    (d) Special provisions for alcohol blends. (1) Any gasoline which 
meets the requirements of paragraph (d)(2) of this section shall not be 
in violation of this section if its Reid vapor pressure does not exceed 
the applicable standard in paragraph (a) of this section by more than 
one pound per square inch (1.0 psi).
    (2) In order to qualify for the special regulatory treatment 
specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, gasoline must contain 
denatured, anhydrous ethanol. The concentration of the ethanol, 
excluding the required denaturing agent, must be at least 9% and no more 
than 10% (by volume) of the gasoline. The ethanol content of the 
gasoline shall be determined by use of one of the testing methodologies 
specified in appendix F to this part. The maximum ethanol content of 
gasoline shall not exceed any applicable waiver conditions under section 
211(f)(4) of the Clean Air Act.
    (3) Each invoice, loading ticket, bill of lading, delivery ticket 
and other document which accompanies a shipment of gasoline containing 
ethanol shall contain a legible and conspicuous statement that the 
gasoline being shipped contains ethanol and the percentage concentration 
of ethanol.
    (e) Testing exemptions. (1)(i) Any person may request a testing 
exemption by submitting an application that includes all the information 
listed in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), (5) and (6) of this section to:

Director (6406J), Field Operations and Support Division, U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460

    (ii) For purposes of this section, ``testing exemption'' means an 
exemption from the requirements of Sec. 80.27(a) that is granted by the 
Administrator for the purpose of research or emissions certification.
    (2)(i) In order for a testing exemption to be granted, the applicant 
must demonstrate the following:
    (A) The proposed test program has a purpose that constitutes an 
appropriate basis for exemption;
    (B) The proposed test program necessitates the granting of an 
exemption;
    (C) The proposed test program exhibits reasonableness in scope; and
    (D) The proposed test program exhibits a degree of control 
consistent with the purpose of the program and the Environmental 
Protection Agency's (EPA's) monitoring requirements.
    (ii) Paragraphs (e)(3), (4), (5) and (6) of this section describe 
what constitutes a sufficient demonstration for each of the four 
elements in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) (A) through (D) of this section.
    (3) An appropriate purpose is limited to research or emissions 
certification. The testing exemption application must include a concise 
statement of the purpose(s) of the testing program.
    (4) With respect to the necessity that an exemption be granted, the 
applicant must demonstrate an inability to achieve the stated purpose in 
a practicable manner, during a period of the year in which the 
volatility regulations do not apply, or without performing or causing to 
be performed one or more of the prohibited activities under 
Sec. 80.27(a). If any site of the proposed test program is located in an 
area that has been classified by the Administrator as a nonattainment 
area for purposes of the ozone national ambient air quality standard, 
the application must also demonstrate an inability to perform the test 
program in an area that is not so classified.
    (5) With respect to reasonableness, a test program must exhibit a 
duration of reasonable length, effect a reasonable number of vehicles or 
engines, and utilize a reasonable amount of high volatility fuel. In 
this regard, the testing exemption application must include:
    (i) An estimate of the program's duration;

[[Page 580]]

    (ii) An estimate of the maximum number of vehicles or engines 
involved in the test program;
    (iii) The time or mileage duration of the test program;
    (iv) The range of volatility of the fuel (expressed in Reid Vapor 
Pressure (RVP)) expected to be used in the test program; and
    (v) The quantity of fuel which exceeds the applicable standard that 
is expected to be used in the test program.
    (6) With respect to control, a test program must be capable of 
affording EPA a monitoring capability. At a minimum, the testing 
exemption application must also include:
    (i) The technical nature of the test program;
    (ii) The site(s) of the test program (including the street address, 
city, county, State, and zip code);
    (iii) The manner in which information on vehicles and engines used 
in the test program will be recorded and made available to the 
Administrator;
    (iv) The manner in which results of the test program will be 
recorded and made available to the Administrator;
    (v) The manner in which information on the fuel used in the test 
program (including RVP level(s), name, address, telephone number, and 
contact person of supplier, quantity, date received from the supplier) 
will be recorded and made available to the Administrator;
    (vi) The manner in which the distribution pumps will be labeled to 
insure proper use of the test fuel;
    (vii) The name, address, telephone number and title of the person(s) 
in the organization requesting a testing exemption from whom further 
information on the request may be obtained; and
    (viii) The name, address, telephone number and title of the 
person(s) in the organization requesting a testing exemption who will be 
responsible for recording and making available to the Administrator the 
information specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(iii), (iv), and (v) of this 
section, and the location in which such information will be maintained.
    (7) A testing exemption will be granted by the Administrator upon a 
demonstration that the requirements of paragraphs (e)(2), (3), (4), (5) 
and (6) of this section have been met. The testing exemption will be 
granted in the form of a memorandum of exemption signed by the applicant 
and the Administrator (or his delegate), which shall include such terms 
and conditions as the Administrator determines necessary to monitor the 
exemption and to carry out the purposes of this section. Any violation 
of such a term or condition shall cause the exemption to be void.

[54 FR 11883, Mar. 22, 1989; 54 FR 27017, June 27, 1989, as amended at 
54 FR 33219, Aug. 14, 1989; 55 FR 32666, June 11, 1990; 56 FR 20548, May 
6, 1991; 56 FR 37022, Aug. 2, 1991; 56 FR 64710, Dec. 12, 1991; 57 FR 
20205, May 12, 1992; 58 FR 34370, June 25, 1993; 58 FR 14484, Mar. 17, 
1993; 58 FR 26069, Apr. 30, 1993; 58 FR 46511, Sept. 1, 1993; 59 FR 
15629, 15633, Apr. 4, 1994; 61 FR 16396, Apr. 15, 1996; 63 FR 31631, 
June 10, 1998]



Sec. 80.28  Liability for violations of gasoline volatility controls and prohibitions.

    (a) Violations at refineries or importer facilities. Where a 
violation of the applicable standard set forth in Sec. 80.27 is detected 
at a refinery that is not an ethanol blending plant or at an importer's 
facility, the refiner or importer shall be deemed in violation.
    (b) Violations at carrier facilities. Where a violation of the 
applicable standard set forth in Sec. 80.27 is detected at a carrier's 
facility, whether in a transport vehicle, in a storage facility, or 
elsewhere at the facility, the following parties shall be deemed in 
violation:
    (1) The carrier, except as provided in paragraph (g)(1) of this 
section;
    (2) The refiner (if he is not an ethanol blender) at whose refinery 
the gasoline was produced or the importer at whose import facility the 
gasoline was imported, except as provided in paragraph (g)(2) of this 
section;
    (3) The ethanol blender (if any) at whose ethanol blending plant the 
gasoline was produced, except as provided in paragraph (g)(6) of this 
section; and
    (4) The distributor and/or reseller, except as provided in paragraph 
(g)(3) of this section.
    (c) Violations at branded distributor facilities, reseller 
facilities, or ethanol blending plants. Where a violation of the 
applicable standard set forth in

[[Page 581]]

Sec. 80.27 is detected at a distributor facility, a reseller facility, 
or an ethanol blending plant which is operating under the corporate, 
trade, or brand name of a gasoline refiner or any of its marketing 
subsidiaries, the following parties shall be deemed in violation:
    (1) The distributor or reseller, except as provided in paragraph 
(g)(3) or (g)(8) of this section;
    (2) The carrier (if any), if the carrier caused the gasoline to 
violate the applicable standard;
    (3) The refiner under whose corporate, trade, or brand name (or that 
of any of its marketing subsidiaries) the distributor, reseller, or 
ethanol blender is operating, except as provided in paragraph (g)(4) of 
this section; and
    (4) The ethanol blender (if any) at whose ethanol blending plant the 
gasoline was produced, except as provided in paragraph (g)(6) or (g)(8) 
of this section.
    (d) Violations at unbranded distributor facilities or ethanol 
blending plants. Where a violation of the applicable standard set forth 
in Sec. 80.27 is detected at a distributor facility or an ethanol 
blending plant not operating under a refiner's corporate, trade, or 
brand name, or that of any of its marketing subsidiaries, the following 
parties shall be deemcd in violation:
    (1) The distributor, except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) or 
(g)(8) of this section;
    (2) The carrier (if any), if the carrier caused the gasoline to 
violate the applicable standard;
    (3) The refiner (if he is not an ethanol blender) at whose refinery 
the gasoline was produced or the importer at whose import facility the 
gasoline was imported, except as provided in paragraph (g)(2) of this 
section; and
    (4) The ethanol blender (if any) at whose ethanol blending plant the 
gasoline was produced, except as provided in paragraph (g)(6) or (g)(8) 
of this section.
    (e) Violations at branded retail outlets or wholesale purchaser-
consumer facilities. Where a violation of the applicable standard set 
forth in Sec. 80.27 is detected at a retail outlet or at a wholesale 
purchaser-consumer facility displaying the corporate, trade, or brand 
name of a gasoline refiner or any of its marketing subsidiaries, the 
following parties shall be deemed in violation:
    (1) The retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer, except as provided 
in paragraph (g)(5) or (g)(8) of this section;
    (2) The distributor and/or reseller (if any), except as provided in 
paragraph (g)(3) or (g)(8) of this section;
    (3) The carrier (if any), if the carrier caused the gasoline to 
violate the applicable standard;
    (4) The refiner whose corporate, trade, or brand name (or that of 
any of its marketing subsidiaries) is displayed at the retail outlet or 
wholesale purchaser-consumer facility, except as provided in paragraph 
(g)(4) of this section; and
    (5) The ethanol blender (if any) at whose ethanol blending plant the 
gasoline was produced, except as provided in paragraph (g)(6) or (g)(8) 
of this section.
    (f) Violations at unbranded retail outlets or wholesale purchaser-
consumer facilities. Where a violation of the applicable standard set 
forth in Sec. 80.27 is detected at a retail outlet or at a wholesale 
purchaser-consumer facility not displaying the corporate, trade, or 
brand name of a refiner or any of its marketing subsidiaries, the 
following parties shall be deemed in violation:
    (1) The retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer, except as provided 
in paragraph (g)(5) or (g)(8) of this section;
    (2) The distributor (if any), except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) 
or (g)(8) of this section;
    (3) The carrier (if any), if the carrier caused the gasoline to 
violate the applicable standard;
    (4) The ethanol blender (if any) at whose ethanol blending plant the 
gasoline was produced, except as provided in paragraph (g)(6) of this 
section; and
    (5) The refiner (if he is not an ethanol blender) at whose refinery 
the gasoline was produced and/or the importer at whose import facility 
the gasoline was imported, except as provided in paragraph (g)(2) of 
this section.
    (g) Defenses. (1) In any case in which a carrier would be in 
violation under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the carrier shall not 
be deemed in violation if he can demonstrate:

[[Page 582]]

    (i) That the violation was not caused by him or his employee or 
agent; and
    (ii) Evidence of an oversight program conducted by the carrier, such 
as periodic sampling and testing of incoming gasoline, for monitoring 
the volatility of gasoline stored or transported by that carrier.
    (iii) An oversight program under paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this 
section need not include periodic sampling and testing of gasoline in a 
tank truck operated by a common carrier, but in lieu of such tank truck 
sampling and testing, the common carrier shall demonstrate evidence of 
an oversight program for monitoring compliance with the volatility 
requirements of Sec. 80.27 relating to the transport or storage of 
gasoline by tank truck, such as appropriate guidance to drivers on 
compliance with applicable requirements and the periodic review of 
records normally received in the ordinary course of business concerning 
gasoline quality and delivery.
    (2) In any case in which a refiner or importer would be in violation 
under paragraphs (b)(2), (d)(3), or (f)(5) of this section, the refiner 
or importer shall not be deemed in violation if he can demonstrate:
    (i) That the violation was not caused by him or his employee or 
agent; and
    (ii) Test results using the sampling and testing methodologies set 
forth in appendices D and E of this part, or any other test method where 
adequate correlation to Method 3 of appendix E of this part is 
demonstrated, which show evidence that the gasoline determined to be in 
violation was in compliance with the applicable standard when it was 
delivered to the next party in the distribution system.
    (3) In any case in which a distributor or reseller would be in 
violation under paragraph (b)(4), (c)(1), (d)(1), (e)(2), or (f)(2) of 
this section, the distributor or reseller shall not be deemed in 
violation if he can demonstrate:
    (i) That the violation was not caused by him or his employee or 
agent; and
    (ii) Evidence of an oversight program conducted by the distributor 
or reseller, such as periodic sampling and testing of gasoline, for 
monitoring the volatility of gasoline that the distributor or reseller 
sells, supplies, offers for sale or supply, or transports.
    (4) In any case in which a refiner would be in violation under 
paragraphs (c)(3) or (e)(4) of this section, the refiner shall not be 
deemed in violation if he can demonstrate all of the following:
    (i) Test results using the sampling and testing methodologies set 
forth in appendices D and E of this part, or any other test method where 
adequate correlation to Method 3 of appendix E of this part is 
demonstrated, which show evidence that the gasoline determined to be in 
violation was in compliance with the applicable standard when 
transported from the refinery.
    (ii) That the violation was not caused by him or his employee or 
agent; and
    (iii) That the violation:
    (A) Was caused by an act in violation of law (other than the Act or 
this part), or an act of sabotage or vandalism, whether or not such acts 
are violations of law in the jurisdiction where the violation of the 
requirements of this part occurred, or
    (B) Was caused by the action of a reseller, an ethanol blender, or a 
retailer supplied by such reseller or ethanol blender, in violation of a 
contractual undertaking imposed by the refiner on such reseller or 
ethanol blender designed to prevent such action, and despite reasonable 
efforts by the refiner (such as periodic sampling and testing) to insure 
compliance with such contractual obligation, or
    (C) Was caused by the action of a retailer who is supplied directly 
by the refiner (and not by a reseller), in violation of a contractual 
undertaking imposed by the refiner on such retailer designed to prevent 
such action, and despite reasonable efforts by the refiner (such as 
periodic sampling and testing) to insure compliance with such 
contractual obligation, or
    (D) Was caused by the action of a distributor or an ethanol blender 
subject to a contract with the refiner for transportation of gasoline 
from a terminal to a distributor, ethanol blender, retailer or wholesale 
purchaser-consumer, in violation of a contractual undertaking imposed by 
the refiner on such distributor or ethanol blender designed

[[Page 583]]

to prevent such action, and despite reasonable efforts by the refiner 
(such as periodic sampling and testing) to insure compliance with such 
contractual obligation, or
    (E) Was caused by a carrier or other distributor not subject to a 
contract with the refiner but engaged by him for transportation of 
gasoline from a terminal to a distributor, ethanol blender, retailer or 
wholesale purchaser-consumer, despite reasonable efforts by the refiner 
(such as specification or inspection of equipment) to prevent such 
action, or
    (F) Occurred at a wholesale purchaser-consumer facility: Provided, 
however, That if such wholesale purchaser-consumer was supplied by a 
reseller or ethanol blender, the refiner must demonstrate that the 
violation could not have been prevented by such reseller's or ethanol 
blender's compliance with a contractual undertaking imposed by the 
refiner on such reseller or ethanol blender as provided in paragraph 
(g)(4)(iii)(B) of this section.
    (iv) In paragraphs (g)(4)(iii)(A) through (E) of this section, the 
term ``was caused'' means that the refiner must demonstrate by 
reasonably specific showings, by direct or circumstantial evidence, that 
the violation was caused or must have been caused by another.
    (5) In any case in which a retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer 
would be in violation under paragraphs (e)(1) or (f)(1) of this section, 
the retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer shall not be deemed in 
violation if he can demonstrate that the violation was not caused by him 
or his employee or agent.
    (6) In any case in which an ethanol blender would be in violation 
under paragraphs (b)(3), (c)(4), (d)(4), (e)(5) or (f)(4) of this 
section, the ethanol blender shall not be deemed in violation if he can 
demonstrate:
    (i) That the violation was not caused by him or his employee or 
agent; and
    (ii) Evidence of an oversight program conducted by the ethanol 
blender, such as periodic sampling and testing of gasoline, for 
monitoring the volatility of gasoline that the ethanol blender sells, 
supplies, offers for sale or supply or transports; and
    (iii) That the gasoline determined to be in violation contained no 
more than 10% ethanol (by volume) when it was delivered to the next 
party in the distribution system.
    (7) In paragraphs (g)(1)(i), (g)(2)(i), (g)(3)(i), (g)(4)(ii), 
(g)(5), and (g)(6)(i) of this section, the respective party must 
demonstrate by reasonably specific showings, by direct or circumstantial 
evidence, that it or its employee or agent did not cause the violation.
    (8) In addition to the defenses provided in paragraphs (g)(1) 
through (g)(6) of this section, in any case in which an ethanol blender, 
distributor, reseller, carrier, retailer, or wholesale purchaser-
consumer would be in violation under paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e) or 
(f), of this section, as a result of gasoline which contains between 9 
and 10 percent ethanol (by volume) but exceeds the applicable standard 
by more than one pound per square inch (1.0 psi), the ethanol blender, 
distributor, reseller, carrier, retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer 
shall not be deemed in violation if such person can demonstrate, by 
showing receipt of a certification from the facility from which the 
gasoline was received or other evidence acceptable to the Administrator, 
that:
    (i) The gasoline portion of the blend complies with the Reid vapor 
pressure limitations of Sec. 80.27(a); and
    (ii) The ethanol portion of the blend does not exceed 10 percent (by 
volume); and
    (iii) No additional alcohol or other additive has been added to 
increase the Reid vapor pressure of the ethanol portion of the blend.

In the case of a violation alleged against an ethanol blender, 
distributor, reseller, or carrier, if the demonstration required by 
paragraphs (g)(8)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section is made by a 
certification, it must be supported by evidence that the criteria in 
paragraphs (g)(8)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section have been met, 
such as an oversight program conducted by or on behalf of the ethanol 
blender, distributor, reseller or carrier alleged to be in violation, 
which includes periodic sampling and testing of the gasoline or 
monitoring the volatility and ethanol

[[Page 584]]

content of the gasoline. Such certification shall be deemed sufficient 
evidence of compliance provided it is not contradicted by specific 
evidence, such as testing results, and provided that the party has no 
other reasonable basis to believe that the facts stated in the 
certification are inaccurate. In the case of a violation alleged against 
a retail outlet or wholesale purchaser-consumer facility, such 
certification shall be deemed an adequate defense for the retailer or 
wholesale purchaser-consumer, provided that the retailer or wholesale 
purchaser-consumer is able to show certificates for all of the gasoline 
contained in the storage tank found in violation, and, provided that the 
retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer has no reasonable basis to 
believe that the facts stated in the certifications are inaccurate.

[54 FR 11885, Mar. 22, 1989; 54 FR 27017, June 27, 1989, as amended at 
56 FR 64711, Dec. 12, 1991; 58 FR 14484, Mar. 17, 1993; 62 FR 68205, 
Dec. 31, 1997]



Sec. 80.29  Controls and prohibitions on diesel fuel quality.

    (a) Prohibited activities. (1) Beginning October 1, 1993, no person, 
including but not limited to, refiners, importers, distributors, 
resellers, carriers, retailers or wholesale purchaser-consumers, shall 
manufacture, introduce into commerce, sell, offer for sale, supply, 
dispense, offer for supply or transport any diesel fuel for use in motor 
vehicles, except as provided in 40 CFR 69.51, unless the diesel fuel:
    (i) Has a sulfur percentage, by weight, no greater than 0.05 
percent;
    (ii)(A) Has a cetane index of at least 40; or
    (B) Has a maximum aromatic content of 35 volume percent; and
    (iii) Is free of visible evidence of:
    (A) The dye 1,4-dialkylamino-anthraquinone; and
    (B) Beginning October 1, 1994;
    (1) The dye solvent red 164; unless
    (2) It is used in a manner that is tax-exempt as defined under 
section 4082 of the Internal Revenue Code.
    (2) In the case of any diesel fuel not intended for use in motor 
vehicles, no refiner or importer shall add or introduce any amount of 
the dye 1,4-dialkylamino-anthraquinone into such fuel beginning October 
1, 1994.
    (b) Determination of compliance. Any diesel fuel which does not show 
visible evidence of being dyed with either 1,4-dialkylamino-
anthraquinone (which has a characteristic blue-green color in diesel 
fuel) or dye solvent red 164 (which has a characteristic red color in 
diesel fuel) shall be considered to be available for use in diesel motor 
vehicles and motor vehicle engines, and shall be subject to the 
prohibitions of paragraph (a) of this section. Compliance with the 
standards listed in paragraph (a) of this section shall be determined by 
use of one of the sampling methodologies specified in appendix G to this 
part.
    (c) Transfer documents. (1) Any person that transfers custody or 
title of diesel fuel for use in motor vehicles which contains visible 
evidence of the dye solvent red 164 shall provide documents to the 
transferee which state that such fuel meets the applicable standards for 
sulfur and cetane index or aromatic content under these regulations and 
is only for tax-exempt use in diesel motor vehicles as defined under 
section 4082 of the Internal Revenue Code.
    (2) Any person that is the transferor or the transferee of diesel 
fuel for use in motor vehicles which contains visible evidence of the 
dye solvent red 164, shall retain the documents required under paragraph 
(c)(1) of this section for a period of five years from the date of 
transfer of such fuel and shall provide such documents to the 
Administrator or the Administrator's representative upon request.
    (d) Liability. Liability for violations of paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section shall be determined according to the provisions of Sec. 80.30. 
Any person that violates paragraph (a)(2) or (c) of this section shall 
be liable for penalties in accordance with paragraph (e) of this 
section.
    (e) Penalties. Penalties for violations of paragraph (a) or (c) of 
this section shall be determined according to the provisions of 
Sec. 80.5.

[59 FR 35858, July 14, 1994, as amended at 63 FR 49465, Sept. 16, 1998]

[[Page 585]]



Sec. 80.30  Liability for violations of diesel fuel control and prohibitions.

    (a) Violations at refiners or importers facilities. Where a 
violation of a diesel fuel standard set forth in Sec. 80.29 is detected 
at a refinery or importer's facility, the refiner or importer shall be 
deemed in violation.
    (b) Violations at carrier facilities. Where a violation of a diesel 
fuel standard set forth in Sec. 80.29 is detected at a carrier's 
facility, whether in a transport vehicle, in a storage facility, or 
elsewhere at the facility, the following parties shall be deemed in 
violation:
    (1) The carrier, except as provided in paragraph (g)(1) of this 
section; and
    (2) The refiner or importer at whose refinery or import facility the 
diesel fuel was produced or imported, except as provided in paragraph 
(g)(2) of this section.
    (c) Violations at branded distributor or reseller facilities. Where 
a violation of a diesel fuel standard set forth in Sec. 80.29 is 
detected at a distributor or reseller's facility which is operating 
under the corporate, trade or brand name of a refiner or any of its 
marketing subsidiaries, the following parties shall be deemed in 
violation:
    (1) The distributor or reseller, except as provided in paragraph 
(g)(3) of this section;
    (2) The carrier (if any), if the carrier caused the diesel fuel to 
violate the standard by fuel switching, blending, mislabeling, or any 
other means; and
    (3) The refiner under whose corporate, trade, or brand name (or that 
of any of its marketing subsidiaries) the distributor or reseller is 
operating, except as provided in paragraph (g)(4) of this section.
    (d) Violations at unbranded distributor facilities. Where a 
violation of a diesel fuel standard set forth in Sec. 80.29 is detected 
at the facility of a distributor not operating under a refiner's 
corporate, trade, or brand name, or that of any of its marketing 
subsidiaries, the following shall be deemed in violation:
    (1) The distributor, except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this 
section;
    (2) The carrier (if any), if the carrier caused the diesel fuel to 
violate the standard by fuel switching, blending, mislabeling, or any 
other means; and
    (3) The refiner or importer at whose refinery or import facility the 
diesel fuel was produced or imported, except as provided in paragraph 
(g)(2) of this section.
    (e) Violations at branded retail outlets or wholesale purchaser-
consumer facilities. Where a violation of a diesel fuel standard set 
forth in Sec. 80.29 is detected at a retail outlet or at a wholesale 
purchaser-consumer facility displaying the corporate, trade, or brand 
name of a refiner or any of its marketing subsidiaries, the following 
parties shall be deemed in violation:
    (1) The retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer, except as provided 
in paragraph (g)(5) of this section;
    (2) The distributor and/or reseller (if any), except as provided in 
paragraph (g)(3) of this section;
    (3) The carrier (if any), if the carrier caused the diesel fuel to 
violate the standard by fuel switching, blending, mislabeling, or any 
other means; and
    (4) The refiner whose corporate, trade, or brand name, or that of 
any of its marketing subsidiaries, is displayed at the retail outlet or 
wholesale purchaser-consumer facility, except as provided in paragraph 
(g)(4) of this section.
    (f) Violations at unbranded retail outlets or wholesale purchaser-
consumer facilities. Where a violation of a diesel fuel standard set 
forth in Sec. 80.29 is detected at a retail outlet or at a wholesale 
purchaser-consumer facility not displaying the corporate, trade, or 
brand name of a refiner or any of its marketing subsidiaries, the 
following parties shall be deemed in violation:
    (1) The retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer, except as provided 
in paragraph (g)(5) of this section;
    (2) The distributor (if any), except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) 
of this section;
    (3) The carrier (if any), if the carrier caused the diesel fuel to 
violate the standard by fuel switching, blending, mislabeling, or any 
other means; and
    (4) The refiner or importer at whose refinery or import facility the 
diesel fuel was produced or imported, except as provided in paragraph 
(g)(2) of this section.

[[Page 586]]

    (g) Defenses. (1) In any case in which a carrier would be in 
violation under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the carrier shall not 
be deemed in violation if he can demonstrate:
    (i) Evidence of an oversight program conducted by the carrier, for 
monitoring the diesel fuel stored or transported by that carrier, such 
as periodic sampling and testing of the cetane index and sulfur 
percentage of incoming diesel fuel. Such an oversight program need not 
include periodic sampling and testing of diesel fuel in a tank truck 
operated by a common carrier, but in lieu of such tank truck sampling 
and testing the common carrier shall demonstrate evidence of an 
oversight program for monitoring compliance with the diesel fuel 
requirements of Sec. 80.29 relating to the transport or storage of 
diesel fuel by tank truck, such as appropriate guidance to drivers on 
compliance with applicable requirements and the periodic review of 
records normally received in the ordinary course of business concerning 
diesel fuel quality and delivery; and
    (ii) That the violation was not caused by the carrier or his 
employee or agent.
    (2) In any case in which a refiner or importer would be in violation 
under paragraphs (b)(2), (d)(3), or (f)(4) of this section, the refiner 
or importer shall not be deemed in violation if he can demonstrate:
    (i) That the violation was not caused by him or his employee or 
agent; and
    (ii) Test results, performed in accordance with the sampling and 
testing methodologies set forth in appendix G to this part, ASTM 
standard test method D 2622-87 or ASTM standard test method D 4294-83 
for sulfur percentage (Entitled ``Standard Test Method for Sulfur in 
Petroleum Products by Non-Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry''. 
ASTM standard test method D 4294-83 is incorporated by reference. This 
incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal 
Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. A copy 
may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 
1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. A copy may be inspected at the 
Air Docket Section (A-130), room M-1500, U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Docket No. A-86-03, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460 or 
at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., 
suite 700, Washington, DC. Parties using this method must be able to 
support their data with a quality control plan and demonstrate the 
ability to accurately perform this test method. They must also have 
evidence from the manufacturer or others that it reliably produces 
results substantially equivalent to those produced by ASTM standard test 
method D 2622-87.), and ASTM standard test method D 1319-88 for aromatic 
content or ASTM standard method D 976-80 for cetane index, which 
evidence that the diesel fuel determined to be in violation was in 
compliance with the diesel fuel standards when it was delivered to the 
next party in the distribution scheme.
    (3) In any case in which a distributor or reseller would be in 
violation under paragraphs (c)(1), (d)(1), (e)(2) or (f)(2) of this 
section, the distributor or reseller shall not be deemed in violation if 
he can demonstrate:
    (i) That the violation was not caused by him or his employee or 
agent; and
    (ii) Evidence of an oversight program conducted by the distributor 
or reseller, such as periodic sampling and testing of diesel fuel, for 
monitoring the sulfur percentage and cetane index of the diesel fuel 
that the distributor or reseller sells, supplies, offers for sale or 
supply, or transports.
    (4) In any case in which a refiner would be in violation under 
paragraphs (c)(3) or (e)(4) of this section, the refiner shall not be 
deemed in violation if he can demonstrate all of the following:
    (i) Test results, performed in accordance with the sampling and 
testing methodologies set forth in appendix G to this part, ASTM 
standard test method D 2622-87 or ASTM standard test method D 4294-83 
for sulfur percentage (Parties using ASTM standard test method D 4294-83 
must be able to support their data with a quality control plan and 
demonstrate the ability to accurately perform this test method. They 
must also have evidence from the manufacturer or others that it reliably

[[Page 587]]

produces results substantially equivalent to those produced by ASTM 
standard test method D 2622-87.) and ASTM standard test method D 1319-88 
for aromatic content or ASTM standard method D 976-80 for cetane index 
at the refinery at which the diesel fuel was produced, which evidence 
that the diesel fuel was in compliance with the diesel fuel standards 
when transported from the refinery;
    (ii) That the violation was not caused by him or his employee or 
agent; and
    (iii) That the violation:
    (A) Was caused by an act in violation of law (other than the Act or 
this part), or an act of sabotage or vandalism, whether or not such acts 
are violations of law in the jurisdiction where the violation of the 
requirements of this part occurred, or
    (B) Was caused by the action of a reseller or a retailer supplied by 
such reseller, in violation of a contractual undertaking imposed by the 
refiner on such reseller designed to prevent such action, and despite 
reasonable efforts by the refiner (such as periodic sampling and 
testing) to insure compliance with such contractual obligation, or
    (C) Was caused by the action of a retailer who is supplied directly 
by the refiner (and not by a reseller), in violation of a contractual 
undertaking imposed by the refiner on such retailer designed to prevent 
such action, and despite reasonable efforts by the refiner (such as 
periodic sampling and testing) to insure compliance with such 
contractual obligation, or
    (D) Was caused by the action of a distributor subject to a contract 
with the refiner for transportation of diesel fuel from a terminal to a 
distributor, retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer, in violation of a 
contractual undertaking imposed by the refiner on such distributor 
designed to prevent such action, and despite reasonable efforts by the 
refiner (such as periodic sampling and testing) to ensure compliance 
with such contractual obligation, or
    (E) Was caused by a carrier or other distributor not subject to a 
contract with the refiner but engaged by him for transportation of 
diesel fuel from a terminal to a distributor, retailer or wholesale 
purchaser-consumer, despite reasonable efforts by the refiner (such as 
specification or inspection of equipment) to prevent such action, or
    (F) Occurred at a wholesale purchaser-consumer facility: Provided, 
however, That if such wholesale purchaser-consumer was supplied by a 
reseller, the refiner must demonstrate that the violation could not have 
been prevented by such reseller's compliance with a contractual 
undertaking imposed by the refiner on such reseller as provided in 
paragraph (g)(4)(iii)(B) of this section.
    (iv) In paragraphs (g)(4)(iii) (A) through (E) of this section, the 
term was caused means that the refiner must demonstrate by reasonably 
specific showings, by direct or circumstantial evidence, that the 
violation was caused or must have been caused by another.
    (5) In any case in which a retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer 
would be in violation under paragraphs (e)(1) or (f)(1) of this section, 
the retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer shall not be deemed in 
violation if he can demonstrate that the violation was not caused by him 
or his employee or agent.
    (6) In paragraphs (g)(1)(iii), (g)(2)(i), (g)(3)(i), (g)(4)(ii) and 
(g)(5) of this section, the respective party must demonstrate by 
reasonably specific showings, by direct or circumstantial evidence, that 
it or its employee or agent did not cause the violation.
    (7) In the case of any distributor or reseller that would be in 
violation under paragraph (e)(2) or (f)(2) of this section or any 
wholesale purchaser-consumer or retailer that would be in violation 
under paragraph (e)(1) or (f)(1) of this section for diesel fuel for use 
in motor vehicles which contains visible evidence of the dye solvent red 
164, the distributor or reseller or wholesale purchaser-consumer or 
retailer shall not be deemed in violation if he can:
    (i) Demonstrate that the violation was not caused by him or his 
employee or agent,
    (ii) Demonstrate that the fuel has been supplied, offered for 
supply, transported or available for tax-exempt use as defined under 
section 4082 of the Internal Revenue Code, and

[[Page 588]]

    (iii) Provide evidence from the supplier in the form of 
documentation that the fuel met the applicable standards under paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section for sulfur and cetane index or aromatics content 
for use in motor vehicles.

[55 FR 34138, Aug. 21, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 35859, July 14, 1994; 
62 FR 68205, Dec. 31, 1997]



Sec. 80.32  Controls applicable to liquefied petroleum gas retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers.

    After January 1, 1998 every retailer and wholesale purchaser- 
consumer handling over 13,660 gallons of liquefied petroleum gas per 
month shall equip each pump from which liquefied petroleum gas is 
introduced into motor vehicles with a nozzle that has no greater than 
2.0 cm3 dead space from which liquefied petroleum gas will be 
released upon nozzle disconnect from the vehicle, as measured from the 
nozzle face which seals against the vehicle receptacle ``O'' ring, and 
as determined by calculation of the geometric shape of the nozzle. After 
January 1, 2000 this requirement applies to every liquefied petroleum 
gas retailer and wholesale purchaser- consumer. Any dispensing pump 
shown to be dedicated to heavy-duty vehicles is exempt from this 
requirement.

[59 FR 48490, Sept. 21, 1994]



Sec. 80.33  Controls applicable to natural gas retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers.

    (a) After January 1, 1998 every retailer and wholesale purchaser-
consumer handling over 1,215,000 standard cubic feet of natural gas per 
month shall equip each pump from which natural gas is introduced into 
natural gas motor vehicles with a nozzle and hose configuration which 
vents no more than 1.2 grams of natural gas to the atmosphere per 
refueling of a vehicle complying with Sec. 86.098-8(d)(1)(iv) of this 
chapter, as determined by calculation of the geometric shape of the 
nozzle and hose. After January 1, 2000 this requirement applies to every 
natural gas retailer and wholesale purchaser-consumer. Any dispensing 
pump shown to be dedicated to heavy-duty vehicles is exempt from this 
requirement.
    (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section can be waived 
for refueling stations which were in operation on or before January 1, 
1998 provided the station operator can demonstrate, to the satisfaction 
of the Administrator, that compliance with paragraph (a) of this section 
would require additional compression equipment or other modifications 
with costs similar to or greater than the cost of additional compression 
equipment.

[59 FR 48490, Sept. 21, 1994]



                     Subpart C--Oxygenated Gasoline



Sec. 80.35  Labeling of retail gasoline pumps; oxygenated gasoline.

    (a) For oxygenated gasoline programs with a minimum oxygen content 
per gallon or minimum oxygen content requirement in conjunction with a 
credit program, the following shall apply:
    (1) Each gasoline pump stand from which oxygenated gasoline is 
dispensed at a retail outlet in the control area shall be affixed during 
the control period with a legible and conspicuous label which contains 
the following statement:

The gasoline dispensed from this pump is oxygenated and will reduce 
carbon monoxide pollution from motor vehicles.

    (2) The posting of the above statement shall be in block letters of 
no less than 20-point bold type; in a color contrasting with the 
intended background. The label shall be placed on the vertical surface 
of the pump on each side with gallonage and price meters and shall be on 
the upper two-thirds of the pump, clearly readable to the public.
    (3) The retailer shall be responsible for compliance with the 
labeling requirements of this section.
    (b) For oxygenated gasoline programs with a credit program and no 
minimum oxygen content requirement, the following shall apply:
    (1) Each gasoline pump stand from which oxygenated gasoline is 
dispensed at a retail outlet in the control area shall be affixed during 
the control period with a legible and conspicuous label which contains 
the following statement:


[[Page 589]]


The fuel dispensed from this pump meets the requirements of the Clean 
Air Act as part of a program to reduce carbon monoxide pollution from 
motor vehicles.

    (2) The posting of the above statement shall be in block letters of 
no less than 20-point bold type; in a color contrasting with the 
intended background. The label shall be placed on the vertical surface 
of the pump on each side with gallonage and price meters and shall be on 
the upper two-thirds of the pump, clearly readable to the public.
    (3) The retailer shall be responsible for compliance with the 
labeling requirements of this section.

[57 FR 47771, Oct. 20, 1992]



Sec. Sec. 80.36-80.39  [Reserved]



                    Subpart D--Reformulated Gasoline

    Source: 59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 80.40  Fuel certification procedures.

    (a) Gasoline that complies with one of the standards specified in 
Sec. 80.41 (a) through (f) that is relevant for the gasoline, and that 
meets all other relevant requirements prescribed under Sec. 80.41, shall 
be deemed certified.
    (b) Any refiner or importer may, with regard to a specific fuel 
formulation, request from the Administrator a certification that the 
formulation meets one of the standards specified in Sec. 80.41 (a) 
through (f).



Sec. 80.41  Standards and requirements for compliance.

    (a) Simple model per-gallon standards. The ``simple model'' 
standards for compliance when achieved on a per-gallon basis are as 
follows:

                    Simple Model Per-Gallon Standards
Reid vapor pressure (in pounds per square inch):
  Gasoline designated for VOC-Control Region 1................  X emissions performance reduction (percent).................  X emissions performance reduction (percent)..................  X emissions performance reduction (percent):
  Gasoline designated as VOC-controlled.......................  X emissions performance reduction (percent):
    Gasoline designated as VOC-Controlled......................  X emissions performance standards for any 
refinery or importer subject to the Phase I complex model standards 
shall be determined by evaluating all of the following parameter levels 
in the Phase I complex model (specified in Sec. 80.45) at one time:
    (1) The simple model values for benzene, RVP, and oxygen specified 
in Sec. 80.41 (a) or (b), as applicable;
    (2) The aromatics value which, together with the values for benzene, 
RVP, and oxygen determined under paragraph (j)(1) of this section, meets 
the Simple Model toxics requirement specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of 
this section, as applicable;
    (3) The refinery's or importer's individual baseline values for 
sulfur, E-300, and olefins, as established under Sec. 80.91; and
    (4) The appropriate seasonal value of E-200 specified in 
Sec. 80.45(b)(2).
    (k) Effect of VOC survey failure. (1) On each occasion during 1995 
or 1996 that a covered area fails a simple model VOC emissions reduction 
survey conducted pursuant to Sec. 80.68, the RVP requirements for that 
covered area beginning in the year following the failure shall be 
adjusted to be more stringent as follows:
    (i) The required average RVP level shall be decreased by an 
additional 0.1 psi; and
    (ii) The maximum RVP level for each gallon of averaged gasoline 
shall be decreased by an additional 0.1 psi.
    (2) On each occasion that a covered area fails a complex model VOC 
emissions reduction survey conducted pursuant to Sec. 80.68, or fails a 
simple model VOC emissions reduction survey conducted pursuant to 
Sec. 80.68 during 1997, the VOC emissions performance standard for that 
covered area beginning in the year following the failure shall be 
adjusted to be more stringent as follows:
    (i) The required average VOC emissions reduction shall be increased 
by an additional 1.0%; and
    (ii) The minimum VOC emissions reduction, for each gallon of 
averaged gasoline, shall be increased by an additional 1.0%.
    (3) In the event that a covered area for which required VOC 
emissions reductions have been made more stringent passes all VOC 
emissions reduction surveys in two consecutive years, the averaging 
standards VOC emissions reduction for that covered area beginning in the 
year following the second year of passed survey series shall be made 
less stringent as follows:
    (i) The required average VOC emissions reduction shall be decreased 
by 1.0%; and
    (ii) The minimum VOC emissions reduction shall be decreased by 1.0%.
    (4) In the event that a covered area for which the required VOC 
emissions reductions have been made less stringent fails a subsequent 
VOC emissions reduction survey:
    (i) The required average VOC emission reductions for that covered 
area beginning in the year following this subsequent failure shall be 
made more stringent by increasing the required average and the minimum 
VOC emissions reduction by 1.0%; and
    (ii) The required VOC emission reductions for that covered area 
thereafter shall not be made less stringent regardless of the results of 
subsequent VOC emissions reduction surveys.
    (l) Effect of toxics survey failure. (1) On each occasion during 
1995 or 1996 that a covered area fails a simple model toxics emissions 
reduction survey series, conducted pursuant to Sec. 80.68, the simple 
model toxics emissions reduction requirement for that covered area 
beginning in the year following the year of the failure is made more 
stringent by increasing the average toxics emissions reduction by an 
additional 1.0%.
    (2) On each occasion that a covered area fails a complex model 
toxics emissions reduction survey series, conducted pursuant to 
Sec. 80.68, or fails a simple model toxics emissions reduction survey 
series conducted pursuant to Sec. 80.68 during 1997, the complex

[[Page 592]]

model toxics emissions reduction requirement for that covered area 
beginning in the year following the year of the failure is made more 
stringent by increasing the average toxics emissions reduction by an 
additional 1.0%.
    (3) In the event that a covered area for which the toxics emissions 
standard has been made more stringent passes all toxics emissions survey 
series in two consecutive years, the averaging standard for toxics 
emissions reductions for that covered area beginning in the year 
following the second year of passed survey series shall be made less 
stringent by decreasing the average toxics emissions reduction by 1.0%.
    (4) In the event that a covered area for which the toxics emissions 
reduction standard has been made less stringent fails a subsequent 
toxics emissions reduction survey series:
    (i) The standard for toxics emissions reduction for that covered 
area beginning in the year following this subsequent failure shall be 
made more stringent by increasing the average toxics emissions reduction 
by 1.0%; and
    (ii) The standard for toxics emissions reduction for that covered 
area thereafter shall not be made less stringent regardless of the 
results of subsequent toxics emissions reduction surveys.
    (m) Effect of NOX survey or survey series failure.
    (1) On each occasion that a covered area fails a NOX 
emissions reduction survey or survey series conducted pursuant to 
Sec. 80.68, the required average NOX emissions reductions for 
that covered area beginning in the year following the failure shall be 
increased in stringency by an additional 1.0%.
    (2) In the event that a covered area for which required 
NOX emissions reductions have been made more stringent passes 
all NOX emissions reduction surveys and survey series in two 
consecutive years, the required average NOX emissions 
reductions for that covered area beginning in the year following the 
second year of passed surveys and survey series shall be decreased in 
stringency by 1.0%.
    (3) In the event that a covered area for which the required 
NOX emissions reductions have been made less stringent fails 
a subsequent NOX emissions reduction survey or survey series:
    (i) The required average NOX emission reductions for that 
covered area beginning in the year following this subsequent failure 
shall be increased in stringency by 1.0%; and
    (ii) The required NOX emission reductions for that 
covered area thereafter shall not be made less stringent regardless of 
the results of subsequent NOX emissions reduction surveys or 
survey series.
    (n) Effect of benzene survey failure. (1) On each occasion that a 
covered area fails a benzene content survey series, conducted pursuant 
to Sec. 80.68, the benzene content standards for that covered area 
beginning in the year following the year of the failure shall be made 
more stringent as follows:
    (i) The average benzene content shall be decreased by 0.05% by 
volume; and
    (ii) The maximum benzene content for each gallon of averaged 
gasoline shall be decreased by 0.10% by volume.
    (2) In the event that a covered area for which the benzene standards 
have been made more stringent passes all benzene content survey series 
conducted in two consecutive years, the benzene standards for that 
covered area beginning in the year following the second year of passed 
survey series shall be made less stringent as follows:
    (i) The average benzene content shall be increased by 0.05% by 
volume; and
    (ii) The maximum benzene content for each gallon of averaged 
gasoline shall be increased by 0.10% by volume.
    (3) In the event that a covered area for which the benzene standards 
have been made less stringent fails a subsequent benzene content survey 
series:
    (i) The standards for benzene content for that covered area 
beginning in the year following this subsequent failure shall be the 
more stringent standards which were in effect prior to the operation of 
paragraph (n)(2) of this section; and
    (ii) The standards for benzene content for that covered area 
thereafter shall not be made less stringent regardless of the results of 
subsequent benzene content surveys.
    (o) Effect of oxygen survey failure. (1) In any year that a covered 
area fails an oxygen content survey series, conducted pursuant to 
Sec. 80.68, the minimum oxygen content requirement for

[[Page 593]]

that covered area beginning in the year following the year of the 
failure is made more stringent by increasing the minimum oxygen content 
standard, for each gallon of averaged gasoline, by an additional 0.1%; 
however, in no case shall the minimum oxygen content standard be greater 
than 2.0%.
    (2) In the event that a covered area for which the minimum oxygen 
content standard has been made more stringent passes all oxygen content 
survey series in two consecutive years, the minimum oxygen content 
standard for that covered area beginning in the year following the 
second year of passed survey series shall be made less stringent by 
decreasing the minimum oxygen content standard by 0.1%.
    (3) In the event that a covered area for which the minimum oxygen 
content standard has been made less stringent fails a subsequent oxygen 
content survey series:
    (i) The standard for minimum oxygen content for that covered area 
beginning in the year following this subsequent failure shall be made 
more stringent by increasing the minimum oxygen content standard by 
0.1%; and
    (ii) The minimum oxygen content standard for that covered area 
thereafter shall not be made less stringent regardless of the results of 
subsequent oxygen content surveys.
    (p) Effective date for changed minimum or maximum standards. In the 
case of any minimum or maximum standard that is changed to be more 
stringent by operation of paragraphs (k), (m), (n), or (o) of this 
section, the effective date for such change shall be ninety days 
following the date EPA announces the change.
    (q) Refineries, importers, and oxygenate blenders subject to 
adjusted standards. Standards for average compliance that are adjusted 
to be more or less stringent by operation of paragraphs (k), (l), (m), 
(n), or (o) of this section apply to averaged reformulated gasoline 
produced at each refinery or oxygenate blending facility, or imported by 
each importer as follows:
    (1) Adjusted standards for a covered area apply to averaged 
reformulated gasoline that is produced at a refinery or oxygenate 
blending facility if:
    (i) Any averaged reformulated gasoline from that refinery or 
oxygenate blending facility supplied the covered area during any year a 
survey was conducted which gave rise to a standards adjustment; or
    (ii) Any averaged reformulated gasoline from that refinery or 
oxygenate blending facility supplies the covered area during any year 
that the standards are more stringent than the initial standards; unless
    (iii) The refiner or oxygenate blender is able to show that the 
volume of averaged reformulated gasoline from a refinery or oxygenate 
blending facility that supplied the covered area during any year under 
paragraphs (q)(1) (i) or (ii) of this section was less than one percent 
of the reformulated gasoline produced at the refinery or oxygenate 
blending facility during that year, or 100,000 barrels, whichever is 
less.
    (2) Adjusted standards for a covered area apply to averaged 
reformulated gasoline that is imported by an importer if:
    (i) The covered area with the adjusted standard is located in 
Petroleum Administration for Defense District (PADD) I, and the gasoline 
is imported at a facility located in PADDs I, II or III;
    (ii) The covered area with the adjusted standard is located in PADD 
II, and the gasoline is imported at a facility located in PADDs I, II, 
III, or IV;
    (iii) The covered area with the adjusted standard is located in PADD 
III, and the gasoline is imported at a facility located in PADDs II, 
III, or IV;
    (iv) The covered area with the adjusted standard is located in PADD 
IV, and the gasoline is imported at a facility located in PADDs II, or 
IV; or
    (v) The covered area with the adjusted standard is located in PADD 
V, and the gasoline is imported at a facility located in PADDs III, IV, 
or V; unless
    (vi) Any gasoline which is imported by an importer at any facility 
located in any PADD supplies the covered area, in which case the 
adjusted standard also applies to averaged gasoline imported at that 
facility by that importer.
    (3) Any gasoline that is transported in a fungible manner by a 
pipeline,

[[Page 594]]

barge, or vessel shall be considered to have supplied each covered area 
that is supplied with any gasoline by that pipeline, or barge or vessel 
shipment, unless the refiner or importer is able to establish that the 
gasoline it produced or imported was supplied only to a smaller number 
of covered areas.
    (4) Adjusted standards apply to all averaged reformulated gasoline 
produced by a refinery or imported by an importer identified in this 
paragraph (q), except:
    (i) In the case of adjusted VOC standards for a covered area located 
in VOC Control Region 1, the adjusted VOC standards apply only to 
averaged reformulated gasoline designated as VOC-controlled intended for 
use in VOC Control Region 1; and
    (ii) In the case of adjusted VOC standards for a covered area 
located in VOC Control Region 2, the adjusted VOC standards apply only 
to averaged reformulated gasoline designated as VOC-controlled intended 
for use in VOC Control Region 2.
    (r) Definition of PADD. For the purposes of this section only, the 
following definitions of PADDs apply:
    (1) The following States are included in PADD I:

Connecticut
Delaware
District of Columbia
Florida
Georgia
Maine
Maryland
Massachusetts
New York
New Hampshire
New Jersey
North Carolina
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
South Carolina
Vermont
Virginia
West Virginia

    (2) The following States are included in PADD II:

Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Kentucky
Michigan
Minnesota
Missouri
Nebraska
North Dakota
Ohio
Oklahoma
South Dakota
Tennessee
Wisconsin

    (3) The following States are included in PADD III:

Alabama
Arkansas
Louisiana
Mississippi
New Mexico
Texas

    (4) The following States are included in PADD IV:

Colorado
Idaho
Montana
Utah
Wyoming

    (5) The following States are included in PADD V:

Arizona
California
Nevada
Oregon
Washington

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36958, July 20, 1994; 61 
FR 12041, Mar. 25, 1996; 62 FR 68205, Dec. 31, 1997]



Sec. 80.42  Simple emissions model.

    (a) VOC emissions. The following equations shall comprise the simple 
model for VOC emissions. The simple model for VOC emissions shall be 
used only in determining toxics emissions:

Summer = The period of May 1 through September 15
Winter = The period of September 16 through April 30
EXHVOCS1 = Exhaust nonmethane, nonethane VOC emissions from the fuel in 
question, in grams per mile, for VOC control region 1 during the summer 
period.
EXHVOCS2 = Exhaust nonmethane, nonethane VOC emissions from the fuel in 
question, in grams per mile, for VOC control region 2 during the summer 
period.
EXHVOCW = Exhaust nonmethane, nonethane VOC emissions from the fuel in 
question, in grams per mile, during the winter period.
EVPVOCS1 = Evaporative nonmethane, nonethane VOC emissions from the fuel 
in question, in grams per mile, for VOC control region 1 during the 
summer period.
EVPVOCS2 = Evaporative nonmethane, nonethane VOC emissions from the fuel 
in question, in grams per mile, for VOC control region 2 during the 
summer period.
RLVOCS1 = Running loss nonmethane, nonethane VOC emissions from the fuel 
in question, in grams per mile, for VOC control region 1 during the 
summer period.
RLVOCS2 = Running loss nonmethane, nonethane VOC emissions from the fuel 
in question, in grams per mile, for VOC control region 2 during the 
summer period.
REFVOCS1 = Refueling nonmethane, nonethane VOC emissions from the fuel 
in question, in grams per mile, for VOC control region 1 during the 
summer period.
REFVOCS2 = Refueling nonmethane, nonethane VOC emissions from the fuel 
in question, in grams per mile, for VOC control region 2 during the 
summer period.
OXCON = Oxygen content of the fuel in question, in terms of weight 
percent (as measured under Sec. 80.46)
RVP = Reid vapor pressure of the fuel in question, in pounds per square 
inch (psi)


[[Page 595]]


    (1) The following equations shall comprise the simple model for VOC 
emissions in VOC Control Region 1 during the summer period:

EXHVOCS1 = 0.444 x (1-(0.127/2.7) x OXCON)
EVPVOCS1 = 0.7952-0.2461 x RVP +0.02293 x RVP x RVP
RLVOCS1 = -0.734+0.1096 x RVP +0.002791 x RVP x RVP
REFVOCS1 = 0.04 x ((0.1667 x RVP)-0.45)

    (2) The following equations shall comprise the simple model for VOC 
emissions in VOC Control Region 2 during the summer period:

EXHVOCS2 = 0.444  x  (1 - (0.127/2.7)  x  OXCON)
EVPVOCS2 = 0.813 - 0.2393  x  RVP + 0.021239  x  RVP  x  RVP
RLVOCS2 = 0.2963 - 0.1306  x  RVP + 0.016255  x  RVP  x  RVP
REFVOCS2 = 0.04  x  ((0.1667  x  RVP) - 0.45)

    (3) The following equation shall comprise the simple model for VOC 
emissions during the winter period:

EXHVOCW = 0.656  x  (1 - (0.127/2.7)  x  OXCON)

    (b) Toxics emissions. The following equations shall comprise the 
simple model for toxics emissions:

EXHBEN = Exhaust benzene emissions from the fuel in question, in 
milligrams per mile
EVPBEN = Evaporative benzene emissions from the fuel in question, in 
milligrams per mile
HSBEN = Hot soak benzene emissions from the fuel in question, in 
milligrams per mile
DIBEN = Diurnal benzene emissions from the fuel in question, in 
milligrams per mile
RLBEN = Running loss benzene emissions from the fuel in question, in 
milligrams per mile
REFBEN = Refueling benzene emissions from the fuel in question, in 
milligrams per mile
MTBE = Oxygen content of the fuel in question in the form of MTBE, in 
terms of weight percent (as measured under Sec. 80.46)
ETOH = Oxygen content of the fuel in question in the form of ethanol, in 
terms of weight percent (as measured under Sec. 80.46)
ETBE = Oxygen content of the fuel in question in the form of ETBE, in 
terms of weight percent (as measured under Sec. 80.46)
FORM = Formaldehyde emissions from the fuel in question, in milligrams 
per mile
ACET = Acetaldehyde emissions from the fuel in question, in milligrams 
per mile
POM = Emissions of polycyclic organic matter from the fuel in question, 
in milligrams per mile
BUTA = Emissions of 1,3-Butadiene from the fuel in question, in 
milligrams per mile
FBEN = Fuel benzene of the fuel in question, in terms of volume percent 
(as measured under Sec. 80.46)
FAROM = Fuel aromatics of the fuel in question, in terms of volume 
percent (as measured under Sec. 80.46)
TOXREDS1 = Total toxics reduction of the fuel in question during the 
summer period for VOC control region 1 in percent
TOXREDS2 = Total toxics reduction of the fuel in question during the 
summer period for VOC control region 2 in percent
TOXREDW = Total toxics reduction of the fuel in question during the 
winter period in percent

    (1) The following equations shall comprise the simple model for 
toxics emissions in VOC control region 1 during the summer period:

TOXREDS1 = [100  x  (53.2 - EXHBEN - EVPBEN - RLBEN - REFBEN - FORM - 
ACET - BUTA - POM)] / 53.2
EXHBEN = [1.884+0.949  x  FBEN + 0.113  x  (FAROM - FBEN)) / 100]  x  
1000  x  EXHVOCS1
EVPBEN = HSBEN + DIBEN
HSBEN = FBEN  x  (EVPVOCS1  x  0.679)  x  1000  x  [(1.4448 - (0.0684 
x  MTBE/2.0) - (0.080274  x  RVP)) / 100]
DIBEN = FBEN  x  (EVPVOCS1  x  0.321)  x  1000  x  [(1.3758 - (0.0579 
x  MTBE/2.0) - (0.080274  x  RVP)) / 100]
RLBEN = FBEN  x  RLVOCS1  x  1000  x  [(1.4448 - (0.0684  x  MTBE/2.0) - 
(0.080274  x  RVP)) / 100]
REFBEN = FBEN  x  REFVOCS1  x  1000  x  [(1.3972 - (0.0591  x  MTBE / 
2.0) - (0.081507  x  RVP)) / 100] BUTA = 0.00556  x  EXHVOCS1  x  1000
POM = 3.15  x  EXHVOCS1

    (i) For any oxygenate or mixtures of oxygenates, the formaldehyde 
and acetaldehyde shall be calculated with the following equations:

FORM = 0.01256  x  EXHVOCS1  x  1000  x  [1 + (0.421 / 2.7)  x  MTBE + 
TAME) + (0.358 / 3.55)  x  ETOH + (0.137 / 2.7)  x  (ETBE + ETAE)]
ACET = 0.00891  x  EXHVOCS1  x  1000  x  [1 + (0.078 / 2.7)  x  (MTBE + 
TAME) + (0.865 / 3.55)  x  ETOH + (0.867 / 2.7)  x  (ETBE + ETAE)]

    (ii) When calculating formaldehyde and acetaldehyde emissions using 
the equations in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, oxygen in the form 
of alcohols which are more complex or have higher molecular weights than 
ethanol shall be evaluated as if it were in the form of ethanol. Oxygen 
in the form of methyl ethers other than TAME and MTBE shall be evaluated 
as if it were in the form of MTBE. Oxygen in the form of ethyl ethers 
other than ETBE shall be

[[Page 596]]

evaluated as if it were in the form of ETBE. Oxygen in the form of non-
methyl, non-ethyl ethers shall be evaluated as if it were in the form of 
ETBE. Oxygen in the form of methanol or non-alcohol, non-ether 
oxygenates shall not be evaluated with the Simple Model, but instead 
must be evaluated through vehicle testing under the Complex Model per 
Sec. 80.48.
    (2) The following equations shall comprise the simple model for 
toxics emissions in VOC control region 2 during the summer period:

TOXREDS2 = 100  x  (52.1 - EXHBEN - EVPBEN - RLBEN - REFBEN - FORM - 
ACET - BUTA - POM) / 52.1
EXHBEN = [(1.884 + 0.949  x  FBEN + 0.113  x  (FAROM - FBEN)) / 100]  x  
1000  x  EXHVOCS2
EVPBEN = HSBEN + DIBEN
HSBEN = FBEN  x  (EVPVOCS2  x  0.679)  x  1000  x  [(1.4448 - (0.0684 
x  MTBE / 2.0) - (0.080274  x  RVP)) / 100]
DIBEN = FBEN  x  (EVPVOCS2  x  0.321)  x  1000  x  [(1.3758 - (0.0579 
x  MTBE / 2.0) - (0.080274  x  RVP)) / 100]
RLBEN = FBEN  x  RLVOCS2  x  1000  x  [(1.4448 - (0.0684  x  MTBE / 2.0) 
- (0.080274  x  RVP)) / 100]
REFBEN = FBEN  x  REFVOCS2  x  1000  x  [(1.3972 - (0.0591  x  MTBE / 
2.0) - (0.081507  x  RVP)) / 100]
BUTA = 0.00556  x  EXHVOCS2  x  1000
POM = 3.15  x  EXHVOCS2

    (i) For any oxygenate or mixtures of oxygenates, the formaldehyde 
and acetaldehyde shall be calculated with the following equations:

FORM = 0.01256  x  EEXHVOCS2  x  1000  x  [1 + (0.421 / 2.7)  x  (MTBE + 
TAME) + (0.358 / 3.55)  x  ETOH + (0.137 / 2.7)  x  (ETBE + ETAE)]
ACET = 0.00891  x  EXHVOCS2  x  1000  x  [1 + (0.078 / 2.7)  x  (MTBE + 
TAME) + (0.865 / 3.55)  x  ETOH + (0.867 / 2.7)  x  (ETBE + ETAE)]

    (ii) When calculating formaldehyde and acetaldehyde emissions using 
the equations in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, oxygen in the form 
of alcohols which are more complex or have higher molecular weights than 
ethanol shall be evaluated as if it were in the form of ethanol. Oxygen 
in the form of methyl ethers other than TAME and MTBE shall be evaluated 
as if it were in the form of MTBE. Oxygen in the form of ethyl ethers 
other than ETBE shall be evaluated as if it were in the form of ETBE. 
Oxygen in the form of non-methyl, non-ethyl ethers shall be evaluated as 
if it were in the form of ETBE. Oxygen in the form of methanol or non-
alcohol, non-ether oxygenates shall not be evaluated with the Simple 
Model, but instead must be evaluated through vehicle testing under the 
Complex Model per Sec. 80.48.
    (3) The following equations shall comprise the simple model for 
toxics emissions during the winter period:

TOXREDW = 100  x  (55.5 - EXHBEN - FORM - ACET - BUTA - POM) / 55.5
EXHBEN = [(1.884 + 0.949  x  FBEN + 0.113  x  (FAROM - FBEN)) / 100]  x  
1000  x  EXHVOCW
BUTA = 0.00556  x  EXHVOCW  x  1000
POM = 2.13  x  EXHVOCW

    (i) For any oxygenate or mixtures of oxygenates, the formaldehyde 
and acetaldehyde shall be calculated with the following equations:

FORM = 0.01256  x  EXHVOCS1  x  1000  x  [1 + (0.421 / 2.7)  x  (MTBE + 
TAME) + (0.358 / 3.55)  x  ETOH + (0.137 / 2.7)  x  (ETBE + ETAE)]
ACET = 0.00891  x  EXHVOCS1  x  1000  x  [1 + (0.078 / 2.7)  x  (MTBE + 
TAME) + (0.865 / 3.55)  x  ETOH + (0.867 / 2.7)  x  (ETBE + ETAE)]

    (ii) When calculating formaldehyde and acetaldehyde emissions using 
the equations in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, oxygen in the form 
of alcohols which are more complex or have higher molecular weights than 
ethanol shall be evaluated as if it were in the form of ethanol. Oxygen 
in the form of methyl ethers other than TAME and MTBE shall be evaluated 
as if it were in the form of MTBE. Oxygen in the form of ethyl ethers 
other than ETBE shall be evaluated as if it were in the form of ETBE. 
Oxygen in the form of non-methyl, non-ethyl ethers shall be evaluated as 
if it were in the form of ETBE. Oxygen in the form of methanol or non-
alcohol, non-ether oxygenates shall not be evaluated with the Simple 
Model, but instead must be evaluated through vehicle testing under the 
Complex Model per Sec. 80.48.
    (4) If the fuel aromatics content of the fuel in question is less 
than 10 volume percent, then an FAROM value of 10 volume percent shall 
be used when evaluating the toxics emissions equations given in 
paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(3) of this section.
    (c) Limits of the model. (1) The model given in paragraphs (a) and 
(b) of this

[[Page 597]]

section shall be used as given to determine VOC and toxics emissions, 
respectively, if the properties of the fuel being evaluated fall within 
the ranges shown in this paragraph (c). If the properties of the fuel 
being evaluated fall outside the range shown in this paragraph (c), the 
model may not be used to determine the VOC or toxics performance of the 
fuel:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Fuel parameter                           Range
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benzene content........................  0.0-4.9 vol %.
RVP....................................  6.6-9.0 psi.\1\
Oxygenate content......................  0-4.0 wt %.
Aromatics content......................  0-55 vol %.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ For gasoline sold in California, the applicable RVP range shall be
  6.4-9.0 psi.

    (2) The model given in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall 
be effective from January 1, 1995 through December 31, 1997, unless 
extended by action of the Administrator.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36958, July 20, 1994; 61 
FR 20738, May 8, 1996]



Secs. 80.43-80.44  [Reserved]



Sec. 80.45  Complex emissions model.

    (a) Definition of terms. For the purposes of this section, the 
following definitions shall apply:

Target fuel = The fuel which is being evaluated for its emissions 
performance using the complex model
OXY = Oxygen content of the target fuel in terms of weight percent
SUL = Sulfur content of the target fuel in terms of parts per million by 
weight
RVP = Reid Vapor Pressure of the target fuel in terms of pounds per 
square inch
E200 = 200  deg.F distillation fraction of the target fuel in terms of 
volume percent
E300 = 300  deg.F distillation fraction of the target fuel in terms of 
volume percent
ARO = Aromatics content of the target fuel in terms of volume percent
BEN = Benzene content of the target fuel in terms of volume percent
OLE = Olefins content of the target fuel in terms of volume percent
MTB = Methyl tertiary butyl ether content of the target fuel in terms of 
weight percent oxygen
ETB = Ethyl tertiary butyl ether content of the target fuel in terms of 
weight percent oxygen
TAM = Tertiary amyl methyl ether content of the target fuel in terms of 
weight percent oxygen
ETH = Ethanol content of the target fuel in terms of weight percent 
oxygen
exp = The function that raises the number e (the base of the natural 
logarithm) to the power in its domain
Phase I = The years 1995-1999
Phase II = Year 2000 and beyond

    (b) Weightings and baselines for the complex model. (1) The 
weightings for normal and higher emitters (w1 and 
w2, respectively) given in table 1 shall be used to calculate 
the exhaust emission performance of any fuel for the appropriate 
pollutant and Phase:

   Table 1--Normal and Higher Emitter Weightings for Exhaust Emissions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Phase I          Phase II
                                     -----------------------------------
                                       VOC &             VOC &
                                       toxics    NOX     toxics    NOX
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Normal Emitters (w1)................     0.52     0.82    0.444    0.738
Higher Emitters (w2)................     0.48     0.18    0.556    0.262
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The following properties of the baseline fuels shall be used 
when determining baseline mass emissions of the various pollutants:

           Table 2--Summer and Winter Baseline Fuel Properties
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Fuel property                      Summer     Winter
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oxygen (wt %).....................................       0.0        0.0
Sulfur (ppm)......................................     339        338
RVP (psi).........................................       8.7       11.5
E200 (%)..........................................      41.0       50.0
E300 (%)..........................................      83.0       83.0
Aromatics (vol %).................................      32.0       26.4
Olefins (vol %)...................................       9.2       11.9
Benzene (vol %)...................................       1.53       1.64
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) The baseline mass emissions for VOC, NOX and toxics 
given in tables 3, 4 and 5 of this paragraph (b)(3) shall be used in 
conjunction with the complex model during the appropriate Phase and 
season:

                   Table 3--Baseline Exhaust Emissions
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Phase I          Phase II
                                     -----------------------------------
          Exhaust pollutant            Summer   Winter   Summer   Winter
                                        (mg/     (mg/     (mg/     (mg/
                                       mile)    mile)    mile)    mile)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
VOC.................................    446.0    660.0    907.0   1341.0
NOx.................................    660.0    750.0   1340.0   1540.0
Benzene.............................    26.10    37.57    53.54    77.62
Acetaldehyde........................     2.19     3.57     4.44     7.25
Formaldehyde........................     4.85     7.73     9.70    15.34
1,3-Butadiene.......................     4.31     7.27     9.38    15.84
POM.................................     1.50     2.21     3.04     4.50
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 598]]


          Table 4--Baseline Non-Exhaust Emissions (Summer Only)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Phase I          Phase II
                                     -----------------------------------
        Non-exhaust pollutant          Region   Region   Region   Region
                                       1 (mg/   2 (mg/   1 (mg/   2 (mg/
                                       mile)    mile)    mile)    mile)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
VOC.................................   860.48   769.10   559.31   492.07
Benzene.............................     9.66     8.63     6.24     5.50
------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                  Table 5--Total Baseline VOC, NOX and Toxics Emissions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Summer (mg/mile)                                Winter (mg/mile)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Pollutant                                 Phase I                Phase II                 Phase I                Phase II
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Region 1    Region 2    Region 1    Region 2    Region 1    Region 2    Region 1    Region 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOX.....................................................      660.0       660.0      1340.0      1340.0       750.0       750.0      1540.0      1540.0
VOC.....................................................     1306.5      1215.1      1466.3      1399.1       660.0       660.0      1341.0      1341.0
Toxics..................................................       48.61       47.58       86.34       85.61       58.36       58.36      120.55      120.55
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) VOC performance. (1) The exhaust VOC emissions performance of 
gasolines shall be given by the following equations:

VOCE = VOC(b)+(VOC(b) x Yvoc(t)/100)
Yvoc(t) = 
    [(w1 x Nv)+(w2 x Hv)-1] x 
    100

where

VOCE = Exhaust VOC emissions in milligrams/mile
Yvoc(t) = Exhaust VOC performance of the target fuel in terms 
of percentage change from baseline
VOC(b) = Baseline exhaust VOC emissions as defined in paragraph (b)(2) 
of this section for the appropriate Phase and season
Nv = [exp v1(t)]/[exp v1(b)]
Hv = [exp v2(t)]/[exp v2(b)]
w1 = Weighting factor for normal emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate Phase
w2 = Weighting factor for higher emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate Phase
v1(t) = Normal emitter VOC equation as defined in paragraph 
(c)(1)(i) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's properties 
subject to paragraphs (c)(1) (iii) and (iv) of this section
v2(t) = Higher emitter VOC equation as defined in paragraph 
(c)(1)(ii) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's properties 
subject to paragraphs (c)(1) (iii) and (iv) of this section
v1(b) = Normal emitter VOC equation as defined in paragraph 
(c)(1)(i) of this section, evaluated using the base fuel's properties
v2(b) = Higher emitter VOC equation as defined in paragraph 
(c)(1)(ii) of this section, evaluated using the base fuel's properties

    (i) Consolidated VOC equation for normal emitters.

v1 = (-0.003641  x  OXY) + (0.0005219  x  SUL) + (0.0289749 
    x  RVP) + (-0.014470  x  E200) + (-0.068624  x  E300) + (0.0323712 
    x  ARO) + (-0.002858  x  OLE) + (0.0001072  x  E2002) + (0.0004087 
    x  E3002) + (-0.0003481  x  ARO  x  E300)

    (ii) VOC equation for higher emitters.

v2 = (-0.003626  x  OXY) + (-5.40X10-\5\  x  SUL) + (0.043295 
     x  RVP) + (-0.013504  x  E200) + (-0.062327  x  E300) + (0.0282042 
    x  ARO) + (-0.002858  x  OLE) + (0.000106  x  E200\2\) + (0.000408 
    x  E300\2\) + (-0.000287  x  ARO  x  E300)

    (iii) Flat line extrapolations. (A) During Phase I, fuels with E200 
values greater than 65.83 percent shall be evaluated with the E200 fuel 
parameter set equal to 65.83 percent when calculating Yvoc(t) 
and VOCE using the equations described in paragraphs (c)(1) (i) and (ii) 
of this section. Fuels with E300 values greater than E300* (calculated 
using the equation E300* = 80.32+[0.390 x ARO]) shall be evaluated with 
the E300 parameter set equal to E300* when calculating VOCE using the 
equations described in paragraphs (c)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section. 
For E300* values greater than 94, the linearly extrapolated model 
presented in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section shall be used.
    (B) During Phase II, fuels with E200 values greater than 65.52 
percent shall be evaluated with the E200 fuel parameter set equal to 
65.52 percent when calculating VOCE using the equations described in 
paragraphs (c)(1) (i) and (ii)

[[Page 599]]

of this section. Fuels with E300 values greater than E300* (calculated 
using the equation E300* = 79.75+[0.385  x  ARO]) shall be evaluated 
with the E300 parameter set equal to E300* when calculating VOCE using 
the equations described in paragraphs (c)(1) (i) and (ii) of this 
section. For E300* values greater than 94, the linearly extrapolated 
model presented in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section shall be used.
    (iv) Linear extrapolations. (A) The equations in paragraphs (c)(1) 
(i) and (ii) of this section shall be used within the allowable range of 
E300, E200, and ARO for the appropriate Phase, as defined in table 6:

 Table 6--Allowable Ranges of E200, E300, and ARO for the Exhaust VOC Equations in Paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii)
                                                 of This Section
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Phase I                            Phase II
                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Fuel parameter                Lower                               Lower
                                           limit          Higher limit         limit          Higher limit
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E200....................................    33.00  65.83....................    33.00  65.52
E300....................................    72.00  Variable\1\..............    72.00  Variable \2\
ARO.....................................    18.00  46.00....................    18.00  46.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Higher E300 limit = lower of 94.0 or 80.32+[0.390 x (ARO)].
\2\ Higher E300 limit = lower of 94.0 or 79.75+[0.385 x (ARO)].

    (B) For fuels with E200, E300 and/or ARO levels outside the ranges 
defined in table 6, YVOC(t) shall be defined:
    (1) For Phase I:

YVOC(t) = 100%  x  0.52  x  [exp(v1(et)) / 
    exp(v1(b)) - 1] + 100%  x  0.48  x  
    [exp(v2(et)) / exp(v2(b)) - 1] + {100%  x  
    0.52  x  [exp(v1(et)) / exp(v1(b))]  x  
    [{[(0.0002144  x  E200et) - 0.014470]  x  E200} 
    + {[(0.0008174  x  E300et) - 0.068624 - (0.000348  x  
    AROet)]  x  E300} + {[(-0.000348  x  
    E300et) + .0323712]  x  ARO}]} + {100%  x  0.48 
    x  [exp(v1(et)) / exp(v2(b))}]  x  
    [{[(0.000212  x  E200et) - 0.01350]  x  E200} + 
    {[(0.000816  x  E300et) - 0.06233- (0.00029  x  
    AROet)]  x  E300{time}  + {[(-0.00029  x  E300}) 
    + 0.028204]  x  ARO}]}

    (2) For Phase II:

YVOC(t) = 100%  x  0.444  x  [exp(v1(et)) / 
    exp(v1(b)) - 1] + 100%  x  0.556  x  
    [exp(v2(et)) / exp(v2(b)) - 1] + {100%  x  
    0.444  x  [exp(v1(et)) / exp(v1(b))]  x  
    [{[(0.0002144  x  E200et) - 0.014470]  x  E200} 
    + {[(0.0008174  x  E300et) - 0.068624 - (0.000348  x  
    AROet)]  x  E300} + {[(-0.000348  x  
    E300et) + 0.0323712]  x  ARO}]} + {100%  x  
    0.556  x  [exp(v2(et)) / exp(v2(b))]  x  
    [{[(0.000212  x  E200et) - 0.01350]  x  E200} + 
    {[(0.000816  x  E300et) - 0.06233 - (0.00029  x  
    AROet)]  x  E300} + {[(-0.00029  x  
    E300et) + 0.028204]  x  ARO}]}

    (C) During Phase I, the ``edge target'' fuel shall be identical to 
the target fuel for all fuel parameters, with the following exceptions:
    (1) If the E200 level of the target fuel is less than 33 volume 
percent, then the E200 value for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be set 
equal to 33 volume percent.
    (2) If the aromatics level of the target fuel is less than 18 volume 
percent, then the ARO value for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be set 
equal to 18 volume percent.
    (3) If the aromatics level of the target fuel is greater than 46 
volume percent, then the ARO value for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be 
set equal to 46 volume percent.
    (4) If the E300 level of the target fuel is less than 72 volume 
percent, then the E300 value for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be set 
equal to 72 volume percent.
    (5) If the E300 level of the target fuel is greater than 95 volume 
percent, then the E300 value of the target fuel shall be set equal to 95 
volume percent for the purposes of calculating VOC emissions with the 
Phase I equation given in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(B) of this section.
    (6) If [80.32+(0.390 x ARO)] exceeds 94 for the target fuel, then 
the E300 value for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be set equal to 94 
volume percent.
    (7) If the E200 level of the target fuel is less than 33 volume 
percent, then E200 shall be set equal to (E200-33 volume 
percent).
    (8) If the E200 level of the target fuel equals or exceeds 33 volume 
percent, then E200 shall be set equal to zero.
    (9) If the aromatics level of the target fuel is less than 18 volume 
percent, then ARO shall be set equal to (ARO-18 volume 
percent). If the aromatics level of the target fuel is less than 10 
volume percent, then ARO shall be set equal to -8 volume 
percent.
    (10) If the aromatics level of the target fuel is greater than 46 
volume percent, then ARO shall be set equal to (ARO-46 volume 
percent).

[[Page 600]]

    (11) If neither of the conditions established in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(iv)(C)(9) and (10) of this section are met, then ARO 
shall be set equal to zero.
    (12) If the E300 level of the target fuel is less than 72 percent, 
then E300 shall be set equal to (E300-72 percent).
    (13) If the E300 level of the target fuel is greater than 94 volume 
percent and [80.32+(0.390xARO)] also is greater than 94, then 
E300 shall be set equal to (E300-94 volume percent). If the 
E300 level of the target fuel is greater than 95 volume percent and 
[80.32+(0.390 x ARO)] also is greater than 94, then E300 shall 
be set equal to 1 volume percent.
    (14) If neither of the conditions established in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(iv)(C)(12) and (13) of this section are met, then E300 
shall be set equal to zero.
    (D) During Phase II, the ``edge target'' fuel is identical to the 
target fuel for all fuel parameters, with the following exceptions:
    (1) If the E200 level of the target fuel is less than 33 volume 
percent, then the E200 value for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be set 
equal to 33 volume percent.
    (2) If the aromatics level of the target fuel is less than 18 volume 
percent, then the ARO value for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be set 
equal to 18 volume percent.
    (3) If the aromatics level of the target fuel is greater than 46 
volume percent, then the ARO value for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be 
set equal to 46 volume percent.
    (4) If the E300 level of the target fuel is less than 72 volume 
percent, then the E300 value for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be set 
equal to 72 volume percent.
    (5) If the E300 level of the target fuel is greater than 95 volume 
percent, then the E300 value of the target fuel shall be set equal to 95 
volume percent for the purposes of calculating VOC emissions with the 
Phase II equation given in paragraph (c)(1)(iv)(B) of this section.
    (6) If [79.75+(0.385 x ARO)] exceeds 94 for the target fuel, then 
the E300 value for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be set equal to 94 
volume percent.
    (7) If the E200 level of the target fuel is less than 33 volume 
percent, then E200 shall be set equal to (E200-33 volume 
percent).
    (8) If the E200 level of the target fuel equals or exceeds 33 volume 
percent, then E200 shall be set equal to zero.
    (9) If the aromatics level of the target fuel is less than 18 volume 
percent and greater than or equal to 10 volume percent, then 
ARO shall be set equal to (ARO-18 volume percent). If the 
aromatics level of the target fuel is less than 10 volume percent, then 
ARO shall be set equal to -8 volume percent.
    (10) If the aromatics level of the target fuel is greater than 46 
volume percent, then ARO shall be set equal to (ARO - 46 volume 
percent).
    (11) If neither of the conditions established in paragraphs 
(c)(1)(iv)(D)(9) and (10) of this section are met, then ARO 
shall be set equal to zero.
    (12) If the E300 level of the target fuel is less than 72 percent, 
then E300 shall be set equal to (E300 - 72 percent).
    (13) If the E300 level of the target fuel is greater than 94 volume 
percent and (79.75 + (0.385  x  ARO)) also is greater than 94, then 
E300 shall be set equal to (E300 - 94 volume percent). If the 
E300 level of the target fuel is greater than 95 volume percent and 
(79.75 + (0.385  x  ARO)) also is greater than 94, then ``E300 shall be 
set equal to 1 volume percent.
    (2) The winter exhaust VOC emissions performance of gasolines shall 
be given by the equations presented in paragraph (c)(1) of this section 
with the RVP value set to 8.7 psi for both the baseline and target 
fuels.
    (3) The nonexhaust VOC emissions performance of gasolines in VOC 
Control Region 1 shall be given by the following equations, where:

VOCNE1 = Total nonexhaust emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 1 in grams per mile
VOCDI1 = Diurnal emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 1 in grams per mile
VOCHS1 = Hot soak emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 1 in grams per mile
VOCRL1 = Running loss emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 1 in grams per mile
VOCRF1 = Refueling emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 1 in grams per mile

    (i) During Phase I:


[[Page 601]]


VOCNE1 = VOCDI1 + VOCHS1 + VOCRL1 + VOCRF1
VOCDI1 = [0.00736  x  (RVP\2\)] - [0.0790  x  RVP] + 0.2553
VOCHS1 = [0.01557  x  (RVP\2\)] - [0.1671  x  RVP] + 0.5399
VOCRL1 = [0.00279  x  (RVP2)] + [0.1096  x  RVP] - 0.7340
VOCRF1 = [0.006668  x  RVP] - 0.0180

    (ii) During Phase II:

VOCNE1 = VOCDI1 + VOCHS1 + VOCRL1 + VOCRF1
VOCDI1 = [0.007385  x  (RVP\2\)] - [0.08981  x  RVP] + 0.3158
VOCHS1 = [0.006654  x  (RVP2)] - [0.08094  x  RVP] + 0.2846
VOCRL1 = [0.017768  x  (RVP\2\)] - [0.18746  x  RVP] + 0.6146
VOCRF1 = [0.004767  x  RVP] + 0.011859

    (4) The nonexhaust VOC emissions performance of gasolines in VOC 
Control Region 2 shall be given by the following equations, where:

VOCNE2 = Total nonexhaust emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 2 in grams per mile
VOCDI2 = Diurnal emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 2 in grams per mile
VOCHS2 = Hot soak emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 2 in grams per mile
VOCRL2 = Running loss emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 2 in grams per mile
VOCRF2 = Refueling emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 2 in grams per mile

    (i) During Phase I:

VOCNE2 = VOCDI2 + VOCHS2 + VOCRL2 + VOCRF2
VOCDI2 = [0.006818  x  (RVP\2\)] - [0.07682  x  RVP] + 0.2610
VOCHS2 = [0.014421  x  (RVP\2\)] - [0.16248  x  RVP] + 0.5520
VOCRL2 = [0.016255  x  (RVP\2\)] - [0.1306  x  RVP] + 0.2963
VOCRF2 = [0.006668  x  RVP] - 0.0180

    (ii) During Phase II:

VOCNE2 = VOCDI2 + VOCHS2 + VOCRL2 + VOCRF2
VOCDI2 = [0.004775  x  (RVP\2\)] - [0.05872  x  RVP] + 0.21306
VOCHS2 = [0.006078  x  (RVP\2\)] - [0.07474  x  RVP] + 0.27117
VOCRL2 = [0.016169  x  (RVP2)] - [0.17206  x  RVP] + 0.56724
VOCRF2 = [0.004767  x  RVP] + 0.011859

    (5) Winter VOC emissions shall be given by VOCE, as defined in 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, using the appropriate baseline 
emissions given in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Total nonexhaust 
VOC emissions shall be set equal to zero under winter conditions.
    (6) Total VOC emissions. (i) Total summer VOC emissions shall be 
given by the following equations:

VOCS1 = (VOCE / 1000) + VOCNE1
VOCS2 = (VOCE / 1000) + VOCNE2
VOCS1 = Total summer VOC emissions in VOC Control Region 1 in terms of 
grams per mile
VOCS2 = Total summer VOC emissions in VOC Control Region 2 in terms of 
grams per mile

    (ii) Total winter VOC emissions shall be given by the following 
equations:

VOCW = (VOCE/1000)
VOCW = Total winter VOC emissions in terms of grams per mile

    (7) Phase I total VOC emissions performance. (i) The total summer 
VOC emissions performance of the target fuel in percentage terms from 
baseline levels shall be given by the following equations during Phase 
I:

VOCS1% = [100%  x  (VOCS1-1.306 g/mi)]/(1.306 g/mi)
VOCS2% = [100%  x  (VOCS2-1.215 g/mi)]/(1.215 g/mi)
VOC1% = Percentage change in VOC emissions from baseline levels in VOC 
    Control Region 1
VOC2% = Percentage change in VOC emissions from baseline levels in VOC 
    Control Region 2

    (ii) The total winter VOC emissions performance of the target fuel 
in percentage terms from baseline levels shall be given by the following 
equations during Phase I:

VOCW% = [100%  x  (VOCW-0.660 g/mi)]/(0.660 g/mi)
VOCW% = Percentage change in winter VOC emissions from baseline levels

    (8) Phase II total VOC emissions performance. (i) The total summer 
VOC emissions performance of the target fuel in percentage terms from 
baseline levels shall be given by the following equations during Phase 
II:

VOCS1% = [100%  x  (VOCS1-1.4663 g/mi)]/(1.4663 g/mi)
VOCS2% = [100%  x  (VOCS2-1.3991 g/mi)]/(1.3991 g/mi)


[[Page 602]]


    (ii) The total winter VOC emissions performance of the target fuel 
in percentage terms from baseline levels shall be given by the following 
equation during Phase II:

VOCW% = [100%  x  (VOC -1.341 g/mi)] / (1.341 g/mi)

    (d) NOX performance. (1) The summer NOX 
emissions performance of gasolines shall be given by the following 
equations:

NOX = NOX(b)+[NOX(b)  x  Y(t)/100]
YNOX(t) = (w1  x  
    Nn)+(w2  x  Hn)-1  x  100

where

NOX = NOX emissions in milligrams/mile
YNOx(t) = NOX performance of target fuel in terms 
of percentage change from baseline
NOX(b) = Baseline NOX emissions as defined in 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section for the appropriate phase and season
Nn = exp n1(t)/exp n1(b)
Hn = exp n2(t)/exp n2(b)
w1 = Weighting factor for normal emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate Phase
w2 = Weighting factor for higher emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate Phase
n1(t) = Normal emitter NOX equation as defined in 
paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's 
properties subject to paragraphs (d)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section
n2(t) = Higher emitter NOX equation as defined in 
paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's 
properties subject to paragraphs (d)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section
n1(b) = Normal emitter NOX equation as defined in 
paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, evaluated using the base fuel's 
properties
n2(b) = Higher emitter NOX equation as defined in 
paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, evaluated using the base fuel's 
properties

    (i) Consolidated equation for normal emitters.

n1 = (0.0018571  x  OXY) + (0.0006921  x  SUL) + (0.0090744 
    x  RVP) + (0.0009310  x  E200)+ (0.0008460  x  E300)+ (0.0083632  x  
    ARO) + (-0.002774  x  OLE) + (-6.63X10-7  x  SUL\2\) + 
    (-0.000119  x  ARO\2\) + (0.0003665  x  OLE\2\)

    (ii) Equation for higher emitters.

n2 = (-0.00913  x  OXY) + (0.000252  x  SUL) + (-0.01397  x  
    RVP) + (0.000931  x  E200) + (-0.00401  x  E300) + (0.007097  x  
    ARO) + (-0.00276  x  OLE) + (0.0003665  x  OLE\2\) + 
    (-7.995x10-5  x  ARO\2\)

    (iii) Flat line extrapolations. (A) During Phase I, fuels with 
olefin levels less than 3.77 volume percent shall be evaluated with the 
OLE fuel parameter set equal to 3.77 volume percent when calculating 
NOX performance using the equations described in paragraphs 
(d)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section. Fuels with aromatics levels greater 
than 36.2 volume percent shall be evaluated with the ARO fuel parameter 
set equal to 36.2 volume percent when calculating NOX 
performance using the equations described in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (B) During Phase II, fuels with olefin levels less than 3.77 volume 
percent shall be evaluated with the OLE fuel parameter set equal to 3.77 
volume percent when calculating NOX performance using the 
equations described in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section. 
Fuels with aromatics levels greater than 36.8 volume percent shall be 
evaluated with the ARO fuel parameter set equal to 36.8 volume percent 
when calculating NOX performance using the equations 
described in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (iv) Linear extrapolations. (A) The equations in paragraphs 
(d)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section shall be used within the allowable 
range of SUL, OLE, and ARO for the appropriate Phase, as defined in the 
following table 7:

 Table 7--Allowable Ranges of SUL, OLE, and ARO for the NOX Equations in
              Paragraphs/(d)(1)(i) and (ii) of This Section
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Phase I            Phase II
                                   -------------------------------------
          Fuel parameter                        High               High
                                     Low end    end     Low end    end
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUL...............................     10.0     450.0     10.0     450.0
OLE...............................      3.77     19.0      3.77     19.0
ARO...............................     18.0      36.2     18.0      36.8
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (B) For fuels with SUL, OLE, and/or ARO levels outside the ranges 
defined in table 7 of paragraph (d)(1)(iv)(A) of this section, 
Ynox(t) shall be defined as:
    (1) For Phase I:

YNox(t) = 100%  x  0.82  x  [exp(n1(et)) / 
    exp(n1(b))-1] + 100%  x  0.18  x  
    [exp(n2(et))/exp(n2(b))-1] + {100%  x  0.82 
    x  [exp(n1(et)) / exp(n1(b))]  x  
    [{[(-0.00000133  x  SULet) + 0.000692]  x  SUL} 
    + {[(-0.000238  x  AROet) + 0.0083632]  x  ARO} + 
    {[(0.000733  x  OLEet)

[[Page 603]]

    - 0.002774]  x  OLE}]} + {100%  x  0.18  x  
    [exp(n2(et)) / exp(n2(b))]  x  [{0.000252  x  
    SUL} + {[(-0.0001599  x  AROet) + 0.007097]  x  
    ARO} + {[(0.000732  x  OLEet) -0.00276]  x  
    OLE{]}

    (2) For Phase II:

    (C) For both Phase I and Phase II, the ``edge target'' fuel is 
identical to the target fuel for all fuel parameters, with the following 
exceptions:
    (1) If the sulfur level of the target fuel is less than 10 parts per 
million, then the value of SUL for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be set 
equal to 10 parts per million.
    (2) If the sulfur level of the target fuel is greater than 450 parts 
per million, then the value of SUL for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be 
set equal to 450 parts per million.
    (3) If the aromatics level of the target fuel is less than 18 volume 
percent, then the value of ARO for the ``edge target'' fuel shall be set 
equal to 18 volume percent.
    (4) If the olefins level of the target fuel is greater than 19 
volume percent, then the value of OLE for the ``edge target'' fuel shall 
be set equal to 19 volume percent.
    (5) If the E300 level of the target fuel is greater than 95 volume 
percent, then the E300 value of the target fuel shall be set equal to 95 
volume percent for the purposes of calculating NOX emissions 
with the equations given in paragraph (d)(1)(iv)(B) of this section.
    (6) If the sulfur level of the target fuel is less than 10 parts per 
million, then SUL shall be set equal to (SUL-10 parts per 
million).
    (7) If the sulfur level of the target fuel is greater than 450 parts 
per million, then SUL shall be set equal to (SUL-450 parts per 
million).
    (8) If the sulfur level of the target fuel is neither less than 10 
parts per million nor greater than 450 parts per million, SUL 
shall be set equal to zero.
    (9) If the aromatics level of the target fuel is less than 18 volume 
percent and greater than 10 volume percent, then ARO shall be 
set equal to (ARO-18 volume percent). If the aromatics level of the 
target fuel is less than 10 volume percent, then ARO shall be 
set equal to -8 volume percent.
    (10) If the aromatics level of the target fuel is greater than or 
equal to 18 volume percent, then ARO shall be set equal to 
zero.
    (11) If the olefins level of the target fuel is greater than 19 
volume percent, then OLE shall be set equal to (OLE-19 volume 
percent).
    (12) If the olefins level of the target fuel is less than or equal 
to 19 volume percent, then OLE shall be set equal to zero.
    (2) The winter NOX emissions performance of gasolines 
shall be given by the equations presented in paragraph (d)(1) of this 
section with the RVP value set to 8.7 psi.
    (3) The NOX emissions performance of the target fuel in 
percentage terms from baseline levels shall be given by the following 
equations:

For Phase I:

Summer NOX% = [100%  x  (NOX-0.660 g/mi)]/(0.660 
    g/mi)
Winter NOX% = [100%  x  (NOX-0.750 g/mi)]/(0.750 
    g/mi)


For Phase II:

Summer NOX% = [100%  x  (NOX-1.340 g/mi)]/(1.340 
    g/mi)
Winter NOX% = [100%  x  (NOX-1.540 g/mi)]/(1.540 
    g/mi)
Summer NOX% = Percentage change in NOX emissions 
    from summer baseline levels
Winter NOX% = Percentage change in NOX emissions 
    from winter baseline levels

    (e) Toxics performance--(1) Summer toxics performance. (i) Summer 
toxic emissions performance of gasolines in VOC Control Regions 1 and 2 
shall be given by the following equations:

TOXICS1 = EXHBZ + FORM + ACET + BUTA + POM + NEBZ1
TOXICS2 = EXHBZ + FORM + ACET + BUTA + POM + NEBZ2
where

TOXICS1 = Summer toxics performance in VOC Control Region 1 in terms of 
milligrams per mile.
TOXICS2 = Summer toxics performance in VOC Control Region 2 in terms of 
milligrams per mile.

[[Page 604]]

EXHBZ = Exhaust emissions of benzene in terms of milligrams per mile, as 
determined in paragraph (e)(4) of this section.
FORM = Emissions of formaldehyde in terms of milligrams per mile, as 
determined in paragraph (e)(5) of this section.
ACET = Emissions of acetaldehyde in terms of milligrams per mile, as 
determined in paragraph (e)(6) of this section.
BUTA = Emissions of 1,3-butadiene in terms of milligrams per mile, as 
determined in paragraph (e)(7) of this section.
POM = Polycyclic organic matter emissions in terms of milligrams per 
mile, as determined in paragraph (e)(8) of this section.
NEBZ1 = Nonexhaust emissions of benzene in VOC Control Region 1 in 
milligrams per mile, as determined in paragraph (e)(9) of this section.
NEBZ2 = Nonexhaust emissions of benzene in VOC Control Region 2 in 
milligrams per mile, as determined in paragraph (e)(10) of this section.

    (ii) The percentage change in summer toxics performance in VOC 
Control Regions 1 and 2 shall be given by the following equations:

For Phase I:

TOXICS1% = [100%  x  (TOXICS1 -48.61 mg/mi)]/(48.61 mg/mi)
TOXICS2% = [100%  x  (TOXICS2 - 47.58 mg/mi)] / (47.58 mg/mi)


For Phase II:

TOXICS1% = [100%  x  (TOXICS1 - 86.34 mg/mi)] / (86.34 mg/mi)
TOXICS2% = [100%  x  (TOXICS2 - 85.61 mg/mi)]/(85.61 mg/mi)

where

TOXICS1% = Percentage change in summer toxics emissions in VOC Control 
Region 1 from baseline levels.
TOXICS2% = Percentage change in summer toxics emissions in VOC Control 
Region 2 from baseline levels.

    (2) Winter toxics performance. (i) Winter toxic emissions 
performance of gasolines in VOC Control Regions 1 and 2 shall be given 
by the following equation, evaluated with the RVP set at 8.7 psi:

TOXICW = [EXHBZ + FORM + ACET + BUTA + POM]

where

TOXICW = Winter toxics performance in VOC Control Regions 1 and 2 in 
terms of milligrams per mile.
EXHBZ = Exhaust emissions of benzene in terms of milligrams per mile, as 
determined in paragraph (e)(4) of this section.
FORM = Emissions of formaldehyde in terms of milligrams per mile, as 
determined in paragraph (e)(5) of this section.
ACET = Emissions of acetaldehyde in terms of milligrams per mile, as 
determined in paragraph (e)(6) of this section.
BUTA = Emissions of 1,3-butadiene in terms of milligrams per mile, as 
determined in paragraph (e)(7) of this section.
POM = Polycyclic organic matter emissions in terms of milligrams per 
mile, as determined in paragraph (e)(8) of this section.

    (ii) The percentage change in winter toxics performance in VOC 
Control Regions 1 and 2 shall be given by the following equation:

For Phase I:

TOXICW% = [100% x (TOXICW-58.36 mg/mi)] / (58.36 mg/mi)


For Phase II:

TOXICW% = [100% x (TOXICW-120.55 mg/mi)] / (120.55 mg/mi)

where

TOXICW% = Percentage change in winter toxics emissions in VOC Control 
Regions 1 and 2 from baseline levels.

    (3) The year-round toxics performance in VOC Control Regions 1 and 2 
shall be derived from volume-weighted performances of individual batches 
of fuel as described in Sec. 80.67(g).
    (4) Exhaust benzene emissions shall be given by the following 
equation, subject to paragragh (e)(4)(iii) of this section:

EXHBZ = BENZ(b) + (BENZ(b)  x  YBEN(t)/100)
YBEN(t) = (w1  x  Nb) + 
    (w2  x  Hb) - 1  x  100

where

EXHBZ = Exhaust benzene emissions in milligrams/mile
YBEN(t) = Benzene performance of target fuel in terms of 
percentage change from baseline.
BENZ(b) = Baseline benzene emissions as defined in paragraph (b)(2) of 
this section for the appropriate phase and season.
Nb = exp b1(t)/exp b1(b)
Hb = exp b2(t)/exp b2(b)
w1 = Weighting factor for normal emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate Phase.
w2 = Weighting factor for higher emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate Phase.
b1(t) = Normal emitter benzene equation, as defined in 
paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's

[[Page 605]]

properties subject to paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this section.
b2(t) = Higher emitter benzene equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's 
properties subject to paragraph (e)(4)(iii) of this section.
b1(b) = Normal emitter benzene equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section, evaluated for the base fuel's 
properties.
b2(b) = Higher emitter benzene equation, as defined in 
paragraph (e)(4)(ii) of this section, evaluated for the base fuel's 
properties.

    (i) Consolidated equation for normal emitters.

b1 = (0.0006197  x  SUL) + (-0.003376  x  E200) + (0.0265500 
    x  ARO) + (0.2223900  x  BEN)

    (ii) Equation for higher emitters.

b2 = (-0.096047  x  OXY) + (0.0003370  x  SUL) + (0.0112510 
    x  E300) + (0.0118820  x  ARO) + (0.2223180  x  BEN)

    (iii) If the aromatics value of the target fuel is less than 10 
volume percent, then an aromatics value of 10 volume percent shall be 
used when evaluating the equations given in paragraphs (e)(4) (i) and 
(ii) of this section. If the E300 value of the target fuel is greater 
than 95 volume percent, then an E300 value of 95 volume percent shall be 
used when evaluating the equations in paragraphs (e)(4)(i) and (ii) of 
this section.
    (5) Formaldehyde mass emissions shall be given by the following 
equation, subject to paragraphs (e)(5) (iii) and (iv) of this section:

FORM = FORM(b) + (FORM(b)  x  YFORM(t) / 100)
YFORM(t) = [(w1  x  Nf) + 
    (w2  x  Hf) - 1]  x  100
where

FORM = Exhaust formaldehyde emissions in terms of milligrams/mile.
YFORM(t) = Formaldehyde performance of target fuel in terms 
of percentage change from baseline.
FORM(b) = Baseline formaldehyde emissions as defined in paragraph (b)(2) 
of this section for the appropriate Phase and season.
Nf = exp f1(t)/exp f1(b)
Hf = exp f2(t)/exp f2(b)
w1 = Weighting factor for normal emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate Phase.
w2 = Weighting factor for higher emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate Phase.
f1(t) = Normal emitter formaldehyde equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's 
properties subject to paragraphs (e)(5) (iii) and (iv) of this section.
f2(t) = Higher emitter formaldehyde equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(5)(ii) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's 
properties subject to paragraphs (e)(5) (iii) and (iv) of this section.
f1(b) = Normal emitter formaldehyde equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this section, evaluated for the base fuel's 
properties.
f2(b) = Higher emitter formaldehyde equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(5)(ii) of this section, evaluated for the base fuel's 
properties.

    (i) Consolidated equation for normal emitters.

f1 = (-0.010226  x  E300) + (-0.007166  x  ARO) + (0.0462131 
    x  MTB)

    (ii) Equation for higher emitters.

f2 = (-0.010226  x  E300) + (-0.007166  x  ARO) + (-0.031352 
    x  OLE) + (0.0462131  x  MTB)

    (iii) If the aromatics value of the target fuel is less than 10 
volume percent, then an aromatics value of 10 volume percent shall be 
used when evaluating the equations given in paragraphs (e)(5) (i) and 
(ii) of this section. If the E300 value of the target fuel is greater 
than 95 volume percent, then an E300 value of 95 volume percent shall be 
used when evaluating the equations given in paragraphs (e)(5) (i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (iv) When calculating formaldehyde emissions and emissions 
performance, oxygen in the form of alcohols which are more complex or 
have higher molecular weights than ethanol shall be evaluated as if it 
were in the form of ethanol. Oxygen in the form of methyl ethers other 
than TAME and MTBE shall be evaluated as if it were in the form of MTBE. 
Oxygen in the form of ethyl ethers other than ETBE shall be evaluated as 
if it were in the form of ETBE. Oxygen in the form of non-methyl, non-
ethyl ethers shall be evaluated as if it were in the form of ETBE. 
Oxygen in the form of methanol or non-alcohol, non-ether oxygenates 
shall not be evaluated with the Complex Model, but instead must be 
evaluated through vehicle testing per Sec. 80.48.

[[Page 606]]

    (6) Acetaldehyde mass emissions shall be given by the following 
equation, subject to paragraphs (e)(6) (iii) and (iv) of this section:

ACET = ACET(b) + (ACET(b) x YACET(t)/100)
YACET(t) = [(w1 x Na) + 
    (w2 x Ha)-1] x 100
where

ACET = Exhaust acetaldehyde emissions in terms of milligrams/mile
YACET(t) = Acetaldehyde performance of target fuel in terms 
of percentage change from baseline
ACET(b) = Baseline acetaldehyde emissions as defined in paragraph (b)(2) 
of this section for the appropriate phase and season
Na = exp a1(t)/exp a1(b)
Ha = exp a2(t)/exp a2(b)
w1 = Weighting factor for normal emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate phase
w2 = Weighting factor for higher emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate phase
a1(t) = Normal emitter acetaldehyde equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's 
properties, subject to paragraphs (e)(6) (iii) and (iv) of this section
a2(t) = Higher emitter acetaldehyde equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(6)(ii) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's 
properties, subject to paragraphs (e)(6) (iii) and (iv) of this section
a1(b) = Normal emitter acetaldehyde equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this section, evaluated for the base fuel's 
properties
f2(b) = Higher emitter acetaldehyde equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(6)(ii) of this section, evaluated for the base fuel's 
properties

    (i) Consolidated equation for normal emitters.

a1 = (0.0002631 x SUL)+ (0.0397860 x RVP) + 
    (-0.012172 x E300) + (-0.005525 x ARO) + (-0.009594 x MTB) + 
    (0.3165800 x ETB) + (0.2492500 x ETH)

    (ii) Equation for higher emitters.

a2 = (0.0002627 x SUL)+ (-0.012157 x E300) + 
    (-0.005548 x ARO) + (-0.055980 x MTB) + (0.3164665 x ETB) + 
    (0.2493259 x ETH)

    (iii) If the aromatics value of the target fuel is less than 10 
volume percent, then an aromatics value of 10 volume percent shall be 
used when evaluating the equations given in paragraphs (e)(6) (i) and 
(ii) of this section. If the E300 value of the target fuel is greater 
than 95 volume percent, then an E300 value of 95 volume percent shall be 
used when evaluating the equations given in paragraphs (e)(6) (i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (iv) When calculating acetaldehyde emissions and emissions 
performance, oxygen in the form of alcohols which are more complex or 
have higher molecular weights than ethanol shall be evaluated as if it 
were in the form of ethanol. Oxygen in the form of methyl ethers other 
than TAME and MTBE shall be evaluated as if it were in the form of MTBE. 
Oxygen in the form of ethyl ethers other than ETBE shall be evaluated as 
if it were in the form of ETBE. Oxygen in the form of non-methyl, non-
ethyl ethers shall be evaluated as if it were in the form of ETBE. 
Oxygen in the form of methanol or non-alcohol, non-ether oxygenates 
shall not be evaluated with the Complex Model, but instead must be 
evaluated through vehicle testing per Sec. 80.48.
    (7) 1,3-butadiene mass emissions shall be given by the following 
equations, subject to paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this section:

BUTA = BUTA(b) + (BUTA(b) x YBUTA(t)/100)
YBUTA(t) = [(w1 x Nd) + 
    (w2 x Hd)-1] x 100

where

BUTA = Exhaust 1,3-butadiene emissions in terms of milligrams/mile
YBUTA(t) = 1,3-butadiene performance of target fuel in terms 
of percentage change from baseline
BUTA(b) = Baseline 1,3-butadiene emissions as defined in paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section for the appropriate phase and season
Nd = exp d1(t)/exp d1(b)
Hd = exp d2(t)/exp d2(b)
w1 = eighting factor for normal emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate phase
w2 = Weighting factor for higher emitters as defined in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section for the appropriate Phase.
d1(t) = Normal emitter 1,3-butadiene equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's 
properties, subject to paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this section.
d2(t) = Higher emitter 1,3-butadiene equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(7)(ii) of this section, evaluated using the target fuel's 
properties, subject to paragraph (e)(7)(iii) of this section.
d1(b) = Normal emitter 1,3-butadiene equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section, evaluated for the base fuel's 
properties.

[[Page 607]]

d2(b) = Higher emitter 1,3-butadiene equation as defined in 
paragraph (e)(7)(ii) of this section, evaluated for the base fuel's 
properties.

    (i) Consolidated equation for normal emitters.

d1 = (0.0001552 x SUL)+ (-0.007253 x E200) + 
    (-0.014866 x E300) + (-0.004005 x ARO) + (0.0282350 x OLE)

    (ii) Equation for higher emitters.

d2 = (-0.060771 x OXY)+ (-0.007311 x E200) + 
    (-0.008058 x E300) + (-0.004005 x ARO) + (0.0436960 x OLE)

    (iii) If the aromatics value of the target fuel is less than 10 
volume percent, then an aromatics value of 10 volume percent shall be 
used when evaluating the equations given in paragraphs (e)(7) (i) and 
(ii) of this section. If the E300 value of the target fuel is greater 
than 95 volume percent, then an E300 value of 95 volume percent shall be 
used when evaluating the equations given in paragraphs (e)(7) (i) and 
(ii) of this section.
    (8) Polycyclic organic matter mass emissions shall be given by the 
following equation:

POM=0.003355 x VOCE
POM = Polycyclic organic matter emissions in terms of milligrams per 
    mile
VOCE = Non-methane, non-ethane exhaust emissions of volatile organic 
    compounds in grams per mile.

    (9) Nonexhaust benzene emissions in VOC Control Region 1 shall be 
given by the following equations for both Phase I and Phase II:

NEBZ1 = DIBZ1 + HSBZ1 + RLBZ1 + RFBZ1
HSBZ1 = 10  x  BEN  x  VOCHS1  x  [(-0.0342  x  MTB) + (-0.080274  x  
    RVP) + 1.4448]
DIBZ1 = 10  x  BEN  x  VOCD11  x  [(-0.0290  x  MTB) + (-0.080274  x  
    RVP) + 1.3758]
RLBZ1 = 10  x  BEN  x  VOCRL1  x  [(-0.0342  x  MTB) + (-0.080274  x  
    RVP) + 1.4448]
RFBZ1 = 10  x  BEN  x  VOCRF1  x  [(-0.0296  x  MTB) + (-0.081507  x  
    RVP) + 1.3972
where

NEBZ1 = Nonexhaust emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 1 in milligrams per mile.
DIBZ1 = Diurnal emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 1 in milligrams per mile.
HSBZ1 = Hot soak emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 1 in milligrams per mile.
RLBZ1 = Running loss emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 1 in milligrams per mile.
RFBZ1 = Refueling emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 1 in grams per mile.
VOCDI1 = Diurnal emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 1 in milligrams per mile, as determined in paragraph (c)(3) of 
this section.
VOCHS1 = Hot soak emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 1 in milligrams per mile, as determined in paragraph (c)(3) of 
this section.
VOCRL1 = Running loss emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 1 in milligrams per mile, as determined in paragraph 
(c)(3) of this section.
VOCRF1 = Refueling emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 1 in milligrams per mile, as determined in paragraph 
(c)(3) of this section.

    (10) Nonexhaust benzene emissions in VOC Control Region 2 shall be 
given by the following equations for both Phase I and Phase II:

NEBZ2 = DIBZ2 + HSBZ2 + RLBZ2 + RFBZ2
HSBZ2 = 10  x  BEN  x  VOCHS2  x  [(-0.0342  x  MTB) + (-0.080274  x  
    RVP) + 1.4448]
DIBZ2 = 10  x  BEN  x  VOCD12  x  [(-0.0290  x  MTB) + (-0.080274  x  
    RVP) + 1.3758]
RLBZ2 = 10  x  BEN  x  VOCRL2  x  [(-0.0342  x  MTB) + (-0.080274  x  
    RVP) + 1.4448]
RFBZ2 = 10  x  BEN  x  VOCRF2  x  [(-0.0296  x  MTB) + (-0.081507  x  
    RVP) + 1.3972
where

NEBZ2 = Nonexhaust emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 2 in milligrams per mile.
DIBZ2 = Diurnal emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 2 in milligrams per mile.
HSBZ2 = Hot soak emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 2 in milligrams per mile.
RLBZ2 = Running loss emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 2 in milligrams per mile.
RFBZ2 = Refueling emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 2 in grams per mile.
VOCDI2 = Diurnal emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 2 in milligrams per mile, as determined in paragraph (c)(4) of 
this section.
VOCHS2 = Hot soak emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC Control 
Region 2

[[Page 608]]

in milligrams per mile, as determined in paragraph (c)(4) of this 
section.
VOCRL2 = Running loss emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 2 in milligrams per mile, as determined in paragraph 
(c)(4) of this section.
VOCRF2 = Refueling emissions of volatile organic compounds in VOC 
Control Region 2 in milligrams per mile, as determined in paragraph 
(c)(4) of this section.

    (f) Limits of the model. (1) The equations described in paragraphs 
(c), (d), and (e) of this section shall be valid only for fuels with 
fuel properties that fall in the following ranges for reformulated 
gasolines and conventional gasolines:
    (i) For reformulated gasolines:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Fuel property                      Acceptable range
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oxygen..............................  0.0-4.0 weight percent.
Sulfur..............................  0.0-500.0 parts per million by
                                       weight.
RVP.................................  6.4-10.0 pounds per square inch.
E200................................  30.0-70.0 percent evaporated.
E300................................  70.0-100.0 percent evaporated.
Aromatics...........................  0.0-50.0 volume percent.
Olefins.............................  0.0-25.0 volume percent.
Benzene.............................  0.0-2.0 volume percent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) For conventional gasoline:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Fuel property                      Acceptable range
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oxygen..............................  0.00-4.0 weight percent.
Sulfur..............................  0.0-1000.0 parts per million by
                                       weight.
RVP.................................  6.4-11.0 pounds per square inch.
E200................................  30.0-70.0 evaporated percent.
E300................................  70.0-100.0 evaporated percent.
Aromatics...........................  0.0-55.0 volume percent.
Olefins.............................  0.0-30.0 volume percent.
Benzene.............................  0.0-4.9 volume percent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Fuels with one or more properties that do not fall within the 
ranges described in above shall not be certified or evaluated for their 
emissions performance using the complex emissions model described in 
paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36959, July 20, 1994; 62 
FR 68206, Dec. 31, 1997]



Sec. 80.46  Measurement of reformulated gasoline fuel parameters.

    (a) Sulfur. Sulfur content shall be determined using American 
Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standard method D-2622-92, 
entitled ``Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Products by X-
Ray Spectrometry.''
    (b) Olefins. Olefin content shall be determined using ASTM standard 
method D-1319-93, entitled ``Standard Test Method for Hydrocarbon Types 
in Liquid Petroleum Products by Fluorescent Indicator Adsorption.''
    (c) Reid vapor pressure (RVP). Reid Vapor Pressure (RVP) shall be 
determined using the procedure described in 40 CFR part 80, appendix E, 
Method 3.
    (d) Distillation. (1) Distillation parameters shall be determined 
using ASTM standard method D-86-90, entitled ``Standard Test Method for 
Distillation of Petroleum Products''; except that
    (2) The figures for repeatability and reproducibility given in 
degrees Fahrenheit in table 9 in the ASTM method are incorrect, and 
shall not be used.
    (e) Benzene. (1) Benzene content shall be determined using ASTM 
standard method D-3606-92, entitled ``Standard Test Method for 
Determination of Benzene and Toluene in Finished Motor and Aviation 
Gasoline by Gas Chromatography''; except that
    (2) Instrument parameters must be adjusted to ensure complete 
resolution of the benzene, ethanol and methanol peaks because ethanol 
and methanol may cause interference with ASTM standard method D-3606-92 
when present.
    (f) Aromatics. Aromatics content shall be determined by gas 
chromatography identifying and quantifying each aromatic compound as set 
forth in paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
    (1)(i) Detector. The detector is an atomic mass spectrometer 
detector (MSD). The detector may be set for either selective ion or scan 
mode.
    (ii) Method A. (A) The initial study of this method used a three 
component internal standard using the following calculations.
    (B) The calibration points are constructed by calculating an amount 
ratio and response ratio for each level of a particular peak in the 
instrument's calibration table.
    (C) The amount ratio is the amount of the compound divided by the 
amount of the internal standard for a given level.
    (D) The response ratio is the response of the compound divided by 
the response of the internal standard at this level.

[[Page 609]]

    (E) The equation for the curve through the calibration points is 
calculated using the type fit and origin handling specified in the 
instrument's calibration table. In the initial study the fit was a 
second degree polynomial including a forced zero for the origin.
    (F) The response of the compound in a sample is divided by the 
response of the internal standard to provide a response ratio for that 
compound in the sample.
    (G) A corrected amount ratio for the unknown is calculated using the 
curve fit equation determined in paragragh (f)(1)(ii)(E) of this 
section.
    (H) The amount of the aromatic compound is equal to the corrected 
amount ratio times the Amount of Internal Standard.
    (I) The total aromatics in the sample is the sum of the amounts of 
the individual aromatic compounds in the sample.
    (J) An internal standard solution can be made with the following 
compounds at the listed concentrations in volume percent. Also listed is 
the Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number (CAS), atomic mass unit 
(amu) on which the detector must be set at the corresponding retention 
time if used in the selective ion mode, retention times in minutes, and 
boiling point in  deg.C. (Other, similar, boiling point materials can be 
used which are not found in gasoline.) Retention times are approximate 
and apply only to a 60 meter capillary column used in the initial study. 
Other columns and retention times can be used.
    (1) 4-methyl-2-pentanone, 50 vol% [108-10-1], 43.0 amu, 22.8 min., 
bp 118;
    (2) benzyl alcohol, 25 vol%, [100-51-6], 108 amu, 61.7 min., bp 205;
    (3) 1-octanol, [111-87-5], 25 vol%, 56.0 amu, 76.6 min., bp 196;
    (K) At least two calibration mixtures which bracket the measured 
total aromatics concentration must be made with a representative mixture 
of aromatic compounds. The materials and concentrations used in the 
highest concentration calibration level in the initial study for this 
method are listed in this paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(K). Also listed is the 
Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number (CAS), atomic mass unit (amu) 
on which the detector must be set for the corresponding retention time 
if used in the selective ion mode, retention times in minutes, and in 
some cases boiling point in  deg.C. The standards are made in 2,2,4-
trimethylpentane (iso-octane), [540-84-1]. Other aromatic compounds, and 
retention times may be acceptable as long as the aromatic values 
produced meet the criteria found in the quality assurance section for 
the aromatic methods.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       Boiling
           Compound                 Concentration         CAS No.       AMU       Retention time        point,
                                      (percent)                                                         deg.C
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benzene.......................  2.25 vol............         71-43-2       78  18.9 min............         80.1
Methylbenzene.................  10.0 vol............        108-88-3       91  25.5 min............          111
Ethylbenzene..................  5.0 vol.............        100-41-4       91  34.1 min............        136.2
1,3-Dimethylbenzene...........  5 vol...............        108-38-3       91  35.1 min............      136-138
1,4-Dimethylbenzene...........                              106-42-3
1,2-dimethylbenzene...........  10 vol..............         95-47-6       91  38.1 min............          144
(1-methylethyl)-benzene.......  2.25 vol............         98-82-8      105  42.8 min............  ...........
Propylbenzene.................  2.25 vol............        103-65-1       91  48.0 min............        159.2
1-ethyl-2-methylbenzene.......  2.25 vol............        611-14-3      105  49.3 min............          165
1,2,4-trimethylbenzene........  2.25 vol............         95-63-6      105  50.9 min............          169
1,2,3-trimethylbenzene........  2.25 vol............        526-73-8      105  53.3 min............  ...........
1,3-diethylbenzene............  2.25 vol............        141-93-5      119  56.6 min............          181
Butylbenzene..................  2.25 vol............        104-51-8       91  60.7 min............          183
o-Cymene......................  2.25 vol............        527-84-4      119  63.9 min............  ...........
1-ethyl-3-methylbenzene.......  2.25 vol............        620-14-4      105  64.2 min............  ...........
m-Cymene......................  2.25 vol............        535-77-3      119  69.0 min............  ...........
p-Cymene......................  2.25 vol............         99-87-6      119  73.0 min............  ...........
Isobutylbenzene...............  2.25 vol............        538-93-2       91  75.0 min............  ...........
Indan.........................  2.25 vol............        496-11-7      117  50.0 min............  ...........
1-methyl-3-propylbenzene......  2.25 vol............       1074-43-7      105  78.9 min............  ...........
2-ethyl-1,4-dimethylbenzene...  2.25 vol............       1758-88-9      119  83.2 min............          187
1,2,4,5-tetramethylbenzene....  2.25 vol............         95-93-2      119  83.4 min............  ...........
1-ethyl-2,4-dimethylbenzene...  2.25 vol............        874-41-9      119  85.7 min............  ...........
(1,1-dimethylethyl)-3-          2.25 vol............      27138-21-2      133  87.3 min............  ...........
 methylbenzene.
1-ethyl-2,3-dimethylbenzene...  2.25 vol............        933-98-2      119  88.7 min............  ...........
1-ethyl-1,4-dimethylbenzene...  2.25 vol............        874-41-9      119  94.9 min............  ...........
2-ethyl-1,3-dimethylbenzene...  2.25 vol............       2870-04-4      119  100.9 min...........  ...........

[[Page 610]]

 
1-ethyl-3,5-dimethylbenzene...  2.25 vol............        934-74-7      119  102.5 min...........  ...........
1,2,3,5-tetramethylbenzene....  2.25 vol............        527-53-7      119  115.9 min...........  ...........
Pentylbenzene.................  2.25 vol............        538-68-1       91  116 min.............  ...........
Naphthalene...................  2.25 vol............        191-20-3      128  118.4 min...........          198
3,5-dimethyl-t-butylbenzene...  2.25 vol............         98-19-1      147  118.5 min...........        205.3
1-methylnaphthalene...........  2.25 vol............         90-12-0      142  129.0 min...........  ...........
2-methylnaphthalene...........  2.25 vol............         91-57-6      142  131.0 min...........  ...........
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (iii) Method B. (A) Use a percent normalized format to determine the 
concentration of the individual compounds. No internal standard is used 
in this method.
    (B) The calculation of the aromatic compounds is done by developing 
calibration curves for each compound using the type fit and origin 
handling specified in the instrument's calibration table.
    (C) The amount of compound in a sample (the corrected amount) is 
calculated using the equation determined in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this 
section for that compound.
    (D) The percent normalized amount of a compound is calculated using 
the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.001

where:

An = percent normalized amount of a compound
Ac = corrected amount of the compound
As = sum of all the corrected amounts for all identified 
compounds in the sample

    (E) The total aromatics is the sum of all the percent normalized 
aromatic amounts in the sample.
    (F) This method allows quantification of non-aromatic compounds in 
the sample. However, correct quantification can only be achieved if the 
instrument's calibration table can identify the compounds that are 
responsible for at least 95 volume percent of the sample and meets the 
following quality control criteria.
    (2) Quality assurance. (i) The performance standards will be from 
repeated measurement of the calibration mixture, standard reference 
material, or process control gasoline. The uncertainty in the measured 
aromatics percentages in the standards must be less than 2.0 volume 
percent in the fuel at a 95% confidence level.
    (ii) If the bias of the standard mean is greater than 2% of the 
theoretical value, then the standard measurement and measurements of all 
samples measured subsequent to the previous standard measurement that 
met the performance criteria must be repeated after re-calibrating the 
instrument.
    (iii) Replicate samples must be within 3.0 volume percent of the 
previous sample or within 2.0 volume percent of the mean at the 95% 
confidence level.
    (3) Alternative test method. (i) Prior to September 1, 2000, any 
refiner or importer may determine aromatics content using ASTM standard 
method D-1319-93, entitled ``Standard Test Method for Hydrocarbon Types 
in Liquid Petroleum Products by Flourescent Indicator Adsorption,'' for 
purposes of meeting any testing requirement involving aromatics content; 
provided that
    (ii) The refiner or importer test result is correlated with the 
method specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
    (g) Oxygen and oxygenate content analysis. Oxygen and oxygenate 
content shall be determined by the gas chromatographic procedure using 
an oxygenate flame ionization detector (GC-OFID) as set out in 
paragraphs (g) (1) through (8) of this section.
    (1) Introduction; scope of application. (i) The following single-
column, direct-injection gas chromatographic procedure is a technique 
for quantifying the oxygenate content of gasoline.
    (ii) This method covers the quantitative determination of the 
oxygenate content of gasoline through the use of an oxygenate flame 
ionization detector (OFID). It is applicable to individual organic 
oxygenated compounds (up to 20 mass percent each) in gasoline having a 
final boiling point not greater

[[Page 611]]

than 220  deg.C. Samples above this level should be diluted to fall 
within the specified range.
    (iii) The total concentration of oxygen in the gasoline, due to 
oxygenated components, may also be determined with this method by 
summation of all peak areas except for dissolved oxygen, water, and the 
internal standard. Sensitivities to each component oxygenate must be 
incorporated in the calculation.
    (iv) All oxygenated gasoline components (alcohols, ethers, etc.) may 
be assessed by this method.
    (v) The total mass percent of oxygen in the gasoline due to 
oxygenated components also may be determined with this method by summing 
all peak areas except for dissolved oxygen, water, and the internal 
standard.
    (vi) Where trade names or specific products are noted in the method, 
equivalent apparatus and chemical reagents may be used. Mention of trade 
names or specific products is for the assistance of the user and does 
not constitute endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
    (2) Summary of method. A sample of gasoline is spiked to introduce 
an internal standard, mixed, and injected into a gas chromatograph (GC) 
equipped with an OFID. After chromatographic resolution the sample 
components enter a cracker reactor in which they are stoichiometrically 
converted to carbon monoxide (in the case of oxygenates), elemental 
carbon, and hydrogen. The carbon monoxide then enters a methanizer 
reactor for conversion to water and methane. Finally, the methane 
generated is determined by a flame ionization detector (FID).
    (3) Sample handling and preservation. (i) Samples shall be collected 
and stored in containers which will protect them from changes in the 
oxygenated component contents of the gasoline, such as loss of volatile 
fractions of the gasoline by evaporation.
    (ii) If samples have been refrigerated they shall be brought to room 
temperature prior to analysis.
    (iii) Gasoline is extremely flammable and should be handled 
cautiously and with adequate ventilation. The vapors are harmful if 
inhaled and prolonged breathing of vapors should be avoided. Skin 
contact should be minimized.
    (4) Apparatus. (i) A GC equipped with an oxygenate flame ionization 
detector.
    (ii) An autosampler for the GC is highly recommended.
    (iii) A 60-m length, 0.25-mm ID, 1.0-m film thickness, 
nonpolar capillary GC column (J&W DB-1 or equivalent) is recommended.
    (iv) An integrator or other acceptable system to collect and process 
the GC signal.
    (v) A positive displacement pipet (200 L) for adding the 
internal standard.
    (5) Reagents and materials. Gasoline and many of the oxygenate 
additives are extremely flammable and may be toxic over prolonged 
exposure. Methanol is particularly hazardous. Persons performing this 
procedure must be familiar with the chemicals involved and all 
precautions applicable to each.
    (i) Reagent grade oxygenates for internal standards and for 
preparation of standard solutions.
    (ii) Supply of oxygenate-free gasoline for blank assessments and for 
preparation of standard solutions.
    (iii) Calibration standard solutions containing known quantities of 
suspected oxygenates in gasoline.
    (iv) Calibration check standard solutions prepared in the same 
manner as the calibration standards.
    (v) Reference standard solutions containing known quantities of 
suspected oxygenates in gasoline.
    (vi) Glass standard and test sample containers (between 5 and 100 Ml 
capacity) fitted with a self-sealing polytetrafluoroethlene (PTFE) faced 
rubber septum crimp-on or screw-down sealing cap for preparation of 
standards and samples.
    (6) Calibration.--(i)(A) Calibration standards of reagent-grade or 
better oxygenates (such as methanol, absolute ethanol, methyl t-butyl 
ether (MTBE), di-i-propyl ether (DIPE), ethyl t-butyl ether (ETBE), and 
t-amyl methyl ether (TAME)) are to be prepared gravimetrically by 
blending with gasoline that has been previously determined by GC/OFID to 
be free of oxygenates. Newly acquired stocks of reagent grade

[[Page 612]]

oxygenates shall be analyzed for contamination by GC/FID and GC/OFID 
before use.
    (B) Required calibration standards (percent by volume in gasoline):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Number of
                  Oxygenate                         Range      standards
                                                  (percent)    (minimum)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Methanol.....................................      0.25-12.00          5
Ethanol......................................      0.25-12.00          5
t-Butanol....................................      0.25-12.00          5
MTBE.........................................      0.25-15.00          5
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) Take a glass sample container and its PTFE faced rubber septum 
sealing cap. Transfer a quantity of an oxygenate to the sample container 
and record the mass of the oxygenate to the nearest 0.1 mg. Repeat this 
process for any additional oxygenates of interest except the internal 
standard. Add oxygenate-free gasoline to dilute the oxygenates to the 
desired concentration. Record the mass of gasoline added to the nearest 
0.1 mg, and determine and label the standard according to the mass 
percent quantities of each oxygenate added. These standards are not to 
exceed 20 mass percent for any individual pure component due to 
potential hydrocarbon breakthrough and/or loss of calibration linearity.
    (iii) Inject a quantity of an internal standard (such as 2-butanol) 
and weigh the contents again. Record the difference in masses as the 
mass of internal standard to the nearest 0.1 mg. The mass of the 
internal standard shall amount to between 2 and 6 percent of the mass of 
the test sample (standard). The addition of an internal standard reduces 
errors caused by variations in injection volumes.
    (iv) Ensure that the prepared standard is thoroughly mixed and 
transfer approximately 2 Ml of the solution to a vial compatible with 
the autosampler if such equipment is used.
    (v) At least five concentrations of each of the expected oxygenates 
should be prepared. The standards should be as equally spaced as 
possible within the range and may contain more than one oxygenate. A 
blank for zero concentration assessments is also to be included. 
Additional standards should be prepared for other oxygenates of concern.
    (vi) Based on the recommended chromatographic operating conditions 
specified in paragraph (g)(7)(i) of this section, determine the 
retention time of each oxygenate component by analyzing dilute aliquots 
either separately or in known mixtures. Reference should be made to the 
Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) registry number of each of the analytes 
for proper identification. Approximate retention times for selected 
oxygenates under these conditions are as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Retention
                  Oxygenate                          CAS          time
                                                               (minutes)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dissolved oxygen.............................       7782-44-7      5.50
Water........................................       7732-18-5      7.20
Methanol.....................................         67-56-1      9.10
Ethanol......................................         64-17-5     12.60
Propanone....................................         67-64-1     15.00
2-Propanol...................................         67-63-0     15.70
t-Butanol....................................         75-65-0     18.00
n-Propanol...................................         71-23-8     21.10
MTBE.........................................       1634-04-4     23.80
2-Butanol....................................      15892-23-6     26.30
i-Butanol....................................         78-83-1     30.30
ETBE.........................................        637-92-3     31.10
n-Butanol....................................         71-36-3     33.50
TAME.........................................        994-05-8     35.30
i-Pentanol...................................        137-32-6     38.10
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (vii) By GC/OFID analysis, determine the peak area of each oxygenate 
and of the internal standard.
    (viii) Obtain a calibration curve by performing a least-squares fit 
of the relative area response factors of the oxygenate standards to 
their relative mass response factors as follows:

Rao = bo 
    Rmo+b1(Rmo)2
where:

Rao = relative area response factor of the oxygenate, 
Ao/Ai
Rmo = relative mass response factor of the oxygenate, 
M/Mi
Ao = area of the oxygenate peak
Ai = area of the internal standard peak
Mo = mass of the oxygenate added to the calibration standard
Mi = mass of internal standard added to the calibration 
standard
b0 = linear regression coefficient
b1 = quadratic regression coefficient

    (7) Procedure. (i) GC operating conditions:
    (A) Oxygenate-free helium carrier gas: 1.1 Ml/min (2 bar), 22.7 cm/
sec at 115  deg.C;
    (B) Carrier gas split ratio: 1:100;

[[Page 613]]

    (C) Zero air FID fuel: 370 Ml/min (2 bar);
    (D) Oxygenate free hydrogen FID fuel: 15 Ml/min (2 bar);
    (E) Injector temperature: 250  deg.C;
    (F) Injection volume: 0.5 L;
    (G) Cracker reactor temperature: sufficiently high enough 
temperature to ensure reduction of all hydrocarbons to the elemental 
states (i.e., Cx H2x -> C + H2, etc.);
    (H) FID temperature: 400  deg.C; and
    (I) Oven temperature program: 40  deg.C for 6 min, followed by a 
temperature increase of 5  deg.C/min to 50  deg.C, hold at 50  deg.C for 
5 min, followed by a temperature increase of 25  deg.C/min to 175 
deg.C, and hold at 175  deg.C for 2 min.
    (ii) Prior to analysis of any samples, inject a sample of oxygenate-
free gasoline into the GC to test for hydrocarbon breakthrough 
overloading the cracker reactor. If breakthrough occurs, the OFID is not 
operating effectively and must be corrected before samples can be 
analyzed.
    (iii) Prepare gasoline test samples for analysis as follows:
    (A) Tare a glass sample container and its PTFE faced rubber septum 
sealing cap. Transfer a quantity of the gasoline sample to the sample 
container and record the mass of the transferred sample to the nearest 
0.1 mg.
    (B) Inject a quantity of the same internal standard (such as 2-
butanol) used in generating the standards and weigh the contents again. 
Record the difference in masses as the mass of internal standard to the 
nearest 0.1 mg. The mass of the internal standard shall amount to 
between 2 and 6 percent of the mass of the test sample (standard). The 
addition of an internal standard reduces errors caused by variations in 
injection volumes.
    (C) Ensure that this test sample (gasoline plus internal standard) 
is thoroughly mixed and transfer approximately 2 mL of the solution to a 
vial compatible with the autosampler if such equipment is used.
    (iv) After GC/OFID analysis, identify the oxygenates in the sample 
based on retention times, determine the peak area of each oxygenate and 
of the internal standard, and calculate the relative area response 
factor for each oxygenate.
    (v) Monitor the peak area of the internal standard. A larger than 
expected peak area for the internal standard when analyzing a test 
sample may indicate that this oxygenate is present in the original 
sample. Prepare a new aliquot of the sample without addition of the 
oxygenate internal standard. If the presence of the oxygenate previously 
used as the internal standard can be detected, then either:
    (A) The concentration of this oxygenate must be assessed by the 
method of standard additions; or
    (B) An alternative internal standard, based on an oxygenate that is 
not present in the original sample, must be utilized with new 
calibration curves.
    (vi) Calculate the relative mass response factor (Rmo) 
for each oxygenate based on the relative area response factor 
(Rao) and the calibration equation in paragraph (g)(6)(viii) 
of this section.
    (vii) Calculate the mass percent of the oxygenate in the test sample 
according to the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.002

where:

Mo% = mass percent of the oxygenate in the test sample
Ms = mass of sample to which internal standard is added

    (viii) If the mass percent exceeds the calibrated range, 
gravimetrically dilute a portion of the original sample to a 
concentration within the calibration range and analyze this sample 
starting with paragraph (g)(7)(iii) of this section.
    (ix) Report the total weight percent oxygen as follows:
    (A) Subtract the peak areas due to dissolved oxygen, water, and the 
internal standard from the total summed peak areas of the chromatogram.
    (B) Assume the total summed peak area solely due to one of the 
oxygenates that the instrument is calibrated for and determine the total 
mass percent as that oxygenate based on paragraph (g)(7)(vii) of this 
section. For simplicity, chose an oxygenate having one oxygen atom per 
molecule.
    (C) Multiply this concentration by the molar mass of oxygen and 
divide by

[[Page 614]]

the molar mass of the chosen oxygenate to determine the mass percent 
oxygen in the sample. For example, if the total peak area is based on 
MTBE, multiply by 16.00 (the molar mass of atomic oxygen) and divide by 
88.15 (the molar mass of MTBE).
    (x) Sufficient sample should be retained to permit reanalysis.
    (8) Quality control procedures and accuracy. (i) The laboratory 
shall routinely monitor the repeatability (precision) of its analyses. 
The recommendations are:
    (A) The preparation and analysis of laboratory duplicates at a rate 
of one per analysis batch or at least one per ten samples, whichever is 
more frequent.
    (B) Laboratory duplicates shall be carried through all sample 
preparation steps independently.
    (C) The range (R) for duplicate samples should be less than the 
following limits:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Concentration   Upper limit for range
            Oxygenate              mass percent        mass percent
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Methanol........................     0.27-1.07   0.010+0.043C
Methanol........................    1.07-12.73   0.053C
Ethanol.........................    1.01-12.70   0.053C
MTBE............................    0.25-15.00   0.069+0.029C
DIPE............................    0.98-17.70   0.048C
ETBE............................    1.00-18.04   0.074C
TAME............................    1.04-18.59   0.060C
------------------------------------------------------------------------

where:

C = (Co+Cd)/2
Co = concentration of the original sample
Cd = concentration of the duplicate sample
R = Range, | Co-Cd|

    (D) If the limits in paragraph (g)(8)(i)(C) of this section are 
exceeded, the sources of error in the analysis should be determined, 
corrected, and all analyses subsequent to and including the last 
duplicate analysis confirmed to be within the compliance specifications 
must be repeated. The specification limits for the range and relative 
range of duplicate analyses are minimum performance requirements. The 
performance of individual laboratories may indeed be better than these 
minimum requirements. For this reason it is recommended that control 
charts be utilized to monitor the variability of measurements in order 
to optimally detect abnormal situations and ensure a stable measurement 
process.
    (E)(1) For reference purposes, a single laboratory study of 
repeatability was conducted on approximately 27 replicates at each of 
five concentrations for each oxygenate. The variation of MTBE analyses 
as measured by standard deviation was very linear with respect to 
concentration. Where concentration is expressed as mass percent, over 
the concentration range of 0.25 to 15.0 mass percent this relationship 
is described by the equation:

standard deviation = 0.00784 x C+0.0187

    (2) The other oxygenates of interest, methanol, ethanol, DIPE, ETBE, 
and TAME, had consistent coefficients of variation at one mass percent 
and above:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Coefficient
                                                                  of
                 Oxygenate                    Concentration   variation
                                              mass percent    percent of
                                                                point
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Methanol...................................      1.07-12.73       1.43
Ethanol....................................      1.01-12.70       1.43
DIPE.......................................      0.98-17.70       1.29
ETBE.......................................      1.00-18.04       2.00
TAME.......................................      1.04-18.59       1.62
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) The relationship of standard deviation and concentration for 
methanol between 0.27 and 1.07 mass percent was very linear and is 
described by the equation:

standard deviation = 0.0118 x C+0.0027

    (4) Based on these relationships, repeatability for the selected 
oxygenates at 2.0 and 2.7 mass percent oxygen were determined to be as 
follows, where repeatability is defined as the half width of the 95 
percent confidence interval (i.e., 1.96 standard deviations) for a 
single analysis at the stated concentration:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Concentration
                                                                  --------------------------------
                            Oxygenate                                Mass       Mass      Volume   Repeatability
                                                                    percent   percent    percent    mass percent
                                                                    oxygen   oxygenate  oxygenate
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Methanol.........................................................      2.0       4.00       3.75         0.11
Ethanol..........................................................      2.0       5.75       5.41         0.16
MTBE.............................................................      2.00     11.00      11.00         0.21
DIPE.............................................................      2.0      12.77      13.00         0.32
ETBE.............................................................      2.0      12.77      12.74         0.50
TAME.............................................................      2.0      12.77      12.33         0.41
Methanol.........................................................      2.7       5.40       5.07         0.15
Ethanol..........................................................      2.7       7.76       7.31         0.21
MTBE.............................................................      2.7      14.88      14.88         0.26
DIPE.............................................................      2.7      17.24      17.53         0.43
ETBE.............................................................      2.7      17.24      17.20         0.67

[[Page 615]]

 
TAME.............................................................      2.7      17.24      16.68         0.55
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) The laboratory shall routinely monitor the accuracy of its 
analyses. The recommendations are:
    (A) Calibration check standards and calibration standards may be 
prepared from the same oxygenate stocks and by the same analyst. 
However, calibration check standards and calibration standards must be 
prepared from separate batches of the final diluted standards. For the 
specification limits listed in paragraph (g)(8)(ii)(C) of this section, 
the concentration of the check standards should be in the range given in 
paragraph (g)(8)(i)(C) of this section.
    (B) Calibration check standards shall be analyzed at a rate of at 
least one per analysis batch and at least one per 10 samples, whichever 
is more frequent.
    (C) If the measured concentration of a calibration check standard is 
outside the range of 100.0% 6.0% of the theoretical 
concentration for a selected oxygenate of 1.0 mass percent or above, the 
sources of error in the analysis should be determined, corrected, and 
all analyses subsequent to and including the last standard analysis 
confirmed to be within the compliance specifications must be repeated. 
The specification limits for the accuracy of calibration check standards 
analyses are minimum performance requirements. The performance of 
individual laboratories may indeed be better than these minimum 
requirements. For this reason it is recommended that control charts be 
utilized to monitor the variability of measurements in order to 
optimally detect abnormal situations and ensure a stable measurement 
process.
    (D) Independent reference standards should be purchased or prepared 
from materials that are independent of the calibration standards and 
calibration check standards, and must not be prepared by the same 
analyst. For the specification limits listed in paragraph (g)(8)(ii)(F) 
of this section, the concentration of the reference standards should be 
in the range given in paragraph (g)(8)(i)(C) of this section.
    (E) Independent reference standards shall be analyzed at a rate of 
at least one per analysis batch and at least one per 100 samples, 
whichever is more frequent.
    (F) If the measured concentration of an independent reference 
standard is outside the range of 100.0% 10.0% of the 
theoretical concentration for a selected oxygenate of 1.0 mass percent 
or above, the sources of error in the analysis should be determined, 
corrected, and all analyses subsequent to and including the last 
independent reference standard analysis confirmed to be within the 
compliance specifications in that batch must be repeated. The 
specification limits for the accuracy of independent reference standards 
analyses are minimum performance requirements. The performance of 
individual laboratories may be better than these minimum requirements. 
For this reason it is recommended that control charts be utilized to 
monitor the variability of measurements in order to optimally detect 
abnormal situations and ensure a stable measurement process.
    (G) The preparation and analysis of spiked samples at a rate of one 
per analysis batch and at least one per ten samples.
    (H) Spiked samples shall be prepared by adding a volume of a 
standard to a known volume of sample. To ensure adequate method 
detection limits, the volume of the standard added to the sample shall 
be limited to 5% or less than the volume of the sample. The spiked 
sample shall be carried through the same sample preparation steps as the 
background sample.
    (I) The percent recovery of the spiked sample shall be calculated as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.003


[[Page 616]]


where:

Vo = Volume of sample (Ml)
Vl = Volume of spiking standard added (Ml)
Cm = Measured concentration of spiked sample
Co = Measured background concentration of sample
Cs = Known concentration of spiking standard

    (J) If the percent recovery of any individual spiked sample is 
outside the range 100% 10% from the theoretical 
concentration, then the sources of error in the analysis must be 
determined and corrected, and all analyses subsequent to and including 
the last analysis confirmed to be within the compliance specifications 
must be repeated. The maintenance of control charts is one acceptable 
method or ensuring compliance with this specification.
    (K) (1) Either the range (absolute difference) or relative range 
(but not necessarily both) for duplicate samples shall be less than the 
following limits:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Relative
                                        Concentration             range
               Oxygenate                   (volume      Range    (volume
                                           percent)             percent)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Methanol..............................      1.0-12.0   .......       7.2
Ethanol...............................      3.0-12.0   .......       7.1
t-Butanol.............................      3.0-12.0   .......       9.4
MTBE..................................      3.0-15.0      0.55       9.2
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Relative range is calculated as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.004
    
where:

Rr = relative range
R = range
Co = concentration of the original sample
Cd = concentration of the duplicate sample

    (3) If the limits in paragraph (g)(8)(ii)(K)(1) of this section are 
exceeded, the sources of error in the analysis should be determined, 
corrected, and all analyses subsequent to and including the last 
duplicate analysis confirmed to be within the compliance specifications 
must be repeated. The specification limits for the range and relative 
range of duplicate analyses are minimum performance requirements. The 
performance of individual laboratories may indeed be better than these 
minimum requirements. For this reason it is recommended that control 
charts be utilized to monitor the variability of measurements in order 
to optimally detect abnormal situations and ensure a stable measurement 
process. For reference purposes, a single laboratory study of precision 
(approximately 35 replicates) yielded the following estimates of method 
precision:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Concentration  Repeatability
           Oxygenate                (weight        (volume     (Percent)
                                    percent)       percent)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Methanol.......................          2.0            3.7         0.11
Ethanol........................          2.0            5.4         0.24
t-Butanol......................          2.0            8.8         0.39
MTBE...........................          2.0           11.0         0.37
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (4) Repeatability is defined as the half width of the 95 percent 
confidence interval for a single analysis at the stated concentration.
    (iii) The laboratory shall routinely monitor the accuracy of its 
analyses. At a minimum this shall include:
    (A) Calibration check standards and calibration standards may be 
prepared from the same oxygenate stocks and by the same analyst. 
However, calibration check standards and calibration standards must be 
prepared from separate batches of the final diluted standards. For the 
specification limits listed in paragraph (g)(8)(iii)(C) of this section, 
the concentration of the check standards should be in the range given in 
paragraph (g)(8)(iii)(C) of this section.
    (B) Calibration check standards shall be analyzed at a rate of one 
per analysis batch or at least one per ten samples, whichever is more 
frequent.
    (C) If the measured concentration of a calibration check standard is 
outside the range of 100%10% percent of the theoretical 
concentration for methanol and ethanol, or 100%13% for t-
butanol and MTBE, the sources of error in the analysis should be 
determined, corrected, and all analyses subsequent to and including the 
last standard analysis confirmed to be within the compliance 
specifications must be repeated. The specification limits for the 
accuracy of calibration check standards analyses are minimum performance 
requirements. The performance of individual laboratories may indeed be 
better than these minimum requirements.

[[Page 617]]

For this reason it is recommended that control charts be utilized to 
monitor the variability of measurements in order to optimally detect 
abnormal situations and ensure a stable measurement process.
    (D) Independent reference standards shall be purchased or prepared 
from materials that are independent of the calibration standards and 
calibration check standards, and must not be prepared by the same 
analyst. For the specification limits listed in paragraph (g)(8)(iii)(F) 
of this section, the concentration of the reference standards should be 
in the range given in paragraph (g)(8)(iii)(C) of this section.
    (E) Independent reference standards shall be analyzed at a rate of 
one per analysis batch or at least one per 100 samples, whichever is 
more frequent.
    (F) If the measured concentration of an independent reference 
standard is outside the range of 100%10% of the theoretical 
concentration for methanol and ethanol, or 100%13% for t-
butanol and MTBE, the sources of error in the analysis should be 
determined, corrected, and all analyses subsequent to and including the 
last independent reference standard analysis confirmed to be within the 
compliance specifications in that batch must be repeated. The 
specification limits for the accuracy of independent reference standards 
analyses are minimum performance requirements. The performance of 
individual laboratories may indeed be better than these minimum 
requirements. For this reason it is recommended that control charts be 
utilized to monitor the variability of measurements in order to 
optimally detect abnormal situations and ensure a stable measurement 
process.
    (G) If matrix effects are suspected, then spiked samples shall be 
prepared and analyzed as follows:
    (1) Spiked samples shall be prepared by adding a volume of a 
standard to a known volume of sample. To ensure adequate method 
detection limits, the volume of the standard added to the sample should 
be minimized to 5% or less of the volume of the sample. The spiked 
sample should be carried through the same sample preparation steps as 
the background sample.
    (2) The percent recovery of spiked samples should be calculated as 
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.005

where:

Cc = concentration of spiked sample
Co = concentration of sample without spiking
Cs = known concentration of spiking standard
Vo = volume of sample
Vs = volume of spiking standard added to the sample
    (3) If the percent recovery of a spiked sample is outside the range 
of 100% 13% of the theoretical concentration for methanol 
and ethanol, or 100% 16% for t-butanol and MTBE, the sources 
of error in the analysis should be determined, corrected, and all 
analyses subsequent to and including the last analysis confirmed to be 
within the compliance specifications must be repeated. The specification 
limits for the accuracy of the percent recovery of spiked sample 
analyses are minimum performance requirements. The performance of 
individual laboratories may indeed be better than these minimum 
requirements. For this reason it is recommended that control charts be 
utilized to monitor the variability of measurements in order to 
optimally detect abnormal situations and ensure a stable measurement 
process.
    (9)(i) Prior to September 1, 2000, and when the oxygenates present 
are limited to MTBE, ETBE, TAME, DIPE, tertiary-amyl alcohol, and C1 to 
C4 alcohols, any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender may determine 
oxygen and oxygenate content using ASTM standard method D-4815-93, 
entitled ``Standard Test Method for Determination of MTBE, ETBE, TAME, 
DIPE,

[[Page 618]]

tertiary-Amyl Alcohol and C1 to C4 Alcohols in Gasoline by Gas 
Chromatography,'' for purposes of meeting any testing requirement; 
provided that
    (ii) The refiner or importer test result is correlated with the 
method set forth in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(8) of this section.
    (h) Incorporations by reference. ASTM standard methods D-3606-92, D-
1319-93, D-4815-93, D-2622-92, and D-86-90 with the exception of the 
degrees Fahrenheit figures in Table 9 of D-86-90, are incorporated by 
reference. These incorporations by reference were approved by the 
Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(A) and 
1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from the American Society of 
Testing Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Copies may 
be inspected at the Air Docket Section (LE-131), room M-1500, U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, Docket No. A-92-12, 401 M Street SW., 
Washington, DC 20460 or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North 
Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36961, July 20, 1994; 61 
FR 58306, Nov. 13, 1996; 63 FR 63793, Nov. 17, 1998]



Sec. 80.47  [Reserved]



Sec. 80.48  Augmentation of the complex emission model by vehicle testing.

    (a) The provisions of this section apply only if a fuel claims 
emission reduction benefits from fuel parameters that are not included 
in the complex emission model or complex emission model database, or if 
the values of fuel parameters included in the complex emission model set 
forth in Sec. 80.45 fall outside the range of values for which the 
complex emission model is deemed valid.
    (b) To augment the complex emission model described at Sec. 80.45, 
the following requirements apply:
    (1) The petitioner must obtain prior approval from the Administrator 
for the design of the test program before beginning the vehicle testing 
process. To obtain approval, the petitioner must at minimum provide the 
following information: the fuel parameter to be evaluated for emission 
effects; the number and description of vehicles to be used in the test 
fleet, including model year, model name, vehicle identification number 
(VIN), mileage, emission performance (exhaust THC emission level), 
technology type, and manufacturer; a description of the methods used to 
procure and prepare the vehicles; the properties of the fuels to be used 
in the testing program (as specified at Sec. 80.49); the pollutants and 
emission categories intended to be evaluated; the precautions used to 
ensure that the effects of the parameter in question are independent of 
the effects of other parameters already included in the model; a 
description of the quality assurance procedures to be used during the 
test program; the statistical analysis techniques to be used in 
analyzing the test data, and the identity and location of the 
organization performing the testing.
    (2) Exhaust emissions shall be measured per the requirements of this 
section and Sec. 80.49 through Sec. 80.62.
    (3) The nonexhaust emission model (including evaporative, running 
loss, and refueling VOC and toxics emissions) shall not be augmented by 
vehicle testing.
    (4) The Agency reserves the right to observe and monitor any testing 
that is performed pursuant to the requirements of this section.
    (5) The Agency reserves the right to evaluate the quality and 
suitability of data submitted pursuant to the requirements of this 
section and to reject, re-analyze, or otherwise evaluate such data as is 
technically warranted.
    (6) Upon a showing satisfactory to the Administrator, the 
Administrator may approve a petition to waive the requirements of this 
section and Sec. 80.49, Sec. 80.50(a), Sec. 80.60(d)(3), and 
Sec. 80.60(d)(4) in order to better optimize the test program to the 
needs of the particular fuel parameter. Any such waiver petition should 
provide information justifying the requested waiver, including an 
acceptable rationale and supporting data. Petitioners must obtain 
approval from the Administrator prior to conducting testing for which 
the requirements in question are waived. The Administrator may waive the 
noted requirements in whole or in part, and may impose appropriate 
conditions on any such waiver.

[[Page 619]]

    (c) In the case of petitions to augment the complex model defined at 
Sec. 80.45 with a new parameter, the effect of the parameter being 
tested shall be determined separately, for each pollutant and for each 
emitter class category. If the parameter is not included in the complex 
model but is represented in whole or in part by one or more parameters 
included in the model, the petitioner shall be required to demonstrate 
the emission effects of the parameter in question independent of the 
effects of the already-included parameters. The petitioner shall also 
have to demonstrate the effects of the already-included parameters 
independent of the effects of the parameter in question. The emission 
performance of each vehicle on the fuels specified at Sec. 80.49, as 
measured through vehicle testing in accordance with Sec. 80.50 through 
Sec. 80.62, shall be analyzed to determine the effects of the fuel 
parameter being tested on emissions according to the following 
procedure:
    (1) The analysis shall fit a regression model to the natural 
logarithm of emissions measured from addition fuels 1, 2, and 3 only (as 
specified at Sec. 80.49(a) and adjusted as per paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of 
this section and Sec. 80.49(d)) that includes the following terms:
    (i) A term for each vehicle that shall reflect the effect of the 
vehicle on emissions independent of fuel compositions. These terms shall 
be of the form Di x Vi, where Di is the 
coefficient for the term and Vi is a dummy variable which 
shall have the value 1.0 for the ith vehicle and the value 0 for all 
other vehicles.
    (ii) A linear term in the parameter being tested for each emitter 
class, of the form Ai x (P1-P1 
(avg)) x Ei, where Ai is the coefficient for the 
term, P1 is the level of the parameter in question, 
P1 (avg) is the average level of the parameter in question 
for all seven test fuels specified at Sec. 80.49(a)(1), and 
Ei is a dummy variable representing emitter class, as defined 
at Sec. 80.62. For normal emitters, E1 = 1 and E2 
= 0. For higher emitters, E1 = 0 and E2 = 1.
    (iii) For the VOC and NOx models, a squared term in the 
parameter being tested for each emitter class, of the form 
Bi x (P1-P1 (avg))\2\ x Ei, 
where Bi is the coefficient for the term and where 
P1 , P1 (avg), and Ei are as defined in 
paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) To the extent that the properties of fuels 1, 2, and 3 which 
are incorporated in the complex model differ in value among the three 
fuels, the complex model shall be used to adjust the observed emissions 
from test vehicles on those fuels to compensate for those differences 
prior to fitting the regression model.
    (v) The Ai and Bi terms and coefficients 
developed by the regression described in this paragraph (c) shall be 
evaluated against the statistical criteria defined in paragraph (e) of 
this section. If both terms satisfy these criteria, then both terms 
shall be retained. If the Bi term satisfies these criteria 
and the Ai term does not, then both terms shall be retained. 
If the Bi term does not satisfy these criteria, then the 
Bi term shall be dropped from the regression model and the 
model shall be re-estimated. If, after dropping the Bi term 
and re-estimating the model, the Ai term does not satisfy 
these criteria, then both terms shall be dropped, all test data shall be 
reported to EPA, and the augmentation request shall be denied.
    (2) After completing the steps outlined in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section, the analysis shall fit a regression model to a combined data 
set that includes vehicle testing results from all seven addition fuels 
specified at Sec. 80.49(a), the vehicle testing results used to develop 
the model specified at Sec. 80.45, and vehicle testing results used to 
support any prior augmentation requests which the Administrator deems 
necessary.
    (i) The analysis shall fit the regression models described in 
paragraphs (c)(2) (ii) through (v) of this section to the natural 
logarithm of measured emissions.
    (ii) All regressions shall include a term for each vehicle that 
shall reflect the effect of the vehicle on emissions independent of fuel 
compositions. These terms shall be of the form 
Di x Vi, where Di is the coefficient 
for the term and Vi is a dummy variable which shall have the 
value 1.0 for the ith vehicle and the value 0 for all other vehicles. 
Vehicles shall be represented by separate terms for each test program in

[[Page 620]]

which they were tested. The vehicle terms for the vehicles included in 
the test program undertaken by the petitioner shall be calculated based 
on the results from all seven fuels specified at Sec. 80.49(a). Note 
that the Di estimates for the petitioner's test vehicles in 
this regression are likely to differ from the Di estimates 
discussed in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section since they will be 
based on a different set of fuels.
    (iii) All regressions shall include existing complex model terms and 
their coefficients, including those augmentations that the Administrator 
deems necessary. All terms and coefficients shall be expressed in 
centered form. The Administrator shall make available upon request 
existing complex model terms and coefficients in centered form.
    (iv) All regressions shall include the linear and squared terms, and 
their coefficients, estimated in the final regression model described in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
    (v) The VOC and NOx regressions shall include those 
interactive terms with other fuel parameters, of the form 
Ci(1, j) x (P1-P1 
(avg)) x (Pj-Pj (avg)) x Ei, where 
Ci(1, j) is the coefficient for the term, P1 is 
the level of the parameter being added to the model, P1 (avg) 
is the average level of the parameter being added for all seven addition 
fuels specified at Sec. 80.49(a), Pj is the level of the 
other fuel parameter, Pj (avg) is the centering value for the 
other fuel parameter used to develop the complex model or used in the 
other parameter's augmentation study, and Ei is as defined in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, which are found to satisfy the 
statistical criteria defined in paragraph (e) of this section. Such 
terms shall be added to the regression model in a stepwise manner.
    (3) The model described in paragraphs (c) (1) and (2) of this 
section shall be developed separately for normal-emitting and higher-
emitting vehicles. Each emitter class shall be treated as a distinct 
population for the purposes of determining regression coefficients.
    (4) Once the augmented models described in paragraphs (c) (1) 
through (3) of this section have been developed, they shall be converted 
to an uncentered form through appropriate algebraic manipulation.
    (5) The augmented model described in paragraph (c)(4) of this 
section shall be used to determine the effects of the parameter in 
question at levels between the levels in Fuels 1 and 3, as defined at 
Sec. 80.49(a)(1), for all fuels which claim emission benefits from the 
parameter in question.
    (d)(1) In the case of petitions to augment the complex model defined 
at Sec. 80.45 by extending the range of an existing complex model 
parameter, the effect of the parameter being tested shall be determined 
separately, for each pollutant and for each technology group and emitter 
class category, at levels between the extension level and the nearest 
limit of the core of the data used to develop the unaugmented complex 
model as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Data core limits
                   Fuel parameter                    -------------------
                                                        Lower     Upper
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sulfur, ppm.........................................      10       450
RVP, psi............................................       7        10
E200, vol %.........................................      33        66
E300, vol %.........................................      72        94
Aromatics, vol %....................................      18        46
Benzene, vol %......................................       0.4       1.8
Olefins, vol %......................................       1        19
Oxygen, wt %........................................
  As ethanol........................................       0         3.4
  All others:.......................................       0         2.7
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The emission performance of each vehicle on the fuels specified 
at Sec. 80.49(b)(2), as measured through vehicle testing in accordance 
with Secs. 80.50 through 80.62, shall be analyzed to determine the 
effects of the fuel parameter being tested on emissions according to the 
following procedure:
    (i) The analysis shall incorporate the vehicle testing data from the 
extension fuels specified at Sec. 80.49(b), the vehicle testing results 
used to develop the model specified at Sec. 80.45, and vehicle testing 
results used to support any prior augmentation requests which the 
Administrator deems necessary. A regression incorporating the following 
terms shall be fitted to the natural logarithm of emissions contained in 
this combined data set:
    (A) A term for each vehicle that shall reflect the effect of the 
vehicle on emissions independent of fuel compositions. These terms shall 
be of the form Di  x  Vi, where Di is 
the coefficient for

[[Page 621]]

the term and Vi is a dummy variable which shall have the 
value 1.0 for the ith vehicle and the value 0 for all other vehicles. 
Vehicles shall be represented by separate terms for each test program in 
which they were tested. The vehicle terms for the vehicles included in 
the test program undertaken by the petitioner shall be calculated based 
on the results from all three fuels specified at Sec. 80.49(b)(2).
    (B) Existing complex model terms that do not include the parameter 
being extended and their coefficients, including those augmentations 
that the Administrator deems necessary. The centering values for these 
terms shall be identical to the centering values used to develop the 
complex model described at Sec. 80.45.
    (C) Existing complex model terms that include the parameter being 
extended. The coefficients for these terms shall be estimated by the 
regression. The centering values for these terms shall be identical to 
the centering values used to develop the complex model described at 
Sec. 80.45.
    (D) If the unaugmented VOC or NOx complex models do not 
contain a squared term for the parameter being extended, such a term 
should be added in a stepwise fashion after completing the model 
described in paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A) through (C) of this section. The 
coefficient for this term shall be estimated by the regression. The 
centering value for this term shall be identical to the centering value 
used to develop the complex model described at Sec. 80.45.
    (E) The terms defined in paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(C) and (D) of this 
section shall be evaluated against the statistical criteria defined in 
paragraph (e) of this section.
    (ii) The model described in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section 
shall be developed separately for normal-emitting and higher-emitting 
vehicles, as defined at Sec. 80.62. Each emitter class shall be treated 
as a distinct population for the purposes of determining regression 
coefficients.
    (e) Statistical criteria. (1) The petitioner shall be required to 
submit evidence with the petition which demonstrates the statistical 
validity of the regression described in paragraph (c) or (d) of this 
section, including at minimum:
    (i) Evidence demonstrating that colinearity problems are not severe, 
including but not limited to variance inflation statistics of less than 
10 for the second-order and interactive terms included in the regression 
model.
    (ii) Evidence demonstrating that the regression residuals are 
normally distributed, including but not limited to the skewness and 
Kurtosis statistics for the residuals.
    (iii) Evidence demonstrating that overfitting and underfitting risks 
have been balanced, including but not limited to the use of Mallow's 
Cp criterion.
    (2) The petitioner shall be required to submit evidence with the 
petition which demonstrates that the appropriate terms have been 
included in the regression, including at minimum:
    (i) Descriptions of the analysis methods used to develop the 
regressions, including any computer code used to analyze emissions data 
and the results of regression runs used to develop the proposed 
augmentation, including intermediate regressions produced during the 
stepwise regression process.
    (ii) Evidence demonstrating that the significance level used to 
include terms in the model was equal to 0.90.
    (f) The complex emission model shall be augmented with the results 
of vehicle testing as follows:
    (1) The terms and coefficients determined in paragraph (c) or (d) of 
this section shall be used to supplement the complex emission model 
equation for the corresponding pollutant and emitter category. These 
terms and coefficients shall be weighted to reflect the contribution of 
the emitter category to in-use emissions as shown at Sec. 80.45.
    (2) If the candidate parameter is not included in the unaugmented 
complex model and is not represented in whole or in part by one or more 
parameters included in the model, the modification shall be accomplished 
by adding the terms and coefficients to the complex model equation for 
that pollutant, technology group, and emitter category.
    (3) If the parameter is included in the complex model but is being 
tested at levels beyond the current range of the

[[Page 622]]

model, the terms and coefficients determined in paragraph (d) of this 
section shall be used to supplement the complex emission model equation 
for the corresponding pollutant.
    (i) The terms and coefficients of the complex model described at 
Sec. 80.45 shall be used to evaluate the emissions performance of fuels 
with levels of the parameter being tested that are within the valid 
range of the model, as defined at Sec. 80.45.
    (ii) The emissions performance of fuels with levels of the parameter 
that are beyond the valid range of the unaugmented model shall be given 
in percentage change terms by 100 - [(100 + A)  x  (100 + C) / (100 + 
B)], where:
    (A) ``A'' shall be set equal to the percentage change in emissions 
for a fuel with identical fuel property values to the fuel being 
evaluated except for the parameter being extended, which shall be set 
equal to the nearest limit of the data core, using the unaugmented 
complex model.
    (B) ``B'' shall be set equal to the percentage change in emissions 
for the fuel described in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section according 
to the augmented complex model.
    (C) ``C'' shall be set equal to the percentage change in emissions 
of the actual fuel being evaluated using the augmented complex model.
    (g) EPA reserves the right to analyze the data generated during 
vehicle testing, to use such analyses to determine the validity of other 
augmentation petitions, and to use such data to update the complex model 
for use in certifying all reformulated gasolines.
    (h) Duration of acceptance of emission effects determined through 
vehicle testing:
    (1) If the Agency does not accept, modify, or reject a particular 
augmentation for inclusion in an updated complex model (performed 
through rulemaking), then the augmentation shall remain in effect until 
the next update to the complex model takes effect.
    (2) If the Agency does reject or modify a particular augmentation 
for inclusion in an updated complex model, then the augmentation shall 
no longer be able to be used as of the date the updated complex model is 
deemed to take effect, unless the following conditions and limitations 
apply:
    (i) The augmentation in question may continue to be used by those 
fuel suppliers which can prove, to the Administrator's satisfaction, 
that the fuel supplier had already begun producing a fuel utilizing the 
augmentation at the time the revised model is promulgated.
    (ii) The augmentation in question may only be used to evaluate the 
emissions performance of fuels in conjunction with the complex emission 
model in effect as of the date of production of the fuels.
    (iii) The augmentation may only be used for three years of fuel 
production, or a total of five years from the date the augmentation 
first took effect, whichever is shorter.
    (3) The Administrator shall determine when sufficient new 
information on the effects of fuel properties on vehicle emissions has 
been obtained to warrant development of an updated complex model.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36962, July 20, 1994]



Sec. 80.49  Fuels to be used in augmenting the complex emission model through vehicle testing.

    (a) Seven fuels (hereinafter called the ``addition fuels'') shall be 
tested for the purpose of augmenting the complex emission model with a 
parameter not currently included in the complex emission model. The 
properties of the addition fuels are specified in paragraphs (a) (1) and 
(2) of this section. The addition fuels shall be specified with at least 
the same level of detail and precision as in Sec. 80.43(c), and this 
information must be included in the petition submitted to the 
Administrator requesting augmentation of the complex emission model.
    (1) The seven addition fuels to be tested when augmenting the 
complex model specified at Sec. 80.45 with a new fuel parameter shall 
have the properties specified as follows:

[[Page 623]]



              Properties of Fuels To Be Tested When Augmenting the Model With a New Fuel Parameter
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Fuels
        Fuel property        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   1           2           3           4           5           6           7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sulfur, ppm.................  150         150         150         35          35          500         500
Benzene, vol %..............  1.0         1.0         1.0         0.5         0.5         1.3         1.3
RVP, psi....................  7.5         7.5         7.5         6.5         6.5         8.1         8.1
E200, %.....................  50          50          50          62          62          37          37
E300, %.....................  85          85          85          92          92          79          79
Aromatics, vol %............  27          27          27          20          20          45          45
Olefins, vol %..............  9.0         9.0         9.0         2.0         2.0         18          18
Oxygen, wt %................  2.1         2.1         2.1         2.7         2.7         1.5         1.5
Octane, (R+M)/2.............  87          87          87          87          87          87          87
New Parameter \1\...........  C           C+B/2       B           C           B           C           B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ C = Candidate level, B = Baseline level.

    (i) For the purposes of vehicle testing, the ``baseline'' level of 
the parameter shall refer to the level of the parameter in Clean Air Act 
baseline gasoline. The ``candidate'' level of the parameter shall refer 
to the most extreme value of the parameter, relative to baseline levels, 
for which the augmentation shall be valid.
    (ii) If the fuel parameter for which the fuel supplier is 
petitioning EPA to augment the complex emission model (hereinafter 
defined as the ``candidate parameter'') is not specified for Clean Air 
Act summer baseline fuel, then the baseline level for the candidate 
parameter shall be set at the levels found in typical gasoline. This 
level and the justification for this level shall be included in the 
petitioner's submittal to EPA prior to initiating the test program, and 
EPA must approve this level prior to the start of the program.
    (iii) If the candidate parameter is not specified for Clean Air Act 
summer baseline fuel, and is not present in typical gasoline, its 
baseline level shall be zero.
    (2) The addition fuels shall contain detergent control additives in 
accordance with section 211(l) of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 
and the associated EPA requirements for such additives.
    (3) The addition fuels shall be specified with at least the same 
level of detail and precision as in Sec. 80.43(c), and this information 
shall be included in the petition submitted to the Administrator 
requesting augmentation of the complex emission model.
    (i) Paraffin levels in Fuels 1 and 2 shall be altered from the 
paraffin level in Fuel 3 to compensate for the addition or removal of 
the candidate parameter, if necessary. Paraffin levels in Fuel 4 shall 
be altered from the paraffin level in Fuel 5 to compensate for the 
addition or removal of the candidate parameter, if necessary. Paraffin 
levels in Fuel 6 shall be altered from the paraffin level in Fuel 7 to 
compensate for the addition or removal of the candidate parameter, if 
necessary.
    (ii) Other properties of Fuels 4 and 6 shall not vary from the 
levels for Fuels 5 and 7, respectively, unless such variations are the 
naturally-occurring result of the changes described in paragraphs (a)(1) 
and (2) of this section. Other properties of Fuels 1 and 2 shall not 
vary from the levels for Fuel 3, unless such variations are the 
naturally- occurring result of the changes described in paragraphs 
(a)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (iii) The addition fuels shall be specified with at least the same 
level of detail and precision as defined in paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this 
section, and this information must be included in the petition submitted 
to the Administrator requesting augmentation of the complex emission 
model.
    (4) The properties of the addition fuels shall be within the 
blending tolerances defined in this paragraph (a)(4) relative to the 
values specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section. Fuels 
that do not meet these tolerances shall require the approval of the 
Administrator to be used in vehicle

[[Page 624]]

testing to augment the complex emission model:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Fuel parameter                     Blending tolerance
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sulfur content............................  25 ppm.
Benzene content...........................  0.2 vol %.
RVP.......................................  0.2 psi.
E200 level................................  2 %.
E300 level................................  4 %.
Oxygenate content.........................  1.0 vol %.
Aromatics content.........................  2.7 vol %.
Olefins content...........................  2.5 vol %.
Saturates content.........................  2.0 vol %.
Octane....................................  0.5.
Detergent control additives...............  10% of the level
                                             required by EPA's
                                             detergents rule.
Candidate parameter.......................  To be determined as part of
                                             the augmentation process.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (5) The composition and properties of the addition fuels shall be 
determined by averaging a series of independent tests of the properties 
and compositional factors defined in paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section 
as well as any additional properties or compositional factors for which 
emission benefits are claimed.
    (i) The number of independent tests to be conducted shall be 
sufficiently large to reduce the measurement uncertainty for each 
parameter to a sufficiently small value. At a minimum the 95% confidence 
limits (as calculated using a standard t-test) for each parameter must 
be within the following range of the mean measured value of each 
parameter:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Fuel  parameter                  Measurement uncertainty
------------------------------------------------------------------------
API gravity...............................  0.2 deg.API
Sulfur content............................  10 ppm
Benzene content...........................  0.02 vol %
RVP.......................................  0.05 psi
Octane....................................  0.2(R+M/2)
E200 level................................  2%
E300 level................................  2%
Oxygenate content.........................  0.2 vol %
Aromatics content.........................  0.5 vol %
Olefins content...........................  0.3 vol %
Saturates content.........................  1.0 vol %
Detergent control Additives...............  2% of the level
                                             required by EPA's
                                             detergents rule.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) The 95% confidence limits for measurements of fuel parameters 
for which emission reduction benefits are claimed and for which 
tolerances are not defined in paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section must 
be within 5% of the mean measured value.
    (iii) Each test must be conducted in the same laboratory in 
accordance with the procedures outlined at Sec. 80.46.
    (b) Three fuels (hereinafter called the ``extension fuels'') shall 
be tested for the purpose of extending the valid range of the complex 
emission model for a parameter currently included in the complex 
emission model. The properties of the extension fuels are specified in 
paragraphs (b)(2) through (4) of this section. The extension fuels shall 
be specified with at least the same level of detail and precision as in 
Sec. 80.43(c), and this information must be included in the petition 
submitted to the Administrator requesting augmentation of the complex 
emission model. Each set of three extension fuels shall be used only to 
extend the range of a single complex model parameter.
    (1) The ``extension level'' shall refer to the level to which the 
parameter being tested is to be extended. The three fuels to be tested 
when extending the range of fuel parameters already included in the 
complex model or a prior augmentation to the complex model shall be 
referred to as ``extension fuels.''
    (2) The composition and properties of the extension fuels shall be 
as described in paragraphs (b)(2) (i) and (ii) of this section.
    (i) The extension fuels shall have the following levels of the 
parameter being extended:

        Level of Existing Complex Model Parameters Being Extended
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Extension fuel   Extension    Extension
 Fuel property being extended       No. 1        fuel No. 2   fuel No. 3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sulfur, ppm..................  Extension level         80          450
Benzene, vol %...............  Extension level          0.5          1.5
RVP, psi.....................  Extension level          6.7          8.0
E200, %......................  Extension level         38           61
E300, %......................  Extension level         78           92
Aromatics, vol %.............  Extension level         20           45
Olefins, vol %...............  Extension level          3.0         18
Oxygen, wt %.................  Extension level          1.7          2.7

[[Page 625]]

 
Octane, R+M/2................  87.............         87           87
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) The levels of parameters other than the one being extended 
shall be given by the following table for all three extension fuels:

       Levels for Fuel Parameters Other Than Those Being Extended
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Extension  Extension  Extension
             Fuel property                fuel No.   fuel No.   fuel No.
                                             1          2          3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sulfur, ppm............................      150        150        150
Benzene, vol %.........................        1.0        1.0        1.0
RVP, psi...............................        7.5        7.5        7.5
E200, %................................       50         50         50
E300, %................................       85         85         85
Aromatics, vol %.......................       25         25         25
Olefins, vol %.........................        9.0        9.0        9.0
Oxygen, wt %...........................        2.0        2.0        2.0
Octane, R+M/2..........................       87         87         87
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) If the Complex Model for any pollutant includes one or more 
interactive terms involving the parameter being extended, then two 
additional extension fuels shall be required to be tested for each such 
interactive term. These additional extension fuels shall have the 
following properties:
    (i) The parameter being tested shall be present at its extension 
level.
    (ii) The interacting parameter shall be present at the levels 
specified in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section for extension Fuels 2 
and 3.
    (iii) All other parameters shall be present at the levels specified 
in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (4) All extension fuels shall contain detergent control additives in 
accordance with Section 211(l) of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 
and the associated EPA requirements for such additives.
    (c) The addition fuels defined in paragraph (a) of this section and 
the extension fuels defined in paragraph (b) of this section shall meet 
the following requirements for blending and measurement precision:
    (1) The properties of the test and extension fuels shall be within 
the blending tolerances defined in this paragraph (c) relative to the 
values specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. Fuels that 
do not meet the following tolerances shall require the approval of the 
Administrator to be used in vehicle testing to augment the complex 
emission model:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Fuel parameter                     Blending tolerance
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sulfur content............................  25 ppm.
Benzene content...........................  0.2 vol %.
RVP.......................................  0.2 psi.
E200 level................................  2 %.
E300 level................................  4 %.
Oxygenate content.........................  1.5 vol %.
Aromatics content.........................  2.7 vol %.
Olefins content...........................  2.5 vol %.
Saturates content.........................  2.0 vol %.
Octane....................................  0.5.
Candidate parameter.......................  To be determined as part of
                                             the augmentation process.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The extension and addition fuels shall be specified with at 
least the same level of detail and precision as defined in paragraph 
(c)(2)(ii) of this section, and this information must be included in the 
petition submitted to the Administrator requesting augmentation of the 
complex emission model.
    (i) The composition and properties of the addition and extension 
fuels shall be determined by averaging a series of independent tests of 
the properties and compositional factors defined in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) 
of this section as well as any additional properties or compositional 
factors for which emission benefits are claimed.
    (ii) The number of independent tests to be conducted shall be 
sufficiently large to reduce the measurement uncertainty for each 
parameter to a sufficiently small value. At a minimum the 95% confidence 
limits (as calculated using a standard t-test) for each parameter must 
be within the following range of the mean measured value of each 
parameter:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Fuel parameter                   Measurement uncertainty
------------------------------------------------------------------------
API gravity...............................  0.2  deg.API.
Sulfur content............................  5 ppm.
Benzene content...........................  0.05 vol %.
RVP.......................................  0.08 psi.
Octane....................................  0.1 (R+M/2).
E200 level................................  2 %.

[[Page 626]]

 
E300 level................................  2 %.
Oxygenate content.........................  0.2 vol %.
Aromatics content.........................  0.5 vol %.
Olefins content...........................  0.3 vol %.
Saturates content.........................  1.0 vol.%
Octane....................................  0.2.
Candidate parameter.......................  To be determined as part of
                                             the augmentation process.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (iii) Petitioners shall obtain approval from EPA for the 95% 
confidence limits for measurements of fuel parameters for which emission 
reduction benefits are claimed and for which tolerances are not defined 
in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section.
    (iv) Each test must be conducted in the same laboratory in 
accordance with the procedures outlined at Sec. 80.46.
    (v) The complex emission model described at Sec. 80.45 shall be used 
to adjust the emission performance of the addition and extension fuels 
to compensate for differences in fuel compositions that are incorporated 
in the complex model, as described at Sec. 80.48. Compensating 
adjustments for naturally-resulting variations in fuel parameters shall 
also be made using the complex model. The adjustment process is 
described in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (d) The complex emission model described at Sec. 80.45 shall be used 
to adjust the emission performance of addition and extension fuels to 
compensate for differences in fuel parameters other than the parameter 
being tested. Compensating adjustments for naturally-resulting 
variations in fuel parameters shall also be made using the complex 
model. These adjustments shall be calculated as follows:
    (1) Determine the exhaust emissions performance of the actual 
addition or extension fuels relative to the exhaust emissions 
performance of Clean Air Act baseline fuel using the complex model. For 
addition fuels, set the level of the parameter being tested at baseline 
levels for purposes of emissions performance evaluation using the 
complex model. For extension fuel #1, set the level of the parameter 
being extended at the level specified in extension fuel #2. Also 
determine the exhaust emissions performance of the addition fuels 
specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section with the level of the 
parameter being tested set at baseline levels.
    (2) Calculate adjustment factors for each addition fuel as follows:
    (i) Adjustment factors shall be calculated using the formula:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.006
    
where
A = the adjustment factor
P(actual) = the performance of the actual fuel used in testing according 
to the complex model
P(nominal) = the performance that would have been achieved by the test 
fuel defined in paragraph (a)(1) of this section according to the 
complex model (as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section).

    (ii) Adjustment factors shall be calculated for each pollutant and 
for each emitter class.
    (3) Multiply the measured emissions from each vehicle by the 
corresponding adjustment factor for the appropriate addition or 
extension fuel, pollutant, and emitter class. Use the resulting adjusted 
emissions to conduct all modeling and emission effect estimation 
activities described in Sec. 80.48.
    (e) All fuels included in vehicle testing programs shall have an 
octane number of 87.5, as measured by the (R+M)/2 method following the 
ASTM D4814 procedures, to within the measurement and blending tolerances 
specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (f) A single batch of each addition or extension fuel shall be used 
throughout the duration of the testing program.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36962, July 20, 1994]



Sec. 80.50  General test procedure requirements for augmentation of the emission models.

    (a) The following test procedure must be followed when testing to 
augment the complex emission model described at Sec. 80.45.
    (1) VOC, NOX, CO, and CO2 emissions must be 
measured for all fuel-vehicle combinations tested.
    (2) Toxics emissions must be measured when testing the extension 
fuels per the requirements of Sec. 80.49(a) or when testing addition 
fuels 1, 2, and 3 per the requirements of Sec. 80.49(a).

[[Page 627]]

    (3) When testing addition fuels 4, 5, 6, and 7 per the requirements 
of Sec. 80.49(a), toxics emissions need not be measured. However, EPA 
reserves the right to require the inclusion of such measurements in the 
test program prior to approval of the test program if evidence exists 
which suggests that adverse interactive effects of the parameter in 
question may exist for toxics emissions.
    (b) The general requirements per 40 CFR 86.130-96 shall be met.
    (c) The engine starting and restarting procedures per 40 CFR 86.136-
90 shall be followed.
    (d) Except as provided for at Sec. 80.59, general preparation of 
vehicles being tested shall follow procedures detailed in 40 CFR 86.130-
96 and 86.131-96.



Sec. 80.51  Vehicle test procedures.

    The test sequence applicable when augmenting the emission models 
through vehicle testing is as follows:
    (a) Prepare vehicles per Sec. 80.50.
    (b) Initial preconditioning per Sec. 80.52(a)(1). Vehicles shall be 
refueled randomly with the fuels required in Sec. 80.49 when testing to 
augment the complex emission model.
    (c) Exhaust emissions tests, dynamometer procedure per 40 CFR 
86.137-90 with:
    (1) Exhaust Benzene and 1,3-Butadiene emissions measured per 
Sec. 80.55; and
    (2) Formaldehyde and Acetelaldehyde emissions measured per 
Sec. 80.56.



Sec. 80.52  Vehicle preconditioning.

    (a) Initial vehicle preconditioning and preconditioning between 
tests with different fuels shall be performed in accordance with the 
``General vehicle handling requirements'' per 40 CFR 86.132-96, up to 
and including the completion of the hot start exhaust test.
    (b) The preconditioning procedure prescribed at 40 CFR 86.132-96 
shall be observed for preconditioning vehicles between tests using the 
same fuel.



Secs. 80.53-80.54  [Reserved]



Sec. 80.55  Measurement methods for benzene and 1,3-butadiene.

    (a) Sampling for benzene and 1,3-butadiene must be accomplished by 
bag sampling as used for total hydrocarbons determination. This 
procedure is detailed in 40 CFR 86.109.
    (b) Benzene and 1,3-butadiene must be analyzed by gas 
chromatography. Expected values for benzene and 1,3-butadiene in bag 
samples for the baseline fuel are 4.0 ppm and 0.30 ppm respectively. At 
least three standards ranging from at minimum 50% to 150% of these 
expected values must be used to calibrate the detector. An additional 
standard of at most 0.01 ppm must also be measured to determine the 
required limit of quantification as described in paragraph (d) of this 
section.
    (c) The sample injection size used in the chromatograph must be 
sufficient to be above the laboratory determined limit of quantification 
(LOQ) as defined in paragraph (d) of this section for at least one of 
the bag samples. A control chart of the measurements of the standards 
used to determine the response, repeatability, and limit of quantitation 
of the instrumental method for 1,3-butadiene and benzene must be 
reported.
    (d) As in all types of sampling and analysis procedures, good 
laboratory practices must be used. See, Lawrence, Principals of 
Environmental Analysis, 55 Analytical Chemistry 14, at 2210-2218 (1983) 
(copies may be obtained from the publisher, American Chemical Society, 
1155 16th Street NW., Washington, DC 20036). Reporting reproducibility 
control charts and limits of detection measurements are integral 
procedures to assess the validity of the chosen analytical method. The 
repeatability of the test method must be determined by measuring a 
standard periodically during testing and recording the measured values 
on a control chart. The control chart shows the error between the 
measured standard and the prepared standard concentration for the 
periodic testing. The error between the measured standard and the actual 
standard indicates the uncertainty in the analysis. The limit of 
detection (LOD) is determined by repeatedly measuring a blank and a 
standard prepared at a concentration near an assumed value of the limit 
of detection. If the average concentration minus the average of the 
blanks is greater than three standard deviations of these measurements, 
then

[[Page 628]]

the limit of detection is at least as low as the prepared standard. The 
limit of quantitation (LOQ) is defined as ten times the standard 
deviation of these measurements. This quantity defines the amount of 
sample required to be measured for a valid analysis.
    (e) Other sampling and analytical techniques will be allowed if they 
can be proven to have equal specificity and equal or better limits of 
quantitation. Data from alternative methods that can be demonstrated to 
have equivalent or superior limits of detection, precision, and accuracy 
may be accepted by the Administrator with individual prior approval.



Sec. 80.56  Measurement methods for formaldehyde and acetaldehyde.

    (a) Formaldehyde and acetaldehyde will be measured by drawing 
exhaust samples from heated lines through either 2,4-
Dinitrophenylhydrazine (DNPH) impregnated cartridges or impingers filled 
with solutions of DNPH in acetonitrile (ACN) as described in 
Secs. 86.109 and 86.140 of this chapter for formaldehyde analysis. 
Diluted exhaust sample volumes must be at least 15 L for impingers 
containing 20 ml of absorbing solution (using more absorbing solution in 
the impinger requires proportionally more gas sample to be taken) and at 
least 4 L for cartridges. As required in Sec. 86.109 of this chapter, 
two impingers or cartridges must be connected in series to detect 
breakthrough of the first impinger or cartridge.
    (b) In addition, sufficient sample must be drawn through the 
collecting cartridges or impingers so that the measured quantity of 
aldehyde is sufficiently greater than the minimum limit of quantitation 
of the test method for at least a portion of the exhaust test procedure. 
The limit of quantitation is determined using the technique defined in 
Sec. 80.55(d).
    (c) Each of the impinger samples are quantitatively transferred to a 
25 mL volumetric flask (5 mL more than the sample impinger volume) and 
brought to volume with ACN. The cartridge samples are eluted in reversed 
direction by gravity feed with 6mL of ACN. The eluate is collected in a 
graduated test tube and made up to the 5mL mark with ACN. Both the 
impinger and cartridge samples must be analyzed by HPLC without 
additional sample preparation.
    (d) The analysis of the aldehyde derivatives collected is 
accomplished with a high performance liquid chromatograph (HPLC). 
Standards consisting of the hydrazone derivative of formaldehyde and 
acetaldehyde are used to determine the response, repeatability, and 
limit of quantitation of the HPLC method chosen for acetaldehyde and 
formaldehyde.
    (e) Other sampling and analytical techniques will be allowed if they 
can be proven to have equal specificity and equal or better limits of 
quantitation. Data from alternative methods that can be demonstrated to 
have equivalent or superior limits of detection, precision, and accuracy 
may be accepted by the Administrator with individual prior approval.



Secs. 80.57-80.58  [Reserved]



Sec. 80.59  General test fleet requirements for vehicle testing.

    (a) The test fleet must consist of only 1989-91 MY vehicles which 
are technologically equivalent to 1990 MY vehicles, or of 1986-88 MY 
vehicles for which no changes to the engine or exhaust system that would 
significantly affect emissions have been made through the 1990 model 
year. To be technologically equivalent vehicles at minimum must have 
closed-loop systems and possess adaptive learning.
    (b) No maintenance or replacement of any vehicle component is 
permitted except when necessary to ensure operator safety or as 
specifically permitted in Sec. 80.60 and Sec. 80.61. All vehicle 
maintenance procedures must be reported to the Administrator.
    (c) Each vehicle in the test fleet shall have no fewer than 4,000 
miles of accumulated mileage prior to being included in the test 
program.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36962, July 20, 1994]



Sec. 80.60  Test fleet requirements for exhaust emission testing.

    (a) Candidate vehicles which conform to the emission performance 
requirements defined in paragraphs (b)

[[Page 629]]

through (d) of this section shall be obtained directly from the in-use 
fleet and tested in their as-received condition.
    (b) Candidate vehicles for the test fleet must be screened for their 
exhaust VOC emissions in accordance with the provisions in Sec. 80.62.
    (c) On the basis of pretesting pursuant to paragraph (b) of this 
section, the test fleet shall be subdivided into two emitter group sub-
fleets: the normal emitter group and the higher emitter group.
    (1) Each vehicle with an exhaust total hydrocarbon (THC) emissions 
rate which is less than or equal to twice the applicable emissions 
standard shall be placed in the normal emitter group.
    (2) Each vehicle with an exhaust THC emissions rate which is greater 
than two times the applicable emissions standard shall be placed in the 
higher emitter group.
    (d) The test vehicles in each emitter group must conform to the 
requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section.
    (1) Test vehicles for the normal emitter sub-fleet must be selected 
from the list shown in this paragraph (d)(1). This list is arranged in 
order of descending vehicle priority, such that the order in which 
vehicles are added to the normal emitter sub-fleet must conform to the 
order shown (e.g., a ten-vehicle normal emitter group sub-fleet must 
consist of the first ten vehicles listed in this paragraph (d)(1)). If 
more vehicles are tested than the minimum number of vehicles required 
for the normal emitter sub-fleet, additional vehicles are to be added to 
the fleet in the order specified in this paragraph (d)(1), beginning 
with the next vehicle not already included in the group. The vehicles in 
the normal emitter sub-fleet must possess the characteristics indicated 
in the list. If the end of the list is reached in adding vehicles to the 
normal emitter sub-fleet and additional vehicles are desired then they 
shall be added beginning with vehicle number one, and must be added to 
the normal emitter sub-fleet in accordance with the order in table A:

                                                             Table A--Test Fleet Definitions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                            Tech.
             Veh. No.                   Fuel system            Catalyst            Air injection             EGR            group        Manufacturer
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1................................  Multi...............  3W..................  No Air..............  EGR................          1  GM.
2................................  Multi...............  3W..................  No Air..............  No EGR.............          2  Ford.
3................................  TBI.................  3W..................  No Air..............  EGR................          3  GM.
4................................  Multi...............  3W+OX...............  Air.................  EGR................          4  Ford.
5................................  Multi...............  3W..................  No Air..............  EGR................          1  Honda.
6................................  Multi...............  3W..................  No Air..............  No EGR.............          2  GM.
7................................  TBI.................  3W..................  No Air..............  EGR................          3  Chrysler.
8................................  Multi...............  3W+OX...............  Air.................  EGR................          4  GM.
9................................  TBI.................  3W+OX...............  Air.................  EGR................          7  Chrysler.
10...............................  Multi...............  3W..................  Air.................  EGR................          5  Toyota.
11...............................  Multi...............  3W..................  No Air..............  EGR................          1  Ford.
12...............................  Multi...............  3W..................  No Air..............  No EGR.............          2  Chrysler.
13...............................  Carb................  3W+OX...............  Air.................  EGR................          9  Toyota.
14...............................  TBI.................  3W..................  No Air..............  EGR................          3  Ford.
15...............................  Multi...............  3W+OX...............  Air.................  EGR................          4  GM.
16...............................  Multi...............  3W..................  No Air..............  EGR................          1  Toyota.
17...............................  Multi...............  3W..................  No Air..............  No EGR.............          2  Mazda.
18...............................  TBI.................  3W..................  No Air..............  EGR................          3  GM.
19...............................  Multi...............  3W+OX...............  Air.................  EGR................          4  Ford.
20...............................  Multi...............  3W..................  No Air..............  EGR................          1  Nissan.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   Table B--Tech Group Definitions in Table A
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Tech group                 Fuel system          Catalyst          Air injection            EGR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................  Multi.............  3W................  No Air............  EGR.
2...............................  Multi.............  3W................  No Air............  No EGR.
3...............................  TBI...............  3W................  No Air............  EGR.
4...............................  Multi.............  3W+OX.............  Air...............  EGR.
5...............................  Multi.............  3W................  Air...............  EGR.
6...............................  TBI...............  3W................  Air...............  EGR.
7...............................  TBI...............  3W+OX.............  Air...............  EGR.
8...............................  TBI...............  3W................  No Air............  No EGR.

[[Page 630]]

 
9...............................  Carb..............  3W+OX.............  Air...............  EGR.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Legend:

Fuel system:
    Multi = Multi-point fuel injection
    TBI = Throttle body fuel injection
    Carb = Carburetted
Catalyst:
    3W = 3-Way catalyst
    3W+OX = 3-Way catalyst plus an oxidation catalyst
Air Injection:
    Air = Air injection
EGR = Exhaust gas recirculation

    (2) Test vehicles for the higher emitter sub-fleet shall be selected 
from the in-use fleet in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
section and with Sec. 80.59. Test vehicles for the higher emitter sub-
fleet are not required to follow the pattern established in paragraph 
(d)(1) of this section.
    (3) The minimum test fleet size is 20 vehicles. Half of the vehicles 
tested must be included in the normal emitter sub-fleet and half of the 
vehicles tested must be in the higher emitter sub-fleet. If additional 
vehicles are tested beyond the minimum of twenty vehicles, the 
additional vehicles shall be distributed equally between the normal and 
higher emitter sub-fleets.
    (4) For each emitter group sub-fleet, 70  9.5% of the 
sub-fleet must be LDVs, & 30  9.5% must be LDTs. LDTs 
include light-duty trucks class 1 (LDT1), and light-duty trucks class 2 
(LDT2) up to 8500 lbs GVWR.



Sec. 80.61  [Reserved]



Sec. 80.62  Vehicle test procedures to place vehicles in emitter group sub-fleets.

    One of the two following test procedures must be used to screen 
candidate vehicles for their exhaust THC emissions to place them within 
the emitter group sub-fleets in accordance with the requirements of 
Sec. 80.60.
    (a) Candidate vehicles may be tested for their exhaust THC emissions 
using the Federal test procedure as detailed in 40 CFR part 86, with 
gasoline conforming to requirements detailed in 40 CFR 86.113-90. The 
results shall be used in accordance with the requirements in Sec. 80.60 
to place the vehicles within their respective emitter groups.
    (b) Alternatively, candidate vehicles may be screened for their 
exhaust THC emissions with the IM240 short test procedure.\1\ The 
results from the IM240 shall be converted into results comparable with 
the standard exhaust FTP as detailed in this paragraph (b) to place the 
vehicles within their respective emitter groups in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 80.60.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ EPA Technical Report EPA-AA-TSS-91-1. Copies may be obtained by 
ordering publication number PB92104405 from the National Technical 
Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (1) A candidate vehicle with IM240 test results 0.367 grams THC per 
vehicle mile shall be classified as a normal emitter.
    (2) A candidate vehicle with IM240 test results 0.367 
grams THC per vehicle mile shall be classified as a higher emitter.



Secs. 80.63-80.64  [Reserved]



Sec. 80.65  General requirements for refiners, importers, and oxygenate blenders.

    (a) Date requirements begin. The requirements of this subpart D 
apply to all gasoline produced, imported, transported, stored, sold, or 
dispensed:
    (1) At any location other than retail outlets and wholesale 
purchaser-consumer facilities on or after December 1, 1994; and
    (2) At any location on or after January 1, 1995.
    (b) Certification of gasoline and RBOB. Gasoline or RBOB sold or 
dispensed in a covered area must be certified under Sec. 80.40.
    (c) Standards must be met on either a per-gallon or on an average 
basis. (1) Any refiner or importer, for each batch of reformulated 
gasoline or RBOB it produces or imports, shall meet:

[[Page 631]]

    (i) Those standards and requirements it designated under paragraph 
(d) of this section for per-gallon compliance on a per-gallon basis; and
    (ii) Those standards and requirements it designated under paragraph 
(d) of this section for average compliance on an average basis over the 
applicable averaging period; except that
    (iii) Refiners and importers are not required to meet the oxygen 
standard for RBOB.
    (2) Any oxygenate blender, for each batch of reformulated gasoline 
it produces by blending oxygenate with RBOB shall, subsequent to the 
addition of oxygenate, meet the oxygen standard either per-gallon or 
average over the applicable averaging period.
    (3)(i) For each averaging period, and separately for each parameter 
that may be met either per-gallon or on average, any refiner shall 
designate for each refinery, and any importer or oxygenate blender shall 
designate, its gasoline or RBOB as being subject to the standard 
applicable to that parameter on either a per-gallon or average basis. 
For any specific averaging period and parameter all batches of gasoline 
or RBOB shall be designated as being subject to the per-gallon standard, 
or all batches of gasoline and RBOB shall be designated as being subject 
to the average standard. For any specific averaging period and parameter 
a refiner for a refinery, or any importer or oxygenate blender, may not 
designate certain batches as being subject to the per-gallon standard 
and others as being subject to the average standard.
    (ii) In the event any refiner for a refinery, or any importer or 
oxygenate blender, fails to meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(3)(i) 
of this section and for a specific averaging period and parameter 
designates certain batches as being subject to the per-gallon standard 
and others as being subject to the average standard, all batches 
produced or imported during the averaging period that were designated as 
being subject to the average standard shall, ab initio, be redesignated 
as being subject to the per- gallon standard. This redesignation shall 
apply regardless of whether the batches in question met or failed to 
meet the per-gallon standard for the parameter in question.
    (d) Designation of gasoline. Any refiner or importer of gasoline 
shall designate the gasoline it produces or imports as follows:
    (1) All gasoline produced or imported shall be properly designated 
as either reformulated or conventional gasoline, or as RBOB.
    (2) All gasoline designated as reformulated or as RBOB shall be 
further properly designated as:
    (i) Either VOC-controlled or not VOC-controlled;
    (ii) In the case of gasoline or RBOB designated as VOC-controlled, 
either intended for use in VOC-Control Region 1 or VOC-Control Region 2 
(as defined in Sec. 80.71);
    (iii) [Reserved]
    (A) Gasoline must be designated as oxygenated fuels program 
reformulated gasoline if such gasoline:
    (1) Has an oxygen content that is greater than or equal to 2.0 
weight percent; and
    (2) Arrives at a terminal from which gasoline is dispensed into 
trucks used to deliver gasoline to an oxygenated fuels control area 
within five days prior to the beginning of the oxygenated fuels control 
period for that control area.
    (B) Gasoline may be designated as oxygenated fuels program 
reformulated gasoline if such gasoline has an oxygen content that is 
greater than or equal to 2.0 weight percent, regardless of whether the 
gasoline is intended for use in any oxygenated fuels program control 
area during an oxygenated fuels program control period.
    (iv) For gasoline or RBOB produced, imported, sold, dispensed or 
used during the period January 1, 1995 through December 31, 1997, either 
as being subject to the simple model standards, or to the complex model 
standards;
    (v) For each of the following parameters, either gasoline or RBOB 
which meets the standard applicable to that parameter on a per-gallon 
basis or on average:
    (A) Toxics emissions performance;
    (B) NOX emissions performance in the case of gasoline 
certified using the complex model.
    (C) Benzene content;
    (D) With the exception of RBOB, oxygen content;

[[Page 632]]

    (E) In the case of VOC-controlled gasoline or RBOB certified using 
the simple model, RVP; and
    (F) In the case of VOC-controlled gasoline or RBOB certified using 
the complex model, VOC emissions performance; and
    (vi) In the case of RBOB, as RBOB that may be blended with:
    (A) Any oxygenate;
    (B) Ether only;
    (C) Any renewable oxygenate;
    (D) Renewable ether only;
    (E) Non-VOC controlled renewable ether only.
    (3) Every batch of reformulated or conventional gasoline or RBOB 
produced or imported at each refinery or import facility, or each batch 
of blendstock produced and sold or transferred if blendstock accounting 
is required under Sec. 80.102(e), shall be assigned a number (the 
``batch number''), consisting of the EPA-assigned refiner, importer or 
oxygenate blender registration number, the EPA-assigned facility 
registration number, the last two digits of the year in which the batch 
was produced, and a unique number for the batch, beginning with the 
number one for the first batch produced or imported each calendar year 
and each subsequent batch during the calendar year being assigned the 
next sequential number (e.g., 4321-54321-95-000001, 4321-54321-95-
000002, etc.).
    (e) Determination of properties. (1) Each refiner or importer shall 
determine the value of each of the properties specified in paragraph 
(e)(2)(i) of this section for each batch of reformulated gasoline it 
produces or imports prior to the gasoline leaving the refinery or import 
facility, by collecting and analyzing a representative sample of 
gasoline taken from the batch, using the methodologies specified in 
Sec. 80.46. This collection and analysis shall be carried out either by 
the refiner or importer, or by an independent laboratory. A batch of 
simple model reformulated gasoline may be released by the refiner or 
importer prior to the receipt of the refiner's or importer's test 
results except for test results for oxygen and benzene, and RVP in the 
case of VOC-controlled gasoline.
    (2) In the event that the values of any of these properties is 
determined by the refiner or importer and by an independent laboratory 
in conformance with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section:
    (i) The results of the analyses conducted by the refiner or importer 
for such properties shall be used as the basis for compliance 
determinations unless the absolute value of the differences of the test 
results from the two laboratories is larger than the following values:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Fuel property                            Range
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sulfur content...........................  25 ppm
Aromatics content........................  2.7 vol %
Olefins content..........................  2.5 vol %
Benzene content..........................  0.21 vol %
Ethanol content..........................  0.4 vol %
Methanol content.........................  0.2 vol %
MTBE (and other methyl ethers) content...  0.6 vol %
ETBE (and other ethyl ethers) content....  0.6 vol %
TAME.....................................  0.6 vol %
t-Butanol content........................  0.6 vol %
RVP......................................  0.3 psi
50% distillation (T50)...................  5  deg.F
90% distillation (T90)...................  5  deg.F
E200.....................................  2.5 vol %
E300.....................................  3.5 vol %
API Gravity..............................  0.3  deg.API
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) In the event the values from the two laboratories for any 
property fall outside these ranges, the refiner or importer shall use as 
the basis for compliance determinations:
    (A) The larger of the two values for the property, except the 
smaller of the two results shall be used for oxygenates; or
    (B) The refiner shall have the gasoline analyzed for the property at 
one additional independent laboratory. If this second independent 
laboratory obtains a result for the property that is within the range, 
as listed in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section, of the refiner's or 
importer's result for this property, then the refiner's or importer's 
result shall be used as the basis for compliance determinations.
    (f) Independent analysis requirement. (1) Any refiner or importer of 
reformulated gasoline or RBOB shall carry out a program of independent 
sample collection and analyses for the reformulated gasoline it produces 
or imports, which meets the requirements of one of the following two 
options:
    (i) Option 1. The refiner or importer shall, for each batch of 
reformulated gasoline or RBOB that is produced or

[[Page 633]]

imported, have the value for each property specified in paragraph 
(e)(2)(i) of this section determined by an independent laboratory that 
collects and analyzes a representative sample from the batch using the 
methodologies specified in Sec. 80.46.
    (ii) Option 2. The refiner or importer shall have a periodic 
independent testing program carried out for all reformulated gasoline 
produced or imported, which shall consist of the following:
    (A) An independent laboratory shall collect a representative sample 
from each batch of reformulated gasoline that the refiner or importer 
produces or imports;
    (B) EPA will identify up to ten percent of the total number of 
samples collected under paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of this section; and
    (C) The designated independent laboratory shall, for each sample 
identified by EPA under paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, 
determine the value for each property using the methodologies specified 
in Sec. 80.46.
    (2)(i) Any refiner or importer shall designate one independent 
laboratory for each refinery or import facility at which reformulated 
gasoline or RBOB is produced or imported. This independent laboratory 
will collect samples and perform analyses in compliance with the 
requirements of this paragraph (f) of this section.
    (ii) Any refiner or importer shall identify this designated 
independent laboratory to EPA under the registration requirements of 
Sec. 80.76.
    (iii) In order to be considered independent:
    (A) The laboratory shall not be operated by any refiner or importer, 
and shall not be operated by any subsidiary or employee of any refiner 
or importer;
    (B) The laboratory shall be free from any interest in any refiner or 
importer; and
    (C) The refiner or importer shall be free from any interest in the 
laboratory; however
    (D) Notwithstanding the restrictions in paragraphs (f)(2)(iii) (A) 
through (C) of this section, a laboratory shall be considered 
independent if it is owned or operated by a gasoline pipeline company, 
regardless of ownership or operation of the gasoline pipeline company by 
refiners or importers, provided that such pipeline company is owned and 
operated by four or more refiners or importers.
    (iv) Use of a laboratory that is debarred, suspended, or proposed 
for debarment pursuant to the Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension 
regulations, 40 CFR part 32, or the Debarment, Suspension and 
Ineligibility provisions of the Federal Acquisition Regulations, 48 CFR 
part 9, subpart 9.4, shall be deemed noncompliance with the requirements 
of this paragraph (f).
    (v) Any laboratory that fails to comply with the requirements of 
this paragraph (f) shall be subject to debarment or suspension under 
Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension regulations, 40 CFR part 32, or 
the Debarment, Suspension and Ineligibility regulations, Federal 
Acquisition Regulations, 48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4.
    (3) Any refiner or importer shall, for all samples collected or 
analyzed pursuant to the requirements of this paragraph (f), cause its 
designated independent laboratory:
    (i) At the time the designated independent laboratory collects a 
representative sample from a batch of reformulated gasoline, to:
    (A) Obtain the refiner's or importer's assigned batch number for the 
batch being sampled;
    (B) Determine the volume of the batch;
    (C) Determine the identification number of the gasoline storage tank 
or tanks in which the batch was stored at the time the sample was 
collected;
    (D) Determine the date and time the batch became finished 
reformulated gasoline, and the date and time the sample was collected;
    (E) Determine the grade of the batch (e.g., premium, mid-grade, or 
regular); and
    (F) In the case of reformulated gasoline produced through computer-
controlled in-line blending, determine the date and time the blending 
process began and the date and time the blending process ended, unless 
exempt under paragraph (f)(4) of this section;
    (ii) To retain each sample collected pursuant to the requirements of 
this

[[Page 634]]

paragraph (f) for a period of 30 days, except that this period shall be 
extended to a period of up to 180 days upon request by EPA;
    (iii) To submit to EPA periodic reports, as follows:
    (A) A report for the period January through March shall be submitted 
by May 31; a report for the period April through June shall be submitted 
by August 31; a report for the period July through September shall be 
submitted by November 30; and a report for the period October through 
December shall be submitted by February 28;
    (B) Each report shall include, for each sample of reformulated 
gasoline that was analyzed pursuant to the requirements of this 
paragraph (f):
    (1) The results of the independent laboratory's analyses for each 
property; and
    (2) The information specified in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section 
for such sample; and
    (iv) To supply to EPA, upon EPA's request, any sample collected or a 
portion of any such sample.
    (4) Any refiner that produces reformulated gasoline using computer-
controlled in-line blending equipment is exempt from the independent 
sampling and testing requirements specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through 
(3) of this section and from the requirement of paragraph (e)(1) of this 
section to obtain test results for each batch prior to the gasoline 
leaving the refinery, provided that such refiner:
    (i) Obtains from EPA an exemption from these requirements. In order 
to seek such an exemption, the refiner shall submit a petition to EPA, 
such petition to include:
    (A) A description of the refiner's computer-controlled in-line 
blending operation, including a description of:
    (1) The location of the operation;
    (2) The length of time the refiner has used the operation;
    (3) The volumes of gasoline produced using the operation since the 
refiner began the operation or during the previous three years, 
whichever is shorter, by grade;
    (4) The movement of the gasoline produced using the operation to the 
point of fungible mixing, including any points where all or portions of 
the gasoline produced is accumulated in gasoline storage tanks;
    (5) The physical lay-out of the operation;
    (6) The automated control system, including the method of monitoring 
and controlling blend properties and proportions;
    (7) Any sampling and analysis of gasoline that is conducted as a 
part of the operation, including on-line, off-line, and composite, and a 
description of the methods of sampling, the methods of analysis, the 
parameters analyzed and the frequency of such analyses, and any written, 
printed, or computer-stored results of such analyses, including 
information on the retention of such results;
    (8) Any sampling and analysis of gasoline produced by the operation 
that occurs downstream from the blending operation prior to fungible 
mixing of the gasoline, including any such sampling and analysis by the 
refiner and by any purchaser, pipeline or other carrier, or by 
independent laboratories;
    (9) Any quality assurance procedures that are carried out over the 
operation; and
    (10) Any occasion(s) during the previous three years when the 
refiner adjusted any physical or chemical property of any gasoline 
produced using the operation downstream from the operation, including 
the nature of the adjustment and the reason the gasoline had properties 
that required adjustment; and
    (B) A description of the independent audit program of the refiner's 
computer-controlled in-line blending operation that the refiner proposes 
will satisfy the requirements of this paragraph (f)(4); and
    (ii) Carries out an independent audit program of the refiner's 
computer-controlled in-line blending operation, such program to include:
    (A) For each batch of reformulated gasoline produced using the 
operation, a review of the documents generated that is sufficient to 
determine the properties and volume of the gasoline produced;
    (B) Audits that occur no less frequently than annually;
    (C) Reports of the results of such audits submitted to the refiner, 
and to

[[Page 635]]

EPA by the auditor no later than February 28 of each year;
    (D) Audits that are conducted by an auditor that meets the non-
debarred criteria specified in Sec. 80.125 (a) and/or (d); and
    (iii) Complies with any other requirements that EPA includes as part 
of the exemption.
    (g) Marking of conventional gasoline. [Reserved]
    (h) Compliance audits. Any refiner and importer of any reformulated 
gasoline or RBOB, and any oxygenate blender of any RBOB who meets the 
oxygen standard on average, shall have the reformulated gasoline and 
RBOB it produced, imported, or blended during each calendar year audited 
for compliance with the requirements of this subpart D, in accordance 
with the requirements of subpart F, at the conclusion of each calendar 
year.
    (i) Exclusion from compliance calculations of gasoline received from 
others. Any refiner for each refinery, any oxygenate blender for each 
oxygenate blending facility, and any importer shall exclude from all 
compliance calculations the volume and properties of any reformulated 
gasoline that is produced at another refinery or oxygenate blending 
facility or imported by another importer.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36962, July 20, 1994; 59 
FR 39289, Aug. 2, 1994; 59 FR 60715, Nov. 28, 1994; 62 FR 60135, Nov. 6, 
1997]

    Effective Date Note: At 59 FR 39289, Aug. 2, 1994, Sec. 80.65 was 
amended by revising paragraph (d)(2)(vi) effective September 1, 1994. At 
59 FR 60715, Nov. 28, 1994, the amendment was stayed effective September 
13, 1994.



Sec. 80.66  Calculation of reformulated gasoline properties.

    (a) All volume measurements required by these regulations shall be 
temperature adjusted to 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
    (b) The percentage of oxygen by weight contained in a gasoline 
blend, based upon its percentage oxygenate by volume and density, shall 
exclude denaturants and water.
    (c) The properties of reformulated gasoline consist of per-gallon 
values separately and individually determined on a batch-by-batch basis 
using the methodologies specified in Sec. 80.46 for each of those 
physical and chemical parameters necessary to determine compliance with 
the standards to which the gasoline is subject, and per-gallon values 
for the VOC, NOX, and toxics emissions performance standards 
to which the gasoline is subject.
    (d) Per-gallon oxygen content shall be determined based upon the 
weight percent oxygen of a representative sample of gasoline, using the 
method set forth in Sec. 80.46(g). The total oxygen content associated 
with a batch of gasoline (in percent-gallons) is calculated by 
multiplying the weight percent oxygen content times the volume.
    (e) Per-gallon benzene content shall be determined based upon the 
volume percent benzene of a representative sample of a batch of gasoline 
by the method set forth in Sec. 80.46(e). The total benzene content 
associated with a batch of gasoline (in percent-gallons) is calculated 
by multiplying the volume percent benzene content times the volume.
    (f) Per-gallon RVP shall be determined based upon the measurement of 
RVP of a representative sample of a batch of gasoline by the sampling 
methodologies specified in appendix D of this part and the testing 
methodology specified in appendix E of this part. The total RVP value 
associated with a batch of gasoline (in RVP-gallons) is calculated by 
multiplying the RVP times the volume.
    (g)(1) Per gallon values for VOC and NOX emissions 
reduction shall be calculated using the methodology specified in 
Sec. 80.45 that is appropriate for the gasoline.
    (2) Per-gallon values for toxic emissions performance reduction 
shall be established using:
    (i) For gasoline subject to the simple model, the methodology under 
Sec. 80.42 that is appropriate for the gasoline; and
    (ii) For gasoline subject to the complex model, the methodology 
specified in Sec. 80.45 that is appropriate for the gasoline.
    (3) The total VOC, NOX, and toxic emissions performance 
reduction values associated with a batch of gasoline (in percent 
reduction-gallons) is calculated by multiplying the per-gallon

[[Page 636]]

percent emissions performance reduction times the volume of the batch.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36963, July 20, 1994]



Sec. 80.67  Compliance on average.

    The requirements of this section apply to all reformulated gasoline 
and RBOB produced or imported for which compliance with one or more of 
the requirements of Sec. 80.41 is determined on average (``averaged 
gasoline'').
    (a) Compliance survey required in order to meet standards on 
average. (1) Any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender that complies 
with the compliance survey requirements of Sec. 80.68 has the option of 
meeting the standards specified in Sec. 80.41 for average compliance in 
addition to the option of meeting the standards specified in Sec. 80.41 
for per-gallon compliance; any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender 
that does not comply with the survey requirements must meet the 
standards specified in Sec. 80.41 for per-gallon compliance, and does 
not have the option of meeting standards on average.
    (2)(i)(A) A refiner or importer that produces or imports 
reformulated gasoline that exceeds the average standards for oxygen or 
benzene (but not for other parameters that have average standards) may 
use such gasoline to offset reformulated gasoline which does not achieve 
such average standards, but only if the reformulated gasoline that does 
not achieve such average standards is sold to ultimate consumers in the 
same covered area as was the reformulated gasoline which exceeds average 
standards; provided that
    (B) Prior to the beginning of the averaging period when the 
averaging approach described in paragraph (a)(2)(i)(A) of this section 
is used, the refiner or importer obtains approval from EPA. In order to 
seek such approval, the refiner or importer shall submit a petition to 
EPA, such petition to include:
    (1) The identification of the refiner and refinery, or importer, the 
covered area, and the averaging period; and
    (2) A detailed description of the procedures the refiner or importer 
will use to ensure the gasoline is produced by the refiner or is 
imported by the importer and is used only in the covered area in 
question and is not used in any other covered area, and the record 
keeping, reporting, auditing, and other quality assurance measures that 
will be followed to establish the gasoline is used as intended; and
    (C) The refiner or importer properly completes any requirements that 
are specified by EPA as conditions for approval of the petition.
    (ii) Any refiner or importer that meets the requirements of 
paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section will be deemed to have satisfied the 
compliance survey requirements of Sec. 80.68 for the covered area in 
question.
    (b) Scope of averaging. (1) Any refiner shall meet all applicable 
averaged standards separately for each of the refiner's refineries;
    (2)(i) Any importer shall meet all applicable averaged standards on 
the basis of all averaged reformulated gasoline and RBOB imported by the 
importer; except that
    (ii) Any importer to whom different standards apply for gasoline 
imported at different facilities by operation of Sec. 80.41(i), shall 
meet the averaged standards separately for the averaged reformulated 
gasoline and RBOB imported into each group of facilities that is subject 
to the same standards; and
    (3) Any oxygenate blender shall meet the averaged standard for 
oxygen separately for each of the oxygenate blender's oxygenate blending 
facilities, except that any oxygenate blender may group the averaged 
reformulated gasoline produced at facilities at which gasoline is 
produced for use in a single covered area.
    (c) RVP and VOC emissions performance reduction compliance on 
average. (1) The VOC-controlled reformulated gasoline and RBOB produced 
at any refinery or imported by any importer during the period January 1 
through September 15 of each calendar year which is designated for 
average compliance for RVP or VOC emissions performance on average must 
meet the standards for RVP (in the case of a refinery or importer 
subject to the simple model standards) or the standards for VOC 
emissions performance reduction (in the case of a refinery or importer 
subject to the complex model standards)

[[Page 637]]

which are applicable to that refinery or importer as follows:
    (i) Gasoline and RBOB designated for VOC Control Region 1 must meet 
the standards for that Region which are applicable to that refinery or 
importer; and
    (ii) Gasoline and RBOB designated for VOC Control Region 2 must meet 
the standards for that Region which are applicable to that refinery or 
importer.
    (2) In the case of a refinery or importer subject to the simple 
model standards, each gallon of reformulated gasoline and RBOB 
designated as being VOC-controlled may not exceed the maximum standards 
for RVP specified in Sec. 80.41(b) which are applicable to that refiner 
or importer.
    (3) In the case of a refinery or importer subject to the complex 
model standards, each gallon of reformulated gasoline designated as 
being VOC-controlled must equal or exceed the minimum standards for VOC 
emissions performance specified in Sec. 80.41 which are applicable to 
that refinery or importer.
    (d) Toxics emissions reduction and benzene compliance on average. 
(1) The averaging period for the requirements for benzene content and 
toxics emission performance is January 1 through December 31 of each 
year.
    (2) The reformulated gasoline and RBOB produced at any refinery or 
imported by any importer during the toxics emissions performance and 
benzene averaging periods that is designated for average compliance for 
these parameters shall on average meet the standards specified for 
toxics emissions performance and benzene in Sec. 80.41 which are 
applicable to that refinery or importer.
    (3) Each gallon of reformulated gasoline may not exceed the maximum 
standard for benzene content specified in Sec. 80.41 which is applicable 
to that refinery or importer.
    (e) NOX compliance on average. (1) The averaging period 
for NOX emissions performance is January 1 through December 
31 of each year.
    (2) The requirements of this paragraph (e) apply separately to 
reformulated gasoline and RBOB in the following categories:
    (i) All reformulated gasoline and RBOB that is designated as VOC-
controlled; and
    (ii) All reformulated gasoline and RBOB that is not designated as 
VOC-controlled.
    (3) The reformulated gasoline and RBOB produced at any refinery or 
imported by any importer during the NOX averaging period that 
is designated for average compliance for NOX shall on average 
meet the standards for NOX specified in Sec. 80.41 that are 
applicable to that refinery or importer.
    (f) Oxygen compliance on average. (1) The averaging period for the 
oxygen content requirements is January 1 through December 31 of each 
year.
    (2) The requirements of this paragraph (f) apply separately to 
reformulated gasoline in the following categories:
    (i) All reformulated gasoline;
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (iii) In the case of reformulated gasoline certified under the 
simple model, that which is designated as VOC- controlled.
    (3) The reformulated gasoline produced at any refinery or imported 
by any importer during the oxygen averaging period that is designated 
for average compliance for oxygen shall on average meet the standards 
for oxygen specified in Sec. 80.41 that is applicable to that refinery 
or importer.
    (4) The reformulated gasoline that is produced at any oxygenate 
blending facility by blending RBOB with oxygenate that is designated for 
average compliance for oxygen shall on average meet the standards for 
oxygen specified in Sec. 80.41 that is applicable to that oxygenate 
blending facility.
    (5) Each gallon of reformulated gasoline must meet the applicable 
minimum requirements, and in the case of simple model reformulated 
gasoline the minimum and maximum requirements, for oxygen content 
specified in Sec. 80.41.
    (g) Compliance calculation. To determine compliance with the 
averaged standards in Sec. 80.41, any refiner for each of its refineries 
at which averaged reformulated gasoline or RBOB is produced, any 
oxygenate blender for each of its oxygenate blending facilities at which 
oxygen averaged reformulated

[[Page 638]]

gasoline is produced, and any importer that imports averaged 
reformulated gasoline or RBOB shall, for each averaging period and for 
each portion of gasoline for which standards must be separately 
achieved, and for each relevant standard, calculate:
    (1)(i) The compliance total using the following formula:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.007
    
where

Vi = the volume of gasoline batch i
std = the standard for the parameter being evaluated
n = the number of batches of gasoline produced or imported during the 
averaging period


and

    (ii) The actual total using the following formula:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.008
    
where

Vi = the volume of gasoline batch i
parmi = the parameter value of gasoline batch i
n = the number of batches of gasoline produced or imported during the 
averaging period

    (2) For each standard, compare the actual total with the compliance 
total.
    (3) For the VOC, NOX, and toxics emissions performance 
and oxygen standards, the actual totals must be equal to or greater than 
the compliance totals to achieve compliance.
    (4) For RVP and benzene standards, the actual total must be equal to 
or less than the compliance totals to achieve compliance.
    (5) If the actual total for the oxygen standard is less than the 
compliance total, or if the actual total for the benzene standard is 
greater than the compliance total, credits for these parameters must be 
obtained from another refiner, importer or (in the case of oxygen) 
oxygenate blender in order to achieve compliance:
    (i) The total number of oxygen credits required to achieve 
compliance is calculated by subtracting the actual total from the 
compliance total oxygen; and
    (ii) The total number of benzene credits required to achieve 
compliance is calculated by subtracting the compliance total from the 
actual total benzene.
    (6) If the actual total for the oxygen standard is greater than the 
compliance total, or if the actual total for the benzene standard is 
less than the compliance totals, credits for these parameters are 
generated:
    (i) The total number of oxygen credits which may be traded to 
another refinery, importer, or oxygenate blender is calculated by 
subtracting the compliance total from the actual total for oxygen; and
    (ii) The total number of benzene credits which may be traded to 
another refinery or importer is calculated by subtracting the actual 
total from the compliance total for benzene.
    (h) Credit transfers. (1) Compliance with the averaged standards 
specified in Sec. 80.41 for oxygen and benzene (but for no other 
standards or requirements) may be achieved through the transfer of 
oxygen and benzene credits provided that:
    (i) The credits were generated in the same averaging period as they 
are used;
    (ii) The credit transfer takes place no later than fifteen working 
days following the end of the averaging period in which the reformulated 
gasoline credits were generated;
    (iii) The credits are properly created;
    (iv) The credits are transferred directly from the refiner, 
importer, or oxygenate blender that creates the credits to the refiner, 
importer, or oxygenate blender that uses the credits to achieve 
compliance;
    (v) Oxygen credits are generated, transferred, and used:
    (A) In the case of gasoline subject to the simple model standards, 
only in the following categories:
    (1) VOC-controlled; and
    (2) Non-VOC-controlled.
    (B) [Reserved]
    (vi) Oxygen credits generated from gasoline subject to the complex 
model standards are not used to achieve compliance for gasoline subject 
to the simple model standards;

[[Page 639]]

    (vii) Oxygen credits are not used to achieve compliance with the 
minimum oxygen content standards in Sec. 80.41; and
    (viii) Benzene credits are not used to achieve compliance with the 
maximum benzene content standards in Sec. 80.41.
    (2) No party may transfer any credits to the extent such a transfer 
would result in the transferor having a negative credit balance at the 
conclusion of the averaging period for which the credits were 
transferred. Any credits transferred in violation of this paragraph are 
improperly created credits.
    (3) In the case of credits that were improperly created, the 
following provisions apply:
    (i) Improperly created credits may not be used to achieve 
compliance, regardless of a credit transferee's good faith belief that 
it was receiving valid credits;
    (ii) No refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender may create, report, 
or transfer improperly created credits; and
    (iii) Where any credit transferor has in its balance at the 
conclusion of any averaging period both credits which were properly 
created and credits which were improperly created, the properly created 
credits will be applied first to any credit transfers before the 
transferor may apply any credits to achieve its own compliance.
    (i) Average compliance for reformulated gasoline produced or 
imported before January 1, 1995. In the case of any reformulated 
gasoline that is intended to be used beginning January 1, 1995, but that 
is produced or imported prior to that date:
    (1) Any refiner or importer may meet standards specified in 
Sec. 80.41 for average compliance for such gasoline, provided the 
refiner or importer has the option of meeting standards on average for 
1995 under paragraph (a) of this section, and provided the refiner or 
importer elects to be subject to average standards under 
Sec. 80.65(c)(3); and
    (2) Any average compliance gasoline under paragraph (i)(1) of this 
section shall be combined with average compliance gasoline produced 
during 1995 for purposes of compliance calculations under paragraph (g) 
of this section.

[38 FR 1255, Jan. 10, 1973, as amended at 62 FR 60135, Nov. 6, 1997; 62 
FR 68207, Dec. 31, 1997]



Sec. 80.68  Compliance surveys.

    (a) Compliance survey option 1. In order to satisfy the compliance 
survey requirements, any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender shall 
properly conduct a program of compliance surveys in accordance with a 
survey program plan which has been approved by the Administrator of EPA 
in each covered area which is supplied with any gasoline for which 
compliance is achieved on average that is produced by that refiner or 
oxygenate blender or imported by that importer. Such approval shall be 
based upon the survey program plan meeting the following criteria:
    (1) The survey program shall consist of at least four surveys which 
shall occur during the following time periods: one survey during the 
period January 1 through May 31; two surveys during the period June 1 
through September 15; and one survey during the period September 16 
through December 31.
    (2) The survey program shall meet the criteria stated in paragraph 
(c) of this section.
    (3) In the event that any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender 
fails to properly carry out an approved survey program, the refiner, 
importer, or oxygenate blender shall achieve compliance with all 
applicable standards on a per-gallon basis for the calendar year in 
which the failure occurs, and may not achieve compliance with any 
standard on an average basis during this calendar year. This requirement 
to achieve compliance per-gallon shall apply ab initio to the beginning 
of any calendar year in which the failure occurs, regardless of when 
during the year the failure occurs.
    (b) Compliance survey option 2. A refiner, importer, or oxygenate 
blender shall be deemed to have satisfied the compliance survey 
requirements described in paragraph (a) of this section if a 
comprehensive program of surveys is properly conducted in accordance 
with a survey program plan which has

[[Page 640]]

been approved by the Administrator of EPA. Such approval shall be based 
upon the survey program plan meeting the following criteria:
    (1) The initial schedule for the conduct of surveys shall be as 
follows:
    (i) 120 surveys shall be conducted in 1995;
    (ii) 80 surveys shall be conducted in 1996;
    (iii) 60 surveys shall be conducted in 1997;
    (iv) 70 surveys shall be conducted in 1998 and thereafter.
    (2) This initial survey schedule shall be adjusted as follows:
    (i) In the event one or more ozone nonattainment areas in addition 
to the nine specified in Sec. 80.70, opt into the reformulated gasoline 
program, the number of surveys to be conducted in the year the area or 
areas opt into the program and in each subsequent year shall be 
increased according to the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.009

where:

ANSi = the adjusted number of surveys for year i; i = the 
opt-in year and each subsequent year
NSi = the number of surveys according to the schedule in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section in year i; i = the opt-in year and each 
subsequent year
Vopt-in = the total volume of gasoline supplied to the opt-in 
covered areas in the year preceding the year of the opt-in
Vorig = the total volume of gasoline supplied to the original 
nine covered areas in the year preceding the year of the opt-in

    (ii) In the event that any covered area fails a survey or survey 
series according to the criteria set forth in paragraph (c) of this 
section, the annual decreases in the numbers of surveys prescribed by 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, as adjusted by paragraph (b)(2)(i) of 
this section, shall be adjusted as follows in the year following the 
year of the failure. Any such adjustment to the number of surveys shall 
remain in effect so long as any standard for the affected covered area 
has been adjusted to be more stringent as a result of a failed survey or 
survey series. The adjustments shall be calculated according to the 
following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.010

where:

ANSi = the adjusted number of surveys in year i; i = the year 
after the failure and each subsequent year
Vfailed = the total volume of gasoline supplied to the 
covered area which failed the survey or survey series in the year of the 
failure
Vtotal = the total volume of gasoline supplied to all covered 
areas in the year of the failure
NSi = the number of surveys in year i according to the 
schedule in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and as adjusted by 
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section; i = the year after the failure and 
each subsequent year

    (3) The survey program shall meet the criteria stated in paragraph 
(c) of this section.
    (4) On each occasion the comprehensive survey program does not occur 
as specified in the approved plan with regard to any covered area:
    (i) Each refiner, importer, and oxygenate blender who supplied any 
reformulated gasoline or RBOB to the covered area and who has not 
satisfied the survey requirements described in paragraph (a) of this 
section shall be deemed to have failed to carry out an approved survey 
program; and
    (ii) The covered area will be deemed to have failed surveys for VOC 
and NOX emissions performance, and survey series for benzene 
and oxygen, and toxic and NOX emissions performance.
    (c) General survey requirements. (1) During the period January 1, 
1995 through December 31, 1997:

[[Page 641]]

    (i) Any sample taken from a retail gasoline storage tank for which 
the three most recent deliveries were of gasoline designated as meeting:
    (A) Simple model standards shall be considered a ``simple model 
sample''; or
    (B) Complex model standards shall be considered a ``complex model 
sample.''
    (ii) A survey shall consist of the combination of a simple model 
portion and a complex model portion, as follows:
    (A) The simple model portion of a survey shall consist of all simple 
model samples that are collected pursuant to the applicable survey 
design in a single covered area during any consecutive seven-day period 
and that are not excluded under paragraph (c)(6) of this section.
    (B) The complex model portion of a survey shall consist of all 
complex model samples that are collected pursuant to the applicable 
survey design in a single covered area during any consecutive seven-day 
period and that are not excluded under paragraph (c)(6) of this section.
    (iii)(A) The simple model portion of each survey shall be 
representative of all gasoline certified using the simple model which is 
being dispensed in the covered area.
    (B) The complex model portion of each survey shall be representative 
of all gasoline certified using the complex model which is being 
dispensed in the covered area.
    (2) Beginning on January 1, 1998:
    (i) A survey shall consist of all samples that are collected 
pursuant to the applicable survey design in a single covered area during 
any consecutive seven-day period and that are not excluded under 
paragraph (c)(6) of this section.
    (ii) A survey shall be representative of all gasoline which is being 
dispensed in the covered area.
    (3) A VOC survey and a NOX survey shall consist of any 
survey conducted during the period June 1 through September 15.
    (4)(i) A toxics, oxygen, and benzene survey series shall consist of 
all surveys conducted in a single covered area during a single calendar 
year.
    (ii) A NOX survey series shall consist of all surveys 
conducted in a single covered area during the periods January 1 through 
May 31, and September 16 through December 31 during a single calendar 
year.
    (5)(i) Each simple model sample included in a survey shall be 
analyzed for oxygenate type and content, benzene content, aromatic 
hydrocarbon content, and RVP in accordance with the methodologies 
specified in Sec. 80.46; and
    (ii) Each complex model sample included in a survey shall be 
analyzed for oxygenate type and content, olefins, benzene, sulfur, and 
aromatic hydrocarbons, E-200, E-300, and RVP in accordance with the 
methodologies specified in Sec. 80.46.
    (6)(i) The results of each survey shall be based upon the results of 
the analysis of each sample collected during the course of the survey, 
unless the sample violates the applicable per-gallon maximum or minimum 
standards for the parameter being evaluated plus any enforcement 
tolerance that applies to the parameter (e.g., a sample that violates 
the benzene per-gallon maximum plus any benzene enforcement tolerance 
but meets other per-gallon maximum and minimum standards would be 
excluded from the benzene survey, but would be included in the surveys 
for parameters other than benzene).
    (ii) Any sample from a survey that violates any standard under 
Sec. 80.41, or that constitutes evidence of the violation of any 
prohibition or requirement under this subpart D, may be used by the 
Administrator in an enforcement action for such violation.
    (7) Each laboratory at which samples in a survey are analyzed shall 
participate in a correlation program with EPA to ensure the validity of 
analysis results.
    (8)(i) The results of each simple model VOC survey shall be 
determined as follows:
    (A) For each simple model sample from the survey, the VOC emissions 
reduction percentage shall be determined based upon the tested values 
for RVP and oxygen for that sample as applied to the VOC emissions 
reduction equation at Sec. 80.42(a)(1) for VOC-Control Region 1 and 
Sec. 80.42(a)(2) for VOC-Control Region 2;

[[Page 642]]

    (B) The VOC emissions reduction survey standard applicable to each 
covered area shall be calculated by using the VOC emissions equation at 
Sec. 80.42(a)(1) with RVP = 7.2 and OXCON = 2.0 for covered areas 
located in VOC-Control Region 1 and using the VOC emissions equation at 
Sec. 80.42(a)(2) with RVP = 8.1 and OXCON = 2.0 for covered areas 
located in VOC-Control Region 2; and
    (C) The covered area shall have failed the simple model VOC survey 
if the VOC emissions reduction average of all survey samples is less 
than VOC emissions reduction survey standard calculated under paragraph 
(c)(8)(i)(B) of this section.
    (ii) The results of each complex model VOC emissions reduction 
survey shall be determined as follows:
    (A) For each complex model sample from the survey series, the VOC 
emissions reduction percentage shall be determined based upon the tested 
parameter values for that sample and the appropriate methodology for 
calculating VOC emissions reduction at Sec. 80.45;
    (B) The covered area shall have failed the complex model VOC survey 
if the VOC emissions reduction percentage average of all survey samples 
is less than the applicable per-gallon standard for VOC emissions 
reduction.
    (9)(i) The results of each simple model toxics emissions reduction 
survey series conducted in any covered area shall be determined as 
follows:
    (A) For each simple model sample from the survey series, the toxics 
emissions reduction percentage shall be determined based upon the tested 
parameter values for that sample and the appropriate methodology for 
calculating toxics emissions performance reduction at Sec. 80.42.
    (B) The annual average of the toxics emissions reduction percentages 
for all samples from a survey series shall be calculated according to 
the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.011

where

AATER = the annual average toxics emissions reduction
TER1,i = the toxics emissions reduction for sample i of 
gasoline collected during the high ozone season
TER2,i = the toxics emissions reduction for sample i of 
gasoline collected outside the high ozone season
n1 = the number of samples collected during the high ozone 
season
n2 = the number of samples collected outside the high ozone 
season

    (C) The covered area shall have failed the simple model toxics 
survey series if the annual average toxics emissions reduction is less 
than the simple model per-gallon standard for toxics emissions 
reduction.
    (ii) The results of each complex model toxics emissions reduction 
survey series conducted in any covered area shall be determined as 
follows:
    (A) For each complex model sample from the survey series, the toxics 
emissions reduction percentage shall be determined based upon the tested 
parameter values for that sample and the appropriate methodology for 
calculating toxics emissions reduction at Sec. 80.45;
    (B) The annual average of the toxics emissions reduction percentages 
for all samples from a survey series shall be calculated according to 
the formula specified in paragraph (c)(9)(i)(B) of this section; and
    (C) The covered area shall have failed the complex model toxics 
survey series if the annual average toxics emissions reduction is less 
than the applicable per-gallon complex model standard for toxics 
emissions reduction.

[[Page 643]]

    (10) The results of each NOX emissions reduction survey 
and survey series shall be determined as follows:
    (i) For each sample from the survey and survey series, the 
NOX emissions reduction percentage shall be determined based 
upon the tested parameter values for that sample and the appropriate 
methodology for calculating NOX emissions reduction at 
Sec. 80.45; and
    (ii) The covered area shall have failed the NOX survey or 
survey series if the NOX emissions reduction percentage 
average for all survey samples is less than the applicable Phase I or 
Phase II complex model per-gallon standard for NOX emissions 
reduction.
    (11) For any benzene content survey series conducted in any covered 
area the average benzene content for all samples from the survey series 
shall be calculated. If this annual average is greater than 1.000 
percent by volume, the covered area shall have failed a benzene survey 
series.
    (12) For any oxygen content survey series conducted in any covered 
area the average oxygen content for all samples from the survey series 
shall be calculated. If this annual average is less than 2.00 percent by 
weight, the covered area shall have failed an oxygen survey series.
    (13) Each survey program shall:
    (i) Be planned and conducted by a person who is independent of the 
refiner or importer (the surveyor). In order to be considered 
independent:
    (A) The surveyor shall not be an employee of any refiner or 
importer;
    (B) The surveyor shall be free from any obligation to or interest in 
any refiner or importer; and
    (C) The refiner or importer shall be free from any obligation to or 
interest in the surveyor; and
    (ii) Include procedures for selecting sample collection locations, 
numbers of samples, and gasoline compositions which will result in:
    (A) Simple model surveys representing all gasoline certified using 
the simple model being dispensed at retail outlets within the covered 
area during the period of the survey; and
    (B) Complex model surveys representing all gasoline certified using 
the complex model being dispensed at retail outlets within the covered 
area during the period of the survey; and
    (iii) Include procedures such that the number of samples included in 
each survey assures that:
    (A) In the case of simple model surveys, the average levels of 
oxygen, benzene, RVP, and aromatic hydrocarbons are determined with a 
95% confidence level, with error of less than 0.1 psi for RVP, 0.05% for 
benzene (by volume), and 0.1% for oxygen (by weight); and
    (B) In the case of complex model surveys, the average levels of 
oxygen, benzene, RVP, aromatic hydrocarbons, olefins, T-50, T-90 and 
sulfur are determined with a 95% confidence level, with error of less 
than 0.1 psi for RVP, 0.05% for benzene (by volume), 0.1% for oxygen (by 
weight), 0.5% for olefins (by volume), 5  deg.F. for T-50 and T-90, and 
10 ppm for sulfur; or an equivalent level of precision for the complex 
model-determined emissions parameters; and
    (iv) Require that the surveyor shall:
    (A) Not inform anyone, in advance, of the date or location for the 
conduct of any survey;
    (B) Upon request by EPA made within thirty days following the 
submission of the report of a survey, provide a duplicate of any 
gasoline sample taken during that survey to EPA at a location to be 
specified by EPA each sample to be identified by the name and address of 
the facility where collected, the date of collection, and the 
classification of the sample as simple model or complex model; and
    (C) At any time permit any representative of EPA to monitor the 
conduct of the survey, including sample collection, transportation, 
storage, and analysis; and
    (v) Require the surveyor to submit to EPA a report of each survey, 
within thirty days following completion of the survey, such report to 
include the following information:
    (A) The identification of the person who conducted the survey;
    (B) An attestation by an officer of the surveyor company that the 
survey was conducted in accordance with the survey plan and that the 
survey results are accurate;
    (C) If the survey was conducted for one refiner or importer, the 
identification of that party;

[[Page 644]]

    (D) The identification of the covered area surveyed;
    (E) The dates on which the survey was conducted;
    (F) The address of each facility at which a gasoline sample was 
collected, the date of collection, and the classification of the sample 
as simple model or complex model;
    (G) The results of the analyses of simple model samples for 
oxygenate type and oxygen weight percent, benzene content, aromatic 
hydrocarbon content, and RVP, the calculated toxics emission reduction 
percentage, and for each survey conducted during the period June 1 
through September 15 the VOC emissions reduction percentage calculated 
using the methodology specified in paragraph (c)(8)(i) of this section;
    (H) The results of the analyses of complex model samples for 
oxygenate type and oxygen weight percent, benzene, aromatic hydrocarbon, 
and olefin content, E-200, E-300, and RVP, the calculated NOX 
and toxics emissions reduction percentage, and for each survey conducted 
during the period June 1 through September 15, the calculated VOC 
emissions reduction percentage;
    (I) The name and address of each laboratory where gasoline samples 
were analyzed;
    (J) A description of the methodology utilized to select the 
locations for sample collection and the numbers of samples collected;
    (K) For any samples which were excluded from the survey, a 
justification for such exclusion; and
    (L) The average toxics emissions reduction percentage for simple 
model samples and the percentage for complex model samples, the average 
benzene and oxygen percentages, and for each survey conducted during the 
period June 1 through September 15, the average VOC emissions reduction 
percentage for simple model samples and the percentage for complex model 
samples, and the average NOX emissions reduction percentage 
for all complex model samples;
    (14) Each survey shall be conducted at a time and in a covered area 
selected by EPA no earlier than two weeks before the date of the survey.
    (15) The procedure for seeking EPA approval for a survey program 
plan shall be as follows:
    (i) The survey program plan shall be submitted to the Administrator 
of EPA for EPA's approval no later than September 1 of the year 
preceding the year in which the surveys will be conducted; and
    (ii) Such submittal shall be signed by a responsible corporate 
officer of the refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender, or in the case 
of a comprehensive survey program plan, by an officer of the 
organization coordinating the survey program.
    (16)(i) No later than December 1 of the year preceding the year in 
which the surveys will be conducted, the contract with the surveyor to 
carry out the entire survey plan shall be in effect, and an amount of 
money necessary to carry out the entire survey plan shall be paid to the 
surveyor or placed into an escrow account with instructions to the 
escrow agent to pay the money over to the surveyor during the course of 
the conduct of the survey plan.
    (ii) No later than December 15 of the year preceding the year in 
which the surveys will be conducted, the Administrator of EPA shall be 
given a copy of the contract with the surveyor, proof that the money 
necessary to carry out the plan has either been paid to the surveyor or 
placed into an escrow account, and if placed into an escrow account, a 
copy of the escrow agreement.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36963, July 20, 1994; 62 
FR 12576, Mar. 17, 1997; 62 FR 68207, Dec. 31, 1997]



Sec. 80.69  Requirements for downstream oxygenate blending.

    The requirements of this section apply to all reformulated gasoline 
blendstock for oxygenate blending, or RBOB, to which oxygenate is added 
at any oxygenate blending facility.
    (a) Requirements for refiners and importers. For any RBOB produced 
or imported, the refiner or importer of the RBOB shall:
    (1) Produce or import the RBOB such that, when blended with a 
specified type and percentage of oxygenate, it meets the applicable 
standards for reformulated gasoline;

[[Page 645]]

    (2) In order to determine the properties of RBOB for purposes of 
calculating compliance with per-gallon or averaged standards, conduct 
tests on each batch of the RBOB by:
    (i) Adding the specified type and amount of oxygenate to a 
representative sample of the RBOB; and
    (ii) Determining the properties and characteristics of the resulting 
gasoline using the methodology specified in Sec. 80.65(e);
    (3) Carry out the independent analysis requirements specified in 
Sec. 80.65(f);
    (4) Determine properties of the RBOB which are sufficient to allow 
parties downstream from the refinery or import facility to establish, 
through sampling and testing, if the RBOB has been altered or 
contaminated such that it will not meet the applicable reformulated 
gasoline standards subsequent to the addition of the specified type and 
amount of oxygenate;
    (5) Transfer ownership of the RBOB only to an oxygenate blender who 
is registered with EPA as such, or to an intermediate owner with the 
restriction that it only be transferred to a registered oxygenate 
blender;
    (6) Have a contract with each oxygenate blender who receives any 
RBOB produced or imported by the refiner or importer that requires the 
oxygenate blender, or, in the case of a contract with an intermediate 
owner, that requires the intermediate owner to require the oxygenate 
blender to:
    (i) Comply with blender procedures that are specified by the 
contract and are calculated to assure blending with the proper type and 
amount of oxygenate;
    (ii) Allow the refiner or importer to conduct quality assurance 
sampling and testing of the reformulated gasoline produced by the 
oxygenate blender;
    (iii) Stop selling any gasoline found to not comply with the 
standards under which the RBOB was produced or imported; and
    (iv) Carry out the quality assurance sampling and testing that this 
section requires the oxygenate blender to conduct;
    (7) Conduct a quality assurance sampling and testing program to be 
carried out at the facilities of each oxygenate blender who blends any 
RBOB produced or imported by the refiner or importer with any oxygenate, 
to determine whether the reformulated gasoline which has been produced 
through blending complies with the applicable standards, using the 
methodology specified in Sec. 80.46 for this determination.
    (i) The sampling and testing program shall be conducted as follows:
    (A) All samples shall be collected subsequent to the addition of 
oxygenate, and either:
    (1) Prior combining the resulting gasoline with any other gasoline; 
or
    (2) In the case of truck splash blending, subsequent to the delivery 
of the gasoline to a retail outlet or wholesale purchaser-consumer 
facility provided that the three most recent deliveries to the retail 
outlet or wholesale purchaser facility were of gasoline produced using 
that refiner's or importer's RBOB, and provided that any discrepancy 
found through the retail outlet or wholesale purchaser facility sampling 
is followed-up with measures reasonably designed to discover the cause 
of the discrepancy; and
    (B) Sampling and testing shall be at one of the following rates:
    (1) In the case of RBOB which is blended with oxygenate in a 
gasoline storage tank, a rate of not less than one sample for every 
400,000 barrels of RBOB produced or imported by that refiner or importer 
that is blended by that blender, or one sample every month, whichever is 
more frequent; or
    (2) In the case of RBOB which is blended with oxygenate in gasoline 
delivery trucks through the use of computer-controlled in-line blending 
equipment, a rate of not less than one sample for every 200,000 barrels 
of RBOB produced or imported by that refiner or importer that is blended 
by that blender, or one sample every three months, whichever is more 
frequent; or
    (3) In the case of RBOB which is blended with oxygenate in gasoline 
delivery trucks without the use of computer-controlled in-line blending 
equipment, a rate of not less than one sample for each 50,000 barrels of 
RBOB produced or imported by that refiner or importer which is blended, 
or one sample per month, whichever is more frequent;

[[Page 646]]

    (ii) In the event the test results for any sample indicate the 
gasoline does not comply with applicable standards (within the 
correlation ranges specified in Sec. 80.65(e)(2)(i)), the refiner or 
importer shall:
    (A) Immediately take steps to stop the sale of the gasoline that was 
sampled;
    (B) Take steps which are reasonably calculated to determine the 
cause of the noncompliance and to prevent future instances of 
noncompliance;
    (C) Increase the rate of sampling and testing to one of the 
following rates:
    (1) In the case of RBOB which is blended with oxygenate in a 
gasoline storage tank, a rate of not less than one sample for every 
200,000 barrels of RBOB produced or imported by that refiner or importer 
that is blended by that blender, or one sample every two weeks, 
whichever is more frequent; or
    (2) In the case of RBOB which is blended with oxygenate in gasoline 
delivery trucks through the use of computer-controlled in-line blending 
equipment, a rate of not less than one sample for every 100,000 barrels 
of RBOB produced or imported by that refiner or importer that is blended 
by that blender, or one sample every two months, whichever is more 
frequent; or
    (3) In the case of RBOB which is blended with oxygenate in gasoline 
delivery trucks without the use of computer-controlled in-line blending 
equipment, a rate of not less than one sample for each 25,000 barrels of 
RBOB produced or imported by that refiner or importer which is blended, 
or one sample every two weeks, whichever is more frequent;
    (D) Continue the increased frequency of sampling and testing until 
the results of ten consecutive samples and tests indicate the gasoline 
complies with applicable standards, at which time the sampling and 
testing may be conducted at the original frequency;
    (iii) This quality assurance program is in addition to any quality 
assurance requirements carried out by other parties;
    (8) A refiner or importer of RBOB may, in lieu of the contractual 
and quality assurance requirements specified in paragraphs (a) (6) and 
(7) of this section, base its compliance calculations on the following 
assumptions:
    (i) In the case of RBOB designated for any-oxygenate, assume that 
ethanol will be added;
    (ii) In the case of RBOB designated for ether-only, assume that MTBE 
will be added; and
    (iii) In the case of any-oxygenate and ether-only designated RBOB, 
assume that the volume of oxygenate added will be such that the 
resulting reformulated gasoline will have an oxygen content of 2.0 
weight percent;
    (9) Any refiner or importer who does not meet the contractual and 
quality assurance requirements specified in paragraphs (a) (6) and (7) 
of this section, and who does not designate its RBOB as ether-only or 
any-oxygenate, shall base its compliance calculations on the assumption 
that 4.0 volume percent ethanol is added to the RBOB; and
    (10) Specify in the product transfer documentation for the RBOB each 
oxygenate type or types and amount or range of amounts which is 
consistent with the designation of the RBOB as any-oxygenate, or ether-
only, and which, if blended with the RBOB will result in reformulated 
gasoline which:
    (i) Has VOC, toxics, or NOX emissions reduction 
percentages which are no lower than the percentages that formed the 
basis for the refiner's or importer's compliance determination for these 
parameters;
    (ii) Has a benzene content and RVP level which are no higher than 
the values for these characteristics that formed the basis for the 
refiner's or importer's compliance determinations for these parameters; 
and
    (iii) Will not cause the reformulated gasoline to violate any 
standard specified in Sec. 80.41.
    (b) Requirements for oxygenate blenders. For all RBOB received by 
any oxygenate blender, the oxygenate blender shall:
    (1) Add oxygenate of the type(s) and amount (or within the range of 
amounts) specified in the product transfer documents for the RBOB;
    (2) Designate each batch of the resulting reformulated gasoline as 
meeting the oxygen standard per-gallon or on average;

[[Page 647]]

    (3) Meet the standard requirements specified in Sec. 80.65(c) and 
Sec. 80.67(f), the record keeping requirements specified in Sec. 80.74, 
and the reporting requirements specified in Sec. 80.75; and
    (4) In the case of each batch of reformulated gasoline which is 
designated for compliance with the oxygen standard on average:
    (i) Determine the volume and the weight percent oxygen of the batch 
using the testing methodology specified in Sec. 80.46;
    (ii) Assign a number to the batch (the ``batch number''), beginning 
with the number one for the first batch produced each calendar year and 
each subsequent batch during the calendar year being assigned the next 
sequential number, and such numbers to be preceded by the oxygenate 
blender's registration number, the facility number, and the second two 
digits of the year in which the batch was produced (e.g., 4321-4321-95-
001, 4321-4321-95-002, etc.); and
    (iii) Meet the compliance audit requirements specified in 
Sec. 80.65(h).
    (c) Additional requirements for terminal storage tank blending. Any 
oxygenate blender who produces reformulated gasoline by blending any 
oxygenate with any RBOB in any gasoline storage tank, other than a truck 
used for delivering gasoline to retail outlets or wholesale purchaser-
consumer facilities, shall, for each batch of reformulated gasoline so 
produced determine the oxygen content and volume of this gasoline prior 
to the gasoline leaving the oxygenate blending facility, using the 
methodology specified in Sec. 80.46.
    (d) Additional requirements for distributors dispensing RBOB into 
trucks for blending. Any distributor who dispenses any RBOB into any 
truck which delivers gasoline to retail outlets or wholesale purchaser-
consumer facilities, shall for such RBOB so dispensed:
    (1) Transfer the RBOB only to an oxygenate blender who has 
registered with the Administrator of EPA as such;
    (2) Transfer any RBOB designated as ether-only RBOB only if the 
distributor has a reasonable basis for knowing the oxygenate blender 
will blend an oxygenate other than ethanol with the RBOB; and
    (3) Obtain from the oxygenate blender the oxygenate blender's EPA 
registration number.
    (e) Additional requirements for oxygenate blenders who blend 
oxygenate in trucks. Any oxygenate blender who obtains any RBOB in any 
gasoline delivery truck shall:
    (1) On each occasion it obtains RBOB from a distributor, supply the 
distributor with the oxygenate blender's EPA registration number;
    (2) Conduct a quality assurance sampling and testing program to 
determine whether the proper type and amount of oxygenate is added to 
RBOB. The program shall be conducted as follows:
    (i) All samples shall be collected subsequent to the addition of 
oxygenate, and either:
    (A) Prior combining the resulting gasoline with any other gasoline; 
or
    (B) Subsequent to the delivery of the gasoline to a retail outlet or 
wholesale purchaser-consumer facility provided that the three most 
recent deliveries to the retail outlet or wholesale purchaser facility 
were of gasoline that was produced by that oxygenate blender and that 
had the same oxygenate requirements, and provided that any discrepancy 
in oxygenate type or amount found through the retail outlet or wholesale 
purchaser facility sampling is followed-up with measures reasonably 
designed to discover the cause of the discrepancy;
    (ii) Sampling and testing shall be at one of the following rates:
    (A) In the case computer-controlled in-line blending is used, a rate 
of not less than one sample per each five hundred occasions RBOB and 
oxygenate are loaded into a truck by that oxygenate blender, or one 
sample every three months, whichever is more frequent; or
    (B) In the case computer-controlled in-line blending is not used, a 
rate of not less than one sample per each one hundred occasions RBOB and 
oxygenate are blended in a truck by that oxygenate blender, or one 
sample per month, whichever is more frequent;
    (iii) Sampling and testing shall be of the gasoline produced through 
one of the RBOB-oxygenate blends produced by that oxygenate blender;
    (iv) Samples shall be analyzed for oxygenate type and oxygen content 
using

[[Page 648]]

the testing methodology specified at Sec. 80.46; and
    (v) In the event the testing results for any sample indicate the 
gasoline does not contain the specified type and amount of oxygenate 
(within the ranges specified in Sec. 80.70(b)(2)(i)):
    (A) Immediately stop selling (or where possible, to stop any 
transferee of the gasoline from selling) the gasoline which was sampled;
    (B) Take steps to determine the cause of the noncompliance;
    (C) Increase the rate of sampling and testing to one of the 
following rates:
    (1) In the case computer-controlled in-line blending is used, a rate 
of not less than one sample per each two hundred and fifty occasions 
RBOB and oxygenate are loaded into a truck by that oxygenate blender, or 
one sample every six weeks, whichever is more frequent; or
    (2) In the case computer-controlled in-line blending is not used, a 
rate of not less than one sample per each fifty occasions RBOB and 
oxygenate are blended in a truck by that oxygenate blender, or one 
sample every two weeks, whichever is more frequent; and
    (D) This increased frequency shall continue until the results of ten 
consecutive samples and tests indicate the gasoline complies with 
applicable standards, at which time the frequency may revert to the 
original frequency.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36964, July 20, 1994; 62 
FR 60135, Nov. 6, 1997]



Sec. 80.70  Covered areas.

    For purposes of subparts D, E, and F of this part, the covered areas 
are as follows:
    (a) The Los Angeles-Anaheim-Riverside, California, area, comprised 
of:
    (1) Los Angeles County;
    (2) Orange County;
    (3) Ventura County;
    (4) That portion of San Bernadino County that lies south of latitude 
35 degrees, 10 minutes north and west of longitude 115 degrees, 45 
minutes west; and
    (5) That portion of Riverside County, which lies to the west of a 
line described as follows:
    (i) Beginning at the northeast corner of Section 4, Township 2 
South, Range 5 East, a point on the boundary line common to Riverside 
and San Bernadino Counties;
    (ii) Then southerly along section lines to the centerline of the 
Colorado River Aqueduct;
    (iii) Then southeasterly along the centerline of said Colorado River 
Aqueduct to the southerly line of Section 36, Township 3 South, Range 7 
East;
    (iv) Then easterly along the township line to the northeast corner 
of Section 6, Township 4 South, Range 9 East;
    (v) Then southerly along the easterly line of Section 6 to the 
southeast corner thereof;
    (vi) Then easterly along section lines to the northeast corner of 
Section 10, Township 4 South, Range 9 East;
    (vii) Then southerly along section lines to the southeast corner of 
Section 15, Township 4 South, Range 9 East;
    (viii) Then easterly along the section lines to the northeast corner 
of Section 21, Township 4 South, Range 10 East;
    (ix) Then southerly along the easterly line of Section 21 to the 
southeast corner thereof;
    (x) Then easterly along the northerly line of Section 27 to the 
northeast corner thereof;
    (xi) Then southerly along section lines to the southeast corner of 
Section 34, Township 4 South, Range 10 East;
    (xii) Then easterly along the township line to the northeast corner 
of Section 2, Township 5 South, Range 10 East;
    (xiii) Then southerly along the easterly line of Section 2, to the 
southeast corner thereof;
    (xiv) Then easterly along the northerly line of Section 12 to the 
northeast corner thereof;
    (xv) Then southerly along the range line to the southwest corner of 
Section 18, Township 5 South, Range 11 East;
    (xvi) Then easterly along section lines to the northeast corner of 
Section 24, Township 5 South, Range 11 East; and
    (xvii) Then southerly along the range line to the southeast corner 
of Section 36, Township 8 South, Range 11 East, a point on the boundary 
line common to Riverside and San Diego Counties.
    (b) San Diego County, California.
    (c) The Greater Connecticut area, comprised of:

[[Page 649]]

    (1) The following Connecticut counties:
    (i) Hartford;
    (ii) Middlesex;
    (iii) New Haven;
    (iv) New London;
    (v) Tolland;
    (vi) Windham; and
    (2) Portions of certain Connecticut counties, described as follows:
    (i) In Fairfield County, the City of Shelton; and
    (ii) In Litchfield County, all cities and townships except the towns 
of Bridgewater and New Milford.
    (d) The New York-Northern New Jersey-Long Island-Connecticut area, 
comprised of:
    (1) Portions of certain Connecticut counties, described as follows:
    (i) In Fairfield County, all cities and townships except Shelton 
City;
    (ii) In Litchfield County, the towns of Bridgewater and New Milford;
    (2) The following New Jersey counties:
    (i) Bergen;
    (ii) Essex;
    (iii) Hudson;
    (iv) Hunterdon;
    (v) Middlesex;
    (vi) Monmouth;
    (vii) Morris;
    (viii) Ocean;
    (ix) Passaic;
    (x) Somerset;
    (xi) Sussex;
    (xii) Union; and
    (3) The following New York counties:
    (i) Bronx;
    (ii) Kings;
    (iii) Nassau;
    (iv) New York (Manhattan);
    (v) Queens;
    (vi) Richmond;
    (vii) Rockland;
    (viii) Suffolk;
    (ix) Westchester;
    (x) Orange; and
    (xi) Putnam.
    (e) The Philadelphia-Wilmington-Trenton area, comprised of:
    (1) The following Delaware counties:
    (i) New Castle; and
    (ii) Kent;
    (2) Cecil County, Maryland;
    (3) The following New Jersey counties:
    (i) Burlington;
    (ii) Camden;
    (iii) Cumberland;
    (iv) Gloucester;
    (v) Mercer;
    (vi) Salem; and
    (4) The following Pennsylvania counties:
    (i) Bucks;
    (ii) Chester;
    (iii) Delaware;
    (iv) Montgomery; and
    (v) Philadelphia.
    (f) The Chicago-Gary-Lake County, Illinois-Indiana-Wisconsin area, 
comprised of:
    (1) The following Illinois counties:
    (i) Cook;
    (ii) Du Page;
    (iii) Kane;
    (iv) Lake;
    (v) McHenry;
    (vi) Will;
    (2) Portions of certain Illinois counties, described as follows:
    (i) In Grundy County, the townships of Aux Sable and Goose Lake; and
    (ii) In Kendall County, Oswego township; and
    (3) The following Indiana counties:
    (i) Lake; and
    (ii) Porter.
    (g) The Baltimore, Maryland area, comprised of:
    (1) The following Maryland counties:
    (i) Anne Arundel;
    (ii) Baltimore;
    (iii) Carroll;
    (iv) Harford;
    (v) Howard; and
    (2) The City of Baltimore.
    (h) The Houston-Galveston-Brazoria, Texas area, comprised of the 
following Texas counties:
    (1) Brazoria;
    (2) Fort Bend;
    (3) Galveston;
    (4) Harris;
    (5) Liberty;
    (6) Montgomery;
    (7) Waller; and
    (8) Chambers.
    (i) The Milwaukee-Racine, Wisconsin area, comprised of the following 
Wisconsin counties:
    (1) Kenosha;
    (2) Milwaukee;
    (3) Ozaukee;
    (4) Racine;
    (5) Washington; and

[[Page 650]]

    (6) Waukesha.
    (j) The ozone nonattainment areas listed in this paragraph (j) are 
covered areas for purposes of subparts D, E, and F of this part. The 
geographic extent of each covered area listed in this paragraph (j) 
shall be the nonattainment area boundaries as specified in 40 CFR part 
81, subpart C:
    (1) Sussex County, Delaware;
    (2) District of Columbia portion of the Washington ozone 
nonattainment area;
    (3) The following Kentucky counties:
    (i) Boone;
    (ii) Campbell;
    (iii) Jefferson; and
    (iv) Kenton;
    (4) Portions of the following Kentucky counties:
    (i) Portion of Bullitt County described as follows:
    (A) Beginning at the intersection of Ky 1020 and the Jefferson-
Bullitt County Line proceeding to the east along the county line to the 
intersection of county road 567 and the Jefferson-Bullitt County Line;
    (B) Proceeding south on county road 567 to the junction with Ky 1116 
(also known as Zoneton Road);
    (C) Proceeding to the south on KY 1116 to the junction with Hebron 
Lane;
    (D) Proceeding to the south on Hebron Lane to Cedar Creek;
    (E) Proceeding south on Cedar Creek to the confluence of Floyds Fork 
turning southeast along a creek that meets Ky 44 at Stallings Cemetery;
    (F) Proceeding west along Ky 44 to the eastern most point in the 
Shepherdsville city limits;
    (G) Proceeding south along the Shepherdsville city limits to the 
Salt River and west to a point across the river from Mooney Lane;
    (H) Proceeding south along Mooney Lane to the junction of Ky 480;
    (I) Proceeding west on Ky 480 to the junction with Ky 2237;
    (J) Proceeding south on Ky 2237 to the junction with Ky 61 and 
proceeding north on Ky 61 to the junction with Ky 1494;
    (K) Proceeding south on Ky 1494 to the junction with the perimeter 
of the Fort Knox Military Reservation;
    (L) Proceeding north along the military reservation perimeter to 
Castleman Branch Road;
    (M) Proceeding north on Castleman Branch Road to Ky 44;
    (N) Proceeding a very short distance west on Ky 44 to a junction 
with Ky 1020; and
    (O) Proceeding north on Ky 1020 to the beginning.
    (ii) Portion of Oldham County described as follows:
    (A) Beginning at the intersection of the Oldham-Jefferson County 
Line with the southbound lane of Interstate 71;
    (B) Proceeding to the northeast along the southbound lane of 
Interstate 71 to the intersection of Ky 329 and the southbound lane of 
Interstate 71;
    (C) Proceeding to the northwest on Ky 329 to the intersection of 
Zaring Road on Ky 329;
    (D) Proceeding to the east-northeast on Zaring Road to the junction 
of Cedar Point Road and Zaring Road;
    (E) Proceeding to the north-northeast on Cedar Point Road to the 
junction of Ky 393 and Cedar Point Road;
    (F) Proceeding to the south-southeast on Ky 393 to the junction of 
county road 746 (the road on the north side of Reformatory Lake and the 
Reformatory);
    (G) Proceeding to the east-northeast on county road 746 to the 
junction with Dawkins Lane (also known as Saddlers Mill Road) and county 
road 746;
    (H) Proceeding to follow an electric power line east-northeast 
across from the junction of county road 746 and Dawkins Lane to the 
east-northeast across Ky 53 on to the La Grange Water Filtration Plant;
    (I) Proceeding on to the east-southeast along the power line then 
south across Fort Pickens Road to a power substation on Ky 146;
    (J) Proceeding along the power line south across Ky 146 and the 
Seaboard System Railroad track to adjoin the incorporated city limits of 
La Grange;
    (K) Then proceeding east then south along the La Grange city limits 
to a point abutting the north side of Ky 712;
    (L) Proceeding east-southeast on Ky 712 to the junction of Massie 
School Road and Ky 712;

[[Page 651]]

    (M) Proceeding to the south-southwest and then north-northwest on 
Massie School Road to the junction of Ky 53 and Massie School Road;
    (N) Proceeding on Ky 53 to the north-northwest to the junction of 
Moody Lane and Ky 53;
    (O) Proceeding on Moody Lane to the south-southwest until meeting 
the city limits of La Grange;
    (P) Then briefly proceeding north following the La Grange city 
limits to the intersection of the northbound lane of Interstate 71 and 
the La Grange city limits;
    (Q) Proceeding southwest on the northbound lane of Interstate 71 
until intersecting with the North Fork of Currys Fork;
    (R) Proceeding south-southwest beyond the confluence of Currys Fork 
to the south-southwest beyond the confluence of Floyds Fork continuing 
on to the Oldham-Jefferson County Line; and
    (S) Proceeding northwest along the Oldham-Jefferson County Line to 
the beginning.
    (5) The following Maine counties:
    (i) Androscoggin;
    (ii) Cumberland;
    (iii) Kennebec;
    (iv) Knox;
    (v) Lincoln;
    (vi) Sagadahoc;
    (vii) York;
    (6) The following Maryland counties:
    (i) Calvert;
    (ii) Charles;
    (iii) Frederick;
    (iv) Montgomery;
    (v) Prince Georges;
    (vi) Queen Anne's; and
    (vii) Kent;
    (7) The entire State of Massachusetts;
    (8) The following New Hampshire counties:
    (i) Strafford;
    (ii) Merrimack;
    (iii) Hillsborough; and
    (iv) Rockingham;
    (9) The following New Jersey counties:
    (i) Atlantic;
    (ii) Cape May; and
    (iii) Warren;
    (10) The following New York counties:
    (i) Dutchess;
    (ii) The portion of Essex County that consists of the portion of 
Whiteface Mountain above 4,500 feet in elevation.
    (11) The entire State of Rhode Island;
    (12) The following Texas counties: and
    (i) Collin;
    (ii) Dallas;
    (iii) Denton; and
    (iv) Tarrant;
    (13) The following Virginia areas:
    (i) Alexandria;
    (ii) Arlington County;
    (iii) Fairfax;
    (iv) Fairfax County;
    (v) Falls Church;
    (vi) Loudoun County;
    (vii) Manassas;
    (viii) Manassas Park;
    (ix) Prince William County;
    (x) Stafford County;
    (xi) Charles City County;
    (xii) Chesterfield County;
    (xiii) Colonial Heights;
    (xiv) Hanover County;
    (xv) Henrico County;
    (xvi) Hopewell;
    (xvii) Richmond;
    (xviii) Chesapeake;
    (xix) Hampton;
    (xx) James City County;
    (xxi) Newport News;
    (xxii) Norfolk;
    (xxiii) Poquoson;
    (xxiv) Portsmouth;
    (xxv) Suffolk;
    (xxvi) Virginia Beach;
    (xxvii) Williamsburg; and
    (xxviii) York County.
    (k) Any other area currently or previously designated as a 
nonattainment area for ozone under 40 CFR 50.9 and part D of Title I of 
the Clean Air Act, as of November 15, 1990, or any time later, may be 
included on petition of the governor of the state in which the area is 
located. Effective one year after an area has been reclassified as a 
severe ozone nonattainment area, such severe area shall also be a 
covered area for purposes of this subpart D.
    (l) Upon the effective date for removal under Sec. 80.72(a), the 
geographic area covered by such approval shall no longer be considered a 
covered area for purposes of subparts D, E and F of this part.
    (m) The prohibitions of section 211(k)(5) will apply to all persons 
other

[[Page 652]]

than retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers July 3, 1997. The 
prohibitions of section 211(k)(5) will apply to retailers and wholesale 
purchaser-consumers August 4, 1997. As of the effective date for 
retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers, the Phoenix, Arizona ozone 
nonattainment area is a covered area. The geographical extent of the 
covered area listed in this paragraph shall be the nonattainment 
boundaries for the Phoenix ozone nonattainment area as specified in 40 
CFR 81.303. The Phoenix, Arizona ozone nonattainment area is a covered 
area until June 10, 1998. As of June 10, 1998, the Phoenix area will no 
longer be a covered area.
    (n) The prohibitions of section 211(k)(5) of the act will apply to 
all persons other than retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers on 
May 1, 1999. The prohibitions of section 211(k)(5) of the act will apply 
to retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers on June 1, 1999. As of 
the effective date for retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers, the 
St. Louis, Missouri ozone nonattainment area is a covered area. The 
geographical extent of the covered area listed in this paragraph shall 
be the nonattainment boundaries for the St. Louis ozone nonattainment 
area as specified in 40 CFR 81.326.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36964, July 20, 1994; 60 
FR 2699, Jan 11, 1995; 60 FR 35491, July 10, 1995; 61 FR 35680, July 8, 
1996; 62 FR 30270, June 3, 1997; 63 FR 43049, Aug. 11, 1998; 63 FR 
52104, Sept. 29, 1998; 64 FR 10371, Mar. 3, 1999]



Sec. 80.71  Descriptions of VOC-control regions.

    (a) Reformulated gasoline covered areas which are located in the 
following States are included in VOC-Control Region 1:

Alabama
Arizona
Arkansas
California
Colorado
District of Columbia
Florida
Georgia
Kansas
Louisiana
Maryland
Mississippi
Missouri
Nevada
New Mexico
North Carolina
Oklahoma
Oregon
South Carolina
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Virginia

    (b) Reformulated gasoline covered areas which are located in the 
following States are included in VOC-Control Region 2:

Connecticut
Delaware
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kentucky
Maine
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota
Montana
Nebraska
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New York
North Dakota
Ohio
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
South Dakota
Vermont
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Wyoming

    (c) Reformulated gasoline covered areas which are partially in VOC 
Control Region 1 and partially in VOC Control Region 2 shall be included 
in VOC Control Region 1, except in the case of the Philadelphia-
Wilmington-Trenton CMSA which shall be included in VOC Control Region 2.



Sec. 80.72  Procedures for opting out of the covered areas.

    (a) In accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, the 
Administrator may approve a petition from a state asking for removal of 
any opt-in area, or portion of an opt-in area, from inclusion as a 
covered area under Sec. 80.70. If the Administrator approves a petition, 
he or she shall set an effective date as provided in paragraph (c) of 
this section. The Administrator shall notify the state in writing of the 
Agency's action on the petition and the effective date of the removal 
when the petition is approved.
    (b) To be approved under paragraph (a) of this section, a petition 
must be signed by the Governor of a State, or his or her authorized 
representative, and must include the following:
    (1) A geographic description of each opt-in area, or portion of each 
opt-in area, which is covered by the petition;
    (2) A description of all ways in which reformulated gasoline is 
relied upon as a control measure in any approved State or local 
implementation plan or plan revision, or in any submission to the Agency 
containing any proposed plan or plan revision (and any associated 
request for redesignation) that is pending before the Agency when the 
petition is submitted; and

[[Page 653]]

    (3) For any opt-in areas covered by the petition for which 
reformulated gasoline is relied upon as a control measure as described 
under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the petition shall include the 
following information:
    (i) Identify whether the State is withdrawing any such pending plan 
submission;
    (ii)(A) Identify whether the State intends to submit a revision to 
any such approved plan provision or pending plan submission that does 
not rely on reformulated gasoline as a control measure, and describe the 
alternative air quality measures, if any, that the State plans to use to 
replace reformulated gasoline as a control measure;
    (B) A description of the current status of any proposed revision to 
any such approved plan provision or pending plan submission, as well as 
a projected schedule for submission of such proposed revision;
    (iii) If the State is not withdrawing any such pending plan 
submission and does not intend to submit a revision to any such approved 
plan provision or pending plan submission, describe why no revision is 
necessary;
    (iv) If reformulated gasoline is relied upon in any pending plan 
submission, other than as a contingency measure consisting of a future 
opt-in, and the Agency has found such pending plan submission complete 
or made a protectiveness finding under 40 CFR 51.448 and 93.128, 
demonstrate whether the removal of the reformulated gasoline program 
will affect the completeness and/or protectiveness determinations;
    (4) The Governor of a State, or his or her authorized 
representative, shall submit additional information upon request of the 
Administrator,
    (c)(1) For opt-out petitions received on or before December 31, 
1997, except as provided in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this 
section, the Administrator shall set an effective date for removal of an 
area under paragraph (a) of this section as requested by the Governor, 
but no less than 90 days from the Agency's written notification to the 
state approving the opt-out petition, and no later than December 31, 
1999.
    (2) For opt-out petitions received on or before December 31, 1997, 
except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, where RFG is 
contained as an element of any plan or plan revision that has been 
approved by the Agency, other than as a contingency measure consisting 
of a future opt-in, then the effective date under paragraph (a) of this 
section shall be the date requested by the Governor, but no less than 90 
days from the effective date of Agency approval of a revision to the 
plan that removes RFG as a control measure.
    (3)(i) The Administrator may extend the deadline for submitting opt-
out petitions in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section for a state 
if:
    (A) The Governor or his authorized representative requests an 
extension prior to December 31, 1997;
    (B) The request indicates that there is active or pending 
legislation before the state legislature that was introduced prior to 
March 28, 1997;
    (C) The legislation is concerning opting out of or remaining in the 
reformulated gasoline program; and
    (D) The request demonstrates that the legislation cannot reasonably 
be acted upon prior to December 31, 1997.
    (ii) The Administrator may extend the deadline until no later than 
May 31, 1998. If the deadline is extended, then opt-out requests from 
that state received during the extension shall be considered under the 
provisions of paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.
    (4) For opt-out petitions received January 1, 1998 through December 
31, 2003, except as provided in paragraph (c)(5) of this section, the 
Administrator shall set an effective date for removal of an area under 
paragraph (a) of this section as requested by the Governor but no 
earlier than January 1, 2004 or 90 days from the Agency's written 
notification to the state approving the opt-out petition, whichever date 
is later.
    (5) For opt-out petitions received January 1, 1998 through December 
31, 2003, where RFG is contained as an element of any plan or plan 
revision that has been approved by the Agency, other than as a 
contingency measure consisting of a future opt-in, then the effective 
date for removal of an area under paragraph (a) of this section shall be 
the date requested by the Governor, but no earlier than January 1, 2004, 
or 90 days from the effective date of Agency approval of a revision to 
the

[[Page 654]]

plan that removes RFG as a control measure, whichever date is later.
    (6) For opt-out petitions received on or after January 1, 2004, 
except as provided in paragraph (c)(7) of this section, the 
Administrator shall set an effective date for removal of an area as 
requested by the Governor, but no less than 90 days from the Agency's 
written notification to the state approving the opt-out petition.
    (7) For opt-out petitions received on or after January 1, 2004, 
where RFG is contained as an element of any plan or plan revision that 
has been approved by the Agency, other than as a contingency measure 
consisting of a future opt-in, then the effective date for removal of an 
area under paragraph (a) of this section shall be the date requested by 
the Governor, but no less than 90 days from the effective date of Agency 
approval of a revision to the plan that removes RFG as a control 
measure.
    (d) The Administrator shall publish a notice in the Federal Register 
announcing the approval of any petition under paragraph (a) of this 
section, and the effective date for removal.

[61 FR 35680, July 8, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 54558, Oct. 20, 1997]



Sec. 80.73  Inability to produce conforming gasoline in extraordinary circumstances.

    In appropriate extreme and unusual circumstances (e.g., natural 
disaster or Act of God) which are clearly outside the control of the 
refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender and which could not have been 
avoided by the exercise of prudence, diligence, and due care, EPA may 
permit a refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender, for a brief period, to 
distribute gasoline which does not meet the requirements for 
reformulated gasoline, if:
    (a) It is in the public interest to do so (e.g., distribution of the 
nonconforming gasoline is necessary to meet projected shortfalls which 
cannot otherwise be compensated for);
    (b) The refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender exercised prudent 
planning and was not able to avoid the violation and has taken all 
reasonable steps to minimize the extent of the nonconformity;
    (c) The refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender can show how the 
requirements for reformulated gasoline will be expeditiously achieved;
    (d) The refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender agrees to make up 
air quality detriment associated with the nonconforming gasoline, where 
practicable; and
    (e) The refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender pays to the U.S. 
Treasury an amount equal to the economic benefit of the nonconformity 
minus the amount expended, pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, in 
making up the air quality detriment.



Sec. 80.74  Recordkeeping requirements.

    All parties in the gasoline distribution network, as described in 
this section, shall maintain records containing the information as 
required in this section. These records shall be retained for a period 
of five years from the date of creation, and shall be delivered to the 
Administrator of EPA or to the Administrator's authorized representative 
upon request.
    (a) All regulated parties. Any refiner, importer, oxygenate blender, 
carrier, distributor, reseller, retailer, or wholesale-purchaser who 
sells, offers for sale, dispenses, supplies, offers for supply, stores, 
transports, or causes the transportation of any reformulated gasoline or 
RBOB, shall maintain records containing the following information:
    (1) The product transfer documentation for all reformulated gasoline 
or RBOB for which the party is the transferor or transferee; and
    (2) For any sampling and testing on RBOB or reformulated gasoline:
    (i) The location, date, time, and storage tank or truck 
identification for each sample collected;
    (ii) The identification of the person who collected the sample and 
the person who performed the testing;
    (iii) The results of the tests; and
    (iv) The actions taken to stop the sale of any gasoline found not to 
be in compliance, and the actions taken to identify the cause of any 
noncompliance and prevent future instances of noncompliance.
    (b) Refiners and importers. In addition to other requirements of 
this section, any refiner and importer shall, for all

[[Page 655]]

reformulated gasoline and RBOB produced or imported, maintain records 
containing the following information:
    (1) Results of the tests to determine reformulated gasoline 
properties and characteristics specified in Sec. 80.65;
    (2) Results of the tests for the presence of the marker specified in 
Sec. 80.82;
    (3) The volume of gasoline associated with each of the above test 
results using the method normally employed at the refinery or import 
facility for this purpose;
    (4) In the case of RBOB:
    (i) The results of tests to ensure that, following blending, RBOB 
meets applicable standards; and
    (ii) Each contract with each oxygenate blender to whom the refiner 
or importer transfers RBOB; or
    (iii) Compliance calculations described in Sec. 80.69(a)(8) based on 
an assumed addition of oxygenate;
    (5) In the case of any refinery or importer subject to the simple 
model standards, the calculations used to determine the 1990 baseline 
levels of sulfur, T-90, and olefins, and the calculations used to 
determine compliance with the standards for these parameters; and
    (6) In the case of any refinery or importer subject to the complex 
model standards before January 1, 1998, the calculations used to 
determine the baseline levels of VOC, toxics, and NOx 
emissions performance.
    (c) Refiners, importers and oxygenate blenders of averaged gasoline. 
In addition to other requirements of this section, any refiner, 
importer, and oxygenate blender who produces or imports any reformulated 
gasoline for which compliance with one or more applicable standard is 
determined on average shall maintain records containing the following 
information:
    (1) The calculations used to determine compliance with the relevant 
standards on average, for each averaging period and for each quantity of 
gasoline for which standards must be separately achieved; and
    (2) For any credits bought, sold, traded or transferred pursuant to 
Sec. 80.67(h), the dates of the transactions, the names and EPA 
registration numbers of the parties involved, and the number(s) and 
type(s) of credits transferred.
    (d) Oxygenate blenders. In addition to other requirements of this 
section, any oxygenate blender who blends any oxygenate with any RBOB 
shall, for each occasion such terminal storage tank blending occurs, 
maintain records containing the following information:
    (i) The date, time, location, and identification of the blending 
tank or truck in which the blending occurred;
    (ii) The volume and oxygenate requirements of the RBOB to which 
oxygenate was added; and
    (iii) The volume, type, and purity of the oxygenate which was added, 
and documents which show the source(s) of the oxygenate used.
    (e) Distributors who dispense RBOB into trucks. In addition to other 
requirements of this section, any distributor who dispenses any RBOB 
into a truck used for delivering gasoline to retail outlets shall, for 
each occasion RBOB is dispensed into such a truck, obtain records 
identifying:
    (1) The name and EPA registration number of the oxygenate blender 
that received the RBOB; and
    (2) The volume and oxygenate requirements of the RBOB dispensed.
    (f) Conventional gasoline requirement. In addition to other 
requirements of this section, any refiner and importer shall, for all 
conventional gasoline produced or imported, maintain records showing the 
blending of the marker required under Sec. 80.82 into conventional 
gasoline, and the results of the tests showing the concentration of this 
marker subsequent to its addition.
    (g) Retailers before January 1, 1998. Prior to January 1, 1998 any 
retailer that sells or offers for sale any reformulated gasoline shall 
maintain at each retail outlet the product transfer documentation for 
the most recent three deliveries to the retail outlet of each grade of 
reformulated gasoline sold or offered for sale at the retail outlet, and 
shall make such documentation available to any person conducting any 
gasoline compliance survey pursuant to Sec. 80.68.



Sec. 80.75  Reporting requirements.

    Any refiner, importer, and oxygenate blender shall report as 
specified in this

[[Page 656]]

section, and shall report such other information as the Administrator 
may require.
    (a) Quarterly reports for reformulated gasoline. Any refiner or 
importer that produces or imports any reformulated gasoline or RBOB, and 
any oxygenate blender that produces reformulated gasoline meeting the 
oxygen standard on average, shall submit quarterly reports to the 
Administrator for each refinery or oxygenate blending facility at which 
such reformulated gasoline or RBOB was produced and for all such 
reformulated gasoline or RBOB imported by each importer.
    (1) The quarterly reports shall be for all such reformulated 
gasoline or RBOB produced or imported during the following time periods:
    (i) The first quarterly report shall include information for 
reformulated gasoline or RBOB produced or imported from January 1 
through March 31, and shall be submitted by May 31 of each year 
beginning in 1995;
    (ii) The second quarterly report shall include information for 
reformulated gasoline or RBOB produced or imported from April 1 through 
June 30, and shall be submitted by August 31 of each year beginning in 
1995;
    (iii) The third quarterly report shall include information for 
reformulated gasoline or RBOB produced or imported from July 1 through 
September 30, and shall be submitted by November 30 of each year 
beginning in 1995; and
    (iv) The fourth quarterly report shall include information for 
reformulated gasoline or RBOB produced or imported from October 1 
through December 31, and shall be submitted by the last day of February 
of each year beginning in 1996.
    (2) The following information shall be included in each quarterly 
report for each batch of reformulated gasoline or RBOB which is included 
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section:
    (i) The batch number;
    (ii) The date of production;
    (iii) The volume of the batch;
    (iv) The grade of gasoline produced (i.e., premium, mid-grade, or 
regular);
    (v) For any refiner or importer:
    (A) Each designation of the gasoline, pursuant to Sec. 80.65; and
    (B) The properties, pursuant to Secs. 80.65 and 80.66;
    (vi) For any importer, the PADD in which the import facility is 
located; and
    (vii) For any oxygenate blender, the oxygen content.
    (3) Information pertaining to gasoline produced or imported during 
1994 shall be included in the first quarterly report in 1995.
    (b) Reports for gasoline or RBOB produced or imported under the 
simple model--(1) RVP averaging reports. (i) Any refiner or importer 
that produced or imported any reformulated gasoline or RBOB under the 
simple model that was to meet RVP standards on average (``averaged 
reformulated gasoline'') shall submit to the Administrator, with the 
third quarterly report, a report for each refinery or importer for such 
averaged reformulated gasoline or RBOB produced or imported during the 
previous RVP averaging period. This information shall be reported 
separately for the following categories:
    (A) Gasoline or RBOB which is designated as VOC-controlled intended 
for areas in VOC-Control Region 1; and
    (B) Gasoline or RBOB which is designated as VOC-controlled intended 
for VOC-Control Region 2.
    (ii) The following information shall be reported:
    (A) The total volume of averaged reformulated gasoline or RBOB in 
gallons;
    (B) The compliance total value for RVP; and
    (C) The actual total value for RVP.
    (2) Sulfur, olefins and T90 averaging reports. (i) Any refiner or 
importer that produced or imported any reformulated gasoline or RBOB 
under the simple model shall submit to the Administrator, with the 
fourth quarterly report, a report for such reformulated gasoline or RBOB 
produced or imported during the previous year:
    (A) For each refinery or importer; or
    (B) In the case of refiners who operate more than one refinery, for 
each grouping of refineries as designated by the refiner pursuant to 
Sec. 80.41(h)(2)(iii).
    (ii) The following information shall be reported:
    (A) The total volume of reformulated gasoline or RBOB in gallons;

[[Page 657]]

    (B) The applicable sulfur content standard under Sec. 80.41(h)(2)(i) 
in parts per million;
    (C) The average sulfur content in parts per million;
    (D) The difference between the applicable sulfur content standard 
under Sec. 80.41(h)(2)(i) in parts per million and the average sulfur 
content under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(C) of this section in parts per 
million, indicating whether the average is greater or lesser than the 
applicable standard;
    (E) The applicable olefin content standard under Sec. 80.41(h)(2)(i) 
in volume percent;
    (F) The average olefin content in volume percent;
    (G) The difference between the applicable olefin content standard 
under Sec. 80.41(h)(2)(i) in volume percent and the average olefin 
content under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(F) of this section in volume percent, 
indicating whether the average is greater or lesser than the applicable 
standard;
    (H) The applicable T90 distillation point standard under 
Sec. 80.41(h)(2)(i) in degrees Fahrenheit;
    (I) The average T90 distillation point in degrees Fahrenheit; and
    (J) The difference between the applicable T90 distillation point 
standard under Sec. 80.41(h)(2)(i) in degrees Fahrenheit and the average 
T90 distillation point under paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(I) of this section in 
degrees Fahrenheit, indicating whether the average is greater or lesser 
than the applicable standard.
    (c) VOC emissions performance averaging reports. (1) Any refiner or 
importer that produced or imported any reformulated gasoline or RBOB 
under the complex model that was to meet the VOC emissions performance 
standards on average (``averaged reformulated gasoline'') shall submit 
to the Administrator, with the third quarterly report, a report for each 
refinery or importer for such averaged reformulated gasoline produced or 
imported during the previous VOC averaging period. This information 
shall be reported separately for the following categories:
    (i) Gasoline or RBOB which is designated as VOC-controlled intended 
for areas in VOC-Control Region 1; and
    (ii) Gasoline or RBOB which is designated as VOC-controlled intended 
for VOC-Control Region 2.
    (2) The following information shall be reported:
    (i) The total volume of averaged reformulated gasoline or RBOB in 
gallons;
    (ii) The compliance total value for VOC emissions performance; and
    (iii) The actual total value for VOC emissions performance.
    (d) Benzene content averaging reports. (1) Any refiner or importer 
that produced or imported any reformulated gasoline or RBOB that was to 
meet the benzene content standards on average (``averaged reformulated 
gasoline'') shall submit to the Administrator, with the fourth quarterly 
report, a report for each refinery or importer for such averaged 
reformulated gasoline that was produced or imported during the previous 
toxics averaging period.
    (2) The following information shall be reported:
    (i) The volume of averaged reformulated gasoline or RBOB in gallons;
    (ii) The compliance total content of benzene;
    (iii) The actual total content of benzene;
    (iv) The number of benzene credits generated as a result of actual 
total benzene being less than compliance total benzene;
    (v) The number of benzene credits required as a result of actual 
total benzene being greater than compliance total benzene;
    (vi) The number of benzene credits transferred to another refinery 
or importer; and
    (vii) The number of benzene credits obtained from another refinery 
or importer.
    (e) Toxics emissions performance averaging reports. (1) Any refiner 
or importer that produced or imported any reformulated gasoline or RBOB 
that was to meet the toxics emissions performance standards on average 
(``averaged reformulated gasoline'') shall submit to the Administrator, 
with the fourth quarterly report, a report for each refinery or importer 
for such averaged reformulated gasoline that was produced or imported 
during the previous toxics averaging period.

[[Page 658]]

    (2) The following information shall be reported:
    (i) The volume of averaged reformulated gasoline or RBOB in gallons;
    (ii) The compliance value for toxics emissions performance; and
    (iii) The actual value for toxics emissions performance.
    (f) Oxygen averaging reports. (1) Any refiner, importer, or 
oxygenate blender that produced or imported any reformulated gasoline 
that was to meet the oxygen standards on average (``averaged 
reformulated gasoline'') shall submit to the Administrator, with the 
fourth quarterly report, a report for each refinery and oxygenate 
blending facility at which such averaged reformulated gasoline was 
produced and for all such averaged reformulated gasoline imported by 
each importer during the previous oxygen averaging period.
    (2)(i) The following information shall be included in each report 
required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section:
    (A) The total volume of averaged RBOB in gallons;
    (B) The total volume of averaged reformulated gasoline in gallons;
    (C) The compliance total content for oxygen;
    (D) The actual total content for oxygen;
    (E) The number of oxygen credits generated as a result of actual 
total oxygen being greater than compliance total oxygen;
    (F) The number of oxygen credits required as a result of actual 
total oxygen being less than compliance total oxygen;
    (G) The number of oxygen credits transferred to another refinery, 
importer, or oxygenate blending facility; and
    (H) The number of oxygen credits obtained from another refinery, 
importer, or oxygenate blending facility.
    (ii) The information required by paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section 
shall be reported separately for the following categories:
    (A) For gasoline subject to the simple model standards:
    (1) Gasoline designated as VOC-controlled; and;
    (2) Gasoline designated as non-VOC-controlled.
    (B) For gasoline subject to the Phase I or Phase II complex model 
standards:
    (1) Gasoline which is designated as OPRG; and
    (2) Gasoline which is designated as non-OPRG.
    (iii) The results of the compliance calculations required in 
Sec. 80.67(f) shall also be included in each report required by 
paragraph (f)(1) of this section, for each of the following categories:
    (A) All reformulated gasoline;
    (B) Gasoline which is designated as non-OPRG; and
    (C) For gasoline subject to the simple model standards, gasoline 
which is designated as VOC-controlled.
    (g) NOX emissions performance averaging reports. (1) Any 
refiner or importer that produced or imported any reformulated gasoline 
or RBOB that was to meet the NOX emissions performance 
standard on average (``averaged reformulated gasoline'') shall submit to 
the Administrator, with the fourth quarterly report, a report for each 
refinery or importer for such averaged reformulated gasoline that was 
produced or imported during the previous NOX averaging 
period.
    (2) The following information shall be reported:
    (i) The volume of averaged reformulated gasoline or RBOB in gallons;
    (ii) The compliance value for NOX emissions performance; 
and
    (iii) The actual value for NOX emissions performance.
    (3) The information required by paragraph (g)(2) of this section 
shall be reported separately for the following categories:
    (i) Gasoline and RBOB which is designated as VOC-controlled; and
    (ii) Gasoline and RBOB which is not designated as VOC-controlled.
    (h) Credit transfer reports. (1) As an additional part of the fourth 
quarterly report required by this section, any refiner, importer, and 
oxygenate blender shall, for each refinery, importer, or oxygenate 
blending facility, supply the following information for any oxygen or 
benzene credits that are transferred from or to another refinery, 
importer, or oxygenate blending facility:

[[Page 659]]

    (i) The names, EPA-assigned registration numbers and facility 
identification numbers of the transferor and transferee of the credits;
    (ii) The number(s) and type(s) of credits that were transferred; and
    (iii) The date(s) of transaction(s).
    (2) For purposes of this paragraph (h), oxygen credit transfers 
shall be reported separately for each of the following oxygen credit 
types:
    (i) For gasoline subject to the simple model standards:
    (A) VOC controlled; and
    (B) Non-VOC controlled.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (i) Covered areas of gasoline use report. Any refiner or oxygenate 
blender that produced or imported any reformulated gasoline that was to 
meet any reformulated gasoline standard on average (``averaged 
reformulated gasoline'') shall, for each refinery and oxygenate blending 
facility at which such averaged reformulated gasoline was produced 
submit to the Administrator, with the fourth quarterly report, a report 
that contains the identity of each covered area that was supplied with 
any averaged reformulated gasoline produced at each refinery or blended 
by each oxygenate blender during the previous year.
    (j) Additional reporting requirements for certain importers. In the 
case of any importer to whom different standards apply for gasoline 
imported at different facilities by operation of Sec. 80.41(q)(2), such 
importer shall submit separate reports for gasoline imported into 
facilities subject to different standards.
    (k) Reporting requirements for early use of the complex model. Any 
refiner for any refinery, or any importer, that elects to be subject to 
complex model standards under Sec. 80.41(i)(1) shall report such 
election in writing to the Administrator no later than sixty days prior 
to the beginning of the calendar year during which such standards would 
apply. This report shall include the refinery's or importer's baseline 
values for VOC, NOX, and toxics emissions performance, in 
milligrams per mile.
    (l) Reports for per-gallon compliance gasoline. In the case of 
reformulated gasoline or RBOB for which compliance with each of the 
standards set forth in Sec. 80.41 is achieved on a per-gallon basis, the 
refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender shall submit to the 
Administrator, by the last day of February of each year beginning in 
1996, a report of the volume of each designated reformulated gasoline or 
RBOB produced or imported during the previous calendar year for which 
compliance is achieved on a per-gallon basis, and a statement that each 
gallon of this reformulated gasoline or RBOB met the applicable 
standards.
    (m) Reports of compliance audits. Any refiner, importer, and 
oxygenate blender shall cause to be submitted to the Administrator, by 
May 31 of each year, the report of the compliance audit required by 
Sec. 80.65(h).
    (n) Report submission. The reports required by this section shall 
be:
    (1) Submitted on forms and following procedures specified by the 
Administrator; and
    (2) Signed and certified as correct by the owner or a responsible 
corporate officer of the refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36964, July 20, 1994; 60 
FR 65574, Dec. 20, 1995; 62 FR 60135, Nov. 6, 1997]



Sec. 80.76  Registration of refiners, importers or oxygenate blenders.

    (a) Registration with the Administrator of EPA is required for any 
refiner and importer, and any oxygenate blender that produces any 
reformulated gasoline.
    (b) Any person required to register shall do so by November 1, 1994, 
or not later than three months in advance of the first date that such 
person will produce or import reformulated gasoline or RBOB, or 
conventional gasoline or applicable blendstocks, whichever is later.
    (c) Registration shall be on forms prescribed by the Administrator, 
and shall include the following information:
    (1) The name, business address, contact name, and telephone number 
of the refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender;
    (2) For each separate refinery and oxygenate blending facility, the 
facility name, physical location, contact name, telephone number, and 
type of facility; and

[[Page 660]]

    (3) For each separate refinery and oxygenate blending facility, and 
for each importer's operations in a single PADD:
    (i) Whether records are kept on-site or off-site of the refinery or 
oxygenate blending facility, or in the case of importers, the registered 
address;
    (ii) If records are kept off-site, the primary off-site storage 
facility name, physical location, contact name, and telephone number; 
and
    (iii) The name, address, contact name and telephone number of the 
independent laboratory used to meet the independent analysis 
requirements of Sec. 80.65(f).
    (d) EPA will supply a registration number to each refiner, importer, 
and oxygenate blender, and a facility registration number for each 
refinery and oxygenate blending facility that is identified, which shall 
be used in all reports to the Administrator.
    (e)(1) Any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender shall submit 
updated registration information to the Administrator within thirty days 
of any occasion when the registration information previously supplied 
becomes incomplete or inaccurate; except that
    (2) EPA must be notified in writing of any change in designated 
independent laboratory at least thirty days in advance of such change.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36965, July 20, 1994]



Sec. 80.77  Product transfer documentation.

    On each occasion when any person transfers custody or title to any 
reformulated gasoline or RBOB, other than when gasoline is sold or 
dispensed for use in motor vehicles at a retail outlet or wholesale 
purchaser-consumer facility, the transferor shall provide to the 
transferee documents which include the following information:
    (a) The name and address of the transferor;
    (b) The name and address of the transferee;
    (c) The volume of gasoline which is being transferred;
    (d) The location of the gasoline at the time of the transfer;
    (e) The date of the transfer;
    (f) The proper identification of the gasoline as conventional or 
reformulated;
    (g) In the case of reformulated gasoline or RBOB:
    (1) The proper identification as:
    (i)(A) VOC-controlled for VOC-Control Region 1; or VOC-controlled 
for VOC-Control Region 2; or Not VOC-controlled; or
    (B) In the case of gasoline or RBOB that is VOC-controlled for VOC-
Control Region 1, the gasoline may be identified as suitable for use 
either in VOC-Control Region 1 or VOC-Control Region 2;
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (iii) Prior to January 1, 1998, certified under the simple model 
standards or certified under the complex model standards; and
    (2) The minimum and/or maximum standards with which the gasoline or 
RBOB conforms for:
    (i) Benzene content;
    (ii) Except for RBOB, oxygen content;
    (iii) In the case of VOC-controlled gasoline subject to the simple 
model standards, RVP;
    (iv) In the case of gasoline subject to the complex model standards:
    (A) Prior to January 1, 1998, the NOx emissions performance minimum, 
and for VOC-controlled gasoline the VOC emissions performance minimum, 
in milligrams per mile; and
    (B) Beginning on January 1, 1998, for VOC-controlled gasoline, the 
VOC emissions performance minimum; and
    (3) Identification of VOC-controlled reformulated gasoline or RBOB 
as gasoline or RBOB which contains ethanol, or which does not contain 
any ethanol.
    (h) Prior to January 1, 1998, in the case of reformulated gasoline 
or RBOB subject to the complex model standards:
    (1) The name and EPA registration number of the refinery at which 
the gasoline was produced, or importer that imported the gasoline; and
    (2) Instructions that the gasoline or RBOB may not be combined with 
any other gasoline or RBOB that was produced at any other refinery or 
was imported by any other importer;

[[Page 661]]

    (i) In the case of reformulated gasoline blendstock for which 
oxygenate blending is intended:
    (1) Identification of the product as RBOB and not reformulated 
gasoline;
    (2) The designation of the RBOB as suitable for blending with:
    (A) Any-oxygenate;
    (B) Ether-only; or
    (C) Other specified oxygenate type(s) and amount(s); and
    (3) The oxygenate type(s) and amount(s) which the RBOB requires in 
order to meet the properties claimed by the refiner or importer of the 
RBOB;
    (4) Instructions that the RBOB may not be combined with any other 
RBOB except other RBOB having the same requirements for oxygenate 
type(s) and amount(s), or, prior to blending, with reformulated 
gasoline; and
    (j) In the case of transferrers or transferees who are refiners, 
importers or oxygenate blenders, the EPA-assigned registration number of 
those persons.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36965, July 20, 1994; 62 
FR 60136, Nov. 6, 1997; 62 FR 68207, Dec. 31, 1997]



Sec. 80.78  Controls and prohibitions on reformulated gasoline.

    (a) Prohibited activities. (1) No person may manufacture and sell or 
distribute, offer for sale or distribution, dispense, supply, offer for 
supply, store, transport, or cause the transportation of any gasoline 
represented as reformulated and intended for sale or use in any covered 
area:
    (i) Unless each gallon of such gasoline meets the applicable benzene 
maximum standard specified in Sec. 80.41;
    (ii) Unless each gallon of such gasoline meets the applicable oxygen 
content:
    (A) Minimum standard specified in Sec. 80.41; and
    (B) In the case of gasoline subject to simple model standards, 
maximum standard specified in Sec. 80.41;
    (iii) Unless each gallon is properly designated as oxygenated fuels 
program reformulated gasoline, within any oxygenated gasoline program 
control areas during the oxygenated gasoline control period;
    (iv) Unless the product transfer documentation for such gasoline 
complies with the requirements in Sec. 80.77; and
    (v) During the period May 1 through September 15 for all persons 
except retailers and wholesale purchaser-consumers, and during the 
period June 1 through September 15 for all persons including retailers 
and wholesale purchaser-consumers:
    (A) Unless each gallon of such gasoline is VOC-controlled for the 
proper VOC Control Region, except that gasoline designated for VOC-
Control Region 1 may be used in VOC-Control Region 2;
    (B) Unless each gallon of such gasoline that is subject to simple 
model standards has an RVP which is less than or equal to the applicable 
RVP maximum specified in Sec. 80.41;
    (C) Unless each gallon of such gasoline that is subject to complex 
model standards has a VOC emissions reduction percentage which is 
greater than or equal to the applicable minimum specified in Sec. 80.41.
    (2) No refiner or importer may produce or import any gasoline 
represented as reformulated or RBOB, and intended for sale or use in any 
covered area:
    (i) Unless such gasoline meets the definition of reformulated 
gasoline or RBOB; and
    (ii) Unless the properties of such gasoline or RBOB correspond to 
the product transfer documents.
    (3) No person may manufacture and sell or distribute, or offer for 
sale or distribution, dispense, supply, or offer for supply, store, 
transport or cause the transportation of gasoline represented as 
conventional which does not contain at least the minimum concentration 
of the conventional gasoline marker specified in Sec. 80.82.
    (4) Gasoline shall be presumed to be intended for sale or use in a 
covered area unless:
    (i) Product transfer documentation as described in Sec. 80.77 
accompanying such gasoline clearly indicates the gasoline is intended 
for sale and use only outside any covered area; or
    (ii) The gasoline is contained in the storage tank of a retailer or 
wholesale purchaser-consumer outside any covered area.

[[Page 662]]

    (5) No person may combine any reformulated gasoline with any non-
oxygenate blendstock except:
    (i) A person that meets each requirement specified for a refiner 
under this subpart; and
    (ii) The blendstock that is added to reformulated gasoline meets all 
reformulated gasoline standards without regard to the properties of the 
reformulated gasoline to which the blendstock is added.
    (6) No person may add any oxygenate to reformulated gasoline, except 
that such oxygenate may be added to reformulated gasoline provided that 
such gasoline is used in an oxygenated fuels program control area during 
an oxygenated fuels control period.
    (7) No person may combine any reformulated gasoline blendstock for 
oxygenate blending with any other gasoline, blendstock, or oxygenate 
except:
    (i) Oxygenate of the type and amount (or within the range of 
amounts) specified by the refiner or importer at the time the RBOB was 
produced or imported; or
    (ii) Other RBOB for which the same oxygenate type and amount (or 
range of amounts) was specified by the refiner or importer.
    (8) No person may combine any VOC-controlled reformulated gasoline 
that is produced using ethanol with any VOC-controlled reformulated 
gasoline that is produced using any other oxygenate during the period 
January 1 through September 15.
    (9) Prior to January 1, 1998:
    (i) No person may combine any reformulated gasoline or RBOB that is 
subject to the simple model standards with any reformulated gasoline or 
RBOB that is subject to the complex model standards, except that such 
gasolines may be combined at a retail outlet or wholesale purchaser-
consumer facility;
    (ii) No person may combine any reformulated gasoline subject to the 
complex model standards that is produced at any refinery or is imported 
by any importer with any other reformulated gasoline that is produced at 
a different refinery or is imported by a different importer, unless the 
other refinery or importer has an identical baseline for meeting complex 
model standards during this period; and
    (iii) No person may combine any RBOB subject to the complex model 
standards that is produced at any refinery or is imported by any 
importer with any RBOB that is produced at a different refinery or is 
imported by a different importer, unless the other refinery or importer 
has an identical baseline for meeting complex model standards during 
this period.
    (10) No person may combine any reformulated gasoline with any 
conventional gasoline and sell the resulting mixture as reformulated 
gasoline.
    (b) Liability. Liability for violations of paragraph (a) of this 
section shall be determined according to the provisions of Sec. 80.79.
    (c) Determination of compliance. Compliance with the standards 
listed in paragraph (a) of this section shall be determined by use of 
one of the testing methodologies specified in Sec. 80.46, except that 
where test results using the testing methodologies specified in 
Sec. 80.46 are not available or where such test results are available 
but are in question, EPA may establish noncompliance with standards 
using any information, including the results of testing using methods 
that are not included in Sec. 80.46.
    (d) Dates controls and prohibitions begin. The controls and 
prohibitions specified in paragraph (a) of this section apply at any 
location other than retail outlets and wholesale purchaser-consumer 
facilities on or after December 1, 1994, at any location on or after 
January 1, 1995.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36965, July 20, 1994; 62 
FR 60136, Nov. 6, 1997; 62 FR 68207, Dec. 31, 1997]



Sec. 80.79  Liability for violations of the prohibited activities.

    (a) Persons liable. Where the gasoline contained in any storage tank 
at any facility owned, leased, operated, controlled or supervised by any 
refiner, importer, oxygenate blender, carrier, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, or wholesale purchaser-consumer is found in violation of the 
prohibitions described in Sec. 80.78(a), the following persons shall be 
deemed in violation:

[[Page 663]]

    (1) Each refiner, importer, oxygenate blender, carrier, distributor, 
reseller, retailer, or wholesale purchaser-consumer who owns, leases, 
operates, controls or supervises the facility where the violation is 
found;
    (2) Each refiner or importer whose corporate, trade, or brand name, 
or whose marketing subsidiary's corporate, trade, or brand name, appears 
at the facility where the violation is found;
    (3) Each refiner, importer, oxygenate blender, distributor, and 
reseller who manufactured, imported, sold, offered for sale, dispensed, 
supplied, offered for supply, stored, transported, or caused the 
transportation of any gasoline which is in the storage tank containing 
gasoline found to be in violation; and
    (4) Each carrier who dispensed, supplied, stored, or transported any 
gasoline which is in the storage tank containing gasoline found to be in 
violation, provided that EPA demonstrates, by reasonably specific 
showings by direct or circumstantial evidence, that the carrier caused 
the violation.
    (b) Defenses for prohibited activities. (1) In any case in which a 
refiner, importer, oxygenate blender, carrier, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, or wholesale purchaser-consumer would be in violation under 
paragraph (a) of this section, it shall be deemed not in violation if it 
can demonstrate:
    (i) That the violation was not caused by the regulated party or its 
employee or agent;
    (ii) That product transfer documents account for all of the gasoline 
in the storage tank found in violation and indicate that the gasoline 
met relevant requirements; and
    (iii)(A) That it has conducted a quality assurance sampling and 
testing program, as described in paragraph (c) of this section; except 
that
    (B) A carrier may rely on the quality assurance program carried out 
by another party, including the party that owns the gasoline in 
question, provided that the quality assurance program is carried out 
properly.
    (2)(i) Where a violation is found at a facility which is operating 
under the corporate, trade or brand name of a refiner, that refiner must 
show, in addition to the defense elements required by paragraph (b)(1) 
of this section, that the violation was caused by:
    (A) An act in violation of law (other than the Act or this part), or 
an act of sabotage or vandalism;
    (B) The action of any reseller, distributor, oxygenate blender, 
carrier, or a retailer or wholesale purchaser- consumer supplied by any 
of these persons, in violation of a contractual undertaking imposed by 
the refiner designed to prevent such action, and despite periodic 
sampling and testing by the refiner to ensure compliance with such 
contractual obligation; or
    (C) The action of any carrier or other distributor not subject to a 
contract with the refiner but engaged by the refiner for transportation 
of gasoline, despite specification or inspection of procedures and 
equipment by the refiner which are reasonably calculated to prevent such 
action.
    (ii) In this paragraph (b), to show that the violation ``was 
caused'' by any of the specified actions the party must demonstrate by 
reasonably specific showings, by direct or circumstantial evidence, that 
the violation was caused or must have been caused by another.
    (c) Quality assurance program. In order to demonstrate an acceptable 
quality assurance program for reformulated gasoline at all points in the 
gasoline distribution network, other than at retail outlets and 
wholesale purchaser-consumer facilities, a party must present evidence 
of the following.
    (1) Of a periodic sampling and testing program to determine if the 
applicable maximum and/or minimum standards for oxygen, benzene, RVP, or 
VOC emission performance are met.
    (2) That on each occasion when gasoline is found in noncompliance 
with one of the requirements referred to in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section:
    (i) The party immediately ceases selling, offering for sale, 
dispensing, supplying, offering for supply, storing, transporting, or 
causing the transportation of the violating product; and
    (ii) The party promptly remedies the violation (such as by removing 
the violating product or adding more complying product until the 
applicable standards are achieved).
    (3) An oversight program conducted by a carrier under paragraph 
(c)(1) of

[[Page 664]]

this section need not include periodic sampling and testing of gasoline 
in a tank truck operated by a common carrier, but in lieu of such tank 
truck sampling and testing the common carrier shall demonstrate evidence 
of an oversight program for monitoring compliance with the requirements 
of Sec. 80.78 relating to the transport or storage of gasoline by tank 
truck, such as appropriate guidance to drivers on compliance with 
applicable requirements and the periodic review of records normally 
received in the ordinary course of business concerning gasoline quality 
and delivery.

[38 FR 1255, Jan. 10, 1973, as amended at 62 FR 68207, Dec. 31, 1997]



Sec. 80.80  Penalties.

    (a) Any person that violates any requirement or prohibition of 
subpart D, E, or F of this part shall be liable to the United States for 
a civil penalty of not more than the sum of $25,000 for every day of 
each such violation and the amount of economic benefit or savings 
resulting from each such violation.
    (b) Any violation of a standard for average compliance during any 
averaging period, or for per-gallon compliance for any batch of 
gasoline, shall constitute a separate violation for each and every 
standard that is violated.
    (c) Any violation of any standard based upon a multi-day averaging 
period shall constitute a separate day of violation for each and every 
day in the averaging period. Any violation of any credit creation or 
credit transfer requirement shall constitute a separate day of violation 
for each and every day in the averaging period.
    (d)(1)(i) Any violation of any per- gallon standard or of any per-
gallon minimum or per-gallon maximum, other than the standards specified 
in paragraph (e) of this section, shall constitute a separate day of 
violation for each and every day such gasoline giving rise to such 
violations remains any place in the gasoline distribution system, 
beginning on the day that the gasoline that violates such per-gallon 
standard is produced or imported and distributed and/or offered for 
sale, and ending on the last day that any such gasoline is offered for 
sale or is dispensed to any ultimate consumer for use in any motor 
vehicle; unless
    (ii) The violation is corrected by altering the properties and 
characteristics of the gasoline giving rise to the violations and any 
mixture of gasolines that contains any of the gasoline giving rise to 
the violations such that the said gasoline or mixture of gasolines has 
the properties and characteristics that would have existed if the 
gasoline giving rise to the violations had been produced or imported in 
compliance with all per-gallon standards.
    (2) For the purposes of this paragraph (d), the length of time the 
gasoline in question remained in the gasoline distribution system shall 
be deemed to be twenty-five days; unless the respective party or EPA 
demonstrates by reasonably specific showings, by direct or 
circumstantial evidence, that the gasoline giving rise to the violations 
remained any place in the gasoline distribution system for fewer than or 
more than twenty-five days.
    (e)(1) Any reformulated gasoline that is produced or imported and 
offered for sale and for which the requirements to determine the 
properties and characteristics under Sec. 80.65(f) is not met, or any 
conventional gasoline for which the refiner or importer does not sample 
and test to determine the relevant properties, shall be deemed:
    (i)(A) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(1)(i)(B) of this section 
to have the following properties:

Sulfur content--970 ppm
Benzene content--5 vol %
RVP (summer)--11 psi
50% distillation--250  deg.F
90% distillation--375  deg.F
Oxygen content--0 wt %
Aromatics content--50 vol %
Olefins content--26 vol %

    (B) To have the following properties in paragraph (e)(1)(i)(A) of 
this section unless the respective party or EPA demonstrates by 
reasonably specific showings, by direct or circumstantial evidence, 
different properties for the gasoline giving rise to the violations; and
    (ii) In the case of reformulated gasoline, to have been designated 
as meeting all applicable standards on a per-gallon basis.

[[Page 665]]

    (2) For the purposes of paragraph (e)(1) of this section, any 
refiner or importer that fails to meet the independent analysis 
requirements of Sec. 80.65(f) may not use the results of sampling and 
testing that is carried out by that refiner or importer as direct or 
circumstantial evidence of the properties of the gasoline giving rise to 
the violations, unless this failure was not caused by the refiner or 
importer.
    (f) Any violation of any affirmative requirement or prohibition not 
included in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section shall constitute a 
separate day of violation for each and every day such affirmative 
requirement is not properly accomplished, and/or for each and every day 
the prohibited activity continues. For those violations that may be 
ongoing under subparts D, E, and F of this part, each and every day the 
prohibited activity continues shall constitute a separate day of 
violation.



Sec. 80.81  Enforcement exemptions for California gasoline.

    (a)(1) The requirements of subparts D, E, and F of this part are 
modified in accordance with the provisions contained in this section in 
the case of California gasoline.
    (2) For the purposes of this section, ``California gasoline'' means 
any gasoline that is sold, intended for sale, or made available for sale 
as a motor vehicle fuel in the State of California and that:
    (i) Is manufactured within the State of California;
    (ii) Is imported into the State of California from outside the 
United States; or
    (iii) Is imported into the State of California from inside the 
United States and that is manufactured at a refinery that does not 
produce reformulated gasoline for sale in any covered area outside the 
State of California.
    (b)(1) Any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender of gasoline that 
is sold, intended for sale, or made available for sale as a motor fuel 
in the State of California is, with regard to such gasoline, exempt from 
the compliance survey provisions contained in Sec. 80.68.
    (2) Any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender of California 
gasoline is, with regard to such gasoline, exempt from the independent 
analysis requirements contained in Sec. 80.65(f).
    (3) Any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender of California 
gasoline that elects to meet any benzene content, oxygen content, or 
toxics emission reduction standard specified in Sec. 80.41 on average 
for any averaging period specified in Sec. 80.67 that is in part before 
March 1, 1996, and in part subsequent to such date, shall, with regard 
to such gasoline that is produced or imported prior to such date, 
demonstrate compliance with each of the standards specified in 
Sec. 80.41 for each of the following averaging periods in lieu of those 
specified in Sec. 80.67:
    (i) January 1 through December 31, 1995; and
    (ii) March 1, 1995, through February 29, 1996.
    (4) The compliance demonstration required by paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of 
this section shall be submitted no later than May 31, 1996, along with 
the report for the first quarter of 1996 required to be submitted under 
Sec. 80.75(a)(1)(i).
    (c) Any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender of California 
gasoline that is manufactured or imported subsequent to March 1, 1996, 
and that meets the requirements of the California Phase 2 reformulated 
gasoline regulations, as set forth in Title 13, California Code of 
Regulations, sections 2260 et seq., is, with regard to such gasoline, 
exempt from the following requirements (in addition to the requirements 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section):
    (1) The parameter value reconciliation requirements contained in 
Sec. 80.65(e)(2);
    (2) The designation of gasoline requirements contained in 
Sec. 80.65(d), except in the case of RBOB that is designated as ``any 
renewable oxygenate,'' ``non-VOC controlled renewable ether only'', or 
``renewable ether only'';
    (3) The reformulated gasoline and RBOB compliance requirements 
contained in Sec. 80.65(c);
    (4) The marking of conventional gasoline requirements contained in 
Secs. 80.65(g) and 80.82;

[[Page 666]]

    (5) The annual compliance audit requirements contained in 
Sec. 80.65(h), except where such audits are required with regard to the 
renewable oxygenate requirements contained in Sec. 80.83;
    (6) The downstream oxygenate blending requirements contained in 
Sec. 80.69, except where such requirements apply to the renewable 
oxygenate requirements contained in Sec. 80.83;
    (7) The record keeping requirements contained in Secs. 80.74 and 
80.104, except that records required to be maintained under Title 13, 
California Code of Regulations, section 2270, shall be maintained for a 
period of five years from the date of creation and shall be delivered to 
the Administrator or to the Administrator's authorized representative 
upon request;
    (8) The reporting requirements contained in Secs. 80.75 and 80.105;
    (9) The product transfer documentation requirements contained in 
Sec. 80.77; and
    (10) The compliance attest engagement requirements contained in 
subpart F of this part, except where such requirements apply to the 
renewable oxygenate requirements contained in Sec. 80.83.
    (d) Any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender that produces or 
imports gasoline that is sold, intended for sale, or made available for 
sale as a motor vehicle fuel in the State of California subsequent to 
March 1, 1996, shall demonstrate compliance with the standards specified 
in Secs. 80.41 and 80.90 by excluding the volume and properties of such 
gasoline from all conventional gasoline and reformulated gasoline that 
it produces or imports that is not sold, intended for sale, or made 
available for sale as a motor vehicle fuel in the State of California 
subsequent to such date. The exemption provided in this section does not 
exempt any refiner or importer from demonstrating compliance with such 
standards for all gasoline that it produces or imports.
    (e)(1) The exemption provisions contained in paragraphs (b)(2), 
(b)(3), (c), and (f) of this section shall not apply under the 
circumstances set forth in paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section.
    (2) Such exemption provisions shall not apply to any refiner, 
importer, or oxygenate blender of California gasoline with regards to 
any gasoline formulation that it produces or imports is certified under 
Title 13, California Code of Regulations, section 2265 or section 2266 
(as amended July 2, 1996), unless:
    (i) Written notification option. (A) The refiner, importer, or 
oxygenate blender, within 30 days of the issuance of such certification:
    (1) Notifies the Administrator of such certification;
    (2) Submits to the Administrator copies of the applicable 
certification order issued by the State of California and the 
application for certification submitted by the regulated party to the 
State of California; and
    (3) Submits to the Administrator a written demonstration that all 
gasoline formulations produced, imported or blended by the refiner, 
importer or oxygenate blender for use in California meets each of the 
complex model per-gallon standards specified in Sec. 80.41(c).
    (B) If the Administrator determines that the written demonstration 
submitted under paragraph (e)(2)(i)(A) of this section does not 
demonstrate that all certified gasoline formulations meet each of the 
complex model per-gallon standards specified in Sec. 80.41(c), the 
Administrator shall provide notice to the party (by first class mail) of 
such determination and of the date on which the exemption provisions 
specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall no longer be 
applicable, which date shall be no earlier than 90 days after the date 
of the Administrator's notification.
    (ii) Compliance survey option. The compliance survey requirements of 
Sec. 80.68 are met for each covered area in California for which the 
refiner, importer or oxygenate blender supplies gasoline for use in the 
covered area, except that:
    (A) The survey series must determine compliance only with the oxygen 
content standard of 2.0 weight-percent;
    (B) The survey series must consist of at least four surveys a year 
for each covered area;
    (C) The surveys shall not be included in determining the number of 
surveys under Sec. 80.68(b)(2);
    (D) In the event a survey series conducted under this paragraph 
(e)(2)(ii)

[[Page 667]]

fails in accordance with Sec. 80.68(c)(12), the provisions of 
Secs. 80.41(o), (p) and (q) are applicable, except that if the survey 
series failure occurs in a year in which the applicable minimum oxygen 
content is 1.7 weight percent, the compliance survey option of this 
section shall not be applicable for any future year; and
    (E) Not withstanding Sec. 80.41(o), in the event a covered area 
passes the oxygen content series in a year, the minimum oxygen content 
standard for that covered area beginning in the year following the 
passed survey series shall be made less stringent by decreasing the 
minimum oxygen content standard by 0.1%, except that in no case shall 
the minimum oxygen content standard be less than that specified in 
Sec. 80.41(d).
    (3)(i) Such exemption provisions shall not apply to any refiner, 
importer, or oxygenate blender of California gasoline who has been 
assessed a civil, criminal or administrative penalty for a violation of 
subpart D, E or F of this part or for a violation of the California 
Phase 2 reformulated gasoline regulations set forth in Title 13, 
California Code of Regulations, sections 2260 et seq., effective 90 days 
after the date of final agency or district court adjudication of such 
penalty assessment.
    (ii) Any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender subject to the 
provisions of paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section may submit a petition 
to the Administrator for relief, in whole or in part, from the 
applicability of such provisions, for good cause. Good cause may include 
a showing that the violation for which a penalty was assessed was not a 
substantial violation of the Federal or California reformulated gasoline 
regulations.
    (f) In the case of any gasoline that is sold, intended for sale, or 
made available for sale as a motor vehicle fuel in the State of 
California subsequent to March 1, 1996, any person that manufactures, 
sells, offers for sale, dispenses, supplies, offers for supply, stores, 
transports, or causes the transportation of such gasoline is, with 
regard to such gasoline, exempt from the following prohibited activities 
provisions:
    (1) The oxygenated fuels provisions contained in 
Sec. 80.78(a)(1)(iii);
    (2) The product transfer provisions contained in 
Sec. 80.78(a)(1)(iv);
    (3) The oxygenate blending provisions contained in Sec. 80.78(a)(7); 
and
    (4) The segregation of simple and complex model certified gasoline 
provision contained in Sec. 80.78(a)(9).
    (g)(1) Any refiner that operates a refinery located outside the 
State of California at which California gasoline (as defined in 
paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section) is produced shall, with regard to 
such gasoline, provide to any person to whom custody or title of such 
gasoline is transferred, and each transferee shall provide to any 
subsequent transferee, documents which include the following 
information:
    (i) The name and address of the transferor;
    (ii) The name and address of the transferee;
    (iii) The volume of gasoline which is being transferred;
    (iv) The location of the gasoline at the time of the transfer;
    (v) The date and time of the transfer;
    (vi) The identification of the gasoline as California gasoline; and
    (vii) In the case of transferrors and transferrees who are refiners, 
importers or oxygenate blenders, the EPA- assigned registration number 
of such persons.
    (2) Each refiner and transferee of such gasoline shall maintain 
copies of the product transfer documents required to be provided by 
paragraph (g)(1) of this section for a period of five years from the 
date of creation and shall deliver such documents to the Administrator 
or to the Administrator's authorized representative upon request.
    (h)(1) For the purposes of the batch sampling and analysis 
requirements contained in Sec. 80.65(e)(1)and Sec. 80.101(i)(1)(i)(A), 
any refiner, importer or oxygenate blender of California gasoline may 
use a sampling and/or analysis methodology prescribed in Title 13, 
California Code of Regulations, sections 2260 et seq. (as amended July 
2, 1996), in lieu of any applicable methodology specified in Sec. 80.46, 
with regards to
    (i) Such gasoline; or
    (ii) That portion of its gasoline produced or imported for use in 
other

[[Page 668]]

areas of the United States, provided that:
    (A) The gasoline must be produced by a refinery that is located in 
the state of California that produces California gasoline, or imported 
into California from outside the United States as California Phase 2 
gasoline;
    (B) The gasoline must be classified as conventional gasoline upon 
exportation from the California; and
    (C) The refiner or importer must correlate the results from the 
applicable sampling and /or analysis methodology prescribed in Title 13, 
California Code of Regulations, sections 2260 et seq. (as amended July 
2, 1996), with the method specified at Sec. 80.46, and such correlation 
must be adequately demonstrated to EPA upon request.
    (2) Nothwithstanding the requirements of Sec. 80.65(e)(1) regarding 
when the properties of a batch of reformulated gasoline must be 
determined, a refiner of California gasoline may determine the 
properties of gasoline as specified under Sec. 80.65(e)(1) at off site 
tankage provided that:
    (i) The samples are properly collected under the terms of a current 
and valid protocol agreement between the refiner and the California Air 
Resources Board with regard to sampling at the off site tankage and 
consistent with requirements prescribed in Title 13, California Code of 
Regulations, sections 2260 et seq.(as amended July 2, 1996); and
    (ii) The refiner provides a copy of the protocol agreement to EPA 
upon request.
    (i) The exemption provisions contained in this section shall not be 
applicable after December 31, 1999.

[59 FR 7813, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36965, July 20, 1994; 59 
FR 39289, Aug. 2, 1994; 59 FR 60715, Nov. 28, 1994; 63 FR 34825, June 
26, 1998]

    Effective Date Notes: 1. At 59 FR 39289, Aug. 2, 1994, Sec. 80.81 
was amended by revising paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(5), (c)(6), and (c)(10) 
effective September 1, 1994. At 59 FR 60715, Nov. 28, 1994, the 
amendment was stayed effective September 13, 1994.



Sec. 80.82  Conventional gasoline marker. [Reserved]



Sec. 80.83  Renewable oxygenate requirements.

    (a) Definition of renewable oxygenate. For purposes of subparts D 
and F of this part, renewable oxygenate is defined as provided in this 
paragraph (a).
    (1) In the case of oxygenate added to reformulated gasoline or RBOB 
that is not designated as VOC-controlled or that is not subject to the 
additional requirements associated with an extended non-commingling 
season pursuant to Sec. 80.83(i), renewable oxygenate shall be:
    (i) An oxygenate that is derived from non-fossil fuel feedstocks; or
    (ii) An ether that is produced using an oxygenate that is derived 
from non-fossil fuel feedstocks.
    (2) In the case of oxygenate added to reformulated gasoline or RBOB 
that is designated as VOC-controlled or that is subject to the 
additional requirements associated with an extended non-commingling 
season pursuant to Sec. 80.83(i), renewable oxygenate shall be an ether 
that meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(ii) or (a)(3) of this 
section.
    (3) An oxygenate other than those ethers specified in paragraphs 
(a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section may be considered a renewable oxygenate 
if the Administrator approves a petition to that effect. The 
Administrator may approve such a petition if it is demonstrated to the 
satisfaction of the Administrator that the oxygenate does not cause 
volatility increases in gasoline that are non-linear in nature (i.e., a 
non-linear vapor pressure blending curve). The Administrator may approve 
a petition subject to any appropriate conditions or limitations.
    (4)(i) Oxygenate shall be renewable only if the refiner, importer, 
or oxygenate blender who uses the oxygenate is able to establish in the 
form of documentation that the oxygenate was produced from a non-fossil 
fuel feedstock.
    (ii)(A) Any person who produces renewable oxygenate, as defined in 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or who stores, transports, transfers, 
or sells

[[Page 669]]

such renewable oxygenate, and where such renewable oxygenate is intended 
to be used in the production of gasoline, shall maintain documents that 
state the renewable source of the oxygenate, and shall supply to any 
transferee of the oxygenate documents which state the oxygenate is from 
a renewable source.
    (B) Any person who imports oxygenate that is represented by the 
importer to be renewable oxygenate, as defined in paragraph (a) of this 
section, shall maintain documents, obtained from the person who produced 
the oxygenate, that include a certification signed by the owner or chief 
executive officer of the company that produced the oxygenate that 
states:
    (1) The nature of the feedstock for the oxygenate; and
    (2) A description of the manner in which the oxygenate meets the 
renewable definition under paragraph (a) of this section.
    (iii) No person may represent any oxygenate as renewable unless the 
oxygenate meets the renewable definition under paragraph (a) of this 
section.
    (5) For purposes of this section, an oxygenate shall be considered 
to be derived from non-fossil fuel feedstocks only if the oxygenate is:
    (i) Derived from a source other than petroleum, coal, natural gas, 
or peat; or
    (ii) Derived from a product:
    (A) That was produced using petroleum, coal, natural gas, or peat 
through a substantial transformation of the fossil fuel;
    (B) When the product was initially produced, it was not commonly 
used to generate energy (e.g. automobile tires); and
    (C) The product was sold or transferred for a use other than energy 
generation, and was later treated as a waste product.
    (b) Renewable oxygenate standard. (1) The reformulated gasoline and 
reformulated gasoline produced using RBOB that is produced by any 
refiner at each refinery, or is imported by any importer, shall contain 
a volume of renewable oxygenate such that the reformulated gasoline and 
reformulated gasoline produced using RBOB, on average, has an oxygen 
content from such renewable oxygenate that is equal to or greater than 
0.30 wt% for the period of December 1, 1994 through December 31, 1995, 
and 0.60 wt% beginning on January 1, 1996.
    (2) The averaging period for the renewable oxygenate standard 
specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be:
    (i) Each calendar year; except that
    (ii)Any reformulated gasoline and RBOB that is produced or imported 
prior to January 1, 1995 shall be averaged with reformulated gasoline 
and RBOB produced or imported during 1995.
    (3)(i) The oxygenate used to meet the standard under paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section may also be used to meet any oxygen standard 
under Sec. 80.41; except that
    (ii) The renewable oxygenate added by a downstream oxygenate blender 
shall not be used by any refiner or importer to meet the oxygen standard 
under Sec. 80.41, except through the transfer of oxygen credits.
    (c) Downstream oxygenate blending using renewable oxygenate. (1) In 
the case of any refiner that produces RBOB, or any importer that imports 
RBOB, the oxygenate that is blended with the RBOB may be included with 
the refiner's or importer's compliance calculations under paragraph (d) 
of this section only if:
    (i) The oxygenate meets the applicable renewable oxygenate 
definition under paragraph (a) of this section; and
    (ii) The refiner or importer meets the downstream oxygenate blending 
oversight requirements specified in Secs. 80.69(a)(6) and (7); or
    (iii)(A) In the case of RBOB designated for ``any renewable 
oxygenate'' the refiner or importer assumes that ethanol will be blended 
with the RBOB;
    (B) In the case of RBOB designated for ``renewable ether only'' or 
``non-VOC controlled renewable ether only ``, the refiner or importer 
assumes that ETBE will be blended with the RBOB; and
    (C) In the case of ``any renewable oxygenate,'' ``non-VOC controlled 
renewable ether only'' and ``renewable ether only RBOB,'' the refiner or 
importer assumes that the volume of oxygenate added will be such that 
the resulting

[[Page 670]]

reformulated gasoline will have an oxygen content of 2.0 wt%.
    (2)(i) No person may combine any oxygenate with RBOB designated as 
``any renewable oxygenate'' unless the oxygenate meets the criteria 
specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (ii) No person may combine any oxygenate with RBOB designated as 
``renewable ether only'' or ``non-VOC controlled renewable ether only'' 
unless the oxygenate meets the criteria specified in paragraph (a) of 
this section.
    (d) Compliance calculation. (1) Any refiner for each of its 
refineries, and any importer shall, for each averaging period, determine 
compliance with the renewable oxygenate standard by calculating:
    (i) Prior to January 1, 1996, renewable oxygen compliance total 
using the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR02AU94.000

    (ii) Beginning on January 1, 1996, the renewable oxygen compliance 
total using the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR02AU94.001

where

CTro = the compliance total for renewable oxygen
Vi = the volume of reformulated gasoline or RBOB batch i
n = the number of batches of reformulated gasoline and RBOB produced or 
imported during the averaging period

    (iii) The renewable oxygen actual total using the following formula:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR02AU94.002
    
where

ATro = the actual total for renewable oxygen
Vi = the volume of gasoline or RBOB batch i
ROi = the oxygen content, in wt%, in the form of renewable 
oxygenate of gasoline or RBOB batch i
n = the number of batches of gasoline or RBOB produced or imported 
during the averaging period

    (iv) Compare the renewable oxygen actual total with the renewable 
oxygen compliance total.
    (2)(i) The actual total must be equal to or greater than the 
compliance totals to achieve compliance, subject to the credit transfer 
provisions of paragraph (e) of this section.
    (ii) If the renewable oxygen actual total is less than the renewable 
oxygen compliance total, renewable oxygen credits must be obtained from 
another refinery or importer in order to achieve compliance.
    (iii) The total number of renewable oxygen credits required to 
achieve compliance is calculated by subtracting the renewable oxygen 
actual total from the renewable oxygen compliance total.
    (iv) If the renewable oxygen actual total is greater than the 
renewable oxygen compliance total, renewable oxygen credits are 
generated.
    (v) The total number of renewable oxygen credits which may be traded 
to a refiner for a refinery, or to another importer, is calculated by 
subtracting the renewable oxygen compliance total from the renewable 
oxygen actual total.
    (e) Credit transfers. Compliance with the renewable oxygenate 
standard specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section may be achieved 
through the transfer of renewable oxygen credits, provided that the 
credits meet the criteria specified in Secs. 80.67(h)(1) (i) through 
(iv) and Secs. 80.67(h) (2) and (3).
    (f) Recordkeeping. Any refiner or importer, or any oxygenate blender 
who blends oxygenate with any RBOB designated as ``any renewable 
oxygenate,'' ``non VOC controlled renewable ether only'' or ``renewable 
ether only'' shall for a period of five years maintain the records 
specified in this paragraph (f) in a manner consistent with the 
requirements under Sec. 80.74, and deliver such records to the 
Administrator upon request. The records shall contain the following 
information:
    (1)(i) Documents demonstrating the renewable nature and source of 
the oxygenate used, consistent with the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) 
of this section;
    (ii) The volume, type, and purity of any renewable oxygenate used; 
and

[[Page 671]]

    (iii) Product transfer documentation for all renewable oxygenate, 
reformulated gasoline, or RBOB for which the party is the transferor or 
transferee.
    (2) The requirements of this paragraph (f) shall apply in addition 
to the recordkeeping requirements specified in Sec. 80.74(e).
    (g) Reporting requirements. (1) Any refiner for each refinery, or 
any importer, shall for each batch of reformulated gasoline and RBOB 
include in the quarterly reports for reformulated gasoline required by 
Sec. 80.75(a) the total weight percent oxygen and the weight percent 
oxygen attributable to renewable oxygenate contained in the gasoline, or 
contained in the RBOB subsequent to oxygenate blending if allowed under 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (2) Any refiner for each refinery, or any importer, shall submit to 
the Administrator, with the fourth quarterly report required by 
Sec. 80.75(a), a report for all reformulated gasoline and RBOB that was 
produced or imported during the previous calendar year averaging period, 
that includes the following information:
    (i) The total volume of reformulated gasoline and RBOB;
    (ii) The compliance total for renewable oxygen;
    (iii) The actual total for renewable oxygen;
    (iv) The number of renewable oxygen credits generated as a result of 
actual total renewable oxygen being greater than compliance total 
renewable oxygen;
    (v) The number of renewable oxygen credits required as a result of 
actual total renewable oxygen being less than compliance total renewable 
oxygen;
    (vi) The number of renewable oxygen credits transferred to another 
refinery or importer;
    (vii) The number of renewable oxygen credits obtained from another 
refinery or importer; and
    (viii) For any renewable oxygen credits that are transferred from or 
to another refinery or importer, for any such transfer:
    (A) The names, EPA-assigned registration numbers and facility 
identification numbers of the transferor and transferee of the credits;
    (B) The number of renewable oxygen credits that were transferred; 
and
    (C) The date of the transaction.
    (h) Renewable oxygenate requirements for reformulated gasoline used 
in the State of California. (1) Any refiner or importer of California 
gasoline, as defined in Sec. 80.81, shall meet the renewable oxygenate 
standard specified in paragraph (a) of this section for all reformulated 
gasoline or RBOB used in any reformulated gasoline covered area as 
specified in Sec. 80.70.
    (2) Any California gasoline shall be presumed to be used in a 
reformulated gasoline covered area:
    (i)(A) If the gasoline is produced at a refinery that is located 
within a reformulated gasoline covered area; or
    (B) If the gasoline is transported to a facility that is located 
within a reformulated gasoline covered area, or to a facility from which 
gasoline is transported by truck into a reformulated gasoline covered 
area; unless
    (ii) The refiner or importer is able to establish with documentation 
that the gasoline was used outside any reformulated gasoline covered 
area.
    (3) Any California gasoline shall be considered to be designated as 
VOC-controlled (for purposes of paragraph (a)(1) of this section) if the 
Reid vapor pressure of the gasoline, or RBOB subsequent to oxygenate 
blending, is intended to meet a standard of:
    (i) 7.8 psi or less in the case of gasoline intended for use before 
March 1, 1996; or
    (ii) 7.0 psi or less in the case of gasoline intended for use on or 
after March 1, 1996.
    (i) Special provisions for shoulder season. (1) The Governor of any 
State may petition for an extension of the non-commingling season for 
any or all reformulated gasoline covered areas within the State pursuant 
to Sec. 80.70.
    (i) Such petition must satisfy the following criteria:
    (A) Evidence showing an increase in the market share and/or use of 
oxygenates which produce commingling-related RVP increases in the 
area(s) that are covered by the petition;
    (B) Evidence demonstrating a pattern of exceedances for the period 
for which the extension is sought, including

[[Page 672]]

ozone monitoring data for the preceding three(3) years of the 
reformulated gasoline program;
    (C) An analysis showing that the pattern of ozone exceedances is 
likely to continue even with implementation of other ozone air quality 
control measures and/or programs currently planned by the State; and
    (D) Evidence that the responsible State agency or authority has 
given the public an opportunity for a public hearing and the submission 
of written comments with respect to the petition.
    (ii) Effective data and publication of decision.
    (A) If the Administrator determines that the petition meets the 
requirements of paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section, to the satisfaction 
of the Administrator, then EPA shall publish a notice in the Federal 
Register announcing its intention to establish the non-commingling 
season as requested by the Governor, and specifying a tentative 
effective date.
    (1) The Administrator shall provide the public with an opportunity 
for a hearing and the submission of written comments.
    (2) The tentative effective date will correspond with the first day 
of the next complete non-commingling season beginning not less than one 
year after receipt of the petition.
    (B) If the Administrator receives adverse comments or information 
demonstrating to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the criteria 
of paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section have not been met, that the 
tentative effective date is not reasonable, or that other good reasons 
exist to deny the petition, then the Administrator may reject the 
Governor's request for an extended non-commingling season, in whole or 
in part, or may delay the effective date by up to two (2) additional 
years. Absent receipt of such adverse comments or information, EPA shall 
publish a notice in the Federal Register announcing its approval of the 
petition and specifying an effective date for the extended non-
commingling season.
    (2) In the case of any refiner that produces RBOB, or any importer 
that imports RBOB, the oxygenate that is blended with the RBOB may be 
included with the refiner's or importer's compliance calculations under 
paragraph (d) of this section only if:
    (i) The oxygenate meets the applicable renewable oxygenate 
definition under paragraph (a) of this section; and
    (ii) In the case of RBOB designated for ``non VOC controlled ether 
only'' the refiner or importer assumes that ETBE or other oxygenate that 
does not exhibit volatility-related commingling effects when mixed with 
other gasolines and approved by the EPA Administrator under subparagraph 
(a)(3) of this section will be blended with the RBOB and so labels the 
transfer documentation.

[59 FR 39290, Aug. 2, 1994]

    Effective Date Note: At 59 FR 39290, Aug. 2, 1994, Sec. 80.83 was 
added effective September 1, 1994, except for paragraphs (g) and (h), 
which will not become effective until approval has been given by the 
Office of Management and Budget. At 59 FR 60715, Nov. 28, 1994, this 
section was stayed, effective September 13, 1994.



Secs. 80.84-80.89  [Reserved]



                         Subpart E--Anti-Dumping

    Source: 59 FR 7860, Feb. 16, 1994, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 80.90  Conventional gasoline baseline emissions determination.

    (a) Annual average baseline values. For any facility of a refiner or 
importer of conventional gasoline, the annual average baseline values of 
the facility's exhaust benzene emissions, exhaust toxics emissions, 
NOx emissions, sulfur, olefins and T90 shall be determined 
using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.012


[[Page 673]]


where

BASELINE = annual average baseline value of the facility,
SUMRBASE = summer baseline value of the facility,
SUMRVOL = summer baseline gasoline volume of the facility, per 
Sec. 80.91,
WNTRBASE = winter baseline value of the facility,
WNTRVOL = winter baseline gasoline volume of the facility, per 
Sec. 80.91.

    (b) Baseline exhaust benzene emissions--simple model. (1) Simple 
model exhaust benzene emissions of conventional gasoline shall be 
determined using the following equation:

EXHBEN = (1.884 + 0.949  x  BZ + 0.113  x  (AR - BZ))

where

EXHBEN = exhaust benzene emissions,
BZ = fuel benzene value in terms of volume percent (per Sec. 80.91), and
AR = fuel aromatics value in terms of volume percent (per Sec. 80.91).

    (2) The simple model annual average baseline exhaust benzene 
emissions for any facility of a refiner or importer of conventional 
gasoline shall be determined as follows:
    (i) The simple model baseline exhaust benzene emissions shall be 
determined separately for summer and winter using the facility's 
oxygenated individual baseline fuel parameter values for summer and 
winter (per Sec. 80.91), respectively, in the equation specified in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (ii) The simple model annual average baseline exhaust benzene 
emissions of the facility shall be determined using the emissions values 
determined in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section in the equation 
specified in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (c) Baseline exhaust benzene emissions--complex model. The complex 
model annual average baseline exhaust benzene emissions for any facility 
of a refiner or importer of conventional gasoline shall be determined as 
follows:
    (1) The summer and winter complex model baseline exhaust benzene 
emissions shall be determined separately using the facility's oxygenated 
individual baseline fuel parameter values for summer and winter (per 
Sec. 80.91), respectively, in the appropriate complex model for exhaust 
benzene emissions described in Sec. 80.45.
    (2) The complex model annual average baseline exhaust benzene 
emissions of the facility shall be determined using the emissions values 
determined in paragraph (c)(1) of this section in the equation specified 
in paragraph (a) of this section.
    (d) Baseline exhaust toxics emissions. The annual average baseline 
exhaust toxics emissions for any facility of a refiner or importer of 
conventional gasoline shall be determined as follows:
    (1) The summer and winter baseline exhaust emissions of benzene, 
formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, 1,3-butadiene, and polycyclic organic matter 
shall be determined using the oxygenated individual baseline fuel 
parameter values for summer and winter (per Sec. 80.91), respectively, 
in the appropriate complex model for each exhaust toxic (per 
Sec. 80.45).
    (2) The summer and winter baseline total exhaust toxics emissions 
shall be determined separately by summing the summer and winter baseline 
exhaust emissions of each toxic (per paragraph (d)(1) of this section), 
respectively.
    (3) The annual average baseline exhaust toxics emissions of the 
facility shall be determined using the emissions values determined in 
paragraph (d)(2) of this section in the equation specified in paragraph 
(a) of this section.
    (e) Baseline NOX emissions. The annual average baseline 
NOX emissions for any facility of a refiner or importer of 
conventional gasoline shall be determined as follows:
    (1) The summer and winter baseline NOX emissions shall be 
determined using the baseline individual baseline fuel parameter values 
for summer and winter (per Sec. 80.91), respectively, in the appropriate 
complex model for NOX (per Sec. 80.45).
    (2) The annual average baseline NOX emissions of the 
facility shall be determined using the emissions values determined in 
paragraph (e)(1) of this section in the equation specified in paragraph 
(a) of this section.
    (3) The requirements specified in paragraphs (e) (1) and (2) of this 
section shall be determined separately using the oxygenated and 
nonoxygenated individual baseline fuel parameters, per Sec. 80.91.

[[Page 674]]

    (f) Applicability of Phase I and Phase II models. The requirements 
of paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section shall be determined separately 
for the applicable Phase I and Phase II complex models specified in 
Sec. 80.45.
    (g) Calculation accuracy. Emissions values calculated per the 
requirements of this section shall be determined to four (4) significant 
figures. Sulfur, olefin and T90 values calculated per the requirements 
of this section shall be determined to the same number of decimal places 
as the corresponding value listed in Sec. 80.91(c)(5).

[59 FR 7860, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36965, July 20, 1994]



Sec. 80.91  Individual baseline determination.

    (a) Baseline definition. (1) The ``baseline'' or ``individual 
baseline'' of a refinery, refiner or importer, as applicable, shall 
consist of:
    (i) An estimate of the quality, composition and volume of its 1990 
gasoline, or allowable substitute, based on the requirements specified 
in Secs. 80.91 through 80.93; and
    (ii) Its baseline emissions values calculated per paragraph (f) of 
this section; and
    (iii) Its 1990-1993 blendstock-to-gasoline ratios calculated per 
Sec. 80.102.
    (2)(i) The quality and composition of the 1990 gasoline of a 
refinery, refiner or importer, as applicable, shall be the set of values 
of the following fuel parameters: benzene content; aromatic content; 
olefin content; sulfur content; distillation temperature at 50 and 90 
percent by volume evaporated; percent evaporated at 200  deg.F and 300 
deg.F; oxygen content; RVP.
    (ii) A refiner, per paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, shall also 
determine the API gravity of its 1990 gasoline.
    (3) The methodology outlined in this section shall be followed in 
determining a baseline value for each fuel parameter listed in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section.
    (b) Requirements for refiners, blenders and importers--(1) 
Requirements for producers of gasoline and gasoline blendstocks. (i) A 
refinery engaged in the production of gasoline blendstocks from crude 
oil and/or crude oil derivatives, and the subsequent mixing of those 
blendstocks to form gasoline, shall have its baseline fuel parameter 
values determined from Method 1, 2 and/or 3-type data as described in 
paragraph (c) of this section, provided the refinery was in operation 
for at least 6 months in 1990.
    (ii) A refinery which was in operation for at least 6 months in 
1990, was shut down after 1990, and which restarts after June 15, 1994, 
and for which insufficient 1990 and post-1990 data was collected prior 
to January 1, 1995 from which to determine an individual baseline, shall 
have the values listed in paragraph (c)(5) of this section as its 
individual baseline parameters.
    (iii) A refinery which was in operation for less than 6 months in 
1990 shall have the values listed in paragraph (c)(5) of this section as 
its individual baseline parameters.
    (2) Requirements for producers or importers of gasoline blendstocks 
only. A refiner or importer of gasoline blendstocks which did not 
produce or import gasoline in 1990 and which produces or imports post-
1994 gasoline shall have the values listed in paragraph (c)(5) of this 
section as its individual baseline parameters.
    (3) Requirements for purchasers of gasoline and/or gasoline 
blendstocks. (i) A refiner or refinery, as applicable, solely engaged in 
the production of gasoline from gasoline blendstocks and/or gasoline 
which are simply purchased and blended to form gasoline shall have its 
individual baseline determined using Method 1-type data (per paragraph 
(c) of this section) from every batch of 1990 gasoline.
    (ii) If Method 1-type data on every batch of the refiner's or 
refinery's 1990 gasoline does not exist, that refiner or refinery shall 
have the values listed in paragraph (c)(5) of this section as its 
individual baseline parameters.
    (4) Requirements for importers of gasoline and/or gasoline 
blendstocks. (i) An importer of gasoline shall determine an individual 
baseline value for each fuel parameter listed in paragraph (a)(2) of 
this section using Method 1-type data on every batch of gasoline 
imported by that importer into the United States in 1990.

[[Page 675]]

    (ii) An importer which is also a foreign refiner must determine its 
individual baseline using Method 1, 2 and/or 3-type data (per paragraph 
(c) of this section) if it imported at least 75 percent, by volume, of 
the gasoline produced at its foreign refinery in 1990 into the United 
States in 1990.
    (iii) An importer which cannot meet the criteria of paragraphs 
(b)(4)(i) or (ii) of this section for baseline determination shall have 
the parameter values listed in paragraph (c)(5) of this section as its 
individual baseline parameter values.
    (5) Requirements for exporters of gasoline and/or gasoline 
blendstocks. A refiner shall not include quality or volume data on its 
1990 exports of gasoline blendstocks or gasoline in its baseline 
determination.
    (c) Data types--(1) Method 1-type data. (i) Method 1-type data shall 
consist of quality (composition and property data) and volume records of 
gasoline produced in or shipped from the refinery in 1990, excluding 
exported gasoline. The measured fuel parameter values and volumes of 
batches, or shipments if not batch blended, shall be used except that 
data on produced gasoline which was also shipped shall be included only 
once.
    (ii) Gasoline blendstock which left a facility in 1990 and which 
could become gasoline solely upon the addition of oxygenate shall be 
included in the baseline determination.
    (A) Fuel parameter values of such blendstock shall be accounted for 
as if the gasoline blendstock were blended with ten (10.0) volume 
percent ethanol.
    (B) If the refiner or importer can provide evidence that such 
gasoline blendstock was not blended per paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) of this 
section, and that such gasoline blendstock was blended with another 
oxygenate or a different volume of ethanol, the fuel parameter values of 
the final gasoline (including oxygenate) shall be included in the 
baseline determination.
    (C) If the refiner or importer can provide evidence that such 
gasoline blendstock was not blended per paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(A) or (B) 
of this section, and that such gasoline blendstock was sold with out 
further changes downstream, the fuel parameter values of the original 
product shall be included in the baseline determination.
    (iii) Data on 1990 gasoline purchased or otherwise received, 
including intracompany transfers, shall not be included in the baseline 
determination of a refiner's or importer's facility if the gasoline 
exited the receiving refinery unchanged from its arrival state.
    (2) Method 2-type data. Method 2-type data shall consist of 1990 
gasoline blendstock quality data and 1990 blendstock production records, 
specifically the measured fuel parameter values and volumes of 
blendstock used in the production of gasoline within the refinery. 
Blendstock data shall include volumes purchased or otherwise received, 
including intracompany transfers, if the volumes were blended as part of 
the refiner's or importer's 1990 gasoline. Henceforth in Secs. 80.91 
through 80.93, ``blendstock(s)'' or ``gasoline blendstock(s)'' shall 
include those products or streams commercially blended to form gasoline.
    (3) Method 3-type data. (i) Method 3-type data shall consist of 
post-1990 gasoline blendstock and/or gasoline quality data and 1990 
blendstock and gasoline production records, specifically the measured 
fuel parameter values and volumes of blendstock used in the production 
of gasoline within the refinery. Blendstock data shall include volumes 
purchased or otherwise received, including intracompany transfers, if 
the volumes were blended as part of the refiner's or importer's 1990 
gasoline.
    (ii) In order to use Method 3-type data, the refiner or importer 
must do all of the following:
    (A) Include a detailed discussion comparing its 1990 and post-1990 
refinery operations and all other differences which would cause the 1990 
and post-1990 fuel parameter values to differ; and
    (B) Perform the appropriate calculations so as to adjust for the 
differences determined in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) of this section; and
    (C) Include a narrative, discussing the methodology and reasoning 
for the adjustments made per paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.
    (iii) In order to use post-1990 gasoline data, either of the 
following must be

[[Page 676]]

shown for each blendstock-type included in 1990 gasoline, excluding 
butane:
    (A) The post-1990 volumetric fraction of a blendstock is within (+/
-)10.0 percent of the volumetric fraction of that blendstock in 1990 
gasoline. For example, if a 1990 blendstock constituted 30 volume 
percent of 1990 gasoline, this criterion would be met if the post-1990 
volumetric fraction of the blendstock in post-1990 gasoline was 27.0-
33.0 volume percent.
    (B) The post-1990 volumetric fraction of a blendstock is within (+/
-)2.0 volume percent of the absolute value of the 1990 volumetric 
fraction. For example, if a 1990 blendstock constituted 5 volume percent 
of 1990 gasoline, this criterion would be met if the post-1990 
volumetric fraction of the blendstock in post-1990 gasoline was 3-7 
volume percent.
    (iv) If using post-1990 gasoline data, post-1990 gasoline blendstock 
which left a facility and which could become gasoline solely upon the 
addition of oxygenate shall be included in the baseline determination, 
per the requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (4) Hierarchy of data use. (i) A refiner or importer must determine 
a baseline fuel parameter value using only Method 1-type data if 
sufficient Method 1-type data is available, per paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of 
this section.
    (ii) If a refiner has insufficient Method 1-type data for a baseline 
parameter value determination, it must supplement that data with all 
available Method 2-type data, until it has sufficient data, per 
paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (iii) If a refiner has insufficient Method 1- and Method 2-type data 
for a baseline parameter value determination, it must supplement that 
data with all available Method 3-type data, until it has sufficient 
data, per paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (iv) The protocol for the determination of baseline fuel parameter 
values in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section shall be 
applied to each fuel parameter one at a time.
    (5) Anti-dumping statutory baseline. (i) The summer anti-dumping 
statutory baseline shall have the set of fuel parameter values 
identified as ``summer'' in Sec. 80.45(b)(2). The anti-dumping summer 
API gravity shall be 57.4  deg.API.
    (ii) The winter anti-dumping statutory baseline shall have the set 
of fuel parameter values identified as ``winter'' in Sec. 80.45(b)(2), 
except that winter RVP shall be 8.7 psi. The anti-dumping winter API 
gravity shall be 60.2 API.
    (iii) The annual average anti-dumping statutory baseline shall have 
the following set of fuel parameter values:

Benzene, volume percent--1.60
Aromatics, volume percent--28.6
Olefins, volume percent--10.8
RVP, psi--8.7
T50, degrees F--207
T90, degrees F--332
E200, percent--46
E300, percent--83
Sulfur, ppm--338
API Gravity,  deg.API--59.1

    (iv) The annual average anti-dumping statutory baseline shall have 
the following set of emission values:

Exhaust benzene emissions, simple model--6.45
Exhaust benzene emissions, complex model--33.03 mg/mile
Exhaust toxics emissions, Phase I--50.67 mg/mile
Exhaust toxics emissions, Phase II--104.5 mg/mile
NOX emissions, Phase I--714.4 mg/mile
NOX emissions, Phase II--1461. mg/mile

    (d) Data collection and testing requirements--(1) Minimum sampling 
requirements--(i) General requirements. (A) Data shall have been 
obtained for at least three months of the refiner's or importer's 
production of summer gasoline and at least three months of its 
production of winter gasoline. When method 1 per batch RVP data is 
available, a month is considered equivalent to 4 weeks of seasonal data.
    (1) Method 1, per batch, actual RVP data will be used to define that 
batch as either summer fuel or winter fuel. Summer fuel is defined as 
fuel produced and intended for sale to satisfy Federal summer volatility 
standards. When such per batch actual RVP data is not available, data is 
allocated per month as follows. A summer month is defined as any month 
during which more than 50 percent (by volume) of the gasoline produced 
by a refiner met the Federal summer gasoline volatility requirements. 
Winter shall be any

[[Page 677]]

month which could not be considered a summer month under this 
definition.
    (2) The three months which compose the summer and the winter data do 
not have to be consecutive nor within the same year.
    (3) If, in 1990, a refiner marketed all of its gasoline only in an 
area or areas which experience no seasonal changes relative to gasoline 
requirements, e.g., Hawaii, only 3 months of data are required.
    (B) Once the minimum sampling requirements have been met, data 
collection may cease. Additional data may only be included for the 
remainder of the calendar year in which the minimum sampling 
requirements were met. In any case, all data collected through the date 
of collection of the last data point included in the determination of a 
baseline fuel parameter value must be utilized in the baseline 
determination of that fuel parameter.
    (C) Less than the minimum requirements specified in paragraph (d)(1) 
of this section may be allowed, upon petition and approval (per 
Sec. 80.93), if it can be shown that the available data is sufficient in 
quality and quantity to use in the baseline determination.
    (ii) Method 1 sampling requirements. At least half of the batches, 
or shipments if not batch blended, in a calendar month shall have been 
sampled over a minimum of six months in 1990.
    (iii) Method 2 sampling requirements. (A) Continuous blendstock 
streams shall have been sampled at least weekly over a minimum of six 
months in 1990.
    (B) For blendstocks produced on a batch basis, at least half of all 
batches of a single blendstock type produced in a calendar month shall 
have been sampled over a minimum of six months in 1990.
    (iv) Method 3 sampling requirements--(A) Blendstock data. (1) Post-
1990 continuous blendstock streams shall have been sampled at least 
weekly over a minimum of six months.
    (2) For post-1990 blendstocks produced on a batch basis, at least 
half of all batches of a single blendstock type produced in a calendar 
month shall have been sampled over a minimum of six months.
    (B) Gasoline data. At least half of the post-1990 batches, or 
shipments if not batch blended, in a calendar month shall have been 
sampled over a minimum of six months in order to use post-1990 gasoline 
data.
    (2) Sampling beyond today's date. The necessity and actual 
occurrence of data collection after today's date must be shown.
    (3) Negligible quantity sampling. Testing of a blendstock stream for 
a fuel parameter listed in this paragraph (d)(3) is not required if the 
refiner can show that the fuel parameter exists in the stream at less 
than or equal to the amount, on average, shown in this paragraph (d)(3) 
for that fuel parameter. Any fuel parameter shown to exist in a refinery 
stream in negligible amounts shall be assigned a value of 0.0:

Aromatics, volume percent--1.0
Benzene, volume percent--0.15
Olefins, volume percent--1.0
Oxygen, weight percent--0.2
Sulfur, ppm--30.0

    (4) Sample compositing. (i) Samples of gasoline or blendstock which 
have been retained, but not analyzed, may be mixed prior to analysis and 
analyzed, as described in paragraphs (d)(4)(iii) (A) through (H) of this 
section, for the required fuel parameters. Samples must be from the same 
season and year and must be of a single grade or of a single type of 
batch-produced blendstock.
    (ii) Blendstock samples of a single blendstock type obtained from 
continuous processes over a calendar month may be mixed together in 
equal volumes to form one blendstock sample and the sample subsequently 
analyzed for the required fuel parameters.
    (iii)(A) Samples shall have been collected and stored per the method 
normally employed at the refinery in order to prevent change in product 
composition with regard to baseline properties and to minimize loss of 
volatile fractions of the sample.
    (B) Properties of the retained samples shall be adjusted for loss of 
butane by comparing the RVP measured right after blending with the RVP 
determined at the time that the supplemental properties are measured.
    (C) The volume of each batch or shipment sampled shall have been 
noted

[[Page 678]]

and the sum of the volumes calculated to the nearest hundred (100) 
barrels.
    (D) For each batch or shipment sampled, the ratio of its volume to 
the total volume determined in paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(C) of this section 
shall be determined to three (3) decimal places. This shall be the 
volumetric fraction of the shipment in the mixture.
    (E) The total minimum volume required to perform duplicate analyses 
to obtain values of all of the required fuel parameters shall be 
determined.
    (F) The volumetric fraction determined in paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(D) 
of this section for each batch or shipment shall be multiplied by the 
value determined in paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(E) of this section.
    (G) The resulting value determined in paragraph (d)(4)(iii)(F) of 
this section for each batch or shipment shall be the volume of each 
batch or shipment's sample to be added to the mixture. This volume shall 
be determined to the nearest milliliter.
    (H) The appropriate volumes of each shipment's sample shall be 
thoroughly mixed and the solution analyzed per the methods normally 
employed at the refinery.
    (5) Test methods. (i) If the test methods used to obtain fuel 
parameter values of gasoline and gasoline blendstocks differ or are 
otherwise not equivalent in precision or accuracy to the corresponding 
test method specified in Sec. 80.46, results obtained under those 
procedures will only be acceptable, upon petition and approval (per 
Sec. 80.93), if the procedures are or were industry-accepted procedures 
for measuring the properties of gasoline and gasoline blendstocks at the 
time the measurement was made.
    (ii) Oxygen content may have been determined analytically or from 
oxygenate blending records.
    (A) The fuel parameter values, other than oxygen content, specified 
in paragraph (a) of this section, must be established as for any 
blendstock, per the requirements of this paragraph (d).
    (B) All oxygen associated with allowable gasoline oxygenates per 
Sec. 80.2(jj) shall be included in the determination of the baseline 
oxygen content, if oxygen content was determined analytically.
    (C) Oxygen content shall be assumed to be contributed solely by the 
oxygenate which is indicated on the blending records, if oxygen content 
was determined from blending records.
    (6) Data quality. Data may be excluded from the baseline 
determination if it is shown to the satisfaction of the Director of the 
Office of Mobile Sources, or designee, that it is not within the normal 
range of values expected for the gasoline or blendstock sample, 
considering unit configuration, operating conditions, etc.; due to:
    (i) Improper labeling; or
    (ii) Improper testing; or
    (iii) Other reasons as verified by the auditor specified in 
Sec. 80.92.
    (e) Baseline fuel parameter determination--(1) Closely integrated 
gasoline producing facilities. Each refinery or blending facility must 
determine a set of baseline fuel parameter values per this paragraph 
(e). A single set of baseline fuel parameters may be determined, upon 
petition and approval, for two or more facilities under either of the 
following circumstances:
    (i) Two or more refineries or sets of gasoline blendstock-producing 
units of a refiner engaged in the production of gasoline per paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section which are geographically proximate to each other, 
yet not within a single refinery gate, and whose 1990 operations were 
significantly interconnected.
    (ii) A gasoline blending facility operating per paragraph (b)(3) of 
this section received at least 75 percent of its 1990 blendstock volume 
from a single refinery, or from one or more refineries which are part of 
an aggregate baseline per Sec. 80.101(h). The blending facility and 
associated refinery(ies) must be owned by the same refiner.
    (iii) For facilities determined to be closely integrated gasoline 
producing facilities and for which EPA has granted a single set of 
baseline fuel parameter values per this paragraph (e)(1)(i):
    (A) All reformulated gasoline and anti-dumping standards shall be 
met by such closely integrated facilities on an aggregate basis;
    (B) A combined facility registration shall be submitted under 
Secs. 80.76 and 80.103; and

[[Page 679]]

    (C) Record keeping requirements under Secs. 80.74 and 80.104 and 
reporting requirements under Secs. 80.75 and 80.105 shall be met for 
such closely integrated facilities on an aggregate basis.
    (2) Equations--(i) Parameter determinations. Average baseline fuel 
parameters shall be determined separately for summer and winter using 
summer and winter data (per paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A) of this section), 
respectively, in the applicable equation listed in paragraphs (e)(2) 
(ii) through (iv) of this section, except that average baseline winter 
RVP shall be 8.7 psi.
    (ii) Product included in parameter determinations. In each of the 
equations listed in paragraphs (e)(2) (ii) through (iv) of this section, 
the following shall apply:
    (A) All gasoline produced to meet EPA's 1990 summertime volatility 
requirements shall be considered summer gasoline. All other gasoline 
shall be considered winter gasoline.
    (B)(1) Baseline total annual 1990 gasoline volume shall be the 
larger of the total volume of gasoline produced in or shipped from the 
refinery in 1990.
    (2) Baseline summer gasoline volume shall be the total volume of low 
volatility gasoline which met EPA's 1990 summertime volatility 
requirements. Baseline summer gasoline volume shall be determined on the 
same basis (produced or shipped) as baseline total annual gasoline 
volume.
    (3) Baseline winter gasoline volume shall be the baseline total 
annual gasoline volume minus the baseline summer gasoline volume.
    (C) Fuel parameter values shall be determined in the same units and 
at least to the same number of decimal places as the corresponding fuel 
parameter listed in paragraph (c)(5) of this section.
    (D) Volumes shall be reported to the nearest barrel or to the degree 
at which historical records were kept.
    (iii) Method 1. Summer and winter Method 1-type data, per paragraph 
(c)(1) of this section, shall be evaluated separately according to the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.013

where:

Xbs = summer or winter baseline value of fuel parameter X for 
the refinery
s = season, summer or winter, per paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A)(1) of this 
section
g = separate grade of season s gasoline produced by the refinery in 1990
ps = total number of different grades of season s gasoline 
produced by the refinery in 1990
Tgs = total volume of season s grade g gasoline produced in 
1990
Ns = total volume of season s gasoline produced by the 
refinery in 1990
i = separate batch or shipment of season s 1990 gasoline sampled
ngs = total number of season s samples of grade g gasoline
Xgis = parameter value of grade g gasoline sample i in season 
s
Vgis = volume of season s grade g gasoline sample i
SGgis = specific gravity of season s grade g gasoline sample 
i (used only for fuel parameters measured on a weight basis)

    (iv) Method 2. Summer and winter Method 2-type data, per paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section, shall be evaluated separately according to the 
following equation:

[[Page 680]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JY94.000

where

Xbs = Summer or winter baseline value of fuel parameter  x  
for the refinery
s = season, summer or winter, per paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A)(1) of this 
section
j = type of blendstock (e.g., reformate, isomerate, alkylate, etc.)
ms = total types of blendstocks in season s 1990 gasoline
Tjs = total 1990 volume of blendstock j used in the 
refinery's season s gasoline
Ns = total volume of season s gasoline produced in the 
refinery in 1990
i = sample of blendstock j
njs = number of samples of season s blendstock j from 
continuous process streams
Xijs = parameter value of sample i of season s blendstock j
pjs = number of samples of season s batch-produced blendstock 
j
Vijs = volume of batch of sample i of season s blendstock j
SGijs = specific gravity of sample i of season s blendstock j 
(used only for fuel parameters measured on a weight basis)

    (v) Method 3. (A) Post-1990 Blendstock. Summer and winter Method 3-
type data, per paragraph (c)(3) of this section, shall be evaluated 
separately according to the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.015

where

Xbs = Summer or winter baseline value of fuel parameter X for 
the refinery
s = season, summer or winter, per paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A)(1) of this 
section
j = type of blendstock (e.g., reformate, isomerate, alkylate, etc.)
ms = total types of blendstocks in season s 1990 gasoline
Tjs = total 1990 volume of blendstock j used in the 
refinery's season s gasoline
Ns = total volume of season s gasoline produced in the 
refinery in 1990
i=sample of post-1990 season s blendstock j
njs = number of samples of post-1990 season s blendstock j 
from continuous process streams
Xijs = parameter value of sample i of post-1990 season s 
blendstock j
pjs = number of samples of post-1990 season s batch-produced 
blendstock j
Vijs = volume of post-1990 batch of sample i of season s 
blendstock j
SGijs = specific gravity of sample i of season s blendstock j 
(used only for fuel parameters measured on a weight basis)

    (B) Post-1990 gasoline. Summer and winter Method 3-type gasoline 
data, per paragraph (c)(3) of this section, shall be evaluated 
separately according tothe following equation:

[[Page 681]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.016

where:
Xbs = Summer or winter baseline value of fuel parameter X for 
the refinery
s = season, summer or winter, per paragraph (d)(1)(i)(A)(1) of this 
section
g = separate grade of season s gasoline produced by the refinery in 1990
ps = total number of different grades of season s gasoline 
produced by the refinery in 1990
Tgs = total volume of season s grade g gasoline produced in 
1990
Ns = total volume of season s gasoline produced by the 
refinery in 1990
i = separate batch or shipment of post-1990 season s gasoline sampled
ngs = total number of samples of post-1990 season s grade g 
gasoline
Xgis = parameter value of post-1990 grade g season s gasoline 
sample i
Vgis = volume of post-1990 season s grade g gasoline sample i
SGgis = specific gravity of post-1990 season s grade g 
gasoline sample i (used only for fuel parameters measured on a weight 
basis)

    (3) Percent evaporated determination. (i) Baseline E200 and E300 
values shall be determined directly from actual measurement data.
    (ii) If the data per paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section are 
unavailable, upon petition and approval, baseline E200 and E300 values 
shall be determined from the following equations using the baseline T50 
and T90 values, if the baseline T50 and T90 values are otherwise 
acceptable:

E200 = 147.91 - (0.49  x  T50)
E300 = 155.47 - (0.22  x  T90)

    (4) Oxygen in the baseline. Baseline fuel parameter values shall be 
determined on both an oxygenated and non-oxygenated basis.
    (i) If baseline values are determined first on an oxygenated basis, 
per paragraph (e) of this section, the calculations in paragraphs 
(e)(4)(i) (A) through (C) of this section shall be performed to 
determine the value of each baseline parameter on a non-oxygenated 
basis.
    (A) Benzene, aromatic, olefin and sulfur content shall be determined 
on a non-oxygenated basis according to the following equation:

UV = [AV/(100-OV)]  x  100

where

UV = non-oxygenated parameter value
AV = oxygenated parameter value
OV = 1990 oxygenate volume as a percent of total production

    (B) Reid vapor pressure (RVP) shall be determined on a non-
oxygenated basis according to the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JY94.001

where

UR = non-oxygenated RVP (baseline value)
BR = oxygenated RVP
i = type of oxygenate used in 1990
n = total number of different types of oxygenates used in 1990
OVi = 1990 volume, as a percent of total production, of 
oxygenate i
ORi = blending RVP of oxygenate i

    (C) Test data and engineering judgement shall be used to estimate 
T90, T50, E300 and E200 baseline values on a non-oxygenated basis. 
Allowances shall be made for physical dilution and distillation effects 
only, and not for refinery operational changes, e.g., decreased reformer 
severity required due to the

[[Page 682]]

octane value of oxygenate which would reduce aromatics.
    (ii) If baseline values are determined first on a non-oxygenated 
basis, the calculations in paragraphs (e)(4)(ii) (A) through (C) of this 
section shall be performed to determine the value of each baseline 
parameter on an oxygenated basis.
    (A) Benzene, aromatic, olefin and sulfur content shall be determined 
on an oxygenated basis according to the following equation:

AV = UV  x  (100 - OV) / 100

where

AV = oxygenated parameter value
UV = non-oxygenated parameter value
OV = 1990 oxygenate volume as a percent of total production

    (B) Reid vapor pressure (RVP) shall be determined on an oxygenated 
basis according to the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JY94.002

where

BR = oxygenated RVP
UR = non-oxygenated RVP
i = type of oxygenate
n = total number of different types of oxygenates
OVi = 1990 volume, as a percent of total production, of 
oxygenate i
ORi = blending RVP of oxygenate i

    (C) Test data and engineering judgement shall be used to estimate 
T90, T50, E300 and E200 baseline values on an oxygenated basis. 
Allowances shall be made for physical dilution and distillation effects 
only, and not for refinery operational changes, e.g., decreased reformer 
severity required due to the octane value of oxygenate which would 
reduce aromatics.
    (5) Work-in-progress. A refiner may, upon petition and approval (per 
Sec. 80.93), be allowed to account for work- in-progress at one or more 
of its refineries in 1990 in the determination of that refinery's 
baseline fuel parameters using Method 1, 2 or 3-type data if it meets 
the requirements specified in this paragraph (e)(5).
    (i) Work-in-progress shall include:
    (A) Refinery modification projects involving gasoline blendstock or 
distillate producing units which were under construction in 1990; or
    (B) Refinery modification projects involving gasoline blendstock or 
distillate producing units which were contracted for prior to or in 1990 
such that the refiner was committed to purchasing materials and 
constructing the project.
    (ii) The modifications discussed in paragraph (e)(5)(i) of this 
section must have been initiated with intent of complying with a 
legislative or regulatory environmental requirement enacted or 
promulgated prior to January 1, 1991.
    (iii) When comparing emissions or parameter values determined with 
and without the anticipated work-in-progress adjustment, at least one of 
the following situations results when comparing annual average baseline 
values per Sec. 80.90:
    (A) A 2.5 percent or greater difference in exhaust benzene emissions 
(per Sec. 80.90); or
    (B) A 2.5 percent or greater difference in total exhaust toxics 
emissions (per Sec. 80.90(d)); or
    (C) A 2.5 percent or greater difference in NOX emissions 
(per Sec. 80.90(e)); or
    (D) A 10.0 percent or greater difference in sulfur values; or
    (E) A 10.0 percent or greater difference in olefin values; or
    (F) A 10.0 percent or greater difference in T90 values.
    (iv) The requirements of paragraph (e)(5)(iii) of this section shall 
be determined according to the following equation:

[[Page 683]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.020

    (v) The capital involved in the work-in-progress is at least:
    (A) 10.0 percent of the refinery's depreciated book value as of the 
work-in-progress start-up date; or
    (B) $10 million.
    (vi) Sufficient data shall have been obtained since reliable 
operation of the work-in-progress was achieved. Such data shall be used 
in the determination of the baseline value, due to the work-in-progress, 
of each of the fuel parameters specified in Sec. 80.91(a)(2)(i) and as 
verification of the effect of the work-in-progress.
    (A) The baseline value, due to the work-in-progress, of each of the 
fuel parameters specified in Sec. 80.91(a)(2)(i) shall be used in the 
determination of the emissions specified in Sec. 80.90.
    (B) The baseline values of sulfur, olefins and E300, due to the 
work-in-progress, shall be used in the determination of the emissions 
specified in Sec. 80.41(j)(3).
    (vii) The annual average baseline values of exhaust benzene 
emissions, per Sec. 80.90(b) and Sec. 80.90(c), exhaust toxics 
emissions, per Sec. 80.90(d), and NOX emissions, per 
Sec. 80.90(e), are the values resulting from the work-in-progress 
baseline adjustment, not to exceed the larger of:
    (A) The unadjusted annual average baseline value of each emission 
specified in this paragraph (e)(5)(vii); or
    (B) The following values:
    (1) Exhaust benzene emissions, simple model, 6.77;
    (2) Exhaust benzene emissions, complex model, 34.68 mg/mile;
    (3) Exhaust toxics emissions, 53.20 mg/mile in Phase I, 109.7 mg/
mile in Phase II;
    (4) NOX emissions, 750.1 mg/mile in Phase I, 1534. mg/
mile in Phase II.
    (viii) When compliance is achieved using the simple model, per 
Sec. 80.41 and/or Sec. 80.101, the baseline values of sulfur, olefins 
and T90 are the values resulting from the work-in-progress baseline 
adjustment, not to exceed the larger of:
    (A) The unadjusted annual average baseline value of each fuel 
parameter specified in paragraph (e)(5)(viii) of this section; or
    (B) The following values:
    (1) Sulfur, 355 ppm;
    (2) Olefins, 11.3 volume percent;
    (3) T90, 349  deg.F; or
    (C) An adjusted annual average baseline fuel parameter value for 
sulfur, olefins and T90 such that exhaust emissions of VOC, toxics, and 
NOX do not exceed the complex model emission levels specified 
in paragraph (e)(5)(vii)(B) of this section. In the petition for a work-
in-progress adjustment, the refiner shall specify sulfur, olefins and 
T90 values that meet these emission levels.
    (ix) All work-in-progress adjustments must be accompanied by:
    (A) Unadjusted and adjusted fuel parameters, emissions, and volumes; 
and
    (B) A description of the current status of the work-in-progress 
(i.e., the refinery modification project) and the date on which normal 
operations were achieved; and
    (C) A narrative describing the situation, the types of calculations, 
and the reasoning supporting the types of calculations done to determine 
the adjusted values.
    (6) Baseline adjustment for extenuating circumstances. (i) Baseline 
adjustments may be allowed, upon petition and approval (per Sec. 80.93), 
if a refinery had downtime of a gasoline blendstock producing unit for 
30 days or more in 1990 due to:
    (A) Unplanned, unforeseen circumstances; or
    (B) Non-annual maintenance (turnaround).
    (ii) Fuel parameter and volume adjustments shall be made by assuming 
that the downtime did not occur in 1990.
    (iii) All extenuating circumstance adjustments must be accompanied 
by:
    (A) Unadjusted and adjusted fuel parameters, emissions, and volumes; 
and

[[Page 684]]

    (B) A description of the current status of the extenuating 
circumstance and the date on which normal operations were achieved; and
    (C) A narrative describing the situation, the types of calculations, 
and the reasoning supporting the types of calculations done to determine 
the adjusted values.
    (7) Baseline adjustments for 1990 JP-4 production. (i) Baseline 
adjustments may be allowed, upon petition and approval (per Sec. 80.93), 
if a refinery produced JP-4 jet fuel in 1990 and all of the following 
requirements are also met:
    (A) Refinery type.
    (1) The refinery is the only refinery of a refiner such that it 
cannot form an aggregate baseline with another refinery (per 
Sec. 80.101(h)); or
    (2) The refinery is one refinery of a multi-refinery refiner for 
which all of the refiner's refineries produced JP-4 in 1990; or
    (3) The refinery is one refinery of a multi-refinery refiner for 
which not all of the refiner's refineries produced JP-4 in 1990.
    (B) No refinery of a given refiner produces reformulated gasoline. 
If any refinery of the refiner produces reformulated gasoline at any 
time in a calendar year, the compliance baselines of all the refiner's 
refineries receiving a baseline adjustment per this paragraph (e)(7) 
shall revert to the unadjusted baselines of each respective refinery for 
that year and all subsequent years.
    (C) 1990 JP-4 to gasoline ratio.
    (1) For a refiner per paragraph (e)(7)(i)(A)(1) of this section, the 
ratio of its refinery's 1990 JP-4 production to its 1990 gasoline 
production must be greater than or equal to 0.15.
    (2) For a refiner per paragraph (e)(7)(i)(A)(2) of this section, the 
ratio of each of its refinery's 1990 JP-4 production to its 1990 
gasoline production must be greater than or equal to 0.15.
    (3) For a refiner per paragraph (e)(7)(i)(A)(3) of this section, the 
ratio of the refiner's 1990 JP-4 production to its 1990 gasoline 
production must be greater than or equal to 0.15, when determined across 
all of its refineries. Such a refiner must comply with its anti-dumping 
requirements on an aggregate basis, per Sec. 80.101(h), across all of 
its refineries.
    (ii) Fuel parameter and volume adjustments shall be made by assuming 
that no JP-4 was produced in 1990.
    (iii) All adjustments due to 1990 JP-4 production must be 
accompanied by:
    (A) Unadjusted and adjusted fuel parameters, emissions, and volumes; 
and
    (B) A narrative describing the situation, the types of calculations, 
and the reasoning supporting the types of calculations done to determine 
the adjusted values.
    (8) Baseline adjustments due to increasing crude sulfur content.
    (i) Baseline adjustments may be allowed, upon petition and approval 
(per Sec. 80.93), if a refinery meets all of the following requirements:
    (A) The refinery does not produce reformulated gasoline. If the 
refinery produces reformulated gasoline at any time in a calendar year, 
its compliance baseline shall revert to its unadjusted baseline for that 
year and all subsequent years;
    (B) Has an unadjusted baseline sulfur value which is less than or 
equal to 50 parts per million (ppm);
    (C) Is not aggregated with one or more other refineries (per 
Sec. 80.101(h)). If a refinery which received an adjustment per this 
paragraph (e)(8) subsequently is included in an aggregate baseline, its 
compliance baseline shall revert to its unadjusted baseline for that 
year and all subsequent years;
    (D) Can show that installation of the refinery units necessary to 
process higher sulfur crude oil supplies to comply with the refinery's 
unadjusted baseline would cost at least $10 million or be greater than 
or equal to 10 percent of the depreciated book value of the refinery as 
of January 1, 1995;
    (E) Can show that it could not reasonably or economically obtain 
crude oil from an alternative source that would permit it to produce 
conventional gasoline which would comply with its unadjusted baseline;
    (F) Has experienced an increase of greater than or equal to 25 
percent in the average sulfur content of the crude oil used in the 
production of gasoline in the refinery since 1990, calculated as 
follows:

[[Page 685]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR04MR97.002

where:

CSHI = highest annual average crude sulfur (in ppm), of the crude slates 
used in the production of gasoline, determined over the years 1991-1994;
CS90 = 1990 annual average crude slate sulfur (in ppm), of the crude 
slates used in the production of gasoline;
CS%CHG = percent change in average sulfur content of crude slate;

    (G) Can show that gasoline sulfur changes are directly and solely 
attributable to the crude sulfur change, and not due to alterations in 
refinery operation nor choice of products.
    (ii) The adjusted baseline sulfur value shall be the actual baseline 
sulfur value, in ppm, plus 100 ppm.
    (iii) All adjustments made pursuant to this paragraph (e)(8) must be 
accompanied by:
    (A) Unadjusted and adjusted fuel parameters and emissions; and
    (B) A narrative describing the situation, the types of calculations, 
and the reasoning supporting the types of calculations done to determine 
the adjusted values.
    (9) Baseline adjustment for low sulfur and olefins.
    (i) Baseline adjustments may be allowed if a refinery meets all of 
the following requirements:
    (A) The unadjusted annual average baseline sulfur value of the 
refinery is less than or equal to 30 parts per million (ppm);
    (B) The unadjusted annual average baseline olefin value of the 
refinery is less than or equal to 1.0 percent by volume (vol%).
    (ii) Adjusted baseline values.
    (A) The adjusted baseline shall have an annual average sulfur value 
of 30 ppm, and an annual average olefin value of 1.0 vol%.
    (B) The adjusted baseline shall have a summer sulfur value of 30 
ppm, and a summer olefin value of 1.0 vol%.
    (C) The adjusted baseline shall have a winter sulfur value of 30 
ppm, and a winter olefin value of 1.0 vol%.
    (f) Baseline volume and emissions determination--(1) Individual 
baseline volume. (i) The individual baseline volume of a refinery 
described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section shall be the larger of 
the total gasoline volume produced in or shipped from the refinery in 
1990, excluding gasoline blendstocks and exported gasoline, and 
including the oxygenate volume associated with any product meeting the 
requirements specified in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (ii) Gasoline brought into the refinery in 1990 which exited the 
refinery, in 1990, unchanged shall not be included in determining the 
refinery's baseline volume.
    (iii) If a refiner is allowed to adjust its baseline per paragraphs 
(e)(5) through (e)(7) of this section, its individual baseline volume 
shall be the volume determined after the adjustment.
    (iv) The individual baseline volume for facilities deemed closely 
integrated, per paragraph (e)(1) of this section, shall be the combined 
1990 gasoline production of the facilities, so long as mutual volumes 
are not double-counted, i.e., volumes of blendstock sent from the 
refinery to the blending facility should not be included in the blending 
facility's volume.
    (v) The baseline volume of a refiner, per paragraph (b)(3) of this 
section, shall be the larger of the total gasoline volume produced in or 
shipped from the refinery in 1990, excluding gasoline blendstocks and 
exported gasoline.
    (vi) The baseline volume of an importer, per paragraph (b)(4) of 
this section, shall be the total gasoline volume imported into the U.S. 
in 1990.
    (2) Individual baseline emissions. (i) Individual annual average 
baseline emissions (per Sec. 80.90) shall be determined for every 
refinery, refiner or importer, as applicable.
    (ii) If the baseline fuel value for aromatics, olefins, and/or 
benzene (determined per paragraph (e) of this section) is higher than 
the high end of the valid range limits specified in Sec. 80.42(c)(1) if 
compliance is being determined under the Simple Model, or in 
Sec. 80.45(f)(1)(ii) if compliance is being determined under the Complex 
Model, then the valid range limits may be extended for conventional 
gasoline in the following manner:
    (A) The new high end of the valid range for aromatics is determined 
from the following equation:


[[Page 686]]


NAROLIM = AROBASE + 5.0 volume percent

where

NAROLIM = The new high end of the valid range limit for aromatics, in 
volume percent
AROBASE = The seasonal baseline fuel value for aromatics, in volume 
percent
    (B) The new high end of the valid range for olefins is determined 
from the following equation:

NOLELIM = OLEBASE + 3.0 volume percent

where

NOLELIM = The new high end of the valid range limit for olefins, in 
volume percent
OLEBASE = The seasonal baseline fuel value for olefins, in volume 
percent

    (C) The new high end of the valid range for benzene is determined 
from the following equation:

NBENLIM = BENBASE + 0.5 volume percent

where

NBENLIM = The new high end of the valid range limit for benzene, in 
volume percent
BENBASE = The seasonal baseline fuel value for benzene, in volume 
percent

    (D) The extension of the valid range is limited to the applicable 
summer or winter season in which the baseline fuel values for aromatics, 
olefins, and/or benzene exceed the high end of the valid range as 
described in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section. Also, the extension 
of the valid range is limited to use by the refiner whose baseline value 
for aromatics, olefins, and/or benzene was higher than the valid range 
limits as described in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (E) Any extension of the Simple Model valid range limits is 
applicable only to the Simple Model. Likewise any extension of the 
Complex Model valid range limits is applicable only to the Complex 
Model.
    (F) The valid range extensions calculated in paragraphs 
(f)(2)(ii)(A), (B), and (C) of this section are applicable to both the 
baseline fuel and target fuel for the purposes of determining the 
compliance status of conventional gasolines. The extended valid range 
limit represents the maximum value for that parameter above which fuels 
cannot be evaluated with the applicable compliance model.
    (G) Under the Simple Model, baseline and compliance calculations 
shall subscribe to the following limitations:
    (1) If the aromatics valid range has been extended per paragraph 
(f)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, an aromatics value equal to the high end 
of the valid range specified in Sec. 80.42(c)(1) shall be used for the 
purposes of calculating the exhaust benzene fraction.
    (2) If the fuel benzene valid range has been extended per paragraph 
(f)(2)(ii)(C) of this section, a benzene value equal to the high end of 
the valid range specified in Sec. 80.42(c)(1) shall be used for the 
purposes of calculating the exhaust benzene fraction.
    (H) Under the Complex Model, baseline and compliance calculations 
shall subscribe to the following limitations:
    (1) If the aromatics valid range has been extended per paragraph 
(f)(2)(ii)(A) of this section, an aromatics value equal to the high end 
of the valid range specified in Sec. 80.45(f)(1)(ii) shall be used for 
the purposes of calculating emissions performances.
    (2) If the olefins valid range has been extended per paragraph 
(f)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, an olefins value equal to the high end of 
the valid range specified in Sec. 80.45(f)(1)(ii) shall be used for the 
target fuel for the purposes of calculating emissions performances.
    (3) If the benzene valid range has been extended per paragraph 
(f)(2)(ii)(C) of this section, a benzene value equal to the high end of 
the valid range specified in Sec. 80.45(f)(1)(ii) shall be used for the 
target fuel for the purposes of calculating emissions performances.

    Editorial Note: At 62 FR 68207, Dec. 31, 1997, Sec. 80.91 was 
amended by adding paragraph (f)(2)(ii); however, (f)(2)(ii) already 
exists. The recently added subparagraph appears below.
    (ii) [Reserved]
    (iii) Facilities deemed closely integrated, per paragraph (e)(1) of 
this section, shall have a single set of annual average individual 
baseline emissions.
    (iv) Aggregate baselines (per Sec. 80.101(h)) must have the 
NOX emissions of all refineries in the aggregate

[[Page 687]]

determined on the same basis, using either oxygenated or non-oxygenated 
baseline fuel parameters.
    (3) Geographic considerations requiring individual conventional 
gasoline compliance baselines. (i) Anyone may petition EPA to establish 
separate baselines for refineries located in and providing conventional 
gasoline to an area with a limited gasoline distribution system if it 
can show that the area is experiencing increased toxics emissions due to 
an ozone nonattainment area opting into the reformulated gasoline 
program pursuant to section 211(k)(6) of the Act.
    (ii) If EPA agrees with the finding of paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this 
section, it shall require that the baselines of such refineries be 
separate from refineries not located in the area.
    (iii) If two (2) or more of a refiner's refineries are located in 
the geographic area of concern, the refiner may aggregate the baseline 
emissions and sulfur, olefin and T90 values of the refineries or have an 
individual baseline for one or more of the refineries, per paragraph 
(f)(3) of this section.
    (4) Baseline recalculations. Aggregate baseline exhaust emissions 
(per Sec. 80.90) and baseline sulfur, olefin and T90 values and 
aggregate baseline volumes shall be recalculated under the following 
circumstances:
    (i) A refinery included in an aggregate baseline is entirely 
shutdown. If the shutdown refinery was part of an aggregate baseline, 
the aggregate baseline emissions, aggregate baseline sulfur, olefin and 
T90 values and aggregate volume shall be recalculated to account for the 
removal of the shutdown refinery's contributions to the aggregate 
baseline.
    (ii) A refinery exchanges owners.
    (A) All aggregate baselines affected by the exchange shall be 
recalculated to reflect the addition or subtraction of the baseline 
exhaust emissions, sulfur, olefin and T90 values and volumes of that 
refinery.
    (B) The new owner may elect to establish an individual baseline for 
the refinery or to include it in an aggregate baseline.
    (C) If the refinery was part of an aggregate of three or more 
refineries, the remaining refineries in the aggregate from which that 
refinery was removed will have a new aggregate baseline. If the refinery 
was part of an aggregate of only two refineries, the remaining refinery 
will have an individual baseline.
    (g) Inability to meet the requirements of this section. If a refiner 
or importer is unable to comply with one or more of the requirements 
specified in paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section, it may, upon 
petition and approval, accommodate the lack of compliance in a 
reasonable, logical, technically sound manner, considering the 
appropriateness of the alternative. A narrative of the situation, as 
well as any calculations and results determined, must be documented.

[59 FR 7860, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36966, July 20, 1994; 60 
FR 6032, Feb. 1, 1995; 60 FR 40008, Aug. 4, 1995; 62 FR 9883, Mar. 4, 
1997; 62 FR 68207, Dec. 31, 1997]

    Editorial Note: At 62 FR 68207, Dec. 31, 1997, Sec. 80.91 was 
amended by revising paragraph (e)(1)(iii); however, (e)(1)(iii) did not 
exist in the 1997 edition of this volume.



Sec. 80.92  Baseline auditor requirements.

    (a) General requirements. (1) Each refiner or importer is required 
to have its individual baseline determination methodology, resulting 
baseline fuel parameter, volume and emissions values, and 1990-1993 
blendstock-to-gasoline ratios (per Sec. 80.102) verified by an auditor 
which meets the requirements described in this section. A refiner or 
importer which has the anti-dumping statutory baseline as its individual 
baseline is exempt from this requirement.
    (2) An auditor may be an individual or organization, and may utilize 
contractors and subcontractors to assist in the verification of a 
baseline.
    (3) If an auditor is an organization, one or more persons shall be 
designated as primary analyst(s). The primary analyst(s) shall meet the 
requirements described in paragraphs (c) (2) and (3) of this section and 
shall be responsible for the baseline audit per paragraph (f) of this 
section.
    (b) Independence. The auditor, its contractors, subcontractors and 
their organizations shall be independent of the submitting organization. 
All of the criteria listed in paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section 
must be met by every

[[Page 688]]

individual involved in substantive aspects of the baseline verification.
    (1) Previous employment criteria. (i) None of the auditing 
personnel, including any contractor or subcontractor personnel, involved 
in the baseline verification for a refiner or importer shall have been 
employed by the refiner or importer at any time during the three (3) 
years preceding the date of hire of the auditor by the refiner or 
importer for baseline verification purposes.
    (ii) Auditor personnel may have been a contractor or subcontractor 
to the refiner or importer, as long as all other criteria listed in this 
section are met.
    (iii) Auditor personnel may also have developed the baseline of the 
refiner or importer whose baseline they are auditing, but not as an 
employee (per paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section). Those involved only 
in the development of the baseline of the refiner or importer need not 
meet the requirements specified in this section.
    (2) Financial criteria. Neither the primary analyst, nor the 
auditing organization nor any organization or individual which may be 
contracted or subcontracted to supply baseline verification expertise 
shall:
    (i) Have received more than one quarter of its revenue from the 
refiner or importer during the year prior to the date of hire of the 
auditor by the refiner or importer for auditing purposes. Income 
received from the refiner or importer to develop the baseline being 
audited is excepted; nor
    (ii) Have a total of more than 10 percent of its net worth with the 
refiner or importer; nor
    (iii) Receive compensation for the audit which is dependent on the 
outcome of the audit.
    (c) Technical ability. All of the following criteria must be met by 
the auditor in order to demonstrate its technical capability to perform 
the baseline audit:
    (1) The auditor shall be technically capable of evaluating a 
baseline determination. It shall have personnel familiar with petroleum 
refining processes, including associated computational procedures, 
methods of product analysis and economics, and expertise in conducting 
the auditing process, including skills for effective data gathering and 
analysis.
    (2) The primary analyst must understand all technical details of the 
entire baseline audit process.
    (3)(i) The primary analyst shall have worked at least five (5) years 
in either refinery operations or as a consultant for the refining 
industry.
    (ii) If one or more computer models designed for refinery planning 
and/or economic analysis are used in the verification of an individual 
baseline, the primary analyst must have at least three (3) years 
experience working with the model(s) utilized in the verification.
    (iii) EPA may, upon petition, waive one or more of the requirements 
specified in paragraph (c)(3) of this section if the technical 
capability of the primary analyst is demonstrated to the satisfaction of 
the Director of the Office of Mobile Sources, or designee.
    (d) Auditor qualification statement. A statement documenting the 
qualifications of the auditor, primary analyst(s), contractors, 
subcontractors and their organizations must be submitted to EPA (Fuel 
Studies and Standards Branch, Baseline Auditor, U.S. EPA, 2565 Plymouth 
Rd., Ann Arbor, MI 48105).
    (1) Timing. (i) The auditor qualification statement may be submitted 
by the refiner or importer prior to baseline submission (per Sec. 80.93) 
or by a potential auditor at any time. The auditor will be deemed 
certified when all qualifications are met, to the satisfaction of the 
Director of the Office of Mobile Sources, or designee. If no response is 
received from EPA within 45 days of application or today's date, 
whichever is later, the auditor shall be deemed certified.
    (ii) The auditor qualification statement may be submitted by the 
refiner or importer with its baseline submission (per Sec. 80.93). If 
the auditor does not meet the criteria specified in this section, the 
baseline submission will not be accepted.
    (2) Content. The auditor qualification statement must contain all of 
the following information and may contain additional information which 
may aid EPA's review of the qualification statement:

[[Page 689]]

    (i) The name and address of each person and organization involved in 
substantive aspects of the baseline audit, including the auditor, 
primary analyst(s), others within the organization, and contractors and 
subcontractors;
    (ii) The refiners and/or importers for which the auditor, its 
contractors and subcontractors and their organizations do not meet the 
independence criteria described in paragraph (b) of this section; and
    (iii) The technical qualifications and experience of each person 
involved in the baseline audit, including a showing that the 
requirements described in paragraph (c) of this section are met.
    (e) Refiner and importer responsibility. (1) Each refiner and 
importer required to have its baseline verified by an auditor (per 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section) is responsible for utilizing an 
auditor for baseline verification which meets the requirements specified 
in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
    (2) A refiner's or importer's baseline submission will not be 
accepted until it has been verified using an auditor which meets the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
    (f) Auditor responsibilities. (1) The auditor must verify that all 
baseline submission requirements are fulfilled. This includes, but is 
not limited to, the following:
    (i) Verifying that all data is correctly accounted for;
    (ii) Verifying that all calculations are performed correctly;
    (iii) Verifying that all adjustments to the data and/or calculations 
to account for post-1990 data, work-in-progress, and/or extenuating or 
other circumstances, as allowed per Sec. 80.91, are valid and performed 
correctly.
    (2) The primary analyst shall prepare and sign a statement, to be 
included in the baseline submission of the refiner or importer, stating 
that:
    (i) He/she has thoroughly reviewed the sampling methodology and 
baseline calculations; and
    (ii) To the best of his/her knowledge, the requirements and 
intentions of the rulemaking are met in the baseline determination; and
    (iii) He/she agrees with the final baseline parameter, volume and 
emission values listed in the baseline submission.
    (3) The auditor may be subject to debarment under U.S.C. 1001 if it 
displays gross incompetency, intentionally commits an error in the 
verification process or misrepresents itself or information in the 
baseline verification.



Sec. 80.93  Individual baseline submission and approval.

    (a) Submission timing. (1) Each refiner, blender or importer shall 
submit two copies of its individual baseline to EPA (Fuel Studies and 
Standards Branch, Baseline Submission, U.S. EPA, 2565 Plymouth Rd., Ann 
Arbor, MI 48105) not later than June 1, 1994.
    (2) If a refiner must collect data after December 15, 1993 (per 
Sec. 80.91(d)(2)), it shall submit two copies of its individual baseline 
to EPA (per Sec. 80.93(a)(1)) by September 1, 1994.
    (3)(i) All petitions required for baseline adjustments or 
methodology deviations will be approved or disapproved by the Director 
of the Office of Mobile Sources, or designee. All instances where a 
``showing'' or other proof is required are also subject to approval by 
the Director of the Office of Mobile Sources, or designee.
    (ii) Petitions, ``showings,'' and other associated proof may be 
submitted to EPA prior to submittal of the individual baseline (per 
paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section). EPA will attempt to 
review and approve, disapprove or otherwise comment on the petition, 
etc., prior to the deadline for baseline submittal.
    (iii) In the event that EPA does not comment on the petition prior 
to the deadline for baseline submittal, the refiner or importer must 
still comply with the applicable baseline submittal deadline.
    (iv) Petitions submitted prior to the deadline for baseline 
submittals shall be submitted to the EPA at the following address: Fuels 
Studies and Standards Branch, Baseline Petition, U.S. EPA, 2565 Plymouth 
Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105.
    (4) If a baseline recalculation is required per Sec. 80.91(f), 
documentation and recalculation of all affected baselines shall be 
submitted to EPA within 30

[[Page 690]]

days of the previous baseline(s) becoming inaccurate due to the 
circumstances outlined in Sec. 80.91(f).
    (b) Submission content. (1) Individual baseline submissions shall 
include, at minimum, the information specified in this paragraph (b).
    (i) During its review and evaluation of the baseline submission, EPA 
may require a refiner or importer to submit additional information in 
support of the baseline determination.
    (ii) Additional information which may assist EPA during its review 
and evaluation of the baseline may be included at the submitter's 
discretion.
    (2) Administrative information shall include:
    (i) Name and business address of the refiner or importer;
    (ii) Name, business address and business phone number of the company 
contact;
    (iii) Address and physical location of each refinery, terminal or 
import facility;
    (iv) Address and physical location where documents which are 
supportive of the baseline determination for each facility are kept;
    (3) The chief executive officer statement shall be:
    (i) A statement signed by the chief executive officer of the 
company, or designee, which states that:
    (A) The company is complying with the requirements as a refiner, 
blender or importer, as appropriate;
    (B) The data used in the baseline determination is the extent of the 
data available for the determination of all required baseline fuel 
parameters;
    (C) All calculations and procedures followed per Secs. 80.90 through 
80.93 have been done correctly;
    (D) Proper adjustments have been made to the data or in the 
calculations, as applicable;
    (E) The requirements and intentions of the rulemaking have been met 
in determining the baseline fuel parameters; and
    (F) The baseline fuel parameter values determined for each facility 
represent that facility's 1990 gasoline to the fullest extent possible.
    (ii) A refiner or importer which is permitted to utilize the 
parameter values specified in Sec. 80.91(c)(5), and does so, shall 
submit a statement signed by the chief executive officer of the company, 
or designee, indicating that insufficient data exist for a baseline 
determination by the types of data allowed for that entity, as specified 
in Sec. 80.91.
    (4) The auditor-related requirements are:
    (i) Name, address, telephone number and date of hire of each auditor 
hired for baseline verification, whether or not the auditor was retained 
through the baseline approval process.
    (ii) Identification of the auditor responsible for the verification. 
A copy of this auditor's qualification statement, per Sec. 80.92, must 
be included if the auditor has not been approved by EPA, per Sec. 80.92;
    (iii) Indication of the primary analyst(s) involved in each 
refinery's baseline verification; and
    (iv) The signed auditor verification statement, per Sec. 80.92.
    (5) The following baseline information for each refinery, refiner or 
importer, as applicable, shall be provided:
    (i) Individual baseline fuel parameter values, on an oxygenated and 
non-oxygenated basis, and on a summer and winter basis, per Sec. 80.91;
    (ii) Individual baseline exhaust emissions shall be shown 
separately, on a summer, winter and annual average basis (per 
Sec. 80.90) as follows:
    (A) Simple model exhaust benzene emissions;
    (B) Complex model exhaust benzene emissions;
    (C) Complex model exhaust toxics emissions, for Phase I;
    (D) Complex model exhaust NOX emissions, for Phase I, 
using oxygenated individual baseline fuel parameters;
    (E) Complex model exhaust NOX emissions, for Phase I, 
using non-oxygenated individual baseline fuel parameters;
    (F) Complex model exhaust toxics emissions, for Phase II;
    (G) Complex model exhaust NOX emissions, for Phase II, 
using oxygenated individual baseline fuel parameters; and
    (H) Complex model exhaust NOX emissions, for Phase II, 
using non-oxygenated individual baseline fuel parameters;

[[Page 691]]

    (iii) Individual 1990 baseline gasoline volumes, per Sec. 80.91, 
shall be shown separately on a summer, winter and annual average basis; 
and
    (iv) Blendstock-to-gasoline ratios for each calendar year 1990 
through to 1993, per Sec. 80.102.
    (6) Confidential business information.
    (i) Upon approval of an individual baseline, EPA will publish the 
individual annualized baseline exhaust emissions, on an annual average 
basis, specified in paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section. Such 
individual baseline exhaust emissions shall not be considered 
confidential. In addition, the reporting information required under 
Sec. 80.75(b)(2)(ii) (D), (G) and (J), and Sec. 80.105(a)(4)(i) (E), (H) 
and (K) shall not be considered confidential.
    (ii) Information in the baseline submission which the submitter 
desires to be considered confidential business information (per 40 CFR 
part 2, subpart B) must be clearly identified. If no claim of 
confidentiality accompanies a submission when it is received by EPA, the 
information may be made available to the public without further notice 
to the submitter pursuant to the provisions of 40 CFR part 2, subpart B.
    (7) Information related to baseline determination as specified in 
Sec. 80.91 and paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) Additional baseline submission requirements when Method 1-, 2- 
and/or 3-type data is utilized. All requirements of this paragraph shall 
be reported separately for each facility, unless the facilities are 
closely integrated, per Sec. 80.91.
    (1) General. The following information shall be provided:
    (i) The number of months in 1990 during which the facility was 
operating;
    (ii) 1990 summer gasoline production volume, per Sec. 80.91, total 
and by grade, for all gasoline produced but not exported;
    (iii) 1990 winter gasoline production volume, per Sec. 80.91, total 
and by grade, for all gasoline produced, excluding gasoline exported; 
and
    (iv) Whether this facility is actually two facilities which are 
closely integrated, per Sec. 80.91.
    (2) Baseline values. The following shall be included for each fuel 
parameter for which a baseline value is required, per Sec. 80.91:
    (i) Narrative of the development of the baseline value of the fuel 
parameter, including discussion of the sampling and calculation 
methodologies, technical judgment used, effects of petition results on 
calculated values, and any additional information which may assist EPA 
in its review of the baseline;
    (ii) Identification of the data-type(s), per Sec. 80.91, used in the 
determination of a given fuel parameter;
    (iii) Identification of test method. If not per Sec. 80.46, include 
a narrative, explain differences and describing adequacy, per 
Sec. 80.91;
    (iv) Documentation that the minimum sampling requirements per 
Sec. 80.91 have been met;
    (v) Petition and narrative, if needed, for use of less than the 
minimum required data, per Sec. 80.91;
    (vi) Identification of instances of sample compositing per 
Sec. 80.91;
    (vii) Identification of streams for which one or more parameter 
values were deemed negligible per Sec. 80.91; and
    (viii) Discussion of the calculation of oxygenated or non-oxygenated 
fuel parameter values from non-oxygenated or oxygenated values, 
respectively, per Sec. 80.91.
    (3) Method 1. If Method 1-type data is utilized in the baseline 
determination, the following information on 1990 batches of gasoline, or 
shipments if not batch blended, are required by grade shall be provided:
    (i) First and last sampling dates;
    (ii) The following shall be indicated separately on a summer and 
winter basis, by month:
    (A) Number of months sampled;
    (B) Number of 1990 batches, or shipments if not batch blended;
    (C) Total volume of all batches or shipments;
    (D) Number of batches or shipments sampled;
    (E) Total volume of all batches or shipments sampled;
    (F) Baseline fuel parameter value, per Sec. 80.91; and
    (iii) A showing that data was available on every batch of 1990 
gasoline, if applicable, per Sec. 80.91 (b)(3) or (b)(4).

[[Page 692]]

    (4) Method 2. If Method 2-type data is utilized in the baseline 
determination, the following information on each type of 1990 blendstock 
used in the refinery's gasoline are required, by blendstock type shall 
be provided:
    (i) First and last sampling dates; and
    (ii) The following shall be indicated separately on a summer and 
winter basis, by month:
    (A) Number of months sampled;
    (B) Each type of blendstock used in 1990 gasoline and total number 
of blendstocks. Include all blendstocks produced, purchased or otherwise 
received which were blended to produce gasoline within the facility. 
Identify all blendstocks not produced in the facility but used in the 
facility's 1990 gasoline;
    (C) Total volume of each blendstock used in gasoline in 1990;
    (D) Identification of blendstock streams as batch or continuous;
    (E) Number of blendstock samples from continuous blendstock streams;
    (F) Number of blendstock samples from batch processes, including 
volume of each batch sampled; and
    (G) Baseline fuel parameter value, per Sec. 80.91.
    (5) Method 3, blendstock data. The following information on each 
type of post-1990 gasoline blendstock used in the refinery's gasoline 
are required, by blendstock type shall be provided:
    (i) First and last sampling dates;
    (ii) The following shall be indicated separately on a summer and 
winter basis, by month:
    (A) Number of post-1990 months sampled;
    (B) Each type of blendstock used in 1990 gasoline and total number 
of blendstocks. Include all blendstocks produced, purchased or otherwise 
received which were blended to produce gasoline within the facility. 
Identify all blendstocks not produced in the facility but used in the 
facility's 1990 gasoline;
    (C) Total volume of each blendstock used in gasoline in 1990;
    (D) Identification of post-1990 blendstock streams as batch or 
continuous;
    (E) Number of post-1990 blendstock samples from continuous 
blendstock streams;
    (F) Number of post-1990 blendstock samples from batch processes, 
including volume of each batch sampled; and
    (G) Baseline fuel parameter value, per Sec. 80.91; and
    (iii) Support documentation showing that the criteria of Sec. 80.91 
for using Method 3-type blendstock data are met.
    (6) Method 3, post-1990 gasoline data. The following information on 
post-1990 batches of gasoline, or shipments if not batch blended, are 
required by grade:
    (i) First and last sampling dates;
    (ii) The following shall be indicated separately for summer and 
winter production, by month:
    (A) Number of post-1990 months sampled;
    (B) Number of post-1990 batches, or shipments if not batch blended;
    (C) Total volume of all post-1990 batches or shipments;
    (D) Number of post-1990 batches or shipments sampled;
    (E) Volume of each post-1990 batch or shipment sampled; and
    (F) Baseline fuel parameter value, per Sec. 80.91; and
    (iii) Support documentation showing that the criteria of Sec. 80.91 
for using post-1990 gasoline data are met.
    (7) Work-in-progress (WIP). All of the following must be included in 
support of a WIP adjustment (per Sec. 80.91(e)(5)):
    (i) Petition including identification of the specific baseline 
emission(s) or parameter for which the WIP adjustment is desired;
    (ii) Showing that all WIP criteria, per Sec. 80.91(e)(5), are met;
    (iii) Unadjusted and adjusted baseline fuel parameters, emissions 
and volume for the facility; and
    (iv) Narrative, per Sec. 80.91 (e)(5).
    (8) Extenuating circumstances. All of the following must be included 
in support of an extenuating circumstance adjustment (per Sec. 80.91 
(e)(6) through (e)(7)):
    (i) Petition including identification of the allowable circumstance, 
per Sec. 80.91 (e)(6) through (e)(7);
    (ii) Showing that all applicable criteria, per Sec. 80.91 (e)(6) 
through (e)(7), are met;
    (iii) Unadjusted and adjusted baseline fuel parameters, emissions 
and volume for the facility; and

[[Page 693]]

    (iv) Narrative, per Sec. 80.91.
    (9) Other baseline information. Narrative discussing any aspects of 
the baseline determination not already indicated per the requirements of 
paragraph (c)(8) of this section shall be provided.
    (10) Refinery information. The following information, on a summer or 
winter basis, shall be provided:
    (i) Refinery block flow diagram, showing principal refining units;
    (ii) Principal refining unit charge rates and capacities;
    (iii) Crude types utilized (names, gravities, and sulfur content) 
and crude charge rates; and
    (iv) Information on the following units, if utilized in the 
refinery:
    (A) Catalytic Cracking Unit: conversion, unit yields, gasoline fuel 
parameter values (per Sec. 80.91(a)(2));
    (B) Hydrocracking Unit: unit yields, gasoline fuel parameter values 
(per Sec. 80.91(a)(2));
    (C) Catalytic Reformer: unit yields, severities;
    (D) Bottoms Processing Units (including, but not limited to, coking, 
extraction and hydrogen processing): gasoline stream yields;
    (E) Yield structures for other principal units in the refinery 
(including but not limited to Alkylation, Polymerization, Isomerization, 
Etherification, Steam Cracking).
    (d) Requirements for petition applicable to Puerto Rico gasoline.
    (1) Any refiner or importer with Puerto Rico gasoline, or Puerto 
Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands gasoline, in its individual baseline may 
petition EPA to use the summer Complex Model to evaluate its Puerto Rico 
and Virgin Islands gasoline for compliance under Sec. 80.101.
    (2) The petition must be sent to: U.S. EPA, Fuels and Energy 
Division, 2000 Traverwood, Ann Arbor, MI 48105.
    (3) The petition must include the following:
    (i) Identification of the refinery;
    (ii) Identification of contact person;
    (iii) A revised individual baseline determination, wherein the 
baseline Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands gasoline has been evaluated 
using the summer Complex Model. The calculations should be clearly and 
fully described and displayed.
    (iv) Baseline auditor agreement with the revised baseline.
    (4) EPA reserves the right to request additional information. If 
such information is not forthcoming in a timely manner, the petition 
will not be approved.

[59 FR 7860, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36968, July 20, 1994; 60 
FR 65575, Dec. 20, 1995; 64 FR 30910, June 9, 1999]

    Effective Date Note: At 64 FR 30910, June 9, 1999, in Sec. 80.93, 
paragraph (d) was added, effective July 26, 1999.



Sec. 80.94  Requirements for gasoline produced at foreign refineries.

    (a) Definitions. (1) A foreign refinery is a refinery that is 
located outside the United States, including the Commonwealth of Puerto 
Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of 
the Northern Mariana Islands (collectively referred to in this section 
as ``the United States'').
    (2) A foreign refiner is a person who meets the definition of 
refiner under Sec. 80.2(i) for foreign refinery.
    (3) FRGAS means gasoline produced at a foreign refinery that has 
been assigned an individual refinery baseline and that is imported into 
the United States.
    (4) Non-FRGAS means gasoline that is produced at a foreign refinery 
that has not been assigned an individual refinery baseline, gasoline 
produced at a foreign refinery with an individual refinery baseline that 
is not imported into the United States, and gasoline produced at a 
foreign refinery with an individual baseline during a year when the 
foreign refiner has opted to not participate in the FRGAS program under 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (5) Certified FRGAS means FRGAS the foreign refiner intends to 
include in the foreign refinery's NOX and exhaust toxics 
compliance calculations under Sec. 80.101(g), and does include in these 
compliance calculations when reported to EPA.
    (6) Non-certified FRGAS means FRGAS that is not certified FRGAS.
    (b) Baseline establishment. Any foreign refiner may submit to EPA a 
petition for an individual refinery baseline, under Secs. 80.90 through 
80.93.

[[Page 694]]

    (1) The provisions for baselines as specified in Secs. 80.90 through 
80.93 shall apply to a foreign refinery, except where provided otherwise 
in this section.
    (2) The baseline for a foreign refinery shall reflect only the 
volume and properties of gasoline produced in 1990 that was imported 
into the United States.
    (3) A baseline petition shall establish the volume of conventional 
gasoline produced at a foreign refinery and imported into the United 
States during the calendar year immediately preceding the year the 
baseline petition is submitted.
    (4) In making determinations for foreign refinery baselines EPA will 
consider all information supplied by a foreign refiner, and in addition 
may rely on any and all appropriate assumptions necessary to make such a 
determination.
    (5) Where a foreign refiner submits a petition that is incomplete or 
inadequate to establish an accurate baseline, and the refiner fails to 
cure this defect after a request for more information, then EPA shall 
not assign an individual refinery baseline.
    (6) Baseline petitions under this paragraph (b) of this section must 
be submitted before January 1, 2002.
    (c) General requirements for foreign refiners with individual 
refinery baselines. Any foreign refiner of a refinery that has been 
assigned an individual baseline under paragraph (b) of this section 
shall designate all gasoline produced at the foreign refinery that is 
exported to the United States as either certified FRGAS or as non-
certified FRGAS, except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (1)(i) In the case of certified FRGAS, the foreign refiner shall 
meet all requirements that apply to refiners under 40 CFR part 80, 
subparts D, E and F.
    (ii) If the foreign refinery baseline is assigned, or a foreign 
refiner begins early use of a refinery baseline under paragraph (r) of 
this section, on a date other than January 1, the compliance baseline 
for the initial year shall be calculated under Sec. 80.101(f) using an 
adjusted baseline volume, as follows:

AV1990 = (D/365)  x  V1990

where:

AV1990 = Adjusted 1990 baseline volume
D = Number of days remaining in the year, beginning with the day the 
foreign refinery baseline is approved or the day the foreign refiner 
begins early use of a refinery baseline, whichever is later
V1990 = Foreign refinery's 1990 baseline volume.

    (2) In the case of non-certified FRGAS, the foreign refiner shall 
meet the following requirements, except the foreign refiner shall 
substitute the name ``non-certified FRGAS'' for the names ``reformulated 
gasoline'' or ``RBOB'' wherever they appear in the following 
requirements:
    (i) The designation requirements in Sec. 80.65(d)(1);
    (ii) The recordkeeping requirements in Sec. 80.74 (a), and (b)(3);
    (iii) The reporting requirements in Sec. 80.75 (a), (m), and (n);
    (iv) The registration requirements in Sec. 80.76;
    (v) The product transfer document requirements in Sec. 80.77 (a) 
through (f), and (j);
    (vi) The prohibition in Sec. 80.78(a)(10), (b) and (c); and
    (vii) The independent audit requirements in Secs. 80.125 through 
80.127, 80.128 (a) through (c), and (g) through (i), and 80.130.
    (3)(i) Any foreign refiner that has been assigned an individual 
baseline for a foreign refinery under paragraph (b) of this section may 
elect to classify no gasoline imported into the United States as FRGAS, 
provided the foreign refiner notifies EPA of the election no later than 
November 1 of the prior calendar year.
    (ii) An election under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section shall:
    (A) Be for an entire calendar year averaging period and apply to all 
gasoline produced during the calendar year at the foreign refinery that 
is imported into the United States; and
    (B) Remain in effect for each succeeding calendar year averaging 
period, unless and until the foreign refiner notifies EPA of a 
termination of the election. The change in election shall take effect at 
the beginning of the next calendar year.
    (iii) A foreign refiner who has aggregated refineries under 
Sec. 80.101(h) shall

[[Page 695]]

make the same election under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section for all 
refineries in the aggregation.
    (d) Designation, product transfer documents, and foreign refiner 
certification. (1) Any foreign refiner of a foreign refinery that has 
been assigned an individual baseline shall designate each batch of FRGAS 
as such at the time the gasoline is produced, unless the foreign refiner 
has elected to classify no gasoline exported to the United States as 
FRGAS under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.
    (2) On each occasion when any person transfers custody or title to 
any FRGAS prior to its being imported into the United States, the 
following information shall be included as part of the product transfer 
document information in Secs. 80.77 and 80.106:
    (i) Identification of the gasoline as certified FRGAS or as non-
certified FRGAS; and
    (ii) The name and EPA refinery registration number of the refinery 
where the FRGAS was produced.
    (3) On each occasion when FRGAS is loaded onto a vessel or other 
transportation mode for transport to the United States, the foreign 
refiner shall prepare a certification for each batch of the FRGAS that 
meets the following requirements:
    (i) The certification shall include the report of the independent 
third party under paragraph (f) of this section, and the following 
additional information:
    (A) The name and EPA registration number of the refinery that 
produced the FRGAS;
    (B) The identification of the gasoline as certified FRGAS or non-
certified FRGAS;
    (C) The volume of FRGAS being transported, in gallons;
    (D) A declaration that the FRGAS is being included in the compliance 
baseline calculations under Sec. 80.101(f) for the refinery that 
produced the FRGAS; and
    (E) In the case of certified FRGAS:
    (1) The values for each parameter required to calculate 
NOX and exhaust toxics emissions performance as determined 
under paragraph (f) of this section; and
    (2) A declaration that the FRGAS is being included in the compliance 
calculations under Sec. 80.101(g) for the refinery that produced the 
FRGAS.
    (ii) The certification shall be made part of the product transfer 
documents for the FRGAS.
    (e) Transfers of FRGAS to non-United States markets. The foreign 
refiner is responsible to ensure that all gasoline classified as FRGAS 
is imported into the United States. A foreign refiner may remove the 
FRGAS classification, and the gasoline need not be imported into the 
United States, but only if:
    (1)(i) The foreign refiner excludes:
    (A) The volume of gasoline from the refinery's compliance baseline 
calculations under Sec. 80.101(h); and
    (B) In the case of certified FRGAS, the volume and parameter values 
of the gasoline from the compliance calculations under Sec. 80.101(g);
    (ii) The exclusions under paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section shall 
be on the basis of the parameter and volumes determined under paragraph 
(f) of this section; and
    (2) The foreign refiner obtains sufficient evidence in the form of 
documentation that the gasoline was not imported into the United States.
    (f) Load port independent sampling, testing and refinery 
identification. (1) On each occasion FRGAS is loaded onto a vessel for 
transport to the United States a foreign refiner shall have an 
independent third party:
    (i) Inspect the vessel prior to loading and determine the volume of 
any tank bottoms;
    (ii) Determine the volume of FRGAS loaded onto the vessel (exclusive 
of any tank bottoms present before vessel loading);
    (iii) Obtain the EPA-assigned registration number of the foreign 
refinery;
    (iv) Determine the name and country of registration of the vessel 
used to transport the FRGAS to the United States; and
    (v) Determine the date and time the vessel departs the port serving 
the foreign refinery.
    (2) On each occasion certified FRGAS is loaded onto a vessel for 
transport to the United States a foreign refiner shall have an 
independent third party:
    (i) Collect a representative sample of the certified FRGAS from each 
vessel

[[Page 696]]

compartment subsequent to loading on the vessel and prior to departure 
of the vessel from the port serving the foreign refinery;
    (ii) Prepare a volume-weighted vessel composite sample from the 
compartment samples, and determine the values for sulfur, benzene, 
gravity, E200 and E300 using the methodologies specified in Sec. 80.46, 
by:
    (A) The third party analyzing the sample; or
    (B) The third party observing the foreign refiner analyze the 
sample;
    (iii) Determine the values for aromatics, olefins, RVP and each 
oxygenate specified in Sec. 80.65(e)(2) for the gasoline loaded onto the 
vessel, by:
    (A) Completing the analysis procedures under paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of 
this section for the additional parameters; or
    (B) Obtaining from the foreign refiner the test results of samples 
collected from each shore tank containing gasoline that was loaded onto 
the vessel, and calculating the parameter values for the gasoline loaded 
onto the vessel from the tank parameter values and the gasoline volume 
from each such shore tank that was loaded;
    (iv) Review original documents that reflect movement and storage of 
the certified FRGAS from the refinery to the load port, and from this 
review determine:
    (A) The refinery at which the FRGAS was produced; and
    (B) That the FRGAS remained segregated from:
    (1) Non-FRGAS and non-certified FRGAS; and
    (2) Other certified FRGAS produced at a different refinery, except 
that certified FRGAS may be combined with other certified FRGAS produced 
at refineries that are aggregated under Sec. 80.101(h);
    (3) The independent third party shall submit a report:
    (i) To the foreign refiner containing the information required under 
paragraphs (f) (1) and (2) of this section, to accompany the product 
transfer documents for the vessel; and
    (ii) To the Administrator containing the information required under 
paragraphs (f) (1) and (2) of this section, within thirty days following 
the date of the independent third party's inspection. This report shall 
include a description of the method used to determine the identity of 
the refinery at which the gasoline was produced, that the gasoline 
remained segregated as specified in paragraph (n)(1) of this section, 
and a description of the gasoline's movement and storage between 
production at the source refinery and vessel loading.
    (4) A person may be used to meet the third party requirements in 
this paragraph (f) only if:
    (i) The person is approved in advance by EPA, based on a 
demonstration of ability to perform the procedures required in this 
paragraph (f);
    (ii) The person is independent under the criteria specified in 
Sec. 80.65(f)(2)(iii); and
    (iii) The person signs a commitment that contains the provisions 
specified in paragraph (i) of this section with regard to activities, 
facilities and documents relevant to compliance with the requirements of 
this paragraph (f).
    (g) Comparison of load port and port of entry testing. (1)(i) Any 
foreign refiner and any United States importer of certified FRGAS shall 
compare the results from the load port testing under paragraph (f) of 
this section, with the port of entry testing as reported under paragraph 
(o) of this section, for the volume of gasoline, for the parameter 
values for sulfur, benzene, gravity, E200 and E300, and for the 
NOX and exhaust toxics emissions performance; except that
    (ii) Where a vessel transporting certified FRGAS off loads this 
gasoline at more than one United States port of entry, and the 
conditions of paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section are not met at the 
first United States port of entry, the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) 
and (g)(2) of this section do not apply at subsequent ports of entry if 
the United States importer obtains a certification from the vessel owner 
or his immediate designee that the vessel has not loaded any gasoline or 
blendstock between the first United States port of entry and the 
subsequent port of entry.
    (2)(i) The requirements of paragraph (g)(2)(ii) apply if:
    (A)(1) The temperature-corrected volumes determined at the port of 
entry

[[Page 697]]

and at the load port differ by more than one percent; or
    (2) For any parameter specified in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this 
section, the values determined at the port of entry and at the load port 
differ by more than the reproducibility amount specified for the port of 
entry test result by the American Society of Testing and Materials 
(ASTM); unless
    (B) The NOX and exhaust toxics emissions performance, in 
grams per mile, calculated using the port of entry test results, are 
each equal to or less than the NOX and exhaust toxics 
emissions performance calculated using the load port test results;
    (ii) The United States importer and the foreign refiner shall treat 
the gasoline as non-certified FRGAS, and the foreign refiner shall:
    (A) Exclude the gasoline volume and properties from its conventional 
gasoline NOX and exhaust toxics compliance calculations under 
Sec. 80.101(g); and
    (B) Include the gasoline volume in its compliance baseline 
calculation under Sec. 80.101(f), unless the foreign refiner establishes 
that the United States importer classified the gasoline only as 
conventional gasoline and not as reformulated gasoline.
    (h) Attest requirements. The following additional procedures shall 
be carried out by any foreign refiner of FRGAS as part of the attest 
engagement for each foreign refinery under 40 CFR part 80, subpart F.
    (1) Include in the inventory reconciliation analysis under 
Sec. 80.128(b) and the tender analysis under Sec. 80.128(c) non-FRGAS in 
addition to the gasoline types listed in Sec. 80.128 (b) and (c).
    (2) Obtain separate listings of all tenders of certified FRGAS, and 
of non-certified FRGAS. Agree the total volume of tenders from the 
listings to the gasoline inventory reconciliation analysis in 
Sec. 80.128(b), and to the volumes determined by the third party under 
paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
    (3) For each tender under paragraph (h)(2) of this section where the 
gasoline is loaded onto a marine vessel, report as a finding the name 
and country of registration of each vessel, and the volumes of FRGAS 
loaded onto each vessel.
    (4) Select a sample from the list of vessels identified in paragraph 
(h)(3) of this section used to transport certified FRGAS, in accordance 
with the guidelines in Sec. 80.127, and for each vessel selected perform 
the following:
    (i) Obtain the report of the independent third party, under 
paragraph (f) of this section, and of the United States importer under 
paragraph (o) of this section.
    (A) Agree the information in these reports with regard to vessel 
identification, gasoline volumes and test results.
    (B) Identify, and report as a finding, each occasion the load port 
and port of entry parameter and volume results differ by more than the 
amounts allowed in paragraph (g) of this section, and determine whether 
the foreign refiner adjusted its refinery calculations as required in 
paragraph (g) of this section.
    (ii) Obtain the documents used by the independent third party to 
determine transportation and storage of the certified FRGAS from the 
refinery to the load port, under paragraph (f) of this section. Obtain 
tank activity records for any storage tank where the certified FRGAS is 
stored, and pipeline activity records for any pipeline used to transport 
the certified FRGAS, prior to being loaded onto the vessel. Use these 
records to determine whether the certified FRGAS was produced at the 
refinery that is the subject of the attest engagement, and whether the 
certified FRGAS was mixed with any non-certified FRGAS, non-FRGAS, or 
any certified FRGAS produced at a different refinery that was not 
aggregated under Sec. 80.101(h).
    (5)(i) Select a sample from the list of vessels identified in 
paragraph (h)(3) of this section used to transport certified and non-
certified FRGAS, in accordance with the guidelines in Sec. 80.127, and 
for each vessel selected perform the following:
    (ii) Obtain a commercial document of general circulation that lists 
vessel arrivals and departures, and that includes the port and date of 
departure of the vessel, and the port of entry and date of arrival of 
the vessel. Agree the vessel's departure and arrival locations and dates 
from the independent third

[[Page 698]]

party and United States importer reports to the information contained in 
the commercial document.
    (6) Obtain separate listings of all tenders of non-FRGAS, and 
perform the following:
    (i) Agree the total volume of tenders from the listings to the 
gasoline inventory reconciliation analysis in Sec. 80.128(b).
    (ii) Obtain a separate listing of the tenders under paragraph (h)(6) 
of this section where the gasoline is loaded onto a marine vessel. 
Select a sample from this listing in accordance with the guidelines in 
Sec. 80.127, and obtain a commercial document of general circulation 
that lists vessel arrivals and departures, and that includes the port 
and date of departure and the ports and dates where the gasoline was off 
loaded for the selected vessels. Determine and report as a finding the 
country where the gasoline was off loaded for each vessel selected.
    (7) In order to complete the requirements of this paragraph (h) an 
auditor shall:
    (i) Be independent of the foreign refiner;
    (ii) Be licensed as a Certified Public Accountant in the United 
States and a citizen of the United States, or be approved in advance by 
EPA based on a demonstration of ability to perform the procedures 
required in Secs. 80.125 through 80.130 and this paragraph (h); and
    (iii) Sign a commitment that contains the provisions specified in 
paragraph (i) of this section with regard to activities and documents 
relevant to compliance with the requirements of Secs. 80.125 through 
80.130 and this paragraph (h).
    (i) Foreign refiner commitments. Any foreign refiner shall commit to 
and comply with the provisions contained in this paragraph (i) as a 
condition to being assigned an individual refinery baseline.
    (1) Any United States Environmental Protection Agency inspector or 
auditor will be given full, complete and immediate access to conduct 
inspections and audits of the foreign refinery.
    (i) Inspections and audits may be either announced in advance by 
EPA, or unannounced.
    (ii) Access will be provided to any location where:
    (A) Gasoline is produced;
    (B) Documents related to refinery operations are kept;
    (C) Gasoline or blendstock samples are tested or stored; and
    (D) FRGAS is stored or transported between the foreign refinery and 
the United States, including storage tanks, vessels and pipelines.
    (iii) Inspections and audits may be by EPA employees or contractors 
to EPA.
    (iv) Any documents requested that are related to matters covered by 
inspections and audits will be provided to an EPA inspector or auditor 
on request.
    (v) Inspections and audits by EPA may include review and copying of 
any documents related to:
    (A) Refinery baseline establishment, including the volume and 
parameters, and transfers of title or custody, of any gasoline or 
blendstocks, whether FRGAS or non-FRGAS, produced at the foreign 
refinery during the period January 1, 1990 through the date of the 
refinery baseline petition or through the date of the inspection or 
audit if a baseline petition has not been approved, and any work papers 
related to refinery baseline establishment;
    (B) The parameters and volume of FRGAS;
    (C) The proper classification of gasoline as being FRGAS or as not 
being FRGAS, or as certified FRGAS or as non-certified FRGAS;
    (D) Transfers of title or custody to FRGAS;
    (E) Sampling and testing of FRGAS;
    (F) Work performed and reports prepared by independent third parties 
and by independent auditors under the requirements of this section, 
including work papers; and
    (G) Reports prepared for submission to EPA, and any work papers 
related to such reports.
    (vi) Inspections and audits by EPA may include taking samples of 
gasoline or blendstock, and interviewing employees.
    (vii) Any employee of the foreign refiner will be made available for 
interview by the EPA inspector or auditor, on request, within a 
reasonable time period.

[[Page 699]]

    (viii) English language translations of any documents will be 
provided to an EPA inspector or auditor, on request, within 10 working 
days.
    (ix) English language interpreters will be provided to accompany EPA 
inspectors and auditors, on request.
    (2) An agent for service of process located in the District of 
Columbia will be named, and service on this agent constitutes service on 
the foreign refiner or any officer, or employee of the foreign refiner 
for any action by EPA or otherwise by the United States related to the 
requirements of 40 CFR part 80, subparts D, E and F.
    (3) The forum for any civil or criminal enforcement action related 
to the provisions of this section for violations of the Clean Air Act or 
regulations promulgated thereunder shall be governed by the Clean Air 
Act, including the EPA administrative forum where allowed under the 
Clean Air Act.
    (4) United States substantive and procedural laws shall apply to any 
civil or criminal enforcement action against the foreign refiner or any 
employee of the foreign refiner related to the provisions of this 
section.
    (5) Submitting a petition for an individual refinery baseline, 
producing and exporting gasoline under an individual refinery baseline, 
and all other actions to comply with the requirements of 40 CFR part 80, 
subparts D, E and F relating to the establishment and use of an 
individual refinery baseline constitute actions or activities covered by 
and within the meaning of 28 U.S.C. 1605(a)(2), but solely with respect 
to actions instituted against the foreign refiner, its agents, officers, 
and employees in any court or other tribunal in the United States for 
conduct that violates the requirements applicable to the foreign refiner 
under 40 CFR part 80, subparts D, E and F, including such conduct that 
violates Title 18 U.S.C. section 1001, Clean Air Act section 113(c)(2), 
or other applicable provisions of the Clean Air Act.
    (6) The foreign refiner, or its agents, officers, or employees, will 
not seek to detain or to impose civil or criminal remedies against EPA 
inspectors or auditors, whether EPA employees or EPA contractors, for 
actions performed within the scope of EPA employment related to the 
provisions of this section.
    (7) The commitment required by this paragraph (i) shall be signed by 
the owner or president of the foreign refiner business.
    (8) In any case where FRGAS produced at a foreign refinery is stored 
or transported by another company between the refinery and the vessel 
that transports the FRGAS to the United States, the foreign refiner 
shall obtain from each such other company a commitment that meets the 
requirements specified in paragraphs (i) (1) through (7) of this 
section, and these commitments shall be included in the foreign 
refiner's baseline petition.
    (j) Sovereign immunity. By submitting a petition for an individual 
foreign refinery baseline under this section, or by producing and 
exporting gasoline to the United States under an individual refinery 
baseline under this section, the foreign refiner, its agents, officers, 
and employees, without exception, become subject to the full operation 
of the administrative and judicial enforcement powers and provisions of 
the United States without limitation based on sovereign immunity, with 
respect to actions instituted against the foreign refiner, its agents, 
officers, and employees in any court or other tribunal in the United 
States for conduct that violates the requirements applicable to the 
foreign refiner under 40 CFR part 80, subparts D, E and F, including 
such conduct that violates Title 18 U.S.C. section 1001, Clean Air Act 
section 113(c)(2), or other applicable provisions of the Clean Air Act.
    (k) Bond posting. Any foreign refiner shall meet the requirements of 
this paragraph (k) as a condition to being assigned an individual 
refinery baseline.
    (1) The foreign refiner shall post a bond of the amount calculated 
using the following equation:

Bond = G  x  $0.01

where:

Bond = amount of the bond in U.S. dollars
G = the largest volume of conventional gasoline produced at the foreign 
refinery and exported to the United States, in gallons, during a single 
calendar year among the most recent of the following calendar years, up 
to a maximum of five calendar

[[Page 700]]

years: the calendar year immediately preceding the date the baseline 
petition is submitted, the calendar year the baseline petition is 
submitted, and each succeeding calendar year

    (2) Bonds shall be posted by:
    (i) Paying the amount of the bond to the Treasurer of the United 
States;
    (ii) Obtaining a bond in the proper amount from a third party surety 
agent that is payable to satisfy United States judicial judgments 
against the foreign refiner, provided EPA agrees in advance as to the 
third party and the nature of the surety agreement; or
    (iii) An alternative commitment that results in assets of an 
appropriate liquidity and value being readily available to the United 
States, provided EPA agrees in advance as to the alternative commitment.
    (3) If the bond amount for a foreign refinery increases the foreign 
refiner shall increase the bond to cover the shortfall within 90 days of 
the date the bond amount changes. If the bond amount decreases, the 
foreign refiner may reduce the amount of the bond beginning 90 days 
after the date the bond amount changes.
    (4) Bonds posted under this paragraph (k) shall be used to satisfy 
any judicial judgment that results from an administrative or judicial 
enforcement action for conduct in violation of 40 CFR part 80, subparts 
D, E and F, including such conduct that violates Title 18 U.S.C. section 
1001, Clean Air Act section 113(c)(2), or other applicable provisions of 
the Clean Air Act.
    (5) On any occasion a foreign refiner bond is used to satisfy any 
judgment, the foreign refiner shall increase the bond to cover the 
amount used within 90 days of the date the bond is used.
    (l) Blendstock tracking. For purposes of blendstock tracking by any 
foreign refiner under Sec. 80.102 by a foreign refiner with an 
individual refinery baseline, the foreign refiner may exclude from the 
calculations required in Sec. 80.102(d) the volume of applicable 
blendstocks for which the foreign refiner has sufficient evidence in the 
form of documentation that the blendstocks were used to produce gasoline 
used outside the United States.
    (m) English language reports. Any report or other document submitted 
to EPA by any foreign refiner shall be in the English language, or shall 
include an English language translation.
    (n) Prohibitions. (1) No person may combine certified FRGAS with any 
non-certified FRGAS or non-FRGAS, and no person may combine certified 
FRGAS with any certified FRGAS produced at a different refinery that is 
not aggregated under Sec. 80.101(h), except as provided in paragraph (e) 
of this section.
    (2) No foreign refiner or other person may cause another person to 
commit an action prohibited in paragraph (n)(1) of this section, or that 
otherwise violates the requirements of this section.
    (o) United States importer requirements. Any United States importer 
shall meet the following requirements.
    (1) Each batch of imported gasoline shall be classified by the 
importer as being FRGAS or as non-FRGAS, and each batch classified as 
FRGAS shall be further classified as certified FRGAS or as non-certified 
FRGAS.
    (2) Gasoline shall be classified as certified FRGAS or as non-
certified FRGAS according to the designation by the foreign refiner if 
this designation is supported by product transfer documents prepared by 
the foreign refiner as required in paragraph (d) of this section, unless 
the gasoline is classified as non-certified FRGAS under paragraph (g) of 
this section.
    (3) For each gasoline batch classified as FRGAS, any United States 
importer shall perform the following procedures.
    (i) In the case of both certified and non-certified FRGAS, have an 
independent third party:
    (A) Determine the volume of gasoline in the vessel;
    (B) Use the foreign refiner's FRGAS certification to determine the 
name and EPA-assigned registration number of the foreign refinery that 
produced the FRGAS;
    (C) Determine the name and country of registration of the vessel 
used to transport the FRGAS to the United States; and
    (D) Determine the date and time the vessel arrives at the United 
States port of entry.
    (ii) In the case of certified FRGAS, have an independent third 
party:

[[Page 701]]

    (A) Collect a representative sample from each vessel compartment 
subsequent to the vessel's arrival at the United States port of entry 
and prior to off loading any gasoline from the vessel;
    (B) Prepare a volume-weighted vessel composite sample from the 
compartment samples; and
    (C) Determine the values for sulfur, benzene, gravity, E200 and E300 
using the methodologies specified in Sec. 80.46, by:
    (1) The third party analyzing the sample; or
    (2) The third party observing the importer analyze the sample
    (4) Any importer shall submit reports within thirty days following 
the date any vessel transporting FRGAS arrives at the United States port 
of entry:
    (i) To the Administrator containing the information determined under 
paragraph (o)(3) of this section; and
    (ii) To the foreign refiner containing the information determined 
under paragraph (o)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (5)(i) Any United States importer shall meet the requirements 
specified for conventional gasoline in Sec. 80.101 for any imported 
conventional gasoline that is not classified as certified FRGAS under 
paragraph (o)(2) of this section.
    (ii) The baseline applicable to a United States importer who has not 
been assigned an individual importer baseline under Sec. 80.91(b)(4) 
shall be the baseline specified in paragraph (p) of this section.
    (p) Importer Baseline. (1) Each calendar year starting in 2000, the 
Administrator shall calculate the volume weighted average NOX 
emissions of imported conventional gasoline for a multi-year period 
(MYANOx). This calculation:
    (i) Shall use the Phase II Complex Model;
    (ii) Shall include all conventional gasoline in the following 
categories:
    (A) Imported conventional gasoline that is classified as 
conventional gasoline, and included in the conventional gasoline 
compliance calculations of importers for each year; and
    (B) Imported conventional gasoline that is classified as certified 
FRGAS, and included in the conventional gasoline compliance calculations 
of foreign refiners for each year;
    (iii)(A) In 2000 only, shall be for the 1998 and 1999 averaging 
periods and also shall include all conventional gasoline classified as 
FRGAS and included in the conventional gasoline compliance calculations 
of a foreign refiner for 1997, and all conventional gasoline batches not 
classified as FRGAS that are imported during 1997 beginning on the date 
the first batch of FRGAS arrives at a United States port of entry; and
    (B) Starting in 2001, shall include imported conventional gasoline 
during the prior three calendar year averaging periods.
    (2)(i) If the volume-weighted average NOX emissions 
(MYANOx), calculated in paragraph (p)(1) of this section, is 
greater than 1,465 mg/mile, the Administrator shall calculate an 
adjusted baseline for NOX according to the following 
equation:

ABNOx = 1,465 mg/mile - (MYANOx - 1,465 mg/mile)

where:

ABNOx = Adjusted NOX baseline, in mg/mile
MYANOx = Multi-year average NOX emissions, in mg/
mile

    (ii) For the 1998 and 1999 multi-year averaging period only the 
value of ABNOx shall not be larger than 1,480 mg/mile 
regardless of the calculation under paragraph (p)(2)(i) of this section.
    (3)(i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sec. 80.91(b)(4)(iii), the 
baseline NOX emissions values applicable to any United States 
importer who has not been assigned an individual importer baseline under 
Sec. 80.91(b)(4) shall be the more stringent of the statutory baseline 
value for NOX under Sec. 80.91(c)(5), or the adjusted 
NOX baseline calculated in paragraph (p)(2) of this section.
    (ii) On or before June 1 of each calendar year, the Administrator 
shall announce the NOX baseline that applies to importers 
under this paragraph (p). If the baseline is an adjusted baseline, it 
shall be effective for any conventional gasoline imported beginning 60 
days following the Administrator's announcement. If the baseline is the 
statutory baseline, it shall be effective upon announcement. A baseline 
shall

[[Page 702]]

remain in effect until the effective date of a subsequent change to the 
baseline pursuant to this paragraph (p).
    (q) Withdrawal or suspension of a foreign refinery's baseline. EPA 
may withdraw or suspend a baseline that has been assigned to a foreign 
refinery where:
    (1) A foreign refiner fails to meet any requirement of this section;
    (2) A foreign government fails to allow EPA inspections as provided 
in paragraph (i)(1) of this section;
    (3) A foreign refiner asserts a claim of, or a right to claim, 
sovereign immunity in an action to enforce the requirements in 40 CFR 
part 80, subparts D, E and F; or
    (4) A foreign refiner fails to pay a civil or criminal penalty that 
is not satisfied using the foreign refiner bond specified in paragraph 
(k) of this section.
    (r) Early use of a foreign refinery baseline. (1) A foreign refiner 
may begin using an individual refinery baseline before EPA has approved 
the baseline, provided that:
    (i) A baseline petition has been submitted as required in paragraph 
(b) of this section;
    (ii) EPA has made a provisional finding that the baseline petition 
is complete;
    (iii) The foreign refiner has made the commitments required in 
paragraph (i) of this section;
    (iv) The persons who will meet the independent third party and 
independent attest requirements for the foreign refinery have made the 
commitments required in paragraphs (f)(3)(iii) and (h)(7)(iii) of this 
section; and
    (v) The foreign refiner has met the bond requirements of paragraph 
(k) of this section.
    (2) In any case where a foreign refiner uses an individual refinery 
baseline before final approval under paragraph (r)(1) of this section, 
and the foreign refinery baseline values that ultimately are approved by 
EPA are more stringent than the early baseline values used by the 
foreign refiner, the foreign refiner shall recalculate its compliance, 
ab initio, using the baseline values approved by EPA, and the foreign 
refiner shall be liable for any resulting violation of the conventional 
gasoline requirements.
    (s) Additional requirements for petitions, reports and certificates. 
Any petition for a refinery baseline under paragraph (b) of this 
section, any report or other submission required by paragraphs (c), 
(f)(2), or (i) of this section, and any certification under paragraph 
(d)(3) or (g)(1)(ii) of this section shall be:
    (1) Submitted in accordance with procedures specified by the 
Administrator, including use of any forms that may specified by the 
Administrator.
    (2) Be signed by the president or owner of the foreign refiner 
company, or in the case of (g)(1)(ii) the vessel owner, or by that 
person's immediate designee, and shall contain the following 
declaration:

    I hereby certify: (1) that I have actual authority to sign on behalf 
of and to bind [insert name of foreign refiner or vessel owner] with 
regard to all statements contained herein; (2) that I am aware that the 
information contained herein is being certified, or submitted to the 
United States Environmental Protection Agency, under the requirements of 
40 CFR part 80, subparts D, E and F and that the information is material 
for determining compliance under these regulations; and (3) that I have 
read and understand the information being certified or submitted, and 
this information is true, complete and correct to the best of my 
knowledge and belief after I have taken reasonable and appropriate steps 
to verify the accuracy thereof.
    I affirm that I have read and understand that the provisions of 40 
CFR part 80, subparts D, E and F, including 40 CFR 80.94 (i), (j) and 
(k), apply to [insert name of foreign refiner or vessel owner]. Pursuant 
to Clean Air Act section 113(c) and Title 18, United States Code, 
section 1001, the penalty for furnishing false, incomplete or misleading 
information in this certification or submission is a fine of up to 
$10,000, and/or imprisonment for up to five years.

[62 FR 45563, Aug. 28, 1997]



Secs. 80.95-80.100  [Reserved]



Sec. 80.101  Standards applicable to refiners and importers.

    Any refiner or importer of conventional gasoline shall meet the 
standards specified in this section over the specified averaging period, 
beginning on January 1, 1995.

[[Page 703]]

    (a) Averaging period. The averaging period for the standards 
specified in this section shall be January 1 through December 31.
    (b) Conventional gasoline compliance standards--(1) Simple model 
standards. The simple model standards are the following:
    (i) Annual average exhaust benzene emissions, calculated according 
to paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section, shall not exceed the refiner's 
or importer's compliance baseline for exhaust benzene emissions;
    (ii) Annual average levels of sulfur shall not exceed 125% of the 
refiner's or importer's compliance baseline for sulfur;
    (iii) Annual average levels of olefins shall not exceed 125% of the 
refiner's or importer's compliance baseline for olefins; and
    (iv) Annual average values of T-90 shall not exceed 125% of the 
refiner's or importer's compliance baseline for T-90.
    (2) Optional complex model standards. Annual average levels of 
exhaust benzene emissions, weighted by volume for each batch and 
calculated using the applicable complex model under Sec. 80.45, shall 
not exceed the refiner's or importer's 1990 average exhaust benzene 
emissions.
    (3) Complex model standards. (i) Annual average levels of exhaust 
toxics emissions and NOX emissions, weighted by volume for 
each batch and calculated using the applicable complex model under 
Sec. 80.45, shall not exceed the refiner's or importer's compliance 
baseline for exhaust toxics and NOX emissions, respectively.
    (ii) Annual average levels of RVP, benzene, aromatics, olefins, 
sulfur, E200 and E300 shall not be greater than the conventional 
gasoline complex model valid range limits for the parameter under 
Sec. 80.45(f)(1)(ii), or the refiner or importer's annual 1990 baseline 
for the parameter if outside the valid range limit, whichever is 
greater.
    (c) Applicability of standards. (1) For each averaging period prior 
to January 1, 1998, a refiner or importer shall be subject to either the 
Simple Model or Optional Complex Model Standards, at their option, 
except that any refiner or importer shall be subject to:
    (i) The Simple Model Standards if the refiner or importer uses the 
Simple Model Standards for reformulated gasoline; or
    (ii) The Optional Complex Model Standards if the refiner or importer 
used the Complex Model Standards for reformulated gasoline.
    (2) Beginning January 1, 1998, each refiner and importer shall be 
subject to the Complex Model Standards for each averaging period.
    (d) Product to which standards apply. Any refiner for each refinery, 
or any importer, shall include in its compliance calculations:
    (1) Any conventional gasoline produced or imported during the 
averaging period;
    (2) Any non-gasoline petroleum products that are produced or 
imported and sold or transferred from the refinery or group of 
refineries or importer during the averaging period, if required pursuant 
to Sec. 80.102(e)(2), unless the refiner or importer is able to 
establish in the form of documentation that the petroleum products were 
used for a purpose other than the production of gasoline within the 
United States;
    (3) Any gasoline blending stock produced or imported during the 
averaging period which becomes conventional gasoline solely upon the 
addition of oxygenate;
    (4)(i) Any oxygenate that is added to conventional gasoline, or 
gasoline blending stock as described in paragraph (d)(3) of this 
section, where such gasoline or gasoline blending stock is produced or 
imported during the averaging period;
    (ii) In the case of oxygenate that is added at a point downstream of 
the refinery or import facility, the oxygenate may be included only if 
the refiner or importer can establish the oxygenate was in fact added to 
the gasoline or gasoline blendstock produced, by showing that the 
oxygenate was added by:
    (A) The refiner or importer; or
    (B) By a person other than the refiner or importer, provided that 
the refiner or importer:
    (1) Has a contract with the oxygenate blender that specifies 
procedures to be followed by the oxygenate blender that are reasonably 
calculated to ensure blending with the amount and type of

[[Page 704]]

oxygenate claimed by the refiner or importer; and
    (2) Monitors the oxygenate blending operation to ensure the volume 
and type of oxygenate claimed by the refiner or importer is correct, 
through periodic audits of the oxygenate blender designed to assess 
whether the overall volumes and type of oxygenate purchased and used by 
the oxygenate blender are consistent with the oxygenate claimed by the 
refiner or importer and that this oxygenate was blended with the 
refiner's or importer's gasoline or blending stock, periodic sampling 
and testing of the gasoline produced subsequent to oxygenate blending, 
and periodic inspections to ensure the contractual requirements imposed 
by the refiner or importer on the oxygenate blender are being met.
    (e) Product to which standards do not apply. Any refiner for each 
refinery, or any importer, shall exclude from its compliance 
calculations:
    (1) Gasoline that was not produced at the refinery or was not 
imported by the importer;
    (2) Blendstocks that have been included in another refiner's 
compliance calculations, pursuant to Sec. 80.102(e)(2) or otherwise;
    (3) California gasoline as defined in Sec. 80.81(a)(2); and
    (4) Gasoline that is exported.
    (f) Compliance baseline determinations. (1) In the case of any 
refiner or importer for whom an individual baseline has been established 
under Sec. 80.91, the individual baseline for each parameter or 
emissions performance shall be the compliance baseline for that refiner 
or importer.
    (2) In the case of any refiner or importer for whom the anti-dumping 
statutory baseline applies under Sec. 80.91, the anti-dumping statutory 
baseline for each parameter or emissions performance shall be the 
compliance baseline for that refiner or importer.
    (3) [Reserved]
    (4)(i)[Reserved]
    (ii)[Reserved]
    (iii) Any refiner or importer with Puerto Rico gasoline, or Puerto 
Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands gasoline, in its individual baseline and 
which has met the requirements specified in paragraph (g)(1)(ii)(B) of 
this section, and whose total volume of conventional gasoline, RBOB, 
reformulated gasoline, and California gasoline, as defined in 
Sec. 80.81(a)(2), produced or imported by the refiner or importer during 
the averaging period is greater than that refiner's or importer's 1990 
baseline volume as determined under Sec. 80.91(f)(1), must calculate the 
compliance baseline for each parameter or emissions performance 
according to the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR09JN99.003

where:

CBi = the compliance baseline value for emissions performance 
          i
Bi = the refiner's or importer's individual annual baseline 
          for emissions performance i under Sec. 80.91 for gasoline 
          supplied to areas subject to volatility standards under 
          Sec. 80.27
BSi = the refiner's or importer's individual baseline as 
          determined under Sec. 80.91 using the summer Complex Model, 
          for gasoline supplied to Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin 
          Islands, for emissions performance i
DBAi = annual anti-dumping statutory baseline value for 
          emissions performance i under Sec. 80.91(c)(5)(iv)
DBSi = the summer statutory baseline value for emissions 
          performance i under Sec. 80.45(b)(3), table 5
Va = total volume of RFG, conventional gasoline, RBOB, 
          oxygenates and California gasoline as defined under 
          Sec. 80.81(a)(2) produced or imported during the averaging 
          period
V1990 = 1990 baseline volume under Sec. 80.91(f)(1)
V1990s = 1990 baseline volume of gasoline supplied to Puerto 
          Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands
Vas = volume of conventional gasoline supplied during the 
          averaging period to Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands
i = exhaust toxics or NOX emissions performance


[[Page 705]]


    (4) Any compliance baseline under paragraph (f)(1) of this section 
shall be adjusted for each averaging period as follows:
    (g) Compliance calculations--(1)(i) Simple model calculations. In 
the case of any refiner or importer subject to an individual refinery 
baseline, the annual average value for each parameter or emissions 
performance during the averaging period, calculated according to the 
following methodologies, shall be less than or equal to the refiner's or 
importer's standard under paragraph (b) of this section for that 
parameter.
    (A) The average value for sulfur, T-90, olefin, benzene, and 
aromatics for an averaging period shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JY94.004

where

APARM = the average value for the parameter being evaluated
Vi  = the volume of conventional gasoline or other products 
included under paragraph (d) of this section, in batch i
PARMi = the value of the parameter being evaluated for batch 
i as determined in accordance with the test methods specified in 
Sec. 80.46
n = the number of batches of conventional gasoline and other products 
included under paragraph (d) of this section produced or imported during 
the averaging period
SGi = specific gravity of batch i (only applicable for 
sulfur)

    (B) Exhaust benzene emissions under the Simple Model for an 
averaging period are calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JY94.005

where

EXHBEN = the average exhaust benzene emissions for the averaging period
BZ = the average benzene content for the averaging period, calculated 
per paragraph (g)(1)(i)(A) of this section
AR = the average aromatics content for the averaging period, calculated 
per paragraph (g)(1)(i)(A) of this section

    (ii) Complex Model calculations.
    (A) Exhaust benzene, exhaust toxics, and exhaust NOX 
emissions performance for each batch shall be calculated in accordance 
with the applicable model under Sec. 80.45.
    (B) A refiner which has Puerto Rico gasoline, or Puerto Rico and 
U.S. Virgin Islands gasoline, in its baseline shall use the summer 
Complex Model to evaluate its averaging period Puerto Rico and U.S. 
Virgin Islands gasoline provided it has petitioned the Agency, per 
Sec. 80.93(d), and has received Agency approval on the petition, and has 
revised its individual baseline, such that the Puerto Rico and U.S. 
Virgin Islands gasoline in its individual baseline has been evaluated 
using the summer Complex Model.
    (2) In the case of any refiner or importer subject to the anti-
dumping statutory baseline, the refiner or importer shall determine 
compliance using the following methodology:
    (i) Calculate the compliance total for the averaging period for 
sulfur, T-90, olefins, exhaust benzene emissions, exhaust toxics and 
exhaust NOX emissions, as applicable, based upon the anti-
dumping statutory baseline value for that parameter using the formula 
specified at Sec. 80.67.
    (ii) Calculate the actual total for the averaging period for sulfur, 
T-90, olefins, exhaust benzene emissions, exhaust toxics and exhaust 
NOX emissions, as applicable, based upon the value of the 
parameter for each batch of conventional gasoline and gasoline 
blendstocks, if applicable, using the formula specified at Sec. 80.67.
    (iii) The actual total for exhaust benzene emissions, exhaust toxics 
and exhaust NOX emissions, shall not exceed

[[Page 706]]

the compliance total, and the actual totals for sulfur, olefins and T-90 
shall not exceed 125% of the compliance totals, as required under the 
applicable model.
    (3) Exhaust toxics and NOX emissions performance of a 
blendstock batch shall be determined as follows:
    (i) Determine the volume and properties of the blendstock.
    (ii) Determine the blendstock volume fraction (F) based on the 
volume of blendstock, and the volume of gasoline with which the 
blendstock is blended, using the following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31DE97.009

where:

F = blendstock volume fraction
Vb = volume of blendstock
Vg = volume of gasoline with which the blendstock is blended

    (iii) For each parameter required by the complex model, calculate 
the parameter value that would result by combining, at the blendstock 
volume fraction (F), the blendstock with a gasoline having properties 
equal to the refinery's or importer's baseline, using the following 
formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31DE97.010

where:

CPj = calculated value for parameter j
BAPj = baseline value for parameter j
BLPj = value of parameter j for the blendstock or oxygenate
j = each parameter required by the complex model

    (A) The baseline value shall be the refinery's ``summer'' or 
``winter'' baseline, based on the ``summer'' or ``winter'' 
classification of the gasoline produced as determined under paragraphs 
(g)(5) or (g)(6) of this section. In the case of a refinery that is 
aggregated under paragraph (h) of this section, the refinery baseline 
shall be used, and not the aggregate baseline.
    (B) The sulfur content and oxygen wt% computations under paragraph 
(g)(3)(iii) of this section shall be adjusted for the specific gravity 
of the gasoline and blendstock using specific gravities of 0.749 for 
``summer'' gasoline and of 0.738 for ``winter'' gasoline.
    (C) In the case of ``summer'' gasoline, where the blendstock is 
ethanol and the volume fraction calculated under paragraph (g)(3)(ii) is 
equal to or greater than 0.015, the value for RVP calculated under 
paragraph (g)(3)(iii) of this section shall be 1.0 psi greater than the 
RVP of the gasoline with which the blendstock is blended.
    (iv) Using the summer or winter complex model, as appropriate, 
calculate the exhaust toxics and NOX emissions performance, 
in mg/mi, of:
    (A) A hypothetical gasoline having properties equal to those 
calculated in paragraph (g)(3)(iii) of this section (HEP); and
    (B) A gasoline having properties equal to the refinery's or 
importer's baseline (BEP).
    (v) Calculate the exhaust toxics and NOX equivalent 
emissions performance (EEP) of the blendstock, in mg/mi, using the 
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31DE97.011

where:

EEPj = equivalent emissions performance of the blendstock for 
emissions performance j
BEPj = emissions performance j of a gasoline having the 
properties of the refinery's baseline
HEPj = emissions performance j of a hypothetical blendstock/
gasoline blend
F = blendstock volume fraction
j = exhaust toxics or NOX emissions performance

    (vi) For each blendstock batch, the volume, and exhaust toxics and 
NOX equivalent emissions performance (EEP) shall be included 
in the refinery's compliance calculations.
    (4) Compliance calculations under this subpart E shall be based on 
computations to the same degree of accuracy that are specified in 
establishing individual baselines under Sec. 80.91.
    (5) The emissions performance of gasoline that has an RVP that is 
equal to or less than the RVP required under Sec. 80.27 (``summer 
gasoline'') shall be determined using the applicable summer complex 
model under Sec. 80.45.
    (6) The emissions performance of gasoline that has an RVP greater 
than the RVP required under Sec. 80.27 (``winter

[[Page 707]]

gasoline'') shall be determined using the applicable winter complex 
model under Sec. 80.45, using an RVP of 8.7 psi for compliance 
calculation purposes under this subpart E.
    (7)(i) For the 1998 averaging period any refiner or importer may 
elect to determine compliance with the requirement for exhaust 
NOX emissions performance either with or without the 
inclusion of oxygenates in its compliance calculations, in accordance 
with Sec. 80.91(e)(4), provided that the baseline exhaust NOX 
emissions performance is calculated using the same with- or without-
oxygen approach.
    (ii)(A) Any refiner or importer must use the with- or without-oxygen 
approach elected under paragraph (g)(7)(i) of this section for all 
subsequent averaging periods; except that
    (B) In the case of any refiner or importer who elects to determines 
compliance for the calendar year 1998 averaging period without the 
inclusion of oxygenates, such refiner or importer may elect to include 
oxygenates in its compliance calculations for the 1999 averaging period.
    (iii) Any refiner or importer who elects to use the with-oxygen 
approach under paragraph (g)(7)(ii)(B) of this section must use this 
approach for all subsequent averaging periods.
    (8) Emissions performance of conventional gasoline with parameters 
outside the complex model valid range limits. Notwithstanding the 
provisions of Sec. 80.45(f)(2), in the case of any parameter value that 
does not fall within the complex model range limit in 
Sec. 80.45(f)(1)(ii), the refiner or importer shall determine the 
emissions performance of the batch using the following parameter values:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Parameter value to use for
                                                calculating
Parameter outside the range limit --------------------------------------
                                     Exhaust toxics           NOX
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sulfur...........................  Test value\1\.....  Test value.\1\
 RVP (summer only):
     6.4 psi.....................  6.4 psi...........  6.4 psi.
    > 11.0 psi...................  Test value\1\.....  Test value.\1\
Aromatics........................  Test value\1\.....  Test value.\1\
Olefins..........................  Test value\1\.....  Test value.\1\
Benzene..........................  Test value\1\.....  Test value.\1\
  E200:
     30%.........................  Test value\1\.....  30%
    > 70%........................  70%...............  Test value.\1\
E300  70%........................  Test value\1\.....  Test value.\1\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Test value is the value for a parameter determined pursuant to
  paragraph 80.101(i)(1)(i) of this section.

    (h) Refinery grouping for determining compliance. (1) Any refiner 
that operates more than one refinery may:
    (i) Elect to achieve compliance individually for the refineries; or
    (ii) Elect to achieve compliance on an aggregate basis for a group, 
or for groups, of refineries, some of which may be individual 
refineries; provided that
    (iii) Compliance is achieved for each refinery separately or as part 
of a group; and
    (iv) The data for any refinery is included only in one compliance 
calculation.
    (2) Any election by a refiner to group refineries under paragraph 
(h)(1) of this section shall:
    (i) Be made as part of the report for the 1995 averaging period 
required by Sec. 80.105;
    (ii) Apply for the 1995 averaging period and for each subsequent 
averaging period, and may not thereafter be changed; and
    (iii) Apply for purposes of the blendstock tracking and accounting 
provisions under Sec. 80.102.
    (3)(i) Any standards under this section shall apply, and compliance 
calculations shall be made, separately for each refinery or refinery 
group; except that
    (ii) Any refiner that produces conventional gasoline for 
distribution to a specified geographic area which is the subject of a 
petition approved by EPA pursuant to Sec. 80.91(f)(3) shall achieve 
compliance separately for gasoline supplied to such specified geographic 
area.
    (i) Sampling and testing. (1) Any refiner or importer shall for each 
batch of conventional gasoline, and other products if included in 
paragraph (d) of this section:
    (i)(A) Determine the value of each of the properties required for 
determining compliance with the standards that are applicable to the 
refiner or importer, by collecting and analyzing a representative sample 
of gasoline or blendstock taken from the batch, using the methodologies 
specified in Sec. 80.46; except that
    (B) Any refiner that produces gasoline by combining blendstock with 
gasoline that has been included in the

[[Page 708]]

compliance calculations of another refiner or of an importer may for 
such gasoline meet this sampling and testing requirement by collecting 
and analyzing a representative sample of the blendstock used subsequent 
to each receipt of such blendstock if the compliance calculation method 
specified in paragraph (g)(3) of this section is used.
    (ii) Assign a number to the batch (the ``batch number''), as 
specified in Sec. 80.65(d)(3);
    (2) For the purposes of meeting the sampling and testing 
requirements under paragraph (i)(1) of this section, any refiner or 
importer may, prior to analysis, combine samples of gasoline collected 
from more than one batch of gasoline or blendstock (``composite 
sample''), and treat such composite sample as one batch of gasoline or 
blendstock provided that the refiner or importer:
    (i) Meets each of the requirements specified in 
Sec. 80.91(d)(4)(iii) for the samples contained in the composite sample;
    (ii) Combines samples of gasoline that are produced or imported over 
a period no longer than one month;
    (iii) Uses the total of the volumes of the batches of gasoline that 
comprise the composite sample, and the results of the analyses of the 
composite sample, for purposes of compliance calculations under 
paragraph (g) of this section; and
    (iv) Does not combine summer and winter gasoline, as specified under 
paragraphs (g) (5) and (6) of this section, in a composite sample.
    (j) Evasion of standards through exporting and importing gasoline. 
Notwithstanding the requirements of this section, no refiner or importer 
shall export gasoline and import the same or other gasoline for the 
purpose of evading a more stringent baseline requirement.

[59 FR 7860, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36968, July 20, 1994; 60 
FR 40008, Aug. 4, 1995; 62 FR 9884, Mar. 4, 1997; 62 FR 68207, Dec. 31, 
1997; 64 FR 30910, June 9, 1999]

    Effective Date Note: At 64 FR 30910, June 9, 1999, Sec. 80.101 was 
amended by revising paragraphs (f)(4) and (g)(1)(ii), effective July 26, 
1999. For the convenience of the user, the superseded text is set forth 
as follows:

Sec. 80.101  Standards applicable to refiners and importers.

                                * * * * *

    (f) *  *  *
    (4) Any compliance baseline under paragraph (f)(1) of this section 
shall be adjusted for each averaging period as follows:
    (g) *  *  *
    (1) *  *  *
    (ii) Calculate the actual total for the averaging period for sulfur, 
T-90, olefins, exhaust benzene emissions, exhaust toxics and exhaust 
NOX emissions, as applicable, based upon the value of the 
parameter for each batch of conventional gasoline and gasoline 
blendstocks, if applicable, using the formula specified at Sec. 80.67.

                                * * * * *



Sec. 80.102  Controls applicable to blendstocks.

    (a) For the purposes of this subpart E:
    (1) All of the following petroleum products that are produced by a 
refiner or imported by an importer shall be considered ``applicable 
blendstocks'':
    (i) Reformate;
    (ii) Light coker naphtha;
    (iii) FCC naphtha;
    (iv) Benzene/toluene/xylene;
    (v) Pyrolysis gas;
    (vi) Aromatics;
    (vii) Polygasoline; and
    (viii) Dimate; and
    (2) Any gasoline blendstock with properties such that, if oxygenate 
only is added to the blendstock the resulting blend meets the definition 
of gasoline under Sec. 80.2(c), shall be considered gasoline.
    (b)(1) Any refiner or importer of conventional gasoline or 
blendstocks shall determine the baseline blendstock-to-gasoline ratio 
for each calendar year 1990 through 1993 according to the following 
formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JY94.006

where:

BGby = Blendstock-to-gasoline ratio for base year
Vbs = Volume of applicable blendstock produced or imported 
and transferred to others during the calendar year, and used to produce 
gasoline

[[Page 709]]

Vg = Volume of gasoline produced or imported during the 
calendar year

    (2)(i) Only those volumes of applicable blendstocks for which the 
refiner is able to demonstrate the blendstock was used in the production 
of gasoline may be included in baseline blendstock-to-gasoline ratios 
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (ii) The baseline volume data for applicable blendstocks and 
gasoline shall be confirmed through the baseline audit requirements 
specified in Sec. 80.92 and submitted in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 80.93.
    (c) Any refiner or importer shall calculate the baseline cumulative 
blendstock-to-gasoline ratio according to the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.025

where:

BGCbase = Baseline cumulative blendstock-to-gasoline ratio
Vbs,i = Volume of applicable blendstock produced or imported 
and transferred to others during calendar year i
Vg,i = Volume of gasoline produced or imported during 
calendar year i
i = each year, 1990 through 1993, for which a blendstock-to-gasoline 
ratio is calculated under paragraph (b) of this section

    (d)(1) For each averaging period, any refiner or importer shall:
    (i) Determine the averaging period blendstock-to-gasoline ratio 
according to the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JY94.007

where:

BGa = Blendstock-to-gasoline ratio for the current averaging 
period
Vbs = Volume of applicable blendstock produced or imported 
and subsequently transferred to others during the averaging period
Vg = Volume of conventional gasoline, reformulated gasoline 
and RBOB produced or imported during the averaging period, excluding 
California gasoline as defined in Sec. 80.81(a)(2)

    (ii) For each averaging period until January 1, 1998, calculate the 
peak year blendstock-to-gasoline ratio percentage change according to 
the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.027

where:

PCp = Peak year blendstock-to-gasoline ratio percentage 
change
BGa = Blendstock-to-gasoline ratio for the averaging period 
calculated under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section
BGp = Largest one year blendstock-to-gasoline ratio 
calculated under paragraph (b) of this section

    (2) Beginning on January 1, 1998, for each averaging period any 
refiner or importer shall:
    (i) Determine the running cumulative compliance period blendstock-
to-gasoline ratio according to the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR20JY94.008

where:

BGCcomp = Running cumulative compliance period blendstock-to-
gasoline ratio
Vbs,i = Volume of applicable blendstock produced or imported 
and transferred to others during averaging period i
Vg,i = Volume of conventional gasoline, reformulated gasoline 
and RBOB produced or imported during averaging period i, excluding 
California gasoline as defined in Sec. 80.81(a)(2)
i = The current averaging period, and each of the three immediately 
preceding averaging periods

    (ii) Calculate the cumulative blendstock-to-gasoline ratio 
percentage change according to the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR16FE94.029

where:

PCc = Cumulative blendstock-to-gasoline ratio percentage 
change

[[Page 710]]

BGCcomp = Running cumulative compliance period blendstock-to-
gasoline ratio as determined in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section
BGCbase = Baseline cumulative blendstock-to-gasoline ratio 
calculated under paragraph (c) of this section

    (3) For purposes of this paragraph (d), all applicable blendstocks 
produced or imported shall be included, except those for which the 
refiner or importer has sufficient evidence in the form of documentation 
that the blendstocks were:
    (i) Exported;
    (ii) Used for other than gasoline blending purposes;
    (iii) Transferred to a refiner that used the blendstock as a 
``feedstock'' in a refining process during which the blendstock 
underwent a substantial chemical or physical transformation; or
    (iv) Transferred between refineries which have been grouped pursuant 
to Sec. 80.101(h) by a refiner for the purpose of determining compliance 
under this subpart; or
    (v) Used to produce California gasoline as defined in 
Sec. 80.81(a)(2).
    (e)(1) Any refiner or importer shall have exceeded the blendstock-
to-gasoline ratio percentage change threshold if:
    (i) The peak year blendstock-to-gasoline ratio percentage change 
calculated under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section is more than ten; 
or
    (ii) Beginning on January 1, 1998, the cumulative blendstock-to-
gasoline ratio percentage change calculated under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) 
of this section is more than ten.
    (2) Any refiner or importer that exceeds the blendstock-to-gasoline 
ratio percentage change threshold shall, without further notification:
    (i) Include all blendstocks produced or imported and transferred to 
others in its compliance calculations under Sec. 80.101(g) for two 
averaging periods beginning on January 1 of the averaging period 
subsequent to the averaging period when the exceedance occurs;
    (ii) Provide transfer documents to the recipient of such blendstock 
that contain the language specified at Sec. 80. 106(b); and
    (iii) Transfer such blendstock in a manner such that the ultimate 
blender of such blendstocks has a reasonable basis to know that such 
blendstock has been accounted for.
    (3) Any refiner or importer that has previously exceeded the 
blendstock-to-gasoline ratio percentage change threshold, and 
subsequently exceeds the threshold for an averaging period and is not 
granted a waiver pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, shall, 
without further notification, meet the requirements specified in 
paragraphs (e)(2) (i) through (iii) of this section for four averaging 
periods, beginning on January 1 of the averaging period following the 
averaging period when the subsequent exceedance occurs.
    (f)(1) The refiner or importer blendstock accounting requirements 
specified under paragraph (e) of this section shall not apply in the 
case of any refiner or importer:
    (i) Whose 1990 baseline value for each regulated fuel property and 
emission performance, as determined in accordance with Secs. 80.91 and 
80.92, is less stringent than the anti-dumping statutory baseline value 
for that parameter or emissions performance;
    (ii) Whose averaging period blendstock-to-gasoline ratio, calculated 
according to paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, is equal to or less 
than .0300; or
    (iii) Who obtains a waiver from EPA, provided that a petition for 
such a waiver is filed no later than fifteen days following the end of 
the averaging period for which the blendstock-to-gasoline ratio 
percentage change threshold is exceeded.
    (2)(i) EPA may grant the waiver referred to in paragraph (f)(1)(iii) 
of this section if the level of blendstock production was the result of 
extreme or unusual circumstances (e.g., a natural disaster or act of 
God) which clearly are outside the control of the refiner or importer, 
and which could not have been avoided by the exercise of prudence, 
diligence, and due care.
    (ii) Any petition filed under paragraph (f) of this section shall 
include information which describes the extreme or unusual circumstance 
which caused the increased volume of blendstock produced or imported, 
the steps taken to avoid the circumstance,

[[Page 711]]

and the steps taken to remedy or mitigate the effect of the 
circumstance.
    (g) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (f) 
of this section, any refiner or importer that transfers applicable 
blendstock to another refiner or importer with a less stringent baseline 
requirement, either directly or indirectly, for the purpose of evading a 
more stringent baseline requirement, shall include such blendstock(s) in 
determining compliance with the applicable requirements of this subpart.

[59 FR 7860, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36969, July 20, 1994]



Sec. 80.103  Registration of refiners and importers.

    Any refiner or importer of conventional gasoline must register with 
the Administrator in accordance with the provisions specified at 
Sec. 80.76.



Sec. 80.104  Recordkeeping requirements.

    Any refiner or importer shall maintain records containing the 
information as required by this section.
    (a) Beginning in 1995, for each averaging period:
    (1) Documents containing the information specified in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section shall be obtained for:
    (i) Each batch of conventional gasoline, and blendstock if 
blendstock accounting is required under Sec. 80.102(e)(2); or
    (ii) Each batch of blendstock received in the case of any refiner 
that determines compliance on the basis of blendstocks properties under 
Sec. 80.101(g)(3).
    (2)(i) The results of tests performed in accordance with 
Sec. 80.101(i);
    (ii) The volume of the batch;
    (iii) The batch number;
    (iv) The date of production, importation or receipt;
    (v) The designation regarding whether the batch is summer or winter 
gasoline;
    (vi) The product transfer documents for any conventional gasoline 
produced or imported;
    (vii) The product transfer documents for any conventional gasoline 
received;
    (viii) For any gasoline blendstocks received by or transferred from 
a refiner or importer, documents that reflect:
    (A) The identification of the product;
    (B) The date the product was transferred; and
    (C) The volume of product;
    (ix) In the case of any refinery-produced or imported products 
listed in Sec. 80.102(a) that are excluded under Sec. 80.102(d)(3), 
documents which demonstrate that basis for exclusion; and
    (x) In the case of oxygenate that is added by a person other than 
the refiner or importer under Sec. 80.101(d)(4)(ii)(B), documents that 
support the volume of oxygenate claimed by the refiner or importer, 
including the contract with the oxygenate blender and records relating 
to the audits, sampling and testing, and inspections of the oxygenate 
blender operation.
    (xi) In the case of blendstocks that are included in refinery 
compliance calculations using the procedures under Sec. 80.101(g)(3), 
documents that reflect the volume of blendstock and the volume of 
gasoline with which the blendstock is blended.
    (b) Any refiner or importer shall retain the documents required in 
this section for a period of five years from the date the conventional 
gasoline or blendstock is produced or imported, and deliver such 
documents to the Administrator of EPA upon the Administrator's request.

[59 FR 7860, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36969, July 20, 1994; 62 
FR 68208, Dec. 31, 1997]



Sec. 80.105  Reporting requirements.

    (a) Beginning with the 1995 averaging period, and for each 
subsequent averaging period, any refiner for each refinery or group of 
refineries at which any conventional gasoline is produced, and any 
importer that imports any conventional gasoline, shall submit to the 
Administrator a report which contains the following information:
    (1) The total gallons of conventional gasoline produced or imported;
    (2)(i) The total gallons of applicable blendstocks produced or 
imported and transferred to others that are not excluded under 
Sec. 80.102(d)(3); and
    (ii) The total gallons of applicable blendstocks produced or 
imported and

[[Page 712]]

transferred to others that are excluded under Sec. 80.102(d)(3);
    (3) The total gallons of blendstocks included in compliance 
calculations pursuant to Sec. 80.102(e)(2);
    (4)(i) If using the simple model:
    (A) The applicable exhaust benzene emissions standard under 
Sec. 80.101(b)(1)(i);
    (B) The average exhaust benzene emissions under Sec. 80.101(g);
    (C) The applicable sulfur content standard under 
Sec. 80.101(b)(1)(ii) in parts per million;
    (D) The average sulfur content under Sec. 80.101(g) in parts per 
million;
    (E) The difference between the applicable sulfur content standard 
under Sec. 80.101(b)(1)(ii) in parts per million and the average sulfur 
content under paragraph (a)(4)(i)(D) of this section in parts per 
million, indicating whether the average is greater or lesser than the 
applicable standard;
    (F) The applicable olefin content standard under 
Sec. 80.101(b)(1)(iii) in volume percent;
    (G) The average olefin content under Sec. 80.101(g) in volume 
percent;
    (H) The difference between the applicable olefin content standard 
under Sec. 80.101(b)(1)(iii) in volume percent and the average olefin 
content under paragraph (a)(4)(i)(G) of this section in volume percent, 
indicating whether the average is greater or lesser than the applicable 
standard;
    (I) The applicable T90 distillation point standard under 
Sec. 80.101(b)(1)(iv) in degrees Fahrenheit;
    (J) The average T90 distillation point under Sec. 80.101(g) in 
degrees Fahrenheit; and
    (K) The difference between the applicable T90 distillation point 
standard under Sec. 80.101(b)(1)(iv) in degrees Fahrenheit and the 
average T90 distillation point under paragraph (a)(4)(i)(J) of this 
section in degrees Fahrenheit, indicating whether the average is greater 
or lesser than the applicable standard.
    (ii) If using the optional complex model, the applicable exhaust 
benzene emissions standard and the average exhaust benzene emissions, 
under Sec. 80.101(b)(2) and (g).
    (iii) If using the complex model:
    (A) The applicable exhaust toxics emissions standard and the average 
exhaust toxics emissions, under Sec. 80.101(b)(3) and (g); and
    (B) The applicable NOX emissions standard and the average 
NOX emissions, under Sec. 80.101(b)(3) and (g).
    (5) The following information for each batch of conventional 
gasoline or batch of blendstock included under paragraph (a) of this 
section:
    (i) The batch number;
    (ii) The date of production;
    (iii) The volume of the batch;
    (iv) The grade of gasoline produced (i.e., premium, mid-grade, or 
regular); and
    (v) The properties, pursuant to Sec. 80.101(i); and
    (6) Such other information as EPA may require.
    (b) The reporting requirements of paragraph (a) of this section do 
not apply in the case of any conventional gasoline or gasoline 
blendstock that is excluded from a refiner's or importer's compliance 
calculation pursuant to Sec. 80.101(e).
    (c) For each averaging period, each refiner and importer shall cause 
to be submitted to the Administrator of EPA, by May 30 of each year, a 
report in accordance with the requirements for the Attest Engagements of 
Secs. 80.125 through 80.131.
    (d) The report required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be:
    (1) Submitted on forms and following procedures specified by the 
Administrator of EPA;
    (2) Submitted to EPA by the last day of February each year for the 
prior calendar year averaging period; and
    (3) Signed and certified as correct by the owner or a responsible 
corporate officer of the refiner or importer.

[59 FR 7860, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36969, July 20, 1994; 60 
FR 65575, Dec. 20, 1995]



Sec. 80.106  Product transfer documents.

    (a)(1) On each occasion when any person transfers custody or title 
to any conventional gasoline, the transferor shall provide to the 
transferee documents which include the following information:
    (i) The name and address of the transferor;
    (ii) The name and address of the transferee;

[[Page 713]]

    (iii) The volume of gasoline being transferred;
    (iv) The location of the gasoline at the time of the transfer;
    (v) The date of the transfer;
    (vi) In the case of transferors or transferees who are refiners or 
importers, the EPA-assigned registration number of those persons; and
    (vii) The following statement: ``This product does not meet the 
requirements for reformulated gasoline, and may not be used in any 
reformulated gasoline covered area.''
    (2) The requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section apply to 
product that becomes gasoline upon the addition of oxygenate only.
    (b) On each occasion when any person transfers custody or title to 
any blendstock that has been included in the refiner's or importer's 
compliance calculations under Sec. 80.102(e)(2), the transferor shall 
provide to the transferee documents which include the following 
statement: ``For purposes of the Anti-Dumping requirements under 40 CFR 
part 80, subpart E, this blendstock has been accounted for by the 
refiner that produced it, and must be excluded from any subsequent 
compliance calculations.''



Secs. 80.107-80.124  [Reserved]



                      Subpart F--Attest Engagements

    Source: 59 FR 7875, Feb. 16, 1994, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 80.125  Attest engagements.

    (a) Any refiner, importer, and oxygenate blender subject to the 
requirements of this subpart F shall engage an independent certified 
public accountant, or firm of such accountants (hereinafter referred to 
in this subpart F as ``CPA''), to perform an agreed-upon procedure 
attestation engagement of the underlying documentation that forms the 
basis of the reports required by Secs. 80.75 and 80.105.
    (b) The CPA shall perform the attestation engagements in accordance 
with the Statements on Standards for Attestation Engagements.
    (c) The CPA may complete the requirements of this subpart F with the 
assistance of internal auditors who are employees or agents of the 
refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender, so long as such assistance is 
in accordance with the Statements on Standards for Attestation 
Engagements.
    (d) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of this 
section, any refiner, importer, or oxygenate blender may satisfy the 
requirements of this subpart F if the requirements of this subpart F are 
completed by an auditor who is an employee of the refiner, importer, or 
oxygenate blender, provided that such employee:
    (1) Is an internal auditor certified by the Institute of Internal 
Auditors, Inc. (hereinafter referred to in this subpart F as ``CIA''); 
and
    (2) Completes the internal audits in accordance with the 
Codification of Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal 
Auditing.
    (e) Use of a CPA or CIA who is debarred, suspended, or proposed for 
debarment pursuant to the Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension 
Regulations, 40 CFR part 32, or the Debarment, Suspension, and 
Ineligibility Provisions of the Federal Acquisition Regulations, 48 CFR 
part 9, subpart 9.4, shall be deemed in noncompliance with the 
requirements of this section.
    (f) The following documents are incorporated by reference: the 
Statements on Standards for Attestation Engagements, Codification of 
Statements on Auditing Standards, written by the American Institute of 
Certified Public Accountants, Inc., 1991, and published by the Commerce 
Clearing House, Inc., Identification Number 059021, and the Codification 
of Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing, written 
and published by the Institute of Internal Auditors, Inc., 1989, 
Identification Number ISBN 0-89413-207-5. These incorporations by 
reference were approved by the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies of the 
Statements on Standards for Attestation Engagements may be obtained from 
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Inc., 1211 
Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036, and copies of the 
Codification of Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal 
Auditing may be obtained from

[[Page 714]]

the Institute of Internal Auditors, Inc., 249 Maitland Avenue, Altamonte 
Springs, Florida 32701-4201. Copies may be inspected at the U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of the Air Docket, 401 M Street, 
SW., Washington, DC., or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 
North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington DC.

[59 FR 7875, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36969, July 20, 1994]



Sec. 80.126  Definitions.

    The following definitions shall apply for the purposes of this 
subpart F:
    (a) Averaging compliance records shall include the calculations used 
to determine compliance with relevant standards on average, for each 
averaging period and for each quantity of gasoline for which standards 
must be achieved separately.
    (b) Credit trading records shall include worksheets and EPA reports 
showing actual and complying totals for oxygen and benzene; credit 
calculation worksheets; contracts; letter agreements; and invoices and 
other documentation evidencing the transfer of credits.
    (c) Designation records shall include laboratory analysis reports 
that identify whether gasoline meets the requirements for a given 
designation; operational and accounting reports of product storage; and 
product transfer documents.
    (d) Oxygenate blender records shall include laboratory analysis 
reports; refiner, importer and oxygenate blender contracts; quality 
assurance program records; product transfer documents; oxygenate 
purchasing, inventory, and usage records; and daily tank inventory 
gauging reports, meter tickets, and product transfer documents.
    (e) Product transfer documents shall include documents that reflect 
the transfer of ownership or physical custody of gasoline or blendstock, 
including invoices, receipts, bills of lading, manifests, and pipeline 
tickets.
    (f) A tender means the physical transfer of custody of a volume of 
gasoline or other petroleum product all of which has the same 
identification (reformulated gasoline, conventional gasoline, RBOB, and 
other non-finished gasoline petroleum products), and characteristics 
(time and place of use restrictions for reformulated gasoline).
    (g) Volume records shall include summaries of gasoline produced or 
imported that account for the volume of each type of gasoline produced 
or imported. The volumes shall be based on tank gauges or meter reports 
and temperature adjusted to 60 degrees Fahrenheit.



Sec. 80.127  Sample size guidelines.

    In performing the attest engagement, the auditor shall sample 
relevant populations to which agreed-upon procedures will be applied 
using the methods specified in this section, which shall constitute a 
representative sample.
    (a) Sample items shall be selected in such a way as to comprise a 
simple random sample of each relevant population; and
    (b) Sample size shall be determined using one of the following 
options:
    (1) Option 1. Determine the sample size using the following table:

                 Sample Size, Based Upon Population Size
------------------------------------------------------------------------
           No. in population (N)                     Sample size
------------------------------------------------------------------------
66 and larger.............................  29
41-65.....................................  25
26-40.....................................  20
0-25......................................  N or 19, whichever is
                                             smaller.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Option 2. Determine the sample size in such a manner that the 
sample size is equal to that which would result by using the following 
parameters and standard statistical methodologies:

Confidence Level--95%
Expected Error Rate--0%
Maximum Tolerable Error Rate--10%

    (3) Option 3. The auditor may use some other form of sample 
selection and/or some other method to determine the sample size, 
provided that the resulting sample affords equal or better strength of 
inference and freedom from bias (as compared with paragraphs (b)(1) and 
(2) of this section), and that the auditor summarizes the substitute 
methods and clearly demonstrates their equivalence in the final report 
on the audit.

[[Page 715]]



Sec. 80.128  Agreed upon procedures for refiners and importers.

    The following are the minimum attest procedures that shall be 
carried out for each refinery and importer. Agreed upon procedures may 
vary from the procedures stated in this section due to the nature of the 
refiner's or importer's business or records, provided that any refiner 
or importer desiring to modify procedures obtains prior approval from 
EPA.
    (a) Read the refiner's or importer's reports filed with EPA for the 
previous year as required by Secs. 80.75, 80.83(g), and 80.105.
    (b) Obtain a gasoline inventory reconciliation analysis for the 
current year from the refiner or importer which includes reformulated 
gasoline, RBOB, conventional gasoline, and non-finished-gasoline 
petroleum products.
    (1) Test the mathematical accuracy of the calculations contained in 
the analysis.
    (2) Agree the beginning and ending inventories to the refiner's or 
importer's perpetual inventory records.
    (c) Obtain separate listings of all tenders during the current year 
of reformulated gasoline, RBOB, conventional gasoline, and non-finished-
gasoline petroleum products.
    (1) Test the mathematical accuracy of the calculations contained in 
the listings.
    (2) Agree the listings of tenders' volumes to the gasoline inventory 
reconciliation in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (3) Agree the listings of tenders' volumes, where applicable, to the 
EPA reports.
    (d) Select a representative sample from the listing of reformulated 
gasoline tenders, and for this sample:
    (1) Agree the volumes to the product transfer documents;
    (2) Compare the product transfer documents designation for 
consistency with the time and place, and compliance model designations 
for the tender (VOC-controlled or non-VOC-controlled, VOC region for 
VOC-controlled, summer or winter gasoline, and simple or complex model 
certified); and
    (3) Trace back to the batch or batches in which the gasoline was 
produced or imported. Obtain the refiner's or importer's internal 
laboratory analyses for each batch and compare such analyses for 
consistency with the analyses results reported to EPA and to the time 
and place designations for the tender's product transfer documents.
    (e) Select a representative sample from the listing of RBOB tenders, 
and for this sample:
    (1) Agree the volumes to the original product transfer documents;
    (2) Determine that the requisite contract was in place with the 
downstream blender designating the required blending procedures, or that 
the refiner or importer accounted for the RBOB using the assumptions in 
Sec. 80.69(a)(8) in the case of RBOB designated as ``any oxygenate,'' or 
``ether only,'' or using the assumptions in Secs. 80.83(c)(1)(ii) (A) 
and (B) in the case of RBOB designated as ``any renewable oxygenate,'' 
``non VOC controlled renewable ether only,'' or ``renewable ether 
only'';
    (3) Review the product transfer documents for the indication of the 
type and amount of oxygenate required to be added to the RBOB;
    (4) Trace back to the batch or batches in which the RBOB was 
produced or imported. Obtain refiner's or importer's internal lab 
analysis for each batch and agree the consistency of the type and volume 
of oxygenate required to be added to the RBOB with that indicated in 
applicable tender's product transfer documents;
    (5) Agree the sampling and testing frequency of the refiner's or 
importer's downstream oxygenated blender quality assurance program with 
the sampling and testing rates as required in Sec. 80.69(a)(7); and
    (6) In the case of RBOB designated as ``any renewable oxygenate,'' 
``non VOC controlled renewable ether'' or ``renewable ether only'', 
review the documentation from the producer of the oxygenate to determine 
if the oxygenate meets the requirements of Sec. 80.83(a).
    (f) Select a representative sample of reformulated gasoline and RBOB 
batches produced by computerized in-line blending, and for this sample:
    (1) Obtain the composite sample internal laboratory analyses 
results; and
    (2) Agree the results of the internal laboratory analyses to the 
quarterly

[[Page 716]]

batch information submitted to the EPA.
    (g) Select a representative sample from the listing of the tenders 
of conventional gasoline and conventional gasoline blendstock that 
becomes gasoline through the addition of oxygenate only, and for this 
sample:
    (1) Agree the volumes to the product transfer documents;
    (2) For a representative sample of tenders, trace back to the batch 
or batches in which the gasoline was produced or imported. Obtain the 
refiner's or importer's internal laboratory analyses for each batch and 
compare such analyses for consistency with the analyses results reported 
to EPA; and
    (3) Where the refiner or importer has included oxygenate that is 
blended downstream of the refinery or import facility in its compliance 
calculations in accordance with Sec. 80.101(d)(4)(ii), obtain a listing 
of each downstream oxygenate blending operation from which the refiner 
or importer is claiming oxygenate for use in compliance calculations, 
and for each such operation:
    (i) Determine if the refiner or importer had a contract in place 
with the downstream blender during the period oxygenate was blended;
    (ii) Determine if the refiner or importer has records reflecting 
that it conducted physical inspections of the downstream blending 
operation during the period oxygenate was blended;
    (iii) Obtain a listing from the refiner or importer of the batches 
of conventional gasoline or conventional sub-octane blendstock, and the 
compliance calculations which include oxygenate blended by the 
downstream oxygenate blender, and test the mathematical accuracy of the 
calculations contained in this listing;
    (iv) Obtain a listing from the downstream oxygenate blender of the 
oxygenate blended with conventional gasoline or sub-octane blendstock 
that was produced or imported by the refiner or importer. Test the 
mathematical accuracy of the calculations in this listing. Agree the 
overall oxygenate blending listing obtained from the refiner or importer 
with the listing obtained from the downstream oxygenate blender. Select 
a representative sample of oxygenate blending listing obtained from the 
downstream oxygenate blender, and for this sample:
    (A) Using product transfer documents, determine if the oxygenate was 
blended with conventional gasoline or conventional sub-octane blendstock 
that was produced by the refiner or imported by the importer; and
    (B) Agree the oxygenate volume with the refiner's or importer's 
listing of oxygenate claimed for this gasoline;
    (v) Obtain a listing of the sampling and testing conducted by the 
refiner or importer over the downstream oxygenate blending operation. 
Select a representative sample of the test results from this listing, 
and for this sample agree the tested oxygenate volume with the oxygenate 
use listings from the refiner or importer, and from the oxygenate 
blender; and
    (vi) Obtain a copy of the records reflecting the refiner or importer 
audit over the downstream oxygenate blending operation. Review these 
records for indications that the audit included review of the overall 
volumes and type of oxygenate purchased and used by the oxygenate 
blender to be consistent with the oxygenate claimed by the refiner or 
importer and that this oxygenate was blended with the refiner's or 
importer's gasoline or blending stock.
    (h) In the case of a refiner or importer that is not exempt from 
blendstock tracking under Sec. 80.102(f):
    (1) Obtain listings for those tenders of non-finished-gasoline 
classified by the refiner or importer as:
    (i) Applicable blendstock which is included in the refiner's or 
importer's blendstock tracking calculations pursuant to Sec. 80.102(b) 
through (d);
    (ii) Applicable blendstock which is exempt pursuant to 
Sec. 80.102(d)(3) from inclusion in the refiner's or importer's 
blendstock tracking calculations pursuant to Sec. 80.102 (b) through 
(d); and
    (iii) All other non-finished-gasoline petroleum products.
    (2) Test the mathematical accuracy of the calculations contained in 
the analysis.
    (3) Agree the listings of tenders' volumes to the gasoline inventory 
reconciliation in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (4) Agree the EPA report for the volume classified as applicable 
blendstock

[[Page 717]]

pursuant to the requirements of Sec. 80.102.
    (5) Select a representative sample from the listing of applicable 
blendstock which is reported to EPA, and for such sample:
    (i) Agree the volumes to records supporting the transfer of the 
tender to another person; and
    (ii) Trace back to the batch or batches in which the non-finished-
gasoline petroleum product was produced or imported. Obtain the 
refiner's or importer's internal laboratory analysis for each batch and 
compare such analysis for consistency with the product type assigned by 
the refiner or importer (e.g., reformate, light coker naphtha, etc.), 
and that this product type is included in the applicable blendstock list 
at Sec. 80.102(a).
    (6) Select a representative sample from the listing of applicable 
blendstock which is exempt from inclusion in the blendstock tracking 
report to EPA, and for such sample:
    (i) Agree the volumes to records supporting the transfer of the 
tender to another person;
    (ii) Trace back to the batch or batches in which the non-finished-
gasoline petroleum product was produced or imported. Obtain the 
refiner's or importer's internal laboratory analysis for each batch and 
compare such analysis for consistency with the product type assigned by 
the refiner or importer (e.g., reformate, light coker naphtha, etc.), 
and that this product type is included in the applicable blendstock list 
at Sec. 80.102(a); and
    (iii) Obtain the documents that demonstrate the purpose for which 
the product was used, and agree that the documented purpose is one of 
those specified at Sec. 80.102(d)(3).
    (7) Select a representative sample from the listing of all other 
non-finished-gasoline petroleum products, and for such sample:
    (i) Agree the volumes to records supporting the transfer of the 
tender to another person;
    (ii) Trace back to the batch or batches in which the non-finished-
gasoline petroleum product was produced or imported. Obtain the 
refiner's or importer's internal laboratory analysis for each batch and 
compare such analysis for consistency with the product-type assigned by 
the refiner or importer (e.g., alkylate, isobutane, etc.), and agree 
that this product type is excluded from the applicable blendstock list 
at Sec. 80.102(a).
    (i) In the case of a refiner or importer required to account for 
blendstocks produced or imported under Sec. 80.102(e)(2):
    (1) Obtain listings for those tenders of non-finished-gasoline 
tenders classified by the refiner or importer as:
    (i) Blendstock which is included in the compliance calculations for 
the refinery or importer; and
    (ii) All other non-finished-gasoline petroleum products;
    (2) Test the mathematical accuracy of the calculations contained in 
the listings under paragraph (i)(1) of this section;
    (3) Agree the listings of tenders' volumes to the gasoline inventory 
reconciliation in paragraph (b) of this section;
    (4) Select a representative sample from the listing of blendstock 
tenders which are included in the compliance calculations for the 
refinery or importer, and for such sample:
    (i) Agree the volumes to records supporting the transfer of the 
tender to another person;
    (ii) Review the product transfer documents for the statement 
indicating the blendstock has been accounted-for, and may not be 
included in another party's compliance calculations; and
    (iii) Trace back to the batch or batches in which the blendstock was 
produced or imported. Obtain the refiner's or importer's internal 
laboratory analyses for each batch and compare such analyses for 
consistency with the analyses results reported to EPA; and
    (5) Select a representative sample from the listing of tenders of 
non-finished-gasoline petroleum products that are excluded from the 
refiner's or importer's compliance calculations, and for such sample 
confirm that documents demonstrate the petroleum products were used for 
a purpose other than the production of gasoline within the United 
States.

[59 FR 7875, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36969, July 20, 1994; 59 
FR 39292, Aug. 2, 1994; 62 FR 60136, Nov. 6, 1997]

[[Page 718]]


    Effective Date Note: At 59 FR 39292, Aug. 2, 1994, Sec. 80.128 was 
amended by revising paragraphs (a) and (e)(2); removing ``and'' at the 
end of paragraph (e)(4); removing the period at the end of paragraph 
(e)(5) and adding ``; and'' in its place; and adding paragraph (e)(6) 
effective September 1, 1994. At 59 FR 60715, Nov. 28, 1994, the 
amendment was stayed effective September 13, 1994.



Sec. 80.129  Agreed upon procedures for downstream oxygenate blenders.

    The following are the procedures to be carried out at each oxygenate 
blending facility that is subject to the requirements of this subpart F:
    (a) Read the oxygenate blender's reports filed with the EPA for the 
previous year as required by Secs. 80.75 and 80.83(g).
    (b) Obtain a material balance analysis summarizing receipts of RBOB 
and oxygenate to the blender, and the deliveries of reformulated 
gasoline from the blender.
    (1) Test the mathematical accuracy of the calculations contained in 
the analysis.
    (2) Agree the beginning and ending inventory to the blender's 
perpetual inventory records.
    (3) Agree the analysis, where applicable, to the EPA reports.
    (c) Obtain a listing of all RBOB receipts for the previous year.
    (1) Test the mathematical accuracy of the volumetric calculations 
contained in the listing.
    (2) Agree the volumetric calculations of RBOB receipts to the 
calculations contained in the material balance analysis.
    (3) Select a representative sample of RBOB receipts from the 
listing. Review the product transfer documents for the indication of the 
type and volume of oxygenate required to be added to the RBOB.
    (d) Obtain a listing of all reformulated gasoline batches produced 
by the blender during the previous year.
    (1) Test the mathematical accuracy of the volumetric calculations 
contained in the listing.
    (2) Agree the volumetric calculations contained in the listing to 
the calculations contained in the material balance analysis.
    (3) Select a representative sample of the batches from the listing, 
and for these batches:
    (i) Obtain the blender's records that indicate the volume and type 
of oxygenate that was blended, the volume of RBOB that was blended and 
the product transfer documents for the RBOB, and the internal lab 
analysis where applicable;
    (ii) Agree the consistency of the type and volume of oxygenate added 
to the RBOB with that indicated to be added in the RBOB's product 
transfer documents;
    (iii) In the case of RBOB designated as ``any renewable oxygenate,'' 
``non VOC controlled renewable ether only,'' or ``renewable ether 
only,'' review the documentation from the producer of the oxygenate to 
determine if the oxygenate meets the requirements of Sec. 80.83(a);
    (iv) Recalculate the actual oxygen content based on the volumes 
blended and agree to the report to EPA on oxygen; and
    (v) Review the time and place designations in the product transfer 
documents prepared for the batch by the blender, for consistency with 
the time and place designations in the product transfer documents for 
the RBOB (e.g. VOC-controlled or non-VOC-controlled, VOC region for VOC-
controlled, and simple or complex model).
    (e) Agree the sampling and testing frequency of the blender's 
quality assurance program with the sampling and testing rates required 
in Sec. 80.69.

[59 FR 7875, Feb. 16, 1994, as amended at 59 FR 36969, July 20, 1994; 59 
FR 39292, Aug. 2, 1994; 62 FR 60136, Nov. 6, 1997]

    Effective Date Note: At 59 FR 39292, Aug. 2, 1994, Sec. 80.129 was 
amended by revising paragraphs (a), (d)(3)(iii) and (d)(3)(iv), and 
adding paragraph (d)(3)(v) effective September 1, 1994. At 59 FR 60715, 
Nov. 28, 1994, the amendment was stayed effective September 13, 1994.



Sec. 80.130  Agreed upon procedures reports.

    (a) Reports. (1) The CPA or CIA shall issue to the refiner, 
importer, or blender a report summarizing the procedures performed and 
the findings in accordance with the attest engagement or internal audit 
performed in compliance with this subpart.

[[Page 719]]

    (2) The refiner, importer or blender shall provide a copy of the 
auditor's report to the EPA within the time specified in Sec. 80.75(m).
    (b) Record retention. The CPA or CIA shall retain all records 
pertaining to the performance of each agreed upon procedure and 
pertaining to the creation of the agreed upon procedures report for a 
period of five years from the date of creation and shall deliver such 
records to the Administrator upon request.



Secs. 80.131-80.135  [Reserved]



                      Subpart G--Detergent Gasoline

    Source: 59 FR 54706, Nov. 1, 1994, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 80.140  Definitions.

    The definitions in this section apply only to subpart G of this 
part. Any terms not defined in this subpart shall have the meaning given 
them in 40 CFR part 80, subpart A, or, if not defined in 40 CFR part 80, 
subpart A, shall have the meaning given them in 40 CFR part 79, subpart 
A.
    Additization means the addition of detergent to gasoline or post-
refinery component in order to create detergent-additized gasoline or 
detergent-additized post-refinery component.
    Automated detergent blending facility means any facility (including, 
but not limited to, a truck or individual storage tank) at which 
detergent is blended with gasoline or post-refinery component, by means 
of an injector system calibrated to automatically deliver a prescribed 
amount of detergent.
    Base gasoline means any gasoline that does not contain detergent.
    Carburetor deposits means the deposits formed in the carburetor 
during operation of a carburetted gasoline engine which can disrupt the 
ability of the carburetor to maintain the proper air/fuel ratio.
    Carrier of detergent means any distributor of detergent who 
transports or stores or causes the transportation or storage of 
detergent without taking title to or otherwise having any ownership of 
the detergent, and without altering either the quality or quantity of 
the detergent.
    Deposit control effectiveness means the ability of a detergent 
additive package to prevent the formation of deposits in gasoline 
engines.
    Deposit control efficiency means the degree to which a detergent 
additive package at a given concentration in gasoline is effective in 
limiting the formation of deposits. The addition of inactive ingredients 
to a detergent additive package, to the extent that this addition 
dilutes the concentration of the detergent-active components, reduces 
the deposit control efficiency of the package.
    Detergent additive package means any chemical compound or 
combination of chemical compounds, including carrier oils, that may be 
added to gasoline, or to post-refinery component blended with gasoline, 
in order to control deposit formation. Carrier oil means an oil that may 
be added to the package to mediate or otherwise enhance the detergent 
chemical's ability to control deposits. A detergent additive package may 
contain non-detergent-active components such as corrosion inhibitors, 
antioxidants, metal deactivators, and handling solvents.
    Detergent blender means any person who owns, leases, operates, 
controls or supervises the blending operation of a detergent blending 
facility, or imports detergent-additized gasoline or detergent-additized 
post-refinery component.
    Detergent blending facility means any facility (including, but not 
limited to, a truck or individual storage tank) at which detergent is 
blended with gasoline or post-refinery component.
    Detergent-active components means the components of a detergent 
additive package which act to prevent the formation of deposits, 
including, but not necessarily limited to, the actual detergent chemical 
and any carrier oil (if present) that acts to enhance the detergent's 
ability to control deposits.
    Detergent-additized gasoline (also called detergent gasoline) means 
any gasoline that contains base gasoline and detergent.
    Detergent-additized post-refinery component means any post-refinery 
component that contains detergent.
    Distributor of detergent means any person who transports or stores 
or causes

[[Page 720]]

the transportation or storage of detergent at any point between its 
manufacture and its introduction into gasoline.
    Fuel injector deposits (also known as port fuel injector deposits or 
PFID) means the deposits formed on fuel injector(s) during and after 
operation of a gasoline engine, as evaluated by the reduction in the 
gasoline flow rate through the fuel injector(s).
    Gasoline means any fuel for use in motor vehicles and motor vehicle 
engines, including both highway and off-highway vehicles and engines, 
and commonly or commercially known or sold as gasoline. The term 
``gasoline'' is inclusive of base gasoline, detergent gasoline, and base 
gasoline or detergent gasoline that has been commingled with post-
refinery component.
    Hand blending detergent facility means any facility (including, but 
not limited to, a truck or individual storage tank) at which detergent 
is blended with gasoline or post-refinery component by the manual 
addition of detergent, or at which detergent is blended with these 
substances by any means that is not automated.
    Intake valve deposits (IVD) means the deposits formed on the intake 
valve(s) during operation of a gasoline engine, as evaluated by weight.
    Leaded gasoline means gasoline which is produced with the use of any 
lead additive or which contains more than 0.05 gram of lead per gallon 
or more than 0.005 gram of phosphorus per gallon.
    Manufacturer of detergent means any person who owns, leases, 
operates, controls, or supervises a facility that manufactures 
detergent. Pursuant to the definition in 40 CFR 79.2(f), a manufacturer 
of detergent is also considered an additive manufacturer.
    Post-refinery component means any gasoline blending stock or any 
oxygenate which is blended with gasoline subsequent to the gasoline 
refining process.
    Repeatability of a test method means the amount of random error 
which is expected to affect the results obtained for a given test 
substance, when the test is replicated by a single operator in a given 
laboratory within a short period of time, using the same apparatus under 
constant operating conditions. Quantitatively, it is the difference 
between two such single results that would be exceeded in the long run 
in only one out of twenty normal and correct replications of the test 
method.

[59 FR 54706, Nov. 1, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 35356, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.141  Interim detergent gasoline program.

    (a) Effective dates of requirements. (1) Until June 30, 1997, the 
products listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section 
must comply with either the interim program requirements described in 
this section or the certification program requirements described in 
Sec. 80.161. Beginning July 1, 1997, the listed products must comply 
with the requirements in Sec. 80.161. These dates and requirements apply 
to:
    (i) All gasoline sold or transferred to a party who sells or 
transfers gasoline to the ultimate consumer;
    (ii) All additized post-refinery component (PRC); and
    (iii) All detergent additives sold or transferred for use in 
gasoline or PRC for compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
    (2) Until July 31, 1997, all gasoline sold or transferred to the 
ultimate consumer must contain detergent additive(s) meeting either the 
interim requirements of this Sec. 80.141 or the certification program 
requirements of Sec. 80.161. Beginning August 1, 1997, such gasoline 
must contain detergent additive(s) meeting the certification 
requirements of Sec. 80.161.
    (b) Applicability of gasoline and PRC detergency requirement; 
responsible parties. (1) Except as specifically exempted in Sec. 80.160, 
the detergency requirements of this subpart apply to all gasoline, 
whether intended for on-highway or nonroad use, including conventional, 
reformulated, oxygenated, and leaded gasolines, as well as the gasoline 
component of fuel mixtures of gasoline and alcohol fuels, gasoline used 
as marine fuel, gasoline service accumulation fuel (as described in 
Sec. 86.113-94(a)(1) of this chapter), the gasoline component of fuel 
mixtures of gasoline and methanol used for service accumulation in 
flexible fuel vehicles (as described in Sec. 86.113-94(d) of this 
chapter), gasoline used for factory fill purposes, and all additized 
PRC.

[[Page 721]]

    (2) Pursuant to paragraphs (c) through (f) of this section, 
compliance with these requirements is the responsibility of parties who 
directly or indirectly sell or dispense gasoline to the ultimate 
consumer as well as parties who manufacture, supply, or transfer 
detergent additives or detergent-additized post-refinery components.
    (c) Detergent registration requirements. To be eligible for use by 
fuel manufacturers in complying with the gasoline detergency 
requirements of this subpart, a detergent additive package must be 
registered by its manufacturer under 40 CFR part 79 according to the 
specifications in paragraphs (c) (1) through (3) of this section. After 
evaluating the adequacy of registration data provided by the detergent 
manufacturer pursuant to these requirements, if EPA finds the data to be 
deficient, EPA may disqualify the detergent package for use in complying 
with the gasoline detergency requirements of this subpart, under the 
provisions of paragraph (g) of this section.
    (1) Compositional data. The compositional data supplied to EPA by 
the additive manufacturer for purpose of registering a detergent 
additive package under Sec. 79.21(a) of this chapter must include:
    (i) A complete listing of the components of the detergent additive 
package, using standard chemical nomenclature when possible or providing 
the chemical structure of any component for which the standard chemical 
name is not precise. Polymeric components may be reported as the product 
of other chemical reactants, provided that the supporting data specified 
in Sec. 80.162(b) is also reported for such components.
    (ii) The weight and/or volume percent (as applicable) of each 
component of the package, with variability in these amounts restricted 
according to the provisions of paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (iii) For each detergent-active component of the package, 
classification into one of the following designations:
    (A) Polyalkyl amine;
    (B) Polyether amine;
    (C) Polyalkylsuccinimide;
    (D) Polyalkylaminophenol;
    (E) Detergent-active carrier oil; and
    (F) Other detergent-active component.
    (2) Allowable variation in compositional data. (i) A single 
detergent additive registration may contain no variation in the identity 
of any of the detergent-active components identified pursuant to 
paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (ii) A single detergent additive registration may specify a range of 
concentrations for identified detergent-active components, provided 
that, if each such component were present in the detergent additive 
package at the lower bound of its reported range of concentration, the 
minimum recommended concentration reported in accordance with the 
requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section would still provide the 
deposit control effectiveness claimed by the detergent registrant.
    (iii) The identity or concentration of non-detergent-active 
components of the detergent additive package may vary under a single 
registration, provided that the range of such variation is specified in 
the registration, and that such variability does not reduce the deposit 
control effectiveness of the additive package as compared with the level 
of effectiveness claimed by the detergent registrant pursuant to the 
requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (iv) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this section, 
detergent additive packages which do not satisfy these restrictions must 
be separately registered. EPA may disqualify an additive for use in 
satisfying the requirements of this subpart if EPA determines that the 
variability included within a given detergent additive registration may 
reduce the deposit control effectiveness of the detergent package such 
that it could invalidate the minimum recommended concentration reported 
in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (v) A change in minimum concentration requirements resulting from a 
modification of detergent additive composition shall not require a new 
detergent additive registration or a change in existing registration if:
    (A) The modification is effected by a detergent blender only for its 
own use

[[Page 722]]

or for the use of parties which are subsidiaries of, or share common 
ownership with, the blender, and the modified detergent is not sold or 
transferred to other parties; and
    (B) The modification is a dilution of the additive for the purpose 
of ensuring proper detergent flow in cold weather; and
    (C) Gasoline is the only diluting agent used; and
    (D) The diluted detergent is subsequently added to gasoline at a 
rate that attains the detergent's registered minimum recommended 
concentration, taking into account the dilution; and
    (E) EPA is notified, either before or within seven days after the 
dilution action, of the identity of the detergent, the identity of the 
diluting material, the amount or percentage of the dilution, the change 
in treat rate necessitated by the dilution, and the locations and time 
period of diluted detergent usage. The notification shall be sent or 
faxed to the address in Sec. 80.174(c).
    (3) Minimum recommended concentration. (i) The lower boundary of the 
recommended range of concentration for the detergent additive package in 
gasoline, which the additive manufacturer must report pursuant to the 
registration requirements in Sec. 79.21(d) of this chapter, must equal 
or exceed the minimum concentration which the manufacturer has 
determined to be necessary for the control of deposits in the associated 
fuel type, pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section. The minimum 
recommended concentration shall be provided to EPA in units of gallons 
of detergent additive package per thousand gallons of gasoline or PRC, 
reported to four digits. This concentration is the lowest additive 
concentration (LAC) referred to elsewhere in this subpart.
    (ii) The minimum concentration reported in the detergent 
registration according to the provisions of paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this 
section must also be communicated in writing by the additive 
manufacturer to each fuel manufacturer who purchases the subject 
detergent for purpose of compliance with the gasoline detergency 
requirements of this subpart, and to any additive manufacturer who 
purchases the subject additive with the intent of reselling it to a fuel 
manufacturer for this purpose.
    (iii) Pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section, 
EPA may require the additive manufacturer to submit data to support the 
deposit control effectiveness of the detergent package at the specified 
minimum effective concentration. EPA may disqualify an additive for use 
in satisfying the requirements of this subpart upon finding that the 
supporting data is inadequate. Manufacturers may be subject to the 
liabilities and enforcement actions in Secs. 80.156 and 80.159 if such a 
finding is made.
    (iv) Once included in the registration for a detergent additive 
package, the minimum concentration recommended by the detergent 
manufacturer to detergent blenders and other users of the detergent 
additive, pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section, may not be 
changed without first notifying EPA. The notification must be sent by 
certified mail to the address specified in Sec. 80.174(b). Changes to 
the minimum recommended concentration must be supported by available 
test data pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section.
    (v) A manufacturer may use a single set of test data to demonstrate 
the deposit control effectiveness of more than one registered detergent 
additive product, provided that:
    (A) The additive products contain all of the same detergent-active 
components and no detergent-active components other than those contained 
in common; and
    (B) The minimum concentration recommended for the use of each such 
additive product is specified such that, when each additive product is 
mixed in gasoline at the recommended concentration, each of its 
detergent-active components will be present at a final concentration no 
less than the lowest concentration for that component shown to be 
effective by the data available for the tested additive product.
    (d) The rate at which a detergent blender treats gasoline with a 
detergent additive package must be no less than the minimum recommended 
concentration reported for the subject detergent additive pursuant to 
paragraph

[[Page 723]]

(c)(3) of this section, except under the following conditions:
    (1) If a detergent blender believes that the minimum treat rate 
recommended by the manufacturer of a detergent additive exceeds the 
amount of detergent actually required for effective deposit control, and 
possesses substantiating data consistent with the guidelines in 
paragraph (e) of this section, then, upon informing EPA in writing of 
these circumstances, the detergent blender may use the detergent at a 
lower concentration.
    (2) The notification to EPA must clearly specify the name of the 
detergent product and its manufacturer, the concentration recommended by 
the detergent manufacturer, and the lower concentration which the 
detergent blender intends to use. The notification must also attest that 
data are available to substantiate the deposit control effectiveness of 
the detergent at the intended lower concentration. The notification must 
be sent by certified mail to the address specified in Sec. 80.174(b).
    (3) At its discretion, EPA may require that the detergent blender 
submit the test data purported to substantiate the claimed effectiveness 
of the lower concentration of the detergent additive. EPA may also 
require the manufacturer of the subject detergent additive to submit 
test data substantiating the minimum recommended concentration specified 
in the detergent additive registration. In either case, EPA will send a 
letter to the appropriate party, and the supporting data will be due to 
EPA within 30 days of receipt of EPA's letter.
    (i) If the detergent blender fails to submit the required supporting 
data to EPA in the allotted time period, or if EPA judges the submitted 
data to be inadequate to support the detergent blender's claim that the 
lower concentration provides a level of deposit control consistent with 
the requirements of this section, then EPA will disapprove the use of 
the detergent at the lower concentration. Further, the detergent blender 
may be subject to applicable liabilities and penalties pursuant to 
Secs. 80.156 and 80.159 for any gasoline or PRC it has additized at the 
lower concentration.
    (ii) If the detergent manufacturer fails to submit the required test 
data to EPA within the allotted time period, EPA will proceed on the 
assumption that data are not available to substantiate the minimum 
recommended concentration specified in the detergent registration, and 
the subject additive may be disqualified for use in complying with the 
requirements of this subpart, pursuant to the procedures in paragraph 
(g) of this section. The detergent manufacturer may also be subject to 
applicable liabilities and penalties pursuant to Secs. 80.156 and 
80.159.
    (iii) If both parties submit the required information, EPA will 
evaluate the quality and results of both sets of test data in relation 
to each other and to industry-consensus test practices and standards, in 
a manner consistent with the guidelines described in paragraph (e) of 
this section. EPA will approve or disapprove the use of the detergent at 
the lower concentration, and will inform both the detergent blender and 
the detergent manufacturer of the results of its analysis within 60 days 
of receipt of both sets of data.
    (e) Demonstration of deposit control efficiency. At its discretion, 
EPA may require a detergent additive registrant to provide test data to 
support the deposit control effectiveness of a detergent at the minimum 
concentration recommended, pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) of this section 
and Sec. 79.21(d) of this chapter. The required supporting data must be 
submitted to EPA within 30 days of receipt of EPA's request. EPA will 
notify the submitter, within 60 days after receiving the supporting 
data, whether the data is adequate to support the deposit control 
efficiency claimed. Subject to the procedures specified in paragraph (g) 
of this section, if the supporting data are not submitted or if EPA 
finds the data insufficient, the detergent may be disqualified for use 
by fuel manufacturers in complying with the requirements of this 
subpart. EPA will use the following guidelines in determining the 
adequacy of the supporting data:
    (1) CARB-based supporting test data. For detergent additives which 
are certified by the California Air Resources Board (CARB) for use in 
the State of California (pursuant to Title 13, section

[[Page 724]]

2257 of the California Code of Regulations), the CARB certification data 
constitutes adequate support of the detergent's effectiveness under this 
section, with the exception that CARB detergent certification data 
specific to California Phase II reformulated gasoline (pursuant to Title 
13, Chapter 5, Article 1, Subarticle 2, California Code of Regulations, 
Standards for Gasoline Sold Beginning March 1, 1996) will not be 
considered adequate support for detergent effectiveness in gasolines 
that do not conform to the compositional specifications for California's 
Phase II reformulated gasoline. For CARB-based supporting data to be 
used to demonstrate detergent performance, the minimum recommended 
concentration reported in the detergent additive registration must be no 
less than the concentration of the detergent-active components reported 
in the subject CARB detergent certification.
    (2) EPA will evaluate the adequacy of other supporting data 
according to the following guidelines:
    (i) Test fuel guidelines.
    (A) The gasoline used in the supporting tests must contain the 
detergent-active components of the subject detergent additive package in 
an amount which corresponds to the minimum recommended concentrations 
recorded in the respective detergent registration, or less than this 
amount.
    (B) The test fuels must not contain any detergent-active components 
other than those recorded in the subject detergent registration.
    (C) The test fuels used must be reasonably typical of in-use fuels 
in their tendency to form deposits. Test fuel taken directly from 
commercial refinery production stock is acceptable. Specially refined 
low-deposit-forming fuels such as indolene are not acceptable. Other 
specially blended test fuels will be evaluated by EPA for acceptability 
based on the extent to which such fuels adequately represent the 
deposit-forming tendency of typical (average) in-use fuels, as reflected 
in the levels of the following fuel parameters: sulfur content, aromatic 
content, olefin content, T-90, and oxygenate content.
    (D) The composition of the blended test fuel(s) used in carburetor 
deposit control testing, conducted to support the claimed effectiveness 
of detergents used in leaded gasoline, should be reasonably typical of 
in-use gasoline in its tendency to form carburetor deposits (or more 
severe than typical in-use fuels) as defined by the olefin and sulfur 
content. Test data using leaded fuels is preferred for this purpose, but 
data collected using unleaded fuels may also be acceptable provided that 
some correlation with additive performance in leaded fuels is available.
    (ii) Test procedure guidelines.
    (A) To be acceptable, test data submitted to support the deposit 
control effectiveness of a detergent additive must derive from testing 
conducted in conformity with good engineering practices.
    (B) For demonstration of fuel injector and intake valve deposit 
control performance, the tests specified in Secs. 80.165, or other 
vehicle-based tests using generally accepted industry procedures and 
standards, are preferred. Engine-based tests may also be acceptable, 
assuming a reasonable correlation with vehicle-based tests and standards 
can be demonstrated. Bench test data may be acceptable to demonstrate 
fuel injector deposit control performance, assuming the results can be 
correlated with vehicle- or engine-based tests and standards. Bench 
testing will not be considered acceptable for demonstration of IVD 
control performance. Examples of acceptable test procedures are 
contained in the following references:
    (1) Intake Valve Deposit Test Procedures:
    (i) ``Intake Valve Deposits--Fuel Detergency Requirements 
Revisited'', Bill Bitting et al., Society of Automotive Engineers, SAE 
Technical Paper No. 872117, 1987.\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Drive, 
Warrendale, PA 15096-0001.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) ``BMW--10,000 Miles Intake Valve Test Procedure'', March 1, 
1991, Section 2257, Title 13, California Code of Regulations.
    (iii) [Reserved]
    (iv) ``Effect on Intake Valve Deposits of Ethanol and Additives 
Common to the Available Ethanol Supply'',

[[Page 725]]

Clifford Shilbolm et al., SAE Technical Paper Series No. 902109, 1990.
    (2) Fuel Injector Deposit Test Procedures:
    (i) ``Test Method for Evaluating Port Fuel Injector (PFI) Deposits 
in Vehicle Engines'', March 1, 1991, Section 2257, Title 13, California 
Code of Regulations.
    (ii) ``A Vehicle Test Technique for Studying Port Fuel Injector 
Deposits--A Coordinating Research Council Program'', Robert Tupa et al., 
SAE Technical paper No. 890213, 1989.
    (iii) ``The Effects of Fuel Composition and Additives on Multiport 
Fuel Injector Deposits'', Jack Benson et al., SAE Technical Paper Series 
No. 861533, 1986.
    (iv) ``Injector Deposits--The Tip of Intake System Deposit 
Problems'', Brian Taneguchi, et al., SAE Technical Paper Series No. 
861534, 1986.
    (C) For demonstration of carburetor deposit control performance, any 
generally accepted vehicle, engine, or bench test procedure for 
carburetor deposit control will be considered adequate. Port and 
throttle body fuel injector deposit control test data will also be 
considered to be adequate demonstration of an additive's ability to 
control carburetor deposits. Examples of acceptable test procedures for 
demonstration of carburetor deposit control, in addition to the fuel 
injector test procedures listed above in paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(B)(2) of 
this section, are contained in the following references:
    (1) ``Fuel Injector, Intake Valve, and Carburetor Detergency 
Performance of Gasoline Additives'', C.H. Jewitt et al., SAE Technical 
Paper No. 872114, 1987.
    (2) ``Carburetor Cleanliness Test Procedure, State-of-the-Art 
Summary, Report: 1973-1981'', Coordinating Research Council, CRC Report 
No. 529.\3\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ Coordinating Research Council Inc. (CRC), 219 perimeter Center 
Parking, Atlanta, Georgia, 30346.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (f) Detergent identification test procedure. (1) At its discretion, 
EPA may require the additive registrant to submit an analytical 
procedure capable of identifying the detergent additive in its pure 
state. The test procedure will be due to EPA within 30 days of the 
registrant's receipt of the request. Subject to the provisions in 
paragraph (g) of this section, if the registrant fails to submit an 
analytical procedure, or if EPA judges a submitted procedure to be 
inadequate, EPA may deny or withdraw the detergent's eligibility to be 
used to satisfy the detergency requirements in this section.
    (2) The analytical procedure submitted by the registrant must be 
able to both qualitatively and quantitatively identify each component of 
the detergent additive package. To be acceptable, the procedure must 
provide results that conform to reasonable and customary standards of 
repeatability and reproducibility, and reasonable and customary limits 
of detection and accuracy, for the type of test in question.
    (3) A fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR)-based 
procedure, including an actual infrared spectrum of the detergent 
additive package and each component part of the detergent package 
obtained from this test method, is preferred.
    (g) Disqualification of a detergent additive package. (1) When EPA 
makes a preliminary determination that a detergent additive registrant 
has failed to comply with the requirements of paragraph (c), (d)(3)(ii), 
(e), or (f) of this section, either by failing to submit required 
information for a subject detergent additive or by submitting 
information which EPA deems inadequate, EPA shall notify the additive 
registrant by certified mail, return receipt requested, setting forth 
the basis for that determination and informing the registrant that the 
detergent may lose its eligibility to be used to comply with the 
detergency requirements of this section.
    (2) If EPA determines that the detergent registration was created by 
fraud or other misconduct, such as a negligent disregard for the 
truthfulness or accuracy of the required information or of the 
application, the detergent registration will be considered void ab 
initio and the revocation of qualification will be retroactive to 
January 1, 1995 or the date on which the additive product was first 
registered, whichever is later.

[[Page 726]]

    (3) The registrant will be afforded 60 days from the date of receipt 
of the notice of intent of detergent disqualification to submit written 
comments concerning the notice, and to demonstrate or achieve compliance 
with the specific data requirements which provide the basis for the 
proposed disqualification. If the registrant does not respond in writing 
within 60 days from the date of receipt of the notice of intent of 
disqualification, the detergent disqualification shall become final by 
operation of law and the Administrator shall notify the registrant of 
such disqualification. If the registrant responds in writing within 60 
days from the date of receipt of the notice of intent to disqualify, the 
Administrator shall review and consider all comments submitted by the 
registrant before taking final action concerning the proposed 
disqualification. All correspondence regarding a disqualification must 
be sent to the address specified in Sec. 80.174(b).
    (4) As part of a written response to a notice of intent to 
disqualify, a registrant may request an informal hearing concerning the 
notice. Any such request shall state with specificity the information 
the registrant wishes to present at such a hearing. If an informal 
hearing is requested, EPA shall schedule such a hearing within 90 days 
from the date of receipt of the request. If an informal hearing is held, 
the subject matter of the hearing shall be confined solely to whether or 
not the registrant has complied with the specific data requirements 
which provide the basis for the proposed disqualification. If an 
informal hearing is held, the designated presiding officer may be any 
EPA employee, the hearing procedures shall be informal, and the hearing 
shall not be subject to or governed by 40 CFR part 22 or by 5 U.S.C. 
554, 556, or 557. A verbatim transcript of each informal hearing shall 
be kept and the Administrator shall consider all relevant evidence and 
arguments presented at the hearing in making a final decision concerning 
a proposed cancellation.
    (5) If a registrant who has received a notice of intent to 
disqualify submits a timely written response, and the Administrator 
decides after reviewing the response and the transcript of any informal 
hearing to disqualify the detergent for use in complying with the 
requirements of this subpart, the Administrator shall issue a final 
disqualification order, forward a copy of the disqualification order to 
the registrant by certified mail, and promptly publish the 
disqualification order in the Federal Register. Any disqualification 
order issued after receipt of a timely written response by the 
registrant shall become legally effective five days after it is 
published in the Federal Register.
    (6) Upon making a final decision to disqualify a detergent additive 
package pursuant to this paragraph (g), EPA shall inform all fuel 
manufacturers and secondary additive manufacturers whose product 
registrations report the potential use of the disqualified detergent 
that such detergent is no longer eligible for compliance with the 
requirements of this subpart. Such fuel manufacturers and secondary 
additive manufacturers shall have 45 days in which to stop using the 
ineligible detergent additive package and substitute an eligible 
detergent additive. When applicable, EPA shall also notify such parties 
that the detergent registration had been created by fraud or other 
misconduct, pursuant to paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

[59 FR 54706, Nov. 1, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 35356, July 5, 1996; 61 
FR 58747, Nov. 18, 1996]



Secs. 80.142-80.154  [Reserved]



Sec. 80.155  Interim detergent program controls and prohibitions.

    (a)(1) No person shall sell, offer for sale, dispense, supply, offer 
for supply, transport, or cause the transportation of gasoline to the 
ultimate consumer for use in motor vehicles or in any off-road engines 
(except as provided in Sec. 80.160), or to a gasoline retailer or 
wholesale purchaser-consumer, and no person shall detergent-additize 
gasoline, unless such gasoline is additized in conformity with the 
requirements of Sec. 80.141. No person shall cause the presence of any 
gasoline in the gasoline distribution system unless such gasoline is 
additized in conformity with the requirements of Sec. 80.141.

[[Page 727]]

    (2) Gasoline has been additized in conformity with the requirements 
of Sec. 80.141 when the detergent component satisfies the requirements 
of Sec. 80.141 and when:
    (i) The gasoline has been additized in conformity with the detergent 
composition and purpose-in-use specifications of an applicable detergent 
registered under 40 CFR part 79, and in accordance with at least the 
minimum concentration specifications of that detergent as registered 
under 40 CFR part 79 or as otherwise provided under Sec. 80.141(d); or
    (ii) The gasoline is composed of two or more commingled gasolines 
and each component gasoline has been additized in conformity with the 
detergent composition and purpose-in-use specifications of a detergent 
registered under 40 CFR part 79, and in accordance with at least the 
minimum concentration specifications of that detergent as registered 
under 40 CFR part 79 or as otherwise provided under Sec. 80.141(d); or
    (iii) The gasoline is composed of a gasoline commingled with a post-
refinery component (PRC), and both of these components have been 
additized in conformity with the detergent composition and use 
specifications of a detergent registered under 40 CFR part 79, and in 
accordance with at least the minimum concentration specifications of 
that detergent as registered under 40 CFR part 79 or as otherwise 
provided under Sec. 80.141(d).
    (b) No person shall blend detergent into gasoline or PRC unless such 
person complies with the volumetric additive reconciliation requirements 
of Sec. 80.157.
    (c) No person shall sell, offer for sale, dispense, supply, offer 
for supply, store, transport, or cause the transportation of any 
gasoline, detergent, or detergent-additized PRC unless the product 
transfer document for the gasoline, detergent or detergent-additized PRC 
complies with the requirements of Sec. 80.158.
    (d) No person shall refine, import, manufacture, sell, offer for 
sale, dispense, supply, offer for supply, store, transport, or cause the 
transportation of any detergent that is to be used as a component of 
detergent-additized gasoline or detergent-additized PRC, unless such 
detergent conforms with the composition specifications of a detergent 
registered under 40 CFR part 79 and the detergent otherwise complies 
with the requirements of Sec. 80.141. No person shall cause the presence 
of any detergent in the detergent, PRC, or gasoline distribution systems 
unless such detergent complies with the requirements of Sec. 80.141.
    (e)(1) No person shall sell, offer for sale, dispense, supply, offer 
for supply, transport, or cause the transportation of detergent-
additized PRC, unless the PRC has been additized in conformity with the 
requirements of Sec. 80.141. No person shall cause the presence in the 
PRC or gasoline distribution systems of any detergent-additized PRC that 
fails to conform to the requirements of Sec. 80.141.
    (2) PRC has been additized in conformity with the requirements of 
Sec. 80.141 when the detergent component satisfies the requirements of 
Sec. 80.141 and:
    (i) The PRC has been additized in accordance with the detergent 
composition and use specifications of a detergent registered under 40 
CFR part 79, and in accordance with at least the minimum concentration 
specifications of that detergent as registered under 40 CFR part 79 or 
as otherwise provided under Sec. 80.141(d); or
    (ii) The PRC is composed of two or more commingled PRCs, and each 
component has been additized in accordance with the detergent 
composition and use specifications of a detergent registered under 49 
CFR part 79, and in accordance with at least the minimum concentration 
specifications of that detergent as registered under 40 CFR part 79 or 
as otherwise provided under Sec. 80.141(d).

[61 FR 35358, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.156  Liability for violations of the interim detergent program controls and prohibitions.

    (a) Persons liable--(1) Gasoline non-conformity. Where gasoline 
contained in any storage tank at any facility owned, leased, operated, 
controlled or supervised by any gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, 
distributor, reseller, retailer,

[[Page 728]]

wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, or detergent blender, 
is found in violation of any of the prohibitions specified in 
Sec. 80.155(a), the following persons shall be deemed in violation:
    (i) Each gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, or detergent 
blender, who owns, leases, operates, controls or supervises the facility 
(including, but not limited to, a truck or individual storage tank) 
where the violation is found;
    (ii) Each gasoline refiner, importer, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent 
manufacturer, distributor, or blender, who refined, imported, 
manufactured, sold, offered for sale, dispensed, supplied, offered for 
supply, stored, detergent additized, transported, or caused the 
transportation of the detergent-additized gasoline (or the base gasoline 
component, the detergent component, or the detergent-additized post-
refinery component of the gasoline) that is in violation, and each such 
party that caused the gasoline that is in violation to be present in the 
gasoline distribution system; and
    (iii) Each gasoline carrier who dispensed, supplied, stored, or 
transported any gasoline in the storage tank containing gasoline found 
to be in violation, and each detergent carrier who dispensed, supplied, 
stored, or transported the detergent component of any post-refinery 
component or gasoline in the storage tank containing gasoline found to 
be in violation, provided that the EPA demonstrates, by reasonably 
specific showings by direct or circumstantial evidence, that the 
gasoline or detergent carrier caused the violation.
    (2) Post-refinery component non-conformity. Where detergent-
additized PRC contained in any storage tank at any facility owned, 
leased, operated, controlled or supervised by any gasoline refiner, 
importer, carrier, distributor, reseller, retailer, wholesale purchaser-
consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent manufacturer, carrier, 
distributor, or blender, is found in violation of the prohibitions 
specified in Sec. 80.155(e), the following persons shall be deemed in 
violation:
    (i) Each gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale-purchaser consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent 
manufacturer, carrier, distributor, or blender, who owns, leases, 
operates, controls or supervises the facility (including, but not 
limited to, a truck or individual storage tank) where the violation is 
found;
    (ii) Each gasoline refiner, importer, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale-purchaser consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent 
manufacturer, distributor, or blender, who sold, offered for sale, 
dispensed, supplied, offered for supply, stored, detergent additized, 
transported, or caused the transportation of the detergent-additized PRC 
(or the detergent component of the PRC) that is in violation, and each 
such party that caused the PRC that is in violation to be present in the 
PRC or gasoline distribution systems; and
    (iii) Each carrier who dispensed, supplied, stored, or transported 
any detergent-additized post-refinery component in the storage tank 
containing post-refinery component in violation, and each detergent 
carrier who dispensed, supplied, stored, or transported the detergent 
component of any detergent-additized post-refinery component which is in 
the storage tank containing detergent-additized post-refinery component 
found to be in violation, provided that the EPA demonstrates by 
reasonably specific showings by direct or circumstantial evidence, that 
the gasoline or detergent carrier caused the violation.
    (3) Detergent non-conformity. Where the detergent (prior to 
additization) contained in any storage tank or container found at any 
facility owned, leased, operated, controlled or supervised by any 
gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, reseller, retailer, 
wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent manufacturer, 
carrier, distributor, or blender, is found in violation of the 
prohibitions specified in Sec. 80.155(d), the following persons shall be 
deemed in violation:
    (i) Each gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale-purchaser consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent 
manufacturer,

[[Page 729]]

carrier, distributor, or blender, who owns, leases, operates, controls 
or supervises the facility (including, but not limited to, a truck or 
individual storage tank) where the violation is found;
    (ii) Each gasoline refiner, importer, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent 
manufacturer, distributor, or blender, who sold, offered for sale, 
dispensed, supplied, offered for supply, stored, transported, or caused 
the transportation of the detergent that is in violation, and each such 
party that caused the detergent that is in violation to be present in 
the detergent, gasoline, or PRC distribution systems; and
    (iii) Each gasoline or detergent carrier who dispensed, supplied, 
stored, or transported any detergent which is in the storage tank or 
container containing detergent found to be in violation, providing that 
EPA demonstrates, by reasonably specific showings by direct or 
circumstantial evidence, that the gasoline or detergent carrier caused 
the violation.
    (4) Volumetric additive reconciliation. Where a violation of the 
volumetric additive reconciliation requirements established by 
Sec. 80.155(b) has occurred, the following persons shall be deemed in 
violation:
    (i) Each detergent blender who owns, leases, operates, controls or 
supervises the facility (including, but not limited to, a truck or 
individual storage tank) where the violation has occurred; and
    (ii) Each gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, 
reseller, retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, or oxygenate blender, 
and each detergent manufacturer, carrier, distributor, or blender, who 
refined, imported, manufactured, sold, offered for sale, dispensed, 
supplied, offered for supply, stored, transported, or caused the 
transportation of the detergent-additized gasoline, the base gasoline 
component, the detergent component, or the detergent-additized post-
refinery component, of the gasoline that is in violation, provided that 
the EPA demonstrates, by reasonably specific showings by direct or 
circumstantial evidence, that such person caused the violation.
    (5) Product transfer document. Where a violation of Sec. 80.155(c) 
is found at a facility owned, leased, operated, controlled, or 
supervised by any gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, 
reseller, retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, 
detergent manufacturer, carrier, distributor, or blender, the following 
persons shall be deemed in violation: each gasoline refiner, importer, 
carrier, distributor, reseller, retailer, wholesale-purchaser consumer, 
oxygenate blender, detergent manufacturer, carrier, distributor, or 
blender, who owns, leases, operates, control or supervises the facility 
(including, but not limited to, a truck or individual storage tank) 
where the violation is found.
    (b) Branded refiner vicarious liability. Where any violation of the 
prohibitions specified in Sec. 80.155 has occurred, with the exception 
of violations of Sec. 80.155(c), a refiner will also be deemed liable 
for violations occurring at a facility operating under such refiner's 
corporate, trade, or brand name or that of any of its marketing 
subsidiaries. For purposes of this section, the word facility includes, 
but is not limited to, a truck or individual storage tank.
    (c) Defenses. (1) In any case in which a gasoline refiner, importer, 
distributor, carrier, reseller, retailer, wholesale-purchaser consumer, 
oxygenate blender, detergent distributor, carrier, or blender, is in 
violation of any of the prohibitions of Sec. 80.155, pursuant to 
paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section as applicable, the regulated party 
shall be deemed not in violation if it can demonstrate:
    (i) That the violation was not caused by the regulated party or its 
employee or agent (unless otherwise provided in this paragraph (c));
    (ii) That product transfer documents account for the gasoline, 
detergent, or detergent-additized post-refinery component in violation 
and indicate that the gasoline, detergent, or detergent-additized post-
refinery component satisfied relevant requirements when it left their 
control; and
    (iii) That the party has fulfilled the requirements of paragraphs 
(c) (2) or (3) of this section, as applicable.
    (2) Branded refiner. (i) Where a branded refiner, pursuant to 
paragraph (b) of

[[Page 730]]

this section, is in violation of any of the prohibitions of Sec. 80.155 
as a result of violations occurring at a facility (including, but not 
limited to, a truck or individual storage tank) which is operating under 
the corporate, trade or brand name of a refiner or that of any of its 
marketing subsidiaries, the refiner shall be deemed not in violation if 
it can demonstrate, in addition to the defense requirements stated in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, that the violation was caused by:
    (A) An act in violation of law (other than these regulations), or an 
act of sabotage or vandalism, whether or not such acts are violations of 
law in the jurisdiction where the violation of the prohibitions of 
Sec. 80.155 occurred; or
    (B) The action of any gasoline refiner, importer, reseller, 
distributor, oxygenate blender, detergent manufacturer, distributor, 
blender, or retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer supplied by any of 
these persons, in violation of a contractual undertaking imposed by the 
refiner designed to prevent such action, and despite the implementation 
of an oversight program, including, but not limited to, periodic review 
of product transfer documents by the refiner to ensure compliance with 
such contractual obligation; or
    (C) The action of any gasoline or detergent carrier, or other 
gasoline or detergent distributor not subject to a contract with the 
refiner but engaged by the refiner for transportation of gasoline, post-
refinery component, or detergent, to a gasoline or detergent 
distributor, oxygenate blender, detergent blender, gasoline retailer or 
wholesale purchaser consumer, despite specification or inspection of 
procedures or equipment by the refiner which are reasonably calculated 
to prevent such action.
    (ii) In this paragraph (c)(2), to show that the violation ``was 
caused'' by any of the specified actions, the party must demonstrate by 
reasonably specific showings, by direct or circumstantial evidence, that 
the violation was caused or must have been caused by another.
    (3) Detergent blender. In any case in which a detergent blender is 
liable for violating any of the prohibitions of Sec. 80.155, the 
detergent blender shall not be deemed in violation if it can 
demonstrate, in addition to the defense requirements stated in paragraph 
(c)(1) of this section, the following:
    (i) That it obtained or supplied, as appropriate, prior to the 
detergent blending, accurate written instructions from the detergent 
manufacturer or other party with knowledge of such instructions, 
specifying the detergent's minimum recommended concentration (lowest 
additive concentration) pursuant to Sec. 80.141(c)(3) and, if 
applicable, the limitations of this concentration for use in leaded 
product.
    (ii) That it has implemented a quality assurance program that 
includes, but is not limited to, a periodic review of its supporting 
product transfer and volume measurement documents to confirm the 
correctness of its product transfer and volumetric additive 
reconciliation documents created for all products it additized.
    (4) Detergent manufacturer--(i) Presumptive liability affirmative 
defense. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section, in any case in which a detergent manufacturer is liable for 
violating any of the prohibitions of Sec. 80.155, the detergent 
manufacturer shall be deemed not in violation if it can demonstrate each 
of the following:
    (A) Product transfer documents which account for the detergent 
component of the product in violation and which indicate that such 
detergent satisfied all relevant requirements when it left the detergent 
manufacturer's control; and
    (B) Written blending instructions which, pursuant to 
Sec. 80.141(c)(3)(ii), were supplied by the detergent manufacturer to 
its customer who purchased or obtained from the manufacturer the 
detergent component of the product determined to be in violation. The 
written blending instructions must have been supplied by the 
manufacturer prior to the customer's use or sale of the detergent. The 
instructions must accurately identify the minimum recommended 
concentration (lowest additive concentration) specified in the 
detergent's 40 CFR part 79 registration, and must also accurately 
identify if the detergent, at that concentration, is only registered as 
effective for use in leaded gasoline.

[[Page 731]]

    (C) If the detergent batch used in the noncomplying product was 
produced less than one year before the manufacturer was notified by EPA 
of the possible violation, then the manufacturer must provide FTIR or 
other test results for the batch of detergent used in the noncomplying 
product, performed in accordance with the detergent testing procedure 
submitted by the manufacturer, or available for submission, pursuant to 
Sec. 80.141(f).
    (1) The analysis may have been conducted on the subject detergent 
batch at the time it was manufactured, or may be conducted on a sample 
of that batch which the manufacturer retained for such purpose at the 
time the batch was manufactured.
    (2) The test results must accurately establish that, when it left 
the manufacturer's control, the detergent component of the product 
determined to be in violation was in conformity with the chemical 
composition and concentration specifications reported pursuant to 
Sec. 80.141(c)(1);
    (D) If the detergent batch used in the noncomplying product was 
produced more than one year prior to the manufacturer's notification by 
EPA of the possible violation, then the manufacturer must provide 
either:
    (1) Test results for the batch in question as specified in the 
paragraph (c)(4)(i)(C) of this section; or
    (2) The following materials:
    (i) Documentation of the measured viscosity, density, and basic 
nitrogen content of the detergent batch in question, or any other such 
physical parameters which the manufacturer normally uses to ensure 
production quality control, which establishes conformity with the 
manufacturer's quality control standards for such parameters; and
    (ii) If the detergent registration identifies polymeric component(s) 
of the detergent package as the product(s) of other chemical reactants, 
documentation that the reagents used to synthesize the detergent batch 
in question were the same as those specified in the registration and 
that they met the manufacturer's normal acceptance criteria for such 
reagents, reported pursuant to Sec. 80.162(b)(1).
    (ii) Detergent manufacturer causation liability. In any case in 
which a detergent manufacturer is liable for a violation of Sec. 80.155, 
and the manufacturer establishes an affirmative defense to such 
liability pursuant to paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section, the detergent 
manufacturer will nonetheless be deemed liable for the violation of 
Sec. 80.155 if EPA can demonstrate, by reasonably specific showings by 
direct or circumstantial evidence, that the detergent manufacturer 
caused the violation.
    (5) Defense against liability where more than one party may be 
liable for VAR violations. In any case in which a party is presumptively 
or vicariously liable for a violation of Sec. 80.155 due to a failure to 
meet the VAR requirements Sec. 80.157, except for the VAR record 
requirements pursuant to Sec. 80.157(g), such party shall not be deemed 
liable if it can establish the following:
    (i) Prior to the violation it had entered into a written contract 
with another potentially liable detergent blender party (``the assuming 
party''), under which that other party assumed legal responsibility for 
fulfilling the VAR requirement that had been violated;
    (ii) The contract included reasonable oversight provisions to ensure 
that the assuming party fulfilled its VAR responsibilities (including, 
but not limited to, periodic review of VAR records) and the oversight 
provision was actually implemented by the party raising the defense;
    (iii) The assuming party is fiscally sound and able to pay its 
penalty for the VAR violation; and
    (iv) The employees or agents of the party raising the defense did 
not cause the violation.
    (6) Defense to liability for gasoline non-conformity violations 
caused solely by the addition of misadditized ethanol or other PRC to 
the gasoline. In any case in which a party is presumptively or 
vicariously liable for a gasoline non-conformity violation of 
Sec. 80.155(a) caused solely by another party's addition of misadditized 
ethanol or other PRC to the gasoline, the former party shall not be 
deemed liable for the violation provided that it can establish that is 
has fulfilled the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this 
section.

[[Page 732]]

    (7) Detergent tank transitioning defenses. The commingling of two 
detergents in the same detergent storage tank will not be deemed to 
violate or cause violations of any of the provisions of this subpart, 
provided the following conditions are met:
    (i) The commingling must occur during a legitimate detergent 
transitioning event, i.e., a shift from the use of one detergent to 
another through the delivery of the new detergent into the same tank 
that contains the original detergent; and
    (ii) If the new detergent is restricted to use in leaded gasoline, 
then such restriction must be applied to the combined detergents; and
    (iii) The commingling event must be documented, either on the VAR 
formula record or on attached supporting records; and
    (iv) Notwithstanding any contrary provisions in Sec. 80.157, a VAR 
formula record must be created for the combined detergents. The VAR 
compliance period must begin no later than the time of the commingling 
event. However, at the blender's option, the compliance period may begin 
earlier, thus including use of the uncombined original detergent within 
the same period, provided that the 31-day limitation pursuant to 
Sec. 80.157(a)(6) is not exceeded; and
    (v) The VAR formula record must also satisfy the requirements in one 
of the following paragraphs (c)(7)(v)(A) through (C) of this section, 
whichever applies to the commingling event. If neither paragraph 
(c)(7)(v)(A) nor (B) of this section initially applies, then the blender 
may drain and subsequently redeliver the original detergent into the 
tank in restricted amounts, in order to meet the conditions of paragraph 
(c)(7)(v)(A) or (B) of this section. Otherwise, the blender must comply 
with paragraph (c)(7)(v)(C) of this section.
    (A) If both detergents have the same LAC, and the original detergent 
accounts for no more than 20 percent of the tank's total delivered 
volume after addition of the new detergent, then the VAR formula record 
is required to identify only the use of the new detergent.
    (B) If the two detergents have different LACs and the original 
detergent accounts for 10 percent or less of the tank's total delivered 
volume after addition of the new detergent, then the VAR formula record 
is required to identify only the use of the new detergent, and must 
attain the LAC of the new detergent. If the original detergent's LAC is 
greater than that of the new detergent, then the compliance period may 
begin earlier than the date of the commingling event (pursuant to 
paragraph (c)(7)(iv) of this section) only if the original detergent 
does not exceed 10 percent of the total detergent used during the 
compliance period.
    (C) If neither of the preceding paragraphs (c)(7)(v)(A) or (B) of 
this section applies, then the VAR formula record must identify both of 
the commingled detergents, and must use and attain the higher LAC of the 
two detergents. Once the commingled detergent has been depleted by an 
amount equal to the volume of the original detergent in the tank at the 
time the new detergent was added, subsequent VAR formula records must 
identify and use the LAC of only the new detergent.
    (8) Defense to liability for noncompliance with leaded-only use 
restrictions. A party shall not be deemed liable for violations of 
Sec. 80.155(a) or (e) caused solely by the additization or use of 
gasoline or PRC in violation of leaded-only use restrictions, provided 
that the conditions specified in Sec. 80.169(c)(9) are met.
    (d) Detergent manufacturer causation liability. In any case in which 
a detergent manufacturer is liable for a violation of Sec. 80.155 
pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, and the manufacturer 
establishes affirmative defense to such liability pursuant to paragraph 
(c) of this section, the detergent manufacturer will be liable for the 
violation of Sec. 80.155 pursuant to this paragraph (d) of this section, 
provided that EPA can demonstrate, by reasonably specific showings by 
direct or circumstantial evidence, that the detergent manufacturer 
caused the violation.

[59 FR 54706, Nov. 1, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 35358, July 5, 1996]

[[Page 733]]



Sec. 80.157  Volumetric additive reconciliation (``VAR''), equipment calibration, and recordkeeping requirements.

    This section contains requirements for automated detergent blending 
facilities and hand-blending detergent facilities. All gasolines and all 
PRC intended for use in gasoline must be additized, unless otherwise 
noted in supporting VAR records, and must be accounted for in VAR 
records. The VAR reconciliation standard is attained under this section 
when the actual concentration of detergent used per VAR formula record 
equals or exceeds the lowest additive concentration (LAC) specified for 
that detergent pursuant to Sec. 80.141(c)(3), or, if appropriate, under 
Sec. 80.141(d). A separate VAR formula record must be created for leaded 
gasoline additized with a detergent registered for use only with leaded 
gasoline, or used at a concentration that is registered as effective for 
leaded gasoline only. Detergent so used must be accurately and 
separately measured, either through the use of a separate storage tank, 
a separate meter, or some other measurement system that is able to 
accurately distinguish its use. Recorded volumes of gasoline, detergent, 
and PRC must be expressed to the nearest gallon (or smaller units), 
except that detergent volumes of five gallons or less must be expressed 
to the nearest tenth of a gallon (or smaller units). However, if the 
blender's equipment cannot accurately measure to the nearest tenth of a 
gallon, then such volumes must be rounded downward to the next lower 
gallon. PRC included in the reconciliation must be identified. Each VAR 
formula record must also contain the following information:
    (a) Automated blending facilities. In the case of an automated 
detergent blending facility, for each VAR period, for each detergent 
storage system and each detergent in that storage system, the following 
must be recorded:
    (1) The manufacturer and commercial identifying name of the 
detergent additive package being reconciled, and the LAC specified in 
the detergent registration for use with the applicable type of gasoline 
(i.e., unleaded or leaded). The LAC must be expressed in terms of 
gallons of detergent per thousand gallons of gasoline or PRC, and 
expressed to four digits. If the specified LAC is only effective for use 
with leaded gasoline, the record must so indicate. If the detergent 
storage system which is the subject of the VAR formula record is a 
proprietary system under the control of a customer, this fact must be 
indicated on the record.
    (2) The total volume of detergent blended into gasoline and PRC, in 
accordance with one of the following paragraphs, as applicable.
    (i) For a facility which uses in-line meters to measure detergent 
usage, the total volume of detergent measured, together with supporting 
data which includes one of the following: the beginning and ending meter 
readings for each meter being measured, the metered batch volume 
measurements for each meter being measured, or other comparable metered 
measurements. The supporting data may be supplied on the VAR formula 
record or in the form of computer printouts or other comparable VAR 
supporting documentation.
    (ii) For a facility which uses a gauge to measure the inventory of 
the detergent storage tank, the total volume of detergent shall be 
calculated from the following equation:

Detergent Volume = (A) - (B) + (C) - (D)

where:

A = Initial detergent inventory of the tank
B = Final detergent inventory of the tank
C = Sum of any additions to detergent inventory
D = Sum of any withdrawals from detergent inventory for purposes other 
than the additization of gasoline or PRC.


The value of each variable in this equation must be separately recorded 
on the VAR formula record. In addition, a list of each detergent 
addition included in variable C and a list of each detergent withdrawal 
included in variable D must be provided, either on the formula record or 
as VAR supporting documentation.
    (3) The total volume of gasoline plus PRC to which detergent has 
been added, together with supporting data which includes one of the 
following:

[[Page 734]]

The beginning and ending meter measurements for each meter being 
measured, the metered batch volume measurements for each meter being 
measured, or other comparable metered measurements. The supporting data 
may be supplied on the VAR formula record or in the form of computer 
printouts or other comparable VAR supporting documentation. If gasoline 
has intentionally been overadditized in anticipation of the later 
addition of unadditized PRC, then the total volume of gasoline plus PRC 
recorded must include the expected amount of unadditized PRC to be added 
later. In addition, the amount of gasoline which was overadditized for 
this purpose must be specified.
    (4) The actual detergent concentration, calculated as the total 
volume of detergent added (pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section), divided by the total volume of gasoline plus PRC (pursuant to 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section). The concentration must be calculated 
and recorded to four digits.
    (5) A list of each detergent concentration rate initially set for 
the detergent that is the subject of the VAR record, together with the 
date and description of each adjustment to any initially set 
concentration. The concentration adjustment information may be supplied 
on the VAR formula record or in the form of computer printouts or other 
comparable VAR supporting documentation. No concentration setting is 
permitted below the applicable LAC, except as may be modified pursuant 
to Sec. 80.141(d) or as described in paragraph (a)(7) of this section.
    (6) The dates of the VAR period, which shall be no longer than 
thirty-one days. If the VAR period is contemporaneous with a calendar 
month, then specifying the month will fulfill this requirement; if not, 
then the beginning and ending dates and times of the VAR period must be 
listed. The times may be supplied on the VAR formula record or in 
supporting documentation. Any adjustment to any detergent concentration 
rate more than 10 percent over the concentration rate initially set in 
the VAR period shall terminate that VAR period and initiate a new VAR 
period, except as provided in paragraph (a)(7) of this section.
    (7) The concentration setting for a detergent injector may be set 
below the applicable LAC, or it may be adjusted more than 10 percent 
above the concentration initially set in the VAR period without 
terminating that VAR period, provided that:
    (i) The purpose of the change is to correct a batch misadditization 
prior to the end of the VAR period and prior to the transfer of the 
batch to another party, or to correct an equipment malfunction; and
    (ii) The concentration is immediately returned after the correction 
to a concentration that fulfills the requirements of paragraphs (a)(5) 
and (6) of this section; and
    (iii) The blender creates and maintains documentation establishing 
the date and adjustments of the correction; and
    (iv) If the correction is initiated only to rectify an equipment 
malfunction, and the amount of detergent used in this procedure is not 
added to gasoline in the compliance period, then this amount is 
subtracted from the detergent volume listed on the VAR formula record.
    (8) If unadditized gasoline has been transferred from the facility, 
other than bulk transfers from refineries or pipelines to non-retail 
outlets or non-WPC facilities, the total amount of such gasoline must be 
specified.
    (b) Non-automated facilities. In the case of a facility in which 
hand blending or any other non-automated method is used to blend 
detergent, for each detergent and for each batch of gasoline and each 
batch of PRC to which the detergent is being added, the following shall 
be recorded:
    (1) The manufacturer and commercial identifying name of the 
detergent additive package being reconciled, and the LAC specified in 
the detergent registration for use with the applicable type of gasoline 
(i.e., unleaded or leaded). The LAC must be expressed in terms of 
gallons of detergent per thousand gallons of gasoline or PRC, and 
expressed to four digits. If the specified LAC is only effective for use 
with leaded gasoline, the record must so indicate.

[[Page 735]]

    (2) The date of the additization that is the subject of the VAR 
formula record.
    (3) The volume of added detergent.
    (4) The volume of the gasoline and/or PRC to which the detergent has 
been added. If gasoline has intentionally been overadditized in 
anticipation of the later addition of unadditized PRC, then the total 
volume of gasoline plus PRC recorded must include the expected amount of 
unadditized PRC to be added later. In addition, the amount of gasoline 
which was overadditized for this purpose must be specified.
    (5) The brand (if known), grade, and leaded/unleaded status of 
gasoline, and/or the type of PRC.
    (6) The actual detergent concentration, calculated as the volume of 
added detergent (pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section), divided 
by the volume of gasoline and/or PRC (pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of 
this section). The concentration must be calculated and recorded to four 
digits.
    (c) Every VAR formula record created pursuant to paragraphs (a) and 
(b) of this section shall contain the following:
    (1) The signature of the creator of the VAR record;
    (2) The date of the creation of the VAR record; and
    (3) A certification of correctness by the creator of the VAR record.
    (d) Electronically-generated VAR formula and supporting records. (1) 
Electronically-generated records are acceptable for VAR formula records 
and supporting documentation (including PTDs), provided that they are 
complete, accessible, and easily readable. VAR formula records must also 
be stored with access and audit security, which must restrict to a 
limited number of specified people those who have the ability to alter 
or delete the records. In addition, parties maintaining records 
electronically must make available for EPA use the hardware and software 
necessary to review the records.
    (2) Electronically-generated VAR formula records may use an 
electronic user identification code to satisfy the signature 
requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, provided that:
    (i) The use of the ID is limited to the record creator; and
    (ii) A paper record is maintained, which is signed and dated by the 
VAR formula record creator, acknowledging that the use of that 
particular user ID on a VAR formula record is equivalent to his/her 
signature on the document.
    (e) Automated detergent blenders must calibrate their detergent 
equipment once in each calendar half year, with the acceptable 
calibrations being no less than one hundred twenty days apart. Equipment 
recalibration is also required each time the detergent package is 
changed, unless written documentation indicates that the new detergent 
package has the same viscosity as the previous detergent package. 
Detergent package change calibrations may be used to satisfy the 
semiannual requirement provided that the calibrations occur in the 
appropriate half calendar year and are no less than one hundred twenty 
days apart.
    (f) The following VAR supporting documentation must also be created 
and maintained:
    (1) For all automated detergent blending facilities, documentation 
reflecting performance of the calibrations required by paragraph (e) of 
this section, and any associated adjustments of the automated detergent 
equipment;
    (2) For all hand-blending facilities which are terminals, a record 
specifying, for each calendar month, the total volume in gallons of 
transfers from the facility of unadditized base gasoline;
    (3) For all detergent blending facilities, product transfer 
documents for all gasoline, detergent and detergent-additized PRC 
transferred into or out of the facility; in addition, bills of lading, 
transfer, or sale for all unadditized PRC transferred into the facility;
    (4) For all automated detergent blending facilities, documentation 
establishing the brands (if known) and grades of the gasoline which is 
the subject of the VAR formula record;
    (5) For all hand blending detergent blenders, the documentation, if 
in the party's possession, supporting the volumes of gasoline, PRC, and 
detergent reported on the VAR formula record; and

[[Page 736]]

    (6) For all detergent blending facilities, documentation 
establishing the curing of a batch or amount of misadditized gasoline or 
PRC, or the curing of a use restriction on the additized gasoline or 
PRC, and providing at least the following information: the date of the 
curing procedure; the problem that was corrected; the amount, name, and 
LAC of the original detergent used; the amount, name, and LAC of the 
added curing detergent; and the actual detergent concentration attained 
in, and the volume of, the total cured product.
    (g) Document retention and availability. All detergent blenders 
shall retain the documents required under this section for a period of 
five years from the date the VAR formula records and supporting 
documentation were created, and shall deliver them upon request to the 
EPA Administrator or the Administrator's authorized representative.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, 
automated detergent blender facilities and hand-blender facilities which 
are terminals, which physically blend detergent into gasoline, must make 
immediately available to EPA, upon request, the preceding twelve months 
of VAR formula records plus the preceding two months of VAR supporting 
documentation.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, other 
hand-blending detergent facilities which physically blend detergent into 
gasoline must make immediately available to EPA, upon request, the 
preceding two months of VAR formula records and VAR supporting 
documentation.
    (3) Facilities which have centrally maintained records at other 
locations, or have customers who maintain their own records at other 
locations for their proprietary detergent systems, and which can 
document this fact to the Agency, may have until the start of the next 
business day after the request to supply VAR supporting documentation, 
or longer if approved by the Agency.
    (4) In this paragraph (g) of this section, the term immediately 
available means that the records must be provided, electronically or 
otherwise, within approximately one hour of EPA's request, or within a 
longer time frame as approved by EPA.

[59 FR 54706, Nov. 1, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 35360, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.158  Product transfer documents (PTDs).

    (a) Contents. For each occasion when any gasoline refiner, importer, 
reseller, distributor, carrier, retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, 
oxygenate blender, detergent manufacturer, distributor, carrier, or 
blender, transfers custody or title to any gasoline, detergent, or 
detergent-additized PRC other than when detergent-additized gasoline is 
sold or dispensed at a retail outlet or wholesale purchaser-consumer 
facility to the ultimate consumer, the transferor shall provide to the 
transferee, and the transferee shall acquire from the transferor, 
documents which accurately include the following information:
    (1) The names and addresses of the transferee and transferor; the 
address requirement may be fulfilled, in the alternative, through 
separate documentation which establishes said addresses and is 
maintained by the parties and made available to EPA for the same length 
of time as required for the PTDs, provided that the normal business 
procedure of these parties is not to identify addresses on PTDs.
    (2) The date of the transfer.
    (3) The volume of product transferred.
    (4)(i) The identity of the product being transferred (i.e., its 
identity as base gasoline, detergent, detergent-additized gasoline, or 
specified detergent-additized oxygenate or detergent-additized gasoline 
blending stock that comprises a detergent-additized PRC). PTDs for 
detergent-additized gasoline or PRC are not required to identify the 
particular detergent used to additize the product.
    (ii) If the product being transferred consists of two or more 
different types of product subject to this regulation, i.e., base 
gasoline, detergent-additized gasoline, or specified detergent-additized 
PRC, then the PTD for the commingled product must identify each such 
type of component contained in the commingled product.

[[Page 737]]

    (5) If the product being transferred is base gasoline, then in 
addition to the base gasoline identification, the following warning must 
be stated on the PTD: ``Not for sale to the ultimate consumer''. If, 
pursuant to Sec. 80.160(a), the product being transferred is exempt base 
gasoline to be used for research, development, or test purposes only, 
the following warning must also be stated on the PTD: ``For use in 
research, development, and test programs only.''
    (6) The name of the detergent additive as reported in its 
registration must be used to identify the detergent package on its PTD.
    (7) If the product being transferred is leaded gasoline, then the 
PTD must disclose that the product contains lead and/or phosphorous, as 
applicable.
    (8) If the product being transferred is detergent that is only 
authorized for the control of carburetor deposits, then the following 
must be stated on the detergent's transfer document: ``For use with 
leaded gasoline only.''
    (9) If the product being transferred is detergent-additized gasoline 
that has been overadditized in anticipation of the later (or earlier) 
addition of PRC, then the PTD must include a statement that the product 
has been overadditized to account for a specified volume in gallons, or 
a specified percentage of the product's total volume, of additional, 
specified PRC.
    (b) Gasoline may not be additized with a detergent authorized only 
for the control of carburetor deposits and whose product transfer 
document states ``For use with leaded gasoline only'', and gasoline may 
not be additized at the lower concentration specified for a detergent 
authorized at a lower concentration for the control of carburetor 
deposits only, unless the product transfer document for the gasoline to 
be additized identifies it as leaded gasoline.
    (c) Use of product codes and other non-regulatory language. (1) 
Product codes and other non-regulatory language may not be used as a 
substitute for the specified PTD warning language specified in paragraph 
(a)(6) of this section for base gasoline, except that:
    (i) The specified warning language may be omitted for bulk transfers 
of base gasoline from a refinery to a pipeline if there is a prior 
written agreement between the parties specifying that all such gasoline 
is unadditized and will not be transferred to the ultimate consumer;
    (ii) Product codes may be used as a substitute for the specified 
warning language provided that the PTD is an electronic data interchange 
(EDI) document being used solely for the transfer of title to the base 
gasoline, and provided that the product codes otherwise comply with the 
requirements of this section.
    (2) Product codes and other language not specified in this section 
may otherwise be used to comply with PTD information requirements, 
provided that they are clear, accurate, and not misleading.
    (3) If product codes are used, they must be standardized throughout 
the distribution system in which they are used, and downstream parties 
must be informed of their full meaning.
    (d) PTD exemption for small transfers of additized gasoline. 
Transfers of additized gasoline are exempt from the PTD requirements of 
this section provided all the following conditions are followed:
    (1) The product is being transferred by a distributor who is not the 
product's detergent blender; and
    (2) The recipient is a wholesale purchaser-consumer (WPC) or other 
ultimate consumer of gasoline, for its own use only or for that of its 
agents or employees; and
    (3) The volume of additized gasoline being transferred is not 
greater than 550 gallons.
    (e) Recordkeeping period. Any person creating, providing or 
acquiring product transfer documentation for gasoline, detergent, or 
detergent-additized PRC, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this 
section, shall retain the documents required by this section for a 
period of five years from the date the product transfer documentation 
was created, received or transferred, as applicable, and shall deliver 
such documents to EPA upon request. WPCs are not required to retain PTDs 
of additized gasoline received by them.

[61 FR 35362, July 5, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 60001, Nov. 6, 1997]

[[Page 738]]



Sec. 80.159  Penalties.

    (a) General. Any person who violates any prohibition or affirmative 
requirement of Sec. 80.155 shall be liable to the United States for a 
civil penalty of not more than the sum of $25,000 for every day of such 
violation and the amount of economic benefit or savings resulting from 
the violation.
    (b) Gasoline non-conformity. Any violation of Sec. 80.155(a) shall 
constitute a separate day of violation for each and every day the 
gasoline in violation remains at any place in the gasoline distribution 
system, beginning on the day that the gasoline is in violation of the 
respective prohibition and ending on the last day that such gasoline is 
offered for sale or is dispensed to any ultimate consumer.
    (c) Detergent non-conformity. Any violation of Sec. 80.155(d) shall 
constitute a separate day of violation for each and every day the 
detergent in violation remains at any place in the gasoline or detergent 
distribution system, beginning on the day that the detergent is in 
violation of the prohibition and ending on the last day that detergent-
additized gasoline, containing the subject detergent as a component 
thereof, is offered for sale or is dispensed to any ultimate consumer.
    (d) Post-refinery component non-conformity. Any violation of 
Sec. 80.155(e) shall constitute a separate day of violation for each and 
every day the post-refinery component in violation remains at any place 
in the post-refinery component or gasoline distribution system, 
beginning on the day that the post-refinery component is in violation of 
the respective prohibition and ending on the last day that detergent-
additized gasoline containing the post-refinery component is offered for 
sale or is dispensed to any ultimate consumer.
    (e) Product transfer document non-conformity. Any violation of 
Sec. 80.155(c) shall constitute a separate day of violation for every 
day the product transfer document is not fully in compliance. This is to 
begin on the day that the product transfer document is created or should 
have been created and to end at the later of the following dates: Either 
the day that the document is corrected and comes into compliance, or the 
day that gasoline not additized in conformity with interim detergent 
program requirements, as a result of the product transfer document non-
conformity, is offered for sale or is dispensed to the ultimate 
consumer.
    (f) Volumetric additive reconciliation (VAR) record keeping non-
conformity. Any VAR recordkeeping violation of Sec. 80.155(b) shall 
constitute a separate day of violation for every day that VAR 
recordkeeping is not fully in compliance. Each element of the VAR record 
keeping program that is not in compliance shall constitute a separate 
violation for purposes of this section.
    (g) Volumetric additive reconciliation (VAR) compliance standard 
non-conformity. Any violation of the VAR compliance standard established 
in Sec. 80.157 shall constitute a separate day of violation for each and 
every day of the VAR compliance period in which the standard was 
violated.
    (h) Volumetric additive reconciliation (VAR) equipment calibration 
non-conformity. Any VAR equipment calibration violation of 
Sec. 80.155(b) shall constitute a separate day of violation for every 
day a VAR equipment calibration requirement is not met.



Sec. 80.160  Exemptions.

    (a) Research, development, and testing exemptions. Any detergent 
that is either in a research, development, or test status, or is sold to 
petroleum, automobile, engine, or component manufacturers for research, 
development, or test purposes, or any gasoline to be used by, or under 
the control of, petroleum, additive, automobile, engine, or component 
manufacturers for research, development, or test purposes, is exempted 
from the provisions of the interim detergent program, provided that:
    (1) The detergent (or fuel containing the detergent), or the 
gasoline, is kept segregated from non-exempt product, and the party 
possessing the product maintains documentation identifying the product 
as research, development, or testing detergent or fuel, as applicable, 
and stating that it is to be used only for research, development, or 
testing purposes; and
    (2) The detergent (or fuel containing the detergent), or the 
gasoline, is not

[[Page 739]]

sold, dispensed, or transferred, or offered for sale, dispensing, or 
transfer from a retail outlet. It shall also not be sold, dispensed, or 
transferred, or offered for sale, dispensing, or transfer from a 
wholesale purchaser-consumer facility, unless such facility is 
associated with detergent, fuel, automotive, or engine research, 
development or testing; and
    (3) The party using the product for research, development, or 
testing purposes, or the party sponsoring this usage, notifies the EPA, 
on at least an annual basis and prior to the use of the product, of the 
purpose(s) of the program(s) in which the product will be used and the 
anticipated volume of the product to be used. The information must be 
submitted to the address or fax number provided in Sec. 80.174(c).
    (b) Racing fuel and aviation fuel exemptions. Any fuel that is 
refined, sold, dispensed, transferred, or offered for sale, dispensing, 
or transfer as automotive racing fuel or as aircraft engine fuel, is 
exempted from the provisions of this subpart, provided that:
    (1) The fuel is kept segregated from non-exempt fuel, and the party 
possessing the fuel for the purposes of refining, selling, dispensing, 
transferring, or offering for sale, dispensing, or transfer as 
automotive racing fuel or as aircraft engine fuel, maintains 
documentation identifying the product as racing fuel, restricted for 
non-highway use in racing motor vehicles, or as aviation fuel, 
restricted for use in aircraft, as applicable;
    (2) Each pump stand at a regulated party's facility, from which such 
fuel is dispensed, is labeled with the applicable fuel identification 
and use restrictions described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
    (3) The fuel is not sold, dispensed, transferred, or offered for 
sale, dispensing, or transfer for highway use in a motor vehicle.
    (c) California gasoline exemptions. (1) Gasoline or PRC which is 
additized in the State of California is exempt from the VAR provisions 
in Secs. 80.155(b) and (e) and 80.157, provided that:
    (i) For all such gasoline or PRC, whether intended for sale within 
or outside of California, records of the type required for California 
gasoline (specified in title 13, California Code of Regulations, section 
2257) are maintained; and
    (ii) Such records, with the exception of daily additization records, 
are maintained for a period of five years from the date they were 
created and are delivered to EPA upon request.
    (2) Gasoline or PRC that is transferred and/or sold solely within 
the State of California is exempt from the PTD provisions of the interim 
detergent program, specified in Secs. 80.155(c) and 80.158.
    (3) Nothing in this paragraph (c) exempts such gasoline or PRC from 
the requirements of Sec. 80.155(a) and (e), as applicable. EPA will base 
its determination of California gasoline's conformity with the 
detergent's LAC on the additization records required by CARB, or records 
of the same type.

[61 FR 35363, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.161   Detergent additive certification program.

    (a) Effective dates and applicability of requirements. (1) As of 
July 1, 1997:
    (i) Detergent additives for the control of port fuel injector 
deposits (PFID) and/or intake valve deposits (IVD) in gasoline engines 
may not be transferred or sold for use in compliance with this subpart 
unless such additives have been certified according to the requirements 
of this section.
    (ii) Except as provided in Sec. 80.169(c)(8), PFID and IVD control 
additives may not be added to gasoline or post-refinery component (PRC) 
for compliance with this subpart unless such additives have been 
certified according to the requirements of this section.
    (iii) Gasoline may not be sold or transferred to a party who sells 
or transfers gasoline to the ultimate consumer unless such gasoline 
contains detergent additives which have been certified according to the 
requirements of this section.
    (2) Beginning August 1, 1997, all gasoline sold or transferred to 
the ultimate consumer must contain detergent additive(s) which have been 
certified, according to the requirements of this section, to be 
effective for the control of PFID and IVD in gasoline engines.

[[Page 740]]

    (3) Except as specifically exempted in Sec. 80.173, these detergency 
requirements apply to all gasoline, whether intended for on-highway or 
nonroad use, including conventional, oxygenated, reformulated, and 
leaded gasolines, as well as the gasoline component in mixtures of 
petroleum and alcohol fuels, gasoline used as marine fuel, gasoline 
service accumulation fuel (as described in Sec. 86.113-94(a)(1) of this 
chapter), the gasoline component of fuel mixtures of petroleum and 
methanol used for service accumulation in flexible fuel vehicles (as 
described in Sec. 86.113-94(d) of this chapter), the gasoline used for 
factory fill purposes, and all additized PRC.
    (4) The specific controls and prohibitions applicable to persons 
subject to these regulations are set forth in Sec. 80.168.
    (b) Detergent additive certification requirements. For a detergent 
additive package to be certified as eligible for use by detergent 
blenders in complying with the gasoline detergency requirements of this 
subpart, the requirements listed in this paragraph (b) must be satisfied 
for such detergent. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (e) of this 
section, if the certifier fails to conduct the specified tests or to 
submit the specified materials, or if EPA judges the testing or 
materials to be inadequate, or if the detergent fails EPA confirmatory 
deposit control performance testing pursuant to Sec. 80.167, the 
Administrator may deny or withdraw the detergent's eligibility to be 
used to satisfy the detergency requirements of this subpart.
    (1) The detergent additive manufacturer must properly register the 
detergent additive under 40 CFR part 79. For this purpose:
    (i) The compositional data required under Sec. 79.21(a) of this 
chapter shall include the information specified in Sec. 80.162.
    (ii) The minimum recommended additive concentration required under 
Sec. 79.21(d) of this chapter shall be reported to EPA in units of 
gallons of detergent additive package per 1000 gallons of gasoline or 
PRC, provided to four digits. This concentration is the lowest additive 
concentration (LAC) referred to in Sec. 80.170, and shall be reported as 
follows:
    (A) For a detergent additive registered for use in unleaded 
gasoline, the minimum concentration must be determined and reported for 
each certification option under which the manufacturer wishes to certify 
the additive pursuant to Sec. 80.163.
    (1) In the case of a detergent certified for use in California 
gasoline based on an existing certification granted by the California 
Air Resources Board (CARB), pursuant to Sec. 80.163(d), the minimum 
recommended concentration must equal or exceed the amount specified in 
the CARB certification.
    (2) In the case of any other detergent certification option, the 
minimum recommended concentration must equal or exceed the amount mixed 
into the associated test fuel specified in Sec. 80.164, which was shown 
to satisfy the PFID and IVD deposit control performance tests and 
standards specified in Sec. 80.165.
    (B) For a detergent registered for use in leaded gasoline, the 
minimum recommended concentration must be no less than the amount shown 
to be needed for control of carburetor deposits, pursuant to the test 
procedure and test fuel guidelines in Sec. 80.166.
    (C) Once it has been registered by EPA, the minimum recommended 
concentration specified by a detergent manufacturer to detergent 
blenders and other users of the additive, pursuant to paragraph (c) of 
this section, may not be changed without first notifying EPA. Such 
notification should be sent by certified mail to the address specified 
in Sec. 80.174(b). The change in minimum concentration must be supported 
by existing certification data or else the notification to EPA must be 
accompanied by new certification information which demonstrates that the 
modification is consistent with the requirements of paragraphs 
(b)(1)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section.
    (D) A manufacturer may use a single set of certification test data 
to demonstrate the deposit control effectiveness of more than one 
registered detergent additive product, provided that:
    (1) The additive products contain all of the same detergent-active 
components and no detergent-active components other than those contained 
in common; and

[[Page 741]]

    (2) The minimum concentration recommended for the use of each such 
additive product is specified such that, when each additive product is 
mixed in gasoline at the recommended concentration, each of its 
detergent-active components will be present at a final concentration no 
less than the lowest concentration of that component which was present 
when the tested additive product met the PFID and IVD performance 
standards specified in Sec. 80.165.
    (2) The detergent additive manufacturer (or other certifying party) 
must submit to EPA a sample of the actual detergent additive package 
which was used in the certification testing specified in Sec. 80.164 or, 
if such sample is not available, then a sample which has the same 
composition as the package used in certification testing.
    (i) The sample volume shall be between 250 ml and 500 ml.
    (ii) The sample shall be packaged in a container which has a 
resealable closure and which will maintain sample integrity for at least 
one year. The container shall be labeled with the name and address of 
the manufacturer and the name of the detergent additive package.
    (iii) Any known shelf life limitations, and any available 
information on optimal temperature, light exposure, or other conditions 
to prolong sample shelf life, shall be provided.
    (iv) If the certifying party wishes to claim that the sample or any 
accompanying documents are entitled to special handling for reasons of 
business confidentiality, the party must clearly identify the sample or 
documents as such. EPA will handle any samples or documents with such 
claims according to the regulations at 40 CFR part 2.
    (v) The sample shall be submitted to EPA, at the address provided in 
Sec. 80.174(a), within seven days of the date on which the certification 
letter for the detergent package is sent to EPA as required by paragraph 
(b)(3) of this section.
    (3) The detergent additive manufacturer (or other certifying party) 
shall submit a certification letter for the detergent additive package 
to the address in Sec. 80.174(b). The party must use certified or 
express mail with return receipt service. The letter shall be signed by 
a person legally authorized to represent the certifying party and shall 
contain the following information:
    (i) Identifying information.
    (A) The name and address of the detergent additive manufacturer.
    (B) In any case where the certifier is not the detergent additive 
manufacturer, such as in the case of a fuel-specific certification 
pursuant to Sec. 80.163(c), the name and address of the certifier.
    (C) The commercial identifying name of the detergent additive 
product as registered under the requirements of Sec. 79.21 of this 
chapter.
    (ii) A statement attesting that:
    (A) The detergent package which is the subject of this certification 
has been tested according to applicable procedural and test fuel 
requirements in this subpart and has met the applicable performance 
standards; and
    (B) The testing was conducted in a manner consistent with good 
engineering practices; and
    (C) Complete documentation of the test fuel formulation and IVD 
demonstration procedures, detergent performance test procedures, and 
test results are available for EPA's inspection upon request.
    (iii) The name and location of the laboratory(ies) at which the 
certification testing was conducted and the dates during which the 
testing was conducted.
    (iv) For each option under which certification is sought pursuant to 
Sec. 80.163, specifications of the test fuel(s) in which the detergent 
underwent performance testing. These fuel specifications must include:
    (A) The sulfur content in weight percent.
    (B) The T-90 distillation point in degrees Fahrenheit.
    (C) The olefin content in volume percent.
    (D) The aromatic content in volume percent.
    (E) The identity and volume percent of any oxygenate compound.
    (F) The source of the test fuel(s) and/or fuel blend stocks used to 
formulate the test fuel(s).
    (v) In the case of a national or PADD certification (pursuant to 
Sec. 80.163 (a) or

[[Page 742]]

(b)) for which the test fuel was specially formulated from refinery 
blend stocks, the results of the IVD demonstration test, pursuant to 
Sec. 80.164(b)(3).
    (vi) In the case of a fuel-specific detergent certification, 
pursuant to Sec. 80.163(c), the definition of the segregated gasoline 
pool, including any permitted PRC, for which the certification is 
sought, and the fuel parameter percentile distributions determined for 
the subject gasoline pool, as specified in Sec. 80.164(c). The 
percentile distributions must include all of the fuel parameters listed 
in paragraph (b)(3)(iv) (A) through (D) of this section, along with any 
other fuel parameter(s) which the certifier wishes to use to define the 
certification fuel. As specified in Sec. 80.164(c)(1)(iv), the 
procedures used to measure the additional parameters must be identified, 
as well as the levels of these additional parameters present in the test 
fuel(s).
    (vii) In the case of a certification for California gasoline based 
on an existing certification granted by CARB, pursuant to 
Sec. 80.163(d), a copy of the CARB certificate.
    (viii) The test concentration(s) of the subject detergent additive 
in each test fuel, and the corresponding test results (percent flow 
restriction demonstrated in the PFID test and milligrams of deposit per 
valve demonstrated in the IVD test).
    (ix) For each option under which certification of the detergent is 
sought, the minimum recommended concentration which the certifying party 
seeks to establish for the detergent additive package, pursuant to 
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (4) EPA will acknowledge receipt of the detergent certification 
letter. The effective date of certification will be the sooner of 60 
days from the date on which EPA receives the certification letter, or 
the certifier's receipt of EPA's acknowledgement of the certification 
letter. However, neither the passage of 60 days nor EPA's 
acknowledgement will signify acceptance by EPA of the validity of the 
information in the certification letter or the adequacy or potency of 
the detergent sample submitted pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section. EPA may elect at any time to review the detergent certification 
data, analyze the submitted detergent additive sample, or subject the 
detergent additive package to confirmatory testing as described in 
Sec. 80.167 and, where appropriate, may disqualify a detergent 
certification according to the provisions in paragraph (e) of this 
section.
    (c) The minimum concentration reported in the detergent registration 
according to the provisions of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, 
plus any restrictions in use associated with that concentration, must be 
accurately communicated in writing by the additive manufacturer to each 
fuel manufacturer or detergent blender who purchases the subject 
detergent for purpose of compliance with the gasoline detergency 
requirements of this subpart, and to any additive manufacturer who 
purchases the subject additive with the intent of reselling it to a fuel 
manufacturer for this purpose.
    (d) The rate at which a detergent blender treats gasoline with a 
detergent additive package must be no less than the minimum recommended 
concentration reported for the subject detergent additive pursuant to 
paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, except under the following 
conditions:
    (1) If a detergent blender possesses deposit control performance 
test results as specified in Sec. 80.165 or Sec. 80.166 which show that 
the minimum treat rate recommended by the manufacturer of a detergent 
additive product exceeds the amount of that detergent actually required 
for effective deposit control, then, upon informing EPA in writing of 
these circumstances, the detergent blender may use the detergent at the 
lower concentration substantiated by these test results.
    (2) The notification to EPA must clearly specify the name of the 
detergent product and its manufacturer, the concentration recommended by 
the detergent manufacturer, and the lower concentration which the 
detergent blender intends to use. The notification must also attest that 
the required data are available to substantiate the deposit control 
effectiveness of the detergent at the intended lower concentration. The 
notification must be sent by

[[Page 743]]

certified mail to the address specified in Sec. 80.174(b).
    (3) At its discretion, EPA may require that the detergent blender 
submit the test data purported to substantiate the claimed effectiveness 
of the lower concentration of the detergent additive. In addition, EPA 
may require the manufacturer of the subject detergent additive to submit 
test data substantiating the minimum recommended concentration specified 
in the detergent additive registration. In either case, EPA will send a 
letter to the appropriate party; the supporting data will be due to EPA 
within 30 days of receipt of EPA's letter.
    (i) If the detergent blender fails to submit the required supporting 
data to EPA in the allotted time period, or if EPA judges the submitted 
data to be inadequate to support the detergent blender's claim that the 
lower concentration provides a level of deposit control consistent with 
the requirements of this section, then EPA will disapprove the use of 
the detergent at the lower concentration. Further, the detergent blender 
may be subject to applicable liabilities and penalties pursuant to 
Secs. 80.169 and 80.172 for any gasoline or PRC it has additized at the 
lower concentration.
    (ii) If the detergent manufacturer fails to submit the required test 
data to EPA within the allotted time period, EPA will proceed on the 
assumption that data are not available to substantiate the minimum 
recommended concentration specified in the detergent registration, and 
the subject additive may be disqualified for use in complying with the 
requirements of this subpart, pursuant to the procedures in paragraph 
(e) of this section. The detergent manufacturer may also be subject to 
applicable liabilities and penalties in Secs. 80.169 and 80.172.
    (iii) If both parties submit the required information, EPA will 
evaluate the quality and results of both sets of test data, and will 
either approve or disapprove the use of the lower treat rate submitted 
by the detergent blender. EPA will inform both parties of the results of 
its analysis.
    (e) Disqualification of a detergent additive package. (1) When EPA 
makes a preliminary determination that a detergent additive certifier 
has failed to comply with the detergent certification requirements of 
this section, including a failure to submit required materials for a 
detergent additive or submission of materials which EPA deems 
inadequate, or if a detergent additive fails confirmatory testing 
conducted pursuant to Sec. 80.167, EPA shall notify the additive 
certifier by certified mail, return receipt requested, setting forth the 
basis for that determination and informing the certifier that the 
detergent may lose its eligibility to be used to comply with the 
detergency requirements of this section.
    (2) If EPA determines that the detergent certification was created 
by fraud or other misconduct, such as a negligent disregard for the 
truthfulness or accuracy of the required information, the detergent 
certification will be considered void ab initio and the disqualification 
will be retroactive to July 1, 1997 or the date on which the additive 
product was first certified, whichever is later.
    (3) The certifier will be afforded 60 days from the date of receipt 
of the notice of intent of detergent disqualification to submit written 
comments concerning the notice, and to demonstrate or achieve compliance 
with the specific requirements which provide the basis for the proposed 
disqualification. If the certifier does not respond in writing within 60 
days from the date of receipt of the notice of intent of 
disqualification, the detergent disqualification shall become final and 
the Administrator shall notify the certifier of such final 
disqualification order. If the certifier responds in writing within 60 
days from the date of receipt of the notice of intent to disqualify, the 
Administrator shall review and consider all comments submitted by the 
certifier before taking final action concerning the proposed 
disqualification. All correspondence regarding a disqualification must 
be sent to the address provided in Sec. 80.174(b).
    (4) As part of a written response to a notice of intent to 
disqualify, a certifier may request an informal hearing concerning the 
notice. Any such request shall state with specificity the information 
the certifier wishes to

[[Page 744]]

present at such a hearing. If an informal hearing is requested, EPA 
shall schedule such a hearing within 90 days from the date of receipt of 
the request. If an informal hearing is held, the subject matter of the 
hearing shall be confined solely to whether or not the certifier has 
complied with the specific requirements which provide the basis for the 
proposed disqualification. If an informal hearing is held, the 
designated presiding officer may be any EPA employee, the hearing 
procedures shall be informal, and the hearing shall not be subject to or 
governed by 40 CFR part 22 or by 5 U.S.C. 554, 556, or 557. A verbatim 
transcript of each informal hearing shall be kept and the Administrator 
(or designee) shall consider all relevant evidence and arguments 
presented at the hearing in making a final decision concerning a 
proposed disqualification.
    (5) If a certifier who has received a notice of intent to disqualify 
submits a timely written response, and the Administrator (or designee) 
decides after reviewing the response and the transcript of any informal 
hearing to disqualify the detergent for use in complying with the 
requirements of this subpart, the Administrator (or designee) shall 
issue a final disqualification order and forward a copy of the 
disqualification order to the certifier by certified mail. Notice of the 
disqualification order will also be published in the Federal Register. 
The disqualification will become effective as of the date on which the 
copy of the order is received by the certifier. If the certifier is also 
a blender of the disqualified additive, then the certifier must stop 
using the ineligible detergent upon receipt of the disqualification 
order.
    (6) Within 10 days of receipt of EPA's notification of the final 
decision to disqualify a detergent additive package pursuant to this 
paragraph (e), the detergent certifier must submit to EPA, at the 
address specified in Sec. 80.174(b), a list of its customers who use the 
disqualified detergent. Failure to do so may subject the certifier to 
liabilities for violations of Sec. 80.168 that result from the use of 
the uncertified detergent. EPA shall inform the certifier's customers by 
certified mail that the detergent is no longer eligible for compliance 
with the requirements of this subpart. These parties must stop using the 
ineligible detergent additive package and substitute an eligible 
detergent additive within 45 days of receiving the notification, or 
within 45 days of publication of the disqualification notice in the 
Federal Register, whichever occurs sooner.

[61 FR 35364, July 5, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 58747, Nov. 18, 1996]



Sec. 80.162  Additive compositional data.

    For a detergent additive product to be eligible for use by detergent 
blenders in complying with the gasoline detergency requirements of this 
subpart, the compositional data to be supplied to EPA by the additive 
manufacturer for the purpose of registering a detergent additive package 
under Sec. 79.21(a) of this chapter must include the items listed in 
this section. In the case of items requiring measurement or other 
technical analysis, and for which a specific test procedure is not 
stipulated herein, the procedure must conform to reasonable and 
customary standards of repeatability and reproducibility, and reasonable 
and customary limits of detection and accuracy for the type of test 
procedure or analytic procedure in question. At EPA's request, detailed 
documentation of any such test procedure must be submitted within 10 
days of the registrant's receipt of EPA's request.
    (a) A complete listing of the components of the detergent additive 
package and the weight and/or volume percent (as applicable) of each 
component of the package.
    (1) When possible, standard chemical nomenclature shall be used or 
the chemical structure of the component shall be given. Polymeric 
components may be reported as the product of other chemical reactants, 
provided that the supporting data specified in paragraph (b) of this 
section is also reported.
    (2) Each detergent-active component of the package shall be 
classified into one of the following designations:
    (i) Polyalkyl amine;
    (ii) Polyether amine;
    (iii) Polyalkylsuccinimide;
    (iv) Polyalkylaminophenol;

[[Page 745]]

    (v) Detergent-active petroleum-based carrier oil;
    (vi) Detergent-active synthetic carrier oil; and
    (vii) Other detergent-active component (identify category, if 
feasible.)
    (3) Composition variability.
    (i) The composition of a detergent additive reported in a single 
additive registration (and the detergent additive product sold under a 
single additive registration) may not:
    (A) Include detergent-active components which differ in identity 
from those contained in the detergent additive package at the time of 
certification testing; or
    (B) Include a range of concentration for any detergent-active 
component such that, if the component were present in the detergent 
additive package at the lower bound of the reported range, the deposit 
control effectiveness of the additive package would be reduced as 
compared with the level of effectiveness demonstrated during 
certification testing.
    (ii) The identity or concentration of non-detergent-active 
components of the detergent additive package may vary under a single 
registration, provided that the range of such variation is specified in 
the registration and that such variability does not reduce the deposit 
control effectiveness of the additive package as compared with the level 
of effectiveness demonstrated during certification testing.
    (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(iv) of this section, 
detergent additive packages which do not satisfy the restrictions in 
this paragraph (a)(3) must be separately registered. EPA may disqualify 
an additive for use in satisfying the requirements of this subpart if 
EPA determines that the variability included within a given detergent 
additive registration may reduce the deposit control effectiveness of 
the detergent package such that it may invalidate the minimum 
recommended concentration reported in accordance with the applicable 
requirements of Sec. 80.161(b)(1)(ii).
    (iv) A change in minimum concentration requirements resulting from a 
modification of detergent additive composition shall not require a new 
detergent additive registration or a change in existing registration if:
    (A) The modification is effected by a detergent blender only for its 
own use or for the use of parties which are subsidiaries of, or share 
common ownership with, the blender, and the modified detergent is not 
sold or transferred to other parties; and
    (B) The modification is a dilution of the additive for the purpose 
of ensuring proper detergent flow in cold weather; and
    (C) Gasoline is the only diluting agent used; and
    (D) The diluted detergent is subsequently added to gasoline at a 
rate that attains the detergent's registered minimum recommended 
concentration, taking into account the dilution; and
    (E) EPA is notified, either before or within seven days after the 
dilution action, of the identity of the detergent, the identity of the 
diluting material, the amount or percentage of the dilution, the change 
in treat rate necessitated by the dilution, and the locations and time 
period of diluted detergent usage. The notification shall be sent or 
faxed to the address in Sec. 80.174(c).
    (b) For detergent-active polymers and detergent-active carrier oils 
which are reported as the product of other chemical reactants:
    (1) Identification of the reactant materials and the manufacturer's 
acceptance criteria for determining that these materials are suitable 
for use in synthesizing detergent components. The manufacturer must 
maintain documentation, and submit it to EPA upon request, demonstrating 
that the acceptance criteria reported to EPA are the same criteria which 
the manufacturer specifies to the suppliers of the reactant materials.
    (2) A Gel Permeation Chromatograph (GPC), providing the molecular 
weight distribution of the polymer or detergent-active carrier oil 
components and the concentration of each chromatographic peak 
representing more than one percent of the total

[[Page 746]]

mass. For these results to be acceptable, the GPC test procedure must 
include equipment calibration with a polystyrene standard or other 
readily attainable and generally accepted calibration standard. The 
identity of the calibration standard must be provided, together with the 
GPC characterization of the standard.
    (c) For non-detergent-active carrier oils, the following parameters:
    (1) T10, T50, and T90 distillation points, and end boiling point, 
measured according to applicable test procedures cited in Sec. 80.46.
    (2) API gravity and viscosity
    (3) Concentration of oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, if greater than 
or equal to 0.5 percent (by weight) of the carrier oil
    (d) Description of an FTIR-based method appropriate for identifying 
the detergent additive package and its detergent-active components 
(polymers, carrier oils, and others) both qualitatively and 
quantitatively, together with the actual infrared spectra of the 
detergent additive package and each detergent-active component obtained 
by this test method.
    (e) To provide a basis for establishing an affirmative defense to 
presumptive liability pursuant to Sec. 80.169(c)(4)(i)(D)(2)(i), 
specific physical parameters must be identified which the manufacturer 
considers adequate and appropriate, in combination with other 
information and sampling requirements under this subpart, for 
identifying the detergent additive package and monitoring its production 
quality control.
    (1) Such parameters shall include (but need not be limited to) 
viscosity, density, and basic nitrogen content, unless the additive 
manufacturer specifically requests, and EPA approves, the substitution 
of other parameter(s) which the manufacturer considers to be more 
appropriate for a particular additive package. The request must be made 
in writing and must include an explanation of how the requested physical 
parameter(s) are helpful as indicator(s) of detergent production quality 
control. EPA will respond to such requests in writing; the additional 
parameters are not approved until the certifier receives EPA's written 
approval.
    (2) The manufacturer shall identify a standardized measurement 
method, consistent with the chemical and physical nature of the 
detergent product, which will be used to measure each parameter. The 
documented ASTM repeatability for the method shall also be cited. The 
manufacturer's target value for each parameter in the detergent package, 
and the expected range of production values for each parameter, shall be 
specified.
    (3) EPA will consider the parameter measurements to be an acceptable 
basis for establishing an affirmative defense to presumptive liability, 
if the expected range of variability differs from the target value by an 
amount no greater than five times the standard repeatability of the test 
procedure, or by no more than 10 percent of the target value, whichever 
is less. However, in the case of nitrogen analysis or other procedures 
for measuring concentrations of specific chemical compounds or elements, 
when the target value is less than 10 parts per million, a range of 
variability up to 50 percent of the target value will be considered 
acceptable.
    (4) If a manufacturer wishes to rely on measurement methods or 
production variability ranges which do not conform to the above 
limitations, then the manufacturer must receive prior written approval 
from EPA in order to be assured that any related parameter measurements 
will be considered an acceptable basis for establishing an affirmative 
defense. A request for such allowance must be made in writing. It must 
fully justify the adequacy of the test procedure, explain why a broader 
range of variability is required, and provide evidence that the 
production detergent will perform adequately throughout the requested 
range of variability.

[61 FR 35366, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.163  Detergent certification options.

    To be used to satisfy the detergency requirements under 
Sec. 80.161(a), a detergent additive must be certified in accordance 
with the requirements of one or more of the options and suboptions

[[Page 747]]

described in this section. Where a certification option makes an 
additive eligible for use in a particular gasoline, that additive is 
also eligible for use in PRC which will be added to the particular 
gasoline. Under each option, the lowest additive concentration (LAC) or 
minimum recommended concentration registered for a detergent additive 
package, pursuant to Sec. 80.161(b)(1)(ii), must equal or exceed the 
lowest detergent treat rate shown to be needed in the designated test 
fuel in order to meet the deposit control performance requirements 
specified in Sec. 80.165.
    (a) National certification. A detergent certified under a national 
certification option is eligible for use in gasoline which can be sold 
or dispensed anywhere within the United States or its territories 
(subject to approved State programs).
    (1) National generic certification option. To be certified under 
this option, a candidate detergent must meet the deposit control 
performance test requirements and standards specified in Sec. 80.165 
using test fuels that conform to the requirements in Sec. 80.164(b)(1), 
Table 1, Line 1. A detergent certified under this option is eligible to 
be used at a conforming LAC in any grade of gasoline, with or without an 
oxygenate component.
    (i) National nonoxygenate suboption. The requirements for 
certification under this suboption are the same as those in paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section, except that, pursuant to Sec. 80.164(a)(2)(ii), 
the certification test fuel shall contain no ethanol or other oxygenate. 
A detergent certified under this suboption is eligible to be used at a 
conforming LAC only in gasoline that does not contain an oxygenate 
component.
    (ii) National oxygenate-specific suboption. The requirements for 
certification under this suboption are the same as those in paragraph 
(a)(1) of this section, except that, pursuant to Sec. 80.164(a)(2)(iii), 
the certification test fuel shall contain an oxygenate compound other 
than ethanol. A detergent certified under this suboption is eligible to 
be used at a conforming LAC only in gasoline that contains no oxygenate 
component other than the one present in the test fuel.
    (2) National premium certification option. To be certified under 
this option, a candidate detergent must meet the deposit control 
performance test requirements and standards specified in Sec. 80.165 
using test fuels that conform to the requirements in Sec. 80.164(b)(1), 
Table 1, Line 2. A detergent certified under this option is eligible to 
be used at a conforming LAC only in premium grade gasoline, with or 
without an oxygenate component.
    (i) National premium nonoxygenate suboption. The requirements for 
certification under this suboption are the same as those in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section, except that, pursuant to Sec. 80.164(a)(2)(ii), 
the certification test fuel shall contain no ethanol or other oxygenate. 
A detergent certified under this suboption is eligible to be used at a 
conforming LAC only in premium grade gasoline that does not contain an 
oxygenate component.
    (ii) National premium oxygenate-specific suboption. The requirements 
for certification under this suboption are the same as those in 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, except that, pursuant to 
Sec. 80.164(a)(2)(iii), the certification test fuel shall contain an 
oxygenate compound other than ethanol. A detergent certified under this 
suboption is eligible to be used at a conforming LAC only in gasoline 
that is premium grade and contains no oxygenate component other than the 
one present in the test fuel.
    (b) Petroleum Administrative Defense District (PADD) Certification. 
A detergent certified under a PADD certification option is eligible for 
use in gasoline which can be sold or dispensed to the ultimate 
purchaser, or to those parties who sell or dispense to the ultimate 
consumer, only within the PADD for which the certification was granted. 
The States and jurisdictions included within each PADD are specified in 
Sec. 79.59(b)(3)(i) through (v), except that, for purposes of PADD 
certification, the State of California is excluded from PADD V.
    (1) PADD generic certification option. To be certified under this 
option, a

[[Page 748]]

candidate detergent must meet the deposit control performance test 
requirements and standards specified in Sec. 80.165 using test fuels 
that conform to the requirements in Sec. 80.164(b)(1), Table 2, for a 
selected PADD. A detergent certified under this option is eligible to be 
used at a conforming LAC in any grade of gasoline, with or without an 
oxygenate component, provided that the gasoline is ultimately dispensed 
in the selected PADD.
    (i) PADD nonoxygenate suboption. The requirements for certification 
under this suboption are the same as those in paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section, except that, pursuant to Sec. 80.164(a)(2)(ii), the 
certification test fuel shall contain no ethanol or other oxygenate. A 
detergent certified under this suboption is eligible to be used at a 
conforming LAC only in gasoline that is nonoxygenated and is ultimately 
dispensed in the selected PADD.
    (ii) PADD oxygenate-specific suboption. The requirements for 
certification under this suboption are the same as those in paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section, except that, pursuant to Sec. 80.164(a)(2)(iii), 
the certification test fuel shall contain an oxygenate compound other 
than ethanol. A detergent certified under this suboption is eligible to 
be used at a conforming LAC only in gasoline that contains no oxygenate 
component other than the one present in the test fuel and is ultimately 
dispensed in the selected PADD.
    (2) PADD premium certification option. To be certified under this 
option, a candidate detergent must meet the deposit control performance 
test requirements and standards specified in Sec. 80.165 using test 
fuels that conform to the requirements in Sec. 80.164(b)(1), Table 2, 
for a selected PADD. A detergent certified under this option is eligible 
to be used at a conforming LAC only in gasoline that is premium grade 
(with or without an oxygenate component) and is ultimately dispensed in 
the selected PADD.
    (i) PADD premium nonoxygenate suboption. The requirements for 
certification under this suboption are the same as those in paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section, except that, pursuant to Sec. 80.164(a)(2)(ii), 
the certification test fuel shall contain no ethanol or other oxygenate. 
A detergent certified under this suboption is eligible to be used at a 
conforming LAC only in gasoline that is premium grade, contains no 
oxygenate component, and is ultimately dispensed in the selected PADD.
    (ii) PADD premium oxygenate-specific suboption. The requirements for 
certification under this suboption are the same as those in paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section, except that, pursuant to Sec. 80.164(a)(2)(iii), 
the certification test fuel shall contain an oxygenate compound other 
than ethanol. A detergent certified under this suboption is eligible to 
be used at a conforming LAC only in gasoline that is premium grade, 
contains no oxygenate component other than the one present in the test 
fuel, and is ultimately dispensed in the selected PADD.
    (c) Fuel-specific certification. Except as provided in paragraph 
(c)(3) of this section, to be certified under the fuel-specific 
certification option, a candidate detergent must meet the deposit 
control performance test requirements and standards specified in 
Sec. 80.165 using test fuels that conform to the requirements of 
Sec. 80.164(c).
    (1) A detergent certified under this option is eligible to be used 
at a conforming LAC only in the defined gasoline pool reported in the 
certification letter pursuant to Sec. 80.161(b)(3).
    (i) The gasoline pool may only include gasoline produced or 
distributed from the facilities covered by the fuel survey which was 
used to define the fuel-specific certification test fuels, pursuant to 
Sec. 80.164(c)(1).
    (ii) The gasoline pool must be kept segregated from any other 
gasoline prior to blending with the detergent additive.
    (iii) Depending on the oxygenate components added to the test fuel 
pursuant to Sec. 80.164(a)(2), the gasoline pool may be inclusive of all 
grades and all oxygenate blending characteristics (i.e., generic), or 
may be restricted to non-oxygenated gasoline, or to gasoline containing 
a specific oxygenate compound. The certification may also be restricted 
to premium grade gasoline. Any such use restrictions must be specified 
in the certification letter. Provisions in Secs. 80.168 and 80.171(a)(9) 
through

[[Page 749]]

(12) related to such use restrictions also apply.
    (2) Detergent certification under this option entails special 
initial and annual reporting requirements, specified under 
Secs. 80.161(b)(3)(vi) and 80.164(c)(3), which necessitate that the 
responsible party have control over and access to the segregated 
gasoline pool for which the detergent is certified. For this reason, the 
certifying party under this option is likely to be (but is not required 
to be) a fuel manufacturer or detergent blender, rather than the 
additive manufacturer.
    (3) If a certifier demonstrates that the required test fuel 
representing a segregated pool of gasoline meets the deposit control 
performance standards specified in Sec. 80.165 in the absence of a 
detergent additive, or using a detergent additive which has only PFID-
control activity, then this gasoline pool (and PFID detergent, if 
applicable) can be certified accordingly under the fuel-specific option.
    (4) Gasoline properly additized with a detergent certified under the 
fuel-specific option may be transferred or sold anywhere within the 
United States and its territories (subject to approved State programs).
    (d) CARB-Based Certification. A valid certification under section 
2257 of Title 13, California Code of Regulations (CARB certification) 
may be the basis for a certification under the following restrictions 
and conditions:
    (1) A detergent certified under this option may be used at the LAC 
specified in the CARB certification only in gasoline that meets the 
requirements of California Phase II reformulated gasoline (pursuant to 
Title 13, Chapter 5, Article 1, Subarticle 2, California Code of 
Regulations, Standards for Gasoline Sold Beginning March 1, 1996). The 
grade(s) of California gasoline which may be so additized, and the 
oxygenate(s) which may be present, are as specified in the CARB 
certification for the detergent in question.
    (2) The gasoline must be either: Additized in California; or sold or 
dispensed to the ultimate consumer in California (or to parties who sell 
or dispense to the ultimate consumer in California); or both additized 
and ultimately dispensed in California.
    (3) A certification under this option will continue to be valid only 
as long as the CARB certification remains valid. The certifier must 
cease selling or using a detergent immediately upon being notified by 
CARB that the CARB certification for this detergent has been 
invalidated, and must notify EPA within 7 days of receipt of this 
notification.

[61 FR 35368, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.164  Certification test fuels.

    (a) General requirements. This section provides specifications for 
the test fuels required in conjunction with the certification options 
described in Sec. 80.163. For each such certification option, the 
associated test fuel must meet or exceed the levels of four basic fuel 
parameters (aromatics, fuel sulfur, olefins, and T-90) prescribed here 
and may also contain specified oxygenate compounds. In addition, 
pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, some fuels must undergo an 
IVD demonstration test before they are eligible to be used as test fuels 
under this certification program. Test fuel characteristics must be 
reported to EPA in the detergent certification letter required pursuant 
to Sec. 80.161(b)(3).
    (1) Quantitative specifications for the four basic fuel parameters, 
provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, refer to the levels 
of these parameters in the base gasoline prior to the addition of any 
oxygenate. The levels of the basic fuel parameters must be measured in 
accordance with applicable procedures in Sec. 80.46.
    (2) Oxygenate components of certification test fuels must be of fuel 
grade quality. The type and amount of oxygenate to be blended into the 
test fuel (if any) shall be as follows:
    (i) To certify a detergent for generic use (i.e., for use in 
gasoline containing any oxygenate compound, as well as for use in 
nonoxygenated gasoline), the finished test fuel shall contain ethanol at 
10 volume percent.
    (ii) To certify a detergent specifically for use in nonoxygenated 
gasoline, no oxygenate compounds shall be added to the test fuel.
    (iii) To certify a detergent specifically for use in gasoline 
blended with a specified oxygenate compound other

[[Page 750]]

than ethanol, the specified oxygenate must be added to the test fuel in 
an amount such that the finished fuel contains the oxygenate at the 
highest concentration at which the specific oxygenate may be used in in-
use gasoline.
    (3) No detergent-active substance other than the detergent additive 
package undergoing testing may be added to a certification test fuel. 
Typical nondetergent additives, such as antioxidants, corrosion 
inhibitors, and metal deactivators, may be present in the test fuel at 
the discretion of the additive certifier. In addition, any nondetergent 
additives (other than oxygenate compounds) which are commonly blended 
into gasoline and which are known or suspected to affect IVD or PFID 
formation, or to reduce the ability of the detergent in question to 
control such deposits, should be added to the test fuel for 
certification testing.
    (4) Certification test requirements may be satisfied for a detergent 
additive using more than one batch of test fuel, provided that each 
batch satisfies all applicable test fuel requirements under this 
section.
    (5) Unless otherwise required by this section, finished test fuels 
must conform to the requirements for commercial gasoline described in 
ASTM D 4814-95c, ``Standard Specification for Automotive Spark-
IgnitionEngine Fuel'', which is incorporated by reference. This 
incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal 
Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies 
may be inspected at U.S. EPA, OAR, 401 M Street, Southwest, Washington, 
DC 20460, or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC. Copies of this material may be 
obtained from ASTM, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103.
    (b) National and PADD certification test fuels.(1) Test fuels for 
the national generic and premium certification options must contain 
levels of the designated fuel parameters which meet or exceed the 
applicable values in Table 1. Test fuels for the PADD generic 
certification options must contain levels of the designated fuel 
parameters which meet or exceed the applicable values in Table 2. Test 
fuels for the PADD premium certification options must contain levels of 
the designated fuel parameters which meet or exceed the applicable 
values in Table 3. Oxygenate requirements for the respective 
nonoxygenate and oxygenate-specific suboptions are specified in 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

                                   Table 1--National Certification Test Fuels
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Required minimum fuel parameter values
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Certification option           Sulfur                   Olefins     Aromatics
                                    (weight %)    T-90 (F)    (volume %)   (volume %)     Oxygenate (volume %)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1. National Generic.............        0.034          339         11.4         31.1  10% Ethanol.
2. National Premium..............        0.016          332          6.5         35.9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             Table 2--PADD-Specific Generic Certification Test Fuels
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Required minimum fuel parameter values
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Certification option           Sulfur                   Olefins     Aromatics
                                    (weight %)    T-90 (F)    (volume %)   (volume %)     Oxygenate (volume %)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PADD 1 Generic...................        0.039          343         15.4         32.1
PADD 2 Generic...................        0.034          338         10.3         29.3
PADD 3 Generic...................        0.032          343         12.9         29.8  10% Ethanol.
PADD 4 Generic...................        0.050          326         10.0         27.1
PADD 5 Generic...................        0.021          337          7.6         34.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                          Table 3--PADD-Specific Premium-Grade Certification Test Fuels
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Required minimum fuel parameter values
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Certification option           Sulfur                   Olefins     Aromatics
                                    (weight %)    T-90 (F)    (volume %)   (volume %)     Oxygenate (volume %)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PADD 1 Premium...................        0.018          332          9.2         38.6

[[Page 751]]

 
PADD 2 Premium...................        0.014          333          6.0         34.3
PADD 3 Premium...................        0.015          334          6.0         34.6  10% Ethanol.
PADD 4 Premium...................        0.040          319          6.0         22.3
PADD 5 Premium...................        0.011          332          4.3         36.7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) National and PADD certification test fuels must either be 
formulated to specification from normal refinery blend stocks, or drawn 
from finished gasoline supplies. The source of such samples must be 
normally-operating gasoline production or distribution facilities 
located in the U.S. Samples must not be drawn from a segregated gasoline 
pool that is or will be covered by a fuel-specific certification under 
Sec. 80.163(c) on the date when the certification information under this 
option is submitted to EPA.
    (3) To be eligible for use in detergent additive certification 
testing, in addition to the specifications above, national and PADD test 
fuels which are specially formulated from refinery blend stocks must 
themselves undergo testing to demonstrate their deposit-forming 
tendency. For this purpose, the unadditized, nonoxygenated test fuel 
must be subjected to the IVD control test procedure described in 
Sec. 80.165(b). At the discretion of the tester, the duration of the 
demonstration test may be less than 10,000 miles, provided the results 
satisfy the standard of this paragraph. In order to qualify for use in 
certification testing, the formulated fuel's test results must meet or 
exceed the values shown in Table 4 for the relevant certification 
option. If the demonstration test results do not meet these criteria, 
then the formulated fuel may not be used for detergent certification 
testing.

                                    Table 4--IVD Demonstration Test Criteria
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Minimum required deposit level in IVD demonstration test  (mg/valve,
                                                                      average)
       Certification option        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      National      PADD 1       PADD 2       PADD 3       PADD 4       PADD 5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Generic...........................          290          290          260          290          260          260
Premium...........................          260          260          235          260          235          235
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Fuel-specific certification test fuels. (1) Test fuels required 
for fuel-specific certification must contain levels of each of the four 
basic fuel parameters (aromatics, olefins, T-90, and fuel sulfur) at no 
less than their respective 65th percentile values in the segregated 
gasoline pool for which the detergent certification is sought in 
accordance with Sec. 80.163(c). These values must be determined by the 
certifier as follows:
    (i) At least once monthly for at least one complete year prior to 
the certification, the certifier must measure the levels of the required 
parameters in representative fuel samples contributed to the segregated 
gasoline pool by each participating refinery, terminal, or other fuel 
production or distribution facility. The fuel parameters must be 
measured in accordance with the test procedures in Sec. 80.46. If the 
applicability of the fuel-specific certification is to be limited to 
premium gasoline, then the required fuel compositional data must be 
collected only from samples of premium gasoline.
    (ii) The fuel composition survey results, weighted according to the 
percentage of gasoline contributed to the segregated gasoline pool from 
each participating facility, shall be used to construct a percentile 
distribution of the measured values for each of the fuel parameters.
    (iii) Data from more than one year may be used to construct the 
required statistical distribution provided that

[[Page 752]]

only the total data from complete consecutive years is used and that all 
survey data must have been collected within three years of the date the 
certification information is submitted to EPA.
    (iv) At the discretion of the certifier, other fuel parameters may 
be used to define the certification test fuels in addition to the four 
required parameters. To be taken into account by EPA in case of 
confirmatory testing pursuant to Sec. 80.167, such additional parameters 
must be surveyed and analyzed according to the same requirements 
applicable to the four standard parameters. In addition, any optional 
parameters must be measured using test procedures which conform to 
reasonable and customary standards of repeatability and reproducibility, 
and reasonable and customary limits of detection and accuracy for the 
type of test procedure or analytic procedure in question.
    (v) Using the percentile distributions calculated from the survey 
data for the four required parameters and any additional discretionary 
parameters, the 65th percentile value for each such parameter shall be 
determined. Prior to the addition of any oxygenate compound, the fuel-
specific certification test fuel shall contain each specified parameter 
at a level or concentration no less than this 65th percentile value. 
Test fuel oxygenate requirements for generic, nonoxygenate, and 
oxygenate-specific certification suboptions are specified in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section.
    (2) Fuel-specific certification test fuels must either be formulated 
to specification from the same refinery blend stocks which are normally 
used to blend the gasolines included in the subject gasoline pool, or 
drawn from the finished fuel supplies which contribute to this pool of 
gasoline. Fuel-specific certification test fuels need not undergo an IVD 
demonstration test prior to use in certification testing.
    (3) The certifier must submit an annual report to EPA within 30 days 
of the anniversary of the initial certification effective date. Failure 
to submit the annual report by the required date will invalidate the 
fuel-specific certification and may subject the certifier to liability 
and penalties under Secs. 80.169 and 80.172. The purpose of the annual 
report is to update the information on the composition of the segregated 
gasoline pool that was characterized by the initial fuel survey.
    (i) For this purpose, the same fuel survey and statistical analysis 
requirements that were conducted pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1)(i),(ii), 
and (iv) of this section must be repeated, using data for the most 
current twelve-month period from each of the production/distribution 
facilities that contributed to the original fuel survey.
    (ii) The annual report must present the percentile distributions for 
each fuel parameter as determined from the new survey data and, for each 
measured fuel parameter, must compare the newly determined 50th 
percentile value with the 60th percentile value for that parameter as 
determined in the original fuel survey.
    (iii) If the new 50th percentile level for any fuel parameter is 
greater than or equal to the 60th percentile level reported in the 
initial certification, then the fuel-specific certification is no longer 
valid. In such instance, the certifier must immediately discontinue the 
sale and use of the subject detergent under the conditions of the fuel-
specific certification and must immediately notify any downstream 
customers/recipients of the subject detergent that the certification is 
no longer valid and that their use of the detergent must discontinue 
within seven days. To avoid liability and penalties under Secs. 80.169 
and 80.172, the certifier must take these remedial steps within 45 days 
of the anniversary of the original fuel-specific certification. 
Downstream customers/recipients must discontinue usage of the detergent 
within seven days of receipt of notification of the detergent's 
invalidity to avoid such liability.
    (4) The fuel composition survey results which support the original 
test fuel specifications and the annual statistical analyses, along with 
related documentation on test methods and statistical procedures, shall 
be retained by the certifier for a period of at least five years, and 
shall be made available to EPA upon request.

[61 FR 35369, July 5, 1996]

[[Page 753]]



Sec. 80.165  Certification test procedures and standards.

    This section specifies the deposit control test requirements and 
performance standards which must be met in order to certify detergent 
additives for use in unleaded gasoline, pursuant to 
Sec. 80.161(b)(1)(ii)(A)(2). These standards must be met in the context 
of the specific test procedures identified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
this section, except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section. In 
any case, the testing must be conducted and the performance standards 
met when the subject detergent additive is mixed in a test fuel meeting 
all relevant requirements of Sec. 80.164, including the deposit-forming 
tendency demonstration specified in Sec. 80.164(b)(3), if applicable. 
Complete test documentation must be submitted by the certifying party 
within 30 days of receipt of a written request from EPA for such 
records.
    (a) Fuel injector deposit control testing. (1) The required test 
fuel must produce no more than 5% flow restriction in any one injector 
when tested in accordance with ASTM D 5598-94, ``Standard Test Method 
for Evaluating Unleaded Automotive Spark-Ignition Engine Fuel for 
Electronic Port Fuel Injector Fouling,'' 1994, which is incorporated by 
reference. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director 
of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR 
part 51. Copies may be inspected at U.S. EPA, OAR, 401 M Street, 
Southwest, Washington, DC 20460, or at the Office of the Federal 
Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC. 
Copies of this material may be obtained from ASTM, 1916 Race St., 
Philadelphia, PA 19103.
    (2) At the option of the certifier, fuel injector flow may be 
measured at intervals during the 10,000 mile test cycle described in 
ASTM D 5598-94, in addition to the flow measurements required at the 
completion of the test cycle, but not more than every 1,000 miles.
    (b) Intake valve deposit control testing. The required test fuel 
must produce the accumulation of less than 100 mg of intake valve 
deposits on average when tested in accordance with ASTM D 5500-94, 
``Standard Test Method for Vehicle Evaluation of Unleaded Automotive 
Spark-Ignition Engine Fuel for Intake Valve Deposit Formation,'' 1994, 
which is incorporated by reference. This incorporation by reference was 
approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be inspected at U.S. EPA, 
OAR, 401 M Street, Southwest, Washington, DC 20460, or at the Office of 
the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, 
Washington, DC. Copies of this material may be obtained from ASTM, 1916 
Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103.
    (c) If conducted using test fuels meeting all relevant requirements 
of Sec. 80.164, and completed prior to September 3, 1996, then the PFID 
and IVD control test procedures required for detergent certification in 
California (specified in section 2257 of Title 13, California Code of 
Regulations) will also be considered acceptable. California Air 
Resources Board, ``Test Method for Evaluating Port Fuel Injector (PFI) 
Deposits in Vehicle Engines'', March 1, 1991, and California Air 
Resources Board, ``BMW--10,000 Miles Intake Valve Test Procedure'', 
March 1, 1991, are incorporated by reference. This incorporation by 
reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be 
inspected at U.S. EPA, OAR, 401 M Street, Southwest, Washington, DC 
20460, or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC. Copies of this material may be 
obtained from the California Air Resource Board, Stationary Source 
Division, 2020 L Street, PO Box 2815, Sacramento, CA, 95814.

[61 FR 35371, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.166  Carburetor deposit control performance test and test fuel guidelines.

    EPA will use the guidelines in this section to evaluate the adequacy 
of carburetor deposit control test data, used to support the minimum 
concentration recommended for detergents used in leaded gasoline 
pursuant to Sec. 80.161(b)(1)(ii)(B).
    (a) Carburetor Deposit Control Test Procedure and Performance 
Standard

[[Page 754]]

Guidelines. For demonstration of carburetor deposit control performance, 
any generally accepted vehicle, engine, or bench test procedure and 
associated performance standard for carburetor deposit control will be 
considered adequate. Port and throttle body fuel injector deposit 
control test data will also be considered to be adequate demonstration 
of an additive's ability to control carburetor deposits. Examples of 
acceptable test procedures for demonstration of carburetor deposit 
control, in addition to the fuel injector test procedure listed in 
Sec. 80.165(a), are contained in the following references:
    (1) ``Test Method for Evaluating Port Fuel Injector (PFI) Deposits 
in Vehicle Engines'', March 1, 1991, Section 2257, Title 13, California 
Code of Regulations.
    (2) ``A Vehicle Test Technique for Studying Port Fuel Injector 
Deposits--A Coordinating Research Council Program'', Robert Tupa et al., 
SAE Technical paper No. 890213, 1989.
    (3) ``The Effects of Fuel Composition and Additives on Multiport 
Fuel Injector Deposits'', Jack Benson et al., SAE Technical Paper Series 
No. 861533, 1986.
    (4) ``Injector Deposits--The Tip of Intake System Deposit 
Problems'', Brian Taneguchi, et al., SAE Technical Paper Series No. 
861534, 1986.
    (5) ``Fuel Injector, Intake Valve, and Carburetor Detergency 
Performance of Gasoline Additives'', C.H. Jewitt et al., SAE Technical 
Paper No. 872114, 1987.
    (6) ``Carburetor Cleanliness Test Procedure, State-of-the-Art 
Summary, Report: 1973-1981'', Coordinating Research Council, CRC Report 
No. 529, Coordinating Research Council Inc. (CRC), 219 perimeter Center 
Parking, Atlanta, Georgia, 30346.
    (b) Carburetor Deposit Control Test Fuel Guidelines. (1) The 
gasoline used in the tests described in paragraph (a) of this section 
must contain the detergent-active components of the subject detergent 
additive package in an amount which corresponds to the minimum 
recommended concentration recorded in the respective detergent 
registration, or less than this amount.
    (2) The test fuel must not contain any detergent-active components 
other than those recorded in the subject detergent certification.
    (3) The composition of the test fuel used in carburetor deposit 
control testing, conducted to support the claimed effectiveness of 
detergents used in leaded gasoline, should be reasonably typical of in-
use gasoline in its tendency to form carburetor deposits (or more severe 
than typical in-use fuels) as defined by the olefin and sulfur content. 
A test fuel conforming to these compositional guidelines may be sampled 
directly from finished gasolines or may be blended to specification 
using typical refinery blend stocks. Test data using leaded fuels is 
preferred for this purpose, but data collected using unleaded fuels may 
also be acceptable provided that some correlation with additive 
performance in leaded fuels is available.

[61 FR 35372, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.167  Confirmatory testing.

    EPA may test a detergent to confirm that the required performance 
levels are met. Based on the findings of this confirmatory testing, a 
detergent certification may be denied or revoked under the provisions of 
Sec. 80.161(e).
    (a) Confirmatory testing conducted to evaluate the validity of 
detergent certifications under the national, PADD, or fuel-specific 
options will generally entail a single vehicle test using the procedures 
detailed in Sec. 80.165. The test fuel(s) used in conducting 
confirmatory certification testing will contain the specified fuel 
parameters at or below the minimum levels specified in Sec. 80.164, and 
will otherwise conform to the applicable certification test fuel 
specifications therein.
    (b) Confirmatory certification testing conducted to evaluate the 
validity of CARB-based detergent certifications will use the subject 
detergent in test fuel(s) containing the relevant fuel parameters at 
levels no greater than the maximum levels for which the CARB 
certification was granted. The test procedures will be conducted 
pursuant to the procedures specified under section 2257 of Title 13, 
California Code of Regulations.
    (c) Confirmatory testing conducted to evaluate the validity of 
registration and certification information specific to detergent use in 
leaded gasoline will use the subject detergent in a test fuel

[[Page 755]]

containing the test fuel parameters at levels no greater than those 
prescribed in Sec. 80.164. EPA will make all reasonable efforts to use 
the same test procedure for confirmatory testing purposes as was used by 
the certifier in conducting deposit control performance testing.
    (d) When EPA decides to conduct confirmatory testing on a fuel or 
additive which is not readily available in the open market, EPA may 
request that the detergent certifier and/or manufacturer of such fuel or 
additive furnish a sample in the needed quantity. If testing is 
conducted to evaluate the validity of a detergent certification under 
the fuel-specific option, the detergent blender must supply EPA with 
test fuel, or with blend stocks with which to formulate such test fuel, 
in sufficient quantity to conduct the specified deposit control 
performance testing. The fuel or additive manufacturer shall comply with 
a sample request made pursuant to this paragraph within 30 days of 
receipt of the request.

[61 FR 35372, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.168  Detergent certification program controls and prohibitions.

    (a)(1) No person shall sell, offer for sale, dispense, supply, offer 
for supply, transport, or cause the transportation of gasoline to the 
ultimate consumer for use in motor vehicles or in any off-road engines 
(except as provided in Sec. 80.173), or to a gasoline retailer or 
wholesale purchaser-consumer, and no person shall detergent-additize 
gasoline, unless such gasoline is additized in conformity with the 
requirements of Sec. 80.161. No person shall cause the presence of any 
gasoline in the gasoline distribution system unless such gasoline is 
additized in conformity with the requirements of Sec. 80.161.
    (2) Gasoline has been additized in conformity with the requirements 
of Sec. 80.161 when the detergent component satisfies the requirements 
of Sec. 80.161 and when:
    (i) The gasoline has been additized in conformity with the detergent 
composition and purpose-in-use specifications of a detergent certified 
in accordance with this subpart, and in accordance with at least the 
minimum concentration specifications of that detergent as certified or 
as otherwise provided under Sec. 80.161(d); or
    (ii) The gasoline is composed of two or more commingled gasolines 
and each component gasoline has been additized in conformity with the 
detergent composition and purpose-in-use specifications of a detergent 
certified in accordance with this subpart, and in accordance with at 
least the minimum concentration specifications of that detergent as 
certified or as otherwise provided under Sec. 80.161(d); or
    (iii) The gasoline is composed of a gasoline commingled with a post-
refinery component (PRC), and both of these components have been 
additized in conformity with the detergent composition and use 
specifications of a detergent certified in accordance with this subpart, 
and in accordance with at least the minimum concentration specifications 
of that detergent as certified or as otherwise provided under 
Sec. 80.161(d).
    (b) No person shall blend detergent into gasoline or PRC unless such 
person complies with the volumetric additive reconciliation requirements 
of Sec. 80.170.
    (c) No person shall sell, offer for sale, dispense, supply, offer 
for supply, store, transport, or cause the transportation of any 
gasoline, detergent, or detergent-additized PRC, unless the product 
transfer document for the gasoline, detergent or detergent-additized PRC 
complies with the requirements of Sec. 80.171.
    (d) No person shall refine, import, manufacture, sell, offer for 
sale, dispense, supply, offer for supply, store, transport, or cause the 
transportation of any detergent that is to be used as a component of 
detergent-additized gasoline or detergent-additized PRC unless such 
detergent conforms with the composition specifications of a detergent 
certified in accordance with this subpart and the detergent otherwise 
complies with the requirements of Sec. 80.161. No person shall cause the 
presence of any detergent in the detergent, PRC, or gasoline 
distribution systems unless such detergent complies with the 
requirements of Sec. 80.161.
    (e)(1) No person shall sell, offer for sale, dispense, supply, offer 
for supply, transport, or cause the transportation

[[Page 756]]

of detergent-additized PRC unless the PRC has been additized in 
conformity with the requirements of Sec. 80.161. No person shall cause 
the presence in the PRC or gasoline distribution systems of any 
detergent-additized PRC that fails to conform to the requirements of 
Sec. 80.161.
    (2) PRC has been additized in conformity with the requirements of 
Sec. 80.161 when the detergent component satisfies the requirements of 
Sec. 80.161 and when:
    (i) The PRC has been additized in accordance with the detergent 
composition and use specifications of a detergent certified in 
accordance with this subpart and in conformity with at least the minimum 
concentration specifications of that detergent as certified or as 
otherwise provided under Sec. 80.161(d), or
    (ii) The PRC is composed of two or more commingled PRCs, and each 
component has been additized in accordance with the detergent 
composition and use specifications of a detergent certified in 
accordance with this subpart, and in conformity with at least the 
minimum concentration specifications of that detergent as certified or 
as otherwise provided under Sec. 80.161(d).

[61 FR 35373, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.169  Liability for violations of the detergent certification program controls and prohibitions.

    (a) Persons Liable--(1) Gasoline non-conformity. Where gasoline 
contained in any storage tank at any facility owned, leased, operated, 
controlled or supervised by any gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, 
distributor, reseller, retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate 
blender, or detergent blender, is found in violation of any of the 
prohibitions specified in Sec. 80.168(a), the following persons shall be 
deemed in violation:
    (i) Each gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, or detergent 
blender, who owns, leases, operates, controls or supervises the facility 
(including, but not limited to, a truck or individual storage tank) 
where the violation is found;
    (ii) Each gasoline refiner, importer, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent 
manufacturer, distributor, or blender, who refined, imported, 
manufactured, sold, offered for sale, dispensed, supplied, offered for 
supply, stored, detergent additized, transported, or caused the 
transportation of the detergent-additized gasoline (or the base gasoline 
component, the detergent component, or the detergent-additized post-
refinery component of the gasoline) that is in violation, and each such 
party that caused the gasoline that is in violation to be present in the 
gasoline distribution system; and
    (iii) Each gasoline carrier who dispensed, supplied, stored, or 
transported any gasoline in the storage tank containing gasoline found 
to be in violation, and each detergent carrier who dispensed, supplied, 
stored, or transported the detergent component of any PRC or gasoline in 
the storage tank containing gasoline found to be in violation, provided 
that EPA demonstrates, by reasonably specific showings by direct or 
circumstantial evidence, that the gasoline or detergent carrier caused 
the violation.
    (2) Post-refinery component non-conformity. Where detergent-
additized PRC contained in any storage tank at any facility owned, 
leased, operated, controlled or supervised by any gasoline refiner, 
importer, carrier, distributor, reseller, retailer, wholesale purchaser-
consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent manufacturer, carrier, 
distributor, or blender, is found in violation of the prohibitions 
specified in Sec. 80.168(e), the following persons shall be deemed in 
violation:
    (i) Each gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale-purchaser consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent 
manufacturer, carrier, distributor, or blender, who owns, leases, 
operates, controls or supervises the facility (including, but not 
limited to, a truck or individual storage tank) where the violation is 
found;
    (ii) Each gasoline refiner, importer, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent 
manufacturer, distributor, or blender, who sold, offered for sale, 
dispensed, supplied, offered for supply, stored, detergent additized,

[[Page 757]]

transported, or caused the transportation of the detergent-additized PRC 
(or the detergent component of the PRC) that is in violation, and each 
such party that caused the PRC that is in violation to be present in the 
PRC or gasoline distribution systems; and
    (iii) Each carrier who dispensed, supplied, stored, or transported 
any detergent-additized PRC in the storage tank containing PRC that is 
in violation, and each detergent carrier who dispensed, supplied, 
stored, or transported the detergent component of any detergent-
additized PRC which is in the storage tank containing detergent-
additized PRC found to be in violation, provided that EPA demonstrates 
by reasonably specific showings by direct or circumstantial evidence, 
that the gasoline or detergent carrier caused the violation.
    (3) Detergent non-conformity. Where the detergent (prior to 
additization) contained in any storage tank or container found at any 
facility owned, leased, operated, controlled or supervised by any 
gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, reseller, retailer, 
wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent manufacturer, 
carrier, distributor, or blender, is found in violation of the 
prohibitions specified in Sec. 80.168(d), the following persons shall be 
deemed in violation:
    (i) Each gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent 
manufacturer, carrier, distributor, or blender, who owns, leases, 
operates, controls or supervises the facility (including, but not 
limited to, a truck or individual storage tank) where the violation is 
found;
    (ii) Each gasoline refiner, importer, distributor, reseller, 
retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, detergent 
manufacturer, distributor, or blender, who sold, offered for sale, 
dispensed, supplied, offered for supply, stored, transported, or caused 
the transportation of the detergent that is in violation, and each such 
party that caused the detergent that is in violation to be present in 
the detergent, gasoline, or PRC distribution systems; and
    (iii) Each gasoline or detergent carrier who dispensed, supplied, 
stored, or transported any detergent which is in the storage tank or 
container containing detergent found to be in violation, provided that 
EPA demonstrates, by reasonably specific showings by direct or 
circumstantial evidence, that the gasoline or detergent carrier caused 
the violation.
    (4) Volumetric additive reconciliation. Where a violation of the 
volumetric additive reconciliation requirements established by 
Sec. 80.168(b) has occurred, the following persons shall be deemed in 
violation:
    (i) Each detergent blender who owns, leases, operates, controls or 
supervises the facility (including, but not limited to, a truck or 
individual storage tank) where the violation has occurred; and
    (ii) Each gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, 
reseller, retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, or oxygenate blender, 
and each detergent manufacturer, carrier, distributor, or blender, who 
refined, imported, manufactured, sold, offered for sale, dispensed, 
supplied, offered for supply, stored, transported, or caused the 
transportation of the detergent-additized gasoline, the base gasoline 
component, the detergent component, or the detergent-additized PRC of 
the gasoline that is in violation, provided that EPA demonstrates, by 
reasonably specific showings by direct or circumstantial evidence, that 
such person caused the violation.
    (5) Product transfer document. Where a violation of Sec. 80.168(c) 
is found at a facility owned, leased, operated, controlled, or 
supervised by any gasoline refiner, importer, carrier, distributor, 
reseller, retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, oxygenate blender, 
detergent manufacturer, carrier, distributor, or blender, the following 
persons shall be deemed in violation: each gasoline refiner, importer, 
carrier, distributor, reseller, retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, 
oxygenate blender, detergent manufacturer, carrier, distributor, or 
blender, who owns, leases, operates, control or supervises the facility 
(including, but not limited to, a truck or individual storage tank) 
where the violation is found.
    (b) Branded Refiner Vicarious Liability. Where any violation of the 
prohibitions specified in Sec. 80.168 has occurred, with

[[Page 758]]

the exception of violations of Sec. 80.168(c), a refiner will also be 
deemed liable for violations occurring at a facility operating under 
such refiner's corporate, trade, or brand name or that of any of its 
marketing subsidiaries. For purposes of this section, the word facility 
includes, but is not limited to, a truck or individual storage tank.
    (c) Defenses. (1) In any case in which a gasoline refiner, importer, 
distributor, carrier, reseller, retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, 
oxygenate blender, detergent distributor, carrier, or blender, is in 
violation of any of the prohibitions of Sec. 80.168, pursuant to 
paragraph (a) or (b) of this section as applicable, the regulated party 
shall be deemed not in violation if it can demonstrate:
    (i) That the violation was not caused by the regulated party or its 
employee or agent (unless otherwise provided in this paragraph (c));
    (ii) That product transfer documents account for the gasoline, 
detergent, or detergent-additized PRC in violation and indicate that the 
gasoline, detergent, or detergent-additized PRC satisfied relevant 
requirements when it left the party's control; and
    (iii) That the party has fulfilled the requirements of paragraphs 
(c) (2) or (3) of this section, as applicable.
    (2) Branded refiner. Where a branded refiner is in violation of any 
of the prohibitions of Sec. 80.168 as a result of violations occurring 
at a facility (including, but not limited to, a truck or individual 
storage tank) which is operating under the corporate, trade or brand 
name of a refiner or that of any of its marketing subsidiaries, the 
refiner shall be deemed not in violation if it can demonstrate, in 
addition to the defense requirements stated in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section, that the violation was caused by:
    (i) An act in violation of law (other than these regulations), or an 
act of sabotage or vandalism, whether or not such acts are violations of 
law in the jurisdiction where the violation of the prohibitions of 
Sec. 80.168 occurred; or
    (ii) The action of any gasoline refiner, importer, reseller, 
distributor, oxygenate blender, detergent manufacturer, distributor, 
blender, or retailer or wholesale purchaser-consumer supplied by any of 
these persons, in violation of a contractual undertaking imposed by the 
refiner designed to prevent such action, and despite the implementation 
of an oversight program, including, but not limited to, periodic review 
of product transfer documents by the refiner to ensure compliance with 
such contractual obligation; or
    (iii) The action of any gasoline or detergent carrier, or other 
gasoline or detergent distributor not subject to a contract with the 
refiner but engaged by the refiner for transportation of gasoline, PRC, 
or detergent, to a gasoline or detergent distributor, oxygenate blender, 
detergent blender, gasoline retailer or wholesale purchaser consumer, 
despite specification or inspection of procedures or equipment by the 
refiner which are reasonably calculated to prevent such action.
    (iv) In this paragraph (c)(2), to show that the violation ``was 
caused'' by any of the specified actions, the party must demonstrate by 
reasonably specific showings, by direct or circumstantial evidence, that 
the violation was caused or must have been caused by another.
    (3) Detergent blender. In any case in which a detergent blender is 
liable for violating any of the prohibitions of Sec. 80.168, the 
detergent blender shall not be deemed in violation if it can 
demonstrate, in addition to the defense requirements stated in paragraph 
(c)(1) of this section, the following:
    (i) That it obtained or supplied, as appropriate, prior to the 
detergent blending, accurate written instructions from the detergent 
manufacturer or other party with knowledge of such instructions, 
specifying the appropriate LAC for the detergent, as specified in 
Sec. 80.161(b)(1)(ii), together with any use restrictions which pertain 
to this LAC pursuant to the detergent's certification; and
    (ii) That it has implemented a quality assurance program that 
includes, but is not limited to, a periodic review of its supporting 
product transfer and volume measurement documents to confirm the 
correctness of its product transfer and volumetric additive 
reconciliation documents created for all products it additized.
    (4) Detergent manufacturer. (i) Presumptive Liability Affirmative 
Defense.

[[Page 759]]

Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, in 
any case in which a detergent manufacturer is liable for violating any 
of the prohibitions of Sec. 80.168, the detergent manufacturer shall be 
deemed not in violation if it can demonstrate each of the following:
    (A) Product transfer documents which account for the detergent 
component of the product in violation and which indicate that such 
detergent satisfied all relevant requirements when it left the detergent 
manufacturer's control.
    (B) Written blending instructions which, pursuant to Sec. 80.161(c), 
were supplied by the detergent manufacturer to its customer who 
purchased or obtained from the manufacturer the detergent component of 
the product determined to be in violation. The written blending 
instructions must have been supplied by the manufacturer prior to the 
customer's use or sale of the detergent. The instructions must 
accurately specify both the appropriate LAC for the detergent, pursuant 
to Sec. 80.161(b)(1)(ii), plus any use restrictions which may pertain to 
this LAC pursuant to the detergent's certification.
    (C) If the detergent batch used in the noncomplying product was 
produced less than one year before the manufacturer was notified by EPA 
of the possible violation, then the manufacturer must provide FTIR test 
results for the batch in question.
    (1) The FTIR analysis may have been conducted on the subject 
detergent batch at the time it was manufactured, or may be conducted on 
a sample of that batch which the manufacturer retained for such purpose 
at the time the batch was manufactured.
    (2) To establish that, when it left the manufacturer's control, the 
detergent component of the noncomplying product was in conformity with 
the chemical composition and concentration specifications reported 
pursuant to Sec. 80.161(b), the FTIR test results for the detergent 
batch used in the noncomplying product must, in EPA's judgment, be 
consistent with the FTIR results submitted at the time of registration 
pursuant to Sec. 80.162(d).
    (D) If the detergent batch used in the noncomplying product was 
produced more than one year prior to the manufacturer's notification by 
EPA of the possible violation, then the manufacturer must provide 
either:
    (1) FTIR test results for the batch in question as specified in the 
preceding paragraph (c)(4)(i)(C) of this Sec. 80.169(c); or
    (2) The following materials:
    (i) Documentation for the batch in question, showing that its 
measured viscosity, density, and basic nitrogen content, or any other 
such physical parameter(s) which EPA may have approved for monitoring 
production quality control, were within the acceptable range of 
production values specified in the certification pursuant to 
Sec. 80.162(e); and
    (ii) If the detergent registration identifies polymeric component(s) 
of the detergent package as the product(s) of other chemical reactants, 
documentation that the reagents used to synthesize the detergent batch 
in question were the same as those specified in the registration and 
that they met the manufacturer's normal acceptance criteria reported 
pursuant to Sec. 80.162(b)(1).
    (ii) Detergent manufacturer causation liability. In any case in 
which a detergent manufacturer is liable for a violation of Sec. 80.168, 
and the manufacturer establishes an affirmative defense to such 
liability pursuant to Sec. 80.169(c)(4)(i), the detergent manufacturer 
will nonetheless be deemed liable for the violation of Sec. 80.168 if 
EPA can demonstrate, by reasonably specific showings by direct or 
circumstantial evidence, that the detergent manufacturer caused the 
violation.
    (5) Defense against liability where more than one party may be 
liable for VAR violations. In any case in which a party is presumptively 
or vicariously liable for a violation of Sec. 80.170, except for the VAR 
record requirements pursuant to Sec. 80.170(g), such party shall not be 
deemed liable if it can establish the following:
    (i) Prior to the violation it had entered into a written contract 
with another potentially liable detergent blender party (``the assuming 
party''), under which that other party assumed legal responsibility for 
fulfilling the

[[Page 760]]

VAR requirement that had been violated;
    (ii) The contract included reasonable oversight provision to ensure 
that the assuming party fulfilled its VAR responsibilities (including, 
but not limited to, periodic review of VAR records) and the oversight 
provision was actually implemented by the party raising the defense;
    (iii) The assuming party is fiscally sound and able to pay its 
penalty for the VAR violation; and
    (iv) The employees or agents of the party raising the defense did 
not cause the violation.
    (6) Defense to liability for gasoline non-conformity violations 
caused solely by the addition of misadditized ethanol or other PRC to 
the gasoline. In any case in which a party is presumptively or 
vicariously liable for a gasoline non-conformity violation of 
Sec. 80.168(a) caused solely by another party's addition of misadditized 
ethanol or other PRC to the gasoline, the former party shall not be 
deemed liable for the violation, provided that it can establish that it 
has fulfilled the defense requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) (i) and (ii) 
of this section.
    (7) Detergent tank transitioning defenses. The commingling of two 
detergents in the same detergent storage tank will not be deemed to 
violate or cause violations of any of the provisions of this subpart, 
provided the following conditions are met:
    (i) The commingling must occur during a legitimate detergent 
transitioning event, i.e., a shift from the use of one detergent to 
another through the delivery of the new detergent into the same tank 
that contains the original detergent; and
    (ii) Any use restrictions applicable to the new detergent's 
certification also apply to the combined detergents; and
    (iii) The commingling event must be documented, either on the VAR 
formula record or on attached supporting records; and
    (iv) Notwithstanding any contrary provisions in Sec. 80.170, a VAR 
formula record must be created for the combined detergents. The VAR 
compliance period must begin no later than the time of the commingling 
event. However, at the blender's option, the compliance period may begin 
earlier, thus including use of the uncombined original detergent within 
the same period, provided that the 31-day limitation pursuant to 
Sec. 80.170(a)(6) is not exceeded; and
    (v) The VAR formula record must also satisfy the requirements in one 
of the following paragraphs (c)(7)(v) (A) through (C) of this section, 
whichever applies to the commingling event. If neither paragraph 
(c)(7)(v) (A) nor (B) of this section initially applies, then the 
blender may drain and subsequently redeliver the original detergent into 
the tank in restricted amounts, in order to meet the conditions of 
paragraph (c)(7)(v) (A) or (B) of this section. Otherwise, the blender 
must comply with paragraph (c)(7)(v)(C) of this section.
    (A) If both detergents have the same LAC, and the original detergent 
accounts for no more than 20 percent of the tank's total delivered 
volume after addition of the new detergent, then the VAR formula record 
is required to identify only the use of the new detergent.
    (B) If the two detergents have different LACs and the original 
detergent accounts for 10 percent or less of the tank's total delivered 
volume after addition of the new detergent, then the VAR formula record 
is required to identify only the use of the new detergent, and must 
attain the LAC of the new detergent. If the original detergent's LAC is 
greater than that of the new detergent, then the compliance period may 
begin earlier than the date of the commingling event (pursuant to 
paragraph (c)(7)(iv) of this section) only if the original detergent 
does not exceed 10 percent of the total detergent used during the 
compliance period.
    (C) If neither of the preceding paragraphs (c)(7)(v) (A) or (B) of 
this section applies, then the VAR formula record must identify both of 
the commingled detergents, and must use and attain the higher LAC of the 
two detergents. Once the commingled detergent has been depleted by an 
amount equal to the volume of the original detergent in the tank at the 
time the new detergent was added, subsequent VAR formula records must 
identify and use the LAC of only the new detergent.

[[Page 761]]

    (8) Transition from noncertified to certified detergent. 
Notwithstanding the prohibitions in Secs. 80.161(a)(3) and 80.168, after 
June 30, 1997, the addition to gasoline or PRC of a detergent which has 
not been certified pursuant to Sec. 80.161 shall not be deemed to 
violate or cause violations of provisions of this subpart, provided that 
all of the following conditions are met:
    (i) The detergent was received by the detergent blender prior to 
July 1, 1997 and is used prior to January 1, 1998. Documentation which 
supports these dates must be maintained for at least five years and must 
be available for EPA's inspection upon request;
    (ii) The detergent is added to gasoline or PRC only in combination 
with a certified detergent and, at any one time, accounts for no more 
than 10 percent of the detergent tank's delivered volume;
    (iii) The total volume of detergent added to the gasoline or PRC is 
sufficient to attain the LAC of the certified detergent; and
    (iv) Use restrictions associated with the certified detergent are 
adhered to.
    (9) Procedures for curing use restrictions. In the case of a fuel 
product which has been additized with a detergent under the conditions 
of a use-restricted certification (pursuant to Sec. 80.163), the use 
restriction can be negated (``cured'') by application of the procedures 
in this paragraph (c)(9). A party shall not be liable for violations of 
Sec. 80.168(a) or (e) caused solely by the additization or subsequent 
use of gasoline or PRC in violation of such use restriction, provided 
that the following steps and conditions are applied before EPA has 
identified the nonconformity and prior to the sale or transfer of 
nonconforming product to the ultimate consumer:
    (i) Additional detergent must be added in sufficient quantity to 
provide effective deposit control, taking into account both the amount 
of detergent previously added and the final anticipated volume and 
composition of the subject fuel product.
    (ii) The additional detergent may be either the original detergent 
or a different detergent, so long as the additional detergent has been 
separately certified both for use with the subject fuel product and for 
use with the type of fuel product associated with the restriction which 
the party wishes to negate by the curing procedure. Detergents which 
have not been separately certified for both types of fuel products are 
not eligible to be used for this curing procedure.
    (iii) If a fuel product has been detergent additized under the 
conditions of a use-restricted certification which would preclude the 
addition of an oxygenate or other PRC, then such oxygenate or other PRC 
may nevertheless be added to that fuel product under this curing 
procedure, provided that additional eligible detergent is added, in an 
amount which equals or exceeds the number of gallons (DA) 
derived from the following equation:

Additional Detergent Volume = DA = Vp(LAC2 - 
    LAC1) + V(1 - p)LAC2

where:

V = Final volume of fuel product (in gallons)
p = Fraction of final fuel product composed of the original (uncombined) 
fuel product
LAC2 = Detergent's LAC certified for the final combined fuel 
product (in gallons of detergent per 1,000 gallons of fuel product)
LAC1 = Detergent's LAC certified for the original 
(uncombined) fuel product (in gallons of detergent per 1,000 gallons of 
fuel product)

    (iv) In other instances in which gasoline or PRC has been additized 
in violation of a detergent use restriction, and no additional fuel 
components are to be added, such use restriction can be cured by the 
addition of eligible detergent in an amount which equals or exceeds the 
number of gallons (DA) derived from the following equation, which is a 
simplified version of the previous equation:

Additional Detergent Volume = DA = V(LAC2 - 
    LAC1)

where:

V = Volume of fuel product (in gallons) to be cured of the use 
restriction
LAC2 = Detergent's LAC certified for the fuel product without 
the use restriction (in gallons of detergent per 1,000 gallons of fuel 
product)
LAC1 = Detergent's LAC certified for the fuel product with 
the use restriction to be cured (in gallons of detergent per 1,000 
gallons of fuel product)


[[Page 762]]


    (v) In all such instances, a curing VAR must be created and 
maintained, which documents the use of the appropriate equation as 
specified above, and otherwise complies with the requirements of 
Sec. 80.170(f)(6).

[61 FR 35373, July 5, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 58747, Nov. 18, 1996]



Sec. 80.170  Volumetric additive reconciliation (VAR), equipment calibration, and recordkeeping requirements.

    This section contains requirements for automated detergent blending 
facilities and hand-blending detergent facilities. All gasoline and all 
PRC intended for use in gasoline must be additized unless otherwise 
noted in supporting VAR records, and must be accounted for in VAR 
records. The VAR reconciliation standard is attained under this section 
when the actual concentration of detergent used per VAR formula record 
equals or exceeds the applicable LAC certified for that detergent 
pursuant to Sec. 80.161(b)(3)(ix) or, if appropriate, Sec. 80.161(d). If 
a given detergent package has been certified under more than one 
certification option pursuant to Sec. 80.163, then a separate VAR 
formula record must be created for gasoline or PRC additized on the 
basis of each certification and its respective LAC. In such cases, the 
amount of the detergent used under different certification options must 
be accurately and separately measured, either through the use of a 
separate storage tank, a separate meter, or some other measurement 
system that is able to accurately distinguish its use. Recorded volumes 
of gasoline, detergent, and PRC must be expressed to the nearest gallon 
(or smaller units), except that detergent volumes of five gallons or 
less must be expressed to the nearest tenth of a gallon (or smaller 
units). However, if the blender's equipment cannot accurately measure to 
the nearest tenth of a gallon, then such volumes must be rounded 
downward to the next lower gallon. PRC included in the reconciliation 
must be identified. Each VAR formula record must also contain the 
following information:
    (a) Automated blending facilities. In the case of an automated 
detergent blending facility, for each VAR period, for each detergent 
storage system and each detergent in that storage system, the following 
must be recorded:
    (1) The manufacturer and commercial identifying name of the 
detergent additive package being reconciled, the LAC, and any use 
restriction applicable to the LAC. The LAC must be expressed in terms of 
gallons of detergent per thousand gallons of gasoline or PRC, and 
expressed to four digits. If the detergent storage system which is the 
subject of the VAR formula record is a proprietary system under the 
control of a customer, this fact must be indicated on the record.
    (2) The total volume of detergent blended into gasoline and PRC, in 
accordance with one of the following paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or (ii) of 
this section, as applicable.
    (i) For a facility which uses in-line meters to measure detergent 
usage, the total volume of detergent measured, together with supporting 
data which includes one of the following: the beginning and ending meter 
readings for each meter being measured, the metered batch volume 
measurements for each meter being measured, or other comparable metered 
measurements. The supporting data may be supplied on the VAR formula 
record or in the form of computer printouts or other comparable VAR 
supporting documentation.
    (ii) For a facility which uses a gauge to measure the inventory of 
the detergent storage tank, the total volume of detergent shall be 
calculated from the following equation:

Detergent Volume = (A) - (B) + (C) - (D)

where:

A = Initial detergent inventory of the tank
B = Final detergent inventory of the tank
C = Sum of any additions to detergent inventory
D = Sum of any withdrawals from detergent inventory for purposes other 
than the additization of gasoline or PRC.


The value of each variable in this equation must be separately recorded 
on the VAR formula record. In addition, a list of each detergent 
addition included in variable C and a list of each detergent withdrawal 
included in variable D

[[Page 763]]

must be provided, either on the formula record or as VAR supporting 
documentation.
    (3) The total volume of gasoline plus PRC to which detergent has 
been added, together with supporting data which includes one of the 
following: the beginning and ending meter measurements for each meter 
being measured, the metered batch volume measurements for each meter 
being measured, or other comparable metered measurements. The supporting 
data may be supplied on the VAR formula record or in the form of 
computer printouts or other comparable VAR supporting documentation. If 
gasoline has intentionally been overadditized in anticipation of the 
later addition of unadditized PRC, then the total volume of gasoline 
plus PRC recorded must include the expected amount of unadditized PRC to 
be added later. In addition, the amount of gasoline which was 
overadditized for this purpose must be specified.
    (4) The actual detergent concentration, calculated as the total 
volume of detergent added (pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section), divided by the total volume of gasoline plus PRC (pursuant to 
paragraph (a)(3) of this section). The concentration must be calculated 
and recorded to four digits.
    (5) A list of each detergent concentration rate initially set for 
the detergent that is the subject of the VAR record, together with the 
date and description of each adjustment to any initially set 
concentration. The concentration adjustment information may be supplied 
on the VAR formula record or in the form of computer printouts or other 
comparable VAR supporting documentation. No concentration setting is 
permitted below the applicable certified LAC, except as may be modified 
pursuant to Sec. 80.161(d) or as described in paragraph (a)(7) of this 
section.
    (6) The dates of the VAR period, which shall be no longer than 
thirty-one days. If the VAR period is contemporaneous with a calendar 
month, then specifying the month will fulfill this requirement; if not, 
then the beginning and ending dates and times of the VAR period must be 
listed. The times may be supplied on the VAR formula record or in 
supporting documentation. Any adjustment to any detergent concentration 
rate more than 10 percent over the concentration rate initially set in 
the VAR period shall terminate that VAR period and initiate a new VAR 
period, except as provided in paragraph (a)(7) of this section.
    (7) The concentration setting for a detergent injector may be set 
below the applicable LAC, or it may be adjusted more than 10 percent 
above the concentration initially set in the VAR period without 
terminating that VAR period, provided that:
    (i) The purpose of the change is to correct a batch misadditization 
prior to the end of the VAR period and prior to the transfer of the 
batch to another party, or to correct an equipment malfunction; and
    (ii) The concentration is immediately returned after the correction 
to a concentration that fulfills the requirements of paragraphs (a) (5) 
and (6) of this section; and
    (iii) The blender creates and maintains documentation establishing 
the date and adjustments of the correction; and
    (iv) If the correction is initiated only to rectify an equipment 
malfunction, and the amount of detergent used in this procedure is not 
added to gasoline within the compliance period, then this amount is 
subtracted from the detergent volume listed on the VAR formula record.
    (8) If unadditized gasoline has been transferred from the facility, 
other than bulk transfers from refineries or pipelines to non-retail 
outlets or non-WPC facilities, the total amount of such gasoline must be 
specified.
    (b) Non-automated facilities. In the case of a facility in which 
hand blending or any other non-automated method is used to blend 
detergent, for each detergent and for each batch of gasoline and each 
batch of PRC to which the detergent is being added, the following shall 
be recorded:
    (1) The manufacturer and commercial identifying name of the 
detergent additive package being reconciled, the LAC, and any use 
restriction applicable to the LAC. The LAC must be expressed in terms of 
gallons of detergent

[[Page 764]]

per thousand gallons of gasoline or PRC, and expressed to four digits.
    (2) The date of the additization that is the subject of the VAR 
formula record.
    (3) The volume of added detergent.
    (4) The volume of the gasoline and/or PRC to which the detergent has 
been added. If gasoline has intentionally been overadditized in 
anticipation of the later addition of unadditized PRC, then the total 
volume of gasoline plus PRC recorded must include the expected amount of 
unadditized PRC to be added later. In addition, the amount of gasoline 
which was overadditized for this purpose must be specified.
    (5) The brand (if known), grade, and leaded/unleaded status of 
gasoline, and/or the type of PRC.
    (6) The actual detergent concentration, calculated as the volume of 
added detergent (pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section), divided 
by the volume of gasoline and/or PRC (pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of 
this section). The concentration must be calculated and recorded to four 
digits.
    (c) Every VAR formula record created pursuant to paragraphs (a) and 
(b) of this section shall contain the following:
    (1) The signature of the creator of the VAR record;
    (2) The date of the creation of the VAR record; and
    (3) A certification of correctness by the creator of the VAR record.
    (d) Electronically-generated VAR formula and supporting records.
    (1) Electronically-generated records are acceptable for VAR formula 
records and supporting documentation (including PTDs), provided that 
they are complete, accessible, and easily readable. VAR formula records 
must also be stored with access and audit security, which must restrict 
to a limited number of specified people those who have the ability to 
alter or delete the records. In addition, parties maintaining records 
electronically must make available to EPA the hardware and software 
necessary to review the records.
    (2) Electronically-generated VAR formula records may use an 
electronic user identification code to satisfy the signature 
requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, provided that:
    (i) The use of the ID is limited to the record creator; and
    (ii) A paper record is maintained, which is signed and dated by the 
VAR formula record creator, acknowledging that the use of that 
particular user ID on a VAR formula record is equivalent to his/her 
signature on the document.
    (e) Automated detergent blenders must calibrate their detergent 
equipment once in each calendar half year, with the acceptable 
calibrations being no less than one hundred twenty days apart. Equipment 
recalibration is also required each time the detergent package is 
changed, unless written documentation indicates that the new detergent 
package has the same viscosity as the previous detergent package. 
Detergent package change calibrations may be used to satisfy the 
semiannual requirement provided that the calibrations occur in the 
appropriate half calendar year and are no less than one hundred twenty 
days apart.
    (f) The following VAR supporting documentation must also be created 
and maintained:
    (1) For all automated detergent blending facilities, documentation 
reflecting performance of the calibrations required by paragraph (e) of 
this section, and any associated adjustments of the automated detergent 
equipment;
    (2) For all hand-blending facilities which are terminals, a record 
specifying, for each VAR period, the total volume in gallons of 
transfers from the facility of unadditized base gasoline;
    (3) For all detergent blending facilities, product transfer 
documents for all gasoline, detergent and detergent-additized PRC 
transferred into or out of the facility; in addition, bills of lading, 
transfer, or sale for all unadditized PRC transferred into the facility;
    (4) For all automated detergent blending facilities, documentation 
establishing the brands (if known) and grades of the gasoline which is 
the subject of the VAR formula record; and
    (5) For all hand blending detergent blenders, the documentation, if 
in the party's possession, supporting the volumes of gasoline, PRC, and 
detergent reported on the VAR formula record.

[[Page 765]]

    (6) For all detergent blending facilities, documentation 
establishing the curing of a batch or amount of misadditized gasoline or 
PRC, or the curing of a use restriction on the additized gasoline or 
PRC, and providing at least the following information: the date of the 
curing procedure; the problem that was corrected; the amount, name, and 
LAC of the original detergent used; the amount, name, and LAC of the 
added curing detergent; and the actual detergent concentration attained 
in, and the volume of, the total cured product.
    (g) Document retention and availability. All detergent blenders 
shall retain the documents required under this section for a period of 
five years from the date the VAR formula records and supporting 
documentation are created, and shall deliver them upon request to the 
EPA Administrator or the Administrator's authorized representative.
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, 
automated detergent blender facilities and hand-blender facilities which 
are terminals, which physically blend detergent into gasoline, must make 
immediately available to EPA, upon request, the preceding twelve months 
of VAR formula records plus the preceding two months of VAR supporting 
documentation.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, other 
hand-blending detergent facilities which physically blend detergent into 
gasoline must make immediately available to EPA, upon request, the 
preceding two months of VAR formula records and VAR supporting 
documentation.
    (3) Facilities which have centrally maintained records at other 
locations, or have customers who maintain their own records at other 
locations for their proprietary detergent systems, and which can 
document this fact to the Agency, may have until the start of the next 
business day after the EPA request to supply VAR supporting 
documentation, or longer if approved by the Agency.
    (4) In this paragraph (g) of this section, the term immediately 
available means that the records must be provided, electronically or 
otherwise, within approximately one hour of EPA's request, or within a 
longer time frame as approved by EPA.

[61 FR 35377, July 5, 1996]



Sec. 80.171  Product transfer documents (PTDs).

    (a) Contents. For each occasion when any gasoline refiner, importer, 
reseller, distributor, carrier, retailer, wholesale purchaser-consumer, 
oxygenate blender, detergent manufacturer, distributor, carrier, or 
blender, transfers custody or title to any gasoline, detergent, or 
detergent-additized PRC other than when detergent-additized gasoline is 
sold or dispensed at a retail outlet or wholesale purchaser-consumer 
facility to the ultimate consumer, the transferor shall provide to the 
transferee, and the transferee shall acquire from the transferor, 
documents which accurately include the following information:
    (1) The name and address of the transferee and transferor; the 
address requirement may be fulfilled, in the alternative, through 
separate documentation which establishes said addresses and is 
maintained by the parties and made available to EPA for the same length 
of time as required for the PTDs, provided that the normal business 
procedure of these parties is not to identify addresses on PTDs.
    (2) The date of the transfer.
    (3) The volume of product transferred.
    (4)(i) The identity of the product being transferred (i.e., its 
identity as base gasoline, detergent, detergent-additized gasoline, or 
specified detergent-additized oxygenate or detergent-additized gasoline 
blending stock that comprises a detergent-additized PRC). PTDs for 
detergent-additized gasoline or PRC are not required to identify the 
particular detergent used to additize the product.
    (ii) If the product being transferred consists of two or more 
different types of product subject to this regulation, i.e., base 
gasoline, detergent-additized gasoline, or specified detergent-additized 
PRC, component, then the PTD for the commingled product must identify 
each such type of component contained in the commingled product.
    (5) If the product being transferred is base gasoline, then in 
addition to the

[[Page 766]]

base gasoline identification, the following warning must be stated on 
the PTD: ``Not for sale to the ultimate consumer''. If, pursuant to 
Sec. 80.173(a), the product being transferred is exempt base gasoline to 
be used for research, development, or test purposes only, the following 
warning must also be stated on the PTD: ``For use in research, 
development, and test programs only''.
    (6) The name of the detergent additive as reported in its 
registration must be used to identify the detergent package on its PTD.
    (7) If the product being transferred is leaded gasoline, then the 
PTD must disclose that the product contains lead and/or phosphorous, as 
applicable.
    (8) If the product being transferred is gasoline or PRC that has 
been additized with detergent under a PADD-specific or CARB-based 
certification, or under a certification option which creates an 
oxygenate or PRC use restriction, then the PTD for the additized product 
must identify the applicable use restriction. The PTD for commingled 
additized gasolines or PRCs containing such restrictions must indicate 
the applicable restriction(s) from each component.
    (9) If the product being transferred is detergent-additized gasoline 
or PRC that has been overadditized in anticipation of the later (or 
earlier) addition of PRC, then the PTD must include a statement that the 
product has been overadditized to account for a specified volume in 
gallons, or a specified percentage of the product's total volume, of 
additional, specified PRC.
    (10) If a detergent package has been certified under only one 
certification option, and that option places a use restriction on the 
respective LAC, then the PTD must identify the detergent as use-
restricted; the PTD for a detergent package certified with more than one 
LAC must identify that the detergent has special use options available.
    (11) Base gasoline designated for fuel-specific certification.
    (i) The PTD for segregated base gasoline intended for additization 
with a specific fuel-specific detergent pursuant to Sec. 80.163(c) must 
indicate that it is for use with the designated, fuel-specific 
detergent.
    (ii) A PTD for base gasoline may not indicate that the product is 
for use with a designated, fuel-specific detergent, unless the entire 
quantity of base gasoline is from the segregated fuel supply specified 
in the detergent's certification and the gasoline contains only those 
oxygenates or PRCs, if any, specified and approved in the detergent's 
certification.
    (iii) If, pursuant to Sec. 80.163(c)(3), the fuel-specific 
certification for the segregated pool of gasoline has established that 
no detergent additives are necessary for such gasoline to comply with 
this subpart, then the PTD must identify this gasoline as detergent-
equivalent gasoline.
    (b) Use of product codes and other non-regulatory language. (1) 
Product codes and other non-regulatory language may not be used as a 
substitute for the specified PTD warning language specified in paragraph 
(a)(6) of this section for base gasoline, except that:
    (i) The specified warning language may be omitted for bulk transfers 
of base gasoline from a refinery to a pipeline if there is a prior 
written agreement between the parties specifying that all such gasoline 
is unadditized and will not be transferred to the ultimate consumer;
    (ii) Product codes may be used as a substitute for the specified 
warning language provided that the PTD is an electronic data interchange 
(EDI) document being used solely for the transfer of title to the base 
gasoline, and provided that the product codes otherwise comply with the 
requirements of this section.
    (2) Product codes and other non-regulatory language may not be used 
in place of the PTD language specified in paragraph (a)(11) of this 
section regarding detergent package use restrictions.
    (3) Product codes and other language not specified in this section 
may otherwise be used to comply with PTD information requirements, 
provided that they are clear, accurate, and not misleading.
    (4) If product codes are used, they must be standardized throughout 
the distribution system in which they are used, and downstream parties 
must be informed of their full meaning.

[[Page 767]]

    (c) PTD exemption for small transfers of additized gasoline. 
Transfers of additized gasoline are exempt from the PTD requirements of 
this section provided all the following conditions are satisfied:
    (1) The product is being transferred by a distributor who is not the 
product's detergent blender; and
    (2) The recipient is a wholesale purchaser-consumer (WPC) or other 
ultimate consumer of gasoline, for its own use only or for that of its 
agents or employees; and
    (3) The volume of additized gasoline being transferred is no greater 
than 550 gallons.
    (d) Recordkeeping Period. Any person creating, providing or 
acquiring product transfer documentation for gasoline, detergent, or 
detergent-additized PRC shall retain the documents required by this 
section for a period of five years from the date the product transfer 
documentation was created, received or transferred, as applicable, and 
shall deliver such documents to EPA upon request. WPCs are not required 
to retain PTDs of additized gasoline received by them.

[61 FR 35379, July 5, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 60001, Nov. 6, 1997]



Sec. 80.172  Penalties.

    (a) General. Any person who violates any prohibition or affirmative 
requirement of Sec. 80.168 shall be liable to the United States for a 
civil penalty of not more than the sum of $25,000 for every day of such 
violation and the amount of economic benefit or savings resulting from 
the violation.
    (b) Gasoline non-conformity. Any violation of Sec. 80.168(a) shall 
constitute a separate day of violation for each and every day the 
gasoline in violation remains at any place in the gasoline distribution 
system, beginning on the day that the gasoline is in violation of the 
respective prohibition and ending on the last day that such gasoline is 
offered for sale or is dispensed to any ultimate consumer.
    (c) Detergent non-conformity. Any violation of Sec. 80.168(d) shall 
constitute a separate day of violation for each and every day the 
detergent in violation remains at any place in the gasoline or detergent 
distribution system, beginning on the day that the detergent is in 
violation of the prohibition and ending on the last day that detergent-
additized gasoline, containing the subject detergent as a component 
thereof, is offered for sale or is dispensed to any ultimate consumer.
    (d) Post-refinery component non-conformity. Any violation of 
Sec. 80.168(e) shall constitute a separate day of violation for each and 
every day the PRC in violation remains at any place in the PRC or 
gasoline distribution system, beginning on the day that the PRC is in 
violation of the respective prohibition and ending on the last day that 
detergent-additized gasoline containing the PRC is offered for sale or 
is dispensed to any ultimate consumer.
    (e) Product transfer document non-conformity. Any violation of 
Sec. 80.168(c) shall constitute a separate day of violation for every 
day the PTD is not fully in compliance. This is to begin on the day that 
the PTD is created or should have been created and to end at the later 
of the following dates:
    (1) The day that the document is corrected and comes into 
compliance; or
    (2) The day that gasoline not additized in conformity with detergent 
certification program requirements, as a result of the PTD non-
conformity, is offered for sale or is dispensed to the ultimate 
consumer.
    (f) Volumetric additive reconciliation recordkeeping non-conformity. 
Any VAR recordkeeping violation of Sec. 80.168(b) shall constitute a 
separate day of violation for every day that VAR recordkeeping is not 
fully in compliance. Each element of the VAR record keeping program that 
is not in compliance shall constitute a separate violation for purposes 
of this section.
    (g) Volumetric additive reconciliation compliance standard non-
conformity. Any violation of the VAR compliance standard established in 
Sec. 80.170 shall constitute a separate day of violation for each and 
every day of the VAR compliance period in which the standard was 
violated.
    (h) Volumetric additive reconciliation equipment calibration non-
conformity. Any VAR equipment calibration violation of Sec. 80.168(b) 
shall constitute a separate day of violation for every day a

[[Page 768]]

VAR equipment calibration requirement is not met.

[61 FR 35380, July 5, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 58747, Nov. 18, 1996]



Sec. 80.173  Exemptions.

    (a) Research, development, and testing exemptions. Any detergent 
that is either in a research, development, or test status, or is sold to 
petroleum, automobile, engine, or component manufacturers for research, 
development, or test purposes, or any gasoline to be used by, or under 
the control of, petroleum, additive, automobile, engine, or component 
manufacturers for research, development, or test purposes, is exempted 
from the provisions of the detergent certification program, provided 
that:
    (1) The detergent (or fuel containing the detergent), or the 
gasoline, is kept segregated from non-exempt product, and the party 
possessing the product maintains documentation identifying the product 
as research, development, or testing detergent or fuel, as applicable, 
and stating that it is to be used only for research, development, or 
testing purposes; and
    (2) The detergent (or fuel containing the detergent), or the 
gasoline, is not sold, dispensed, or transferred, or offered for sale, 
dispensing, or transfer, from a retail outlet. It shall also not be 
sold, dispensed, or transferred or offered for sale, dispensing, or 
transfer from a wholesale purchaser-consumer facility, unless such 
facility is associated with detergent, fuel, automotive, or engine 
research, development or testing; and
    (3) The party using the product for research, development, or 
testing purposes, or the party sponsoring this usage, notifies the EPA, 
on at least an annual basis and prior to the use of the product, of the 
purpose(s) of the program(s) in which the product will be used and the 
anticipated volume of the product to be used. The information must be 
submitted to the address or fax number specified in Sec. 80.174(c).
    (b) Racing fuel and aviation fuel exemptions. Any fuel that is 
refined, sold, dispensed, transferred, or offered for sale, dispensing, 
or transfer as automotive racing fuel or as aircraft engine fuel, is 
exempted from the provisions of this subpart, provided that:
    (1) The fuel is kept segregated from non-exempt fuel, and the party 
possessing the fuel for the purposes of refining, selling, dispensing, 
transferring, or offering for sale, dispensing, or transfer as 
automotive racing fuel or as aircraft engine fuel, maintains 
documentation identifying the product as racing fuel, restricted for 
non-highway use in racing motor vehicles, or as aviation fuel, 
restricted for use in aircraft, as applicable;
    (2) Each pump stand at a regulated party's facility, from which such 
fuel is dispensed, is labeled with the applicable fuel identification 
and use restrictions described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and
    (3) The fuel is not sold, dispensed, transferred, or offered for 
sale, dispensing, or transfer for highway use in a motor vehicle.
    (c) California gasoline exemptions. (1) Gasoline or PRC which is 
additized in the State of California is exempt from the VAR provisions 
in Secs. 80.168 (b) and (e) and 80.170, provided that:
    (i) For all such gasoline or PRC, whether intended for sale within 
or outside of California, records of the type required for California 
gasoline (specified in title 13, California Code of Regulations, section 
2257) are maintained; and
    (ii) Such records, with the exception of daily additization records, 
are maintained for a period of five years from the date they were 
created and are delivered to EPA upon request.
    (2) Gasoline or PRC that is transferred and/or sold solely within 
the State of California is exempt from the PTD provisions of the 
detergent certification program, specified in Secs. 80.168(c) and 
80.171.
    (3) Nothing in this paragraph (c) exempts such gasoline or PRC from 
the requirements of Sec. 80.168 (a) and (e), as applicable. EPA will 
base its determination of California gasoline's conformity with the 
detergent's LAC on the additization records required by CARB, or records 
of the same type.

[61 FR 35380, July 5, 1996]

[[Page 769]]



Sec. 80.174  Addresses.

    (a) The detergent additive sample required under Sec. 80.161(b)(2) 
shall be sent to: Manager, Fuels and Technical Analysis Group, Testing 
Services Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, National 
Vehicle and Fuel Emissions Laboratory, 2565 Plymouth Road, Ann Arbor, 
Michigan 48105.
    (b) Other detergent registration and certification data, and certain 
other information which may be specified in this subpart, shall be sent 
to: Detergent Additive Certification, Director, Fuels and Energy 
Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (6406J), 401 M Street, 
SW., Washington, DC 20460.
    (c) Notifications to EPA regarding program exemptions, detergent 
dilution and commingling, and certain other information which may be 
specified in this subpart, shall be sent to: Detergent Enforcement 
Program, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Suite 214, 12345 West 
Alameda Parkway, Denver, CO 80228, (FAX 303-969-6490).

[61 FR 35381, July 5, 1996]

   Appendix A to Part 80--Test for the Determination of Phosphorus in 
                                Gasoline

                                1. Scope.

    1.1 This method was developed for the determination of phosphorus 
generally present as pentavalent phosphate esters or salts, or both, in 
gasoline. This method is applicable for the determination of phosphorus 
in the range from 0.0008 to 0.15 g P/U.S. gal, or 0.2 to 49 mg P/liter.

                        2. Applicable documents.

    2.1 ASTM Standards:
    D 1100 Specification for Filter Paper for Use in Chemical Analysis.

                          3. Summary of method.

    3.1 Organic matter in the sample is decomposed by ignition in the 
presence of zinc oxide. The residue is dissolved in sulfuric acid and 
reacted with ammonium molybdate and hydrazine sulfate. The absorbance of 
the ``Molybdenum Blue'' complex is proportional to the phosphorus 
concentration in the sample and is read at approximately 820 nm in a 5-
cm cell.

                              4. Apparatus.

    4.1 Buret, 10-ml capacity, 0.05-ml subdivisions.
    4.2 Constant-Temperature Bath, equipped to hold several 100-ml 
volumetric flasks submerged to the mark. Bath must have a large enough 
reservoir or heat capacity to keep the temperature at 180 to 190  deg.F 
(82.2 to 87.8  deg.C) during the entire period of sample heating.

    Note 1: If the temperature of the hot water bath drops below 180 
deg.F (82.2  deg.C) the color development may not be complete.

    4.3 Cooling Bath, equipped to hold several 100-ml volumetric flasks 
submerged to the mark in ice water.
    4.4 Filter Paper, for quantitative analysis, Class G for fine 
precipitates as defined in Specification D 1100.
    4.5 Ignition Dish--Coors porcelain evaporating dish, glazed inside 
and outside, with pourout (size no. 00A, diameter 75 mm. capacity 70 
ml).
    4.6 Spectrophotometer, equipped with a tungsten lamp, a red-
sensitive phototube capable of operating at 830 nm and with absorption 
cells that have a 5-cm light path.
    4.7 Thermometer, range 50 to 220  deg.F (10 to 105  deg.C).
    4.8 Volumetric Flask, 100-ml with ground-glass stopper.
    4.9 Volumetric Flask, 1000-ml with ground-glass stopper.
    4.10 Syringe, Luer-Lok, 10-ml equipped with 5-cm. 22-gage needle.

                              5. Reagents.

    5.1 Purity of Reagents--Reagent grade chemicals shall be used in all 
tests. Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all reagents 
shall conform to the specifications of the Committee on Analytical 
Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such specifications are 
available. Other grades may be used, provided it is first ascertained 
that the reagent is of sufficiently high purity to permit its use 
without lessening the accuracy of the determination.
    5.2 Purity of Water--Unless otherwise indicated, references to water 
shall be understood to mean distilled water or water of equal purity.
    5.3 Ammonium Molybdate Solution--Using graduated cylinders for 
measurement add slowly (Note 2), with continuous stirring, 225 ml of 
concentrated sulfuric acid to 500 ml of water contained in a beaker 
placed in a bath of cold water. Cool to room temperature and add 20 g of 
ammonium molybdate tetrahydrate ((NH4)6 Mo7 
O244H2 O). Stir until solution is 
complete and transfer to a 1000-ml flask. Dilute to the mark with water.

    Note 2: Wear a face shield, rubber gloves, and a rubber apron when 
adding concentrated sulfuric acid to water.


[[Page 770]]


    5.4 Hydrazine Sulfate Solution--Dissolve 1.5 of hydrazine sulfate 
(H2 NNH2 H2 SO4) 
in 1 litre of water, measured with a graduated cylinder.

    Note 3: This solution is not stable. Keep it tightly stoppered and 
in the dark. Prepare a fresh solution after 3 weeks.

    5.5 Molybdate-Hydrazine Reagent--Pipet 25 ml of ammonium molybdate 
solution into a 100-ml volumetric flask containing approximately 50 ml 
of water, add by pipet 10 ml of N2 NNH2 
H2 SO4 solution, and dilute to 100 ml with water.

    Note 4: This reagent is unstable and should be used within about 4 
h. Prepare it immediately before use. Each determination (including the 
blank) uses 50 ml.

    5.6 Phosphorus, Standard Solution (10.0 g P/ml)--Pipet 10 
ml of stock standard phosphorus solution into a 1000-ml volumetric flask 
and dilute to the mark with water.
    5.7 Phosphorus, Stock Standard Solution (1.00 mg P/ml)--Dry 
approximately 5 g of potasium dihydrogen phosphate (KH2 
PO4 in an oven at 221 to 230  deg.F (105 to 110  deg.C) for 3 
h. Dissolve 4.393plus-minus0.002 g of the reagent in 150 ml, 
measured with a graduated cylinder, of H2 
SO4(1+10) contained in a 1000-ml volumetric flask. Dilute 
with water to the mark.
    5.8 Sulfuric Acid (1+10)--Using graduated cylinders for measurement 
add slowly (Note 2), with continuous stirring, 100-ml of concentrated 
sulfuric acid (H2 SO4, sp gr 1.84) to 1 litre of 
water contained in a beaker placed in a bath of cold water.
    5.9 Zinc Oxide.

    Note 5: High-bulk density zinc oxide may cause spattering. Density 
of approximately 0.5 g/cm 3 has been found satisfactory.

                             6. Calibration.

    6.1 Transfer by buret, or a volumetric transfer pipet, 0.0, 0.5, 
1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.0, 3.5, and 4.0 ml of phosphorus standard solution into 
100-ml volumetric flasks.
    6.2 Pipet 10 ml of H2 SO4 (1+10) into each 
flask. Mix immediately by swirling.
    6.3 Prepare the molybdate-hydrazine solution. Prepare sufficient 
volume of reagent based on the number of samples being analyzed.
    6.4 Pipet 50 ml of the molybdate-hydrazine solution to each 
volumetric flask. Mix immediately by swirling.
    6.5 Dilute to 100 ml with water.
    6.6 Mix well and place in the constant-temperature bath so that the 
contents of the flask are submerged below the level of the bath. 
Maintain bath temperature at 180 to 190  deg.F (82.2 to 87.8  deg.C) for 
25 min (Note 1).
    6.7 Transfer the flask to the cooling bath and cool the contents 
rapidly to room temperature. Do not allow the samples to cool more than 
5  deg.F (2.8  deg.C) below room temperature.

    Note 6: Place a chemically clean thermometer in one of the flasks to 
check the temperature.

    6.8 After cooling the flasks to room temperature, remove them from 
the cooling water bath and allow them to stand for 10 min. at room 
temperature.
    6.9 Using the 2.0-ml phosphorus standard in a 5-cm cell, determine 
the wavelength near 820 nm that gives maximum absorbance. The wavelength 
giving maximum absorbance should not exceed 830 nm.
    6.9.1 Using a red-sensitive phototube and 5-cm cells, adjust the 
spectrophotometer to zero absorbance at the wavelength of maximum 
absorbance using distilled water in both cells. Use the wavelength of 
maximum absorbance in the determination of calibration readings and 
future sample readings.
    6.9.2 The use of 1-cm cells for the higher concentrations is 
permissible.
    6.10 Measure the absorbance of each calibration sample including the 
blank (0.0 ml phosphorus standard) at the wavelength of maximum 
absorbance with distilled water in the reference cell.

    Note 7: Great care must be taken to avoid possible contamination. If 
the absorbance of the blank exceeds 0.04 (for 5-cm cell), check for 
source of contamination. It is suggested that the results be disregarded 
and the test be rerun with fresh reagents and clean glassware.

    6.11 Correct the absorbance of each standard solution by subtracting 
the absorbance of the blank (0 ml phosphorus standard).
    6.12 Prepare a calibration curve by plotting the corrected 
absorbance of each standard solution against micrograms of phosphorus. 
One millilitre of phosphorus standard solution provides 10 g of 
phosphorus.

                              7. Sampling.

    7.1 Selection of the size of the sample to be tested depends on the 
expected concentration of phosphorous in the sample. If a concentration 
of phosphorus is suspected to be less than 0.0038 g/gal (1.0 mg/litre), 
it will be necessary to use 10 ml of sample.

    Note 8: Two grams of zinc oxide cannot absorb this volume of 
gasoline. Therefore the 10-ml sample is ignited in aliquots of 2 ml in 
the presence of 2 g of zinc oxide.

    7.2 The following table serves as a guide for selecting sample size:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Sample
  Phosphorus, milligrams per liter     Equivalent, grams per     size,
                                              gallon          milliliter
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.5 to 40...........................  0.01 to 0.15..........        1.00
1.3 to 20...........................  0.005 to 0.075........        2.00
0.9 to 13...........................  0.0037 to 0.05........        3.00

[[Page 771]]

 
1 or less...........................  0.0038 or less........       10.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              8. Procedure.

    8.1 Transfer 2plus-minus0.2 g of zinc oxide into a 
conical pile in a clean, dry, unetched ignition dish.

    Note 9: In order to obtain satisfactory accuracy with the small 
amounts of phosphorus involved, it is necessary to take extensive 
precautions in handling. The usual precautions of cleanliness, careful 
manipulation, and avoidance of contamination should be scrupulously 
observed; also, all glassware should be cleaned before use, with 
cleaning acid or by some procedure that does not involve use of 
commercial detergents. These compounds often contain alkali phosphates 
which are strongly adsorbed by glass surfaces and are not removed by 
ordinary rinsing. It is desirable to segregate a special stock of 
glassware for use only in the determination of phosphorus.

    8.2 Make a deep depression in the center of the zinc oxide pile with 
a stirring rod.
    8.3 Pipet the gasoline sample (Note 10) (see 7.2 for suggested 
sample volume) into the depression in the zinc oxide. Record the 
temperature of the fuel if the phosphorus content is required at 60 
deg.F (15.6  deg.C) and make correction as directed in 9.2.

    Note 10: For the 10-ml sample use multiple additions and a syringe. 
Hold the tip of the needle at approximately \2/3\ of the depth of the 
zinc oxide layer and slowly deliver 2 ml of the sample: fast sample 
delivery may give low results. Give sufficient time for the gasoline to 
be absorbed by the zinc oxide. Follow step 8.6. Cool the dish to room 
temperature. Repeat steps 8.3 and 8.6 until all the sample has been 
burned. Safety--cool the ignition dish before adding the additional 
aliquots of gasoline to avoid a flash fire.

    8.4 Cover the sample with a small amount of fresh zinc oxide from 
reagent bottle (use the tip of a small spatula to deliver approximately 
0.2 g). Tap the sides of the ignition dish to pack the zinc oxide.
    8.5 Prepare the blank, using the same amount of zinc oxide in an 
ignition dish.
    8.6 Ignite the gasoline, using the flame from a bunsen burner. Allow 
the gasoline to burn to extinction (Note 10).
    8.7 Place the ignition dishes containing the sample and blank in a 
hot muffle furnace set at a temperature of 1150 to 1300  deg.F (621 to 
704  deg.C) for 10 min. Remove and cool the ignition dishes. When cool 
gently tap the sides of the dish to loosen the zinc oxide. Again place 
the dishes in the muffle furnace for 5 min. Remove and cool the ignition 
dishes to room temperature. The above treatment is usually sufficient to 
burn the carbon. If the carbon is not completely burned off place the 
dish into the oven for further 5-min. periods.

    Note 11: Step 8.7 may also be accomplished by heating the ignition 
dish with a Meker burner gradually increasing the intensity of heat 
until the carbon from the sides of the dish has been burned, then cool 
to room temperature.

    8.8 Pipet 25 ml of H2 SO4 (1+10) to each 
ignition dish. While pipeting, carefully wash all traces of zinc oxide 
from the sides of the ignition dish.
    8.9 Cover the ignition dish with a borosilicate watch glass and warm 
the ignition dish on a hot plate until the zinc oxide is completely 
dissolved.
    8.10 Transfer the solution through filter paper to a 100-ml 
volumetric flask. Rinse the watch glass and the dish several times with 
distilled water (do not exceed 25 ml) and transfer the washings through 
the filter paper to the volumetric flask.
    8.11 Prepare the molybdate-hydrazine solution.
    8.12 Add 50 ml of the molybdate-hydrazine solution by pipet to each 
100-ml volumetric flask. Mix immediately by swirling.
    8.13 Dilute to 100 ml with water and mix well. Remove stoppers from 
flasks after mixing.
    8.14 Place the 100-ml flasks in the constant-temperature bath for 25 
min. so that the contents of the flasks are below the liquid level of 
the bath. The temperature of the bath should be 180 to 190  deg.F (82.2 
to 87.8  deg.C) (Note 1).
    8.15 Transfer the 100-ml flasks to the cooling bath and cool the 
contents rapidly to room temperature (Note 6).
    8.16 Allow the samples to stand at room temperature before measuring 
the absorbance.

    Note 12: The color developed is stable for at least 4 h.

    8.17 Set the spectrophotometer to the wavelength of maximum 
absorbance as determined in 6.9. Adjust the spectrophotometer to zero 
absorbance, using distilled water in both cells.
    8.18 Measure the absorbance of the samples at the wavelength of 
maximum absorbance with distilled water in the reference cell.
    8.19 Subtract the absorbance of the blank from the absorbance of 
each sample (Note 7).
    8.20 Determine the micrograms of phosphorous in the sample, using 
the calibration curve from 6.12 and the corrected absorbance.

                            9. Calculations.

    9.1 Calculate the milligrams of phosphorus per litre of sample as 
follows:

[[Page 772]]

                            P, mg/litre = P/V

where:
P = micrograms of phosphorus read from calibration curve, and
V = millilitres of gasoline sample.

To convert to grams of phosphorus per U.S. gallon of sample, multiply mg 
P/litre by 0.0038.
    9.2 If the gasoline sample was taken at a temperature other than 60 
deg.F (15.6  deg.C) make the following temperature correction:

    mg P/litre at 15.6  deg.C = [mg P/litre at t] [1+0.001 (t-15.6)]

where:
t = observed temperature of the gasoline,  deg.C.

    9.3 Concentrations below 2.5 mg/litre or 0.01 g/gal should be 
reported to the nearest 0.01 mg/litre or 0.0001 g/U.S. gal.
    9.3.1 For higher concentrations, report results to the nearest 1 mg 
P/litre or 0.005 g P/U.S. gal.

                             10. Precision.

    10.1 The following criteria should be used for judging the 
acceptability of results (95 percent confidence):
    10.2 Repeatability--Duplicate results by the same operator should be 
considered suspect if they differ by more than the following amounts:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
    g P/U.S. gal (mg P/litre)             Repeatability
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.0008 to 0.005 (0.2 to 1.3)..............  0.0002 g P/U.S. gal (0.05 mg
                                             P/litre).
0.005 to 0.15 (1.3 to 40).................  7% of the mean.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    10.3 Reproducibility--The results submitted by each of two 
laboratories should not be considered suspect unless they differ by more 
than the following amounts:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
    g P/U.S. gal (mg P/litre)            Reproducibility
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.0008 to 0.005 (0.2 to 1.3)..............  0.0005 g P/U.S. gal (0.13 mg
                                             P/litre).
0.005 to 0.15 (1.3 to 40).................  13% of the mean.
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[39 FR 24891, July 8, 1974; 39 FR 25653, July 12, 1974]

        Appendix B to Part 80--Test Methods for Lead in Gasoline

Method 1--Standard Method Test for Lead in Gasoline by Atomic Absorption 
                              Spectrometry

                                1. Scope.

    1.1. This method covers the determination of the total lead content 
of gasoline. The procedure's calibration range is 0.010 to 0.10 gram of 
lead/U.S. gal. Samples above this level should be diluted to fall within 
this range or a higher level calibration standard curve must be 
prepared. The higher level curve must be shown to be linear and 
measurement of lead at these levels must be shown to be accurate by the 
analysis of control samples at a higher level of alkyl lead content. The 
method compensates for variations in gasoline composition and is 
independent of lead alkyl type.

                          2. Summary of method.

    2.1 The gasoline sample is diluted with methyl isobutyl ketone and 
the alkyl lead compounds are stabilized by reaction with iodine and a 
quarternary ammonium salt. The lead content of the sample is determined 
by atomic absorption flame spectrometry at 2833 A, using standards 
prepared from reagent grade lead chloride. By the use of this treatment, 
all alkyl lead compounds give identical response.

                              3. Apparatus.

    3.1 Atomic Absorption Spectometer, capable of scale expansion and 
nebulizer adjustment, and equipped with a slot burner and premix chamber 
for use with an air-acetylene flame.
    3.2 Volumetric Flasks, 50-ml, 100-ml, 250-ml, and one litre sizes.
    3.3 Pipets, 2-ml, 5-ml, 10-ml, 20-ml, and 50-ml sizes.
    3.4 Micropipet, 100-l, Eppendorf type or equivalent.

                              4. Reagents.

    4.1 Purity of Reagents--Reagent grade chemicals shall be used in all 
tests. Unless otherwise indicated, it is intended that all reagents 
shall conform to the specifications of the Committee on Analytical 
Reagents of the American Chemical Society, where such specifications are 
available. Other grades may be used, provided it is first ascertained 
that the reagent is of sufficiently high purity to permit its use 
without lessening the accuracy of the determination.
    4.2 Purity of Water--Unless otherwise indicated, references to water 
shall be understood to mean distilled water or water of equal purity.
    4.3 Aliquat 336 (tricapryl methyl ammonium chloride).
    4.4 Aliquat 336/MIBK Solution (10 percent v/v)--Dissolve and dilute 
100 ml (88.0 g) of Aliquat 336 with MIBK to one liter.
    4.5 Aliquat 336/MIBK Solution (1 percent v/v)--Dissolve and dilute 
10 ml (8.8 g) of Aliquat 336 with MIBK to one liter.
    4.6 Iodine Solution--Dissolve and dilute 3.0 g iodine crystals with 
Toluene to 100 ml.
    4.7 Lead Chloride.
    4.8 Lead-Sterile Gasoline--Gasoline containing less than 0.005 g Pb/
gal.
    4.9 Lead, Standard Solution (5.0 g Pb/gal)--Dissolve 0.4433 g of 
lead chloride (PbCl2) previously dried at 105  deg.C for 3 h 
in about 200 ml

[[Page 773]]

of 10 percent Aliquat 336/MIBK solution in a 250-ml volumetric flask. 
Dilute to the mark with the 10 percent Aliquat solution, mix, and store 
in a brown bottle having a polyethylene-lined cap. This solution 
contains 1,321 g Pb/ml, which is equivalent to 5.0 g Pb/gal.
    4.10 Lead, Standard Solution (1.0 g Pb/gal)--By means of a pipet, 
accurately transfer 50.0 ml of the 5.0 g Pb/gal solution to a 250-ml 
volumetric flask, dilute to volume with 1 percent Aliquat/MIBK solution. 
Store in a brown bottle having a polyethylene-lined cap.
    4.11 Lead, Standard Solutions (0.02, 0.05, and 0.10 g Pb/gal)--
Transfer accurately by means of pipets 2.0, 5.0, and 10.0 ml of the 1.0-
g Pb/gal solution to 100-ml volumetric flasks; add 5.0 ml of 1 percent 
Aliquat 336 solution to each flask; dilute to the mark with MIBK. Mix 
well and store in bottles having polyethylene-lined caps.
    4.12 Methyl Isobutyl Ketone (MIBK). (4-methyl-2-pentanone).

                             5. Calibration.

    5.1 Preparation of Working Standards--Prepare three working 
standards and a blank using the 0.02, 0.05, and 0.10-g Pb/gal standard 
lead solutions described in 4.11.
    5.1.1 To each of four 50-ml volumetric flasks containing 30 ml of 
MIBK, add 5.0 ml of low lead standard solution and 5.0 ml of lead-free 
gasoline. In the case of the blank, add only 5.0 ml of lead-free 
gasoline.
    5.1.2 Add immediately 0.1 ml of iodine/toluene solution by means of 
the 100-l Eppendorf pipet. Mix well.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 EPA practice will be to mix well by shaking vigorously for 
approximately one minute.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    5.1.3 Add 5 ml of 1 percent Aliquat 336 solution and mix.
    5.1.4 Dilute to volume with MIBK and mix well.
    5.2 Preparation of Instrument--Optimize the atomic absorption 
equipment for lead at 2833 A. Using the reagent blank, adjust the gas 
mixture and the sample aspiration rate to obtain an oxidizing flame.
    5.2.1 Aspirate the 0.1-g Pb/gal working standard and adjust the 
burner position to give maximum response. Some instruments require the 
use of scale expansion to produce a reading of 0.150 to 0.170 for this 
standard.
    5.2.2 Aspirate the reagent blank to zero the instrument and check 
the absorbances of the three working standards for linearity.

                              6. Procedure.

    6.1 To a 50 ml volumetric flask containing 30 ml MIBK, add 5.0 ml of 
gasoline sample and mix.\2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ The gasoline should be allowed to come to room temperature (25 
deg.C).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    6.1.1 Add 0.10 ml (100 l) of iodine/toluene solution and 
allow the mixture to react about 1 minute.\3\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ See footnote 1 of section 5.1.2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    6.1.2 Add 5.0 ml of 1 percent Aliquot 336/MIBK solution and mix.
    6.1.3 Dilute to volume with MIBK and mix.
    6.2 Aspirate the samples and working standards and record the 
absorbance values with frequent checks of the zero.
    6.3  Any sample resulting in a peak greater than 0.05 g Pb/gal will 
be run in duplicate. Samples registering greater than 0.10 g Pb/gal 
should be diluted with iso-octane or unleaded fuel to fall within the 
calibration range or a higher level calibration standard curve must be 
prepared. The higher level curve must be shown to be linear and 
measurement of lead at these levels must be shown to be accurate by the 
analysis of control samples at a higher level of alkyl lead content.

                            7. Calculations.

    7.1 Plot the absorbance values versus concentration represented by 
the working standards and read the concentrations of the samples from 
the graph.

                              8. Precision.

    8.1 The following criteria should be used for judging the 
acceptability of results (95 percent confidence):
    8.1.1 Repeatability--Duplicate results by the same operator should 
be considered suspect if they differ by more than 0.005 g/gal.
    8.1.2 Reproductibility--The results submitted by each of two 
laboratories should not be considered suspect unless the two results 
differ by more than 0.01 g/gal.

     Method 2--Automated Method Test for Lead in Gasoline by Atomic 
                         Absorption Spectrometry

                        1. Scope and application.

    1.1  This method covers the determination of the total lead content 
of gasoline. The procedure's calibration range is 0.010 to 0.10 gram of 
lead/U.S. gal. Samples above this level should be diluted to fall within 
this range or a higher level calibration standard curve must be 
prepared. The higher level curve must be shown to be linear and 
measurement of lead at these levels must be shown to be accurate by the 
analysis of control samples at a higher level of alkyl lead content. The 
method compensates for variations in gasoline composition and is 
independent of lead alkyl type.
    1.2  This method may be used as an alternative to the Standard 
Method set forth above.

[[Page 774]]

    1.3  Where trade names or specific products are noted in the method, 
equivalent apparatus and chemical reagents may be used. Mention of trade 
names or specific products is for the assistance of the user and does 
not constitute endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

                          2. Summary of method.

    2.1  The gasoline sample is diluted with methly isobutyl ketone 
(MIBK) and the alkyl lead compounds are stabilized by reacting with 
iodine and a quarternary ammonium salt. An automated system is used to 
perform the diluting and the chemical reactions and feed the products to 
the atomic absorption spectrometer with an air-acetylene flame.
    2.2  The dilution of the gasoline with MIBK compensates for severe 
non-atomic absorption, scatter from unburned carbon containing species 
and matrix effects caused in part by the burning characteristics of 
gasoline.
    2.3  The in-situ reaction of alkyl lead in gasoline with iodine 
eliminates the problem of variations in response due to different alkyl 
types by leveling the response of all alkyl lead compounds.
    2.4  The addition of the quarternary ammonium salt improves response 
and increases the stability of the alkyl iodide complex.

                  3. Sample handling and preservation.

    3.1  Samples should be collected and stored in containers which will 
protect them from changes in the lead content of the gasoline such as 
from loss of volatile fractions of the gasoline by evaporation or 
leaching of the lead into the container or cap.
    3.2  If samples have been refrigerated they should be brought to 
room temperature prior to analysis.

                              4. Apparatus.

    4.1  AutoAnalyzer system consisting of:
    4.1.1  Sampler 20/hr cam, 30/hr cam.
    4.1.2  Proportioning pump.
    4.1.3  Lead in gas manifold.
    4.1.4  Disposable test tubes.
    4.1.5  Two 2-liter and one 0.5 liter Erlenmeyer solvent displacement 
flasks. Alternatively, high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) or 
syringe pumps may be used.
    4.2  Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS) Detector System consisting 
of:
    4.2.1  Atomic absorption spectrometer.
    4.2.2  10'' strip chart recorder.
    4.2.3  Lead hollow cathode lamp or electrodeless discharge lamp 
(EDL).

                              5. Reagents.

    5.1  Aliquat 336/MIBK solution (10% v/v): Dissolve and dilute 100 ml 
(88.0 g) of Aliquat 336 (Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wisconsin) 
with MIBK (Burdick & Jackson Lab., Inc., Muskegon, Michigan) to one 
liter.
    5.2  Aliquat 336/iso-octane solution (1% v/v): Dissolve and dilute 
10 ml (8.8 g) of Alquat 336 (reagent 5.1) with iso-octane to one liter.
    5.3  Iodine solution (3% w/v): Dissolve and dilute 3.0 g iodine 
crystals (American Chemical Society) with toluene (Burdick & Jackson 
Lab., Inc., Muskegon, Michigan) to 100 ml.
    5.4  Iodine working solution (0.24% w/v): Dilute 8 ml of reagent 5.3 
to 100 ml with toluene.
    5.5  Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK) (4-methlyl-2-pentanone).
    5.6  Certified unleaded gasoline (Phillips Chemical Co., Borger, 
Texas) or iso-octane (Burdick & Jackson Lab, Inc., Muskegon, Michigan).

                        6. Calibration standards.

    6.1  Stock 5.0 g Pb/gal Standard:
    Dissolve 0.4433 gram of lead chloride (PbCl2) previously 
dried at 105  deg.C for 3 hours in 200 ml of 10% v/v Aliquat 336/MIBK 
solution (reagent 5.1) in a 250 ml volumetric flask. Dilute to volume 
with reagent 5.1 and store in an amber bottle.
    6.2  Intermediate 1.0 g Pb/gal Standard:
    Pipet 50 ml of the 5.0 g Pb/gal standard into a 250 ml volumetric 
flask and dilute to volume with a 1% v/v Aliquat 336/iso-octane solution 
(reagent 5.2). Store in an amber bottle.
    6.3  Working 0.02, 0.05, 0.10 g Pb/gal Standards:
    Pipet 2.0, 5.0, and 10.0 ml of the 1.0 g Pb/gal solution to 100 ml 
volumetric flasks. Add 5 ml of a 1% Aliquat 336/iso-octane solution to 
each flask. Dilute to volume with iso-octane. These solutions contain 
0.02, 0.05, and 0.10 g Pb/gal in a 0.05% Aliquat 336/iso-octane 
solution.

                     7. AAS Instrumental conditions.

    7.1  Lead hollow cathode lamp.
    7.2  Wavelength: 283.3 nm.
    7.3  Slit: 4 (0.7mm).
    7.4  Range: UV.
    7.5  Fuel: Acetylene (approx. 20 ml/min at 8 psi).
    7.6  Oxidant: Air (approx. 65 ml/min at 31 psi).
    7.7  Nebulizer: 5.2 ml/min.
    7.8  Chart speed: 10 in/hr.

                             8. Procedures.

    8.1  AAS start-up.
    8.1.1  Assure that instrumental conditions have been optimized and 
aligned according to Section 7 and the instrument has had substantial 
time for warm-up.
    8.2  Auto Analyzer start-up [see figure 1].
    8.2.1  Check all pump tubing and replace as necessary. Iodine tubing 
should be changed

[[Page 775]]

daily. All pump tubing should be replaced after one week of use. Place 
the platen on the pump.
    8.2.2  Withdraw any water from the sample wash cup and fill with 
certified unleaded gasoline (reagent 5.6).
    8.2.3  Fill the 2-liter MIBK dilution displacement Erlenmeyer flask 
(reagent 5.5) and the 0.5 liter Aliquat 336/MIBK 1% v/v (reagent 5.2) 
displacement flask and place the rubber stopper glass tubing assemblies 
in their respective flasks.
    8.2.4  Fill a 2-liter Erlenmeyer flask with distilled water. The 
water will be used to displace the solvents. Therefore, place the 
appropriate lines in this flask. This procedure is not relevant if 
syringe pumps are used.
    8.2.5  Fill the final debubbler reverse displacement 2-liter 
Erlenmeyer flask with distilled water and place the rubber stopper glass 
tubing assembly in the flask.
    8.2.6  Place the appropriate lines for the iodine reagent (reagent 
5.4) and the wash solution (reagent 5.6) in their respective bottles.
    8.2.7  Start the pump and connect the aspiration line from the 
manifold to the AAS.
    8.2.8  Some initial checks to assure that the reagents are being 
added are:
    a. A good uniform bubble pattern.
    b. Yellow color evident due to iodine in the system.
    c. No surging in any tubing.
    8.3  Calibration.
    8.3.1  Turn the chart drive on and obtain a steady baseline.
    8.3.2  Load standards and samples into sample tray.
    8.3.3  Start the sampler and run the standards (Note: first check 
the sample probe positioning with an empty test tube).
    8.3.4  Check the linearity of calibration standards response and 
slope by running a least squares fit. Check these results against 
previously obtained results. They should agree within 10%.
    8.3.5  If the above is in control then start the sample analysis.
    8.4  Sample Analysis.
    8.4.1  To minimize gasoline vapor in the laboratory, load the sample 
tray about 5-10 test tubes ahead of the sampler.
    8.4.2  Record the sample number on the strip chart corresponding to 
the appropriate peak.
    8.4.3  Every ten samples run the high calibration standard and a 
previously analyzed sample (duplicate). Also let the sampler skip to 
check the baseline.
    8.4.4  After an acceptable peak (within the calibration range) is 
obtained, pour the excess sample from the test tube into the waste 
gasoline can.
    8.4.5  Any sample resulting in a peak greater than 0.05 g Pb/gal 
will be run in duplicate. Samples registering greater than 0.10 g Pb/gal 
should be diluted with iso-octane or unleaded fuel to fall within the 
calibration range or a higher level calibration standard curve must be 
prepared. The higher level curve must be shown to be linear and 
measurement of lead at these levels must be shown to be accurate by the 
analysis of control samples at a higher level of alkyl lead content.
    8.5  Shut Down.
    8.5.1  Replace the solvent displacement flask with flasks filled 
with distilled water. Also place all other lines in a beaker of 
distilled water. Rinse the system with distilled water for 15 minutes.
    8.5.2  Withdraw the gasoline from the wash cup and fill with water.
    8.5.3  Dispose of all solvent waste in waste glass bottles.
    8.5.4  Turn the AAS off after extinguishing the flame. Also turn the 
recorder and pump off. Remove the platen and release the pump tubing.
    8.5.5  Shut the acetylene off at the tank and bleed the line.

                           9. Quality control.

    9.1  Precision.
    9.1.1  All duplicate results should be considered suspect if they 
differ by more than 0.005 g Pb/gal.
    9.2  Accuracy.
    9.2.1  All quality control standard checks should agree within 10% 
of the nominal value of the standard.
    9.2.2  All spikes should agree within 10% of the known addition.

                     10. Past quality control data.

    10.1  Precision.
    10.1.1  Duplicate analysis for 156 samples in a single laboratory 
has resulted in an average difference of 0.00011 g Pb/gal with a 
standard deviation of 0.0023.
    10.1.2  Replicate analysis in a single laboratory (greater than 5 
determinations) of samples at concentrations of 0.010, 0.048, and 0.085 
g Pb/gal resulted in relative standard deviations of 4.2%, 3.5%, and 
3.3% respectively.
    10.2  Accuracy.
    10.2.1  The analysis of National Bureau of Standards (NBS) lead in 
reference fuel of known concentrations in a single laboratory has 
resulted in found values deviating from the true value for 11 
determinations of 0.0322 g Pb/gal by an average of 0.56% with a standard 
deviation of 6.8%, for 15 determinations of 0.0519 g Pb/gal by an 
average of -1.1% with a standard deviation of 5.8%, and for 7 
determinations of 0.0725 g Pb/gal by an average of 3.5% with a standard 
deviation of 4.8%.
    10.2.2  Twenty-three analyses of blind reference samples in a single 
laboratory (U.S.

[[Page 776]]

EPA, RTP, N.C.) have resulted in found values differing from the true 
value by an average of -0.0009 g Pb/gal with a standard deviation of 
0.004.
    10.2.3  In a single laboratory, the average percent recovery of 108 
spikes made to samples was 101% with a standard deviation of 5.6%.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.139


[[Page 777]]



        Method 3--Test for Lead in Gasoline by X-Ray Spectrometry

                        1. Scope and application.

    1.1  This method covers the determination of the total lead content 
of gasoline. The procedure's calibration range is 0.010 to 5.0 grams of 
lead/U.S. gallon. Samples above this level should be diluted to fall 
within the range of 0.05 to 5.0 grams of lead/U.S. gallon. The method 
compensates for variations in gasoline composition and is independent of 
lead alkyl type.
    1.2  This method may be used as an alternative to Method 1--Standard 
Method Test for Lead in Gasoline by Atomic Absorption Spectrometry, or 
to Method 2--Automated Method Test for Lead in Gasoline by Atomic 
Absorption Spectrometry.
    1.3  Where trade names or specific products are noted in the method, 
equivalent apparatus and chemical reagents may be used. Mention of trade 
names or specific products is for the assistance of the user and does 
not constitute endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

                          2. Summary of method.

    2.1  A portion of the gasoline sample is placed in an appropriate 
holder and loaded into an X-ray spectrometer. The ratio of the net X-ray 
intensity of the lead L alpha radiation to the net intensity of the 
incoherently scattered tungsten L alpha radiation is measured. The lead 
content is determined by reference to a linear calibration equation 
which relates the lead content to the measured ratio.
    2.2  The incoherently scattered tungsten radiation is used to 
compensate for variations in gasoline samples.

                  3. Sample handling and preservation.

    3.1  Samples should be collected and stored in containers which will 
protect them from changes in the lead content of the gasoline, such as 
loss of volatile fractions of the gasoline by evaporation or leaching of 
the lead into the container or cap.
    3.2  If samples have been refrigerated they should be brought to 
room temperature prior to analysis.
    3.3  Gasoline is extremely flammable and should be handled 
cautiously and with adequate ventilation. The vapors are harmful if 
inhaled and prolonged breathing of vapors should be avoided. Skin 
contact should be minimized. See precautionary statements in Annex Al.3.

                              4. Apparatus.

    4.1  X-ray Spectrometer, capable of exciting and measuring the 
fluorescence lines mentioned in 2.1 and of being operated under the 
following instrumental conditions or others giving equivalent results: a 
tungsten target tube operated at 50 kV, a lithium fluoride analyzing 
crystal, an air or helium optical path and a proportional or 
scintillation detector.
    4.2  Some manufacturers of X-ray Spectrometer units no longer allow 
use of air as the beam path medium because the X-ray beam produces 
ozone, which may degrade seals and electronics. In addition, use of the 
equipment with liquid gasoline in close proximity to the hot X-ray tube 
could pose flammability problems with any machine in case of a rupture 
of the sample container. Therefore, use of the helium alternative is 
recommended.

                              5. Reagents.

    5.1  Isooctane. Isooctane is flammable and the vapors may be 
harmful. See precautions in Annex Al.1.
    5.2  Lead standard solution, in isooctane, toluene or a mixture of 
these two solvents, containing approximately 5 gm Pb/U.S. gallon may be 
prepared from a lead-in-oil concentrate such as those prepared by 
Conostan (Conoco, Inc., Ponca City, Oklahoma). Isooctane and toluene are 
flammable and the vapors may be harmful. See precautionary statements in 
Annex Al.1 and Al.2.

                             6. Calibration.

    6.1  Make exact dilutions with isooctane of the lead standard 
solution to give solutions with concentrations of 0.01, 0.05, 0.10, 
0.50, 1.0, 3.0 and 5.0 g Pb/U.S. gallon. If a more limited range is 
desired as required for linearity, such range shall be covered by at 
least five standard solutions approximately equally spaced and this 
range shall not be exceeded by any of the samples. Place each of the 
standard solutions in a sample cell using techniques consistent with 
good operating practice for the spectrometer employed. Insert the sample 
in the spectrometer and allow the spectrometer atmosphere to reach 
equilibrium (if appropriate). Measure the intensity of the lead L alpha 
peak at 1.175 angstroms, the Compton scatter peak of the tungsten L 
alpha line at 1.500 angstroms and the background at 1.211 angstroms. 
Each measured intensity should exceed 200,000 counts or the time of 
measurement should be at least 30 seconds. The relative standard 
deviation of each measurement, based on counting statistics, should be 
one percent or less. The Compton scatter peak given above is for 90 deg. 
instrument geometry and should be changed for other geometries. The 
Compton scatter peak (in angstroms) is found at the wavelength of the 
tungsten L alpha line plus 0.024 (1-cos phi), where phi is the angle 
between the incident radiation and the take-off collimator.
    6.2  For Each of the standards, as well as for an isooctane blank, 
determine the net lead intensity by subtracting the corrected

[[Page 778]]

background from the gross intensity. Determine the corrected background 
by multiplying the intensity of the background at 1.211 angstroms by the 
following ratio obtained on an isooctane blank:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC10NO91.007

    6.3  Determine the corrected lead intensity ratio, which is the net 
lead intensity corrected for matrix effects by division by the net 
incoherently scattered tungsten radiation. The net scattered intensity 
is calculated by subtracting the background intensity at 1.211 angstroms 
from the gross intensity of the incoherently scattered tungsten L alpha 
peak. The equation for the corrected lead intensity ratio follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC10NO91.008

    6.4  Obtain a linear calibration curve by performing a least squares 
fit of the corrected lead intensity ratios to the standard 
concentrations.

                              7. Procedure.

    7.1  Prepare a calibration curve as described in 6. Since the 
scattered tungsten radiation serves as an internal standard, the 
calibration curve should serve for at least several days. Each day the 
suitability of the calibration curve should be checked by analyzing 
several National Bureau of Standards (NBS) lead-in-reference-fuel 
standards or other suitable standards.
    7.2  Determine the corrected lead intensity ratio for a sample in 
the same manner as was done for the standards. The samples should be 
brought to room temperature before analysis.
    7.3  Determine the lead concentration of the sample from the 
calibration curve. If the sample concentration is greater than 5.0 g Pb/
U.S. gallon or the range calibrated for in 6.1, the sample should be 
diluted so that the result is within the calibration span of the 
instrument.
    7.4  Quality control standards, such as NBS standard reference 
materials, should be analyzed at least once every testing session.
    7.5  For each group of ten samples, a spiked sample should be 
prepared by adding a known amount of lead to a sample. This known 
addition should be at least 0.05 g Pb/U.S. gallon, at least 50% of the 
measured lead content of the unspiked sample, and not more than 200% of 
the measured lead content of the unspiked sample (unless the minimum 
addition of 0.05 g Pb/U.S. gallon exceeds 200%). Both the spiked and 
unspiked samples should be analyzed.

                           8. Quality control.

    8.1  The difference between duplicates should not exceed 0.005 g Pb/
U.S. gallon or a relative difference of 6%.
    8.2  All quality control standard check samples should agree within 
10% of the nominal value of the standard.
    8.3  All spiked samples should have a percent recovery of 100% 
10%. The percent recovery, P, is calculated as follows:

P = 100  x  (A-B)/K

where
A = the analytical result from the spiked sample, B = the analytical 
result from the unspiked sample, and K = the known addition.

    8.4  The difference between independent analyses of the same sample 
in different laboratories should not exceed 0.01 g Pb/U.S. gallon or a 
relative difference of 12%.

9. Past quality control data.

    9.1  Duplicate analysis for 26 samples in the range of 0.01 to 0.10 
g Pb/U.S. gallon resulted in an average relative difference of 5.2% with 
a standard deviation of 5.4%. Duplicate analysis of 14 samples in the 
range 0.1 to 0.5 g Pb/U.S. gallon resulted in an average relative 
difference of 2.3% with a standard deviation of 2.0. Duplicate analysis 
of 47 samples in the range of 0.5 to 5 g Pb/U.S. gallon resulted in an 
average relative difference of 2.1% with a standard deviation of 1.8%.
    9.2  The average percent recovery for 23 spikes made to samples in 
the 0.0 to 0.1 g Pb/U.S. gallon range was 103% with a standard deviation 
of 3.2%. For 42 spikes made to samples in the 0.1 to 5.0 g Pb/U.S. 
gallon range, the average percent recovery was 102% with a standard 
deviation of 4.2%.
    9.3  The analysis of National Bureau of Standards lead-in-reference-
fuel standards of known concentrations in a single laboratory has 
resulted in found values deviating from the true value for 14 
determinations of 0.0490 g Pb/U.S. gallon by an average of 2.8% with a 
standard deviation of 6.4%, for 11 determinations of 0.065 g Pb/U.S. 
gallon by an average of 4.4% with a standard deviation of 2.9%, and for 
15 determinations of 1.994 g Pb/U.S. gallon by an average of 0.3% with a 
standard deviation of 1.3%.

[[Page 779]]

    9.4  Eighteen analyses of reference samples (U.S. EPA, Research 
Triangle Park, NC) have resulted in found values differing from the true 
value by an average of 0.0004 g Pb/U.S. gallon with a standard deviation 
of 0.004 g Pb/U.S. gallon.

                                  Annex

                      A1.  Precautionary Statements

                             A1.1  Isooctane

Danger--Extremely flammable. Vapors harmful if inhaled.
Vapor may cause flash fire.
Keep away from heat, sparks, and open flame.
Vapors are heavier than air and may gather in low places, resulting in 
explosion hazard.
Keep container closed.
Use adequate ventilation.
Avoid buildup of vapors.
Avoid prolonged breathing of vapor or spray mist.
Avoid prolonged or repeated skin contact.

                              A1.2  Toluene

Warning--Flammable. Vapor harmful.
Keep away from heat, sparks, and open flame.
Keep container closed.
Use with adequate ventilation.
Avoid breathing of vapor or spray mist.
Avoid prolonged or repeated contact with skin.

                             A1.3  Gasoline

Danger--Extremely flammable. Vapors harmful if inhaled.
Vapor may cause flash fire.
Keep away from heat, sparks, and open flame.
Vapors are heavier than air and may gather in low places, resulting in 
explosion hazard.
Keep container closed.
Use adequate ventilation.
Avoid buildup of vapors.
Avoid prolonged breathing of vapor or spray mist.
Avoid prolonged or repeated skin contact.

[39 FR 24891, July 8, 1974; 39 FR 25653, July 12, 1974; 39 FR 26287, 
July 18, 1974, as amended at 47 FR 765, Jan. 7, 1982; 52 FR 259, Jan. 5, 
1987; 56 FR 13768, Apr. 4, 1991]

                    Appendix C to Part 80 [Reserved]

     Appendix D to Part 80--Sampling Procedures for Fuel Volatility

                                1. Scope.

    1.1  This method covers procedures for obtaining representative 
samples of gasoline for the purpose of testing for compliance with the 
Reid vapor pressure (RVP) standards set forth in Sec. 80.27.

                          2. Summary of method.

    2.1  It is necessary that the samples be truly representative of the 
gasoline in question. The precautions required to ensure the 
representative character of the samples are numerous and depend upon the 
tank, carrier, container or line from which the sample is being 
obtained, the type and cleanliness of the sample container, and the 
sampling procedure that is to be used. A summary of the sampling 
procedures and their application is presented in Table 1. Each procedure 
is suitable for sampling a material under definite storage, 
transportation, or container conditions. The basic principle of each 
procedure is to obtain a sample in such manner and from such locations 
in the tank or other container that the sample will be truly 
representative of the gasoline.

                        3. Description of terms.

    3.1  Average sample is one that consists of proportionate parts from 
all sections of the container.
    3.2  All-levels sample is one obtained by submerging a stoppered 
beaker or bottle to a point as near as possible to the draw-off level, 
then opening the sampler and raising it at a rate such that it is 70-85% 
full as it emerges from the liquid. An all-levels sample is not 
necessarily an average sample because the tank volume may not be 
proportional to the depth and because the operator may not be able to 
raise the sampler at the variable rate required for proportionate 
filling. The rate of filling is proportional to the square root of the 
depth of immersion.
    3.3  Running sample is one obtained by lowering an unstoppered 
beaker or bottle from the top of the gasoline to the level of the bottom 
of the outlet connection or swing line, and returning it to the top of 
the gasoline at a uniform rate of speed such that the beaker or bottle 
is 70-85% full when withdrawn from the gasoline.
    3.4  Spot sample is one obtained at some specific location in the 
tank by means of a thief bottle, or beaker.
    3.5  Top sample is a spot sample obtained 6 inches (150 mm) below 
the top surface of the liquid (Figure 1).
    3.6  Upper sample is a spot sample taken at the mid-point of the 
upper third of the tank contents (Figure 1).
    3.7  Middle sample is a spot sample obtained from the middle of the 
tank contents (Figure 1).
    3.8  Lower sample is a spot sample obtained at the level of the 
fixed tank outlet or the swing line outlet (Figure 1).
    3.9  Clearance sample is a spot sample taken 4 inches (100 mm) below 
the level of the tank outlet (Figure 1).

[[Page 780]]

    3.10  Bottom sample is one obtained from the material on the bottom 
surface of the tank, container, or line at its lowest point.
    3.11  Drain sample is one obtained from the draw-off or discharge 
valve. Occasionally, a drain sample may be the same as a bottom sample, 
as in the case of a tank car.
    3.12  Continuous sample is one obtained from a pipeline in such 
manner as to give a representative average of a moving stream.
    3.13  Mixed sample is one obtained after mixing or vigorously 
stirring the contents of the original container, and then pouring out or 
drawing off the quantity desired.
    3.14  Nozzle sample is one obtained from a gasoline pump nozzle 
which dispenses gasoline from a storage tank at a retail outlet or a 
wholesale purchaser-consumer facility.

                          4. Sample containers.

    4.1  Sample containers may be clear or brown glass bottles, or cans. 
The clear glass bottle is advantageous because it may be examined 
visually for cleanliness, and also allows visual inspection of the 
sample for free water or solid impurities. The brown glass bottle 
affords some protection from light. Cans with the seams soldered on the 
exterior surface with a flux of rosin in a suitable solvent are 
preferred because such a flux is easily removed with gasoline, whereas 
many others are very difficult to remove. If such cans are not 
available, other cans made with a welded construction that are not 
affected by, and that do not affect, the gasoline being sampled are 
acceptable.
    4.2  Container closure. Closure devices may be used as long as they 
meet the following test: The quality of closures and containers must be 
determined by the particular laboratory or company doing the testing 
through the analysis of at least six sample pairs of gasoline and 
gasoline-oxygenate blends. The six sample pairs must include at least 
one pair of ethanol at 10 percent and one pair of MTBE at 15 percent. 
The second half of the pair must be analyzed in a period of no less than 
90 days after the first. The data obtained must meet the following 
criteria and should be made available to the EPA upon request;
n = number of pairs
d = duplicate bottle's-initial bottle's vapor pressure
t = student t statistic; the double sided 95% confidence interval for 
n-1 degrees of freedom

 d/n(2)1/2 * t * (( 
d\2\-( d)\2\/n)/(n-1))1/20.38 psi

    4.2.1  Screw caps must be protected by material that will not affect 
petroleum or petroleum products. A phenolic screw cap with a teflon 
coated liner may be used, since it has met the requirements of the above 
performance test upon EPA analysis.
    4.3 Cleaning procedure. The method of cleaning all sample containers 
must be consistent with the residual materials in the container and must 
produce sample containers that are clean and free of water, dirt, lint, 
washing compounds, naphtha or other solvents, soldering fluxes, and 
acids, corrosion, rust, and oil. New sample containers should be 
inspected and cleaned if necessary. Dry either the container by passing 
a current of clean, warm air through the container or by allowing it to 
air dry in a clean area at room temperature. When dry, stopper or cap 
the container immediately.

                         5. Sampling apparatus.

    5.1  Sampling apparatus is described in detail under each of the 
specific sampling procedures. Clean, dry, and free all sampling 
apparatus from any substance that might contaminate the material, using 
the procedure described in 4.3.

                     6. Time and place of sampling.

    6.1  When loading or discharging gasoline, take samples from both 
shipping and receiving tanks, and from the pipeline if required.
    6.2  Ship or barge tanks. Sample each product after the vessel is 
loaded or just before unloading.
    6.3  Tank cars. Sample the product after the car is loaded or just 
before unloading.
    Note: When taking samples from tanks suspected of containing 
flammable atmospheres, precautions should be taken to guard against 
ignitions due to static electricity. No object or material should be 
lowered into or suspended in a compartment of a tank which is being 
filled. A recommended waiting period of no less than five minutes after 
cessation of pumping will generally permit a substantial relaxation of 
the electrostatic charge for small volume vessels such as tank cars and 
tank trucks; under certain conditions a longer period may be deemed 
advisable. A recommended waiting period of no less than 30 minutes will 
generally permit a substantial relaxation of the electrostatic charge 
for large volume vessels such as storage tanks or ship tanks; under 
certain conditions a longer period may be deemed advisable.

                          7. Obtaining samples.

    7.1  Directions for sampling cannot be made explicit enough to cover 
all cases. Extreme care and good judgment are necessary to ensure 
samples that represent the general character and average condition of 
the material. Clean hands are important. Clean gloves may be worn but 
only when absolutely necessary, such as in cold weather, or when 
handling materials at high temperature, or for reasons of safety. Select 
wiping cloths so that lint is not introduced, contaminating samples.

[[Page 781]]

    7.2  As many petroleum vapors are toxic and flammable, avoid 
breathing them or igniting them from an open flame or a spark produced 
by static. Follow all safety precautions specific to the material being 
sampled.
    7.3  When sampling relatively volatile products (more than 2 pounds 
(0.14 kgf/cm\2\) RVP), the sampling apparatus shall be filled and 
allowed to drain before drawing the sample. If the sample is to be 
transferred to another container, this container shall also be rinsed 
with some of the volatile product and then drained. When the actual 
sample is emptied into this container, the sampling apparatus should be 
upended into the opening of the sample container and remain in this 
position until the contents have been transferred so that no unsaturated 
air will be entrained in the transfer of the sample.

                          8. Handling samples.

    8.1  Volatile samples. It is necessary to protect all volatile 
samples of gasoline from evaporation. Transfer the product from the 
sampling apparatus to the sample container immediately. Keep the 
container closed except when the material is being transferred. After 
delivery to the laboratory, volatile samples should be cooled before the 
container is opened.
    8.2  Container outage. Never completely fill a sample container, but 
allow adequate room for expansion, taking into consideration the 
temperature of the liquid at the time of filling and the probable 
maximum temperature to which the filled container may be subjected.

                          9. Shipping samples.

    9.1  To prevent loss of liquid and vapors during shipment, and to 
protect against moisture and dust, cover the stoppers of glass bottles 
with plastic caps that have been swelled in water, wiped dry, placed 
over the tops of the stoppered bottles, and allowed to shrink tightly in 
place. The caps of metal containers must be screwed down tightly and 
checked for leakage. Postal and express office regulations applying to 
the shipment of flammable liquids must be observed.

                     10. Labeling sample containers.

    10.1 Label the container immediately after a sample is obtained. Use 
waterproof and oilproof ink, or a pencil hard enough to dent the tag, 
since soft pencil and ordinary ink markings are subject to obliteration 
from moisture, oil smearing and handling. An indelible identification 
symbol, such as a bar code, may be used in lieu of a manually addressed 
label. The label shall reference the following information:
    10.1.1  Date and time (the period elapsed during continuous 
sampling);
    10.1.2  Name of the sample;
    10.1.3  Name or number and owner of the vessel, car, or container;
    10.1.4--Brand and grade of material; and
    10.1.5--Reference symbol or identification number.

                        11. Sampling procedures.

    11.1  The standard sampling procedures described in this method are 
summarized in Table 1. Alternative sampling procedures may be used if a 
mutually satisfactory agreement has been reached by the party(ies) 
involved and EPA and such agreement has been put in writing and signed 
by authorized officials.
    11.2  Bottle or beaker sampling. The bottle or beaker sampling 
procedure is applicable for sampling liquids of 16 pounds (1.12 kgf/
cm\2\) RVP or less in tank cars, tank trucks, shore tanks, ship tanks, 
and barge tanks.
    11.2.1  Apparatus. A suitable sampling bottle or beaker as shown in 
figure 2 is required. Recommended diameter of opening in the bottle or 
beaker is \3/4\ inch (19 mm).
    11.2.2  Procedure.
    11.2.2.1  All-levels sample. Lower the weighted, stoppered bottle or 
beaker as near as possible to the draw-off level, pull out the stopper 
with a sharp jerk of the cord or chain and raise the bottle at a uniform 
rate so that it is 70-85% full as it emerges from the liquid.
    11.2.2.2  Running sample. Lower the unstoppered bottle or beaker as 
near as possible to the level of the bottom of the outlet connection or 
swing line and then raise the bottle or beaker to the top of the 
gasoline at a uniform rate of speed such that it is 70-85% full when 
withdrawn from the gasoline.
    11.2.2.3  Upper, middle, and lower samples. Lower the weighted, 
stoppered bottle to the proper depths (Figure 1) as follows:

Upper sample..............................  middle of upper third of the
                                             tank contents
Middle sample.............................  middle of the tank contents
Lower sample..............................  level of the fixed tank
                                             outlet or the swing-line
                                             outlet
 


    At the selected level pull out the stopper with a sharp jerk of the 
cord or chain and allow the bottle or beaker to fill completely, as 
evidenced by the cessation of air bubbles. When full, raise the bottle 
or beaker, pour off a small amount, and stopper immediately.
    11.2.2.4  Top sample. Obtain this sample (Figure 1) in the same 
manner as specified in 11.2.2.3 but at six inches (150 mm) below the top 
surface of the tank contents.
    11.2.2.5  Handling. Stopper and label bottle samples immediately 
after taking them, and deliver to the laboratory in the original 
sampling bottles.
    11.3  Tap sampling. The tap sampling procedure is applicable for 
sampling liquids of

[[Page 782]]

twenty-six pounds (1.83 kgf/cm\2\) RVP or less in tanks which are 
equipped with suitable sampling taps or lines. This procedure is 
recommended for volatile stocks in tanks of the breather and balloon 
roof type, spheroids, etc. (Samples may be taken from the drain cocks of 
gage glasses, if the tank is not equipped with sampling taps.) The 
assembly for tap sampling is shown in figure 3.
    11.3.1  Apparatus.
    11.3.1.1  Tank taps. The tank should be equipped with at least three 
sampling taps placed equidistant throughout the tank height and 
extending at least three feet (0.9 meter) inside the tank shell. A 
standard \1/4\ inch pipe with suitable valve is satisfactory.
    11.3.1.2  Tube. A delivery tube that will not contaminate the 
product being sampled and long enough to reach to the bottom of the 
sample container is required to allow submerged filling.
    11.3.1.3  Sample containers. Use clean, dry glass bottles of 
convenient size and strength or metal containers to receive the samples.
    11.3.2  Procedure. Before a sample is drawn, flush the tap (or gage 
glass drain cock) and line until they are purged completely. Connect the 
clean delivery tube to the tap. Draw upper, middle, or lower samples 
directly from the respective taps after the flushing operation. Stopper 
and label the sample container immediately after filling, and deliver it 
to the laboratory.
    11.4  Continuous sampling. The continuous sampling procedure is 
applicable for sampling liquids of 16 pounds (1.12 kgf/cm\2\) RVP or 
less and semiliquids in pipelines, filling lines, and transfer lines. 
The continuous sampling may be done manually or by using automatic 
devices.
    11.4.1  Apparatus.
    11.4.1.1  Sampling probe. The function of the sampling probe is to 
withdraw from the flow stream a portion that will be representative of 
the entire stream. The apparatus assembly for continuous sampling is 
shown in figure 4. Probe designs that are commonly used are as follows:
    11.4.1.1.1  A tube extending to the center of the line and beveled 
at a 45 degree angle facing upstream (Figure 4(a)).
    11.4.1.1.2  A long-radius forged elbow or pipe bend extending to the 
center line of the pipe and facing upstream. The end of the probe should 
be reamed to give a sharp entrance edge (Figure 4(b)).
    11.4.1.1.3  A closed-end tube with a round orifice spaced near the 
closed end which should be positioned in such a way that the orifice is 
in the center of the pipeline and is facing the stream as shown in 
figure 4(c)).
    11.4.1.2  Probe location. Since the fluid to be sampled may not in 
all cases be homogeneous, the location, the position and the size of the 
sampling probe should be such as to minimize stratification or dropping 
out of heavier particles within the tube or the displacement of the 
product within the tube as a result of variation in gravity of the 
flowing stream. The sampling probe should be located preferably in a 
vertical run of pipe and as near as practicable to the point where the 
product passes to the receiver. The probe should always be in a 
horizontal position.
    11.4.1.2.1  The sampling lines should be as short as practicable and 
should be cleared before any samples are taken.
    11.4.1.2.2  Where adequate flowing velocity is not available, a 
suitable device for mixing the fluid flow to ensure a homogeneous 
mixture at all rates of flow and to eliminate stratification should be 
installed upstream of the sampling tap. Some effective devices for 
obtaining a homogeneous mixture are as follows: Reduction in pipe size; 
a series of baffles; orifice or perforated plate; and a combination of 
any of these methods.
    11.4.1.2.3  The design or sizing of these devices is optional with 
the user, as long as the flow past the sampling point is homogeneous and 
stratification is eliminated.
    11.4.1.3  To control the rate at which the sample is withdrawn, the 
probe or probes should be fitted with valves or plug cocks.
    11.4.1.4  Automatic sampling devices that meet the standards set out 
in 11.4.1.5 may be used in obtaining samples of gasoline. The quality of 
sample collected must be of sufficient size for analysis, and its 
composition should be identical with the composition of the batch 
flowing in the line while the sample is being taken. An automatic 
sampler installation necessarily includes not only the automatic 
sampling device that extracts the samples from the line, but also a 
suitable probe, connecting lines, auxiliary equipment, and a container 
in which the sample is collected. Automatic samplers may be classified 
as follows:
    11.4.1.4.1  Continuous sampler, time cycle (nonproportional) type. A 
sampler designed and operated in such a manner that it transfers equal 
increments of liquid from the pipeline to the sample container at a 
uniform rate of one or more increments per minute is a continuous 
sampler.
    11.4.1.4.2  Continuous sampler, flow-responsive (proportional) type. 
A sampler that is designed and operated in such a manner that it will 
automatically adjust the quantity of sample in proportion to the rate of 
flow is a flow-responsive (proportional) sampler. Adjustment of the 
quantity of sample may be made either by varying the frequency of 
transferring equal increments of sample to the sample container, or by 
varying the volume of the increments while maintaining a constant 
frequency of transferring the increments to the sample container. The 
apparatus assembly for continuous sampling is shown in figure 4.

[[Page 783]]

    11.4.1.4.3  Intermittent sampler. A sampler that is designed and 
operated in such a manner that it transfers equal increments of liquid 
from a pipeline to the sample container at a uniform rate of less than 
one increment per minute is an intermittent sampler.
    11.4.1.5  Standards of installation. Automatic sampler installations 
should meet all safety requirements in the plant or area where used, and 
should comply with American National Standard Code for Pressure Piping, 
and other applicable codes (ANSI B31.1). The sampler should be so 
installed as to provide ample access space for inspection and 
maintenance.
    11.4.1.5.1  Small lines connecting various elements of the 
installation should be so arranged that complete purging of the 
automatic sampler and of all lines can be accomplished effectively. All 
fluid remaining in the sampler and the lines from the preceding sampling 
cycle should be purged immediately before the start of any given 
sampling operation.
    11.4.1.5.2  In those cases where the sampler design is such that 
complete purging of the sampling lines and the sampler is not possible, 
a small pump should be installed in order to circulate a continuous 
stream from the sampling tube past or through the sampler and back into 
the line. The automatic sampler should then withdraw the sample from the 
sidestream through the shortest possible connection.
    11.4.1.5.3  Under certain conditions, there may be a tendency for 
water and heavy particles to drop out in the discharge line from the 
sampling device and appear in the sample container during some 
subsequent sampling period. To circumvent this possibility, the 
discharge pipe from the sampling device should be free of pockets or 
enlarged pipe areas, and preferably should be pitched downward to the 
sample container.
    11.4.1.5.4  To ensure clean, free-flowing lines, piping should be 
designed for periodic cleaning.
    11.4.1.6  Field calibration. Composite samples obtained from the 
automatic sampler installation should be verified for quantity 
performance in a manner that meets with the approval of all parties 
concerned (including EPA), at least once a month and more often if 
conditions warrant. In the case of time-cycle samplers, deviations in 
quantity of the sample taken should not exceed  five percent 
for any given setting. In the case of flow-responsive samplers, the 
deviation in quantity of sample taken per 1,000 barrels of flowing 
stream should not exceed  five percent. For the purpose of 
field-calibrating an installation, the composite sample obtained from 
the automatic sampler under test should be verified for quality by 
comparing on the basis of physical and chemical properties, with either 
a properly secured continuous nonautomatic sample or tank sample. The 
tank sample should be taken under the following conditions:
    11.4.1.6.1  The batch pumped during the test interval should be 
diverted into a clean tank and a sample taken within one hour after 
cessation of pumping.
    11.4.1.6.2  If the sampling of the delivery tank is to be delayed 
beyond one hour, then the tank selected must be equipped with an 
adequate mixing means. For valid comparison, the sampling of the 
delivery tank must be completed within eight hours after cessation of 
pumping, even though the tank is equipped with a motor-driven mixer.
    11.4.1.6.3  When making a normal full-tank delivery from a tank, a 
properly secured sample may be used to check the results of the sampler 
if the parties (including EPA) mutually agree to this procedure.
    11.4.1.7  Receiver. The receiver must be a clean, dry container of 
convenient size to receive the sample. All connections from the sample 
probe to the sample container must be free of leaks. Two types of 
containers may be used, depending upon service requirements.
    11.4.1.7.1  Atmospheric container. The atmospheric container shall 
be constructed in such a way that it retards evaporation loss and 
protects the sample from extraneous material such as rain, snow, dust, 
and trash. The construction should allow cleaning, interior inspection, 
and complete mixing of the sample prior to removal. The container should 
be provided with a suitable vent.
    11.4.1.7.2  Closed container. The closed container shall be 
constructed in such a manner that it prevents evaporation loss. The 
construction must allow cleaning, interior inspection and complete 
mixing of the sample prior to removal. The container should be equipped 
with a pressure-relief valve.
    11.4.2  Procedure.
    11.4.2.1  Nonautomatic sample. Adjust the valve or plug cock from 
the sampling probe so that a steady stream is drawn from the probe. 
Whenever possible, the rate of sample withdrawal should be such that the 
velocity of liquid flowing through the probe is approximately equal to 
the average linear velocity of the stream flowing through the pipeline. 
Measure and record the rate of sample withdrawal as gallons per hour. 
Divert the sample stream to the sampling container continuously or 
intermittently to provide a quantity of sample that will be of 
sufficient size for analysis.
    11.4.2.2  Automatic sampling. Purge the sampler and the sampling 
lines immediately before the start of a sampling operation. If the 
sample design is such that complete purging is not possible, circulate a 
continuous stream from the probe past or through the sampler and back 
into the line. Withdraw the sample from the side stream through the 
automatic sampler using the shortest possible connections. Adjust the

[[Page 784]]

sampler to deliver not less than one and not more than 40 gallons (151 
liters) of sample during the desired sampling period. For time-cycle 
samplers, record the rate at which sample increments were taken per 
minute. For flow-responsive samplers, record the proportion of sample to 
total stream. Label the samples and deliver them to the laboratory in 
the containers in which they were collected.
    11.5  Nozzle sampling. The nozzle sampling procedure is applicable 
for sampling gasoline from a retail outlet or wholesale purchaser-
consumer facility storage tank.
    11.5.1  Apparatus. Sample containers conforming with section 4.1 
should be used. A spacer, if appropriate (figure 6), and a nozzle 
extension device similar to that shown in figures 7, 7a, or 7b shall be 
used when nozzle sampling. The nozzle extension device does not need to 
be identical to that shown in figures 7, 7a, or 7b but it should be a 
device that will bottom fill the container with a minimum amount of 
vapor loss.
    11.5.2  Retail sampling procedure
    11.5.2.1  If a nozzle extension as found in figure 7 or 7a is used, 
3 gallons of gasoline should first be dispensed from the pump nozzle to 
purge the pump hose and nozzle. Then a small amount of product should be 
dispensed through the nozzle extension into the sample container to 
rinse the sample container. A pump nozzle spacer (figure 6) may be used 
if the pump is a vapor recovery type. Rinse the sample container and 
discard the waste product into an appropriate container. Insert the 
nozzle extension (figure 7 or 7a) into the sample container and insert 
the pump nozzle into the extension with slot over the air bleed hole 
(when using figure 7). Fill the sample container slowly through the 
nozzle extension to 70-85 percent full (figure 8). Remove the nozzle 
extension. Cap the sample container at once. Check for leaks. Discard 
the sample container and re-sample if leak occurs. If the sample 
container is leak tight, label the container and deliver it to the 
laboratory.
    11.5.2.2  If a nozzle extension as found in figure 7b is used, 3 
gallons of gasoline should first be dispensed from the pump nozzle to 
purge the pump hose and nozzle. Then screw a dry and dirt free 4 oz 
sample bottle container onto the bottle filling fixture. Insert the 
nozzle into the nozzle extension. Insert the discharge end of the 
modified nozzle extension into a gasoline safety can or into the filler 
neck of a vehicle. Obtain the sample by pumping at least 0.2 gallon 
through the sampler. Remove the sample bottle from the fixture. The 
sample must be 70-85 percent full. Cap the sample container at once. 
Check for leaks. Discard the sample container and re-sample if a leak 
occurs. If the sample container is leak tight, label the container and 
deliver it to the laboratory.

                12. Special Precautions and Instructions.

    12.1  Precautions. Vapor pressures are extremely sensitive to 
evaporation losses and to slight changes in composition. When obtaining, 
storing, or handling samples, observe the necessary precautions to 
ensure samples representative of the product and satisfactory for RVP 
tests. Official samples should be taken by, or under the immediate 
supervision of, a person of judgment, skill, and sampling experience. 
Never prepare composite samples for this test. Make certain that 
containers which are to be shipped by common carrier conform to 
applicable Interstate Commerce Commission, State, and local regulations. 
When flushing or purging lines or containers, observe the pertinent 
regulations and precautions against fire, explosion, and other hazards.
    12.2  Sample containers. For nozzle sampling, use containers of not 
less than 4 ounces (118 ml) nor more than two gallons (7.6 liters) 
capacity, of sufficient strength to withstand the pressure to which they 
may be subjected, and of a type that will permit replacement of the cap 
or stopper with suitable connections for the transfer of the sample to 
the gasoline chamber of the vapor pressure testing apparatus. For 
running or all-level sampling procedures, use containers of not less 
than one quart (0.9 liter) nor more than two gallons (7.6 liters) 
capacity. Open-type containers have a single opening which permits 
sampling by immersion. Closed-type containers have two openings, one in 
each end (or the equivalent thereof), fitted with valves suitable for 
sampling by purging.
    12.3  Transfer connections. The transfer connection for the open-
type container consists of an air tube and a liquid delivery tube 
assembled in a cap or stopper. The air tube extends to the bottom of the 
container. One end of the liquid delivery tube is flush with the inside 
face of the cap or stopper and the tube is long enough to reach the 
bottom of the gasoline chamber while the sample is being transferred to 
the chamber. The transfer connection for the closed-type container 
consists of a single tube with a connection suitable for attaching it to 
one of the openings of the sample container. The tube is long enough to 
reach the bottom of the gasoline chamber while the sample is being 
transferred.
    12.4  Sampling open tanks. Use clean containers of the open type 
when sampling open tanks and tank cars. An all-levels or a running 
sample obtained by the bottle procedure described in 11.2 is 
recommended. When the question exists of stratification of the contents 
of the tank, it is recommended that either a running or all-levels 
sample be taken along with upper, middle, and lower spot sampling. 
Before taking the sample, flush the container by immersing it in the 
product

[[Page 785]]

to be sampled. Then obtain the sample immediately. The sample must be 
70-85 percent full. Close the container promptly and confirm it is not 
leaking. Label the container and deliver it to the laboratory.
    12.5.  Sampling closed tanks. Containers of the closed type may be 
used to obtain samples from closed or pressure tanks. Obtain the sample 
using the purging procedure described in 12.6.
    12.6  Purging procedure. Connect the inlet valve of the closed-type 
container to the tank sampling tap or valve. Throttle the outlet valve 
of the container so that the pressure in it will be approximately equal 
to that in the container being sampled. Allow a volume of product equal 
to at least twice that of the container to flow through the sampling 
system. Then close all valves, the outlet valve first, the inlet valve 
of the container second, and the tank sampling valve last, and 
disconnect the container immediately. Withdraw enough of the contents so 
that the sample container will be 70-80 percent full. If the vapor 
pressure of the product is not high enough to force liquid from the 
container, open both the upper and lower valves slightly to remove the 
excess. Promptly seal and label the container, and deliver it to the 
laboratory.

   Table 1--Summary of Gasoline Sampling Procedures and Applicability
------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Type of container              Procedure           Paragraph
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Storage tanks, ship and barge     Bottle sampling....  11.2
 tanks, tank cars, tank trucks.
Storage tanks with taps.........  Tap sampling.......  11.3
Pipes and lines.................  Continuous line      11.4
                                   sampling.
Retail outlet and whole-sale      Nozzle sampling....  11.5
 purchaser-consumer facility
 storage tanks.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                       [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.140
                                                       

[[Page 786]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.141


[[Page 787]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.142


[[Page 788]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.143


[[Page 789]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.144


[[Page 790]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.145


[[Page 791]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.146


[[Page 792]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.147

[54 FR 11886, Mar. 22, 1989; 54 FR 27017, June 27, 1989, as amended at 
55 FR 25835, June 25, 1990; 58 FR 14485, Mar. 17, 1993; 58 FR 19152, 
Apr. 12, 1993]

Appendix E to Part 80--Test for Determining Reid Vapor Pressure (RVP) of 
                 Gasoline and Gasoline-Oxygenate Blends

                   Method 3--Evacuated Chamber Method

                                1. Scope.

    1.1  This method covers the determination of the absolute pressure, 
measured against a vacuum of a gasoline or gasoline-oxygenate blend 
sample saturated with air at 32-40  deg.F (0-4.5  deg.C). The absolute 
(measured) pressure is observed with a system volume ratio of 1 part 
sample and 4 parts evacuated space at 100  deg.F (37.8  deg.C).
    1.2  The values stated in pounds per square inch absolute are 
standard.

                          2. Summary of method.

    2.1  A known volume of air-saturated fuel at 32-40  deg.F is 
introduced into an evacuated, thermostatically controlled test chamber, 
the internal volume of which is or becomes five times that of the total 
test specimen introduced into the test chamber. After the injection the 
test specimen is allowed to reach thermal equilibrium at the test 
temperature, 100  deg.F (37.8  deg.C). The resulting pressure increase 
is measured with an absolute pressure measuring device whose volume is 
included in the total of the test chamber volume. The

[[Page 793]]

measured pressure is the sum of the partial pressures of the sample and 
the dissolved air.
    2.2  The total measured pressure is converted to Reid vapor pressure 
by use of a correlation equation (see Section 9).

                              3. Apparatus.

    3.1  The apparatus shall employ a thermostatically controlled test 
chamber which is capable of maintaining a vapor-to-liquid ratio between 
3.95 and 4.05 to 1.00.
    3.2  The pressure measurement device shall have a minimum operation 
range from 0 to 15 psia (0 to 103 kPa) with a minimum resolution of 0.05 
psia (0.34 kPa). The pressure measurement device shall include any 
necessary electronic and readout devices to display the resulting 
reading.
    3.3  The test chamber shall be maintained at 1000.2  
deg.F (37.80.1   deg.C) for the duration of the test except 
for the time period after sample injection when the sample is coming to 
equilibrium with test temperature of 1000.2   deg.F 
(37.80.1   deg.C).
    3.4  A thermometer that meets the specification ASTM 18 F (18 C) or 
a platinum resistance thermometer shall be used for measuring the 
temperature of the test chamber. The minimum resolution for the 
temperature measurement device is 0.2   deg.F (0.1   deg.C) and an 
accuracy of 0.2   deg.F (0.1   deg.C).
    3.5  The vapor pressure apparatus shall have a provision for the 
introduction of the test specimen into the evacuated or to be evacuated 
test chamber and for the cleaning or purging of the chamber following 
the test.
    3.6  If a vacuum pump is used, it must be capable of reducing the 
pressure in the test chamber to less than 0.01 psia (0.07 kPa). If the 
apparatus uses a piston to induce a vacuum in the sample chamber the 
residual pressure shall be no greater than 0.01 psia (0.07 kPa) upon 
full expansion of the test chamber devoid of any material at 
1000.2   deg.F (37.80.1   deg.C).
    3.7  Ice water or air bath for chilling the sample to a temperature 
between 32-40   deg.F (0-4.5   deg.C).
    3.8  Mercury barometer, 0 to 17.4 psia (0 to 120 kPa) range.
    3.9  McLeod vacuum gauge, to cover at least the range of 0 to 5 mm 
Hg (0 to 0.67 kPa). Calibration of the McLeod gauge is checked as in 
accordance with Annex A6 of ASTM test Method D 2892-84, (Standard test 
method for distillation of Crude Petroleum (15-Theoretical Plate 
Column)). ASTM D-2892-84 is incorporated by reference. This 
incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal 
Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may 
be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 
Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103. Copies may be inspected at the U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, Air Docket Section, room M-1500, 401 M 
Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460 or at the Office of the Federal 
Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Washington, DC.

                       4. Reagents and materials.

    4.1  Quality control standards. Use chemicals of at least 99% purity 
for quality control standards. Unless otherwise indicated, it is 
intended that all reagents conform to the specifications of the 
committee on Analytical Reagents of the American Chemical Society where 
such specifications are available (see section 7.3). Specifications for 
analytical reagents may be obtained from the American Chemical Society, 
1155 16th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20036.
    4.1.1  2,2,4-trimethylpentane
    4.1.2  2,2-dimethylbutane
    4.1.3  3-methylpentane
    4.1.4  n-pentane
    4.1.5  acetone
    4.2  n-pentane  (commercial grade-95% pure)

                         5. Handling of samples.

    5.1  The sensitivity of vapor pressure measurements to losses 
through evaporation and the resulting change in composition is such as 
to require the utmost precaution in the handling of samples. The 
provisions of this section apply to all samples for vapor pressure 
determinations.
    5.2  Sample in accordance with 40 CFR part 80, appendix D.
    5.3  Sample container size. The minimum size of the sample container 
from which the vapor pressure sample is taken is 4 ounces (118 ml). It 
will be 70 to 85% filled with sample.
    5.4  Precautions.
    5.4.1  Determine vapor pressure as the first test on a sample. 
Multiple analyses may be performed, but must be evaluated given the 
stated precision for the size of the sample container, and the order in 
which they were run in relation to the initial analysis.
    5.4.2  Protect samples from excessive heat prior to testing.
    5.4.3  Leaking samples should be replaced if possible. Analysis 
results from leaking sample containers must be marked as such.
    5.4.4  Samples that have separated into two phases should be 
replaced if possible. Analysis results from samples that have phase 
separated must be marked as such.
    5.4.5  Sample handling temperature. In all cases, cool the sample to 
a temperature of 32-40  deg.F (0-4.5  deg.C) before the container is 
opened. To ensure sufficient time to reach this temperature, directly 
measure the temperature of a similar liquid at a similar initial 
temperature in a like container placed in the cooling bath at the same 
time as the sample.

[[Page 794]]

                        6. Preparation for test.

    6.1  Verification of sample container filling. With the sample at a 
temperature of 32-40  deg.F (0-4.5  deg.C), take the container from the 
cooling bath, wipe dry with an absorbent material, unseal it, and 
examine its ullage. The sample content, as determined by use of a 
suitable gauge, should be equal to 70 to 85 volume % of the container 
capacity.
    6.1.1  Analysis results from samples that contain less than 70 
volume % of the container capacity must be marked as such.
    6.1.2  If the container is more than 85 volume % full, pour out 
enough sample to bring the container contents within the 70 to 85 volume 
% range. Under no circumstance may any sample poured out be returned to 
the container.
    6.2  Air saturation of the sample in the sample container. With the 
sample at a temperature of 32-40  deg.F (0-4.5  deg.C), take the 
container from the cooling bath, wipe dry with an absorbent material, 
unseal it momentarily, taking care to prevent water entry, re-seal it, 
and shake it vigorously. Return it to the bath for a minimum of 2 
minutes. Repeat the air introduction procedure twice, for a total of 
three air introductions to completely saturate the sample.
    6.3  Prepare the instrument for operation in accordance with the 
manufacturer's instructions.
    6.3.1  Instruments with vacuum pumps. Clean and dry the test chamber 
as required to obtain a sealed test chamber pressure of less than 0.01 
psi (0.07 kPa) for 1 minute. If the pressure exceeds this value check 
for and resolve in the following order; residual sample or cleaning 
solvent, sample chamber leaks, and transducer calibration.
    6.3.2  Instruments without vacuum pumps. The sample purges the 
sample chamber through a series of rinses before the analysis occurs. 
Errors due to leaks in the plunger, piston seals, or carryover from 
previous samples or standards may give erratic results (see Note of 
section 6.3.2). The operator must run a quality control standard for at 
least one in twenty analyses or once a day to determine if there is 
carryover from previous analyses or if leaks are occurring.
    Note: When using a self cleaning apparatus some residual product may 
be carried over into subsequent analyses. Carryover effect should be 
investigated when conducting sequential analyses of dissimilar 
materials, especially calibration standards. Inaccuracies caused by 
carryover effect should be resolved using testing procedures designed to 
minimize such interferences.
    6.4  If a syringe is used for the physical introduction of the 
sample specimen, it must be either clean and dry before it is used or it 
may be rinsed out at least three times with the sample. When cleaning 
the syringe, the rinse may not be returned to the sample container. The 
syringe must be capable of obtaining, upon filling with the sample 
charge, a quantity of sample that has an entrained gas volume of less 
than 3% of the necessary sample volume.

                             7. Calibration.

    7.1  Pressure measurement device.
    7.1.1  Check the calibration of the pressure measurement device 
daily or until the stability of the device is documented as having less 
than or equal to 0.03 psi (0.2 kPa) drift per unit of the appropriate 
calibration period. When calibration is necessary, follow the procedures 
in sections 7.1.2 through 7.1.4.
    7.1.2  Connect a properly calibrated McLeod gauge to the vacuum 
source line to the test chamber. Apply vacuum to the test chamber. When 
the McLeod gauge registers a pressure less than 0.8 mm Hg (0.1 kPa) 
adjust the pressure measurement device's zero control to match to within 
0.01 psi (0.07 kPa) of the McLeod Gauge.
    7.1.3  Open the test chamber to the atmosphere and observe the 
pressure measurement device's reading. Adjust the pressure measurement 
devices span control to within 0.01 psi (0.07 kPa) of a 
temperature and latitude adjusted mercury barometer.
    7.1.4  Repeat steps 7.1.2 and 7.1.3 until the instrument zero and 
barometer readings read correctly without further adjustments.
    7.2  Thermometer. Check the calibration of the ASTM 18 F (18 C) 
thermometer or the platinum resistance thermometer used to monitor the 
test chamber at least every six months in accordance ASTM E1-86, 
(Standard Specification for ASTM Thermometers). ASTM E1-86 is 
incorporated by reference. This incorporation by reference was approved 
by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from the American 
Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 
19103. Copies may be inspected at the U.S. Environmental Protection 
Agency, Air Docket Section, room M-1500, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, 
DC 20460 or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street, NW., Washington, DC. Check the reading of the thermometer 
against a National Institute of Standards and Technology traceable 
thermometer.
    7.3  Quality assurance. The instrument's performance must be checked 
at least once per day using a quality control standard listed in section 
4.1. In the case of the non-vacuum pump instruments the frequency is 
stated in section 6.3.2. The standards must be chilled to the same 
temperature, have the same ullage, and saturated with air in the same 
manner as the samples. Record total measured pressure and compare 
against the following reference values:

[[Page 795]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Compound                    Lower control limit                   Upper control limit
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2,2,4-trimethylpentane...............  2.39 psia (16.5 kpa).......  3.03 psi (20.9 kpa)
3-methylpentane......................  6.86 psia (47.3 kpa).......  7.26 psi (50.1 kpa)
acetone..............................  7.97 psia (55.0 kpa).......  8.12 psi (56.0 kpa)
2,2-dimethylbutane...................  10.64 psia (73.4 kpa)......  10.93 psi (75.4 kpa)
n-pentane............................  16.20 psia (111.7 kpa).....  16.40 psi (113.1 kpa)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    If the observed pressure does not fall between the reference values, 
check the instrument for leaks and its calibration (Section 7).
    7.3.1  Other compounds, gasolines, and gasoline blends may be used 
as control standards as long as these materials have been statistically 
evaluated for their mean total measured pressure using an instrument 
that conforms to this procedure.
    7.3.2  The control limits can be calculated with the following 
formula:

                         Mean Measured Pressure

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.148


                           Standard Deviation
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.149


                        Upper Control Limit (UCL)

  UCL=X+(tn-1,0.975) * (Sx)

                        Lower Control Limit (LCL)

  LCL=X-(tn-1,0.975) * (Sx)

where:
xi is the individual analyses of the control standard, n is 
the number of analyses (for a new instrument or a new control standard 
this should be at least ten analyses); (tn-1,0.975) is the 
two-tailed student t statistic for n-1 degrees of freedom for 95% of the 
expected data from the analysis of the standard.

                              8. Procedure.

    8.1  Remove the sample from the cooling bath or refrigerator, dry 
the exterior of the container with absorbent material, unseal, and 
insert the transfer tube, syringe, or transfer connection (see section 
6). Draw an aliquot (minimize gas bubbles) of sample into a gas tight 
syringe or transfer the sample using tubing or transfer connection and 
deliver this test specimen to the test chamber as rapidly as possible. 
The total time between opening the chilled sample container and 
inserting/securing the syringe or transfer connection into the sealed 
test chamber shall not exceed one minute.
    8.2  Follow the manufacturer's instructions for injection of the 
test specimen into the test chamber, and for the operation of the 
instrument to obtain a total measured vapor pressure result for the test 
specimen.
    8.3  Set the instrument to read the test results in terms of total 
measured pressure. If the instrument is capable of calculating a Reid 
Vapor Pressure equivalent value ensure that only the parameters in 
section 9.2 are used.

                  9. Calculation and record of result.

    9.1  Note the total measured vapor pressure reading for the 
instrument to the nearest 0.01 psi (0.07 kPa). For instruments which do 
not automatically display a stable pressure value, manually note the 
pressure indicator reading every minute to the nearest 0.01 psi (0.07 
kPa). When three successive readings agree to within 0.01 psia (0.07 
kPa) note the final result to the nearest 0.01 psia (0.07 kPa).
    9.2  Using the following correlation equation, calculate the Reid 
Vapor Pressure (RVP) that is equivalent to the total measured vapor 
pressure obtained from the instrument, in order to compare the vapor 
pressure standards set out in 40 CFR 80.27. Ensure that the instrument 
reading in this equation corresponds to the total measured pressure and 
has not been corrected by an automatically programmed correction factor.

RVP psi = (0.956 * X)-0.347
RVP kPa = (0.956 * X)-2.39
where:
X = total measured vapor pressure in psi or kPa

    9.3  Record the RVP to the nearest 0.01 psi (0.07 kPa) as the 
official test result.
    9.4  EPA will use the above method as the official vapor pressure 
test method. EPA will recognize correlations from regulated parties if 
the correlations are established directly with EPA's test laboratory. 
Any test method may be used for defense as long as adequate correlation 
is demonstrated to this method (i.e., any vapor pressure defense test 
method could be used if adequate correlation exists directly to this 
method, which can then be converted to Reid Vapor Pressure by use of

[[Page 796]]

the EPA Grabner correlation equation in section 9.2 of this method).

[58 FR 14488, Mar. 17, 1993]

 Appendix F to Part 80--Test for Determining the Quantity of Alcohol in 
                                Gasoline

                    Method 1--Water Extraction Method

                                1. Scope.

    This test method covers the determination of the type and amount of 
alcohols in gasoline.

                          2. Summary of method.

    Gasoline samples are extracted with water prior to analysis on a gas 
chromatograph (GC). The extraction eliminates hydrocarbon interference 
during chromatography. A known quantity of isopropanol is added to the 
fuel prior to extraction to act as an internal standard.

                         3. Sample description.

    3.1  Sample in accordance with 40 CFR part 80, appendix D.
    3.2  At least 100 ml. of gasoline suspected of containing ethanol 
and/or methanol are required.

                              4. Apparatus.

    4.1  Gas chromatograph--A gas chromatograph equipped with a flame 
ionization detector.
    4.2  Column--A gas chromatograph column, glass, 1800 by 6.35 cm. 
outside diameter, packed with chromosorb 102.
    4.3  Recorder--A 1-mv recorder with a 1 second full scale response 
and a chart speed of 10 mm. per minute (0.4 inches per minute).
    4.4  Syringe (100 ul.) for adding the internal standard.
    4.5  Pipet.
    4.6  Injection syringe (10 ul.).
    4.7  Extraction syringe (1-5 ml.) with 3-inch needle.
    4.8  250 ml. (\1/2\ pint) glass sample bottles with screw caps or 
equivalent.
    4.9  Calibration standard solutions extracted from gasoline 
containing known quantities of alcohols.
    4.10  Reference standard solutions extracted from gasoline 
containing known quantities of alcohols.
    4.11  Distilled water.
    4.12  Reagent grade isopropanol.
    4.13  Rubber gloves.
    4.14  I.D. tags.

                             5. Precautions.

    Note 1: Gasoline and alcohols are extremely flammable and may be 
toxic over prolonged exposure. Methanol is particularly hazardous. 
Persons performing this procedure must be familiar with the chemicals 
involved and all precautions applicable to each.

    5.1  Extractions and dilutions must be performed in well-ventilated 
areas, preferably under a fume hood, away from open flames and sparks.
    5.2  Rubber gloves must be worn during the handling of gasoline and 
alcohols.
    5.3  Avoid breathing fumes from gasoline and alcohols, particularly 
methanol.
    5.4  Gas cylinders must be properly secured and the hydrogen FID 
fuel must be segregated from the compressed air (oxidizer) tank.

                          6. Visual inspection.

    6.1  Ensure that the samples do not certain sediment or separated 
phases prior to extraction.
    6.2  Ensure adequate quantities of GC supply gases to maintain a 
run.

                      7. Test article preparation.

    7.1  Gas chromatography--Use carrier gas, flow rates, detector and 
injection temperatures and column as specified in the GC manufacturer's 
specifications.
    7.2  Sample extraction, preparation and analysis.
    7.2.1  Label two 6 ml. vials with the sample identification number 
supplied with the original sample. The estimated percent alcohol from 
any screening tests must also be included on the label.
    7.2.2  Pipet 4 ml.0.01 ml. of sample into one of the 
vials. Label as vial 1.
    7.2.3  Measure 100 ul. (0.1 ml.)0.5 ul. of isopropanol 
into vial 1.

    Note: This adds an internal standard to the sample which is required 
for accurate analysis.

    7.2.4  Add 1 ml.0.2 ml. of distilled water to the 
gasoline sample in vial 1 and shake for 10 seconds.
    7.2.5  Allow the mixture to separate into two phases (at least 5 
minutes).
    7.2.6  Carefully draw off the aqueous (lower) phase using a 5 ml. 
syringe and long needle.

    Note: Be careful not to allow any of the gasoline phase to get into 
the needle. Leave a small amount (approximately 0.2 ml.) of the aqueous 
phase in the vial.

    7.2.7  Transfer the aqueous phase into the other 6 ml. vial (vial 
2).
    7.2.8  Repeat steps 7.2.4 to 7.2.6 two more times.
    7.2.9  Fill vial 2 (the aqueous phase) to 4 ml.0.05 ml. 
with distilled water.
    7.2.10  Retain the remaining original gasoline sample (not the 
gasoline phase).
    7.2.11  Discard the extracted gasoline phase in vial 1 in an 
appropriate manner.

[[Page 797]]

    7.2.12  Perform a second extraction on one sample in every 20. This 
sample is to be labeled with the sample number and as a duplicate and 
run as a normal sample.
    7.2.13  Transfer approximately 2 ml. of the aqueous solution to 
vials compatible with the autosampler. Tag the vial with the sample 
number.
    7.2.14  Perform analysis of the sample according to the GC 
manufacturer's specifications.
    7.3  Standards.
    7.3.1  Calibration standard solutions (made in gasoline).
    7.3.1.1  Reagent grade or better alcohols (including undenatured 
ethanol) are to be diluted with regular unleaded gasoline. The 
isopropanol internal standard is to be added during extraction of the 
alcohols. Newly acquired stocks of reagent grade alcohols shall be 
diluted to 10% with hydrocarbon-free water and analyzed for 
contamination by GC before use.
    7.3.1.2  Required calibration standards (% by volume in gasoline):

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Range     Standard
                      Alcohol                       (percent)    (MIN)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Methanol..........................................     0.5-12          5
Ethanol...........................................     0.5-11          5
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The standards should be as equally spaced within the range as 
possible and may contain more than one alcohol.

    Note: Level 1 must contain all of the alcohols.

                     8. Quality control provisions.

    8.1  Alcohol(s) in water solution may be used to characterize the 
GC. The resulting characterization always reflects the absolute 
sensitivity of the instrument to each alcohol.
    8.2  Calibration standards are made by extraction of known 
alcohol(s) in gasoline blends. These standards account for inaccuracies 
caused by incomplete extraction of alcohols.
    8.3  The addition of isopropanol as an internal standard reduces 
errors caused by variations in injection volumes, and further reduces 
inaccuracies caused by incomplete extraction of alcohols.
    8.4  Sufficient sample should be retained to permit reanalysis.
    8.5  Running averages of reference standards data must not exceed 
0.75% of applicable limits or investigation should be started for the 
cause of such variation.

                            9. Calculations.

    9.1  Calculate purity of component as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC10NO91.000
    
where:

Pi = purity of component i,
Ai = area of response of component i, and
A = total area response of all components.

    9.2  Calculate response factors as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC10NO91.001
    
where:

Fi = response factor for component of interest i,
Ai = area response for component of interest i,
Ais = area response of internal standard,
Wi = weight of component of interest i (be sure to consider 
all sources),
Wis = weight of internal standard,
Pi = purity of component of interest i as determined in 9.1 
expressed as a decimal, and
Pis = purity of internal standards as determined in 9.1 
expressed as a decimal.

    9.3  Calculate the percent alcohols as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC10NO91.002
    
where:

Ai = peak area component i,
Ais = peak area of internal standard,
Wi = weight of sample,
Wis = weight of internal standard, and
Fi = response factor for component i.

                               10. Report.

    10.1  Report results to the nearest 0.1%.

                       11. Precision and accuracy.

    11.1  Precision--The precision of this test method has not been 
determined.
    11.2  Accuracy--The accuracy of this test method has not been 
determined.

[[Page 798]]

      Method 2--Test Method for Determination of C1 to 
    C4 Alcohols and MTBE in Gasoline by Gas Chromatography

                                1. Scope.

    1.1  This test method covers a procedure for determination of 
methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol, isobutanol, sec-butanol, 
tert-butanol, n-butanol, and methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE) in 
gasoline by gas chromatography.
    1.2  Individual alcohols and MTBE are determined from 0.1 to 10 
volume %. Any sample found to contain greater than 10 volume % of an 
alcohol or MTBE shall be diluted to concentrations within these limits.
    1.3  Sl (metric) units of measurement are preferred and used 
throughout this standard. Alternative units, in common usage, are also 
provided to improve the clarity and aid the user of this test method.
    1.4  This standard may involve hazardous materials, operations, and 
equipment. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety 
problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user 
of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices 
and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
    2. Referenced documents.
    2.1  ASTM Standards:

D  4307  Practice for Preparation of Liquid Blends for Use as Analytical 
Standards \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 05.03.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D  4626  Practice for Calculation of Gas Chromatographic Response 
Factors \1\
E  260  Practice for Packed Column Gas Chromatographic Procedures \2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 14.01.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

E  355  Practice for Gas Chromatography Terms and Relationships \2\
    2.2  EPA Regulations:
40 CFR Part 80 Appendix D

           3. Descriptions of terms specific to this standard.

    3.1  MTBE--methyl tertiary butyl ether.
    3.2  Low volume connector--a special union for connecting two 
lengths of tubing 1.6 mm inside diameter and smaller. Sometimes this is 
referred to as a zero dead volume union.
    3.3  Oxygenates--used to designate fuel blending components 
containing oxygen, either in the form of alcohol or ether.
    3.4  Split ratio--a term used in gas chromatography using capillary 
columns. The split ratio is the ratio of the total flow of the carrier 
gas to the sample inlet versus the flow of carrier gas to the capillary 
column. Typical values range from 10:1 to 500:1 depending upon the 
amount of sample injected and the type of capillary column used.
    3.5  WCOT--abbreviation for a type of capillary column used in gas 
chromatography that is wall-coated open tubular. This type of column is 
prepared by coating the inside of the capillary with a thin film of 
stationary phase.
    3.6  TCEP--1,2,3,-tris-2-cyanoethoxypropane--a gas chromatographic 
liquid phase.

                       4. Summary of test method.

    4.1  An internal standard, tertiary amyl alcohol, is added to the 
sample which is then introduced into a gas chromatograph equipped with 
two columns and a column switching valve. The sample first passes onto a 
polar TCEP column which elutes lighter hydrocarbons to vent and retains 
the oxygenated and heavier hydrocarbons. After methylcyclopentane, but 
before MTBE elutes from the polar column, the valve is switched to 
backflush the oxygenates onto a WCOT non-polar column. The alcohols and 
MTBE elute from the non-polar column in boiling point order, before 
elution of any major hydrocarbon constituents. After benzene elutes from 
the non-polar column, the column switching valve is switched back to its 
original position to backflush the heavy hydrocarbons. The eluted 
components are detected by a flame ionization or thermal conductivity 
detector. The detector response, proportional to the component 
concentration, is recorded; the peak areas are measured; and the 
concentration of each component is calculated with reference to the 
internal standard.

                        5. Significance and use.

    5.1  Alcohols and other oxygenates may be added to gasoline to 
increase the octane number. Type and concentration of various oxygenates 
are specified and regulated to ensure acceptable commercial gasoline 
quality. Drivability, vapor pressure, phase separation, and evaporative 
emissions are some of the concerns associated with oxygenated fuels.
    5.2  This test method is applicable to both quality control in the 
production of gasoline and for the determination of deliberate or 
extraneous oxygenate additions or contamination.

                              6. Apparatus.

    6.1  Chromatograph:
    6.1.1  A gas chromatographic instrument which can be operated at the 
conditions given in Table 1, and having a column switching and 
backflushing system equivalent to Fig. 1. Carrier gas flow controllers 
shall be capable of precise control where the required flow rates are 
low (Table 1). Pressure control devices and gages shall be capable of 
precise control for the typical pressures required.

[[Page 799]]



                                  Table 1--Chromatographic Operating Conditions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Other parameters:
           Temperatures                      Flows, mL/min           Carrier gas, helium
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column oven,  deg.C...............   60  To injector.........  75  Sample size, L  3
Injector,  deg.C..................  200  Column..............   5  Split ratio............  15 : 1
Detector--TCD,  deg.C.............  200  Auxiliary...........   3  Backflush, min.........  0.2-0.3
    FID,  deg.C...................  250  Makeup..............  18  Valve reset time, min..  8-10
Valve,  deg.C.....................   60                            Total analysis time,     18-20
                                                                    min.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    6.1.2  Detector--A thermal conductivity detector or flame ionization 
detector may be used. The system shall have sufficient sensitivity and 
stability to obtain a recorded deflection of at least 2 mm at a signal-
to-noise ratio of at least 5 to 1 for 0.005 volume % concentration of an 
oxygenate.
    6.1.3  Switching and backflushing valve--A valve, to be located 
within the gas chromatographic column oven, capable of performing the 
functions described in Section 11. and illustrated in Fig. 1. The valve 
shall be of low volume design and not contribute significantly to 
chromatographic deterioration.
    6.1.3.1  Valco Model No. CM-VSV-10-HT, 1.6-mm (\1/16\-in.) fittings. 
This particular valve was used in the majority of the analyses used for 
the development of Section 15.
    6.1.3.2  Valco Model No. C10W, 0.8-mm (\1/32\-in.) fittings. This 
valve is recommended for use with columns of 0.32-mm inside diameter and 
smaller.
    6.1.4  Although not mandatory, an automatic valve switching device 
is strongly recommended to ensure repeatable switching times. Such a 
device should be synchronized with injection and data collection times. 
If no such device is available, a stopwatch, started at the time of 
injection, should be used to indicate the proper valve switching time.
    6.1.5  Injection system--The chromatograph should be equipped with a 
splitting-type inlet device. Split injection is necessary to maintain 
the actual chromatographed sample size within the limits of column and 
detector optimum efficiency and linearity.
    6.1.6  Sample introduction--Any system capable of introducing a 
representative sample into the split inlet device. Microlitre syringes, 
automatic syringe injectors, and liquid sampling valves have been used 
successfully.
    6.2  Data presentation or calculation, or both:
    6.2.1  Recorder--A recording potentiometer or equivalent with a 
full-scale deflection of 5 mV or less. Full-scale response time should 
be l s or less with sufficient sensitivity and stability to meet the 
requirements of 6.1.2.
    6.2.2  Integrator or computer--Devices capable of meeting the 
requirements of 6.1.2, and providing graphic and digital presentation of 
the chromatographic data, are recommended for use. Means shall be 
provided for determining the detector response. Peak heights or areas 
can be measured by computer, electronic integration or manual 
techniques.
    6.3  Columns, two as follows:
    6.3.1  Polar column--This column performs a preseparation of the 
oxygenates from volatile hydrocarbons in the same boiling point range. 
The oxygenates and remaining hydrocarbons are backflushed onto the non-
polar column in section 6.3.2. Any column with equivalent or better 
chromatographic efficiency and selectivity to that described in 6.3.1.1 
can be used. The column shall perform at the same temperature as 
required for the column in 6.3.2.
    6.3.1.1  TCEP micro-packed column, 560 mm (22 in.) by 1.6-mm (\1/
16\-in.) outside diameter by 0.38-mm (0.015-in.) inside diameter 
stainless steel tube packed with 0.14 to 0.15g of 20% (mass/mass) TCEP 
on 80/100 mesh Chromosorb P(AW). This column was used in the (ASTM) 
cooperative study to provide the Precision and Bias data referred to in 
Section 15.
    6.3.2  Non-polar (analytical) column--Any column with equivalent or 
better chromatographic efficiency and selectivity to that described in 
6.3.2.1 and illustrated in Fig. 2 can be used.
    6.3.2.1  WCOT methyl silicone column, 30m (1181 in.) long by 0.53 mm 
(0.021-in.) inside diameter fused silica WCOT column with a 2.6-
m film thickness of cross-linked methyl siloxane. This column 
was used in the (ASTM) cooperative study to provide the Precision and 
Bias data referred to in Section 15.

                       7. Reagents and materials.

    7.1  Carrier gas--Carrier gas appropriate to the type of detector 
used. Helium has been used successfully. The minimum purity of the 
carrier gas used must be 99.95 mol %.
    7.2  Standards for calibration and identification--Standards of all 
components to be analyzed and the internal standard are required for 
establishing identification by retention as well as calibration for 
quantitative measurements. These materials shall be of known purity and 
free of the other components to be analyzed.

    Note 1. Warning--These materials are flammable and may be harmful or 
fatal if ingested or inhaled.


[[Page 800]]


    7.3  Preparation of calibration blends--For best results, these 
components must be added to a stock gasoline or petroleum naphtha, free 
of oxygenates (Warning--See Note 2). Refer to Test Method D 4307 for 
preparation of liquid blends. The preparation of several different 
blends, at different concentration levels covering the scope of the 
method, is recommended. These will be used to establish the linearity of 
the component response.

    Note 2. Warning--Extremely flammable. Vapors harmful if inhaled.

    7.4  Methylene chloride--Used for column preparation. Reagent grade, 
free of non-volatile residue.

    Note 3. Warning--Harmful if inhaled. High concentrations may cause 
unconsciousness or death.

                   8. Preparation of column packings.

    8.1  TCEP column packing:
    8.1.1  Any satisfactory method, used in the practice of the art that 
will produce a column capable of retaining the C1 to 
C4 alcohols and MTBE from components of the same boiling 
point range in a gasoline sample. The following procedure has been used 
successfully.
    8.1.2  Completely dissolve 10 g of TCEP in 100 mL of methylene 
chloride. Next add 40 g of 80/100 mesh Chromosorb P(AW) to the TCEP 
solution. Quickly transfer this mixture to a drying dish, in a fume 
hood, without scraping any of the residual packing from the sides of the 
container. Constantly, but gently, stir the packing until all of the 
solvent has evaporated. This column packing can be used immediately to 
prepare the TCEP column.

               9. Preparation of micro-packed TCEP column.

    9.1  Wash a straight 560 mm length of 1.6-mm outside diameter (0.38-
mm inside diameter) stainless steel tubing with methanol and dry with 
compressed nitrogen.
    9.2  Insert 6 to 12 strands of silvered wire, a small mesh screen or 
stainless steel frit inside one end of the tube. Slowly add 0.14 to 0.15 
g of packing material to the column and gently vibrate to settle the 
packing inside the column. When strands of wire are used to retain the 
packing material inside the column, leave 6.0 mm (0.25 in.) of space at 
the top of the column.
    9.3  Column conditioning--Both the TCEP and WCOT columns are to be 
briefly conditioned before use. Connect the columns to the valve (see 
11.1) in the chromatographic oven. Adjust the carrier gas flows as in 
11.3 and place the valve in the RESET position. After several minutes, 
increase the column oven temperature to 120  deg.C and maintain these 
conditions for 5 to 10 min. Cool the columns below 60  deg.C before 
shutting off the carrier flow.

                              10. Sampling.

    10.1  Gasoline samples to be analyzed by this test method shall be 
sampled in accordance with 40 CFR part 80, appendix D.

      11. Preparation of apparatus and establishment of conditions.

    11.1  Assembly--Connect the WCOT column to the valve system using 
low volume connectors and narrow bore tubing. It is important to 
minimize the volume of the chromatographic system that comes in contact 
with the sample, otherwise peak broadening will occur.
    11.2  Adjust the operating conditions to those listed in Table 1, 
but do not turn on the detector circuits. Check the system for leaks 
before proceeding further.
    11.3  Flow rate adjustment.
    11.3.1  Attach a flow measuring device to the column vent with the 
valve in the RESET position and adjust the pressure to the injection 
port to give 5.0 mL/min flow (14 psig). Soap bubble flow meters are 
suitable.
    11.3.2  Attach a flow measuring device to the split injector vent 
and adjust flow from the split vent using the A flow controller to give 
a flow of 70 mL/min. Recheck the column vent flow set in 11.3.1 and 
adjust if necessary.
    11.3.3  Switch the valve to the BACKFLUSH position and adjust the 
variable restrictor to give the same column vent flow set in 11.3.1. 
This is necessary to minimize flow changes when the valve is switched.
    11.3.4  Switch the valve to the inject position RESET and adjust the 
B flow controller to give a flow of 3.0 to 3.2 mL/min at the detector 
exit. When required for the particular instrumentation used, add makeup 
flow or TCD switching flow to give a total of 21 mL/min at the detector 
exit.
    11.4  When a thermal conductivity detector is used, turn on the 
filament current and allow the detector to equilibrate. When a flame 
ionization detector is used, set the hydrogen and air flows and ignite 
the flame.
    11.5  Determine the Time of Backflush--The time to backflush will 
vary slightly for each column system and must be determined 
experimentally as follows. The start time of the integrator and valve 
timer must be synchronized with the injection to accurately reproduce 
the backflush time.
    11.5.1  Initially assume a valve BACKFLUSH time of 0.23 min. With 
the valve RESET, inject 3 L of a blend containing at least 0.5% 
or greater oxygenates (7.3), and simultaneously begin timing the 
analysis. At 0.23 min., rotate the valve to the BACKFLUSH position and 
leave it there until the complete elution of benzene is realized. Note 
this time as the RESET time, which is the time at which the valve is 
returned to the RESET position. When all of the remaining hydrocarbons 
are backflushed

[[Page 801]]

the signal will return to a stable baseline and the system is ready for 
another analysis. The chromatogram should appear similar to that 
illustrated in Fig. 2.
    11.5.2  It is necessary to optimize the valve BACKFLUSH time by 
analyzing a standard blend containing oxygenates. The correct BACKFLUSH 
time is determined experimentally by using valve switching times between 
0.2 and 0.3 min. When the valve is switched too soon, C5 and 
lighter hydrocarbons are backflushed and are co-eluted in the 
C4 alcohol section of the chromatogram. When the valve 
BACKFLUSH is switched too late, part or all of the MTBE component is 
vented resulting in an incorrect MTBE measurement. Chromatograms 
resulting from incorrect valve times are shown in Figs. 3 and 4.

                  12. Calibration and standardization.

    12.1  Identification--Determine the retention time of each component 
by injecting small amounts either separately or in known mixtures or by 
comparing the relative retention times with those in Table 2.
    12.2  Standardization--The area under each peak in the chromatogram 
is considered a quantitative measure of the corresponding compound. 
Measure the peak area of each oxygenate and of the internal standard by 
either manual methods or electronic integrator. Calculate the relative 
volume response factor of each oxygenate, relative to the internal 
standard, according to Test Method D 4626.

 Table 2--Retention Characteristics for TCEP/WCOT Column Set Conditions
                              as in Table 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Relative
                                                          retention time
                 Component                    Retention       (t-amyl
                                              time, min      alcohol =
                                                               1.00)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Methanol...................................         3.21            0.44
Ethanol....................................         3.58            0.50
Isopropanol................................         3.95            0.56
tert-Butanol...............................         4.31            0.61
n-Propanol.................................         4.75            0.68
MTBE.......................................         5.29            0.76
sec-Butanol................................         5.63            0.82
Isobutanol.................................         6.33            0.93
n-Butanol..................................         7.55            1.10
Benzene....................................         7.88            1.17
------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             13. Procedure.

    13.1  Preparation of sample--Precisely add a quantity of the 
internal standard to an accurately measured quantity of sample. 
Concentrations of 1 to 5 volume percent have been used successfully.
    13.2  Chromatographic analysis--Introduce a representative aliquot 
of the sample, containing internal standard, into the chromatograph 
using the same technique as used for the calibration analyses. An 
injection volume of 3 L with a 15:1 split ratio has been used 
successfully.
    13.3  Interpretation of chromatogram--Compare the results of sample 
analyses to those of calibration analyses to determine identification of 
oxygenates present.

                            14. Calculation.

    14.1  After identifying the various oxygenates, measure the area of 
each oxygenate peak and that of the internal standard. Calculate the 
volume percent of each oxygenate as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC10NO91.009

where:

Vj = volume percent of oxygenate to be determined,
VS = volume of internal standard (tert-amyl alcohol) added,
VG = volume of gasoline sample taken,
PAj = peak area of the oxygenate to be determined,
PAS = peak area of the internal standard (tert-amyl alcohol), 
and
Sj = relative volume response factor of each component 
(relative to the internal standard).

    14.2  Report the volume of each oxygenate. If the volume percent 
exceeds 10%, dilute the sample to a concentration lower than 10% and 
repeat the procedures in sections 13 and 14.

                         15. Precision and bias.

    15.1  Precision--The precision of this test method as determined by 
statistical examination of the interlaboratory test results is as 
follows:
    15.1.1 Repeatability--The difference between successive results 
obtained by the same operator with the same apparatus under constant 
operating conditions on identical test materials would, in the long run, 
in the normal and correct operation of the test method exceed the 
following values only in one case in twenty (see Table 3).

Methanol 0.086  x  (V+0.070)..............  Isobutanol 0.064  x
                                             (V+0.086)
Ethanol 0.083  x  (V+0.000)...............  sec-Butanol 0.014  x   V
Isopropanol 0.052  x  (V+0.150)...........  tert-Butanol 0.052  x
                                             (V+0.388)
n-Propanol 0.040  x  (V+0.026)............  n-Butanol 0.043  x
                                             (V+0.020)
 
 
                                            MTBE 0.104  x  (V+0.028)
 

where
V is the mean volume percent.


[[Page 802]]


    15.1.2 Reproducibility--The difference between two single and 
independent results obtained by different operators working in different 
laboratories on identical material would, in the long run, exceed the 
following values only in one case in twenty (see Table 3).

Methanol 0.361  x  (V+0.070)..............  Isobutanol 0.179  x
                                             (V+0.086)
Ethanol 0.373  x  (V+0.000)...............  sec-Butanol 0.277  x   V
Isopropanol 0.214  x  (V+0.150)...........  tert-Butanol 0.178  x
                                             (V+0.388)
n-Propanol 0.163  x  (V+0.026)............  n-Butanol 0.415  x
                                             (V+0.020)
 
 
                                            MTBE 0.244 x (V+0.028)
 

where
V is the mean volume percent.
    15.2 Bias--Since there is no accepted reference material suitable 
for determining bias for the procedure in the test method, bias cannot 
be determined.

          Table 3--Precision Intervals--Determined from Cooperative Study Data Summarized in Section 15
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Volume percent
           Components            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    0.20       0.50     1.00      2.00      3.00      4.00      5.00      6.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Repeatability
 
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Methanol........................      0.02      0.05      0.09      0.18      0.26      0.35      0.44      0.52
Ethanol.........................      0.02      0.04      0.08      0.17      0.25      0.33      0.42      0.50
Isopropanol.....................      0.02      0.03      0.06      0.11      0.16      0.22      0.27      0.32
n-Propanol......................      0.01      0.02      0.04      0.08      0.12      0.16      0.20      0.24
tert-Butanol....................      0.03      0.05      0.07      0.12      0.18      0.23      0.28      0.33
sec-Butanol.....................      0.01      0.01      0.01      0.02      0.02      0.03      0.03      0.03
Isobutanol......................      0.02      0.04      0.07      0.13      0.20      0.26      0.33      0.39
n-Butanol.......................      0.01      0.02      0.04      0.09      0.13      0.17      0.22      0.26
MTBE............................      0.02      0.05      0.11      0.21      0.31      0.42      0.52      0.63
 
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Reproducibility
 
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Methanol........................      0.10      0.21      0.39      0.75      1.11      1.47      1.83      2.19
Ethanol.........................      0.07      0.19      0.37      0.75      1.12      1.49      1.87      2.24
Isopropanol.....................      0.07      0.14      0.25      0.46      0.67      0.89      1.10      1.32
n-Propanol......................      0.04      0.09      0.17      0.33      0.49      0.66      0.82      0.98
tert-Butanol....................      0.10      0.16      0.25      0.43      0.60      0.78      0.96      1.14
sec-Butanol.....................      0.12      0.20      0.28      0.39      0.48      0.55      0.62      0.68
Isobutanol......................      0.05      0.10      0.19      0.37      0.55      0.73      0.91      1.09
n-Butanol.......................      0.09      0.22      0.42      0.84      1.25      1.67      2.08      2.50
MTBE............................      0.05      0.12      0.23      0.45      0.68      0.90      1.13      1.35
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 803]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.150


[[Page 804]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.151


[[Page 805]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.152


[[Page 806]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFFED] TC01SE92.153

[54 FR 11903, Mar. 22, 1989]

[[Page 807]]

       Appendix G to Part 80--Sampling Procedures for Diesel Fuel

                                1. Scope

    1.1  This method covers procedures for obtaining representative 
samples of diesel fuel for the purpose of testing for compliance with 
the cetane index and sulfur percentage standards set forth in 
Sec. 80.29.

                          2. Summary of Method

    2.1  It is necessary that the samples be truly representative of the 
diesel fuel in question. The precautions required to ensure the 
representative character of the samples are numerous and depend upon the 
tank, carrier, container or line from which the sample is being 
obtained, the type and cleanliness of the sample container, and the 
sampling procedures that are to be used. A summary of the sampling 
procedures and their application is presented in Table 1. Each procedure 
is suitable for sampling a material under definite storage, 
transportation, or container conditions. The basic principle of each 
procedure is to obtain a sample in such manner and from such locations 
in the tank or other container that the sample will be truly 
representative of the diesel fuel.

                         3. Description of Terms

    3.1  Average sample is one that consists of proportionate parts from 
all sections of the container.
    3.2  All-levels sample is one obtained by submerging a stoppered 
beaker or bottle to a point as near as possible to the draw-off level, 
then opening the sampler and raising it at a rate such that it is about 
\3/4\ full (maximum 85 percent) as it emerges from the liquid. An all-
levels sample is not necessarily an average sample because the tank 
volume may not be proportional to the depth and because the operator may 
not be able to raise the sampler at the variable rate required for 
proportionate filling. The rate of filling is proportional to the square 
root of the depth of immersion.
    3.3  Running sample is one obtained by lowering an unstoppered 
beaker or bottle from the top of the gasoline to the level of the bottom 
of the outlet connection or swing line, and returning it to the top of 
the top of the diesel fuel at a uniform rate of speed such that the 
beaker or bottle is about \3/4\ full when withdrawn from the diesel 
fuel.
    3.4  Spot sample is one obtained at some specific location in the 
tank by means of a thief bottle, or beaker.
    3.5  Top sample is a spot sample obtained 6 inches (150 mm) below 
the top surface of the liquid (Figure 1 of appendix D).
    3.6  Upper sample is a spot sample taken at the mid-point of the 
upper third of the tank contents (Figure 1 of appendix D).
    3.7  Middle sample is a spot sample obtained from the middle of the 
tank contents (Figure 1 of appendix D).
    3.8  Lower sample is a spot sample obtained at the level of the 
fixed tank outlet or the swing line outlet (Figure 1 of appendix D).
    3.9  Clearance sample is a spot sample taken 4 inches (100 mm) below 
the level of the tank outlet (Figure 1 of appendix D).
    3.10  Bottom sample is a spot sample obtained from the material on 
the bottom surface of the tank, container, or line at its lowest point.
    3.11  Drain sample is a tap sample obtained from the draw-off or 
discharge valve. Occasionally, a drain sample may be the same as a 
bottom sample, as in the case of a tank car.
    3.12  Continuous sample is one obtained from a pipeline in such 
manner as to give a representative average of a moving stream.
    3.13  Nozzle sample is one obtained from a diesel pump nozzle which 
dispenses diesel fuel from a storage tank at a retail outlet or a 
wholesale purchaser-consumer facility.

                          4. Sample Containers

    4.1  Sample containers may be clear or brown glass bottles, or cans. 
The clear glass bottle is advantageous because it may be examined 
visually for cleanliness, and also allows visual inspection of the 
sample for free water or solid impurities. The brown glass bottle 
affords some protection from light. Cans with the seams soldered on the 
exterior surface with a flux of rosin in a suitable solvent are 
preferred because such a flux is easily removed with diesel fuel, 
whereas many others are very difficult to remove. If such cans are not 
available, other cans made with a welded construction that are not 
affected by, and that do not affect, the diesel fuel being sampled are 
acceptable.
    4.2  Container closure. Cork or glass stoppers, or screw caps of 
plastic or metal may be used for glass bottles; screw caps only shall be 
used for cans to provide a vapor-tight closure seal. Corks must be of 
good quality, clean and free from holes and loose bits of cork. Never 
use rubber stoppers. Contact of the sample with the cork may be 
prevented by wrapping tin or aluminum foil around the cork before 
forcing it into the bottle.
    Glass stoppers must be a perfect fit. Screw caps must be protected 
by a cork disk faced with tin or aluminum foil, or other material that 
will not affect petroleum or petroleum products. In addition, a phenolic 
cap with a teflon coated liner may be used.
    4.3  Cleaning procedure. The method of cleaning all sample 
containers must be consistent with the residual materials in the 
container and must produce sample containers that are clean and free of 
water, dirt, lint, washing compounds, naphtha, or other

[[Page 808]]

solvents, soldering fluxes or acids, corrosion, rust, and oil.
    New sample containers should be inspected and cleaned if necessary. 
Dry the container by either passing a current of clean, warm air through 
the container or by allowing it to air dry in a clean area at room 
temperature. When dry, stopper or cap the container immediately.

                          5. Sampling Apparatus

    5.1  Sampling apparatus is described in detail under each of the 
specific sampling procedures. Clean, dry, and free all sampling 
apparatus from any substance that might contaminate the material, using 
the procedure described in 4.3.

                      6. Time and Place of Sampling

    6.1  When loading or discharging diesel fuel, take samples from both 
shipping and receiving tanks, and from the pipeline if required.
    6.2  Ship or barge tanks. Sample each product after the vessel is 
loaded or just before unloading.
    6.3  Tank cars. Sample the product after the car is loaded or just 
before unloading.
    Note: When taking samples from tanks suspected of containing 
flammable atmospheres, precautions should be taken to guard against 
ignitions due to static electricity. Metal or conductive objects, such 
as gage tapes, sample containers, and thermometers, should not be 
lowered into or suspended in a compartment or tank which is being filled 
or immediately after cessation of pumping. A waiting period of 
approximately one minute will generally permit a substantial relaxation 
of the electrostatic charge; under certain conditions a longer period 
may be deemed advisable.

                          7. Obtaining Samples

    7.1  Directions for sampling cannot be made explicit enough to cover 
all cases. Extreme care and good judgment are necessary to ensure 
samples that represent the general character and average condition of 
the material. Clean hands are important. Clean gloves may be worn but 
only when absolutely necessary, such as in cold weather, or when 
handling materials at high temperature, or for reasons of safety. Select 
wiping cloths so that lint is not introduced, contaminating samples.
    7.2  As many petroleum vapors are toxic and flammable, avoid 
breathing them or igniting them from an open flame or a spark produced 
by static. Follow all safety precautions specific to the material being 
sampled.

                           8. Handling Samples

    8.1  Container outage. Never completely fill a sample container, but 
allow adequate room for expansion, taking into consideration the 
temperature of the liquid at the time of filling and the probable 
maximum temperature to which the filled container may be subjected.

                           9. Shipping Samples

    9.1  To prevent loss of liquid during shipment, and to protect 
against moisture and dust, cover with suitable vapor tight caps. The 
caps of all containers must be screwed down tightly and checked for 
leakage. Postal and express office regulations applying to the shipment 
of flammable liquids must be observed.

                     10. Labeling Sample Containers

    10.1  Label the container immediately after a sample is obtained. 
Use waterproof and oilproof ink or a pencil hard enough to dent the tag, 
since soft pencil and ordinary ink markings are subject to obliteration 
from moisture, oil smearing and handling. An indelible identification 
symbol, such as a bar code, may be used in lieu of a manually addressed 
label. The label shall reference the following information:
    10.1.1  Date and time (the period elapsed during continuous 
sampling);
    10.1.2  Name of the sample;
    10.1.3  Name or number and owner of the vessel, car, or container;
    10.1.4  Brand and grade of material; and
    10.1.5  Reference symbol or identification number.

                         11. Sampling procedures

    11.1  The standard sampling procedures described in this method are 
summarized in Table 1. Alternative sampling procedures may be used if a 
mutually satisfactory agreement has been reached by the party(ies) 
involved and EPA and such agreement has been put in writing and signed 
by authorized officials.

  Table 1--Summary of Diesel Fuel Sampling Procedures and Applicability
------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Type of container                  Procedure         Paragraph
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Storage tanks, ship and barge        Bottle sampling.......         11.2
 tanks, tank cars, tank trucks.
Storage tanks with taps............  Tap sampling..........         11.3
Pipe and lines.....................  Continuous line                11.4
                                      sampling.
Retail outlet and whole-sale         Nozzle sampling.......         11.5
 purchaser-consumer facility
 storage tanks.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    11.2  Bottle or beaker sampling. The bottle or beaker sampling 
procedure is applicable for sampling liquids of 16 pounds (1.12 kgf/
cm\2\) RVP or less in tank cars, tank trucks, shore tanks, ship tanks, 
and barge tanks.

[[Page 809]]

    11.2.1  Apparatus. A suitable sampling bottle or beaker as shown in 
figure 2 of appendix D is required.
    11.2.2  Procedure.
    11.2.2.1  All-levels sample. Lower the weighted, stoppered bottle or 
beaker as near as possible to the draw-off level, pull out the stopper 
with a sharp jerk of the cord or chain and raise the bottle at a uniform 
rate so that it is about \3/4\ full as it emerges from the liquid.
    11.2.2.2  Running sample. Lower the unstoppered bottles or beaker as 
near as possible to the level of the bottom of the outlet connection or 
swing line and then raise the bottle or beaker to the top of the 
gasoline at a uniform rate of speed such that it is about \3/4\ full 
when withdrawn from the diesel fuel.
    11.2.2.3  Upper, middle, and lower samples. Lower the weighted, 
stoppered bottle to the proper depths (Figure 1 of appendix D) as 
follows:

Upper sample..............................  middle of upper third of the
                                             tank contents
Middle sample.............................  middle of the tank contents
Lower sample..............................  level of the fixed tank
                                             outlet or the swing-line
                                             outlet
 

    At the selected level pull out the stopper with a sharp jerk of the 
cord or chain and allow the bottle or beaker to fill completely, as 
evidenced by the cessation of air bubbles. When full, raise the bottle 
or beaker, pour off a small amount, and stopper immediately.
    11.2.2.4  Top sample. Obtain this sample (Figure 1 of appendix D) in 
the same manner as specified in 11.2.2.3 but at six inches (150 mm) 
below the top surface of the tank contents.
    11.2.2.5  Handling. Stopper and label bottle samples immediately 
after taking them, and deliver to the laboratory in the original 
sampling bottles.
    11.3  Tap sampling. The tap sampling procedure is applicable for 
sampling liquids of twenty-six pounds (1.83 kgf/cm\2\) RVP or less in 
tanks which are equipped with suitable sampling taps or lines. The 
assembly for tap sampling is shown in figure 3 of appendix D.
    11.3.1  Apparatus
    11.3.1.1  Tank taps. The tank should be equipped with at least three 
sampling taps placed equidistant throughout the tank height and 
extending at least three feet (0.9 meter) inside the tank shell. A 
standard \1/4\ inch pipe with suitable valve is satisfactory.
    11.3.1.2  Tube. A delivery tube that will not contaminate the 
product being sampled and long enough to reach to the bottom of the 
sample container is required to allow submerged filling.
    11.3.1.3  Sample containers. Use clean, dry glass bottles of 
convenient size and strength or metal containers to receive the samples.
    11.3.2  Procedure
    11.3.2.1  Before a sample is drawn, flush the tap (or gage glass 
drain cock) and line until they are purged completely. Connect the clean 
delivery tube to the tap. Draw upper, middle, or lower samples directly 
from the respective taps after the flushing operation. Stopper and label 
the sample container immediately after filling, and deliver it to the 
laboratory.
    11.4  Continuous sampling. The continuous sampling procedure is 
applicable for sampling liquids of 16 pounds (1.12 kgf/cm\2\) RVP or 
less and semiliquids in pipelines, filling lines, and transfer lines. 
The continuous sampling may be done manually or by using automatic 
devices.
    11.4.1  Apparatus
    11.4.1.1  Sampling probe. The function of the sampling probe is to 
withdraw from the flow stream a portion that will be representative of 
the entire stream. The apparatus assembly for continuous sampling is 
shown in figure 4 of appendix D. Probe designs that are commonly used 
are as follows:
    11.4.1.1.1  A tube extending to the center of the line and beveled 
at a 45 degree angle facing upstream (Figure 4(a) of appendix D).
    11.4.1.1.2  A long-radius forged elbow or pipe bend extending to the 
center line of the pipe and facing upstream. The end of the probe should 
be reamed to give a sharp entrance edge (Figure 4(b) of appendix D).
    11.4.1.1.3  A closed-end tube with a round orifice spaced near the 
closed end which should be positioned in such a way that the orifice is 
in the center of the pipeline and is facing the stream as shown in 
figure 4(c) of appendix D.
    11.4.1.2  Probe location. Since the fluid to be sampled may not in 
all cases be homogeneous, the location, the position and the size of the 
sampling probe shoud be such as to minimize stratification or dropping 
out of heavier particles within the tube or the displacement of the 
product within the tube as a result of variation in gravity of the 
flowing stream. The sampling probe should be located preferably in a 
vertical run of pipe and as near as practicable to the point where the 
product passes to the receiver. The probe should always be in a 
horizontal position.
    11.4.1.2.1  The sampling lines should be as short as practicable and 
should be cleared before any samples are taken.
    11.4.1.2.2  Where adequate flowing velocity is not available, a 
suitable device for mixing the fluid flow to ensure a homogeneous 
mixture at all rates of flow and to eliminate stratification should be 
installed upstream of the sampling tap. Some effective devices for 
obtaining a homogeneous mixture are as follows: Reduction in pipe size; 
a series of baffles; orifice or perforated plate; and a combination of 
any of these methods.
    11.4.1.2.3  The design or sizing of these devices is optional with 
the user, as long as the

[[Page 810]]

flow past the sampling point is homogeneous and stratification is 
eliminated.
    11.4.1.3  To control the rate at which the sample is withdrawn, the 
probe or probes should be fitted with valves or plug cocks.
    11.4.1.4  Automatic sampling devices that meet the standards set out 
in 11.4.1.5 may be used in obtaining samples of diesel fuel. The quality 
of sample collected must be of sufficient size for analysis, and its 
composition should be identical with the composition of the batch 
flowing in the line while the sample is being taken. An automatic 
sampler installation necessarily includes not only the automatic 
sampling device that extracts the samples from the line, but also a 
suitable probe, connecting lines, auxiliary equipment, and a container 
in which the sample is collected. Automatic samplers may be classified 
as follows:
    11.4.1.4.1  Continuous sampler, time cycle (nonproportional) type. A 
sampler designed and operated in such a manner that it transfers equal 
increments of liquid from the pipeline to the sample container at a 
uniform rate of one or more increments per minute is a continuous 
sampler.
    11.4.1.4.2  Continuous sampler, flow-responsive (proportional) type. 
A sampler that is designed and operated in such a manner that it will 
automatically adjust the quantity of sample in proportion to the rate of 
flow is a flow-responsive (proportional) sampler. Adjustment of the 
quantity of sample may be made either by varying the frequency of 
transferring equal increments of sample to the sample container, or by 
varying the volume of the increments while maintaining a constant 
frequency of transferring the increments to the sample container. The 
apparatus assembly for continuous sampling is shown in figure 4 of 
appendix D.
    11.4.1.4.3  Intermittent sampler. A sampler that is designed and 
operated in such a manner that it transfers equal increments of liquid 
from a pipeline to the sample container at a uniform rate of less than 
one increment per minute is an intermittent sampler.
    11.4.1.5  Standards of installation. Automatic sampler installations 
should meet all safety requirements in the plant or area where used, and 
should comply with American National Standard Code for Pressure Piping, 
and other applicable codes (ANSI B31.1). The sampler should be so 
installed as to provide ample access space for inspection and 
maintenance.
    11.4.1.5.1  Small lines connecting various elements of the 
installation should be so arranged that complete purging of the 
automatic sampler and of all lines can be accomplished effectively. All 
fluid remaining in the sampler and the lines from the preceding sampling 
cycle should be purged immediately before the start of any given 
sampling operation.
    11.4.1.5.2  In those cases where the sampler design is such that 
complete purging of the sampling lines and the sampler is not possible, 
a small pump should be installed in order to circulate a continuous 
stream from the sampling tube past or through the sampler and back into 
the line. The automatic sampler should then withdraw the sample from the 
sidestream through the shortest possible connection.
    11.4.1.5.3  Under certain conditions, there may be a tendency for 
water and heavy particles to drop out in the discharge line from the 
sampling device and appear in the sample container during some 
subsequent sampling period. To circumvent this possibility, the 
discharge pipe from the sampling device should be free of pockets or 
enlarged pipe areas, and preferably should be pitched downward to the 
sample container.
    11.4.1.5  To ensure clean, free-flowing lines, piping should be 
designed for periodic cleaning.
    11.4.1.6  Field calibration. Composite samples obtained from the 
automatic sampler installation should be verified for quantity 
performance in a manner that meets with the approval of all parties 
concerned (including EPA), at least once a month and more often if 
conditions warrant. In the case of time-cycle samplers, deviations in 
quantity of the sample taken should not exceed  five percent 
for any given setting. In the case of flow-responsive samplers, the 
deviation in quantity of sample taken per 1,000 barrels of flowing 
stream should not exceed  5 percent. For the purpose of 
field-calibrating an installation, the composite sample obtained from 
the automatic sampler under test should be verified for quality by 
comparing on the basis of physical and chemical properties, with either 
a properly secured continuous nonautomatic sample or tank sample. The 
tank sample should be taken under the following conditions:
    11.4.1.6.1  The batch pumped during the test interval should be 
diverted into a clean tank and a sample taken within one hour after 
cessation of pumping.
    11.4.1.6.2  If the sampling of the delivery tank is to be delayed 
beyond one hour, then the tank selected must be equipped with an 
adequate mixing means. For valid comparison, the sampling of the 
delivery tank must be completed within eight hours after cessation of 
pumping, even though the tank is equipped with a motor-driven mixer.
    11.4.1.6.3  When making a normal full-tank delivery from a tank, a 
properly secured sample may be used to check the results of the sampler 
if the parties (including EPA) mutually agree to this procedure.
    11.4.1.7  Receiver. The receiver must be a clean, dry container of 
convenient size to receive the sample. All connections from the sample 
probe to the sample container must be free of leaks. Two types of 
container may

[[Page 811]]

be used, depending upon service requirements.
    11.4.1.7.1  Atmospheric container. The atmospheric container shall 
be constructed in such a way that it retards evaporation loss and 
protects the sample from extraneous material such as rain, snow, dust, 
and trash. The construction should allow cleaning, interior inspection, 
and complete mixing of the sample prior to removal. The container should 
be provided with a suitable vent.
    11.4.1.7.2  Closed container. The closed container shall be 
constructed in such a manner that it prevents evaporation loss. The 
construction must allow cleaning, interior inspection and complete 
mixing of the sample prior to removal. The container should be equipped 
with a pressure-relief valve.
    11.4.2  Procedure.
    11.4.2.1  Nonautomatic sample. Adjust the valve or plug cock from 
the sampling probe so that a steady stream is drawn from the probe. 
Whenever possible, the rate of sample withdrawal should be such that the 
velocity of liquid flowing through the probe is approximately equal to 
the average linear velocity of the stream flowing through the pipeline. 
Measure and record the rate of sample withdrawal as gallons per hour. 
Divert the sample stream to the sampling container continuously or 
intermittently to provide a quantity of sample that will be of 
sufficient size for analysis.
    11.4.2.2  Automatic sampling. Purge the sampler and the sampling 
lines immediately before the start of a sampling operation. If the 
sample design is such that complete purging is not possible, circulate a 
continuous stream from the probe past or through the sampler and back 
into the line. Withdraw the sample from the side stream through the 
automatic sampler using the shortest possible connections. Adjust the 
sampler to deliver not less than one and not more than 40 gallons (151 
liters) of sample during the desired sampling period. For time-cycle 
samplers, record the rate at which sample increments were taken per 
minute. For flow-responsive samplers, record the proportion of sample to 
total stream. Label the samples and deliver them to the laboratory in 
the containers in which they were collected.
    11.5  Nozzle sampling. The nozzle sampling procedure is applicable 
for sampling diesel fuel from a retail outlet or wholesale purchaser-
consumer facility storage tank.
    11.5.1  Apparatus. Sample containers conforming with 4.1 should be 
used. A spacer, if appropriate (Figure 6 of appendix D), and a nozzle 
extension device similar to that shown in figures 7 or 7a of appendix D 
shall be used when nozzle sampling. The nozzle extension device does not 
need to be identical to that shown in figure 7 or 7a of appendix D but 
it should be a device that will bottom fill the container.
    11.5.2  Procedure. Immediately after diesel fuel has been delivered 
from the pump and the pump has been reset, deliver a small amount of 
product into the sample container. Rinse sample container and dump 
product into waste container. Insert nozzle extension (Figure 7 or 7a of 
appendix D) into sample container and insert pump nozzle into extension 
with slot over air bleed hole. Fill slowly through nozzle extension to 
70-80 percent full (Figure 8 of appendix D). Remove nozzle extension. 
Cap sample container at once. Check for leaks.

                12. Special Precautions and Instructions.

    12.1  Precautions. Official samples should be taken by, or under the 
immediate supervision of, a person of judgment, skill, and sampling 
experience. Never prepare composite samples for this test. Make certain 
that containers which are to be shipped by common carrier conform to 
applicable Interstate Commerce Commission, State, and local regulations. 
When flushing or purging lines or containers, observe the pertinent 
regulations and precautions against fire, explosion, and other hazards.
    12.2  Sample containers. Use containers of not less than one quart 
(0.9 liter) nor more than two gallons (7.6 liters) capacity, of 
sufficient strength to withstand the pressure to which they may be 
subjected. Open-type containers have a single opening which permits 
sampling by immersion. Closed-type containers have two openings, one in 
each end (or the equivalent thereof), fitted with valves suitable for 
sampling by water displacement or by purging.
    12.3  Transfer connections. The transfer connection for the open-
type container consists of an air tube and a liquid delivery tube 
assembled in a cap or stopper. The air tube extends to the bottom of the 
container. One end of the liquid delivery tube is long enough to reach 
the bottom of the diesel fuel chamber while the sample is being 
transferred to the chamber. The transfer connection for the closed-type 
container consists of a single tube with a connection suitable for 
attaching it to one of the openings of the sample container. The tube is 
long enough to reach the bottom of the diesel chamber while the sample 
is being transferred.
    12.4  Sampling open tanks. Use clean containers of the open type 
when sampling open tanks and tank cars. An all-level sample obtained by 
the bottle procedure described in 11.2 is recommended. Before taking the 
sample, flush the container by immersing it in the product to be 
sampled. Then obtain the sample immediately. Pour off enough so that the 
container will be 70-80 percent full and close it promptly. Label the 
container and deliver it to the laboratory.
    12.5  Sampling closed tanks. Containers of either the open or closed 
type may be used to obtain samples from closed or pressure

[[Page 812]]

tanks. If the closed type is used, obtain the sample using the water 
displacement procedure described in 12.8 or the purging procedure 
described in 12.9. The water displacement procedure is preferable 
because the flow of product involved in the purging procedure may be 
hazardous.
    12.6  Water displacement procedure. Completely fill the closed-type 
container with water and close the valves. While permitting a small 
amount of product to flow through the fittings, connect the top or inlet 
valve of the container to the tank sampling tap or valve. Then open all 
valves on the inlet side of the container. Open the bottom or outlet 
valve slightly to allow the water to be displaced slowly by the sample 
entering the container. Regulate the flow so that there is no 
appreciable change in pressure within the container. Close the outlet 
valve as soon as diesel fuel discharges from the outlet; then in 
succession close the inlet valve and the sampling valve on the tank. 
Disconnect the container and withdraw enough of the contents so that it 
will be 70-80 percent full. If the vapor pressure of the product is not 
high enough to force liquid from the container, open both the upper and 
lower valves slightly to remove the excess. Promptly seal and label the 
container, and deliver it to the laboratory.
    12.7  Purging procedure. Connect the inlet valve of the closed-type 
container to the tank sampling tap or valve. Throttle the outlet valve 
of the container so that the pressure in it will be approximately equal 
to that in the container being sampled. Allow a volume of product equal 
to at least twice that of the container to flow through the sampling 
system. Then close all valves, the outlet valve first, the inlet valve 
of the container second, and the tank sampling valve last, and 
disconnect the container immediately. Withdraw enough of the contents so 
that the sample container will be 70-80 percent full. If the vapor 
pressure of the product is not high enough to force liquid from the 
container, open both the upper and lower valves slightly to remove the 
excess. Promptly seal and label the container, and deliver it to the 
laboratory.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC01SE92.154

[55 FR 34140, Aug. 21, 1990]


[[Page 813]]



                              FINDING AIDS




  --------------------------------------------------------------------

  A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts and 
an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in 
the CFR Index and Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations 
which is published separately and revised annually.

  Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
  Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
  Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
  List of CFR Sections Affected

[[Page 815]]

            Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference

                      (Revised as of July 1, 1999)

  The Director of the Federal Register has approved under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51 the incorporation by reference of the following 
publications. This list contains only those incorporations by reference 
effective as of the revision date of this volume. Incorporations by 
reference found within a regulation are effective upon the effective 
date of that regulation. For more information on incorporation by 
reference, see the preliminary pages of this volume.


40 CFR (PARTS 72 TO 80):

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                                                                  40 CFR


American Gas Association

  1515 Wilson Blvd., Arlington, VA 22209
AGA Report No. 3: Orifice Metering of Natural Gas   75.20; Appendices D 
  and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids, Part 1,         and E of Part 75
  General Equations and Uncertainty Guidelines 
  (October 1990 edition); Part 2, Specification 
  and Installation Requirements (February 1991 
  edition); and Part 3, Natural Gas Applications 
  (August 1992 edition).
AGA Report No. 7: Measurement of Gas by Turbine    75.6; 75.20; Appendix 
  Meters (1985 edition).                                    D of part 75
AGA Report No. 7: Measurement of Gas by Turbine     75.6, Appendix D of 
  Meters (2nd revision, 1996 edition).                           part 75


American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Inc.

  1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036
Codification of Statements on Auditing Standards,                 80.125
  ``Statements on Standards for Attestation 
  Engagements, 1991, Identification Number 059021.


American Petroleum Institute

  1220 L Street NW., Washington, DC 20005-4070; 
  Telephone: (202) 682-8000
API Manual of Petroleum Management Standard                  75.6; 75.19
  (MPMS), Chapter 3, section 1A, Standard Practice 
  for the Manual Gauging of Petroleum and 
  Petroleum Products, First Edition, December 
  1994.
API Manual of Petroleum Management Standard                  75.6; 75.19
  (MPMS), Chapter 3, section 1B, Standard Practice 
  for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in 
  Stationary Tanks by Automatic Tank Gauging, 
  First Edition, April 1992, Reaffirmed January 
  1997.
API Manual of Petroleum Management Standard                  75.6; 75.19
  (MPMS), Chapter 3, section 2, Standard Practice 
  for Gauging Petroleum and Petroleum Products in 
  Tank Cars, First Edition, September 1995.
API Manual of Petroleum Management Standard                  75.6; 75.19
(MPMS), Chapter 3, section 3, Standard Practice 
[[Page 816]]easurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons in 
  Stationary Pressurized Storage Tanks by 
API Manual of Petroleum Management Standard                  75.6; 75.19
  (MPMS), Chapter 3, section 4, Standard Practice 
  for Level Measurement of Liquid Hydrocarbons on 
  Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank Gauging, First 
  Edition, April 1995.ng, First Edition, June 
API Manual of Petroleum Management Standard                  75.6; 75.19
  (MPMS), Chapter 3, section 5, Standard Practice 
  for Level Measurement of Light Hydrocarbon 
  Liquids Onboard Marine Vessels by Automatic Tank 
  Gauging, First Edition, March 1997.
API Bulletin 2509B, Shop Testing of Automatic                75.6; 75.19
  Liquid Level Gauges, December 1961; reaffirmed 
  August 1987 and October 1992.


American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

  Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990; 
  Telephone: (800) THE-ASME
ASME MFC-3M-1989 with September 1990 Errata        75.20 and Appendix D 
  Measurement of Fluid Flow in Pipes Using                    of Part 75
  Orifice, Nozzle, and Venturi.
ASME MFC-4M-1986 (Reaffirmed 1990) Measurement of  75.20 and Appendix D 
  Gas Flow by Turbine Meters.                                 of Part 75
ASME MFC-5M-1985 Measurement of Liquid Flow in     75.20 and Appendix D 
  Closed Conduits Using Transit-Time Ultrasonic               of Part 75
  Flowmeters.
ASME MFC-6M-1987 with June 1987 Errata Measurement 75.20 and Appendix D 
  of Fluid Flow in Pipes Using Vortex Flow Meters.            of Part 75
ASME MFC-7M-1987 (Reaffirmed 1992) Measurement of  75.20 and Appendix D 
  Gas Flow by Means of Critical Flow Venturi                  of Part 75
  Nozzles.
ASME MFC-9M-1988 with December 1989 Errata         75.20 and Appendix D 
  Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits by            of Part 75
  Weighing Method.
ASME Performance Test Code 4.2 (1991), Test Code             76.4; 76.15
  for Coal Pulverizers.


American Society for Testing and Materials

  100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 
  19428-2959; Telephone: (610) 832-9585, FAX: 
  (610) 832-9555
ASTM D 86-90, Standard Test Method for                             80.46
  Distillation of Petroleum Products.
ASTM D129-91 Standard Test Method for Sulfur in    Appendices A and D of 
  Petroleum Products (General Bomb Method).             Part 75 and 72.7
ASTM D240-87 (Reapproved 1991) Standard Test       Appendices A, D, and 
  Method for Heat of Combustion of Liquid                   F of Part 75
  Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter.
ASTM D287-82 (Reapproved 1987) Standard Test       Appendix D of Part 75
  Method for API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and 
  Petroleum Products (Hydrometer Method).
ASTM D388-92 Standard Classification of Coals by    72.2 and Appendix F 
  Rank.                                                       of Part 75
ASTM D396-90a Standard Specification for Fuel Oils                  72.2
ASTM D439-81, Standard Specifications for              80.2(d); 80.22(b)
  Automotive Gasoline.
ASTM D941-88 Standard Test Method for Density and  Appendix D of Part 75
  Relative Density (Specific Gravity) of Liquids 
  by Lipkin Bicapillary Pycnometer.
ASTM D975-91 Standard Specification for Diesel                      72.2
  Fuel Oils.
ASTM D 975-93, Standard Specification for Diesel        79.56(d)(5) and 
  Fuel Oils.                                                      (e)(3)
ASTM D 976-80 Standard Methods for Calculated                    80.2(w)
  Cetane Index of Distillate Fuels.
ASTM D1072-90 Standard Test Method for Total       Appendix D of Part 75 
  Sulfur in Fuel Gases.                                         and 72.7

[[Page 817]]

ASTM D1217-91 Standard Test Method for Density and Appendix D of Part 75
  Relative Density (Specific Gravity) of Liquids 
  by Bingham Pycnometer.
ASTM D1250-80 (Reapproved 1990) Standard Guide for Appendix D of Part 75
  Petroleum Measurement Tables.
ASTM D1265-92 Standard Practice for Sampling                        72.7
  Liquified Petroleum (LP) Gases (Manual Method).
ASTM D1298-85 (Reapproved 1990) Standard Practice  Appendix D of Part 75
  for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity) 
  or API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Liquid 
  Petroleum Products by Hydrometer Method.
ASTM D 1319-88 Standard Test Method for                          80.2(z)
  Hydrocarbon Types in Liquid Petroleum Products 
  by Fluorescent Indicator Adsorption.
ASTM D 1319-93, Standard Test Method for                           80.46
  Hydrocarbon Types in Liquid Petroleum Products 
  by Fluorescent Indicator Adsorption.
ASTM D1480-91 Standard Test Method for Density and Appendix D of Part 75
  Relative Density (Specific Gravity) of Viscous 
  Materials by Bingham Pycnometer.
ASTM D1481-91 Standard Test Method for Density and Appendix D of Part 75
  Relative Density (Specific Gravity) of Viscous 
  Materials by Lipkin Bicapillary Pycnometer.
ASTM D1552-90 Standard Test Method for Sulfur in   Appendices A and D of 
  Petroleum Products (High Temperature Method).                  Part 75
ASTM D1826-88 Standard Test Method for Calorific   Appendix F of Part 75
  (Heating) Value of Gases in Natural Gas Range by 
  Continuous Recording Calorimeter.
ASTM D1945-91 Standard Test Method for Analysis of Appendices F and G of 
  Natural Gas by Gas Chromatography.                             Part 75
ASTM D1946-90 Standard Practice for Analysis of    Appendices F and G of 
  Reformed Gas by Gas Chromatography.                            Part 75
ASTM D 1989-92 Standard Test Method for Gross      Appendix F of Part 75
  Caloric Value of Coal and Coke by Microprocessor 
  Controlled Isoperibol Calorimeters.
ASTM D 2013-86 Standard Method of Preparing Coal     Appendix F of Part 
  Samples for Analysis.                                        75; 75.15
ASTM D2015-91 Standard Test Method for Gross       Appendices A, D, and 
  Calorific Value of Coal and Coke by the            F of Part 75; 75.15
  Adiabatic Bomb Calorimeter.
ASTM D2234-89 Standard Test Methods for Collection   Appendix F of Part 
  of a Gross Sample of Coal.                                   75; 75.15
ASTM D2382-88 Standard Test Method for Heat of      Appendices D, and F 
  Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb                     of Part 75
  Calorimeter (High-Precision Method).
ASTM D2502-87 Standard Test Method for Estimation  Appendix G of Part 75
  of Molecular Weight (Relative Molecular Mass) of 
  Petroleum Oils from Viscosity Measurements.
ASTM D2503-82 (Reapproved 1987) Standard Test      Appendix G of Part 75
  Method for Molecular Weight (Relative Molecular 
  Mass) of Hydrocarbons by Thermoelectric 
  Measurement of Vapor Pressure.
ASTM D 2622-87 Standard Test Method for Sulfur in                80.2(y)
  Petroleum Products by X-Ray Spectrometry.
ASTM D2622-92 Standard Test Method for Sulfur in     72.7; Appendices A 
  Petroleum Products by X-Ray Spectrometry.           and D of Part 75; 
                                                                   80.46
ASTM D2699-80, Standard Test Method for Knock                    80.2(d)
Characteristics of Motor Fuels by the Research 
[[Page 818]]

ASTM D2700-81, Standard Test Method for Knock                    80.2(d)
  Characteristics of Motor and Aviation Fuels by 
  the Motor Method.
ASTM D 2880-90a, Standard Specification for Gas                     72.2
  Turine Fuel Oils.
ASTM D2892-84, Standard Test Method for            Appendix E to Part 80
  Distillation of Crude Petroleum (15-Theoretical 
  Plate Column).
ASTM D 3172-89, Standard Practice for Proximate              76.4; 76.15
  Analysis of Coal and Coke.
ASTM D3174-89 Standard Test Method for Ash in the  Appendix G of Part 75
  Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke from Coal.
ASTM D3176-89 Standard Practice for Ultimate       Appendices A and F of 
  Analysis of Coal and Coke.                        Part 75; 76.4; 76.15
ASTM D3177-89 Standard Test Methods for Total        Appendix A of Part 
  Sulfur in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke.              75; 75.15
ASTM D3178-89 Standard Test Methods for Carbon and Appendix G of Part 75
  Hydrogen in the Analysis Sample of Coal and 
  Coke.
ASTM D3238-90 Standard Test Method for Calculation Appendix G of Part 75
  of Carbon Distribution and Structural Group 
  Analysis of Petroleum Oils by the n-d-aM Method.
ASTM D 3286-91a Standard Test Method for Gross     Appendix F of Part 75
  Calorific Value of Coal and Coke by the 
  Isoperibol Bomb Calorimeter.
ASTM D 3588-91 Standard Practice for Calculating   Appendix F of Part 75
  Heat Value, Compressibility Factor, and Relative 
  Density (Specific Gravity) of Gaseous Fuels.
ASTM D 3606-92, Standard Test Method for                           80.46
  Determination of Benzene and Toluene in Finished 
  Motor and Aviation Gasoline by Gas 
  Chromatography.
ASTM D4052-91 Standard Test Method for Density and Appendix D of Part 75
  Relative Density of Liquids by Digital Density 
  Meter.
ASTM D4057-88 Standard Practice for Manual         Appendix D of Part 75 
  Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products.                 and 72.7
ASTM D4177-82 (Reapproved 1990) Standard Practice  Appendix D of Part 75
  for Automatic Sampling of Petroleum and 
  Petroleum Products.
ASTM D4239-85 Standard Test Methods for Sulfur in    Appendix A of Part 
  the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke Using High              75; 75.15
  Temperature Tube Furnace Combustion Methods.
ASTM D 4294-83 Standard Test Method for Sulfur in        80.30(g)(2)(ii)
  Petroleum Products by Non-dispersive X-ray 
  Fluorescence Spectrometry.
ASTM D4294-90 Standard Test Method for Sulfur in   72.7 and Appendices A 
  Petroleum Products by Energy-Dispersive X-Ray         and D of Part 75
  Fluorescence Spectroscopy.
ASTM D 4468-85 (Reapproved 1989) Standard Test     Appendix D of Part 75
  Method for Total Sulfur in Gaseous Fuels by 
  Hydrogenolysis and Rateometric Calorimetry.
ASTM D 4814-93a, Standard Specification for             79.56(d)(5) and 
  Automotive Spark-Ignition Engine Fuel.                          (e)(3)
ASTM D4814-95c, Standard Specification for                  80.164(a)(5)
  Automotive Spark-Ignition Engine Fuel.
ASTM D 4815-93, Standard Test Method for                           80.46
  Determination of MTBE, ETBE, TAME, DIPE, 
  tertiary-Amyl Alcohol and C1 to C 4 Alcohols in 
  Gasoline by Gas Chromatography.
ASTM D 4891-89 Standard Test Method for Heating    Appendix F of Part 75
Value of Gases in Natural Gas Range by 
[[Page 819]]ric Combustion.

ASTM D 5291-92 Standard Test Methods for           Appendix G of Part 75
  Instrumental Determination of Carbon, Hydrogen, 
  and Nitrogen in Petroleum Products and 
  Lubricants.
ASTM D 5500-94, Standard Test Method for Vehicle               80.165(b)
  Evaluation of Unleaded Automotive Spark-Ignition 
  Fuel for Intake Valve Deposit Formation.
ASTM D 5504-94 Standard Test Method for            Appendix D of Part 75
  Determination of Sulfur Compounds in Natural Gas 
  and Gaseous Fuels by Gas Chromatography and 
  Chemiluminescence.
ASTM D 5598-94, Standard Specification for                     80.165(a)
  Evaluating Unleaded Automotive Spark-Ignition 
  Engine Fuel for Electronic Port Fuel Injector 
  Fouling.
ASTM E1-86, Standard Specification for ASTM        Appendix E of Part 80
  Thermometers.


California Air Resources Board, Stationary Source Division

  2020 L St., P.O. Box 285, Sacramento, CA 95814
BMW-10,000 Miles Intake Valve Test Procedure,                  80.165(c)
  March 1, 1991.
Test Method for Evaluating Port Fuel Injector                  80.165(c)
  (PFI) Deposits in Vehicle Engines, March 1, 
  1991.


Gas Processors Association

  6526 East 60th Street, Tulsa, OK 74145
GPA Standard 2172-86, Calculation of Gross Heating Appendices D, E, and 
  Value, Relative Density and Compressibility               F of Part 75
  Factor for Natural Gas Mixtures from 
  Compositional Analysis.
GPA Standard 2261-90, Analysis for Natural Gas and Appendices D, F, and 
  Similar Gaseous Mixtures by Gas Chromatography.           G of Part 75


Institute of Internal Auditors, Inc.

  249 Maitland Avenue, Altamonte Springs, FL 
  32701-4201
Codification of Standards for the Professional                    80.125
  Practice of Internal Auditing, 1989, 
  Identification Number ISBN 0-89413-207-5.


International Organization for Standardization

  Case Postale 56, CH-1211 Geneve 20, Switzerland
ISO 8316: 1987(E), Measurement of Liquid Flow in    75.20; Appendices D 
  Closed Conduits--Method of Collection of the          and E of Part 75
  Liquid in a Volumetric Tank.
ISO 9931 (December 1991), Coal--Sampling of                  76.4; 76.15
  Pulverized Coal Conveyed by Gases in Direct 
  Fired Coal Systems.


U.S. Government Printing Office

  Washington, DC 20402-9371; Telephone: (202) 512-
  1800; Telefacsimile: (202) 275-0019
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services,      79.61(c)(3), (d)(2), 
  Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory                    and (d)(4)
  Animals, 1985.



[[Page 821]]



                    Table of CFR Titles and Chapters




                      (Revised as of July 1, 1999)

                      Title 1--General Provisions

         I  Administrative Committee of the Federal Register 
                (Parts 1--49)
        II  Office of the Federal Register (Parts 50--299)
        IV  Miscellaneous Agencies (Parts 400--500)

                          Title 2--[Reserved]

                        Title 3--The President

         I  Executive Office of the President (Parts 100--199)

                           Title 4--Accounts

         I  General Accounting Office (Parts 1--99)
        II  Federal Claims Collection Standards (General 
                Accounting Office--Department of Justice) (Parts 
                100--299)

                   Title 5--Administrative Personnel

         I  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1--1199)
        II  Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  Office of Management and Budget (Parts 1300--1399)
        IV  Advisory Committee on Federal Pay (Parts 1400--1499)
         V  The International Organizations Employees Loyalty 
                Board (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)
       VII  Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
      VIII  Office of Special Counsel (Parts 1800--1899)
        IX  Appalachian Regional Commission (Parts 1900--1999)
        XI  Armed Forces Retirement Home (Part 2100)
       XIV  Federal Labor Relations Authority, General Counsel of 
                the Federal Labor Relations Authority and Federal 
                Service Impasses Panel (Parts 2400--2499)
        XV  Office of Administration, Executive Office of the 
                President (Parts 2500--2599)
       XVI  Office of Government Ethics (Parts 2600--2699)
       XXI  Department of the Treasury (Parts 3100--3199)

[[Page 822]]

      XXII  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Part 3201)
     XXIII  Department of Energy (Part 3301)
      XXIV  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Part 3401)
       XXV  Department of the Interior (Part 3501)
      XXVI  Department of Defense (Part 3601)
    XXVIII  Department of Justice (Part 3801)
      XXIX  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 3900--3999)
       XXX  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4099)
      XXXI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 4100--4199)
    XXXIII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Part 4301)
      XXXV  Office of Personnel Management (Part 4501)
        XL  Interstate Commerce Commission (Part 5001)
       XLI  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Part 5101)
      XLII  Department of Labor (Part 5201)
     XLIII  National Science Foundation (Part 5301)
       XLV  Department of Health and Human Services (Part 5501)
      XLVI  Postal Rate Commission (Part 5601)
     XLVII  Federal Trade Commission (Part 5701)
    XLVIII  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Part 5801)
         L  Department of Transportation (Part 6001)
       LII  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Part 6201)
      LIII  Department of Education (Parts 6300--6399)
       LIV  Environmental Protection Agency (Part 6401)
      LVII  General Services Administration (Part 6701)
     LVIII  Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Part 
                6801)
       LIX  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Part 
                6901)
        LX  United States Postal Service (Part 7001)
       LXI  National Labor Relations Board (Part 7101)
      LXII  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Part 7201)
     LXIII  Inter-American Foundation (Part 7301)
       LXV  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Part 
                7501)
      LXVI  National Archives and Records Administration (Part 
                7601)
      LXIX  Tennessee Valley Authority (Part 7901)
      LXXI  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Part 8101)
     LXXIV  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission (Part 
                8401)
     LXXVI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Part 8601)
    LXXVII  Office of Management and Budget (Part 8701)

                          Title 6--[Reserved]

                         Title 7--Agriculture

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Agriculture 
                (Parts 0--26)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Department of 
                Agriculture

[[Page 823]]

         I  Agricultural Marketing Service (Standards, 
                Inspections, Marketing Practices), Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 27--209)
        II  Food and Nutrition Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 210--299)
       III  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         V  Agricultural Research Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Natural Resources Conservation Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Farm Service Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                700--799)
      VIII  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Federal Grain Inspection Service), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Fruits, Vegetables, Nuts), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 900--999)
         X  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Milk), Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1000--1199)
        XI  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Miscellaneous Commodities), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Northeast Dairy Compact Commission (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Commodity Credit Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Rural Telephone Bank, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  Rural Utilities Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Rural Housing Service, Rural Business-Cooperative 
                Service, Rural Utilities Service, and Farm Service 
                Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 1800--
                2099)
      XXVI  Office of Inspector General, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 2600--2699)
     XXVII  Office of Information Resources Management, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of Operations, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2800--2899)
      XXIX  Office of Energy, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2900--2999)
       XXX  Office of the Chief Financial Officer, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3000--3099)
      XXXI  Office of Environmental Quality, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3100--3199)
     XXXII  Office of Procurement and Property Management, 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 3200--3299)

[[Page 824]]

    XXXIII  Office of Transportation, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3300--3399)
     XXXIV  Cooperative State Research, Education, and Extension 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 3400--
                3499)
      XXXV  Rural Housing Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3500--3599)
     XXXVI  National Agricultural Statistics Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 3600--3699)
    XXXVII  Economic Research Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3700--3799)
   XXXVIII  World Agricultural Outlook Board, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3800--3899)
       XLI  [Reserved]
      XLII  Rural Business-Cooperative Service and Rural Utilities 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 4200--
                4299)

                    Title 8--Aliens and Nationality

         I  Immigration and Naturalization Service, Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1--499)

                 Title 9--Animals and Animal Products

         I  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1--199)
        II  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Packers and Stockyards Programs), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--299)
       III  Food Safety and Inspection Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 300--599)

                           Title 10--Energy

         I  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Department of Energy (Parts 200--699)
       III  Department of Energy (Parts 700--999)
         X  Department of Energy (General Provisions) (Parts 
                1000--1099)
      XVII  Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (Parts 1700--
                1799)

                      Title 11--Federal Elections

         I  Federal Election Commission (Parts 1--9099)

                      Title 12--Banks and Banking

         I  Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)
        II  Federal Reserve System (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 300--399)

[[Page 825]]

        IV  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  Office of Thrift Supervision, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Credit Union Administration (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Federal Financing Bank (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Housing Finance Board (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XIV  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 1400--
                1499)
        XV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1500--1599)
      XVII  Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                1700--1799)
     XVIII  Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, 
                Department of the Treasury (Parts 1800--1899)

               Title 13--Business Credit and Assistance

         I  Small Business Administration (Parts 1--199)
       III  Economic Development Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)

                    Title 14--Aeronautics and Space

         I  Federal Aviation Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--199)
        II  Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation 
                (Aviation Proceedings) (Parts 200--399)
       III  Commercial Space Transportation, Federal Aviation 
                Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 400--499)
         V  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)

                 Title 15--Commerce and Foreign Trade

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Commerce (Parts 
                0--29)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Commerce and 
                Foreign Trade
         I  Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                30--199)
        II  National Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 400--499)
       VII  Bureau of Export Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 700--799)

[[Page 826]]

      VIII  Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Technology Administration, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
      XIII  East-West Foreign Trade Board (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Minority Business Development Agency (Parts 1400--
                1499)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Foreign Trade 
                Agreements
        XX  Office of the United States Trade Representative 
                (Parts 2000--2099)
            Subtitle D--Regulations Relating to Telecommunications 
                and Information
     XXIII  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                2300--2399)

                    Title 16--Commercial Practices

         I  Federal Trade Commission (Parts 0--999)
        II  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 1000--1799)

             Title 17--Commodity and Securities Exchanges

         I  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 1--199)
        II  Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 200--399)
        IV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 400--499)

          Title 18--Conservation of Power and Water Resources

         I  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of 
                Energy (Parts 1--399)
       III  Delaware River Basin Commission (Parts 400--499)
        VI  Water Resources Council (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Parts 800--899)
      XIII  Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 1300--1399)

                       Title 19--Customs Duties

         I  United States Customs Service, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)
        II  United States International Trade Commission (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)

[[Page 827]]

                     Title 20--Employees' Benefits

         I  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Railroad Retirement Board (Parts 200--399)
       III  Social Security Administration (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 500--599)
         V  Employment and Training Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 600--699)
        VI  Employment Standards Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Benefits Review Board, Department of Labor (Parts 
                800--899)
      VIII  Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (Parts 
                900--999)
        IX  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' 
                Employment and Training, Department of Labor 
                (Parts 1000--1099)

                       Title 21--Food and Drugs

         I  Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1--1299)
        II  Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 1300--1399)
       III  Office of National Drug Control Policy (Parts 1400--
                1499)

                      Title 22--Foreign Relations

         I  Department of State (Parts 1--199)
        II  Agency for International Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Peace Corps (Parts 300--399)
        IV  International Joint Commission, United States and 
                Canada (Parts 400--499)
         V  United States Information Agency (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Parts 700--
                799)
        IX  Foreign Service Grievance Board Regulations (Parts 
                900--999)
         X  Inter-American Foundation (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  International Boundary and Water Commission, United 
                States and Mexico, United States Section (Parts 
                1100--1199)
       XII  United States International Development Cooperation 
                Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Board for International Broadcasting (Parts 1300--
                1399)
       XIV  Foreign Service Labor Relations Board; Federal Labor 
                Relations Authority; General Counsel of the 
                Federal Labor Relations Authority; and the Foreign 
                Service Impasse Disputes Panel (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  African Development Foundation (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Japan-United States Friendship Commission (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  United States Institute of Peace (Parts 1700--1799)

[[Page 828]]

                          Title 23--Highways

         I  Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--999)
        II  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and 
                Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 1300--1399)

                Title 24--Housing and Urban Development

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Housing and Urban Development (Parts 0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Housing and Urban 
                Development
         I  Office of Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                100--199)
        II  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Government National Mortgage Association, Department 
                of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Multifamily Housing Assistance 
                Restructuring, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 600--699) [Reserved]
       VII  Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Housing Assistance Programs and 
                Public and Indian Housing Programs) (Parts 700--
                799)
      VIII  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Section 8 Housing Assistance 
                Programs, Section 202 Direct Loan Program, Section 
                202 Supportive Housing for the Elderly Program and 
                Section 811 Supportive Housing for Persons With 
                Disabilities Program) (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian 
                Housing, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 900--999)
         X  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Interstate Land Sales 
                Registration Program) (Parts 1700--1799)
       XII  Office of Inspector General, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 2000--2099)
        XX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 3200--3899)
       XXV  Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation (Parts 4100--
                4199)

[[Page 829]]

                           Title 25--Indians

         I  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--299)
        II  Indian Arts and Crafts Board, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 300--399)
       III  National Indian Gaming Commission, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 500--599)
        IV  Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation (Parts 
                700--799)
         V  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior, 
                and Indian Health Service, Department of Health 
                and Human Services (Part 900)
        VI  Office of the Assistant Secretary-Indian Affairs, 
                Department of the Interior (Part 1001)
       VII  Office of the Special Trustee for American Indians, 
                Department of the Interior (Part 1200)

                      Title 26--Internal Revenue

         I  Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury 
                (Parts 1--799)

           Title 27--Alcohol, Tobacco Products and Firearms

         I  Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 1--299)

                   Title 28--Judicial Administration

         I  Department of Justice (Parts 0--199)
       III  Federal Prison Industries, Inc., Department of Justice 
                (Parts 300--399)
         V  Bureau of Prisons, Department of Justice (Parts 500--
                599)
        VI  Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Independent Counsel (Parts 700--799)

                            Title 29--Labor

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Labor (Parts 
                0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Labor
         I  National Labor Relations Board (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Railroad Adjustment Board (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 400--499)
         V  Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor (Parts 
                500--899)
        IX  Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission 
                (Parts 900--999)
         X  National Mediation Board (Parts 1200--1299)

[[Page 830]]

       XII  Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (Parts 
                1400--1499)
       XIV  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 1600--
                1699)
      XVII  Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2200--2499)
       XXV  Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 2500--2599)
     XXVII  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2700--2799)
        XL  Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4999)

                      Title 30--Mineral Resources

         I  Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Minerals Management Service, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 200--299)
       III  Board of Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Geological Survey, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                400--499)
        VI  Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                600--699)
       VII  Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 700--999)

                 Title 31--Money and Finance: Treasury

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Treasury 
                (Parts 0--50)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Money and Finance
         I  Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                51--199)
        II  Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Secret Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of International Investment, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 800--899)

                      Title 32--National Defense

            Subtitle A--Department of Defense
         I  Office of the Secretary of Defense (Parts 1--399)
         V  Department of the Army (Parts 400--699)
        VI  Department of the Navy (Parts 700--799)

[[Page 831]]

       VII  Department of the Air Force (Parts 800--1099)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to National 
                Defense
       XII  Defense Logistics Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
       XVI  Selective Service System (Parts 1600--1699)
       XIX  Central Intelligence Agency (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Information Security Oversight Office, National 
                Archives and Records Administration (Parts 2000--
                2099)
       XXI  National Security Council (Parts 2100--2199)
      XXIV  Office of Science and Technology Policy (Parts 2400--
                2499)
     XXVII  Office for Micronesian Status Negotiations (Parts 
                2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of the Vice President of the United States 
                (Parts 2800--2899)
      XXIX  Presidential Commission on the Assignment of Women in 
                the Armed Forces (Part 2900)

               Title 33--Navigation and Navigable Waters

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1--
                199)
        II  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                          Title 34--Education

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Education (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Offices of the 
                Department of Education
         I  Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education 
                (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, 
                Department of Education (Parts 200--299)
       III  Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative 
                Services, Department of Education (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Vocational and Adult Education, Department 
                of Education (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages 
                Affairs, Department of Education (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of 
                Education (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Educational Research and Improvement, 
                Department of Education (Parts 700--799)
        XI  National Institute for Literacy (Parts 1100--1199)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Education
       XII  National Council on Disability (Parts 1200--1299)

[[Page 832]]

                        Title 35--Panama Canal

         I  Panama Canal Regulations (Parts 1--299)

             Title 36--Parks, Forests, and Public Property

         I  National Park Service, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
        II  Forest Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--
                299)
       III  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  American Battle Monuments Commission (Parts 400--499)
         V  Smithsonian Institution (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Library of Congress (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (Parts 800--
                899)
        IX  Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation (Parts 
                900--999)
         X  Presidio Trust (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance 
                Board (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)
       XIV  Assassination Records Review Board (Parts 1400--1499)

             Title 37--Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights

         I  Patent and Trademark Office, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 1--199)
        II  Copyright Office, Library of Congress (Parts 200--299)
        IV  Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy, Department 
                of Commerce (Parts 400--499)
         V  Under Secretary for Technology, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 500--599)

           Title 38--Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief

         I  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 0--99)

                       Title 39--Postal Service

         I  United States Postal Service (Parts 1--999)
       III  Postal Rate Commission (Parts 3000--3099)

                  Title 40--Protection of Environment

         I  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1--799)
         V  Council on Environmental Quality (Parts 1500--1599)
       VII  Environmental Protection Agency and Department of 
                Defense; Uniform National Discharge Standards for 
                Vessels of the Armed Forces (Parts 1700--1799)

          Title 41--Public Contracts and Property Management

            Subtitle B--Other Provisions Relating to Public 
                Contracts

[[Page 833]]

        50  Public Contracts, Department of Labor (Parts 50-1--50-
                999)
        51  Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or 
                Severely Disabled (Parts 51-1--51-99)
        60  Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal 
                Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor (Parts 
                60-1--60-999)
        61  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans 
                Employment and Training, Department of Labor 
                (Parts 61-1--61-999)
            Subtitle C--Federal Property Management Regulations 
                System
       101  Federal Property Management Regulations (Parts 101-1--
                101-99)
       105  General Services Administration (Parts 105-1--105-999)
       109  Department of Energy Property Management Regulations 
                (Parts 109-1--109-99)
       114  Department of the Interior (Parts 114-1--114-99)
       115  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 115-1--115-99)
       128  Department of Justice (Parts 128-1--128-99)
            Subtitle D--Other Provisions Relating to Property 
                Management [Reserved]
            Subtitle E--Federal Information Resources Management 
                Regulations System
       201  Federal Information Resources Management Regulation 
                (Parts 201-1--201-99) [Reserved]
            Subtitle F--Federal Travel Regulation System
       300  General (Parts 300-1--300.99)
       301  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances (Parts 301-1--
                301-99)
       302  Relocation Allowances (Parts 302-1--302-99)
       303  Payment of Expenses Connected with the Death of 
                Certain Employees (Parts 303-1--303-2)
       304  Payment from a Non-Federal Source for Travel Expenses 
                (Parts 304-1--304-99)

                        Title 42--Public Health

         I  Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 1--199)
        IV  Health Care Financing Administration, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Inspector General-Health Care, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1000--1999)

                   Title 43--Public Lands: Interior

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Lands
         I  Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 200--499)
        II  Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1000--9999)

[[Page 834]]

       III  Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation 
                Commission (Parts 10000--10005)

             Title 44--Emergency Management and Assistance

         I  Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 0--399)
        IV  Department of Commerce and Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                       Title 45--Public Welfare

            Subtitle A--Department of Health and Human Services 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Welfare
        II  Office of Family Assistance (Assistance Programs), 
                Administration for Children and Families, 
                Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  Office of Child Support Enforcement (Child Support 
                Enforcement Program), Administration for Children 
                and Families, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Refugee Resettlement, Administration for 
                Children and Families Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 400--499)
         V  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United 
                States, Department of Justice (Parts 500--599)
        VI  National Science Foundation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 800--899)
         X  Office of Community Services, Administration for 
                Children and Families, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                1200--1299)
      XIII  Office of Human Development Services, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1300--1399)
       XVI  Legal Services Corporation (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  National Commission on Libraries and Information 
                Science (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation (Parts 1800--
                1899)
       XXI  Commission on Fine Arts (Parts 2100--2199)
      XXII  Christopher Columbus Quincentenary Jubilee Commission 
                (Parts 2200--2299)
     XXIII  Arctic Research Commission (Part 2301)
      XXIV  James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation (Parts 
                2400--2499)
       XXV  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                2500--2599)

[[Page 835]]

                          Title 46--Shipping

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1--
                199)
        II  Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 200--399)
       III  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage), Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Federal Maritime Commission (Parts 500--599)

                      Title 47--Telecommunication

         I  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Office of Science and Technology Policy and National 
                Security Council (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                300--399)

           Title 48--Federal Acquisition Regulations System

         1  Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1--99)
         2  Department of Defense (Parts 200--299)
         3  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300--
                399)
         4  Department of Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         5  General Services Administration (Parts 500--599)
         6  Department of State (Parts 600--699)
         7  United States Agency for International Development 
                (Parts 700--799)
         8  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800--899)
         9  Department of Energy (Parts 900--999)
        10  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)
        12  Department of Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
        13  Department of Commerce (Parts 1300--1399)
        14  Department of the Interior (Parts 1400--1499)
        15  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500--1599)
        16  Office of Personnel Management Federal Employees 
                Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                1600--1699)
        17  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1700--1799)
        18  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1800--1899)
        19  United States Information Agency (Parts 1900--1999)
        20  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 2000--2099)
        21  Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees 
                Group Life Insurance Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation (Parts 2100--2199)
        23  Social Security Administration (Parts 2300--2399)
        24  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2400--2499)
        25  National Science Foundation (Parts 2500--2599)
        28  Department of Justice (Parts 2800--2899)
        29  Department of Labor (Parts 2900--2999)

[[Page 836]]

        34  Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                3400--3499)
        35  Panama Canal Commission (Parts 3500--3599)
        44  Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 4400--4499)
        51  Department of the Army Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5100--5199)
        52  Department of the Navy Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5200--5299)
        53  Department of the Air Force Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation Supplement (Parts 5300--5399)
        54  Defense Logistics Agency, Department of Defense (Part 
                5452)
        57  African Development Foundation (Parts 5700--5799)
        61  General Services Administration Board of Contract 
                Appeals (Parts 6100--6199)
        63  Department of Transportation Board of Contract Appeals 
                (Parts 6300--6399)
        99  Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal 
                Procurement Policy, Office of Management and 
                Budget (Parts 9900--9999)

                       Title 49--Transportation

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Transportation 
                (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to 
                Transportation
         I  Research and Special Programs Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 100--199)
        II  Federal Railroad Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Federal Transit Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) 
                (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  National Transportation Safety Board (Parts 800--999)
         X  Surface Transportation Board, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1000--1399)
        XI  Bureau of Transportation Statistics, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1400--1499)

                   Title 50--Wildlife and Fisheries

         I  United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of 
                the Interior (Parts 1--199)

[[Page 837]]

        II  National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Fishing and Related Activities (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  Joint Regulations (United States Fish and Wildlife 
                Service, Department of the Interior and National 
                Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and 
                Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce); Endangered Species Committee 
                Regulations (Parts 400--499)
         V  Marine Mammal Commission (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Fishery Conservation and Management, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 600--699)

                      CFR Index and Finding Aids

            Subject/Agency Index
            List of Agency Prepared Indexes
            Parallel Tables of Statutory Authorities and Rules
            List of CFR Titles, Chapters, Subchapters, and Parts
            Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR



[[Page 839]]





           Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR




                      (Revised as of July 1, 1999)

                                                  CFR Title, Subtitle or 
                     Agency                               Chapter

Administrative Committee of the Federal Register  1, I
Advanced Research Projects Agency                 32, I
Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental          5, VII
     Relations
Advisory Committee on Federal Pay                 5, IV
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation         36, VIII
African Development Foundation                    22, XV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 57
Agency for International Development, United      22, II
     States
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
Agricultural Marketing Service                    7, I, IX, X, XI
Agricultural Research Service                     7, V
Agriculture Department
  Agricultural Marketing Service                  7, I, IX, X, XI
  Agricultural Research Service                   7, V
  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service      7, III; 9, I
  Chief Financial Officer, Office of              7, XXX
  Commodity Credit Corporation                    7, XIV
  Cooperative State Research, Education, and      7, XXXIV
       Extension Service
  Economic Research Service                       7, XXXVII
  Energy, Office of                               7, XXIX
  Environmental Quality, Office of                7, XXXI
  Farm Service Agency                             7, VII, XVIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 4
  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation              7, IV
  Food and Nutrition Service                      7, II
  Food Safety and Inspection Service              9, III
  Foreign Agricultural Service                    7, XV
  Forest Service                                  36, II
  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards        7, VIII; 9, II
       Administration
  Information Resources Management, Office of     7, XXVII
  Inspector General, Office of                    7, XXVI
  National Agricultural Library                   7, XLI
  National Agricultural Statistics Service        7, XXXVI
  Natural Resources Conservation Service          7, VI
  Operations, Office of                           7, XXVIII
  Procurement and Property Management, Office of  7, XXXII
  Rural Business-Cooperative Service              7, XVIII, XLII
  Rural Development Administration                7, XLII
  Rural Housing Service                           7, XVIII, XXXV
  Rural Telephone Bank                            7, XVI
  Rural Utilities Service                         7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
  Secretary of Agriculture, Office of             7, Subtitle A
  Transportation, Office of                       7, XXXIII
  World Agricultural Outlook Board                7, XXXVIII
Air Force Department                              32, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement       48, 53
Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of          27, I
AMTRAK                                            49, VII
American Battle Monuments Commission              36, IV
American Indians, Office of the Special Trustee   25, VII
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service        7, III; 9, I
Appalachian Regional Commission                   5, IX

[[Page 840]]

Architectural and Transportation Barriers         36, XI
     Compliance Board
Arctic Research Commission                        45, XXIII
Armed Forces Retirement Home                      5, XI
Army Department                                   32, V
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 51
Assassination Records Review Board                36, XIV
Benefits Review Board                             20, VII
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages        34, V
     Affairs, Office of
Blind or Severely Disabled, Committee for         41, 51
     Purchase From People Who Are
Board for International Broadcasting              22, XIII
Census Bureau                                     15, I
Central Intelligence Agency                       32, XIX
Chief Financial Officer, Office of                7, XXX
Child Support Enforcement, Office of              45, III
Children and Families, Administration for         45, II, III, IV, X
Christopher Columbus Quincentenary Jubilee        45, XXII
     Commission
Civil Rights, Commission on                       45, VII
Civil Rights, Office for                          34, I
Coast Guard                                       33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)                46, III
Commerce Department                               44, IV
  Census Bureau                                   15, I
  Economic Affairs, Under Secretary               37, V
  Economic Analysis, Bureau of                    15, VIII
  Economic Development Administration             13, III
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Export Administration, Bureau of                15, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 13
  Fishery Conservation and Management             50, VI
  Foreign-Trade Zones Board                       15, IV
  International Trade Administration              15, III; 19, III
  National Institute of Standards and Technology  15, II
  National Marine Fisheries Service               50, II, IV, VI
  National Oceanic and Atmospheric                15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
       Administration                             VI
  National Telecommunications and Information     15, XXIII; 47, III
       Administration
  National Weather Service                        15, IX
  Patent and Trademark Office                     37, I
  Productivity, Technology and Innovation,        37, IV
       Assistant Secretary for
  Secretary of Commerce, Office of                15, Subtitle A
  Technology, Under Secretary for                 37, V
  Technology Administration                       15, XI
  Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for      37, IV
Commercial Space Transportation                   14, III
Commodity Credit Corporation                      7, XIV
Commodity Futures Trading Commission              5, XLI; 17, I
Community Planning and Development, Office of     24, V, VI
     Assistant Secretary for
Community Services, Office of                     45, X
Comptroller of the Currency                       12, I
Construction Industry Collective Bargaining       29, IX
     Commission
Consumer Product Safety Commission                5, LXXI; 16, II
Cooperative State Research, Education, and        7, XXXIV
     Extension Service
Copyright Office                                  37, II
Corporation for National and Community Service    45, XII, XXV
Cost Accounting Standards Board                   48, 99
Council on Environmental Quality                  40, V
Customs Service, United States                    19, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Department                                5, XXVI; 32, Subtitle A; 
                                                  40, VII
  Advanced Research Projects Agency               32, I
  Air Force Department                            32, VII

[[Page 841]]

  Army Department                                 32, V; 33, II; 36, III, 
                                                  48, 51
  Defense Intelligence Agency                     32, I
  Defense Logistics Agency                        32, I, XII; 48, 54
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 2
  National Imagery and Mapping Agency             32, I
  Navy Department                                 32, VI; 48, 52
  Secretary of Defense, Office of                 32, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Intelligence Agency                       32, I
Defense Logistics Agency                          32, XII; 48, 54
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board           10, XVII
Delaware River Basin Commission                   18, III
Drug Enforcement Administration                   21, II
East-West Foreign Trade Board                     15, XIII
Economic Affairs, Under Secretary                 37, V
Economic Analysis, Bureau of                      15, VIII
Economic Development Administration               13, III
Economic Research Service                         7, XXXVII
Education, Department of                          5, LIII
  Bilingual Education and Minority Languages      34, V
       Affairs, Office of
  Civil Rights, Office for                        34, I
  Educational Research and Improvement, Office    34, VII
       of
  Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of   34, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 34
  Postsecondary Education, Office of              34, VI
  Secretary of Education, Office of               34, Subtitle A
  Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,  34, III
       Office of
  Vocational and Adult Education, Office of       34, IV
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of   34, VII
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of     34, II
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board             20, IV
Employees Loyalty Board                           5, V
Employment and Training Administration            20, V
Employment Standards Administration               20, VI
Endangered Species Committee                      50, IV
Energy, Department of                             5, XXIII; 10, II, III, X
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 9
  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission            5, XXIV; 18, I
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 109
Energy, Office of                                 7, XXIX
Engineers, Corps of                               33, II; 36, III
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of                 31, VI
Environmental Protection Agency                   5, LIV; 40, I, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 15
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 115
Environmental Quality, Office of                  7, XXXI
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission           5, LXII; 29, XIV
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary  24, I
     for
Executive Office of the President                 3, I
  Administration, Office of                       5, XV
  Environmental Quality, Council on               40, V
  Management and Budget, Office of                25, III, LXXVII; 48, 99
  National Drug Control Policy, Office of         21, III
  National Security Council                       32, XXI; 47, 2
  Presidential Documents                          3
  Science and Technology Policy, Office of        32, XXIV; 47, II
  Trade Representative, Office of the United      15, XX
       States
Export Administration, Bureau of                  15, VII
Export-Import Bank of the United States           5, LII; 12, IV
Family Assistance, Office of                      45, II
Farm Credit Administration                        5, XXXI; 12, VI
Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation          5, XXX; 12, XIV
Farm Service Agency                               7, VII, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation                    48, 1

[[Page 842]]

Federal Aviation Administration                   14, I
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
Federal Claims Collection Standards               4, II
Federal Communications Commission                 5, XXIX; 47, I
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of   41, 60
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation                7, IV
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation             5, XXII; 12, III
Federal Election Commission                       11, I
Federal Emergency Management Agency               44, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 44
Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal    48, 21
     Acquisition Regulation
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition     48, 16
     Regulation
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission              5, XXIV; 18, I
Federal Financial Institutions Examination        12, XI
     Council
Federal Financing Bank                            12, VIII
Federal Highway Administration                    23, I, II; 49, III
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation            1, IV
Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office       12, XVII
Federal Housing Finance Board                     12, IX
Federal Labor Relations Authority, and General    5, XIV; 22, XIV
     Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations 
     Authority
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center           31, VII
Federal Maritime Commission                       46, IV
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service        29, XII
Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission  5, LXXIV; 29, XXVII
Federal Pay, Advisory Committee on                5, IV
Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                   28, III
Federal Procurement Policy Office                 48, 99
Federal Property Management Regulations           41, 101
Federal Property Management Regulations System    41, Subtitle C
Federal Railroad Administration                   49, II
Federal Register, Administrative Committee of     1, I
Federal Register, Office of                       1, II
Federal Reserve System                            12, II
  Board of Governors                              5, LVIII
Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board        5, VI, LXXVI
Federal Service Impasses Panel                    5, XIV
Federal Trade Commission                          5, XLVII; 16, I
Federal Transit Administration                    49, VI
Federal Travel Regulation System                  41, Subtitle F
Fine Arts, Commission on                          45, XXI
Fiscal Service                                    31, II
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States          50, I, IV
Fishery Conservation and Management               50, VI
Food and Drug Administration                      21, I
Food and Nutrition Service                        7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service                9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service                      7, XV
Foreign Assets Control, Office of                 31, V
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the       45, V
     United States
Foreign Service Grievance Board                   22, IX
Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel            22, XIV
Foreign Service Labor Relations Board             22, XIV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board                         15, IV
Forest Service                                    36, II
General Accounting Office                         4, I, II
General Services Administration                   5, LVII
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 61
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 5
  Federal Property Management Regulations System  41, 101, 105
  Federal Travel Regulation System                41, Subtitle F
  General                                         41, 300
  Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel    41, 304
       Expenses
  Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death    41, 303
       of Certain Employees
  Relocation Allowances                           41, 302

[[Page 843]]

  Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances          41, 301
Geological Survey                                 30, IV
Government Ethics, Office of                      5, XVI
Government National Mortgage Association          24, III
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards          7, VIII; 9, II
     Administration
Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation            45, XVIII
Health and Human Services, Department of          5, XLV; 45, Subtitle A
  Child Support Enforcement, Office of            45, III
  Children and Families, Administration for       45, II, III, IV, X
  Community Services, Office of                   45, X
  Family Assistance, Office of                    45, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 3
  Food and Drug Administration                    21, I
  Health Care Financing Administration            42, IV
  Human Development Services, Office of           45, XIII
  Indian Health Service                           25, V
  Inspector General (Health Care), Office of      42, V
  Public Health Service                           42, I
  Refugee Resettlement, Office of                 45, IV
Health Care Financing Administration              42, IV
Housing and Urban Development, Department of      5, LXV; 24, Subtitle B
  Community Planning and Development, Office of   24, V, VI
       Assistant Secretary for
  Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant          24, I
       Secretary for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 24
  Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, Office    12, XVII
       of
  Government National Mortgage Association        24, III
  Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office   24, II, VIII, X, XX
       of Assistant Secretary for
  Inspector General, Office of                    24, XII
  Multifamily Housing Assistance Restructuring,   24, IV
       Office of
  Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant  24, IX
       Secretary for
  Secretary, Office of                            24, Subtitle A, VII
Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of  24, II, VIII, X, XX
     Assistant Secretary for
Human Development Services, Office of             45, XIII
Immigration and Naturalization Service            8, I
Independent Counsel, Office of                    28, VII
Indian Affairs, Bureau of                         25, I, V
Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant           25, VI
     Secretary
Indian Arts and Crafts Board                      25, II
Indian Health Service                             25, V
Information Agency, United States                 22, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 19
Information Resources Management, Office of       7, XXVII
Information Security Oversight Office, National   32, XX
     Archives and Records Administration
Inspector General
  Agriculture Department                          7, XXVI
  Health and Human Services Department            42, V
  Housing and Urban Development Department        24, XII
Institute of Peace, United States                 22, XVII
Inter-American Foundation                         5, LXIII; 22, X
Intergovernmental Relations, Advisory Commission  5, VII
     on
Interior Department
  American Indians, Office of the Special         25, VII
       Trustee
  Endangered Species Committee                    50, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 14
  Federal Property Management Regulations System  41, 114
  Fish and Wildlife Service, United States        50, I, IV
  Geological Survey                               30, IV
  Indian Affairs, Bureau of                       25, I, V
  Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant         25, VI
       Secretary
  Indian Arts and Crafts Board                    25, II
  Land Management, Bureau of                      43, II
  Minerals Management Service                     30, II
  Mines, Bureau of                                30, VI

[[Page 844]]

  National Indian Gaming Commission               25, III
  National Park Service                           36, I
  Reclamation, Bureau of                          43, I
  Secretary of the Interior, Office of            43, Subtitle A
  Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board   30, III
       of
  Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,     30, VII
       Office of
Internal Revenue Service                          26, I
International Boundary and Water Commission,      22, XI
     United States and Mexico, United States 
     Section
International Development, United States Agency   22, II
     for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
International Development Cooperation Agency,     22, XII
     United States
  International Development, United States        22, II; 48, 7
       Agency for
  Overseas Private Investment Corporation         5, XXXIII; 22, VII
International Fishing and Related Activities      50, III
International Investment, Office of               31, VIII
International Joint Commission, United States     22, IV
     and Canada
International Organizations Employees Loyalty     5, V
     Board
International Trade Administration                15, III; 19, III
International Trade Commission, United States     19, II
Interstate Commerce Commission                    5, XL
James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation      45, XXIV
Japan-United States Friendship Commission         22, XVI
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries       20, VIII
Justice Department                                5, XXVIII; 28, I
  Drug Enforcement Administration                 21, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 28
  Federal Claims Collection Standards             4, II
  Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                 28, III
  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the     45, V
       United States
  Immigration and Naturalization Service          8, I
  Offices of Independent Counsel                  28, VI
  Prisons, Bureau of                              28, V
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 128
Labor Department                                  5, XLII
  Benefits Review Board                           20, VII
  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board           20, IV
  Employment and Training Administration          20, V
  Employment Standards Administration             20, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 29
  Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office    41, 60
       of
  Federal Procurement Regulations System          41, 50
  Labor-Management Standards, Office of           29, II, IV
  Mine Safety and Health Administration           30, I
  Occupational Safety and Health Administration   29, XVII
  Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration     29, XXV
  Public Contracts                                41, 50
  Secretary of Labor, Office of                   29, Subtitle A
  Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of    41, 61; 20, IX
       the Assistant Secretary for
  Wage and Hour Division                          29, V
  Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of       20, I
Labor-Management Standards, Office of             29, II, IV
Land Management, Bureau of                        43, II
Legal Services Corporation                        45, XVI
Library of Congress                               36, VII
  Copyright Office                                37, II
Management and Budget, Office of                  5, III, LXXVII; 48, 99
Marine Mammal Commission                          50, V
Maritime Administration                           46, II
Merit Systems Protection Board                    5, II
Micronesian Status Negotiations, Office for       32, XXVII
Mine Safety and Health Administration             30, I
Minerals Management Service                       30, II
Mines, Bureau of                                  30, VI

[[Page 845]]

Minority Business Development Agency              15, XIV
Miscellaneous Agencies                            1, IV
Monetary Offices                                  31, I
Multifamily Housing Assistance Restructuring,     24, IV
     Office of
National Aeronautics and Space Administration     5, LIX; 14, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 18
National Agricultural Library                     7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service          7, XXXVI
National Archives and Records Administration      5, LXVI; 36, XII
  Information Security Oversight Office           32, XX
National Bureau of Standards                      15, II
National Capital Planning Commission              1, IV
National Commission for Employment Policy         1, IV
National Commission on Libraries and Information  45, XVII
     Science
National and Community Service, Corporation for   45, XII, XXV
National Council on Disability                    34, XII
National Credit Union Administration              12, VII
National Drug Control Policy, Office of           21, III
National Foundation on the Arts and the           45, XI
     Humanities
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration    23, II, III; 49, V
National Imagery and Mapping Agency               32, I
National Indian Gaming Commission                 25, III
National Institute for Literacy                   34, XI
National Institute of Standards and Technology    15, II
National Labor Relations Board                    5, LXI; 29, I
National Marine Fisheries Service                 50, II, IV, VI
National Mediation Board                          29, X
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration   15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
                                                  VI
National Park Service                             36, I
National Railroad Adjustment Board                29, III
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK)  49, VII
National Science Foundation                       5, XLIII; 45, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 25
National Security Council                         32, XXI
National Security Council and Office of Science   47, II
     and Technology Policy
National Telecommunications and Information       15, XXIII; 47, III
     Administration
National Transportation Safety Board              49, VIII
National Weather Service                          15, IX
Natural Resources Conservation Service            7, VI
Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation, Office of      25, IV
Navy Department                                   32, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 52
Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation             24, XXV
Northeast Dairy Compact Commission                7, XIII
Nuclear Regulatory Commission                     5, XLVIII; 10, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 20
Occupational Safety and Health Administration     29, XVII
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission  29, XX
Offices of Independent Counsel                    28, VI
Operations Office                                 7, XXVIII
Overseas Private Investment Corporation           5, XXXIII; 22, VII
Panama Canal Commission                           48, 35
Panama Canal Regulations                          35, I
Patent and Trademark Office                       37, I
Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel      41, 304
     Expenses
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of   41, 303
     Certain Employees
Peace Corps                                       22, III
Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation       36, IX
Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration       29, XXV
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation              29, XL
Personnel Management, Office of                   5, I, XXXV; 45, VIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 17
  Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal  48, 21
     Acquisition Regulation
[[Page 846]]

  Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition   48, 16
       Regulation
Postal Rate Commission                            5, XLVI; 39, III
Postal Service, United States                     5, LX; 39, I
Postsecondary Education, Office of                34, VI
President's Commission on White House             1, IV
     Fellowships
Presidential Commission on the Assignment of      32, XXIX
     Women in the Armed Forces
Presidential Documents                            3
Presidio Trust                                    36, X
Prisons, Bureau of                                28, V
Procurement and Property Management, Office of    7, XXXII
Productivity, Technology and Innovation,          37, IV
     Assistant Secretary
Public Contracts, Department of Labor             41, 50
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant    24, IX
     Secretary for
Public Health Service                             42, I
Railroad Retirement Board                         20, II
Reclamation, Bureau of                            43, I
Refugee Resettlement, Office of                   45, IV
Regional Action Planning Commissions              13, V
Relocation Allowances                             41, 302
Research and Special Programs Administration      49, I
Rural Business-Cooperative Service                7, XVIII, XLII
Rural Development Administration                  7, XLII
Rural Housing Service                             7, XVIII, XXXV
Rural Telephone Bank                              7, XVI
Rural Utilities Service                           7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation     33, IV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of          32, XXIV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of, and     47, II
     National Security Council
Secret Service                                    31, IV
Securities and Exchange Commission                17, II
Selective Service System                          32, XVI
Small Business Administration                     13, I
Smithsonian Institution                           36, V
Social Security Administration                    20, III; 48, 23
Soldiers' and Airmen's Home, United States        5, XI
Special Counsel, Office of                        5, VIII
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,    34, III
     Office of
State Department                                  22, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 6
Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board of  30, III
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,       30, VII
     Office of
Surface Transportation Board                      49, X
Susquehanna River Basin Commission                18, VIII
Technology Administration                         15, XI
Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for        37, IV
Technology, Under Secretary for                   37, V
Tennessee Valley Authority                        5, LXIX; 18, XIII
Thrift Supervision Office, Department of the      12, V
     Treasury
Trade Representative, United States, Office of    15, XX
Transportation, Department of                     5, L
  Coast Guard                                     33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
  Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage)              46, III
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 63
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 12
  Federal Aviation Administration                 14, I
  Federal Highway Administration                  23, I, II; 49, III
  Federal Railroad Administration                 49, II
  Federal Transit Administration                  49, VI
  Maritime Administration                         46, II
  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration  23, II, III; 49, V
  Research and Special Programs Administration    49, I
  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation   33, IV

[[Page 847]]

  Secretary of Transportation, Office of          14, II; 49, Subtitle A
  Surface Transportation Board                    49, X
  Transportation Statistics Bureau                49, XI
Transportation, Office of                         7, XXXIII
Transportation Statistics Brureau                 49, XI
Travel Allowances, Temporary Duty (TDY)           41, 301
Treasury Department                               5, XXI; 12, XV; 17, IV
  Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of        27, I
  Community Development Financial Institutions    12, XVIII
       Fund
  Comptroller of the Currency                     12, I
  Customs Service, United States                  19, I
  Engraving and Printing, Bureau of               31, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 10
  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center         31, VII
  Fiscal Service                                  31, II
  Foreign Assets Control, Office of               31, V
  Internal Revenue Service                        26, I
  International Investment, Office of             31, VIII
  Monetary Offices                                31, I
  Secret Service                                  31, IV
  Secretary of the Treasury, Office of            31, Subtitle A
  Thrift Supervision, Office of                   12, V
Truman, Harry S. Scholarship Foundation           45, XVIII
United States and Canada, International Joint     22, IV
     Commission
United States and Mexico, International Boundary  22, XI
     and Water Commission, United States Section
Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation      43, III
     Commission
Veterans Affairs Department                       38, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 8
Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of the  41, 61; 20, IX
     Assistant Secretary for
Vice President of the United States, Office of    32, XXVIII
Vocational and Adult Education, Office of         34, IV
Wage and Hour Division                            29, V
Water Resources Council                           18, VI
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of         20, I
World Agricultural Outlook Board                  7, XXXVIII

[[Page 849]]



List of CFR Sections Affected




All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations which were 
made by documents published in the Federal Register since January 1, 
1986, are enumerated in the following list. Entries indicate the nature 
of the changes effected. Page numbers refer to Federal Register pages. 
The user should consult the entries for chapters and parts as well as 
sections for revisions.
Title 40 was established at 36 FR 12213, June 29, 1971. For the period 
before January 1, 1986, see the ``List of CFR Sections Affected, 1964-
1972 and 1973-1985,'' published in six separate volumes.

                                  1986

40 CFR
                                                                   51 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
80.24  (a) introductory text, (1), and (2) and (b)(2) revised......33731

                                  1987

40 CFR
                                                                   52 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
80  Appendix B heading revised; text amended.........................259

                                  1988

                       (No Regulations Published)

                                  1989

40 CFR
                                                                   54 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
80  Authority citation revised.....................................11883
80.2  (l) revised; (t), (u), and (v) added.........................11883
80.27  Added.......................................................11883
    Table amended..................................................33219
    (a), (d)(1) and (3)(iii) corrected.............................27017
80.28  Added.......................................................11885
    (f) and (g)(4)(iii)(F) corrected...............................27017
80  Appendix D added...............................................11886
    Appendix E added...............................................11897
    Appendix F added...............................................11903
    Appendix D corrected...........................................27017
    Appendix E corrected...........................................27018

                                  1990

40 CFR
                                                                   55 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
80.2  (h), (j), (l), (o), (r) and (t) revised; (w), (x), (y), (z), 
        (aa), and (bb) added.......................................34137
80.27  Table designated as (a)(1); heading and (a)(2) added; eff. 
        7-11-90....................................................23667
80.29  Added.......................................................34138
80.30  Added.......................................................34138
80.31  Added.......................................................34140
80  Appendix G added...............................................34140

                                  1991

40 CFR
                                                                   56 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
73  Added..........................................................65601
80  Interpretative rule.............................................5352
    Program extension.......................................46119, 57986
    Authority citation revised.....................................64710
80.2  (d) removed..................................................13768
    (cc) and (dd) added............................................64710
80.22  (b) and (c) removed.........................................13768
80.27  (a) table amended...........................................20548
    (a) table amended..............................................37022
    (a)(1) introductory text removed; (a) introductory text 
redesignated as (a)(1) introductory text and revised; (a)(2) 
introductory text and (d) revised..................................64710
80.28  (b)(1), (3), (c)(1), (4), (d)(1), (4), (e)(1), (2), (5), 
        (f)(1), (2) and (4) revised; (g)(8) added..................64711

[[Page 850]]

80  Appendix B amended.............................................13768
    Appendix C removed.............................................13768

                                  1992

40 CFR
                                                                   57 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
80  Program extension..............................................46316
80.2  (bb) removed.................................................19537
    (pp), (qq) and (rr) added......................................47771
80.27  (a)(2) table amended........................................20205
80.29  (c) removed; (d) and (e) redesignated as (c) and (d); (a), 
        new (c) and (d) revised....................................19537
80.31  Removed.....................................................19538
80.35 (Subpart C)  Added...........................................47771

                                  1993

40 CFR
                                                                   58 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
72  Added...........................................................3650
72.2  Amended......................................................15647
    Corrected........................................33770, 40746, 40747
72.6  (a)(2) revised; (a)(3)(iii) through (vii), (b)(4), (5), (6), 
        (7) and (c) added..........................................15648
72.8  (c)(2)(ii) corrected.........................................40747
72.30  (b)(2)(iv) through (viii) added.............................15649
72.41  (e)(3)(iii) and (iv) corrected..............................40747
72.44  (f)(3)(i) and (ii) revised; (g)(1)(ii) amended..............15649
72.74  (b)(1)(iii) corrected.......................................40747
72.91  (a) introductory text and (3)(iii) corrected................40747
72.92  (c)(2)(v)(C) corrected......................................40747
72  Appendix D added...............................................15649
73  Notice of procedure............................................48318
73.1--73.3 (Subpart A)  Revised.....................................3687
73.1  (f) added....................................................15650
73.10--73.27 (Subpart B)  Added.....................................3687
73.10  (b), (c) and (d) added......................................15650
    Table 2 corrected; Table 4 correctly revised...................33770
    (a) Table 1 corrected..........................................40747
73.11  Added.......................................................15705
73.12  Added.......................................................15707
73.13  Added.......................................................15708
73.16  Added.......................................................15708
73.18  Added.......................................................15710
73.19  Added.......................................................15710
73.20  Added.......................................................15711
73.21  Added.......................................................15713
73.26  Added.......................................................15714
73.27  (a)(2), (3), (b)(2) through (5) and (c)(2) through (5) 
        added......................................................15714
73.30--73.38 (Subpart C)  Added.....................................3691
73.30  (a) corrected...............................................40747
73.31  (c)(1) introductory text corrected..........................40747
73.32  (a)(1) corrected............................................40747
73.50--73.53 (Subpart D)  Added.....................................3694
73.72  (c) revised..................................................3695
    Table 2 redesignated as Table 1................................15650
    Technical correction...........................................40747
73.80--73.86 (Subpart F)  Added.....................................3695
73.80  (b) corrected...............................................40747
73.81  (b)(4) corrected............................................40747
73.82  Heading corrected...........................................40747
73.90 (Subpart G)  Added...........................................15716
    (a) introductory text    corrected.............................33770
75  Added...........................................................3701
    Authority citation revised.....................................15716
    Meeting........................................................67692
75.1  (b) corrected................................................34126
    (b) existing text redesignated as (b)(1) and (2); new (b)(2) 
corrected..........................................................40747
75.2  (b)(2) and (3) revised.......................................15716
75.4  (c) revised..................................................15717
75.5  (b) corrected................................................40747
75.6  (a)(12) corrected............................................34126
    (a)(4) corrected...............................................40747
75.7  Corrected....................................................40747
75.11  (c) introductory text corrected.............................40747
75.12  (c)(1) corrected............................................34126
75.14  (d) corrected...............................................34126
75.15  (a)(3)(iii) and (b) heading corrected.......................34126
    (a) introductory text, (2) and (b)(1) corrected................40747
75.16  (b)(2)(i) corrected.........................................34126
    (e) corrected..................................................40747
75.17  (b) heading corrected.......................................34126
    (a)(2)(iii)(a) correctly redesignated as (a)(2)(iii)(A)........40747
    (a)(2)(iii)(B)  and (b)(2) corrected...........................40748
75.20  (a)(1) heading corrected....................................34126
    (b)(3), (c) introductory text, (9)(i) introductory text, (B) 
and (d) corrected; (c)(5)(iv) correctly added......................40748
75.31  (b)(2), (c)(2) and (3) corrected............................40748
75.32  (b) correctly revised.......................................40748

[[Page 851]]

75.33  (c)(2)(ii)(B) corrected.....................................34126
75.34  (b)(1) corrected............................................40748
75.41  (b)(2)(i) and (c)(2)(ii)     corrected......................34126
    (a)(9)(i), (ii), (b)(1)(i), (2)(i), (iv)(A), (C), (v)(A), (B), 
(c)(1)(i), (ii) and (2)(i) corrected...............................40748
75.48  (a)(3)(vii) corrected.......................................34126
    (a)(3) corrected...............................................40748
75.50  (c)(3)(ii) corrected........................................34126
    (b) introductory text, (6), (c)(1)(iii), (iv), (vi), (2)(iii), 
(iv), (v), (vii), (3)(ii), (iii), (iv) Table 3, (d) introductory 
text, (3) through (6), (8), (9), (e)(1)(iii), (iv), (v), (vii), 
(viii), (2)(ii), (iv) and (v) corrected............................40749
75.51  (b)(1)(vii) correctly designated as (b)(1)(viii); 
        (a)(1)(iii) through (vi), (viii), (2)(i), (iii), (b) 
        introductory text, new (b)(1)(viii), (ix), (c)(1)(ii), 
        (vi), (d)(1)(ii) and (iv) corrected........................40749
75.52  (a)(5)(iv)(G) and (H) correctly redesignated as (a)(5)(v) 
        and (vi)...................................................40749
75.53  (a) introductory text, (c)(2) introductory text and (4)(vi) 
        corrected..................................................40749
    (c)(8)  and (9) corrected; (c)(10), (i), (ii), (A) and (B) 
correctly redesignated as (d), (1), (2), (i) and (ii)..............40750
75  Appendixes A, C, D, E and F corrected..........................34126
    Appendixes A, B and C     corrected............................40750
    Appendixes  C through H corrected..............................40751
    Appendix H corrected...........................................40752
77  Added...........................................................3757
78  Added...........................................................3760
79  Authority citation revised.....................................65554
79.8  Revised......................................................65554
80  Meeting........................................................13413
    Authority citation revised.....................................16019
    OMB number.....................................................34370
    Petition for exemption.........................................48968
80.5  Revised......................................................65554
80.22  (j) added...................................................16019
80.27  (b) and (c) revised; (e)   added............................14484
    (a)(2) table amended....................................26069, 46511
80.28  (g)(1)(i), (3)(ii), and (6)(ii) removed; (g)(1)(iii), 
        (3)(iii), (6)(iii), and (iv) redesignated as (g)(1)(i), 
        (3)(ii), (6)(ii), and (iii); (b)(1), (2), (3), (f)(3), 
        (4), new (g)(1)(i), (ii), (2) introductory text, (ii), (3) 
        introductory text, new (ii), (4)(i), new (6)(ii), (iii), 
        and (7) revised; (b)(4) and (f)(5) added...................14484
80  Appendix D amended.............................................14485
    Appendix E revised.............................................14488
    Appendix D corrected...........................................19152

                                  1994

40 CFR
                                                                   59 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
72  Authority citation revised.....................................60229
72.41  (b)(1)(i), (c)(3) introductory text, (i)(B), (C), (ii), 
        (4)(ii), (d)(2) and (e)(1)(i) revised; (c)(3)(i)(D), (iii) 
        and (d)(3) added...........................................60230
    (c)(5) and (e)(3)(iv) revised; (c)(6), (7) and (e)(1)(iii) 
added..............................................................60238
72.43  (a) introductory text, (1) introductory text, (b)(1) 
        introductory text, (ii)(A), (3)(i), (c)(4)(i), (ii), (iv), 
        (d) and (f)(1)(ii) revised; (a)(2) added...................60230
72.91  (a)(3)(iii) introductory text, (iv), (4), (5), (6) and 
        (b)(2) revised; (a)(7) added...............................60231
75.4  (a)(3) revised; (a)(4) added.................................42511
76  Added..........................................................13564
79  Authority  citation revised....................................33092
79.2  (d), (e) and (f) revised.....................................33092
79.3  Revised......................................................33092
79.4  (b)(1) revised...............................................33092
79.6  Revised......................................................33092
79.10  Revised.....................................................33092
79.11  Introductory text revised; (h) amended; (i) and (j) added 
                                                                   33092
79.12  Revised.....................................................33093
79.13  (a) revised.................................................33093
79.20  Revised.....................................................33093
79.21  Introductory text and (d) revised; (h) and (i) added........33093
79.22  Revised.....................................................33093
79.23  (a) revised; (b) removed; (c) redesignated as (b)...........33093
79.31  (b) revised.................................................33093
79.50--79.68 (Subpart F)  Added....................................33093

[[Page 852]]

79.51  OMB number pending..........................................33094
79.52  OMB number pending..........................................33099
79.57  OMB number pending..........................................33111
79.58  OMB number pending..........................................33115
79.59  OMB number pending..........................................33117
79.60  OMB number pending..........................................33119
79.61  OMB number pending..........................................33124
79.62  OMB number pending..........................................33129
79.63  OMB number pending..........................................33132
79.64  OMB number pending..........................................33134
79.65  OMB number pending..........................................33135
79.66  OMB number pending..........................................33137
79.67  OMB number pending..........................................33139
79.68  OMB number pending..........................................33140
80  Petition  for exemption.................................13610, 26129
    Announcement...................................................44633
80.2  (ee) through (nn) added (OMB number pending)..................7812
    (ss) added.....................................................39289
    (j) and (o) revised; (oo), (tt) and (uu) added.................48489
    Regulation at 59 FR 39289 stayed...............................60715
80.22  Heading revised.............................................48490
80.27  (a)(2)  table amended................................15629, 15633
80.29  Revised; interim (OMB number pending).......................35858
80.30  (g)(7) added; interim.......................................35859
80.32  Added.......................................................48490
80.33  Added.......................................................48490
80.40--80.82 (Subpart D)  Added (OMB number pending)................7813
80.41  (h)(2)(iii), (j)(2) and (m)(1) introductory text revised....36958
80.42  (a) introductory text, (b)(1)(ii), (2)(ii) and (3)(ii) 
        amended; (b)(4) added; (c)(1) table revised................36958
80.45  (b)(3) Table 3, (c)(1)(iv)(A) Table 6, (C)(5), (11), (12), 
        (14), (D)(5), (11), (12), (14), (8)(ii), (d)(1)(iv)(A), 
        Table 7, (C)(5), (e)(3) introductory text and (f)(1) 
        revised; (c)(1)(iv)(B), (C)(9), (13), (D)(9), (13), 
        (3)(i), (ii), (4)(ii), (d)(1)(iv)(B), (C)(9), (e)(1)(ii), 
        (4)(iii), (5)(iv), (6)(iv), (9) and (10) amended; 
        (e)(3)(i) and (ii) removed.................................36959
80.46  (f)(1)(ii)(K) table revised.................................36961
80.48  (c)(1) introductory text and (g) revised; (c)(1)(v) and 
        (2)(iii) amended...........................................36962
80.49  (a)(5)(i) table and (b)(3)(iii) revised.....................36962
80.59  (a) amended.................................................36962
80.65  (d)(2)(iii), (v)(B), (vi), (3), (e)(2)(i) table, (ii)(A), 
        (f)(4) introductory text and (h) revised; (e)(1) amended 
                                                                   36962
    (d)((2)(vi) revised............................................39289
    Regulation at 59 FR 39289 stayed...............................60715
80.66  (g)(1) and (2)(ii) revised..................................36963
80.68  (c)(12) redesignated as (c)(13); (c)(8)(ii)(A), (9)(ii)(A), 
        (B), (10)(i), new (13)(v)(G), (H) and (L) revised; new 
        (c)(12) added; new (c)(13) introductory text amended.......36963
80.69  (a)(7)(ii) introductory text and (b)(3) revised.............36964
80.70  (d)(3)(viii), (ix), (j)(4)(i), (ii), (10)(iv), (11)(i) and 
        (14)(xvii) revised; (d)(3)(x) and (xi) added; (j)(15) 
        removed....................................................36964
80.75  (b), (f)(2)(ii)(A)(1) and (j) revised.......................36964
80.76  (c)(2), (3) introductory text, (i) and (ii) revised.........36965
80.77  (g)(2)(iii), (iv)(A), (B) and (h) introductory text 
        revised; (g)(3) added......................................36965
80.78  (a)(1)(v)(B) and (C) revised................................36965
80.81  (a)(2)(iii), (b)(4) and (h) revised.........................36965
    (c)(2), (5), (6) and (10) revised..............................39289
    Regulation at 59 FR 39289 stayed...............................60715
80.83  Added (OMB number pending in part)..........................39290
    Regulation at 59 FR 39290 stayed...............................60715
80.90--80.106 (Subpart E)  Added (OMB number pending)...............7860
80.90  (b)(1) amended; (e)(2) revised..............................36965
80.91  (c)(5)(iv), (e)(5)(vi)(A), (B) and (7)(i)(D) added; 
        (d)(1)(i)(A) introductory text, (B), (e)(2)(iv), (v)(A), 
        (4)(i)(A), (B), (ii)(A), (B) and (5)(vi) amended; 
        (d)(1)(i)(A)(1), (e)(5)(vii) introductory text, (viii), 
        (7)(i)(A), (C) and (f)(2)(ii) revised......................36966
80.93  (a)(3)(ii) amended; (a)(3)(iv) added; (c)(9) revised........36968

[[Page 853]]

80.101  (e)(3), (f)(4)(i), (ii), (g)(1) and (i)(1) introductory 
        text revised...............................................36968
80.102  (b)(1), (d)(1)(i) and (2)(i) amended; (d)(3)(iv), 
        (e)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(i) revised; (d)(3)(v) added...........36969
80.104  (a)(2)(ix) revised.........................................36969
80.105  (a)(2) revised.............................................36969
80.125  (a) revised................................................36969
80.125--80.130 (Subpart F)  Added (OMB number pending)..............7875
80.128  (e)(2), (5) and (g)(3)(iii) revised........................36969
    (a) and (e)(2) revised; (e)(4) and (5) amended; (e)(6) added 
                                                                   39292
    Regulation at 59 FR 39292 stayed...............................60715
80.129  (e) revised................................................36969
    (a), (d)(3)(iii) and (iv) revised; (d)(3)(v) added.............39292
    Regulation at 59 FR 39292 stayed...............................60715
80.140--80.160 (Subpart G)  Added..................................54706
80.141  OMB number pending.........................................54707
80.157  OMB number pending.........................................54713
80.158  OMB number pending.........................................54714
80.160  OMB number pending.........................................54715

                                  1995

40 CFR
                                                                   60 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
72  Authority citation revised.....................................17111
72.2  Amended...............................................17111, 18468
    Amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95.................................26514
72.4  (a)(1) and (2) revised.......................................17113
72.9  (g)(6) and (7) revised.......................................17113
72.13  (a)(8) and (9) redesignated as (a)(9) and (10); new (a)(8) 
        added; new (a)(9) and new (10) revised; interim; eff. 7-
        17-95......................................................26516
72.21  (e) revised.................................................17113
72.30  (c) revised.................................................17113
72.33  (a), (b)(2), (3), (c)(2), (4), (e) and (f) revised..........18468
72.40  (b)(1) introductory text revised............................17113
72.43  (e) revised.................................................18470
72.72  (b)(1) introductory text, (i)(A), (B), (ii)(A), (C), (v), 
        (xiv) and (5)(vi) revised; (b)(5)(i) amended...............17113
72.81  (b)(3) and (4) amended; (b)(5) added........................17114
72.83  (a)(6) and (11) revised; (a)(12) added......................17114
72.91  (a) introductory text revised...............................18470
72.92  (a), (b)(2)(ii)(F), (G), (H), (c)(2)(v) and Table 1 
        revised; (b)(1) removed; (b)(2)(ii)(I) and (J) added.......18470
73  Authority citation revised.....................................17114
73.34  (c)(2) and (6) revised......................................17114
73.35  (b)(1) and (2) revised......................................17114
73.52  (a)(3) revised..............................................17114
74  Added..........................................................17115
75  Authority citation revised..............................26516, 26566
75.2  (b)(4) removed; interim; eff. 7-17-95........................26516
75.4  (a) introductory text revised; (a)(5) added..................17131
    (a) introductory text amended; (e) redesignated as (h); (a)(1) 
through (4), (b), (c), (d) and new (h) revised; new (e), (f) and 
(g) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95...................................26516
75.5  (e) revised; (f) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95................26517
75.6  (a), (b)(1) through (6) revised; (b)(7), (8) and (9); (c), 
        (d) and (e) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95...................26517
75.8  Added; interim; eff. 7-17-95.................................26519
75.10  (a)(1), (2), (3), (d), (e) and (f) revised; interim; eff. 
        7-17-95....................................................26519
75.11  (c) and (d) revised; (e) redesignated as (f); interim; eff. 
        7-17-95....................................................26520
    (a) amended; (e) and (g) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95 through 
12-31-96...........................................................26566
75.12  (c) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..........................26520
75.13  (a) and (c) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..................26521
75.14  (c) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..........................26521
75.15  (a) introductory text, (1) and (2) revised; (b)(1) amended; 
        interim; eff. 7-17-95......................................26521
75.16  (a)(2)(ii)(A) and (b)(2)(ii)(A) revised.....................17131
    Revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95.................................26522
75.17  (a)(2)(i)(C) added; (c) removed; (d) redesignated as (c); 
        (a)(2)(i)(B) and new (c) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95....26523

[[Page 854]]

75.18  (b) revised.................................................26524
    (b)(2) revised; (b)(3) removed.................................40296
75.20  (a)(3) amended..............................................17131
    (a) introductory text, (1), (2), (3), (4) introductory text, 
(iii), (iv), (5), (c)(1)(v), (2)(ii), (iii), (4), (5) introductory 
text, (iv), (6)(i), (8), (d), (f) introductory text, (1), (3) and 
(g) revised; (c) introductory text and (f)(2) amended; (c)(9) 
removed; interim; eff. 7-17-95.....................................26524
    (f) revised....................................................40296
75.21  (d) and (e) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95....................26527
    (a) amended; (f) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95 through 12-31-96
                                                                   26566
75.22  (a) introductory text, (5) and (6) revised; (b) and (c) 
        added; interim; eff. 7-17-95...............................26528
75.23  Revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..............................26528
75.24  (d) and (e) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..................26528
75.30  Revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..............................26528
    (d) and (e) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95 through 12-31-96......26566
75.31  (a), (b) and (c)(3) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..........26529
75.32  (a) introductory text and (b) revised; (a)(1) and (2) 
        amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95.............................26529
    (a)(3) amended; (a)(4) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95 through 
12-31-96...........................................................26567
75.33  (a) amended; (c)(5) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95............26529
75.34  Revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..............................26567
75.35  Added; interim; eff. 7-17-95................................26529
75.36  Added; interim; eff. 7-17-95................................26530
75.41  (a)(1) amended; (b)(1)(i), (2)(iv)(A), (C), (c)(1)(i), (ii) 
        and (2)(ii) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95.................26530
    (a)(1), (b)(1)(i), (2)(iv)(A), (C), (c)(1)(i), (ii) and 
(2)(ii) revised....................................................40296
75.47  Revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..............................26531
    Revised........................................................40297
75.48  (a) introductory text and (1) revised; (b) and (c) added; 
        interim; eff. 7-17-95......................................26531
    Revised........................................................40297
75.50  (a) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95 through 12-31-95.........26532
75.51  (e) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95 through 12-31-95...........26532
75.52  (b) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95 through 12-31-95...........26532
75.53  (a), (b), (c) introductory text, (1), (2)(ii), (4) 
        introductory text, (ii), (vi), (5)(ii), (6) through (9), 
        (d)(1) and (2) revised; (c)(10) and (d)(3) added; interim; 
        eff. 7-17-95...............................................26532
    (d) introductory text revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95...........26568
75.54  Added; interim; eff. 7-17-95................................26533
75.55  Added; interim; eff. 7-17-95................................26535
    (b) and (e) added; interim; eff. in part 7-17-95 and in part 
7-17-95 through 12-31-96...........................................26568
75.56  Added; interim; eff. 7-17-95................................26536
    (a)(6) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95 through 12-31-96...........26569
75.60  (b)(1) and (2) revised; (c) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95....26538
75.61  Revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..............................26538
75.62  (a) revised; (c) added; interim; eff. 7-17-95...............26539
75.63  (a) and (b)(1) revised......................................17131
    Revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95.................................26539
75.64  (a) introductory text and (e) introductory text amended; 
        (a)(5), (b) and (d) revised; (e)(1) and (2) removed; 
        interim; eff. 7-17-95......................................26540
    (a)(1) and (c) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..................26569
75.65  Revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95..............................26540
75.66  (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) redesignated as (b), (c), 
        (d), (e), (f) and (i); new (a), (g) and (h) added; new 
        (b), new (c) and new (i) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95....26540
    (e) and (f) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95.....................26569
75.67  Revised.....................................................17131

[[Page 855]]

    (a) revised; interim; eff. 7-17-95.............................26541
75  Appendix A amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95.......26541, 26544, 26545, 
                                                                   26546
    Appendix A amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95 through 12-31-96....26569, 
                                                                   26570
    Appendix A amended; interim; eff. in part 7-17-95 and in part 
7-17-95 through 12-31-96...........................................26570
    Appendix B amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95......................26546
    Appendix B amended; interim; eff. in part 7-17-95 and in part 
7-17-95 through 12-31-96...........................................26571
    Appendix C amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95...............26547, 26548
    Appendix D amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95...............26548, 26551
    Appendix D amended; interim; eff. in part 7-17-95 through 12-
31-95..............................................................26548
    Appendix E amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95...............26551, 26553
    Appendix F amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95.......26553, 26554, 26555, 
                                                                   26556
    Appendix F amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95 through 12-31-95....26554, 
                                                            26555, 26571
    Appendix G amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95...............26556, 26557
    Appendix J amended; interim; eff. 7-17-95......................26557
76  Revised........................................................18761
77  Authority citation revised.....................................17131
77.6  (a) revised..................................................17131
78.1  (b)(3) and (4) revised; (b)(5) added.........................17132
78.3  (a)(1) introductory text and (d)(2) revised..................17132
80  Announcement...................................................32106
80.42  (c)(1) table revised.........................................6032
80.70  (l) introductory text and (1) added..........................2696
    (j) introductory text revised............................2699, 35491
    (l) removed....................................................21725
80.75  (b)(2) heading and (ii)(D) through (G) revised; 
        (b)(2)(ii)(H), (I) and (J) added...........................65574
80.91  (e)(7)(i)(A) and (C) revised; (e)(7)(i)(D) removed...........6032
    (e)(7)(iv) added...............................................40008
80.93  (b)(6) revised..............................................65575
80.101  (b)(1)(v) added............................................40008
80.105  (a)(4) revised.............................................65575

                                  1996

40 CFR
                                                                   61 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
73.70  (a) table revised; eff. 8-5-96..............................28763
73.72  Revised; eff. 8-5-96........................................28763
73.74  Removed; eff. 8-5-96........................................28763
73.75  Removed; eff. 8-5-96........................................28763
73.76  Removed; eff. 8-5-96........................................28763
73.77  Removed; eff. 8-5-96........................................28763
75.6  (e) revised..................................................59157
75.11  Regulation at 60 FR 26566 confirmed; (a), (d) and (e) 
        revised; (g) removed.......................................59157
75.14  (c) revised.................................................25581
75.15  (b)(1) amended..............................................25582
75.16  (a)(2)(ii)(A) amended.......................................25582
    (a)(2)(ii)(B), (C) and (b)(2)(ii)(B) revised; (e)(5) added.....59158
75.18  (b)(3) added................................................59158
75.20  (b) introductory text and (g)(1)(i) revised.................59158
75.21  (d) removed.................................................25582
    Regulation at 60 FR 26566 confirmed............................59157
    (a) revised; (d) added; (f) removed............................59159
75.30  Regulation at 60 FR 26566 confirmed.........................59157
    (d) revised....................................................59160
75.32  Regulation at 60 FR 26567 confirmed.........................59157
    (a)(3) revised; (a)(4) removed.................................59160
75.33  (c)(5) amended..............................................25582
75.34  Regulation at 60 FR 26567 confirmed.........................59157
    (a), (b) introductory text, (1), (c) introductory text and (d) 
revised............................................................59160
75.50  (a) revised.................................................25582
75.53  Regulation at 60 FR 26568 confirmed.........................59157
    (d) introductory text revised; (d)(4) removed..................59161
75.55  Regulation at 60 FR 26568 confirmed.........................59157
    (b)(3) introductory text, (i), (ii) and (e) revised............59161
75.56  Regulation at 60 FR 26569 confirmed.........................59157
    (c) revised; (d) added.........................................59161
75.61  (a)(5) removed..............................................25582
    (a)(5) added...................................................59162

[[Page 856]]

75.64  Regulation at 60 FR 26569 confirmed.........................59157
75.66  Regulation at 60 FR 26569 confirmed.........................59157
    (f)(2) revised.................................................59162
75  Appendix A amended.............................................25582
    Appendixes D, F and G amended..................................25585
    Regulations at 60 FR 26569, 26570 and 26571 confirmed..........59157
    Appendix A amended.............................................59162
    Appendix B amended.............................................59165
    Appendixes D and F amended.....................................59166
76.2  Amended......................................................67162
76.5  (g) removed..................................................67162
    Correctly removed..............................................68821
76.6  Revised......................................................67162
76.7  (a) and (b) added............................................67163
76.8  (a)(2), (5), (e)(3)(iii)(A) and (B) amended..................67163
76.10  (f)(1)(iii) amended.........................................67163
76.16  Added.......................................................67163
76  Appendix B amended.............................................67164
79.51  (c)(1)(ii)(A), (B), (h) introductory text and (1)(ii) 
        revised; (e)(1) amended; (i)(4) added......................36511
79.52  (b)(1)(iii), (iv), (2)(iii)(D) introductory text and (E) 
        introductory text revised..................................36511
79.57  (b)(2)(i), (ii), (iii) and (e)(1)(i)(C) added; 
        (e)(1)(iii)(A), (2)(i), (ii) introductory text, (B), (iii) 
        introductory text, (C), (vi)(B), (vii), (3)(i)(A) and 
        (f)(3) revised; (e)(3)(i) introductory text amended........36511
79.61  (d)(5) revised.......................................36512, 58746
79.63  (e)(4)(iii) added...........................................36513
79.68  (f)(1) and (5)(vi) revised..................................36513
80  Petition for reconsideration...................................35960
    Petition for exemption..................................42812, 53854
80.2  (f) removed...................................................3837
    (vv) added.....................................................35680
80.4  Revised......................................................35356
80.7  (a) introductory text revised; (c) amended....................3837
80.20  Removed......................................................3837
80.21  Removed......................................................3837
80.22  Heading, (a), (f) introductory text and (2) introductory 
        text revised; (b) added; (d), (e), (f)(1), (g), (h) and 
        (i) removed.................................................3837
    (j) revised....................................................33039
80.23  Introductory text, (b)(2)(ii) and (e)(1) revised; (e)(2) 
        removed.....................................................3837
80.24  Introductory text, (a) and (c) removed; (b) revised..........3838
    Regulation at 61 FR 3838 in part withdrawn......................8221
    (b) revised; eff. 7-8-96.......................................28766
80.25  Removed......................................................3838
80.27  (a)(2) table amended........................................16396
80.41  (g) revised.................................................12041
80.42  (c)(1) table revised; eff. 7-8-96...........................20738
80.46  (f)(3)(i) and (g)(9)(i) revised.............................58306
80.72  Added.......................................................35680
80.79  (j) introductory text revised; (j)(5)(viii), (ix), (10)(i), 
        (iii), (v) through (xi) and (11) removed; (j)(10)(ii), 
        (iv), (12), (13) and (14) redesignated as (j)(10)(i), 
        (ii), (11), (12) and (13); (l) added.......................35680
80.140  Amended....................................................35356
80.141  (a), (b), (c)(1)(ii), (2), (3)(i), (d) and (e)(1) revised; 
        (c)(1)(i), (e)(2)(ii)(B), (g)(1) and (3) amended; 
        (c)(3)(iv) added; (e)(2)(ii)(B)(1)(iii) removed............35356
    (c)(3)(v) added................................................58747
80.155  Revised....................................................35358
80.156  (a)(1)(ii), (2) introductory text, (ii), (3) introductory 
        text, (ii), (4), (5) introductory text, (c)(1) 
        introductory text, (i), (3) and (4) revised; (c)(5) 
        through (8) added..........................................35358
80.157  Introductory text, (a), (b), (d), (e) and (f) revised; 
        (d), (e) and (f) redesignated as (e), (f) and (g); new (d) 
        added (OMB number pending).................................35360
80.158  Revised....................................................35362
80.160  Revised (OMB number pending)...............................35363
80.161  Added......................................................35364
    (b)(1)(ii)(D) added............................................58747
80.162  Added......................................................35366
80.163  Added......................................................35368
80.164  Added (OMB number pending).................................35369
80.165  Added......................................................35371
80.166  Added......................................................35372
80.167  Added......................................................35372
80.168  Added......................................................35373
80.169  Added......................................................35373

[[Page 857]]

    (g) redesignated as (c)(9); new (c)(9) heading and 
introductory text amended..........................................58747
80.170  Added (OMB number pending).................................35377
80.171  Added......................................................35379
80.172  Added......................................................35380
    (e)(2) revised.................................................58747
80.173  Added (OMB number pending).................................35380
80.174  Added......................................................35381

                                  1997

40 CFR
                                                                   62 FR
                                                                    Page
72  Authority citation revised.....................................55475
72.1  (b) amended..................................................55475
72.2  Amended......................................................55475
72.6  (b)(9) added; (c)(1) and (2) revised.........................55475
72.7  Revised......................................................55476
72.8  Revised......................................................55477
    (b)(2) corrected...............................................66279
72.9  (b)(1), (2), (3), (c)(6), (f)(1)(ii), (g)(1), (6) and (h) 
        introductory text amended..................................55478
72.13  (a)(1), (5), (6), (7), (9) and (10) removed; (a)(2), (3), 
        (4) and (8) redesignated as (a)(1) through (4).............55478
72.14  Added.......................................................55478
72.22  (e) added...................................................55480
72.24  (a)(3), (5), (10) and (11) revised..........................55480
72.25  (a) amended.................................................55480
72.30  (b)(3) removed; (e) added...................................55480
72.31  (b) amended.................................................55480
72.32  (b) and (c) revised; (d) added..............................55480
72.33  (b)(3) amended..............................................55481
72.40  (a)(2), (b)(1), (c) introductory text, (1) and (d)(1) 
        amended....................................................55481
72.41  (b)(3) and (e)(1)(ii) amended...............................55481
72.43  (b)(2)(iii)(B), (4) and (f)(1)(i) amended...................55481
72.44  (g)(1)(i), (2) introductory text, (iii) and (h)(1)(ii) 
        amended....................................................55481
72.51  Amended.....................................................55481
72.60  Revised.....................................................55481
72.61  (a) and (b)(2)(i) revised; (b)(3) added.....................55481
72.65  (b)(1)(ii), (iii) and (2) revised; (b)(1)(iv) removed.......55482
72.69  (a) revised.................................................55482
72.70  Revised.....................................................55482
72.71  Revised.....................................................55482
72.72  Heading, introductory text, (b) introductory text, (1)(ii) 
        through (vi), (5)(vi) and (6) revised; (b)(1)(i)(C), 
        (vii), (viii), (xi), (xiii), (5)(ii), (vii), (7) and (8) 
        removed; (b)(1)(ix), (x), (xii) and (xiv) redesignated as 
        (b)(1)(vii) through (x); (b)(5)(i) and (v) amended.........55482
72.73  Revised.....................................................55483
72.74  Revised.....................................................55483
72.80  (a), (b) and (d) through (g) revised........................55484
72.81  (c)(1)(ii) amended; (c)(2) revised..........................55485
72.82  (a) and (d) revised.........................................55485
72.83  (a)(10) amended; (a)(12) and (b) revised; (a)(13), (14), 
        (c) and (d) added..........................................55485
72.85  (a) and (c) revised.........................................55485
72.91  (b)(1)(i), (iii) introductory text, (B), (C), (3), (4) 
        introductory text and (i) amended; (b)(1)(iv) and (4)(iv) 
        added; (b)(5), (6) and (7) revised.........................55485
72.95  Introductory text amended; (d) added........................55485
73.10  Heading revised; (b)(3) added...............................55486
73.20  (e)(4) revised; (f) added; eff. 8-8-97......................34150
73.90  (a)(1), (2) and (3) revised; (c)(3) amended.................55486
74.2  Amended......................................................55487
75  Authority citation revised.....................................55487
75.67  (a) removed.................................................55487
76.2  Regulation at 61 FR 67162 eff. date corrected to 2-17-97......3464
76.5  Regulation at 61 FR 67162 eff. date corrected to 2-17-97......3464
76.6  Regulation at 61 FR 67162 eff. date corrected to 2-17-97; 
        (a)(2), (3) and (b) corrected...............................3464
    (a) introductory text corrected................................32040
76.7  Regulation at 61 FR 67163 eff. date corrected to 2-17-97......3464
76.10  Regulation at 61 FR 67163 eff. date corrected to 2-17-97.....3464
76.16  Regulation at 61 FR 67163 eff. date corrected to 2-17-97; 
        (c)(1) corrected............................................3464

[[Page 858]]

76  Regulation at 61 FR 67164 eff. date corrected to 2-17-97; 
        Appendix B corrected........................................3464
77.3  (d)(3), (5) and (6) revised..................................55487
77.4  (b)(1), (c)(2)(i), (f)(2)(i), (g)(2)(i)(B), (C) and (k)(2) 
        revised; (k)(1) amended....................................55487
    (g)(2)(i)(D) correctly removed.................................66279
77.6  (a) revised..................................................55487
78.1  (a) and (b)(1)(v) revised....................................55488
78.3  (b)(1), (3)(ii), (c)(6) and (7) amended; (c)(8) and (d)(1) 
        removed; (d)(2), (3) and (4) redesignated as (d)(1), (2) 
        and (3)....................................................55488
78.4  (c)(1) amended...............................................55488
    (c)(1) corrected...............................................66279
78.5  (a) amended..................................................55488
78.7  Removed......................................................55488
78.11  (a) amended.................................................55488
78.12  (a)(2) amended..............................................55488
78.14  (a) introductory text, (10) and (c)(1) amended..............55488
78.15  (c) amended.................................................55488
78.16  (d)(1) and (2) amended......................................55488
78.17  Amended.....................................................55488
78.18  (b) introductory text amended...............................55488
78.20  (b) amended.................................................55488
79.2  (d) and (e) revised; (k) added...............................12571
79.51  (c)(1)(ii) introductory text revised; (c)(1)(vi) and (vii) 
        added......................................................12575
79.52  (a) amended; (c) removed....................................12571
79.56  (e)(3)(i)(A)(5), (B), (ii)(A)(5), (B), (4)(ii)(A)(3) 
        introductory text, (i), (B)(1), (2) introductory text, 
        (ii), (3) introductory text, (i) revised; 
        (e)(4)(ii)(B)(2)(iv) added.................................12571
79.58  (d)(1) amended; (d)(6) added................................12571
79.59  (c)(4)(iii) and (7)(iii) removed............................12572
    (c) introductory text amended..................................12576
80  Authority citation revised......................................7167
    Decision.......................................................63853
80.2  (nn) removed.................................................60135
    (ss) revised...................................................68205
80.28  (g)(1)(iii) added...........................................68205
80.30  (g)(1)(i) revised...........................................68205
80.41  (d) introductory text, tables, (f) introductory text, 
        tables and (m) revised.....................................68205
80.45  (c)(1)(iv)(B), (D)(12), (13), (d)(1)(iv)(B) and (f)(1)(ii) 
        revised....................................................68206
80.65  (d)(2)(iii) removed.........................................60135
80.67  (f)(2)(ii), (h)(1)(v)(A)(3), (4) and (B) removed; 
        (h)(1)(v)(A)(1) and (2) revised............................60135
    (e)(4) removed.................................................68207
80.68  (c)(13)(iii)(B) revised.....................................12576
    (b)(1)(iv), (c)(3), (13)(v)(H) and (L) revised.................68207
80.69  (f) removed.................................................60135
80.70  (m) added....................................................7167
    (m) removed....................................................16084
    (m) added; eff. 7-3-97.........................................30270
80.72  (a) and (c) revised.........................................54558
80.75  (f)(2)(ii)(A)(1), (2), (h)(2)(i)(A) and (B) revised; 
        (f)(2)(ii)(A)(3), (4), (h)(2)(i)(C), (D) and (ii) removed 
                                                                   60135
80.77  (g)(1)(ii) removed..........................................60136
    (g)(2)(iv)(B) revised..........................................68207
80.78  (a)(6) revised..............................................60136
    (a)(1)(v)(C) revised...........................................68207
80.79  (c) introductory text and (1) revised; (c)(3) added.........68207
80.91  (e)(7)(i) revised; (e)(7)(iv) removed; (e)(8) and (9) added
                                                                    9883
    (e)(1)(iii) revised; (f)(2)(ii) added..........................68207
80.94  Added.......................................................45563
80.101  (b)(1)(v) removed...........................................9884
    (b)(3), (f)(3), (4) and (g)(3) revised; (g)(8) and (j) added 
                                                                   68207
80.104  (a)(2)(xi) added...........................................68208
80.128  (d)(2) revised.............................................60136
80.129  (d)(3)(v) revised..........................................60136
80.157  OMB number.................................................23362
80.158  (a)(5) removed; (a)(6) through (10) redesignated as (a)(5) 
        through (9)................................................60001
80.160  OMB number.................................................23362
80.164  OMB number.................................................23362
80.170  OMB number.................................................23362
80.171  (a)(5) removed; (a)(6) through (12) redesignated as (a)(5) 
        through (11)...............................................60001
80.173  OMB number.................................................23362

                                  1998

40 CFR
                                                                   63 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
72.2  Amended...............................................57498, 68404
73.10  (b)(1) and (2) amended; (b) Table 2 and (3) revised; (c) 
        and (d) removed............................................51714
73.11  Removed.....................................................51765
73.12  (b) removed.................................................51765

[[Page 859]]

73.13  (b) amended.................................................51765
73.16  Removed.....................................................51765
73.19  (a)(5) revised; (b) removed.................................51765
73.21  (a), (b) and (c)(1) table amended; (a) table added; (c)(2) 
        revised....................................................51765
73.27  (a)(3) removed; (a)(2), (b)(2) through (5) and (c)(2) 
        through (5) revised........................................51765
73.34  (c)(4) amended..............................................68404
73.50  (b)(2) redesignated as (b)(3); (b)(2) added.................68404
73.70  (c)(3) revised...............................................5735
    (b) revised....................................................51766
74.3  (b) and (d) amended..........................................18841
74.4  (c) added....................................................18841
74.10  (a)(2) amended..............................................18841
74.14  (b) introductory text and (6)(ii) amended...................18841
74.16  (a)(12) amended.............................................18841
74.18  (d) and (e) amended.........................................18841
74.22  (c)(2) amended..............................................18841
74.26  (a)(2) amended..............................................18841
74.42  (a) designation removed.....................................18841
74.44  (a)(1)(i)(G), (2)(i), (iii), (c)(2)(ii)(B)(1), (iii)(E)(3) 
        and (F) amended............................................18841
74.47  (a)(3)(i) amended...........................................18841
    (a)(1), (3)(viii), (ix), (x), (xi), (xii) and (4) revised......18842
74.50  (a) introductory text and (1) through (4) redesignated as 
        (a)(1) introductory text and (i) through (iv); new (a)(2) 
        added......................................................18842
75  Appendix A amended.............................................57512
75.1  (a) revised..................................................57498
75.2  (a) revised; (c) added.......................................57499
75.4  (a) introductory text revised................................57499
75.6  (f) added....................................................57499
75.11  (d)(2) amended; (d)(3) added................................57499
75.12  Heading revised; (d) redesignated as (e); new (d) added.....57499
75.13  (d) added...................................................57499
75.17  Introductory text added.....................................57499
75.19  Added.......................................................57500
75.20  (h) added...................................................57506
75.24  (d) revised.................................................57506
75.70--75.75 (Subpart H)  Added....................................57507
    Appendixes C, D and F amended..................................57513
76.16  Removed.....................................................24117
79.57  (e)(2)(iii)(C) and (v)(B) removed; (e)(2)(iv)(B) and 
        (vi)(B) revised............................................63792
79.62  (d)(1)(ii)(B) revised.......................................63793
79.66  (e)(5)(iii)(B) amended......................................63793
80  Technical correction...........................................54753
80.27  (a)(2) table amended; eff. 7-27-98..........................31631
80.29  (a)(1) introductory text revised............................49465
80.46  Regulation at 61 FR 58306 eff. date corrected to 5-1-98.....24117
    (f)(3) and (g)(9) revised......................................63793
80.70  (m) amended.................................................43049
    (k) revised....................................................52104
80.81  (e)(1), (2) and (h) revised; eff 7-27-98....................34825

                                  1999

   (Regulations published from January 1, 1999, through July 1, 1999)

40 CFR
                                                                   64 FR
                                                                    Page
72.2  Amended...............................................25842, 28586
72.3  Amended......................................................28588
72.6  (b)(1) amended...............................................28588
72.40  (a)(1) amended..............................................25842
72.90  (c)(3) revised..............................................28588
73.35  (a)(2) revised; (b)(3) added................................25842
75  Authority citation revised.....................................28588
75.4  (a) introductory text, (d) introductory text and (g) 
        introductory text amended; (d)(1) and (i) revised..........28588
75.5  (b), (d) and (f)(2) revised..................................28589
75.6  (a)(13), (31), (38), (39), (b), (c), (e)(1) and (2) revised; 
        (a)(40) redesignated as (a)(41); new (a)(40) and (f)(3) 
        added......................................................28589
75.7  Removed......................................................28589
75.8  Removed......................................................28589
75.10  (d)(3) and (f) revised......................................28590
75.11  (a), (b), (d)(1), (2), (e) introductory text, (1), (2), (3) 
        introductory text, (ii) and (iv) revised; (e)(4) removed 
                                                                   28590
75.12  (a) amended; (b) through (e) redesignated as (c) through 
        (f); new (b) added; new (c) revised........................28591
75.13  (a) and (c) revised.........................................28591

[[Page 860]]

75.16  (b)(2)(ii)(B), (D), (d)(2) and (e)(1) revised; (e)(2) and 
        (3) removed; (e)(4) and (5) redesignated as (e)(2) and 
        (3); new (e)(3) amended; new (e)(4) added..................28591
75.17  (a)(2)(i)(C) revised........................................28592
75.19  Amended.....................................................28592
75.20  (c)(3) removed; (c)(4) through (8) redesignated as (c)(3), 
        (4), (8), (9) and (10); heading, (a) introductory text, 
        (1), (3), (4) introductory text, (i), (ii), (iii), (5)(i), 
        (b), (c) heading, introductory text, (1) introductory 
        text, (i), (ii), (iii), new (3), new (4) introductory 
        text, new (8) introductory text, new (i), new (10) 
        introductory text, (d) heading, (1), (2), (g) heading, 
        introductory text, (1) introductory text, (i), (2), (4), 
        (5) and (h)(2) revised; new (c)(5), new (6), new (7), 
        (g)(6) and (7) added.......................................28593
75.21  (a)(2), (4), (5), (6) and (e) revised; (a)(7) and (8) 
        redesignated as (a)(9) and (10); new (a)(7) and (8) added 
                                                                   28599
75.22  (a) introductory text amended; (a)(2), (4), (b)(4) and 
        (c)(1) introductory text revised...........................28600
75.24  Heading and (d) revised.....................................28600
75.30  (a)(3), (4) and (d) revised; (a)(5) and (6) added; (b) 
        amended....................................................28600
75.31  Revised.....................................................28601
75.32  (a) introductory text revised; (a)(3) amended...............28602
75.33  Heading, (a), (b)(3) and (c) revised; (b)(4) added..........28602
75.34  (a)(3) revised..............................................28604
75.35  (a) and (b) revised; (d) added..............................28604
75.36  Heading, (a), (b) and (d) revised...........................28604
75.37  Added.......................................................28604
75.48  (a)(3)(ii), (iii), (iv), (viii), (ix) and (xi) revised......28605
75.50  Removed.....................................................28605
75.51  Removed.....................................................28605
75.52  Removed.....................................................28605
75.53  (a) and (b) revised; (c)(1) corrected; (e) and (f) added....28605
75.54  (a) introductory text and (1) revised; (g) added............28608
75.55  Introductory text added; (b)(1)(i), (xi), (2)(vii) and (e) 
        revised; (f) removed.......................................28608
75.56  Introductory text, (a)(5)(vii), (viii) and (ix) added; (d) 
        removed....................................................28608
75.57  Added.......................................................28609
75.58  Added.......................................................28612
75.59  Added.......................................................28614
75.60  (a), (b)(1) and (2) revised; (b)(3) through (6) added.......28620
75.61  (a) introductory text, (1) introductory text and (b) 
        revised; (a)(1)(iv) added; (a)(6)(ii) amended..............28620
75.62  Heading, (a) and (c) revised................................28621
75.63  Revised.....................................................28621
75.64  Revised.....................................................28622
75.65  Revised.....................................................28623
75.66  (e) introductory text amended; (i) redesignated as (l); (a) 
        and new (l) revised; new (i), (j) and (k) added............28623
75.70  (e), (f) introductory text and (1)(iv) revised; (g)(6) 
        added......................................................28624
75.71  (b) and (d)(2) revised......................................28624
75.73  Added.......................................................28624
75.74  (c)(3) through (10) redesignated as (c)(4) through (11); 
        (b)(2), (c)(1), (2) and new (4) through (7) revised; new 
        (c)(3) added...............................................28627
    Appendix A amended........................28631, 28637, 28638, 28643

[[Page 861]]

    Appendix B amended......................................28644, 28645
    Appendixes C and D amended.....................................28652
    Appendix D amended.............................................28663
    Appendix E amended.............................................28665
    Appendixes E and F amended.....................................28666
    Appendix F amended......................................28667, 28668
    Appendixes F and G amended.....................................28671
    Appendixes H and J removed.....................................28672
80  Authority citation revised.....................................10371
80.70  (n) added...................................................10371
80.93  (d) added; eff. 7-26-99.....................................30910
80.101  (f)(4) and (g)(1)(ii) revised; eff. 7-26-99................30910


                                  
